Speeches · 演说： Against Euthynus Against Callimachus Against Lochites Concerning the Team of Horses Trapeziticus Aegineticus To Demonicus Against the Sophists Helen Busiris Panegyricus Plataicus To Nicocles Nicocles or the Cyprians Evagoras Archidamus On the Peace Areopagiticus Antidosis To Philip Panathenaicus Letter 1. To Dionysius Letter 6. To the Children of Jason Letter 9. To Archidamus Letter 8. To the Rulers of the Mytilenaeans Letter 7. To Timotheus Letter 2. To Philip, I Letter 5. To Alexander Letter 4. To Antipater Letter 3. To Philip, II
Against Euthynus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg001 · Greek: Πρὸς Εὐθύνους ἀμάρτυρος — tlg0010.tlg001.perseus-grc2 · English: Against Euthynus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg001.perseus-eng2
§ 1
οὐ προφάσεως ἀπορῶ, διʼ ἥντινα λέγω ὑπὲρ Νικίου τουτουί· καὶ γὰρ φίλος ὤν μοι τυγχάνει καὶ δεόμενος καὶ ἀδικούμενος καὶ ἀδύνατος εἰπεῖν, ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα πάντα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ λέγειν ἀναγκάζομαι.
I have no lack of reasons for speaking in behalf of the plaintiff Nicias; for it so happens that he is my friend, that he is in need, that he is the victim of injustice, and that he has no ability as a speaker; for all these reasons, therefore, I am compelled to speak on his behalf.
§ 2
ὅθεν οὖν τὸ συμβόλαιον αὐτῷ πρὸς Εὐθύνουν γεγένηται, διηγήσομαι ὑμῖν ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι διὰ βραχυτάτων. Νικίας γὰρ οὑτοσί, ἐπειδὴ οἱ τριάκοντα κατέστησαν καὶ αὐτὸν οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἐκ μὲν τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς πολιτείας ἐξήλειφον, εἰς δὲ τὸν μετὰ Λυσάνδρου κατάλογον ἐνέγραφον, δεδιὼς τὰ παρόντα πράγματα τὴν μὲν οἰκίαν ὑπέθηκε, τοὺς δʼ οἰκέτας ἔξω τῆς γῆς ἐξέπεμψε, τὰ δʼ ἔπιπλα ὡς ἐμὲ ἐκόμισε, τρία δὲ τάλαντα ἀργυρίου Εὐθύνῳ φυλάττειν ἔδωκεν, αὐτὸς δʼ εἰς ἀγρὸν ἐλθὼν διῃτᾶτο.
The circumstances in which the transaction between Nicias and Euthynus came to be made I shall relate to you in as few words as I can. This Nicias, the plaintiff, after the Thirty Tyrants came into power and his enemies threatened to expunge his name from the number of those who were to have the rights of citizenship, and to include him in Lysander’s list, being in fear of the state of affairs, mortgaged his house, sent his slaves outside of Attica, conveyed his furniture to my house, gave in trust three talents of silver to Euthynus, and went to live in the country.
§ 3
οὐ πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ ὕστερον βουλόμενος ἐκπλεῖν ἀπῄτησε τἀργύριον· Εὐθύνους δὲ τὰ μὲν δύο τάλαντα ἀποδίδωσι, τοῦ δὲ τρίτου ἔξαρνος γίγνεται. ἄλλο μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν εἶχε Νικίας ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ ποιῆσαι, προσιὼν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐνεκάλει καὶ ἐμέμφετο καὶ ἔλεγεν ἃ πεπονθὼς εἴη. καίτοι οὕτω τοῦτόν τε περὶ πολλοῦ ἐποιεῖτο καὶ τὰ καθεστῶτα ἐφοβεῖτο, ὥστε πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον ὀλίγων στερηθεὶς ἐσιώπησεν ἢ μηδὲν ἀπολέσας ἐνεκάλεσεν.
Not long after this, desiring to take ship, he asked for the return of his money; Euthynus restored two talents, but denied that he had received the third. At that time Nicias was unable to take any further action, but he went to his friends and with complaints and recriminations told them how he had been treated. And yet he regarded Euthynus so highly and was in such fear of the government that he would sooner by far have been defrauded of a small sum and held his peace than have made complaints where no loss was suffered.
§ 4
τὰ μὲν οὖν γεγενημένα ταῦτʼ ἐστίν. ἀπόρως δʼ ἡμῖν ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα. Νικίᾳ γὰρ οὔτε παρακατατιθεμένῳ τὰ χρήματα οὔτε κομιζομένῳ οὐδεὶς οὔτʼ ἐλεύθερος οὔτε δοῦλος παρεγένετο, ὥστε μήτʼ ἐκ βασάνων μήτʼ ἐκ μαρτύρων οἷόν τʼ εἶναι γνῶναι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη ἐκ τεκμηρίων καὶ ἡμᾶς διδάσκειν καὶ ὑμᾶς δικάζειν, ὁπότεροι τἀληθῆ λέγουσιν.
Such are the facts. But our cause presents difficulties. For Nicias, both when he was depositing the money and when he tried to get it back, had no one with him, either freeman or slave; thus it is impossible either by torture of slaves or by testimony to get at the facts, but it is by circumstantial evidence that we must plead and you must judge which side speaks the truth.
§ 5
οἶμαι δὴ πάντας εἰδέναι ὅτι μάλιστα συκοφαντεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν οἱ λέγειν μὲν δεινοί, ἔχοντες δὲ μηδέν, τοὺς ἀδυνάτους μὲν εἰπεῖν, ἱκανοὺς δὲ χρήματα τελεῖν. Νικίας τοίνυν Εὐθύνου πλείω μὲν ἔχει, ἧττον δὲ δύναται λέγειν· ὥστε οὐκ ἔστι διʼ ὅτι ἂν ἐπήρθη ἀδίκως ἐπʼ Εὐθύνουν ἐλθεῖν.
I think that you all know that malicious prosecution is most generally attempted by those who are clever speakers but possess nothing, whereas the defendants lack skill in speaking but are able to pay money. Well, Nicias is better off than Euthynus, but has less ability as a speaker; so that there is no reason why he should have proceeded against Euthynus unjustly.
§ 6
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἄν τις τοῦ πράγματος γνοίη, ὅτι πολὺ μᾶλλον εἰκὸς ἦν Εὐθύνουν λαβόντα ἐξαρνεῖσθαι ἢ Νικίαν μὴ δόντα αἰτιᾶσθαι. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι πάντες κέρδους ἕνεκʼ ἀδικοῦσιν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀποστεροῦντες ὧνπερ ἕνεκʼ ἀδικοῦσιν ἔχουσιν, οἱ δʼ ἐγκαλοῦντες οὐδʼ εἰ λήψεσθαι μέλλουσιν ἴσασιν.
No indeed, but from the very facts in the case anyone can see that it is far more probable that Euthynus received the money and then denied having done so than that Nicias did not entrust it to him and then entered his complaint. For it is self-evident that it is always for the sake of gain that men do wrong. Now those who defraud others are in possession of the fruit of their crimes, but their accusers do not even know if they shall get back anything.
§ 7
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, ἀκαταστάτως ἐχόντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ δικῶν οὐκ οὐσῶν τῷ μὲν οὐδὲν ἦν πλέον ἐγκαλοῦντι, τῷ δὲ οὐδὲν ἦν δέος ἀποστεροῦντι. ὥστε τὸν μὲν οὐδὲν ἦν θαυμαστόν, ὅτε καὶ οἱ μετὰ μαρτύρων δανεισάμενοι ἐξηρνοῦντο, τότε ἃ μόνος παρὰ μόνου ἔλαβεν ἀποστερῆσαι· τὸν δʼ οὐκ εἰκός, ὅτε οὐδʼ οἷς δικαίως ὠφείλετο οἷόν τʼ ἦν πράττεσθαι, τότε ἀδίκως ἐγκαλοῦντα οἴεσθαί τι λήψεσθαι.
Besides, when conditions in the city were unsettled and the courts were suspended, it was useless for Nicias to sue Euthynus and the latter had no cause for fear though guilty of the fraud. It was not surprising, therefore, at a time when those who had borrowed money even in the presence of witnesses denied it, that Euthynus should have robbed him of what he had received from him when neither was accompanied by witnesses. And it is not probable that at a time when not even those to whom money was justly owed could recover it, Nicias should have believed that he could obtain anything by an unjust accusation.
§ 8
ἔτι δʼ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν αὐτὸν ἐκώλυεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξῆν καὶ ἐβούλετο συκοφαντεῖν, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐπʼ Εὐθύνουν ἦλθε ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι. οἱ γὰρ τοιαῦτα πράττειν ἐπιθυμοῦντες οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν φίλων ἄρχονται ἀλλὰ μετὰ τούτων ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἔρχονται, καὶ τούτοις ἐγκαλοῦσιν, οὓς ἂν μήτʼ αἰσχύνωνται μήτε δεδίωσι, καὶ οὓς ἂν ὁρῶσι πλουσίους μέν, ἐρήμους δὲ καὶ ἀδυνάτους πράττειν.
And again, even if nothing had stood in his way and he could have brought a false accusation against him and wished to do so, it can easily be seen that Nicias would not have proceeded against Euthynus. For those who desire to act in this way do not begin with their friends, but in alliance with them proceed against others and accuse those for whom they have neither respect nor fear, persons whom they see to be rich, but friendless and helpless.
§ 9
εὐθύνῳ τοίνυν τἀναντία τούτων ὑπάρχει· ἀνεψιὸς γὰρ ὢν Νικίου τυγχάνει, λέγειν δὲ καὶ πράττειν μᾶλλον δύναται τούτου, ἔτι δὲ χρήματα μὲν ὀλίγα, φίλους δὲ πολλοὺς κέκτηται. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐφʼ ὅντινα ἂν ἧττον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἦλθεν· ἐπεὶ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, εἰδότι τὴν τούτων οἰκειότητα, οὐδʼ ἂν Εὐθύνους Νικίαν ἀδικῆσαι, εἰ ἐξῆν ἄλλον τινὰ τοσαῦτα χρήματα ἀποστερῆσαι.
Well then, in the case of Euthynus the opposite is true; he is the cousin of Nicias and has greater ability in speech and action, and although he has little money, he has many friends. In consequence, he is the last person whom Nicias would have proceeded against. And, in my opinion, knowing as I do their intimacy, neither would Euthynus ever have acted unjustly toward Nicias if he could have defrauded someone else of so large a sum.
§ 10
νῦν δʼ ἀρχαιότερον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ πρᾶγμα. ἐγκαλεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἔξεστιν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐκλεξάμενον, ἀποστερεῖν δʼ οὐχ οἷόν ἄλλον ἢ τὸν παρακαταθέμενον. ὥστε Νικίας μὲν συκοφαντεῖν ἐπιθυμῶν οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἦλθεν, Εὐθύνους δʼ ἀποστερεῖν ἐπιχειρῶν οὐκ ἄλλον εἶχεν.
But as it was, their transaction was simple. It is possible to choose whomever you please from the whole body of citizens for accusation, but you can defraud only the man who has entrusted a deposit with you. Thus Nicias, if he had desired to get money by blackmail, would not have proceeded against Euthynus, but the latter, when he resorted to fraud, had no other victim available.
§ 11
ὃ δὲ μέγιστον τεκμήριον καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντα ἱκανόν· ὅτε γὰρ τὸ ἔγκλημα ἐγένετο, ὀλιγαρχία καθειστήκει, ἐν ᾗ οὕτως ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν διέκειτο, ὥστε Νικίας μέν, εἰ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον εἴθιστο συκοφαντεῖν, τότʼ ἂν ἐπαύσατο, Εὐθύνους δέ, καὶ εἰ μηδὲ πώποτε διενοήθη ἀδικεῖν,
But here is the strongest evidence and sufficient in every respect. When the charge was made, the oligarchy was in power, in which the situation of the two men was as follows: Nicias, even if he had been accustomed in former times to bring malicious accusations, then would have given up the practice, whereas Euthynus, even if he had never before given a thought to wrongdoing, then would have been tempted to act thus.
§ 12
τότʼ ἂν ἐπήρθη. ὁ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἐτιμᾶτο, ὁ δὲ διὰ τὰ χρήματα ἐπεβουλεύετο. πάντες γὰρ ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ δεινότερον ἦν πλουτεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἀλλότρια ἐλάμβανον, οἱ δὲ τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἀπώλλυον. ἐφʼ οἷς γὰρ ἦν ἡ πόλις, οὐ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐτιμωροῦντο, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἔχοντας ἀφῃροῦντο, καὶ ἡγοῦντο τοὺς μὲν ἀδικοῦντας πιστούς, τοὺς δὲ πλουτοῦντας ἐχθρούς.
For his misdeeds were bringing him honors, but Nicias, because of his wealth, was the object of plotting. For you are all aware that, at that time, it was a greater danger to be wealthy than to engage in wrongdoing, for the evil-doers were seizing the property of others, whereas the rich were losing their own. For it was the custom of those in whose hands the control of the city was, not to punish those who were guilty of offenses, but to despoil the possessors of property, and they regarded the criminals as loyal and the wealthy as inimical.
§ 13
ὥστε μὴ περὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι Νικίᾳ ὅπως συκοφαντῶν τἀλλότρια λήψοιτο, ἀλλʼ ὅπως μὴ οὐδὲν ἀδικῶν κακόν τι πείσοιτο. τῷ μὲν γὰρ ὅσον Εὐθύνους δυναμένῳ ἐξῆν ἅ τʼ ἔλαβεν ἀποστερεῖν καὶ οἷς μὴ συνέβαλεν ἐγκαλεῖν· οἱ δʼ ὥσπερ Νικίας διακείμενοι ἠναγκάζοντο τοῖς τʼ ὀφείλουσι τὰ χρέα ἀφιέναι καὶ τοῖς συκοφαντοῦσι τὰ αὑτῶν διδόναι.
Consequently it was not the problem before Nicias how he might get possession of the property of others by bringing malicious accusations, but how he might not be made a victim of wrongdoing, although himself innocent. For while any man who possessed the influence of Euthynus could steal what he had received on deposit and also bring charges against those to whom he had lent nothing, yet those who were in Nicias’ position were compelled to absolve their debtors of just debts and to surrender their own property to blackmailers.
§ 14
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγω αὐτὸς ἂν ὑμῖν Εὐθύνους μαρτυρήσειεν· ἐπίσταται γὰρ ὅτι Τιμόδημος τουτονὶ τριάκοντα μνᾶς ἐπράξατο, οὐ χρέος ἐγκαλῶν ἀλλʼ ἀπάξειν ἀπειλῶν. καίτοι πῶς εἰκὸς Νικίαν εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀνοίας ἐλθεῖν, ὥστʼ αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ σώματος κινδυνεύοντα ἑτέρους συκοφαντεῖν,
Euthynus himself could testify to the truth of what I say; for he knows that Timodemus extorted thirty minas from Nicias, not by demanding the payment of a debt, but by threatening him with summary arrest. And yet is it probable that Nicias went so far in folly that he was bringing malicious charges against others when his own life was in jeopardy;
§ 15
καὶ μὴ δυνάμενον τὰ αὑτοῦ σῴζειν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἐχθροῖς ἑτέρους διαφόρους ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ τούτοις ἀδίκως ἐγκαλεῖν παρʼ ὧν οὐδʼ ὁμολογούντων ἀποστερεῖν οἷός τʼ ἂν ἦν δίκην λαβεῖν, καὶ τότε πλέον ἔχειν ζητεῖν, ὅτε οὐδὲ ἴσον ἐξῆν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὅτε ἃ οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἀποτίνειν ἠναγκάζετο, τότε καὶ ἃ μὴ συνέβαλεν ἐλπίζειν πράξασθαι;
that he was plotting to get the goods of others when he was unable to protect his own; that he was making other enemies in addition to those he already had; that he was unjustly accusing persons from whom, even if they confessed the theft, he could not have exacted punishment; and that he was trying to get the better of others at the time when even to have equality with them was beyond his power; and, finally, at the time when he was being forced to pay back what he had not received, he hoped to collect what he had not lent?
§ 16
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἱκανὰ τὰ εἰρημένα. ἴσως δʼ Εὐθύνους ἐρεῖ, ἃ καὶ πρότερον ἤδη, ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτʼ ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειρῶν τὰ μὲν δύο μέρη τῆς παρακαταθήκης ἀπέδωκε, τὸ δὲ τρίτον μέρος ἀπεστέρησεν, ἀλλʼ εἴτε ἀδικεῖν ἐπεθύμει εἴτε δίκαιος ἐβούλετο εἶναι, περὶ ἁπάντων ἂν τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχεν.
Enough has been said concerning these matters. Perhaps Euthynus will repeat what indeed he has already said, that, if he had been trying to defraud Nicias, he never would have returned two-thirds of the deposit, while withholding merely the third part, but that whether he was intent upon acting unjustly or wished to act justly, he would have had the same intention in regard to the whole amount.
§ 17
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι πάντας ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ὅτι πάντες ἄνθρωποι, ὅταν περ ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειρῶσιν, ἅμα καὶ τὴν ἀπολογίαν σκοποῦνται· ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, εἰ τούτων ἕνεκα τῶν λόγων οὕτως Εὐθύνους ἠδίκησεν. ἔτι δʼ ἔχοιμʼ ἂν ἐπιδεῖξαι καὶ ἑτέρους, οἳ χρήματα λαβόντες τὰ μὲν πλεῖστʼ ἀπέδοσαν, ὀλίγα δʼ ἀπεστέρησαν, καὶ ἐν μικροῖς μὲν συμβολαίοις ἀδικήσαντας, ἐν μεγάλοις δὲ δικαίους γενομένους·
But you all know, I think, that all men, when they set about committing a crime, at the same time are looking about for a plea in defense; consequently, it should occasion no surprise that Euthynus, in view of this very argument, committed the crime. Besides, I could point out other men also who, after having received money, have restored the major portion of it, but retained a small part, and men who, though guilty of dishonesty in petty contracts, yet in important ones have shown themselves honest;
§ 18
ὥστʼ οὐ μόνος οὐδὲ πρῶτος Εὐθύνους τοιαῦτα πεποίηκεν. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι δὲ χρή, εἰ ἀποδέξεσθε τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα λεγόντων, ὅτι νόμον θήσετε, πῶς χρὴ ἀδικεῖν· ὥστε τοῦ λοιποῦ χρόνου τὰ μὲν ἀποδώσουσι, τὰ δʼ ὑπολείψονται. λυσιτελήσει γὰρ αὐτοῖς, εἰ μέλλουσιν, οἷς ἂν ἀποδῶσι τεκμηρίοις χρώμενοι, ὧν ἂν ἀποστερῶσι μὴ δώσειν δίκην.
therefore, Euthynus is not the only person, nor yet the first, who has acted so. You must remember that, if you ever countenance such a plea by defendants, you will be establishing a legal provision as to the way a fraud should be committed; consequently, in the future, holders of deposits will indeed return a part, but will retain a part for themselves. For it will be to their advantage, if they can use their repayment of some as presumptive proof so that they will not be punished for their stealing the rest.
§ 19
σκέψασθε δὲ καί, ὡς ὑπὲρ Νικίου ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν ὅμοια τῇ Εὐθύνου ἀπολογίᾳ. ὅτε γὰρ ἀπελάμβανε τὰ δύο τάλαντα, οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ παρεγένετο· ὥστʼ εἴπερ καὶ ἐβούλετο καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ συκοφαντεῖν, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδʼ ἂν ταῦτα ὡμολόγει κεκομίσθαι, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἁπάντων ἂν τοὺς αὐτοὺς λόγους ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ περὶ πλειόνων τε χρημάτων Εὐθύνους ἂν ἐκινδύνευεν, καὶ ἅμα οὐκ ἂν εἶχεν οἷσπερ νυνὶ τεκμηρίοις χρῆσθαι.
Consider, also, that it is easy to use on behalf of Nicias arguments similar to those employed in the defense of Euthynus. For instance, when Nicias recovered the two talents, no one was present as his witness; so that, if he wanted to make a malicious accusation and that seemed best to him, it is obvious that he would not have acknowledged the receipt of even the two talents, but would have made the same plea for the entire amount; in that case, Euthynus would now be liable to lose even a larger sum, and at the same time he would not be able to use the presumptive proof on which he now depends.
§ 20
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ Νικίαν μὲν οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς δύναιτο ἀποδεῖξαι, διʼ ἥντινά διʼ ἥντινά ποτε αἰτίαν ἐνεκάλεσεν, Εὐθύνουν δὲ ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι, ὧν ἕνεκα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἠδίκησεν. ὅτε γὰρ Νικίας ἦν ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς, πάντες οἱ συγγενεῖς καὶ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἀκηκοότες ἦσαν ὅτι τὸ ἀργύριον, ὃ ἦν αὐτῷ, τούτῳ παρακατέθετο.
And, furthermore, no one can point to any culpable motive whatever that led Nicias to enter an accusation against Euthynus, but as to Euthynus, it is easy to see the reasons which induced him to commit a crime in that manner. For then Nicias was in adversity, all his relations and friends had heard him say that he had deposited his money with Euthynus.
§ 21
ἐγίγνωσκεν οὖν Εὐθύνους, ὅτι μὲν ἔκειτο τὰ χρήματα παρʼ αὐτῷ, πολλοὺς ᾐσθημένους, ὁπόσα δὲ οὐδένα πεπυσμένον. ὥσθʼ ἡγεῖτο ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἀφαιρῶν οὐ γνωσθήσεσθαι, πάντα δʼ ἀποστερῶν καταφανὴς γενήσεσθαι. ἐβούλετο οὖν ἱκανὰ λαβὼν ἀπολογίαν ὑπολείπεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ μηδὲν ἀποδοὺς μηδʼ ἀρνηθῆναι δύνασθαι.
Euthynus knew, therefore, that many persons were aware that the money was in his keeping, but that no one knew the amount; in consequence he thought that if he diminished the amount he would not be found out, but if he withheld the whole sum, his guilt would be manifest. Therefore, he chose to take enough and have left a plea in his defense rather than to pay nothing back and be left without a possibility of denial.
Against Callimachus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg002 · Greek: Παραγραφή πρὸς Καλλίμαχον — tlg0010.tlg002.perseus-grc2 · English: Against Callimachus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg002.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς ἦσαν ἠγωνισμένοι τοιαύτην παραγραφήν, ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος ἠρχόμην ἂν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι· νῦν δʼ ἀνάγκη περὶ τοῦ νόμου πρῶτον εἰπεῖν καθʼ ὃν εἰσεληλύθαμεν, ἵνʼ ἐπιστάμενοι περὶ ὧν ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, τὴν ψῆφον φέρητε, καὶ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν θαυμάσῃ διότι φεύγων τὴν δίκην πρότερος λέγω τοῦ διώκοντος.
If any others had employed in litigation such a special plea of exception, I should have begun my discourse with the facts themselves; but as the situation is, I am compelled first to speak of the law in accordance with which we have come before the court, that you may cast your votes with an understanding of the issues in our dispute and that no one of you may be surprised that I, although defendant in the case, am speaking prior to the plaintiff.
§ 2
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκ Πειραιέως κατελθόντες ἐνίους ἑωρᾶτε τῶν πολιτῶν συκοφαντεῖν ὡρμημένους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας λύειν ἐπιχειροῦντας, βουλόμενοι τούτους τε παῦσαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιδεῖξαι ὅτι οὐκ ἀναγκασθέντες ἐποιήσασθʼ αὐτὰς ἀλλʼ ἡγούμενοι τῇ πόλει συμφέρειν, εἰπόντος Ἀρχίνου νόμον ἔθεσθε, ἄν τις δικάζηται παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους, ἐξεῖναι τῷ φεύγοντι παραγράψασθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἄρχοντας περὶ τούτου πρῶτον εἰσάγειν, λέγειν δὲ πρότερον τὸν παραγραψάμενον,
Now after your return to the city from Piraeus, you saw that some of the citizens were bent upon bringing malicious prosecutions and were attempting to violate the Amnesty; so, wishing to restrain these persons and to show to all others that you had not made these agreements under compulsion, but because you thought them of advantage to the city, you enacted a law, on the motion of Archinus, to the effect that, if any person should commence a lawsuit in violation of the oaths, the defendant should have the power to enter a plea of exception, the magistrates should first submit this question to the tribunal, and that the defendant who had entered the plea should speak first;
§ 3
ὁπότερος δʼ ἂν ἡττηθῇ, τὴν ἐπωβελίαν ὀφείλειν, ἵνʼ οἱ τολμῶντες μνησικακεῖν μὴ μόνον ἐπιορκοῦντες ἐξελέγχοιντο μηδὲ τὴν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν τιμωρίαν ὑπομένοιεν ἀλλὰ καὶ παραχρῆμα ζημιοῖντο. δεινὸν οὖν ἡγησάμην, εἰ τῶν νόμων οὕτως ἐχόντων ἐγὼ περιόψομαι τὸν μὲν συκοφάντην ἐν τριάκοντα δραχμαῖς κινδυνεύοντα, ἐμαυτὸν δὲ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας ἁπάσης ἀγωνιζόμενον.
and further, that the loser should pay a penalty of one-sixth of the sum at stake. The purpose of the penalty was this—that persons who had the effrontery to rake up old grudges should not only be convicted of perjury but also, not awaiting the vengeance of the gods, should suffer immediate punishment. I thought, therefore, that it was absurd if, under the existing laws, I was to permit my calumniator to risk only thirty drachmas, while I myself am contesting a suit in which my whole property is at stake.
§ 4
ἀποδείξω δὲ Καλλίμαχον οὐ μόνον παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας δικαζόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ψευδόμενον, καὶ προσέτι δίαιταν ἡμῖν γεγενημένην περὶ αὐτῶν. βούλομαι δʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑμῖν διηγήσασθαι τὰ πραχθέντα· ἂν γὰρ τοῦτο μάθητε ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ κακὸν πέπονθεν, ἡγοῦμαι ταῖς τε συνθήκαις ὑμᾶς ἥδιον βοηθήσειν καὶ τούτῳ μᾶλλον ὀργιεῖσθαι.
I intend to prove that Callimachus not only is bringing a suit in violation of the terms of the Amnesty agreement, but that he is also guilty of falsehood in his charges, and furthermore, that we have already resorted to arbitration in the matter at issue. But I wish to relate the facts to you from the beginning; for if you learn that he has suffered no wrong at my hands, I think that you will be more inclined to defend the Amnesty and be more incensed with him.
§ 5
ἦρχον μὲν γὰρ οἱ δέκα οἱ μετὰ τοὺς τριάκοντα καταστάντες, ὄντος δέ μοι Πατροκλέους ἐπιτηδείου, τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος, ἔτυχον μετʼ αὐτοῦ βαδίζων. ἐκεῖνος δʼ ἐχθρὸς ὢν Καλλιμάχῳ τῷ νῦν ἐμὲ διώκοντι τὴν δίκην, ἀπήντησεν ἀργύριον φέροντι. λαβόμενος δʼ αὐτοῦ Πάμφιλον ἔφασκεν αὐτὸ καταλιπεῖν καὶ δημόσιον γίγνεσθαι· ἐκεῖνον γὰρ εἶναι τῶν ἐν Πειραιεῖ.
The government of the Ten, who had succeeded the Thirty, was then in control when Patrocles, a friend of mine, was the King-Archon, and with him one day I happened to be walking. Patrocles, an enemy of Callimachus who is now prosecuting me in this suit, met him as he was carrying a sum of money, laid hold of him, and claimed that this money had been left by Pamphilus and belonged to the government; for Pamphilus was a member of the party of the Piraeus.
§ 6
ἀμφισβητοῦντος δὲ τούτου καὶ λοιδορίας αὐτοῖς γενομένης ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ συνέδραμον, καὶ κατὰ τύχην Ῥίνων εἷς τῶν δέκα γενόμενος προσῆλθεν. εὐθὺς οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν φάσιν τῶν χρημάτων ὁ Πατροκλῆς ἐποιεῖτο· ὁ δʼ ὡς τοὺς συνάρχοντας ἦγεν ἀμφοτέρους. ἐκεῖνοι δʼ εἰς τὴν βουλὴν περὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέδοσαν· κρίσεως δὲ γενομένης ἔδοξε τὰ χρήματα δημόσιʼ εἶναι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ,
Callimachus denied this and as a violent quarrel ensued many others came running up; among them by chance Rhinon, who had become one of the Ten, approached. So Patrocles immediately laid information with him concerning the money and Rhinon led them both before his colleagues. These officials referred the matter to the Council; after an adjudication, the money was declared the property of the state.
§ 7
ἐπειδὴ κατῆλθον οἱ φεύγοντες ἐκ Πειραιέως, οὗτος ἐνεκάλει τῷ Πατροκλεῖ καὶ δίκας ἐλάγχανεν ὡς αἰτίῳ τῆς συμφορᾶς γεγενημένῳ· διαλλαγεὶς δὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον καὶ πραξάμενος αὐτὸν δέκα μνᾶς ἀργυρίου Λυσίμαχον ἐσυκοφάντει· λαβὼν δὲ καὶ παρὰ τούτου διακοσίας δραχμὰς ἐμοὶ πράγματα παρεῖχεν. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐνεκάλει φάσκων με συμπράττειν ἐκείνοις, τελευτῶν δʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀναιδείας ἦλθεν ὥσθʼ ἁπάντων με τῶν γεγενημένων ᾐτιᾶτο· ἅπερ ἴσως καὶ νῦν τολμήσει κατηγορεῖν.
Later, after the return of the citizen-exiles from Piraeus, Callimachus brought a charge against Patrocles and instituted proceedings against him on the ground that he was responsible for his loss. And when he had effected with him a settlement of the matter and had exacted from him ten minas of silver, Callimachus maliciously accused Lysimachus. Having obtained two hundred drachmas from him, he began to make trouble for me. At first he charged me with being the accomplice of the others; in the end, he came to such a pitch of impudence that he accused me as responsible for everything that had been done, and it may be that even now he will have the effrontery to make just such an accusation.
§ 8
ἐγὼ δʼ ὑμῖν παρέξομαι μάρτυρας πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς παραγενομένους, ὡς οὔτʼ ἐπελαβόμην οὔτʼ ἐφηψάμην τῶν χρημάτων, ἔπειτα Ῥίνωνα καὶ τοὺς συνάρχοντας, ὡς οὐκ ἐγὼ τὴν φάσιν ἀλλὰ Πατροκλῆς ἐποιήσατο πρὸς αὐτούς, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς βουλευτάς, ὡς ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ κατηγορῶν. καί μοι κάλει τούτων μάρτυρας. Μάρτυρες
In rebuttal, however, I will present to you as witnesses, first, those who were present at the beginning of the affair, who will testify that I did not arrest Callimachus nor did I touch the money; second, Rhinon and his colleagues, who will tell you that it was Patrocles, and not I, who denounced him to them; and finally, the members of the Council, who will attest that Patrocles was the accuser. Please call witnesses of these facts. Witnesses
§ 9
οὕτω τοίνυν πολλῶν παραγενομένων τοῖς πραχθεῖσιν, ὥσπερ οὐδενὸς συνειδότος αὐτὸς μὲν οὗτος ἐφιστάμενος εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ καθίζων ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐργαστηρίοις λόγους ἐποιεῖτο ὡς δεινὰ πεπονθὼς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἀπεστερημένος, τῶν δὲ χρωμένων τινὲς τούτῳ προσιόντες μοι συνεβούλευον ἀπαλλάττεσθαι τῆς πρὸς τοῦτον διαφορᾶς καὶ μὴ βούλεσθαι κακῶς ἀκούειν μηδὲ κινδυνεύειν περὶ πολλῶν χρημάτων, μηδʼ εἰ σφόδρα πιστεύω τῷ πράγματι, λέγοντες ὡς πολλὰ παρὰ γνώμην ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ἀποβαίνει,
Although so many persons had been present when the events took place, Callimachus here, as if no one had any knowledge of the matter, himself mixed with the crowds, sat in the workshops, and related again and again his story, how he had suffered outrageous treatment at my hands and had been of his money. And some of his friends came to me and advised me to settle the dispute with him, and not deliberately to risk defamation and great financial loss, even though I had the greatest confidence in my cause; and they went on to say that many decisions rendered in the tribunals were contrary to the expectation of litigants,
§ 10
καὶ ὅτι τύχῃ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ δικαίῳ κρίνεται τὰ παρʼ ὑμῖν, ὥστε λυσιτελεῖν μοι μίκρʼ ἀναλώσαντι μεγάλων ἐγκλημάτων ἀπαλλαγῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ μηδὲν ἀποτείσαντι κινδυνεύειν περὶ τηλικούτων. τί δʼ ἂν ὑμῖν τὰ πολλὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον διηγοίμην; οὐδὲν γὰρ παρέλιπον τῶν εἰθισμένων περὶ τῶν τοιούτων λέγεσθαι. τελευτῶν δʼ οὖν ἐπείσθην, ἅπαντα γὰρ εἰρήσεται τἀληθῆ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δοῦναι τούτῳ διακοσίας δραχμάς. ἵνα δὲ μὴ πάλιν ἐξείη συκοφαντεῖν αὐτῷ, δίαιταν ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἐπετρέψαμεν Νικομάχῳ Βατῆθεν. Μάρτυρες
and that chance rather than justice determined the issue in your courts. Consequently, they asserted, it was in my interest to be freed of serious charges by paying a petty sum, rather than by paying nothing to run the risk of penalties of such gravity. Why need I relate to you all the details? They omitted none of the arguments which are customarily urged in such cases. In any case I was finally prevailed upon (for I will tell you the whole truth) to give him two hundred drachmas. But in order that it might not be in his power to blackmail me again, we committed the arbitration under stated terms to Nicomachus of Bat Witnesses
§ 11
τὸ μὲν τοίνυν πρῶτον ἐνέμεινε τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, ὕστερον δʼ ἐπιβουλεύσας μετὰ Ξενοτίμου, τοῦ τοὺς νόμους διαφθείροντος καὶ τὰ δικαστήρια δεκάζοντος καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς λυμαινομένου καὶ πάντων κακῶν αἰτίου, λαγχάνει μοι δίκην μυρίων δραχμῶν. προβαλλομένου δʼ ἐμοῦ μάρτυρα, ὡς οὐκ εἰσαγώγιμος ἦν ἡ δίκη διαίτης γεγενημένης, ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὐκ ἐπεξῆλθεν,
At first Callimachus kept his agreement, but later in complicity with Xenotimus—that falsifier of the laws, corrupter of our tribunals, vilifier of the authorities, and author of every evil—he brought suit against me for the sum of ten thousand drachmas. But when I brought forward in my defense a witness to show that the suit was not within the jurisdiction of the court by reason of the previous arbitration, he did not attack my witness—
§ 12
εἰδὼς ὅτι, εἰ μὴ μεταλάβοι τὸ πέμπτον μέρος τῶν ψήφων, τὴν ἐπωβελίαν ὀφλήσει, πείσας δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν δίκην ἐγράψατο, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρυτανείοις μόνον κινδυνεύσων. ἀπορῶν δʼ ὅ τι χρησαίμην τοῖς κακοῖς, ἡγησάμην εἶναι κράτιστον ἐξ ἴσου καταστήσαντʼ ἀμφοτέροις τὸν κίνδυνον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς ὑμᾶς. καὶ τὰ μὲν γενόμενα ταῦτʼ ἐστίν.
for he knew that, if he did not receive the fifth of the votes cast, he would be assessed a penalty of one-sixth of the amount demanded—but having won over the magistrate, he again brought the same suit, in the belief that he risked only his court deposit-fee. And since I was at a loss how to cope with my difficulties, I judged that it was best to make the hazard equal for us both and to come before you. And these are the facts.
§ 13
πυνθάνομαι δὲ Καλλίμαχον οὐ μόνον περὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων διανοεῖσθαι ψευδῆ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δίαιταν μέλλειν ἔξαρνον εἶναι καὶ παρεσκευάσθαι λέγειν τοιούτους λόγους, ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτʼ ἐπέτρεψε Νικομάχῳ δίαιταν, ὃν ἠπίστατο πάλαι χρώμενον ἡμῖν, καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἐικὸς ἦν αὐτὸν ἀντὶ μυρίων δραχμῶν διακοσίας ἐθελῆσαι λαβεῖν.
I learn that Callimachus not only intends to speak falsely in the matter of his complaint, but will also deny that the arbitration took place, and that he is prepared to go so far as to assert that he never would have entrusted an arbitration to Nicomachus, whom he knew to be an old friend of ours, and further, that it is improbable that he was willing to accept two hundred drachmas instead of ten thousand.
§ 14
ὑμεῖς δʼ ἐνθυμεῖσθε πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τὴν δίαιταν οὐκ ἀμφισβητοῦντες ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἐπετρέψαμεν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἐποίησεν, εἰ Νικόμαχον εἵλετο διαιτητήν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον εἰ περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὡμολογηκὼς περὶ τοῦ διαιτητοῦ διεφέρετο. ἔπειτʼ ὀφειλομένων μὲν αὐτῷ μυρίων δραχμῶν οὐκ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ δυοῖν μναῖν ποιήσασθαι τὴν διαλλαγήν· ἀδίκως δʼ αἰτιώμενον καὶ συκοφαντοῦντα οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν τοσοῦτον ἐθελῆσαι λαβεῖν. ἔτι δʼ, εἰ μεγάλʼ ἐγκαλῶν ὀλίγʼ ἐπράξατο, οὐ τούτῳ τοῦτο τεκμήριόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἡ δίαιτα οὐ γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμῖν, ὡς καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ δικαίως ἐνεκάλεσεν.
You must reflect, however, first, that we were not in dispute in the matter of the arbitration, but we committed it as an arbitration under stated terms, so that it is not at all strange that Callimachus chose Nicomachus as arbiter; it would have been far stranger if, after he had come to an agreement about the matter, he had then made difficulty about the choice of arbiter. In the next place, it is not reasonable to assume that, if ten thousand drachmas had been owing to him, he would have settled for two minas; but since his charges were unjust and in the nature of blackmail, it is not astonishing that he was willing to take so little. Furthermore, if, after exorbitant demands, he exacted little, this is no proof in favor of his contention that the arbitration did not take place on the contrary, it confirms all the more our contention that his claim was unjust in the first place.
§ 15
θαυμάζω δʼ εἰ αὑτὸν μὲν ἱκανὸν γνῶναι νομίζει ὅτι οὐκ εἰκὸς ἀντὶ μυρίων δραχμῶν διακοσίας ἐθελῆσαι λαβεῖν, ἐμὲ δʼ οὐκ ἂν οἴεται τοῦτʼ ἐξευρεῖν, εἴπερ ἠβουλόμην ψευδῆ λέγειν, ὅτι πλέον ἔδει φάσκειν τούτων δεδωκέναι. ἀξιῶ δʼ, ὅσον περ ἂν τούτῳ σημεῖον ἦν ὡς ἡ δίαιτα οὐ γέγονεν, ἑλόντι τὰ διαμαρτυρηθέντα, τοσοῦτον ἐμοὶ γενέσθαι τεκμήριον ὡς ἀληθῆ λέγω περὶ αὐτῆς, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μάρτυρι φανερός ἐστιν οὐδʼ ἐπεξελθεῖν ἀξιώσας.
I am astonished that, while he judges himself capable of recognizing that it was not probable that he was willing to take two hundred drachmas instead of the ten thousand, yet believes that I am incapable of discovering, if I had wished to lie, that I ought to have asserted that I had given him more. But this I ask—that in so far as it would have been an indication in his favor that the arbitration did not take place, if he had proved the falsity of the testimony, to that same extent it shall be proof in favor of my contention that I tell the truth concerning the arbitration, inasmuch as it is clearly shown that he did not dare to proceed against my witness.
§ 16
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ, εἰ μήθʼ ἡ δίαιτα ἐγεγόνει μήτε τῶν πεπραγμένων ἦσαν μάρτυρες, ἔδει δʼ ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων σκοπεῖν, οὐδʼ οὕτω χαλεπῶς ἂν ὑμᾶς γνῶναι τὰ δίκαια. εἰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀδικεῖν ἐτόλμων, εἰκότως ἄν μου κατεγιγνώσκετε καὶ περὶ τοῦτον ἐξαμαρτάνειν· νῦν δʼ οὐδένα φανήσομαι τῶν πολιτῶν οὔτε χρήμασι ζημιώσας οὔτε περὶ τοῦ σώματος εἰς κίνδυνον καταστήσας, οὔτʼ ἐκ μὲν τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς πολιτείας ἐξαλείψας, εἰς δὲ τὸν μετὰ Λυσάνδρου κατάλογον ἐγγράψας.
I think, however, that even if there had been neither arbitration nor witnesses to the actual facts and you were under the necessity of considering the case in the light of the probabilities, not even in this event would you have difficulty in arriving at a just verdict. For if I were so audacious a man as to wrong others, you would with good reason condemn me as doing wrong to him also; but as it is, I shall be found innocent of having harmed any citizen in regard to his property, or of jeopardizing his life, or of having expunged his name from the list of active citizens, or of having inscribed his name on Lysander’s list.
§ 17
καίτοι πολλοὺς ἐπῆρεν ἡ τῶν τριάκοντα πονηρία τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν· οὐ γὰρ ὅτι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἐκόλαζον, ἀλλʼ ἐνίοις καὶ προσέταττον ἐξαμαρτάνειν. ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρχῆς οὐδὲν εὑρεθήσομαι τοιοῦτον ἐργασάμενος· οὗτος δʼ ἀδικηθῆναί φησιν, ὅτʼ ἐξεβέβληντο μὲν οἱ τριάκοντα, ὁ δὲ Πειραιεὺς ἦν κατειλημμένος, ἐκράτει δʼ ὁ δῆμος, περὶ διαλλαγῶν δʼ ἦσαν οἱ λόγοι.
And yet the wickedness of the Thirty impelled many to act in this way for they not only did not punish the evil-doers but they even commanded some persons to do wrong. So as for me, not even when they had control of the government, shall I be found guilty of any such misdeed; yet Callimachus says that he was wronged after the Thirty had been expelled, the Piraeus had been taken, and when the democracy was in power, and the terms of reconciliation were being discussed.
§ 18
καίτοι δοκεῖ ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅστις ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα κόσμιον αὑτὸν παρέσχεν, εἰς τοῦτον ἀποθέσθαι τὸν χρόνον ἀδικεῖν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ τοῖς πρότερον ἡμαρτηκόσι μετέμελεν; ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, εἰ τῶν μὲν ὑπαρχόντων ἐχθρῶν μηδʼ ἀμύνεσθαι μηδένʼ ἠξίωσα, τοῦτον δὲ κακῶς ποιεῖν ἐπεχείρουν, πρὸς ὃν οὐδὲν πώποτέ μοι συμβόλαιον ἐγένετο.
And yet do you think that a man who was well behaved under the Thirty put off his wrongdoing until that period when even those who had formerly transgressed were repentant? But the most absurd thing of all would be this—that although I never saw fit to avenge myself on anyone of my existing enemies, I was attempting to injure this man with whom I have never had any business dealings at all!
§ 19
ὡς μὲν οὖν οὐκ αἴτιός εἰμι Καλλιμάχῳ τῆς τῶν χρημάτων δημεύσεως, ἱκανῶς ἀποδεδεῖχθαί μοι νομίζω· ὡς δʼ οὐκ ἐξῆν αὐτῷ δικάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν τότε γεγενημένων, οὐδʼ εἰ πάντα ταῦτʼ ἦν πεποιηκὼς ἅ φησιν αὐτός, ἐκ τῶν συνθηκῶν γνώσεσθε. καί μοι λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον. Συνθῆκαι
That I am not responsible for the confiscation of the money of Callimachus I think I have sufficiently proved. But that it was not legally in his power to bring a suit pertaining to events which occurred then, not even if I had done everything he says I did, you will learn from the covenant of Amnesty. Please take the document. Amnesty
§ 20
ἆρα μικρῷ τῷ δικαίῳ πιστεύων τὴν παραγραφὴν ἐποιησάμην, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῶν μὲν συνθηκῶν διαρρήδην ἀφιεισῶν τοὺς ἐνδείξαντας ἢ φήναντας ἢ τῶν ἄλλων τι τῶν τοιούτων πράξαντας, ἐμαυτὸν δʼ ἔχων ἀποφαίνειν, ὡς οὔτε ταῦτα πεποίηκα οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἐξήμαρτον; ἀνάγνωθι δή μοι καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους. Ὅρκοι
Was it, then, a weak defense of my rights I trusted in when I entered this demurrer? On the contrary, do not the terms of the Amnesty explicitly exculpate any who have laid information against or denounced any person or have done any similar thing, and am I not able to prove that I have neither committed these acts nor transgressed in any other way? Please read the Oaths also. Oaths
§ 21
οὐκ οὖν δεινόν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὕτω μὲν τῶν συνθηκῶν ἐχουσῶν, τοιούτων δὲ τῶν ὅρκων γενομένων, τοσοῦτον φρονεῖν Καλλίμαχον ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς αὑτοῦ ὥσθʼ ἡγεῖσθαι πείσειν ὑμᾶς ἐναντία τούτοις ψηφίσασθαι; καὶ εἰ μὲν ἑώρα μεταμέλον τῇ πόλει τῶν πεπραγμένων, οὐκ ἄξιον ἦν θαυμάζειν αὐτοῦ· νῦν δʼ οὐ μόνον ἐν τῇ θέσει τῶν νόμων ἐπεδείξασθε περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενοι τὰς συνθήκας,
Is it not outrageous, men of the jury, that, although such were the terms of the covenant and the oaths which were sworn were of such nature, Callimachus is so convinced of his own eloquence that he believes he will persuade you to vote in opposition to them? If he saw that the city regretted its past action, his conduct should not occasion surprise; but as a matter of fact you have shown the importance you attach to the covenant, not only in the enactment of the laws,
§ 22
ἀλλὰ καὶ Φίλωνα τὸν ἐκ Κοίλης ἐνδειχθέντα παραπρεσβεύεσθαι, καὶ περὶ μὲν τοῦ πράγματος οὐδὲν ἔχοντʼ ἀπολογήσασθαι, τὰς δὲ συνθήκας παρεχόμενον, ἔδοξεν ὑμῖν ἀφεῖναι καὶ μηδὲ κρίσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ ποιήσασθαι. καὶ ἡ μὲν πόλις οὐδὲ παρὰ τῶν ὁμολογούντων ἐξαμαρτάνειν ἀξιοῖ δίκην λαβεῖν, οὗτος δὲ καὶ τοὺς οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότας τολμᾷ συκοφαντεῖν.
but when Philon of Coele was indicted for malversation on an embassy, and although he could offer no defense but merely cited the covenant in exoneration, you decided to dismiss his case and not even hold him for trial. And although the city does not think it proper to punish even confessed transgressors, yet this man has the effrontery to bring malicious charges against those who have done no wrong at all.
§ 23
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τάδʼ αὐτὸν λέληθεν, ὅτι Θρασύβουλος καὶ Ἄνυτος μέγιστον μὲν δυνάμενοι τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, πολλῶν δʼ ἀπεστερημένοι χρημάτων, εἰδότες δὲ τοὺς ἀπογράψαντας, ὅμως οὐ τολμῶσιν αὐτοῖς δίκας λαγχάνειν οὐδὲ μνησικακεῖν, ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων μᾶλλον ἑτέρων δύνανται διαπράττεσθαι,
Furthermore, he is certainly not unaware of this either—that Thrasybulus and Anytus, men of the greatest influence in the city, although they have been robbed of large sums of money and know who gave in lists of their goods, nevertheless are not so brazen as to bring suit against them or to bring up old grudges against them; on the contrary, even if, in respect to all other claims, they have greater power than others to accomplish their ends,
§ 24
ἀλλʼ οὖν περὶ γε τῶν ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις ἴσον ἔχειν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀξιοῦσιν. καὶ οὐχ οὗτοι μόνοι ταῦτʼ ἠξιώκασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς τοιαύτην δίκην εἰσελθεῖν τετόλμηκεν. καίτοι δεινόν, εἰ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς ὑμετέροις αὐτῶν πράγμασιν ἐμμένετε τοῖς ὅρκοις, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τούτου συκοφαντίᾳ παραβαίνειν ἐπιχειρήσετε, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἰδίας ὁμολογίας δημοσίᾳ κυρίας ἀναγκάζετʼ εἶναι, τὰς δὲ τῆς πόλεως συνθήκας ἰδίᾳ τὸν βουλόμενον λύειν ἐάσετε.
yet in matters covered by the covenant at least they see fit to put themselves on terms of equality with the other citizens. And it is not these men alone who have accepted this point of view; no, not even one of you has dared to bring such an action. And yet it would be outrageous if you, while honoring your oaths where your own affairs are concerned, shall attempt to violate them in connexion with the calumnious charges of Callimachus, and if, while insisting that private agreements must be held valid by public authority, shall allow anyone who so desires, on his own private authority, to break the covenants of the state.
§ 25
ὃ δὲ πάντων ἄν τις μάλιστα θαυμάσειεν, εἰ, ὅτε μὲν ἄδηλον ἦν, εἰ συνοίσουσιν αἱ διαλλαγαὶ τῇ πόλει, τοιούτους ὅρκους ἐποιήσασθε περὶ αὐτῶν, ὥστʼ εἰ καὶ μὴ συνέφερεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις ἐμμένειν, ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὕτω καλῶς ὑμῖν συμβέβηκεν ὥστε καὶ μηδεμιᾶς πίστεως γεγενημένης ἄξιον εἶναι τὴν παροῦσαν πολιτείαν διαφυλάττειν,
But it would be the most astounding outcome of all if, while it was still uncertain whether or not the reconciliation would be of advantage to the city, you strengthened it with such oaths that, even if it proved disadvantageous, you were forced to abide by your agreements, yet now, when the results have been so happy for you that, even if you had not given any solemn pledge to do so, it is right for you scrupulously to preserve the existing government, you are going to seize that moment to violate your oaths!
§ 26
τηνικαῦτα τοὺς ὅρκους παραβήσεσθε· καὶ τοῖς μὲν εἰρηκόσιν ὡς χρὴ τὰς συνθήκας ἐξαλείφειν ὠργίζεσθε, τουτονὶ δʼ, ὃς γεγραμμένας αὐτὰς τολμᾷ παραβαίνειν, ἀζήμιον ἀφήσετε. ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ ἂν δίκαια οὔτʼ ἄξιʼ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν οὔτʼ ἂν πρέποντα τοῖς πρότερον ἐγνωσμένοις ποιήσαιτε.
And although you were incensed with those who have said that the covenant of Amnesty should be repealed, yet this man, who has the effrontery to transgress it after its official promulgation, you are going to discharge without a penalty! No, should you do so, you would neither be rendering justice nor acting in a manner worthy of yourselves or consistent with your former decisions.
§ 27
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ ὅτι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἥκετε δικάσοντες· περὶ γὰρ συνθηκῶν τὴν ψῆφον οἴσετε, ἃς οὐδὲ πώποτʼ οὔθʼ ὑμῖν πρὸς ἑτέρους οὔτʼ ἄλλοις πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλυσιτέλησε παραβῆναι, τοσαύτην δʼ ἔχουσι δύναμιν ὥστε τὰ πλεῖστα τοῦ βίου καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις διὰ συνθηκῶν εἶναι.
I beg you, however, to bear in mind that you have come to pass judgement on matters of the highest importance; for you are going to cast your votes on the question of a covenant, and covenants have never been violated to the advantage of either yourselves in relation to the other parties or of others in relation to you; and they have such binding force that almost all the daily activities of Greeks and of barbarians are governed by covenants.
§ 28
ταύταις γὰρ πιστεύοντες ὡς ἀλλήλους ἀφικνούμεθα καὶ ποριζόμεθα ὧν ἕκαστοι τυγχάνομεν δεόμενοι· μετὰ τούτων καὶ τὰ συμβόλαια τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ποιούμεθα καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ἔχθρας καὶ τοὺς κοινοὺς πολέμους διαλυόμεθα· τούτῳ μόνῳ κοινῷ πάντες ἄνθρωποι διατελοῦμεν χρώμενοι. ὥσθʼ ἅπασι μὲν προσήκει βοηθεῖν αὐταῖς, μάλιστα δʼ ὑμῖν.
For it is through our reliance on them that we visit one another’s lands and procure those things of which we both have need; with the aid of these we make our contracts with each other and put an end to both our private animosities and our common wars. This is the only universal institution which all we of the human race constantly employ. It is, therefore, the duty of all men to uphold them, and, above all, yours.
§ 29
ὑπόγυιον γὰρ ἐστιν, ἐξ οὗ καταπολεμηθέντες, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γενόμενοι, πολλῶν ἐπιθυμησάντων διαφθεῖραι τὴν πόλιν, εἰς ὅρκους καὶ συνθήκας κατεφύγομεν, ἅς εἰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τολμῷεν παραβαίνειν, σφόδρʼ ἂν ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἀγανακτήσειεν.
It is your duty, I say, for recently, when we had been conquered and had fallen into the power of enemies at home and many wished to destroy the city, we took refuge in the oaths and covenants; and if the Lacedaemonians should dare to violate these, every man of you would be exceedingly indignant.
§ 30
καίτοι πῶς οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν ἑτέρων κατηγορεῖν οἷς αὐτός τις ἔνοχός ἐστιν; τῷ δʼ ἂν δόξαιμεν ἀδικεῖσθαι παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας κακῶς πάσχοντες, εἰ μηδʼ αὐτοὶ φαινοίμεθʼ αὐτὰς περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενοι; τίνας δὲ πίστεις πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους εὑρήσομεν, εἰ τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς γεγενημένας οὕτως εἰκῇ λύσομεν;
And yet how can one accuse the other party of transgressions of which he is himself guilty? Who would regard us as victims of injustice when suffering injury through a violation of covenants, if even we ourselves were manifestly holding them in slight esteem? What pledges shall we find binding in our relations with other peoples if we so lightly disregard those which we have made among ourselves?
§ 31
ἄξιον δὲ καὶ τῶνδε μνησθῆναι, διότι πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν τοῖς προγόνοις ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ πεπραγμένων οὐχ ἥκισθʼ ἡ πόλις ἐκ τούτων τῶν διαλλαγῶν εὐδοκίμησεν. πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον πολλαὶ πόλεις ἂν εὑρεθεῖεν καλῶς ἠγωνισμέναι, περὶ δὲ στάσεως οὐκ ἔστιν ἣν ἄν τις ἐπιδείξειεν ἄμεινον τῆς ἡμετέρας βεβουλευμένην.
This, too, is worthy of our remembrance that, although our forefathers performed many glorious deeds in war, not the least of its glory our city has won through these treaties of reconciliation. For whereas many cites might be found which have waged war gloriously, in dealing with civil discord there is none which could be shown to have taken wiser measures than ours.
§ 32
ἔτι δὲ τῶν μὲν τοιούτων ἔργων, ὅσα μετὰ κινδύνων πέπρακται, τὸ πλεῖστον ἄν τις μέρος τῇ τύχῃ μεταδοίη· τῆς δʼ εἰς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς μετριότητος οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλʼ ἢ τὴν ἡμετέραν γνώμην αἰτιάσαιτο. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄξιον προδότας ταύτης τῆς δόξης γενέσθαι.
Furthermore, the great majority of all those achievements that have been accomplished by fighting may be attributed to Fortune; but for the moderation we showed towards one another no one could find any other cause than our good judgement. Consequently it is not fitting that we should prove false to this glorious reputation.
§ 33
καὶ μηδεὶς ἡγείσθω μʼ ὑπερβάλλειν μηδὲ μείζω λέγειν, ὅτι δίκην ἰδίαν φεύγων τούτους εἴρηκα τοὺς λόγους. οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ τῶν ἐπιγεγραμμένων χρημάτων ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ μὲν περὶ τούτων, ὑμῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρημένων· ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς οὔτʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἀξίως δύναιτο οὔτʼ ἂν τίμημʼ ἱκανὸν ἐπιγράψαιτο.
And let no one think that I exaggerate or pass due bounds, because I, a defendant in a private suit, have spoken in this fashion. For this law-suit is concerned not merely with the sum of money specified in the indictment; for me, it is true, this is the issue, but for you it is that of which I have just spoken; on this subject no one would be able to speak in fitting fashion nor could he fix an adequate penalty.
§ 34
τοσοῦτον γὰρ αὕτη διαφέρει τῶν ἄλλων δικῶν, ὥστε τῶν μὲν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις μόνον προσήκει, ταύτῃ δὲ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως συγκινδυνεύει. περὶ ταύτης δύʼ ὅρκους ὀμόσαντες δικάζετε, τὸν μὲν, ὅνπερ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις εἴθισθε, τὸν δʼ ὃν ἐπὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐποιήσασθε. ταύτην ἀδίκως γνόντες οὐ τοὺς τῆς πόλεως μόνον νόμους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἁπάντων κοινοὺς παραβήσεσθε. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄξιον οὔτε κατὰ χάριν οὔτε κατʼ ἐπιείκειαν οὔτε κατʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἢ κατὰ τοὺς ὅρκους περὶ αὐτῶν ψηφίσασθαι.
For this law-suit difiers so greatly from other private suits in this respect that, while the latter are of concern to the litigants only, in this private law-suit common interests of the city are likewise at stake. In trying this case you are bound by two oaths: one is the customary judicial oath which you take in all ordinary cases, and the other is that oath which you swore when you ratified the covenant of Amnesty. If in render an unjust verdict in this case, you will be violating not only the laws of the city, but also the laws common to all men. Consequently, it is not fitting that your votes should be based upon favor, or upon mere equity, nor upon anything else than upon the oaths you took when you made the covenant of Amnesty.
§ 35
ὡς μὲν οὖν χρὴ καὶ συμφέρει καὶ δίκαιον ὑμᾶς ἐστὶν οὕτω περὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν γιγνώσκειν, οὐδʼ αὐτὸν ἡγοῦμαι Καλλίμαχον ἀντερεῖν· οἶμαι δʼ αὐτὸν ὀδυρεῖσθαι τὴν παροῦσαν πενίαν καὶ τὴν γεγενημένην αὑτῷ συμφοράν, καὶ λέξειν ὡς δεινὰ καὶ σχέτλια πείσεται, εἰ τῶν χρημάτων, ὧν ἐπὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ἀφῃρέθη, τούτων ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ τὴν ἐπωβελίαν ὀφλήσει, καὶ εἰ τότε μὲν διὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ φυγεῖν ἠναγκάσθη, νυνὶ δʼ ἐν ᾧ χρόνῳ προσῆκεν αὑτὸν δίκην λαβεῖν, ἅτιμος γενήσεται.
Now that it is right, and is expedient and just that you should decide thus concerning the covenant of Amnesty not even Callimachus himself, I think, will gainsay; but he intends, I suppose, to bewail his present poverty and the misfortune which has befallen him and to say that his fate will be dreadful and cruel if now under the democracy he must pay the assessed fine for the money of which under the oligarchy he was deprived, and also if then because he possessed property he was forced to go into exile, yet now, at a time when he ought to get satisfaction for wrongs done him, he is to be deprived of his civic rights.
§ 36
κατηγορήσει δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ μεταστάσει γενομένων, ὡς ἐκ τοὺτων μάλισθʼ ὑμᾶς εἰς ὀργὴν καταστήσων· ἴσως γὰρ τινος ἀκήκοεν, ὡς ὑμεῖς, ὅταν μὴ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας λάβητε, τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας κολάζετε. ἐγὼ δʼ οὔθʼ ὑμᾶς ταύτην ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην ἡγοῦμαι, πρὸς τε τοὺς ὑπειρημένους λόγους ῥᾲδιον ἁντειπεῖν νομίζω.
And he will accuse also those who took part in the revolution, in the hope that in this way especially he will arouse you to wrath; for perhaps he has heard it said that whenever you fail to apprehend the guilty, you punish any who cross your path. But I for my part do not think that you are so disposed, and I believe that it is easy to controvert the pleas just suggested.
§ 37
πρὸς οὖν τοὺς ὀδυρμούς, ὅτι προσήκει βοηθεῖν ὑμᾶς, οὐχ οἵτινες ἂν δυστυχεστάτους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀποδείξωσιν, ἀλλʼ οἵτινες ἂν περὶ ὧν ἀντωμόσαντο δικαιότερα λέγοντες φάνωνται. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐπωβελίας, εἰ μὲν ἐγὼ τοὺτων τῶν πραγμάτων αἴτιος ἦν, εἰκότως ἂν αὐτῷ μέλλοντι ζημιώσεσθαι συνήχθεσθε· νῦν δʼ οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ συκοφαντῶν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲν ἂν δικαίως αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ἀποδέχοισθε.
As for his lamentations, it is fitting that you give aid, not to those who try to show that they are the most miserable of men, but to those whose statements concerning the facts to which they have sworn in their affidavits are manifestly the more just. And in regard to the penalty assessed against the loser, if I were responsible for this action, you might reasonably sympathize with him as about to be penalized; but the truth is, it is he who brings in a calumnious accusation and therefore you cannot in justice accept anything he says.
§ 38
ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνο χρὴ σκοπεῖν, ὅτι πάντες οἱ κατελθόντες ἐκ Περαίεως ἔχοιεν ἂν τοὺς αὐτοὺς λόγους εἰπεῖν, οὕσπερ οὗτος, ὧν οὐδεὶς ἄλλος τετόλμηκε τοιαύτην δίκην εἰσελθεῖν. Καίτοι χρὴ μισεῖν ὑμᾶς τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ κακοὺς πολίτας νομίζειν, οἵτινες ταῖς μὲν συμφοραῖς ὁμοίας τῷ τῷ πλήθει κέχρηνται, τὰς δὲ τιμωρίας διαφόρους τῶν ἅλλων ἀξιοῦσι ποιεῖσθαι.
In the second place, you should consider this point—that all the exiles who returned to the city from the Peiraeus would be able to use the very same arguments as he; but no one except Callimachus has had the audacity to introduce such a suit. And yet you ought to hate such persons and regard them as bad citizens who, although they have suffered the same misfortunes as the part of the people, think fit to exact exceptional punishments.
§ 39
πρὸς δὲ τοὺτοις ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ, πρὶν ἀποπειραθῆναι τῆς ὑμετὲρας γνώμης, ἁφέντι τὴν δίκην ἀπηλλάχθαι πάντων τῶν πραγμάτων. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἄλογόν ἐστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κινδύνῳ ζητεῖν αὐτόν ἐλέου παρʼ ὑμῶν τυγχάνειν, οὗ κύριος αὐτός ἐστι, καὶ εἰς ὃ αὐτὸς αὑτὸν καθίστησι, καὶ ὃ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ μὴ κινδυνεύειν;
Furthermore, it is possible for him even now, before he has made trial of your decision, to drop the suit and to be entirely rid of all his troubles. And yet is it not stupid of him to seek to win your pity while in this jeopardy, for which he himself is responsible, and in which he has involved himself, a jeopardy which even now it is possible for him to avoid?
§ 40
ἂν δʼ ἄρα μέμνηται τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας γεγενημένων, ἁξιοῦτε αὐτὸν μὴ ʼκείνων κατηγορεῖν, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς ἀπολογήσεται, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐγὼ τὰ χρήματα εἴληφα διδάσκειν, περὶ οὗπερ ὑμᾶς δεῖ ψηφίζεσθαι, μηδʼ ὡς αὐτός δεινὰ πέπονθεν ἀποφαίνειν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐγὼ πεποίηκα ἐξελέγχειν, παρʼ οὗπερ ἀξιοῖ τἀπολωλότα κομίζεσθαι·
And if he does mention events which occurred under the oligarchy, demand of him that, instead of accusing persons whom no one will defend, he prove that it was I who took his money; for this is the issue upon which you must cast your votes. And demand that he, instead of showing that he has suffered cruel wrongs, prove that it is I who have committed them, I, from whom he seeks to recover what he has lost;
§ 41
ἐπεὶ κακῶς γʼ αὑτὸν πράττοντα ἐπιδεῖξαι καὶ πρὸς ἄλλον ὁντινοῦν ἀγωνιζόμενος τῶν πολιτῶν δύναται. καίτοι χρὴ μέγα παρʼ ὑμῖν δύνασθαι τῶν κατηγοριῶν, οὐχ αἷς ἔξεστι χρῆσθαι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μηδέν ἡμαρτηκότας, ἀλλʼ ἃς οὐχ οἷ τʼ εἰπεῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ κατὰ τῶν ἠδικηκότων. πρὸς μὲν οὖν τούτους τοὺς λόγους καὶ ταῦτʼ ἴσως ἀρκέσει καὶ τάχʼ ἀντειπεῖν ἐξέσται.
since the fact of his evil plight he can readily establish in a suit brought against any other citizen whatever. And yet the accusations which should have great weight with you are not those which may be made even against those who are entirely guiltless, but those only which cannot be brought against any persons except those who have committed an act of injustice. To these allegations, this will perhaps be a sufficient reply and a further rebuttal soon will be possible.
§ 42
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ, εἰ καὶ τῳ δόξω δὶς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λέγειν, ὅτι πολλοὶ προσέχουσι ταύτῃ τῇ δίκῃ τὸν νοῦν, οὐ τῶν ἡμετέρων πραγμάτων φροντίζοντες, ἀλλʼ ἡγούμενοι περὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν εἶναι τὴν κρίσιν. οὓς ὑμεῖς τὰ δίκαια γνόντες ἀδεῶς οἰκεῖν ἐν τῇ πόλει ποιήσετε· εἰ δὲ μή, πῶς οἴεσθε διακείσεσθαι τοὺς ἐν ἄστει μείναντας, ἤν ὁμοίως ἅπασιν ὀργιζόμενοι φαίνησθε τοῖς μετασχοῦσι τῆς πολιτείας;
Also bear in mind, I ask you—even though I may be thought by someone to be repeating myself—that many persons are attentively watching the outcome of this case; not because they are interested in affairs, but because they believe that the covenant of Amnesty is on trial. Such persons, if your decision is just, you will enable to dwell in the city without fear; otherwise, how do you expect those who remained in the city to feel, if you show that you are angry with all alike who obtained the rights of citizenship?
§ 43
τίνα δὲ γνώμην ἕξειν τοὺς μικρὸν ἁμάρτημα σφίσιν αὐτοῖς συνειδότας, ὅταν ὁρῶσι μηδὲ τοὺς κοσμίως πεπολιτευμένους τῶν δικαίων τυγχάνοντας; πόσην δὲ χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἔσεσθαι ταραχήν, ὅταν οἱ μὲν ἐπαρθῶσι συκοφαντεῖν ὡς ὑμῶν αὐτοῖς ἤδη ταὔτʼ ἐγνωκότων, οἱ δὲ δεδίωσι τὴν παροῦσαν πολιτείαν ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτοῖς ἔτι καταφυγῆς ὑπαρχούσης;
And what will those think who are conscious of even slight error on their part, when they see that not even persons whose conduct as citizens has been decent obtain justice? What confusion must be expected to ensue when some are encouraged to bring malicious accusations in the belief that your sentiments are now the same as theirs, and when others fear the present form of government on the ground that no place of refuge is any longer left to them?
§ 44
ἆρʼ οὐκ ἄξιον φοβεῖσθαι μὴ συγχυθέντων τῶν ὅρκων πάλιν εἰς ταὐτὰ καταστῶμεν ἐξ ὧνπερ ἠναγκάσθημεν τὰς συνθήκας ποιήσασθαι; καὶ μὴν οὐ δεῖ γʼ ὑμᾶς παρʼ ἑτέρων μαθεῖν. ὅσον ἐστὶν ὁμόνοια ἀγαθὸν ἢ στάσις κακόν· οὕτω γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων σφόδρα πεπείρασθε, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὑμεῖς ἄριστʼ ἂν διδάξαιτε περὶ αὐτῶν.
May we not rightly fear that, once your oaths have been violated, we shall again be brought to the same state of affairs which compelled us to make the covenant of Amnesty? Certainly you do not need to learn from others how great is the blessing of concord or how great a curse is civil war; for you have experienced both in so extreme a form that you yourselves would be best qualified to instruct all others regarding them.
§ 45
ἵνα δὲ δοκῶ διὰ τοῦτο πολὺν χρόνον περὶ τὰς συνθήκας διατρίβειν, ὅτι ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι περὶ αὐτῶν πολλὰ καὶ δίκαια εἰπεῖν, τοσοῦτον ὑμῖν ἔτι διακελεύομαι μνημονεύειν, ὅταν φέρητε τὴν ψῆσον, ὅτι πρὶν μὲν ποιήσασθαι ταύτας ἐπολεμοῦμεν, οἱ μὲν τὸν κύκλον ἔχοντες, οἱ δὲ τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατειληφότες, μᾶλλον ἀλλήλους μισοῦντες ἢ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων πολεμίους ἡμῖν καταλειφθέντας,
But lest it be thought that the reason I am dwelling long on the covenant of Amnesty is merely because it is easy when speaking on that subject to make many just observations, I urge you to remember when you cast your votes only one thing more—that before we entered into those agreements we Athenians were in a state of war, some of us occupying the circle enclosed by the city’s walls, others Piraeus after we had captured it, and we hated each other more than we did the enemies bequeathed to us by our ancestors.
§ 46
ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰς πὶστεις ἀλλήλοις ἔδομεν εἰς ταὐτὸν συνελθόντες, οὕτω καλῶς καὶ κοινῶς πολιτευόμεθα, ὤσπερ οὐδεμιᾶς ἡμῖν συμφορᾶς γεγενημένης. καὶ τότε μὲν ἀμαθεστάτους καὶ δυστυχεστάτους πάντες ἡμᾶς ἐνόμιζον· νῦν δʼ εὐδαιμονέστατοι καὶ σωφρονέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων δοκοῦμεν εἶναι.
But after we came together and exchanged the solemn pledges, we have lived so uprightly and so like citizens of one country that it seemed as if no misfortune had ever befallen us. At that time all looked upon us as the most foolish and ill-fated of mankind; now, however, we are regarded as the happiest and wisest of the Greeks.
§ 47
ὥστʼ ἄξιον οὐ μόνον τηλικαύταις ζημίαις κολάζειν τοὺς παραβαίνειν τολμῶντας τὰς συνθήκας ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἐσχάταις, ὡς τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν αἰτίους ὄντας, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοὺς ὥσπερ Καλλίμαχος βεβιωκότας. ὃς δέκα μὲν ἔτη συνεχῶς ὑμῖν Λακεδαιμονίων πολεμησάντων οὐδὲ μίαν παρέσχεν αὑτὸν ἡμέραν τάξαι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς,
Therefore it is incumbent upon us to inflict upon those who dare to violate the covenant, not merely the heavy penalties prescribed by the treaty, but the most extreme, on the ground that these persons are the cause of the greatest evils, especially those who have lived as Callimachus has lived. For during the ten years when the Lacedaemonians warred upon you uninterruptedly, not for one single day’s service did he present himself to the generals;
§ 48
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνον μὲν τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσεν ἀποδιδράσκων καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀποκρυπτόμενος, ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ τριάκοντα κατέστησαν, τηνικαῦτα κατέπλευσεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. καὶ φησὶ μὲν εἶναι δημοτικός, τοσούτῳ δὲ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἐπεθύμει μετασχεῖν ἐκείνης τῆς πολιτείας, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ εἰ κακῶς ἔπαθεν, ἠξίωσεν ἀπελθεῖν, ἀλλʼ ᾑρεῖτο μετὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων εἰς αὑτὸν πολιορκεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ μεθʼ ὑμῶν τῶν συνηδικημένων πολιτεύεσθαι.
on the contrary, all through that period he continued to evade service and to keep his property in concealment. But when the Thirty came to power, then it was that he sailed back to Athens. And although he professes to be a friend of the people, yet he was so much more eager than anybody else to participate in the oligarchical government that, even though it meant hardship, he saw fit not to depart, but preferred to be besieged in company with those who had injured him rather than to live as a citizen with you, who likewise had been wronged by them.
§ 49
καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης παρέμεινε μετέχων τῆς πολιτείας, ἐν ᾗ προσβαλεῖν ἠμέλλετε πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος· τότε δʼ ἐξῆλθεν, οὐ τὰ παρόντα μισήσας ἀλλὰ δείσας τὸν ἐπιόντα κίνδυνον, ὡς ὕστερον ἐδήλωσεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐθόντων ὁ δῆμος ἐν τῷ Πειραιεῖ κατεκλείσθη, πάλιν ἐκεῖθεν διαδρὰς ἐν Βοιωτοῖς διῃτᾶτο· ὥστʼ αὐτῷ προσήκει μετὰ τῶν αὐτομόλων ἀναγεγράφθαι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν φυγόντων ὀνομάζεσθαι.
And he remained as a participant in their government until that day on which you were on the point of attacking the walls of Athens; then he left the city, not because he had come to hate the present regime, but because he was afraid of the danger which threatened, as he later made evident. For when the Lacedaemonians came and the democracy was shut up in the Piraeus, again he fled from there and resided among the Boeotians; it is far more fitting, therefore, that his name should be enrolled in the list of the deserters than that he should be called one of the “exiles.”
§ 50
καὶ τοιοῦτος γεγενημένος καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἐκ Πειραιέως καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἐν ἄστει μείναντας καὶ περὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν, οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ τῶν ἴσων τυγχάνειν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀλλὰ ζητεῖ πλέον ἔχειν ὑμῶν, ὥπερ ἢ μόνος ἀδικηθεὶς ἢ βέλτιστος ὢν πολιτῶν ἢ μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς διʼ ὑμᾶς κεχρημένος ἢ πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος τῇ πόλει γεγενημένος.
And although he has proved to be a man of such character by his conduct toward the people who occupied the Piraeus, toward those who remained in the city, and toward the whole state, he is not content to be on equal terms with the others, but seeks to be treated better than you, as if either he alone had suffered injury, or was the best of the citizens, or had met with the gravest misfortunes on your account, or had been the cause of the most numerous benefits to the city.
§ 51
ἠβουλόμην δʼ ἂν ὑμᾶς ὁμοίως ἐμοὶ γιγνώσκειν αὐτόν, ἵνʼ αὐτῷ μὴ τῶν ἀπολωλότων συνήχθεσθε ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑπολοίπων ἐφθονεῖτε. νῦν δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὅσοις ἐπιβεβούλευκε, καὶ δὶκας οἵας δεδίκασται καὶ γραφὰς ἃς εἰσελήλυθε, καὶ μεθʼ ὧν συνέστηκε καὶ καθʼ ὧν τὰ ψευδῆ μεμαρτύρηκεν, οὐδʼ ἂν δὶς τοσοῦτον ὕδωρ ἱκανὸν διηγήσασθαι γένοιτο·
I could wish that you knew him as well as I do, in order that, instead of commiserating with him over his losses, you might bear him a grudge for what he has left. The fact is, though, that if I should try to tell of all the others who have been the objects of his plots, of the private law-suits in which he has been involved, of the public suits which he has entered, of the persons with whom he has conspired or against whom he has borne false witness, not even twice as much water as has been allotted me would prove sufficient.
§ 52
ἓν δὲ μόνον ἀκούσαντες τῶν τούτῳ πεπραγμένων ῥᾳδίως καὶ τὴν ἄλλην αὐτοῦ πονηρίαν γνώσεσθε. Κρατῖνος γὰρ ἠμφισβήτησε χωρίου τῷ τούτου κηδεστῇ. μάχης δʼ αὐτοῖς γενομένης, ὑποκρυψάμενοι θεράπαιναν ᾐτιῶντο τὸν Κρατῖνον συντρῖψαι τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς, ἐκ δὲ τραύματος φάσκοντες ἀποθανεῖν τὴν ἄνθρωπον λαγχάνουσιν αὐτῷ φόνου δίκην ἐπὶ Παλλαδίῳ.
But when you have heard only one of the acts which he has committed you will readily recognize the general run of his villainy. Cratinus once had a dispute over a farm with the brother-in-law of Callimachus. A personal encounter ensued. Having concealed a female slave, they accused Cratinus of having crushed her head, and asserting that she had died as a result of the wound, they brought suit against him in the court of the Palladium on the charge of murder.
§ 53
πυθόμενος δʼ ὁ Κρατῖνος τὰς τούτων ἐπιβουλὰς τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον ἡσυχίαν ἦγεν, ἵνα μὴ μεταθεῖντο τὸ πρᾶγμα μηδʼ ἑτέρους λόγους ἐξευρίσκοιεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ ληφθεῖεν κακουργοῦντες· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὁ κηδεστὴς μὲν ἦν ὁ τούτου κατηγορηκώς, οὗτος δὲ μεμαρτυρηκὼς ἦ μὴν τεθνάναι τὴν ἄνθρωπον,
Cratinus, learning of their plots, remained quiet for a long time in order that they might not change their plans and concoct another story, but instead might be caught in the very act of committing a crime. When the brother-in-law of Callimachus had made accusation and Callimachus had testified on oath that the woman was actually dead,
§ 54
ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἵνʼ ἦν κεκρυμμένη, βίᾳ λαβόντες αὐτὴν καὶ ἀγαγόντες ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον ζῶσαν ἅπασι τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐπέδειξαν. ὥσθʼ ἑπτακοσίων μὲν δικαζόντων, τεττάρων δὲ καὶ δέκα μαρτυρησάντων ἅπερ οὗτος, οὐδεμίαν ψῆφον μετέλαβε. καί μοι κάλει τούτων μάρτυρας. Μάρτυρες
Cratinus and his friends went to the house where she had been hidden, seized her by force and, bringing her into court, presented her alive to all present. The result was that, in a tribunal of seven hundred judges, after fourteen witnesses had given the same testimony as that of Callimachus, he failed to receive a single vote. Please call witnesses to these facts. Witnesses
§ 55
τίς οὖν ἀξίως δύναιτο κατηγορῆσαι τῶν τούτω πεπραγμένων; ἢ τίς ἂν εὑρεῖν ἔχοι παράδειγμα μεῖζον ἀδικίας καὶ συκοφαντίας καὶ πονηρίας; ἔνια μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀδικημάτων οὐκ ἂν ὅλον τὸν τρόπον δηλώσειε τῶν ἀδικησάντων, ἐκ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων ἔγρων ἅπαντα τὸν βίον τῶν ἐξαμαρτανόντων ῥᾴδιον κατιδεῖν ἐστίν.
Who, therefore, would be able to condemn his acts as they deserve? Or who would be able to find a more flagrant example of wrongdoing, of malicious prosecution, and of villainy? Some misdeeds, it is true, do not reveal in its entirety the character of the evil-doers, but from acts such as his it is easy to discern the whole life of the culprits.
§ 56
ὅστις γὰρ τοὺς ζῶντας τεθνάναι μαρτυρεῖ, τίνος ἂν ὑμῖν ἀποσχέσθαι δοκεῖ; ἣ ὅστις ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις πράγμασιν οὕτω πονηρός ἐστι, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ τολμήσειεν; πῶς δὲ χρὴ τούτῳ πιστεύειν ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ λέγοντι, ὃς ὑπὲρ ἑτέρων ἐπιορκῶν ἐξελέγχεται; τίς δὲ πώποτε φανερώτερον ἐπεδείχθη τὰ ψευδῆ μαρτυρῶν; τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων κρίνετε, τὴν δὲ τούτου μαρτυρίαν, ὅτι ψευδὴς ἦν, εἶδον οἱ δικάζοντες.
For any man who testifies that the living are dead, from what villainy do you think that he would abstain? What outrageous deed would a man not have the effrontery to commit in his own interest who is so knavish a villain in the interest of others ? How is it right to trust this man when he speaks in his own behalf, who is proved guilty of perjury in his testimony on behalf of another? Who was ever more convincingly proved to be a giver of false testimony? You judge all other defendants by what is said of them, but this man’s testimony the jurors themselves saw was false.
§ 57
καὶ τοιαῦθʼ ἡμαρτηκὼς ἐπιχειρήσει λέγειν, ὡς ψευδόμεθα, ὅμοιον ἐργαζόμενος, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τῳ Φρυνώνδας πανουργίαν ὀνειδίσειεν ἢ Φιλουργὸς ὁ τὸ Γοργόνειον ὑφελόμενος τοὺς ἄλλους ἱεροσύλους ἔφασκεν εἶναι. τίνα δὲ προσήκει τῶν μὴ γενομένων παρασχέσθαι μάρτυρας μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτον, ὃς αὐτὸς ἑτέροις τὰ ψευδῆ τολμᾷ μαρτυρεῖν;
And after the commission of such crimes he will dare to say that it is we who are lying. Why that would be as if Phrynondas should reproach a man with villainy, or as if Philurgos, who stole the Gorgon’s head, had called everybody else temple-robbers! Who is more likely to present witnesses of events which have not occurred than my antagonist here, who himself has the hardihood to testify falsely for others?
§ 58
ἀλλὰ γὰρ Καλλιμάχου μὲν ἐξέσται πολλάκις κατηγορεῖν, οὕτω γὰρ παρεσκεύασται πολιτεύεσθαι, περὶ δʼ ἐμαυτοῦ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ἁπάσας παραλείψω λειτουργίας, ἧς δʼ οὐ μόνον ἄν μοι δικαίως ἔχοιτε χάριν ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκμηρίῳ χρήσαισθε περὶ τοῦ παντὸς πράγματος, ταύτης δὲ μνησθήσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
But against Callimachus it will be possible to bring accusations time and again, for he has contrived his life as a citizen that way; but as for myself, I shall say nothing of all my other contributions to the state, but I will merely remind you of that one, a service for which, if you would do me justice, you would not only be grateful, but you would take it even as evidence bearing upon the case as a whole.
§ 59
ὅτε γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἀπώλεσε τὰς ναῦς τὰς ἐν Ἐλλησπόντῳ καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐστερήθη, τῶν μὲν πλείστων τριηράρχων τοσοῦτον διήνεγκον, ὅτι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἔσωσα τὴν ναῦν, αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων, ὅτι καταπλεύσας εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ μόνος οὐ κατέλυσα τὴν τριηραρχίαν,
Now when the city had lost its ships in the Hellespont and was shorn of its power, I so far surpassed the majority of the trierarchs that I was one of the very few who saved their ships: and of these few I alone brought back my ship to the Piraeus and did not resign my duties as trierarch;
§ 60
ἀλλὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀσμένως ἀπαλλαττομένων τῶν λῃτουργιῶν καὶ πρὸς τὰ παρόντʼ ἀθύμως διακειμένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἀνηλωμένων αὐτοῖς μεταμέλον, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἀποκρυπτομένων, καὶ νομιζόντων τὰ μὲν κοινὰ διεφθάρθαι, τὰ δʼ ἴδια σκοπουμένων, οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοις γνώμην ἔσχον, ἀλλὰ πείσας τὸν ἀδελφὸν συντριηραρχεῖν, παρʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν μισθὸν διδόντες τοῖς ναύταις κακῶς ἐποιοῦμεν τοὺς πολεμίους.
but when the other trierarchs were glad to be relieved of their duties and were discouraged over the situation, and not only regretted the loss of what they had already spent, but were trying to conceal the remainder and, judging that the commonwealth was completely ruined, were looking out for their private interests, my decision was not the same as theirs; but after persuading my brother to be joint-trierarch with me, we paid the crew out of our own means and proceeded to harass the enemy.
§ 61
τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον πρὸ εἰπόντος Λυσάνδρου, εἴ τις εἰσάγοι σῖτον ὡς ὑμᾶς, θάνατον τὴν ζημίαν, οὕτω φιλοτίμως εἴχομεν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ὥστε τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲ τὸν σφέτερον αὐτῶν εἰσάγειν τολμώντων ἡμεῖς τὸν ὡς ἐκείνους εἰσπλέοντα λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατήγομεν. ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑμεῖς ἐψηφίσασθʼ ἡμᾶς στεφανῶσαι καὶ πρόσθε τῶν ἐπωνύμων ἀνειπεῖν ὡς μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους ὄντας.
And finally, when Lysander proclaimed that if anyone should import grain to you he would be punished with death, we were so zealous for the city’s welfare that, although no one else dared to bring in even his own, we intercepted the grain that was being brought in to them and discharged it at the Piraeus. In recognition of these services you voted that we should be honored with crowns, and that in front of the statues of the eponymous heroes we should be proclaimed as the authors of great blessings.
§ 62
καίτοι χρὴ τούτους δημοτικοὺς νομίζειν, οὐχ ὅσοι κρατοῦντος τοῦ δήμου μετασχεῖν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπεθύμησαν, ἀλλʼ οἳ δυστυχησάσης τῆς πόλεως προκινδυνεύειν ὑμῶν ἠθέλησαν, καὶ χάριν ἔχειν, οὐκ εἴ τις αὐτὸς κακῶς πέπονθεν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὖ πεποίηκε, καὶ πένητας γενομένους ἐλεεῖν οὐ τοὺς ἀπολωλεκότας τὴν οὐσίαν ἀλλὰ τοὺς εἰς ὑμᾶς ἀνηλωκότας.
Yet surely men who should now be regarded as friends of the people are not those who, when the people were in power, were eager to participate in affairs, but those who, when the state was suffering misfortune, were willing to brave the first dangers in your behalf, and gratitude is due, not to him who has suffered personal hardships, but to him who has conferred benefits upon you; and in the case of those who have become poor, pity should be felt, not for those who have lost their property, but for those who have spent their fortune for your good.
§ 63
ὧν εἷς ἐγὼ φανήσομαι γεγενημένος, ὃς πάντων ἂν εἴην δυστυχέστατος, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ δεδαπανημένος εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἶτα δόξαιμι τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν καὶ περὶ μηδενὸς ποιεῖσθαι τὰς παρʼ ὑμῖν διαβολάς, ὃς οὐ μόνον τὴν οὐσίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ περὶ ἐλάττονος φαίνομαι ποιούμενος τοῦ παρʼ ὑμῖν εὐδοκιμεῖν.
Of these last named it will be found that I have been one; and I should be the most miserable of all men, if, after I have spent much of my fortune for the good of the city, it should be thought that I plot against the property of others, and that I care naught for your poor opinion of me; when it is obvious that I set less store, not merely on my property, but even on my life, than on your good opinion.
§ 64
τῷ δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὑμῶν μεταμελήσειεν, εἰ καὶ μὴ παραχρῆμα ἀλλʼ ὀλίγον ὕστερον, εἰ τὸν μὲν συκοφάντην ἴδοιτε πλούσιον γεγενημένον, ἐμὲ δʼ ἐξ ὧν ὑπέλιπον λῃτουργῶν, καὶ τούτων ἐκπεπτωκότα; καὶ τὸν μὲν μηδὲ πώποτε ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κινδυνεύσαντα μεῖζον καὶ τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν δυνάμενον,
Who among you would not feel remorse, even if not immediately, yet soon hereafter, if you should see the calumniator enriched, but me despoiled even of that which I left remaining when serving you as trierarch: and if you should see this man, who never even ran a risk on your behalf, influential enough to override both the laws and the covenant of Amnesty,
§ 65
ἐμὲ δὲ τὸν οὕτω πρόθυμον περὶ τὴν πόλιν γεγενημένον μηδὲ τῶν δικαίων ἀξιούμενον τυγχάνειν; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπιτιμήσειεν, εἰ πεισθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Καλλιμάχου λόγων τοσαύτην πονηρίαν ἡμῶν καταγνοίητε, οὓς ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρίναντες διʼ ἀνδραγαθίαν ἐστεφανώσατε, ὅτʼ οὐδʼ οὕτω ῥᾴδιον ἦν ὥσπερ νῦν τυχεῖν ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς;
and me, who have been so zealous in serving the state, adjudged unworthy of obtaining even my just rights? And who would not reproach you, if, cajoled by the words of Callimachus, you should find me of such baseness, you who, when you judged us on the strength of our deeds, crowned us for our bravery at a time when it was not so easy as it is now to win that honor?
§ 66
τοὐναντίον δʼ ἡμῖν συμβέβηκεν ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι τοὺς εἰληφότας τὰς δωρεὰς ὑπομιμνῄσκουσιν, ἡμεῖς δʼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δεδωκότας ἀξιοῦμεν μνημονεύειν, ἵνʼ ὑμῖν τεκμήριον τῶν εἰρημένων ἁπάντων καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων γένηται.
It has come to pass that our appeal is the opposite of that which other litigants generally make; for everybody else reminds the recipients of the benefactions they have received, whereas we ask you, the donors, to bear your gifts in mind, that they may serve you as corroboration of all I have said and of our principles of conduct.
§ 67
δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς ἀξίους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρείχομεν, οὐχ ἵνʼ ὀλιγαρχίας γενομένης τἀλλότρια διαρπάζοιμεν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα σωθείσης τῆς πόλεως οἵ τʼ ἄλλοι τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἔχοιεν, ἡμῖν τε παρὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν πολιτῶν χάρις ὀφείλοιτο· ἣν ὑμᾶς νῦν ἀπαιτοῦμεν, οὐ πλέον ἔχειν τοῦ δικαίου ζητοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ἀποφαίνοντες μὲν ὡς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦμεν, ἀξιοῦντες δὲ τοῖς ὅρκοις καὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐμμένειν.
And it is evident that we showed ourselves worthy of this honor, not for the purpose of plundering the property of others after the oligarchy had been established, but in order that, after the city had been saved, not only all the citizens might keep their own possessions, but also that in the hearts of our fellow-citizens at large there might be a feeling of gratitude to us as a debt to be paid. It is this that we beg of you now, not seeking to have more than is just, but offering proof that we are guilty of no wrongdoing and asking you to abide by the oaths and the covenant of Amnesty.
§ 68
καὶ γὰρ ἄν εἴη δεινὸν εἰ τοὺς μὲν ἠδικηκότας τιμωρίας ἀφεῖναι κύριαι γένοιντο, ἐφʼ ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς εὖ πεποιηκόσιν ἄκυροι κατασταθεῖεν. ἄξιον δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν τύχην διαφυλάττειν, ἐνθυμουμένους, ὅτι ἑτέρας μὲν πόλεις ἐποίησαν ἤδη συνθῆκαι μᾶλλον στασιάσαι, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν μᾶλλον ὁμονοεῖν. ὧν χρὴ μεμνημένους ἅμα τά τε δίκαια καὶ τὰ συμφέροντα ψηφίσασθαι.
For it would be outrageous if those covenants should be held valid for the exculpation of the evil-doers, but should be made invalid for us, your benefactors! And it is prudent for you to guard well your present fortune, remembering that while in the past such agreements have increased civic discord in other cities, yet to ours they have brought a greater degree of concord. So you, keeping these considerations in mind, should cast your votes for that which is at the same time just and also expedient.
Against Lochites · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg003 · Greek: Κατὰ Λοχίτου — tlg0010.tlg003.perseus-grc2 · English: Against Lochites — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg003.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ὡς μὲν τοίνυν ἔτυπτέ με Λοχίτης, ἄρχων χειρῶν ἀδίκων, ἅπαντες ὑμῖν οἱ παρόντες μεμαρτυρήκασιν. τὸ δʼ ἁμάρτημα τοῦθʼ οὐχ ὅμοιον δεῖ νομίζειν τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐδὲ τὰς τιμωρίας ἴσας ποιεῖσθαι περί τε τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν χρημάτων, ἐπισταμένους ὅτι τοῦτο πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις οἰκειότατόν ἐστι, καὶ τούς τε νόμους ἐθέμεθα καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας μαχόμεθα καὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἐπιθυμοῦμεν καὶ τἄλλα πάντα τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἕνεκα τούτου πράττομεν. ὥστʼ εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς ἐστὶ τοὺς περὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνοντας, ὃ περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθε, τῇ μεγίστῃ ζημίᾳ κολάζειν.
Well then, that Lochites struck me and was the aggressor all who were present when the event occurred have testified to you. But this offense should not be regarded as similar to other breaches of the law, nor should the penalty imposed for injury to the person be no greater than that which is inflicted for cheating a man of money; for you know that one’s person is of nearest concern to all men, and that it is for the protection of the person that we have established laws, that we fight for freedom, that we have our hearts set on the democratic form of government, and that all the activities of our lives are directed to this end. And so it is reasonable to expect you to punish with the greatest severity those who do wrong to you in respect to that which you prize most dearly.
§ 2
εὑρήσετε δὲ καὶ τοὺς θέντας ἡμῖν τοὺς νόμους ὑπὲρ τῶν σωμάτων μάλιστα σπουδάσαντας. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ περὶ μόνου τούτου τῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ δίκας καὶ γραφὰς ἄνευ παρακαταβολῆς ἐποίησαν, ἵνʼ ὅπως ἂν ἕκαστος ἡμῶν τυγχάνῃ καὶ δυνάμενος καὶ βουλόμενος, οὕτως ἔχῃ τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας. ἔπειτα τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἐγκλημάτων αὐτῷ τῷ παθόντι μόνον ὁ δράσας ὑπόδικός ἐστιν· περὶ δὲ τῆς ὕβρεως, ὡς κοινοῦ τοῦ πράγματος ὄντος, ἔξεστι τῷ βουλομένῳ τῶν πολιτῶν γραψαμένῳ πρὸς τοὺς θεσμοθέτας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς ὑμᾶς.
You will find that our legislators also have had the greatest concern for our persons. For, in the first place, it is for this one kind of misdemeanor only that they have instituted public and private actions that require no preliminary court-deposit, with the intent that each of us, according to what may happen to be within his power and agreeable to his wish, may be able to exact punishment from those who wrong him. In the next place, in the case of other charges, the culprit may be prosecuted by the injured party only; but where assault and battery is involved, as the public interest is affected, any citizen who so desires may give notice of a public suit to the Thesmothetes and appear before your court.
§ 3
οὕτω δʼ ἡγήσαντο δεινὸν εἶναι τὸ τύπτειν ἀλλήλους, ὥστε καὶ περὶ τῆς κακηγορίας νόμον ἔθεσαν ὃς κελεύει τοὺς λέγοντάς τι τῶν ἀπορρήτων πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς ὀφείλειν. καίτοι πηλίκας τινὰς χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἔργῳ παθόντων κακῶς, ὅταν ὑπὲρ τῶν λόγῳ μόνον ἀκηκοότων οὕτως ὀργιζόμενοι φαίνησθε;
And our lawgivers regarded the giving of blows as an offense of such gravity that even for abusive language they made a law to the effect that those who used any of the forbidden opprobrious terms should pay a fine of five hundred drachmas. And yet how severe should the penalty be on behalf of those who have actually suffered bodily injury, when you show yourselves so angry for the protection of those who have merely suffered verbal injury?
§ 4
θαυμαστὸν δʼ εἰ τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ὑβρίσαντας ἀξίους θανάτου νομίζετε, τοὺς δʼ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ ταὔτʼ ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύοντας ἀζημίους ἀφήσετε. καίτοι δικαίως ἂν μείζονος οὗτοι τιμωρίας τυγχάνοιεν· φανερώτερον γὰρ ἐπιδείκνυνται τὴν αὑτῶν πονηρίαν. ὅστις γὰρ νῦν τολμᾷ παρανομεῖν, ὅτʼ οὐκ ἔξεστι, τί ποτʼ ἂν ἐποίησεν, ὅθʼ οἱ κρατοῦντες τῆς πόλεως καὶ χάριν εἶχον τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνουσιν;
It would be astonishing if, while you judge to be worthy of death those who were guilty of battery under the oligarchy, you shall allow to go unpunished those who, under the democracy, are guilty of the same practices. And yet the latter would justly meet with a more severe punishment; for they reveal more conspicuously their real baseness. This is what I mean: if anyone has the effrontery to transgress the law now, when it is not permissible, what would he have done, I ask you, when the government in power actually was grateful to such malefactors?
§ 5
ἴσως οὖν Λοχίτης ἐπιχειρήσει μικρὸν ποιεῖν τὸ πρᾶγμα, διασύρων τὴν κατηγορίαν καὶ λέγων ὡς οὐδὲν ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν κακὸν ἔπαθον, ἀλλὰ μείζους ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν γεγενημένων. ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν μηδεμία προσῆν ὕβρις τοῖς πεπραγμένοις, οὐκ ἄν ποτʼ εἰσῆλθον εἰς ὑμᾶς· νῦν δʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἄλλης βλάβης τῆς ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν γενομένης, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς αἰκίας καὶ τῆς ἀτιμίας ἥκω παρʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην ληψόμενος,
It may be that Lochites will attempt to belittle the importance of the affair, and ridiculing my accusation will say that I suffered no injury from his blows and that I am unduly exaggerating the gravity of what occurred. My reply to this is, that if no assault and battery had been connected with the affair, I should never have come before you; but as it is, it is not because of the mere injury inflicted by his blows that I am seeking satisfaction from him, but for the humiliation and the indignity;
§ 6
ὑπὲρ ὧν προσήκει τοῖς ἐλευθέροις μάλιστʼ ὀργίζεσθαι καὶ μεγίστης τυγχάνειν τιμωρίας. ὁρῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς, ὅταν του καταγνῶθʼ ἱεροσυλίαν ἢ κλοπήν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος ὧν ἂν λάβωσι τὴν τίμησιν ποιουμένους, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως ἁπάντων θάνατον καταγιγνώσκοντας, καὶ νομίζοντας δίκαιον εἶναι τοὺς τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔργοις ἐπιχειροῦντας ταῖς αὐταῖς ζημίαις κολάζεσθαι.
and it is that sort of thing which free men should especially resent and for which they should obtain the greatest requital. I observe that you, when you find anyone guilty of the robbery of a temple or of theft, do not assess the fine according to the value of what is stolen, but that you condemn all alike to death, and that you consider it just that thosewho attempt to commit the same crimes should pay the same penalty.
§ 7
χρὴ τοίνυν καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑβριζόντων τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, καὶ μὴ τοῦτο σκοπεῖν, εἰ μὴ σφόδρα συνέκοψαν, ἀλλʼ εἰ τὸν νόμον παρέβησαν, μηδʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ συντυχόντος μόνον ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ τρόπου δίκην παρʼ αὐτῶν λαμβάνειν,
You should, therefore, be of the same mind with respect to those who commit battery, and not consider whether they did not maul their victims thoroughly, but whether they transgressed the law, and you should punish them, not merely for the chance outcome of the attack, but for their character as a whole, reflecting that often ere now petty causes have been responsible for great evils,
§ 8
ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι πολλάκις ἤδη μικραὶ προφάσεις μεγάλων κακῶν αἴτιαι γεγόνασι, καὶ διότι διὰ τοὺς τύπτειν τολμῶντας εἰς τοῦτʼ ἤδη τινὲς ὀργῆς προήχθησαν ὥστʼ εἰς τραύματα καὶ θανάτους καὶ φυγὰς καὶ τὰς μεγίστας συμφορὰς ἐλθεῖν· ὧν οὐδὲν διὰ τὸν φεύγοντα τὴν δίκην ἀγένητόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μὲν τὸ τούτου μέρος ἅπαντα πέπρακται, διὰ δὲ τὴν τύχην καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμὸν οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνηκέστων συμβέβηκεν.
and that, because there are persons who have the effrontery to beat others, there have been cases where men have become so enraged that wounds, death, exile, and the greatest calamities have resulted. That no one of these consequences happened in my case is not due to the defendant; on the contrary, so far as he is concerned they have all taken place, and it was only by the grace of fortune and my character that no irreparable harm has been done.
§ 9
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὕτως ἂν ἀξίως ὀργισθῆναι τοῦ πράγματος, εἰ διεξέλθοιτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὅσῳ μεῖζόν ἐστι τοῦτο τῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτημάτων. εὑρήσετε γὰρ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ἀδικίας μέρος τι τοῦ βίου βλαπτούσας, τὴν δʼ ὕβριν ὅλοις τοῖς πράγμασι λυμαινομένην, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν οἴκους διʼ αὐτὴν διαφθαρέντας, πολλὰς δὲ πόλεις ἀναστάτους γεγενημένας.
I think that you would be as indignant as the circumstances merit if you should reflect how much more reprehensible this misdemeanor is than any others. For you will find that while the other unjust acts impair life only partially, malicious assault vitiates all our concerns, since it has destroyed many households and rendered desolate many cities.
§ 10
καὶ τί δεῖ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων συμφορὰς λέγοντα διατρίβειν; αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς δὶς ἤδη τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἐπείδομεν καταλυθεῖσαν καὶ δὶς τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀπεστερήθημεν, οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν ταῖς ἄλλαις πονηρίαις ἐνόχων ὄντων, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας τῶν νόμων καὶ βουλομένους τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις δουλεύειν,
And yet why need I waste time in speaking of the calamities of the other states? For we ourselves have twice seen the democracy overthrown and twice we have been deprived of freedom, not by those who were guilty of other crimes, but by persons who contemned the laws and were willing to be slaves of the enemy while wantonly outraging their fellow-citizens.
§ 11
τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ὑβρίζειν. ὧν οὗτος εἷς ὢν τυγχάνει. καὶ γὰρ εἰ τῶν τότε κατασταθέντων νεώτερός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τόν γε τρόπον ἔχει τὸν ἐξ ἐκείνης τῆς πολιτείας. αὗται γὰρ αἱ φύσεις εἰσὶν αἱ παραδοῦσαι μὲν τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἡμετέραν τοῖς πολεμίοις, κατασκάψασαι δὲ τὰ τείχη τῆς πατρίδος, πεντακοσίους δὲ καὶ χιλίους ἀκρίτους ἀποκτείνασαι τῶν πολιτῶν.
Lochites is one of these persons. For even though he was too young to have belonged to the oligarchy established at that time, yet his character at any rate is in harmony with their regime. For it was men of like disposition who betrayed our power to the enemy, razed the walls of the fatherland, and put to death without a trial fifteen hundred citizens.
§ 12
ὧν εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς μεμνημένους τιμωρεῖσθαι μὴ μόνον τοὺς τότε λυμηναμένους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς νῦν βουλομένους οὕτω διαθεῖναι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἐπιδόξους γενήσεσθαι πονηροὺς τῶν πρότερον ἡμαρτηκότων, ὅσῳ περ κρεῖττόν ἐστι τῶν μελλόντων κακῶν ἀποτροπὴν εὑρεῖν ἢ τῶν ἤδη γεγενημένων δίκην λαβεῖν.
We may reasonably expect that you, remembering the past, will punish, not only those who then did us harm, but also those who wish now to bring our city into the same condition as then; and you should punish potential criminals with greater severity than the malefactors of the past in so far as it is better to find how to avert future evils than to exact the penalty for past misdeeds.
§ 13
καὶ μὴ περιμείνηθʼ ἕως ἂν ἀθροισθέντες καὶ καιρὸν λαβόντες εἰς ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ἐξαμάρτωσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ ἧς ἂν ὑμῖν προφάσεως παραδοθῶσιν, ἐπὶ ταύτης αὐτοὺς τιμωρεῖσθε, νομίζοντες εὕρημʼ ἔχειν, ὅταν τινὰ λάβητʼ ἐν μικροῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιδεδειγμένον ἅπασαν τὴν αὑτοῦ πονηρίαν.
Do not wait for the time when these enemies shall unite, seize an opportune moment, and bring ruin upon the whole city, but whenever on any pretext they are delivered into your hands, punish them, thinking it a stroke of luck when you catch a man who in petty derelictions reveals his complete depravity.
§ 14
κράτιστον μὲν γὰρ ἦν, εἴ τι προσῆν ἄλλο σημεῖον τοῖς πονηροῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὶν ἀδικηθῆναί τινα τῶν πολιτῶν, πρότερον κολάζειν αὐτούς· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν αἰσθέσθαι πρὶν κακῶς τινὰς παθεῖν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὖν γʼ ἐπειδὰν γνωρισθῶσι, προσήκει πᾶσι μισεῖν τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ κοινοὺς ἐχθροὺς νομίζειν.
O Zeus, ah wherefore hast thou given to men Plain signs for gold which is but counterfeit, But no assay-mark nature-graven shows On man’s form, to discern the base withal.
§ 15
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ ὅτι τῶν μὲν περὶ τὰς οὐσίας κινδύνων οὐ μέτεστι τοῖς πένησι, τῆς δʼ εἰς τὰ σώματʼ αἰκίας ὁμοίως ἅπαντες κοινωνοῦμεν· ὥσθʼ ὅταν μὲν τοὺς ἀποστεροῦντας τιμωρῆσθε, τοὺς πλουσίους μόνον ὠφελεῖτε, ὅταν δὲ τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας κολάζητε,
Remember, too, that while the poor have no share in the danger of loss of property, yet fear of injury to our persons is common to all alike; in consequence, whenever you punish thieves and cheats you benefit only the rich, but whenever you chastise those who commit mayhem, you give aid to yourselves.
§ 16
ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς βοηθεῖτε. ὧν ἕνεκα δεῖ περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι ταύτας τῶν δικῶν, καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων συμβολαίων τοσούτου τιμᾶν, ὅσον προσήκει τῷ διώκοντι κομίσασθαι, περὶ δὲ τῆς ὕβρεως, ὅσον ἀποτείσας ὁ φεύγων παύσεσθαι μέλλει τῆς παρούσης ἀσελγείας.
You should therefore treat trials such as this as of the highest importance; and while in suits involving private contracts you should assess the plaintiff’s damages at only what it is fitting that he should receive, when the case is assault and battery the defendant should be required to pay so large a sum that he will in future refrain from his present unbridled wantonness.
§ 17
ἂν οὖν περιαιρῆτε τὰς οὐσίας τῶν νεανιευομένων εἰς τοὺς πολίτας καὶ μηδεμίαν νομίζηθʼ ἱκανὴν εἶναι ζημίαν, οἵτινες ἂν εἰς τὰ σώματʼ ἐξαμαρτάνοντες τοῖς χρήμασι τὰς δίκας ὑπέχωσιν, ἅπανθʼ ὅσα δεῖ τοὺς καλῶς δικάζοντας διαπράξεσθε·
If, then, you deprive of their property those who conduct themselves with wanton violence toward their fellow-citizens and regard no fine as severe enough to punish those who do injury to the persons of others and have to pay the penalty with their money, you will then have discharged in full measure the duty of conscientious judges.
§ 18
καὶ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ παρόντος πράγματος ὀρθῶς γνώσεσθε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας κοσμιωτέρους ποιήσετε καὶ τὸν βίον τὸν ὑμέτερον αὐτῶν ἀσφαλέστερον καταστήσετε. ἔστι δὲ δικαστῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων περὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὰ δίκαια ψηφιζομένους ἅμα καὶ τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν εὖ τίθεσθαι.
Indeed in the present case you will thus render the correct judgement, will cause our other citizens to be more decorous in conduct, and will make your own lives more secure. And it is the part of intelligent judges, while casting their votes for justice in causes not their own, at the same time to safeguard their own interests also.
§ 19
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀποβλέψας, ὅτι πένης εἰμὶ καὶ τοῦ πλήθους εἷς, ἀξιούτω τοῦ τιμήματος ἀφαιρεῖν. οὐ γὰρ δίκαιον ἐλάττους ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδόξων ἢ τῶν διωνομασμένων, οὐδὲ χείρους ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς πενομένους ἢ τοὺς πολλὰ κεκτημένους. ὑμᾶς γὰρ ἂν αὐτοὺς ἀτιμάζοιτʼ εἰ τοιαῦτα γιγνώσκοιτε περὶ τῶν πολλῶν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ πάντων ἂν εἴη δεινότατον,
Let no one of you think, just because he observes that I am a poor man and a man of the people, that the amount I claim should be reduced. For it is unjust that you should reckon the indemnification to be given to plaintiffs who are obscure as of less importance than that which men of distinction are to receive, and that the poor be thought inferior to the rich. For you would be lowering your own civic status if you should reach any such decisions where the many are concerned.
§ 20
εἰ δημοκρατουμένης τῆς πόλεως μὴ τῶν αὐτῶν ἅπαντες τυγχάνοιμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν ἀρχῶν μετέχειν ἀξιοῖμεν, τῶν δʼ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις δικαίων ἀποστεροῖμεν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, καὶ μαχόμενοι μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τῆς πολιτείας, ἐν δὲ τῇ ψήφῳ πλέον νέμοιμεν τοῖς τὰς οὐσίας ἔχουσιν.
Besides, it would be a most shocking state of affairs if in a democratic state we should not all enjoy equal rights; and if, while judging ourselves worthy of holding office, yet we deprive ourselves of our legal rights; and if in battle we should all be willing to die for our democratic form of government and yet, in our votes as judges, especially favor men of property.
§ 21
οὐκ, ἄν γέ μοι πεισθῆθʼ, οὕτω διακείσεσθε πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, οὐδὲ διδάξετε τοὺς νεωτέρους καταφρονεῖν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πολιτῶν, οὐδὲ ἀλλοτρίους ἡγήσεσθʼ εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους τῶν ἀγώνων, ἀλλʼ ὡς ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ δικάζων, οὕτως ἕκαστος ὑμῶν οἴσει τὴν ψῆφον. ἅπαντας γὰρ ὁμοίως ἀδικοῦσιν οἱ τολμῶντες τοῦτον τὸν νόμον παραβαίνειν τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ὑμετέρων κείμενον.
No, if you will be advised by me, you will not assume that position toward your own selves. You will not teach the young men to have contempt for the mass of our citizens, nor consider that trials of this character are of no concern to you; on the contrary, each one of you will cast his ballot as if he were judging his own case. In truth, those who dare to transgress the law that protects your persons do injury to all alike.
§ 22
ὥστʼ ἂν σωφρονῆτε, παρακαλέσαντες ἀλλήλους ἐνσημανεῖσθε Λοχίτῃ τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν ὑμετέραν αὐτῶν, εἰδότες ὅτι πάντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν μὲν νόμων τῶν κειμένων καταφρονοῦσι, τὰ δʼ ἐνθάδε γιγνωσκόμενα, ταῦτα νόμους εἶναι νομίζουσιν. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ὡς οἷός τʼ ἦν εἴρηκα περὶ τοῦ πράγματος· εἰ δέ τις τῶν παρόντων ἔχει τί μοι συνειπεῖν, ἀναβὰς εἰς ὑμᾶς λεγέτω.
And so, if you are wise, exhort one another, and reveal to Lochites your own wrath, for you know that all individuals of his kind despise the established laws, but regard as law the decisions rendered here. I have spoken as well as I could about the matter at issue; if anyone present has anything to say on my behalf, let him mount the platform and address you.
Concerning the Team of Horses · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg004 · Greek: Περὶ τοῦ ζεύγους — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg004.perseus-grc2 · English: Concerning the Team of Horses — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg004.perseus-eng2
§ 1
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ ζεύγους τῶν ἵππων, ὡς οὐκ ἀφελόμενος ὁ πατὴρ Τεισίαν εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ πριάμενος παρὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Ἀργείων, τῶν τε πρέσβεων τῶν ἐκεῖθεν ἡκόντων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν εἰδότων ἀκηκόατε μαρτυρούντων· τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον ἅπαντές εἰσιν εἰθισμένοι με συκοφαντεῖν.
So then, concerning the team of horses—that my father was in possession of them, not by having taken them away from Teisias, but by having purchased them from the Argive state—you have heard both the Argive ambassadors and the others conversant with the facts testify. But in just this same fashion all are accustomed maliciously to accuse me.
§ 2
τὰς μὲν γὰρ δίκας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων ἐγκλημάτων λαγχάνουσι, τὰς δὲ κατηγορίας ὑπὲρ τῶν τῆς πόλεως πραγμάτων ποιοῦνται, καὶ πλείω χρόνον διατρίβουσι τὸν πατέρα μου διαβάλλοντες ἢ περὶ ὧν ἀντώμοσαν διδάσκοντες, καὶ τοσοῦτον καταφρονοῦσι τῶν νόμων ὥστε περὶ ὧν ὑμᾶς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου φασὶν ἠδικῆσθαι, τούτων αὐτοὶ δίκην παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν ἀξιοῦσιν.
For they obtain leave to bring actions against me on private complaints, but make their accusations on behalf of the interests of the state, and they spend more time in slandering my father than they do in informing you with respect to their sworn charges; and so great is their contempt of the law that they claim personal satisfaction from me for the wrongs which, as they say, you suffered at my father’s hands.
§ 3
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι μὲν οὐδὲν προσήκειν τὰς κοινὰς αἰτίας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀγῶσιν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ Τεισίας πολλάκις ὀνειδίζει μοι τὴν φυγὴν τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἢ τῶν αὑτοῦ σπουδάζει πραγμάτων, ἀνάγκη πρὸς ταῦτα τὴν ἀπολογίαν ποιεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνοίμην, εἴ τῳ δόξαιμι τῶν πολιτῶν ἧττον φροντίζειν τῆς ἐκείνου δόξης ἢ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ κινδύνων.
But it is my opinion that charges involving the public interest have nothing to do with private suits; but as Teisias often reproaches me with my father’s banishment, and is more zealous concerning your affairs than he is regarding his own, I must address my defense to these matters. Certainly I should be ashamed, if I were to seem to any of my fellow-citizens to have less concern for my father’s good name than for my own peril.
§ 4
πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους βραχὺς ἂν ἐξήρκει λόγος· ἅπαντες γὰρ ἴσασιν ὅτι διὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἄνδρας ἥ τε δημοκρατία κατελύθη κἀκεῖνος ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέπεσεν· τῶν δὲ νεωτέρων ἕνεκα, οἳ τῶν μὲν πραγμάτων ὕστεροι γεγόνασι τῶν δὲ διαβαλλόντων πολλάκις ἀκηκόασι, πορρωτέρωθεν ἄρξομαι διδάσκειν.
Now so far as the older men are concerned, a brief statement could have sufficed: for they all know that the same men were responsible for the destruction of the democracy and for my father’s exile; but for the benefit of the younger men, who have lived after the events and have often heard the slanderers, I will begin my exposition from an earlier time.
§ 5
οἱ γὰρ τὸ πρῶτον ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τῷ δήμῳ καὶ καταστήσαντες τοὺς τετρακοσίους, ἐπειδὴ παρακαλούμενος ὁ πατὴρ οὐκ ἤθελε γενέσθαι μετʼ αὐτῶν, ὁρῶντες αὐτὸν καὶ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις ἐρρωμένως ἔχοντα καὶ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος πιστῶς διακείμενον, οὐχ ἡγοῦντʼ οὐδὲν οἷοί τʼ εἶναι κινεῖν τῶν καθεστώτων, πρὶν ἐκποδὼν ἐκεῖνος αὐτοῖς γένοιτο.
Now the persons who first plotted against the democracy and established the Four Hundred, inasmuch as my father, although he was repeatedly invited to join them would not do so, seeing that he was a vigorous opponent of their activities and a loyal supporter of the people, judged that they were powerless to upset the established order until he was removed out of their way.
§ 6
εἰδότες δὲ τὴν πόλιν τῶν μὲν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς μάλιστʼ ἂν ὀργισθεῖσαν, εἴ τις εἰς τὰ μυστήρια φαίνοιτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνων, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων εἴ τις τὴν δημοκρατίαν τολμῴη καταλύειν, ἀμφοτέρας ταύτας συνθέντες τὰς αἰτίας εἰσήγγελλον εἰς τὴν βουλήν, λέγοντες ὡς ὁ πατὴρ μὲν συνάγοι τὴν ἑταιρείαν ἐπὶ νεωτέροις πράγμασιν, οὗτοι δʼ ἐν τῇ Πουλυτίωνος οἰκίᾳ συνδειπνοῦντες τὰ μυστήρια ποιήσειαν.
And since they knew that in matters pertaining to the gods the city would be most enraged if any man should be shown to be violating the Mysteries, and that in other matters if any man should dare to attempt the overthrow of the democracy, they combined both these charges and tried to bring an action of impeachment before the senate. They asserted that my father was holding meetings of his political club with a view to revolution, and that these members of the club, when dining together in the house of Pulytion, had given a performance of the Mysteries.
§ 7
ὀρθῆς δὲ τῆς πόλεως γενομένης διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν αἰτιῶν καὶ διὰ ταχέων συλλεγείσης ἐκκλησίας οὕτω σαφῶς ἐπέδειξεν αὐτοὺς ψευδομένους, ὥστε παρὰ μὲν τῶν κατηγόρων ἡδέως ἂν ὁ δῆμος δίκην ἔλαβε, τὸν δʼ εἰς Σικελίαν στρατηγὸν ἐχειροτόνησεν. μετὰ δὲ ταῦθʼ ὁ μὲν ἐξέπλευσεν ὡς ἀπηλλαγμένος ἤδη τῆς διαβολῆς, οἱ δὲ συστήσαντες τὴν βουλὴν καὶ τοὺς ῥήτορας ὑφʼ αὑτοῖς ποιησάμενοι πάλιν ἤγειρον τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ μηνυτὰς εἰσέπεμπον.
The city was greatly excited by reason of the gravity of the charges, and a meeting of the Assembly was hastily called at which my father so clearly proved that the accusers were lying that the people would have been glad to punish them, and furthermore elected him general for the Sicilian expedition. Thereupon he sailed away, judging that he had been already cleared of their calumnies; but his accusers, having united the Council and having made the public speakers subservient to themselves, again revived the matter and suborned informers.
§ 8
καὶ τί δεῖ μακρολογεῖν; οὐ γὰρ πρότερον ἐπαύσαντο, πρὶν τόν τε πατέρʼ ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου μετεπέμψαντο, καὶ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ τοὺς μὲν ἀπέκτειναν, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέβαλον. πυθόμενος δὲ τήν τε τῶν ἐχθρῶν δύναμιν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων συμφοράς, καὶ νομίζων δεινὰ πάσχειν ὅτι παρόντα μὲν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔκρινον, ἀπόντος δὲ κατεγίγνωσκον, οὐδʼ ὣς ἀπελθεῖν ἠξίωσεν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους·
Why need I say more? They did not cease until they had recalled my father from the expedition and had put to death some of his friends and had banished others from the city. But when he had learned the power of his enemies and the misfortunes of his friends, although he was of opinion that he was being grossly wronged because they would not try him when he was in Athens but were for condemning him in his absence, not even in these circumstances did my father see fit to desert to the enemy;
§ 9
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος μὲν τοσαύτην πρόνοιαν ἔσχεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲ φεύγων μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ὥστʼ εἰς Ἄργος ἐλθὼν ἡσυχίαν εἶχεν, οἱ δʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον ὕβρεως ἦλθον, ὥστʼ ἔπεισαν ὑμᾶς ἐλαύνειν αὐτὸν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ στηλίτην ἀναγράφειν καὶ πρέσβεις πέμποντας ἐξαιτεῖν παρʼ Ἀργείων. ἀπορῶν δʼ ὅ τι χρήσαιτο τοῖς παροῦσι κακοῖς καὶ πανταχόθεν εἰργόμενος καὶ σωτηρίας οὐδεμιᾶς ἄλλης αὐτῷ φαινομένης τελευτῶν ἐπὶ Λακεδαιμονίους ἠναγκάσθη καταφυγεῖν.
on the contrary, even in exile he was so scrupulous to avoid injuring his city that he went to Argos and remained quietly there. But his enemies reached such a pitch of insolence that they persuaded you to banish him from Greece entirely, to inscribe his name on a column as a traitor, and to send envoys to demand his surrender by the Argives. And he, being at a loss to know what to do in the misfortunes which encompassed him and everywhere hemmed him in, as he saw no other means of safety, was compelled at last to take refuge with the Lacedaemonians.
§ 10
καὶ τὰ μὲν γενόμενα ταῦτʼ ἐστίν· τοσοῦτον δὲ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τῆς ὕβρεως περίεστιν, ὥσθʼ οὕτως ἀνόμως τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπεσόντος ὡς δεινὰ δεδρακότος αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῦσι, καὶ διαβάλλειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν ὡς Δεκέλειάν τʼ ἐπετείχισε καὶ τὰς νήσους ἀπέστησε καὶ τῶν πολεμίων διδάσκαλος κατέστη.
These are the actual facts; but such an excess of insolence have my father’s enemies that they accuse him, who was exiled in so illegal a manner as if he had committed outrageous crimes, and try to ruin his reputation by saying that he caused the fortification of Decelea, and the revolt of the islands, and that he became the enemy’s counsellor.
§ 11
καὶ ἐνίοτε μὲν αὐτοῦ προσποιοῦνται καταφρονεῖν, λέγοντες ὡς οὐδὲν διέφερε τῶν ἄλλων, νυνὶ δʼ ἁπάντων αὐτὸν τῶν γεγενημένων αἰτιῶνται καί φασι παρʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν Λακεδαιμονίους ὡς χρὴ πολεμεῖν, οἳ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διδάσκειν τέχνην ἔχουσιν. ἐγὼ δʼ εἴ μοι χρόνος ἱκανὸς γένοιτο, ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπιδείξαιμι τὰ μὲν δικαίως πράξαντα, τῶν δʼ ἀδίκως αἰτίαν ἔχοντα. πάντων δʼ ἂν εἴη δεινότατον, εἰ τοῦ πατρὸς μετὰ τὴν φυγὴν δωρεὰν λαβόντος ἐγὼ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου φυγὴν ζημιωθείην.
And sometimes they pretend to despise him, saying that in no respect did he excel his contemporaries; yet at the present time they blame him for all that has happened and say that the Lacedaemonians have learned from him the art of war—they who can teach the rest of the world this accomplishment! As for me, if I had sufficient time, I could easily prove that some of those things he did justly, but that others are unjustly imputed to him. Yet the most shocking thing that could happen would be this—if, while after his exile my father was recompensed, I, because he was exiled, should be penalized.
§ 12
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ αὐτὸν παρʼ ὑμῶν δικαίως ἂν πλείστης συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν· ὑπὸ γὰρ τῶν τριάκοντʼ ἐκπεσόντες ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐκείνῳ συμφοραῖς ἐχρήσασθε. ἐξ ὧν ἐνθυμεῖσθαι χρή, πῶς ἕκαστος ὑμῶν διέκειτο καὶ τίνα γνώμην εἶχε καὶ ποῖον κίνδυνον οὐκ ἂν ὑπέμεινεν ὥστε παύσασθαι μὲν μετοικῶν, κατελθεῖν δʼ εἰς τὴν πατρίδα, τιμωρήσασθαι δὲ τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας.
I think, however, that in justice he should obtain from you a full pardon; for you, when banished by the Thirty Tyrants, experienced the same misfortunes as he. Wherefore you should reflect how each of you was affected, what thoughts you each had, and what peril each would not have undergone so as to bring his own banishment to an end and to return to his native land, and to be avenged on those who banished him.
§ 13
ἐπὶ τίνα δʼ ἢ πόλιν ἢ φίλον ἢ ξένον οὐκ ἤλθετε δεησόμενοι συγκαταγαγεῖν ὑμᾶς; τίνος δʼ ἀπέσχεσθε πειρώμενοι κατελθεῖν; οὐ καταλαβόντες τὸν Πειραιᾶ καὶ τὸν σῖτον τὸν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ διεφθείρετε καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐτέμνετε καὶ τὰ προάστεια ἐνεπρήσατε καὶ τελευτῶντες τοῖς τείχεσι προσεβάλετε;
To what city, or friend, or stranger did you not apply, to entreat them to help you to get back to your country? From what effort did you abstain in your endeavors to be restored? Did you not seize the Piraeus and destroy the crops in the fields and harry the land and set fire to the suburbs and finally assault the walls?
§ 14
καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἐνομίζετε χρῆναι ποιεῖν, ὥστε τοῖς ἡσυχίαν ἄγουσι τῶν συμφυγάδων μᾶλλον ὠργίζεσθε ἢ τοῖς αἰτίοις τῶν συμφορῶν γεγενημένοις. ὥστʼ οὐκ εἰκὸς ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς τῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῖν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, οὐδὲ κακοὺς ἄνδρας νομίζειν, ὅσοι φεύγοντες κατελθεῖν ἐζήτησαν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ὅσοι μένοντες φυγῆς ἄξιʼ ἐποίησαν· οὐδʼ ἐντεῦθεν ἀρξαμένους κρίνειν, ὁποῖός τις ἦν ὁ πατὴρ πολίτης, ὅτʼ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ τῆς πόλεως προσῆκεν,
And so vehemently did you believe that these actions were justifiable that you were more indignant with those of your fellow-exiles who were inactive than with those who had been the authors of your misfortunes. It is not fair, therefore, to censure those who wanted the same things which you desired, nor yet to regard all those men as base who, when they were exiles, sought to return, but much more should you condemn those oligarchs who, remaining in Athens, did deeds which deserved the penalty of exile; nor is it fair that you, in judging what sort of citizen my father was, should begin at the time when he had no art in the city’s affairs;
§ 15
ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου σκοπεῖν οἷος ἦν πρὶν φυγεῖν περὶ τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ὅτι διακοσίους ὁπλίτας ἔχων τὰς μεγίστας πόλεις τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν ἀπέστησεν, ὑμῖν δὲ συμμάχους ἐποίησε, καὶ εἰς οἵους κινδύνους αὐτοὺς κατέστησε, καὶ ὡς περὶ Σικελίαν ἐστρατήγησεν. τούτων μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνῳ προσήκει χάριν ὑμᾶς ἔχειν· τῶν δʼ ἐν τῇ συμφορᾷ γενομένων τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας αὐτὸν δικαίως ἂν αἰτίους νομίζοιτε.
on the contrary, you should look to that earlier time and observe how he served the people before his exile, and call to mind that with two hundred heavy-armed soldiers he caused the most powerful cities in the Peloponnesus to revolt from the Lacedaemonians, and brought them into alliance with you, and in what perils he involved the Lacedaemonians themselves, and how he behaved as general in Sicily. For these services he is deserving of your gratitude; but for that which happened when he was in misfortune it is those who banished him whom you would justly hold responsible.
§ 16
ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, ἐπειδὴ κατῆλθεν, ὡς πόλλʼ ἀγαθὰ τὴν πόλιν ἐποίησεν, ἔτι δὲ πρότερον, ὡς ἐχόντων τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτὸν κατεδέξασθε, καταλελυμένου μὲν τοῦ δήμου, στασιαζόντων δὲ τῶν πολιτῶν, διαφερομένων δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς τὰς ἐνθάδε καθεστηκυίας, εἰς τοῦτο δὲ μανίας ἀμφοτέρων ἀφιγμένων ὥστε μηδετέροις μηδεμίαν ἐλπίδʼ εἶναι σωτηρίας·
Remember, too, I beg you, the many benefits he conferred upon the city after his return from exile, and, even before that time, the state of affairs here when you received him back: the democracy had been overthrown, the citizens were in a state of civil war, the army was disaffected toward the government established here, and both parties had reached such a state of madness that neither had any hope of salvation.
§ 17
οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν πόλιν ἐχθροὺς ἐνόμιζον μᾶλλον ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους, οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἐκ Δεκελείας μετεπέμποντο, ἡγούμενοι κρεῖττον εἶναι τοῖς πολεμίοις τὴν πατρίδα παραδοῦναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως στρατευομένοις τῆς πολιτείας μεταδοῦναι.
For the one party regarded those who were in possession of the city as greater enemies than the Lacedaemonians and the other were making overtures to the Spartan forces in Decelea, judging that it was preferable to hand over their country to its enemies rather than to give a share in the rights of citizenship to those who were fighting for the city.
§ 18
τοιαύτην μὲν οὖν τῶν πολιτῶν γνώμην ἐχόντων, κρατούντων δὲ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς θαλάττης, ἔτι δὲ χρημάτων ὑμῖν μὲν οὐκ ὄντων, ἐκείνοις δὲ βασιλέως παρέχοντος, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐνενήκοντα νεῶν ἐκ Φοινίκης εἰς Ἄσπενδον ἡκουσῶν καὶ παρεσκευασμένων Λακεδαιμονίοις βοηθεῖν, ἐν τοσαύταις συμφοραῖς καὶ τοιούτοις κινδύνοις τῆς πόλεως οὔσης,
Such was the state of mind of the citizens: the enemy was in control of land and sea; your financial resources were exhausted, while the Persian king was supplying them with funds; furthermore, ninety ships had come from Phoenicia to Aspendus and were prepared to aid the Lacedaemonians. By so many misfortunes and such perils was the city beset
§ 19
μεταπεμψαμένων αὐτὸν τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὐκ ἐσεμνύνατʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν, οὐδʼ ἐμέμψατο περὶ τῶν γεγενημένων, οὐδʼ ἐβουλεύσατο περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς εἵλετο μετὰ τῆς πόλεως ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ Λακεδαιμονίων εὐτυχεῖν, καὶ πᾶσι φανερὸν ἐποίησεν ὅτι τοῖς ἐκβαλοῦσιν ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑμῖν ἐπολέμει, καὶ ὅτι κατελθεῖν ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπολέσαι τὴν πόλιν ἐπεθύμει.
when the army summoned my father, and he did not treat them with disdain in their plight, nor did he rebuke them for the past, nor did he deliberate about the future; on the contrary, he chose at once to suffer any misfortune with his country rather than to enjoy prosperity with the Lacedaemonians, and he made it manifest to all that he was warring on those who had banished him and not on you, and that his heart was set on a return to Athens and not on her ruin.
§ 20
γενόμενος δὲ μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἔπεισε μὲν Τισσαφέρνην μὴ παρέχειν χρήματα Λακεδαιμονίοις, ἔπαυσε δὲ τοὺς συμμάχους ὑμῶν ἀφισταμένους, διέδωκε δὲ παρʼ αὑτοῦ μισθὸν τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἀπέδωκε δὲ τῷ δήμῳ τὴν πολιτείαν, διήλλαξε δὲ τοὺς πολίτας, ἀπέστρεψε δὲ τὰς ναῦς τὰς Φοινίσσας.
Having thrown in his lot with you, he persuaded Tissaphernes not to furnish the Lacedaemonians with money, checked the defection of your allies, distributed pay from his own resources to the soldiers, restored political power to the people, reconciled the citizens, and turned back the Phoenician fleet.
§ 21
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καθʼ ἕκαστον μέν, ὅσας τριήρεις ἔλαβεν ἢ μάχας ἐνίκησεν ἢ πόλεις κατὰ κράτος εἷλεν ἢ λόγῳ πείσας φίλας ὑμῖν ἐποίησε, πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη λέγειν· πλείστων δὲ κινδύνων τῇ πόλει κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν γενομένων οὐδεπώποτε τοῦ πατρὸς ἡγουμένου τρόπαιον ὑμῶν ἔστησαν οἱ πολέμιοι.
As to his later services, it would be an arduous task to enumerate them one by one—all the ships of war that he subsequently captured, or the battles that he won, or the cities he took by storm or by persuasion made your friends. But although innumerable dangers beset the city at that time, never did the enemy erect a trophy of victory over you while my father was your leader.
§ 22
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐστρατηγημένων οἶδα μὲν ὅτι πολλὰ παραλείπω, διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐκ ἀκριβῶς εἴρηκα περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι σχεδὸν ἅπαντες μνημονεύετε τὰ πραχθέντα. λοιδοροῦσι δὲ λίαν ἀσελγῶς καὶ θρασέως καὶ τὸν ἄλλον βίον τὸν τοῦ πατρός, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τοιαύτῃ παρρησίᾳ χρώμενοι περὶ τοῦ τεθνεῶτος, ἣν ἔδεισαν ἂν ποιήσασθαι περὶ ζῶντος, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀνοίας ἐληλύθασιν,
I am aware that I am omitting many of my father’s exploits as your general; I have not recounted them in detail because nearly all of you recall the facts. But my father’s private life they revile with excessive indecency and audacity, and they are not ashamed, now that he is dead, to use a license of speech concerning him which they would have feared to employ while he lived.
§ 23
ὥστʼ οἴονται καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμήσειν, ἢν ὡς ἂν δύνωνται πλεῖστα περὶ αὐτοῦ βλασφημήσωσιν, ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας εἰδότας ὅτι καὶ τοῖς φαυλοτάτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔξεστιν οὐ μόνον περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἀρίστων ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν θεῶν ὑβριστικοὺς λόγους εἰπεῖν.
Nay, they have come to such a pitch of folly that they think they will win repute with both you and with the world at large if they indulge in the wildest possible abuse of him; as if all did not know that it is in the power of the vilest of men to abuse with insulting words, not only the best of men, but even the gods.
§ 24
ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἀνόητόν ἐστιν ἁπάντων τῶν εἰρημένων φροντίζειν· ὅμως δʼ οὐχ ἥκιστʼ ἐπιθυμῶ περὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς διελθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, μικρὸν προλαβὼν καὶ τῶν προγόνων ἐπιμνησθείς, ἵνʼ ἐπίστησθʼ ὅτι πόρρωθεν ἡμῖν ὑπάρχει μέγιστα καὶ κάλλιστα τῶν πολιτῶν.
Perhaps it is foolish for me to take to heart all that has been said; nevertheless, I desire very much to recount to you my father’s private pursuits, going back a little to make mention of his ancestors, that you may know that from early times our standing and services have been the greatest and most honorable among the citizens of Athens.
§ 25
ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ πρὸς μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν Εὐπατριδῶν, ὧν τὴν εὐγένειαν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐπωνυμίας ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι, πρὸς γυναικῶν δʼ Ἀλκμεωνιδῶν, οἳ τοῦ μὲν πλούτου μέγιστον μνημεῖον κατέλιπον, ἵππων γὰρ ζεύγει πρῶτος Ἀλκμέων τῶν πολιτῶν Ὀλυμπίασιν ἐνίκησε, τὴν δʼ εὔνοιαν ἣν εἶχον εἰς τὸ πλῆθος, ἐν τοῖς τυραννικοῖς ἐπεδείξαντο· συγγενεῖς γὰρ ὄντες Πεισιστράτου καὶ πρὶν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καταστῆναι μάλιστʼ αὐτῷ χρώμενοι τῶν πολιτῶν, οὐκ ἠξίωσαν μετασχεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου τυραννίδος, ἀλλʼ εἵλοντο φυγεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς πολίτας ἰδεῖν δουλεύοντας.
My father on the male side belonged to the Eupatrids, whose noble birth is apparent from the very name. On the female side he was of the Alcmeonidae, who left behind a glorious memorial of their wealth; for Alcmeon was the first Athenian to win at Olympia with a team of horses, and the goodwill which they had toward the people they displayed in the time of the tyrants. For they were kinsmen of Pisistratus and before he came to power were closest to him of all the citizens, but they refused to share his tyranny; on the contrary, they preferred exile rather than to see their fellow-citizens enslaved.
§ 26
τετταράκοντα δʼ ἔτη τῆς στάσεως γενομένης ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν τυράννων τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἐμισήθησαν, ὥσθʼ ὁπότε τἀκείνων κρατήσειεν, οὐ μόνον τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν κατέσκαπτον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς τάφους ἀνώρυττον, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν συμφυγάδων οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἐπιστεύθησαν, ὥσθʼ ἅπαντα τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἡγούμενοι τοῦ δήμου διετέλεσαν. καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον Ἀλκιβιάδης καὶ Κλεισθένης, ὁ μὲν πρὸς πατρός, ὁ δὲ πρὸς μητρὸς ὢν πρόπαππος τοῦ πατρὸς τοὐμοῦ, στρατηγήσαντες τῆς φυγῆς κατήγαγον τὸν δῆμον καὶ τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλον,
And during the forty years of civic discord the Alcmeonidae were hated so much more bitterly than all other Athenians by the tyrants that whenever the tyrants had the upper hand they not only razed their dwellings, but even dug up their tombs; and so completely were the Alcmeonidae trusted by their fellow-exiles that they continued during all that time to be leaders of the people. At last, Alcibiades and Cleisthenes—the former my great-grandfather on my father’s side, the latter my father’s maternal great-grandfather—assuming the leadership of those in exile, restored the people to their country, and drove out the tyrants.
§ 27
καὶ κατέστησαν ἐκείνην τὴν δημοκρατίαν, ἐξ ἧς οἱ πολῖται πρὸς μὲν ἀνδρίαν οὕτως ἐπαιδεύθησαν ὥστε τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἐλθόντας τὴν Ἑλλάδα μόνοι νικᾶν μαχόμενοι, περὶ δὲ δικαιοσύνης τοσαύτην δόξαν ἔλαβον ὥσθʼ ἑκόντας αὐτοῖς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐγχειρίσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης, τὴν δὲ πόλιν τηλικαύτην τὸ μέγεθος ἐποίησαν καὶ τῇ δυνάμει καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις κατασκευαῖς ὥστε τοὺς φάσκοντας αὐτὴν ἄστυ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἶναι καὶ τοιαύταις ὑπερβολαῖς εἰθισμένους χρῆσθαι δοκεῖν ἀληθῆ λέγειν.
And they established that democratic form of government which so effectively trained the citizens in bravery that single-handed they conquered in battle the barbarians who had attacked all Greece and they won so great renown for justice that the Greeks voluntarily put in their hands the dominion of the sea; and they made Athens so great in her power and her other resources that those who allege that she is the capital of Greece and habitually apply to her similar exaggerated expressions appear to be speaking the truth.
§ 28
τὴν μὲν οὖν φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν δῆμον οὕτω παλαιὰν καὶ γνησίαν καὶ διὰ τὰς μεγίστας εὐεργεσίας γεγενημένην παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παρέλαβεν· αὐτὸς δὲ κατελείφθη μὲν ὀρφανός, ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ μαχόμενος ἐν Κορωνείᾳ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπέθανεν, ἐπετροπεύθη δʼ ὑπὸ Περικλέους, ὃν πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν καὶ σωφρονέστατον καὶ δικαιότατον καὶ σοφώτατον γενέσθαι τῶν πολιτῶν. ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ καὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι τῶν καλῶν, ἐκ τοιούτων γενόμενον ὑπὸ τοιούτοις ἤθεσιν ἐπιτροπευθῆναι καὶ τραφῆναι καὶ παιδευθῆναι.
Now this friendship with the people, which was, as I have shown, so ancient, genuine, and based upon services of the greatest importance, my father inherited from his ancestors. My father himself was left an orphan (for his father died in battle at Coronea) and became the ward of Pericles, whom all would acknowledge to have been the most moderate, the most just, and the wisest of the citizens. For I count this also among his blessings that, being of such origin, he was fostered, reared, and educated under the guardianship of a man of such character.
§ 29
δοκιμασθεὶς δʼ οὐκ ἐνδεέστερος ἐγένετο τῶν προειρημένων, οὐδʼ ἠξίωσεν αὐτὸς μὲν ῥᾳθύμως ζῆν, σεμνύνεσθαι δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν προγόνων ἀρεταῖς, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς οὕτω μέγʼ ἐφρόνησεν, ὥστʼ ᾠήθη δεῖν διʼ αὑτὸν καὶ τἀκείνων ἔργα μνημονεύεσθαι. καὶ πρῶτον μέν, ὅτε Φορμίων ἐξήγαγεν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης χιλίους Ἀθηναίων, ἐπιλεξάμενος τοὺς ἀρίστους, μετὰ τούτων στρατευσάμενος τοιοῦτος ἦν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις ὥστε στεφανωθῆναι καὶ πανοπλίαν λαβεῖν παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ.
When he was admitted to citizenship, he showed himself not inferior to those whom I have mentioned, nor did he think it fitting that he should lead a life of ease, pluming himself upon the brave deeds of his ancestors; on the contrary, from the beginning he was so fired with ambition that he thought that even their great deeds should be held in remembrance through his own. And first of all, when Phormio led a thousand of the flower of Athenian soldiers to Thrace, my father served with this expedition, and so distinguished himself in the perilous actions of the campaign that he was crowned and received a full suit of armour from his general.
§ 30
καίτοι τί χρὴ τὸν τῶν μεγίστων ἐπαίνων ἄξιον; οὐ μετὰ μὲν τῶν βελτίστων ἐκ τῆς πόλεως στρατευόμενον ἀριστείων ἀξιοῦσθαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς κρατίστους τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀντιστρατηγοῦντʼ ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς κινδύνοις αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαι περιγιγνόμενον; ἐκεῖνος τοίνυν τῶν μὲν νέος ὢν ἔτυχε, τὰ δʼ ἐπειδὴ πρεσβύτερος ἦν ἔπραξεν.
Really what is required of the man who is thought worthy of the highest praise? Should he not, when serving with the bravest of the citizens, be thought worthy of the prize of valor, and when leading an army against the best of the Greeks in all the battles show his superiority to them? My father, then, in his youth did win that prize of valor and in later life did achieve the latter.
§ 31
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὴν μητέρα τὴν ἐμὴν ἔγημεν· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ καὶ ταύτην ἀριστεῖον αὐτὸν λαβεῖν. ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ αὐτῆς Ἱππόνικος, πλούτῳ μὲν πρῶτος ὢν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, γένει δʼ οὐδενὸς ὕστερος τῶν πολιτῶν, τιμώμενος δὲ καὶ θαυμαζόμενος μάλιστα τῶν ἐφʼ αὑτοῦ, μετὰ προικὸς δὲ πλείστης καὶ δόξης μεγίστης ἐκδιδοὺς τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ τοῦ γάμου τυχεῖν εὐχομένων μὲν ἁπάντων, ἀξιούντων δὲ τῶν πρώτων, τὸν πατέρα τὸν ἐμὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐκλεξάμενος κηδεστὴν ἐπεθύμησε ποιήσασθαι.
After this he married my mother; and I believe that in her he also won a glorious prize of valor. For her father was Hipponicus, first in wealth of all the Greeks and second in birth to none of the citizens, most honored and admired of his contemporaries. The richest dowry and fairest reputation went with his daughter’s hand; and although all coveted union with her, and only the greatest thought themselves worthy, it was my father whom Hipponicus chose from among them all and desired to make his son-in-law.
§ 32
περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ὁρῶν τὴν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ πανήγυριν ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀγαπωμένην καὶ θαυμαζομένην, καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπίδειξιν ἐν αὐτῇ ποιουμένους πλούτου καὶ ῥώμης καὶ παιδεύσεως, καὶ τούς τʼ ἀθλητὰς ζηλουμένους καὶ τὰς πόλεις ὀνομαστὰς γιγνομένας τὰς τῶν νικώντων, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἡγούμενος τὰς μὲν ἐνθάδε λῃτουργίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας εἶναι, τὰς δʼ εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν πανήγυριν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα γίγνεσθαι,
About the same time my father, seeing that the festival assembly at Olympia was beloved and admired by the whole world and that in it the Greeks made display of their wealth, strength of body, and training, and that not only the athletes were the objects of envy but that also the cities of the victors became renowned, and believing moreover that while the public services performed in Athens redound to the prestige, in the eyes of his fellow-citizens, of the person who renders them, expenditures in the Olympian Festival, however, enhance the city’s reputation throughout all Greece,
§ 33
ταῦτα διανοηθείς, οὐδενὸς ἀφυέστερος οὐδʼ ἀρρωστότερος τῷ σώματι γενόμενος τοὺς μὲν γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας ὑπερεῖδεν, εἰδὼς ἐνίους τῶν ἀθλητῶν καὶ κακῶς γεγονότας καὶ μικρὰς πόλεις οἰκοῦντας καὶ ταπεινῶς πεπαιδευμένους, ἱπποτροφεῖν δʼ ἐπιχειρήσας, ὃ τῶν εὐδαιμονεστάτων ἔργον ἐστί, φαῦλος δʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν ποιήσειεν, οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πώποτε νικήσαντας ὑπερεβάλετο.
reflecting upon these things, I say, although in natural gifts and in strength of body he was inferior to none, he disdained the gymnastic contests, for he knew that some of the athletes were of low birth, inhabitants of petty states, and of mean education, but turned to the breeding of race-horses, which is possible only for those most blest by Fortune and not to be pursued by one of low estate, and not only did he surpass his rivals, but also all who had ever before won the victory.
§ 34
ζεύγη γὰρ καθῆκε τοσαῦτα μὲν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὅσοις οὐδʼ αἱ μέγισται τῶν πόλεων ἠγωνίσαντο, τοιαῦτα δὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὥστε καὶ πρῶτος καὶ δεύτερος γενέσθαι καὶ τρίτος. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς περὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν δαπάναις οὕτως ἀφειδῶς διέκειτο καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς ὥστε φαίνεσθαι τὰ κοινὰ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐλάττω τῶν ἰδίων τῶν ἐκείνου. κατέλυσε δὲ τὴν θεωρίαν, τὰς μὲν τῶν προτέρων εὐτυχίας μικρὰς πρὸς τὰς αὑτοῦ δόξαι ποιήσας, τοὺς δʼ ἐφʼ αὑτοῦ νικήσαντας παύσας ζηλουμένους, τοῖς δὲ μέλλουσιν ἱπποτροφεῖν οὐδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν καταλιπών.
For he entered a larger number of teams in competition than even the mightiest cities had done, and they were of such excellence that he came out first, second, and third. Besides this, his generosity in the sacrifices and in the other expenses connected with the festival was so lavish and magnificent that the public funds of all the others were clearly less than the private means of Alcibiades alone. And when he brought his mission to an end he had caused the successes of his predecessors to seem petty in comparison with his own and those who in his own day had been victors to be no longer objects of emulation, and to future breeders of racing-steeds he left behind no possibility of surpassing him.
§ 35
περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐνθάδε χορηγιῶν καὶ γυμνασιαρχιῶν καὶ τριηραρχιῶν αἰσχύνομαι λέγειν· τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις διήνεγκεν, ὥσθʼ οἱ μὲν ἐνδεεστέρως ἐκείνου λῃτουργήσαντες ἐκ τούτων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐγκωμιάζουσιν, ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου δʼ εἴ τις καὶ τῶν τηλικούτων χάριν ἀπαιτοίη, περὶ μικρῶν ἂν δόξειε τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι.
With regard to my father’s services here in Athens as choregus and gymnasiarch and trierarch I am ashamed to speak; for so greatly did he excel in all the other public duties that, although those who have served the state in less splendid fashion sing their own praises therefor, if anyone should on my father’s behalf ask for a vote of thanks even in recognition of services as great as his, he would seem to be talking about petty things.
§ 36
πρὸς δὲ τὴν πολιτείαν, οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο παραλειπτέον, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνος αὐτῆς ἠμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ τῶν μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμησάντων ἀμείνων περὶ τὸν δῆμον γέγονεν, ὅσον τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους εὑρήσεθʼ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν στασιάσαντας, ἐκεῖνον δʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κινδυνεύοντα. οὐ γὰρ ἀπελαυνόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ἀλλὰ παρακαλούμενος ἦν δημοτικός· καὶ πολλάκις ἐκγενόμενον αὐτῷ μὴ μόνον μετʼ ὀλίγων τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν πλέον ἔχειν, οὐκ ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλʼ εἵλεθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀδικηθῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν πολιτείαν προδοῦναι.
As regards his behavior as a citizen—for neither should this be passed over in silence—just as he on his part did not neglect his civic duties, but on the contrary, to so great a degree had proved himself a more loyal friend of the people than those who had gained the highest repute, that while, as you will find, the others stirred up sedition for selfish advantage, he was incurring danger on your behalf. For his devotion to the democracy was not that of one who was excluded from the oligarchy, but of one who was invited to join it: indeed, time and again when it was in his power as one of a small group, not only to rule the rest, but even to dominate them, he refused, choosing rather to suffer the city’s unjust penalties rather than to be traitor to our form of government.
§ 37
καὶ ταῦθʼ ἕως μὲν συνεχῶς ἐδημοκρατεῖσθʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν ὑμᾶς λέγων ἔπεισεν· νῦν δʼ αἱ στάσεις αἱ γενόμεναι σαφῶς ἐπέδειξαν καὶ τοὺς δημοτικοὺς καὶ τοὺς ὀλιγαρχικοὺς καὶ τοὺς οὐδετέρων ἐπιθυμοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρων μετέχειν ἀξιοῦντας. ἐν αἷς δὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῶν ὑμετέρων ἐξέπεσεν· καὶ τὸ μὲν πρότερον, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστʼ ἐκεῖνον ἐκποδὼν ἐποιήσαντο, τὸν δῆμον κατέλυσαν, τὸ δʼ ὕστερον οὐκ ἔφθασαν ὑμᾶς καταδουλωσάμενοι, καὶ πρώτου τῶν πολιτῶν αὐτοῦ φυγὴν κατέγνωσαν· οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἥ τε πόλις τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς κακῶν ἀπέλαυσε κἀκεῖνος τῶν τῆς πόλεως συμφορῶν ἐκοινώνησεν.
Of the truth of these statements no one would have convinced you as long as you still continued to be governed as a democracy; but as it was, the civil conflicts which arose clearly showed who were the democrats and who the oligarchs, as well as those who desired neither rgime, and those who laid claim to a share in both. In these uprisings your enemies twice exiled my father: on the first occasion, no sooner had they got him out of the way than they abolished the democracy; on the second, hardly had they reduced you to servitude than they condemned him to exile before any other citizen;
§ 38
καίτοι πολλοὶ τῶν πολιτῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν δυσκόλως εἶχον ὡς πρὸς τυραννεῖν ἐπιβουλεύοντα, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων σκοποῦντες, ἀλλʼ ἡγούμενοι τὸ μὲν πρᾶγμʼ ὑπὸ πάντων ζηλοῦσθαι, δύνασθαι δʼ ἂν ἐκεῖνον μάλιστα διαπράξασθαι. διὸ καὶ δικαίως ἂν αὐτῷ πλείω χάριν ἔχοιτε, ὅτι τὴν μὲν αἰτίαν μόνος τῶν πολιτῶν ἄξιος ἦν ταύτην ἔχειν, τῆς δὲ πολιτείας ἴσον ᾤετο δεῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μετεῖναι.
so exactly did my father’s misfortunes affect the city and he share in her disasters. And yet many of the citizens were ill disposed toward him in the belief that he was plotting a tyranny; they held this opinion, not on the basis of his deeds, but in the thought that all men aspire to this power and that he would have the best chance of attaining it. Wherefore you would justly feel the greater gratitude to him because, while he alone of the citizens was powerful enough to have this charge brought against him, he was of opinion that as regards political power he should be on an equality with his fellow-citizens.
§ 39
διὰ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπορῶ, τίνος ἐν τῷ παρόντι πρέπει μνησθῆναι καὶ ποῖʼ αὐτῶν χρὴ παραλιπεῖν· ἀεὶ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ μεῖζον εἶναι τὸ μήπω πεφρασμένον τῶν ἤδη πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρημένων. ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦθʼ ἡγοῦμαι πᾶσιν εἶναι φανερὸν ὅτι τοῦτον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν εὐνούστατον εἶναι ταῖς τῆς πόλεως εὐτυχίαις, ὅτῳ πλεῖστον μέρος καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν κακῶν μέτεστιν.
Because of the multitude of things that might be said on my father’s behalf I am at a loss which of them it is appropriate to mention on the present occasion and which should be omitted. For always the plea that has not yet been spoken seems to me of greater importance than the arguments which have already been presented to you. And I believe that it is obvious to everyone that he must needs be most devoted to the welfare of the city who has the greatest share in her evil fortunes as well as in her good.
§ 40
ἐκείνου τοίνυν εὖ μὲν πραττούσης τῆς πόλεως τίς εὐδαιμονέστερος ἢ θαυμαστότερος ἢ ζηλωτότερος ἦν τῶν πολιτῶν, δυστυχησάσης δὲ τίς ἐλπίδων μειζόνων ἢ χρημάτων πλειόνων ἢ δόξης καλλίονος ἐστερήθη; οὐ τὸ τελευταῖον ἐπειδὴ κατέστησαν οἱ τριάκονθʼ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τὴν πόλιν ἔφυγον, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐξέπεσεν; οὐ Λακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ Λύσανδρος ὁμοίως ἔργον ἐποιήσαντʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀποκτεῖναι καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν καταλῦσαι δύναμιν, οὐδεμίαν ἡγούμενοι πίστιν ἕξειν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως, εἰ τὰ τείχη καταβάλοιεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸν ἀναστῆσαι δυνάμενον ἀπολέσαιεν;
Well then, when Athens was prosperous, who of the citizens was more prosperous, more admired, or more envied than my father? And when she suffered ill-fortune, who was deprived of brighter hopes, or of greater wealth, or of fairer repute? Finally, when the Thirty Tyrants established their rule, while the others merely suffered exile from Athens, was he not banished from all Greece? Did not the Lacedaemonians and Lysander exert themselves as much to cause his death as to bring about the downfall of your dominion, in the belief that they could not be sure of the city’s loyalty if they demolished her walls unless they should also destroy the man who could rebuild them?
§ 41
ὥστʼ οὐ μόνον ἐξ ὧν ὑμᾶς εὖ πεποίηκεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ὧν διʼ ὑμᾶς κακῶς πέπονθε ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν ἐκείνου. φαίνεται γὰρ τῷ δήμῳ βοηθῶν, τῆς αὐτῆς πολιτείας ὑμῖν ἐπιθυμῶν, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν κακῶς πάσχων, ἅμα τῇ πόλει δυστυχῶν, τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ φίλους ὑμῖν νομίζων, ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου κινδυνεύων τὰ μὲν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν, τὰ δὲ διʼ ὑμᾶς,
Thus it is not only from his services to you, but also from what he suffered on your account, that you may easily recognize his loyalty. For it is self-evident that it was the people he was aiding, that he desired the same form of government as yourselves, that he suffered at the hands of the same persons, that he was unfortunate when the state was unfortunate, that he considered the same persons as you his enemies and friends, that in every way he exposed himself to danger either at your hands, or on your account,
§ 42
τὰ δʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, τὰ δὲ μεθʼ ὑμῶν, ἀνόμοιος πολίτης Χαρικλεῖ τῷ τούτου κηδεστῇ γεγενημένος, ὃς τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις δουλεύειν ἐπεθύμει, τῶν δὲ πολιτῶν ἄρχειν ἠξίου, καὶ φεύγων μὲν ἡσυχίαν εἶχε, κατελθὼν δὲ κακῶς ἐποίει τὴν πόλιν. καίτοι πῶς ἂν γένοιτʼ ἢ φίλος πονηρότερος ἢ ἐχθρὸς ἐλάττονος ἄξιος;
or on your behalf, or in partnership with you, being as a citizen quite unlike Charicles, my opponent’s brother-in-law, who chose to be a slave to the enemy, yet claimed the right to rule his fellow-citizens; who, when in exile, was inactive, but on his return was ever injuring the city. And yet how could one prove himself to be a baser friend or a viler enemy?
§ 43
εἶτα σὺ κηδεστὴς μὲν ὢν ἐκείνου, βεβουλευκὼς δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα τολμᾷς ἑτέροις μνησικακεῖν, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνει τὰς συνθήκας παραβαίνων διʼ ἃς αὐτὸς οἰκεῖς τὴν πόλιν, οὐδʼ ἐνθυμεῖ διότι, ὁπόταν δόξῃ τῶν παρεληλυθότων τιμωρίαν ποιεῖσθαι, σοὶ καὶ προτέρῳ καὶ μᾶλλον ἢ ʼμοὶ κινδυνεύειν ὑπάρχει;
And then do you, Teisias, his brother-in-law and a member of the Council in the time of the Thirty Tyrants, have the hardihood to rake up old grudges against those of the other side, and are you not ashamed to be violating the terms of the amnesty which permits you to reside in the city, nor do you even reflect that, whenever the decision shall be made to exact punishment for past crimes, it is you who are menaced by danger more speedy and greater than mine?
§ 44
οὐ γὰρ δήπου παρʼ ἐμοῦ μὲν ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ ἔπραξε δίκην λήψονται, σοὶ δὲ καὶ ὧν αὐτὸς ἡμάρτηκας συγγνώμην ἕξουσιν. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ὁμοίας ἐκείνῳ φανήσει τὰς προφάσεις ἔχων· οὐ γὰρ ἐκπεσὼν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἀλλὰ συμπολιτευόμενος, οὐδʼ ἀναγκασθεὶς ἀλλʼ ἑκών, οὐδʼ ἀμυνόμενος ἀλλʼ ὑπάρχων ἠδίκεις αὐτούς, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἀπολογίας σοι προσήκει τυχεῖν παρʼ αὐτῶν.
For surely they will not inflict punishment on me for my father’s acts and at the same time pardon you for the crimes you yourself have committed! No, assuredly it will not be found that your pleas in extenuation are anything like his! For you were not banished from your native land, but on the contrary you were a member of the government; you did not act under compulsion, but you were a willing agent; it was not in self-defense, but on our own initiative, that you were wronging your fellow-citizens, so that it is not fitting that you should be permitted by them even to enter a plea in your defense.
§ 45
ἀλλὰ γὰρ περὶ μὲν τῶν Τεισίᾳ πεπολιτευμένων ἴσως πότʼ ἐν τοῖς τούτου κινδύνοις ἐγγενήσεται καὶ διὰ μακροτέρων εἰπεῖν· ὑμᾶς δʼ ἀξιῶ μὴ προέσθαι με τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μηδʼ ἀνηκέστοις συμφοραῖς περιβαλεῖν. ἱκανῶς γὰρ καὶ νῦν πεπείραμαι κακῶν, ὃς εὐθὺς μὲν γενόμενος ὀρφανὸς κατελείφθην, τοῦ μὲν πατρὸς φυγόντος, τῆς δὲ μητρὸς τελευτησάσης, οὔπω δὲ τέτταρʼ ἔτη γεγονὼς διὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς φυγὴν περὶ τοῦ σώματος εἰς κίνδυνον κατέστην,
But on the subject of the political misdeeds of Teisias, very likely some day at his trial I shall have the opportunity of speaking at greater length. But as for you, men of the jury, I beg you not to abandon me to my enemies nor entangle me in the net of irremediable misfortunes. For even now I have had sufficient experience of evils, since at my birth I was left an orphan through my father’s exile and my mother’s death; and I was not yet four years of age when I was brought into peril of my life owing to my father’s exile;
§ 46
ἔτι δὲ παῖς ὢν ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντʼ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέπεσον. κατελθόντων δὲ τῶν ἐκ Πειραιῶς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κομιζομένων τὰς οὐσίας ἐγὼ μόνος τὴν γῆν, ἣν ἡμῖν ἀπέδωκεν ὁ δῆμος ἀντὶ τῶν δημευθέντων χρημάτων, διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν δύναμιν ἀπεστερήθην. τοσαῦτα δὲ προδεδυστυχηκὼς καὶ δὶς τὴν οὐσίαν ἀπολωλεκὼς νυνὶ πέντε ταλάντων φεύγω δίκην. καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔγκλημʼ ἐστὶ περὶ χρημάτων, ἀγωνίζομαι δʼ εἰ χρὴ μετεῖναί μοι τῆς πόλεως.
and while still a boy I was banished from the city by the Thirty. And when the men of the Piraeus were restored, and all the rest recovered their possessions, I alone by the influence of my personal enemies was deprived of the of the land which the people gave us as compensation for the confiscated property. And after having already suffered so many misfortunes and having twice lost my property, I am now the defendant in an action involving five talents. And although the complaint involves money, the real issue is my right to continue to enjoy citizenship.
§ 47
τῶν γὰρ αὐτῶν τιμημάτων ἐπιγεγραμμένων οὐ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἅπασιν ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν χρήματα κεκτημένοις περὶ ζημίας, τοῖς δʼ ἀπόρως ὥσπερ ἐγὼ διακειμένοις περὶ ἀτιμίας, ἣν ἐγὼ φυγῆς μείζω συμφορὰν νομίζω· πολὺ γὰρ ἀθλιώτερον παρὰ τοῖς αὑτοῦ πολίταις ἠτιμωμένον οἰκεῖν ἢ παρʼ ἑτέροις μετοικεῖν.
For although the same penalties are prescribed for all by our laws, yet the legal risk is not the same for all; on the contrary, the wealthy risk a fine, but those who are in straitened circumstances, as is the case with me, are in danger of disfranchisement, and this is a misfortune greater, in my opinion, than exile; for it is a far more wretched fate to live among one’s fellow-citizens deprived of civic rights than to dwell an alien among foreigners.
§ 48
δέομαι δʼ οὖν ὑμῶν βοηθῆσαί μοι καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑβρισθέντα μηδὲ τῆς πατρίδος στερηθέντα μηδʼ ἐπὶ τοιαύταις τύχαις περίβλεπτον γενόμενον. δικαίως δʼ ἂν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἐλεηθείην, εἰ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τυγχάνω μὴ δυνάμενος ἐπὶ τοῦθʼ ὑμᾶς ἄγειν, εἴπερ χρὴ τούτους ἐλεεῖν, τοὺς ἀδίκως μὲν κινδυνεύοντας, περὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγωνιζομένους, ἀναξίως δʼ αὑτῶν καὶ τῶν προγόνων πράττοντας, πλείστων δὲ χρημάτων ἀπεστερημένους καὶ μεγίστῃ μεταβολῇ τοῦ βίου κεχρημένους.
I entreat you, therefore, to aid me and not to suffer me to be despitefully treated by my personal enemies, or to be deprived of my fatherland, or to be made notorious by such misfortunes. The facts in the case would of themselves justly win for me your pity, even if I have not the power by my words to evoke it, since pity truly should be felt for those who are unjustly brought to trial, who are fighting for the greatest stakes, whose present condition is not in accordance with their own worth or with that of their ancestors, seeing that they have been deprived of immense wealth and have experienced life’s greatest vicissitudes.
§ 49
πολλὰ δʼ ἔχων ἐμαυτὸν ὀδύρασθαι μάλιστʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀγανακτῶ, πρῶτον μὲν εἰ τούτῳ δώσω δίκην παρʼ οὗ λαβεῖν μοι προσήκει, δεύτερον δʼ εἰ διὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς νίκην τὴν Ὀλυμπίασιν ἀτιμωθήσομαι, διʼ ἣν τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶ δωρεὰς λαμβάνοντας,
Although I have many reasons for lamenting my fate, I am especially indignant for these reasons: first, if I must be punished by this man, who should justly be punished by me; second, if I shall lose my civic rights by reason of my father’s victory at Olympia, when I see other men richly rewarded for such a victory;
§ 50
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις εἰ Τεισίας μὲν μηδὲν ἀγαθὸν ποιήσας τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ μέγα δυνήσεται, ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μηδετέρους ἀδικήσας ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων κακῶς πείσομαι, καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τἀναντία τοῖς τριάκοντα πράξετε, περὶ δʼ ἐμοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοις γνώμην ἕξετε, καὶ τότε μὲν μεθʼ ὑμῶν, νῦν δʼ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν τῆς πόλεως στερήσομαι.
and, in addition, if Teisias, a man who never did the city any good, is to remain powerful in the democracy just as he was in the oligarchy, whereas I, who injured neither party, am to be ill-treated by both; and finally, if, while in all other matters your actions are to be the opposite of those of the Thirty, you shall in regard to me show the same spirit as they, and if I, who then lost my fatherland in company with you, shall now be deprived of it by you.
Trapeziticus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg005 · Greek: Τραπεζιτικός — tlg0010.tlg005.perseus-grc2 · English: Trapeziticus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg005.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ὁ μὲν ἀγών μοι μέγας ἐστίν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί. οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ πολλῶν χρημάτων κινδυνεύω, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀδίκως τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν· ὃ ἐγὼ περὶ πλείστου ποιοῦμαι. οὐσία μὲν γὰρ ἱκανή μοι καταλειφθήσεται καὶ τούτων στερηθέντι· εἰ δὲ δόξαιμι μηδὲν προσῆκον τοσαῦτα χρήματʼ ἐγκαλέσαι, διαβληθείην ἂν τὸν ἅπαντα βίον.
This trial, men of the jury, is an important one for me. For I have at stake, not only a large sum of money, but also my reputation—for I risk being thought to covet what justly belongs to another; and that is what gives me the greatest concern. For sufficient property will be left to me even if I am defrauded of this sum; but if I should be thought to be laying claim to so large a sum of money without just cause, I should have an evil reputation as long as I live.
§ 2
ἔστι δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, πάντων χαλεπώτατον τοιούτων ἀντιδίκων τυχεῖν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ συμβόλαια τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς τραπέζαις ἄνευ μαρτύρων γίγνεται, τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις δὲ πρὸς τοιούτους ἀνάγκη κινδυνεύειν, οἳ καὶ φίλους πολλοὺς κέκτηνται καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ διαχειρίζουσι καὶ πιστοὶ διὰ τὴν τέχνην δοκοῦσιν εἶναι. ὅμως δὲ καὶ τούτων ὑπαρχόντων ἡγοῦμαι φανερὸν πᾶσι ποιήσειν ὅτι ἀποστεροῦμαι τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ Πασίωνος.
The greatest difficulty of all, men of the jury, is that I have adversaries of the character of the defendants here. For contracts with the managers of banks are entered into without witnesses, and any who are wronged by them are obliged to bring suit against men who have many friends, handle much money, and have a reputation for honesty because of their profession. In spite of these considerations I think I shall make it clear to all that I have been defrauded of my money by Pasion.
§ 3
ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὖν ὑμῖν, ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι, διηγήσομαι τὰ πεπραγμένα. ἐμοὶ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, πατὴρ μέν ἐστι Σωπαῖος, ὃν οἱ πλέοντες εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἅπαντες ἴσασιν οὕτως οἰκείως πρὸς Σάτυρον διακείμενον, ὥστε πολλῆς μὲν χώρας ἄρχειν, ἁπάσης δὲ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς ἐκείνου.
I shall relate the facts to you from the beginning as well as I can. My father, men of the jury, is Sopaeus; all who sail to the Pontus know that his relations with Satyrus are so intimate that he is ruler of an extensive territory and has charge of that ruler’s entire forces.
§ 4
πυνθανόμενος δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως καὶ περὶ τῆς ἄλλης Ἑλλάδος ἐπεθύμησʼ ἀποδημῆσαι. γεμίσας οὖς ὁ πατήρ μου δύο ναῦς σίτου καὶ χρήματα δοὺς ἐξέπεμψεν ἅμα κατʼ ἐμπορίαν καὶ κατὰ θεωρίαν· συστήσαντος δέ μοι Πυθοδώρου τοῦ Φοίνικος Πασιωνα ἐχρώμην τῇ τούτου τραπέζῃ.
Having heard reports both of this state and of the other lands where Greeks live, I desired to travel abroad. And so my father loaded two ships with grain, gave me money, and sent me off on a trading expedition and at the same time to see the world. Pythodorus, the Phoenician, introduced Pasion to me and I opened an account at his bank.
§ 5
χρόνῳ δʼ ὕστερον διαβολῆς πρὸς Σάτυρον γενομένης ὡς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ οὑμὸς ἐπιβουλεύοι τῇ ἀρχῇ, κἀγὼ τοῖς φυγάσι συγγιγνοίμην, τὸν μὲν πατέρα μου συλλαμβάνει, ἐπιστέλλει δὲ τοῖς ἐνθάδʼ ἐπιδημοῦσιν ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου τά τε χρήματα παρʼ ἐμοῦ παραλαβεῖν καὶ αὐτὸν εἰσπλεῖν κελεύειν· ἐὰν δὲ τούτων μηδὲν ποιῶ,
Later on, as a result of slander which reached Satyrus to the effect that my father was plotting against the throne and that I was associating with the exiles, Satyrus arrested my father and sent orders to citizens of Pontus in residence here in Athens to take possession of my money and to bid me to return and, if I refused to obey, to demand of you my extradition.
§ 6
παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐξαιτεῖν. ἐν τοσούτοις δὲ κακοῖς ὤν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, λέγω πρὸς Πασίωνα τὰς ἐμαυτοῦ συμφοράς· οὕτω γὰρ οἰκείως πρὸς αὐτὸν διεκείμην ὥστε μὴ μόνον περὶ χρημάτων ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τούτῳ μάλιστα πιστεύειν. ἡγούμην δʼ εἰ μὲν προοίμην ἅπαντα τὰ χρήματα, κινδυνεύειν, εἴ τι πάθοι ʼκεῖνος, στερηθεὶς καὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ, πάντων ἐνδεὴς γενήσεσθαι· εἰ δʼ ὁμολογῶν εἶναι ἐπιστείλαντος Σατύρου μὴ παραδοίην, εἰς τὰς μεγίστας διαβολὰς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα καταστήσειν πρὸς Σάτυρον.
When I found myself in difficulties so embarrassing, men of the jury, I related my troubles to Pasion; for I was on such intimate terms with him that I had the greatest confidence in him, not only in matters of money, but in everything else as well. I thought that, if I should yield control of all my money, I should run the risk, in case my father met with misfortune, after having been deprived of my money both here in Athens and at home, of becoming utterly destitute; and that, if I should acknowledge the existence of money here, yet fail to surrender it at Satyrus’ command, I should create the most serious grounds of complaint against myself and my father in the mind of Satyrus.
§ 7
βουλευομένοις οὖν ἡμῖν ἐδόκει βέλτιστον εἶναι προσομολογεῖν πάντα ποιεῖν, ὅσα Σάτυρος προσέταττε, καὶ τὰ μὲν φανερὰ τῶν χρημάτων παραδοῦναι, περὶ δὲ τῶν παρὰ τούτῳ κειμένων μὴ μόνον ἔξαρνον εἶναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀφείλοντά με καὶ τούτῳ καὶ ἑτέροις ἐπὶ τόκῳ φαίνεσθαι καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν ἐξ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστʼ ἤμελλον πεισθήσεσθαι μὴ εἶναί μοι χρήματα.
On deliberation we decided that it would be best to agree to comply with all of Satyrus’ demands and to surrender the money whose existence was known, but with respect to the funds on deposit with Pasion we should not only deny their existence but also make it appear that I had borrowed at interest both from Pasion and from others, and to do everything which was likely to make them believe that I had no money.
§ 8
τότε μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐνόμιζόν μοι Πασίωνα διʼ εὔνοιαν ἅπαντα ταῦτα συμβουλεύειν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς παρὰ Σατύρου διεπραξάμην, ἔγνων αὐτὸν ἐπιβουλεύοντα τοῖς ἐμοῖς. βουλομένου γὰρ ἐμοῦ κομίσασθαι τἀμαυτοῦ καὶ πλεῖν εἰς Βυζάντοιν, ἡγησάμενος οὗτος κάλλιστον αὑτῷ καιρὸν παραπεπτωκέναι — τὰ μὲν γὰρ χρήματα πόλλʼ εἶναι τὰ παρʼ αὑτῷ κείμενα καὶ ἄξιʼ ἀναισχυντίας, ἐμὲ δὲ πολλῶν ἀκουόντων ἔξαρνον γεγενῆσθαι μηδὲν κεκτῆσθαι, πᾶσί τε φανερὸν ἀπαιτούμενον καὶ ἑτέροις προσομολογοῦντα ὀφείλειν—
At that time, men of the jury, I thought that Pasion was giving me all this advice because of goodwill toward me; but when I had arranged matters with the representatives of Satyrus, I perceived that he had designs on my property. For when I wished to recover my money and sail to Byzantium, Pasion thought a most favorable opportunity had come his way; for the sum of money on deposit with him was large and of sufficient value to warrant a shameless act, and I, in the presence of many listeners, had denied that I possessed anything, and everybody had seen that money was being demanded of me and that I was acknowledging that I was indebted to others also.
§ 9
καὶ πρὸς τούτοις, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐνόμιζεν, εἰ μὲν αὐτοῦ μένειν ἐπιχειροίην, ἐκδοθήσεσθαι, μʼ ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως Σατύρῳ, εἰ δʼ ἄλλοσέ ποι τραποίμην, οὐδὲν μελήσειν αὑτῷ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων, εἰ δʼ εἰσπλευσοίμην εἰς τὸν Πόντον, ἀποθανεῖσθαί με μετὰ τοῦ πατρός· ταῦτα διαλογιζόμενος διενοεῖτό μʼ ἀποστερεῖν τὰ χρήματα. καὶ πρὸς μὲν ἐμὲ προσεποιεῖτʼ ἀπορεῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἔχειν ἀποδοῦναι· ἐπειδὴ δὲ βουλόμενος εἰδέναι σαφῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα προσπέμπω Φιλόμηλον αὐτῷ καὶ Μενέξενον ἀπαιτήσοντας, ἔξαρνος γίγνεται πρὸς αὐτοὺς μηδὲν ἔχειν τῶν ἐμῶν.
Besides this, men of the jury, he was of opinion that if I attempted to remain here, I should be handed over by Athens to Satyrus, and if I should go anywhere else, he would be indifferent to my complaints, and if I should sail to the Pontus, I should be put to death along with my father; it was on the strength of these calculations that Pasion decided to defraud me of my money. And although to me he pretended that for the moment he was short of funds and would not be able to repay me, yet when I, wishing to ascertain exactly the truth, sent Philomelus and Menexenus to him to demand my property, he denied to them that he had anything belonging to me.
§ 10
πανταχόθεν δέ μοι τοσούτων κακῶν προσπεπτωκότων τίνʼ οἴεσθέ με γνώμην ἔχειν, ᾧ γʼ ὑπῆρχε σιγῶντι μὲν ὑπὸ τούτου ἀπεστερῆσθαι τῶν χρημάτων, λέγοντι δὲ ταῦτα μὲν μηδὲν μᾶλλον κομίσασθαι, πρὸς Σάτυρον δʼ εἰς τὴν μεγίστην διαβολὴν καὶ ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα καταστῆσαι; κράτιστον οὖν ἡγησάμην ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν.
Thus beset on every side by misfortunes so dire, what, think you, was my state of mind? If I kept silent I should be defrauded of my money by Pasion here; if I should make this complaint, I was none the more likely to recover it and I should bring myself and my father into the greatest disrepute with Satyrus. The wisest course, therefore, as I thought, was to keep silent.
§ 11
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἀφικνοῦνταί μοι οἱ ἀπαγγέλλοντες ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ ἀφεῖται, καὶ Σατύρῳ οὕτως ἁπάντων μεταμέλει τῶν πεπραγμένων, ὥστε πίστεις τὰς μεγίστας αὐτῷ δεδωκὼς εἴη, καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔτι μείζω πεποιηκὼς ἧς εἶχε πρότερον, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν τὴν ἐμὴν εἰληφὼς γυναῖκα τῷ αὑτοῦ υἱεῖ. πυθόμενος δὲ ταῦτα Πασίων καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι φανερῶς ἤδη πράξω περὶ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ, ἀφανίζει Κίττον τὸν παῖδα, ὃς συνῄδει περὶ τῶν χρημάτων.
After this, men of the jury, messengers arrived with the news that my father had been released and that Satyrus was so repentant of all that had occurred that he had bestowed upon my father pledges of his confidence of the most sweeping kind, and had given him authority even greater than he formerly possessed and had chosen my sister as his son’s wife. When Pasion learned this and understood that I would now bring action openly about my property, he spirited away his slave Cittus, who had knowledge of our financial transactions.
§ 12
ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐγὼ προσελθὼν ἐξῄτουν αὐτόν, ἡγούμενος ἔλεγχον ἂν τοῦτον σαφέστατον γενέσθαι περὶ ὧν ἐνεκάλουν, λέγει λόγον πάντων δεινότατον, ὡς ἐγὼ καὶ Μενέξενος διαφθείραντες καὶ πείσαντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ τραπέζῃ καθήμενον ἓξ τάλαντʼ ἀργυρίου λάβοιμεν παρʼ αὐτοῦ· ἵνα δὲ μηδεὶς ἔλεγχος μηδὲ βάσανος γένοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν, ἔφασκεν ἡμᾶς ἀφανίσαντας τὸν παῖδʼ ἀντεγκαλεῖν αὑτῷ καὶ ἐξαιτεῖν τοῦτον, ὃν αὐτοὶ ἠφανίσαμεν. καὶ ταῦτα λέγων καὶ ἀγανακτῶν καὶ δακρύων εἷλκέ με πρὸς τὸν πολέμαρχον, ἐγγυητὰς αἰτῶν, καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀφῆκεν, ἕως αὐτῷ κατέστησʼ ἓξ ταλάντῶν ἐγγυητάς. καί μοι κάλει τούτων μάρτυρας. Μάρτυρες
And when I went to him and demanded the surrender of Cittus, because I believed that this slave could furnish the clearest proof of my claim, Pasion made the most outrageous charge, that I and Menexenus had bribed and corrupted Cittus as he sat at his banking-table and received six talents of silver from him. And that there might be neither examination nor testimony under torture on these matters, he asserted that it was we who had spirited away the slave and had brought a counter-charge against himself with a demand that this slave, whom we ourselves had spirited away, be produced. And while he was making this plea and protesting and weeping, he dragged me before the Polemarch with a demand for bondsmen, and he did not release me until I had furnished bondsmen in the sum of six talents. Please summon for me witnesses to these facts. Witnesses
§ 13
τῶν μὲν μαρτύρων ἀκηκόατε, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί· ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἀπολωλεκὼς ἤδη, περὶ δὲ τῶν αἰσχίστας αἰτίας ἔχων, αὐτὸς μὲν εἰς Πελοπόννησον ᾠχόμην ζητήσων, Μενέξενος δʼ εὑρίσκει τὸν παῖδʼ ἐνθάδε, καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος ἠξίου αὐτὸν βασανίζεσθαι καὶ περὶ τῆς παρακαταθήκης καὶ περὶ ὧν οὗτος ἡμᾶς ᾐτιάσατο.
You have heard the witnesses, men of the jury; and I, who had already lost part of my money and with regard to the rest was under the most infamous charges, left Athens for the Peloponnesus to investigate for myself. But Menexenus found the slave here in the city, and having seized him demanded that he give testimony under torture about both the deposit and the charge brought by his master.
§ 14
Πασίων δʼ εἰς τοῦτο τόλμης ἀφίκεθʼ ὥστʼ ἀφῃρεῖτʼ αὐτὸν ὡς ἐλεύθερον ὄντα, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνετʼ οὐδʼ ἐδεδοίκει, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἠνδραποδίσθαι καὶ παρʼ οὗ τοσαῦτα χρήμαθʼ ἡμᾶς ἔχειν, τοῦτον ἐξαιρούμενος εἰς ἐλευθερίαν καὶ κωλύων βασανίζεσθαι. ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον· κατεγγυῶντος γὰρ Μενεξένου πρὸς τὸν πολέμαρχον τὸν παῖδα, Πασίων αὐτὸν ἑπτὰ ταλάντων διηγγυήσατο. καί μοι τούτων ἀνάβητε μάρτυρες. Μάρτυρες
Pasion, however, reached such a pitch of audacity that he secured the release of the slave on the ground that he was a freeman and, utterly devoid of shame and of fear, he claimed as a freeman and prevented the torture of a person who, as he alleged, had been stolen from him by us and had given us all that money. But the crowning impudence of all was this—that when Menexenus compelled Pasion to give security for the slave before the Polemarch, he gave bond for him in the sum of seven talents. Let witnesses to these facts take the stand. Witnesses
§ 15
τούτων τοίνυν αὐτῷ πεπραγμένων, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἡγούμενος περὶ μὲν τῶν παρεληλυθότων φανερῶς ἡμαρτηκέναι, οἰόμενος δʼ ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπανορθώσεσθαι, προσῆλθεν ἡμῖν φάσκων ἕτοιμος εἶναι παραδοῦναι βασανίζειν τὸν παῖδα. ἑλόμενοι δὲ βασανιστὰς ἀπηντήσαμεν εἰς τὸ Ἡφαιστεῖον. κἀγὼ μὲν ἠξίουν αὐτοὺς μαστιγοῦν τὸν ἐκδοθέντα καὶ στρεβλοῦν, ἕως τἀληθῆ δόξειεν αὐτοῖς λέγειν· Πασίων δʼ οὑτοσὶ οὐ δημοκοίνους ἔφασκεν αὐτοὺς ἑλέσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκέλευε λόγῳ πυνθάνεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ παιδός,
After he had acted in this way, men of the jury, Pasion, believing that his past conduct had clearly been in error and thinking he could rectify the situation by his subsequent acts, came to us and asserted that he was ready to surrender the slave for torture. We chose questioners and met in the temple of Hephaestus. And I demanded that they flog and rack the slave, who had been surrendered, until they were of opinion that he was telling the truth. But Pasion here asserted that they had not been chosen as torturers, and bade them make oral interrogation of the slave if they wished any information.
§ 16
εἴ τι βούλοιντο. διαφερομένων δʼ ἡμῶν οἱ βασανισταὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἔφασαν βασανιεῖν, ἔγνωσαν δὲ Πασίωνʼ ἐμοὶ παραδοῦναι τὸν παῖδα. οὗτος δʼ οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἔφευγε τὴν βάσανον, ὥστε περὶ μὲν τῆς παραδόσεως οὐκ ἤθελεν αὐτοῖς πείθεσθαι, τὸ δʼ ἀργύριον ἕτοιμος ἦν ἀποτίνειν, εἰ καταγνοῖεν αὐτοῦ. καί μοι κάλει τούτων μάρτυρας. Μάρτυρες
Because of our disagreement the examiners refused to put the slave to torture themselves, but decreed that Pasion should surrender him to me. But Pasion was so anxious to avoid the employment of torture that he refused to obey them in respect to the surrender of the slave, but declared that he was ready to restore to me the money if they should pronounce judgement against him. Please call for me witnesses to these facts. Witnesses
§ 17
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐκ τῶν συνόδων, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, πάντες αὐτοῦ κατεγίγνωσκον ἀδικεῖν καὶ δεινὰ ποιεῖν, ὅστις τὸν παῖδα, ὃ ἔφασκον ἐγὼ συνειδέναι περὶ τῶν χρημάτων, πρῶτον μὲν αὐτὸς ἀφανίσας ὑφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτὸν ᾐτιᾶτʼ ἠφανίσθαι, ἔπειτα δὲ συλληφθέντα ὡς ἐλεύθερον ὄντα διεκώλυσε βασανίζεσθαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦθʼ ὡς δοῦλον ἐκδοὺς καὶ βασανιστὰς ἑλόμενος λόγῳ μὲν ἐκέλευσε βασανίζειν, ἔργῳ δʼ οὐκ εἴα, διὰ ταῦθʼ ἡγούμενος οὐδεμίαν αὑτῷ σωτηρίαν εἶναι, ἐάνπερ εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσέλθῃ, προσπέμπων ἐδεῖτό μου εἰς ἱερὸν ἐλθόνθʼ ἑαυτῷ συγγενέσθαι.
When, as a result of these meetings, men of the jury, all declared that Pasion was guilty of wrong-doing and of scandalous conduct (since, in the first place, it was Pasion himself who had spirited away the slave who, so I had asserted, had knowledge of the money-dealings, although he accused us of having concealed him, and next, when the slave was arrested, had prevented him from giving testimony under torture on the ground that he was a freeman, and finally, after this, having surrendered him as a slave and having chosen questioners, he nominally gave orders that he be tortured but in point of fact forbade it), Pasion, I say, understanding that there was no possibility of escape for himself if he came before you, sent a messenger to beg me to meet him in a sanctuary.
§ 18
καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἤλθομεν εἰς ἀκρόπολιν, ἐγκαλυψάμενος ἔκλαε καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὡς ἠναγκάσθη μὲν διʼ ἀπορίαν ἔξαρνος γενέσθαι, ὀλίγου δὲ χρόνου πειράσοιτο τὰ χρήματʼ ἀποδοῦναι· ἐδεῖτο δέ μου συγγνώμην ἔχειν αὐτῷ καὶ συγκρύψαι τὴν συμφοράν, ἵνα μὴ παρακαταθήκας δεχόμενος φανερὸς γένηται τοιαῦτʼ ἐξημαρτηκώς. ἡγούμενος δʼ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν τῶν πεπραγμένων συνεχώρουν καὶ ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν ἐξευρεῖν, ὅντινʼ ἂν βούληται τρόπον, ὅπως τούτῳ τε καλῶς ἕξει κἀγὼ τἀμαυτοῦ κομιοῦμαι.
And when we had come to the Acropolis, he covered his head and wept, saying that he had been compelled to deny the debt because of lack of funds, but that he would try to repay me in a short time. He begged me to forgive him and to keep his misfortune secret, in order that he, as a receiver of deposits, might not be shown to have been culpable in such matters. In the belief that he repented of his past conduct I yielded, and bade him to devise a method, of any kind he wished, that his affairs might be in order and I receive back my money.
§ 19
τρίτῃ δʼ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες πίστιν τʼ ἔδομεν ἀλλήλοις ἦ μὴν σιωπήσεσθαι τὰ πραχθέντα, ἣν οὗτος ἔλυσεν, ὡς ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ προιόντος τοῦ λόγου γνώσεσθε, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν εἰς τὸν Πόντον μοι συμπλευσεῖσθαι κἀκεῖ τὸ χρυσίον ἀποδώσειν, ἵνʼ ὡς πορρωτάτω ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως διαλύσειε τὸ συμβόλαιον, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἐνθάδε μηδεὶς εἰδείη τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς, ἐκπλεύσαντι δʼ αὐτῷ ἐξείη λέγειν ὅ τι αὐτὸς βούλοιτο· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταῦτα ποιήσειε, δίαιταν ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἐπέτρεπε Σατύρῳ, ἐφʼ ᾧτε καταγιγνώσκειν ἡμιόλιʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ χρήματα.
Two days later we met again and solemnly pledged each other to keep the affair secret, a pledge which he failed to keep, as you yourselves will learn as my story proceeds, and he agreed to sail with me to the Pontus and there pay me back the gold, in order that he might settle our contract at as great a distance as possible from Athens, and that no one here might know the nature of our settlement, and also that on his return from the Pontus he might say anything he pleased; but in the event that he should not fulfil these obligations, he proposed to entrust to Satyrus an arbitration on stated terms which would permit Satyrus to condemn Pasion to pay the original sum, and half as much in addition.
§ 20
ταῦτα δὲ συγγράψαντες καὶ ἀναγαγόντες εἰς ἀκρόπολιν Πύρωνα Φεραῖον ἄνδρα, εἰθισμένον εἰσπλεῖν εἰς τὸν Πόντον, δίδομεν αὐτῷ φυλάττειν τὰς συνθήκας, προστάξαντες αὐτῷ, ἐὰν μὲν διαλλαγῶμεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, κατακαῦσαι τὸ γραμματεῖον, εἰ δὲ μή, Σατύρω ἀποδοῦναι.
When he had drawn up this agreement in writing we brought to the Acropolis Pyron, of Pherae, who frequently sailed to the Pontus, and placed the agreement in his custody, stipulating that if we should come to a satisfactory settlement with each other, he should burn the memorandum; otherwise, he was to deliver it to Satyrus.
§ 21
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὕτω διεπέπρακτο· Μενέξενος δʼ ὀργιζόμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς αἰτίας ἧς κἀκεῖνον Πασίων ᾐτιάσατο, λαχὼν δίκην ἐξῄτει τὸν Κίττον, ἀξιῶν τὴν αὐτὴν Πασίωνι ψευδομένῳ γίγνεσθαι ζημίαν ἧσπερ ἂν αὐτὸς ἐτύγχανεν, εἴ τι τούτων ἐφαίνετο ποιήσας. καὶ οὗτος, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐδεῖτο μου ἀπαλλάττειν Μενέξενον, λέγων ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτῷ πλέον ἔσται, εἰ τὰ μὲν χρήματʼ ἐκ τῶν συγγεγραμμένων εἰς τὸν Πόντον εἰσπλεύσας ἀποδώσει, αὐτὸς δʼ ὁμοίως ἐνθάδε καταγέλαστος ἔσοιτο· ὁ γὰρ παῖς, ἐὰν βασανίζηται,, περὶ πάντων τἀληθῆ κατεπεῖ.
The questions in dispute between ourselves, men of the jury, had been settled in this manner; but Menexenus was so enraged because of the charge which Pasion had brought against him also, that he brought an action for libel against him and demanded the surrender of Cittus, asking that Pasion, if guilty of falsification, should suffer the same penalty which he himself would have incurred for the same acts. And Pasion, men of the jury, begged me to appease Menexenus, saying it would be of no advantage to himself if, after having sailed to the Pontus, he should pay the money in accordance with the terms of the agreement, and then should all the same be made a laughing-stock in Athens;
§ 22
ἐγὼ δʼ ἠξίουν πρὸς μὲν Μενέξενον πράττειν ὅ τι βούλοιτο, πρὸς δʼ ἐμὲ ποιεῖν αὐτὸν τὰ συγκείμενα. ἐν ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὖν τῷ χρόνῳ ταπεινὸς ἦν, οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρήσαιτο τοῖς αὑτοῦ κακοῖς. καὶ γὰρ οὐ μόνον περὶ τῆς βασάνου καὶ τῆς δίκης ἐκείνης ἐδεδοίκει τῆς εἰληγμένης, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ γραμματείου, ὅπως μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μενεξένου συλληφθήσοιτο.
for the slave, if put to the torture, would testify to the truth of everything. I for my part, however, asked him to take any action he pleased as to Menexenus, but to carry out his agreements with me. At that time he was in a humble mood, for he did not know what to do in his plight. For not only was he in a state of fear in regard to the torture and the impending suit, but also with respect to the memorandum, lest Menexenus should obtain possession of it.
§ 23
ἀπορῶν δὲ καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἄλλην εὑρίσκων ἀπαλλαγήν, πείσας τοῦ ξένου τοὺς παῖδας διαφθείρει τὸ γραμματεῖον, ὃ ἔδει Σάτυρον λαβεῖν, εἰ μή μʼ ἀπαλλάξειεν οὗτος. καὶ οὐκ ἔφθη διαπραξάμενος ταῦτα καὶ θρασύτατος ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο, καὶ οὔτʼ εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἔφη μοι συμπλευσεῖσθαι οὔτʼ εἶναι πρός ἔμʼ αὐτῷ συμβόλαιον οὐδέν, ἀνοίγειν τʼ ἐκέλευε τὸ γραμματεῖον ἐναντιόν μαρτύρων. τί ἂν ὑμῖν τὰ πολλὰ λέγοιμι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί; εὑρέθη γάρ ἐν τὦ γραμματείῳ γεγραμμένος ἀφειμένος ἁπάντων τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ.
And being embarrassed and finding no other means of relief, he bribed the slaves of the alien Pyron and falsified the memorandum which Satyrus was to receive in case he did not come to an agreement with me. No sooner had he accomplished this than he became the most impudent of all men and declared that he would not sail with me to the Pontus and that no contract at all existed between us, and he demanded that the memorandum be opened in the presence of witnesses. Why need I say more to you, men of the jury? For it was discovered to have been written in the memorandum that Pasion was released of all claims on my part!
§ 24
τὰ μὲν οὖν γεγενημένα, ὡς ἀκριβέστατα οἶός τʼ ἦν, ἅπανθʼ ὑμῖν εἴρηκα. ἡγοῦμαι δὲ Πασίωνʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐκ τοῦ διεφθαρμένου γραμματείου τὴν ἀπολογίαν ποιήσεσθαι καὶ τοὺτοις ἰσχυριεῖσθαι μάλιστα. ὑμεῖς οὖν μοι τὸν νοῦν προσέχετε· οἶμαι γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων φανερὰν ὑμῖν ποιήσειν τὴν τούτου πονηρίαν.
Well, all the facts in the case I have told you as accurately as I could. But I think, men of the jury, that Pasion will base his defense on the falsified memorandum, and will especially rely on its contents. Do you, therefore, give your attention to me; for I think that from these very contents I shall reveal to you his rascality.
§ 25
πρῶτον δʼ ἐκ τούτου σκοπεῖσθε. ὅτε γὰρ ἐδίδομεν τῷ ξένῳ τὴν συνθήκην, καθʼ ἣν οὗτος μὲν ἀφεῖσθαί φησι τῶν ἐγκλημάτων, ἐγὼ δʼ ὡς ἔδει με παρὰ τοὺτου κομίσασθαι τὸ χρυσίον, ἐκελεύομεν τὸν ξένον, ἐὰν μὲν διαλλαγῶμεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, κατακαῦσαι τὸ γραμματεῖον, εἰ δὲ μή, Σατύρῳ ἀποδοῦναι· καὶ ταῦτα ῥηθῆναι ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν ὁμολογεῖται.
Consider the matter first in this way. When we gave to the alien, Pyron, the agreement by which Pasion, as he claims, is released from my demands, but as I contend, I was to have received back the gold from him, we bade the alien, in case we arrived at an understanding with each other, to burn the memorandum; otherwise, to give it to Satyrus, and that this was stated both of us agree.
§ 26
καίτοι τί μαθόντες, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, προσετάττομεν ἀποδοῦναι Σατύρω τὸ γραμματεῖον, ἂν μὴ διαλλαγῶμεν, εἴπερ ἀπηλλαγμένος ἤδη Πασίων ἦν ἐγκλημάτων καὶ τέλος εἶχεν ἡμῖν τὸ πρᾶγμα; ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι ταύτας τὰς συνθήκας ἐποιησάμεθʼ ὡς ὑπολοίπων ὄντων ἡμῖν ἔτι πραγμάτων, περί ὦν ἔδει τοῦτον πρὸς ἐμὲ κατὰ τὸ γραμματεῖον διαλύσασθαι.
And yet, men of the jury, what possessed us to stipulate that the memorandum should be given to Satyrus in case of our failure to come to terms, if Pasion had already been freed of my claims and our business had been concluded? On the contrary, it is clear that we had made this agreement because there yet remained matters which Pasion had to settle with me in accordance with the memorandum.
§ 27
ἔπειτʼ ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί ἔχω τὰς αἰτίας εἰπεῖν διʼ ἃς οὗτος ὡμολόγησεν ἀποδώσειν τὸ χρυσίον· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς τε τῶν πρὸς Σάτυρον διαβολῶν ἀπηλλάγημεν καὶ τὸν Κιττον οὐχ οἶός τʼ ἐγένετʼ ἀφανίσαι, τὸν συνειδότα περὶ τῆς παρακαταθήκης, ἡγησάμενος, εἰ μὲν ἐκδοίη τὸν παῖδα βασανίσαι,
In the next place, men of the jury, I can give you the reasons why he agreed to repay me the gold; for when we had been cleared of the false accusations lodged with Satyrus, and Pasion had been unable to spirit away Cittus, who had knowledge of my deposit, he understood that
§ 28
φανερός γενήσεσθαι πανουργῶν, εἰ δὲ μὴ ποιήσειε ταῦτʼ, ὀφλήσειν τὴν δίκην, ἐβουλήθη πρὸς ἐμὲ ἀπαλλαγὴν ποιήσασθαι. τοῦτον δὲ κελεύσατʼ ἀποδεῖξαι, τι κερδαίνων ἤ τίνα κίνδυνον φοβηθεὶς ἀφῆκʼ αὐτὸν τῶν ἐγκλημάτων; ἐάν δὲ μηδὲν ἔχῃ τούτων ὑμῖν ἀποφαίνειν, πῶς οὐκ ἄν δικαίως ἐμοὶ μᾶλλον ἢ τούτῳ περὶ τοῦ γραμματείου πιστεύοιτε;
if he should deliver his slave to torture, he would be convicted of an act of rascality, and, on the other hand, if he failed to do so, he would lose his case; he wished, therefore, to reach a settlement with me in person. Bid him show you what gain I had in view, or what danger I feared, that I dropped my charges against him. But if he can show you nothing of the kind, would you not with greater justice trust me rather than him in the matter of the memorandum?
§ 29
καὶ μὲν δή, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τόδε ῥᾴδιον πᾶσι γνῶναι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ μέν, ὃς ἐνεκάλουν, εἰ τοὺς ἐλέγχους ἐφοβούμην, ἐξῆν καὶ μηδεμίαν συνθήκην ποιησάμενον χαίρειν ἐᾶν τὸ πρᾶγμα· τούτῳ δὲ διά τε τὴν βάσανον καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς ἐν ὑμῖν οὐχ οἶόν τʼ ἦν ὁπότε βούλοιτʼ ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν κινδύνων, εἰ μὴ πείσειεν ἐμὲ τὸν ἐγκαλοῦντα. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἐμὲ περὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως ἀλλὰ τοῦτον περὶ τῆς ἀποδόσεως τῶν χρημάτων ἔδει τὰς συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι. ἔτι δὲ κἀκεῖνʼ ὑπερφυές,
Furthermore, men of the jury, this too is easy for all to see—that whereas I, the plaintiff, if I distrusted the sufficiency of my proofs, could drop the prosecution even without entering into any agreement, yet Pasion, on account both of the examination of his slave under torture and the suits lodged with you, could not possibly free himself from his risks when he wished except by gaining the consent of me, the complainant. In consequence, I was not obliged to make an agreement about the dismissal of my charges, but it was necessary for him to do so about the repayment of my money.
§ 30
εἰ πρὶν μὲν συγγράψασθαι τὸ γραμματεῖον οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἠπίστησα τοῖς πράγμασιν ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἀφεῖναι Πασίωνα τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀλλὰ καὶ συνθήκας περὶ αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοιοῦτον ἔλεγχον κατʼ ἐμαυτοῦ συνεγραψάμην, τηνικαῦτʼ ἐπεθύμησʼ εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν. καίτοι τίς ἄν οὕτω περί τῶν αὑτοῦ πραγμάτων βουλεύσαιτο;
Besides, it would have been a preposterous state of affairs if, before the memorandum had been drawn up, I should have had so little confidence in my case as not only to drop the charges against Pasion, but also to make an agreement concerning these charges and, after I had drawn up such written proof against myself, should then have desired to bring the case before you. And yet who would plan so foolishly in regard to his own interests?
§ 31
ὃ δὲ πάντων μέγιστον τεκμήριον ὡς οὐκ ἀφειμὲνος ἦν Πασίων ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις ἀλλʼ ὡμολογηκὼς ἀποδώσειν τὸ χρυσίον· ὅτε γὰρ Μενέξενος ἔλαχεν αὑτῷ τὴν δίκην, οὔπω διεφθαρμένου τοῦ γραμματείου, προσπέμπων Ἀγύρριον, ὄντʼ ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν ἐπιτήδειον, ἠξίου μʼ ἤ Μενέξενον ἀπαλλάττειν ἢ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς γεγενημένας πρὸς αὑτὸν ἀναιρεῖν.
But here is the strongest proof of all that in the agreement Pasion was not absolved from his debt, but on the contrary had agreed to repay the gold: when Menexenus lodged his suit against him, which was before the memorandum had been tampered with, Pasion sent Agyrrhius, a friend of both of us, to beg that I either appease Menexenus or annul the agreement I had made with himself.
§ 32
καίτοι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οἴεσθʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμεῖν ἀναιρεθῆναι ταύτας τὰς συνθήκας, ἐξ ὧν ψευδομένους ἡμᾶς ἔμελλεν ἐξελέγξειν; οὔκουν ἐπειδή γε μετεγράφησαν, τούτους ἔλεγε τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἁπάντων εἰς ἐκείνας κατέφευγε καὶ ἀνοίγειν ἐκέλευε τὸ γραμματεῖον. ὡς οὖν τὸ πρῶτον ἀναιρεῖν ἐζήτει τὰς συνθήκας, αὐτὸν Ἀγύρριον μαρτυροῦντα παρέξομαι. καί μοι ἀνάβηθι. Μαρτυρία
And yet, men of the jury, do you think that he would desire the annulment of this agreement, which he could use to convict us of falsehood? At any rate, this was not what he was saying after they had altered the memorandum; on the contrary, in all details he appealed to the agreement and ordered the memorandum to be opened. In proof that Pasion at first was eager for the suppression of the agreement I will produce Agyrrhius himself as witness. Please take the stand. Testimony
§ 33
ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν συνθήκας δʼ ἐποιησάμεθʼ οὐχ ὡς Πασίων ἐπιχειρήσει λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐγὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἴρηκα, ἱκανῶς ἐπιδεδεῖχθαι νομίζω. οὐκ ἄξιον δὲ θαυμάζειν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, εἰ τὸ γραμματεῖον διέφθειρεν, οὐ μόνον διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι πολλὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἤδη γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τῶν χρωμένων τινὲς Πασίωνι πολὺ δεινότερα τούτων πεποιήκασι. Πυθόδωρον γὰρ τὸν σκηνίτην καλούμενον, ὃς ὑπὲρ Πασίωνος ἅπαντα καὶ λέγει καὶ πράττει, τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὑμῶν πέρυσιν ἀνοίξαντα τὰς ὑδρίας καὶ τοὺς κριτὰς ἐξελόντα τοὺς ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς εἰσβληθέντας;
So then, the fact that we made the agreement, not as Pasion will try to explain, but as I have related to you, I think has been sufficiently established. And it should not occasion surprise, men of the jury, that he falsified the memorandum, not only for the reason that there have been numerous frauds of such nature, but because some of Pasion’s friends have been guilty of conduct far worse. For instance, is there anyone who is ignorant that Pythodorus, called “the shop-keeper,” whose words and acts are all in Pasion’s interest, last year opened the voting-urns and removed the ballots naming the judges which had been cast by the Council?
§ 34
καίτοι ὅστις μικρων ἕνεκα καὶ περὶ τοῦ σώματος κινδυνεύων ταύτας ὑπανοίγειν ἐτόλμησεν, αἳ σεσημασμέναι μὲν ἦσαν ὑπὸ τῶν χορηγῶν, ἐφυλάττοντο δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ταμιῶν, ἔκειντο δʼ ἐν ἀκροπόλει, τί δεῖ θαυμάζειν, εἰ γραμματείδιον παρʼ ἀνθρώπῳ ξένῳ κείμενον τοσαῦτα μέλλοντες χρήματα κερδαίνειν μετέγραψαν, ἢ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ πείσαντες ἢ ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ, ᾧ ἠδύναντο, μηχανησάμενοι; περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγειν.
And yet when a man who, for petty gain and at the peril of his life, has the effrontery to open secretly the urns that had been stamped by the prytanes and sealed by the choregi, urns that were guarded by the treasurers and kept on the Acropolis, why should there be surprise that men, who hoped to make so great a profit, falsified an insignificant written agreement in the possession of a foreigner, gaining their ends either by the bribery of his slaves or by some other means in their power? On this point, however, I do not know what more I need say.
§ 35
ἤδη δέ τινας Πασίων ἐπεχείρησε πείθειν, ὡς τὸ παράπαν οὐδʼ ἦν ἐνθάδε μοι χρήματα, λέγων ὡς παρὰ Στρατοκλέους ἐδανεισάμην τριακοσίους στατῆρας. ἄξιον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἀκοῦσαι, ἵνʼ ἐπίστησθʼ, οἵοις τεκμηρίοις ἐπαρθεὶς ἀποστερεῖ με τῶν χρημάτων. ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, μέλλοντος Στρατοκλέους εἰσπλεῖν εἰς τὸν Πόντον, βουλόμενος ἐκεῖθεν ὡς πλεῖστʼ ἐκκομίσασθαι τῶν χρημάτων, ἐδεήθην Στρατοκλέους τὸ μὲν αὑτοῦ χρυσίον ἐμοὶ καταλιπεῖν, ἐν δὲ τῷ Πόντῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τοὐμοῦ κομίσασθαι,
Already Pasion has tried to persuade certain persons that I had no money at all here, asserting that I had borrowed three hundred staters from Stratocles. It is worth while, therefore, that you should hear me also on these matters, in order that you may understand how flimsy is the proof which encourages him to try to defraud me of my money. Now, men of the jury, when Stratocles was about to sail for Pontus, I, wishing to get as much of my money out of that country as possible, asked Stratocles to leave with me his own gold and on his arrival in Pontus to collect its equivalent from my father there,
§ 36
νομίζων μεγάλα κερδαίνειν, εἰ κατὰ πλοῦν μὴ κινδυνεύοι τὰ χρήματα, ἄλλως τε καὶ Δακεδαιμονίων ἀρχόντων κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον τῆς θαλάττης. τούτῳ μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν ἡγοῦμαι τοῦτʼ εἶναι σημεῖον, ὡς οὐκ ἦν ἐνθάδε μοι χρήματα. ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγιστʼ ἔσται τεκμήρια τὰ πρὸς Στρατοκλέα πραχθέντα, ὡς ἦν μοι παρὰ τούτῳ χρυσίον.
as I thought it would be highly advantageous not to jeopardize my money by the risks of a voyage, especially as the Lacedaemonians were then masters of the sea. For Pasion, then, I do not think that this is any indication that I had no money here; but for me my dealings with Stratocles will constitute the strongest proof that I had gold on deposit with Pasion.
§ 37
ἐρωτῶντος γὰρ Στρατοκλέους, ὅστις αὐτῷ ἀποδώσει τὰ χρήματα, ἐὰν ὁ πατὴρ οὑμὸς μὴ ποιήσῃ τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα, αὐτὸς δʼ ἐκπλεύσας ἐνθάδʼ ἐμὲ μὴ καταλάβῃ, Πασίωνʼ αὐτῷ συνέστησα, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν οὗτος αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἀρχαῖον καὶ τοὺς τόκους τοὺς γιγνομένους ἀποδώσειν. δώσειν. καίτοι εἰ μηδὲν ἔκειτο παρʼ αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμῶν, οἴεσθʼ ἄν αὐτὸν οὕτω ῥᾳδίως τοσούτων χρημάτων ἐγγυητήν μου γενέσθαι; καί μοι ἀνάβητε, μάρτυρες. Μάρτυρες
For when Stratocles inquired of me who would repay him in case my father failed to carry out my written instructions, and if, on his return, he should not find me here, I introduced Pasion to him, and Pasion himself agreed to repay him both the principal and the accrued interest. And yet if Pasion had not had on deposit some money belonging to me, do you think he would so readily have become my guarantor for so large a sum? Witnesses, please take the stand. Witnesses
§ 38
ἴσως τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τούτων ὑμῖν μάρτυρας παρέξεται, ὡς ἔξαρνος ἐγενόμην πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Σατύρου πράττοντας μηδὲν κεκτῆσθαι πλὴν ὧν ἐκείνοις παρεδίδουν, καὶ ὡς αὐτὸς ἐπελαμβάνετο τῶν χρημάτων τῶν ἐμῶν ὁμολογοῦντος ἐμοῦ ὀφείλειν τριακοσίας δραχμάς, καὶ ὅτι Ἱππολαΐδαν, ξένον ὄντʼ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ ἐπιτήδειον, περιεώρων παρὰ τούτου δανειζόμενον.
Perhaps, men of the jury, he will present witnesses to you who will testify that I also denied, in the presence of the agents of Satyrus, that I possessed any money except that which I surrendered to them, and that he himself was laying claim to my money on my own confession that I owed him three hundred drachmas, and also that I had allowed Hippoladas, my guest and friend, to borrow from him.
§ 39
ἐγὼ δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καταστὰς εἰς συμφορὰς οἵας ὑμῖν διηγησάμην, καὶ τῶν μὲν οἴκοι πάντων ἀπεστερημένος, τὰ δʼ ἐνθάδʼ ἀναγκαζόμενος παραδιδόναι τοῖς ἥκουσιν, ὑπολοίπου δʼ οὐδενὸς ὄντος μοι, πλὴν εἰ δυνηθείην λαθεῖν περιποιησάμενος τὸ χρυσίον τὸ παρὰ τούτῳ κείμενον, ὁμολογῶ καὶ τούτῳ προσομολογῆσαι τριακοσίας δραχμὰς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοιαῦτα πράττειν καὶ λέγειν ἐξ ὧν ἐκείνους μάλιστʼ ἄν πείθειν ὠόμην μηδὲν εἶναί μοι.
As for me, men of the jury, since I was involved in the difficulties which I have related to you, deprived of all I had at home and under compulsion to surrender what I had here to the envoys from Pontus, and finding myself without any means unless I could secretly retain in my possession the money on deposit with Pasion, I did, I admit, acknowledge a debt due him of three hundred drachmas and that in other respects I behaved and spoke in a manner which I thought would best persuade them that I possessed nothing.
§ 40
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὡς οὐ διʼ ἀπορίαν ἐγίγνετο, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πιστευθείην ὑπʼ ἐκείνων, ῥᾳδίως γνώσεσθε. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὑμῖν μάρτυρας παρέξομαι τοὺς εἰδότας πολλά μοι χρήματʼ ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου κομισθέντα, ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺς ὁρῶντάς με τῇ τούτου τραπέζῃ χρώμενον, ἔτι δὲ παρʼ ὧν ἐχρυσώνησʼ ὑπʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον πλέον ἢ χιλίους στατῆρας.
And that these things were done by me, not because of lack of funds, but that the parties in Pontus might believe that to be the case, you will readily learn. I will present to you first those who knew that I had received much money from Pontus; next, those who saw me as a patron of Pasion’s bank, and, besides, the persons from whom at that time I bought more than a thousand gold staters.
§ 41
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις εἰσφορᾶς ἡμῖν προσταχθείσης καὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιγραφέων γενομένων ἐγὼ πλεῖστον εἰσήνεγκα τῶν ξένων, αὐτός θʼ αἱρεθεὶς ἐμαυτῷ μὲν ἐπέγραψα τὴν μεγίστην εἰσφοράν, ὑπὲρ Πασίωνος δʼ ἐδεόμην τῶν συνεπιγραφέων, λέγων ὅτι τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρήμασι τυγχάνει χρώμενος. καί μοι ἀνάβητε μάρτυρες. Μάρτυρες
In addition to this, when a special tax was imposed upon us and other men than I were appointed registrars, I contributed more than any other foreigner and when I was myself chosen registrar. I subscribed the largest contribution, but I pleaded with my fellow-registrars on behalf of Pasion, explaining that it was my money that he was using. Witnesses, please take the stand. Witnesses
§ 42
αὐτὸν τοίνυν Πασίωνʼ ἔργῳ παρέξομαι τούτοις συμμαρτυροῦντα. ὁλκάδα γάρ, ἐφʼ ᾗ πολλὰ χρήματʼ ἦν ἐγὼ δεδωκώς, ἔφηνέ τις ὡς οὖσαν ἀνδρὸς Δηλίου. ἀμφισβητοῦντος δʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ καθέλκειν ἀξιοῦντος οὕτω τὴν βουλὴν διέθεσαν οἱ βουλόμενοι συκοφαντεῖν, ὥστε τὸ μὲν πρῶτον παρὰ μικρὸν ἦλθον ἄκριτος ἀποθανεῖν, τελευτῶντες δʼ ἐπείσθησαν ἐγγυητὰς παρʼ ἐμοῦ δέξασθαι.
Pasion himself, moreover—in effect, at least—I will present as corroborating these statements. An information had been laid by a certain party against a trading-ship, upon which I had lent a large sum of money, as belonging to a man of Delos. When I disputed this claim and demanded that the ship put to sea, those who make a business of blackmail so influenced the Council that at first I almost was put to death without a trial; finally, however, they were persuaded to accept bondsmen from me.
§ 43
καὶ Φίλιππος μὲν ὤν μοι ξένος πατρικός, κληθεὶς καὶ ὑπακούσας, δείσας τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ κινδύνου ἀπιὼν ᾤχετο· Πασίων δʼ Ἀρχέστρατόν μοι τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης ἑπτὰ ταλάντων ἐγγυητὴν παρέσχεν. καίτοι εἰ μικρῶν ἀπεστερεῖτο καὶ μηδὲν ᾔδει μʼ ἐνθάδε κεκτημένον, οὐκ ἂν δήπου τοσούτων χρημάτων ἐγγυητής μου κατέστη.
And Philip, who was my father’s guest-friend, was summoned and appeared, but took to flight in alarm at the magnitude of the danger; Pasion, however, furnished for me Archestratus, the banker, as surety for seven talents. And yet if he stood to lose but a small sum and had known that I possessed no funds here, surely he would not have become my surety for so large an amount.
§ 44
ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι τὰς μὲν τριακοσίας δραχμὰς ἐνεκάλεσεν ἐμοὶ χαριζόμενος, τῶν δʼ ἑπτὰ ταλάντων ἐγγυητής μοι ἐγένεθʼ ἡγούμενος πίστιν ἔχειν ἱκανὴν τὸ χρυσίον τὸ παρʼ αὑτῷ κείμενον. ὡς μὲν τοίνυν ἦν τέ μοι πολλὰ χρήματʼ ἐνθάδε καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τούτου τραπέζῃ κεῖταί μοι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν Πασίωνος ὑμῖν δεδήλωκα καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν εἰδότων ἀκηκόατε.
But it is obvious that Pasion called in the three hundred drachmas as a favor to me, and that he became my surety for seven talents because he judged that the gold on deposit with him was a sufficient guarantee. That, therefore, I had a large sum of money here and that it was deposited in his bank I have not only proved to you from Pasion’s acts but you have also heard it from the others who know the facts.
§ 45
δοκεῖτε δέ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἄριστʼ ἂν γνῶναι περὶ ὧν ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, ἀναμνησθέντες ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ τὰ πράγματα πῶς εἶχεν ἡμῖν, ὅτʼ ἐγὼ Μενέξενον καὶ Φιλόμηλον προσέπεμψʼ ἀπαιτήσοντας τὴν παρακαταθήκην, καὶ Πασίων τὸ πρῶτον ἐτόλμησεν ἔξαρνος γενέσθαι. εὑρήσετε γὰρ τὸν μὲν πατέρα μου συνειλημμένον καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν ἀφῃρημένον, ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ὂν διὰ τὰς παρούσας τύχας οὔτʼ αὐτοῦ μένειν οὔτʼ εἰς τὸν Πόντον εἰσπλεῖν.
It seems to me, men of the jury, that you would best decide upon the questions at issue if you should call to mind that period and the situation in which our affairs stood when I sent Menexenus and Philomelus to claim the deposit and Pasion for the first time had the hardihood to deny its existence. You find, in fact, that my father had been arrested and deprived of all his property, and that I was unable, because of the embarrassment in which I found myself, either to remain here or to sail to the Pontus.
§ 46
καίτοι πότερον εἰκὸς ἔμʼ ἐν τοσούτοις ὄντα κακοῖς ἀδίκως ἐγκαλεῖν, ἢ Πασίωνα καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἡμετέρων συμφορῶν καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων ἐπαρθῆναι τὴν ἀποστέρησιν ποιήσασθαι; τίς δὲ πώποτʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον συκοφαντίας ἀφίκετο ὥστε αὐτὸς περὶ τοῦ σώματος κινδυνεύων τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν; μετὰ ποίας δʼ ἂν ἐλπίδος ἢ τί διανοηθεὶς ἀδίκως ἦλθον ἐπὶ τοῦτον; πότερον ὡς δείσας τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐμὴν ἤμελλεν εὐθύς μοι δώσειν ἀργύριον; ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἑκάτερος ἡμῶν ἔπραττεν.
And yet, which is the more reasonable supposition—that I, involved in misfortunes so great brought unjust charges against Pasion or that he, because of the magnitude of our misfortunes and the large sum of money involved, was tempted to defraud us? But what man ever went so far in chicanery as, with his own life in jeopardy, to plot against the possessions of others? With what hope or with what intent would I have unjustly proceeded against Pasion? Was it my thought that, in fear of my influence, he would forthwith give me money? But neither the one nor the other of us was in such a situation.
§ 47
ἀλλʼ εἰς ἀγῶνα καταστὰς ᾤμην καὶ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πλέον ἕξειν Πασίωνος παρʼ ὑμῖν; ὃς οὐδὲ μένειν ἐνθάδε παρεσκευαζόμην, δεδιὼς μή μʼ ἐξαιτήσειε Σάτυρος παρʼ ὑμῶν. ἀλλʼ ἵνα μηδὲν διαπραττόμενος ἐχθρὸς τούτῳ κατασταίην, ᾧ μάλιστʼ ἐτύγχανον πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει χρώμενος; καὶ τίς ἂν ὑμῶν ἀξιώσειε καταγνῶναί μου τοσαύτην μανίαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν;
Or was I of opinion that by bringing the matter to issue in court I should have greater influence with you than Pasion, even contrary to justice—I, who was not even preparing to remain in Athens, since I feared that Satyrus would demand of you my extradition? Or was I going to act so that, without accomplishing anything, I should make a personal enemy of the man with whom, as it happened, of all the inhabitants of Athens, I was on terms of greatest intimacy? Who of you, I ask, would think it right to condemn me as being guilty of such folly and stupidity?
§ 48
ἐνθυμηθῆναι δʼ ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, τὴν ἀτοπίαν καὶ τὴν ἀπιστίαν ὧν ἑκάστοτε Πασίων ἐπεχείρει λέγειν. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἔπραττον, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἄν, εἰ προσωμολόγει μʼ ἀποστερεῖν τῶν χρημάτων, οἷός τʼ ἂν ἦν παρʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην λαβεῖν, τότε μὲν αἰτιᾶταί μʼ ἀδίκως ἐγκαλεῖν ἐπιχειρῆσαι· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐγώ τε τῶν πρὸς Σάτυρον διαβολῶν ἀπηλλάγην καὶ τοῦτον ἅπαντες ὀφλήσειν τὴν δίκην ἐνόμιζον, τηνικαῦτά μέ φησιν ἀφεῖναι πάντων τῶν ἐγκλημάτων αὐτόν. καίτοι πῶς ἂν τούτων ἀλογώτερα γένοιτο;
It is also right, men of the jury, that you should note the absurdity and the incredibility of the arguments which Pasion on each occasion undertook to present. For when my situation was such that, even if he acknowledged that he was defrauding me of my money, I could not have exacted the penalty from him, it is then that he accuses me of trying to make unjust claims; but when I had been declared innocent of the slanderous charges lodged with Satyrus and all thought that he would lose his suit, it is then that he says I renounced all claims against him. And yet how could anything be more illogical than this?
§ 49
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως περὶ τούτων μόνον ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐναντίʼ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ καὶ λέγων καὶ πράττων φανερός ἐστιν· ὃς τὸν μὲν παῖδα, ὃν αὐτὸς ἠφάνισεν, ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἔφασκεν ἀνδραποδισθῆναι, τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τοῦτον ἀπεγράψατο μὲν ἐν τοῖς τιμήμασιν ὡς δοῦλον μετὰ τῶν οἰκετῶν τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπεὶ δʼ αὐτὸν ἠξίου Μενέξενος βασανίζειν, ἀφῃρεῖθʼ ὡς ἐλεύθερον ὄντα.
But, you may say, perhaps it is on these matters only, and not on the others, that he obviously contradicts himself in both words and deeds. Yet he is the man who, though he alleged that the slave whom he himself had spirited away had been enslaved by us, yet listed this same person in his property-schedule as a slave along with his other servants, and then when Menexenus demanded that this slave give testimony under torture, Pasion brought about his release on the ground that he was a freeman!
§ 50
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀποστερῶν αὐτὸς τὴν παρακαταθήκην, ἐτόλμησεν ἡμῖν ἐγκαλεῖν ὡς ἔχομεν ἓξ τάλαντʼ ἀπὸ τῆς τούτου τραπέζης. καίτοι ὅστις περὶ πραγμάτων οὕτω φανερῶν ἐπεχείρει ψεύδεσθαι, πῶς χρὴ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ περὶ ὧν μόνος πρὸς μόνον ἔπραξεν;
Furthermore, while he himself was defrauding me of my deposit, he had the impudence to accuse us of having six talents from his bank. And yet when a man did not hesitate to lie in matters so obvious to everybody, how can he be believed about matters transacted between us two alone?
§ 51
τὸ τελευταῖον τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὁμολογήσας ὡς Σάτυρον εἰσπλευσεῖσθαι καὶ ποιήσειν ἅττʼ ἂν ἐκεῖνος γνῷ, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐξηπάτησε, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἤθελεν εἰσπλεῦσαι πολλάκις ἐμοῦ προκαλεσαμένου, εἰσέπεμψε δὲ τὸν Κίττον· ὃς ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖσʼ ἔλεγεν ὅτι ἐλεύθερος εἴη καὶ τὸ γένος Μιλήσιος, εἰσπέμψειε δʼ αὐτὸν Πασίων διδάξοντα περὶ τῶν χρημάτων.
Finally, men of the jury, although he had agreed to sail to the country of Satyrus and to do whatever he decreed, he deceived me even in this; he refused to sail himself in spite of my frequent solicitations, but sent Cittus instead. On his arrival Cittus alleged that he was a freeman, a Milesian by birth, and that Pasion had sent him to furnish information about the money.
§ 52
ἀκούσας δὲ Σάτυρος ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν δικάζειν μὲν οὐκ ἠξίου περὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε γενομένων συμβολαίων, ἄλλως τε καὶ μὴ παρόντος τούτου μηδὲ μέλλοντος ποιήσειν ἃ ἐκεῖνος δικάσειεν, οὕτω δὲ σφόδρʼ ἐνόμιζεν ἀδικεῖσθαί με, ὥστε συγκαλέσας τοὺς ναυκλήρους ἐδεῖτʼ αὐτῶν βοηθεῖν ἐμοὶ καὶ μὴ περιορᾶν ἀδικούμενον, καὶ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν συγγράψας ἐπιστολὴν ἔδωκε φέρειν Θενοτίμῳ τῷ Καρκίνου. καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι αὐτοῖς. Ἐπιστολή
When Satyrus had heard us both, he did not wish to render a decision concerning contracts made in Athens, especially since Pasion was absent and not likely to comply with his decision; but he believed so strongly that I was being wronged that he called together the ship owners and asked them to assist me and not suffer me to be wronged. And he wrote a letter to the city of Athens and gave it to Xenotimus, son of Carcinus, for delivery. Please read the letter to the jury. Letter
§ 53
οὕτω τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, πολλῶν μοι τῶν δικαίων ὑπαρχόντων, ἐκεῖνʼ ἡγοῦμαι μέγιστον εἶναι τεκμήριον ὡς ἀποστερεῖ με Πασίων τῶν χρημάτων, ὅτι τὸν παῖδʼ οὐκ ἠθέλησε βασανίζειν ἐκδοῦναι τὸν συνειδότα περὶ τῆς παρακαταθήκης. καίτοι περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς τραπέζαις συμβολαίων τίς ἂν ἔλεγχος ἰσχυρότερος τούτου γένοιτο; οὐ γὰρ δὴ μάρτυράς γʼ αὐτῶν ποιούμεθα.
Although, men of the jury, my claims to justice are so many, I think that the strongest proof that Pasion defrauded me of my money is this—that he refused to surrender for torture the slave who knew about the deposit. And yet, in respect to contracts where banks are concerned, what stronger proof could there be than this? For witnesses certainly we do not use in contracts with banks.
§ 54
ὁρῶ δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν δημοσίων οὐδὲν πιστότερον οὐδʼ ἀληθέστερον βασάνου νομίζοντας, καὶ μάρτυρας μὲν ἡγουμένους οἷόν τʼ εἶναι καὶ τῶν μὴ γενομένων παρασκευάσασθαι, τὰς δὲ βασάνους φανερῶς ἐπιδεικνύναι, ὁπότεροι τἀληθῆ λέγουσιν. ἃ οὗτος εἰδὼς ἠβουλήθη εἰκάζειν ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πράγματος μᾶλλον ἢ σαφῶς εἰδέναι. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό γʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι, ὡς ἔλαττον ἔμελλεν ἕξειν ἐν τῇ βασάνῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὐκ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτὸν ἐκδοῦναι.
I see that in private and public causes you judge that nothing is more deserving of belief, or truer, than testimony given under torture, and that while you think it possible to suborn witnesses even for acts which never occurred at all, yet that testimony under torture clearly shows which party is telling the truth. Pasion, being aware of this, wished that in this affair you should judge by conjecture rather than know the exact truth. For he certainly would not be able to say that he was likely to be at a disadvantage if torture should be used and that for this reason the surrender of his slave could not reasonably be expected of him.
§ 55
πάντες γὰρ ἐπίστασθʼ ὅτι κατειπὼν μὲν ἤμελλε τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον ὑπὸ τούτου κάκιστʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀπολεῖσθαι, διακαρτερήσας δὲ καὶ ἐλεύθερος ἔσεσθαι καὶ μεθέξειν ὧν οὗτός μʼ ἀπεστέρησεν. ἀλλʼ ὅμως τοσούτῳ μέλλων πλέον ἕξειν, συνειδὼς αὑτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα, ὑπέμεινε καὶ δίκας φεύγειν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰτίας ἔχειν, ὥστε μηδεμίαν βάσανον περὶ τοῦ πράγματος τούτου γενέσθαι.
For you all know that if Cittus spoke against his master, he would likely suffer for the remainder of his life in the most cruel manner at the hands of his master, but that if he held firm in his denials, he would be free and have a share of my money which his master had taken. In spite of the fact that he was to have so great an advantage Pasion, conscious of his guilty deeds, submitted to stand suit and to rest under the other charges, all to prevent any testimony under torture being given in this case!
§ 56
ἐγὼ οὖ ὑμῶν δέομαι μεμνημένους τούτων καταψηφίσασθαι Πασίωνος, καὶ μὴ τοσαύτην πονηρίαν ἐμοῦ καταγνῶναι, ὡς οἰκῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ καὶ τοσαύτην οὐσίαν κεκτημένος ὥστε καὶ ἑτέρους εὖ ποιεῖν δύνασθαι, Πασίωνʼ ἦλθον συκοφαντήσων καὶ ψευδεῖς αὐτῷ παρακαταθήκας ἐγκαλῶν.
I therefore ask of you that, keeping these facts in mind, you cast your votes against Pasion and not judge me guilty of a villainy so great, that I, who live in Pontus and possess so large an estate that I am able even to assist others, have come here maliciously to prosecute Pasion and to accuse him of dishonesty in the matter of a deposit made with his bank.
§ 57
ἄξιον δὲ καὶ Σατύρου καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐνθυμηθῆναι, οἳ πάντα τὸν χρόνον περὶ πλείστου τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑμᾶς ποιοῦνται, καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη διὰ σπάνιν σίτου τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἐμπόρων ναῦς κενὰς ἐκπέμποντες ὑμῖν ἐξαγωγὴν ἔδοσαν· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις συμβολαίοις, ὧν ἐκεῖνοι κριταὶ γίγνονται, οὐ μόνον ἴσον ἀλλὰ καὶ πλέον ἔχοντες ἀπέρχεσθε.
It is right also that you keep in mind both Satyrus and my father, who have always esteemed you above all the other Greeks and frequently in past times, when there was a scarcity of grain and they were sending away empty the ships of other merchants, granted to you the right of export; also, in the private contracts in which they are arbiters, you come off not only on even terms but even at an advantage.
§ 58
ὥστʼ οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως περὶ ὀλίγου ποιήσαισθε τὰς ἐκείνων ἐπιστολάς. δέομαι οὖν ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων τὰ δίκαια ψηφίσασθαι καὶ μὴ τοὺς Πασίωνος λόγους ψευδεῖς ὄντας πιστοτέρους ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν ἐμῶν.
You would not reasonably, therefore, consider their letters of little importance. I ask of you, then, both on their behalf and on my own, that you vote in accordance with justice and not count the false assertions of Pasion to be more worthy of belief than my own words.
Aegineticus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg006 · Greek: Αἰγητικὸς — tlg0010.tlg006.perseus-grc2 · English: Aegineticus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg006.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἐνόμιζον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰγινῆται, οὕτω καλῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι περὶ τῶν αὑτοῦ Θρασύλοχον ὥστε μηδένʼ ἄν ποτʼ ἐλθεῖν ἐναντία πράξοντα ταῖς διαθήκαις αἷς ἐκεῖνος κατέλιπεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῖς ἀντιδίκοις τοιαύτη γνώμη παρέστηκεν ὥστε καὶ πρὸς οὕτως ἐχούσας αὐτὰς ἀμφισβητεῖν, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει παρʼ ὑμῶν πειρᾶσθαι τῶν δικαίων τυγχάνειν.
I was of opinion, citizens of Aegina, that Thrasylochus had arranged his affairs so prudently that no one should ever come before a court to bring a suit in opposition to the will which he left. But since my adversaries have determined to contest a testament so purposefully drawn, I am compelled to try to obtain my rights from you.
§ 2
τοὐναντίον δὲ πέπονθα τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ὁρῶ χαλεπῶς φέροντας, ὅταν ἀδίκως περί τινος κινδυνεύωσιν, ἐγὼ δʼ ὀλίγου δέω χάριν ἔχειν τούτοις, ὅτι μʼ εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα κατέστησαν. ἀκρίτου μὲν γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ πράγματος οὐκ ἂν ἠπίστασθʼ ὁποῖός τις γεγενημένος περὶ τὸν τετελευτηκότα κληρονόμος εἰμὶ τῶν ἐκείνου· πυθόμενοι δὲ τὰ πραχθέντα πάντες εἴσεσθʼ ὅτι δικαίως ἂν καὶ μείζονος ἢ τοσαύτης δωρεᾶς ἠξιώθην.
My feeling is unlike that of most men. For I see that others are indignant when they are unjustly involved in a law-suit, whereas I am almost grateful to my opponents for bringing me into this trial. For if the matter had not been brought before a tribunal you would not have known of my devotion to the deceased, which led to my being made his heir; but when you learn the facts you will all perceive that I might justly have been thought worthy of even a greater reward.
§ 3
χρῆν μέντοι καὶ τὴν ἀμφισβητοῦσαν τῶν χρημάτων μὴ παρʼ ὑμῶν πειρᾶσθαι λαμβάνειν τὴν οὐσίαν, ἣν Θρασύλοχος κατέλιπεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἐκεῖνον χρηστὴν οὖσαν οὕτως ἀξιοῦν αὐτῆς ἐπιδικάζεσθαι. νῦν δʼ αὐτῇ τοσούτου δεῖ μεταμέλειν ὧν εἰς ζῶντʼ ἐξήμαρτεν, ὥστε καὶ τεθνεῶτος αὐτοῦ πειρᾶται τήν τε διαθήκην ἄκυρον ἅμα καὶ τὸν οἶκον ἔρημον ποιῆσαι.
The proper course, however, for the woman who is laying claim to the property would have been, not to try to obtain from you the estate left by Thrasylochus, but to show that she also was devoted to him and on that ground thought fit to bring suit for it. But the truth is, she is so far from repenting of her misconduct towards Thrasylochus in his life-time, that now too that he is dead she is trying to annul his will and to leave the home without heirs.
§ 4
θαυμάζω δὲ καὶ τῶν πραττόντων ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς, εἰ διὰ τοῦτʼ οἴονται καλὸν εἶναι τὸν κίνδυνον, ὅτι μὴ κατορθώσαντες οὐδὲν μέλλουσιν ἀποτείσειν. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι μεγάλην εἶναι καὶ ταύτην ζημίαν, ἂν ἐξελεγχθέντες ὡς ἀδίκως ἀμφισβητοῦσιν, ἔπειθʼ ὑμῖν δόξωσι χείρους εἶναι. τὴν μὲν οὖν τούτων κακίαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων γνώσεσθʼ, ἐπειδὰν διὰ τέλους ἀκούσητε τῶν πεπραγμένων· ὅθεν δʼ, οἶμαι, τάχιστʼ ἂν ὑμᾶς μαθεῖν περὶ ὧν ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, ἐντεῦθεν ἄρξομαι διηγεῖσθαι.
And I am astonished that those who are acting in her behalf think this action is reputable, just because, if they fail to win, they will need to pay no penalty. For my part, I think that it will be a severe penalty, if, having been convicted of making a wrongful claim, they shall thereafter suffer in your esteem. However, you will know the baseness of these men from their very acts when you have heard to the end what they have done; and I shall begin the recital of them at the point from which, in my opinion, you will be able to learn most quickly the matters at issue.
§ 5
Θράσυλλος γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ καταλιπόντος τὴν διαθήκην παρὰ μὲν τῶν προγόνων οὐδεμίαν οὐσίαν παρέλαβεν, ξένος δὲ Πολεμαινέτῳ τῷ μάντει γενόμενος οὕτως οἰκείως διετέθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὥστʼ ἀποθνῄσκων ἐκεῖνος τάς τε βίβλους τὰς περὶ τῆς μαντικῆς αὐτῷ κατέλιπε καὶ τῆς οὐσίας μέρος τι τῆς νῦν οὔσης ἔδωκεν.
Thrasyllus, the father of the testator, had inherited nothing from his parents; but having become the guest-friend of Polemaenetus, the soothsayer, he became so intimate with him that Polemaenetus at his death left to him his books on divination and gave him a portion of the property which is now in question.
§ 6
λαβὼν δὲ Θράσυλλος ταύτας ἀφορμὰς ἐχρῆτο τῇ τέχνῃ· πλάνης δὲ γενόμενος καὶ διαιτηθεὶς ἐν πολλαῖς πόλεσιν ἄλλαις τε γυναιξὶ συνεγένετο, ὧν ἔνιαι καὶ παιδάριʼ ἀπέδειξαν ἃ ʼκεῖνος οὐδὲ πώποτε γνήσιʼ ἐνόμισε, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὴν ταύτης μητέρʼ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χρόνοις ἔλαβεν.
Thrasyllus, with these books as his capital, practised the art of divination. He became an itinerant soothsayer, lived in many cities, and was intimate with several women, some of whom had children whom he never even recognized as legitimate, and, in particular, during this period he lived with the mother of the complainant.
§ 7
ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐσίαν τε πολλὴν ἐκτήσατο καὶ τὴν πατρίδʼ ἐπόθεσεν, ἐκείνης μὲν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπηλλάγη, καταπλεύσας δʼ εἰς Σίφνον ἔγημεν ἀδελφὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τοὐμοῦ, πλούτῳ μὲν αὐτὸς πρῶτος ὢν τῶν πολιτῶν, γένει δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀξιώμασιν εἰδὼς τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκίαν προέχουσαν.
When he had acquired a large fortune and yearned for his fatherland, he left this woman and the others as well, and debarking at Siphnos married a sister of my father. Thrasyllus himself was indeed the leading citizen in wealth, but he knew that our family was likewise pre-eminent in lineage and in general standing;
§ 8
οὕτω δὲ σφόδρʼ ἠγάπησε τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς φιλίαν, ὥστʼ ἀποθανούσης ἐκείνης ἄπαιδος αὖθις ἠγάγετʼ ἀνεψιὰν τοῦ πατρός, οὐ βουλόμενος διαλύσασθαι τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἰκειότητα. οὐ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον συνοικήσας ταῖς αὐταῖς τύχαις ἐχρήσατο καὶ περὶ ταύτην, αἷσπερ καὶ περὶ τὴν προτέραν.
and he cherished so warmly my father’s affection for him that at the death of his wife, who was without children, he remarried, taking as wife my father’s cousin, as he did not wish to dissolve the affinity with us. But after he had lived with her for only a short time, he suffered the same bereavement as his former wife.
§ 9
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἔγημεν ἐκ Σερίφου παρʼ ἀνθρώπων πολὺ πλείονος ἀξίων ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν πόλιν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Σώπολις καὶ Θρασύλοχος καὶ θυγάτηρ ἡ νῦν ἐμοὶ συνοικοῦσα. Θράσυλλος μὲν οὖν τούτους μόνους παῖδας γνησίους καταλιπὼν καὶ κληρονόμους τῶν αὑτοῦ καταστήσας τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν.
After this he married a woman of Seriphos, belonging to a family of greater consequence than might be expected of a native of their island. Of this marriage were born Sopolis, Thrasylochus, and a daughter, who is my wife. These were the only legitimate children left by Thrasyllus and he made these his heirs when he died.
§ 10
ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Θρασύλοχος τοσαύτην φιλίαν παρὰ τῶν πατέρων παραλαβόντες ὅσην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διηγησάμην, ἔτι μείζω τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτὴν ἐποιήσαμεν. ἕως μὲν γὰρ παῖδες ἦμεν, περὶ πλείονος ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἡγούμεθα ἢ τοὺς ἀδελφούς, καὶ οὔτε θυσίαν οὔτε θεωρίαν οὔτʼ ἄλλην ἑορτὴν οὐδεμίαν χωρὶς ἀλλήλων ἤγομεν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἄνδρες ἐγενόμεθα, οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐναντίον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπράξαμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐκοινωνοῦμεν καὶ πρὸς τὰ τῆς πόλεως ὁμοίως διεκείμεθα καὶ φίλοις καὶ ξένοις τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐχρώμεθα.
Thrasylochus and I, having inherited from our fathers a friendship the intimacy of which I have recently mentioned, made the bond still closer. For during our childhood we were fonder of each other than of our brothers, and we would perform no sacrifice, make no pilgrimage, and celebrate no festival except in one another’s company; and when we reached manhood we never opposed one another in any action undertaken, for we not only shared our private concerns but also held similar sentiments regarding public affairs, and we had the same intimates and guest-friends.
§ 11
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν τὰς οἴκοι χρήσεις; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ φυγόντες ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων ἠξιώσαμεν γενέσθαι. τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον φθόῃ σχόμενον αὐτὸν καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἀσθενήσαντα, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀδελφοῦ Σωπόλιδος αὐτῷ πρότερον τετελευτηκότος, τῆς δὲ μητρὸς καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς οὔπω παρουσῶν, μετὰ τοσαύτης ἐρημίας γενόμενον οὕτως ἐπιπόνως καὶ καλῶς αὐτὸν ἐθεράπευσα, ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνον μὴ νομίζειν ἀξίαν μοι δύνασθαι χάριν ἀποδοῦναι τῶν πεπραγμένων.
And why need I speak further of our intimacy at home? In truth, not even in exile did we care to be apart. Finally, when Thrasylochus was striken with the wasting disease and suffered a long illness—his brother Sopolis had previously died and his mother and sister had not arrived—seeing him so completely destitute of companionship I nursed him with such unremitting care and devotion that he thought he could never repay me with a gratitude adequate to my services;
§ 12
ὅμως δʼ οὐδὲν ἐνέλιπεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ πονηρῶς διέκειτο καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἐλπίδʼ εἶχε τοῦ βίου, παρακαλέσας μάρτυρας υἱόν μʼ ἐποιήσατο καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἔδωκεν. καί μοι λαβὲ τὰς διαθήκας. Διαθῆκαι ἀνάγνωθι δή μοι καὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν Αἰγινητῶν· κατὰ γὰρ τοῦτον ἔδει ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαθήκας· ἐνθάδε γὰρ μετῳκοῦμεν. Νόμος
Nevertheless he left nothing undone to reward me, and when he was in a grievous condition and had given up all hope of life, he summoned witnesses, made me his adoptive son, and gave me his sister and his fortune. Please take the will. Will Readto me also the law of Aegina; for it was necessary that the will be drawn in accordance with this law, since we were alien residents of this island. Law
§ 13
κατὰ τουτονὶ τὸν νόμον, ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰγινῆται, υἱόν μʼ ἐποιήσατο Θρασύλοχος, πολίτην μὲν αὑτοῦ καὶ φίλον ὄντα, γεγονότα δʼ οὐδενὸς χεῖρον Σιφνίων, πεπαιδευμένον δʼ ὁμοίως αὑτῷ καὶ τεθραμμένον. ὥστʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἂν μᾶλλον κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἔπραξεν, ὃς τοὺς ὁμοίους κελεύει παῖδας εἰσποιεῖσθαι. λαβὲ δή μοι καὶ τὸν Κείων νόμον, καθʼ ὃν ἡμεῖς ἐπολιτευόμεθα. Νόμος
It was in accordance with this law, citizens of Aegina, that Thrasylochus adopted me as his son, for I was his fellow-citizen and friend, in birth inferior to no one of the Siphnians, and had been reared and educated very much as he himself had been. I therefore do not see how he could have acted more consistently with the law, since the law insists that persons of the same status may be adopted. Please take also the law of Ceos, under which we were living. Law
§ 14
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰγινῆται, τούτοις μὲν τοῖς νόμοις ἠναντιοῦντο, τὸν δὲ παρʼ αὑτοῖς κείμενον σύνδικον εἶχον, ἧττον ἄξιον ἦν θαυμάζειν αὐτῶν· νῦν δὲ κἀκεῖνος ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀνεγνωσμένοις κεῖται. καί μοι λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον. Νόμος
If ,therefore, citizens of Aegina, my opponents were refusing to recognize the validity of these laws, but were able to produce in support of their case the law of their own country, their conduct would have been less astonishing. But the truth is that their own law is in agreement with those already read. Please take this document. Law
§ 15
τί οὖν ὑπόλοιπόν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς, ὅπου τὰς μὲν διαθήκας αὐτοὶ προσομολογοῦσι Θρασύλοχον καταλιπεῖν, τῶν δὲ νόμων τούτοις μὲν οὐδείς, ἐμοὶ δὲ πάντες βοηθοῦσι, πρῶτον μὲν ὁ παρʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς μέλλουσι διαγνώσεσθαι περὶ τοῦ πράγματος, ἔπειθʼ ὁ Σιφνίων, ὅθεν ἦν ὁ τὴν διαθήκην καταλιπών, ἔτι δʼ ὁ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσι κείμενος; καίτοι τίνος ἂν ὑμῖν ἀποσχέσθαι δοκοῦσιν, οἵτινες ζητοῦσι πείθειν ὑμᾶς, ὡς χρὴ τὰς διαθήκας ἀκύρους ποιῆσαι τῶν μὲν νόμων οὕτως ἐχόντων, ὑμῶν δὲ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὀμωμοκότων ψηφιεῖσθαι;
What argument is left to them, therefore, since they themselves admit that Thrasylochus left the will and that they can cite no law in their favor, whereas all support my case—first, the law which is valid among you who are to adjudge the case, next, the law of Siphnos, the fatherland of the testator, and finally the law of the country of my opponents? And yet from what illegal act do you think these persons would abstain, inasmuch as they seek to persuade you that you should declare this will valid, although the laws read as you have heard and you have taken oath to cast your votes in conformity with them?
§ 16
περὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος ἱκανῶς ἀποδεδεῖχθαι νομίζω· ἵνα δὲ μηδεὶς οἴηται μήτʼ ἐμὲ διὰ μικρὰς προφάσεις ἔχειν τὸν κλῆρον μήτε ταύτην ἐπιεικῆ γεγενημένην περὶ Θρασύλοχον ἀποστερεῖσθαι τῶν χρημάτων, βούλομαι καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν. αἰσχυνθείην γὰρ ἂν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος, εἰ μὴ πάντες πεισθείητε, μὴ μόνον ὡς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ δικαίως ταῦτʼ ἔπραξεν. ῥᾳδίας δʼ ἡγοῦμαι τὰς ἀποδείξεις εἶναι.
On the issue itself I consider that I have adduced sufficient proof; but that no one may think that my possession of the inheritance rests upon feeble grounds, or that this woman had been kindly in her behavior toward Thrasylochus and is being defrauded of his fortune, I wish also to discuss these matters. For I should be ashamed in behalf of the deceased unless you were all convinced that his actions were strictly in accordance, not only with the law, but also with justice.
§ 17
τοσοῦτον γὰρ διηνέγκαμεν ὥσθʼ αὕτη μὲν ἡ κατὰ γένος ἀμφισβητοῦσα πάντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσε καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον καὶ πρὸς Σώπολιν καὶ πρὸς τὴν μητέρʼ αὐτῶν διαφερομένη καὶ δυσμενῶς ἔχουσα, ἐγὼ δʼ οὐ μόνον περὶ Θρασύλοχον καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν οὐσίαν, ἧς ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, φανήσομαι πλείστου τῶν φίλων ἄξιος γεγενημένος.
And I believe that proof of this is easy. There was, in truth, this great difference between us—that this woman, who bases her contention on the ground of relationship, never ceased to be at variance with the testator and evilly-disposed toward him and toward Sopolis and their mother, whereas I shall be shown to have been the most deserving of all his friends, not only in my relations with Thrasylochus and his brother, but also with regard to the estate in controversy.
§ 18
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν παλαιῶν πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη λέγειν· ὅτε δὲ Πασῖνος Πάρον κατέλαβεν, ἔτυχεν αὐτοῖς ὑπεκκείμενα τὰ πλεῖστα τῆς οὐσίας παρὰ τοῖς ξένοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς· ᾠόμεθα γὰρ μάλιστα ταύτην τὴν νῆσον ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν. ἀπορούντων δʼ ἐκείνων καὶ νομιζόντων αὔτʼ ἀπολωλέναι, πλεύσας ἐγὼ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐξεκόμισʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ χρήματα, κινδυνεύσας περὶ τοῦ σώματος· ἐφρουρεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἡ χώρα,
It would be a long story to tell of the events of long ago; but when Pasinus took Paros, it chanced that my friends had the greatest part of their fortune deposited as a pledge with my guest-friends there; for we thought that this island was by far the safest. When they were at their wits’ end and believed that their property was lost, I sailed thither by night and got their money out at risk of my life;
§ 19
συγκατειληφότες δʼ ἦσάν τινες τῶν ἡμετέρων φυγάδων τὴν πόλιν, οἳ μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἀπέκτειναν αὐτόχειρες γενόμενοι τόν τε πατέρα τὸν ἐμὸν καὶ τὸν θεῖον καὶ τὸν κηδεστὴν καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἀνεψιοὺς τρεῖς. ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδέν με τούτων ἀπέτρεψεν, ἀλλʼ ᾠχόμην πλέων, ἡγούμενος ὁμοίως με δεῖν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων κινδυνεύειν ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ.
for the country was occupied by a garrison, and some of the exiles from our island participated in the seizure of the city, and these, in one day and with their own hands, had slain my father, my uncle, my brother-in-law and, in addition, three cousins. However, I was deterred by none of these risks, but I took ship, thinking I ought to run the risk as much for my friends’ sake as for my own.
§ 20
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα φυγῆς ἡμῖν γενομένης ἐκ τῆς πόλεως μετὰ τοιούτου θορύβου καὶ δέους ὥστʼ ἐνίους καὶ τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν ἀμελεῖν, οὐδʼ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κακοῖς ἠγάπησα, εἰ τοὺς οἰκείους τοὺς ἐμαυτοῦ διασῶσαι δυνηθείην, ἀλλʼ εἰδὼς Σώπολιν μὲν ἀποδημοῦντα, αὐτὸν δʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀρρώστως διακείμενον, συνεξεκόμισʼ αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν. καίτοι τίνα δικαιότερον αὐτὴν ἔχειν προσήκει ἢ τὸν τότε μὲν συνδιασώσαντα, νῦν δὲ παρὰ τῶν κυρίων εἰληφότα;
Afterwards when a general flight from the city ensued, accompanied by such confusion and fear that some persons were indifferent even to the fate of their own relations, I was not content, even in these misfortunes, merely to be able to save the members of my own household, but knowing that Sopolis was absent and Thrasylochus was in feeble health, I helped him to convey from the country his mother, his sister, and all his fortune. And yet who with greater justice should possess this fortune than the person who then helped to save it and now has received it from its legitimate owners?
§ 21
τὰ μὲν τοίνυν εἰρημένʼ ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς ἐκινδύνευσα μὲν, φλαῦρον δʼ οὐδὲν ἀπέλαυσα· ἔχω δὲ καὶ τοιαῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ἐξ ὧν ἐκείνῳ χαριζόμενος αὐτὸς ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιέπεσον. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μῆλον, αἰσθόμενος, ὅτι μέλλοιμεν αὐτοῦ καταμένειν, μένειν, ἐδεῖτό μου συμπλεῖν εἰς Τροιζῆνα καὶ μηδαμῶς αὐτὸν ἀπολιπεῖν, λέγων τὴν ἀρρωστίαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐχθρῶν, καὶ ὅτι χωρὶς ἐμοῦ γενόμενος οὐδὲν ἕξοι χρῆσθαι τοῖς αὑτοῦ πράγμασιν.
I have related the adventures in which I incurred danger indeed, yet suffered no harm; but I have also to speak of friendly services I rendered him which involved me in the greatest misfortunes. For when we had arrived at Melos, and Thrasylochus perceived that we were likely to remain there, he begged me to sail with him to Troezen and by all means not to abandon him, mentioning his bodily infirmity and the multitude of his enemies, saying that without me he would not know how to manage his own affairs.
§ 22
φοβουμένης δὲ τῆς μητρός, ὅτι τὸ χωρίον ἐπυνθάνετο νοσῶδες εἶναι, καὶ τῶν ξένων συμβουλευόντων αὐτοῦ μένειν, ὅμως ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν ἐκείνῳ χαριστέον εἶναι. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἔφθημεν εἰς Τροιζῆνʼ ἐλθόντες καὶ τοιαύταις νόσοις ἐλήφθημεν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς μὲν παρὰ μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν, ἀδελφὴν δὲ κόρην τετρακαιδεκέτιν γεγονυῖαν ἐντὸς τριάκονθʼ ἡμερῶν κατέθαψα, τὴν δὲ μητέρʼ οὐδὲ πένθʼ ἡμέραις ἐκείνης ὕστερον. καίτοι τίνʼ οἴεσθέ με γνώμην ἔχειν τοσαύτης μοι μεταβολῆς τοῦ βίου γεγενημένης;
And although my mother was afraid because she had heard that Troezen was unhealthy and our guest-friends advised us to remain where we were, nevertheless we decided that we ought to satisfy his wish. No sooner had we arrived at Troezen than we were attacked by illnesses of such severity that I barely escaped with my own life, and within thirty days I buried my young sister fourteen years of age, and my mother not five days therereafter. In what state of mind do you think I was after such a change in my life?
§ 23
ὃς τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀπαθὴς ἦν κακῶν, νεωστὶ δʼ ἐπειρώμην φυγῆς καὶ τοῦ παρʼ ἑτέροις μὲν μετοικεῖν, στέρεσθαι δὲ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὁρῶν τὴν μητέρα τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἐκ μὲν τῆς πατρίδος ἐκπεπτωκυίας, ἐπὶ δὲ ξένης καὶ παρʼ ἀλλοτρίοις τὸν βίον τελευτώσας. ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἄν μοι δικαίως φθονήσειεν, εἴ τι τῶν Θρασυλόχου πραγμάτων ἀγαθὸν ἀπολέλαυκα· καὶ γὰρ ἵνα χαρισαίμην ἐκείνῳ, κατοικισάμενος ἐν Τροιζῆνι τοιαύταις ἐχρησάμην συμφοραῖς, ὧν οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἐπιλαθέσθαι δυνηθείην.
I had previously been inexperienced in misfortune and I had only recently suffered exile and living an alien among foreigners, and had lost my fortune; in addition, I saw my mother and my sister driven from their native land and ending their lives in a foreign land among strangers. No one could justly begrudge it me, therefore, if I have received some benefit from the troublesome affairs of Thrasylochus; for it was to gratify him that I went to live in Troezen, where I experienced misfortunes so dire that I shall never be able to forget them.
§ 24
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦθʼ ἕξουσιν εἰπεῖν ὡς εὖ μὲν πράττοντος Θρασυλόχου πάντα ταῦθʼ ὑπέμενον, δυστυχήσαντα δʼ αὐτὸν ἀπέλιπον· ἐν αὐτοῖς γὰρ τούτοις ἔτι σαφέστερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἐνεπεδειξάμην τὴν εὔνοιαν ἣν εἶχον εἰς ἐκεῖνον. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἰς Αἴγιναν κατοικισάμενος ἠσθένησε ταύτην τὴν νόσον ἐξ ἧσπερ ἀπέθανεν, οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐθεράπευσα ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅστις πώποθʼ ἕτερος ἕτερον, τὸν μὲν πλεῖστον τοῦ χρόνου πονηρῶς μὲν ἔχοντα, περιιέναι δʼ ἔτι δυνάμενον, ἓξ μῆνας δὲ συνεχῶς ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κείμενον.
Furthermore, there is one thing my opponents cannot say of me—that when Thrasylochus was prosperous I suffered all these woes, but that I abandoned him in his adversity. For it was precisely then that I gave clearer and stronger proof of my devotion to him. When, for instance, he settled in Aegina and fell ill of the malady which resulted in his death, I nursed him with a care such as no one else I know of has ever bestowed upon another. Most of the time he was very ill, yet still able to go about; finally he lay for six months bedridden.
§ 25
καὶ τούτων τῶν ταλαιπωριῶν οὐδεὶς τῶν συγγενῶν μετασχεῖν ἠξίωσεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπισκεψόμενος ἀφίκετο πλὴν τῆς μητρὸς καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς, αἳ πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν· ἀσθενοῦσαι γὰρ ἦλθον ἐκ Τροιζῆνος, ὥστʼ αὐταὶ θεραπείας ἐδέοντο. ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐγώ, τοιούτων τῶν ἄλλων περὶ αὐτὸν γεγενημένων, οὐκ ἀπεῖπον οὐδʼ ἀπέστην ἀλλʼ ἐνοσήλευον αὐτὸν μετὰ παιδὸς ἑνός·
And no one of his relations saw fit to share with me the drudgery of caring for him; no one even came to see him with the exception of his mother and sister; and they made the task more difficult; for they were ill when they came from Troezen, so that they themselves were in need of care. But although the others were thus indifferent, I did not grow weary nor did I leave the scene, but I nursed him with the help of one slave boy;
§ 26
οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν οἰκετῶν οὐδεὶς ὑπέμεινεν. καὶ γὰρ φύσει χαλεπὸς ὢν ἔτι δυσκολώτερον διὰ τὴν νόσον διέκειτο, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἐκείνων ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, εἰ μὴ παρέμενον, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον, ὅπως ἐγὼ τοιαύτην νόσον θεραπεύων ἀνταρκεῖν ἠδυνάμην· ὃς ἔμπυος μὲν ἦν πολὺν χρόνον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς κλίνης οὐκ ἠδύνατο κινεῖσθαι,
for no one of the domestics could stand it. For being by nature irascible, he became, because of his malady, still more difficult to handle. It should not occasion surprise, therefore, that these persons would not remain with him, but it is much more a cause for wonder that I was able to hold out in caring for a man sick of such a malady; for he was filled with pus for a long time, and was unable to leave his bed;
§ 27
τοιαῦτα δʼ ἔπασχεν ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς μηδεμίαν ἡμέραν ἀδακρύτους διάγειν, ἀλλὰ θρηνοῦντες διετελοῦμεν καὶ τοὺς πόνους τοὺς ἀλλήλων καὶ τὴν φυγὴν καὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν. καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐδένα χρόνον διέλειπεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπελθεῖν οἷόν τʼ ἦν ἢ δοκεῖν ἀμελεῖν, ὅ μοι πολὺ δεινότερον ἦν τῶν κακῶν τῶν παρόντων.
and his suffering was so great that we did not pass a single day without tears, but kept up our lamentations both for the hardships we both had to endure, and for our exile and our isolation. And there was no intermission at any time; for it was impossible to leave him or to seem to neglect him—to me this would have seemed more dreadful than the woes which afflicted us.
§ 28
ἠβουλόμην δʼ ἂν ὑμῖν οἷός τʼ εἶναι ποιῆσαι φανερὸν οἷος περὶ αὐτὸν ἐγενόμην· οἶμαι γὰρ οὐδʼ ἂν τὴν φωνὴν ὑμᾶς ἀνασχέσθαι τῶν ἀντιδίκων. νῦν δὲ τὰ χαλεπώτατα τῶν ἐν τῇ θεραπείᾳ καὶ δυσχερέστατα καὶ πόνους ἀηδεστάτους ἔχοντα καὶ πλείστης ἐπιμελείας δεηθέντʼ οὐκ εὐδιήγητʼ ἐστίν. ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ σκοπεῖτε, μετὰ πόσων ἄν τις ἀγρυπνιῶν καὶ ταλαιπωριῶν τοιοῦτον νόσημα τοσοῦτον χρόνον θεραπεύσειεν.
I wish I could make clearly apparent to you my conduct with respect to him; for in that case I think that you would not endure even a word from my opponents. The truth is, it is not easy to describe the duties involved in my care of the invalid, duties that were very hard, very difficult to endure, most disagreeably toilsome, and exacting an unremitting care. But do you yourselves consider what loss of sleep, what miseries are the inevitable accompaniment of a prolonged nursing of a malady like his.
§ 29
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὕτω κακῶς διετέθην, ὥσθʼ ὅσοι περ εἰσῆλθον τῶν φίλων, ἔφασαν δεδιέναι, μὴ κἀγὼ προσαπόλωμαι, καὶ συνεβούλευόν μοι φυλάττεσθαι, λέγοντες ὡς οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν θεραπευσάντων ταύτην τὴν νόσον αὐτοὶ προσδιεφθάρησαν. πρὸς οὓς ἐγὼ τοιαῦτʼ ἀπεκρινάμην ὅτι πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον ἑλοίμην ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ʼκεῖνον περιιδεῖν διʼ ἔνδειαν τοῦ θεραπεύσοντος πρὸ μοίρας τελευτήσαντα.
In truth, in my own case, I was reduced to such a condition that all my friends who visited me expressed fear that I too would perish with the dying man and they advised me to take care, saying that the majority of those who had nursed this disease themselves fell victims to it also. My reply to them was this—that I would much prefer to die than to see him perish before his fated day for lack of a friend to nurse him.
§ 30
καὶ τοιούτῳ μοι γεγενημένῳ τετόλμηκεν ἀμφισβητεῖν τῶν χρημάτων ἡ μηδʼ ἐπισκέψασθαι πώποτʼ αὐτὸν ἀξιώσασα, τοσοῦτον μὲν χρόνον ἀσθενήσαντα, πυνθανομένη δὲ καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν, ὡς διέκειτο, ῥᾳδίας δʼ οὔσης αὐτῇ τῆς πορείας. εἶτα νῦν αὐτὸν ἀδελφίζειν ἐπιχειρήσουσιν, ὥσπερ οὐχ ὅσῳ περ ἂν οἰκειότερον προσείπωσι τὸν τεθνεῶτα, τοσούτῳ δόξουσαν αὐτὴν μείζω καὶ δεινότερʼ ἐξαμαρτεῖν·
And although my behavior was as I have described, this woman has had the hardihood to contest with me his fortune, she who never even saw fit to visit him during his long illness, though she had daily information about his condition, and though the journey was easy for her. To think that they will now attempt to “brother” him, as if the effect of calling the dead man by a mane of closer kinship would not be to make her shortcomings seem worse and more shocking!
§ 31
ἥτις οὐδʼ ἐπειδὴ τελευτᾶν ἤμελλε τὸν βίον, ὁρῶσα τοὺς πολίτας τοὺς ἡμετέρους, ὅσοι περ ἦσαν ἐν Τροιζῆνι, διαπλέοντας εἰς Αἴγιναν, ἵνʼ αὐτὸν συγκαταθάψειαν, οὐδʼ εἰς τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν ἀπήντησεν, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ὠμῶς καὶ σχετλίως εἶχεν, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ κῆδος οὐκ ἠξίωσεν ἀφικέσθαι, τῶν δὲ καταλειφθέντων οὐδὲ δέχʼ ἡμέρας διαλιποῦσʼ ἦλθεν ἀμφισβητοῦσα, ὥσπερ τῶν χρημάτων ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνου συγγενὴς οὖσα.
Why, when he was at the point of death, and when she saw all our fellow-citizens who were in Troezen sailing to Aegina to take part in his funeral, she did not even at that moment come, but was so cruel and heartless in conduct that while she did not see fit to come to his funeral, yet, less than ten days thereafter she arrived to claim the property he had left, as if she were related to his money and not to him!
§ 32
καὶ εἰ μὲν ὁμολογήσει τοσαύτην ἔχθραν ὑπάρχειν αὑτῇ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ὥστʼ εἰκότως ταῦτα ποιεῖν, οὐκ ἂν κακῶς εἴη βεβουλευμένος, εἰ τοῖς φίλοις ἠβουλήθη μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτῃ τὴν οὐσίαν καταλιπεῖν· εἰ δὲ μηδεμιᾶς διαφορᾶς οὔσης οὕτως ἀμελὴς καὶ κακὴ περὶ αὐτὸν ἐγένετο, πολὺ ἂν δήπου δικαιότερον στερηθείη τῶν αὑτῆς ἢ τῶν ἐκείνου κληρονόμος γίγνοιτο.
And if she will admit that her hatred for him was so bitter that this conduct was reasonable, then Thrasylochus would be considered not to have been ill-advised in preferring to leave his property to his friends rather than to this woman; but if there existed no variance between them and yet she was so neglectful of him and so unkind toward him, surely with greater justice would she be deprived of her own possessions than become heir to his.
§ 33
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ταύτης μέρος οὔτʼ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ θεραπείας ἔτυχεν οὔτʼ ἀποθανὼν τῶν νομιζομένων ἠξιώθη, διʼ ἐμὲ δʼ ἀμφότερα ταῦτʼ αὐτῷ γεγένηται. καίτοι δίκαιόν ἐστιν ὑμᾶς τὴν ψῆφον φέρειν, οὐκ εἴ τινες γένει μέν φασι προσήκειν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γεγόνασιν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ὅσοι μηδὲν ὄνομα συγγενείας ἔχοντες οἰκειοτέρους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν ἀναγκαίων παρέσχον.
Bear in mind that, so far as she was concerned, he had no care during his illness, nor when he died was he thought worthy of the customary funeral rites, whereas it was through me that he obtained both. Surely you will justly cast your votes in favor, not of those who claim blood-relationship yet in their conduct have acted like enemies, but with much greater propriety you will side with those who, though having no title of relationship, yet showed themselves, when the deceased was in misfortune, more nearly akin than the nearest relatives.
§ 34
λέγουσι δʼ ὡς τὰς μὲν διαθήκας οὐκ ἀπιστοῦσι Θρασύλοχον καταλιπεῖν, οὐ μέντοι καλῶς οὐδʼ ὀρθῶς φασὶν αὐτὰς ἔχειν. καίτοι, ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰγινῆται, πῶς ἄν τις ἄμεινον ἢ μᾶλλον συμφερόντως περὶ τῶν αὑτοῦ πραγμάτων ἐβουλεύσατο; ὃς οὔτʼ ἔρημον τὸν οἶκον κατέλιπε τοῖς τε φίλοις χάριν ἀπέδωκεν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν οὐ μόνον τῶν αὑτοῦ κυρίας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐμῶν κατέστησε, τὴν μὲν ἐμοὶ συνοικίσας, τῇ δʼ υἱόν μʼ εἰσποιήσας;
My opponents say that they do not doubt that Thrasylochus left the will, but they assert that it is not honorable and proper. And yet, citizens of Aegina, how could anyone have given better or greater evidence of interest in the disposal of his own property? He did not leave his home without heirs and he has shown due gratitude to his friends and, further, he made his mother and his sister possessors, not only of their own property, but of mine also by giving the latter to me as wife and by making me, by adoption, the son of the former.
§ 35
ἆρʼ ἂν ἐκείνως ἄμεινον ἔπραξεν, εἰ μήτε τῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἐπιμελησόμενον κατέστησε, μήτʼ ἐμοῦ μηδεμίαν μνείαν ἐποιήσατο, τὴν δʼ ἀδελφὴν ἐπὶ τῇ τύχῃ κατέλιπε, καὶ τὸν οἶκον ἀνώνυμον τὸν αὑτοῦ περιεῖδε γενόμενον;
Would he have acted more wisely if he had taken the alternative course—if he had failed to appoint a protector for his mother, and if he had made no mention of me, but had abandoned his sister to chance and permitted the name of his family to perish?
§ 36
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως ἀνάξιος ἦν υἱὸς εἰσποιηθῆναι Θρασυλόχῳ καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀδελφήν. ἀλλὰ πάντες ἂν μαρτυρήσειαν Σίφνιοι τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ἐμοὺς καὶ γένει καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ δόξῃ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι πρώτους εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν. τίνες γὰρ ἢ μειζόνων ἀρχῶν ἠξιώθησαν ἢ πλείω χρήματʼ εἰσήνεγκαν ἢ κάλλιον ἐχορήγησαν ἢ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον τὰς ἄλλας λῃτουργίας ἐλῃτούργησαν; ἐκ ποίας δʼ οἰκίας τῶν ἐν Σίφνῳ πλείους βασιλεῖς γεγόνασιν;
But perhaps I was unworthy of being adopted as a son by Thrasylochus and of receiving his sister in marriage. All the Siphnians would bear witness, however, that my ancestors were foremost of the citizens there in birth, in wealth, in reputation, and in general standing. For who were thought worthy of higher offices, or made greater contributions, or served as choregi more handsomely, or discharged other special public services with greater magnificence? What family in Siphnos has furnished more kings?
§ 37
ὥστε Θρασύλοχός τʼ εἰ καὶ μηδὲ πώποτʼ αὐτῷ διελέχθην, εἰκότως ἂν ἠβουλήθη μοι διὰ ταῦτα δοῦναι τὴν ἀδελφήν, ἐγώ τʼ εἰ καὶ μηδέν μοι τούτων ὑπῆρχεν, ἀλλὰ φαυλότατος ἦν τῶν πολιτῶν, δικαίως ἂν παρʼ αὐτοῦ διὰ τὰς εὐεργεσίας τὰς εἰς ἐκεῖνον τῶν μεγίστων ἠξιώθην.
Thrasylochus, therefore, even if I had never spoken to him, would reasonably have wished to give his sister to me just for these reasons; and I, even if I had not possessed any of these advantages, but had been the lowest of the citizens, would justly have been esteemed by him as deserving of the greatest recompenses by reason of the services I had rendered him.
§ 38
οἶμαι τοίνυν αὐτὸν καὶ Σωπόλιδι τἀδελφῷ μάλιστα κεχαρίσθαι ταῦτα διαθέμενον. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ταύτην μὲν ἐμίσει καὶ κακόνουν τοῖς αὑτοῦ πράγμασιν ἡγεῖτο, ἐμὲ δὲ περὶ πλείστου τῶν αὑτοῦ φίλων ἐποιεῖτο. ἐδήλωσε δʼ ἐν ἄλλοις τε πολλοῖς καὶ ὅτʼ ἔδοξε τοῖς συμφυγάσιν ἐπιχειρεῖν τῇ πόλει μετὰ τῶν ἐπικούρων. αἱρεθεὶς γὰρ ἄρχειν αὐτοκράτωρ ἐμὲ καὶ γραμματέα προσείλετο καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ταμίαν ἁπάντων κατέστησε, καὶ ὅτʼ ἠμέλλομεν κινδυνεύειν, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ με παρετάξατο.
I believe, moreover, that in making this disposition of his estate he did what was most pleasing to his brother Sopolis also. For Sopolis also hated this woman and regarded her as ill-disposed toward his interests, whereas he valued me above all his friends. He showed this feeling for me in many ways and in particular when our companions in exile determined, with the help of their auxiliary troops, to capture the city. For when he was designated leader with full powers he both chose me as secretary and appointed me treasurer of all funds, and when we were about to engage in battle, he placed me next to himself.
§ 39
καὶ σκέψασθʼ ὡς σφόδρʼ αὐτῷ συνήνεγκεν· δυστυχησάντων γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ προσβολῇ τῇ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν καὶ τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως οὐχ οἵας ἠβουλόμεθα γενομένης, τετρωμένον αὐτὸν καὶ βαδίζειν οὐ δυνάμενον ἀλλʼ ὀλιγοψυχοῦντα ἀπεκόμισʼ ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τοῦ θεράποντος τοὐμαυτοῦ, φέρων ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων, ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνον πολλάκις καὶ πρὸς πολλοὺς εἰπεῖν ὅτι μόνος ἀνθρώπων αἴτιος εἴην αὑτῷ τῆς σωτηρίας.
And consider how greatly he profited thereby; for when our attack on the city met with ill success, and the retreat did not succeed as we desired, and when he was wounded, unable to walk and in a faint condition, I and my servant carried him off on our shoulders to the ship. Consequently he often said to many persons that I was solely responsible for his coming through alive.
§ 40
καίτοι τίς ἂν μείζων ταύτης εὐεργεσία γένοιτο; ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν εἰς Λυκίαν ἐκπλεύσας ἀπέθανεν, αὕτη μὲν οὐ πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον μετὰ τὴν ἀγγελίαν ἔθυε καὶ ἑώρταζε καὶ οὐδὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ᾐσχύνετο τὸν ἔτι ζῶντα, οὕτως ὀλίγον φροντίζουσα τοῦ τεθνεῶτος, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐπένθησʼ αὐτόν, ὥσπερ τοὺς οἰκείους νόμος ἐστίν.
Yet what greater benefaction than this could a man receive? Moreover, when he had sailed to Lycia and died there, this woman, a few days after the news of his death, was sacrificing and holding festival, and had no shame before his surviving brother, so little regard did she have for the dead man, but I instituted mourning for him in the custom prescribed for relatives.
§ 41
καὶ ταῦτα πάντʼ ἐποίουν διὰ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τὴν φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς ἐκείνους ἀλλʼ οὐ ταυτησὶ τῆς δίκης ἕνεκα· οὐ γὰρ ᾤμην αὐτοὺς οὕτω δυστυχήσειν ὥστʼ ἄπαιδας ἀμφοτέρους τελευτήσαντας εἰς ἔλεγχον καταστήσειν, ὁποῖός τις ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐγένετο.
And it was my character and my affection for the two brothers that moved me to do all this and not any expectation of this trial; for I did not think that both would come to such an unhappy end that by dying without children they were going to oblige us to prove how each one of us had felt and acted toward them.
§ 42
πρὸς μὲν οὖν Θρασύλοχόν τε καὶ Σώπολιν ὡς αὕτη τε κἀγὼ διεκείμεθα, σχεδὸν ἀκηκόατε· τρέψονται δʼ ἴσως ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον ὅσπερ αὐτοῖς λοιπός ἐστιν, ὡς Θράσυλλος ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ταύτης ἡγοῖτʼ ἂν δεινὰ πάσχειν, εἴ τίς ἐστιν αἴσθησις τοῖς τεθνεῶσι περὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε γιγνομένων, ὁρῶν τὴν μὲν θυγατέρʼ ἀποστερουμένην τῶν χρημάτων, ἐμὲ δὲ κληρονόμον ὧν αὐτὸς ἐκτήσατο γιγνόμενον. ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι μὲν οὐ περὶ τῶν πάλαι τεθνεώτων,
How this woman and myself conducted ourselves toward Thrasylochus and Sopolis you have, in the main heard; but perhaps they will have recourse to the one argument which remains to them—that Thrasyllus, the father of this woman, will feel that he is being dishonored (if the dead have any perception of happenings in this world) when he sees his daughter being deprived of her fortune and me becoming the heir of what he had acquired.
§ 43
ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἔναγχος τὸν κλῆρον καταλιπόντων προσήκειν ἡμῖν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι. Θράσυλλος μὲν γάρ, οὕσπερ ἠβούλετο, τούτους κυρίους τῶν αὑτοῦ κατέλιπεν· δίκαιον δὲ καὶ Θρασυλόχῳ ταὐτὰ ταῦτʼ ἀποδοθῆναι παρʼ ὑμῶν, καὶ γενέσθαι διαδόχους τῆς κληρονομίας μὴ ταύτην, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἐκεῖνος διέθετο· οὐ μέντʼ ἄν μοι δοκῶ φυγεῖν οὐδὲ τὴν Θρασύλλου γνώμην.
But I am of opinion that it is proper for us to speak here, not concerning those who died long ago, but of those who recently left their heritage. As to Thrasyllus, he left as possessors of his estate the persons of his choice; and it is only just, then, that to Thrasylochus also the same privilege should be granted by you, and that not this woman, but those whom he designated in his will, should become the successors to the inheritance. However, I do not believe that I need evade the judgement of Thrasyllus.
§ 44
οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν αὐτὸν πάντων γενέσθαι ταύτῃ χαλεπώτατον δικαστήν, εἴπερ αἴσθοιτο, οἵα περὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ γεγένηται. πολλοῦ γʼ ἂν δεήσειεν ἀχθεσθῆναι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὑμῶν ψηφισαμένων, ἀλλὰ πολὺ ἂν μᾶλλον, εἰ τὰς τῶν παίδων διαθήκας ἀκύρους ἴδοι γενομένας. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τὸν ἐμὸν δεδωκὼς ἦν Θρασύλοχος τὴν οὐσίαν, τοῦτʼ ἂν ἐπιτιμᾶν εἶχον αὐτῷ· νῦν δʼ εἰς τὸν αὐτῶν μʼ εἰσεποιήσατο, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἐλάττω τυγχάνουσιν εἰληφότες ὧν δεδώκασιν. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων,
He would be, I think, the most harsh judge of all for her, if he knows how she has treated his children. If you should vote in accordance with the laws, he would be far from taking offense, but he would be far more incensed if he should see the testaments of his children annulled. If, for instance, Thrasylochus had given property to my family, they would have had reason to lay that up against him; as it is, he adopted into his own family, so that the plaintiffs have not received less than they gave.
§ 45
οὐδένα μᾶλλον εἰκός ἐστιν ἢ Θράσυλλον εὔνουν εἶναι τοῖς κατὰ δόσιν ἀμφισβητοῦσιν· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς καὶ τὴν τέχνην ἔμαθε παρὰ Πολεμαινέτου τοῦ μάντεως καὶ τὰ χρήματʼ ἔλαβεν οὐ κατὰ γένος ἀλλὰ διʼ ἀρετήν, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἂν δήπου φθονήσειεν, εἴ τις περὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ χρηστὸς γενόμενος τῆς αὐτῆς δωρεᾶς ἧσπερ ἐκεῖνος ἠξιώθη. μεμνῆσθαι δὲ χρὴ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἀρχῇ ῥηθέντων.
Apart from this, it is reasonable to suppose that Thrasyllus, more than anyone else, was friendly toward those whose claims are based upon a testamentary gift. For he himself learned his art from Polemaenetus the soothsayer, and received his fortune, not through family relationship but through merit; surely, therefore, he would not complain if a man who had acted honorably toward his children should be regarded as deserving of the same reward as himself.
§ 46
ἐπέδειξα γὰρ ὑμῖν αὐτὸν οὕτω περὶ πολλοῦ τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκειότητα ποιησάμενον ὥστε γῆμαι καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὴν ἀνεψιάν. καίτοι τίσιν ἂν θᾶττον τὴν αὑτοῦ θυγατέρʼ ἐξέδωκεν ἢ τούτοις παρʼ ὧνπερ αὐτὸς λαμβάνειν ἠξίωσεν; ἐκ ποίας δʼ ἂν οἰκίας ἥδιον εἶδεν υἱὸν αὑτῷ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους εἰσποιηθέντα μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτης, ἐξ ἧσπερ καὶ φύσει παῖδας ἐζήτησεν αὑτῷ γενέσθαι;
You should call to mind also what I said in the beginning. For I pointed out to you that he esteemed relationship with our family so highly that he married the sister and then the cousin of my father. And yet to whom would he more willingly have given his own daughter in marriage than to that family from which he himself chose his wife? And from what family would he have more gladly seen a son adopted according to law than that from which he sought to beget children of his own body?
§ 47
ὥστʼ ἂν μὲν ἐμοὶ ψηφίσησθε τὸν κλῆρον, καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ὑμῖν καλῶς ἕξει καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας οἷς προσήκει τι τούτων τῶν πραγμάτων· ἂν δʼ ὑπὸ ταύτης πεισθέντες ἐξαπατηθῆτε, οὐ μόνον ἔμʼ ἀδικήσετε ἀλλὰ καὶ Θρασύλοχον τὸν τὴν διαθήκην καταλιπόντα καὶ Σώπολιν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν τὴν ἐκείνων, ἣ νῦν ἐμοὶ συνοικεῖ, καὶ τὴν μητέρʼ αὐτῶν, ἣ πασῶν ἂν εἴη δυστυχεστάτη γυναικῶν, εἰ μὴ μόνον ἐξαρκέσειεν αὐτῇ στέρεσθαι τῶν παίδων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτῇ προσγένοιτο, ὥστʼ ἐπιδεῖν ἄκυρον μὲν τὴν ἐκείνων γνώμην οὖσαν, ἔρημον δὲ τὸν οἶκον γιγνόμενον,
If therefore, you award the inheritance to me, you will stand well with Thrasyllus and with all others who have any proper interest in this matter; but if you permit yourselves to be deceived by the persuasion of this woman, not only will you do injury to me, but also to Thrasylochus, the testator, and to Sopolis, and to their sister, who is now my wife, and their mother, who would be the unhappiest of women if it should not be enough for her to have lost her children, but also must see this additional sorrow that their wishes are nullified, her family without an heir, and this woman,
§ 48
καὶ τὴν μὲν ἐπιχαίρουσαν τοῖς αὑτῆς κακοῖς ἐπιδικαζομένην τῶν χρημάτων, ἐμὲ δὲ μηδενὸς δυνάμενον τῶν δικαίων τυχεῖν, ὃς τοιαῦτʼ ἔπραξα περὶ τοὺς ἐκείνης, ὥστʼ εἴ τίς με σκοποῖτο μὴ πρὸς ταύτην ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς πώποτε κατὰ δόσιν ἀμφισβητήσαντας, εὑρεθείην ἂν οὐδενὸς χείρων αὐτῶν περὶ τοὺς φίλους γεγενημένος. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς τοιούτους τιμᾶν καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς ὑφʼ ἑτέρων δεδομένας δωρεὰς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι.
as she exults over her misfortunes, making good at law her claim to the property, while I am unable to obtain my just rights, although my treatment of her sons has been such that, if anyone should compare me—I will not say with this woman, but with any who have ever entered their claim to an inheritance on the strength of testamentary gift—I should be found to have been inferior to none in my conduct toward my friends. And yet men of my kind ought to be honored and esteemed rather than be robbed of the gifts which others have bestowed upon them.
§ 49
ἄξιον δʼ ἐστὶ καὶ τῷ νόμῳ βοηθεῖν καθʼ ὃν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν καὶ παῖδας εἰσποιήσασθαι καὶ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων αὐτῶν, ἐνθυμηθέντας ὅτι τοῖς ἐρήμοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀντὶ παίδων οὗτός ἐστιν· διὰ γὰρ τοῦτον καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς καὶ οἱ μηδὲν προσήκοντες μᾶλλον ἀλλήλων ἐπιμελοῦνται.
It is expedient, to, that you should uphold the law which permits us to adopt children and to dispose wisely of our property, reflecting that for men who are childless this law takes the place of children; for it is owing this law that both kinsmen and those who are not related take greater care of each other.
§ 50
ἵνα δὲ παύσωμαι λέγων καὶ μηκέτι πλείω χρόνον διατρίβω, σκέψασθʼ ὡς μεγάλα καὶ δίκαιʼ ἥκω πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων, πρῶτον μὲν φιλίαν πρὸς τοὺς καταλιπόντας τὸν κλῆρον παλαιὰν καὶ πατρικὴν καὶ πάντα τὸν χρόνον διατελέσασαν, ἔπειτʼ εὐεργεσίας πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας καὶ περὶ δυστυχοῦντας ἐκείνους γεγενημένας, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διαθήκας παρʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀντιδίκων ὁμολογουμένας, ἔτι δὲ νόμον ταύταις βοηθοῦντα, ὃς δοκεῖ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἅπασι καλῶς κεῖσθαι.
But that I may conclude and occupy no more time in speaking, pray consider how strong and how just are the claims with which I have come before you; there is, first, my friendship with those who have left the inheritance, a friendship of ancient origin, handed down from our fathers, and in all that time never broken; second, my many great acts of kindness done for them in their adversity; third, there is a will which my opponents themselves acknowledge; and lastly, the law, which supports the will, a law that in the opinion of all Greeks is regarded as wisely made.
§ 51
τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· περὶ γὰρ ἄλλων πολλῶν διαφερόμενοι περὶ τούτου ταὐτὰ γιγνώσκουσιν. δέομαι οὖν ὑμῶν καὶ τούτων μεμνημένους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν εἰρημένων τὰ δίκαια ψηφίσασθαι, καὶ τοιούτους μοι γενέσθαι δικαστάς, οἵων περ ἂν αὐτοὶ τυχεῖν ἀξιώσαιτε.
Of my statement the best proof is this—although the Greek states differ in opinion about many other enactments, they are of one accord concerning this one. I beg you, therefore, bearing in mind both these considerations and the others I have mentioned, to give a just verdict, and prove yourselves to be for me such judges as you would want to have for yourselves.
To Demonicus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg007 · Greek: Πρὸς Δημόνικον — tlg0010.tlg007.perseus-grc2 · English: To Demonicus — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg007.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἐν πολλοῖς μέν, ὦ Δημόνικε, πολὺ διεστώσας εὑρήσομεν τάς τε τῶν σπουδαίων γνώμας καὶ τὰς τῶν φαύλων διανοίας· πολὺ δὲ μεγίστην διαφορὰν εἰλήφασιν ἐν ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνηθείαις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς φίλους παρόντας μόνον τιμῶσιν, οἱ δὲ καὶ μακρὰν ἀπόντας ἀγαπῶσι· καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν φαύλων συνηθείας ὀλίγος χρόνος διέλυσε, τὰς δὲ τῶν σπουδαίων φιλίας οὐδʼ ἂν ὁ πᾶς αἰὼν ἐξαλείψειεν.
In many respects, Demonicus, we shall find that much disparity exists between the principles of good men and the notions of the base; but most of all by far have they parted company in the quality of their friendships. The base honor their friends only when they are present; the good cherish theirs even when they are far away; and while it takes only a short time to break up the intimacies of the base, not all eternity can blot out the friendships of good men.
§ 2
ἡγούμενος οὖν πρέπειν τοὺς δόξης ὀρεγομένους καὶ παιδείας ἀντιποιουμένους τῶν σπουδαίων ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν φαύλων εἶναι μιμητάς, ἀπέσταλκά σοι τόνδε τὸν λόγον δῶρον, τεκμήριον μὲν τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς εὐνοίας, σημεῖον δὲ τῆς πρὸς Ἱππόνικον συνηθείας· πρέπει γὰρ τοὺς παῖδας, ὥσπερ τῆς οὐσίας, οὕτω καὶ τῆς φιλίας τῆς πατρικῆς κληρονομεῖν.
So then, since I deem it fitting that those who strive for distinction and are ambitious for education should emulate the good and not the bad, I have dispatched to you this discourse as a gift, in proof of my good will toward you and in token of my friendship for Hipponicus; for it is fitting that a son should inherit his father’s friendships even as he inherits his estate.
§ 3
ὁρῶ δὲ καὶ τὴν τύχην ἡμῖν συλλαμβάνουσαν καὶ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν συναγωνιζόμενον· σὺ μὲν γὰρ παιδείας ἐπιθυμεῖς, ἐγὼ δὲ παιδεύειν ἄλλους ἐπιχειρῶ, καὶ σοὶ μὲν ἀκμὴ φιλοσοφεῖν, ἐγὼ δὲ τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας ἐπανορθῶ. ὅσοι μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν φίλους τοὺς προτρεπτικοὺς λόγους συγγράφουσι, καλὸν μὲν ἔργον ἐπιχειροῦσιν,
I see, moreover, that fortune is on our side and that the present circumstances are in league with us; for you are eager for education and I profess to educate; you are ripe for philosophy and I direct students of philosophy. Now those who compose hortatory discourses addressed to their own friends are, no doubt, engaged in a laudable employment;
§ 4
οὐ μὴν περί γε τὸ κράτιστον τῆς φιλοσοφίας διατρίβουσιν· ὅσοι δὲ τοῖς νεωτέροις εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ διʼ ὧν τὴν δεινότητα τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως τὰ τῶν τρόπων ἤθη σπουδαῖοι πεφυκέναι δόξουσι, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἐκείνων τοὺς ἀκούοντας ὠφελοῦσιν, ὅσον οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ λόγον παρακαλοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον αὐτῶν ἐπανορθοῦσι.
yet they do not occupy themselves with the most vital part of philosophy. Those, on the contrary, who point out to the young, not by what means they may cultivate skill in oratory, but how they may win repute as men of sound character, are rendering a greater service to their hearers in that, while the former exhort them to proficiency in speech, the latter improve their moral conduct.
§ 5
διόπερ ἡμεῖς οὐ παράκλησιν εὑρόντες ἀλλὰ παραίνεσιν γράψαντες, μέλλομέν σοι συμβουλεύειν ὧν χρὴ τοὺς νεωτέρους ὀρέγεσθαι καὶ τίνων ἔργων ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ ποίοις τισὶν ἀνθρώποις ὁμιλεῖν καὶ πῶς τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον οἰκονομεῖν. ὅσοι γὰρ τοῦ βίου ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπορεύθησαν, οὗτοι μόνοι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐφικέσθαι γνησίως ἠδυνήθησαν, ἧς οὐδὲν κτῆμα σεμνότερον οὐδὲ βεβαιότερόν ἐστι.
Therefore, I have not invented a hortatory exercise, but have written a moral treatise; and I am going to counsel you on the objects to which young men should aspire and from what actions they should abstain, and with what sort of men they should associate and how they should regulate their own lives. For only those who have travelled this road in life have been able in the true sense to attain to virtue—that possession which is the grandest and the most enduring in the world.
§ 6
κάλλος μὲν γὰρ ἢ χρόνος ἀνήλωσεν ἢ νόσος ἐμάρανε· πλοῦτος δὲ κακίας μᾶλλον ἢ καλοκαγαθίας ὑπηρέτης ἐστίν, ἐξουσίαν μὲν τῇ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ παρασκευάζων, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς ἡδονὰς τοὺς νέους παρακαλῶν· ῥώμη δὲ μετὰ μὲν φρονήσεως ὠφέλησεν, ἄνευ δὲ ταύτης πλείω τοὺς ἔχοντας ἔβλαψε, καὶ τὰ μὲν σώματα τῶν ἀσκούντων ἐκόσμησε, ταῖς δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμελείαις ἐπεσκότησεν.
For beauty is spent by time or withered by disease; wealth ministers to vice rather than to nobility of soul, affording means for indolent living and luring the young to pleasure; strength, in company with wisdom, is, indeed, an advantage, but without wisdom it harms more than it helps its possessors, and while it sets off the bodies of those who cultivate it, yet it obscures the care of the soul.
§ 7
ἡ δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς κτῆσις, οἷς ἂν ἀκιβδήλως ταῖς διανοίαις συναυξηθῇ, μόνη μὲν συγγηράσκει, πλούτου δὲ κρείττων, χρησιμωτέρα δὲ εὐγενείας ἐστί, τὰ μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀδύνατα δυνατὰ καθιστᾶσα, τὰ δὲ τῷ πλήθει φοβερὰ θαρσαλέως ὑπομένουσα, καὶ τὸν μὲν ὄκνον ψόγον, τὸν δὲ πόνον ἔπαινον ἡγουμένη.
But virtue, when it grows up with us in our hearts without alloy, is the one possession which abides with us in old age; it is better than riches and more serviceable than high birth; it makes possible what is for others impossible; it supports with fortitude that which is fearful to the multitude; and it considers sloth a disgrace and toil an honor.
§ 8
ῥᾴδιον δὲ τοῦτο καταμαθεῖν ἐστιν ἔκ τε τῶν Ἡρακλέους ἄθλων καὶ τῶν Θησέως ἔργων, οἷς ἡ τῶν τρόπων ἀρετὴ τηλικοῦτον εὐδοξίας χαρακτῆρα τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπέβαλεν, ὥστε μηδὲ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον δύνασθαι λήθην ἐμποιῆσαι τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων.
This it is easy to learn from the labors of Heracles and the exploits of Theseus, whose excellence of character has impressed upon their exploits so clear a stamp of glory that not even endless time can cast oblivion upon their achievements.
§ 9
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς προαιρέσεις ἀναμνησθεὶς οἰκεῖον καὶ καλὸν ἕξεις παράδειγμα τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ σοι λεγομένων. οὐ γὰρ ὀλιγωρῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς οὐδὲ ῥᾳθυμῶν διετέλεσε τὸν βίον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν σῶμα τοῖς πόνοις ἐγύμναζε, τῇ δὲ ψυχῇ τοὺς κινδύνους ὑπέμενεν. οὐδὲ τὸν πλοῦτον παρακαίρως ἠγάπα, ἀλλʼ ἀπέλαυε μὲν τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν ὡς θνητός, ἐπεμελεῖτο δὲ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὡς ἀθάνατος.
Nay, if you will but recall also your father’s principles, you will have from your own house a noble illustration of what I am telling you. For he did not belittle virtue nor pass his life in indolence; on the contrary, he trained his body by toil, and by his spirit he withstood dangers. Nor did he love wealth inordinately; but, although he enjoyed the good things at his hand as became a mortal, yet he cared for his possessions as if he had been immortal.
§ 10
οὐδὲ ταπεινῶς διῴκει τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον, ἀλλὰ φιλόκαλος ἦν καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὴς καὶ τοῖς φίλοις κοινός, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐθαύμαζε τοὺς περὶ αὑτὸν σπουδάζοντας ἢ τοὺς γένει προσήκοντας· ἡγεῖτο γὰρ εἶναι πρὸς ἑταιρίαν πολλῷ κρείττω φύσιν νόμου καὶ τρόπον γένους καὶ προαίρεσιν ἀνάγκης.
Neither did he order his existence sordidly, but was a lover of beauty, munificent in his manner of life, and generous to his friends; and he prized more those who were devoted to him than those who were his kin by blood; for he considered that in the matter of companionship nature is a much better guide than convention, character than kinship, and freedom of choice than compulsion.
§ 11
ἐπιλίποι δʼ ἂν ἡμᾶς ὁ πᾶς χρόνος, εἰ πάσας τὰς ἐκείνου πράξεις καταριθμησαίμεθα. ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς αὐτῶν ἐν ἑτέροις καιροῖς δηλώσομεν, δεῖγμα δὲ τῆς Ἱππονίκου φύσεως νῦν ἐξενηνόχαμεν, πρὸς ὃν δεῖ ζῆν σε ὥσπερ πρὸς παράδειγμα, νόμον μὲν τὸν ἐκείνου τρόπον ἡγησάμενον, μιμητὴν δὲ καὶ ζηλωτὴν τῆς πατρῴας ἀρετῆς γιγνόμενον· αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν γραφεῖς ἀπεικάζειν τὰ καλὰ τῶν ζῴων, τοὺς δὲ παῖδας μὴ μιμεῖσθαι τοὺς σπουδαίους τῶν γονέων.
But all time would fail us if we should try to recount all his activities. On another occasion I shall set them forth in detail; for the present however, I have produced a sample of the nature of Hipponicus, after whom you should pattern your life as after an example, regarding his conduct as your law, and striving to imitate and emulate your father’s virtue; for it were a shame, when painters represent the beautiful among animals, for children not to imitate the noble among their ancestors.
§ 12
ἡγοῦ δὲ μηδενὶ τῶν ἀθλητῶν οὕτω προσήκειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς ἀσκεῖν, ὡς σοὶ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἐφάμιλλος γενήσει τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. οὕτω δὲ τὴν γνώμην οὐ δυνατὸν διατεθῆναι τὸν μὴ πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν ἀκουσμάτων πεπληρωμένον· τὰ μὲν γὰρ σώματα τοῖς συμμέτροις πόνοις, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ τοῖς σπουδαίοις λόγοις αὔξεσθαι πέφυκε. διόπερ ἐγώ σοι πειράσομαι συντόμως ὑποθέσθαι, διʼ ὧν ἄν μοι δοκεῖς ἐπιτηδευμάτων πλεῖστον πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπιδοῦναι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμῆσαι.
Nay, you must consider that no athlete is so in duty bound to train against his competitors as are you to take thought how you may vie with your father in his ways of life. But it is not possible for the mind to be so disposed unless one is fraught with many noble maxims; for, as it is the nature of the body to be developed by appropriate exercises, it is the nature of the soul to be developed by moral precepts. Wherefore I shall endeavor to set before you concisely by what practices I think you can make the most progress toward virtue and win the highest repute in the eyes of all other men.
§ 13
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν εὐσέβει τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, μὴ μόνον θύων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὅρκοις ἐμμένων· ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ τῆς τῶν χρημάτων εὐπορίας σημεῖον, τοῦτο δὲ τῆς τῶν τρόπων καλοκαγαθίας τεκμήριον. τίμα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἀεὶ μέν, μάλιστα δὲ μετὰ τῆς πόλεως· οὕτω γὰρ δόξεις ἅμα τε τοῖς θεοῖς θύειν καὶ τοῖς νόμοις ἐμμένειν.
First of all, then, show devotion to the gods, not merely by doing sacrifice, but also by keeping your vows; for the former is but evidence of a material prosperity, whereas the latter is proof of a noble character. Do honor to the divine power at all times, but especially on occasions of public worship; for thus you will have the reputation both of sacrificing to the gods and of abiding by the laws.
§ 14
τοιοῦτος γίγνου περὶ τοὺς γονεῖς, οἵους ἂν εὔξαιο περὶ σεαυτὸν γενέσθαι τοὺς σεαυτοῦ παῖδας. ἄσκει τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα γυμνασίων μὴ τὰ πρὸς τὴν ῥώμην ἀλλὰ τὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑγίειαν· τούτου δʼ ἂν ἐπιτύχοις, εἰ λήγοις τῶν πόνων ἔτι πονεῖν δυνάμενος.
Conduct yourself toward your parents as you would have your children conduct themselves toward you. Train your body, not by the exercises which conduce to strength, but by those which conduce to health. In this you will succeed if you cease your exertions while you still have energy to exert yourself.
§ 15
μήτε γέλωτα προπετῆ στέργε, μήτε λόγον μετὰ θράσους ἀποδέχου· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀνόητον, τὸ δὲ μανικόν. ἃ ποιεῖν αἰσχρόν, ταῦτα νόμιζε μηδὲ λέγειν εἶναι καλόν. ἔθιζε σεαυτὸν εἶναι μὴ σκυθρωπὸν ἀλλὰ σύννουν· διʼ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ αὐθάδης, διὰ δὲ τοῦτο φρόνιμος εἶναι δόξεις. ἡγοῦ μάλιστα σεαυτῷ πρέπειν κόσμον, αἰσχύνην δικαιοσύνην σωφροσύνην· τούτοις γὰρ ἅπασι δοκεῖ κρατεῖσθαι τὸ τῶν νεωτέρων ἦθος.
Be not fond of violent mirth, nor harbor presumption of speech; for the one is folly, the other madness. Whatever is shameful to do you must not consider it honorable even to mention. Accustom yourself to be, not of a stern, but of a thoughtful, mien; for through the former you will be thought self-willed, through the latter, intelligent. Consider that no adornment so becomes you as modesty, justice, and self-control; for these are the virtues by which, as all men are agreed, the character of the young is held in restraint.
§ 16
μηδέποτε μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσας ἔλπιζε λήσειν· καὶ γὰρ ἂν τοὺς ἄλλους λάθῃς, σεαυτῷ συνειδήσεις. τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς φοβοῦ, τοὺς δὲ γονεῖς τίμα, τοὺς δὲ φίλους αἰσχύνου, τοῖς δὲ νόμοις πείθου. τὰς ἡδονὰς θήρευε τὰς μετὰ δόξης· τέρψις γὰρ σὺν τῷ καλῷ μὲν ἄριστον, ἄνευ δὲ τούτου κάκιστον.
Never hope to conceal any shameful thing which you have done; for even if you do conceal it from others, your own heart will know. Fear the gods, honor your parents, respect your friends, obey the laws. Pursue the enjoyments which are of good repute; for pleasure attended by honor is the best thing in the world, but pleasure without honor is the worst.
§ 17
εὐλαβοῦ τὰς διαβολάς, κἂν ψευδεῖς ὦσιν· οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν ἀγνοοῦσι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν δόξαν ἀποβλέπουσιν. ἅπαντα δόκει ποιεῖν ὡς μηδένα λήσων· καὶ γὰρ ἃ παραυτίκα κρύψῃς, ὕστερον ὀφθήσει. μάλιστα δʼ ἂν εὐδοκιμοίης, εἰ φαίνοιο ταῦτα μὴ πράττων, ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἂν πράττουσιν ἐπιτιμῴης.
Guard yourself against accusations, even if they are false; for the multitude are ignorant of the truth and look only to reputation. In all things resolve to act as though the whole world would see what you do; for even if you conceal your deeds for the moment, later you will be found out. But most of all will you have the respect of men, if you are seen to avoid doing things which you would blame others for doing.
§ 18
ἐὰν ᾖς φιλομαθής, ἔσει πολυμαθής. ἃ μὲν ἐπίστασαι, ταῦτα διαφύλαττε ταῖς μελέταις, ἃ δὲ μὴ μεμάθηκας, προσλάμβανε ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις· ὁμοίως γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἀκούσαντα χρήσιμον λόγον μὴ μαθεῖν καὶ διδόμενόν τι ἀγαθὸν παρὰ τῶν φίλων μὴ λαβεῖν. κατανάλισκε τὴν ἐν τῷ βίῳ σχολὴν εἰς τὴν τῶν λόγων φιληκοΐαν· οὕτω γὰρ τὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις χαλεπῶς εὑρημένα συμβήσεταί σοι ῥᾳδίως μανθάνειν.
If you love knowledge, you will be a master of knowledge. What you have come to know, preserve by exercise; what you have not learned, seek to add to your knowledge; for it is as reprehensible to hear a profitable saying and not grasp it as to be offered a good gift by one’s friends and not accept it. Spend your leisure time in cultivating an ear attentive to discourse, for in this way you will find that you learn with ease what others have found out with difficulty.
§ 19
ἡγοῦ τῶν ἀκουσμάτων πολλὰ πολλῶν εἶναι χρημάτων κρείττω· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ταχέως ἀπολείπει, τὰ δὲ πάντα τὸν χρόνον παραμένει· σοφία γὰρ μόνον τῶν κτημάτων ἀθάνατον. μὴ κατόκνει μακρὰν ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς διδάσκειν τι χρήσιμον ἐπαγγελλομένους· αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἐμπόρους τηλικαῦτα πελάγη διαπερᾶν ἕνεκα τοῦ πλείω ποιῆσαι τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν, τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους μηδὲ τὰς κατὰ γῆν πορείας ὑπομένειν ἐπὶ τῷ βελτίω καταστῆσαι τὴν αὑτῶν διάνοιαν.
Believe that many precepts are better than much wealth; for wealth quickly fails us, but precepts abide through all time; for wisdom alone of all possessions is imperishable. Do not hesitate to travel a long road to those who profess to offer some useful instruction; for it were a shame, when merchants cross vast seas in order to increase their store of wealth, that the young should not endure even journeys by land to improve their understanding.
§ 20
τῷ μὲν τρόπῳ γίγνου φιλοπροσήγορος, τῷ δὲ λόγῳ εὐπροσήγορος. ἔστι δὲ φιλοπροσηγορίας μὲν τὸ προσφωνεῖν τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας, εὐπροσηγορίας δὲ τὸ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῖς οἰκείως ἐντυγχάνειν. ἡδέως μὲν ἔχε πρὸς ἅπαντας, χρῶ δὲ τοῖς βελτίστοις· οὕτω γὰρ τοῖς μὲν οὐκ ἀπεχθὴς ἔσει, τοῖς δὲ φίλος γενήσει. τὰς ἐντεύξεις μὴ ποιοῦ πυκνὰς τοῖς αὐτοῖς, μηδὲ μακρὰς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν· πλησμονὴ γὰρ ἁπάντων.
Be courteous in your manner, and cordial in your address. It is the part of courtesy to greet those whom you meet; and of cordiality to enter into friendly talk with them. Be pleasant to all, but cultivate the best; thus you will avoid the dislike of the former and have the friendship of the latter. Avoid frequent conversations with the same persons, and long conversations on the same subject; for there is satiety in all things.
§ 21
γύμναζε σεαυτὸν πόνοις ἑκουσίοις, ὅπως ἂν δύνῃ καὶ τοὺς ἀκουσίους ὑπομένειν. ὑφʼ ὧν κρατεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν αἰσχρόν, τούτων ἐγκράτειαν ἄσκει πάντων, κέρδους, ὀργῆς, ἡδονῆς, λύπης. ἔσει δὲ τοιοῦτος, ἐὰν κέρδη μὲν εἶναι νομίζῃς διʼ ὧν εὐδοκιμήσεις ἀλλὰ μὴ διʼ ὧν εὐπορήσεις, τῇ δὲ ὀργῇ παραπλησίως ἔχῃς πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ὥσπερ ἂν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἔχειν ἀξιώσειας, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τερπνοῖς, ἐὰν αἰσχρὸν ὑπολάβῃς τῶν μὲν οἰκετῶν ἄρχειν ταῖς δʼ ἡδοναῖς δουλεύειν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πονηροῖς, ἐὰν τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀτυχίας ἐπιβλέπῃς καὶ αὑτὸν ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὢν ὑπομιμνήσκῃς.
Train yourself in self-imposed toils, that you may be able to endure those which others impose upon you. Practice self-control in all the things by which it is shameful for the soul to be controlled, namely, gain, temper, pleasure, and pain. You will attain such self-control if you regard as gainful those things which will increase your reputation and not those which will increase your wealth; if you manage your temper towards those who offend against you as you would expect others to do if you offended against them; if you govern your pleasures on the principle that it is shameful to rule over one’s servants and yet be a slave to one’s desires; and if, when you are in trouble, you contemplate the misfortunes of others and remind yourself that you are human.
§ 22
μᾶλλον τήρει τὰς τῶν λόγων ἢ τὰς τῶν χρημάτων παρακαταθήκας· δεῖ γὰρ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας τρόπον ὅρκου πιστότερον φαίνεσθαι παρεχομένους. προσήκειν ἡγοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς ἀπιστεῖν, ὥσπερ τοῖς χρηστοῖς πιστεύειν. περὶ τῶν ἀπορρήτων μηδενὶ λέγε, πλὴν ἐὰν ὁμοίως συμφέρῃ τὰς πράξεις σιωπᾶσθαι σοί τε τῷ λέγοντι κἀκείνοις τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.
Guard more faithfully the secret which is confided to you than the money which is entrusted to your care; for good men ought to show that they hold their honor more trustworthy than an oath. Consider that you owe it to yourself no less to mistrust bad men than to put your trust in the good. On matters which you would keep secret, speak to no one save when it is equally expedient for you who speak and for those who hear that the facts should not be published.
§ 23
ὅρκον ἐπακτὸν προσδέχου διὰ δύο προφάσεις, ἢ σεαυτὸν αἰτίας αἰσχρᾶς ἀπολύων, ἢ φίλους ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων διασώζων. ἕνεκα δὲ χρημάτων μηδένα θεῶν ὀμόσῃς, μηδʼ ἂν εὐορκεῖν μέλλῃς· δόξεις γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἐπιορκεῖν, τοῖς δὲ φιλοχρημάτως ἔχειν.
Never allow yourself to be put under oath save for one of two reasons—in order to clear yourself of disgraceful charges or to save your friends from great dangers. In matters of money, swear by none of the gods, not even when you intend to swear a true oath; for you will be suspected on the one hand of perjury, on the other of greed.
§ 24
μηδένα φίλον ποιοῦ, πρὶν ἂν ἐξετάσῃς πῶς κέχρηται τοῖς πρότερον φίλοις· ἔλπιζε γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ περὶ σὲ γενέσθαι τοιοῦτον, οἷος καὶ περὶ ἐκείνους γέγονε. βραδέως μὲν φίλος γίγνου, γενόμενος δὲ πειρῶ διαμένειν· ὁμοίως γὰρ αἰσχρὸν μηδένα φίλον ἔχειν καὶ πολλοὺς ἑταίρους μεταλλάττειν. μήτε μετὰ βλάβης πειρῶ τῶν φίλων, μήτʼ ἄπειρος εἶναι τῶν ἑταίρων θέλε. τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσεις, ἐὰν μὴ δεόμενος τὸ δεῖσθαι προσποιῇ.
Make no man your friend before inquiring how he has used his former friends; for you must expect him to treat you as he has treated them. Be slow to give your friendship, but when you have given it, strive to make it lasting; for it is as reprehensible to make many changes in one’s associates as to have no friend at all. Neither test your friends to your own injury nor be willing to forgo a test of your companions. You can manage this if you pretend to be in want when really you lack nothing.
§ 25
περὶ τῶν ῥητῶν ὡς ἀπορρήτων ἀνακοινοῦ· μὴ τυχὼν μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν βλαβήσει, τυχὼν δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτῶν τὸν τρόπον ἐπιστήσει. δοκίμαζε τοὺς φίλους ἔκ τε τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον ἀτυχίας καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις κοινωνίας· τὸ μὲν γὰρ χρυσίον ἐν τῷ πυρὶ βασανίζομεν, τοὺς δὲ φίλους ἐν ταῖς ἀτυχίαις διαγιγνώσκομεν. οὕτως ἄριστα χρήσει τοῖς φίλοις, ἐὰν μὴ προσμένῃς τὰς παρʼ ἐκείνων δεήσεις, ἀλλʼ αὐτεπάγγελτος αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς βοηθῇς.
Confide in them about matters which require no secrecy as if they were secrets; for if you fail you will not injure yourself, and if you succeed you will have a better knowledge of their character. Prove your friends by means of the misfortunes of life and of their fellowship in your perils; for as we try gold in the fire, so we come to know our friends when we are in misfortune. You will best serve your friends if you do not wait for them to ask your help, but go of your own accord at the crucial moment to lend them aid.
§ 26
ὁμοίως αἰσχρὸν εἶναι νόμιζε τῶν ἐχθρῶν νικᾶσθαι ταῖς κακοποιίαις καὶ τῶν φίλων ἡττᾶσθαι ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις. ἀποδέχου τῶν ἑταίρων μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς κακοῖς δυσχεραίνοντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς μὴ φθονοῦντας· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἀτυχοῦσι μὲν τοῖς φίλοις συνάχθονται, καλῶς δὲ πράττουσι φθονοῦσι. τῶν ἀπόντων φίλων μέμνησο πρὸς τοὺς παρόντας, ἵνα δοκῇς μηδὲ τούτων ἀπόντων ὀλιγωρεῖν.
Consider it equally disgraceful to be outdone by your enemies in doing injury and to be surpassed by your friends in doing kindness. Admit to your companionship, not those alone who show distress at your reverses, but those also who show no envy at your good fortune; for there are many who sympathize with their friends in adversity, but envy them in prosperity. Mention your absent friends to those who are with you, so that they may think you do not forget them, in their turn, when they are absent.
§ 27
εἶναι βούλου τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα φιλόκαλος, ἀλλὰ μὴ καλλωπιστής. ἔστι δὲ φιλοκάλου μὲν τὸ μεγαλοπρεπές, καλλωπιστοῦ δὲ τὸ περίεργον. ἀγάπα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀγαθῶν μὴ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν κτῆσιν ἀλλὰ τὴν μετρίαν ἀπόλαυσιν. καταφρόνει τῶν περὶ τὸν πλοῦτον σπουδαζόντων μέν, χρῆσθαι δὲ τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι μὴ δυναμένων· παραπλήσιον γὰρ οἱ τοιοῦτοι πάσχουσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἵππον κτήσαιτο καλὸν κακῶς ἱππεύειν ἐπιστάμενος.
In matters of dress, resolve to be a man of taste, but not a fop. The man of taste is marked by elegance, the fop by excess. Set not your heart on the excessive acquisition of goods, but on a moderate enjoyment of what you have. Despise those who strain after riches, but are not able to use what they have; they are in like case with a man who, being but a wretched horseman, gets him a fine mount.
§ 28
πειρῶ τὸν πλοῦτον χρήματα καὶ κτήματα κατασκευάζειν. ἔστι δὲ χρήματα μὲν τοῖς ἀπολαύειν ἐπισταμένοις, κτήματα δὲ τοῖς κτᾶσθαι δυναμένοις. τίμα τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν δυοῖν ἕνεκεν, τοῦ τε ζημίαν μεγάλην ἐκτῖσαι δύνασθαι, καὶ τοῦ φίλῳ σπουδαίῳ δυστυχοῦντι βοηθῆσαι· πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἄλλον βίον μηδὲν ὑπερβαλλόντως ἀλλὰ μετρίως αὐτὴν ἀγάπα.
Try to make of money a thing to use as well as to possess; it is a thing of use to those who understand how to enjoy it, and a mere possession to those who are able only to acquire it. Prize the substance you have for two reasons—that you may have the means to meet a heavy loss and that you may go to the aid of a worthy friend when he is in distress; but for your life in general, cherish your possessions not in excess but in moderation.
§ 29
στέργε μὲν τὰ παρόντα, ζήτει δὲ τὰ βελτίω. μηδενὶ συμφορὰν ὀνειδίσῃς· κοινὴ γὰρ ἡ τύχη καὶ τὸ μέλλον ἀόρατον. τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς εὖ ποίει· καλὸς γὰρ θησαυρὸς παρʼ ἀνδρὶ σπουδαίῳ χάρις ὀφειλομένη. τοὺς κακοὺς εὖ ποιῶν ὅμοια πείσει τοῖς τὰς ἀλλοτρίας κύνας σιτίζουσιν· ἐκεῖναί τε γὰρ τοὺς διδόντας ὥσπερ τοὺς τυχόντας ὑλακτοῦσιν, οἵ τε κακοὶ τοὺς ὠφελοῦντας ὥσπερ τοὺς βλάπτοντας ἀδικοῦσι.
Be content with your present lot, but seek a better one. Taunt no man with his misfortune for fate is common to all and the future is a thing unseen. Bestow your favors on the good; for a goodly treasury is a store of gratitude laid up in the heart of an honest man. If you benefit bad men, you will have the same reward as those who feed stray dogs; for these snarl alike at those who give them food and at the passing stranger; and just so base men wrong alike those who help and those who harm them.
§ 30
μίσει τοὺς κολακεύοντας ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐξαπατῶντας· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ πιστευθέντες τοὺς πιστεύσαντας ἀδικοῦσιν. ἐὰν ἀποδέχῃ τῶν φίλων τοὺς πρὸς τὸ φαυλότατον χαριζομένους, οὐχ ἕξεις ἐν τῷ βίῳ τοὺς πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον ἀπεχθανομένους. γίγνου πρὸς τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ὁμιλητικός, ἀλλὰ μὴ σεμνός· τὸν μὲν γὰρ τῶν ὑπεροπτικῶν ὄγκον μόλις ἂν οἱ δοῦλοι καρτερήσειαν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὁμιλητικῶν τρόπον ἅπαντες ἡδέως ὑποφέρουσιν.
Abhor flatterers as you would deceivers; for both, if trusted, injure those who trust them. If you admit to your friendship men who seek your favor for the lowest ends, your life will be lacking in friends who will risk your displeasure for the highest good. Be affable in your relations with those who approach you, and never haughty; for the pride of the arrogant even slaves can hardly endure, whereas when men are affable all are glad to bear with their ways.
§ 31
ὁμιλητικὸς δʼ ἔσει μὴ δύσερις ὢν μηδὲ δυσάρεστος μηδὲ πρὸς πάντας φιλόνικος, μηδὲ πρὸς τὰς τῶν πλησιαζόντων ὀργὰς τραχέως ἀπαντῶν, μηδʼ ἂν ἀδίκως ὀργιζόμενοι τυγχάνωσιν, ἀλλὰ θυμουμένοις μὲν αὐτοῖς εἴκων, πεπαυμένοις δὲ τῆς ὀργῆς ἐπιπλήττων· μηδὲ παρὰ τὰ γελοῖα σπουδάζων, μηδὲ παρὰ τὰ σπουδαῖα τοῖς γελοίοις χαίρων (τὸ γὰρ ἄκαιρον πανταχοῦ λυπηρόν)· μηδὲ τὰς χάριτας ἀχαρίστως χαριζόμενος, ὅπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ πολλοί, ποιοῦντες μέν, ἀηδῶς δὲ τοῖς φίλοις ὑπουργοῦντες· μηδὲ φιλαίτιος ὤν, βαρὺ γάρ, μηδὲ φιλεπιτιμητής, παροξυντικὸν γάρ.
But to be affable, you must not be quarrelsome, nor hard to please, nor always determined to have your way; you must not oppose harshly the angry moods of your associates, even if they happen to be angry without reason, but rather give way to them when they are in the heat of passion and rebuke them when their anger has cooled; you must avoid being serious when the occasion is one for mirth, or taking pleasure in mirth when the occasion is serious (for what is unseasonable is always offensive); you must not bestow your favors ungraciously as do the majority who, when they must oblige their friends, do it offensively; and you must not be given to fault-finding, which is irksome, nor be censorious, which is exasperating.
§ 32
μάλιστα μὲν εὐλαβοῦ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πότοις συνουσίας· ἐὰν δέ ποτέ σοι συμπέσῃ καιρός, ἐξανίστασο πρὸ μέθης. ὅταν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ὑπὸ οἴνου διαφθαρῇ, ταὐτὰ πάσχει τοῖς ἅρμασι τοῖς τοὺς ἡνιόχους ἀποβαλοῦσιν· ἐκεῖνά τε γὰρ ἀτάκτως φέρεται διαμαρτόντα τῶν εὐθυνούντων, ἥ τε ψυχὴ πολλὰ σφάλλεται διαφθαρείσης τῆς διανοίας. ἀθάνατα μὲν φρόνει τῷ μεγαλόψυχος εἶναι, θνητὰ δὲ τῷ συμμέτρως τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀπολαύειν.
If possible avoid drinking-parties altogether, but if ever occasion arises when you must be present, rise and take your leave before you become intoxicated; for when the mind is impaired by wine it is like chariots which have lost their drivers; for just as these plunge along in wild disorder when they miss the hands which should guide them, so the soul stumbles again and again when the intellect is impaired. Cultivate the thoughts of an immortal by being lofty of soul, but of a mortal by enjoying in due measure the good things which you possess.
§ 33
ἡγοῦ τὴν παιδείαν τοσούτῳ μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τῆς ἀπαιδευσίας, ὅσῳ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μοχθηρὰ πάντες κερδαίνοντες πράττουσιν, αὕτη δὲ μόνη καὶ προσεζημίωσε τοὺς ἔχοντας· πολλάκις γάρ, ὧν τοῖς λόγοις ἐλύπησαν, τούτων τοῖς ἔργοις τὴν τιμωρίαν ἔδοσαν. οὓς ἂν βούλῃ ποιήσασθαι φίλους, ἀγαθόν τι λέγε περὶ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀπαγγέλλοντας· ἀρχὴ γὰρ φιλίας μὲν ἔπαινος, ἔχθρας δὲ ψόγος.
Consider culture to be a good so far superior to the lack of culture that while in general everyone derives gain from the practice of vice, boorishness is the one vice which actually penalizes its possessors; for the latter are often punished in deed for the offences they give by their words. When you desire to make a friend of anyone, say good things about him to those who are wont to report them; for praise is the foundation of friendship, as blame is that of enmity.
§ 34
βουλευόμενος παραδείγματα ποιοῦ τὰ παρεληλυθότα τῶν μελλόντων· τὸ γὰρ ἀφανὲς ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ ταχίστην ἔχει τὴν διάγνωσιν. Βουλεύου μὲν βραδέως, ἐπιτέλει δὲ ταχέως τὰ δόξαντα. ἡγοῦ κράτιστον εἶναι παρὰ μὲν τῶν θεῶν εὐτυχίαν, παρὰ δʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν εὐβουλίαν. περὶ ὧν ἂν αἰσχύνῃ παρρησιάσασθαι, βούλῃ δέ τισι τῶν φίλων ἀνακοινώσασθαι, χρῶ τοῖς λόγοις ὡς περὶ ἀλλοτρίου τοῦ πράγματος· οὕτω γὰρ τὴν ἐκείνων τε γνῶσιν αἰσθήσει, καὶ σεαυτὸν οὐ καταφανῆ ποιήσεις.
In your deliberations, let the past be an exemplar for the future; for the unknown may be soonest discerned by reference to the known. Be slow in deliberation, but be prompt to carry out your resolves. Consider that as the best thing which we have from the gods is good fortune, so the best thing which we have in ourselves is good judgement. When there is anything of which you are ashamed to speak openly, but about which you wish to confer with some of your friends, speak as though it were another’s affair; thus you will get at their opinion, and will not betray your own case.
§ 35
ὅταν ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ μέλλῃς τινὶ συμβούλῳ χρῆσθαι, σκόπει πρῶτον πῶς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ διῴκησεν· ὁ γὰρ κακῶς διανοηθεὶς περὶ τῶν οἰκείων οὐδέποτε καλῶς βουλεύσεται περὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων. οὕτω δʼ ἂν μάλιστα βουλεύεσθαι παροξυνθείης, εἰ τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς ἐκ τῆς ἀβουλίας ἐπιβλέψειας· καὶ γὰρ τῆς ὑγιείας πλείστην ἐπιμέλειαν ἔχομεν, ὅταν τὰς λύπας τὰς ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἀναμνησθῶμεν.
Whenever you purpose to consult with anyone about your affairs, first observe how he has managed his own; for he who has shown poor judgement in conducting his own business will never give wise counsel about the business of others. The greatest incentive you can have to deliberation is to observe the misfortunes which spring from the lack of it; for we pay the closest attention to our health when we recall the pains which spring from disease.
§ 36
μιμοῦ τὰ τῶν βασιλέων ἤθη καὶ δίωκε τὰ ἐκείνων ἐπιτηδεύματα· δόξεις γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ ζηλοῦν, ὥστε σοι συμβήσεται παρά τε τῷ πλήθει μᾶλλον εὐδοκιμεῖν καὶ τὴν παρʼ ἐκείνων εὔνοιαν βεβαιοτέραν ἔχειν. πείθου μὲν καὶ τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλέων κειμένοις, ἰσχυρότατον μέντοι νόμον ἡγοῦ τὸν ἐκείνων τρόπον. ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸν ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ πολιτευόμενον τὸ πλῆθος δεῖ θεραπεύειν, οὕτω καὶ τὸν ἐν μοναρχίᾳ κατοικοῦντα τὸν βασιλέα προσήκει θαυμάζειν.
Pattern after the character of kings, and follow closely their ways. For you will thus be thought to approve them and emulate them, and as a result you will have greater esteem in the eyes of the multitude and a surer hold on the favor of royalty. Obey the laws which have been laid down by kings, but consider their manner of life your highest law. For just as one who is a citizen in a democracy must pay court to the multitude, so also one who lives under a monarchy should revere the king.
§ 37
εἰς ἀρχὴν κατασταθεὶς μηδενὶ χρῶ πονηρῷ πρὸς τὰς διοικήσεις· ὧν γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ἁμάρτῃ, σοὶ τὰς αἰτίας ἀναθήσουσιν. ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμελειῶν ἀπαλλάττου μὴ πλουσιώτερος ἀλλʼ ἐνδοξότερος· πολλῶν γὰρ χρημάτων κρείττων ὁ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔπαινος. μηδενὶ πονηρῷ πράγματι μήτε παρίστασο μήτε συνηγόρει· δόξεις γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τοιαῦτα πράττειν, οἷά περ ἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις πράττουσι βοηθῇς.
When you are placed in authority, do not employ any unworthy person in your administration; for people will blame you for any mistakes which he may make. Retire from your public trusts, not more wealthy, but more highly esteemed; for the praise of a people is better than many possessions. Never support or defend a bad cause, for people will suspect that you yourself do the things which you aid others in doing.
§ 38
παρασκεύαζε σεαυτὸν πλεονεκτεῖν μὲν δύνασθαι, ἀνέχου δὲ τὸ ἴσον ἔχων, ἵνα δοκῇς ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς δικαιοσύνης μὴ διʼ ἀσθένειαν ἀλλὰ διʼ ἐπιείκειαν. μᾶλλον ἀποδέχου δικαίαν πενίαν ἢ πλοῦτον ἄδικον· τοσούτῳ γὰρ κρείττων δικαιοσύνη χρημάτων, ὅσῳ τὰ μὲν ζῶντας μόνον ὠφελεῖ, τὸ δὲ καὶ τελευτήσασι δόξαν παρασκευάζει, κἀκείνων μὲν τοῖς φαύλοις μέτεστι, τούτου δὲ τοῖς μοχθηροῖς ἀδύνατον μεταλαβεῖν.
Put yourself in a position in which you have the power to take advantage, but refrain when you have your fair share, so that men may think that you strive for justice, not from weakness, but from a sense of equity. Prefer honest poverty to unjust wealth; for justice is better than riches in that riches profit us only while we live, while justice provides us glory even after we are dead, and while riches are shared by bad men, justice is a thing in which the wicked can have no part.
§ 39
μηδένα ζήλου τῶν ἐξ ἀδικίας κερδαινόντων, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀποδέχου τοὺς μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ζημιωθέντας· οἱ γὰρ δίκαιοι τῶν ἀδίκων εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο πλεονεκτοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐλπίσι γε σπουδαίαις ὑπερέχουσιν.
Never emulate those who seek to gain by injustice, but cleave rather to those who have suffered loss in the cause of justice; for if the just have no other advantage over the unjust, at any rate they surpass them in their high hopes.
§ 40
πάντων μὲν ἐπιμελοῦ τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον, μάλιστα δὲ τὴν σαυτοῦ φρόνησιν ἄσκει· μέγιστον γὰρ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ νοῦς ἀγαθὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπου σώματι. πειρῶ τῷ μὲν σώματι εἶναι φιλόπονος, τῇ δὲ ψυχῇ φιλόσοφος, ἵνα τῷ μὲν ἐπιτελεῖν δύνῃ τὰ δόξαντα, τῇ δὲ προορᾶν ἐπίστῃ τὰ συμφέροντα.
Give careful heed to all that concerns your life, but above all train your own intellect; for the greatest thing in the smallest compass is a sound mind in a human body. Strive with your body to be a lover of toil, and with your soul to be a lover of wisdom, in order that with the one you may have the strength to carry out your resolves, and with the other the intelligence to foresee what is for your good.
§ 41
πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν μέλλῃς ἐρεῖν, πρότερον ἐπισκόπει τῇ γνώμῃ· πολλοῖς γὰρ ἡ γλῶττα προτρέχει τῆς διανοίας. δύο ποιοῦ καιροὺς τοῦ λέγειν, ἢ περὶ ὧν οἶσθα σαφῶς, ἢ περὶ ὧν ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν. ἐν τούτοις γὰρ μόνοις ὁ λόγος τῆς σιγῆς κρείττων, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄμεινον σιγᾶν ἢ λέγειν.
Always when you are about to say anything, first weigh it in your mind; for with many the tongue outruns the thought. Let there be but two occasions for speech—when the subject is one which you thoroughly know and when it is one on which you are compelled to speak. On these occasions alone is speech better than silence; on all others, it is better to be silent than to speak.
§ 42
νόμιζε μηδὲν εἶναι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων βέβαιον· οὕτω γὰρ οὔτʼ εὐτυχῶν ἔσει περιχαρὴς οὔτε δυστυχῶν περίλυπος. χαῖρε μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβαίνουσι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, λυποῦ δὲ μετρίως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις τῶν κακῶν, γίγνου δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις μηδʼ ἐν ἑτέροις ὢν κατάδηλος· ἄτοπον γὰρ τὴν μὲν οὐσίαν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἀποκρύπτειν, τὴν δὲ διάνοιαν φανερὰν ἔχοντα περιπατεῖν.
Consider that nothing in human life is stable; for then you will not exult overmuch in prosperity, nor grieve overmuch in adversity. Rejoice over the good things which come to you, but grieve in moderation over the evils which befall you, and in either case do not expose your heart to others; for it were strange to hide away one’s treasure in the house, and yet walk about laying bare one’s feelings to the world.
§ 43
μᾶλλον εὐλαβοῦ ψόγον ἢ κίνδυνον· δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι φοβερὰν τοῖς μὲν φαύλοις τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευτήν, τοῖς δὲ σπουδαίοις τὴν ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἀδοξίαν. μάλιστα μὲν πειρῶ ζῆν κατὰ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν· ἐὰν δέ ποτέ σοι συμβῇ κινδυνεύειν, ζήτει τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου σωτηρίαν μετὰ καλῆς δόξης, ἀλλὰ μὴ μετʼ αἰσχρᾶς φήμης· τὸ μὲν γὰρ τελευτῆσαι πάντων ἡ πεπρωμένη κατέκρινε, τὸ δὲ καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν ἴδιον τοῖς σπουδαίοις ἀπένειμεν.
Be more careful in guarding against censure than against danger; for the wicked may well dread the end of life, but good men should dread ignominy during life. Strive by all means to live in security, but if ever it falls to your lot to face the dangers of battle, seek to preserve your life, but with honor and not with disgrace; for death is the sentence which fate has passed on all mankind, but to die nobly is the special honor which nature has reserved for the good.
§ 44
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι πρὸς τὴν νῦν παροῦσαν ἡλικίαν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐμὲ τοῦτο διέλαθεν· ἀλλὰ προειλόμην διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς πραγματείας ἅμα τοῦ τε παρόντος βίου συμβουλίαν ἐξενεγκεῖν καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος χρόνου παράγγελμα καταλιπεῖν. τὴν μὲν γὰρ τούτων χρείαν ῥᾳδίως εἰδήσεις, τὸν δὲ μετʼ εὐνοίας συμβουλεύοντα χαλεπῶς εὑρήσεις. ὅπως οὖν μὴ παρʼ ἑτέρου τὰ λοιπὰ ζητῇς, ἀλλʼ ἐντεῦθεν ὥσπερ ἐκ ταμιείου προφέρῃς, ᾠήθην δεῖν μηδὲν παραλιπεῖν ὧν ἔχω σοι συμβουλεύειν.
Do not be surprised that many things which I have said do not apply to you at your present age. For I also have not overlooked this fact, but I have deliberately chosen to employ this one treatise, not only to convey to you advice for your life now, but also to leave with you precepts for the years to come; for you will then readily perceive the application of my precepts, but you will not easily find a man who will give you friendly counsel. In order, therefore, that you may not seek the rest from another source, but that you may draw from this as from a treasure-house, I thought that I ought not to omit any of the counsels which I have to give you.
§ 45
πολλὴν δʼ ἂν τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν σχοίην, εἰ μὴ διαμάρτοιμι τῆς δόξης ἧς ἔχων περὶ σοῦ τυγχάνω. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων τοὺς πλείστους εὑρήσομεν, ὥσπερ τῶν σιτίων τοῖς ἡδίστοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὑγιεινοτάτοις χαίροντας, οὕτω καὶ τῶν φίλων τοῖς συνεξαμαρτάνουσι πλησιάζοντας, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῖς νουθετοῦσι. σὲ δὲ νομίζω τοὐναντίον τούτων ἐγνωκέναι, τεκμηρίῳ χρώμενος τῇ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην παιδείαν φιλοπονία· τὸν γὰρ αὑτῷ τὰ βέλτιστα πράττειν ἐπιτάττοντα, τοῦτον εἰκὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν παρακαλοῦντας ἀποδέχεσθαι.
And I shall be most grateful to the gods if I am not disappointed in the opinion which I have of you. For, while we find that the great majority of other men seek the society of those friends who join them in their follies and not of those who admonish them, just as they prefer the most pleasant to the most wholesome food, you, I think, are minded otherwise, as I judge from the industry you display in your general education. For when one sets for himself the highest standard of conduct, it is probable that in his relation to others he will approve only of those who exhort him to virtue.
§ 46
μάλιστα δʼ ἂν παροξυνθείης ὀρέγεσθαι τῶν καλῶν ἔργων, εἰ καταμάθοις ὅτι καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς ἐκ τούτων μάλιστα γνησίως ἔχομεν. ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ ῥᾳθυμεῖν καὶ τὰς πλησμονὰς ἀγαπᾶν εὐθὺς αἱ λῦπαι ταῖς ἡδοναῖς παραπεπήγασι, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν φιλοπονεῖν καὶ σωφρόνως τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον οἰκονομεῖν ἀεὶ τὰς τέρψεις εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ βεβαιοτέρας ἀποδίδωσι·
But most of all would you be spurred on to strive for noble deeds if you should realize that it is from them most of all that we also derive pleasure in the true sense. For while the result of indolence and love of surfeit is that pain follows on the heels of pleasure, on the other hand, devoted toil in the pursuit of virtue, and self-control in the ordering of one’s life always yield delights that are pure and more abiding. In the former case we experience pain following upon pleasure, in the latter we enjoy pleasure after pain.
§ 47
κἀκεῖ μὲν πρότερον ἡσθέντες ὕστερον ἐλυπήθημεν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ μετὰ τὰς λύπας τὰς ἡδονὰς ἔχομεν. ἐν πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις οὐχ οὕτω τῆς ἀρχῆς μνημονεύομεν, ὡς τῆς τελευτῆς αἴσθησιν λαμβάνομεν· τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον οὐ διʼ αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα ποιοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκεν διαπονοῦμεν.
In all our tasks we are not so much mindful of the beginning as we are sensible of the end; for we do most things in life not for themselves; it is rather for the sake of what results from them that we carry on our labors.
§ 48
ἐνθυμοῦ δʼ ὅτι τοῖς μὲν φαύλοις ἐνδέχεται τὰ τυχόντα πράττειν· εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτην πεποίηνται τὴν ὑπόθεσιν· τοῖς δὲ σπουδαίοις οὐχ οἷόν τε τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀμελεῖν διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς ἔχειν τοὺς ἐπιπλήττοντας. πάντες γὰρ μισοῦσιν οὐχ οὕτω τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας ὡς τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς μὲν φήσαντας εἶναι, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν τυχόντων διαφέροντας,
Bear in mind that while the base may be pardoned for acting without principle, since it is on such a foundation that from the first their lives have been built, yet the good may not neglect virtue without subjecting themselves to rebukes from many quarters; for all men despise less those who do wrong than those who have claimed to be respect able and yet are in fact no better than the common run;
§ 49
εἰκότως· ὅπου γὰρ τοὺς τῷ λόγῳ μόνον ψευδομένους ἀποδοκιμάζομεν, ἦ πού γε τοὺς τῷ βίῳ παντὶ ἐλαττουμένους οὐ φαύλους εἶναι φήσομεν; δικαίως δʼ ἂν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπολάβοιμεν μὴ μόνον εἰς αὑτοὺς ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τύχης εἶναι προδότας· ἡ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς χρήματα καὶ δόξαν καὶ φίλους ἐνεχείρισεν, οἱ δὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναξίους τῆς ὑπαρχούσης εὐδαιμονίας κατέστησαν.
and rightly, too, for when we condemn those who deceive us in words alone, how, pray, can we deny the baseness of those who in their whole lives belie their promise? We should be right in judging that such men not only sin against themselves, but are traitors to fortune as well; for fortune places in their hands wealth and reputation and friends, but they, for their part, make themselves unworthy of the blessings which lie within their grasp.
§ 50
εἰ δὲ δεῖ θνητὸν ὄντα τῆς τῶν θεῶν στοχάσασθαι διανοίας, ἡγοῦμαι κἀκείνους ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις μάλιστα δηλῶσαι πῶς ἔχουσι πρὸς τοὺς φαύλους καὶ τοὺς σπουδαίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ζεὺς γὰρ Ἡρακλέα καὶ Τάνταλον γεννήσας, ὡς οἱ μῦθοι λέγουσι καὶ πάντες πιστεύουσι, τὸν μὲν διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀθάνατον ἐποίησε, τὸν δὲ διὰ τὴν κακίαν ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμωρίαις ἐκόλασεν.
And if a mortal may make conjecture of the thoughts of the gods, I think that they also have revealed very clearly in their treatment of their nearest kin how they are disposed to the good and base among men. For Zeus, who, as the myths relate and all men believe, was the father of Heracles and Tantalus, made the one immortal because of his virtue, and inflicted on the other the severest punishments because of his evil character.
§ 51
οἷς δεῖ παραδείγμασι χρωμένους ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς καλοκαγαθίας, καὶ μὴ μόνον τοῖς ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰρημένοις ἐμμένειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν τὰ βέλτιστα μανθάνειν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σοφιστῶν, εἴ τι χρήσιμον εἰρήκασιν,
With these examples before you, you should aspire to nobility of character, and not only abide by what I have said, but acquaint yourself with the best things in the poets as well, and learn from the other wise men also any useful lessons they have taught.
§ 52
ἀναγιγνώσκειν. ὥσπερ γὰρ τὴν μέλιτταν ὁρῶμεν ἐφʼ ἅπαντα μὲν τὰ βλαστήματα καθιζάνουσαν, οὕτω δεῖ καὶ τοὺς παιδείας ὀρεγομένους μηδενὸς μὲν ἀπείρως ἔχειν, πανταχόθεν δὲ τὰ χρήσιμα συλλέγειν. μόλις γὰρ ἄν τις ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐπιμελείας τὰς τῆς φύσεως ἁμαρτίας ἐπικρατήσειεν.
For just as we see the bee settling on all the flowers, and sipping the best from each, so also those who aspire to culture ought not to leave anything untasted, but should gather useful knowledge from every source. For hardly even with these pains can they overcome the defects of nature.
Against the Sophists · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg008 · Greek: Κατὰ τῶν σοφιστῶν — tlg0010.tlg008.perseus-grc2 · English: Against the Sophists — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg008.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰ πάντες ἤθελον οἱ παιδεύειν ἐπιχειροῦντες ἀληθῆ λέγειν, καὶ μὴ μείζους ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ὧν ἔμελλον ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐκ ἂν κακῶς ἤκουον ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν· νῦν δʼ οἱ τολμῶντες λίαν ἀπερισκέπτως ἀλαζονεύεσθαι πεποιήκασιν ὥστε δοκεῖν ἄμεινον βουλεύεσθαι τοὺς ῥᾳθυμεῖν αἱρουμένους τῶν περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατριβόντων. τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἃν μισήσειεν ἅμα καὶ καταφρονήσειε πρῶτον μὲν τῶν περὶ τὰς ἔριδας διατριβόντων, οἳ προσποιοῦνται μὲν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ζητεῖν, εὐθὺς δʼ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῶν ἐπαγγελμάτων ψευδῆ λέγειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν;
If all who are engaged in the profession of education were willing to state the facts instead of making greater promises than they can possibly fulfill, they would not be in such bad repute with the lay-public. As it is, however, the teachers who do not scruple to vaunt their powers with utter disregard of the truth have created the impression that those who choose a life of careless indolence are better advised than those who devote themselves to serious study. Indeed, who can fail to abhor, yes to contemn, those teachers, in the first place, who devote themselves to disputation, since they pretend to search for truth, but straightway at the beginning of their professions attempt to deceive us with lies?
§ 2
οἶμαι γὰρ ἅπασιν εἶναι φανερὸν ὅτι τὰ μέλλοντα προγιγνώσκειν οὐ τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεώς ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχομεν ταύτης τῆς φρονήσεως, ὥσθʼ Ὅμηρος ὁ μεγίστην ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ δόξαν εἰληφὼς καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς πεποίηκεν ἔστιν ὅτε βουλευομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, οὐ τὴν ἐκείνων γνώμην εἰδώς, ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν ἐνδείξασθαι βουλόμενος ὅτι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἓν τοῦτο τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐστίν.
For I think it is manifest to all that foreknowledge of future events is not vouchsafed to our human nature, but that we are so far removed from this prescience that Homer, who has been conceded the highest reputation for wisdom, has pictured even the gods as at times debating among themselves about the future—not that he knew their minds but that he desired to show us that for mankind this power lies in the realms of the impossible.
§ 3
οὗτοι τοίνυν εἰς τοῦτο τόλμης ἐληλύθασιν, ὥστε πειρῶνται πείθειν τοὺς νεωτέρους ὡς, ἢν αὐτοῖς πλησιάζωσιν, ἅ τε πρακτέον ἐστὶν εἴσονται καὶ διὰ ταύτης τῆς ἐπιστήμης εὐδαίμονες γενήσονται. καὶ τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν αὑτοὺς διδασκάλους καὶ κυρίους καταστήσαντες, οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας μνᾶς ὑπὲρ τούτων αἰτοῦντες.
But these professors have gone so far in their lack of scruple that they attempt to persuade our young men that if they will only study under them they will know what to do in life and through this knowledge will become happy and prosperous. More than that, although they set themselves up as masters and dispensers of goods so precious, they are not ashamed of asking for them a price of three or four minae!
§ 4
ἀλλʼ εἰ μέν τι τῶν ἄλλων κτημάτων πολλοστοῦ μέρους τῆς ἀξίας ἐπώλουν, οὐκ ἂν ἠμφεσβήτησαν ὡς εὖ φρονοῦντες τυγχάνουσι, σύμπασαν δὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν οὕτως ὀλίγου τιμῶντες, ὡς νοῦν ἔχοντες διδάσκαλοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀξιοῦσι γίγνεσθαι. καὶ λέγουσι μὲν ὡς οὐδὲν δέονται χρημάτων, ἀργυρίδιον καὶ χρυσίδιον τὸν πλοῦτον ἀποκαλοῦντες, μικροῦ δὲ κέρδους ὀρεγόμενοι μόνον οὐκ ἀθανάτους ὑπισχνοῦνται τοὺς συνόντας ποιήσειν.
Why, if they were to sell any other commodity for so trifling a fraction of its worth they would not deny their folly; nevertheless, although they set so insignificant a price on the whole stock of virtue and happiness, they pretend to wisdom and assume the right to instruct the rest of the world. Furthermore, although they say that they do not want money and speak contemptuously of wealth as “filthy lucre,” they hold their hands out for a trifling gain and promise to make their disciples all but immortal!
§ 5
ὃ δὲ πάντων καταγελαστότατον, ὅτι παρὰ μὲν ὧν δεῖ λαβεῖν αὐτούς, τούτοις μὲν ἀπιστοῦσιν, οἷς μέλλουσι τὴν δικαιοσύνην παραδώσειν, ὧν δʼ οὐδεπώποτε διδάσκαλοι γεγόνασι, παρὰ τούτοις τὰ παρὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μεσεγγυοῦνται, πρὸς μὲν τὴν ἀσφάλειαν εὖ βουλευόμενοι, τῷ δʼ ἐπαγγέλματι τἀναντία πράττοντες.
But what is most ridiculous of all is that they distrust those from whom they are to get this money—they distrust, that is to say, the very men to whom they are about to deliver the science of just dealing—and they require that the fees advanced by their students be entrusted for safe keeping to those who have never been under their instruction, being well advised as to their security, but doing the opposite of what they preach.
§ 6
τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλο τι παιδεύοντας προσήκει διακριβοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν διαφερόντων, οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει τοὺς περὶ ἕτερα δεινοὺς γενομένους μὴ χρηστοὺς εἶναι περὶ τὰ συμβόλαια· τοὺς δὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἐνεργαζομένους πῶς οὐκ ἄλογόν ἐστι μὴ τοῖς μαθηταῖς μάλιστα πιστεύειν; οὐ γὰρ δή που περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὄντες καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ καὶ δίκαιοι περὶ τούτους ἐξαμαρτήσονται, διʼ οὓς τοιοῦτοι γεγόνασιν.
For it is permissible to those who give any other instruction to be exacting in matters open to dispute, since nothing prevents those who have been made adept in other lines of training from being dishonorable in the matter of contracts. But men who inculcate virtue and sobriety—is it not absurd if they do not trust in their own students before all others? For it is not to be supposed that men who are honorable and just-dealing with others will be dishonest with the very preceptors who have made them what they are.
§ 7
ἐπειδὰν οὖν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τινες, ἅπαντα ταῦτα συλλογισάμενοι, κατίδωσι τοὺς τὴν σοφίαν διδάσκοντας καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν παραδιδόντας αὐτούς τε πολλῶν δεομένους καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς μικρὸν πραττομένους, καὶ τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντας, ἔτι δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν μελλόντων εἰδέναι προσποιουμένους,
When, therefore, the layman puts all these things together and observes that the teachers of wisdom and dispensers of happiness are themselves in great want but exact only a small fee from their students, that they are on the watch for contradictions in words but are blind to inconsistencies in deeds, and that, furthermore, they pretend to have knowledge of the future
§ 8
περὶ δὲ τῶν παρόντων μηδὲν τῶν δεόντων μήτʼ εἰπεῖν μήτε συμβουλεῦσαι δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὁμονοοῦντας καὶ πλείω κατορθοῦντας τοὺς ταῖς δόξαις χρωμένους ἢ τοὺς τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἔχειν ἐπαγγελλομένους, εἰκότως οἶμαι καταφρονοῦσι, καὶ νομίζουσιν ἀδολεσχίαν καὶ μικρολογίαν ἀλλʼ οὐ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν εἶναι τὰς τοιαύτας διατριβάς.
but are incapable either of saying anything pertinent or of giving any counsel regarding the present, and when he observes that those who follow their judgements are more consistent and more successful than those who profess to have exact knowledge, then he has, I think, good reason to contemn such studies and regard them as stuff and nonsense, and not as a true discipline of the soul.
§ 9
οὐ μόνον δὲ τούτοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς τοὺς πολιτικοὺς λόγους ὑπισχνουμένοις ἄξιον ἐπιτιμῆσαι καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τῆς μὲν ἀληθείας οὐδὲν φροντίζουσιν, ἡγοῦνται δὲ τοῦτʼ εἶναι τὴν τέχνην, ἢν ὡς πλείστους τῇ μικρότητι τῶν μισθῶν καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν ἐπαγγελμάτων προσαγάγωνται καὶ λαβεῖν τι παρʼ αὐτῶν δυνηθῶσιν· οὕτω δʼ ἀναισθήτως αὐτοί τε διάκεινται καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἔχειν ὑπειλήφασιν, ὥστε χεῖρον γράφοντες τοὺς λόγους ἢ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τινες αὐτοσχεδιάζουσιν, ὅμως ὑπισχνοῦνται τοιούτους ῥήτορας τοὺς συνόντας ποιήσειν ὥστε μηδὲν τῶν ἐνόντων ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι παραλιπεῖν.
But it is not these sophists alone who are open to criticism, but also those who profess to teach political discourse. For the latter have no interest whatever in the truth, but consider that they are masters of an art if they can attract great numbers of students by the smallness of their charges and the magnitude of their professions and get something out of them. For they are themselves so stupid and conceive others to be so dull that, although the speeches which they compose are worse than those which some laymen improvise, nevertheless they promise to make their students such clever orators that they will not overlook any of the possibilities which a subject affords.
§ 10
καὶ ταύτης τῆς δυνάμεως οὐδὲν οὔτε ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις οὔτε τῇ φύσει τῇ τοῦ μαθητοῦ μεταδιδόασιν, ἀλλά φασιν ὁμοίως τὴν τῶν λόγων ἐπιστήμην ὥσπερ τὴν τῶν γραμμάτων παραδώσειν, ὡς μὲν ἔχει τούτων ἑκάτερον, οὐκ ἐξετάσαντες, οἰόμενοι δὲ διὰ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τῶν ἐπαγγελμάτων αὐτοί τε θαυμασθήσεσθαι καὶ τὴν παίδευσιν τὴν τῶν λόγων πλέονος ἀξίαν δόξειν εἶναι, κακῶς εἰδότες ὅτι μεγάλας ποιοῦσι τὰς τέχνας οὐχ οἱ τολμῶντες ἀλαζονεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οἵτινες ἄν, ὅσον ἔνεστιν ἐν ἑκάστῃ, τοῦτʼ ἐξευρεῖν δυνηθῶσιν.
More than that, they do not attribute any of this power either to the practical experience or to the native ability of the student, but undertake to transmit the science of discourse as simply as they would teach the letters of the alphabet, not having taken trouble to examine into the nature of each kind of knowledge, but thinking that because of the extravagance of their promises they themselves will command admiration and the teaching of discourse will be held in higher esteem—oblivious of the fact that the arts are made great, not by those who are without scruple in boasting about them, but by those who are able to discover all of the resources which each art affords.
§ 11
ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸ πολλῶν μὲν ἂν χρημάτων ἐτιμησάμην τηλικοῦτον δύνασθαι τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ὅσον οὗτοι λέγουσιν, ἴσως γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἡμεῖς πλεῖστον ἀπελείφθημεν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐλάχιστον μέρος ἀπελαύσαμεν αὐτῆς· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, βουλοίμην ἂν παύσασθαι τοὺς φλυαροῦντας· ὁρῶ γὰρ οὐ μόνον περὶ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας τὰς βλασφημίας γιγνομένας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας συνδιαβαλλομένους τοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν διατριβὴν ὄντας.
For myself, I should have preferred above great riches that philosophy had as much power as these men claim; for, possibly, I should not have been the very last in the profession nor had the least share in its profits. But since it has no such power, I could wish that this prating might cease. For I note that the bad repute which results therefrom does not affect the offenders only, but that all the rest of us who are in the same profession share in the opprobium.
§ 12
θαυμάζω δʼ ὅταν ἴδω τούτους μαθητῶν ἀξιουμένους, οἳ ποιητικοῦ πράγματος τεταγμένην τέχνην παράδειγμα φέροντες λελήθασι σφᾶς αὐτούς. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε πλὴν τούτων ὅτι τὸ μὲν τῶν γραμμάτων ἀκινήτως ἔχει καὶ μένει κατὰ ταὐτόν, ὥστε τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν χρώμενοι διατελοῦμεν, τὸ δὲ τῶν λόγων πᾶν τοὐναντίον πέπονθεν· τὸ γὰρ ὑφʼ ἑτέρου ῥηθὲν τῷ λέγοντι μετʼ ἐκεῖνον οὐχ ὁμοίως χρήσιμόν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ οὗτος εἶναι δοκεῖ τεχνικώτατος, ὅς τις ἂν ἀξίως μὲν λέγῃ τῶν πραγμάτων, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις εὑρίσκειν δύνηται.
But I marvel when I observe these men setting themselves up as instructors of youth who cannot see that they are applying the analogy of an art with hard and fast rules to a creative process. For, excepting these teachers, who does not know that the art of using letters remains fixed and unchanged, so that we continually and invariably use the same letters for the same purposes, while exactly the reverse is true of the art of discourse? For what has been said by one speaker is not equally useful for the speaker who comes after him; on the contrary, he is accounted most skilled in this art who speaks in a manner worthy of his subject and yet is able to discover in it topics which are nowise the same as those used by others.
§ 13
μέγιστον δὲ σημεῖον τῆς ἀνομοιότητος αὐτῶν· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λόγους οὐχ οἷόν τε καλῶς ἔχειν, ἢν μὴ τῶν καιρῶν καὶ τοῦ πρεπόντως καὶ τοῦ καινῶς ἔχειν μετάσχωσιν, τοῖς δὲ γράμμασιν οὐδενὸς τούτων προσεδέησεν. ὥσθʼ οἱ χρώμενοι τοῖς τοιούτοις παραδείγμασι πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον ἀποτίνοιεν ἢ λαμβάνοιεν ἀργύριον, ὅτι πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας αὐτοὶ δεόμενοι παιδεύειν τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιχειροῦσιν.
But the greatest proof of the difference between these two arts is that oratory is good only if it has the qualities of fitness for the occasion, propriety of style, and originality of treatment, while in the case of letters there is no such need whatsoever. So that those who make use of such analogies ought more justly to pay out than to accept fees, since they attempt to teach others when they are themselves in great need of instruction.
§ 14
εἰ δὲ δεῖ μὴ κατηγορεῖν τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ δηλῶσαι διάνοιαν, ἡγοῦμαι πάντας ἄν μοι τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας συνειπεῖν ὅτι πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων ἰδιῶται διετέλεσαν ὄντες, ἄλλοι δέ τινες οὐδενὶ πώποτε συγγενόμενοι τῶν σοφιστῶν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι δεινοὶ γεγόνασιν. αἱ μὲν γὰρ δυνάμεις καὶ τῶν λόγων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἁπάντων ἐν τοῖς εὐφυέσιν ἐγγίγνονται καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὰς ἐμπειρίας γεγυμνασμένοις·
However, if it is my duty not only to rebuke others, but also to set forth my own views, I think all intelligent people will agree with me that while many of those who have pursued philosophy have remained in private life, others, on the other hand, who have never taken lessons from any one of the sophists have become able orators and statesmen. For ability, whether in speech or in any other activity, is found in those who are well endowed by nature and have been schooled by practical experience.
§ 15
ἡ δὲ παίδευσις τοὺς μὲν τοιούτους τεχνικωτέρους καὶ πρὸς τὸ ζητεῖν εὐπορωτέρους ἐποίησεν, οἷς γὰρ νῦν ἐντυγχάνουσι πλανώμενοι, ταῦτʼ ἐξ ἑτοιμοτέρου λαμβάνειν αὐτοὺς ἐδίδαξεν, τοὺς δὲ καταδεεστέραν τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντας ἀγωνιστὰς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς ἢ λόγων ποιητὰς οὐκ ἂν ἀποτελέσειεν, αὐτοὺς δʼ ἂν αὑτῶν προαγάγοι καὶ πρὸς πολλὰ φρονιμωτέρως διακεῖσθαι ποιήσειεν.
Formal training makes such men more skilfull and more resourceful in discovering the possibilities of a subject; for it teaches them to take from a readier source the topics which they otherwise hit upon in haphazard fashion. But it cannot fully fashion men who are without natural aptitude into good debaters or writers, although it is capable of leading them on to self-improvement and to a greater degree of intelligence on many subjects.
§ 16
βούλομαι δʼ, ἐπειδή περ εἰς τοῦτο προῆλθον, ἔτι σαφέστερον εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν. φημὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ τῶν μὲν ἰδεῶν, ἐξ ὧν τοὺς λόγους ἅπαντας καὶ λέγομεν καὶ συντίθεμεν, λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπιστήμην οὐκ εἶναι τῶν πάνυ χαλεπῶν, ἤν τις αὑτὸν παραδῷ μὴ τοῖς ῥᾳδίως ὑπισχνουμένοις ἀλλὰ τοῖς εἰδόσι τι περὶ αὐτῶν· τὸ δὲ τούτων ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἃς δεῖ προελέσθαι καὶ μῖξαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας καὶ τάξαι κατὰ τρόπον, ἔτι δὲ τῶν καιρῶν μὴ διαμαρτεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασι πρεπόντως ὅλον τὸν λόγον καταποικῖλαι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εὐρύθμως καὶ μουσικῶς εἰπεῖν,
But I desire, now that I have gone this far, to speak more clearly on these matters. For I hold that to obtain a knowledge of the elements out of which we make and compose all discourses is not so very difficult if anyone entrusts himself, not to those who make rash promises, but to those who have some knowledge of these things. But to choose from these elements those which should be employed for each subject, to join them together, to arrange them properly, and also, not to miss what the occasion demands but appropriately to adorn the whole speech with striking thoughts and to clothe it in flowing and melodious phrase—
§ 17
ταῦτα δὲ πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας δεῖσθαι καὶ ψυχῆς ἀνδρικῆς καὶ δοξαστικῆς ἔργον εἶναι, καὶ δεῖν τὸν μὲν μαθητὴν πρὸς τῷ τὴν φύσιν ἔχειν οἵαν χρὴ τὰ μὲν εἴδη τὰ τῶν λόγων μαθεῖν, περὶ δὲ τὰς χρήσεις αὐτῶν γυμνασθῆναι, τὸν δὲ διδάσκαλον τὰ μὲν οὕτως ἀκριβῶς οἷόν τʼ εἶναι διελθεῖν ὥστε μηδὲν τῶν διδακτῶν παραλιπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν τοιοῦτον αὑτὸν παράδειγμα παρασχεῖν,
these things, I hold, require much study and are the task of a vigorous and imaginative mind: for this, the student must not only have the requisite aptitude but he must learn the different kinds of discourse and practice himself in their use; and the teacher, for his part, must so expound the principles of the art with the utmost possible exactness as to leave out nothing that can be taught, and, for the rest, he must in himself set such an example of oratory
§ 18
ὥστε τοὺς ἐκτυπωθέντας καὶ μιμήσασθαι δυναμένους εὐθὺς ἀνθηρότερον καὶ χαριέστερον τῶν ἄλλων φαίνεσθαι λέγοντας. καὶ τούτων μὲν ἁπάντων συμπεσόντων τελείως ἕξουσιν οἱ φιλοσοφοῦντες· καθʼ ὃ δʼ ἂν ἐλλειφθῇ τι τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀνάγκη ταύτῃ χεῖρον διακεῖσθαι τοὺς πλησιάζοντας.
that the students who have taken form under his instruction and are able to pattern after him will, from the outset, show in their speaking a degree of grace and charm which is not found in others. When all of these requisites are found together, then the devotees of philosophy will achieve complete success; but according as any one of the things which I have mentioned is lacking, to this extent must their disciples of necessity fall below the mark.
§ 19
οἱ μὲν οὖν ἄρτι τῶν σοφιστῶν ἀναφυόμενοι καὶ νεωστὶ προσπεπτωκότες ταῖς ἀλαζονείαις, εἰ καὶ νῦν πλεονάζουσιν, εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι πάντες ἐπὶ ταύτην κατενεχθήσονται τὴν ὑπόθεσιν. λοιποὶ δʼ ἡμῖν εἰσιν οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν γενόμενοι καὶ τὰς καλουμένας τέχνας γράψαι τολμήσαντες, οὓς οὐκ ἀφετέον ἀνεπιτιμήτους· οἵ τινες ὑπέσχοντο δικάζεσθαι διδάξειν, ἐκλεξάμενοι τὸ δυσχερέστατον τῶν ὀνομάτων, ὃ τῶν φθονούντων ἔργον ἦν λέγειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῶν προεστώτων τῆς τοιαύτης παιδεύσεως, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ πράγματος,
Now as for the sophists who have lately sprung up and have very recently embraced these pretensions, even though they flourish at the moment, they will all, I am sure, come round to this position. But there remain to be considered those who lived before our time and did not scruple to write the so-called arts of oratory. These must not be dismissed without rebuke, since they professed to teach how to conduct law-suits, picking out the most discredited of terms, which the enemies, not the champions, of this discipline might have been expected to employ—
§ 20
καθʼ ὅσον ἐστὶ διδακτόν, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς δικανικοὺς λόγους ἢ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας ὠφελεῖν δυναμένου. τοσούτῳ δὲ χείρους ἐγένοντο τῶν περὶ τὰς ἔριδας καλινδουμένων, ὅσον οὗτοι μὲν τοιαῦτα λογίδια διεξιόντες, οἷς εἴ τις ἐπὶ τῶν πράξεων ἐμμείνειεν εὐθὺς ἂν ἐν πᾶσιν εἴη κακοῖς, ὅμως ἀρετὴν ἐπηγγείλαντο καὶ σωφροσύνην περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐκεῖνοι δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς λόγους, παρακαλοῦντες, ἀμελήσαντες τῶν ἄλλων τῶν προσόντων αὐτοῖς ἀγαθῶν, πολυπραγμοσύνης καὶ πλεονεξίας ὑπέστησαν εἶναι διδάσκαλοι.
and that too although this facility, in so far as it can be taught, is of no greater aid to forensic than to all other discourse. But they were much worse than those who dabble in disputation; for although the latter expounded such captious theories that were anyone to cleave to them in practice he would at once be in all manner of trouble, they did, at any rate, make professions of virtue and sobriety in their teaching, whereas the former, although exhorting others to study political discourse, neglected all the good things which this study affords, and became nothing more than professors of meddlesomeness and greed.
§ 21
καίτοι τοὺς βουλομένους πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς φιλοσοφίας ταύτης προσταττομένοις πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον πρὸς ἐπιείκειαν ἢ πρὸς ῥητορείαν ὠφελήσειεν. καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με λέγειν ὡς ἔστι δικαιοσύνη διδακτόν· ὅλως μὲν γὰρ οὐδεμίαν ἡγοῦμαι τοιαύτην εἶναι τέχνην, ἥτις τοῖς κακῶς πεφυκόσι πρὸς ἀρετὴν σωφροσύνην ἂν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐμποιήσειεν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ συμπαρακελεύσασθαί γε καὶ συνασκῆσαι μάλιστʼ ἃ οἶμαι τὴν τῶν λόγων τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐπιμέλειαν.
And yet those who desire to follow the true precepts of this discipline may, if they will, be helped more speedily towards honesty of character than towards facility in oratory. And let no one suppose that I claim that just living can be taught; for, in a word, I hold that there does not exist an art of the kind which can implant sobriety and justice in depraved natures. Nevertheless, I do think that the study of political discourse can help more than any other thing to stimulate and form such qualities of character.
§ 22
ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ τὰς μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὑποσχέσεις διαλύειν, αὐτὸς δὲ μείζω λέγειν τῶν ἐνόντων, ἐξ ὧνπερ αὐτὸς ἐπείσθην οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἔχειν, ῥᾳδίως οἶμαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις φανερὸν καταστήσειν.
But in order that I may not appear to be breaking down the pretensions of others while myself making greater claims than are within my powers, I believe that the very arguments by which I myself was convinced will make it clear to others also that these things are true.
Helen · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg009 · Greek: Ἑλένη — tlg0010.tlg009.perseus-grc2 · English: Helen — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg009.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰσί τινες οἳ μέγα φρονοῦσιν, ἢν ὑπόθεσιν ἄτοπον καὶ παράδοξον ποιησάμενοι περὶ ταύτης ἀνεκτῶς εἰπεῖν δυνηθῶσι· καὶ καταγεγηράκασιν οἱ μὲν οὐ φάσκοντες οἷόν τʼ εἶναι ψευδῆ λέγειν οὐδʼ ἀντιλέγειν οὐδὲ δύω λόγω περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων ἀντειπεῖν, οἱ δὲ διεξιόντες ὡς ἀνδρία καὶ σοφία καὶ δικαιοσύνη ταὐτόν ἐστι, καὶ φύσει μὲν οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ἔχομεν, μία δʼ ἐπιστήμη καθʼ ἁπάντων ἐστίν· ἄλλοι δὲ περὶ τὰς ἔριδας διατρίβουσι τὰς οὐδὲν μὲν ὠφελούσας, πράγματα δὲ παρέχειν τοῖς πλησιάζουσι δυναμένας.
There are some who are much pleased with themselves if, after setting up an absurd and self-contradictory subject, they succeed in discussing it in tolerable fashion; and men have grown old, some asserting that it is impossible to say, or to gainsay, what is false, or to speak on both sides of the same questions, others maintaining that courage and wisdom and justice are identical, and that we possess none of these as natural qualities, but that there is one sort of knowledge concerned with them all.; and still others waste their time in captious disputations that are not only entirely useless, but are sure to make trouble for their disciples.
§ 2
ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν ἑώρων νεωστὶ τὴν περιεργίαν ταύτην ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἐγγεγενημένην καὶ τούτους ἐπὶ τῇ καινότητι τῶν εὑρημένων φιλοτιμουμένους, οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως ἐθαύμαζον αὐτῶν· νῦν δὲ τίς ἐστιν οὕτως ὀψιμαθής, ὅστις οὐκ οἶδε Πρωταγόραν καὶ τοὺς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον γενομένους σοφιστάς, ὅτι καὶ τοιαῦτα καὶ πολὺ τούτων πραγματωδέστερα συγγράμματα κατέλιπον ἡμῖν;
For my part, if I observed that this futile affectation had arisen only recently in rhetoric and that these men were priding themselves upon the novelty of their inventions, I should not be surprised at them to such degree; but as it is, who is so backward in learning as not to know that Protagoras and the sophists of his time have left to us compositions of similar character and even far more overwrought than these?
§ 3
πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις ὑπερβάλοιτο Γοργίαν τὸν τολμήσαντα λέγειν ὡς οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἔστιν, ἢ Ζήνωνα τὸν ταὐτὰ δυνατὰ καὶ πάλιν ἀδύνατα πειρώμενον ἀποφαίνειν, ἢ Μέλισσον ὃς ἀπείρων τὸ πλῆθος πεφυκότων τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ παντὸς ἐπεχείρησεν ἀποδείξεις εὑρίσκειν;
For how could one surpass Gorgias, who dared to assert that nothing exists of the things that are, or Zeno, who ventured to prove the same things as possible and again as impossible, or Melissus who, although things in nature are infinite in number, made it his task to find proofs that the whole is one!
§ 4
ἄλλʼ ὅμως οὕτω φανερῶς ἐκείνων ἐπιδειξάντων ὅτι ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι, περὶ ὧν ἄν τις πρόθηται, ψευδῆ μηχανήσασθαι λόγον, ἔτι περὶ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον διατρίβουσιν· οὓς ἐχρῆν ἀφεμένους ταύτης τῆς τερθρείας, τῆς ἐν μὲν τοῖς λόγοις ἐξελέγχειν προσποιουμένης, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἐξεληλεγμένης, τὴν ἀλήθειαν διώκειν, καὶ περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐν αἷς πολιτευόμεθα,
Nevertheless, although these men so clearly have shown that it is easy to contrive false statements on any subject that may be proposed, they still waste time on this commonplace. They ought to give up the use of this claptrap, which pretends to prove things by verbal quibbles, which in fact have long since been refuted, and to pursue the truth,
§ 5
τοὺς συνόντας παιδεύειν, καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τὴν τούτων γυμνάζειν, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι πολὺ κρεῖττόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν χρησίμων ἐπιεικῶς δοξάζειν ἢ περὶ τῶν ἀχρήστων ἀκριβῶς ἐπίστασθαι, καὶ μικρὸν προέχειν ἐν τοῖς μεγάλοις μᾶλλον ἢ πολὺ διαφέρειν ἐν τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ τοῖς μηδὲν πρὸς τὸν βίον ὠφελοῦσιν.
to instruct their pupils in the practical affairs of our government and train to expertness therein, bearing in mind that likely conjecture about useful things is far preferable to exact knowledge of the useless, and that to be a little superior in important things is of greater worth than to be pre-eminent in petty things that are without value for living.
§ 6
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδενὸς αὐτοῖς ἄλλου μέλει πλὴν τοῦ χρηματίζεσθαι παρὰ τῶν νεωτέρων. ἔστι δʼ ἡ περὶ τὰς ἔριδας φιλοσοφία δυναμένη τοῦτο ποιεῖν· οἱ γὰρ μήτε τῶν ἰδίων πω μήτε τῶν κοινῶν φροντίζοντες τούτοις μάλιστα χαίρουσι τῶν λόγων οἳ μηδὲ πρὸς ἓν χρήσιμοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες.
But the truth is that these men care for naught save enriching themselves at the expense of the youth. It is their “philosophy” applied to eristic disputations that effectively produces this result; for these rhetoricians, who care nothing at all for either private or public affairs, take most pleasure in those discourses which are of no practical service in any particular.
§ 7
τοῖς μὲν οὖν τηλικούτοις πολλὴ συγγνώμη ταύτην ἔχειν τὴν διάνοιαν· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν πραγμάτων πρὸς τὰς περιττότητας καὶ τὰς θαυματοποιίας οὕτω διακείμενοι διατελοῦσι· τοῖς δὲ παιδεύειν προσποιουμένοις ἄξιον ἐπιτιμᾶν, ὅτι κατηγοροῦσι μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις συμβολαίοις ἐξαπατώντων καὶ μὴ δικαίως τοῖς λόγοις χρωμένων, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἐκείνων δεινότερα ποιοῦσιν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους τινὰς ἐζημίωσαν, οὗτοι δὲ τοὺς συνόντας μάλιστα βλάπτουσιν.
These young men, to be sure, may well be pardoned for holding such views; for in all matters they are and always have been inclined toward what is extraordinary and astounding. But those who profess to give them training are deserving of censure because, while they condemn those who deceive in cases involving private contracts in business and those who are dishonest in what they say, yet they themselves are guilty of more reprehensible conduct; for the former wrong sundry other persons, but the latter inflict most injury upon their own pupils.
§ 8
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἐπιδεδωκέναι πεποιήκασι τὸ ψευδολογεῖν ὥστʼ ἤδη τινές, ὁρῶντες τούτους ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ὠφελουμένους, τολμῶσι γράφειν ὡς ἔστιν ὁ τῶν πτωχευόντων καὶ φευγόντων βίος ζηλωτότερος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ποιοῦνται τεκμήριον, ὡς εἰ περὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων ἔχουσί τι λέγειν, περί γε τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ῥᾳδίως εὐπορήσουσιν.
And they have caused mendacity to increase to such a degree that now certain men, seeing these persons prospering from such practices, have the effrontery to write that the life of beggars and exiles is more enviable than that of the rest of mankind, and they use this as a proof that, if they can speak ably on ignoble subjects, it follows that in dealing with subjects of real worth they would easily find abundance of arguments.
§ 9
ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ πάντων εἶναι καταγελαστότατον τὸ διὰ τούτων τῶν λόγων ζητεῖν πείθειν ὡς περὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐπιστήμην ἔχουσιν, ἐξὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐπαγγέλλονται τὴν ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖσθαι· τοὺς γὰρ ἀμφισβητοῦντας τοῦ φρονεῖν καὶ φάσκοντας εἶναι σοφιστὰς οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἠμελημένοις ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλʼ ἐν οἷς ἅπαντές εἰσιν ἀνταγωνισταί, προσήκει διαφέρειν καὶ κρείττους εἶναι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν.
The most ridiculous thing of all, in my opinion, is this, that by these arguments they seek to convince us that they possess knowledge of the science of government, when they might be demonstrating it by actual work in their professed subject; for it is fitting that those who lay claim to learning and profess to be wise men should excel laymen and be better than they, not in fields neglected by everybody else, but where all are rivals.
§ 10
νῦν δὲ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν. ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις προσποιοῖτο κράτιστος εἶναι τῶν ἀθλητῶν ἐνταῦθα καταβαίνων, οὗ μηδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος ἀξιώσειεν. τίς γὰρ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων συμφορὰς ἐπαινεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν; ἀλλὰ δῆλον, ὅτι διʼ ἀσθένειαν ἐνταῦθα καταφεύγουσιν.
But as it is, their conduct resembles that of an athlete who, although pretending to be the best of all athletes, enters a contest in which no one would condescend to meet him. For what sensible man would undertake to praise misfortunes? No, it is obvious that they take refuge in such topics because of weakness.
§ 11
ἔστι γὰρ τῶν μὲν τοιούτων συγγραμμάτων μία τις ὁδός, ἣν οὔθʼ εὑρεῖν οὔτε μαθεῖν οὔτε μιμήσασθαι δύσκολόν ἐστιν· οἱ δὲ κοινοὶ πιστοὶ καὶ τούτοις ὅμοιοι τῶν λόγων διὰ πολλῶν ἰδεῶν καὶ καιρῶν δυσκαταμαθήτων εὑρίσκονταί τε καὶ λέγονται, καὶ τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέραν ἔχουσι τὴν σύνθεσιν, ὅσῳ περ τὸ σεμνύνεσθαι τοῦ σκώπτειν καὶ τὸ σπουδάζειν τοῦ παίζειν ἐπιπονώτερόν ἐστιν. σημεῖον δὲ μέγιστον·
Such compositions follow one set road and this road is neither difficult to find, nor to learn, nor to imitate. On the other hand, discourses that are of general import, those that are trustworthy, and all of similar nature, are devised and expressed through the medium of a variety of forms and occasions of discourse whose opportune use is hard to learn, and their composition is more difficult as it is more arduous to practise dignity than buffoonery and seriousness than levity. The strongest proof is this:
§ 12
τῶν μὲν γὰρ τοὺς βομβυλιοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἅλας καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα βουληθέντων ἐπαινεῖν οὐδεὶς πώποτε λόγων ἠπόρησεν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων ἀγαθῶν ἢ καλῶν ἢ τῶν διαφερόντων ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ λέγειν ἐπιχειρήσαντες πολὺ καταδεέστερον τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἅπαντες εἰρήκασιν.
no one who has chosen to praise bumble-bees and salt and kindred topics has never been at a loss for words, yet those who have essayed to speak on subjects recognized as good or noble, or of superior moral worth have all fallen far short of the possibilities which these subjects offer.
§ 13
οὐ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης ἐστὶν ἀξίως εἰπεῖν περὶ ἑκατέρων αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν μικρὰ ῥᾴδιον τοῖς λόγοις ὑπερβαλέσθαι, τῶν δὲ χαλεπὸν τοῦ μεγέθους ἐφικέσθαι· καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν δόξαν ἐχόντων σπάνιον εὑρεῖν, ἃ μηδεὶς πρότερον εἴρηκε, περὶ δὲ τῶν φαύλων καὶ ταπεινῶν ὅ τι ἄν τις τύχῃ φθεγξάμενος ἅπαν ἴδιόν ἐστιν.
For it does not belong to the same mentality to do justice to both kinds of subjects; on the contrary, while it is easy by eloquence to overdo the trivial themes, it is difficult to reach the heights of greatness of the others; and while on famous subjects one rarely finds thoughts which no one has previously uttered, yet on trifling and insignificant topics whatever the speaker may chance to say is entirely original.
§ 14
διὸ καὶ τὸν γράψαντα περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἐπαινῶ μάλιστα τῶν εὖ λέγειν τι βουληθέντων, ὅτι περὶ τοιαύτης ἐμνήσθη γυναικός, ἣ καὶ τῷ γένει καὶ τῷ κάλλει καὶ τῇ δόξῃ πολὺ διήνεγκεν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον μικρόν τι παρέλαθεν· φησὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐγκώμιον γεγραφέναι περὶ αὐτῆς, τυγχάνει δʼ ἀπολογίαν εἰρηκὼς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκείνῃ πεπραγμένων.
This is the reason why, of those who have wished to discuss a subject with eloquence, I praise especially him who chose to write of Helen, because he has recalled to memory so remarkable a woman, one who in birth, and in beauty, and in renown far surpassed all others. Nevertheless, even he committed a slight inadvertence—for although he asserts that he has written an encomium of Helen, it turns out that he has actually spoken a defense of her conduct!
§ 15
ἔστι δʼ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν ἰδεῶν οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον· ἀπολογεῖσθαι μὲν γὰρ προσήκει περὶ τῶν ἀδικεῖν αἰτίαν ἐχόντων, ἐπαινεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ τινὶ διαφέροντας. ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ τὸ ῥᾷστον ποιεῖν, ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς ἄλλοις μηδὲν ἐπιδεικνὺς τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ, πειράσομαι περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ταύτης εἰπεῖν, παραλιπὼν ἅπαντα τὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰρημένα.
But the composition in defense does not draw upon the same topics as the encomium, nor indeed does it deal with actions of the same kind, but quite the contrary; for a plea in defense is appropriate only when the defendant is charged with a crime, whereas we praise those who excel in some good quality. But that I may not seem to be taking the easiest course, criticizing others without exhibiting any specimen of my own, I will try to speak of this same woman, disregarding all that any others have said about her.
§ 16
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴν τοῦ λόγου ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γένους αὐτῆς. πλείστων γὰρ ἡμιθέων ὑπὸ Διὸς γεννηθέντων μόνης ταύτης γυναικὸς πατὴρ ἠξίωσε κληθῆναι. σπουδάσας δὲ μάλιστα περί τε τὸν ἐξ Ἀλκμήνης καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Λήδας, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον Ἑλένην Ἡρακλέους προὐτίμησεν ὥστε τῷ μὲν ἰσχὺν ἔδωκεν, ἣ βίᾳ τῶν ἄλλων κρατεῖν δύναται, τῇ δὲ κάλλος ἀπένειμεν, ὃ καὶ τῆς ῥώμης αὐτῆς ἄρχειν πέφυκεν.
I will take as the beginning of my discourse the beginning of her family. For although Zeus begat very many of the demigods, of this woman alone he condescended to be called father. While he was devoted most of all to the son of Alcmena and to the sons of Leda, yet his preference for Helen, as compared with Heracles, was so great that, although he conferred upon his son strength of body, which is able to overpower all others by force, yet to her he gave the gift of beauty, which by its nature brings even strength itself into subjection to it.
§ 17
εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐπιφανείας καὶ τὰς λαμπρότητας οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν πολέμων καὶ τῶν ἀγώνων γιγνομένας, βουλόμενος αὐτῶν μὴ μόνον τὰ σώματʼ εἰς θεοὺς ἀναγαγεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς δόξας ἀειμνήστους καταλιπεῖν, τοῦ μὲν ἐπίπονον καὶ φιλοκίνδυνον τὸν βίον κατέστησε, τῆς δὲ περίβλεπτον καὶ περιμάχητον τὴν φύσιν ἐποίησεν.
And knowing that all distinction and renown accrue, not from a life of ease, but from wars and perilous combats, and since he wished, not only to exalt their persons to the gods, but also to bequeath to them glory that would be immortal, he gave his son a life of labors and love of perils, and to Helen he granted the gift of nature which drew the admiration of all beholders and which in all men inspired contention.
§ 18
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν Θησεύς, ὁ λεγόμενος μὲν Αἰγέως, γενόμενος δʼ ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος, ἰδὼν αὐτὴν οὔπω μὲν ἀκμάζουσαν, ἤδη δὲ τῶν ἄλλων διαφέρουσαν, τοσοῦτον ἡττήθη τοῦ κάλλους ὁ κρατεῖν τῶν ἄλλων εἰθισμένος, ὥσθʼ ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ καὶ πατρίδος μεγίστης καὶ βασιλείας ἀσφαλεστάτης ἡγησάμενος οὐκ ἄξιον εἶναι ζῆν ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀγαθοῖς ἄνευ τῆς πρὸς ἐκείνην οἰκειότητος,
In the first place Theseus, reputedly the son of Aegeus, but in reality the progeny of Poseidon, seeing Helen not as yet in the full bloom of her beauty, but already surpassing other maidens, was so captivated by her loveliness that he, accustomed as he was to subdue others, and although the possessor of a fatherland most great and a kingdom most secure, thought life was not worth living amid the blessings he already had unless he could enjoy intimacy with her.
§ 19
ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τῶν κυρίων οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν αὐτὴν λαβεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐπέμενον τήν τε τῆς παιδὸς ἡλικίαν καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν τὸν παρὰ τῆς Πυθίας, ὑπεριδὼν τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν Τυνδάρεω καὶ καταφρονήσας τῆς ῥώμης τῆς Κάστορος καὶ Πολυδεύκους καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι δεινῶν ὀλιγωρήσας, βίᾳ λαβὼν αὐτὴν εἰς Ἄφιδναν τῆς Ἀττικῆς κατέθετο,
And when he was unable to obtain her from her guardians—for they were awaiting her maturity and the fulfilment of the oracle which the Pythian priestess had given—scorning the royal power of Tyndareus, disdaining the might of Castor and Pollux, and belittling all the hazards in Lacedaemon, he seized her by force and established her at Aphidna in Attica.
§ 20
καὶ τοσαύτην χάριν ἔσχε Πειρίθῳ τῷ μετασχόντι τῆς ἁρπαγῆς, ὥστε βουληθέντος αὐτοῦ μνηστεῦσαι Κόρην τὴν Διὸς καὶ Δήμητρος, καὶ παρακαλοῦντος ἐπὶ τὴν εἰς Ἅιδου κατάβασιν, ἐπειδὴ συμβουλεύων οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν ἀποτρέπειν, προδήλου τῆς συμφορᾶς οὔσης ὅμως αὐτῷ συνηκολούθησε, νομίζων ὀφείλειν τοῦτον τὸν ἔρανον, μηδενὸς ἀποστῆναι τῶν ὑπὸ Πειρίθου προσταχθέντων ἀνθʼ ὧν ἐκεῖνος αὐτῷ συνεκινδύνευσεν.
So grateful was Theseus to Peirithos, his partner in the abduction, that when Peirithos wished to woo Persephon, the daughter of Zeus and Demeter, and summoned him to the descent into Hades to obtain her, when Theseus found that he could not by his warnings dissuade his friend, although the danger was manifest he nevertheless accompanied him, for he was of opinion that he owed this debt of gratitude—to decline no task enjoined by Peirithos in return for his help in his own perilous enterprise.
§ 21
εἰ μὲν οὖν ὁ ταῦτα πράξας εἷς ἦν τῶν τυχόντων ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν πολὺ διενεγκόντων, οὐκ ἄν πω δῆλος ἦν ὁ λόγος, πότερον Ἑλένης ἔπαινος ἢ κατηγορία Θησέως ἐστίν· νῦν δὲ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων τῶν εὐδοκιμησάντων εὑρήσομεν τὸν μὲν ἀνδρίας, τὸν δὲ σοφίας, τὸν δʼ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν τοιούτων μερῶν ἀπεστερημένον, τοῦτον δὲ μόνον οὐδʼ ἑνὸς ἐνδεᾶ γενόμενον, ἀλλὰ παντελῆ τὴν ἀρετὴν κτησάμενον.
If the achiever of these exploits had been an ordinary person and not one of the very distinguished, it would not yet be clear whether this discourse is an encomium of Helen or an accusation of Theseus; but as it is, while in the case of other men who have won renown we shall find that one is deficient in courage, another in wisdom, and another in some kindred virtue, yet this hero alone was lacking in naught, but had attained consummate virtue.
§ 22
δοκεῖ δέ μοι πρέπειν περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ διὰ μακροτέρων εἰπεῖν· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ ταύτην μεγίστην εἶναι πίστιν τοῖς βουλομένοις Ἑλένην ἐπαινεῖν, ἢν ἐπιδείξωμεν τοὺς ἀγαπήσαντας καὶ θαυμάσαντας ἐκείνην αὐτοὺς τῶν ἄλλων θαυμαστοτέρους ὄντας. ὅσα μὲν γὰρ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γέγονεν, εἰκότως ἂν ταῖς δόξαις ταῖς ἡμετέραις αὐτῶν διακρίνοιμεν, περὶ δὲ τῶν οὕτω παλαιῶν προσήκει τοῖς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον εὖ φρονήσασιν ὁμονοοῦντας ἡμᾶς φαίνεσθαι.
And it seems to me appropriate to speak of Theseus at still greater length; for I think this will be the strongest assurance for those who wish to praise Helen, if we can show that those who loved and admired her were themselves more deserving of admiration than other men. For contemporary events we should with good reason judge in accordance with our own opinions, but concerning events in times so remote it is fitting that we show our opinion to be in accord with the opinion of those men of wisdom who were at that time living.
§ 23
κάλλιστον μὲν οὖν ἔχω περὶ Θησέως τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Ἡρακλεῖ γενόμενος ἐνάμιλλον τὴν αὑτοῦ δόξαν πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου κατέστησεν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐκοσμήσαντο παραπλησίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐχρήσαντο τοῖς αὐτοῖς, πρέποντα τῇ συγγενείᾳ ποιοῦντες. ἐξ ἀδελφῶν γὰρ γεγονότες, ὁ μὲν ἐκ Διός, ὁ δʼ ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος, ἀδελφὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἔσχον. μόνοι γὰρ οὗτοι τῶν προγεγενημένων ὑπὲρ τοῦ βίου τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀθληταὶ κατέστησαν. συνέβη δὲ τὸν μὲν ὀνομαστοτέρους καὶ μείζους,
The fairest praise that I can award to Theseus is this—that he, a contemporary of Heracles,won a fame which rivalled his. For they not only equipped themselves with similar armor, but followed the same pursuits, performing deeds that were worthy of their common origin. For being in birth the sons of brothers, the one of Zeus, the other of Poseidon, they cherished also kindred ambitions; for they alone of all who have lived before our time made themselves champions of human life.
§ 24
τὸν δʼ ὠφελιμωτέρους καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἰκειοτέρους ποιήσασθαι τοὺς κινδύνους. τῷ μὲν γὰρ Εὐρυσθεὺς προσέταττε τάς τε βοῦς τὰς ἐκ τῆς Ἐρυθείας ἀγαγεῖν καὶ τὰ μῆλα τὰ τῶν Ἑσπερίδων ἐνεγκεῖν καὶ τὸν Κέρβερον ἀναγαγεῖν καὶ τοιούτους ἄλλους πόνους, ἐξ ὧν ἤμελλεν οὐ τοὺς ἄλλους ὠφελήσειν ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσειν·
It came to pass that Heracles undertook perilous labors more celebrated and more severe, Theseus those more useful, and to the Greeks of more vital importance. For example, Heracles was ordered by Eurystheus to bring the cattle from Erytheia and to obtain the apples of the Hesperides and to fetch Cerberus up from Hades and to perform other labors of that kind, labors which would bring no benefit to mankind, but only danger to himself;
§ 25
ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ κύριος ὢν τούτους προῃρεῖτο τῶν ἀγώνων ἐξ ὧν ἤμελλεν ἢ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἢ τῆς αὑτοῦ πατρίδος εὐεργέτης γενήσεσθαι. καὶ τόν τε ταῦρον τὸν ἀνεθέντα μὲν ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος, τὴν δὲ χώραν λυμαινόμενον, ὃν πάντες οὐκ ἐτόλμων ὑπομένειν, μόνος χειρωσάμενος μεγάλου φόβου καὶ πολλῆς ἀπορίας τοὺς οἰκοῦντας τὴν πόλιν ἀπήλλαξεν·
Theseus, however, being his own master, gave preference to those struggles which would make him a benefactor of either the Greeks at large or of his native land. Thus, the bull let loose by Poseidon which was ravaging the land of Attica, a beast which all men lacked the courage to confront, Theseus singlehanded subdued, and set free the inhabitants of the city from great fear and anxiety.
§ 26
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα Λαπίθαις σύμμαχος γενόμενος, στρατευσάμενος ἐπὶ Κενταύρους τοὺς διφυεῖς, οἳ καὶ τάχει καὶ ῥώμῃ καὶ τόλμῃ διενεγκόντες τὰς μὲν ἐπόρθουν, τὰς δʼ ἤμελλον, ταῖς δʼ ἠπείλουν τῶν πόλεων, τούτους μάχῃ νικήσας εὐθὺς μὲν αὐτῶν τὴν ὕβριν ἔπαυσεν, οὐ πολλῷ δʼ ὕστερον τὸ γένος ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφάνισεν.
And after this, allying himself with the Lapiths, he took the field against the Centaurs, those creatures of double nature, endowed with surpassing swiftness, strength, and daring, who were sacking, or about to sack, or were threatening, one city after another. These he conquered in battle and straightway put an end to their insolence, and not long thereafter he caused their race to disappear from the sight of men.
§ 27
περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους τὸ τέρας τὸ τραφὲν μὲν ἐν Κρήτῃ, γενόμενον δʼ ἐκ Πασιφάης τῆς Ἡλίου θυγατρός, ᾧ κατὰ μαντείαν δασμὸν τῆς πόλεως δὶς ἑπτὰ παῖδας ἀποστελλούσης, ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς ἀγομένους καὶ πανδημεὶ προπεμπομένους ἐπὶ θάνατον ἄνομον καὶ προῦπτον καὶ πενθουμένους ἔτι ζῶντας, οὕτως ἠγανάκτησεν ὥσθʼ ἡγήσατο κρεῖττον εἶναι τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν ἄρχων τῆς πόλεως τῆς οὕτως οἰκτρὸν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς φόρον ὑποτελεῖν ἠναγκασμένης.
At about the same time appeared the monster reared in Crete, the offspring of Pasipha, daughter of Helius, to whom our city was sending, in accordance with an oracle’s command, tribute of twice seven children. When Theseus saw these being led away, and the entire populace escorting them, to a death savage and foreseen, and being mourned as dead while yet living, he was so incensed that he thought it better to die than to live as ruler of a city that was compelled to pay to the enemy a tribute so lamentable.
§ 28
σύμπλους δὲ γενόμενος, καὶ κρατήσας φύσεως ἐξ ἀνδρὸς μὲν καὶ ταύρου μεμιγμένης, τὴν δʼ ἰσχὺν ἐχούσης οἵαν προσήκει τὴν ἐκ τοιούτων σωμάτων συγκειμένην, τοὺς μὲν παῖδας διασώσας τοῖς γονεῦσιν ἀπέδωκε, τὴν δὲ πόλιν οὕτως ἀνόμου καὶ δεινοῦ καὶ δυσαπαλλάκτου προστάγματος ἠλευθέρωσεν.
Having embarked with them for Crete, he subdued this monster, half-man and half-bull, which possessed strength commensurate with its composite origin, and having rescued the children, he restored them to their parents, and thus freed the city from an obligation so savage, so terrible, and so ineluctable.
§ 29
ἀπορῶ δʼ ὅ τι χρήσωμαι τοῖς ἐπιλοίποις· ἐπιστὰς γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ Θησέως ἔργα καὶ λέγειν ἀρξάμενος περὶ αὐτῶν ὀκνῶ μὲν μεταξὺ παύσασθαι καὶ παραλιπεῖν τήν τε Σκίρωνος καὶ Κερκύονος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων παρανομίαν, πρὸς οὓς ἀνταγωνιστὴς γενόμενος ἐκεῖνος πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων συμφορῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀπήλλαξεν, αἰσθάνομαι δʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἔξω φερόμενον τῶν καιρῶν καὶ δέδοικα μή τισι δόξω περὶ τούτου μᾶλλον σπουδάζειν ἢ περὶ ἧς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπεθέμην.
But I am at a loss how to deal with what remains to be said; for, now that I have taken up the deeds of Theseus and begun to speak of them, I hesitate to stop midway and leave unmentioned the lawlessness of Sciron and of Cercyon and of other robbers like them whom he fought and vanquished and thereby delivered the Greeks from many great calamities.
§ 30
ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων οὖν τούτων αἱροῦμαι τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα παραλιπεῖν διὰ τοὺς δυσκόλως ἀκροωμένους, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι συντομώτατα διελθεῖν, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ἐκείνοις, τὰ δʼ ἐμαυτῷ χαρίσωμαι, καὶ μὴ παντάπασιν ἡττηθῶ τῶν εἰθισμένων φθονεῖν καὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἅπασιν ἐπιτιμᾶν.
But, on the other hand, I perceive that I am being carried beyond the proper limits of my theme and I fear that some may think that I am more concerned with Theseus than with the subject which I originally chose. In this dilemma I prefer to omit the greater part of what might be said, out of regard for impatient hearers, and to give as concise an account as I can of the rest, that I may gratify both them and myself and not make a complete surrender to those whose habit it is out of jealousy to find fault with everything that is said.
§ 31
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀνδρίαν ἐν τούτοις ἐπεδείξατο τοῖς ἔργοις ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς καθʼ αὑτὸν ἐκινδύνευσε, τὴν δʼ ἐπιστήμην ἣν εἶχε πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, ἐν ταῖς μάχαις αἷς μεθʼ ὅλης τῆς πόλεως ἠγωνίσατο, τὴν δʼ εὐσέβειαν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἔν τε ταῖς Ἀδράστου καὶ ταῖς τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους ἱκετείαις, τοὺς μὲν γὰρ μάχῃ νικήσας Πελοποννησίους διέσωσε, τῷ δὲ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῇ Καδμείᾳ τελευτήσαντας βίᾳ Θηβαίων θάψαι παρέδωκε, τὴν δʼ ἄλλην ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἔν τε τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐν οἷς τὴν πόλιν διῴκησεν.
His courage Theseus displayed in these perilous exploits which he hazarded alone; his knowledge of war in the battles he fought in company with the whole city; his piety toward the gods in connexion with the supplications of Adrastus and the children of Heracles when, by defeating the Peloponnesians in battle, he saved the lives of the children, and to Adrastus he restored for burial, despite the Thebans, the bodies of those who had died beneath the walls of the Cadmea; and finally, he revealed his other virtues and his prudence, not only in the deeds already recited, but especially in the manner in which he governed our city.
§ 32
ὁρῶν γὰρ τοὺς βίᾳ τῶν πολιτῶν ἄρχειν ζητοῦντας ἑτέροις δουλεύοντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπικίνδυνον τὸν βίον τοῖς ἄλλοις καθιστάντας αὐτοὺς περιδεῶς ζῶντας, καὶ πολεμεῖν ἀναγκαζομένους μετὰ μὲν τῶν πολιτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιστρατευομένους, μετὰ δʼ ἄλλων τινῶν πρὸς τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους,
For he saw that those who seek to rule their fellow-citizens by force are themselves the slaves of others, and that those who keep the lives of their fellow-citizens in peril themselves live in extreme fear, and are forced to make war, on the one hand, with the help of citizens against invaders from abroad, and, on the other hand, with the help of auxiliaries against their fellow citizens;
§ 33
ἔτι δὲ συλῶντας μὲν τὰ τῶν θεῶν, ἀποκτείνοντας δὲ τοὺς βελτίστους τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀπιστοῦντας δὲ τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις, οὐδὲν δὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον ζῶντας τῶν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ συνειλημμένων, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἔξω ζηλουμένους, αὐτοὺς δὲ παρʼ αὑτοῖς μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων λυπουμένους·
further, he saw them despoiling the temples of the gods, putting to death the best of their fellow-citizens, distrusting those nearest to them, living lives no more free from care than do men who in prison await their death; he saw that, although they are envied for their external blessings, yet in their own hearts they are more miserable than all other men—
§ 34
τί γάρ ἐστιν ἄλγιον ἢ ζῆν ἀεὶ δεδιότα μή τις αὑτὸν τῶν παρεστώτων ἀποκτείνῃ, καὶ μηδὲν ἧττον φοβούμενον τοὺς φυλάττοντας ἢ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας; τούτων ἁπάντων καταφρονήσας καὶ νομίσας οὐκ ἄρχοντας ἀλλὰ νοσήματα τῶν πόλεων εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους, ἐπέδειξεν ὅτι ῥᾴδιόν ἐστιν ἅμα τυραννεῖν καὶ μηδὲν χεῖρον διακεῖσθαι τῶν ἐξ ἴσου πολιτευομένων.
for what, pray, is more grievous than to live in constant fear lest some bystander kill you, dreading no less your own guards than those who plot against you? Theseus, then, despising all these and considering such men to be not rulers, but pests, of their states, demonstrated that it is easy to exercise the supreme power and at the same time to enjoy as good relations as those who live as citizens on terms of perfect equality.
§ 35
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν πόλιν σποράδην καὶ κατὰ κώμας οἰκοῦσαν εἰς ταὐτὸν συναγαγὼν τηλικαύτην ἐποίησεν ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου μεγίστην τῶν Ἑλληνίδων εἶναι· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κοινὴν τὴν πατρίδα καταστήσας καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν συμπολιτευομένων ἐλευθερώσας ἐξ ἴσου τὴν ἅμιλλαν αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐποίησε, πιστεύων μὲν ὁμοίως αὐτῶν προέξειν ἀσκούντων ὥσπερ ἀμελούντων, εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς τιμὰς ἡδίους οὔσας τὰς παρὰ τῶν μέγα φρονούντων ἢ τὰς παρὰ τῶν δουλευόντων.
In the first place, the scattered settlements and villages of which the state was composed he united, and made Athens into a city-state so great that from then even to the present day it is the greatest state of Hellas: and after this, when he had established a common fatherland and had set free the minds of his fellow-citizens, he instituted for them on equal terms that rivalry of theirs for distinction based on merit, confident that he would stand out as their superior in any case, whether they practised that privilege or neglected it, and he also knew that honors bestowed by high-minded men are sweeter than those that are awarded by slaves. And he was so far from doing anything contrary to the will of the citizens
§ 36
τοσούτου δʼ ἐδέησεν ἀκόντων τι ποιεῖν τῶν πολιτῶν ὥσθʼ ὁ μὲν τὸν δῆμον καθίστη κύριον τῆς πολιτείας, οἱ δὲ μόνον αὐτὸν ἄρχειν ἠξίουν, ἡγούμενοι πιστοτέραν καὶ κοινοτέραν εἶναι τὴν ἐκείνου μοναρχίαν τῆς αὑτῶν δημοκρατίας. οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἕτεροι τοὺς μὲν πόνους ἄλλοις προσέταττε, τῶν δʼ ἡδονῶν αὐτὸς μόνος ἀπέλαυεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν κινδύνους ἰδίους ἐποιεῖτο, τὰς δʼ ὠφελείας ἅπασιν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀπεδίδου.
that he made the people masters of the government, and they on their part thought it best that he should rule alone, believing that his sole rule was more to be trusted and more equitable than their democracy. For he did not, as the other rulers did habitually, impose the labors upon the citizens and himself alone enjoy the pleasures; but the dangers he made his own, and the benefits he bestowed upon the people in common.
§ 37
καὶ γάρ τοι διετέλεσε τὸν βίον οὐκ ἐπιβουλευόμενος ἀλλʼ ἀγαπώμενος, οὐδʼ ἐπακτῷ δυνάμει τὴν ἀρχὴν διαφυλάττων, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῶν πολιτῶν εὐνοίᾳ δορυφορούμενος, τῇ μὲν ἐξουσίᾳ τυραννῶν, ταῖς δʼ εὐεργεσίαις δημαγωγῶν· οὕτω γὰρ νομίμως καὶ καλῶς διῴκει τὴν πόλιν ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἴχνος τῆς ἐκείνου πραότητος ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἡμῶν καταλελεῖφθαι.
In consequence, Theseus passed his life beloved of his people and not the object of their plots, not preserving his sovereignty by means of alien military force, but protected, as by a bodyguard, by the goodwill of the citizens, by virtue of his authority ruling as a king, but by his benefactions as a popular leader; for so equitably and so well did he administer the city that even to this day traces of his clemency may be seen remaining in our institutions.
§ 38
τὴν δὴ γεννηθεῖσαν μὲν ὑπὸ Διός, κρατήσασαν δὲ τοιαύτης ἀρετῆς καὶ σωφροσύνης, πῶς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖν χρὴ καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ νομίζειν πολὺ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων διενεγκεῖν; οὐ γὰρ δὴ μάρτυρά γε πιστότερον οὐδὲ κριτὴν ἱκανώτερον ἕξομεν ἐπαγαγέσθαι περὶ τῶν Ἑλένῃ προσόντων ἀγαθῶν τῆς Θησέως διανοίας. ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ διʼ ἀπορίαν περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον διατρίβειν, μηδʼ ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς δόξῃ καταχρώμενος ἐπαινεῖν αὐτήν, βούλομαι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐχομένων διελθεῖν.
As for Helen, daughter of Zeus, who established her power over such excellence and sobriety, should she not be praised and honored, and regarded as far superior to all the women who have ever lived? For surely we shall never have a more trustworthy witness or more competent judge of Helen’s good attributes than the opinion of Theseus. But lest I seem through poverty of ideas to be dwelling unduly upon the same theme and by misusing the glory of one man to be praising Helen, I wish now to review the subsequent events also.
§ 39
μετὰ γὰρ τὴν Θησέως εἰς Ἅιδου κατάβασιν ἐπανελθούσης αὖθις εἰς Λακεδαίμονα καὶ πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λαβούσης ἡλικίαν ἅπαντες οἱ τότε βασιλεύοντες καὶ δυναστεύοντες τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχον περὶ αὐτῆς· ἐξὸν γὰρ αὐτοῖς λαμβάνειν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πόλεσι γυναῖκας τὰς πρωτευούσας, ὑπεριδόντες τοὺς οἴκοι γάμους ἦλθον ἐκείνην μνηστεύσοντες.
After the descent of Theseus to Hades, when Helen returned to Lacedaemon, and was now of marriageable age, all the kings and potentates of that time formed of her the same opinion; for although it was possible for them in their own cities to wed women of the first rank, they disdained wedlock at home and went to Sparta to woo Helen.
§ 40
οὔπω δὲ κεκριμένου τοῦ μέλλοντος αὐτῇ συνοικήσειν ἀλλʼ ἔτι κοινῆς τῆς τύχης οὔσης οὕτω πρόδηλος ἦν ἅπασιν ἐσομένη περιμάχητος ὥστε συνελθόντες πίστεις ἔδοσαν ἀλλήλοις ἦ μὴν βοηθήσειν, εἴ τις ἀποστεροίη τὸν ἀξιωθέντα λαβεῖν αὐτήν, νομίζων ἕκαστος τὴν ἐπικουρίαν ταύτην αὑτῷ παρασκευάζειν.
And before it had yet been decided who was to be her husband and all her suitors still had an equal chance, it was so evident to all that Helen would be the object of armed contention that they met together and exchanged solemn pledges of assistance if anyone should attempt to take her away from him who had been adjudged worthy of winning her; for each thought he was providing this alliance for himself.
§ 41
τῆς μὲν οὖν ἰδίας ἐλπίδος πλὴν ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἅπαντες ἐψεύσθησαν, τῆς δὲ κοινῆς δόξης ἧς ἔσχον περὶ ἐκείνης οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν διήμαρτεν. οὐ πολλοῦ γὰρ χρόνου διελθόντος, γενομένης ἐν θεοῖς περὶ κάλλους ἔριδος ἧς Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Πριάμου κατέστη κριτής, καὶ διδούσης Ἥρας μὲν ἁπάσης αὐτῷ τῆς Ἀσίας βασιλεύειν, Ἀθηνᾶς δὲ κρατεῖν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις,
In this their private hope all, it is true, save one man, were disappointed, yet in the general opinion which all had formed concerning her no one was mistaken. For not much later when strife arose among the goddesses for the prize of beauty, and Alexander, son of Priam, was appointed judge and when Hera offered him sovereignty over all Asia, Athena victory in war,
§ 42
Ἀφροδίτης δὲ τὸν γάμον τὸν Ἑλένης, τῶν μὲν σωμάτων οὐ δυνηθεὶς λαβεῖν διάγνωσιν ἀλλʼ ἡττηθεὶς τῆς τῶν θεῶν ὄψεως, τῶν δὲ δωρεῶν ἀναγκασθεὶς γενέσθαι κριτής, εἵλετο τὴν οἰκειότητα τὴν Ἑλένης ἀντὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, οὐ πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς ἀποβλέψας, — καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι πολλῶν αἱρετώτερόν ἐστιν,
and Aphrodite Helen as his wife, finding himself unable to make a distinction regarding the charms of their persons, but overwhelmed by the sight of the goddesses, Alexander, compelled to make a choice of their proffered gifts, chose living with Helen before all else. In so doing he did not look to its pleasures—although even this is thought by the wise to be preferable to many things, but nevertheless it was not this he strove for—
§ 43
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦθʼ ὥρμησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπεθύμησε Διὸς γενέσθαι κηδεστής, νομίζων πολὺ μείζω καὶ καλλίω ταύτην εἶναι τὴν τιμὴν ἢ τὴν τῆς Ἀσίας βασιλείαν, καὶ μεγάλας μὲν ἀρχὰς καὶ δυναστείας καὶ φαύλοις ἀνθρώποις ποτὲ παραγίγνεσθαι, τοιαύτης δὲ γυναικὸς οὐδένα τῶν ἐπιγιγνομένων ἀξιωθήσεσθαι, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδὲν ἂν κτῆμα κάλλιον καταλιπεῖν τοῖς παισὶν ἢ παρασκευάσας αὐτοῖς ὅπως μὴ μόνον πρὸς πατρὸς ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς μητρὸς ἀπὸ Διὸς ἔσονται γεγονότες.
but because he was eager to become a son of Zeus by marriage, considering this a much greater and more glorious honor than sovereignty over Asia, and thinking that while great dominions and sovereignties fall at times even to quite ordinary men, no man would ever in all time to come be considered worthy of such a woman; and furthermore, that he could leave no more glorious heritage to his children than by seeing to it that they should be descendants of Zeus, not only on their father’s side, but also on their mother’s.
§ 44
ἠπίστατο γὰρ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας εὐτυχίας ταχέως μεταπιπτούσας, τὴν δʼ εὐγένειαν ἀεὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς παραμένουσαν, ὥστε ταύτην μὲν τὴν αἵρεσιν ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ γένους ἔσεσθαι, τὰς δʼ ἑτέρας δωρεὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ χρόνου μόνον τοῦ καθʼ αὑτόν.
For he knew that while other blessings bestowed by Fortune soon change hands, nobility of birth abides forever with the same possessors; therefore he foresaw that this choice would be to the advantage of all his race, whereas the other gifts would be enjoyed for the duration of his own life only.
§ 45
τῶν μὲν οὖν εὖ φρονούντων οὐδεὶς ἂν τοῖς λογισμοῖς τούτοις ἐπιτιμήσειεν, τῶν δὲ μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ πράγματος ἐνθυμουμένων ἀλλὰ τὸ συμβαῖνον μόνον σκοπουμένων ἤδη τινὲς ἐλοιδόρησαν αὐτόν· ὧν τὴν ἄνοιαν ἐξ ὧν ἐβλασφήμησαν περὶ ἐκείνου ῥᾴδιον ἅπασι καταμαθεῖν.
No sensible person surely could find fault with this reasoning, but some, who have not taken into consideration the antecedent events but look at the sequel alone, have before now reviled Alexander; but the folly of these accusers is easily discerned by all from the calumnies they have uttered.
§ 46
πῶς γὰρ οὐ καταγέλαστον πεπόνθασιν, εἰ τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν ἱκανωτέραν εἶναι νομίζουσι τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν προκριθείσης; οὐ γὰρ δή που περὶ ὧν εἰς τοσαύτην ἔριν κατέστησαν τὸν τυχόντα διαγνῶναι κύριον ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι τοσαύτην ἔσχον σπουδὴν ἐκλέξασθαι, κριτὴν τὸν βέλτιστον, ὅσηνπερ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος ἐπιμέλειαν ἐποιήσαντο.
Are they not in a ridiculous state of mind if they think their own judgement is more competent than that which the gods chose as best? For surely they did not select any ordinary arbiter to decide a dispute about an issue that had got them into so fierce a quarrel, but obviously they were as anxious to select the most competent judge as they were concerned about the matter itself.
§ 47
χρὴ δὲ σκοπεῖν ὁποῖός τις ἦν καὶ δοκιμάζειν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς τῶν ἀποτυχουσῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν ἅπασαι βουλευσάμεναι προείλοντο τὴν ἐκείνου διάνοιαν. κακῶς μὲν γὰρ παθεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων οὐδὲν κωλύει καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν ἐξημαρτηκότας· τοιαύτης δὲ τιμῆς τυχεῖν ὥστε θνητὸν ὄντα θεῶν γενέσθαι κριτὴν, οὐχ οἷόν τε μὴ οὐ τὸν πολὺ τῇ γνώμῃ διαφέροντα.
There is need, moreover, to consider his real worth and to judge him, not by the resentment of those who were defeated for the prize, but by the reasons which caused the goddesses unanimously to choose his judgement. For nothing prevents even innocent persons from being ill-treated by the stronger, but only a mortal man of greatly superior intelligence could have received such honor as to become a judge of immortals.
§ 48
θαυμάζω δʼ εἴ τις οἴεται κακῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι τὸν μετὰ ταύτης ζῆν ἑλόμενον, ἧς ἕνεκα πολλοὶ τῶν ἡμιθέων ἀποθνῄσκειν ἠθέλησαν. πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἦν ἀνόητος, εἰ τοὺς θεοὺς εἰδὼς περὶ κάλλους φιλονικοῦντας αὐτὸς κάλλους κατεφρόνησε, καὶ μὴ ταύτην ἐνόμισε μεγίστην εἶναι τῶν δωρεῶν, περὶ ἧς κἀκείνας ἑώρα μάλιστα σπουδαζούσας;
I am astonished that anyone should think that Alexander was ill-advised in choosing to live with Helen, for whom many demigods were willing to die. Would he not have been a fool if, knowing that the deities themselves were contending for the prize of beauty, he had himself scorned beauty, and had failed to regard as the greatest of gifts that for the possession of which he saw even those goddesses most earnestly striving?
§ 49
τίς δʼ ἂν τὸν γάμον τὸν Ἑλένης ὑπερεῖδεν, ἧς ἁρπασθείσης οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες οὕτως ἠγανάκτησαν ὥσπερ ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος πεπορθημένης, οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν εἰ πάντων ἡμῶν ἐκράτησαν. δῆλον δʼ ὡς ἑκάτεροι διετέθησαν· πολλῶν γὰρ αὐτοῖς πρότερον ἐγκλημάτων γενομένων περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, ὑπὲρ δὲ ταύτης τηλικοῦτον συνεστήσαντο πόλεμον οὐ μόνον τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ὀργῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ μήκει τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν παρασκευῶν ὅσος οὐδεὶς πώποτε γέγονεν.
What man would have rejected marriage with Helen, at whose abduction the Greeks were as incensed as if all Greece had been laid waste, while the barbarians were as filled with pride as if they had conquered us all? It is clear how each party felt about the matter; for although there had been many causes of contention between them before, none of these disturbed their peace, whereas for her they waged so great a war, not only the greatest of all wars in the violence of its passions, but also in the duration of the struggle and in the extent of the preparations the greatest of all time.
§ 50
ἐξὸν δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἀποδοῦσιν Ἑλένην ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν παρόντων κακῶν, τοῖς δʼ ἀμελήσασιν ἐκείνης ἀδεῶς οἰκεῖν τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον, οὐδέτεροι ταῦτʼ ἠθέλησαν· ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν περιεώρων καὶ πόλεις ἀναστάτους γιγνομένας καὶ τὴν χώραν πορθουμένην, ὥστε μὴ προέσθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν αὐτήν, οἱ δʼ ᾑροῦντο μένοντες ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας καταγηράσκειν καὶ μηδέποτε τοὺς αὑτῶν ἰδεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ ʼκείνην καταλιπόντες εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ἀπελθεῖν.
And although the Trojans might have rid themselves of the misfortunes which encompassed them by surrendering Helen, and the Greeks might have lived in peace for all time by being indifferent to her fate, neither so wished; on the contrary, the Trojans allowed their cities to be laid waste and their land to be ravaged, so as to avoid yielding Helen to the Greeks, and the Greeks chose rather, remaining in a foreign land to grow old there and never to see their own again, than, leaving her behind, to return to their fatherland.
§ 51
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν οὐχ ὑπὲρ Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Μενελάου φιλονικοῦντες, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας, οἱ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς Εὐρώπης, νομίζοντες, ἐν ὁποτέρᾳ τὸ σῶμα τοὐκείνης κατοικήσειε, ταύτην εὐδαιμονεστέραν τὴν χώραν ἔσεσθαι.
And they were not acting in this way as eager champions of Alexander or of Menelaus; nay, the Trojans were upholding the cause of Asia, the Greeks of Europe, in the belief that the land in which Helen in person resided would be the more favored of Fortune.
§ 52
τοσοῦτος δʼ ἔρως ἐνέπεσε τῶν πόνων καὶ τῆς στρατείας ἐκείνης οὐ μόνον τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐξ αὑτῶν γεγονότας ἀπέτρεψαν τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν περὶ Τροίαν, ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς μὲν προειδὼς τὴν Σαρπηδόνος εἱμαρμένην, Ἠὼς δὲ τὴν Μέμνονος, Ποσειδῶν δὲ τὴν Κύκνου, Θέτις δὲ τὴν Ἀχιλλέως, ὅμως αὐτοὺς συνεξώρμησαν καὶ συνεξέπεμψαν,
So great a passion for the hardships of that expedition and for participation in it took possession not only of the Greeks and the barbarians, but also of the gods, that they did not dissuade even their own children from joining in the struggles around Troy; Zeus, though foreseeing the fate of Sarpedon,and Eos that of Memnon, and Poseidon that of Cycnus, and Thetis that of Achilles, nevertheless they all urged them on and sent them forth,
§ 53
ἡγούμενοι κάλλιον αὐτοῖς εἶναι τεθνάναι μαχομένοις περὶ τῆς Διὸς θυγατρὸς μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν ἀπολειφθεῖσι τῶν περὶ ἐκείνης κινδύνων. καὶ τί δεῖ θαυμάζειν, ἃ περὶ τῶν παίδων διενοήθησαν; αὐτοὶ γὰρ πολὺ μείζω καὶ δεινοτέραν ἐποιήσαντο παράταξιν τῆς πρὸς Γίγαντας αὐτοῖς γενομένης· πρὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνους μετʼ ἀλλήλων ἐμαχέσαντο, περὶ δὲ ταύτης πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπολέμησαν.
thinking it more honorable for them to die fighting for the daughter of Zeus than to live without having taken part in the perils undergone on her account. And why should we be astonished that the gods felt thus concerning their children? For they themselves engaged in a far greater and more terrible struggle than when they fought the Giants; for against those enemies they had fought a battle in concert, but for Helen they fought a war against one another.
§ 54
εὐλόγως δὲ κἀκεῖνοι ταῦτʼ ἔγνωσαν, κἀγὼ τηλικαύταις ὑπερβολαῖς ἔχω χρήσασθαι περὶ αὐτῆς· κάλλους γὰρ πλεῖστον μέρος μετέσχεν, ὃ σεμνότατον καὶ τιμιώτατον καὶ θειότατον τῶν ὄντων ἐστίν. ῥᾴδιον δὲ γνῶναι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀνδρίας ἢ σοφίας ἢ δικαιοσύνης μὴ μετεχόντων πολλὰ φανήσεται τιμώμενα μᾶλλον ἢ τούτων ἕκαστον, τῶν δὲ κάλλους ἀπεστερημένων οὐδὲν εὑρήσομεν ἀγαπώμενον ἀλλὰ πάντα καταφρονούμενα, πλὴν ὅσα ταύτης τῆς ἰδέας κεκοινώνηκε, καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦσαν, ὅτι κάλλιστον τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐστίν.
With good reason in truth they came to this decision, and I, for my part, am justified in employing extravagant language in speaking of Helen; for beauty she possessed in the highest degree, and beauty is of all things the most venerated, the most precious, and the most divine. And it is easy to determine its power; for while many things which do not have any attributes of courage, wisdom, or justice will be seen to be more highly valued than any one of these attributes, yet of those things which lack beauty we shall find not one that is beloved; on the contrary, all are despised, except in so far as they possess in some degree this outward form, beauty, and it is for this reason that virtue is most highly esteemed, because it is the most beautiful of ways of living.
§ 55
γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις κἀκεῖθεν ὅσον διαφέρει τῶν ὄντων, ἐξ ὧν αὐτοὶ διατιθέμεθα πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων ὧν ἂν ἐν χρείᾳ γενώμεθα, τυχεῖν μόνον βουλόμεθα, περαιτέρω δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν οὐδὲν τῇ ψυχῇ προσπεπόνθαμεν· τῶν δὲ καλῶν ἔρως ἡμῖν ἐγγίγνεται, τοσούτῳ μείζω τοῦ βούλεσθαι ῥώμην ἔχων, ὅσῳ περ καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα κρεῖττόν ἐστιν.
And we may learn how superior beauty is to all other things by observing how we ourselves are affected by each of them severally. For in regard to the other things which we need, we only wish to possess them and our heart’s desire is set on nothing further than this; for beautiful things, however, we have an inborn passion whose strength of desire corresponds to the superiority of the thing sought.
§ 56
καὶ τοῖς μὲν κατὰ σύνεσιν ἢ κατʼ ἄλλο τι προέχουσι φθονοῦμεν, ἢν μὴ τῷ ποιεῖν ἡμᾶς εὖ καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν προσαγάγωνται καὶ στέργειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναγκάσωσι· τοῖς δὲ καλοῖς εὐθὺς ἰδόντες εὖνοι γιγνόμεθα, καὶ μόνους αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ τοὺς θεοὺς οὐκ ἀπαγορεύομεν θεραπεύοντες,
And while we are jealous of those who excel us in intelligence or in anything else, unless they win us over by daily benefactions and compel us to be fond of them, yet at first sight we become well-disposed toward those who possess beauty, and to these alone as to the gods we do not fail in our homage;
§ 57
ἀλλʼ ἥδιον δουλεύομεν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχομεν, πλείω χάριν ἔχοντες τοῖς πολλὰ προστάττουσιν ἢ τοῖς μηδὲν ἐπαγγέλλουσιν. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὑπʼ ἄλλῃ τινὶ δυνάμει γιγνομένους λοιδοροῦμεν καὶ κόλακας ἀποκαλοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ τῷ κάλλει λατρεύοντας φιλοκάλους καὶ φιλοπόνους εἶναι νομίζομεν.
on the contrary, we submit more willingly to be the slaves of such than to rule all others, and we are more grateful to them when they impose many tasks upon us than to those who demand nothing at all. We revile those who fall under the power of anything other than beauty and call them flatterers, but those who are subservient to beauty we regard as lovers of beauty and lovers of service.
§ 58
τοσαύτῃ δʼ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ προνοίᾳ χρώμεθα περὶ τὴν ἰδέαν τὴν τοιαύτην ὥστε καὶ τῶν ἐχόντων τὸ κάλλος τοὺς μὲν μισθαρνήσαντας καὶ κακῶς βουλευσαμένους περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν ἡλικίας μᾶλλον ἀτιμάζομεν ἢ τοὺς εἰς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων σώματʼ ἐξαμαρτόντας· ὅσοι δʼ ἂν τὴν αὑτῶν ὥραν διαφυλάξωσιν ἄβατον τοῖς πονηροῖς ὥσπερ ἱερὸν ποιήσαντες, τούτους εἰς τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον ὁμοίως τιμῶμεν ὥσπερ τοὺς ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθόν τι ποιήσαντας.
So strong are our feelings of reverence and solicitude for such a quality, that we hold in greater dishonour those of its possessors who have trafficked in it and ill-used their own youth than those who do violence to the persons of others; whereas those who guard their youthful beauty as a holy shrine, inaccessible to the base, are honored by us for all time equally with those who have benefited the city as a whole.
§ 59
καὶ τὶ δεῖ τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας δόξας λέγοντα διατρίβειν; ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ὁ κρατῶν πάντων ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν ἐνδείκνυται, πρὸς δὲ τὸ κάλλος ταπεινὸς γιγνόμενος ἀξιοῖ πλησιάζειν. Ἀμφιτρύωνι μὲν γὰρ εἰκασθεὶς ὡς Ἀλκμήνην ἦλθε, χρυσὸς δὲ ῥυεὶς Δανάῃ συνεγένετο, κύκνος δὲ γενόμενος εἰς τοὺς Νεμέσεως κόλπους κατέφυγε, τούτῳ δὲ πάλιν ὁμοιωθεὶς Λήδαν ἐνύμφευσεν· ἀεὶ δὲ μετὰ τέχνης ἀλλʼ οὐ μετὰ βίας θηρώμενος φαίνεται τὴν φύσιν τὴν τοιαύτην.
But why need I waste time in citing the opinions of men? Nay, Zeus, lord of all, reveals his power in all else, but deigns to approach beauty in humble guise. For in the likeness of Amphitryon he came to Alcmena, and as a shower of gold he united with Danae, and in the guise of a swan he took refuge in the bosom of Nemesis, and again in this form he espoused Leda; ever with artifice manifestly, and not with violence, does he pursue beauty in women.
§ 60
τοσούτῳ δὲ μᾶλλον προτετίμηται τὸ κάλλος παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἢ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὥστε καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶ ταῖς αὑτῶν ὑπὸ τούτου κρατουμέναις συγγνώμην ἔχουσι, καὶ πολλὰς ἄν τις ἐπιδείξειε τῶν ἀθανάτων, αἳ θνητοῦ κάλλους ἡττήθησαν, ὧν οὐδεμία λαθεῖν τὸ γεγενημένον ὡς αἰσχύνην ἔχον ἐζήτησεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς καλῶν ὄντων τῶν πεπραγμένων ὑμνεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ σιωπᾶσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ἠβουλήθησαν. μέγιστον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων τεκμήριον. πλείους γὰρ ἂν εὕροιμεν διὰ τὸ κάλλος ἀθανάτους γεγενημένους ἢ διὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς ἁπάσας.
And so much greater honor is paid to beauty among the gods than among us that they pardon their own wives when they are vanquished by it; and one could cite many instances of goddesses who succumbed to mortal beauty, and no one of these sought to keep the fact concealed as if it involved disgrace; on the contrary, they desired their adventures to be celebrated in song as glorious deeds rather than to be hushed in silence. The greatest proof of my statements is this: we shall find that more mortals have been made immortal because of their beauty than for all other excellences.
§ 61
ὧν Ἑλένη τοσούτῳ πλέον ἔσχεν, ὅσῳ περ καὶ τὴν ὄψιν αὐτῶν διήνεγκεν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀθανασίας ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἰσόθεον λαβοῦσα πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἤδη κατεχομένους ὑπὸ τῆς πεπρωμένης εἰς θεοὺς ἀνήγαγε, βουλομένη δὲ πιστὴν ποιῆσαι τὴν μεταβολὴν οὕτως οὕτως αὐτοῖς τὰς τιμὰς ἐναργεῖς ἔδωκεν ὥσθʼ ὁρωμένους ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ κινδυνευόντων σῴζειν, οἵτινες ἂν αὐτοὺς εὐσεβῶς κατακαλέσωνται.
All these personages Helen surpassed in proportion as she excelled them in the beauty of her person. For not only did she attain immortality but, having won power equalling that of a god, she first raised to divine station her brothers, who were already in the grip of Fate, and wishing to make their transformation believed by men, she gave to them honors so manifest that they have power to save when they are seen by sailors in peril on the sea, if they but piously invoke them.
§ 62
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοσαύτην Μενελάω χάριν ἀπέδωκεν ὑπὲρ τῶν πόνων καὶ τῶν κινδύνων οὓς διʼ ἐκείνην ὑπέμεινεν, ὥστε τοῦ γένους ἅπαντος τοῦ Πελοπιδῶν διαφθαρέντος καὶ κακοῖς ἀνηκέστοις περιπεσόντος οὐ μόνον αὐτὸν τῶν συμφορῶν τούτων ἀπήλλαξεν ἀλλὰ καὶ θεὸν ἀντὶ θνητοῦ ποιήσασα σύνοικον αὑτῇ καὶ πάρεδρον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα κατεστήσατο.
After this she so amply recompensed Menelaus for the toils and perils which he had undergone because of her, that when all the race of the Pelopidae had perished and were the victims of irremediable disasters, not only did she free him from these misfortunes but, having made him god instead of mortal, she established him as partner of her house and sharer of her throne forever.
§ 63
καὶ τούτοις ἔχω τὴν πόλιν τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν τὴν μάλιστα τὰ παλαιὰ διασῴζουσαν ἔργῳ παρασχέσθαι μαρτυροῦσαν· ἔτι γὰρ καὶ νῦν ἐν Θεράπναις τῆς Λακωνικῆς θυσίας αὐτοῖς ἁγίας καὶ πατρίας ἀποτελοῦσιν οὐχ ὡς ἥρωσιν ἀλλʼ ὡς θεοῖς ἀμφοτέροις οὖσιν.
And I can produce the city of the Spartans, which preserves with especial care its ancient traditions, as witness for the fact; for even to the present day at Therapne in Laconia the people offer holy and traditional sacrifices to them both, not as to heroes, but as to gods.
§ 64
ἐνεδείξατο δὲ καὶ Στησιχόρῳ τῷ ποιητῇ τὴν αὑτῆς δύναμιν· ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἀρχόμενος τῆς ᾠδῆς ἐβλασφήμησέ τι περὶ αὐτῆς, ἀνέστη τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐστερημένος, ἐπειδὴ δὲ γνοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς συμφορᾶς τὴν καλουμένην παλινῳδίαν ἐποίησε, πάλιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν φύσιν κατέστησεν.
And she displayed her own power to the poet Stesichorus also; for when, at the beginning of his ode, he spoke in disparagement of her, he arose deprived of his sight; but when he recognized the cause of his misfortune and composed the Recantation, as it is called, she restored to him his normal sight.
§ 65
λέγουσι δέ τινες καὶ τῶν Ὁμηριδῶν ὡς ἐπιστᾶσα τῆς νυκτὸς Ὁμήρῳ προσέταξε ποιεῖν περὶ τῶν στρατευσαμένων ἐπὶ Τροίαν, βουλομένη τὸν ἐκείνων θάνατον ζηλωτότερον ἢ τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν ἄλλων καταστῆσαι· καὶ μέρος μέν τι καὶ διὰ τὴν Ὁμήρου τέχνην, μάλιστα δὲ διὰ ταύτην οὕτως ἐπαφρόδιτον καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ὀνομαστὴν αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τὴν ποίησιν.
And some of the Homeridae also relate that Helen appeared to Homer by night and commanded him to compose a poem on those who went on the expedition to Troy, since she wished to make their death more to be envied than the life of the rest of mankind; and they say that while it is partly because of Homer’s art, yet it is chiefly through her that this poem has such charm and has become so famous among all men.
§ 66
ὡς οὖν καὶ δίκην λαβεῖν καὶ χάριν ἀποδοῦναι δυναμένην, τοὺς μὲν τοῖς χρήμασι προέχοντας ἀναθήμασι καὶ θυσίαις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις προσόδοις ἱλάσκεσθαι καὶ τιμᾶν αὐτὴν χρή, τοὺς δὲ φιλοσόφους πειρᾶσθαί τι λέγειν περὶ αὐτῆς ἄξιον τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐκείνῃ· τοῖς γὰρ πεπαιδευμένοις πρέπει τοιαύτας ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀπαρχάς.
Since, then, Helen has power to punish as well as to reward, it is the duty of those who have great wealth to propitiate and to honor her with thank-offerings, sacrifices, and processions, and philosophers should endeavour to speak of her in a manner worthy of her merits; for such are the first-fruits it is fitting that men of cultivation should offer.
§ 67
πολὺ δὲ πλείω τὰ παραλελειμμένα τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστίν. χωρὶς γὰρ τεχνῶν καὶ φιλοσοφιῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὠφελειῶν, ἃς ἔχοι τις ἂν εἰς ἐκείνην καὶ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν Τρωϊκὸν ἀνενεγκεῖν, δικαίως ἂν καὶ τοῦ μὴ δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς βαρβάροις Ἑλένην αἰτίαν εἶναι νομίζοιμεν. εὑρήσομεν γὰρ τοὺς Ἕλληνας διʼ αὐτὴν ὁμονοήσαντας καὶ κοινὴν στρατείαν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβὰρους ποιησαμένους, καὶ τότε πρῶτον τὴν Εὐρώπην τῆς Ἀσίας τρόπαιον στήσασαν·
Far more has been passed over than has been said. Apart from the arts and philosophic studies and all the other benefits which one might attribute to her and to the Trojan War, we should be justified in considering that it is owing to Helen that we are not the slaves of the barbarians. For we shall find that it was because of her that the Greeks became united in harmonious accord and organized a common expedition against the barbarians, and that it was then for the first time that Europe set up a trophy of victory over Asia;
§ 68
ἐξ ὧν τοσαύτης μεταβολῆς ἐτύχομεν ὥστε τὸν μὲν ἐπέκεινα χρόνον οἱ δυστυχοῦντες ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἄρχειν ἠξίουν, καὶ Δαναὸς μὲν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου φυγὼν Ἄργος κατέσχε, Κάδμος δὲ Σιδώνιος Θηβῶν ἐβασίλευσε, Κᾶρες δὲ τὰς νήσους κατῴκουν, Πελοποννήσου δὲ συμπάσης ὁ Ταντάλου Πέλοψ ἐκράτησεν, μετὰ δʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν πόλεμον τοσαύτην ἐπίδοσιν τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν ὥστε καὶ πόλεις μεγάλας καὶ χώραν πολλὴν ἀφελέσθαι τῶν βαρβάρων.
and in consequence, we experienced a change so great that, although in former times any barbarians who were in misfortune presumed to be rulers over the Greek cities (for example, Danaus, an exile from Egypt, occupied Argos, Cadmus of Sidon became king of Thebes, the Carians colonized the islands, and Pelops, son of Tantalus, became master of all the Peloponnese), yet after that war our race expanded so greatly that it took from the barbarians great cities and much territory.
§ 69
ἢν οὖν τινὲς βούλωνται ταῦτα διεργάζεσθαι καὶ μηκύνειν, οὐκ ἀπορήσουσιν ἀφορμῆς, ὅθεν Ἑλένην ἔξω τῶν εἰρημένων ἕξουσιν ἐπαινεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς καὶ καινοῖς λόγοις ἐντεύξονται περὶ αὐτῆς.
If, therefore, any orators wish to dilate upon these matters and dwell upon them, they will not be at a loss for material apart from what I have said, wherewith to praise Helen; on the contrary, they will discover many new arguments that relate to her.
Busiris · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg010 · Greek: Βούσιρις — tlg0010.tlg010.perseus-grc2 · English: Busiris — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg010.perseus-eng2
§ 1
τὴν μὲν ἐπιείκειαν τὴν σήν, ὦ Πολύκρατες, καὶ τὴν τοῦ βίου μεταβολὴν παρʼ ἄλλων πυνθανόμενος οἶδα· τῶν δὲ λόγων τινὰς ὧν γέγραφας, αὐτὸς ἀνεγνωκὼς ἥδιστα μὲν ἄν σοι περὶ ὅλης ἐπαρρησιασάμην τῆς παιδεύσεως περὶ ἣν ἠνάγκασαι διατρίβειν· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ τοῖς ἀναξίως μὲν δυστυχοῦσιν, ἐκ δὲ φιλοσοφίας χρηματίζεσθαι ζητοῦσιν, ἅπαντας τοὺς πλείω πεπραγματευμένους καὶ μᾶλλον ἀπηκριβωμένους προσήκειν ἐθελοντὰς τοῦτον εἰσφέρειν τὸν ἔρανον·
I have learned of your fairmindedness, Polycrates, and of the reversal in your life, through information from others; and having myself read certain of the discourses which you have written, I should have been greatly pleased to discuss frankly with you and fully the education with which you have been obliged to occupy yourself. For I believe that when men through no fault of their own are unfortunate and so seek in philosophy a source of gain, it is the duty of all who have had a wider experience in that occupation, and have become more thoroughly versed in it, to make this contribution voluntarily for their benefit.
§ 2
ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὔπω περιτετυχήκαμεν ἀλλήλοις, περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων, ἤν ποτʼ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἔλθωμεν, τόθʼ ἡμῖν ἐξέσται διὰ πλειόνων ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν, ἃ δʼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι δυναίμην ἂν εὐεργετῆσαί σε, ταῦτα δʼ ᾠήθην χρῆναι σοὶ μὲν ἐπιστεῖλαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστʼ ἀποκρύψασθαι.
But since we have not yet met one another, we shall be able, if we ever do come together, to discuss the other topics at greater length; concerning those suggestions, however, by which at the present time I might be of service to you, I have thought I should advise you by letter, though concealing my views, to the best of my ability, from everyone else.
§ 3
γιγνώσκω μὲν οὖν ὅτι τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν νουθετουμένων ἔμφυτόν ἐστι μὴ πρὸς τὰς ὠφελείας ἀποβλέπειν, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ χαλεπώτερον ἀκούειν τῶν λεγομένων, ὅσῳ περ ἂν αὐτῶν τις ἀκριβέστερον ἐξετάζῃ τὰς ἁμαρτίας· ὅμως δʼ οὐκ ὀκνητέον ὑπομένειν τὴν ἀπέχθειαν ταύτην τοῖς εὐνοϊκῶς πρός τινας ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ πειρατέον μεθιστάναι τὴν δόξαν τῶν οὕτω πρὸς τοὺς συμβουλεύοντας διακειμένων.
I am well aware, however, that it is instinctive with most persons when admonished, not to look to the benefits they receive but, on the contrary, to listen to what is said with the greater displeasure in proportion to the rigor with which their critic passes their faults in review. Nevertheless, those who are well disposed toward any persons must not shrink from incurring such resentment, but must try to effect a change in the opinion of those who feel this way toward those who offer them counsel.
§ 4
αἰσθόμενος οὖν οὐχ ἥκιστά σε μεγαλαυχούμενον ἐπί τε τῇ Βουσίριδος ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ τῇ Σωκράτους κατηγορίᾳ, πειράσομαί σοι ποιῆσαι καταφανὲς ὅτι πολὺ τοῦ δέοντος ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς λόγοις διήμαρτες. ἁπάντων γὰρ εἰδότων ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς μὲν εὐλογεῖν τινὰς βουλομένους πλείω τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῖς προσόντʼ ἀποφαίνειν, τοὺς δὲ κατηγοροῦντας τἀναντία τούτων ποιεῖν,
Having observed, therefore, that you take especial pride in your Defense of Busiris and in your Accusation of Socrates, I shall try to make it clear to you that in both these discourses you have fallen far short of what the subject demands. For although everyone knows that those who wish to praise a person must attribute to him a larger number of good qualities than he really possesses, and accusers must do the contrary,
§ 5
τοσούτου δεῖς οὕτω κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς λόγοις, ὥσθʼ ὑπὲρ μὲν Βουσίριδος ἀπολογήσασθαι φάσκων, οὐχ ὅπως τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτὸν διαβολῆς ἀπήλλαξας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τηλικαύτην αὐτῷ τὸ μέγεθος παρανομίαν προσῆψας ἧς οὐκ ἔσθʼ ὅπως ἄν τις δεινοτέραν ἐξευρεῖν δυνηθείη· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων τῶν ἐπιχειρησάντων ἐκεῖνον λοιδορεῖν τοσοῦτον μόνον περὶ αὐτοῦ βλασφημούντων, ὡς ἔθυε τῶν ξένων τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους, σὺ καὶ κατεσθίειν αὐτὸν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ᾐτιάσω· Σωκράτους δὲ κατηγορεῖν ἐπιχειρήσας, ὥσπερ ἐγκωμιάσαι βουλόμενος Ἀλκιβιάδην ἔδωκας αὐτῷ μαθητήν, ὃν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου μὲν οὐδεὶς ᾔσθετο παιδευόμενον, ὅτι δὲ πολὺ διήνεγκε τῶν ἄλλων ἅπαντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν.
you have so far fallen short of following these principles of rhetoric that, though you profess to defend Busiris, you have not only failed to absolve him of the calumny with which he is attacked, but have even imputed to him a lawlessness of such enormity that it is impossible for one to invent wickedness more atrocious. For the other writers whose aim was to malign him went only so far in their abuse as to charge him with sacrificing the strangers who came to his country; you, however, accused him of actually devouring his victims. And when your purpose was to accuse Socrates, as if you wished to praise him, you gave Alcibiades to him as a pupil who, as far as anybody observed, never was taught by Socrates, but that Alcibiades far excelled all his contemporaries all would agree.
§ 6
τοιγαροῦν εἰ γένοιτʼ ἐξουσία τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὁ μὲν ἄν σοι τοσαύτην ἔχοι χάριν ὑπὲρ τῆς κατηγορίας, ὅσην οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐπαινεῖν αὐτὸν εἰθισμένων, ὁ δʼ εἰ καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πραότατος ἦν, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐπί γε τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ λεγομένοις οὕτως ἂν ἀγανακτήσειεν ὥστε μηδεμιᾶς ἀποσχέσθαι τιμωρίας. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ σεμνύνεσθαι προσήκει τὸν παρὰ τοῖς λοιδορουμένοις ὑφʼ αὑτοῦ μᾶλλον ἀγαπώμενον ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἐγκωμιαζομένοις;
Hence, if the dead should acquire the power of judging what has been said of them, Socrates would be as grateful to you for your accusation as to any who have been wont to eulogize him; while Busiris, even if he had been most tender-hearted toward his guests, would be so enraged by your account of him that he would abstain from no vengeance whatever! And yet ought not that man to feel shame, rather than pride, who is more loved by those whom he has reviled than by those whom he has praised?
§ 7
οὕτω δʼ ἠμέλησας εἰ μηδὲν ὁμολογούμενον ἐρεῖς, ὥστε φῂς μὲν αὐτὸν τὴν Αἰόλου καὶ τὴν Ὀρφέως ζηλῶσαι δόξαν, ἀποφαίνεις δʼ οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύσαντα. πότερα γὰρ τοῖς περὶ Αἰόλου λεγομένοις αὐτὸν παρατάξωμεν; ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος μὲν τῶν ξένων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν ἐκπίπτοντας εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ἀπέστελλεν, ὁ δʼ εἰ χρὴ τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ λεγομένοις πιστεύειν, θύσας κατήσθιεν.
And you have been so careless about committing inconsistencies that you say Busiris emulated the fame of Aeolus and Orpheus, yet you do not show that any of his pursuits was identical with theirs. What, can we compare his deeds with the reported exploits of Aeolus? But Aeolus restored to their native lands strangers who were cast on his shores, whereas Busiris, if we are to give credence to your account, sacrificed and ate them!
§ 8
ἢ τοῖς Ὀρφέως ἔργοις ὁμοιώσωμεν; ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐξ Ἅιδου τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἀνῆγεν, ὁ δὲ πρὸ μοίρας τοὺς ζῶντας ἀπώλλυεν. ὥσθʼ ἡδέως ἂν εἰδείην τί ποτʼ ἂν ἐποίησεν, εἰ καταφρονῶν αὐτῶν ἐτύγχανεν, ὃς θαυμάζων τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν ἐκείνων ἅπαντα φαίνεται τἀναντία διαπραττόμενος. ὃ δὲ πάντων ἀτοπώτατον, ὅτι περὶ τὰς γενεαλογίας ἐσπουδακὼς ἐτόλμησας εἰπεῖν, ὡς τούτους ἐζήλωσεν ὧν οὐδʼ οἱ πατέρες πω κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον γεγονότες ἦσαν.
Or, are we to liken his deeds to those of Orpheus? But Orpheus led the dead back from Hades, whereas Busiris brought death to the living before their day of destiny. Consequently, I should be glad to know what, in truth, Busiris would have done if he had happened to despise Aeolus and Orpheus, seeing that, while admiring their virtues, all his own deeds are manifestly the opposite of theirs. But the greatest absurdity is this—though you have made a specialty of genealogies, you have dared to say that Busiris emulated those whose fathers even at that time had not yet been born!
§ 9
ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ τὸ προχειρότατον ποιεῖν, ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν εἰρημένων μηδὲν ἐπιδεικνὺς τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ, πειράσομαί σοι διὰ βραχέων δηλῶσαι περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν, καίπερ οὐ σπουδαίαν οὖσαν οὐδὲ σεμνοὺς λόγους ἔχουσαν, ἐξ ὧν ἔδει καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον καὶ τὴν ἀπολογίαν ποιήσασθαι.
But that I may not seem to be doing the easiest thing in assailing what others have said without exhibiting any specimen of my own, I will try briefly to expound the same subject — even though it is not serious and does not call for a dignified style — and show out of what elements you ought to have composed the eulogy and the speech in defense.
§ 10
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Βουσίριδος εὐγενείας τίς οὐκ ἂν δυνηθείη ῥᾳδίως εἰπεῖν; ὃς πατρὸς μὲν ἦν Ποσειδῶνος, μητρὸς δὲ Λιβύης τῆς Ἐπάφου τοῦ Διός, ἥν φασι πρώτην γυναῖκα βασιλεύσασαν ὁμώνυμον αὑτῇ τὴν χώραν καταστῆσαι. τυχὼν δὲ τοιούτων προγόνων οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτοις μόνοις μέγʼ ἐφρόνησεν, ἀλλʼ ᾠήθη δεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς αὑτοῦ μνημεῖον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον καταλιπεῖν.
Of the noble lineage of Busiris who would not find it easy to speak? His father was Poseidon, his mother Libya the daughter of Epaphus the son of Zeus, and she, they say, was the first woman to rule as queen and to give her own name to her country. Although fortune had given him such ancestors, these alone did not satisfy his pride, but he thought he must also leave behind an everlasting monument to his own valor.
§ 11
τὴν μὲν οὖν μητρῴαν ἀρχὴν ὑπερεῖδεν ἐλάττω νομίσας ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ φύσιν εἶναι, πλείστους δὲ καταστρεψάμενος καὶ μεγίστην δύναμιν κτησάμενος ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κατεστήσατο τὴν βασιλείαν, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν παρουσῶν μόνον ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἁπασῶν προκρίνας τὴν ἐκεῖ πολὺ διαφέρειν οἴκησιν.
He was not content with his mother’s kingdom, considering it too small for one of his endowment; and when he had conquered many peoples and had acquired supreme power he established his royal seat in Egypt, because he judged that country to be far superior as his place of residence, not only to the lands which then were his, but even to all other countries in the world.
§ 12
ἑώρα γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους τόπους οὐκ εὐκαίρως οὐδʼ εὐαρμόστως πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σύμπαντος φύσιν ἔχοντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν ὑπʼ ὄμβρων κατακλυζομένους, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὸ καυμάτων διαφθειρομένους, ταύτην δὲ τὴν χώραν ἐν καλλίστῳ μὲν τοῦ κόσμου κειμένην, πλεῖστα δὲ καὶ παντοδαπώτατα φέρειν δυναμένην, ἀθανάτῳ δὲ τείχει τῷ Νείλῳ τετειχισμένην,
For he saw that all other regions are neither seasonably nor conveniently situated in relation to the nature of the universe, but some are deluged by rains and others scorched by heat; Egypt, however, having the most admirable situation of the universe, was able to produce the most abundant and most varied products, and was defended by the immortal ramparts of the Nile,
§ 13
ὃς οὐ μόνον φυλακὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τροφὴν ἱκανὴν αὐτῇ παρέχειν πέφυκεν, ἀνάλωτος μὲν ὢν καὶ δύσμαχος τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, εὐαγωγὸς δὲ καὶ πρὸς πολλὰ χρήσιμος τοῖς ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ κατοικοῦσιν. πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν πρὸς τὴν τῆς γῆς ἐργασίαν ἰσόθεον πεποίηκεν· τῶν γὰρ ὄμβρων καὶ τῶν αὐχμῶν τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ὁ Ζεὺς ταμίας ἐστίν, ἐκείνων δʼ ἕκαστος ἀμφοτέρων τούτων αὐτὸς αὑτῷ κύριος καθέστηκεν.
a river which by its nature provides not only protection to the land, but also its means of subsistence in abundance, being impregnable and difficult for foes to conquer, yet convenient for commerce and in many respects serviceable to dwellers within its bounds. For in addition to the advantages I have mentioned, the Nile has bestowed upon the Egyptians a godlike power in respect to the cultivation of the land; for while Zeus is the dispenser of rains and droughts to the rest of mankind, of both of these each Egyptian has made himself master on his own account.
§ 14
εἰς τοσαύτην δʼ ὑπερβολὴν εὐδαιμονίας ἥκουσιν, ὥστε τῇ μὲν ἀρετῇ καὶ τῇ φύσει τῆς χώρας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν πεδίων ἤπειρον καρποῦνται, τῇ δὲ τῶν περιόντων διαθέσει καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐλλειπόντων κομιδῇ διὰ τὴν τοῦ ποταμοῦ δύναμιν νῆσον οἰκοῦσιν· κύκλῳ γὰρ αὐτὴν περιέχων καὶ πᾶσαν διαρρέων πολλὴν αὐτοῖς εὐπορίαν ἀμφοτέρων τούτων πεποίηκεν.
And to so perfect a state of happiness have the Egyptians come that with respect to the excellence and fertility of their land and the extent of their plains they reap the fruits of a continent, and as regards the disposition of their superfluous products and the importation of what they lack, the river’s possibilities are such that they inhabit an island; for the Nile, encircling the land and flowing through its whole extent, has given them abundant means for both.
§ 15
ἤρξατο μὲν οὖν ἐντεῦθεν, ὅθεν περ χρὴ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας, ἅμα τόν τε τόπον ὡς κάλλιστον καταλαβεῖν καὶ τροφὴν ἱκανὴν τοῖς περὶ αὑτὸν ἐξευρεῖν. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διελόμενος χωρὶς ἑκάστους τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὰς ἱερωσύνας κατέστησε, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ τὰς τέχνας ἔτρεψε, τοὺς δὲ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον μελετᾶν ἠνάγκασεν, ἡγούμενος τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα καὶ τὰς περιουσίας ἔκ τε τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν δεῖν ὑπάρχειν, τούτων δʼ εἶναι φυλακὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην τήν τε περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσέβειαν.
So Busiris thus began, as wise men should, by occupying the fairest country and also by finding sustenance sufficient for his subjects. Afterwards, he divided them into classes: some he appointed to priestly services, others he turned to the arts and crafts, and others he forced to practise the arts of war. He judged that, while necessities and superfluous products must be provided by the land and the arts, the safest means of protecting these was practice in warfare and reverence for the gods.
§ 16
ἅπαντας δὲ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς περιλαβὼν ἐξ ὧν ἄριστʼ ἄν τις τὰ κοινὰ διοικήσειεν, ἀεὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις μεταχειρίζεσθαι προσέταξεν, εἰδὼς τοὺς μὲν μεταβαλλομένους τὰς ἐργασίας οὐδὲ πρὸς ἓν τῶν ἔργων ἀκριβῶς ἔχοντας, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς αὐταῖς πράξεσι συνεχῶς διαμένοντας εἰς ὑπερβολὴν ἕκαστον ἀποτελοῦντας.
Including in all classes the right numbers for the best administration of the commonwealth, he gave orders that the same individuals should always engage in the same pursuits, because he knew that those who continually change their occupations never achieve proficiency in even a single one of their tasks, whereas those who apply themselves constantly to the same activities perform each thing they do surpassingly well.
§ 17
τοιγαροῦν καὶ πρὸς τὰς τέχνας εὑρήσομεν αὐτοὺς πλέον διαφέροντας τῶν περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ἐπιστήμας ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους δημιουργοὺς τῶν ἰδιωτῶν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν σύνταξιν διʼ ἧς τήν τε βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν διαφυλάττουσιν, οὕτω καλῶς ἔχοντας ὥστε καὶ τῶν φιλοσόφων τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων λέγειν ἐπιχειροῦντας καὶ μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦντας τὴν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ προαιρεῖσθαι πολιτείαν, καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους μέρος τι τῶν ἐκεῖθεν μιμουμένους ἄριστα διοικεῖν τὴν αὑτῶν πόλιν.
Hence we shall find that in the arts the Egyptians surpass those who work at the same skilled occupations elsewhere more than artisans in general excel the laymen; also with respect to the system which enables them to preserve royalty and their political institutions in general, they have been so successful that philosophers who undertake to discuss such topics and have won the greatest reputation prefer above all others the Egyptian form of government, and that the Lacedaemonians, on the other hand, govern their own city in admirable fashion because they imitate certain of the Egyptian customs.
§ 18
καὶ γὰρ τὸ μηδένα τῶν μαχίμων ἄνευ τῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων γνώμης ἀποδημεῖν καὶ τὰ συσσίτια καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἄσκησιν, ἔτι δὲ τὸ μηδενὸς τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀποροῦντας τῶν κοινῶν προσταγμάτων ἀμελεῖν, μηδʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τέχναις διατρίβειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὅλοις καὶ ταῖς στρατείαις προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ἐκεῖθεν ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ εἰλήφασιν.
For instance, the provision that no citizen fit for military service could leave the country without official authorization, the meals taken in common, and the training of their bodies; furthermore, the fact that lacking none of the necessities of life, they do not neglect the edicts of the State, and that none engage in any other crafts, but that all devote themselves to arms and warfare, all these practices they have taken from Egypt
§ 19
τοσούτῳ δὲ χεῖρον κέχρηνται τούτοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ὅσον οὗτοι μὲν ἅπαντες στρατιῶται καταστάντες βίᾳ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ἐκεῖνοι δʼ οὕτως οἰκοῦσιν ὥσπερ χρὴ τοὺς μήτε τῶν ἰδίων ἀμελοῦντας μήτε τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύοντας. γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις ἐνθένδε τὸ διάφορον ἑκατέρας τῆς πολιτείας.
But the Lacedaemonians have made so much worse use of these institutions that all of them, being professional soldiers, claim the right to seize by force the property of everybody else, whereas the Egyptians live as people should who neither neglect their own possessions, nor plot how they may acquire the property of others. The difference in the aims of the two polities may be seen from the following:
§ 20
εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἅπαντες μιμησαίμεθα τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀργίαν καὶ πλεονεξίαν, εὐθὺς ἂν ἀπολοίμεθα καὶ διὰ τὴν ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ διὰ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· εἰ δὲ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων νόμοις χρῆσθαι βουληθεῖμεν, καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἐργάζεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ τὰ τούτων σῴζειν δόξειεν, ἕκαστοι τὴν αὑτῶν ἔχοντες εὐδαιμόνως ἂν τὸν βίον διατελοῖμεν.
if we should all imitate the sloth and greed of the Lacedaemonians, we should straightway perish through both the lack of the necessities of daily life and civil war; but if we should wish to adopt the laws of the Egyptians which prescribe that some must work and that the rest must protect the property of the workers, we should all possess our own goods and pass our days in happiness.
§ 21
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν φρόνησιν ἐπιμελείας εἰκότως ἄν τις ἐκεῖνον αἴτιον νομίσειεν. τοῖς γὰρ ἱερεῦσι παρεσκεύασεν εὐπορίαν μὲν ταῖς ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν προσόδοις, σωφροσύνην δὲ ταῖς ἁγνείαις ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων προστεταγμέναις, σχολὴν δὲ ταῖς τῶν κινδύνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἀτελείαις·
Furthermore, the cultivation of practical wisdom may also reasonably be attributed to Busiris. For example, he saw to it that from the revenues of the sacrifices the priests should acquire affluence, but self-control through the purifications prescribed by the laws, and leisure by exemption from the hazards of fighting and from all work.
§ 22
μεθʼ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι βιοτεύοντες τοῖς μὲν σώμασιν ἰατρικὴν ἐξεῦρον ἐπικουρίαν, οὐ διακεκινδυνευμένοις φαρμάκοις χρωμένην ἀλλὰ τοιούτοις, ἃ τὴν μὲν ἀσφάλειαν ὁμοίαν ἔχει τῇ τροφῇ τῇ καθʼ ἡμέραν, τὰς δʼ ὠφελείας τηλικαύτας ὥστʼ ἐκείνους ὁμολογουμένως ὑγιεινοτάτους εἶναι καὶ μακροβιωτάτους, ταῖς δὲ ψυχαῖς φιλοσοφίας ἄσκησιν κατέδειξαν, ἣ καὶ νομοθετῆσαι καὶ τὴν φύσιν τῶν ὄντων ζητῆσαι δύναται.
And the priests, because they enjoyed such conditions of life, discovered for the body the aid which the medical art affords, not that which uses dangerous drugs, but drugs of such a nature that they are as harmless as daily food, yet in their effects are so beneficial that all men agree the Egyptians are the healthiest and most long of life among men; and then for the soul they introduced philosophy’s training, a pursuit which has the power, not only to establish laws, but also to investigate the nature of the universe.
§ 23
καὶ τοὺς μὲν πρεσβυτέρους ἐπὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν πραγμάτων ἔταξεν, τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους ἀμελήσαντας τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐπʼ ἀστρολογίᾳ καὶ λογισμοῖς καὶ γεωμετρίᾳ διατρίβειν ἔπεισεν, ὧν τὰς δυνάμεις οἱ μὲν ὡς πρὸς ἔνια χρησίμους ἐπαινοῦσιν, οἱ δʼ ὡς πλεῖστα πρὸς ἀρετὴν συμβαλλομένας ἀποφαίνειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν.
The older men Busiris appointed to have charge of the most important matters, but the younger he persuaded to forgo all pleasures and devote themselves to the study of the stars, to arithmetic, and to geometry; the value of these sciences some praise for their utility in certain ways, while others attempt to demonstrate that they are conducive in the highest measure to the attainment of virtue.
§ 24
μάλιστα δʼ ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν καὶ θαυμάζειν τὴν εὐσέβειαν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς θεραπείαν. ὅσοι μὲν γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς οὕτω κατεσχημάτισαν ὥστʼ ἢ κατὰ σοφίαν ἢ κατʼ ἄλλην τινʼ ἀρετὴν ὑπολαμβάνεσθαι μειζόνως ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν, οὗτοι μὲν βλάπτουσι τοὺς ἐξαπατηθέντας· ὅσοι δὲ τῶν θείων πραγμάτων οὕτω προέστησαν ὥστε καὶ τὰς ἐπιμελείας καὶ τὰς τιμωρίας εἶναι δοκεῖν ἀκριβεστέρας τῶν συμβαινόντων, οἱ δὲ τοιοῦτοι πλεῖστα τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠφελοῦσιν.
The piety of the Egyptians and their worship of the gods are especially deserving of praise and admiration. For all persons who have so bedizened themselves as to create the impression that they possess greater wisdom, or some other excellence, than they can rightly claim, certainly do harm to their dupes; but those persons who have so championed the cause of religion that divine rewards and punishments are made to appear more certain than they prove to be, such men, I say, benefit in the greatest measure the lives of men.
§ 25
καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν οἱ τὸν φόβον ἡμῖν ἐνεργασάμενοι τοῦτον αἴτιοι γεγόνασι τοῦ μὴ παντάπασι θηριωδῶς διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους. ἐκεῖνοι τοίνυν οὕτως ἁγίως περὶ ταῦτα καὶ σεμνῶς ἔχουσιν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους πιστοτέρους εἶναι τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων ἱεροῖς ἢ τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις καθεστῶτας, καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἕκαστον οἴεσθαι παραχρῆμα δώσειν δίκην, ἀλλʼ οὐ διαλήσειν τὸν παρόντα χρόνον, οὐδʼ εἰς τοὺς παῖδας ἀναβληθήσεσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας.
For actually those who in the beginning inspired in us our fear of the gods, brought it about that we in our relations to one another are not altogether like wild beasts So great, moreover, is the piety and the solemnity with which the Egyptians deal with these matters that not only are the oaths taken in their sanctuaries more binding than is the case elsewhere, but each person believes that he will pay the penalty for his misdeeds immediately and that he will neither escape detection for the present nor will the punishment be deferred to his children’s time.
§ 26
καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰκότως δοξάζουσιν· πολλὰς γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ παντοδαπὰς ἀσκήσεις τῆς ὁσιότητος ἐκεῖνος κατέστησεν, ὅστις καὶ τῶν ζῴων τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν καταφρονουμένων ἔστιν ἃ σέβεσθαι καὶ τιμᾶν ἐνομοθέτησεν, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἅμα μὲν ἐθίζειν οἰόμενος δεῖν τὸν ὄχλον ἐμμένειν ἅπασι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων παραγγελλομένοις,
And they have good reason for this belief; for Busiris established for them numerous and varied practices of piety and ordered them by law even to worship and to revere certain animals which among us are regarded with contempt, not because he misapprehended their power, but because he thought that the crowd ought to be habituated to obedience to all the commands of those in authority,
§ 27
ἅμα δὲ βουλόμενος πεῖραν λαμβάνειν ἐν τοῖς φανεροῖς, ἥντινα περὶ τῶν ἀφανῶν διάνοιαν ἔχουσιν. ἐνόμιζε γὰρ τοὺς μὲν τούτων ὀλιγωροῦντας τυχὸν καὶ τῶν μειζόνων καταφρονήσειν, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ πάντων ὁμοίως ἐμμένοντας τῇ τάξει βεβαίως ἔσεσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν εὐσέβειαν ἐπιδεδειγμένους.
and at the same time he wished to test in visible matters how they felt in regard to the invisible. For he judged that those who belittled these instructions would perhaps look with contempt upon the more important commands also, but that those who gave strict obedience equally in everything would have given proof of their steadfast piety.
§ 28
ἔχοι δʼ ἄν τις μὴ σπεύδειν ὡρμημένος πολλὰ καὶ θαυμαστὰ περὶ τῆς ὁσιότητος αὐτῶν διελθεῖν, ἣν οὔτε μόνος οὔτε πρῶτος ἐγὼ τυγχάνω καθεωρακώς, ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ὄντων καὶ τῶν προγεγενημένων, ὧν καὶ Πυθαγόρας ὁ Σάμιός ἐστιν· ὃς ἀφικόμενος εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ μαθητὴς ἐκείνων γενόμενος τήν τʼ ἄλλην φιλοσοφίαν πρῶτος εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐκόμισε, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς θυσίας καὶ τὰς ἁγιστείας τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐπιφανέστερον τῶν ἄλλων ἐσπούδασεν, ἡγούμενος, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῷ διὰ ταῦτα πλέον γίγνοιτο παρὰ τῶν θεῶν, ἀλλʼ οὖν παρά γε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκ τούτων μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσειν.
If one were not determined to make haste, one might cite many admirable instances of the piety of the Egyptians, that piety which I am neither the first nor the only one to have observed; on the contrary, many contemporaries and predecessors have remarked it, of whom Pythagoras of Samos is one On a visit to Egypt he became a student of the religion of the people, and was first to bring to the Greeks all philosophy, and more conspicuously than others he seriously interested himself in sacrifices and in ceremonial purity, since he believed that even if he should gain thereby no greater reward from the gods, among men, at any rate, his reputation would be greatly enhanced.
§ 29
ὅπερ αὐτῷ καὶ συνέβη· τοσοῦτον γὰρ εὐδοξίᾳ τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπερέβαλεν, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους ἅπαντας ἐπιθυμεῖν αὐτοῦ μαθητὰς εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἥδιον ὁρᾶν τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς αὑτῶν ἐκείνῳ συγγιγνομένους ἢ τῶν οἰκείων ἐπιμελουμένους. καὶ τούτοις οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἀπιστεῖν· ἔτι γὰρ καὶ νῦν τοὺς προσποιουμένους ἐκείνου μαθητὰς εἶναι μᾶλλον σιγῶντας θαυμάζουσιν ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ λέγειν μεγίστην δόξαν ἔχοντας.
And this indeed happened to him. For so greatly did he surpass all others in reputation that all the younger men desired to be his pupils, and their elders were more pleased to see their sons staying in his company than attending to their private affairs. And these reports we cannot disbelieve; for even now persons who profess to be followers of his teaching are more admired when silent than are those who have the greatest renown for eloquence.
§ 30
ἴσως ἂν οὖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀπαντήσειας, ὅτι τὴν μὲν χώραν καὶ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐπαινῶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίων, ὡς δὲ τούτων αἴτιος ἦν, ὃν ὑπεθέμην, οὐδεμίαν ἔχω λέγειν ἀπόδειξιν. ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν ἄλλος τίς μοι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἐπέπληττεν, ἡγούμην ἂν αὐτὸν πεπαιδευμένως ἐπιτιμᾶν· σοὶ δʼ οὐ προσήκει ταύτην ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπίληψιν.
Perhaps, however, you would reply against all I have said, that I am praising the land, the laws, and the piety of the Egyptians, and also their philosophy, but that Busiris was their author, as I have assumed, I am able to offer no proof whatever. If any other person criticized me in that fashion, I should believe that his censure was that of a scholar; but you are not the one to reprove me.
§ 31
βουληθεὶς γὰρ Βούσιριν εὐλογεῖν προείλου λέγειν, ὡς τόν τε Νεῖλον περὶ τὴν χώραν περιέρρηξε καὶ τῶν ξένων τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους θύων κατήσθιεν· ὡς δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐποίησεν οὐδεμίαν πίστιν εἴρηκας. καίτοι πῶς οὐ καταγέλαστόν ἐστι ταῦτα παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπαιτεῖν, οἷς αὐτὸς μηδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν τυγχάνεις κεχρημένος;
For, when you wished to praise Busiris, you chose to say that he forced the Nile to break into branches and surround the land, and that he sacrificed and ate strangers who came to his country; but you gave no proof that he did these things. And yet is it not ridiculous to demand that others follow a procedure which you yourself have not used in the slightest degree?
§ 32
ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ πλέον ἡμῶν ἀπέχεις τοῦ πιστὰ λέγειν, ὅσον ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδενὸς αὐτὸν αἰτιῶμαι τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἀλλὰ νόμων καὶ πολιτείας, αἵπερ εἰσὶ πράξεις τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν· σὺ δὲ τοιούτων δημιουργὸν ἀποφαίνεις, ὧν οὐδέτερον οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀνθρώπων ποιήσειεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τῆς τῶν θηρίων ὠμότητος, τὸ δὲ τῆς τῶν θεῶν δυνάμεως ἔργον ἐστίν.
Nay, your account is far less credible than mine, since I attribute to him no impossible deed, but only laws and political organization, which are the accomplishments of honorable men, whereas you represent him as the author of two astounding acts which no human being would commit, one requiring the cruelty of wild beasts, the other the power of the gods.
§ 33
ἔπειτʼ εἰ καὶ τυγχάνομεν ἀμφότεροι ψευδῆ λέγοντες, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐγὼ μὲν κέχρημαι τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις, οἷσπερ χρὴ τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας, σὺ δʼ οἷς προσήκει τοὺς λοιδοροῦντας· ὥστʼ οὐ μόνον τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἰδέας ὅλης διʼ ἧς εὐλογεῖν δεῖ, φαίνει διημαρτηκώς.
Further, even if both of us, perchance, are wrong, I, at any rate, have used only such arguments as authors of eulogies must use; you, on the contrary, have employed those which are appropriate to revilers. Consequently, it is obvious that you have gone astray, not only from the truth, but also from the entire pattern which must be employed in eulogy.
§ 34
χωρὶς δὲ τούτων εἰ δεῖ τῶν σῶν ἀπαλλαγέντα τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον ἐξετάζειν, οὐδεὶς ἂν αὐτῷ δικαίως ἐπιπλήξειεν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλος τις ἦν φανερὸς ὁ ταῦτα πράξας, ἁγώ φημι γεγενῆσθαι διʼ ἐκεῖνον, ὁμολογῶ λίαν εἶναι τολμηρός, εἰ περὶ ὧν ἅπαντες ἐπίστανται,
Apart from these considerations, if your discourse should be put aside and mine carefully examined, no one would justly find fault with it. For if it were manifest that another had done the deeds which I assert were done by him, I acknowledge that I am exceedingly audacious in trying to change men’s views about matters of which all the world has knowledge.
§ 35
περὶ τούτων μεταπείθειν ἐπιχειρῶ. νῦν δʼ ἐν κοινῷ τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων καὶ δοξάσαι δέον περὶ αὐτῶν, τίνʼ ἄν τις τῶν ἐκεῖ καθεστώτων ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων σκοπούμενος αἰτιώτερον εἶναι νομίσειεν ἢ τὸν ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος μὲν γεγονότα, πρὸς δὲ μητρὸς ἀπὸ Διὸς ὄντα, μεγίστην δὲ δύναμιν τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν κτησάμενον καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὀνομαστότατον γεγενημένον; οὐ γὰρ δή που τοὺς ἁπάντων τούτων ἀπολελειμμένους προσήκει μᾶλλον ἢ κεῖνον τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν εὑρετὰς γενέσθαι.
But as it is, since the question is open to the judgement of all and one must resort to conjecture, who, reasoning from what is probable, would be considered to have a better claim to the authorship of the institutions of Egypt rather than a son of Poseidon, a descendant of Zeus on his mother’s side, the most powerful personage of his time and the most renowned among all other peoples? For surely it is not fitting that any who were in all these respects inferior should, in preference to Busiris, have the credit of being the authors of those great benefactions.
§ 36
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τοῖς χρόνοις ῥᾳδίως ἄν τις τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν λοιδορούντων ἐκεῖνον ψευδεῖς ὄντας ἐπιδείξειεν. οἱ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῆς τε Βουσίριδος ξενοφονίας κατηγοροῦσι καί φασιν αὐτὸν ὑφʼ Ἡρακλέους ἀποθανεῖν·
Furthermore, it could be easily proved on chronological grounds also that the statements of the detractors of Busiris are false. For the same writers who accuse Busiris of slaying strangers also assert that he died at the hands of Heracles;
§ 37
ὁμολογεῖται δὲ παρὰ πάντων τῶν λογοποιῶν Περσέως τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Δανάης Ἡρακλέα μὲν εἶναι τέτταρσι γενεαῖς νεώτερον, Βούσιριν δὲ πλέον ἢ διακοσίοις ἔτεσι πρεσβύτερον. καίτοι τὸν βουλόμενον ἀπολύσασθαι τὴν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου διαβολὴν πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπόν ἐστι ταύτην τὴν πίστιν παραλιπεῖν, τὴν οὕτως ἐναργῆ καὶ τηλικαύτην δύναμιν ἔχουσαν;
but all chroniclers agree that Heracles was later by four generations than Perseus, son of Zeus and Danae, and that Busiris lived more than two hundred years earlier than Perseus. And yet what can be more absurd than that one who was desirous of clearing Busiris of the calumny has failed to mention that evidence, so manifest and so conclusive?
§ 38
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδέν σοι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς τῶν ποιητῶν βλασφημίαις ἐπηκολούθησας, οἳ δεινότερα μὲν πεποιηκότας καὶ πεπονθότας ἀποφαίνουσι τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἀθανάτων γεγονότας ἢ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἀνοσιωτάτων, τοιούτους δὲ λόγους περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν εἰρήκασιν, οἵους οὐδεὶς ἂν περὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν εἰπεῖν τολμήσειεν· οὐ γὰρ μόνον κλοπὰς καὶ μοιχείας καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις θητείας αὐτοῖς ὠνείδισαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παίδων βρώσεις καὶ πατέρων ἐκτομὰς καὶ μητέρων δεσμοὺς καὶ πολλὰς ἄλλας ἀνομίας κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐλογοποίησαν.
But the fact is that you had no regard for the truth; on the contrary, you followed the calumnies of the poets, who declare that the offspring of the immortals have perpetrated as well as suffered things more atrocious than any perpetrated or suffered by the offspring of the most impious of mortals; aye, the poets have related about the gods themselves tales more outrageous than anyone would dare tell concerning their enemies. For not only have they imputed to them thefts and adulteries, and vassalage among men, but they have fabricated tales of the eating of children, the castrations of fathers, the fetterings of mothers, and many other crimes
§ 39
ὑπὲρ ὧν τὴν μὲν ἀξίαν δίκην οὐκ ἔδοσαν, οὐ μὴν ἀτιμώρητοί γε διέφυγον, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἀλῆται καὶ τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐνδεεῖς κατέστησαν, οἱ δʼ ἐτυφλώθησαν, ἄλλος δὲ φεύγων τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις πολεμῶν ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσεν, Ὀρφεὺς δʼ ὁ μάλιστα τούτων τῶν λόγων ἁψάμενος, διασπασθεὶς τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν· ὥστʼ ἢν σωφρονῶμεν,
For these blasphemies the poets, it is true, did not pay the penalty they deserved, but assuredly they did not escape punishment altogether; some became vagabonds begging for their daily bread; others became blind; another spent all his life in exile from his fatherland and in warring with his kinsmen; and Orpheus, who made a point of rehearsing these tales, died by being torn asunder
§ 40
οὐ μιμησόμεθα τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἐκείνων, οὐδὲ περὶ μὲν τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους κακηγορίας νομοθετήσομεν, τῆς δʼ εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς παρρησίας ὀλιγωρήσομεν, ἀλλὰ φυλαξόμεθα καὶ νομιοῦμεν ὁμοίως ἀσεβεῖν τούς τε λέγοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τοὺς πιστεύοντας αὐτοῖς.
Therefore if we are wise we shall not imitate their tales, nor while passing laws for the punishment of libels against each other, shall we disregard loose-tongued vilification of the gods; on the contrary, we shall be on our guard and consider equally guilty of impiety those who recite and those who believe such lies
§ 41
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐχ ὅπως τοὺς θεούς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐξ ἐκείνων γεγονότας οὐδεμιᾶς ἡγοῦμαι κακίας μετασχεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτούς τε πάσας ἔχοντας τὰς ἀρετὰς φῦναι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τῶν καλλίστων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἡγεμόνας καὶ διδασκάλους γεγενῆσθαι. καὶ γὰρ ἄλογον, εἰ τῆς μὲν ἡμετέρας εὐπαιδίας εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναφέρομεν, τῆς δὲ σφετέρας αὐτῶν μηδὲν αὐτοὺς φροντίζειν νομίζοιμεν.
Now I, for my part, think that not only the gods but also their offspring have no share in any wickedness but themselves are by nature endowed with all the virtues and have become for all mankind guides and teachers of the most honorable conduct. For it is absurd that we should attribute to the gods the responsibility for the happy fortunes of our children, and yet believe them to be indifferent to those of their own.
§ 42
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἡμῶν τις τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσεως κατασταίη κύριος, οὐδʼ ἂν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἐάσειεν εἶναι πονηρούς· ἐκείνων δὲ καταγιγνώσκομεν ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὑτῶν γεγονότας περιεῖδον οὕτως ἀσεβεῖς καὶ παρανόμους ὄντας. καὶ σὺ μὲν οἴει καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν προσήκοντας, ἤν σοι πλησιάσωσι, βελτίους ποιήσειν, τοὺς δὲ θεοὺς οὐδεμίαν ἡγεῖ τῆς τῶν παίδων ἀρετῆς ἔχειν ἐπιμέλειαν.
Nay, if any one of us should obtain the power of regulating human nature, he would not allow even his slaves to be vicious; yet we condemn the gods by believing that they permitted their own offspring to be so impious and lawless. And you, Polycrates, assume that you will make men better even if they are not related to you, provided that they become your pupils, yet believe that the gods have no care for the virtue of their own children!
§ 43
καίτοι κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον δυοῖν τοῖν αἰσχίστοιν οὐ διαμαρτάνουσιν· εἰ μὲν γὰρ μηδὲν δέονται χρηστοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι, χείρους εἰσὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν διάνοιαν, εἰ δὲ βούλονται μέν, ἀποροῦσι δʼ ὅπως ποιήσωσιν, ἐλάττω τῶν σοφιστῶν τὴν δύναμιν ἔχουσιν.
And yet, according to your own reasoning, the gods are not free from the two most disgraceful faults: for if they do not want their children to be virtuous, they are inferior in character to human beings; but if, on the other hand, they desire it but are at a loss how to effect it, they are more impotent than the sophists!
§ 44
πολλῶν δʼ ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον καὶ τὴν ἀπολογίαν μηκύνειεν, οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν μακρολογεῖν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπίδειξιν τοῖς ἄλλοις ποιούμενος, ἀλλʼ ὑποδεῖξαί σοι βουλόμενος ὡς χρὴ τούτων ἑκάτερον ποιεῖν, διείλεγμαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐπεὶ τόν γε λόγον ὃν σὺ γέγραφας, οὐκ ἀπολογίαν ὑπὲρ Βουσίριδος, ἀλλʼ ὁμολογίαν τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων δικαίως ἄν τις εἶναι νομίσειεν.
Although the subject admits of many arguments for the amplification of my theme of eulogy and defense, I believe it unnecessary to speak at greater length; for my aim in this discourse is not to make a display to impress others, but to show for your benefit how each of these topics should be treated, since the composition which you wrote may justly be considered by anyone to be, not a defense of Busiris, but an admission of all the crimes charged against him.
§ 45
οὐ γὰρ ἀπολύεις αὐτὸν τῶν αἰτιῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀποφαίνεις ὡς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τινὲς ταὐτὰ πεποιήκασι, ῥᾳθυμοτάτην τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν εὑρίσκων καταφυγήν. εἰ γὰρ τῶν μὲν ἀδικημάτων μὴ ῥᾴδιον εὑρεῖν ὃ μήπω τυγχάνει γεγενημένον, τοὺς δʼ ἐφʼ ἑκάστοις αὐτῶν ἁλισκομένους μηδὲν ἡγοίμεθα δεινὸν ποιεῖν, ὅταν ἕτεροι ταὐτὰ φαίνωνται διαπεπραγμένοι, πῶς οὐκ ἂν καὶ τὰς ἀπολογίας ἅπασι ῥᾳδίας ποιήσαιμεν, καὶ τοῖς βουλομένοις εἶναι πονηροῖς πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν παρασκευάσαιμεν;
For you do not exonerate him from the charges, but only declare that some others have done the same things, inventing thus a very easy refuge for all criminals. Why, if it is not easy to find a crime which has not yet been committed, and if we should consider that those who have been found guilty of one or another of these crimes have done nothing so very wrong, whenever others are found to have perpetrated the same offences, should we not be providing ready-made pleas in exculpation of all criminals and be granting complete licence for those who are bent on villainy?
§ 46
μάλιστα δʼ ἂν κατίδοις τὴν εὐήθειαν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπὶ σαυτοῦ θεωρήσας. ἐνθυμήθητι γάρ· εἰ μεγάλων καὶ δεινῶν αἰτιῶν περὶ σὲ γεγονυιῶν τοῦτόν τις τὸν τρόπον σοι συνείποι, πῶς ἂν διατεθείης; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οἶδʼ ὅτι μᾶλλον ἂν αὐτὸν μισήσειας ἢ τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ αἰσχρὸν τοιαύτας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀπολογίας, ἐφʼ αἷς ὑπὲρ σαυτοῦ λεγομέναις μάλιστʼ ἂν ὀργισθείης;
You would best perceive the inanity of your defense of Busiris if you should imagine yourself in his position. Just suppose this case: if you had been accused of grave and terrible crimes and an advocate should defend you in this fashion, what would be your state of mind? I know very well that you would detest him more heartily than your accusers. And yet is it not disgraceful to compose for others a plea in defense of such kind that it would arouse your extreme anger if spoken on your own behalf?
§ 47
σκέψαι δὲ κἀκεῖνο καὶ δίελθε πρὸς αὑτόν. εἴ τις τῶν σοι συνόντων ἐπαρθείη ποιεῖν ἃ σὺ τυγχάνεις εὐλογῶν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἀθλιώτατος εἴη καὶ τῶν νῦν ὄντων καὶ τῶν πώποτε γεγενημένων; ἆρʼ οὖν χρὴ τοιούτους λόγους γράφειν οἷς τοῦτο προσέσται μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, ἢν μηδένα πεῖσαι τῶν ἀκουσάντων δυνηθῶσιν;
Again, consider this, and meditate upon it. If one of your pupils should be induced to do those things which you praise, would he not be the most wretched of men who are now alive and, in truth, of all who ever have lived? Is it right, therefore,to compose discourses such that they will do the most good if they succeed in convincing no one among those who hear them?
§ 48
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως ἂν εἴποις ὡς οὐδὲ σὲ τοῦτο παρέλαθεν, ἀλλʼ ἐβουλήθης τοῖς φιλοσόφοις παράδειγμα καταλιπεῖν ὡς χρὴ περὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν αἰτιῶν καὶ δυσχερῶν πραγμάτων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀπολογίας. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πρότερον ἠγνόεις, οἶμαί σοι νῦν γεγενῆσθαι φανερὸν ὅτι πολὺ θᾶττον ἄν τις σωθείη μηδὲν φθεγξάμενος ἢ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἀπολογησάμενος.
But perhaps you will say that you too were not unaware of all this but that you wished to bequeath to men of learning an example of how pleas in defense of shameful charges and difficult causes ought to be made. But I think it has now been made clear to you, even if you were previously in ignorance, that an accused person would sooner gain acquittal by not uttering a word than by pleading his cause in this way.
§ 49
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον, ὅτι τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἐπικήρως διακειμένης καὶ φθονουμένης διὰ τοὺς τοιούτους τῶν λόγων ἔτι μᾶλλον αὐτὴν μισήσουσιν. ἢν οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, μάλιστα μὲν οὐ ποιήσει τοῦ λοιποῦ πονηρὰς ὑποθέσεις, εἰ δὲ μή, τοιαῦτα ζητήσεις λέγειν ἐξ ὧν μήτʼ αὐτὸς χείρων εἶναι δόξεις μήτε τοὺς μιμουμένους λυμανεῖ μήτε τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους παίδευσιν διαβαλεῖς.
And, furthermore, this too is evident, that philosophy, which is already in mortal jeopardy and is hated, will be detested even more because of such discourses. If, then, you will listen to me, you will preferably not deal in future with such base subjects, but if that cannot be, you will seek to speak of such things as will neither injure your own reputation, nor corrupt your imitators, nor bring the teaching of rhetoric into disrepute.
§ 50
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ νεώτερος ὢν καὶ μηδέν σοι προσήκων οὕτω προχείρως ἐπιχειρῶ σε νουθετεῖν· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ οὐ τῶν πρεσβυτάτων οὐδὲ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων, ἀλλὰ τῶν πλεῖστʼ εἰδότων καὶ βουλομένων ὠφελεῖν ἔργον εἶναι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων συμβουλεύειν.
And do not be astonished if I, who am younger than you and unrelated to you, essay so lightly to admonish you; for, in my opinion, giving good counsel on such subjects is not the function of older men or of the most intimate friends, but of those who know most and desire most to render service.
Panegyricus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg011 · Greek: Πανηγυρικός — tlg0010.tlg011.perseus-grc2 · English: Panegyricus — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg011.perseus-eng2
§ 1
πολλάκις ἐθαύμασα τῶν τὰς πανηγύρεις συναγαγόντων καὶ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας καταστησάντων, ὅτι τὰς μὲν τῶν σωμάτων εὐτυχίας οὕτω μεγάλων δωρεῶν ἠξίωσαν, τοῖς δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν ἰδίᾳ πονήσασι καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς οὕτω παρασκευάσασιν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὠφελεῖν δύνασθαι,
Many times have I wondered at those who first convoked the national assemblies and established the athletic games, amazed that they should have thought the prowess of men’s bodies to be deserving of so great bounties, while to those who had toiled in private for the public good and trained their own minds so as to be able to help also their fellow-men they apportioned no reward whatsoever,
§ 2
τούτοις δʼ οὐδεμίαν τιμὴν ἀπένειμαν· ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς μᾶλλον ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀθλητῶν δὶς τοσαύτην ῥώμην λαβόντων οὐδὲν ἂν πλέον γένοιτο τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἑνὸς δὲ ἀνδρὸς εὖ φρονήσαντος ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπολαύσειαν οἱ βουλόμενοι κοινωνεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου διανοίας.
when, in all reason, they ought rather to have made provision for the latter; for if all the athletes should acquire twice the strength which they now possess, the rest of the world would be no better off; but let a single man attain to wisdom, and all men will reap the benefit who are willing to share his insight.
§ 3
οὐ μὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀθυμήσας εἱλόμην ῥᾳθυμεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἱκανὸν νομίσας ἆθλον ἔσεσθαί μοι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ λόγου γενησομένην ἥκω συμβουλεύσων περί τε τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους καὶ τῆς ὁμονοίας τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν προσποιησαμένων εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὥρμησαν,
Yet I have not on this account lost heart nor chosen to abate my labors; on the contrary, believing that I shall have a sufficient reward in the approbation which my discourse will itself command, I have come before you to give my counsels on the war against the barbarians and on concord among ourselves. I am, in truth, not unaware that many of those who have claimed to be sophists
§ 4
ἀλλʼ ἅμα μὲν ἐλπίζων τοσοῦτον διοίσειν ὥστε τοῖς ἄλλοις μηδὲν πώποτε δοκεῖν εἰρῆσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἅμα δὲ προκρίνας τούτους καλλίστους εἶναι τῶν λόγων, οἵτινες περὶ μεγίστων τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες καὶ τούς τε λέγοντας μάλιστʼ ἐπιδεικνύουσι καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας πλεῖστʼ ὠφελοῦσιν,
have rushed upon this theme, but I hope to rise so far superior to them that it will seem as if no word had ever been spoken by my rivals upon this subject; and, at the same time, I have singled out as the highest kind of oratory that which deals with the greatest affairs and, while best displaying the ability of those who speak, brings most profit to those who hear; and this oration is of that character.
§ 5
ὧν εἷς οὗτός ἐστιν. ἔπειτʼ οὐδʼ οἱ καιροί πω παρεληλύθασιν, ὥστʼ ἤδη μάτην εἶναι τὸ μεμνῆσθαι περὶ τούτων. τότε γὰρ χρὴ παύεσθαι λέγοντας, ὅταν ἢ τὰ πράγματα λάβῃ τέλος καὶ μηκέτι δέῃ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἢ τὸν λόγον ἴδῃ τις ἔχοντα πέρας, ὥστε μηδεμίαν λελεῖφθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπερβολήν.
In the next place, the moment for action has not yet gone by, and so made it now futile to bring up this question; for then, and only then, should we cease to speak, when the conditions have come to an end and there is no longer any need to deliberate about them, or when we see that the discussion of them is so complete that there is left to others no room to improve upon what has been said.
§ 6
ἕως δʼ τὰ μὲν ὁμοίως ὥσπερ πρότερον φέρηται, τὰ δʼ εἰρημένα φαύλως ἔχοντα τυγχάνῃ, πῶς οὐ χρὴ σκοπεῖν καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, ὃς ἢν κατορθωθῇ, καὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς τῆς παρούσης καὶ τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάξει;
But so long as conditions go on as before, and what has been said about them is inadequate, is it not our duty to scan and study this question, the right decision of which will deliver us from our mutual warfare, our present confusion, and our greatest ills?
§ 7
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, εἰ μὲν μηδαμῶς ἄλλως οἷόν τʼ ἦν δηλοῦν τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις ἀλλʼ ἢ διὰ μιᾶς ἰδέας, εἶχεν ἄν τις ὑπολαβεῖν ὡς περίεργόν ἐστι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐκείνοις λέγοντα πάλιν ἐνοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ λόγοι τοιαύτην ἔχουσι τὴν φύσιν,
Furthermore, if it were possible to present the same subject matter in one form and in no other, one might have reason to think it gratuitous to weary one’s hearers by speaking again in the same manner as his predecessors; but since oratory is of such a nature
§ 8
ὥσθʼ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πολλαχῶς ἐξηγήσασθαι, καὶ τά τε μεγάλα ταπεινὰ ποιῆσαι καὶ τοῖς μικροῖς μέγεθος περιθεῖναι, καὶ τά τε παλαιὰ καινῶς διελθεῖν καὶ περὶ τῶν νεωστὶ γεγενημένων ἀρχαίως εἰπεῖν, οὐκέτι φευκτέον ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ περὶ ὧν ἕτεροι πρότερον εἰρήκασιν, ἀλλʼ ἄμεινον ἐκείνων εἰπεῖν πειρατέον.
that it is possible to discourse on the same subject matter in many different ways—to represent the great as lowly or invest the little with grandeur, to recount the things of old in a new manner or set forth events of recent date in an old fashion—it follows that one must not shun the subjects upon which others have spoken before, but must try to speak better than they.
§ 9
αἱ μὲν γὰρ πράξεις αἱ προγεγενημέναι κοιναὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν κατελείφθησαν, τὸ δʼ ἐν καιρῷ ταύταις καταχρήσασθαι καὶ τὰ προσήκοντα περὶ ἑκάστης ἐνθυμηθῆναι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εὖ διαθέσθαι τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἴδιόν ἐστιν.
For the deeds of the past are, indeed, an inheritance common to us all; but the ability to make proper use of them at the appropriate time, to conceive the right sentiments about them in each instance, and to set them forth in finished phrase, is the peculiar gift of the wise.
§ 10
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως ἂν μεγίστην ἐπίδοσιν λαμβάνειν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους φιλοσοφίαν, εἴ τις θαυμάζοι καὶ τιμῴη μὴ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἔργων ἀρχομένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἄρισθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐξεργαζομένους, μηδὲ τοὺς περὶ τούτων ζητοῦντας λέγειν περὶ ὧν μηδεὶς πρότερον εἴρηκεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς οὕτως ἐπισταμένους εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος δύναιτο.
And it is my opinion that the study of oratory as well as the other arts would make the greatest advance if we should admire and honor, not those who make the first beginnings in their crafts, but those who are the most finished craftsmen in each, and not those who seek to speak on subjects on which no one has spoken before, but those who know how to speak as no one else could.
§ 11
καίτοι τινὲς ἐπιτιμῶσι τῶν λόγων τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἔχουσι καὶ λίαν ἀπηκριβωμένοις, καὶ τοσοῦτον διημαρτήκασιν ὥστε τοὺς πρὸς ὑπερβολὴν πεποιημένους πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων σκοποῦσιν, ὥσπερ ὁμοίως δέον ἀμφοτέρους ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς μὲν ἀσφαλῶς τοὺς δʼ ἐπιδεικτικῶς, ἢ σφᾶς μὲν διορῶντας τὰς μετριότητας, τὸν δʼ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενον λέγειν ἁπλῶς οὐκ ἂν δυνάμενον εἰπεῖν.
Yet there are some who carp at discourses which are beyond the powers of ordinary men and have been elaborated with extreme care, and who have gone so far astray that they judge the most ambitious oratory by the standard of the pleas made in the petty actions of the courts; as if both kinds should be alike and should not be distinguished, the one by plainness of style, the other by display; or as if they themselves saw clearly the happy mean, while the man who knows how to speak elegantly could not speak simply and plainly if he chose.
§ 12
μὲν οὖν οὐ λελήθασιν ὅτι τούτους ἐπαινοῦσιν ὧν ἐγγὺς αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες· ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐστί, τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀποδεξομένους τῶν εἰκῇ λεγομένων, ἀλλὰ δυσχερανοῦντας καὶ ζητήσοντας ἰδεῖν τι τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς, οἷον παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν. πρὸς οὓς ἔτι μικρὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ θρασυνάμενος, ἤδη περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους.
Now these people deceive no one; clearly they praise those who are near their own level. I, for my part, am not concerned with such men, but rather with those who will not tolerate, but will resent, any carelessness of phrase, and will seek to find in my speeches a quality which they will not discover in others. Addressing myself to these, I shall proceed with my theme, after first vaunting a little further my own powers.
§ 13
τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις ὁρῶ καταπραΰνοντας τοὺς ἀκροατάς, καὶ προφασιζομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων ῥηθήσεσθαι, καὶ λέγοντας τοὺς μὲν ὡς ἐξ ὑπογυίου γέγονεν αὐτοῖς ἡ παρασκευή, τοὺς δʼ ὡς χαλεπόν ἐστιν ἴσους τοὺς λόγους τῷ μεγέθει τῶν ἔργων ἐξευρεῖν.
For I observe that the other orators in their introductions seek to conciliate their hearers and make excuses for the speeches which they are about to deliver, sometimes alleging that their preparation has been on the spur of the moment, sometimes urging that it is difficult to find words to match the greatness of their theme.
§ 14
ἐγὼ δʼ ἢν μὴ καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἀξίως εἴπω καὶ τῆς δόξης τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ χρόνου, μὴ μόνον τοῦ περὶ τὸν λόγον ἡμῖν διατριφθέντος ἀλλὰ καὶ σύμπαντος οὗ βεβίωκα, παρακελεύομαι μηδεμίαν συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καταγελᾶν καὶ καταφρονεῖν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὅ τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἄξιός εἰμι πάσχειν, εἴπερ μηδὲν διαφέρων οὕτω μεγάλας ποιοῦμαι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἰδίων ταῦτά μοι προειρήσθω. περὶ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν,
But as for myself, if I do not speak in a manner worthy of my subject and of my reputation and of the time which I have spent—not merely the hours which have been devoted to my speech but also all the years which I have lived—I bid you show me no indulgence but hold me up to ridicule and scorn; for there is nothing of the sort which I do not deserve to suffer, if indeed, being no better than the others, I make promises so great. So much, by way of introduction, as to my personal claims.
§ 15
ὅσοι μὲν εὐθὺς ἐπελθόντες διδάσκουσιν ὡς χρὴ διαλυσαμένους τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἔχθρας ἐπὶ τὸν βάρβαρον τραπέσθαι, καὶ διεξέρχονται τάς τε συμφορὰς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῖν γεγενημένας καὶ τὰς ὠφελείας τὰς ἐκ τῆς στρατείας τῆς ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἐσομένας, ἀληθῆ μὲν λέγουσιν, οὐ μὴν ἐντεῦθεν ποιοῦνται τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅθεν ἂν μάλιστα συστῆσαι ταῦτα δυνηθεῖεν.
But as to our public interests, the speakers who no sooner come before us than they inform us that we must compose our enmities against each other and turn against the barbarian, rehearsing the misfortunes which have come upon us from our mutual warfare and the advantages which will result from a campaign against our natural enemy—these men do speak the truth, but they do not start at the point from which they could best bring these things to pass.
§ 16
τῶν γὰρ Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῖν οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις εἰσίν· αἱ γὰρ πολιτεῖαι, διʼ ὧν οἰκοῦσι τὰς πόλεις, οὕτω τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν διειλήφασιν. ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους κοινῇ τι πράξειν ἀγαθόν, πρὶν ἂν τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῶν διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς καὶ πόρρω τῶν πραγμάτων ἐστίν.
For the Hellenes are subject, some to us, others to the Lacedaemonians, the polities by which they govern their states having thus divided most of them. If any man, therefore, thinks that before he brings the leading states into friendly relations, the rest will unite in doing any good thing, he is all too simple and out of touch with the actual conditions.
§ 17
ἀλλὰ δεῖ τὸν μὴ μόνον ἐπίδειξιν ποιούμενον ἀλλὰ καὶ διαπράξασθαί τι βουλόμενον ἐκείνους τοὺς λόγους ζητεῖν, οἵ τινες τὼ πόλη τούτω πείσουσιν ἰσομοιρῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας καὶ τάς θʼ ἡγεμονίας διελέσθαι καὶ τὰς πλεονεξίας ἃς νῦν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν αὑταῖς γίγνεσθαι, ταύτας παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ποιήσασθαι.
No, the man who does not aim merely to make an oratorical display, but desires to accomplish something as well, must seek out such arguments as will persuade these two states to share and share alike with each other, to divide the supremacy between them, and to wrest from the barbarians the advantages which at the present time they desire to seize for themselves at the expense of the Hellenes.
§ 18
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἡμετέραν πόλιν ῥᾴδιον ἐπὶ ταῦτα προαγαγεῖν, Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ νῦν μὲν ἔτι δυσπείστως ἔχουσι· παρειλήφασι γὰρ ψευδῆ λόγον, ὡς ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ἡγεῖσθαι πάτριον· ἢν δʼ ἐπιδείξῃ τις αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν τιμὴν ἡμετέραν οὖσαν μᾶλλον ἢ ʼκείνων, τάχʼ ἂν ἐάσαντες τὸ διακριβοῦσθαι περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἔλθοιεν.
Now our own city could easily be induced to adopt this policy, but at present the Lacedaemonians are still hard to persuade; for they have inherited the false doctrine that leadership is theirs by ancestral right. If, however, one should prove to them that this honor belongs to us rather than to them, perhaps they might give up splitting hairs about this question and pursue their true interests.
§ 19
ἐχρῆν μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεσθαι καὶ μὴ πρότερον περὶ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων συμβουλεύειν, πρὶν περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξαν· ἐμοὶ δʼ οὖν ἀμφοτέρων ἕνεκα προσήκει περὶ ταῦτα ποιήσασθαι τὴν πλείστην διατριβήν, μάλιστα μὲν ἵνα προὔργου τι γένηται καὶ παυσάμενοι τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς φιλονικίας κοινῇ τοῖς βαρβάροις πολεμήσωμεν,
So, then, the other speakers also should have made this their starting-point and should not have given advice on matters about which we agree before instructing us on the points about which we disagree. I, at all events, am justified by a twofold motive in devoting most of my attention to these points: first and foremost, in order that some good may come of it, and that we may put an end to our mutual rivalries and unite in a war against the barbarian;
§ 20
εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἀδύνατον, ἵνα δηλώσω τοὺς ἐμποδὼν ὄντας τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐδαιμονία, καὶ πᾶσι γένηται φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ πρότερον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν δικαίως τῆς θαλάττης ἦρξε καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἀδίκως ἀμφισβητεῖ τῆς ἡγεμονίας.
and, secondly, if this is impossible, in order that I may show who they are that stand in the way of the happiness of the Hellenes, and that all may be made to see that even as in times past Athens justly held the sovereignty of the sea, so now she not unjustly lays claim to the hegemony.
§ 21
τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ εἰ δεῖ τούτους ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τιμᾶσθαι τῶν ἔργων, τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους ὄντας καὶ μεγίστην δύναμιν ἔχοντας, ἀναμφισβητήτως ἡμῖν προσήκει τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἥν περ πρότερον ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν ἑτέραν πόλιν ἐπιδείξειε τοσοῦτον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ κατὰ γῆν ὑπερέχουσαν, ὅσον τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις τοῖς κατὰ θάλατταν διαφέρουσαν.
For in the first place, if it is the most experienced and the most capable who in any field of action deserve to be honored, it is without question our right to recover the hegemony which we formerly possessed; for no one can point to another state which so far excels in warfare on land as our city is superior in fighting battles on the sea.
§ 22
τοῦτο δʼ εἴ τινες ταύτην μὲν μὴ νομίζουσι δικαίαν εἶναι τὴν κρίσιν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς τὰς μεταβολὰς γίγνεσθαι (τὰς γὰρ δυναστείας οὐδέποτε τοῖς αὐτοῖς παραμένειν), ἀξιοῦσι δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι γέρας ἢ τοὺς πρώτους τυχόντας ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς ἢ τοὺς πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὄντας, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τούτους εἶναι μεθʼ ἡμῶν·
But, in the next place, if there are any who do not regard this as a fair basis of judgement, since the reversals of fortune are frequent (for sovereignty never remains in the same hands), and who believe that the hegemony, like any other prize, should be held by those who first won this honor, or else by those who have rendered the most service to the Hellenes, I think that these also are on our side;
§ 23
ὅσῳ γὰρ ἄν τις πορρωτέρωθεν σκοπῇ περὶ τούτων ἀμφοτέρων, τοσούτῳ πλέον ἀπολείψομεν τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας. ὁμολογεῖται μὲν γὰρ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἀρχαιοτάτην εἶναι καὶ μεγίστην καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὀνομαστοτάτην· οὕτω δὲ καλῆς τῆς ὑποθέσεως οὔσης, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχομένοις τούτων ἔτι μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς προσήκει τιμᾶσθαι.
for the farther back into the past we go in our examination of both these titles to leadership, the farther behind shall we leave those who dispute our claims. For it is admitted that our city is the oldest and the greatest in the world and in the eyes of all men the most renowned. But noble as is the foundation of our claims, the following grounds give us even a clearer title to distinction:
§ 24
ταύτην γὰρ οἰκοῦμεν οὐχ ἑτέρους ἐκβαλόντες οὐδʼ ἐρήμην καταλαβόντες οὐδʼ ἐκ πολλῶν ἐθνῶν μιγάδες συλλεγέντες, ἀλλʼ οὕτω καλῶς καὶ γνησίως γεγόναμεν, ὥστʼ ἐξ ἧσπερ ἔφυμεν, ταύτην ἔχοντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διατελοῦμεν, αὐτόχθονες ὄντες καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οἷσπερ τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους,
for we did not become dwellers in this land by driving others out of it, nor by finding it uninhabited, nor by coming together here a motley horde composed of many races; but we are of a lineage so noble and so pure that throughout our history we have continued in possession of the very land which gave us birth, since we are sprung from its very soil and are able to address our city by the very names which we apply to our nearest kin;
§ 25
τὴν πόλιν ἔχοντες προσειπεῖν· μόνοις γὰρ ἡμῖν τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὴν αὐτὴν τροφὸν καὶ πατρίδα καὶ μητέρα καλέσαι προσήκει. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς εὐλόγως μέγα φρονοῦντας καὶ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας δικαίως ἀμφισβητοῦντας καὶ τῶν πατρίων πολλάκις μεμνημένους τοιαύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γένους ἔχοντας φαίνεσθαι.
for we alone of all the Hellenes have the right to call our city at once nurse and fatherland and mother. And yet, if men are to have good ground for pride and make just claims to leadership and frequently recall their ancestral glories, they must show that their race boasts an origin as noble as that which I have described.
§ 26
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπάρξαντα καὶ παρὰ τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα τηλικαῦθʼ ἡμῖν τὸ μέγεθός ἐστιν· ὅσων δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι γεγόναμεν, οὕτως ἂν κάλλιστʼ ἐξετάσαιμεν, εἰ τόν τε χρόνον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς τῆς πόλεως ἐφεξῆς διέλθοιμεν· εὑρήσομεν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐ μόνον τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κατασκευῆς,
So great, then, are the gifts which were ours from the beginning and which fortune has bestowed upon us. But how many good things we have contributed to the rest of the world we could estimate to best advantage if we should recount the history of our city from the beginning and go through all her achievements in detail; for we should find that not only was she the leader in the hazards of war, but that the social order in general in which we dwell,
§ 27
ἐν ᾗ κατοικοῦμεν καὶ μεθʼ ἧς πολιτευόμεθα καὶ διʼ ἣν ζῆν δυνάμεθα, σχεδὸν ἁπάσης αἰτίαν οὖσαν. ἀνάγκη δὲ προαιρεῖσθαι τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν μὴ τὰς διὰ μικρότητα διαλαθούσας καὶ κατασιωπηθείσας, ἀλλὰ τὰς διὰ τὸ μέγεθος ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ πάλαι καὶ νῦν καὶ πανταχοῦ καὶ λεγομένας καὶ μνημονευομένας.
with which we share the rights of citizenship and through which we are able to live, is almost wholly due to her. It is, however, necessary to single out from the number of her benefactions, not those which because of their slight importance have escaped attention and been pased over in silence, but those which because of their great importance have been and still are on the lips and in the memory of all men everywhere.
§ 28
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, οὗ πρῶτον ἡ φύσις ἡμῶν ἐδεήθη, διὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐπορίσθη· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μυθώδης ὁ λόγος γέγονεν, ὅμως αὐτῷ καὶ νῦν ῥηθῆναι προσήκει. Δήμητρος γὰρ ἀφικομένης εἰς τὴν χώραν ὅτʼ ἐπλανήθη τῆς Κόρης ἁρπασθείσης, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν εὐμενῶς διατεθείσης ἐκ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν ἃς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἄλλοις ἢ τοῖς μεμυημένοις ἀκούειν, καὶ δούσης δωρεὰς διττὰς αἵπερ μέγισται τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι, τούς τε καρπούς, οἳ τοῦ μὴ θηριωδῶς ζῆν ἡμᾶς αἴτιοι γεγόνασι, καὶ τὴν τελετήν, ἧς οἱ μετασχόντες περί τε τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος αἰῶνος ἡδίους τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχουσιν,
Now, first of all, that which was the first necessity of man’s nature was provided by our city; for even though the story has taken the form of a myth, yet it deserves to be told again. When Demeter came to our land, in her wandering after the rape of Kore, and, being moved to kindness towards our ancestors by services which may not be told save to her initiates, gave these two gifts, the greatest in the world—the fruits of the earth, which have enabled us to rise above the life of the beasts, and the holy rite which inspires in those who partake of it sweeter hopes regarding both the end of life and all eternity,
§ 29
οὕτως ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν οὐ μόνον θεοφιλῶς ἀλλὰ καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἔσχεν, ὥστε κυρία γενομένη τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἐφθόνησε τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἔλαβεν ἅπασι μετέδωκεν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν δείκνυμεν, τῶν δὲ συλλήβδην τάς τε χρείας καὶ τὰς ἐργασίας καὶ τὰς ὠφελίας τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν γιγνομένας ἐδίδαξεν.
—our city was not only so beloved of the gods but also so devoted to mankind that, having been endowed with these great blessings, she did not begrudge them to the rest of the world, but shared with all men what she had received. The mystic rite we continue even now, each year, to reveal to the initiates; and as for the fruits of the earth, our city has, in a word, instructed the world in their uses, their cultivation, and the benefits derived from them.
§ 30
καὶ τούτοις ἀπιστεῖν μικρῶν ἔτι προστεθέντων οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀξιώσειεν. πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις καταφρονήσειε τῶν λεγομένων ὡς ἀρχαίων ὄντων, ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων εἰκότως ἂν καὶ τὰς πράξεις γεγενῆσθαι νομίσειεν· διὰ γὰρ τὸ πολλοὺς εἰρηκέναι καὶ πάντας ἀκηκοέναι προσήκει μὴ καινὰ μὲν πιστὰ δὲ δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτῶν. ἔπειτʼ οὐ μόνον ἐνταῦθα καταφυγεῖν ἔχομεν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν φήμην ἐκ πολλοῦ παρειλήφαμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σημείοις μείζοσιν ἢ τούτοις ἔστιν ἡμῖν χρήσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
This statement, when I have added a few further proofs, no one could venture to discredit. In the first place, the very ground on which we might disparage the story, namely that it is ancient, would naturally lead us to believe that the events actually came to pass; for because many have told and all have heard the story which describes them, it is reasonable to regard this not, to be sure, as recent, yet withal as worthy of our faith. In the next place, we are not obliged to take refuge in the mere fact that we have received the account and the report from remote times; on the contrary, we are able to adduce even greater proofs than this regarding what took place.
§ 31
αἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖσται τῶν πόλεων ὑπόμνημα τῆς παλαιᾶς εὐεργεσίας ἀπαρχὰς τοῦ σίτου καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμπουσι, ταῖς δʼ ἐκλειπούσαις πολλάκις ἡ Πυθία προσέταξεν ἀποφέρειν τὰ μέρη τῶν καρπῶν καὶ ποιεῖν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν τὰ πάτρια. καίτοι περὶ τίνων χρὴ μᾶλλον πιστεύειν ἢ περὶ ὧν ὅ τε θεὸς ἀναιρεῖ καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνδοκεῖ, καὶ τά τε πάλαι ῥηθέντα τοῖς παροῦσιν ἔργοις συμμαρτυρεῖ, καὶ τὰ νῦν γιγνόμενα τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνων εἰρημένοις ὁμολογεῖ; χωρὶς δὲ τούτων,
For most of the Hellenic cities, in memory of our ancient services, send us each year the first-fruits of the harvest, and those who neglect to do so have often been admonished by the Pythian priestess to pay us our due portion of their crops and to observe in relation to our city the customs of their fathers. And about what, I should like to know, can we more surely exercise our faith than about matters as to which the oracle of Apollo speaks with authority, many of the Hellenes are agreed, and the words spoken long ago confirm the practice of today, while present events tally with the statements which have come down from the men of old?
§ 32
ἢν ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐάσαντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς σκοπῶμεν, εὑρήσομεν ὅτι τὸν βίον οἱ πρῶτοι φανέντες ἐπὶ γῆς οὐκ εὐθὺς οὕτως ὥσπερ νῦν ἔχοντα κατέλαβον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτοὶ συνεπορίσαντο. τίνας οὖν χρὴ μᾶλλον νομίζειν ἢ δωρεὰν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν λαβεῖν ἢ ζητοῦντας αὐτοὺς ἐντυχεῖν;
But apart from these considerations, if we waive all this and carry our inquiry back to the beginning, we shall find that those who first appeared upon the earth did not at the outset find the kind of life which we enjoy to-day, but that they procured it little by little through their own joint efforts. Whom, then, must we think the most likely either to have received this better life as a gift from the gods or to have hit upon it through their own search?
§ 33
οὐ τοὺς ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογουμένους καὶ πρώτους γενομένους καὶ πρός τε τὰς τέχνας εὐφυεστάτους ὄντας καὶ πρὸς τὰ τῶν θεῶν εὐσεβέστατα διακειμένους; καὶ μὴν ὅσης προσήκει τιμῆς τυγχάνειν τοὺς τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους, περίεργον διδάσκειν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο δωρεὰν τοσαύτην τὸ μέγεθος εὑρεῖν, ἥ τις ἴση τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐστίν.
Would it not be those who are admitted by all men to have been the first to exist, to be endowed with the greatest capacity for the arts, and to be the most devoted in the worship of the gods? And surely it is superfluous to attempt to show how high is the honor which the authors of such great blessings deserve; for no one could find a reward great enough to match the magnitude of their achievements.
§ 34
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν εὐεργετημάτων καὶ πρώτου γενομένου καὶ πᾶσι κοινοτάτου ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχομεν· περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ὁρῶσα τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους τὴν πλείστην τῆς χώρας κατέχοντας, τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας εἰς μικρὸν τόπον κατακεκλειμένους καὶ διὰ σπανιότητα τῆς γῆς ἐπιβουλεύοντάς τε σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ στρατείας ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ποιουμένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν τοὺς δὲ διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἀπολλυμένους,
This much, then, I have to say about that service to humanity which is the greatest, the earliest, and the most universal in its benefits. But at about the same time, our city, seeing the barbarians in possession of most of the country, while the Hellenes were confined within a narrow space and, because of the scarcity of the land, were conspiring and making raids against each other, and were perishing, some through want of daily necessities, others through war,
§ 35
οὐδὲ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα περιεῖδεν, ἀλλʼ ἡγεμόνας εἰς τὰς πόλεις ἐξέπεμψεν, οἳ παραλαβόντες τοὺς μάλιστα βίου δεομένους, στρατηγοὶ καταστάντες αὐτῶν καὶ πολέμῳ κρατήσαντες τοὺς βαρβάρους, πολλὰς μὲν ἐφʼ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἠπείρου πόλεις ἔκτισαν, ἁπάσας δὲ τὰς νήσους κατῴκισαν, ἀμφοτέρους δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀκολουθήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ὑπομείναντας ἔσωσαν·
—our city, I say, was not content to let these things be as they were, but sent out leaders to the several states, who, enlisting the neediest of the people, and placing themselves at their head, overcame the barbarians in war, founded many cities on either continent, settled colonies in all the islands, and saved both those who followed them and those who remained behind;
§ 36
τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἱκανὴν τὴν οἴκοι χώραν κατέλιπον, τοῖς δὲ πλείω τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἐπόρισαν· ἅπαντα γὰρ περιεβάλοντο τὸν τόπον, ὃν νῦν τυγχάνομεν κατέχοντες. ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον βουληθεῖσιν ἀποικίσαι τινὰς καὶ μιμήσασθαι τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν πολλὴν ῥᾳστώνην ἐποίησαν· οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔδει κτωμένους χώραν διακινδυνεύειν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀφορισθεῖσαν,
for to the latter they left the home country—sufficient for their needs—and for the former they provided more land than they had owned since they embraced in their conquests all the territory which we Hellenes now possess. And so they smoothed the way for those also who in a later time resolved to send out colonists and imitate our city; for these did not have to undergo the perils of war in acquiring territory, but could go into the country marked out by us and settle there.
§ 37
εἰς ταύτην οἰκεῖν ἰόντας. καίτοι τίς ἂν ταύτης ἡγεμονίαν ἐπιδείξειεν ἢ πατριωτέραν, τῆς πρότερον γενομένης πρὶν τὰς πλείστας οἰκισθῆναι τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, ἢ μᾶλλον συμφέρουσαν, τῆς τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους ἀναστάτους ποιησάσης, τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας εἰς τοσαύτην εὐπορίαν προαγαγούσης;
And yet who can show a leadership more ancestral than this, which had its origin before most of the cities of Hellas were founded, or more serviceable than this, which drove the barbarians from their homes and advanced the Hellenes to so great prosperity?
§ 38
οὐ τοίνυν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μέγιστα συνδιέπραξε, τῶν ἄλλων ὠλιγώρησεν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχὴν μὲν ταύτην ἐποιήσατο τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τροφὴν τοῖς δεομένοις εὑρεῖν, ἥνπερ χρὴ τοὺς μέλλοντας καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων καλῶς διοικήσειν, ἡγουμένη δὲ τὸν βίον τὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις μόνον οὔπω τοῦ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖν ἀξίως ἔχειν οὕτως ἐπεμελήθη καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὥστε τῶν παρόντων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθῶν, ὅσα μὴ παρὰ θεῶν ἔχομεν ἀλλὰ διʼ ἀλλήλους ἡμῖν γέγονε, μηδὲν μὲν ἄνευ τῇς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας εἶναι, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα διὰ ταύτην γεγενῆσθαι.
Nor did our city, after she had played her part in bringing to pass the most important benefits, neglect what remained to be done; on the contrary she made it but the beginning of her benefactions to find for those who were in want that sustenance which men must have who are to provide well also for their other needs; but considering that an existence limited to this alone was not enough to make men desire to live, she gave such careful thought to their remaining wants as well that of the good things which are now at the service of mankind—in so far as we do not have them from the gods but owe them to each other—there is not one in which our city has had no part, and most of them are due to her alone.
§ 39
παραλαβοῦσα γὰρ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀνόμως ζῶντας καὶ σποράδην οἰκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ δυναστειῶν ὑβριζομένους τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀναρχίαν ἀπολλυμένους, καὶ τούτων τῶν κακῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλαξε, τῶν μὲν κυρία γενομένη, τοῖς δʼ αὑτὴν παράδειγμα ποιήσασα· πρώτη γὰρ καὶ νόμους ἔθετο καὶ πολιτείαν κατεστήσατο.
For, finding the Hellenes living without laws and in scattered abodes, some oppressed by tyrannies, others perishing through anarchy, she delivered them from these evils by taking some under her protection and by setting to others her own example; for she was the first to lay down laws and establish a polity.
§ 40
δῆλον δʼ ἐκεῖθεν· οἱ γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ περὶ τῶν φονικῶν ἐγκαλέσαντες, καὶ βουληθέντες μετὰ λόγου καὶ μὴ μετὰ βίας διαλύσασθαι τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐν τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς ἡμετέροις τὰς κρίσεις ἐποιήσαντο περὶ αὐτῶν. καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν τάς τε πρὸς τἀναγκαῖα τοῦ βίου χρησίμας καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἡδονὴν μεμηχανημένας, τὰς μὲν εὑροῦσα τὰς δὲ δοκιμάσασα χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέδωκεν.
This is apparent from the fact that those who in the beginning brought charges of homicide, and desired to settle their mutual differences by reason and not by violence, tried their cases under our laws. Yes, and the arts also, both those which are useful in producing the necessities of life and those which have been devised to give us pleasure, she has either invented or stamped with her approval, and has then presented them to the rest of the world to enjoy.
§ 41
τὴν τοίνυν ἄλλην διοίκησιν οὕτω φιλοξένως κατεσκευάσατο καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας οἰκείως, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς χρημάτων δεομένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπολαῦσαι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἁρμόττειν, καὶ μήτε τοῖς εὐδαιμονοῦσι μήτε τοῖς δυστυχοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀχρήστως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἑκατέροις αὐτῶν εἶναι παρʼ ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὲν ἡδίστας διατριβάς, τοῖς δὲ ἀσφαλεστάτην καταφυγήν.
Moreover, she has established her polity in general in such a spirit of welcome to strangers and friendliness to all men, that it adapts itself both to those who lack means and to those who wish to enjoy the means which they possess, and that it fails to be of service neither to those who are prosperous nor to those who are unfortunate in their own cities; nay, both classes find with us what they desire, the former the most delightful pastimes, the latter the securest refuge.
§ 42
ἔτι δὲ τὴν χώραν οὐκ αὐτάρκη κεκτημένων ἑκάστων, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐλλείπουσαν τὰ δὲ πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν φέρουσαν, καὶ πολλῆς ἀπορίας οὔσης τὰ μὲν ὅπου χρὴ διαθέσθαι τὰ δʼ ὁπόθεν εἰσαγαγέσθαι, καὶ ταύταις ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἐπήμυνεν· ἐμπόριον γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς Ἑλλάδος τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατεσκευάσατο, τοσαύτην ἔχονθʼ ὑπερβολήν, ὥσθʼ ἃ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἓν παρʼ ἑκάστων χαλεπόν ἐστι λαβεῖν, ταῦθʼ ἅπαντα παρʼ αὐτῆς ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πορίσασθαι.
Again, since the different populations did not in any case possess a country that was self-sufficing, each lacking in some things and producing others in excess of their needs, and since they were greatly at a loss where they should dispose of their surplus and whence they should import what they lacked, in these difficulties also our city came to the rescue; for she established the Piraeus as a market in the center of Hellas—a market of such abundance that the articles which it is difficult to get, one here, one there, from the rest of the world, all these it is easy to procure from Athens.
§ 43
τῶν τοίνυν τὰς πανηγύρεις καταστησάντων δικαίως ἐπαινουμένων ὅτι τοιοῦτον ἔθος ἡμῖν παρέδοσαν, ὥστε σπεισαμένους πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὰς ἔχθρας τὰς ἐνεστηκυίας διαλυσαμένους συνελθεῖν εἰς ταὐτόν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας κοινὰς ποιησαμένους ἀναμνησθῆναι μὲν τῆς συγγενείας τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπαρχούσης, εὐμενεστέρως δʼ εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον διατεθῆναι πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, καὶ τάς τε παλαιὰς ξενίας ἀνανεώσασθαι καὶ καινὰς ἑτέρας ποιήσασθαι,
Now the founders of our great festivals are justly praised for handing down to us a custom by which, having proclaimed a truce and resolved our pending quarrels, we come together in one place, where, as we make our prayers and sacrifices in common, we are reminded of the kinship which exists among us and are made to feel more kindly towards each other for the future, reviving our old friendships and establishing new ties.
§ 44
καὶ μήτε τοῖς ἰδιώταις μήτε τοῖς διενεγκοῦσι τὴν φύσιν ἀργὸν εἶναι τὴν διατριβήν, ἀλλʼ ἀθροισθέντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐγγενέσθαι τοῖς μὲν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὰς αὑτῶν εὐτυχίας, τοῖς δὲ θεάσασθαι τούτους πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγωνιζομένους, καὶ μηδετέρους ἀθύμως διάγειν, ἀλλʼ ἑκατέρους ἔχειν ἐφʼ οἷς φιλοτιμηθῶσιν, οἱ μὲν ὅταν ἴδωσι τοὺς ἀθλητὰς αὑτῶν ἕνεκα πονοῦντας, οἱ δʼ ὅταν ἐνθυμηθῶσιν ὅτι πάντες ἐπὶ τὴν σφετέραν θεωρίαν ἥκουσι, — τοσούτων τοίνυν ἀγαθῶν διὰ τὰς συνόδους ἡμῖν γιγνομένων οὐδʼ ἐν τούτοις ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν ἀπελείφθη.
And neither to common men nor to those of superior gifts is the time so spent idle and profitless, but in the concourse of the Hellenes the latter have the opportunity to display their prowess, the former to behold these contending against each other in the games; and no one lacks zest for the festival, but all find in it that which flatters their pride, the spectators when they see the athletes exert themselves for their benefit, the athletes when they reflect that all the world is come to gaze upon them. Since, then, the benefits which accrue to us from our assembling together are so great, here again our city has not been backward;
§ 45
καὶ γὰρ θεάματα πλεῖστα καὶ κάλλιστα κέκτηται, τὰ μὲν ταῖς δαπάναις ὑπερβάλλοντα, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὰς τέχνας εὐδοκιμοῦντα, τὰ δʼ ἀμφοτέροις τούτοις διαφέροντα, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰσαφικνουμένων ὡς ἡμᾶς τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὥστʼ εἴ τι ἐν τῷ πλησιάζειν ἀλλήλοις ἀγαθόν ἐστι, καὶ τοῦθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς περιειλῆφθαι. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ φιλίας εὑρεῖν πιστοτάτας καὶ συνουσίαις ἐντυχεῖν παντοδαπωτάταις μάλιστα παρʼ ἡμῖν ἔστιν, ἔτι δʼ ἀγῶνας ἰδεῖν, μὴ μόνον τάχους καὶ ῥώμης, ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγων καὶ γνώμης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἁπάντων, καὶ τούτων ἆθλα μέγιστα.
for she affords the most numerous and the most admirable spectacles, some passing all bounds in the outlay of money, some highly reputed for their artistic worth, and others excelling in both these regards; and the multitude of people who visit us is so great that, whatever advantage there is in our associating together, this also has been compassed by our city, Athens. Besides, it is possible to find with us as nowhere else the most faithful friendships and to enjoy the most varied social intercourse; and, furthermore, to see contests not alone of speed and strength, but of eloquence and wisdom and of all the other arts—and for these the greatest prizes;
§ 46
πρὸς γὰρ οἷς αὐτὴ τίθησι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διδόναι συναναπείθει· τὰ γὰρ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν κριθέντα τοσαύτην λαμβάνει δόξαν ὥστε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαπᾶσθαι. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι πανηγύρεις διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου συλλεγεῖσαι ταχέως διελύθησαν, ἡ δʼ ἡμετέρα πόλις ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα τοῖς ἀφικνουμένοις πανήγυρίς ἐστιν.
since in addition to those which the city herself sets up, she prevails upon the rest of the world also to offer prizes; for the judgements pronounced by us command such great approbation that all mankind accept them, gladly. But apart from these considerations, while the assemblages at the other great festivals are brought together only at long intervals and are soon dispersed, our city throughout all time is a festival for those who visit her.
§ 47
φιλοσοφίαν τοίνυν, ἣ πάντα ταῦτα συνεξεῦρε καὶ συγκατεσκεύασε, καὶ πρός τε τὰς πράξεις ἡμᾶς ἐπαίδευσε καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπράϋνε, καὶ τῶν συμφορῶν τάς τε διʼ ἀμαθίαν καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀνάγκης γιγνομένας διεῖλε, καὶ τὰς μὲν φυλάξασθαι τὰς δὲ καλῶς ἐνεγκεῖν ἐδίδαξεν, ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν κατέδειξε,
Philosophy, moreover, which has helped to discover and establish all these institutions, which has educated us for public affairs and made us gentle towards each other, which has distinguished between the misfortunes that are due to ignorance and those which spring from necessity, and taught us to guard against the former and to bear the latter nobly—philosophy, I say, was given to the world by our city. And Athens it is that has honored eloquence,
§ 48
καὶ λόγους ἐτίμησεν, ὧν πάντες μὲν ἐπιθυμοῦσι, τοῖς δʼ ἐπισταμένοις φθονοῦσι, συνειδυῖα μὲν ὅτι τοῦτο μόνον ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ζῴων ἴδιον ἔφυμεν ἔχοντες, καὶ διότι τούτῳ πλεονεκτήσαντες καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν αὐτῶν διηνέγκαμεν, ὁρῶσα δὲ περὶ μὲν τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις οὕτω ταραχώδεις οὔσας τὰς τύχας ὥστε πολλάκις ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους ἀτυχεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἀνοήτους κατορθοῦν, τῶν δὲ λόγων τῶν καλῶς καὶ τεχνικῶς ἐχόντων οὐ μετὸν τοῖς φαύλοις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς εὖ φρονούσης ἔργον ὄντας,
which all men crave and envy in its possessors; for she realized that this is the one endowment of our nature which singles us out from all living creatures, and that by using this advantage we have risen above them in all other respects as well; she saw that in other activities the fortunes of life are so capricious that in them often the wise fail and the foolish succeed, whereas beautiful and artistic speech is never allotted to ordinary men, but is the work of an intelligent mind,
§ 49
καὶ τούς τε σοφοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀμαθεῖς δοκοῦντας εἶναι ταύτῃ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέροντας, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐλευθέρως τεθραμμένους ἐκ μὲν ἀνδρίας καὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν οὐ γιγνωσκομένους, ἐκ δὲ τῶν λεγομένων μάλιστα καταφανεῖς γιγνομένους, καὶ τοῦτο σύμβολον τῆς παιδεύσεως ἡμῶν ἑκάστου πιστότατον ἀποδεδειγμένον, καὶ τοὺς λόγῳ καλῶς χρωμένους οὐ μόνον ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐντίμους ὄντας.
and that it is in this respect that those who are accounted wise and ignorant present the strongest contrast; and she knew, furthermore, that whether men have been liberally educated from their earliest years is not to be determined by their courage or their wealth or such advantages, but is made manifest most of all by their speech, and that this has proved itself to be the surest sign of culture in every one of us, and that those who are skilled in speech are not only men of power in their own cities but are also held in honor in other states.
§ 50
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἀπολέλοιπεν ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν περὶ τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, ὥσθʼ οἱ ταύτης μαθηταὶ τῶν ἄλλων διδάσκαλοι γεγόνασι, καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄνομα πεποίηκε μηκέτι τοῦ γένους ἀλλὰ τῆς διανοίας δοκεῖν εἶναι, καὶ μᾶλλον Ἕλληνας καλεῖσθαι τοὺς τῆς παιδεύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἢ τοὺς τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως μετέχοντας.
And so far has our city distanced the rest of mankind in thought and in speech that her pupils have become the teachers of the rest of the world; and she has brought it about that the name Hellenes suggests no longer a race but an intelligence, and that the title Hellenes is applied rather to those who share our culture than to those who share a common blood.
§ 51
ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ περὶ τὰ μέρη διατρίβειν ὑπὲρ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων ὑποθέμενος μηδʼ ἐκ τούτων ἐγκωμιάζειν τὴν πόλιν ἀπορῶν τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον αὐτὴν ἐπαινεῖν, ταῦτα μὲν εἰρήσθω μοι πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλοτιμουμένους, ἡγοῦμαι δὲ τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν οὐχ ἧττον ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων τιμᾶσθαι προσήκειν ἢ τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν.
But in order that I may not appear to be dwelling at length on the details when I have proposed to speak on the general subject nor to be extolling the city for these accomplishments because I lack ground for praising her conduct in war, let what I have said suffice for those who glory in such services. But I think that honor is due to our ancestors no less for their wars than for their other benefactions;
§ 52
οὐ γὰρ μικροὺς οὐδʼ ὀλίγους οὐδʼ ἀφανεῖς ἀγῶνας ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς καὶ δεινοὺς καὶ μεγάλους, τοὺς μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐλευθερίας· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσαν κοινὴν πόλιν παρέχοντες καὶ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἀεὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπαμύνουσαν.
for not slight, nor few, nor obscure, but many and dread and great, were the struggles they sustained, some for their own territories, some for the freedom of the rest of the world; for at all times, without ceasing, they have offered the city as a common refuge and as a champion to the Hellenes whenever oppressed.
§ 53
διὸ δὴ καὶ κατηγοροῦσί τινες ἡμῶν ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς βουλευομένων, ὅτι τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους εἰθίσμεθα θεραπεύειν, ὥσπερ οὐ μετὰ τῶν ἐπαινεῖν βουλομένων ἡμᾶς τοὺς λόγους ὄντας τοὺς τοιούτους. οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοοῦντες ὅσον διαφέρουσιν αἱ μείζους τῶν συμμαχιῶν πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν οὕτως ἐβουλευόμεθα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἀκριβέστερον εἰδότες τὰ συμβαίνοντʼ ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ὅμως ᾑρούμεθα τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις καὶ παρὰ τὸ συμφέρον βοηθεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς κρείττοσι τοῦ λυσιτελοῦντος ἕνεκα συναδικεῖν.
And it is for this very reason that we are sometimes charged with adopting a foolish policy in that we are accustomed to cultivate the weaker peoples—as though such charges do not support those who desire to sing our praises. For it was not because we failed to appreciate how much more advantageous great alliances are in point of security that we pursued this policy in regard to the weak; no, although we realized much more exactly than our rivals the consequences of such a course, we nevertheless preferred to stand by the weaker even against our interests rather than to unite with the stronger in oppressing others for our own advantage.
§ 54
γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις καὶ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν ῥώμην τὴν τῆς πόλεως ἐκ τῶν ἱκετειῶν, ἃς ἤδη τινὲς ἡμῖν ἐποιήσαντο. τὰς μὲν οὖν ἢ νεωστὶ γεγενημένας ἢ περὶ μικρῶν ἐλθούσας παραλείψω· πολὺ δὲ πρὸ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν (ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ δίκαιον τὰς πίστεις λαμβάνειν τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν πατρίων ἀμφισβητοῦντας) ἦλθον οἵ θʼ Ἡρακλέους παῖδες καὶ μικρὸν πρὸ τούτων Ἄδραστος ὁ Ταλαοῦ, βασιλεὺς ὢν Ἄργους,
The character and power of Athens may be judged from the appeals which sundry people have in times past made to us for our help. Those of recent occurrence or for insignificant ends I shall omit; but long before the Trojan War (for it is only fair that those who dispute about immemorial rights should draw their arguments from that early time) there came to us the sons of Heracles and, a little before them, Adrastus, Talaus’s son, king of Argos.
§ 55
οὗτος μὲν ἐκ τῆς στρατείας τῆς ἐπὶ Θήβας δεδυστυχηκώς, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῇ Καδμείᾳ τελευτήσαντας αὐτὸς μὲν οὐ δυνάμενος ἀνελέσθαι, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ἀξιῶν βοηθεῖν ταῖς κοιναῖς τύχαις καὶ μὴ περιορᾶν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἀποθνήσκοντας ἀτάφους γιγνομένους μηδὲ παλαιὸν ἔθος καὶ πάτριον νόμον καταλυόμενον,
Adrastus, on his return from the expedition against Thebes where he had met with disaster and had not by his own efforts been able to recover the bodies of those who had fallen under the Cadmean fortress, called upon our city to lend aid in a misfortune which was of universal concern, and not to suffer that men who die in battle be left unburied nor that ancient custom and immemorial law be brought to naught.
§ 56
οἱ δʼ Ἡρακλέους παῖδες φεύγοντες τὴν Εὐρυσθέως ἔχθραν, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας πόλεις ὑπερορῶντες ὡς οὐκ ἂν δυναμένας βοηθῆσαι ταῖς ἑαυτῶν συμφοραῖς, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν ἱκανὴν νομίζοντες εἶναι μόνην ἀποδοῦναι χάριν ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εὐεργέτησεν.
The sons of Heracles, on the other hand, came fleeing the persecution of Eurystheus, ignoring the other states as not capable of succouring them in their distress, and looking upon our city as the only one great enough to make return for the benefits which their father had bestowed upon all mankind.
§ 57
ἐκ δὴ τούτων ῥᾴδιον κατιδεῖν ὅτι καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν ἡγεμονικῶς εἶχε· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἱκετεύειν τολμήσειεν ἢ τοὺς ἥττους αὑτοῦ ἢ τοὺς ὑφʼ ἑτέροις ὄντας, παραλιπὼν τοὺς μείζω δύναμιν ἔχοντας, ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ πραγμάτων οὐκ ἰδίων ἀλλὰ κοινῶν καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐδένας ἄλλους εἰκὸς ἦν ἐπιμεληθῆναι πλὴν τοὺς προεστάναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιοῦντας;
So from these facts it is easy to see that even at that time our city was in the position of a leader; for who would venture an appeal for help to those who were weaker than themselves, or to those who were subject to others, passing by those who had greater power, especially in matters not of personal but of public interest which none would be likely to take in hand but those who claimed to stand first among the Hellenes?
§ 58
ἔπειτʼ οὐδὲ ψευσθέντες φαίνονται τῶν ἐλπίδων, διʼ ἃς κατέφυγον ἐπὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν. ἀνελόμενοι γὰρ πόλεμον ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν τελευτησάντων πρὸς Θηβαίους, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους πρὸς τὴν Εὐρυσθέως δύναμιν, τοὺς μὲν ἐπιστρατεύσαντες ἠνάγκασαν ἀποδοῦναι θάψαι τοὺς νεκροὺς τοῖς προσήκουσι, Πελοποννησίων δὲ τοὺς μετʼ Εὐρυσθέως εἰς τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν εἰσβαλόντας ἐπεξελθόντες ἐνίκησαν μαχόμενοι κἀκεῖνον τῆς ὕβρεως ἔπαυσαν.
And, in the next place, the suppliants were manifestly not disappointed in the hopes which caused them to take refuge with our ancestors; for the Athenians went to war against the Thebans in the cause of those who had fallen in the battle, and against the power of Eurystheus in the cause of the sons of Heracles. Taking the field against the Thebans, they compelled them to restore the dead to their kindred for burial; and when the Peloponnesians, led by Eurystheus, had invaded our territory, they marched out against them, conquered them in battle, and put an end to their leader’s insolence.
§ 59
θαυμαζόμενοι δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις, ἐκ τούτων τῶν ἔργων ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐδοκίμησαν. οὐ γὰρ παρὰ μικρὸν ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον τὰς τύχας ἑκατέρων μετήλλαξαν, ὥσθʼ ὁ μὲν ἱκετεύειν ἡμᾶς ἀξιώσας βίᾳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἅπανθʼ ὅσων ἐδεήθη διαπραξάμενος ἀπῆλθεν, Εὐρυσθεὺς δὲ βιάσασθαι προσδοκήσας αὐτὸς αἰχμάλωτος γενόμενος ἱκέτης ἠναγκάσθη καταστῆναι,
And though they already commanded admiration for their other deeds, these exploits enhanced their fame still more; for they did not do things by halves, but so completely revolutionized the fortunes of either monarch that Adrastus, who had seen fit to throw himself on our mercy, went his way, having in despite of his foes won all that he had asked, while Eurystheus, who had expected to overpower us, was himself made captive and compelled to sue for mercy;
§ 60
καὶ τῷ μὲν ὑπερενεγκόντι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ὃς ἐκ Διὸς μὲν γεγονὼς ἔτι δὲ θνητὸς ὢν θεοῦ ῥώμην ἔσχε, τούτῳ μὲν ἐπιτάττων καὶ λυμαινόμενος ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσεν, ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξήμαρτεν, εἰς τοσαύτην κατέστη μεταβολήν, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς ἐκείνου γενόμενος ἐπονειδίστως τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν.
and, although he had throughout all his life inflicted his orders and indignities on one whose nature transcended that of man, and who, being the son of Zeus, possessed, while still a mortal, the strength of a god, yet, when Eurystheus offended against us, he suffered so complete a reverse that he fell into the power of Heracles’ sons and came to a shameful end.
§ 61
πολλῶν δʼ ὑπαρχουσῶν ἡμῖν εὐεργεσιῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, περὶ ταύτης μόνης μοι συμβέβηκεν εἰπεῖν· ἀφορμὴν γὰρ λαβόντες τὴν διʼ ἡμῶν αὐτοῖς γενομένην σωτηρίαν οἱ πρόγονοι μὲν τῶν νῦν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι βασιλευόντων, ἔκγονοι δʼ Ἡρακλέους, κατῆλθον μὲν εἰς Πελοπόννησον, κατέσχον δʼ Ἄργος καὶ Λακεδαίμονα καὶ Μεσσήνην, οἰκισταὶ δὲ Σπάρτης ἐγένοντο, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῖς ἁπάντων ἀρχηγοὶ κατέστησαν.
Many are the services which we have rendered to the state of the Lacedaemonians, but it has suited my purpose to speak of this one only; for, starting with the advantage afforded by our succor of them, the descendants of Heracles—the progenitors of those who now reign in Lacedaemon—returned to the Peloponnese, took possession of Argos, Lacedaemon, and Messene, settled Sparta, and were established as the founders of all the blessings which the Lacedaemonians now enjoy.
§ 62
ὧν ἐχρῆν ἐκείνους μεμνημένους μηδέποτʼ εἰς τὴν χώραν ταύτην εἰσβαλεῖν, ἐξ ἧς ὁρμηθέντες τοσαύτην εὐδαιμονίαν κατεκτήσαντο, μηδʼ εἰς κινδύνους καθιστάναι τὴν πόλιν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους προκινδυνεύσασαν, μηδὲ τοῖς μὲν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου γεγονόσι διδόναι τὴν βασιλείαν, τὴν δὲ τῷ γένει τῆς σωτηρίας αἰτίαν οὖσαν δουλεύειν αὑτοῖς ἀξιοῦν.
These benefits they should have held in grateful remembrance, and should never have invaded this land from which they set out and acquired so great prosperity, nor have placed in peril the city which had imperilled herself for the sons of Heracles, nor, while bestowing the kingship upon his posterity, have yet thought it right that the city which was the means of the deliverance of their race should be enslaved to their power.
§ 63
εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὰς χάριτας καὶ τὰς ἐπιεικείας ἀνελόντας ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν καὶ τὸν ἀκριβέστατον τῶν λόγων εἰπεῖν, οὐ δή που πάτριόν ἐστιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπήλυδας τῶν αὐτοχθόνων, οὐδὲ τοὺς εὖ παθόντας τῶν εὖ ποιησάντων, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἱκέτας γενομένους τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων.
But if we have to leave out of account considerations of gratitude and fairness, and, returning to the main question, state the point which is most essential, assuredly it is not ancestral custom for immigrants to set themselves over the sons of the soil, or the recipients of benefits over their benefactors, or refugees over those who gave them asylum.
§ 64
ἔτι δὲ συντομώτερον ἔχω δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῶν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, χωρὶς τῆς ἡμετέρας, Ἄργος καὶ Θῆβαι καὶ Λακεδαίμων καὶ τότʼ ἦσαν μέγισται καὶ νῦν ἔτι διατελοῦσι. φαίνονται δʼ ἡμῶν οἱ πρόγονοι τοσοῦτον ἁπάντων διενεγκόντες, ὥσθʼ ὑπὲρ μὲν Ἀργείων δυστυχησάντων Θηβαίοις, ὅτε μέγιστον ἐφρόνησαν, ἐπιτάττοντες,
But I can make the matter clear in yet briefer terms. Of all the Hellenic states, excepting our own, Argos and Thebes and Lacedaemon were at that time the greatest, as they still are to this day. And yet our ancestors were manifestly so superior to them all that on behalf of the defeated Argives they dictated terms to the Thebans at the moment of their greatest pride,
§ 65
ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους Ἀργείους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Πελοποννησίους μάχῃ κρατήσαντες, ἐκ δὲ τῶν πρὸς Εὐρυσθέα κινδύνων τοὺς οἰκιστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων διασώσαντες. ὥστε περὶ μὲν τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι δυναστείας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἄν τις σαφέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι δυνηθείη.
and on behalf of the sons of Heracles they conquered the Argives and the rest of the Peloponnesians in battle, and delivered the founders and leaders of Lacedaemon out of all danger from Eurystheus. Therefore, as to what state was the first power in Hellas, I do not see how anyone could produce more convincing evidence.
§ 66
δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους τῇ πόλει πεπραγμένων προσήκειν εἰπεῖν, ἄλλως τʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν λόγον κατεστησάμην περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας τῆς ἐπʼ ἐκείνους. ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν ἐξαριθμῶν τοὺς κινδύνους λίαν ἄν μακρολογοίην· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅν περ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον πειράσομαι καὶ περὶ τούτων διελθεῖν.
But it seems to me fitting that I should speak also of the city’s achievements against the barbarians, the more so since the subject which I have undertaken is the question of who should take the lead against them. Now if I were to go through the list of all our wars, I should speak at undue length; therefore I shall confine myself to the most important, endeavoring to deal with this topic also in the same manner in which I have just dealt with the other.
§ 67
ἔστι γὰρ ἀρχικώτατα μὲν τῶν γενῶν καὶ μεγίστας δυναστείας ἔχοντα Σκύθαι καὶ Θρᾷκες καὶ Πέρσαι, τυγχάνουσι δʼ οὗτοι μὲν ἅπαντες ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες, ἡ δὲ πόλις πρὸς ἅπαντας τούτους διακινδυνεύσασα. καίτοι τί λοιπὸν ἔσται τοῖς ἀντιλέγουσιν, ἢν ἐπιδειχθῶσι τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι τυγχάνειν τῶν δικαίων ἡμᾶς ἱκετεύειν ἀξιοῦντες, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων οἱ βουλόμενοι καταδουλώσασθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς πρώτους ἰόντες;
Let us single out, then, the races which have the strongest instinct for domination and the greatest power of aggression—the Scythians and the Thracians and the Persians; it so happens that these have all had hostile designs upon us and that against all these our city has fought decisive wars. And yet what ground will be left for our opponents if it be shown that those among the Hellenes who are powerless to obtain their rights see fit to appeal to us for help, and that those among the barbarians who purpose to enslave the Hellenes make us the first object of their attacks?
§ 68
ἐπιφανέστατος μὲν οὖν τῶν πολέμων ὁ Περσικὸς γέγονεν, οὐ μὴν ἐλάττω τεκμήρια τὰ παλαιὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶ τοῖς περὶ τῶν πατρίων ἀμφισβητοῦσιν. ἔτι γὰρ ταπεινῆς οὔσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἦλθον εἰς τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν Θρᾷκες μὲν μετʼ Εὐμόλπου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος, Σκύθαι δὲ μετʼ Ἀμαζόνων τῶν Ἄρεως θυγατέρων, οὐ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὃν ἑκάτεροι τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐπῆρχον, μισοῦντες μὲν ἅπαν τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γένος, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐγκλήματα ποιησάμενοι, νομίζοντες ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τρόπου πρὸς μίαν μὲν πόλιν κινδυνεύσειν,
Now, while the most celebrated of our wars was the one against the Persians, yet certainly our deeds of old offer evidence no less strong for those who dispute over ancestral rights. For while Hellas was still insignificant, our territory was invaded by the Thracians, led by Eumolpus, son of Poseidon, and by the Scythians, led by the Amazons, the daughters of Ares—not at the same time, but during the period when both races were trying to extend their dominion over Europe; for though they hated the whole Hellenic race, they raised complaints against us in particular, thinking that in this way they would wage war against one state only, but would at the same time impose their power on all the states of Hellas.
§ 69
ἁπασῶν δʼ ἅμα κρατήσειν. οὐ μὴν κατώρθωσαν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μόνους τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ἡμετέρους συμβαλόντες ὁμοίως διεφθάρησαν ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπολέμησαν. δῆλον δὲ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν κακῶν τῶν γενομένων ἐκείνοις· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποθʼ οἱ λόγοι περὶ αὐτῶν τοσοῦτον χρόνον διέμειναν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκεν.
Of a truth they were not successful; nay, in this conflict against our forefathers alone they were as utterly overwhelmed as if they had fought the whole world. How great were the disasters which befell them is evident; for the tradition respecting them would not have persisted for so long a time if what was then done had not been without parallel.
§ 70
λέγεται δʼ οὖν περὶ μὲν Ἀμαζόνων ὡς τῶν μὲν ἐλθουσῶν οὐδεμία πάλιν ἀπῆλθεν, αἱ δʼ ὑπολειφθεῖσαι διὰ τὴν ἐνθάδε συμφορὰν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξεβλήθησαν, περὶ δὲ Θρᾳκῶν ὅτι τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ὅμοροι προσοικοῦντες ἡμῖν διὰ τὴν τότε γενομένην στρατείαν τοσοῦτον διέλιπον, ὥστʼ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς χώρας ἔθνη πολλὰ καὶ γένη παντοδαπὰ καὶ πόλεις μεγάλας κατοικισθῆναι.
At any rate, we are told regarding the Amazons that of all who came not one returned again, while those who had remained at home were expelled from power because of the disaster here; and we are told regarding the Thracians that, whereas at one time they dwelt beside us on our very borders, they withdrew so far from us in consequence of that expedition that in the spaces left between their land and ours many nations, races of every kind, and great cities have been established.
§ 71
καλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ταῦτα, καὶ πρέποντα τοῖς περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητοῦσιν· ἀδελφὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ τοιαῦθʼ οἷά περ εἰκὸς τοὺς ἐκ τοιούτων γεγονότας, οἱ πρὸς Δαρεῖον καὶ Ξέρξην πολεμήσαντες ἔπραξαν. μεγίστου γὰρ πολέμου συστάντος ἐκείνου, καὶ πλείστων κινδύνων εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον συμπεσόντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν πολεμίων ἀνυποστάτων οἰομένων εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος, τῶν δὲ συμμάχων ἀνυπέρβλητον ἡγουμένων ἔχειν τὴν ἀρετήν,
Noble indeed are these achievements—yea, and appropriate to those who dispute over the hegemony. But of the same breed as those which have been mentioned, and of such a kind as would naturally be expected of men descended from such ancestors, are the deeds of those who fought against Darius and Xerxes. For when that greatest of all wars broke out and a multitude of dangers presented themselves at one and the same time, when our enemies regarded themselves as irresistible because of their numbers and our allies thought themselves endowed with a courage which could not be excelled, we outdid them both,
§ 72
ἀμφοτέρων κρατήσαντες ὡς ἑκατέρων προσῆκεν, καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κινδύνους διενεγκόντες, εὐθὺς μὲν τῶν ἀριστείων ἠξιώθησαν, οὐ πολλῶ δʼ ὕστερον τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἔλαβον, δόντων μὲν τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, οὐκ ἀμφισβητούντων δὲ τῶν νῦν ἡμᾶς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι ζητούντων.
surpassing each in the way appropriate to each; and having proved our superiority in meeting all dangers, we were straightway awarded the meed of valor, and we obtained, not long after, the sovereignty of the sea by the willing grant of the Hellenes at large and without protest from those who now seek to wrest it from our hands.
§ 73
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω μʼ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι περὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατέστησαν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπαινεῖν ἔχω τὴν πόλιν, ὅτι τοιούτων ἀνταγωνιστῶν τυχοῦσα τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν διήνεγκεν. βούλομαι δʼ ὀλίγῳ μακρότερα περὶ τοῖν πολέοιν εἰπεῖν καὶ μὴ ταχὺ λίαν παραδραμεῖν, ἵνʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῖν ὑπομνήματα γένηται, τῆς τε τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔχθρας.
And let no one think that I ignore the fact that during these critical times the Lacedaemonians also placed the Hellenes under obligations for many services; nay, for this reason I am able the more to extol our city because, in competition with such rivals, she so far surpassed them. But I desire to speak a little more at length about these two states, and not to hasten too quickly by them, in order that we may have before us reminders both of the courage of our ancestors and of their hatred against the barbarians.
§ 74
καίτοι μʼ οὐ λέληθεν ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστιν ὕστατον ἐπελθόντα λέγειν περὶ πραγμάτων πάλαι προκατειλημμένων, καὶ περὶ ὧν οἱ μάλιστα δυνηθέντες τῶν πολιτῶν εἰπεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς δημοσίᾳ θαπτομένοις πολλάκις εἰρήκασιν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὰ μὲν μέγιστʼ αὐτῶν ἤδη κατακεχρῆσθαι, μικρὰ δʼ ἔτι παραλελεῖφθαι. ὅμως δʼ ἐκ τῶν ὑπολοίπων, ἐπειδὴ συμφέρει τοῖς πράγμασιν, οὐκ ὀκνητέον μνησθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
And yet I have not failed to appreciate the fact that it is difficult to come forward last and speak upon a subject which has long been appropriated, and upon which the very ablest speakers among our citizens have many times addressed you at the public funerals; for, naturally, the most important topics have already been exhausted, while only unimportant topics have been left for later speakers. Nevertheless, since they are apposite to the matter in hand, I must not shirk the duty of taking up the points which remain and of recalling them to your memory.
§ 75
πλείστων μὲν οὖν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους καὶ μεγίστων ἐπαίνων ἀξίους ἡγοῦμαι γεγενῆσθαι τοὺς τοῖς σώμασιν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος προκινδυνεύσαντας· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου γενομένων καὶ δυναστευσάντων ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τοῖν πολέοιν δίκαιον ἀμνημονεῖν· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ προασκήσαντες τοὺς ἐπιγιγνομένους καὶ τὰ πλήθη προτρέψαντες ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ χαλεποὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς τοῖς βαρβάροις ποιήσαντες.
Now the men who are responsible for our greatest blessings and deserve our highest praise are, I conceive, those who risked their bodies in defense of Hellas; and yet we cannot in justice fail to recall also those who lived before this war and were the ruling power in each of the two states; for they it was who, in good time, trained the coming generation and turned the masses of the people toward virtue, and made of them stern foemen of the barbarians.
§ 76
οὐ γὰρ ὠλιγώρουν τῶν κοινῶν, οὐδʼ ἀπέλαυον μὲν ὡς ἰδίων, ἠμέλουν δʼ ὡς ἀλλοτρίων, ἀλλʼ ἐκήδοντο μὲν ὡς οἰκείων, ἀπείχοντο δʼ ὥσπερ χρὴ τῶν μηδὲν προσηκόντων· οὐδὲ πρὸς ἀργύριον τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἔκρινον, ἀλλʼ οὗτος ἐδόκει πλοῦτον ἀσφαλέστατον κεκτῆσθαι καὶ κάλλιστον, ὅστις τοιαῦτα τυγχάνοι πράττων ἐξ ὧν αὐτός τε μέλλοι μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσειν καὶ τοῖς παισὶ μεγίστην δόξαν καταλείψειν.
For they did not slight the commonwealth, nor seek to profit by it as their own possession, nor yet neglect it as the concern of others; but were as careful of the public revenues as of their private property, yet abstained from them as men ought from that to which they have no right. Nor did they estimate well-being by the standard of money, but in their regard that man seemed to have laid up the securest fortune and the noblest who so ordered his life that he should win the highest repute for himself and leave to his children the greatest name;
§ 77
οὐδὲ τὰς θρασύτητας τὰς ἀλλήλων ἐζήλουν, οὐδὲ τὰς τόλμας τὰς αὑτῶν ἤσκουν, ἀλλὰ δεινότερον μὲν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι κακῶς ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν ἢ καλῶς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἀποθνήσκειν, μᾶλλον δʼ ᾐσχύνοντʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις τοῖς σφετέροις αὐτῶν.
neither did they vie with one another in temerity, nor did they cultivate recklessness in themselves, but thought it a more dreadful thing to be charged with dishonor by their countrymen than to die honorably for their country; and they blushed more for the sins of the commonwealth than men do nowadays for their own.
§ 78
τούτων δʼ ἦν αἴτιον ὅτι τοὺς νόμους ἐσκόπουν ὅπως ἀκριβῶς καὶ καλῶς ἕξουσιν, οὐχ οὕτω τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων ὡς τοὺς περὶ τῶν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπιτηδευμάτων· ἠπίσταντο γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν δεήσει πολλῶν γραμμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ὀλίγων συνθημάτων ῥᾳδίως καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ὁμονοήσουσιν.
The reason for this was that they gave heed to the laws to see that they should be exact and good—not so much the laws about private contracts as those which have to do with men’s daily habits of life; for they understood that for good and true men there would be no need of many written laws, but that if they started with a few principles of agreement they would readily be of one mind as to both private and public affairs.
§ 79
οὕτω δὲ πολιτικῶς εἶχον, ὥστε καὶ τὰς στάσεις ἐποιοῦντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐχ ὁπότεροι τοὺς ἑτέρους ἀπολέσαντες τῶν λοιπῶν ἄρξουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὁπότεροι φθήσονται τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθόν τι ποιήσαντες· καὶ τὰς ἑταιρείας συνῆγον οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν συμφερόντων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους ὠφελείᾳ.
So public-spirited were they that even in their party struggles they opposed one another, not to see which faction should destroy the other and rule over the remnant, but which should outstrip the other in doing something good for the state; and they organized their political clubs, not for personal advantage, but for the benefit of the people.
§ 80
τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διῴκουν, θεραπεύοντες ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑβρίζοντες τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καὶ στρατηγεῖν οἰόμενοι δεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ τυραννεῖν αὐτῶν, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιθυμοῦντες ἡγεμόνες ἢ δεσπόται προσαγορεύεσθαι καὶ σωτῆρες ἀλλὰ μὴ λυμεῶνες ἀποκαλεῖσθαι, τῷ ποιεῖν εὖ προσαγόμενοι τὰς πόλεις, ἀλλʼ οὐ βίᾳ καταστρεφόμενοι,
In the same spirit they governed their relations with other states. They treated the Hellenes with consideration and not with insolence, regarding it as their duty to command them in the field but not to tyrannize over them, desiring rather to be addressed as leaders than as masters, and rather to be greeted as saviors than reviled as destroyers; they won the Hellenic cities to themselves by doing kindness instead of subverting them by force,
§ 81
πιστοτέροις μὲν τοῖς λόγοις ἢ νῦν τοῖς ὅρκοις χρώμενοι, ταῖς δὲ συνθήκαις ὥσπερ ἀνάγκαις ἐμμένειν ἀξιοῦντες, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ ταῖς δυναστείαις μέγα φρονοῦντες, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ σωφρόνως ζῆν φιλοτιμούμενοι, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀξιοῦντες γνώμην ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς ἥττους ἥνπερ τοὺς κρείττους πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, ἴδια μὲν ἄστη τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις ἡγούμενοι, κοινὴν δὲ πατρίδα τὴν Ἑλλάδα νομίζοντες εἶναι.
keeping their word more faithfully than men now keep their oaths, and thinking it right to abide by their covenants as by the decrees of necessity; they exulted less in the exercise of power than they gloried in living with self-control, thinking it their duty to feel toward the weaker as they expected the stronger to feel toward themselves; and, while they regarded their home cities as their several places of abode, yet they considered Hellas to be their common fatherland.
§ 82
τοιαύταις διανοίαις χρώμενοι, καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἤθεσι παιδεύοντες, οὕτως ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ἀπέδειξαν τοὺς πολεμήσαντας πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, ὥστε μηδένα πώποτε δυνηθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν μήτε τῶν ποιητῶν μήτε τῶν σοφιστῶν ἀξίως τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων εἰπεῖν. καὶ πολλὴν αὐτοῖς ἔχω συγγνώμην· ὁμοίως γάρ ἐστι χαλεπὸν ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ὑπερβεβληκότας τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετὰς ὥσπερ τοὺς μηδὲν ἀγαθὸν πεποιηκότας· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὕπεισι πράξεις, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς οὐκ εἰσὶν ἁρμόττοντες λόγοι.
Because they were inspired by such sentiments, and educated the young in such habits of conduct, they produced in the persons of those who fought against the Asiatic hordes men of so great valor that no one, either of the poets or of the sophists, has ever been able to speak in a manner worthy of their achievements. And I can well excuse them, for it is quite as difficult to praise those who have excelled the exploits of the rest of the world as to praise those who have done no good thing at all; for in the case of the latter the speaker has no support in deeds, and to describe the former there exist no fitting words.
§ 83
πῶς γὰρ ἂν γένοιντο σύμμετροι τοιούτοις ἀνδράσιν, οἳ τοσοῦτον μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ Τροίαν στρατευσαμένων διήνεγκαν, ὅσον οἱ μὲν περὶ μίαν πόλιν ἔτη δέκα διέριψαν, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας δύναμιν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνω κατεπολέμησαν, οὐ μόνον δὲ τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας διέσωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν σύμπασαν Ἑλλάδα ἠλευθέρωσαν; ποίων δʼ ἂν ἔργων ἢ πόνων ἢ κινδύνων ἀπέστησαν ὥστε ζῶντες εὐδοκιμεῖν, οἵ τινες ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης ἧς ἔμελλον τελευτήσαντες ἕξειν οὕτως ἑτοίμως ἤθελον ἀποθνήσκειν;
For what words can match the measure of such men, who so far surpassed the members of the expedition against Troy that, whereas the latter consumed ten years beleaguering a single city they, in a short space of time, completely defeated the forces that had been collected from all Asia, and not only saved their own countries but liberated the whole of Hellas as well? And from what deeds or hardships or dangers would they have shrunk so as to enjoy men’s praise while living—these men who were so ready to lay down their lives for the sake of the glory they would have when dead?
§ 84
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὸν πόλεμον θεῶν τινα συναγαγεῖν ἀγασθέντα τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ τοιοῦτοι γενόμενοι τὴν φύσιν διαλάθοιεν μηδʼ ἀκλεῶς τὸν βίον τελευτήσαιεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἐκ τῶν θεῶν γεγονόσι καὶ καλουμένοις ἡμιθέοις ἀξιωθεῖεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων τὰ μὲν σώματα ταῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκαις ἀπέδοσαν, τῆς δʼ ἀρετῆς ἀθάνατον τὴν μνήμην ἐποίησαν.
Methinks some god out of admiration for their valor brought about this war in order that men endowed by nature with such a spirit should not be lost in obscurity nor die without renown, but should be deemed worthy of the same honors as are given to those who have sprung from the gods and are called demi-gods; for while the gods surrendered the bodies even of their own sons to the doom of nature, yet they have made immortal the memory of their valor.
§ 85
ἀεὶ μὲν οὖν οἵ θʼ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι φιλοτίμως πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ περὶ καλλίστων ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις ἐφιλονίκησαν, οὐκ ἐχθροὺς ἀλλʼ ἀνταγωνιστὰς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι νομίζοντες, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ δουλείᾳ τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν βάρβαρον θεραπεύοντες, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας ὁμονοοῦντες, ὁπότεροι δὲ ταύτης αἴτιοι γενήσονται, περὶ τούτου ποιούμενοι τὴν ἅμιλλαν. ἐπεδείξαντο δὲ τὰς αὑτῶν ἀρετὰς πρῶτον μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὑπὸ Δαρείου πεμφθεῖσιν.
Now while our forefathers and the Lacedaemonians were always emulous of each other, yet during that time their rivalry was for the noblest ends; they did not look upon each other as enemies but as competitors, nor did they court the favor of the barbarians for the enslavement of the Hellenes; on the contrary, they were of one mind when the common safety was in question, and their rivalry with each other was solely to see which of them should bring this about. They first displayed their valor when Darius sent his troops;
§ 86
ἀποβάντων γὰρ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν οἱ μὲν οὐ περιέμειναν τοὺς συμμάχους, ἀλλὰ τὸν κοινὸν πόλεμον ἴδιον ποιησάμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος καταφρονήσαντας ἀπήντων τὴν οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἔχοντες, ὀλίγοι πρὸς πολλὰς μυριάδας, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀλλοτρίαις ψυχαῖς μέλλοντες κινδυνεύειν, οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἔφθησαν πυθόμενοι τὸν περὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν πόλεμον, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσαντες ἧκον ἡμῖν ἀμυνοῦντες, τοσαύτην ποιησάμενοι σπουδὴν ὅσην περ ἂν τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας πορθουμένης.
for when the Persians landed in Attica the Athenians did not wait for their allies, but, making the common war their private cause, they marched out with their own forces alone to meet an enemy who looked with contempt upon the whole of Hellas—a mere handful against thousands upon thousands—as if they were about to risk the lives of others, not their own; the Lacedaemonians, on the other hand, no sooner heard of the war in Attica than they put all else aside and came to our rescue, having made as great haste as if it had been their own country that was being laid waste.
§ 87
σημεῖον δὲ τοῦ τάχους καὶ τῆς ἁμίλλης· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρους προγόνους φασὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας πυθέσθαι τε τὴν ἀπόβασιν τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ βοηθήσαντας ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς χώρας μάχῃ νικήσαντας τρόπαιον στῆσαι τῶν πολεμίων, τοὺς δʼ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις καὶ τοσαύταις νυξὶ διακόσια καὶ χίλια στάδια διελθεῖν στρατοπέδῳ πορευομένους. οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἠπείχθησαν οἱ μὲν μετασχεῖν τῶν κινδύνων, οἱ δὲ φθῆναι συμβαλόντες πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς βοηθήσοντας.
A proof of the swiftness and of the rivalry of both is that, according to the account, our ancestors on one and the same day learned of the landing of the barbarians, rushed to the defense of the borders of their land, won the battle, and set up a trophy of victory over the enemy; while the Lacedaemonians in three days and as many nights covered twelve hundred stadia in marching order: so strenuously did they both hasten, the Lacedaemonians to share in the dangers, the Athenians to engage the enemy before their helpers should arrive.
§ 88
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενομένης τῆς ὕστερον στρατείας, ἣν αὐτὸς Ξέρξης ἤγαγεν, ἐκλιπὼν μὲν τὰ βασίλεια, στρατηγὸς δὲ καταστῆναι τολμήσας, ἅπαντας δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας συναγείρας· περὶ οὗ τίς οὐχ ὑπερβολὰς προθυμηθεὶς εἰπεῖν ἐλάττω τῶν ὑπαρχόντων εἴρηκεν;
Then came the later expedition, which was led by Xerxes in person; he had left his royal residence, boldly taken command as general in the field, and collected about him all the hosts of Asia. What orator, however eager to overshoot the mark, has not fallen short of the truth in speaking of this king,
§ 89
ὃς εἰς τοσοῦτον ἦλθεν ὑπερηφανίας, ὥστε μικρὸν μὲν ἡγησάμενος ἔργον εἶναι τὴν Ἑλλάδα χειρώσασθαι, βουληθεὶς δὲ τοιοῦτον μνημεῖον καταλιπεῖν ὃ μὴ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεώς ἐστιν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσατο πρὶν ἐξεῦρε καὶ συνηνάγκασεν ὃ πάντες θρυλοῦσιν, ὥστε τῷ στρατοπέδῳ πλεῦσαι μὲν διὰ τῆς ἠπείρου, πεζεῦσαι δὲ διὰ τῆς θαλάττης, τὸν μὲν Ἑλλήσποντον ζεύξας, τὸν δʼ Ἄθω διορύξας.
who rose to such a pitch of arrogance that, thinking it a small task to subjugate Hellas, and proposing to leave a memorial such as would mark a more than human power, did not stop until he had devised and compelled the execution of a plan whose fame is on the lips of all mankind—a plan by which, having bridged the Hellespont and channelled Athos, he sailed his ships across the mainland, and marched his troops across the main?
§ 90
πρὸς δὴ τὸν οὕτω μέγα φρονήσαντα καὶ τηλικαῦτα διαπραξάμενον καὶ τοσούτων δεσπότην γενόμενον ἀπήντων διελόμενοι τὸν κίνδυνον, Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν εἰς Θερμοπύλας πρὸς τὸ πεζόν, χιλίους αὑτῶν ἐπιλέξαντες καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ὀλίγους παραλαβόντες, ὡς ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς κωλύσοντες αὐτοὺς περαιτέρω προελθεῖν, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι πατέρες ἐπʼ Ἀρτεμίσιον, ἑξήκοντα τριήρεις πληρώσαντες πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ τῶν πολεμίων ναυτικόν.
It was against a king who had grown so proud, who had carried through such mighty tasks, and who had made himself master of so many men, that our ancestors and the Lacedaemonians marched forth, first dividing the danger: the latter going to Thermopylae to oppose the land forces with a thousand picked soldiers of their own, supported by a few of their allies, with the purpose of checking the Persians in the narrow pass from advancing farther; while our ancestors sailed to Artemisium with sixty triremes which they had manned to oppose the whole armada of the enemy.
§ 91
ταῦτα δὲ ποιεῖν ἐτόλμων οὐχ οὕτω τῶν πολεμίων καταφρονοῦντες ὡς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγωνιῶντες, Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν ζηλοῦντες τὴν πόλιν τῆς Μαραθῶνι μάχης, καὶ ζητοῦντες αὑτοὺς ἐξισῶσαι, καὶ δεδιότες μὴ δὶς ἐφεξῆς ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν αἰτία γένηται τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῆς σωτηρίας, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι μάλιστα μὲν βουλόμενοι διαφυλάξαι τὴν παροῦσαν δόξαν, καὶ πᾶσι ποιῆσαι φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τὸ πρότερον διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τύχην ἐνίκησαν, ἔπειτα καὶ προαγαγέσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ τὸ διαναυμαχεῖν, ἐπιδείξαντες αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως ἐν τοῖς ναυτικοῖς κινδύνοις ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πεζοῖς τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ πλήθους περιγιγνομένην.
And they dared to do these things, not so much in contempt of their foes as in keen rivalry against each other: the Lacedaemonians envying our city its victory at Marathon, and seeking to even the score, and fearing, furthermore, lest our city should twice in succession be the instrument of saving Hellas; while our ancestors, on the other hand, desired above all to maintain the reputation they had won, and to prove to the world that in their former battle they had conquered through valor and not through fortune, and in the next place to incite the Hellenes to carry on the war with their ships, by showing that in fighting on the sea no less than on the land valor prevails over numbers.
§ 92
ἴσας δὲ τὰς τόλμας παρασχόντες οὐχ ὁμοίαις ἐχρήσαντο ταῖς τύχαις, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν διεφθάρησαν καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς νικῶντες τοῖς σώμασιν ἀπεῖπον (οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό γε θέμις εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἡττήθησαν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτῶν φυγεῖν ἠξίωσεν), οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι τὰς μὲν πρόπλους ἐνίκησαν, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἤκουσαν τῆς παρόδου τοὺς πολεμίους κρατοῦντας, οἴκαδε καταπλεύσαντες οὕτως ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὥστε πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν αὐτοῖς προειργασμένων ἐν τοῖς τελευταίοις τῶν κινδύνων ἔτι πλέον διήνεγκαν.
But though they displayed equal courage, they did not meet with similar fortunes. The Lacedaemonians were utterly destroyed. Although in spirit they were victorious, in body they were outworn; for it were sacrilege to say that they were defeated, since not one of them deigned to leave his post. Our ancestors, on the other hand, met and conquered the advance squadron of the Persians and when they heard that the enemy were masters of the pass, they sailed back home and adopted such measures for what remained to be done that, however many and however glorious had been their previous achievements, they outdid themselves still more in the final hazards of that war.
§ 93
ἀθύμως γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν συμμάχων διακειμένων, καὶ Πελοποννησίων μὲν διατειχιζόντων τὸν Ἰσθμὸν καὶ ζητούντων ἰδίαν αὑτοῖς σωτηρίαν, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων πόλεων ὑπὸ τοῖς βαρβάροις γεγενημένων καὶ συστρατευομένων ἐκείνοις, πλὴν εἴ τις διὰ μικρότητα παρημελήθη, προσπλεουσῶν δὲ τριήρων διακοσίων καὶ χιλίων καὶ πεζῆς στρατιᾶς ἀναριθμήτου μελλούσης εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν εἰσβάλλειν, οὐδεμιᾶς σωτηρίας αὐτοῖς ὑποφαινομένης, ἀλλʼ ἔρημοι συμμάχων γεγενημένοι καὶ τῶν ἐλπίδων ἁπασῶν διημαρτηκότες,
For when all the allies were in a state of dejection, and the Peloponnesians were fortifying the Isthmus and selfishly seeking their own safety; when the other states had submitted to the barbarians and were fighting on the Persian side, save only those which were overlooked because of their insignificance; when twelve hundred ships of war were bearing down upon them, and an innumerable army was on the point of invading Attica; when no light of deliverance could be glimpsed in any quarter, but, on the contrary, the Athenians had been abandoned by their allies and cheated of their every hope;
§ 94
ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον τοὺς παρόντας κινδύνους διαφυγεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμὰς ἐξαιρέτους λαβεῖν, ἃς αὐτοῖς ἐδίδου βασιλεὺς ἡγούμενος, εἰ τὸ τῆς πόλεως προσλάβοι ναυτικόν, παραχρῆμα καὶ Πελοποννήσου κρατήσειν, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν τὰς παρʼ ἐκείνου δωρεάς, οὐδʼ ὀργισθέντες τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτι προὐδόθησαν ἀσμένως ἐπὶ τὰς διαλλαγὰς τὰς πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὥρμησαν,
and when it lay in their power not only to escape from their present dangers but also to enjoy the signal honors which the King held out to them, since he conceived that if he could get the support of the Athenian fleet he could at once become master of the Peloponnesus also, then our ancestors scorned to accept his gifts; nor did they give way to anger against the Hellenes for having betrayed them and rush gladly to make terms with the barbarians;
§ 95
ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας πολεμεῖν παρεσκευάζοντο, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις τὴν δουλείαν αἱρουμένοις συγγνώμην εἶχον. ἡγοῦντο γὰρ ταῖς μὲν ταπειναῖς τῶν πόλεων προσήκειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν τὴν σωτηρίαν, ταῖς δὲ προεστάναι τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀξιούσαις οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι διαφεύγειν τοὺς κινδύνους, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς αἱρετώτερόν ἐστι καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ζῆν αἰσχρῶς, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πόλεων ταῖς ὑπερεχούσαις λυσιτελεῖν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανισθῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ δούλαις ὀφθῆναι γενομέναις.
nay, by themselves they made ready to battle for freedom, while they forgave the rest for choosing bondage. For they considered that while it was natural for the weaker states to seek their security by every means, it was not possible for those states which asserted their right to stand at the head of Hellas to avoid the perils of war; on the contrary, they believed that just as it is preferable for men who are honorable to die nobly rather than to live in disgrace, so too it is better for cities which are illustrious to be blotted out from the sight of mankind rather than to be seen in a state of bondage.
§ 96
δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ταῦτα διενοήθησαν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας ἅμα παρατάξασθαι τὰς δυνάμεις, παραλαβόντες ἅπαντα τὸν ὄχλον τὸν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην νῆσον ἐξέπλευσαν, ἵνʼ ἐν μέρει πρὸς ἑκατέραν κινδυνεύσωσιν. καίτοι πῶς ἂν ἐκείνων ἄνδρες ἀμείνους ἢ μᾶλλον φιλέλληνες ὄντες ἐπιδειχθεῖεν, οἵτινες ἔτλησαν ἐπιδεῖν, ὥστε μὴ τοῖς λοιποῖς αἴτιοι γενέσθαι τῆς δουλείας, ἐρήμην μὲν τὴν πόλιν γενομένην, τὴν δὲ χώραν πορθουμένην, ἱερὰ δὲ συλώμενα καὶ νεὼς ἐμπιπραμένους, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν πόλεμον περὶ τὴν πατρίδα τὴν αὑτῶν γιγνόμενον;
It is evident that they were of this mind; for when they were not able to marshal themselves against both the land and the sea forces at once, they took with them the entire population, abandoned the city, and sailed to the neighboring island, in order that they might encounter each force in turn. And yet how could men be shown to be braver or more devoted to Hellas than our ancestors, who, to avoid bringing slavery upon the rest of the Hellenes, endured to see their city made desolate, their land ravaged, their sanctuaries rifled, their temples burned, and all the forces of the enemy closing in upon their own country?
§ 97
καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτʼ ἀπέχρησεν αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς χιλίας καὶ διακοσίας τριήρεις μόνοι διαναυμαχεῖν ἐμέλλησαν. οὐ μὴν εἰάθησαν· καταισχυνθέντες γὰρ Πελοποννήσιοι τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ νομίσαντες προδιαφθαρέντων μὲν τῶν ἡμετέρων οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ σωθήσεσθαι, κατορθωσάντων δʼ εἰς ἀτιμίαν τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις καταστήσειν, ἠναγκάσθησαν μετασχεῖν τῶν κινδύνων. καὶ τοὺς μὲν θορύβους τοὺς ἐν τῷ πράγματι γενομένους καὶ τὰς κραυγὰς καὶ τὰς παρακελεύσεις, ἃ κοινὰ πάντων ἐστὶ τῶν ναυμαχούντων, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ λέγοντα διατρίβειν·
But in truth even this did not satisfy them; they were ready to give battle on the sea—they alone against twelve hundred ships of war. They were not, indeed, allowed to fight alone; for the Peloponnesians, put to shame by our courage, and thinking, moreover, that if the Athenians should first be destroyed, they could not themselves be saved from destruction, and that if the Athenians should succeed, their own cities would be brought into disrepute, they were constrained to share the dangers. Now the clamors that arose during the action, and the shoutings and the cheers—things which are common to all those who fight on ships—I see no reason why I should take time to describe;
§ 98
ἃ δʼ ἐστὶν ἴδια καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἄξια καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ὁμολογούμενα, ταῦτα δʼ ἐμὸν ἔργον ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν. τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν διέφερεν, ὅτʼ ἦν ἀκέραιος, ὥστʼ ἀνάστατος γενομένη πλείους μὲν συνεβάλετο τριήρεις εἰς τὸν κίνδυνον τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ ναυμαχήσαντες, οὐδεὶς δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὕτως ἔχει δυσμενῶς, ὅς τις οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειε διὰ μὲν τὴν ναυμαχίαν ἡμᾶς τῷ πολέμῳ κρατῆσαι, ταύτης δὲ τὴν πόλιν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι.
my task is to speak of those matters which are distinctive and give claim to leadership, and which confirm the arguments which I have already advanced. In short, our city was so far superior while she stood unharmed that even after she had been laid waste she contributed more ships to the battle for the deliverance of Hellas than all the others put together who fought in the engagement; and no one is so prejudiced against us that he would not acknowledge that it was by winning the sea fight that we conquered in the war, and that the credit for this is due to Athens.
§ 99
καίτοι μελλούσης στρατείας ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔσεσθαι τίνας χρὴ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν; οὐ τοὺς ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ πολέμῳ μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσαντας, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν ἰδίᾳ προκινδυνεύσαντας, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κοινοῖς τῶν ἀγώνων ἀριστείων ἀξιωθέντας, οὐ τοὺς τὴν αὑτῶν ἐκλιπόντας ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων σωτηρίας, καὶ τό τε παλαιὸν οἰκιστὰς τῶν πλείστων πόλεων γενομένους, καὶ πάλιν αὐτὰς ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων συμφορῶν διασώσαντας; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν δεινὰ πάθοιμεν, εἰ τῶν κακῶν πλεῖστον μέρος μετασχόντες ἐν ταῖς τιμαῖς ἔλαττον ἔχειν ἀξιωθεῖμεν, καὶ τότε προταχθέντες ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων νῦν ἑτέροις ἀκολουθεῖν ἀναγκασθεῖμεν;
Who then should have the hegemony, when a campaign against the barbarians is in prospect? Should it not be they who distinguished themselves above all others in the former war? Should it not be they who many times bore, alone, the brunt of battle, and in the joint struggles of the Hellenes were awarded the prize of valor? Should it not be they who abandoned their own country to save the rest of Hellas, who in ancient times founded most of the Hellenic cities, and who later delivered them from the greatest disasters? Would it not be an outrage upon us, if, having taken the largest share in the evils of war, we should be adjudged worthy of a lesser share in its honors, and if, having at that time been placed in the lead in the cause of all the Hellenes, we should now be compelled to follow the lead of others?
§ 100
μέχρι μὲν οὖν τούτων οἶδʼ ὅτι πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν πλείστων ἀγαθῶν τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ δικαίως ἂν αὐτῆς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἶναι· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἤδη τινὲς ἡμῶν κατηγοροῦσιν, ὡς ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης παρελάβομεν, πολλῶν κακῶν αἴτιοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατέστημεν, καὶ τόν τε Μηλίων ἀνδραποδισμὸν καὶ τὸν Σκιωναίων ὄλεθρον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἡμῖν προφέρουσιν.
Now up to this point I am sure that all men would acknowledge that our city has been the author of the greatest number of blessings, and that she should in fairness be entitled to the hegemony. But from this point on some take us to task, urging that after we succeeded to the sovereignty of the sea we brought many evils upon the Hellenes; and, in these speeches of theirs, they cast it in our teeth that we enslaved the Melians and destroyed the people of Scione.
§ 101
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι πρῶτον μὲν οὐδὲν εἶναι τοῦτο σημεῖον ὡς κακῶς ἤρχομεν, εἴ τινες τῶν πολεμησάντων ἡμῖν σφόδρα φαίνονται κολασθέντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τόδε μεῖζον τεκμήριον ὡς καλῶς διῳκοῦμεν τὰ τῶν συμμάχων, ὅτι τῶν πόλεων τῶν ὑφʼ ἡμῖν οὐσῶν οὐδεμία ταύταις ταῖς συμφοραῖς περιέπεσεν.
I, however, take the view, in the first place, that it is no sign that we ruled badly if some of those who were at war with us are shown to have been severely disciplined, but that a much clearer proof that we administered the affairs of our allies wisely is seen in the fact that among the states which remained our loyal subjects not one experienced these disasters.
§ 102
ἔπειτʼ εἰ μὲν ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων πραότερον ἐπεμελήθησαν, εἰκότως ἂν ἡμῖν ἐπιτιμῷεν· εἰ δὲ μήτε τοῦτο γέγονε μήθʼ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶ τοσούτων πόλεων τὸ πλῆθος κρατεῖν, ἤν μή τις κολάζῃ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας, πῶς οὐκ ἤδη δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν, οἵ τινες ἐλαχίστοις χαλεπήναντες πλεῖστον χρόνον τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν;
In the second place, if other states had dealt more leniently with the same circumstances, they might reasonably censure us; but since that is not the case, and it is impossible to control so great a multitude of states without disciplining those who offend, does it not follow that we deserve praise because we acted harshly in the fewest possible cases and were yet able to hold our dominion for the greatest length of time?
§ 103
οἶμαι δὲ πᾶσι δοκεῖν τούτους κρατίστους προστάτας γενήσεσθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐφʼ ὧν οἱ πειθαρχήσαντες ἄριστα τυγχάνουσι πράξαντες. ἐπὶ τοίνυν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡγεμονίας εὑρήσομεν καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν πλεῖστον ἐπιδόντας καὶ τὰς πόλεις μεγίστας γενομένας.
But I believe that all men are of the opinion that those will prove the best leaders and champions of the Hellenes under whom in the past those who yielded obedience have fared the best. Well, then, it will be found that under our supremacy the private households grew most prosperous and that the commonwealths also became greatest. For we were not jealous of the growing states,
§ 104
οὐ γὰρ ἐφθονοῦμεν ταῖς αὐξανομέναις αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ ταραχὰς ἐνεποιοῦμεν πολιτείας ἐναντίας παρακαθιστάντες, ἵνʼ ἀλλήλοις μὲν στασιάζοιεν, ἡμᾶς δʼ ἀμφότεροι θεραπεύοιεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν συμμάχων ὁμόνοιαν κοινὴν ὠφέλειαν νομίζοντες τοῖς αὐτοῖς νόμοις ἁπάσας τὰς πόλεις διῳκοῦμεν, συμμαχικῶς ἀλλʼ οὐ δεσποτικῶς βουλευόμενοι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅλων μὲν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιστατοῦντες,
nor did we engender confusion among them by setting up conflicting polities side by side, in order that faction might be arrayed against faction and that both might court our favor. On the contrary, we regarded harmony among our allies as the common boon of all, and therefore we governed all the cities under the same laws, deliberating about them in the spirit of allies, not of masters;
§ 105
ἰδίᾳ δʼ ἑκάστους ἐλευθέρους ἐῶντες εἶναι, καὶ τῷ μὲν πλήθει βοηθοῦντες, ταῖς δὲ δυναστείαις πολεμοῦντες, δεινὸν ἡγούμενοι τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑπὸ τοῖς ὀλίγοις εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς ταῖς οὐσίαις ἐνδεεστέρους τὰ δʼ ἄλλα μηδὲν χείρους ὄντας ἀπελαύνεσθαι τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἔτι δὲ κοινῆς τῆς πατρίδος οὔσης τοὺς μὲν τυραννεῖν τοὺς δὲ μετοικεῖν, καὶ φύσει πολίτας ὄντας νόμῳ τῆς πολιτείας ἀποστερεῖσθαι.
guarding the interests of the whole confederacy but leaving each member of it free to direct its own affairs; supporting the people but making war on despotic powers, considering it an outrage that the many should be subject to the few, that those who were poorer in fortune but not inferior in other respects should be banished from the offices, that, furthermore, in a fatherland which belongs to all in common some should hold the place of masters, others of aliens, and that men who are citizens by birth should be robbed by law of their share in the government.
§ 106
τοιαῦτʼ ἔχοντες ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ἐπιτιμᾶν καὶ πλείω τούτων, τὴν αὐτὴν πολιτείαν ἥνπερ παρʼ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις κατεστήσαμεν, ἣν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ διὰ μακροτέρων ἐπαινεῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ συντόμως ἔχοντα δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῆς. μετὰ γὰρ ταύτης οἰκοῦντες ἑβδομήκοντʼ ἔτη διετέλεσαν ἄπειροι μὲν τυραννίδων, ἐλεύθεροι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἀστασίαστοι δὲ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, εἰρήνην δʼ ἄγοντες πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους.
It was because we had these objections, and others besides, to oligarchies that we established the same polity in the other states as in Athens itself—a polity which I see no need to extol at greater length, since I can tell the truth about it in a word: They continued to live under this regime for seventy years, and, during this time, they experienced no tyrannies, they were free from the domination of the barbarians, they were untroubled by internal factions, and they were at peace with all the world.
§ 107
ὑπὲρ ὧν προσήκει τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας μεγάλην χάριν ἔχειν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς κληρουχίας ἡμῖν ὀνειδίζειν, ἃς ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰς ἐρημουμένας τῶν πόλεων φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τῶν χωρίων, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ πλεονεξίαν ἐξεπέμπομεν. σημεῖον δὲ τούτων· ἔχοντες γὰρ χώραν μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν ἐλαχίστην, ἀρχὴν δὲ μεγίστην, καὶ κεκτημένοι τριήρεις διπλασίας μὲν ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι, δυναμένας δὲ πρὸς δὶς τοσαύτας κινδυνεύειν, ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀττικήν,
On account of these services it becomes all thinking men to be deeply grateful to us, much rather than to reproach us because of our system of colonization; for we sent our colonies into the depopulated states for the protection of their territories and not for our own aggrandizement. And here is proof of this: We had in proportion to the number of our citizens a very small territory, but a very great empire; we possessed twice as many ships of war as all the rest combined, and these were strong enough to engage double their number; at the very borders of Attica lay Euboea,
§ 108
ἣ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν τῆς θαλάττης εὐφυῶς εἶχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ἁπασῶν τῶν νήσων διέφερε, κρατοῦντες αὐτῆς μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις εἰδότες καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων τούτους μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦντας, οἳ τοὺς ὁμόρους ἀναστάτους ποιήσαντες ἄφθονον καὶ ῥᾴθυμον αὑτοῖς κατεστήσαντο τὸν βίον, ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἡμᾶς ἐπῆρε περὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν νῆσον ἐξαμαρτεῖν,
which was not only fitted by her situation to command the sea, but also surpassed all the islands in her general resources, and Euboea lent itself more readily to our control than did our own country besides, while we knew that both among the Hellenes and among the barbarians those are regarded most highly who have driven their neighbors from their homes and have so secured for themselves a life of affluence and ease, nevertheless, none of these considerations tempted us to wrong the people of the island;
§ 109
ἀλλὰ μόνοι δὴ τῶν μεγάλην δύναμιν λαβόντων περιείδομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπορωτέρως ζῶντας τῶν δουλεύειν αἰτίαν ἐχόντων. καίτοι βουλόμενοι πλεονεκτεῖν οὐκ ἂν δή που τῆς μὲν Σκιωναίων γῆς ἐπεθυμήσαμεν, ἣν Πλαταιέων τοῖς ὡς ἡμᾶς καταφυγοῦσι φαινόμεθα παραδόντες, τοσαύτην δὲ χώραν παρελίπομεν, ἣ πάντας ἂν ἡμᾶς εὐπορωτέρους ἐποίησεν.
on the contrary, we alone of those who have obtained great power suffered ourselves to live in more straitened circumstances than those who were reproached with being our slaves. And yet, had we been disposed to seek our own advantage, we should not, I imagine, have set our hearts on the territory of Scione (which, as all the world knows, we gave over to our Plataean refugees), and passed over this great territory which would have enriched us all.
§ 110
τοιούτων τοίνυν ἡμῶν γεγενημένων, καὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν δεδωκότων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν, τολμῶσι κατηγορεῖν οἱ τῶν δεκαδαρχιῶν κοινωνήσαντες καὶ τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας διαλυμηνάμενοι καὶ μικρὰς μὲν ποιήσαντες δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰς τῶν προγεγενημένων ἀδικίας, οὐδεμίαν δὲ λιπόντες ὑπερβολὴν τοῖς αὖθις βουλομένοις γενέσθαι πονηροῖς, ἀλλὰ φάσκοντες μὲν λακωνίζειν, τἀναντία δʼ ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύοντες, καὶ τὰς μὲν Μηλίων ὀδυρόμενοι συμφοράς, περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὑτῶν πολίτας ἀνήκεστα τολμήσαντες ἐξαμαρτεῖν. ποῖον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀδίκημα διέφυγεν;
Now although we have shown ourselves to be of such character and have given so convincing proof that we do not covet the possessions of others, we are brazenly denounced by those who had a hand in the decarchies—men who have befouled their own countries, who have made the crimes of the past seem insignificant, and have left the would-be scoundrels of the future no chance to exceed their villiany; and who, for all that, profess to follow the ways of Lacedaemon, when they practise the very opposite, and bewail the disasters of the Melians, when they have shamelessly inflicted irreparable wrongs upon their own citizens. For what crime have they overlooked?
§ 111
ἤ τί τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἢ δεινῶν οὐ διεξῆλθον; οἳ τοὺς μὲν ἀνομωτάτους πιστοτάτους ἐνόμιζον, τοὺς δὲ προδότας ὥσπερ εὐεργέτας ἐθεράπευον, ᾑροῦντο δὲ τῶν Εἱλώτων ἑνὶ δουλεύειν ὥστʼ εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ὑβρίζειν, μᾶλλον δʼ ἐτίμων τοὺς αὐτόχειρας καὶ φονέας τῶν πολιτῶν ἢ τοὺς γονέας τοὺς αὐτῶν,
What act of shame or outrage is wanting in their careers? They regarded the most lawless of men as the most loyal; they courted traitors as if they were benefactors; they chose to be slaves to one of the Helots so that they might oppress their own countries; they honored the assassins and murderers of their fellow-citizens more than their own parents;
§ 112
εἰς τοῦτο δʼ ὠμότητος ἅπαντας ἡμᾶς κατέστησαν, ὥστε πρὸ τοῦ μὲν διὰ τὴν παροῦσαν εὐδαιμονίαν καὶ ταῖς μικραῖς ἀτυχίαις πολλοὺς ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἔχειν τοὺς συμπενθήσοντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς τούτων ἀρχῆς διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν ἐπαυσάμεθʼ ἀλλήλους ἐλεοῦντες. οὐδενὶ γὰρ τοσαύτην σχολὴν παρέλιπον ὥσθʼ ἑτέρῳ συναχθεσθῆναι.
and to such a stage of brutishness did they bring us all that, whereas in former times, because of the prosperity which prevailed, every one of us found many to sympathize with him even in trifling reverses, yet under the rule of these men, because of the multitude of our own calamities, we ceased feeling pity for each other, since there was no man to whom they allowed enough of respite so that he could share another’s burdens.
§ 113
τίνος γὰρ οὐκ ἐφίκοντο; ἢ τίς οὕτω πόρρω τῶν πολιτικῶν ἦν πραγμάτων, ὅστις οὐκ ἐγγὺς ἠναγκάσθη γενέσθαι τῶν συμφορῶν, εἰς ἃς αἱ τοιαῦται φύσεις ἡμᾶς κατέστησαν; εἶτʼ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τὰς ἑαυτῶν πόλεις οὕτως ἀνόμως διαθέντες καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀδίκως κατηγοροῦντες, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ περὶ τῶν δικῶν καὶ τῶν γραφῶν τῶν ποτε παρʼ ἡμῖν γενομένων λέγειν τολμῶσιν, αὐτοὶ πλείους ἐν τρισὶ μησὶν ἀκρίτους ἀποκτείναντες ὧν ἡ πόλις ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἁπάσης ἔκρινεν.
For what man dwelt beyond their reach? What man was so far removed from public life that he was not forced into close touch with the disasters into which such creatures plunged us? But in the face of all this, these men, who brought their own cities to such a pitch of anarchy, do not blush to make unjust charges against our city; nay, to crown their other effronteries, they even have the audacity to talk of the private and public suits which were once tried in Athens, when they themselves put to death without trial more men in the space of three months than Athens tried during the whole period of her supremacy.
§ 114
φυγὰς δὲ καὶ στάσεις καὶ νόμων συγχύσεις καὶ πολιτειῶν μεταβολάς, ἔτι δὲ παίδων ὕβρεις καὶ γυναικῶν αἰσχύνας καὶ χρημάτων ἁρπαγάς, τίς ἂν δύναιτο διεξελθεῖν; πλὴν τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν ἔχω καθʼ ἁπάντων, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν δεινὰ ῥᾳδίως ἄν τις ἑνὶ ψηφίσματι διέλυσε, τὰς δὲ σφαγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀνομίας τὰς ἐπὶ τούτων γενομένας οὐδεὶς ἂν ἰάσασθαι δύναιτο.
And of their banishments, their civil strife, their subversion of laws, their political revolutions, their atrocities upon children, their insults to women, their pillage of estates, who could tell the tale? I can only say this much of the whole business—the severities under our administration could have been readily brought to an end by a single vote of the people, while the murders and acts of violence under their regime are beyond any power to remedy.
§ 115
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν παροῦσαν εἰρήνην, οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτονομίαν τὴν ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις μὲν οὐκ ἐνοῦσαν ἐν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἀναγεγραμμένην, ἄξιον ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἡμετέραν. τίς γὰρ ἂν τοιαύτης καταστάσεως ἐπιθυμήσειεν, ἐν ᾗ καταποντισταὶ μὲν τὴν θάλατταν κατέχουσι, πελτασταὶ δὲ τὰς πόλεις καταλαμβάνουσιν,
And, furthermore, not even the present peace, nor yet that “autonomy” which is inscribed in the treaties but is not found in our governments, is preferable to the rule of Athens. For who would desire a condition of things where pirates command the seas and mercenaries occupy our cities;
§ 116
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς ἑτέρους περὶ τῆς χώρας πολεμεῖν ἐντὸς τείχους οἱ πολῖται πρὸς ἀλλήλους μάχονται, πλείους δὲ πόλεις αἰχμάλωτοι γεγόνασιν ἢ πρὶν τὴν εἰρήνην ἡμᾶς ποιήσασθαι, διὰ δὲ τὴν πυκνότητα τῶν μεταβολῶν ἀθυμοτέρως διάγουσιν οἱ τὰς πόλεις οἰκοῦντες τῶν ταῖς φυγαῖς ἐζημιωμένων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸ μέλλον δεδίασιν, οἱ δʼ ἀεὶ κατιέναι προσδοκῶσιν.
where fellow-countrymen, instead of waging war in defense of their territories against strangers, are fighting within their own walls against each other; where more cities have been captured in war than before we made the peace; and where revolutions follow so thickly upon each other that those who are at home in their own countries are more dejected than those who have been punished with exile? For the former are in dread of what is to come, while the latter live ever in the hope of their return.
§ 117
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἀπέχουσι τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας, ὥσθʼ αἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τυράννοις εἰσί, τὰς δʼ ἁρμοσταὶ κατέχουσιν, ἔνιαι δʼ ἀνάστατοι γεγόνασι, τῶν δʼ οἱ βάρβαροι δεσπόται καθεστήκασιν· οὓς ἡμεῖς διαβῆναι τολμήσαντας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην καὶ μεῖζον ἢ προσῆκεν αὐτοῖς φρονήσαντας οὕτω διέθεμεν,
And so far are the states removed from “freedom” and “autonomy” that some of them are ruled by tyrants, some are controlled by alien governors, some have been sacked and razed, and some have become slaves to the barbarians—the same barbarians whom we once so chastened for their temerity in crossing over into Europe, and for their overweening pride,
§ 118
ὥστε μὴ μόνον παύσασθαι στρατείας ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ποιουμένους ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν ἀνέχεσθαι πορθουμένην, καὶ διακοσίαις καὶ χιλίαις ναυσὶ περιπλέοντας εἰς τοσαύτην ταπεινότητα κατεστήσαμεν, ὥστε μακρὸν πλοῖον ἐπὶ τάδε Φασήλιδος μὴ καθέλκειν, ἀλλʼ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς περιμένειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει πιστεύειν.
that they not only ceased from making expeditions against us, but even endured to see their own territory laid waste; and we brought their power so low, for all that they had once sailed the sea with twelve hundred ships, that they launched no ship of war this side of Phaselis but remained inactive and waited on more favorable times rather than trust in the forces which they then possessed.
§ 119
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὅτι διὰ τὴν τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀρετὴν οὕτως εἶχεν, αἱ τῆς πόλεως συμφοραὶ σαφῶς ἐπέδειξαν· ἅμα γὰρ ἡμεῖς τε τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπεστερούμεθα καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀρχὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐγίγνετο. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ γενομένην ἀτυχίαν ἑτέρων ἡγεμόνων καταστάντων ἐνίκησαν μὲν οἱ βάρβαροι ναυμαχοῦντες, ἦρξαν δὲ τῆς θαλάττης, κατέσχον δὲ τὰς πλείστας τῶν νήσων, ἀπέβησαν δʼ εἰς τὴν Λακωνικήν, Κύθηρα δὲ κατὰ κράτος εἷλον, ἅπασαν δὲ τὴν Πελοπόννησον κακῶς ποιοῦντες περιέπλευσαν.
And that this state of affairs was due to the valor of our ancestors has been clearly shown in the fortunes of our city: for the very moment when we were deprived of our dominion marked the beginning of a dominion of ills for the Hellenes. In fact, after the disaster which befell us in the Hellespont, when our rivals took our place as leaders, the barbarians won a naval victory, became rulers of the sea, occupied most of the islands, made a landing in Laconia, took Cythera by storm, and sailed around the whole Peloponnesus, inflicting damage as they went.
§ 120
μάλιστα δʼ ἄν τις συνίδοι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς μεταβολῆς, εἰ παραναγνοίη τὰς συνθήκας τάς τʼ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γενομένας καὶ τὰς νῦν ἀναγεγραμμένας. τότε μὲν γὰρ ἡμεῖς φανησόμεθα τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν βασιλέως ὁρίζοντες καὶ τῶν φόρων ἐνίους τάττοντες καὶ κωλύοντες αὐτὸν τῇ θαλάττῃ χρῆσθαι· νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ διοικῶν τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ προστάττων ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν ἑκάστους, καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐπιστάθμους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καθιστάς.
One may best comprehend how great is the reversal in our circumstances if he will read side by side the treaties which were made during our leadership and those which have been published recently; for he will find that in those days we were constantly setting limits to the empire of the King, levying tribute on some of his subjects, and barring him from the sea; now, however, it is he who controls the destinies of the Hellenes, who dictates what they must each do, and who all but sets up his viceroys in their cities.
§ 121
πλὴν γὰρ τούτου τί τῶν ἄλλων ὑπόλοιπόν ἐστιν; οὐ καὶ τοῦ πολέμου κύριος ἐγένετο, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπρυτάνευσε, καὶ τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων ἐπιστάτης καθέστηκεν; οὐχ ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην, ἀλλήλων κατηγορήσοντες; οὐ βασιλέα τὸν μέγαν αὐτὸν προσαγορεύομεν, ὥσπερ αἰχμάλωτοι γεγονότες; οὐκ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν ἐκείνῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχομεν τῆς σωτηρίας, ὃς ἀμφοτέρους ἡμᾶς ἡδέως ἂν ἀπολέσειεν;
For with this one exception, what else is lacking? Was it not he who decided the issue of the war, was it not he who directed the terms of peace, and is it not he who now presides over our affairs? Do we not sail off to him as to a master, when we have complaints against each other? Do we not address him as “The Great King” as though we were the captives of his spear? Do we not in our wars against each other rest our hopes of salvation on him, who would gladly destroy both Athens and Lacedaemon ?
§ 122
ὧν ἄξιον ἐνθυμηθέντας ἀγανακτῆσαι μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσι, ποθέσαι δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν, μέμψασθαι δὲ Λακεδαιμονίοις ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον κατέστησαν ὡς ἐλευθερώσοντες τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπὶ δὲ τελευτῆς οὕτω πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκδότους ἐποίησαν, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἡμετέρας πόλεως τοὺς Ἴωνας ἀπέστησαν, ἐξ ἧς ἀπῴκησαν καὶ διʼ ἣν πολλάκις ἐσώθησαν, τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις αὐτοὺς ἐξέδοσαν, ὧν ἀκόντων τὴν χώραν ἔχουσι καὶ πρὸς οὓς οὐδὲ πώποτʼ ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες.
Reflecting on these things, we may well be indignant at the present state of affairs, and yearn for our lost supremacy: and we may well blame the Lacedaemonians because, although in the beginning they entered upon the war with the avowed intention of freeing the Hellenes, in the end they delivered so many of them into bondage, and because they induced the Ionians to revolt from Athens, the mother city from which the Ionians emigrated and by whose influence they were often preserved from destruction, and then betrayed them to the barbarians—those barbarians in despite of whom they possess their lands and against whom they have never ceased to war.
§ 123
καὶ τότε μὲν ἠγανάκτουν, ὅθʼ ἡμεῖς νομίμως ἐπάρχειν τινῶν ἠξιοῦμεν· νῦν δʼ εἰς τοιαύτην δουλείαν καθεστώτων οὐδὲν φροντίζουσιν αὐτῶν, οἷς οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ δασμολογεῖσθαι καὶ τὰς ἀκροπόλεις ὁρᾶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κατεχομένας, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ταῖς κοιναῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ τοῖς σώμασι δεινότερα πάσχουσι τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀργυρωνήτων· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν οὕτως αἰκίζεται τοὺς οἰκέτας, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς ἐλευθέρους κολάζουσιν.
At that time the Lacedaemonians were indignant because we thought it right by legitimate means to extend our dominion over certain peoples. Now, however, they feel no concern, when these peoples are reduced to such abject servitude that it is not enough that they should be forced to pay tribute and see their citadels occupied by their foes, but, in addition to these public calamities, must also in their own persons submit to greater indignities than those which are suffered in our world by purchased slaves; for none of us is so cruel to his servants as are the barbarians in punishing free men.
§ 124
μέγιστον δὲ τῶν κακῶν, ὅταν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τῆς δουλείας ἀναγκάζωνται συστρατεύεσθαι, καὶ πολεμεῖν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις ἀξιοῦσιν εἶναι, καὶ τοιούτους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν, ἐν οἷς ἡττηθέντες μὲν παραχρῆμα διαφθαρήσονται, κατορθώσαντες δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον δουλεύσουσιν.
But the crowning misery is that they are compelled to take the field with the enemy in the very cause of slavery and to fight against men who assert their right to freedom, and to submit to hazards of war on such terms that in case of defeat they will be destroyed at once, and in case of victory they will strengthen the claims of their bondage for all time to come.
§ 125
ὧν τίνας ἄλλους αἰτίους χρὴ νομίζειν ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους, οἳ τοσαύτην ἰσχὺν ἔχοντες περιορῶσι τοὺς μὲν αὑτῶν συμμάχους γενομένους οὕτω δεινὰ πάσχοντας, τὸν δὲ βάρβαρον τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ῥώμῃ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν αὑτοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον; καὶ πρότερον μὲν τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλλον, τῷ δὲ πλήθει τὰς βοηθείας ἐποιοῦντο, νῦν δὲ τοσοῦτον μεταβεβλήκασιν, ὥστε ταῖς μὲν πολιτείαις πολεμοῦσι,
For these evils, who else, can we think, is to blame but the Lacedaemonians, seeing that they have so great power, yet look on with indifference while those who have placed themselves under the Lacedaemonian alliance are visited with such outrages, and while the barbarian builds up his own empire by means of the strength of the Hellenes? In former days, it is true, they used to expel tyrants and bring succor to the people, but now they have so far reversed their policy that they make war on responsible governments and aid in establishing absolute monarchies;
§ 126
τὰς δὲ μοναρχίας συγκαθιστᾶσι. τὴν μέν γε Μαντινέων πόλιν εἰρήνης ἤδη γεγενημένης ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν, καὶ τὴν Θηβαίων Καδμείαν κατέλαβον, καὶ νῦν Ὀλυνθίους καὶ Φλιασίους πολιορκοῦσιν, Ἀμύντᾳ δὲ τῷ Μακεδόνων βασιλεῖ καὶ Διονυσίῳ τῷ Σικελίας τυράννῳ καὶ τῷ βαρβάρῳ τῷ τῆς Ἀσίας κρατοῦντι συμπράττουσιν ὅπως ὡς μεγίστην ἀρχὴν ἕξουσιν.
they sacked and razed the city of Mantinea, after peace had been concluded; they seized the Cadmea in Thebes; and now they are laying siege to Olynthus and Phlius: on the other hand, they are assisting Amyntas, king of the Macedonians, and Dionysius, the tyrant of Sicily, and the barbarian king who rules over Asia, to extend their dominions far and wide.
§ 127
καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπον τοὺς προεστῶτας τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἕνα μὲν ἄνδρα τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων καθιστάναι δεσπότην, ὧν οὐδὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐξευρεῖν ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι, τὰς δὲ μεγίστας τῶν πόλεων μηδʼ αὐτὰς αὑτῶν ἐᾶν εἶναι κυρίας, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκάζειν δουλεύειν ἢ ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιβάλλειν;
And yet is it not extraordinary that those who stand at the head of the Hellenes should set up one man as master over a host of human beings so great that it is not easy to ascertain even their numbers, while they do not permit the very greatest of our cities to govern even themselves, but try to compel them to submit to slavery or else involve them in the greatest disasters?
§ 128
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅταν τις ἴδῃ τοὺς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν ἀξιοῦντας ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς Ἕλληνας καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν στρατευομένους, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον συμμαχίαν πεποιημένους.
But most monstrous of all it is to see a people who arrogate to themselves the right of leadership making war every day upon the Hellenes and committed for all time to an alliance with the barbarians.
§ 129
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ με δυσκόλως ἔχειν, ὅτι τραχύτερον τούτων ἐμήσθην, προειπὼν ὡς περὶ διαλλαγῶν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους· οὐ γὰρ ἵνα πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους διαβάλω τὴν πόλιν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων οὕτως εἴρηκα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους παύσω, καθʼ ὅσον ὁ λόγος δύναται, τοιαύτην ἔχοντας τὴν γνώμην.
And let no one suppose that I am ill-natured, because I have recalled these facts to you in rather harsh terms, after having stated at the outset that I intended to speak on conciliation; for it is not with the intention of stigmatizing the city of the Lacedaemonians in the eyes of others that I have spoken as I have about them, but that I may induce the Lacedaemonians themselves, so far as it lies in the power of words to do so, to make an end of such a policy.
§ 130
ἔστι δὲ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἀποτρέπειν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, οὐδʼ ἑτέρων πράξεων πείθειν ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἢν μή τις ἐρρωμένως ἐπιτιμήσῃ τοῖς παροῦσιν· χρὴ δὲ κατηγορεῖν μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τοιαῦτα λέγοντας, νουθετεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ λοιδοροῦντας. τὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν λόγον οὐχ ὁμοίως ὑπολαμβάνειν δεῖ, μὴ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας λεγόμενον.
It is not, however, possible to turn men from their errors, or to inspire in them the desire for a different course of action without first roundly condemning their present conduct; and a distinction must be made between accusation, when one denounces with intent to injure, and admonition, when one uses like words with intent to benefit; for the same words are not to be interpreted in the same way unless they are spoken in the same spirit.
§ 131
ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔχομεν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμᾶν, ὅτι τῇ μὲν αὑτῶν πόλει τοὺς ὁμόρους εἱλωτεύειν ἀναγκάζουσι, τῷ δὲ κοινῷ τῷ τῶν συμμάχων οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον κατασκευάζουσιν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαλυσαμένοις ἅπαντας τοὺς βαρβάρους περιοίκους ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος καταστῆσαι.
For we have reason to reproach the Lacedaemonians for this also, that in the interest of their own city they compel their neighbors to live in serfdom, but for the common advantage of their allies they refuse to bring about a similar condition, although it lies in their power to make up their quarrel with us and reduce all the barbarians to a state of subjection to the whole of Hellas.
§ 132
καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς φύσει καὶ μὴ διὰ τύχην μέγα φρονοῦντας τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐπιχειρεῖν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς νησιώτας δασμολογεῖν, οὓς ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἐλεεῖν, ὁρῶντας τούτους μὲν διὰ σπανιότητα τῆς γῆς ὄρη γεωργεῖν ἀναγκαζομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἠπειρώτας διʼ ἀφθονίαν τῆς χώρας τὴν μὲν πλείστην αὐτῆς ἀργὸν περιορῶντας, ἐξ ἧς δὲ καρποῦνται τοσοῦτον πλοῦτον κεκτημένους.
And yet it is the duty of men who are proud because of natural gifts and not merely because of fortune to undertake such deeds much rather than to levy tribute on the islanders, who are deserving of their pity, seeing that because of the scarcity of land they are compelled to till mountains, while the people of the mainland, because of the abundance of their territory, allow most of it to lie waste, and have, nevertheless, from that part of it which they do harvest, grown immensely rich.
§ 133
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ, εἴ τινες ἄλλοθεν ἐπελθόντες θεαταὶ γένοιντο τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων, πολλὴν ἂν αὐτοὺς καταγνῶναι μανίαν ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν, οἵ τινες οὕτω περὶ μικρῶν κινδυνεύομεν, ἐξὸν ἀδεῶς πολλὰ κεκτῆσθαι, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν χώραν διαφθείρομεν, ἀμελήσαντες τὴν Ἀσίαν καρποῦσθαι.
It is my opinion that if anyone should come here from another part of the world and behold the spectacle of the present state of our affairs, he would charge both the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians with utter madness, not only because we risk our lives fighting as we do over trifles when we might enjoy in security a wealth of possessions, but also because we continually impoverish our own territory while neglecting to exploit that of Asia.
§ 134
καὶ τῷ μὲν οὐδὲν προὐργιαίτερόν ἐστιν ἢ σκοπεῖν ἐξ ὧν μηδέποτε παυσόμεθα πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολεμοῦντες· ἡμεῖς δὲ τοσούτου δέομεν συγκρούειν τι τῶν ἐκείνου πραγμάτων ἢ ποιεῖν στασιάζειν, ὥστε καὶ τὰς διὰ τύχην αὐτῷ γεγενημένας ταραχὰς συνδιαλύειν ἐπιχειροῦμεν, οἵ τινες καὶ τοῖν στρατοπέδοιν τοῖν περὶ Κύπρον ἐῶμεν αὐτὸν τῷ μὲν χρῆσθαι τὸ δὲ πολιορκεῖν, ἀμφοτέροιν αὐτοῖν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὄντοιν.
As for the barbarian, nothing is more to his purpose than to take measures to prevent us from ever ceasing to make war upon each other; while we, on the contrary, are so far from doing anything to embroil his interests or foment rebellion among his subjects that when, thanks to fortune, dissensions do break out in his empire we actually lend him a hand in putting them down. Even now, when the two armies are fighting in Cyprus, we permit him to make use of the one and to besiege the other, although both of them belong to Hellas;
§ 135
οἵ τε γὰρ ἀφεστῶτες πρὸς ἡμᾶς τʼ οἰκείως ἔχουσι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐνδιδόασιν, τῶν τε μετὰ Τειριβάζου στρατευομένων καὶ τοῦ πεζοῦ τὸ χρησιμώτατον ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν τόπων ἤθροισται, καὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ τὸ πλεῖστον ἀπʼ Ἰωνίας συμπέπλευκεν, οἳ πολὺ ἂν ἥδιον κοινῇ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐπόρθουν ἢ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἕνεκα μικρῶν ἐκινδύνευον.
for the Cyprians, who are in revolt against him, are not only on friendly terms with us but are also seeking the protection of the Lacedaemonians; and as to the forces which are led by Tiribazus, the most effective troops of his infantry have been levied from these parts, and most of his fleet has been brought together from Ionia; and all these would much more gladly make common cause and plunder Asia than risk their lives fighting against each other over trifling issues.
§ 136
ὧν ἡμεῖς οὐδεμίαν ποιούμεθα πρόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, τοσαύτας δὲ τὸ πλῆθος πόλεις καὶ τηλικαύτας τὸ μέγεθος δυνάμεις οὕτως εἰκῇ τῷ βαρβάρῳ παραδεδώκαμεν. τοιγαροῦν τὰ μὲν ἔχει, τὰ δὲ μέλλει, τοῖς δʼ ἐπιβουλεύει, δικαίως ἁπάντων ἡμῶν καταπεφρονηκώς.
But these things we take no thought to prevent; instead, we wrangle about the islands of the Cyclades, when we have so recklessly given over so many cities and such great forces to the barbarians. And therefore some of our possessions are now his, some will soon be his, and others are threatened by his treacherous designs. And he has rightly conceived an utter contempt for us all;
§ 137
διαπέπρακται γὰρ ὃ τῶν ἐκείνου προγόνων οὐδεὶς πώποτε· τήν τε γὰρ Ἀσίαν διωμολόγηται καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν καὶ παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλέως εἶναι, τάς τε πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας οὕτω κυρίως παρείληφεν, ὥστε τὰς μὲν αὐτῶν κατασκάπτειν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀκροπόλεις ἐντειχίζειν. καὶ ταῦτα πάντα γέγονε διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἄνοιαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου δύναμιν.
for he has attained what no one of his ancestors ever did: Asia has been conceded both by us and by the Lacedaemonians to belong to the King; and as for the cities of the Hellenes, he has taken them so absolutely under his control that he either razes them to the ground or builds his fortresses within them. And all this has come about by reason of our own folly, not because of his power.
§ 138
καίτοι τινὲς θαυμάζουσι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν βασιλέως πραγμάτων, καί φασιν αὐτὸν εἶναι δυσπολέμητον, διεξιόντες ὡς πολλὰς τὰς μεταβολὰς τοῖς Ἕλλησι πεποίηκεν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι μὲν τοὺς ταῦτα λέγοντας οὐκ ἀποτρέπειν ἀλλʼ ἐπισπεύδειν τὴν στρατείαν· εἰ γὰρ ἡμῶν ὁμονοησάντων αὐτὸς ἐν ταραχαῖς ὢν χαλεπὸς ἔσται προσπολεμεῖν, ἦ που σφόδρα χρὴ δεδιέναι τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὅταν τὰ μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων καταστῇ καὶ διὰ μιᾶς γένηται γνώμης, ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὥσπερ νῦν πολεμικῶς ἔχωμεν.
And yet there are those who stand in awe of the greatness of the King’s power and maintain that he is a dangerous enemy, dwelling at length on the many reversals which he has brought about in the affairs of the Hellenes. In my judgement, however, those who express such sentiments do not discourage but urge on the expedition; for if he is going to be hard to make war against when we have composed our differences and while he, himself is still beset by dissensions, then verily we should be in utmost dread of that time when the conflicting interests of the barbarians are settled and are governed by a single purpose, while we continue to be, as now, hostile to each other.
§ 139
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ συναγορεύουσι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις, οὐδʼ ὣς ὀρθῶς περὶ τῆς ἐκείνου δυνάμεως γιγνώσκουσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπέφαινον αὐτὸν ἅμα τοῖν πολέοιν ἀμφοτέροιν πρότερόν ποτε περιγεγενημένον, εἰκότως ἂν ἡμᾶς καὶ νῦν ἐκφοβεῖν ἐπεχείρουν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ γέγονεν, ἀντιπάλων δʼ ὄντων ἡμῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων προσθέμενος τοῖς ἑτέροις ἐπικυδέστερα τὰ πράγματα θάτερʼ ἐποίησεν, οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦτο σημεῖον τῆς ἐκείνου ῥώμης. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς πολλάκις μικραὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας τὰς ῥοπὰς ἐποίησαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ Χίων ἔχοιμʼ ἂν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον εἰπεῖν, ὡς ὁποτέροις ἐκεῖνοι προσθέσθαι βουληθεῖεν, οὗτοι κατὰ θάλατταν κρείττους ἦσαν.
But even though these objectors do in fact lend support to my contention, yet, for all that, they are mistaken in their views about the power of the King; for if they could show that he had ever in the past prevailed over both Athens and Lacedaemon at once, they would have reason for attempting to alarm us now. But if this is not the case, and the truth is that when we and the Lacedaemonians have been in conflict he has but given support to one of the two sides and so rendered the achievements of that one side more brilliant, this is no evidence of his own power. For in such times of crisis small forces have often played a great part in turning the scale; for example, even for the people of Chios I might make the claim that whichever side they have been inclined to support, that side has proved stronger on the sea.
§ 140
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἐκ τούτων δίκαιόν ἐστι σκοπεῖν τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν, ἐξ ὧν μεθʼ ἑκατέρων γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ πεπολέμηκεν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀποστάσης Αἰγύπτου τί διαπέπρακται πρὸς τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν; οὐκ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον κατέπεμψε τοὺς εὐδοκιμωτάτους Περσῶν, Ἀβροκόμαν καὶ Τιθραύστην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον, οὗτοι δὲ τρίʼ ἔτη μείναντες, καὶ πλείω κακὰ παθόντες ἢ ποιήσαντες, τελευτῶντες οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἀπηλλάγησαν, ὥστε τοὺς ἀφεστῶτας μηκέτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀγαπᾶν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὁμόρων ζητεῖν ἐπάρχειν;
Nay, it is obviously not fair to estimate the power of the King from those exploits in which he has joined forces with the one or the other of us, but rather from the wars which he, unaided, has fought on his own behalf. Take, first, the case of Egypt: since its revolt from the King, what progress has he made against its inhabitants? Did he not dispatch to this war the most renowned of the Persians, Abrocomas and Tithraustes and Pharnabazus, and did not they, after remaining there three years and suffering more disasters than they inflicted, finally withdraw in such disgrace that the rebels are no longer content with their freedom, but are already trying to extend their dominion over the neighboring peoples as well?
§ 141
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπʼ Εὐαγόραν στρατεύσας, ὃς ἄρχει μὲν μιᾶς πόλεως, ἐν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἔκδοτός ἐστιν, οἰκῶν δὲ νῆσον κατὰ μὲν θάλατταν προδεδυστύχηκεν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς χώρας τρισχιλίους ἔχει μόνον πελταστάς, ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτω ταπεινῆς δυνάμεως οὐ δύναται περιγενέσθαι βασιλεὺς πολεμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη μὲν ἓξ ἔτη διατέτριφεν, εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὰ μέλλοντα τοῖς γεγενημένοις τεκμαίρεσθαι, πολὺ πλείων ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἕτερον ἀποστῆναι πρὶν ἐκεῖνον ἐκπολιορκηθῆναι· τοιαῦται βραδυτῆτες ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι ταῖς βασιλέως ἔνεισιν.
Next, there is his campaign against Evagoras. Evagoras is ruler over but a single city; he is given over to the Persians by the terms of the Treaty; his is an insular power and he has already sustained a disaster to his fleet; he has, at present, for the defense of his territory only three thousand light-armed troops; yet, humble as is the power of Evagoras, the King has not the power to conquer it in war, but has already frittered away six years in the attempt; and, if we may conjecture the future by the past, there is much more likelihood that someone else will rise in revolt before Evagoras is reduced by the siege—so slothful is the King in his enterprises.
§ 142
ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ περὶ Ῥόδον ἔχων μὲν τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων συμμάχους εὔνους διὰ τὴν χαλεπότητα τῶν πολιτειῶν, χρώμενος δὲ ταῖς ὑπηρεσίαις ταῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν, στρατηγοῦντος δʼ αὐτῷ Κόνωνος, ὃς ἦν ἐπιμελέστατος μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν, πιστότατος δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐμπειρότατος δὲ τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων, τοιοῦτον λαβὼν συναγωνιστὴν τρία μὲν ἔτη περιεῖδε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ προκινδυνεῦον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας ὑπὸ τριήρων ἑκατὸν μόνων πολιορκούμενον, πεντεκαίδεκα δὲ μηνῶν τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν μισθὸν ἀπεστέρησεν, ὥστε τὸ μὲν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ πολλάκις ἂν διελύθησαν, διὰ δὲ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν τὴν περὶ Κόρινθον συστᾶσαν μόλις ναυμαχοῦντες ἐνίκησαν.
Again, in the Rhodian War, the King had the good will of the allies of Lacedaemon because of the harshness with which they were governed, he availed himself of the help of our seamen; and at the head of his forces was Conon, who was the most competent of our generals, who possessed more than any other the confidence of the Hellenes, and who was the most experienced in the hazards of war; yet, although the King had such a champion to help him in the war, he suffered the fleet which bore the brunt of the defense of Asia to be bottled up for three years by only an hundred ships, and for fifteen months he deprived the soldiers of their pay; and the result would have been, had it depended upon the King alone, that they would have been disbanded more than once; but, thanks to their commander and to the alliance which was formed at Corinth, they barely succeeded in winning a naval victory.
§ 143
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ τὰ βασιλικώτατα καὶ σεμνότατα τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων, καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐδέποτε παύονται λέγοντες οἱ βουλόμενοι τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων μεγάλα ποιεῖν. ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχοι τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ὡς οὐ δικαίως χρῶμαι τοῖς παραδείγμασιν, οὐδʼ ὡς ἐπὶ μικροῖς διατρίβω τὰς μεγίστας τῶν πράξεων παραλείπων·
And these were the most royal and the most imposing of his achievements, and these are the deeds about which people are never weary of speaking who are fain to exalt the power of the barbarians! So no one can say that I am not fair in my use of instances, nor that I dwell upon the minor undertakings of the King and pass over the most important;
§ 144
φεύγων γὰρ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἔργων διῆλθον, οὐκ ἀμνημονῶν οὐδʼ ἐκείνων, ὅτι Δερκυλίδας μὲν χιλίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας τῆς Αἰολίδος ἐπῆρχε, Δράκων δὲ Ἀταρνέα καταλαβὼν καὶ τρισχιλίους πελταστὰς συλλέξας τὸ Μύσιον πεδίον ἀνάστατον ἐποίησε, Θίβρων δὲ ὀλίγῳ πλείους τούτων διαβιβάσας τὴν Λυδίαν ἅπασαν ἐπόρθησεν, Ἀγησίλαος δὲ τῷ Κυρείῳ στρατεύματι χρώμενος μικροῦ δεῖν τῆς ἐντὸς Ἅλυος χώρας ἐκράτησεν.
for I have striven to forestall just such a complaint, and have recounted the most glorious of his exploits. I do not, however, forget his minor campaigns; I do not forget that Dercylidas, with a thousand heavy-armed troops, extended his power over Aeolis; that Draco took possession of Atarneus, and afterwards collected an army of three thousand light-armed men, and devastated the plains of Mysia; that Thimbron, with a force only a little larger, crossed over into Lydia and plundered the whole country; and that Agesilaus, with the help of the army of Cyrus, conquered almost all the territory this side of the Halys river.
§ 145
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν στρατιὰν τὴν μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως περιπολοῦσαν, οὐδὲ τὴν Περσῶν ἀνδρίαν ἄξιον φοβηθῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι φανερῶς ἐπεδείχθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν Κύρῳ συναναβάντων οὐδὲν βελτίους ὄντες τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλας μάχας ὅσας ἡττήθησαν ἐῶ, καὶ τίθημι στασιάζειν αὐτοὺς καὶ μὴ βούλεσθαι προθύμως πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν βασιλέως διακινδυνεύειν.
And assuredly we have no greater reason to fear the army which wanders about with the King nor the valor of the Persians themselves; for they were clearly shown by the troops who marched inland with Cyrus to be no better than the King’s soldiers who live on the coast. I refrain from speaking of all the other battles in which the Persians were worsted, and I am willing to grant that they were split with factions, and so where not inclined to throw themselves wholeheartedly into the struggle against the King’s brother.
§ 146
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ Κύρου τελευτήσαντος συνῆλθον ἅπαντες οἱ τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικοῦντες, ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἐπολέμησαν, ὥστε μηδένα λόγον ὑπολιπεῖν τοῖς εἰθισμένοις τὴν Περσῶν ἀνδρίαν ἐπαινεῖν. λαβόντες γὰρ ἑξακισχιλίους τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἀριστίνδην ἐπειλεγμένους, ἀλλʼ οἳ διὰ φαυλότητα ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ζῆν, ἀπείρους μὲν τῆς χώρας ὄντας, ἐρήμους δὲ συμμάχων γεγενημένους, προδεδομένους δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συναναβάντων, ἀπεστερημένους δὲ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ μεθʼ οὗ συνηκολούθησαν,
But after Cyrus had been killed, and all the people of Asia had joined forces, even under these favorable conditions they made such a disgraceful failure of the war as to leave for those who are in the habit of vaunting Persian valor not a word to say. For they had to deal with only six thousand Hellenes—not picked troops, but men who, owing to stress of circumstances, were unable to live in their own cities. These were, moreover, unfamiliar with the country; they had been deserted by their allies; they had been betrayed by those who made the expedition with them; they had been deprived of the general whom they had followed;
§ 147
τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν ἥττους ἦσαν, ὥσθʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀπορήσας τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι καὶ καταφρονήσας τῆς περὶ αὑτὸν δυνάμεως τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς τῶν ἐπικούρων ὑποσπόνδους συλλαβεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, ὡς εἰ τοῦτο παρανομήσειε συνταράξων τὸ στρατόπεδον, καὶ μᾶλλον εἵλετο περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἢ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ διαγωνίσασθαι.
and yet the Persians were so inferior to these men that the King, finding himself in difficult straits and having no confidence in the force which was under his own command, did not scruple to arrest the captains of the auxiliaries in violation of the truce, hoping by this lawless act to throw their army into confusion, and preferring to offend against the gods rather than join issue openly with these soldiers.
§ 148
διαμαρτὼν δὲ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν συμμεινάντων καὶ καλῶς ἐνεγκόντων τὴν συμφοράν, ἀπιοῦσιν αὐτοῖς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας συνέπεμψεν, ὑφʼ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι παρὰ πᾶσαν ἐπιβουλευόμενοι τὴν ὁδὸν ὁμοίως διεπορεύθησαν ὡσπερανεὶ προπεμπόμενοι, μάλιστα μὲν φοβούμενοι τὴν ἀοίκητον τῆς χώρας, μέγιστον δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν νομίζοντες εἰ τῶν πολεμίων ὡς πλείστοις ἐντύχοιεν.
But when he failed in this plot—for the soldiers not only stood together but bore their misfortune nobly,—then, as they set out on their journey home, he sent with them Tissaphernes and the Persian cavalry. But although these kept plotting against them throughout the entire journey, the Hellenes continued their march to the end as confidently as if they had been under friendly escort, dreading most of all the uninhabited regions of that country, and deeming it the best possible fortune to fall in with as many of the enemy as possible.
§ 149
κεφάλαιον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐπὶ λείαν ἐλθόντες οὐδὲ κώμην καταλαβόντες, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα στρατεύσαντες, ἀσφαλέστερον κατέβησαν τῶν περὶ φιλίας ὡς αὐτὸν πρεσβευόντων. ὥστε μοι δοκοῦσιν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς τόποις σαφῶς ἐπιδεδεῖχθαι τὴν αὑτῶν μαλακίαν· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ παραλίᾳ τῆς Ἀσίας πολλὰς μάχας ἥττηνται, καὶ διαβάντες εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην δίκην ἔδοσαν (οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν κακῶς ἀπώλοντο, οἱ δʼ αἰσχρῶς ἐσώθησαν), καὶ τελευτῶντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις καταγέλαστοι γεγόνασιν.
Let me sum up the whole matter: These men did not set out to get plunder or to capture a town, but took the field against the King himself, and yet they returned in greater security than ambassadors who go to him on a friendly mission. Therefore it seems to me that in every quarter the Persians have clearly exposed their degeneracy; for along the coast of Asia they have been defeated in many battles, and when they crossed to Europe they were duly punished, either perishing miserably or saving their lives with dishonor; and to crown all, they made themselves objects of derision under the very walls of their King’s palace.
§ 150
καὶ τούτων οὐδὲν ἀλόγως γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ πάντʼ εἰκότως ἀποβέβηκεν· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τοὺς οὕτω τρεφομένους καὶ πολιτευομένους οὔτε τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς μετέχειν οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τρόπαιον ἱστάναι τῶν πολεμίων. πῶς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐγγενέσθαι δύναιτʼ ἂν ἢ στρατηγὸς δεινὸς ἢ στρατιώτης ἀγαθός, ὧν τὸ μὲν πλεῖστόν ἐστιν ὄχλος ἄτακτος καὶ κινδύνων ἄπειρος, πρὸς μὲν τὸν πόλεμον ἐκλελυμένος, πρὸς δὲ τὴν δουλείαν ἄμεινον τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν οἰκετῶν πεπαιδευμένος,
And none of these things has happened by accident, but all of them have been due to natural causes; for it is not possible for people who are reared and governed as are the Persians, either to have a part in any other form of virtue or to set up on the field of battle trophies of victory over their foes. For how could either an able general or a good soldier be produced amid such ways of life as theirs? Most of their population is a mob without discipline or experience of dangers, which has lost all stamina for war and has been trained more effectively for servitude than are the slaves in our country.
§ 151
οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις δόξαις ὄντες αὐτῶν ὁμαλῶς μὲν οὐδὲ κοινῶς οὐδὲ πολιτικῶς οὐδεπώποτʼ ἐβίωσαν, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν χρόνον διάγουσιν εἰς μὲν τοὺς ὑβρίζοντες τοῖς δὲ δουλεύοντες, ὡς ἂν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα τὰς φύσεις διαφθαρεῖεν, καὶ τὰ μὲν σώματα διὰ τοὺς πλούτους τρυφῶντες, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς διὰ τὰς μοναρχίας ταπεινὰς καὶ περιδεεῖς ἔχοντες, ἐξεταζόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις καὶ προκαλινδούμενοι καὶ πάντα τρόπον μικρὸν φρονεῖν μελετῶντες, θνητὸν μὲν ἄνδρα προσκυνοῦντες καὶ δαίμονα προσαγορεύοντες, τῶν δὲ θεῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀλιγωροῦντες. τοιγαροῦν οἱ καταβαίνοντες αὐτῶν ἐπὶ θάλατταν,
Those, on the other hand, who stand highest in repute among them have never governed their lives by dictates of equality or of common interest or of loyalty to the state; on the contrary, their whole existence consists of insolence toward some, and servility towards others—a manner of life than which nothing could be more demoralizing to human nature. Because they are rich, they pamper their bodies; but because they are subject to one man’s power, they keep their souls in a state of abject and cringing fear, parading themselves at the door of the royal palace, prostrating themselves, and in every way schooling themselves to humility of spirit, falling on their knees before a mortal man, addressing him as a divinity, and thinking more lightly of the gods than of men.
§ 152
οὓς καλοῦσι σατράπας, οὐ καταισχύνουσι τὴν ἐκεῖ παίδευσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς διαμένουσι, πρὸς μὲν τοὺς φίλους ἀπίστως πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀνάνδρως ἔχοντες, καὶ τὰ μὲν ταπεινῶς τὰ δʼ ὑπερηφάνως ζῶντες, τῶν μὲν συμμάχων καταφρονοῦντες τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους θεραπεύοντες.
So it is that those of the Persians who come down to the sea, whom they term satraps, do not dishonor the training which they receive at home, but cling steadfastly to the same habits: they are faithless to their friends and cowardly to their foes; their lives are divided between servility on the one hand and arrogance on the other; they treat their allies with contempt and pay court to their enemies.
§ 153
τὴν μέν γε μετʼ Ἀγησιλάου στρατιὰν ὀκτὼ μῆνας ταῖς αὑτῶν δαπάναις διέθρεψαν, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν κινδυνεύοντας ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου τὸν μισθὸν ἀπεστέρησαν· καὶ τοῖς μὲν Κισθήνην καταλαβοῦσιν ἑκατὸν τάλαντα διένειμαν, τοὺς δὲ μεθʼ αὑτῶν εἰς Κύπρον στρατευσαμένους μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ὕβριζον.
For example, they maintained the army under Agesilaus at their own expense for eight months, but they deprived the soldiers who were fighting in the Persian cause of their pay for double that length of time; they distributed an hundred talents among the captors of Cisthene, but treated more outrageously than their prisoners of war the troops who supported them in the campaign against Cyprus.
§ 154
ὡς δʼ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν καὶ μὴ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, τίς ἢ τῶν πολεμησάντων αὐτοῖς οὐκ εὐδαιμονήσας ἀπῆλθεν, ἢ τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνοις γενομένων οὐκ αἰκισθεὶς τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν; οὐ Κόνωνα μέν, ὃς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας στρατηγήσας τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων κατέλυσεν, ἐπὶ θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν ἐτόλμησαν, Θεμιστοκλέα δʼ, ὃς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος αὐτοὺς κατεναυμάχησε, τῶν μεγίστων δωρεῶν ἠξίωσαν;
To put it briefly—and not to speak in detail but in general terms,— who of those that have fought against them has not come off with success, and who of those that have fallen under their power has not perished from their atrocities? Take the case of Conon, who, as commander in the service of Asia, brought an end to the power of the Lacadaemonians: did they not shamelessly seize him for punishment by death? Take, on the other hand, the case of Themistocles, who in the service of Hellas defeated them at Salamis: did they not think him worthy of the greatest gifts?
§ 155
καίτοι πῶς χρὴ τὴν τούτων φιλίαν ἀγαπᾶν, οἳ τοὺς μὲν εὐεργέτας τιμωροῦνται, τοὺς δὲ κακῶς ποιοῦντας οὕτως ἐπιφανῶς κολακεύουσιν; περὶ τίνας δʼ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξημαρτήκασιν; ποῖον δὲ χρόνον διαλελοίπασιν ἐπιβουλεύοντες τοῖς Ἕλλησιν; τί δʼ οὐκ ἐχθρὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστι τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, οἳ καὶ τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἕδη καὶ τοὺς νεὼς συλᾶν ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ πολέμῳ καὶ κατακάειν ἐτόλμησαν; διὸ καὶ τοὺς Ἴωνας ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν,
Then why should we cherish the friendship of men who punish their benefactors and so openly flatter those who do them injury? Who is there among us whom they have not wronged? When have they given the Hellenes a moment’s respite from their treacherous plots? What in our world is not hateful to them who did not shrink in the earlier war from rifling even the images and temples of the gods, and burning them to the ground?
§ 156
ὅτι τῶν ἐμπρησθέντων ἱερῶν ἐπηράσαντο εἴ τινες κινήσειαν ἢ πάλιν εἰς τἀρχαῖα καταστῆσαι βουληθεῖεν, οὐκ ἀποροῦντες πόθεν ἐπισκευάσωσιν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ὑπόμνημα τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις ᾖ τῆς τῶν βαρβάρων ἀσεβείας, καὶ μηδεὶς πιστεύῃ τοῖς τοιαῦτα εἰς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐξαμαρτεῖν τολμῶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ φυλάττωνται καὶ δεδίωσιν, ὁρῶντες αὐτοὺς οὐ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀναθήμασι πολεμήσαντας.
Therefore, the Ionians deserve to be commended because, when their sanctuaries had been burned, they invoked the wrath of Heaven upon any who should disturb the ruins or should desire to restore their shrines as they were of old; and they did this, not because they lacked the means to rebuild them, but in order that there might be left a memorial to future generations of the impiety of the barbarians, and that none might put their trust in men who do not scruple to commit such sins against our holy temples, but that all might be on their guard against them and fear them, seeing that they waged that war not against our persons only, but even against our votive offerings to the gods.
§ 157
ἔχω δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων τοιαῦτα διελθεῖν. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅσοις πεπολεμήκασιν, ἅμα διαλλάττονται καὶ τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς γεγενημένης ἐπιλανθάνονται, τοῖς δʼ ἠπειρώταις οὐδʼ ὅταν εὖ πάσχωσι χάριν ἴσασιν· οὕτως ἀείμνηστον τὴν ὀργὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχουσιν. καὶ πολλῶν μὲν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μηδισμοῦ θάνατον κατέγνωσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς συλλόγοις ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀρὰς ποιοῦνται, πρὶν ἄλλο τι χρηματίζειν, εἴ τις ἐπικηρυκεύεται Πέρσαις τῶν πολιτῶν· Εὐμολπίδαι δὲ καὶ Κήρυκες ἐν τῇ τελετῇ τῶν μυστηρίων διὰ τὸ τούτων μῖσος καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις βαρβάροις εἴργεσθαι τῶν ἱερῶν, ὥσπερ τοῖς ἀνδροφόνοις,
Of my own countrymen also I have a similar tale to tell. For towards all other peoples with whom they have been at war, they forget their past enmities the moment they have concluded peace, but toward the Asiatics they feel no gratitude even when they receive favors from them; so eternal is the wrath which they cherish against the barbarians. Again, our fathers condemned many to death for defection to the Medes; in our public assemblies even to this day, before any other business is transacted, the Athenians call down curses upon any citizen who proposes friendly overtures to the Persians; and, at the celebration of the Mysteries, the Eumolpidae and the Kerykes, because of our hatred of the Persians, give solemn warning to the other barbarians also, even as to men guilty of murder, that they are for ever banned from the sacred rites.
§ 158
προαγορεύουσιν. οὕτω δὲ φύσει πολεμικῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχομεν, ὥστε καὶ τῶν μύθων ἥδιστα συνδιατρίβομεν τοῖς Τρωικοῖς καὶ Περσικοῖς, διʼ ὧν ἔστι πυνθάνεσθαι τὰς ἐκείνων συμφοράς. εὕροι δʼ ἄν τις ἐκ μὲν τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὕμνους πεποιημένους, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας θρήνους ἡμῖν γεγενημένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ᾀδομένους, τῶν δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἡμᾶς μεμνημένους.
So ingrained in our nature is our hostility to them that even in the matter of our stories we linger most fondly over those which tell of the Trojan and the Persian wars, because through them we learn of our enemies’ misfortunes; and you will find that our warfare against the barbarians has inspired our hymns, while that against the Hellenes has brought forth our dirges; and that the former are sung at our festivals, while we recall the latter on occasions of sorrow.
§ 159
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν μείζω λαβεῖν δόξαν, ὅτι καλῶς τοὺς πολεμήσαντας τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐνεκωμίασε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βουληθῆναι τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν ἔντιμον αὐτοῦ ποιῆσαι τὴν τέχνην ἔν τε τοῖς τῆς μουσικῆς ἄθλοις καὶ τῇ παιδεύσει τῶν νεωτέρων, ἳνα πολλάκις ἀκούοντες τῶν ἐπῶν ἐκμανθάνωμεν τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ζηλοῦντες τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν στρατευσαμένων τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων ἐκείνοις ἐπιθυμῶμεν.
Moreover, I think that even the poetry of Homer has won a greater renown because he has nobly glorified the men who fought against the barbarians, and that on this account our ancestors determined to give his art a place of honor in our musical contests and in the education of our youth, in order that we, hearing his verses over and over again, may learn by heart the enmity which stands from of old between us and them, and that we, admiring the valor of those who were in the war against Troy, may conceive a passion for like deeds.
§ 160
ὥστε μοι δοκεῖ πολλὰ λίαν εἶναι τὰ παρακελευόμενα πολεμεῖν αὐτοῖς, μάλιστα δʼ ὁ παρὼν καιρός, ὃν οὐκ ἀφετέον· καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν παρόντι μὲν μὴ χρῆσθαι, παρελθόντος δʼ αὐτοῦ μεμνῆσθαι. τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ βουληθεῖμεν ἡμῖν προσγενέσθαι, μέλλοντες βασιλεῖ πολεμεῖν, ἔξω τῶν νῦν ὑπαρχόντων;
So it seems to me that the motives which summon us to enter upon a war against them are many indeed; but grief among them is the present opportunity, which we must not throw away; for it is disgraceful to neglect a chance when it is present and regret it when it is past. Indeed, what further advantage could we desire to have on our side when contemplating a war against the King beyond those which are now at hand?
§ 161
οὐκ Αἴγυπτος μὲν αὐτοῦ καὶ Κύπρος ἀφέστηκε, Φοινίκη δὲ καὶ Συρία διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἀνάστατοι γεγόνασι, Τύρος δʼ, ἐφʼ ᾗ μέγʼ ἐφρόνησεν, ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῶν ἐκείνου κατείληπται; τῶν δʼ ἐν Κιλικίᾳ πόλεων τὰς μὲν πλείστας οἱ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὄντες ἔχουσι, τὰς δʼ οὐ χαλεπόν ἐστι κτήσασθαι. Λυκίας δʼ οὐδεὶς πώποτε Περσῶν ἐκράτησεν.
Are not Egypt and Cyprus in revolt against him? Have not Phoenicia and Syria been devastated because of the war? Has not Tyre, on which he set great store, been seized by his foes? Of the cities in Cilicia, the greater number are held by those who side with us and the rest are not difficult to acquire. Lycia no Persian has ever subdued.
§ 162
Ἑκατόμνως δʼ ὁ Καρίας ἐπίσταθμος τῇ μὲν ἀληθείᾳ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἀφέστηκεν, ὁμολογήσει δʼ ὅταν ἡμεῖς βουληθῶμεν. ἀπὸ δὲ Κνίδου μέχρι Σινώπης Ἕλληνες τὴν Ἀσίαν παροικοῦσιν, οὓς οὐ δεῖ πείθειν ἀλλὰ μὴ κωλύειν πολεμεῖν. καίτοι τοιούτων ὁρμητηρίων ὑπαρξάντων, καὶ τοσούτου πολέμου τὴν Ἀσίαν περιστάντος, τί δεῖ τὰ συμβησόμενα λίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν; ὅπου γὰρ μικρῶν μερῶν ἥττους εἰσίν, οὐκ ἄδηλον ὡς ἂν διατεθεῖεν, εἰ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν πολεμεῖν ἀναγκασθεῖεν.
Hecatomnus, the viceroy of Caria, has in reality been disaffected for a long time now, and will openly declare himself whenever we wish. From Cnidus to Sinope the coast of Asia is settled by Hellenes, and these we need not to persuade to go to war—all we have to do is not to restrain them. With such bases at our command for the operation of our forces, and with so widespread a war threatening Asia on every side, why, then, need we examine too closely what the outcome will be? For since the barbarians are unequal to small divisions of the Hellenes, it is not hard to foresee what would be their plight if they should be forced into a war against our united forces.
§ 163
ἔχει δʼ οὕτως. ἐὰν μὲν ὁ βάρβαρος ἐρρωμενεστέρως κατάσχῃ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, φρουρὰς μείζους ἐν αὐταῖς ἢ νῦν ἐγκαταστήσας, τάχʼ ἂν καὶ τῶν νήσων αἱ περὶ τὴν ἤπειρον, οἷον Ῥόδος καὶ Σάμος καὶ Χίος, ἐπὶ τὰς ἐκείνου τύχας ἀποκλίναιεν· ἢν δʼ ἡμεῖς αὐτὰς πρότεροι καταλάβωμεν, εἰκὸς τοὺς τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τὴν ὑπερκειμένην χώραν οἰκοῦντας ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμωμένοις εἶναι.
But this is how the matter stands: If the barbarian strengthens his hold on the cities of the coast by stationing in them larger garrisons than he has there now, perhaps those of the islands which lie near the mainland, as, for example, Rhodes and Samos and Chios, might incline to his side; but if we get possession of them first, we may expect that the populations of Lydia and Phrygia and of the rest of the up-country will be in the power of our forces operating from those positions.
§ 164
διὸ δεῖ σπεύδειν καὶ μηδεμίαν ποιεῖσθαι διατριβήν, ἵνα μὴ πάθωμεν ὅπερ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ὑστερίσαντες τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ προέμενοί τινας τῶν συμμάχων ἠναγκάσθησαν ὀλίγοι πρὸς πολλοὺς κινδυνεύειν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς προτέροις διαβᾶσιν εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον μετὰ πάσης τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δυνάμεως ἐν μέρει τῶν ἐθνῶν ἕκαστον χειροῦσθαι.
Therefore we must be quick and not waste time, in order that we may not repeat the experience of our fathers. For they, because they took the field later than the barbarians and had to abandon some of their allies, were compelled to encounter great numbers with a small force; whereas, if they had crossed over to the continent in time to be first on the ground, having with them the whole strength of Hellas, they could have subdued each of the nations there in turn.
§ 165
δέδεικται γὰρ, ὅταν τις πολεμῇ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ πολλῶν τόπων συλλεγομένους, ὅτι δεῖ μὴ περιμένειν ἕως ἂν ἐπιστῶσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔτι διεσπαρμένοις αὐτοῖς ἐπιχειρεῖν. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν προεξαμαρτόντες ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐπηνωρθώσαντο, καταστάντες εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους ἀγῶνας· ἡμεῖς δʼ ἂν σωφρονῶμεν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυλαξόμεθα, καὶ πειρασόμεθα φθῆναι περὶ τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν στρατόπεδον ἐγκαταστήσαντες,
For experience has shown that when you go to war with people who are gathered together from many places, you must not wait until they are upon you, but must strike while they are still scattered. Now our fathers, having made this mistake at the outset, entirely retrieved it only after engaging in the most perilous of struggles; but we, if we are wise, shall guard against it from the beginning, and endeavor to be the first to quarter an army in the region of Lydia and Ionia,
§ 166
εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ βασιλεὺς οὐχ ἑκόντων ἄρχει τῶν ἠπειρωτῶν, ἀλλὰ μείζω δύναμιν περὶ αὑτὸν ἑκάστων αὐτῶν ποιησάμενος· ἧς ἡμεῖς ὅταν κρείττω διαβιβάσωμεν, ὃ βουληθέντες ῥᾳδίως ἂν ποιήσαιμεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἀσίαν καρπωσόμεθα. πολὺ δὲ κάλλιον ἐκείνῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας πολεμεῖν, ἢ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητεῖν.
knowing that the King holds sway over the people of the continent, not because they are his willing subjects, but because he has surrounded himself with a force which is greater than any of those which they severally possess. So whenever we transport thither a force stronger than his, which we can easily do if we so will, we shall enjoy in security the resources of all Asia. Moreover, it is much more glorious to fight against the King for his empire than to contend against each other for the hegemony.
§ 167
ἄξιον δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς νῦν ἡλικίας ποιήσασθαι τὴν στρατείαν, ἵνʼ οἱ τῶν συμφορῶν κοινωνήσαντες, οὗτοι καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύσωσι καὶ μὴ πάντα τὸν χρόνον δυστυχοῦντες διαγάγωσιν. ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ παρεληλυθώς, ἐν ᾧ τί τῶν δεινῶν οὐ γέγονεν; πολλῶν γὰρ κακῶν τῇ φύσει τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοὶ πλείω τῶν ἀναγκαίων προσεξευρήκαμεν, πολέμους καὶ στάσεις ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμποιήσαντες,
It were well to make the expedition in the present generation, in order that those who have shared in our misfortunes may also benefit by our advantages and not continue all their days in wretchedness. For sufficient is the time that is past, filled as it has been with every form of horror; for many as are the ills which are incident to the nature of man, we have ourselves invented more than those which necessity lays upon us, by engendering wars and factions among ourselves;
§ 168
ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀνόμως ἀπόλλυσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ξένης μετὰ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀλᾶσθαι, πολλοὺς δὲ διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπικουρεῖν ἀναγκαζομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῖς φίλοις μαχομένους ἀποθνήσκειν. ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ ἠγανάκτησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν συγκειμέναις δακρύειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ἀληθινὰ δὲ πάθη πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ γιγνόμενα διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐφορῶντες τοσούτου δέουσιν ἐλεεῖν, ὥστε καὶ μᾶλλον χαίρουσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλήλων κακοῖς ἢ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοις ἀγαθοῖς.
and, in consequence, some are being put to death contrary to law in their own countries, others are wandering with their women and children in strange lands, and many, compelled through lack of the necessities of life to enlist in foreign armies, are being slain, fighting for their foes against their friends. Against these ills no one has ever protested; and people are not ashamed to weep over the calamities which have been fabricated by the poets, while they view complacently the real sufferings, the many terrible sufferings, which result from our state of war; and they are so far from feeling pity that they even rejoice more in each other’s sorrows than in their own blessings.
§ 169
ἴσως δʼ ἂν καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς εὐηθείας πολλοὶ καταγελάσειαν, εἰ δυστυχίας ἀνδρῶν ὀδυροίμην ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς, ἐν οἷς Ἰταλία μὲν ἀνάστατος γέγονε, Σικελία δὲ καταδεδούλωται, τοσαῦται δὲ πόλεις τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐκδέδονται, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ μέρη τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κινδύνοις ἐστίν.
But perhaps many might even laugh at my simplicity if I should lament the misfortunes of individual men, in times like these, when Italy has been laid waste, when Sicily has been enslaved, when such mighty cities have been given over to the barbarians, and when the remaining portions of the Hellenic race are in the gravest peril.
§ 170
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν δυναστευόντων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν, εἰ προσήκειν αὑτοῖς ἡγοῦνται μέγα φρονεῖν, μηδὲν πώποθʼ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων μήτʼ εἰπεῖν μήτʼ ἐνθυμηθῆναι δυνηθέντες. ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, εἴπερ ἦσαν ἄξιοι τῆς παρούσης δόξης, ἁπάντων ἀφεμένους τῶν ἄλλων περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰσηγεῖσθαι καὶ συμβουλεύειν.
I am amazed at those who hold power in our states, if they think that they have occasion to be proud when they have never been able either to propose or to conceive a remedy for a situation so momentous; for they ought, if they had been worthy of their present reputation, to have dropped all else, and have proposed measures and given counsel about our war against the barbarians.
§ 171
τυχὸν μὲν γὰρ ἄν τι συνεπέραναν· εἰ δὲ καὶ προαπεῖπον, ἀλλʼ οὖν τούς γε λόγους ὥσπερ χρησμοὺς εἰς τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον ἂν κατέλιπον. νῦν δʼ οἱ μὲν ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις δόξαις ὄντες ἐπὶ μικροῖς σπουδάζουσιν, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐξεστηκόσι περὶ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων συμβουλεύειν παραλελοίπασιν.
Perhaps they might have helped us to get something done; but even if they had given up before gaining their object, they would, at any rate, have left to us their words as oracles for the future. But as things are, those who are held in highest honor are intent on matters of little consequence, and have left it to us, who stand aloof from public life, to advise on matters of so great moment.
§ 172
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ μικροψυχότεροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες οἱ προεστῶτες ἡμῶν, τοσούτῳ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐρρωμενεστέρως δεῖ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα τῆς παρούσης ἔχθρας. νῦν μὲν γὰρ μάτην ποιούμεθα τὰς περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης συνθήκας· οὐ γὰρ διαλυόμεθα τοὺς πολέμους ἀλλʼ ἀναβαλλόμεθα, καὶ περιμένομεν τοὺς καιροὺς ἐν οἷς ἀνήκεστόν τι κακὸν ἀλλήλους ἐργάσασθαι δυνησόμεθα.
Nevertheless, the more faint-hearted our leading men happen to be, the more vigorously must the rest of us look to the means by which we shall deliver ourselves from our present discord. For as matters now stand, it is in vain that we make our treaties of peace; for we do not settle our wars, but only postpone them and wait for the opportune moment when we shall have the power to inflict some irreparable disaster upon each other.
§ 173
δεῖ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς ἐκποδὼν ποιησαμένους ἐκείνοις τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἐξ ὧν τάς τε πόλεις ἀσφαλέστερον οἰκήσομεν καὶ πιστότερον διακεισόμεθα πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. ἔστι δʼ ἁπλοῦς καὶ ῥᾴδιος ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τούτων· οὔτε γὰρ εἰρήνην οἷόν τε βεβαίαν ἀγαγεῖν, ἢν μὴ κοινῇ τοῖς βαρβάροις πολεμήσωμεν, οὔθʼ ὁμονοῆσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, πρὶν ἂν καὶ τὰς ὠφελίας ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ποιησώμεθα.
We must clear from our path these treacherous designs and pursue that course of action which will enable us to dwell in our several cities with greater security and to feel greater confidence in each other. What I have to say on these points is simple and easy: It is not possible for us to cement an enduring peace unless we join together in a war against the barbarians, nor for the Hellenes to attain to concord until we wrest our material advantages from one and the same source and wage our wars against one and the same enemy.
§ 174
τούτων δὲ γενομένων, καὶ τῆς ἀπορίας τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον ἡμῶν ἀφαιρεθείσης, ἣ καὶ τὰς ἑταιρίας διαλύει καὶ τὰς συγγενείας εἰς ἔχθραν προάγει καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς πολέμους καὶ στάσεις καθίστησιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐχ ὁμονοήσομεν καὶ τὰς εὐνοίας ἀληθινὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἕξομεν. ὧν ἕνεκα περὶ παντὸς ποιητέον ὅπως ὡς τάχιστα τὸν ἐνθένδε πόλεμον εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον διοριοῦμεν, ὡς μόνον ἂν τοῦτʼ ἀγαθὸν ἀπολαύσαιμεν τῶν κινδύνων τῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, εἰ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις ταῖς ἐκ τούτων γεγενημέναις πρὸς τὸν βάρβαρον καταχρήσασθαι δόξειεν ἡμῖν.
When these conditions have been realized, and when we have been freed from the poverty which afflicts our lives—a thing that breaks up friendships, perverts the affections of kindred into enmity, and plunges the whole world into war and strife—then surely we shall enjoy a spirit of concord, and the good will which we shall feel towards each other will be genuine. For all these reasons, we must make it our paramount duty to transfer the war with all speed from our boundaries to the continent, since the only benefit which we can reap from the wars which we have waged against each other is by resolving that the experience which we have gained from them shall be employed against the barbarians.
§ 175
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως διὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἄξιον ἐπισχεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπειχθῆναι καὶ θᾶττον ποιήσασθαι τὴν στρατείαν; διʼ ἃς αἱ μὲν ἠλευθερωμέναι τῶν πόλεων βασιλεῖ χάριν ἴσασιν, ὡς διʼ ἐκεῖνον τυχοῦσαι τῆς αὐτονομίας ταύτης, αἱ δʼ ἐκδεδομέναι τοῖς βαρβάροις μάλιστα μὲν Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπικαλοῦσιν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς μετασχοῦσι τῆς εἰρήνης, ὡς ὑπὸ τούτων δουλεύειν ἠναγκασμέναι. καίτοι πῶς οὐ χρὴ διαλύειν ταύτας τὰς ὁμολογίας, ἐξ ὧν τοιαύτη δόξα γέγονεν, ὡς ὁ μὲν βάρβαρος κήδεται τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ φύλαξ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐστίν, ἡμῶν δέ τινές εἰσιν οἱ λυμαινόμενοι καὶ κακῶς ποιοῦντες αὐτήν;
But is it not well, you may perhaps ask, on account of the Treaty, to curb ourselves and not be over-hasty or make the expedition too soon, seeing that the states which have gained their freedom through the Treaty feel grateful toward the King, because they believe that it was through him that they gained their independence, while those states which have been delivered over to the barbarians complain very bitterly of the Lacedaemonians and only less bitterly of the other Hellenes who entered into the peace, because, in their view, they were forced by them into slavery? But, I reply, is it not our duty to annul this agreement, which has given birth to such a sentiment—the sentiment that the barbarian cares tenderly for Hellas, and stands guard over her peace, while among ourselves are to be found those who outrage and evilly entreat her?
§ 176
ὃ δὲ πάντων καταγελαστότατον, ὅτι τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν ταῖς ὁμολογίαις τὰ χείριστα τυγχάνομεν διαφυλάττοντες. ἃ μὲν γὰρ αὐτονόμους ἀφίησι τάς τε νήσους καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης, πάλαι λέλυται καὶ μάτην ἐν ταῖς στήλαις ἐστίν· ἃ δʼ αἰσχύνην ἡμῖν φέρει καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν συμμάχων ἐκδέδωκε, ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ χώραν μένει καὶ πάντες αὐτὰ κύρια ποιοῦμεν· ἃ χρῆν ἀναιρεῖν καὶ μηδὲ μίαν ἐᾶν ἡμέραν, νομίζοντας προστάγματα καὶ μὴ συνθήκας εἶναι. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι συνθῆκαι μέν εἰσιν, αἵ τινες ἂν ἴσως καὶ κοινῶς ἀμφοτέροις ἔχωσι, προστάγματα δὲ τὰ τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐλαττοῦντα παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον;
The crowning absurdity of all, however, is the fact that among the articles which are written in the agreement it is only the worst which we guard and observe. For those which guarantee the independence of the islands and of the cities in Europe have long since been broken and are dead letters on the pillars, while those which bring shame upon us and by which many of our allies have been given over to the enemy—these remain intact, and we all regard them as binding upon us, though we ought to have expunged them and not allowed them to stand a single day, looking upon them as commands, and not as compacts; for who does not know that a compact is something which is fair and impartial to both parties, while a command is something which puts one side at a disadvantage unjustly?
§ 177
διὸ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευσάντων ταύτην τὴν εἰρήνην δικαίως ἂν κατηγοροῖμεν, ὅτι πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπὲρ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐποιήσαντο τὰς συνθήκας. ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, εἴτʼ ἐδόκει τὴν αὑτῶν ἔχειν ἑκάστους, εἴτε καὶ τῶν δοριαλώτων ἐπάρχειν, εἴτε τούτων κρατεῖν ὧν ὑπὸ τὴν εἰρήνην ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες, ἕν τι τούτων ὁρισαμένους καὶ κοινὸν τὸ δίκαιον ποιησαμένους, οὕτω συγγράφεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
On this ground we may justly complain of our envoys who negotiated this peace, because, although dispatched by the Hellenes, they made the Treaty in the interest of the barbarians. For they ought, no matter whether they took the view that each of the states concerned should retain its original territory, or that each should extend its sovereignty over all that it had acquired by conquest, or that we should each retain control over what we held when peace was declared—they ought, I say, to have adopted definitely some one of these views, applying the principle impartially to all, and on this basis to have drafted the articles of the Treaty.
§ 178
νῦν δὲ τῇ μὲν ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει καὶ τῇ Λακεδαιμονίων οὐδεμίαν τιμὴν ἀπένειμαν, τὸν δὲ βάρβαρον ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας δεσπότην κατέστησαν, ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου πολεμησάντων, ἡμῶν, ἢ τῆς μὲν Περσῶν ἀρχῆς πάλαι καθεστηκυίας ἡμῶν δʼ ἄρτι τὰς πόλεις κατοικούντων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνων μὲν νεωστὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐχόντων, ἡμῶν δὲ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι δυναστευόντων.
But instead of that, they assigned no honor whatsoever to our city or to Lacedaemon, while they set up the barbarian as lord of all Asia; as if we had gone to war for his sake, or as if the rule of the Persians had been long established, and we were only just now founding our cities—whereas in fact it is they who have only recently attained this place of honor, while Athens and Lacedaemon have been throughout their entire history a power among the Hellenes.
§ 179
οἶμαι δʼ ἐκείνως εἰπὼν μᾶλλον δηλώσειν τήν τε περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀτιμίαν γεγενημένην καὶ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πλεονεξίαν. τῆς γὰρ γῆς ἁπάσης τῆς ὑπὸ τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης δίχα τετμημένης, καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀσίας τῆς δʼ Εὐρώπης καλουμένης, τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἐκ τῶν συνθηκῶν εἴληφεν, ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸν Δία τὴν χώραν νεμόμενος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους τὰς συνθήκας ποιούμενος.
I think, however, that I shall show still more clearly both the dishonor which we have suffered, and the advantage which the King has gained by putting the matter in this way: All the world which lies beneath the firmament being divided into two parts, the one called Asia, the other Europe, he has taken half of it by the Treaty, as if he were apportioning the earth with Zeus, and not making compacts with men.
§ 180
καὶ ταύτας ἡμᾶς ἠνάγκασεν ἐν στήλαις λιθίναις ἀναγράψαντας ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν καταθεῖναι, πολὺ κάλλιον τρόπαιον τῶν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις γιγνομένων· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν ἔργων καὶ μιᾶς τύχης ἐστίν, αὗται δʼ ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ πολέμου καὶ καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἑστήκασιν.
Yes, and he has compelled us to engrave this Treaty on pillars of stone and place it in our public temples— a trophy far more glorious for him than those which are set up on fields of battle; for the latter are for minor deeds and a single success, but this treaty stands as a memorial of the entire war and of the humiliation of the whole of Hellas.
§ 181
ὑπὲρ ὧν ἄξιον ὀργίζεσθαι, καὶ σκοπεῖν ὅπως τῶν τε γεγενημένων δίκην ληψόμεθα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα διορθωσόμεθα. καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἰδίᾳ μὲν τοῖς βαρβάροις οἰκέταις ἀξιοῦν χρῆσθαι, δημοσίᾳ δὲ τοσούτους τῶν συμμάχων περιορᾶν αὐτοῖς δουλεύοντας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὰ Τρωικὰ γενομένους μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἁρπασθείσης οὕτως ἅπαντας συνοργισθῆναι τοῖς ἀδικηθεῖσιν, ὥστε μὴ πρότερον παύσασθαι πολεμοῦντας πρὶν τὴν πόλιν ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν τοῦ τολμήσαντος ἐξαμαρτεῖν,
These things may well rouse our indignation and make us look to the means by which we shall take vengeance for the past and set the future right. For verily it is shameful for us, who in our private life think the barbarians are fit only to be used as household slaves, to permit by our public policy so many of our allies to be enslaved by them; and it is disgraceful for us, when our fathers who engaged in the Trojan expedition because of the rape of one woman, all shared so deeply in the indignation of the wronged that they did not stop waging war until they had laid in ruins the city of him who had dared to commit the crime,
§ 182
ἡμᾶς δʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὑβριζομένης μηδεμίαν ποιήσασθαι κοινὴν τιμωρίαν, ἐξὸν ἡμῖν εὐχῆς ἄξια διαπράξασθαι. μόνος γὰρ οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος εἰρήνης κρείττων ἐστί, θεωρίᾳ μὲν μᾶλλον ἢ στρατείᾳ προσεοικώς, ἀμφοτέροις δὲ συμφέρων, καὶ τοῖς ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ τοῖς πολεμεῖν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν. εἴη γὰρ ἂν τοῖς μὲν ἀδεῶς τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν καρποῦσθαι, τοῖς δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μεγάλους πλούτους κατακτήσασθαι.
—it is disgraceful for us, I say, now that all Hellas is being continually outraged, to take not a single step to wreak a common vengeance, although we have it in our power to accomplish deeds as lofty as our dreams. For this war is the only war which is better than peace; it will be more like a sacred mission than a military expedition; and it will profit equally both those who crave the quiet life and those who are eager for war; for it will enable the former to reap the fruits of their own possessions in security and the latter to win great wealth from the possessions of our foes.
§ 183
πολλαχῇ δʼ ἄν τις λογιζόμενος εὕροι ταύτας τὰς πράξεις μάλιστα λυσιτελούσας ἡμῖν. φέρε γάρ, πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν τοὺς μηδεμιᾶς πλεονεξίας ἐπιθυμοῦντας ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον σκοποῦντας; οὐ πρὸς τοὺς καὶ πρότερον κακῶς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ποιήσαντας καὶ νῦν ἐπιβουλεύοντας καὶ πάντα τὸν χρόνον οὕτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς διακειμένους;
You will find, if you weigh the matter carefully, that this undertaking is most desirable for us from many points of view. For against whom, pray, ought men to wage war who crave no aggrandizement, but look to the claims of justice alone? Is it not against those who in the past have injured Hellas, and are now plotting against her, and have always been so disposed towards us?
§ 184
τίσι δὲ φθονεῖν εἰκός ἐστι τοὺς μὴ παντάπασιν ἀνάνδρως διακειμένους ἀλλὰ μετρίως τούτῳ τῷ πράγματι χρωμένους; οὐ τοῖς μείζους μὲν τὰς δυναστείας ἢ κατʼ ἀνθρώπους περιβεβλημένοις, ἐλάττονος δʼ ἀξίοις τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν δυστυχούντων; ἐπὶ τίνας δὲ στρατεύειν προσήκει τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐσεβεῖν βουλομένους ἅμα δὲ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἐνθυμουμένους; οὐκ ἐπὶ τοὺς καὶ φύσει πολεμίους καὶ πατρικοὺς ἐχθρούς, καὶ πλεῖστα μὲν ἀγαθὰ κεκτημένους, ἥκιστα δʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀμύνεσθαι δυναμένους; οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνοι πᾶσι τούτοις ἔνοχοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες.
And against whom should we expect men to direct their envy who, while not wholly lacking in courage, yet curb this feeling with prudence? Is it not against those who have compassed powers that are too great for man, and yet are less deserving than those who are unfortunate among us? And against whom should those take the field who both desire to serve their gods and are at the same time intent on their own advantage? Is it not against those who are both their natural enemies and their hereditary foes, who have acquired the greatest possessions and are yet, of all men, the least able to defend them? Do not the Persians, then, fulfill all these conditions?
§ 185
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὰς πόλεις λυπήσομεν στρατιώτας ἐξ αὐτῶν καταλέγοντες, ὃ νῦν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὀχληρότατόν ἐστιν αὐταῖς· πολὺ γὰρ οἶμαι σπανιωτέρους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς μένειν ἐθελήσοντας τῶν συνακολουθεῖν ἐπιθυμησόντων. τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἢ νέος ἢ παλαιὸς ῥᾴθυμός ἐστιν, ὅστις οὐ μετασχεῖν βουλήσεται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς, τῆς ὑπʼ Ἀθηναίων μὲν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων στρατηγουμένης, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς τῶν συμμάχων ἐλευθερίας ἀθροιζομένης, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκπεμπομένης, ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων τιμωρίαν πορευομένης;
Furthermore, we shall not even trouble the several states by levying soldiers from them—a practice which now in our warfare against each other they find most burdensome. For it is my belief that those who will be inclined to remain at home will be far fewer than those who will be eager to join this army. For who, be he young or old, is so indolent that he will not desire to have a part in this expedition—an expedition led by the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians, gathered together in the cause of the liberty of our allies, dispatched by all Greece, and faring forth to wreak vengeance on the barbarians?
§ 186
φήμην δὲ καὶ μνήμην καὶ δόξαν πόσην τινὰ χρὴ νομίζειν ἢ ζῶντας ἕξειν ἢ τελευτήσαντας καταλείψειν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἀριστεύσαντας; ὅπου γὰρ οἱ πρὸς Ἀλέξανδρον πολεμήσαντες καὶ μίαν πόλιν ἑλόντες τοιούτων ἐπαίνων ἠξιώθησαν, ποίων τινῶν χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἐγκωμίων τεύξεσθαι τοὺς ὅλης τῆς Ἀσίας κρατήσαντας; τίς γὰρ ἢ τῶν ποιεῖν δυναμένων ἢ τῶν λέγειν ἐπισταμένων οὐ πονήσει καὶ φιλοσοφήσει βουλόμενος ἅμα τῆς θʼ αὑτοῦ διανοίας καὶ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρετῆς μνημεῖον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον καταλιπεῖν;
And how great must we think will be the name and the fame and the glory which they will enjoy during their lives, or, if they die in battle, will leave behind them—they who will have won the meed of honor in such an enterprise? For if those who made war against an Alexander and took a single city were accounted worthy of such praise, what encomiums should we expect these men to win who have conquered the whole of Asia? For who that is skilled to sing or trained to speak will not labor and study in his desire to leave behind a memorial both of his own genius and of their valor, for all time to come?
§ 187
οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ τυγχάνω γνώμην ἔχων ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι καὶ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ λόγου. τότε μὲν γὰρ ᾤμην ἀξίως δυνήσεσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων εἰπεῖν· νῦν δʼ οὐκ ἐφικνοῦμαι τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολλά με διαπέφευγεν ὧν διενοήθην. αὐτοὺς οὖν χρὴ συνδιορᾶν ὅσης ἂν εὐδαιμονίας τύχοιμεν, εἰ τὸν μὲν πόλεμον τὸν νῦν ὄντα περὶ ἡμᾶς πρὸς τοὺς ἠπειρώτας ποιησαίμεθα, τὴν δʼ εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην διακομίσαιμεν, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροατὰς γενομένους ἀπελθεῖν,
I am not at the present moment of the same mind as I was at the beginning of my speech. For then I thought that I should be able to speak in a manner worthy of my theme; now, however, I have not risen to its grandeur, and many of the thoughts which I had in mind to utter have escaped me. Therefore you must come to my aid and try to picture to yourselves what vast prosperity we should attain if we should turn the war which now involves ourselves against the peoples of the continent, and bring the prosperity of Asia across to Europe.
§ 188
ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν πράττειν δυναμένους παρακαλοῦντας ἀλλήλους πειρᾶσθαι διαλλάττειν τήν τε πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, τοὺς δὲ τῶν λόγων ἀμφισβητοῦντας πρὸς μὲν τὴν παρακαταθήκην καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν νῦν φλυαροῦσι παύεσθαι γράφοντας, πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἅμιλλαν, καὶ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἄμεινον ἐμοῦ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων ἐροῦσιν,
And you must not depart to your homes as men who have merely listened to an oration; nay, those among you who are men of action must exhort one another to try to reconcile our city with Lacedaemon; and those among you who make claims to eloquence must stop composing orations on “deposits,” or on the other trivial themes which now engage your efforts, and center your rivalry on this subject and study how you may surpass me in speaking on the same question,
§ 189
ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι τοῖς μεγάλʼ ὑπισχνουμένοις οὐ πρέπει περὶ μικρὰ διατρίβειν, οὐδὲ τοιαῦτα λέγειν ἐξ ὧν ὁ βίος μηδὲν ἐπιδώσει τῶν πεισθέντων, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἐπιτελεσθέντων αὐτοί τʼ ἀπαλλαγήσονται τῆς παρούσης ἀπορίας καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι δόξουσιν εἶναι.
bearing ever in mind that it does not become men who promise great things to waste their time on little things, nor yet to make the kind of speeches which will improve no whit the lives of those whom they convince, but rather the kind which, if carried out in action, will both deliver the authors themselves from their present distress and win for them the credit of bringing to pass great blessings for the rest of the world.
Plataicus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg012 · Greek: Πλαταικός — tlg0010.tlg012.perseus-grc2 · English: Plataicus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg012.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰδότες ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις προθύμως βοηθεῖν εἰθισμένους καὶ τοῖς εὐεργέταις μεγίστην χάριν ἀποδιδόντας, ἥκομεν ἱκετεύσοντες μὴ περιιδεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰρήνης οὔσης ἀναστάτους ὑπὸ Θηβαίων γεγενημένους. πολλῶν δʼ ἤδη πρὸς ὑμᾶς καταφυγόντων καὶ διαπραξαμένων ἅπανθʼ ὅσων ἐδεήθησαν, ἡγούμεθα μάλισθʼ ὑμῖν προσήκειν περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν·
Since we Plataeans know, Athenians, that it is your custom not only zealously to come to the rescue of victims of injustice, but also to requite your benefactors with the utmost gratitude, we have come as suppliants to beg you not to remain indifferent to our having been driven from our homes in time of peace by the Thebans. And since many peoples in the past have fled to you for protection and have obtained all they craved, we think it beseems you more than others to show solicitude for our city;
§ 2
οὔτε γὰρ ἂν ἀδικώτερον οὐδένας ἡμῶν εὕροιτε τηλικαύταις συμφοραῖς περιπεπτωκότας, οὔτʼ ἐκ πλείονος χρόνου πρὸς τὴν ὑμετέραν πόλιν οἰκειότερον διακειμένους. ἔτι δὲ τοιούτων δεησόμενοι πάρεσμεν ἐν οἷς κίνδυνος μὲν οὐδεὶς ἔνεστιν, ἅπαντες δʼ ἄνθρωποι νομιοῦσιν ὑμᾶς πειθομένους ὁσιωτάτους καὶ δικαιοτάτους εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
for victims of a greater injustice than ourselves, or any who have been plunged into calamities so great, you could not find anywhere, nor any people who for a longer time have maintained toward your city a more loyal friendship. Furthermore, we have come here to ask you for assistance of such a kind that your granting it will involve you in no danger whatever and yet will cause all the world to regard you as the most scrupulous and most just of all the Greeks.
§ 3
εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ Θηβαίους ἑωρῶμεν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου παρεσκευασμένους πείθειν ὑμᾶς, ὡς οὐδὲν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξημαρτήκασι, διὰ βραχέων ἂν ἐποιησάμεθα τοὺς λόγους· ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς τοῦθʼ ἥκομεν ἀτυχίας ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἡμῖν εἶναι τὸν ἀγῶνα πρὸς τούτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ῥητόρων πρὸς τοὺς δυνατωτάτους, οὓς ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων αὑτοῖς οὗτοι παρεσκευάσαντο συνηγόρους, ἀναγκαῖον διὰ μακροτέρων δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
If we did not observe that the Thebans have schemed to win you over, by fair means or foul, to their contention that they have done us no wrong, we could have finished our plea in a few words. But since we have reached such a state of misfortune that we must struggle, not only against them, but also against the ablest of your orators, men whom they have hired with our resources to be their advocates we must explain our cause at greater length.
§ 4
χαλεπὸν μὲν οὖν μηδὲν καταδεέστερον εἰπεῖν ὧν πεπόνθαμεν· ποῖος γὰρ ἂν λόγος ἐξισωθείη ταῖς ἡμετέραις δυσπραξίαις, ἢ τίς ἂν ῥήτωρ ἱκανὸς γένοιτο κατηγορῆσαι τῶν Θηβαίοις ἡμαρτημένων; ὅμως δὲ πειρατέον οὕτως ὅπως ἂν δυνώμεθα φανερὰν καταστῆσαι τὴν τούτων παρανομίαν.
It is difficult indeed not to speak inadequately on the subject of our wrongs. For what eloquence could match our misfortunes, or what orator could adequately denounce the wrongs the Thebans have done? Nevertheless, we must try to the best of our ability to make their transgressions known.
§ 5
πολὺ δὲ μάλιστʼ ἀγανακτοῦμεν ὅτι τοσούτου δέομεν τῶν ἴσων ἀξιοῦσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν, ὥστʼ εἰρήνης οὔσης καὶ συνθηκῶν γεγενημένων οὐχ ὅπως τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν.
And the chief cause of our indignation is that we are so far from being judged worthy of equality with the rest of the Greeks that, although we are at peace and although treaties exist, we not only have no share in the liberty which all the rest enjoy, but that we are not considered worthy of even a moderate condition of servitude.
§ 6
δεόμεθʼ οὖν ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μετʼ εὐνοίας ἀκροάσασθαι τῶν λεγομένων, ἐνθυμηθέντας ὅτι πάντων ἂν ἡμῖν ἀλογώτατον εἴη συμβεβηκός, εἰ τοῖς μὲν ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον δυσμενῶς πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ὑμῶν διακειμένοις αἴτιοι γεγένησθε τῆς ἐλευθερίας, ἡμεῖς δὲ μηδʼ ἱκετεύοντες ὑμᾶς τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἐχθίστοις τύχοιμεν.
We therefore beg of you, citizens of Athens, that you listen to our plea in a friendly spirit, reflecting that for us the most preposterous outcome of all would be, if those who have always been hostile to your city shall have regained their freedom through your efforts, but we, even when we supplicate you, should fail to obtain the same treatment as is accorded to your greatest enemies.
§ 7
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν γεγενημένων οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ μακρολογεῖν· τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι καὶ τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν κατανενέμηνται καὶ τὴν πόλιν κατεσκάφασιν; ἃ δὲ λέγοντες ἐλπίζουσιν ἐξαπατήσειν ὑμᾶς, περὶ τούτων πειρασόμεθα διδάσκειν.
As for the events which have occurred in the past, I see no reason why I should speak of them at length. For who does not know that the Thebans have portioned out our land for pasturage and have razed our city to the ground? But it is with respect to their argument, by which they hope to deceive you, that we shall try to inform you.
§ 8
ἐνίοτε μὲν γὰρ ἐπιχειροῦσι λέγειν, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὕτω προσηνέχθησαν, ὅτι συντελεῖν αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἠθέλομεν. ὑμεῖς δʼ ἐνθυμεῖσθε πρῶτον μὲν εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων ἐγκλημάτων οὕτως ἀνόμους καὶ δεινὰς ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας, ἔπειτʼ εἰ προσήκειν ὑμῖν δοκεῖ μὴ πεισθεῖσαν τὴν Πλαταιέων πόλιν, ἀλλὰ βιασθεῖσαν Θηβαίοις συντελεῖν. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδένας ἡγοῦμαι τολμηροτέρους εἶναι τούτων, οἵτινες τὰς μὲν ἰδίας ἡμῶν ἑκάστων πόλεις ἀφανίζουσι, τῆς δὲ σφετέρας αὐτῶν πολιτείας οὐδὲν δεομένους κοινωνεῖν ἀναγκάζουσιν.
At times, you know, they attempt to maintain that they have subjected us to this treatment because we were unwilling to be members of their federation. But I ask you to consider, first, if on such grounds it is just to inflict penalties so contrary to justice and so cruel; next, if it seems to you consistent with the dignity of the city of the Plataeans, without their consent but under compulsion, to accept such dependence under the Thebans. For my part, I consider that there exists no people more overbearing than those who blot out the cities of each of us and compel us, when we have no use for it, to participate in their form of polity.
§ 9
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδʼ ὁμολογούμενα φαίνονται διαπραττόμενοι πρός τε τοὺς ἄλλους καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς. ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, ἐπειδὴ πείθειν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν, ὥσπερ τοὺς Θεσπιέας καὶ τοὺς Ταναγραίους, συντελεῖν μόνον εἰς τὰς Θήβας ἀναγκάζειν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν τῶν ἀνηκέστων κακῶν ἦμεν πεπονθότες. νῦν δὲ φανεροὶ γεγόνασιν οὐ τοῦτο διαπράξασθαι βουληθέντες, ἀλλὰ τῆς χώρας ἡμῶν ἐπιθυμήσαντες.
Besides this, they are clearly inconsistent in their dealings with others and with us. For when they were unable to gain our consent, they should have gone no farther than to compel us to submit to the hegemony of Thebes as they compelled Thespiae and Tanagra; for in that case we should not have suffered irremediable misfortunes. But as it is, they have made it clear that it was not their intention to give us that status; on the contrary, it was our territory they coveted.
§ 10
θαυμάζω δὲ πρὸς τί τῶν γεγενημένων ἀναφέροντες καὶ πῶς ποτε τὸ δίκαιον κρίνοντες ταῦτα φήσουσι προστάττειν ἡμῖν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὰ πάτρια σκοποῦσιν, οὐ τῶν ἄλλων αὐτοῖς ἀρκτέον, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον Ὀρχομενίοις φόρον οἰστέον· οὕτω γὰρ εἶχε τὸ παλαιόν· εἰ δὲ τὰς συνθήκας ἀξιοῦσιν εἶναι κυρίας, ὅπερ ἐστὶ δίκαιον, πῶς οὐχ ὁμολογήσουσιν ἀδικεῖν καὶ παραβαίνειν αὐτάς; ὁμοίως γὰρ τάς τε μικρὰς τῶν πόλεων καὶ τὰς μεγάλας αὐτονόμους εἶναι κελεύουσιν.
I wonder to what precedent in the past they will appeal, and what conceivable interpretation of justice they will give, when they admit that they dictate to us in such matters. For if it is to our ancestral customs they look, they ought not to be ruling over our other cities, but far rather to be paying tribute to the Orchomenians; for such was the case in ancient times. And if they hold that the treaties are valid, which indeed in justice they should be, how can they avoid admitting that they are guilty of wrong and are violating them? For these treaties direct that our cities, the small as well as the large, shall all alike be autonomous.
§ 11
οἶμαι δὲ περὶ μὲν τούτων οὐ τολμήσειν αὐτοὺς ἀναισχυντεῖν, ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τρέψεσθαι τὸν λόγον, ὡς μετὰ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐπολεμοῦμεν, καὶ πάσῃ τῇ συμμαχίᾳ διαφθείραντες ἡμᾶς τὰ συμφέροντα πεποιήκασιν.
But I imagine that on the subject of the treaties they will not venture to show their impudence, but will resort to the argument that we were taking the side of the Lacedaemonians in the war and that by destroying us they have benefited the entire confederacy.
§ 12
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι μὲν χρῆναι μηδεμίαν μήτʼ αἰτίαν μήτε κατηγορίαν μεῖζον δύνασθαι τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰ δεῖ τινὰς κακῶς παθεῖν διὰ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν, οὐκ ἂν Πλαταιεῖς ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων προὐκρίθησαν δικαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἑκόντες, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκασθέντες αὐτοῖς ἐδουλεύομεν.
In my opinion, however, no complaint and no accusation should have greater validity than the oaths and the treaties. Nevertheless, if any people are to suffer because of their alliance with the Lacedaemonians, it was not the Plataeans who, of all the Greeks, if justice were done, would have been selected; for it was not of our own free will, but under compulsion, that we were subservient to the Lacedaemonians.
§ 13
τίς γὰρ ἂν πιστεύσειεν εἰς τοῦθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀνοίας ἐλθεῖν ὥστε περὶ πλείονος ποιήσασθαι τοὺς ἐξανδραποδισαμένους ἡμῶν τὴν πατρίδα μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τῆς πόλεως τῆς αὑτῶν μεταδόντας; ἀλλὰ γάρ, οἶμαι, χαλεπὸν ἦν νεωτερίζειν αὐτοὺς μὲν μικρὰν πόλιν οἰκοῦντας, ἐκείνων δʼ οὕτω μεγάλην δύναμιν κεκτημένων, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ἁρμοστοῦ καθεστῶτος καὶ φρουρᾶς ἐνούσης καὶ τηλικούτου στρατεύματος ὄντος Θεσπιᾶσιν,
Why, who could believe that we had reached such a degree of folly as to have valued more highly a people who reduced our fatherland to slavery than the people who had given us a share in their own city? No indeed, but it was difficult for us to attempt a revolt when we had so small a city ourselves and the Lacedaemonians possessed power so great, and when besides a Spartan governor occupied it with a garrison, and also a large army was stationed at Thespiae,
§ 14
ὑφʼ ὧν οὐ μόνον ἂν θᾶττον ἢ Θηβαίων διεφθάρημεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δικαιότερον· τούτους μὲν γὰρ εἰρήνης οὔσης οὐ προσῆκε μνησικακεῖν περὶ τῶν τότε γεγενημένων, ἐκεῖνοι δʼ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ προδοθέντες εἰκότως ἂν παρʼ ἡμῶν τὴν μεγίστην δίκην ἐλάμβανον.
of such strength that we should have been destroyed by it not only more quickly than by the Thebans, but also with greater right. For it was not fitting that the Thebans in time of peace should harbor a grudge against us for what happened at that time, whereas the Lacedaemonians, if they had been betrayed by us during the war, with good reason would have punished us most severely.
§ 15
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων τοῖς μὲν σώμασι μετʼ ἐκείνων ἀκολουθεῖν ἠναγκάζοντο, ταῖς δʼ εὐνοίαις μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἦσαν. οὓς τίνα χρὴ προσδοκᾶν γνώμην ἕξειν, ἢν ἀκούσωσιν ὅτι Θηβαῖοι τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων πεπείκασιν ὡς οὐδενός ἐστι φειστέον τῶν ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις γενομένων;
And I think that you are not unaware that many other Greeks, although with their bodies they were compelled to follow the Lacedaemonians, yet in sympathy they were on your side. What conclusion must we suppose that these others will reach, if they hear that the Thebans have persuaded the Athenian people that none ought to be spared who have been subject to the Lacedaemonians?
§ 16
ὁ γὰρ τούτων λόγος οὐδὲν ἄλλʼ ἢ τοῦτο φανήσεται δυνάμενος· οὐ γὰρ ἰδίαν κατηγορίαν ποιούμενοι κατὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀπολωλέκασιν αὐτήν, ἀλλʼ ἣν ὁμοίως καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνων ἕξουσιν εἰπεῖν. ὑπὲρ ὧν βουλεύεσθαι χρὴ καὶ σκοπεῖν, ὅπως μὴ τοὺς πρότερον μισοῦντας τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἡ τούτων ὕβρις διαλλάξει καὶ ποιήσει τὴν ἐκείνων συμμαχίαν αὑτῶν νομίζειν εἶναι σωτηρίαν.
For it will be clearly evident that the Thebans’ argument has no other meaning; since it is no accusation against our city in particular that has led them to destroy it but, on the contrary, they will be able to bring that same charge also against those others. These are matters which demand your deliberation and concern, lest the overbearing ways of the Thebans shall reconcile those who formerly hated the rule of the Lacedaemonians and cause them to believe that the alliance with them is their own salvation.
§ 17
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ ὅτι τὸν πόλεμον ἀνείλεσθε τὸν ὑπογυιότατον οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμετέρας οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν συμμάχων ἐλευθερίας, ἅπασι γὰρ ὑπῆρχεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας τῆς αὐτονομίας ἀποστερουμένων. ὃ δὴ καὶ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ τὰς πόλεις ἃς οὐκ ᾤεσθε δεῖν Λακεδαιμονίοις δουλεύειν, ταύτας περιόψεσθε νῦν ὑπὸ Θηβαίων ἀπολλυμένας· οἳ τοσούτου δέουσι μιμεῖσθαι τὴν πραότητα τὴν ὑμετέραν, ὥσθʼ ὃ δοκεῖ πάντων δεινότατον εἶναι,
Remember also that you undertook your most recent war, not to secure the freedom of either yourselves or your allies (for you all enjoyed that already), but in behalf of those who were being deprived of their autonomy in violation of the oaths and covenants. But surely it would be the most outrageous thing in the world, if you are going to permit these cities, which you thought ought not to be in servitude to the Lacedaemonians, now to be destroyed by the Thebans—men who are so far from emulating your clemency that it would have been better for us to suffer at the hands of this city that fate which is regarded as the most dreadful of all misfortunes,
§ 18
δοριαλώτους γενέσθαι, τοῦτο κρεῖττον ἦν ἡμῖν παθεῖν ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως ἢ τούτων τυχεῖν ὁμόρους ὄντας. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν κατὰ κράτος ἁλόντες εὐθὺς μὲν ἁρμοστοῦ καὶ δουλείας ἀπηλλάγησαν, νῦν δὲ τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχουσιν· οἱ δὲ τούτων πλησίον οἰκοῦντες οἱ μὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον τῶν ἀργυρωνήτων δουλεύουσι, τοὺς δʼ οὐ πρότερον παύσονται πρὶν ἂν οὕτως ὥσπερ ἡμᾶς διαθῶσιν. καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν κατηγοροῦσιν,
to be taken prisoners of war, than to have got them as neighbors; for those whose cities were taken by you by storm were straightway freed of a Spartan governor and of slavery, and now they have share in a Council and in freedom, whereas, of those who live anywhere near the Thebans, some are no less slaves than those who have been bought with money, and as for the rest, the Thebans will not stop until they have brought them to the condition in which we now are.
§ 19
ὅτι τὴν Καδμείαν κατέλαβον καὶ φρουρὰς εἰς τὰς πόλεις καθίστασαν, αὐτοὶ δʼ οὐ φύλακας εἰσπέμποντες, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τὰ τείχη κατασκάπτοντες, τοὺς δʼ ἄρδην ἀπολλύοντες οὐδὲν οἴονται δεινὸν ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀναισχυντίας ἐληλύθασιν, ὥστε τῆς μὲν αὑτῶν σωτηρίας τοὺς συμμάχους ἅπαντας ἀξιοῦσιν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τῆς δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δουλείας αὑτοὺς κυρίους καθιστᾶσιν.
They accuse the Lacedaemonians because they occupied the Cadmea and established garrisons in their cities, yet they themselves, not sending garrisons, but razing the walls of some and entirely destroying others, think they have committed no atrocity; nay, they have come to such a pitch of shamelessness that while they demand that all their allies should be guardians of the safety of Thebes, yet they arrogate to themselves the right to impose slavery upon everybody else.
§ 20
καίτοι τίς οὐκ ἂν μισήσειε τὴν τούτων πλεονεξίαν, οἳ τῶν μὲν ἀσθενεστέρων ἄρχειν ζητοῦσι, τοῖς δὲ κρείττοσιν ἴσον ἔχειν οἴονται δεῖν, καὶ τῇ μὲν ὑμετέρᾳ πόλει τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑπʼ Ὠρωπίων δεδομένης φθονοῦσιν, αὐτοὶ δὲ βία τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν χώραν κατανέμονται;
And yet what man would not detest the greedy spirit of these Thebans, who seek to rule the weaker, but think they must be on terms of equality with the stronger and who begrudge your city the territory ceded by the Oropians, yet themselves forcibly seize and portion out territory not their own?
§ 21
καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς λέγουσιν ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν συμμάχων ταῦτʼ ἔπραξαν. καίτοι χρῆν αὐτούς, ὄντος ἐνθάδε συνεδρίου καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως ἄμεινον βουλεύεσθαι δυναμένης ἢ τῆς Θηβαίων, οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν πεπραγμένων ἥκειν ἀπολογησομένους, ἀλλὰ πρὶν ποιῆσαί τι τούτων ἐλθεῖν ὡς ὑμᾶς βουλευσομένους.
And not content with their other base misrepresentations, they now say that they pursued this course for the common good of the allies. And yet what they ought to have done, inasmuch as there is an Hellenic Council here and your city is more competent than Thebes to advise prudent measures, is, not to be here now to defend the acts they have already committed, but to have come to you for consultation before they took any such action.
§ 22
νῦν δὲ τὰς μὲν οὐσίας τὰς ἡμετέρας ἰδίᾳ διηρπάκασι, τῆς δὲ διαβολῆς ἅπασι τοῖς συμμάχοις ἥκουσι μεταδώσοντες. ἣν ὑμεῖς, ἢν σωφρονῆτε, φυλάξεσθε· πολὺ γὰρ κάλλιον τούτους ἀναγκάσαι μιμήσασθαι τὴν ὁσιότητα τὴν ὑμετέραν ἢ τῆς τούτων παρανομίας αὐτοὺς πεισθῆναι μετασχεῖν, οἳ μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις γιγνώσκουσιν.
But as it is, having now pillaged our possessions, acting alone, they have come here to give a share of their disrepute to all their allies. And that disrepute, if you are wise, you will shun, since it is far more honorable to compel them to emulate your scrupulousness than that you allow yourselves to be persuaded to share in the lawlessness of these people, whose principles are wholly alien to those of the rest of mankind.
§ 23
οἶμαι γὰρ ἅπασι φανερὸν εἶναι διότι προσήκει τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας ἐν μὲν τῷ πολέμῳ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου πλέον ἕξουσι τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἐπειδὰν δʼ εἰρήνη γένηται, μηδὲν περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν.
For I presume that it is clear to all that it is incumbent upon the wise, in time of war to strive in every way to get the better of the enemy, but when peace is made, to regard nothing as of greater importance than their oaths and their covenants.
§ 24
οὗτοι δὲ τότε μὲν ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς πρεσβείαις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας ἐποιοῦντο τοὺς λόγους· ἐπειδὴ δὲ νομίζουσιν αὑτοῖς ἄδειαν γεγενῆσθαι, πάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσαντες ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων κερδῶν καὶ τῆς αὑτῶν βίας λέγειν τολμῶσι,
The Thebans, however, in the former circumstances, in all their embassies would plead the cause of "freedom" and "independence"; but now that they believe they have secured license for themselves, disregarding everything else, they have the effrontery to speak in defense of their private gain and of their own acts of violence,
§ 25
καὶ φασὶ τὸ Θηβαίους ἔχειν τὴν ἡμετέραν, τοῦτο συμφέρον εἶναι τοῖς συμμάχοις, κακῶς εἰδότες ὡς οὐδʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πλεονεκτοῦσιν οὐδὲ πώποτε συνήνεγκεν, ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ δὴ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας ἀδίκως ἐπιθυμήσαντες περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν δικαίως εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους κινδύνους κατέστησαν.
and they assert that it is to the advantage of their allies that the Thebans should have our country—fools that they are, not to know that no advantage ever accrues to those who unjustly seek greedy gain; on the contrary, many a people that have unjustly coveted the territory of others have with justice brought into the greatest jeopardy their own.
§ 26
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνό γʼ ἕξουσι λέγειν, ὡς αὐτοὶ μέν, μεθʼ ὧν ἂν γένωνται, πιστοὶ διατελοῦσιν ὄντες, ἡμᾶς δʼ ἄξιον φοβεῖσθαι, μὴ κομισάμενοι τὴν χώραν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἀποστῶμεν· εὑρήσετε γὰρ ἡμᾶς μὲν δὶς ἐκπεπολιορκημένους ὑπὲρ τῆς φιλίας τῆς ὑμετέρας, τούτους δὲ πολλάκις εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξημαρτηκότας.
But one thing the Thebans will not be able to say—that they remain loyal to their associates, though there is reason to fear that we, having recovered our country, will desert to the Lacedaemonians; for you will find, Athenians, that we have twice been besieged and forced to surrender because of our friendship for you, while the Thebans often have wronged this city.
§ 27
καὶ τὰς μὲν παλαιὰς προδοσίας πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη λέγειν· γενομένου δὲ τοῦ Κορινθιακοῦ πολέμου διὰ τὴν ὕβριν τὴν τούτων, καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατευσάντων, διʼ ὑμᾶς δὲ σωθέντες οὐχ ὅπως τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ διελέλυσθε τὸν πόλεμον, ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον.
It would be a laborious task to recount their treacheries in the past, but when the Corinthian war broke out because of their overbearing conduct and the Lacedaemonians had marched against them, although the Thebans had been saved by you, they were so far from showing their gratitude for this service that, when you had put an end to the war, they abandoned you and entered into the alliance with the Lacedaemonians.
§ 28
καὶ Χῖοι μὲν καὶ Μυτιληναῖοι καὶ Βυζάντιοι συμπαρέμειναν, οὗτοι δὲ τηλικαύτην πόλιν οἰκοῦντες οὐδὲ κοινοὺς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παρασχεῖν ἐτόλμησαν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀνανδρίας καὶ πονηρίας ἦλθον, ὥστʼ ὤμοσαν ἦ μὴν ἀκολουθήσειν μετʼ ἐκείνων ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς διασώσαντας τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν· ὑπὲρ ὧν δόντες τοῖς θεοῖς δίκην καὶ τῆς Καδμείας καταληφθείσης ἠναγκάσθησαν ἐνθάδε καταφυγεῖν. ὅθεν καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπεδείξαντο τὴν αὑτῶν ἀπιστίαν·
The people of Chios, of Mytilen, and of Byzantium remained loyal, but the Thebans, although they dwelt in a city of such importance, did not have the fortitude even to remain neutral, but were guilty of such cowardice and baseness as to give their solemn oath to join the Lacedaemonians in attacking you, the saviors of their city. For this they were punished by the gods, and, after the Cadmea was captured, they were forced to take refuge here in Athens. By this they furnished the crowning proof of their perfidy;
§ 29
σωθέντες γὰρ πάλιν διὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας δυνάμεως καὶ κατελθόντες εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν οὐδένα χρόνον ἐνέμειναν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς εἰς Λακεδαίμονα πρέσβεις ἀπέστελλον, ἕτοιμοι δουλεύειν ὄντες καὶ μηδὲν κινεῖν τῶν πρότερον πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὡμολογημένων. καὶ τί δεῖ μακρολογεῖν; εἰ γὰρ μὴ προσέταττον ἐκεῖνοι τούς τε φεύγοντας καταδέχεσθαι καὶ τοὺς αὐτόχειρας ἐξείργειν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐκώλυεν αὐτοὺς μετὰ τῶν ἠδικηκότων ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς εὐεργέτας στρατεύεσθαι.
for when they had again been saved by your power and were restored to their city, they did not remain faithful for a single instant, but immediately sent ambassadors to Lacedaemon, showing themselves ready to be slaves and to alter in no respect their former agreements with Sparta. Why need I speak at greater length? For if the Lacedaemonians had not ordered them to take back their exiles and exclude the murderers, nothing would have hindered them from taking the field as allies of those who had injured them, against you their benefactors.
§ 30
καὶ τοιοῦτοι μὲν νεωστὶ περὶ τὴν πόλιν τήνδε γεγενημένοι, τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος προδόται καταστάντες, αὐτοὶ μὲν ὑπὲρ οὕτως ἑκουσίων σίων καὶ μεγάλων ἀδικημάτων συγγνώμης τυχεῖν ἠξιώθησαν, ἡμῖν δʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠναγκάσθημεν, οὐδεμίαν ἔχειν οἴονται δεῖν, ἀλλὰ τολμῶσιν ὄντες Θηβαῖοι λακωνισμὸν ἑτέροις ὀνειδίζειν, οὓς πάντες ἴσμεν πλεῖστον χρόνον Λακεδαιμονίοις δεδουλευκότας καὶ προθυμότερον ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρχῆς ἢ τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας πεπολεμηκότας.
And these Thebans, who have recently behaved in such fashion toward your city and in times past have been guilty of betraying Greece as a whole, have seen fit to demand for themselves forgiveness for their evil deeds willingly committed and so monstrous, yet to us, for acts done under compulsion, they think no mercy ought to be shown, but they, true Thebans as they are, have the effrontery to reproach others for siding with the Lacedaemonians, when they, as we all know, have for the longest time been in servitude to them and have fought more zealously for Spartan domination than for their own security!
§ 31
ποίας γὰρ εἰσβολῆς ἀπελείφθησαν τῶν εἰς ταύτην τὴν χώραν γεγενημένων; ἢ τίνων οὐκ ἐχθίους ὑμῖν καὶ δυσμενέστεροι διετέλεσαν ὄντες; οὐκ ἐν τῷ Λεκελεικῷ πολέμῳ πλειόνων αἴτιοι κακῶν ἐγένοντο τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συνεισβαλόντων; οὐ δυστυχησάντων ὑμῶν μόνοι τῶν συμμάχων ἔθεντο τὴν ψῆφον, ὡς χρὴ τήν τε πόλιν ἐξανδραποδίσασθαι καὶ τὴν χώραν ἀνεῖναι μηλόβοτον ὥσπερ τὸ Κρισαῖον πεδίον;
In what invasion into your country of all that have ever been made have they failed to take part? Who, more consistently than they, have been your enemies and ill-wishers? In the Decelean War were they not authors of more mischief than the other invaders? When misfortune befell you, did not they alone of the allies vote that your city should be reduced to slavery and its territory be abandoned to pasturage as was the plain of Crisa,
§ 32
ὥστʼ εἰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχον Θηβαίοις, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐκώλυε τοὺς ἅπασι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν αἰτίους τῆς σωτηρίας γενομένους αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξανδραποδισθῆναι καὶ ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσεῖν. καίτοι τίνα τηλικαύτην εὐεργεσίαν ἔχοιεν ἂν εἰπεῖν, ἥτις ἱκανὴ γενήσεται διαλῦσαι τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ἐκ τούτων δικαίως ἂν ὑπάρχουσαν πρὸς αὐτούς;
so that if the Lacedaemonians had been of the same opinion as the Thebans, there would have been nothing to prevent the authors of the salvation of all the Greeks from being themselves enslaved by the Greeks and from plunging into the most grievous misfortunes? And yet what benefaction of their own could they adduce great enough to wipe out the hatred caused by these wrongs which you would justly feel toward them?
§ 33
τούτοις μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς λόγος ὑπολείπεται τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος ἐξημαρτηκόσι, τοῖς δὲ συναγορεύειν βουλομένοις ἐκεῖνος μόνος, ὡς νῦν μὲν ἡ Βοιωτία προπολεμεῖ τῆς ὑμετέρας χώρας, ἢν δὲ διαλύσησθε τὴν πρὸς τούτους φιλίαν, ἀσύμφορα τοῖς συμμάχοις διαπράξεσθε· μεγάλην γὰρ ἔσεσθαι τὴν ῥοπήν, εἰ μετὰ Λακεδαιμονίων ἡ τούτων γενήσεται πόλις.
Accordingly, to these Thebans no plea is left, such is the magnitude of their crimes, and to those who wish to speak on their behalf only this—that Boeotia is now fighting in defense of your country, and that, if you put an end to your friendship with them, you will be acting to the detriment of your allies; for it will be a matter of great consequence if the city of Thebes takes the side of the Lacedaemonians.
§ 34
ἐγὼ δʼ οὔτε τοῖς συμμάχοις ἡγοῦμαι λυσιτελεῖν τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους τοῖς κρείττοσι δουλεύειν, καὶ γὰρ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπολεμήσαμεν, οὔτε Θηβαίους εἰς τοῦτο μανίας ἥξειν ὥστʼ ἀποστάντας τῆς συμμαχίας Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐνδώσειν τὴν πόλιν, οὐχ ὡς πιστεύων τοῖς τούτων ἤθεσιν, ἀλλʼ οἶδʼ ὅτι γιγνώσκουσιν ὡς δυοῖν θάτερον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς, ἢ μένοντας ἀποθνῄσκειν καὶ πάσχειν οἷά περ ἐποίησαν, ἢ φεύγοντας ἀπορεῖν καὶ τῶν ἐλπίδων ἁπασῶν ἐστερῆσθαι.
My opinion is, however, that it is neither profitable to the allies that the weaker should be in servitude to the stronger (in past times, in fact, we went to war to protect the weak), nor that the Thebans will be so mad as to desert the alliance and hand over their city to the Lacedaemonians; this is not because I have confidence in the character of the Thebans, but because I know that they are well aware that one of two fates necessarily awaits them—either resisting, to die and to suffer such cruelties as they have inflicted, or else, going into exile, to be in want and deprived of all their hopes.
§ 35
πότερα γὰρ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας αὐτοῖς ἔχει καλῶς, ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἀποκτείναντες, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐκβαλόντες διηρπάκασι τὰς οὐσίας, ἢ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Βοιωτούς, ὧν οὐκ ἄρχειν μόνον ἀδίκως ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τὰ τείχη κατεσκάφασι, τῶν δὲ καὶ τὴν χώραν ἀπεστερήκασιν;
Well then, are their relations with their fellow-citizens agreeable, some of whom they have put to death and others they have banished and robbed of their property? Or are they on friendly terms with the other Boeotians, whom they not only attempt to rule without warrant of justice, but have also in some instances razed their walls and have dispossessed others of their territory?
§ 36
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν πόλιν οἷόν τʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπανελθεῖν ἐστίν, ἣν οὕτω συνεχῶς φανήσονται προδιδόντες. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως βουλήσονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας διενεχθέντες τὴν αὑτῶν πόλιν οὕτως εἰκῇ καὶ προδήλως ἀποβαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ κοσμιώτερον διακείσονται πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς πράξεις, καὶ τοσούτῳ πλείω ποιήσονται θεραπείαν ὑμῶν, ὅσῳ περ ἂν μᾶλλον περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν δεδίωσιν.
But assuredly they cannot again take refuge in your city either, Athenians, the city which they will be discovered to have so consistently betrayed. It is inconceivable, therefore, that they will care to get into a quarrel with you over an alien city and on that account so rashly and so inevitably to lose their own; on the contrary, in all their dealings with you they will behave in much more seemly fashion, and the more they fear for themselves the more they will cultivate your friendship.
§ 37
ἐπεδείξαντο δʼ ὑμῖν ὡς χρὴ τῇ φύσει χρῆσθαι τῇ τούτων ἐξ ὧν ἔπραξαν περὶ Ὠρωπόν· ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐξουσίαν ἤλπισαν αὑτοῖς ἔσεσθαι ποιεῖν, ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν, οὐχ ὡς συμμάχοις ὑμῖν προσηνέχθησαν, ἀλλʼ ἅπερ ἂν εἰς τοὺς πολεμιωτάτους ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἐτόλμησαν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐκσπόνδους αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τούτων ἐψηφίσασθε ποιῆσαι, παυσάμενοι τῶν φρονημάτων ἦλθον ὡς ὑμᾶς ταπεινότερον διατεθέντες ἢ νῦν ἡμεῖς τυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες.
Indeed they have proved to you how people of such character should be treated by their conduct in the matter of Oropus; for when they hoped that they would have license to do as they pleased they did not treat you as allies, but as ruthlessly wronged you as they would have dared to act against their deadliest enemies. But as soon as you in requital voted to exclude them from the peace, they left off their arrogance and came to you in more humble mood than we Plataeans are in now.
§ 38
ὥστʼ ἤν τινες ὑμᾶς ἐκφοβῶσι τῶν ῥητόρων ὡς κίνδυνός ἐστι, μὴ μεταβάλωνται καὶ γένωνται μετὰ τῶν πολεμίων, οὐ χρὴ πιστεύειν· τοιαῦται γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀνάγκαι κατειλήφασιν, ὥστε πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρχὴν ἢ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν ὑπομείναιεν.
If, then, some of their orators seek to frighten you, arguing that there is danger of the Thebans’ changing sides and going over to the enemy, you must not credit what they say; for they are constrained by compulsions so peremptory that they would much sooner submit to your government than tolerate the alliance with the Lacedaemonians.
§ 39
εἰ δʼ οὖν καὶ τἀναντία μέλλοιεν ἅπαντα πράξειν, οὐδʼ οὕτως ἡγοῦμαι προσήκειν ὑμῖν τῆς Θηβαίων πόλεως πλείω ποιήσασθαι λόγον ἢ τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν, ἐνθυμουμένους πρῶτον μὲν ὡς οὐ τοὺς κινδύνους, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀδοξίας καὶ τὰς αἰσχύνας φοβεῖσθαι πάτριον ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ἔπειθʼ ὅτι συμβαίνει κρατεῖν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις οὐ τοὺς βίᾳ τὰς πόλεις καταστρεφομένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὁσιώτερον καὶ πραότερον τὴν Ἑλλάδα διοικοῦντας.
But even if they were likely to act altogether otherwise, not even then, in my opinion, does it become you to have greater regard for the city of the Thebans than for your oaths and treaties, when you remember, first, that it is your ancient tradition to fear, not dangers, but acts of infamy aid dishonor; next, that it usually happens that victory in war is not for those who destroy cities by violence, but for those who govern Greece in a more scrupulous and clement manner.
§ 40
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ πλειόνων μὲν ἄν τις παραδειγμάτων ἔχοι διελθεῖν· τὰ δʼ οὖν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γενόμενα τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀνυπόστατον δοκοῦσαν εἶναι κατέλυσαν, μικρὰς μὲν ἀφορμὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν κατὰ θάλατταν τὸ πρῶτον ἔχοντες, διὰ δὲ τὴν δόξαν ταύτην προσαγόμενοι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καὶ πάλιν ὑμεῖς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφείλεσθε τὴν ἐκείνων, ἐξ ἀτειχίστου μὲν τῆς πόλεως ὁρμηθέντες καὶ κακῶς πραττούσης, τὸ δὲ δίκαιον ἔχοντες σύμμαχον;
And this could be proved by numerous instances; but as for those which have occurred in our own time at any rate, who does not know that the Lacedaemonians shattered your power, which was thought to be irresistible—although at first they possessed slight resources for the war waged at sea, but they won the Greeks over to their side because of that general belief—and that you in turn took the leadership away from them, although you depended on a city without walls and in evil plight, but possessed Justice as your ally?
§ 41
καὶ τούτων ὡς οὐ βασιλεὺς αἴτιος ἦν ὁ τελευταῖος χρόνος σαφῶς ἐπέδειξεν· ἔξω γὰρ αὐτοῦ τῶν πραγμάτων γεγενημένου, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὑμετέρων ἀνελπίστως ἐχόντων, Λακεδαιμονίοις δὲ σχεδὸν ἁπασῶν τῶν πόλεων δουλευουσῶν, ὅμως αὐτῶν τοσοῦτον περιεγένεσθε πολεμοῦντες ὥστʼ ἐκείνους ἀγαπητῶς ἰδεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην γενομένην.
And that the Persian king was not responsible for this outcome recent years have clearly shown; for when he stood aloof from the conflict, and your situation was desperate, and when almost all the cities were in servitude to the Lacedaemonians, nevertheless you were so superior to them in the war that they were glad to see the conclusion of peace.
§ 42
μηδεὶς οὖν ὑμῶν ὀρρωδείτω μετὰ τοῦ δικαίου ποιούμενος τοὺς κινδύνους, μηδʼ οἰέσθω συμμάχων ἀπορήσειν, ἂν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἐθέλητε βοηθεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ Θηβαίοις μόνοις· οἷς νῦν τἀναντία ψηφισάμενοι πολλοὺς ἐπιθυμεῖν ποιήσετε τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας. ἢν γὰρ ἐνδείξησθʼ ὡς ὁμοίως ἅπασιν ὑπὲρ τῶν συνθηκῶν παρεσκεύασθε πολεμεῖν,
Let no one of you, then, be afraid, if Justice is with him, to take such dangers upon himself, nor think that allies will be lacking, if you are willing to aid all who are victims of wrong, and not the Thebans alone; if you now cast your vote against them, you will cause many to desire your friendship. For if you show yourselves ready to war upon all alike in defense of the treaties,
§ 43
τίνες εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀνοίας ἥξουσιν ὥστε βούλεσθαι μετὰ τῶν καταδουλουμένων εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ μεθʼ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνιζομένων; εἰ δὲ μή, τί λέγοντες, ἢν πάλιν γένηται πόλεμος, ἀξιώσετε προσάγεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἰ τὴν αὐτονομίαν προτείνοντες ἐκδώσετε πορθεῖν Θηβαίοις ἥντινʼ ἂν βούλωνται τῶν πόλεων;
who will be so insane as to prefer to join those who try to enslave than to be in company with you who are fighting for their freedom? But if you are not so minded, what reason will you give, if war breaks out again, to justify your demand that the Greeks should join you, if you hold out to them independence and then grant to the Thebans to destroy any city they desire?
§ 44
πῶς δʼ οὐ τἀναντία φανήσεσθε πράττοντες ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς, εἰ Θηβαίους μὲν μὴ διακωλύσετε παραβαίνοντας τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, πρὸς δὲ Λακεδαιμονίους ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων προσποιήσεσθε πολεμεῖν; καὶ τῶν μὲν κτημάτων τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν ἀπέστητε, βουλόμενοι τὴν συμμαχίαν ὡς μεγίστην ποιῆσαι, τούτους δὲ τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν ἔχειν ἐάσετε καὶ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν ἐξ ὧν ἅπαντες χείρους εἶναι νομιοῦσιν ὑμᾶς;
How can you avoid the charge of acting with inconsistency if, while you do not prevent the Thebans from violating their oaths and treaties, yet you pretend that you are making war on the Lacedaemonians on behalf of the same obligations? Or again, if you abandoned your own possessions in your desire to strengthen the alliance as much as possible, yet are about to permit the Thebans to keep the territory of others and act in such fashion as to injure your reputation with all the world?
§ 45
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, εἰ τοῖς μὲν συνεχῶς μετὰ Λακεδαιμονίων γεγενημένοις δεδογμένον ὑμῖν ἐστὶ βοηθεῖν, ἤν τι παράσπονδον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι προστάττωσιν, ἡμᾶς δʼ οἳ τὸν μὲν πλεῖστον χρόνον μεθʼ ὑμῶν ὄντες διατετελέκαμεν, τὸν δὲ τελευταῖον μόνον πόλεμον ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις ἠναγκάσθημεν γενέσθαι, διὰ ταύτην τὴν πρόφασιν ἀθλιώτατα πάντων ἀνθρώπων περιόψεσθε διακειμένους.
But this would be the crowning outrage—if you have determined to stand by those who have been the constant allies of the Lacedaemonians when the Lacedaemonians demand of them an action which violates the treaty, and yet shall permit us, who have been your allies for the longest time, and were subservient to the Lacedaemonians under compulsion in the last war only, to become for that reason the most miserable of all mankind.
§ 46
τίνας γὰρ ἂν ἡμῶν εὕροι τις δυστυχεστέρους, οἵτινες καὶ πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ χρημάτων ἐν μιᾷ στερηθέντες ἡμέρᾳ, πάντων τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὁμοίως ἐνδεεῖς ὄντες ἀλῆται καὶ πτωχοὶ καθέσταμεν, ἀποροῦντες ὅποι τραπώμεθα, καὶ πάσας τὰς οἰκήσεις δυσχεραίνοντες· ἤν τε γὰρ δυστυχοῦντας καταλάβωμεν, ἀλγοῦμεν ἀναγκαζόμενοι πρὸς τοῖς οἰκείοις κακοῖς καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων κοινωνεῖν·
For who could be found to be more unhappy than we are who, in one day deprived of our city, our lands, and our possessions, and being destitute of all necessities alike, have become wanderers and beggars, not knowing whither to turn and, whatever our habitation, finding no happiness there? For if we fall in with the unfortunate, we grieve that we must be compelled, in addition to our own ills, to share in the ills of others;
§ 47
ἤν θʼ ὡς εὖ πράττοντας ἔλθωμεν, ἔτι χαλεπώτερον ἔχομεν, οὐ ταῖς ἐκείνων φθονοῦντες εὐπορίαις, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς τῶν πέλας ἀγαθοῖς τὰς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν συμφορὰς καθορῶντες, ἐφʼ αἷς ἡμεῖς οὐδεμίαν ἡμέραν ἀδακρυτὶ διάγομεν ἀλλὰ πενθοῦντες τὴν πατρίδα καὶ θρηνοῦντες τὴν μεταβολὴν τὴν γεγενημένην ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διατελοῦμεν.
and if we encounter those who fare well, our lot is even harder to bear, not because we envy them their prosperity, but because amid the blessings of our neighbors we see more clearly our own miseries—miseries so great that we spend no day without tears, but spend all our time mourning the loss of our fatherland and bewailing the change in our fortunes.
§ 48
τίνα γὰρ ἡμᾶς οἴεσθε γνώμην ἔχειν ὁρῶντας καὶ τοὺς γονέας αὑτῶν ἀναξίως γηροτροφουμένους καὶ τοὺς παῖδας οὐκ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐλπίσιν αἷς ἐποιησάμεθα παιδευομένους, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς μὲν μικρῶν ἕνεκα συμβολαίων δουλεύοντας, ἄλλους δʼ ἐπὶ θητείαν ἰόντας, τοὺς δʼ ὅπως ἕκαστοι δύνανται τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν ποριζομένους, ἀπρεπῶς καὶ τοῖς τῶν προγόνων ἔργοις καὶ ταῖς αὑτῶν ἡλικίαις καὶ τοῖς φρονήμασι τοῖς ἡμετέροις;
What, think you, is our state of mind when we see our own parents unworthily cared for in their old age, and our children, instead of being educated as we had hoped when we begat them, often because of petty debts reduced to slavery, others working for hire, and the rest procuring their daily livelihood as best each one can, in a manner that accords with neither the deeds of their ancestors, nor their own youth, nor our own self-respect?
§ 49
ὃ δὲ πάντων ἄλγιστον, ὅταν τις ἴδῃ χωριζομένους ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων μὴ μόνον πολίτας ἀπὸ πολιτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας ἀπʼ ἀνδρῶν καὶ θυγατέρας ἀπὸ μητέρων καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν διαλυομένην, ὃ πολλοῖς τῶν ἡμετέρων πολιτῶν διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν συμβέβηκεν· ὁ γὰρ κοινὸς βίος ἀπολωλὼς ἰδίας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἔχειν πεποίηκεν.
But our greatest anguish of all is when one sees separated from each other, not only citizens from citizens, but also wives from husbands, daughters from mothers, and every tie of kinship severed; and this has befallen many of our fellow-citizens because of poverty. For the destruction of our communal life has compelled each of us to cherish hopes for himself alone.
§ 50
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐδὲ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσχύνας ἀγνοεῖν τὰς διὰ πενίαν καὶ φυγὴν γιγνομένας, ἃς ἡμεῖς τῇ μὲν διανοίᾳ χαλεπώτερον τῶν ἄλλων φέρομεν, τῷ δὲ λόγῳ παραλείπομεν, αἰσχυνόμενοι λίαν ἀκριβῶς τὰς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν ἀτυχίας ἐξετάζειν.
I presume that you yourselves are not ignorant of the other causes of shame that poverty and exile bring in their train, and although we in our hearts bear these with greater difficulty than all the rest, yet we forbear to speak of them since we are ashamed to enumerate one by one our own misfortunes.
§ 51
ὧν αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦμεν ἐνθυμουμένους ἐπιμέλειάν τινα ποιήσασθαι περὶ ἡμῶν. καὶ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἀλλότριοι τυγχάνομεν ὑμῖν ὄντες, ἀλλὰ ταῖς μὲν εὐνοίαις ἅπαντες οἰκεῖοι, τῇ δὲ συγγενείᾳ τὸ πλῆθος ἡμῶν· διὰ γὰρ τὰς ἐπιγαμίας τὰς δοθείσας ἐκ πολιτίδων ὑμετέρων γεγόναμεν· ὥστʼ οὐχ οἷόν θʼ ὑμῖν ἀμελῆσαι περὶ ὧν ἐληλύθαμεν δεησόμενοι. καὶ γὰρ ἂν πάντων εἴη δεινότατον,
All these things we ask you to bear in mind and to take some measure of consideration for us. For indeed we are not aliens to you; on the contrary, all of us are akin to you in our loyalty and most of us in blood also; for by the right of intermarriage granted to us we are born of mothers who were of your city. You cannot, therefore, be indifferent to the pleas we have come to make.
§ 52
εἰ πρότερον μὲν ἡμῖν μετέδοτε τῆς πατρίδος τῆς ὑμετέρας αὐτῶν, νῦν δε μηδὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀποδοῦναι δόξειεν ὑμῖν. ἔπειτʼ οὐδʼ εἰκὸς ἕνα μὲν ἕκαστον ἐλεεῖσθαι τῶν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον δυστυχούντων, ὅλην δὲ πόλιν οὕτως ἀνόμως διεφθαρμένην μηδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν οἴκτου δυνηθῆναι τυχεῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ παρʼ ὑμᾶς καταφυγοῦσαν, οἷς οὐδὲ τὸ πρότερον αἰσχρῶς οὐδʼ ἀκλεῶς ἀπέβη τοὺς ἱκέτας ἐλεήσασιν.
For it would be the cruellest blow of all, if you, having long ago bestowed upon us the right of a common citizenship with yourselves, should now decide not even to restore to us our own. Furthermore, it is not reasonable that, while every individual who is the victim of injustice receives pity at your hands, yet an entire city so lawlessly destroyed should be unable in the slightest degree to win commiseration from you, especially when it has taken refuge with you who in former times incurred neither shame nor infamy when you showed pity for suppliants.
§ 53
ἐλθόντων γὰρ Ἀργείων ὡς τοὺς προγόνους ὑμῶν καὶ δεηθέντων ἀνελέσθαι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῇ Καδμείᾳ τελευτήσαντας, πεισθέντες ὑπʼ ἐκείνων καὶ Θηβαίους ἀναγκάσαντες βουλεύσασθαι νομιμώτερον οὐ μόνον αὐτοὶ κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς καιροὺς εὐδοκίμησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πόλει δόξαν ἀείμνηστον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον κατέλιπον, ἧς οὐκ ἄξιον προδότας γενέσθαι. καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν φιλοτιμεῖσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν προγόνων ἔργοις, φαίνεσθαι δʼ ἐκείνοις τἀναντία περὶ τῶν ἱκετῶν πράττοντας.
For when the Argives came to your ancestors and implored them to take up for burial the bodies of the dead at the foot of the Cadmea, your forefathers yielded to their persuasion and compelled the Thebans to adopt measures more conformable to our usage, and thus not only gained renown for themselves in those times, but also bequeathed to your city a glory never to be forgotten for all time to come, and this glory it would be unworthy of you to betray. For it is disgraceful that you should pride yourselves on the glorious deeds of your ancestors and then be found acting concerning your suppliants in a manner the very opposite of theirs.
§ 54
καίτοι πολὺ περὶ μειζόνων καὶ δικαιοτέρων ἥκομεν ποιησόμενοι τὰς δεήσεις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν στρατεύσαντες ἱκέτευον ὑμᾶς, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν ἀπολωλεκότες, κἀκεῖνοι μὲν παρεκάλουν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναίρεσιν, ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν σωτηρίαν.
And yet the entreaties that we have come here to make are of far more weight and are more just; for the Argives came to you as suppliants after they had invaded an alien territory, whereas we have come after having lost our own; they called upon you to take up the bodies of their dead, but we do it for the rescue of the survivors.
§ 55
ἔστι δʼ οὐκ ἴσον κακὸν οὐδʼ ὅμοιον τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ταφῆς εἴργεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ζῶντας πατρίδος ἀποστερεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν δεινότερον τοῖς κωλύουσιν ἢ τοῖς ἀτυχοῦσι, τὸ δὲ μηδεμίαν ἔχοντα καταφυγὴν ἀλλʼ ἄπολιν γενόμενον καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν κακοπαθεῖν καὶ τοὺς αὑτοῦ περιορᾶν μὴ δυνάμενον ἐπαρκεῖν, τί δεῖ λέγειν ὅσον τὰς ἄλλας συμφορὰς ὑπερβέβληκεν;
But it is not an equal or even similar evil that the dead should be denied burial and that the living should be despoiled of their fatherland and all their goods besides: nay, in the former case it is a greater disgrace for those who prevent the burial than for those who suffer the misfortune, but in the latter, to have no refuge, to be without a fatherland, daily to suffer hardships and to watch without having the power to succor the suffering of one’s own, why need I say how far this has exceeded all other calamities?
§ 56
ὑπὲρ ὧν ἅπαντας ὑμᾶς ἱκετεύομεν ἀποδοῦναι τὴν χώραν ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν πόλιν, τοὺς μὲν πρεσβυτέρους ὑπομιμνῄσκοντες, ὡς οἰκτρὸν τοὺς τηλικούτους ὁρᾶσθαι δυστυχοῦντας καὶ τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἀποροῦντας, τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους ἀντιβολοῦντες καὶ δεόμενοι βοηθῆσαι τοῖς ἡλικιώταις καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν ἔτι πλείω κακὰ τῶν εἰρημένων παθόντας.
For these reasons we supplicate you one and all, Athenians, to restore to us our land and city, reminding the older men among you how piteous a thing it is that men of their age should be seen in misfortune and in lack of their daily bread; and the younger men we beg and implore to succor their equals in age and not to let them suffer still more evils than those I have described.
§ 57
ὀφείλετε δὲ μόνοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοῦτον τὸν ἔρανον, ἀναστάτοις ἡμῖν γεγενημένοις ἐπαμῦναι. καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἡμετέρους προγόνους φασὶν ἐκλιπόντων τῶν ὑμετέρων πατέρων ἐν τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ ταύτην τὴν χώραν μόνους τῶν ἔξω Πελοποννήσου κοινωνοὺς ἐκείνοις τῶν κινδύνων γενομένους συνανασῶσαι τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῖς· ὥστε δικαίως ἂν τὴν αὐτὴν εὐεργεσίαν ἀπολάβοιμεν ἥνπερ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὑπάρξαντες.
Alone of the Greeks you Athenians owe us this contribution of succor, to rescue us now that we have been driven from our homes. It is a just request, for our ancestors, we are told, when in the Persian War your fathers had abandoned this land, alone of those who lived outside of the Peloponnesus shared in their perils and thus helped them to save their city. It is but just, therefore, that we should receive in return the same benefaction which we first conferred upon you.
§ 58
εἰ δʼ οὖν καὶ μηδὲν ὑμῖν τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων δέδοκται φροντίζειν, ἀλλὰ τήν γε χώραν οὐ πρὸς ὑμῶν ἐστὶν ἀνέχεσθαι πεπορθημένην, ἐν ᾗ μέγιστα σημεῖα τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ὑμετέρας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συναγωνισαμένων καταλείπεται·
If, however, you have determined to have no regard for our persons, yet it is not in your interest to let our country at any rate be ravaged, a country in which are left the most solemn memorials of your own valor and of that of all the others who fought at your side.
§ 59
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα τρόπαια πόλει πρὸς πόλιν γέγονεν, ἐκεῖνα δʼ ὑπὲρ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρὸς ὅλην τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας δύναμιν ἕστηκεν. ἃ Θηβαῖοι μὲν εἰκότως ἀφανίζουσι, τὰ γὰρ μνημεῖα τῶν τότε γενομένων αἰσχύνη τούτοις ἐστίν, ὑμῖν δὲ προσήκει διασῴζειν· ἐξ ἐκείνων γὰρ τῶν ἔργων ἡγεμόνες κατέστητε τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
For while all other trophies have been erected by one city victorious over another, those were in commemoration of the victory of all Greece pitted against all the power of Asia. Although the Thebans have good reason for destroying these trophies, since memorials of the events of that time bring shame to them, yet it is proper that you should preserve them; for the deeds done there gave you the leadership of the Greeks.
§ 60
ἄξιον δὲ καὶ τῶν θεῶν καὶ τῶν ἡρώων μνησθῆναι τῶν ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον κατεχόντων καὶ μὴ περιορᾶν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν καταλυομένας, οἷς ὑμεῖς καλλιερησάμενοι τοιοῦτον ὑπέστητε κίνδυνον, ὃς καὶ τούτους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας Ἕλληνας ἠλευθέρωσεν. χρὴ δὲ καὶ τῶν προγόνων ποιήσασθαί τινα πρόνοιαν καὶ μὴ παραμελῆσαι μηδὲ τῆς περὶ ἐκείνους εὐσεβείας,
And it is right that you should remember both the gods and the heroes who haunt that place and not permit the honors due them to be suppressed; for it was after favorable sacrifice to them that you took upon yourselves a battle so decisive that it established the freedom of both the Thebans and all the other Greeks besides. You must also take some thought of your ancestors and not be negligent of the piety due to them.
§ 61
οἳ πῶς ἂν διατεθεῖεν, εἴ τις ἄρα τοῖς ἐκεῖ φρόνησίς ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε γιγνομένων, εἰ κυρίων ὑμῶν ὄντων αἴσθοιντο τοὺς μὲν δουλεύειν τοῖς βαρβάροις ἀξιώσαντας δεσπότας τῶν ἄλλων καθισταμένους, ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας συναγωνισαμένους μόνους τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀναστάτους γεγενημένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν τῶν συγκινδυνευσάντων τάφους μὴ τυγχάνοντας τῶν νομιζομένων σπάνει τῶν ἐποισόντων, Θηβαίους δὲ τοὺς τἀναντία παραταξαμένους κρατοῦντας τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης;
Pray what would be their feelings—if we may assume that the dead yonder possess any perception of what takes place here—if they should perceive that, although you are masters, those who saw fit to be the slaves of barbarians had become despots over all the other Greeks and that we, who fought at your side for freedom, alone of the Greeks, have been driven from our homes, and that the graves of their companions in peril do not receive the customary funereal offerings through the lack of those to bring them, and that the Thebans, who were drawn up in battle array with the enemy, hold sway over that land?
§ 62
ἐνθυμεῖσθε δʼ ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίων μεγίστην ἐποιεῖσθε κατηγορίαν, ὅτι Θηβαίοις χαριζόμενοι τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων προδόταις ἡμᾶς τοὺς εὐεργέτας διέφθειραν. μὴ τοίνυν ἐάσητε ταύτας τὰς βλασφημίας περὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν γενέσθαι πόλιν, μηδὲ τὴν ὕβριν τὴν τούτων ἀντὶ τῆς παρούσης ἕλησθε δόξης.
Remember, too, that you used to bring bitter reproach against the Lacedaemonians because, to gratify the Thebans who were the betrayers of Greece, they destroyed us, its benefactors. Do not, therefore, allow your city to incur these foul accusations and do not prefer the insolence of the Thebans to your own fair fame.
§ 63
πολλῶν δʼ ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις ὑμᾶς ἐπαγάγοι μᾶλλον φροντίσαι τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας οὐ δύναμαι πάντα περιλαβεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς χρὴ καὶ τὰ παραλελειμμένα συνιδόντας καὶ μνησθέντας μάλιστα μὲν τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας εὐνοίας καὶ τῆς τούτων ἔχθρας, ψηφίσασθαί τι περὶ ἡμῶν δίκαιον.
Although many things remain to be said which might induce you to have greater regard for our safety, I cannot include them all in my discourse; but it is proper that you yourselves, having not only observed all that I have passed over but also having recalled especially your oaths and your treaties, and then our devotion to you and the hostility of the Thebans, should give a righteous judgement in our cause.
To Nicocles · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg013 · Greek: Πρὸς Νικόκλεα — tlg0010.tlg013.perseus-grc2 · English: To Nicocles — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg013.perseus-eng2
§ 1
οἱ μὲν εἰωθότες, ὦ Νικόκλεις, τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ὑμῖν ἐσθῆτας ἄγειν ἢ χαλκὸν ἢ χρυσὸν εἰργασμένον ἢ τῶν ἄλλων τι τῶν τοιούτων κτημάτων, ὧν αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐνδεεῖς εἰσιν ὑμεῖς δὲ πλουτεῖτε, λίαν ἔδοξαν εἶναί μοι καταφανεῖς οὐ δόσιν ἀλλʼ ἐμπορίαν ποιούμενοι, καὶ πολὺ τεχνικώτερον αὐτὰ πωλοῦντες τῶν ὁμολογούντων καπηλεύειν·
When men make it a habit, Nicocles, to bring to you who are rulers of kingdoms articles of dress or of bronze or of wrought gold, or other such valuables of which they themselves have need and you have plenty, it seems to me all too evident that they are not engaged in giving but in bargaining, and that they are much more skillful in disposing of their wares than those who are professedly in trade.
§ 2
ἡγησάμην δʼ ἂν γενέσθαι ταύτην καλλίστην δωρεὰν καὶ χρησιμωτάτην καὶ μάλιστα πρέπουσαν ἐμοί τε δοῦναι καὶ σοὶ λαβεῖν, εἰ δυνηθείην ὁρίσαι ποίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ὀρεγόμενος καὶ τίνων ἀπεχόμενος ἄριστʼ ἂν καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν διοικοίης. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἰδιώτας ἐστὶ πολλὰ τὰ παιδεύοντα, μάλιστα μὲν τὸ μὴ τρυφᾶν ἀλλʼ ἀναγκάζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ βίου καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν βουλεύεσθαι,
For my part, I should think that this would be the finest and the most serviceable present and the most suitable for me to give and for you to receive—I could prescribe what pursuits you should aspire to and from what you should abstain in order to govern to the best advantage your state and kingdom. For when men are in private life, many things contribute to their education: first and foremost, the absence of luxury among them, and the necessity they are under to take thought each day for their livelihood;
§ 3
ἔπειθʼ οἱ νόμοι καθʼ οὓς ἕκαστοι πολιτευόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἔτι δʼ ἡ παρρησία καὶ τὸ φανερῶς ἐξεῖναι τοῖς τε φίλοις ἐπιπλῆξαι καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐπιθέσθαι ταῖς ἀλλήλων ἁμαρτίαις· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν τινες τῶν προγεγενημένων ὑποθήκας ὡς χρὴ ζῆν καταλελοίπασιν· ὥστʼ ἐξ ἁπάντων τούτων εἰκὸς αὐτοὺς βελτίους γίγνεσθαι.
next, the laws by which in each case their civic life is governed; furthermore, freedom of speech and the privilege which is openly granted to friends to rebuke and to enemies to attack each other’s faults; besides, a number of the poets of earlier times have left precepts which direct them how to live; so that, from all these influences, they may reasonably be expected to become better men.
§ 4
τοῖς δὲ τυράννοις οὐδὲν ὑπάρχει τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ οὓς ἔδει παιδεύεσθαι μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπειδὰν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καταστῶσιν, ἀνουθέτητοι διατελοῦσιν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων αὐτοῖς οὐ πλησιάζουσιν, οἱ δὲ συνόντες πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλοῦσι. καὶ γὰρ τοι κύριοι γιγνόμενοι καὶ χρημάτων πλείστων καὶ πραγμάτων μεγίστων, διὰ τὸ μὴ καλῶς χρῆσθαι ταύταις ταῖς ἀφορμαῖς πεποιήκασιν ὥστε πολλοὺς ἀμφισβητεῖν, πότερόν ἐστιν ἄξιον ἑλέσθαι τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν ἰδιωτευόντων μὲν ἐπιεικῶς δὲ πραττόντων, ἢ τὸν τῶν τυραννευόντων.
Kings, however, have no such help; on the contrary, they, who more than other men should be thoroughly trained, live all their lives, from the time when they are placed in authority, without admonition; for the great majority of people do not come in contact with them, and those who are of their society consort with them to gain their favor. Indeed, although they are placed in authority over vast wealth and mighty affairs, they have brought it about because of their misuse of these advantages that many debate whether it were best to choose the life of men in private station who are reasonably prosperous, or the life of princes.
§ 5
ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἀποβλέψωσιν εἰς τὰς τιμὰς καὶ τοὺς πλούτους καὶ τὰς δυναστείας, ἰσοθέους ἅπαντες νομίζουσι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντας· ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐνθυμηθῶσι τοὺς φόβους καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους, καὶ διεξιόντες ὁρῶσι τοὺς μὲν ὑφʼ ὧν ἥκιστα χρῆν διεφθαρμένους, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἠναγκασμένους, τοῖς δʼ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα συμβεβηκότα, πάλιν ὁπωσοῦν ζῆν ἡγοῦνται λυσιτελεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ τοιούτων συμφορῶν ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας βασιλεύειν.
For when men look at their honors, their wealth, and their powers, they all think that those who are in the position of kings are the equals of the gods; but when they reflect on their fears and their dangers, and when, as they review the history of monarchs, they see instances where they have been slain by those from whom they least deserved that fate, other instances where they have been constrained to sin against those nearest and dearest to them, and still others where they have experienced both of these calamities, then they reverse their judgement and conclude that it is better to live in any fashion whatsoever than, at the price of such misfortunes, to rule over all Asia.
§ 6
ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἀνωμαλίας καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς αἴτιόν ἐστιν, ὅτι τὴν βασιλείαν ὥσπερ ἱερωσύνην παντὸς ἀνδρὸς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, ὃ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων μέγιστόν ἐστι καὶ πλείστης προνοίας δεόμενον. καθʼ ἑκάστην μὲν οὖν τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις μάλιστα δύναιτο κατὰ τρόπον διοικεῖν καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ διαφυλάττειν τὰς δὲ συμφορὰς διαφεύγειν, τῶν ἀεὶ παρόντων ἔργον ἐστὶ συμβουλεύειν· καθʼ ὅλων δὲ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ὧν χρὴ στοχάζεσθαι καὶ περὶ ἃ δεῖ διατρίβειν, ἐγὼ πειράσομαι διελθεῖν.
And the cause of this inconsistency and confusion is that men believe that the office of king is, like that of priest, one which any man can fill, whereas it is the most important of human functions and demands the greatest wisdom. Now as to each particular course of action, it is the business of those who are at the time associated with a king to advise him how he may handle it in the best way possible, and how he may both preserve what is good and prevent disaster; but as regards a king’s conduct in general, I shall attempt to set forth the objects at which he should aim and the pursuits to which he should devote himself.
§ 7
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἔσται τὸ δῶρον ἐξεργασθὲν ἄξιον τῆς ὑποθέσεως, χαλεπὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς συνιδεῖν· πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν μετὰ μέτρου ποιημάτων καὶ τῶν καταλογάδην συγγραμμάτων ἔτι μὲν ἐν ταῖς διανοίαις ὄντα τῶν συντιθέντων μεγάλας τὰς προσδοκίας παρέσχεν, ἐπιτελεσθέντα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιδειχθέντα πολὺ καταδεεστέραν τὴν δόξαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἔλαβεν.
Whether the gift when finished shall be worthy of the design, it is hard to tell at the beginning; for many writings both in verse and in prose, while still in the minds of their composers, have aroused high expectations; but when completed and shown to the world have won a repute far inferior to their promise.
§ 8
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τό γʼ ἐπιχείρημα καλῶς ἔχει, τὸ ζητεῖν τὰ παραλελειμμένα καὶ νομοθετεῖν ταῖς μοναρχίαις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἰδιώτας παιδεύοντες ἐκείνους μόνον ὠφελοῦσιν· εἰ δέ τις τοὺς κρατοῦντας τοῦ πλήθους ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν προτρέψειεν, ἀμφοτέρους ἂν ὀνήσειε, καὶ τοὺς τὰς δυναστείας ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῖς ὄντας· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἂν τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀσφαλεστέρας, τοῖς δὲ τὰς πολιτείας πραοτέρας ποιήσειεν.
And yet the mere attempt is well worth while—to seek a field that has been neglected by others and lay down principles for monarchs; for those who educate men in private stations benefit them alone, but if one can turn those who rule over the multitude toward a life of virtue, he will help both classes, both those who hold positions of authority and their subjects; for he will give to kings a greater security in office and to the people a milder government.
§ 9
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν σκεπτέον τί τῶν βασιλευόντων ἔργον ἐστίν· ἂν γὰρ ἐν κεφαλαίοις τὴν δύναμιν ὅλου τοῦ πράγματος καλῶς περιλάβωμεν, ἐνταῦθʼ ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον καὶ περὶ τῶν μερῶν ἐροῦμεν. οἶμαι δὴ πάντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι προσήκειν αὐτοῖς πόλιν δυστυχοῦσαν παῦσαι καὶ καλῶς πράττουσαν διαφυλάξαι καὶ μεγάλην ἐκ μικρᾶς ποιῆσαι· τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα τὰ συμπίπτοντα κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην τούτων ἕνεκα πρακτέον ἐστί.
First, then, we must consider what is the function of kings; for if we can properly encompass the essence of the whole matter in a general principle we shall, with this before us, speak to better purpose about its parts. I think that all would agree that it is a king’s business to relieve the state when it is in distress, to maintain it in prosperity, and to make it great when it is small; for it is with these ends in view that the other duties which present themselves day by day must be performed.
§ 10
καὶ μὴν ἐκεῖνό γε φανερόν, ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ταῦτα δυνησομένους καὶ περὶ τηλικούτων βουλευομένους μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν μηδʼ ἀμελεῖν, ἀλλὰ σκοπεῖν ὅπως φρονιμώτερον διακείσονται τῶν ἄλλων· δέδεικται γὰρ ὅτι τοιαύτας τὰς βασιλείας ἕξουσιν, οἵας ἂν τὰς ἑαυτῶν γνώμας παρασκευάσωσιν.
And surely this much is clear, that those who are able to do all this, and who pronounce on matters of so great moment, must not be indolent nor careless, but must see to it that they are superior to all others in intelligence; for it is evident that they will reign well or ill according to the manner in which they equip their own minds.
§ 11
ὥστε οὐδενὶ τῶν ἀσκητῶν οὕτω προσήκει τὸ σῶμα γυμνάζειν, ὡς τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἑαυτῶν· ἅπασαι γὰρ αἱ πανηγύρεις οὐδὲν μέρος τιθέασιν τούτων τῶν ἄθλων, περὶ ὧν ὑμεῖς καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀγωνίζεσθε. ὧν ἐνθυμούμενον χρὴ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως ὅσον περ ταῖς τιμαῖς τῶν ἄλλων προέχεις, τοσοῦτον καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς αὐτῶν διοίσεις.
Therefore, no athlete is so called upon to train his body as is a king to train his soul; for not all the public festivals in the world offer a prize comparable to those for which you who are kings strive every day of your lives. This thought you must lay to heart, and see to it that in proportion as you are above the others in rank so shall you surpass them in virtue;
§ 12
καὶ μὴ νόμιζε τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις πράγμασι χρησίμην εἶναι, πρὸς δὲ τὸ βελτίους ἡμᾶς καὶ φρονιμωτέρους γίγνεσθαι μηδεμίαν δύναμιν ἔχειν· μηδὲ καταγνῷς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοσαύτην δυστυχίαν, ὡς περὶ μὲν τὰ θηρία τέχνας εὑρήκαμεν αἷς αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμεροῦμεν καὶ πλείονος ἀξίας ποιοῦμεν, ἡμᾶς δʼ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν ἂν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὠφελήσαιμεν. ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ τῆς παιδεύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας μάλιστα δυναμένης τὴν ἡμετέραν φύσιν εὐεργετεῖν, οὕτω διάκεισο τὴν γνώμην,
and do not hold the view that while diligence is of use in all other matters it is of no avail to make us better and wiser; and do not deem us, the human kind, so unfortunate that, although in dealing with wild beasts we have discovered arts by which we tame their spirits and increase their worth, yet in our own case we are powerless to help ourselves in the pursuit of virtue. On the contrary, be convinced that education and diligence are in the highest degree potent to improve our nature,
§ 13
καὶ τῶν τε παρόντων τοῖς φρονιμωτάτοις πλησίαζε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οὓς ἂν δύνῃ μεταπέμπου, καὶ μήτε τῶν ποιητῶν τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων μήτε τῶν σοφιστῶν μηδενὸς οἴου δεῖν ἀπείρως ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν ἀκροατὴς γίγνου τῶν δὲ μαθητής, καὶ παρασκεύαζε σεαυτὸν τῶν μὲν ἐλαττόνων κριτὴν τῶν δὲ μειζόνων ἀγωνιστήν· διὰ γὰρ τούτων τῶν γυμνασίων τάχιστʼ ἂν γένοιο τοιοῦτος, οἷον ὑπεθέμεθα δεῖν εἶναι τὸν ὀρθῶς βασιλεύσοντα καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὡς χρὴ διοικήσοντα. μάλιστα δʼ ἂν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ σαυτοῦ παρακληθείης,
and associate yourself with the wisest of those who are about you and send for the wisest men from abroad whenever this is possible. And do not imagine that you can afford to be ignorant of anyone either of the famous poets or of the sages; rather you should listen to the poets and learn from the sages and so equip your mind to judge those who are inferior and to emulate those who are superior to yourself; for it is through this training that you can soonest become such a man as we have assumed that one must be who is to perform properly the duties of a king, and to govern the state as he should.
§ 14
εἰ δεινὸν ἡγήσαιο τοὺς χείρους τῶν βελτιόνων ἄρχειν καὶ τοὺς ἀνοητοτέρους τοῖς φρονιμωτέροις προστάττειν· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἐρρωμενεστέρως τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἄνοιαν ἀτιμάσῃς, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τὴν αὑτοῦ διάνοιαν ἀσκήσεις.
But the strongest challenge to your task you will find in yourself, if only you consider it monstrous that the worse should rule the better, and that the more foolish should give orders to men of greater wisdom; for the more vigorously you condemn folly in others, the more diligently will you train your own understanding.
§ 15
ἄρχεσθαι μὲν οὖν ἐντεῦθεν χρὴ τοὺς μέλλοντάς τι τῶν δεόντων ποιήσειν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φιλάνθρωπον εἶναι δεῖ καὶ φιλόπολιν· οὔτε γὰρ ἵππων οὔτε κυνῶν οὔτʼ ἄλλου πράγματος οὐδενὸς οἷόν τε καλῶς ἄρχειν, ἂν μή τις χαίρῃ τούτοις ὧν αὐτὸν δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. μελέτω σοι τοῦ πλήθους, καὶ περὶ παντὸς ποιοῦ κεχαρισμένως αὐτοῖς ἄρχειν,
This, then, should be the starting-point for those who set out to do their duty. But, in addition, one must be a lover of men and a lover of his country; for neither horses nor dogs nor men nor any other thing can be properly controlled except by one who takes pleasure in the objects for which it is his duty to care. You must care for the people and make it your first consideration to rule acceptably to them,
§ 16
γιγνώσκων ὅτι καὶ τῶν ὀλιγαρχιῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν αὗται πλεῖτον χρόνον διαμένουσιν, αἵ τινες ἂν ἄριστα τὸ πλῆθος θεραπεύωσιν. καλῶς δὲ δημαγωγήσεις, ἔαν μήθʼ ὑβρίζειν τὸν ὄχλον ἐᾷς μήθʼ ὑβριζόμενον περιορᾷς, ἀλλὰ σκοπῇς ὅπως οἱ βέλτιστοι μὲν τὰς τιμὰς ἕξουσιν, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι μηδὲν ἀδικήσονται· ταῦτα γὰρ στοιχεῖα πρῶτα καὶ μέγιστα χρηστῆς πολιτείας ἐστίν.
knowing that all governments—oligarchies as well as the others—have the longest life when they best serve the masses. You will be a wise leader of the people if you do not allow the multitude either to do or to suffer outrage, but see to it that the best among them shall have the honors, while the rest shall suffer no impairment of their rights; for these are the first and most important elements of good government.
§ 17
τῶν προσταγμάτων καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων κίνει καὶ μετατίθει τὰ μὴ καλῶς καθεστῶτα, καὶ μάλιστα μὲν εὑρετὴς γίγνου τῶν βελτίστων, εἰ δὲ μή, μιμοῦ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὀρθῶς ἔχοντα. ζήτει νόμους τὸ μὲν σύμπαν δικαίους καὶ συμφέροντας καὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ὁμολογουμένους, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἵ τινες τὰς μὲν ἀμφισβητήσεις ὡς ἐλαχίστας τὰς δὲ διαλύσεις ὡς οἷόν τε ταχίστας τοῖς πολίταις ποιοῦσι· ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπαντα προσεῖναι δεῖ τοῖς καλῶς κειμένοις νόμοις.
When public ordinances and institutions are not well founded, alter and change them. If possible, originate for yourself what is best for your country, but, failing in this, imitate what is good in other countries. Seek laws that are altogether just and expedient and consistent with each other and, moreover, those which cause the fewest possible controversies and bring about the speediest possible settlements for your citizens; for all these qualities should be found in wise legislation.
§ 18
τὰς μὲν ἐργασίας αὐτοῖς καθίστη κερδαλέας, τὰς δὲ πραγματείας ἐπιζημίους, ἵνα τὰς μὲν φεύγωσι, πρὸς δὲ τὰς προθυμότερον ἔχωσιν. τὰς κρίσεις ποιοῦ περὶ ὧν ἂν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀμφισβητῶσι, μὴ πρὸς χάριν μηδʼ ἐναντίας ἀλλήλαις, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ ταὐτὰ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν γίγνωσκε· καὶ γὰρ πρέπει καὶ συμφέρει τὴν τῶν βασιλέων γνώμην ἀκινήτως ἔχειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων, ὥσπερ τοὺς νόμους τοὺς καλῶς κειμένους. οἴκει τὴν πόλιν ὁμοίως ὥσπερ τὸν πατρῷον οἶκον,
Make industry profitable for your people and lawsuits detrimental, in order that they may shun the latter and embrace the former with greater willingness. In pronouncing on matters about which there is mutual dispute, do not render decisions which exhibit favoritism or inconsistency, but let your verdicts on the same issues be always the same; for it is both right and expedient that the judgements of kings on questions of justice should be invariable, like wisely ordained laws.
§ 19
ταῖς μὲν κατασκευαῖς λαμπρῶς καὶ βασιλικῶς, ταῖς δὲ πράξεσιν ἀκριβῶς, ἵνʼ εὐδοκιμῇς ἅμα καὶ διαρκῇς. τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐπιδείκνυσο μηδʼ ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πολυτελειῶν τῶν εὐθὺς ἀφανιζομένων, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ τῷ κάλλει τῶν κτημάτων καὶ ταῖς τῶν φίλων εὐεργεσίαις· τὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἀναλωμάτων αὐτῷ τε σοὶ παραμενεῖ, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις πλείονος ἄξια τῶν δεδαπανημένων καταλείψεις.
Manage the city as you would your ancestral estate: in the matter of its appointments, splendidly and royally; in the matter of its revenues, strictly, in order that you may possess the good opinion of your people and at the same time have sufficient means. Display magnificence, not in any of the extravagant outlays which straightway vanish, but in the ways which I have mentioned, and in the beauty of the objects which you possess, and in the benefits which you bestow upon your friends; for such expenditures will not be lost to you while you live, and you will leave to those who follow you a heritage worth more than what you have spent.
§ 20
τὰ μὲν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ποίει μὲν ὡς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέδειξαν, ἡγοῦ δὲ θῦμα τοῦτο κάλλιστον εἶναι καὶ θεραπείαν μεγίστην, ἂν ὡς βέλτιστον καὶ δικαιότατον σαυτὸν παρέχῃς· μᾶλλον γὰρ ἐλπὶς τοὺς τοιούτους ἢ τοὺς ἱερεῖα πολλὰ καταβάλλοντας πράξειν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀγαθόν. τίμα ταῖς μὲν ἀρχαῖς τῶν φίλων τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους, ταῖς δʼ ἀληθείαις αὐταῖς τοὺς εὐνουστάτους.
In the worship of the gods, follow the example of your ancestors, but believe that the noblest sacrifice and the greatest devotion is to show yourself in the highest degree a good and just man; for such men have greater hope of enjoying a blessing from the gods than those who slaughter many victims. Honor with office those of your friends who are nearest of kin, but honor in very truth those who are the most loyal.
§ 21
φυλακὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην ἡγοῦ τοῦ σώματος εἶναι τήν τε τῶν φίλων ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν εὔνοιαν καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ φρόνησιν· διὰ γὰρ τούτων καὶ κτᾶσθαι καὶ σώζειν τὰς τυραννίδας μάλιστʼ ἄν τις δύναιτο. κήδου τῶν οἴκων τῶν πολιτικῶν, καὶ νόμιζε καὶ τοὺς δαπανῶντας ἀπὸ τῶν σῶν ἀναλίσκειν καὶ τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὰ σὰ πλείω ποιεῖν· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὰ τῶν οἰκούντων τὴν πόλιν οἰκεῖα τῶν καλῶς βασιλευόντων ἐστί.
Believe that your staunchest body-guard lies in the virtue of your friends, the loyalty of your citizens and your own wisdom; for it is through these that one can best acquire as well as keep the powers of royalty. Watch over the estates of your citizens, and consider that the spenders are paying from your pocket, and the workers are adding to your wealth; for all the property of those who live in the state belongs to kings who rule them well.
§ 22
διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὕτω φαίνου προτιμῶν, ὥστε πιστοτέρους εἶναι τοὺς σοὺς λόγους μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τῶν ἄλλων ὅρκους. ἅπασι μὲν τοῖς ξένοις ἀσφαλῆ τὴν πόλιν πάρεχε καὶ πρὸς τὰ συμβόλαια νόμιμον, περὶ πλείστου δὲ ποιοῦ τῶν ἀφικνουμένων μὴ τοὺς σοὶ δωρεὰς ἄγοντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παρὰ σοῦ λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦντας· τιμῶν γὰρ τοὺς τοιούτους μᾶλλον παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμήσεις.
Throughout all your life show that you value truth so highly that your word is more to be trusted than the oaths of other men. To all foreigners, see that the city offers security and good faith in its engagements; and in your treatment of those who come from abroad, make the most, not of those who bring you gifts, but of those who expect to receive gifts from you; for by honoring such men you will have greater esteem from the rest of the world.
§ 23
τοὺς πολλοὺς φόβους ἐξαίρει τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ μὴ βούλου περιδεεῖς εἶναι τοὺς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας· ὅπως γὰρ ἂν τοὺς ἄλλους πρὸς σαυτὸν διαθῇς, οὕτω καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἕξεις. ποίει μὲν μηδὲν μετʼ ὀργῆς, δόκει δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὅταν σοι καιρὸς ᾖ. δεινὸς μὲν φαίνου τῷ μηδέν σε λανθάνειν τῶν γιγνομένων, πρᾶος δὲ τῷ τὰς τιμωρίας ἐλάττους ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων.
Deliver your citizens from their many fears, and be not willing that dread should beset men who have done no wrong; for even as you dispose others toward you, so you will feel toward them. Do nothing in anger, but simulate anger when the occasion demands it. Show yourself stern by overlooking nothing which men do, but kind by making the punishment less than the offense.
§ 24
ἀρχικὸς εἶναι βούλου μὴ χαλεπότητι μηδὲ τῷ σφόδρα κολάζειν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πάντας ἡττᾶσθαι τῆς σῆς διανοίας καὶ νομίζειν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας ἄμεινον ἑαυτῶν σὲ βουλεύεσθαι. πολεμικὸς μὲν ἴσθι ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις καὶ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, εἰρηνικὸς δὲ τῷ μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πλεονεκτεῖν. οὕτως ὁμίλει τῶν πόλεων πρὸς τὰς ἥττους, ὥσπερ ἂν τὰς κρείττους πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσειας.
Be not willing to show your authority by harshness or by undue severity in punishment, but by causing your subjects one and all to defer to your judgement and to believe that your plans for their welfare are better than their own. Be warlike in your knowledge of war and in your preparations for it, but peaceful in your avoidance of all unjust aggression. Deal with weaker states as you would expect stronger states to deal with you.
§ 25
φιλονείκει μὴ περὶ πάντων, ἀλλὰ περὶ ὧν ἂν κρατήσαντί σοι μέλλῃ συνοίσειν. φαύλους ἡγοῦ μὴ τοὺς συμφερόντως ἡττωμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μετὰ βλάβης περιγιγνομένους. μεγαλόφρονας νόμιζε μὴ τοὺς μείζω περιβαλλομένους ὧν οἷοί τʼ εἰσὶ κατασχεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς καλῶν μὲν ἐφιεμένους, ἐξεργάζεσθαι δὲ δυναμένους οἷς ἂν ἐπιχειρῶσιν.
Do not be contentious in all things, but only where it will profit you to have your own way. Do not think men weak who yield a point to their own advantage, but rather those who prevail to their own injury. Do not consider that the great souls are those who undertake more than they can achieve, but those who, having noble aims, are also able to accomplish whatever they attempt.
§ 26
ζήλου μὴ τοὺς μεγίστην ἀρχὴν κτησαμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἄριστα τῇ παρούσῃ χρησαμένους, καὶ νόμιζε τελέως εὐδαιμονήσειν οὐκ ἐὰν πάντων ἀνθρώπων μετὰ φόβων καὶ κινδύνων καὶ κακίας ἄρξῃς, ἀλλʼ ἂν τοιοῦτος ὢν οἷον χρὴ καὶ πράττων ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ παρόντι μετρίων ἐπιθυμῇς καὶ μηδενὸς τούτων ἀτυχῇς.
Emulate, not those who have most widely extended their dominion, but those who have made best use of the power they already possess; and believe that you will enjoy the utmost happiness, not if you rule over the whole world at the price of fears and dangers and baseness, but rather if, being the man you should be, and continuing to act as at the present moment, you set your heart on moderate achievements and fail in none of them.
§ 27
φίλους κτῶ μὴ πάντας τοὺς βουλομένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῆς σῆς φύσεως ἀξίους ὄντας, μηδὲ μεθʼ ὧν ἥδιστα συνδιατρίψεις, ἀλλὰ μεθʼ ὧν ἄριστα τὴν πόλιν διοικήσεις. ἀκριβεῖς ποιοῦ τὰς δοκιμασίας τῶν συνόντων, εἰδὼς ὅτι πάντες οἱ μή σοι πλησιάσαντες ὅμοιόν σε τοῖς χρωμένοις εἶναι νομιοῦσιν. τοιούτους ἐφίστη τοῖς πράγμασι τοῖς μὴ διὰ σοῦ γιγνομένοις, ὡς αὐτὸς τὰς αἰτίας ἕξων ὧν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι πράξωσιν.
Do not give your friendship to everyone who desires it, but only to those who are worthy of you; not to those whose society you will most enjoy, but to those with whose help you will best govern the state. Subject your associates to the most searching tests, knowing that all who are not in close touch with you will think that you are like those with whom you live. When you put men in charge of affairs which are not under your personal direction, be governed by the knowledge that you yourself will be held responsible for whatever they do.
§ 28
πιστοὺς ἡγοῦ μὴ τοὺς ἅπαν ὁ τι ἂν λέγῃς ἢ ποιῇς ἐπαινοῦντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἐπιτιμῶντας. δίδου παρρησίαν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν, ἵνα περὶ ὧν ἂν ἀμφιγνοῇς, ἔχῃς τοὺς συνδοκιμάσοντας. διόρα καὶ τοὺς τέχνῃ κολακεύοντας καὶ τοὺς μετʼ εὐνοίας θεραπεύοντας, ἵνα μὴ πλέον οἱ πονηροὶ τῶν χρηστῶν ἔχωσιν. ἄκουε τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περὶ ἀλλήλων, καὶ πειρῶ γνωρίζειν ἅμα τούς τε λέγοντας, ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσι, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἂν λέγωσιν.
Regard as your most faithful friends, not those who praise everything you say or do, but those who criticize your mistakes. Grant freedom of speech to those who have good judgement, in order that when you are in doubt you may have friends who will help you to decide. Distinguish between those who artfully flatter and those who loyally serve you, that the base may not fare better than the good. Listen to what men say about each other and try to discern at the same time the character of those who speak and of those about whom they speak.
§ 29
ταῖς αὐταῖς κόλαζε ζημίαις τοὺς ψευδῶς διαβάλλοντας, αἷσπερ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας. ἄρχε σαυτοῦ μηδὲν ἧττον ἢ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τοῦθʼ ἡγοῦ βασιλικώτατον, ἂν μηδεμιᾷ δουλεύῃς τῶν ἡδονῶν, ἀλλὰ κρατῆς τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν πολιτῶν. μηδεμίαν συνουσίαν εἰκῇ προσδέχου μηδʼ ἀλογίστως, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείναις ταῖς διατριβαῖς ἔθιζε σαυτὸν χαίρειν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτός τʼ ἐπιδώσεις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις βελτίων εἶναι δόξεις.
Visit the same punishment on false-accusers as on evil-doers. Govern yourself no less than your subjects, and consider that you are in the highest sense a king when you are a slave to no pleasure but rule over your desires more firmly than over your people. Do not contract any intimacy heedlessly or without reflection, but accustom yourself to take pleasure in that society which will contribute to your advancement and heighten your fame in the eyes of the world.
§ 30
μὴ φαίνου φιλοτιμούμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἃ καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς διαπράξασθαι δυνατόν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ μέγα φρονῶν, ἧς οὐδὲν μέρος τοῖς πονηροῖς μέτεστιν. νόμιζε τῶν τιμῶν ἀληθεστάτας εἶναι μὴ τὰς ἐν τῷ φανερῷ μετὰ δέους γιγνομένας, ἀλλʼ ὅταν αὐτοὶ παρʼ αὑτοῖς ὄντες μᾶλλόν σου τὴν γνώμην ἢ τὴν τύχην θαυμάζωσιν. λάνθανε μέν, ἢν ἐπὶ τῴ σοι συμβῇ τῶν φαύλων χαίρειν, ἐνδείκνυσο δὲ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα σπουδάζων.
Do not show yourself ambitious for those things which lie within the power of base men also to achieve, but show that you pride yourself on virtue, in which base men have no part. Consider that the truest respect is shown you, not in the public demonstrations which are inspired by fear, but when people in the privacy of their homes speak with admiration of your wisdom rather than of your fortune. Let it not be known of men if perchance you take delight in things of small account, but let the world see that you are zealous about matters of the greatest moment.
§ 31
μὴ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἀξίου κοσμίως ζῆν τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς ἀτάκτως, ἀλλὰ τὴν σαυτοῦ σωφροσύνην παράδειγμα τοῖς ἄλλοις καθίστη, γιγνώσκων ὅτι τὸ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης ἦθος ὁμοιοῦται τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. σημεῖον ἔστω σοι τοῦ καλῶς βασιλεύειν, ἂν τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὁρᾷς εὐπορωτέρους καὶ σωφρονεστέρους γιγνομένους διὰ τὴν σὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
Do not think that while all other people should live with sobriety, kings may live with license; on the contrary, let your own self-control stand as an example to the rest, realizing that the manners of the whole state are copied from its rulers. Let it be a sign to you that you rule wisely if you see all your subjects growing more prosperous and more temperate because of your oversight.
§ 32
περὶ πλείονος ποιοῦ δόξαν καλὴν ἢ πλοῦτον μέγαν τοῖς παισὶ καταλιπεῖν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ θνητός, ἡ δʼ ἀθάνατος, καὶ δόξῃ μὲν χρήματα κτητά, δόξα δὲ χρημάτων οὐκ ὠνητή, καὶ τὰ μὲν καὶ φαύλοις παραγίγνεται, τὴν δʼ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀλλʼ ἢ τοὺς διενεγκόντας κτήσασθαι. τρύφα μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐσθῆσι καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸ σῶμα κόσμοις, καρτέρει δὲ ὡς χρὴ τοὺς βασιλεύοντας ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ἵνʼ οἱ μὲν ὁρῶντες διὰ τὴν ὄψιν ἄξιόν σε τῆς ἀρχῆς εἶναι νομίζωσιν, οἱ δὲ συνόντες διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ῥώμην τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοις γνώμην ἔχωσιν.
Consider it more important to leave to your children a good name than great riches; for riches endure for a day, a good name for all time; a good name may bring wealth, but wealth cannot buy a good name; wealth comes even to men of no account, but a good name can only be acquired by men of superior merit. Be sumptuous in your dress and personal adornment, but simple and severe, as befits a king, in your other habits, that those who see you may judge from your appearance that you are worthy of your office, and that those who are intimate with you may form the same opinion from your strength of soul.
§ 33
ἐπισκόπει τοὺς λόγους ἀεὶ τοὺς σαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις, ἵνʼ ὡς ἐλαχίστοις ἁμαρτήμασι περιπίπτῃς. κράτιστον μὲν τῆς ἀκμῆς τῶν καιρῶν τυγχάνειν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ δυσκαταμαθήτως ἔχουσιν, ἐλλείπειν αἱροῦ καὶ μὴ πλεονάζειν· αἱ γὰρ μετριότητες μᾶλλον ἐν ταῖς ἐνδείαις ἢ ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς ἔνεισιν.
Keep watch always on your words and actions, that you may fall into as few mistakes as possible. For while it is best to grasp your opportunities at exactly the right moment, yet, since they are difficult to discern, choose to fall short rather than to overreach them; for the happy mean is to be found in defect rather than in excess.
§ 34
ἀστεῖος εἶναι πειρῶ καὶ σεμνός· τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῇ τυραννίδι πρέπει, τὸ δὲ πρὸς τὰς συνουσίας ἁρμόττει. χαλεπώτατον δὲ τοῦτο πάντων ἐστὶ τῶν προσταγμάτων· εὑρήσεις γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοὺς μὲν σεμνυνομένους ψυχροὺς ὄντας, τοὺς δὲ βουλομένους μένους ἀστείους εἶναι ταπεινοὺς φαινομένους. δεῖ δὲ χρῆσθαι μὲν ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰδέαις ταύταις, τὴν δὲ συμφορὰν τὴν ἑκατέρᾳ προσοῦσαν διαφεύγειν.
Try to combine courtesy with dignity; for dignity is in keeping with the position of a king and courtesy is becoming in his social intercourse. Yet no admonition is so difficult to carry out as this; for you will find that for the most part those who affect dignity are cold, while those who desire to be courteous appear to lower themselves; yet you should cultivate both these qualities and try to avoid the danger that attaches to each.
§ 35
ὅ τι ἂν ἀκριβῶσαι βουληθῇς ὧν ἐπίστασθαι προσήκει τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἐμπειρίᾳ μέτιθι καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ φιλοσοφεῖν τὰς ὁδούς σοι δείξει, τὸ δʼ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων γυμνάζεσθαι δύνασθαί σε χρῆσθαι τοῖς πράγμασι ποιήσει. θεώρει τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ τὰ συμπίπτοντα καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις καὶ τοῖς τυράννοις· ἂν γὰρ τὰ παρεληλυθότα μνημονεύῃς, ἄμεινον περὶ τῶν μελλόντων βουλεύσει.
Whenever you desire to gain a thorough understanding of such things as it is fitting that kings should know, pursue them by practice as well as by study; for study will show you the way but training yourself in the actual doing of things will give you power to deal with affairs. Reflect on the fortunes and accidents which befall both common men and kings, for if you are mindful of the past you will plan better for the future.
§ 36
δεινὸν ἡγοῦ τῶν μὲν ἰδιωτῶν τινας ἐθέλειν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἵνα τελευτήσαντες ἐπαινεθῶσι, τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς μὴ τολμᾶν χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τούτοις, ἐξ ὧν ζῶντες εὐδοκιμήσουσιν. βούλου τὰς εἰκόνας τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑπόμνημα μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ σώματος καταλιπεῖν. μάλιστα μὲν πειρῶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν καὶ σαυτῷ καὶ τῇ πόλει διαφυλάττειν· ἐὰν δʼ ἀναγκασθῇς κινδυνεύειν, αἱροῦ καλῶς τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν αἰσχρῶς.
Consider that where there are common men who are ready to lay down their lives that they may be praised after they are dead, it is shameful for kings not to have the courage to pursue a course of conduct from which they will gain renown during their lives. Prefer to leave behind you as a memorial images of your character rather than of your body. Put forth every effort to preserve your own and your state’s security, but if you are compelled to risk your life, choose to die with honor rather than to live in shame.
§ 37
ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις μέμνησο τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ φρόντιζε ὅπως μηδὲν ἀνάξιον τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης πράξεις. Μὴ περιίδῃς τὴν σαυτοῦ φύσιν ἅπασαν ἅμα διαλυθεῖσαν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ θνητοῦ σώματος ἔτυχες, πειρῶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀθάνατον τὴν μνήμην καταλιπεῖν.
In all your actions remember that you are a king, and take care never to do anything which is beneath the dignity of your station. Do not suffer your life to be at once wholly blotted out, but since you were allotted a perishable body, seek to leave behind an imperishable memorial of your soul.
§ 38
μελέτα περὶ καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων λέγειν, ἵνα συνεθισθῇς ὅμοια τοῖς εἰρημένοις φρονεῖν. ἅττʼ ἄν σοι λογιζομένῳ φαίνηται βέλτιστα, ταῦτα τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπιτέλει. ὧν τὰς δόξας ζηλοῖς, μιμοῦ τὰς πράξεις. ἃ τοῖς αὑτοῦ παισὶν ἂν συμβουλεύσειας, τούτοις αὐτὸς ἐμμένειν ἀξίου. χρῶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἢ ζήτει βελτίω τούτων.
Make it your practice to talk of things that are good and honorable, that your thoughts may through habit come to be like your words. Whatever seems to you upon careful thought to be the best course, put this into effect. If there are men whose reputations you envy, imitate their deeds. Whatever advice you would give to your children, consent to follow it yourself. Make use of the precepts which I have given you or else seek better counsel.
§ 39
σοφοὺς νόμιζε μὴ τοὺς ἀκριβῶς περὶ μικρῶν ἐρίζοντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς εὖ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων λέγοντας, μηδὲ τοὺς τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις εὐδαιμονίαν ὑπισχνουμένους, αὐτοὺς δʼ ἐν πολλαῖς ἀπορίαις ὄντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μέτρια μὲν περὶ αὑτῶν λέγοντας, ὁμιλεῖν δὲ καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δυναμένους, καὶ μὴ διαταραττομένους ἐν ταῖς τοῦ βίου μεταβολαῖς, ἀλλὰ καλῶς καὶ μετρίως καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ τὰς εὐτυχίας φέρειν ἐπισταμένους.
Regard as wise men, not those who dispute subtly about trifling matters, but those who speak well on the great issues; and not those who, being themselves in sorry straits, hold forth to others the promise of a prosperous fortune, but those who, while making modest claims for themselves, are able to deal with both affairs and men, and are not upset by the vicissitudes of existence, but have learned to bear moderately and bravely both the good and the evil chances of life.
§ 40
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν λεγομένων ἐστὶν ἃ καὶ σὺ γιγνώσκεις· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐμὲ τοῦτο παρέλαθεν, ἀλλʼ ἠπιστάμην ὅτι τοσούτων ὄντων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων οἱ μέν τι τούτων εἰρήκασιν, οἱ δʼ ἀκηκόασιν, οἱ δʼ ἑτέρους ποιοῦντας ἑωράκασιν, οἱ δʼ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ἐπιτηδεύοντες.
And do not be surprised that in what I have said there are many things which you know as well as I. This is not from inadvertence on my part, for I have realized all along that among so great a multitude both of mankind in general and of their rulers there are some who have uttered one or another of these precepts, some who have heard them, some who have observed other people put them into practice, and some who are carrying them out in their own lives.
§ 41
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις χρὴ τούτοις ζητεῖν τὰς καινότητας, ἐν οἷς οὔτε παράδοξον οὔτʼ ἄπιστον οὔτʼ ἔξω τῶν νομιζομένων οὐδὲν ἔξεστιν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦτον χαριέστατον, ὃς ἂν τῶν διεσπαρμένων ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων διανοίαις ἀθροῖσαι τὰ πλεῖστα δυνηθῇ καὶ φράσαι κάλλιστα περὶ αὐτῶν.
But the truth is that in discourses of this sort we should not seek novelties, for in these discourses it is not possible to say what is paradoxical or incredible or outside the circle of accepted belief; but, rather, we should regard that man as the most accomplished in this field who can collect the greatest number of ideas scattered among the thoughts of all the rest and present them in the best form.
§ 42
ἐπεὶ κἀκεῖνό μοι πρόδηλον ἦν, ὅτι τὰ συμβουλεύοντα καὶ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ τῶν συγγραμμάτων μάτων χρησιμώτατα μὲν ἅπαντες νομίζουσιν, οὐ μὴν ἥδιστά γʼ αὐτῶν ἀκούουσιν, ἀλλὰ πεπόνθασιν ὅπερ πρὸς τοὺς νουθετοῦντας· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους ἐπαινοῦσι μέν, πλησιάζειν δὲ βούλονται τοῖς συνεξαμαρτάνουσιν ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῖς ἀποτρέπουσιν.
Moreover, this has been clear to me from the first, that while all men think that those compositions, whether in verse or prose, are the most useful which counsel us how to live, yet it is certainly not to them that they listen with greatest pleasure; nay, they feel about these just as they feel about the people who admonish them; for while they praise the latter, they choose for associates those who share in, and not those who would dissuade them from, their faults.
§ 43
σημεῖον δʼ ἄν τις ποιήσαιτο τὴν Ἡσιόδου καὶ Θεόγνιδος καὶ Φωκυλίδου ποίησιν· καὶ γὰρ τούτους φασὶ μὲν ἀρίστους γεγενῆσθαι συμβούλους τῶ βίῳ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ταῦτα δὲ λέγοντες αἱροῦνται συνδιατρίβειν ταῖς ἀλλήλων ἀνοίαις μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς ἐκείνων ὑποθήκαις.
As a case in point, one might cite the poetry of Hesiod and Theognis and Phocylides; for these, they say, have proved the best counsellors for human conduct; but in spite of what they say, people prefer to occupy themselves with each other’s follies rather than with the admonitions of these teachers.
§ 44
ἔτι δʼ εἴ τις ἐκλέξειε τῶν προεχόντων ποιητῶν τὰς καλουμένας γνώμας, ἐφʼ αἷς ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστʼ ἐσπούδασαν, ὁμοίως ἂν καὶ πρὸς ταύτας διατεθεῖεν· ἥδιον γὰρ ἂν κωμῳδίας τῆς φαυλοτάτης ἢ τῶν οὕτω τεχνικῶς πεποιημένων ἀκούσαιεν. καὶ τί δεῖ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον λέγοντα διατρίβειν;
And, again, if one were to make a selection from the leading poets of their maxims, as we call them, into which they have put their best thought, men would show a similar attitude toward them also; for they would lend a readier ear to the cheapest comedy than to the creations of such finished art. Yet why should I spend time in giving single instances?
§ 45
ὅλως γὰρ εἰ ʼθέλοιμεν σκοπεῖν τὰς φύσεις τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, εὑρήσομεν τοὺς πολλοὺς αὐτῶν οὔτε τῶν σιτίων χαίροντας τοῖς ὑγιεινοτάτοις οὔτε τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τοῖς καλλίστοις οὔτε δοκοῦντας καρτερικοὺς καὶ φιλοπόνους εἶναι τοὺς τῶν δεόντων τι ποιοῦντας·
For if we are willing to survey human nature as a whole, we shall find that the majority of men do not take pleasure in the food that is the most wholesome, nor in the pursuits that are the most honorable, nor in the actions that are the noblest, nor in the creatures that are the most useful, but that they have tastes which are in every way contrary to their best interests, while they view those who have some regard for their duty as men of austere and laborious lives.
§ 46
ὥστε πῶς ἄν τις τοῖς τοιούτοις ἢ παραινῶν ἢ διδάσκων ἢ χρήσιμόν τι λέγων ἀρέσειεν; οἳ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις φθονοῦσι μὲν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν, ἁπλοῦς δʼ ἡγοῦνται τοὺς νοῦν οὐκ ἔχοντας, οὕτω δὲ τὰς ἀληθείας τῶν πραγμάτων φεύγουσιν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἴσασιν, ἀλλὰ λυποῦνται μὲν περὶ τῶν ἰδίων λογιζόμενοι, χαίρουσι δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων διαλεγόμενοι, βούλοιντο δʼ ἂν τῷ σώματι κακοπαθῆσαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ ψυχῇ πονῆσαι καὶ σκέψασθαι περί τινος τῶν ἀναγκαίων.
How, then, can one advise or teach or say anything of profit and yet please such people? For, besides what I have said of them, they look upon men of wisdom with suspicion, while they regard men of no understanding as open and sincere; and they so shun the verities of life that they do not even know their own interests: nay, it irks them to take account of their own business and it delights them to discuss the business of others;
§ 47
εὕροι δʼ ἄν τις αὐτοὺς ἐν μὲν ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνουσίαις ἢ λοιδοροῦντας ἢ λοιδορουμένους, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἐρημίαις οὐ βουλευομένους ἀλλʼ εὐχομένους. λέγω δʼ οὐ καθʼ ἁπάντων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τῶν ἐνόχων τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὄντων.
and they would rather be ill in body than exert the soul and give thought to anything in the line of duty. Observe them when they are in each other’s company, and you will find them giving and taking abuse; observe them when they are by themselves, and you will find them occupied, not with plans, but with idle dreams. I am, however, speaking now not of all, but of those only who are open to the charges I have made.
§ 48
ἐκεῖνο δʼ οὖν φανερόν, ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς βουλομένους ἢ ποιεῖν ἢ γράφειν τι κεχαρισμένον τοῖς πολλοῖς μὴ τοὺς ὠφελιμωτάτους τῶν λόγων ζητεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μυθωδεστάτους· ἀκούοντες μὲν γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων χαίρουσι, θεωροῦντες δὲ τοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ τὰς ἁμίλλας. διὸ καὶ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς πρώτους εὑρόντας τραγῳδίαν ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, ὅτι κατιδόντες τὴν φύσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰδέαις ταύταις κατεχρήσαντο πρὸς τὴν ποίησιν.
This much, however, is clear, that those who aim to write anything in verse or prose which will make a popular appeal should seek out, not the most profitable discourses, but those which most abound in fictions; for the ear delights in these just as the eye delights in games and contests. Wherefore we may well admire the poet Homer and the first inventors of tragedy, seeing that they, with true insight into human nature, have embodied both kinds of pleasure in their poetry;
§ 49
ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς τῶν ἡμιθέων ἐμυθολόγησεν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς μύθους εἰς ἀγῶνας καὶ πράξεις κατέστησαν, ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἀκουστοὺς ἡμῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ θεατοὺς γενέσθαι. τοιούτων οὖν παραδειγμάτων ὑπαρχόντων, δέδεικται τοῖς ἐπιθυμοῦσι τοὺς ἀκροωμένους ψυχαγωγεῖν, ὅτι τοῦ μὲν νουθετεῖν καὶ συμβουλεύειν βουλεύειν ἀφεκτέον, τὰ δὲ τοιαῦτα λεκτέον οἷς ὁρῶσι τοὺς ὄχλους μάλιστα χαίροντας.
for Homer has dressed the contests and battles of the demigods in myths, while the tragic poets have rendered the myths in the form of contests and action, so that they are presented, not to our ears alone, but to our eyes as well. With such models, then, before us, it is evident that those who desire to command the attention of their hearers must abstain from admonition and advice, and must say the kind of things which they see are most pleasing to the crowd.
§ 50
ταῦτα δὲ διῆλθον ἡγούμενος σὲ δεῖν, τὸν οὐχ ἕνα τῶν πολλῶν ἀλλὰ πολλῶν βασιλεύοντα, μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν τοῖς ἄλλοις, μηδὲ τὰ σπουδαῖα τῶν πραγμάτων μηδὲ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ταῖς ἡδοναῖς κρίνειν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῶν πράξεων τῶν χρησίμων αὐτοὺς δοκιμάζειν,
I have dwelt on these matters because I think that you, who are not one of the multitude but a king over the multitude, ought not to be of the same mind as men at large; you ought not to judge what things are worthy or what men are wise by the standard of pleasure, but to appraise them in the light of conduct that is useful;
§ 51
ἄλλως τʼ ἐπειδὴ περὶ μὲν τῶν γυμνασίων τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀμφισβητοῦσιν οἱ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες, καί φασιν οἱ μὲν διὰ τῶν ἐριστικῶν λόγων οἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν πολιτικῶν οἱ δὲ διʼ ἄλλων τινῶν φρονιμωτέρους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς αὐτοῖς πλησιάζοντας, ἐκεῖνο δὲ πάντες ὁμολογοῦσιν, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν καλῶς πεπαιδευμένον ἐξ ἑκάστου τούτων φαίνεσθαι βουλεύεσθαι δυνάμενον.
especially, since the teachers of philosophy, however much they debate about the proper discipline of the soul (some contending that it is through disputation, others that it is through political discussion, others that it is through other means that their disciples are to attain to greater wisdom), yet are all agreed on this, that the well-educated man must, as the result of this training in whatever discipline, show ability to deliberate and decide.
§ 52
χρὴ τοίνυν ἀφέμενον τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἐπὶ τοῦ συνομολογουμένου λαμβάνειν αὐτῶν τὸν ἔλεγχον, καὶ μάλιστα μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν καιρῶν θεωρεῖν συμβουλεύοντας, εἰ δὲ μή, καὶ καθʼ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων λέγοντας. καὶ τοὺς μὲν μηδὲν γιγνώσκοντας τῶν δεόντων ἀποδοκίμαζε (δῆλον γὰρ ὡς ὁ μηδὲν ὢν αὐτὸς χρήσιμος οὐδʼ ἄν ἄλλον φρόνιμον ποιήσειεν),
You should, therefore, avoid what is in controversy and test men’s value in the light of what is generally agreed upon, if possible taking careful note of them when they present their views on particular situations; or, if that is not possible, when they discuss general questions. And when they are altogether lacking in what they ought to know, reject them (for it is clear that if one is of no use in himself, neither can he make another man wise);
§ 53
τοὺς δὲ νοῦν ἔχοντας καὶ δυναμένους ὁρᾶν πλέον τι τῶν ἄλλων περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦ καὶ θεράπευε, γιγνώσκων ὅτι σύμβουλος ἀγαθὸς χρησιμώτατον καὶ τυραννικώτατον ἁπάντων τῶν κτημάτων ἐστίν. ἡγοῦ δὲ τούτους μεγίστην σοι ποιεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν, οἵ τινες ἂν τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν σὴν πλεῖστʼ ὠφελῆσαι δυνηθῶσιν.
but when they are intelligent and able to see farther than the rest, prize them and cherish them, knowing that a good counsellor is the most useful and the most princely of all possessions. And believe that those contribute most to the greatness of your reign who can contribute most to your understanding.
§ 54
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἅ τε γιγνώσκω παρῄνεκα, καὶ τιμῶ σε τούτοις οἷς τυγχάνω δυνάμενος· βούλου δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅπερ εἶπον ἀρχόμενος, μὴ τὰς εἰθισμένας ἄγειν σοι δωρεάς, ἃς ὑμεῖς πολὺ πλείονος ἀγοράζετε παρὰ τῶν διδόντων ἢ παρὰ τῶν πωλούντων, ἀλλὰ τοιαύτας, αἷς κἂν σφόδρα χρῇ καὶ μηδεμίαν ἡμέραν διαλείπῃς, οὐ κατατρίψεις, ἀλλὰ μείζους καὶ πλείονος ἀξίας ποιήσεις.
Now I, for my part, have offered you all the good counsels which I know, and I honor you with these gifts which I have at my command; and do you, recalling what I said in the beginning, desire that your other friends also shall bring you, not the usual presents, which you purchase at a much greater cost from those who give than from those who sell, but gifts of such a nature that, even though you make hard use of them every day without fail, you will never wear them out, but will, on the contrary, enlarge them and increase their worth.
Nicocles or the Cyprians · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg014 · Greek: Νικόκλης ἢ Κύπριοι — tlg0010.tlg014.perseus-grc2 · English: Nicocles or the Cyprians — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg014.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰσί τινες οἳ δυσκόλως ἔχουσι πρὸς τοὺς λόγους καὶ διαμέμφονται τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας, καί φασιν αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἀρετῆς ἀλλὰ πλεονεξίας ἕνεκα ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας διατριβάς. ἡδέως ἂν οὖν πυθοίμην τῶν οὕτω διακειμένων, διὰ τί τοὺς μὲν εὖ λέγειν ἐπιθυμοῦντας ψέγουσι, τοὺς δʼ ὀρθῶς πράττειν βουλομένους ἐπαινοῦσιν· εἰ γὰρ αἱ πλεονεξίαι λυποῦσιν αὐτούς, πλείους καὶ μείζους ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἢ τῶν λόγων εὑρήσομεν γιγνομένας.
There are people who frown upon eloquence and censure men who study philosophy, asserting that those who engage in such occupations do so, not for the sake of virtue, but for their own advantage. Now, I should be glad if those who take this position would tell me why they blame men who are ambitious to speak well, but applaud men who desire to act rightly; for if it is the pursuit of one’s own advantage which gives them offense, we shall find that more and greater advantages are gained from actions than from speech.
§ 2
ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνʼ ἄτοπον εἰ λέληθεν αὐτούς, ὅτι τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσεβοῦμεν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἀσκοῦμεν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς ἐπιτηδεύομεν οὐχ ἵνα τῶν ἄλλων ἔλαττον ἔχωμεν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἂν ὡς μετὰ πλείστων ἀγαθῶν τὸν βίον διάγωμεν. ὥστʼ οὐ κατηγορητέον τῶν πραγμάτων τούτων ἐστί, διʼ ὧν ἄν τις μετʼ ἀρετῆς πλεονεκτήσειεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐξαμαρτανόντων ἢ τοῖς λόγοις ἐξαπατώντων καὶ μὴ δικαίως χρωμένων αὐτοῖς.
Moreover, it is passing strange if the fact has escaped them that we reverence the gods and practice justice, and cultivate the other virtues, not that we may be worse off than our fellows, but that we may pass our days in the enjoyment of as many good things as possible. They should not, therefore, condemn these means by which one may gain advantage without sacrifice of virtue, but rather those men who do wrong in their actions or who deceive by their speech and put their eloquence to unjust uses.
§ 3
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ἐχόντων, ὅπως οὐ καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν ῥώμην καὶ τὴν ἀνδρίαν κακῶς λέγουσιν. εἴπερ γὰρ διὰ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας καὶ τοὺς ψευδομένους πρὸς τοὺς λόγους χαλεπῶς ἔχουσι, προσήκει καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθοῖς αὐτοὺς ἐπιτιμᾶν· φανήσονται γάρ τινες καὶ τῶν ταῦτα κεκτημένων ἐξαμαρτάνοντες καὶ πολλοὺς διὰ τούτων κακῶς ποιοῦντες.
I am astonished that those who hold the view to which I have just referred do not rail also against wealth and strength and courage; for if they are really hostile to eloquence because there are men who do wrong and speak falsehood, they ought to disparage as well all other good things; for there will be found also among men who possess these some who do wrong and use these advantages to the injury of many.
§ 4
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ δίκαιον, οὔτʼ εἴ τινες τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας τύπτουσι, τῆς ῥώμης κατηγορεῖν, οὔτε διὰ τοὺς ἀποκτείνοντας οὓς οὐ δεῖ τὴν ἀνδρίαν λοιδορεῖν, οὔθʼ ὅλως τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων πονηρίαν ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα μεταφέρειν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ψέγειν, ὅσοι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς κακῶς χρῶνται καὶ τοῖς ὠφελεῖν δυναμένοις, τούτοις βλάπτειν τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους ἐπιχειροῦσι.
Nevertheless, it is not fair to decry strength because there are persons who assault people whom they encounter, nor to traduce courage because there are those who slay men wantonly, nor in general to transfer to things the depravity of men, but rather to put the blame on the men themselves who misuse the good things, and who, by the very powers which might help their fellow-countrymen, endeavor to do them harm.
§ 5
νῦν δʼ ἀμελήσαντες τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον περὶ ἑκάστου διορίζεσθαι πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς λόγους δυσκόλως διάκεινται, καὶ τοσοῦτον διημαρτήκασιν ὥστʼ οὐκ αἴσθονται τοιούτῳ πράγματι δυσμενῶς ἔχοντες, ὃ πάντων τῶν ἐνόντων ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστι. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοις οἷς ἔχομεν οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων διαφέρομεν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν καὶ τῷ τάχει καὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις εὐπορίαις καταδεέστεροι τυγχάνομεν ὄντες·
But the fact is that since they have not taken the trouble to make distinctions after this manner in each instance, they are ill-disposed to all eloquence; and they have gone so far astray as not to perceive that they are hostile to that power which of all the faculties that belong to the nature of man is the source of most of our blessings. For in the other powers which we possess we are in no respect superior to other living creatures; nay, we are inferior to many in swiftness and in strength and in other resources;
§ 6
ἐγγενομένου δʼ ἡμῖν τοῦ πείθειν ἀλλήλους καὶ δηλοῦν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ ὧν ἂν βουληθῶμεν, οὐ μόνον τοῦ θηριωδῶς ζῆν ἀπηλλάγημεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνελθόντες πόλεις ᾠκίσαμεν καὶ νόμους ἐθέμεθα καὶ τέχνας εὕρομεν, καὶ σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ διʼ ἡμῶν μεμηχανημένα λόγος ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὁ συγκατασκευάσας.
but, because there has been implanted in us the power to persuade each other and to make clear to each other whatever we desire, not only have we escaped the life of wild beasts, but we have come together and founded cities and made laws and invented arts; and, generally speaking, there is no institution devised by man which the power of speech has not helped us to establish.
§ 7
οὗτος γὰρ περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ τῶν καλῶν ἐνομοθέτησεν· ὧν μὴ διαταχθέντων οὐκ ἂν οἷοί τʼ ἦμεν οἰκεῖν μετʼ ἀλλήλων. τούτῳ καὶ τοὺς κακοὺς ἐξελέγχομεν καὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐγκωμιάζομεν. διὰ τούτου τούς τʼ ἀνοήτους παιδεύομεν καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους δοκιμάζομεν· τὸ γὰρ λέγειν ὡς δεῖ τοῦ φρονεῖν εὖ μέγιστον σημεῖον ποιούμεθα, καὶ λόγος ἀληθὴς καὶ νόμιμος καὶ δίκαιος ψυχῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ πιστῆς εἴδωλόν ἐστιν.
For this it is which has laid down laws concerning things just and unjust, and things base and honorable; and if it were not for these ordinances we should not be able to live with one another. It is by this also that we confute the bad and extol the good. Through this we educate the ignorant and appraise the wise; for the power to speak well is taken as the surest index of a sound understanding, and discourse which is true and lawful and just is the outward image of a good and faithful soul.
§ 8
μετὰ τούτου καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητησίμων ἀγωνιζόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀγνοουμένων σκοπούμεθα· ταῖς γὰρ πίστεσιν αἷς τοὺς ἄλλους λέγοντες πείθομεν, ταῖς αὐταῖς ταύταις βουλευόμενοι χρώμεθα, καὶ ῥητορικοὺς μὲν καλοῦμεν τοὺς ἐν τῷ πλήθει δυναμένους λέγειν, εὐβούλους δὲ νομίζομεν οἵτινες ἂν αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἄριστα περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων διαλεχθῶσιν.
With this faculty we both contend against others on matters which are open to dispute and seek light for ourselves on things which are unknown; for the same arguments which we use in persuading others when we speak in public, we employ also when we deliberate in our own thoughts; and, while we call eloquent those who are able to speak before a crowd, we regard as sage those who most skilfully debate their problems in their own minds.
§ 9
εἰ δὲ δεῖ συλλήβδην περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν τῶν φρονίμως πραττομένων εὑρήσομεν ἀλόγως γιγνόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῶν διανοημάτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμόνα λόγον ὄντα, καὶ μάλιστα χρωμένους αὐτῷ τοὺς πλεῖστον νοῦν ἔχοντας· ὥστε τοὺς τολμῶντας βλασφημεῖν περὶ τῶν παιδευόντων καὶ φιλοσοφούντων ὁμοίως ἄξιον μισεῖν ὥσπερ τοὺς εἰς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐξαμαρτάνοντας.
And, if there is need to speak in brief summary of this power, we shall find that none of the things which are done with intelligence take place without the help of speech, but that in all our actions as well as in all our thoughts speech is our guide, and is most employed by those who have the most wisdom. Therefore, those who dare to speak with disrespect of educators and teachers of philosophy deserve our opprobrium no less than those who profane the sanctuaries of the gods.
§ 10
ἐγὼ δʼ ἀποδέχομαι μὲν ἅπαντας τοὺς λόγους τοὺς καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν δυναμένους, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καλλίστους ἡγοῦμαι καὶ βασιλικωτάτους καὶ μάλιστα πρέποντας ἐμοὶ τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν παραινοῦντας, καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν ὅσοι διδάσκουσι τούς τε δυναστεύοντας ὡς δεῖ τῷ πλήθει χρῆσθαι, καὶ τοὺς ἰδιώτας ὡς χρὴ πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας διακεῖσθαι· διὰ γὰρ τούτων ὁρῶ τὰς πόλεις εὐδαιμονεστάτας καὶ μεγίστας γιγνομένας.
I, myself, welcome all forms of discourse which are capable of benefiting us even in a small degree; however, I regard those as the best and most worthy of a king, and most appropriate to me, which give directions on good morals and good government; and especially those which teach how men in power should deal with the people, and how the rank and file should be disposed to their rulers. For I observe that it is through such discourses that states attain the highest prosperity and greatness.
§ 11
τὸν μὲν οὖν ἕτερον, ὡς χρὴ τυραννεῖν, Ἰσοκράτους ἠκούσατε, τὸν δʼ ἐχόμενον, ἃ δεῖ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀρχομένους, ἐγὼ πειράσομαι διελθεῖν, οὐχ ὡς ἐκεῖνον ὑπερβαλούμενος, ἀλλʼ ὡς προσῆκόν μοι περὶ τούτων μάλιστα διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐμοῦ μὴ δηλώσαντος ἃ βούλομαι ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς διαμάρτοιτε τῆς ἐμῆς γνώμης, οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ὑμῖν ὀργιζοίμην· εἰ δὲ προειπόντος ἐμοῦ μηδὲν γίγνοιτο τούτων, δικαίως ἂν ἤδη τοῖς μὴ πειθομένοις μεμφοίμην.
On the former topic, how a ruler should act, you have heard Isocrates speak; on the following topic, what his subjects must do, I shall attempt to discourse, not with any thought of excelling him, but because this is the most fitting subject for me to discuss with you. For if I did not make clear what I desire you to do, I could not reasonably be angry with you if you were to mistake my purpose; but if, after I have announced my policy beforehand, none of my desires are carried out, then I should justly blame those who fail to obey me.
§ 12
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα παρακαλέσαι καὶ προτρέψαι πρὸς τὸ μνημονεύειν ὑμᾶς τὰ ῥηθέντα καὶ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοῖς, οὐκ εἰ περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν μόνον γενοίμην καὶ ταῦτʼ ἀπαριθμήσας ἀπαλλαγείην, ἀλλʼ εἰ προεπιδείξαιμι πρῶτον μὲν τὴν πολιτείαν τὴν παροῦσαν ὡς ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἀγαπᾶν οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ἀνάγκην, οὐδʼ ὅτι πάντα τὸν χρόνον μετὰ ταύτης οἰκοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι βελτίστη τῶν πολιτειῶν ἐστιν,
And I believe that I should most effectively exhort you and urge you to remember my words and heed them, not if I should confine myself to giving you advice and then, after counting out my precepts, make an end, but if, before doing this, I should prove to you, first, that you ought to be content with our present government, not only from necessity, nor because we have lived under it all our lives, but because it is the best of all governments;
§ 13
ἔπειθʼ ὡς ἐγὼ ταύτην ἔχω τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ παρανόμως οὐδʼ ἀλλοτρίαν, ἀλλʼ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς προγόνους καὶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα καὶ διʼ ἐμαυτόν. τούτων γὰρ προαποδειχθέντων τίς οὐκ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καταγνώσεται τὴν μεγίστην ζημίαν, ἂν μὴ πειθαρχῇ τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ συμβουλευθεῖσι καὶ προσταχθεῖσιν;
and, second, that I hold this office, not illegally nor as a usurper, but with the just sanction of gods and men, and by virtue of my earliest ancestors, and of my father and of myself. For, once these claims have been established, who will not condemn himself to the severest punishment if he fails to heed my counsels and commands?
§ 14
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πολιτειῶν (ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ὑποτιθέμενος ἠρξάμην) οἶμαι πᾶσι δοκεῖν δεινότατον μὲν εἶναι τὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀξιοῦσθαι τοὺς χρηστοὺς καὶ τοὺς πονηρούς, δικαιότατον δὲ τὸ διωρίσθαι περὶ τούτων καὶ μὴ τοὺς ἀνομοίους τῶν ὁμοίων τυγχάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πράττειν καὶ τιμᾶσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστους.
Speaking, then, of forms of government (for this was the subject I set out to lay before you), I imagine that we all believe that it is altogether monstrous that the good and the bad should be thought worthy of the same privileges, and that it is of the very essence of justice that distinctions should be made between them, and that those who are unlike should not be treated alike but should fare and be rewarded in each case according to their deserts.
§ 15
αἱ μὲν τοίνυν ὀλιγαρχίαι καὶ δημοκρατίαι τὰς ἰσότητας τοῖς μετέχουσι τῶν πολιτειῶν ζητοῦσι, καὶ τοῦτʼ εὐδοκιμεῖ παρʼ αὐταῖς, ἢν μηδὲν ἕτερος ἑτέρου δύνηται πλέον ἔχειν· ὃ τοῖς πονηροῖς συμφέρον ἐστίν· αἱ δὲ μοναρχίαι πλεῖστον μὲν νέμουσι τῷ βελτίστῳ, δεύτερον δὲ τῷ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον, τρίτον δὲ καὶ τέταρτον τοῖς ἄλλοις κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον. καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰ μὴ πανταχοῦ καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ τό γε βούλημα τῆς πολιτείας τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν.
Now oligarchies and democracies seek equality for those who share in the administration of them; and the doctrine is in high favor in those governments that one man should not have the power to get more than another—a principle which works in the interest of the worthless! Monarchies, on the other hand, make the highest award to the best man, the next highest to the next best, and in the same proportion to the third and the fourth and so on. Even if this practice does not obtain everywhere, such at least is the intention of the polity.
§ 16
καὶ μὲν δὴ διορᾶν καὶ τὰς φύσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἅπαντες ἂν τὰς τυραννίδας μᾶλλον ὁμολογήσαιεν. καίτοι τίς οὐκ ἂν δέξαιτο τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τοιαύτης πολιτείας μετέχειν ἐν ᾗ μὴ διαλήσει χρηστὸς ὤν, μᾶλλον ἢ φέρεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ πλήθους μὴ γιγνωσκόμενος ὁποῖός τίς ἐστιν; ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ πραοτέραν τοσούτῳ δικαίως ἂν αὐτὴν εἶναι κρίνοιμεν, ὅσῳ περ ῥᾷόν ἐστιν ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γνώμῃ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν μᾶλλον ἢ πολλαῖς καὶ παντοδαπαῖς διανοίαις ζητεῖν ἀρέσκειν.
And, mark you, monarchies more than other governments keep an appraising eye upon the characters and actions of men, as everyone will admit. Who, then, that is of sound mind would not prefer to share in a form of government under which his own worth shall not pass unnoticed, rather than be lost in the hurly-burly of the mob and not be recognized for what he is? Furthermore, we should be right in pronouncing monarchy also a milder government, in proportion as it is easier to give heed to the will of a single person than to seek to please many and manifold minds.
§ 17
ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡδίων ἐστὶ καὶ πραοτέρα καὶ δικαιοτέρα, διὰ πλειόνων μὲν ἄν τις ἀποδείξειεν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τούτων συνιδεῖν ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι· περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὅσον αἱ μοναρχίαι πρὸς τὸ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ πρᾶξαί τι τῶν δεόντων διαφέρουσιν, οὕτως ἂν κάλλιστα θεωρήσαιμεν, εἰ τὰς μεγίστας τῶν πράξεων παρʼ ἀλλήλας τιθέντες ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειρήσαιμεν αὐτάς. οἱ μὲν τοίνυν κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν εἰς τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰσιόντες πρότερον ἰδιῶται γίγνονται, πρὶν αἰσθέσθαι τι τῶν τῆς πόλεως καὶ λαβεῖν ἐμπειρίαν αὐτῶν·
Now one might multiply arguments to prove that this form of government is more agreeable and mild and just than others; yet, even from those I have advanced it is easy to see this at a glance. As for its other advantages, we can best appreciate how far monarchies excel other governments in planning and carrying out any course of action required of them if we place their most important practices side by side and try to review them. In the first place, then, men who enter upon office for an annual term are retired to private life before they have gained any insight into public affairs or any experience in handling them;
§ 18
οἱ δʼ ἀεὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιστατοῦντες, ἢν καὶ τὴν φύσιν καταδεεστέραν ἔχωσιν, ἀλλʼ οὖν ταῖς γʼ ἐμπειρίαις πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων προέχουσιν. ἔπειθʼ οἱ μὲν πολλῶν καταμελοῦσιν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἀποβλέποντες, οἱ δʼ οὐδενὸς ὀλιγωροῦσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι πάντα δεῖ διʼ αὑτῶν γίγνεσθαι. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἱ μὲν ἐν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις διὰ τὰς πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς φιλοτιμίας λυμαίνονται τοῖς κοινοῖς· οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντες, οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅτῳ φθονήσουσι, πάντων, ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἐστί, βέλτιστα πράττουσιν.
while men who are permanently in charge of the same duties, even though they fall short of the others in natural ability, at any rate have a great advantage over them in experience. In the next place, the former neglect many things, because each looks to the others to do them; while the latter neglect nothing, knowing that whatever is done depends upon their own efforts. Then again, men who live in oligarchies or democracies are led by their mutual rivalries to injure the commonwealth while those who live in monarchies, not having anyone to envy, do in all circumstances so far as possible what is best.
§ 19
ἔπειθʼ οἱ μὲν ὑστερίζουσι τῶν πραγμάτων· τὸν μὲν γὰρ πλεῖστον χρόνον ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις διατρίβουσιν, ἐπειδὰν δʼ εἰς τὰ συνέδρια συνέλθωσιν, πλεονάκις ἄν τις αὐτοὺς εὕροι διαφερομένους ἢ κοινῇ βουλευομένους· οἱ δʼ οὔτε συνεδρίων οὔτε χρόνων αὐτοῖς ἀποδεδειγμένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἡμέρας καὶ τὰς νύκτας ἐπὶ ταῖς πράξεσιν ὄντες οὐκ ἀπολείπονται τῶν καιρῶν, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστον ἐν τῷ δέοντι πράττουσιν.
Furthermore, the former are dilatory in action, for they spend most of their time over their private concerns; and when they do assemble in council, you will find them more often quarrelling with each other than deliberating together; while the latter, for whom no councils or times of meeting are prescribed, but who apply themselves to the state’s business both day and night, do not let opportunities pass them by, but act in each case at the right moment.
§ 20
ἔτι δʼ οἱ μὲν δυσμενῶς ἔχουσι, καὶ βούλοιντʼ ἂν καὶ τοὺς πρὸ αὑτῶν ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἐφʼ αὑτοῖς ὡς κάκιστα διοικῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, ἵνʼ ὡς μεγίστην δόξαν αὐτοὶ λάβωσιν· οἱ δὲ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου κύριοι τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντες εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον καὶ τὰς εὐνοίας ἔχουσιν.
Again, the former are ill-disposed toward each other and would rather have their predecessors and their successors in office administer the state as badly as possible, in order that they may win for themselves as much credit as possible; while the latter, because they are in control of affairs throughout their lives, are at all times actuated by feelings of good will.
§ 21
τὸ δὲ μέγιστον· τοῖς γὰρ κοινοῖς οἱ μὲν ὡς ἀλλοτρίοις, οἱ δʼ ὡς ἰδίοις προσέχουσι τὸν νοῦν, καὶ συμβούλοις χρῶνται περὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν τῶν ἀστῶν τοῖς τολμηροτάτοις, οἱ δʼ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐκλεξάμενοι τοῖς φρονιμωτάτοις, καὶ τιμῶσιν οἱ μὲν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰπεῖν δυναμένους, οἱ δὲ τοὺς χρῆσθαι τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπισταμένους.
But the greatest difference is this: men under other governments give attention to the affairs of state as if they were the concern of others; monarchs, as if they were their own concern; and the former employ as their advisers on state affairs the most self-assertive of their citizens, while the latter single out and employ the most sagacious; and the former honor those who are skilful in haranguing the crowd, while the latter honor those who understand how to deal with affairs.
§ 22
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐν τοῖς ἐγκυκλίοις καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην γιγνομένοις αἱ μοναρχίαι διαφέρουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ πλεονεξίας ἁπάσας περιειλήφασιν. καὶ γὰρ παρασκευάσασθαι δυνάμεις καὶ χρήσασθαι ταύταις, ὥστε καὶ λαθεῖν καὶ φθῆναι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν πεῖσαι, τοὺς δὲ βιάσασθαι, παρὰ δὲ τῶν ἐκπρίασθαι, τοὺς δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις θεραπείαις προσαγαγέσθαι, μᾶλλον αἱ τυραννίδες τῶν ἄλλων πολιτειῶν οἷαί τʼ εἰσίν. καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἄν τις οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τῶν λόγων πιστεύσειεν.
And not only in matters of ordinary routine and of daily occurrence do monarchies excel, but in war they have compassed every advantage; for in raising troops, and handling them so as to mislead and forestall the enemy, and in winning people over, now by persuasion, now by force, now by bribery, now by other means of conciliation, one-man rule is more efficient than the other forms of government. And of this one may be assured by facts no less than by words;
§ 23
τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ τὴν τῶν Περσῶν δύναμιν ἅπαντες ἴσμεν τηλικαύτην τὸ μέγεθος γεγενημένην οὐ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν φρόνησιν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων τὴν βασιλείαν τιμῶσι· τοῦτο δὲ Διονύσιον τὸν τύραννον, ὅτι παραλαβὼν τὴν μὲν ἄλλην Σικελίαν ἀνάστατον γεγενημένην, τὴν δʼ αὑτοῦ πατρίδα πολιορκουμένην, οὐ μόνον αὐτὴν τῶν παρόντων κινδύνων ἀπήλλαξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγίστην τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἐποίησεν· ἔτι δὲ Καρχηδονίους καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους,
for, in the first place, we all know that the empire of the Persians attained its great magnitude, not because of the intelligence of the population, but because they more than other peoples respect the royal office; secondly, that Dionysius, the tyrant, taking charge of Sicily when the rest of it had been devastated by war and when his own country, Syracuse, was in a state of siege, not only delivered it from the dangers which then threatened, but also made it the greatest of Hellenic states;
§ 24
τοὺς ἄριστα τῶν ἄλλων πολιτευομένους, οἴκοι μὲν ὀλιγαρχουμένους, παρὰ δὲ τὸν πόλεμον βασιλευομένους. ἔχοι δʼ ἄν τις ἐπιδεῖξαι καὶ τὴν πόλιν, τὴν μάλιστα τὰς τυραννίδας μισοῦσαν, ὅταν μὲν πολλοὺς ἐκπέμψῃ στρατηγούς, ἀτυχοῦσαν, ὅταν δὲ διʼ ἑνὸς ποιήσηται τοὺς κινδύνους, κατορθοῦσαν.
and again, we know that while the Carthaginians and the Lacedaemonians, who are the best governed peoples of the world, are ruled by oligarchies at home, yet, when they take the field, they are ruled by kings. One might also point out that the state which more than any other abhors absolute rule meets with disaster when it sends out many generals, and with success when it wages war under a single leader.
§ 25
καίτοι πῶς ἄν τις σαφέστερον ἐπιδείξειεν ἢ διὰ τοιούτων παραδειγμάτων πλείστου τὰς μοναρχίας ἀξίας οὔσας; φαίνονται γὰρ οἵ τε διὰ τέλους τυραννευόμενοι μεγίστας δυνάμεις ἔχοντες, οἵ τε καλῶς ὀλιγαρχούμενοι, περὶ ἃ μάλιστα σπουδάζουσιν, οἱ μὲν ἕνα μόνον στρατηγὸν οἱ δὲ βασιλέα τῶν στρατοπέδων κύριον καθιστάντες, οἵ τε μισοῦντες τὰς τυραννίδας, ὁπόταν πολλοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐκπέμψωσιν,
And, indeed, how could any one show more convincingly than through these instances that monarchy is the most excellent of governments? For we see that those who are permanently ruled by kings have the greatest powers; that those who live in well- conducted oligarchies, when it comes to matters about which they are most concerned, appoint one man, in some cases a general, in others a king, to have full powers over their armies in the field; and that those who abhor absolute rule, whenever they send out many leaders, fail to accomplish a single one of their designs.
§ 26
οὐδὲν τῶν δεόντων πράττοντες. εἰ δὲ δεῖ τι καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἰπεῖν, λέγεται καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑπὸ Διὸς βασιλεύεσθαι. περὶ ὧν εἰ μὲν ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος ἐστί, δῆλον ὅτι κἀκεῖνοι ταύτην τὴν κατάστασιν προκρίνουσιν, εἰ δὲ τὸ μὲν σαφὲς μηδεὶς οἶδεν, αὐτοὶ δʼ εἰκάζοντες οὕτω περὶ αὐτῶν ὑπειλήφαμεν, σημεῖον ὅτι πάντες τὴν μοναρχίαν προτιμῶμεν· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτʼ αὐτῇ χρῆσθαι τοὺς θεοὺς ἔφαμεν, εἰ μὴ πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων αὐτὴν προέχειν ἐνομίζομεν.
And, if there is need to speak also of things old in story, it is said that even the gods are ruled by Zeus as king. If the saying is true, it is clear that the gods also prefer this regime; but if, on the other hand, no one knows the truth about this matter, and we by our own conjecture have simply supposed it to be so, it is a proof that we all hold monarchy in the highest esteem; for we should never have said that the gods live under it if we did not believe it to be far superior to all other governments.
§ 27
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πολιτειῶν, ὅσον ἀλλήλων διαφέρουσιν, ἅπαντα μὲν οὔθʼ εὑρεῖν οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν δυνατόν ἐστιν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ πρός γε τὸ παρὸν ἀποχρώντως καὶ νῦν εἴρηται περὶ αὐτῶν. ὡς δὲ προσηκόντως τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν, πολὺ τούτου συντομώτερος καὶ μᾶλλον ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λόγος ἐστίν.
Now as to polities, while it is not possible either to search out or declare every detail in which they differ from each other, yet for our present purpose, at least, enough has been said. But to show that I hold my office by natural right is a story much sooner told and less open to dispute.
§ 28
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι Τεῦκρος μὲν ὁ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἀρχηγός, παραλαβὼν τοὺς τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν προγόνους, πλεύσας δεῦρο καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῖς ἔκτισε καὶ τὴν χώραν κατένειμεν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ Εὐαγόρας ἀπολεσάντων ἑτέρων τὴν ἀρχὴν πάλιν ἀνέλαβεν, ὑποστὰς τοὺς μεγίστους κινδύνους, καὶ τοσοῦτον μετέστησεν ὥστε μηκέτι Φοίνικας Σαλαμινίων τυραννεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὧνπερ ἦν τὴν ἀρχήν, τούτους καὶ νῦν ἔχειν τὴν βασιλείαν;
For who does not know how Teucer, the founder of our race, taking with him the ancestors of the rest of our people, came hither over seas and built for them a city and portioned out the land; and that, after his other descendants had lost the throne, my father, Evagoras, won it back again by undergoing the greatest dangers, and wrought so great a change that Phoenicians no longer rule over Salaminians, while they, to whom it belonged in the beginning, are today in possession of the kingdom?
§ 29
λοιπὸν οὖν ἐστιν ὧν προεθέμην περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ διελθεῖν ἵνʼ ἐπίστησθʼ ὅτι τοιοῦτός ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ βασιλεύων, ὃς οὐ μόνον διὰ τοὺς προγόνους ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ ἐμαυτὸν δικαίως ἂν καὶ μείζονος τιμῆς ἢ τηλικαύτης ἠξιώθην. οἶμαι γὰρ ἐγὼ πάντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι πλείστου τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀξίας εἶναι τήν τε σωφροσύνην καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην.
Now, of the matters which I proposed to discuss, it remains for me to speak to you about myself, in order that you may realize that I, who rule over you, am of such character that, not only on account of my ancestors, but of myself also, I might justly claim even greater honor than I now enjoy. For I I think you would all agree that the most sovereign of the virtues are temperance and justice,
§ 30
οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡμᾶς τὸ καθʼ αὑτὰς ὠφελοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ εἰ ʼθέλοιμεν σκοπεῖν καὶ τὰς φύσεις καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς χρήσεις τῶν πραγμάτων, εὑρήσομεν τὰς μὲν μὴ μετεχούσας τούτων τῶν ἰδεῶν μεγάλων κακῶν αἰτίας οὔσας, τὰς δὲ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης καὶ σωφροσύνης γιγνομένας πολλὰ τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠφελούσας. εἰ δή τινες τῶν προγεγενημένων ἐπὶ ταύταις ταῖς ἀρεταῖς εὐδοκίμησαν, ἡγοῦμαι κἀμοὶ προσήκειν τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης ἐκείνοις τυγχάνειν.
since not only do they benefit us in themselves, but, if we should be minded to look into the natures, powers, and uses of human relations, we would find that those which do not partake of these qualities are the causes of great evils, whereas those which are attended by temperance and justice are greatly beneficial to the life of man. If, then, any of my predecessors have gained renown for these virtues, I consider that it is also my right to enjoy the same renown.
§ 31
τὴν μὲν οὖν δικαιοσύνην ἐκεῖθεν ἂν μάλιστα κατίδοιτε. παραλαβὼν γάρ, ὅτʼ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καθιστάμην, τὰ μὲν βασίλεια χρημάτων κενὰ καὶ πάντα κατηναλωμένα, τὰ δὲ πράγματα ταραχῆς μεστὰ καὶ πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας δεόμενα καὶ φυλακῆς καὶ δαπάνης, εἰδὼς ἑτέρους ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν διορθουμένους καὶ πολλὰ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν τὴν αὑτῶν πράττειν ἀναγκαζομένους, ὅμως οὐδʼ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς τούτων διεφθάρην,
As to my sense of justice, you can best observe it from these facts: When I was established in power I found the royal treasury empty, all the revenues squandered, the affairs of the state in utter disorder and calling for great care, watchfulness, and outlay of money; and, although I knew that rulers of the other sort in similar straits resort to every shift in order to right their own affairs, and that they feel constrained to do many things which are against their nature, nevertheless I did not fall a victim to any of these temptations;
§ 32
ἀλλʼ ὁσίως καὶ καλῶς ἐπεμελήθην τῶν πραγμάτων, ὥστε μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν ἐξ ὧν οἷόν τʼ ἦν αὐξηθῆναι καὶ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἐπιδοῦναι τὴν πόλιν. πρός τε γὰρ τοὺς πολίτας μετὰ τοιαύτης πραότητος προσηνέχθην, ὥστε μήτε φυγὰς μήτε θανάτους μήτε χρημάτων ἀποβολὰς μήτʼ ἄλλην μηδεμίαν τοιαύτην συμφορὰν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐμῆς γεγενῆσθαι βασιλείας.
nay, I attended so devotedly and honorably to my duties that I left nothing undone which could contribute to the greatness of the state and advance its prosperity; and toward the citizens of the state I behaved with such mildness that no one has suffered exile or death or confiscation of property or any such misfortune during my reign.
§ 33
ἀβάτου δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἡμῖν οὔσης διὰ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν γεγενημένον, καὶ πανταχοῦ συλωμένων ἡμῶν, τὰ πλεῖστα τούτων διέλυσα, τοῖς μὲν ἅπαντʼ ἀποτίνων, τοῖς δὲ μέρη, τῶν δʼ ἀναβαλέσθαι δεόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὅπως ἠδυνάμην περὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων διαλλαττόμενος. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν νῆσον οἰκούντων δυσκόλως πρὸς ἡμᾶς διακειμένων, καὶ βασιλέως τῷ μὲν λόγῳ διηλλαγμένου τῇ δʼ ἀληθεία τραχέως ἔχοντος,
And though Hellas was closed to us because of the war which had arisen, and though we were being robbed on every side, I solved most of these difficulties, paying to some their claims in full, to others in part, asking some to postpone theirs, and satisfying others as to their complaints by whatever means I could. Furthermore, though the inhabitants of the island were hostile to me, and the Great King, while outwardly reconciled, was really in an ugly mood,
§ 34
ἀμφότερα ταῦτα κατεπράϋνα, τῷ μὲν προθύμως ὑπηρετῶν, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς δίκαιον ἐμαυτὸν παρέχων. τοσούτου γὰρ δέω τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν, ὥσθʼ ἕτεροι μέν, ἢν καὶ μικρῷ μείζω τῶν ὁμόρων δύναμιν ἔχωσιν, ἀποτέμνονται τῆς γῆς καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν ζητοῦσιν, ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲ τὴν διδομένην χώραν ἠξίωσα λαβεῖν, ἀλλʼ αἱροῦμαι μετὰ δικαιοσύνης τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ μόνον ἔχειν μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ κακίας πολλαπλασίαν τῆς ὑπαρχούσης κτήσασθαι.
I calmed and appeased both parties by assisting the King zealously and by treating the islanders justly. For I am so far from coveting what belongs to others that, while rulers of the other sort, when they are stronger than their neighbors by ever so little, cut off portions of their territory and seek to get the advantage of them, I did not think it right to take even the land which was offered to me, but prefer rather to hold through just means what is my own than to acquire through base means territory many times greater than that which I now possess.
§ 35
καὶ τί δεῖ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον λέγοντα διατρίβειν, ἄλλως τε καὶ συντόμως ἔχοντα δηλῶσαι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ; φανήσομαι γὰρ οὐδένα μὲν πώποτʼ ἀδικήσας, πλείους δὲ καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εὖ πεποιηκὼς καὶ μείζους δωρεὰς ἑκατέροις δεδωκὼς ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ πρὸ ἐμοῦ βασιλεύσαντες. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς μέγα φρονοῦντας ἐπὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ προσποιουμένους χρημάτων εἶναι κρείττους τοιαύτας ὑπερβολὰς ἔχειν εἰπεῖν περὶ αὑτῶν.
But why need I take the time to speak in detail, especially when I can make clear in a word the truth about myself? For it will be acknowledged that I have never wronged any man; that, on the contrary, I have been of service to many more of my own citizens and of the Hellenes at large and have bestowed upon them both greater gifts than all who have ruled before me put together. And surely those who pride themselves on justice and who profess to be above considerations of money ought to be able to speak in such high terms of their own conduct.
§ 36
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ περὶ σωφροσύνης ἔτι μείζω τούτων ἔχω διελθεῖν. εἰδὼς γὰρ ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους περὶ πλείστου ποιουμένους τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς αὑτῶν καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, καὶ μάλιστʼ ὀργιζομένους τοῖς εἰς ταῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνουσι, καὶ τὴν ὕβριν τὴν περὶ ταῦτα μεγίστων κακῶν αἰτίαν γιγνομένην, καὶ πολλοὺς ἤδη καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ τῶν δυναστευσάντων διὰ ταύτην ἀπολομένους, οὕτως ἔφυγον τὰς αἰτίας ταύτας, ὥστʼ ἐξ οὗ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔλαβον, οὐδενὶ φανήσομαι σώματι πεπλησιακὼς πλὴν τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ γυναικός,
And now on the subject of temperance, also, I have still more important things to recount. For, since I realized that all men are most jealous for their wives and children, being above all quick to resent offenses against them, and that wantonness in these relations is responsible for the greatest evils—many ere now, of princely rank as well as of private station, having lost their lives because of it—, I so strictly avoided all these grounds of offense that, from the time when I became king, no one can charge me with having approached any woman but my own wife.
§ 37
οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι κἀκεῖνοι παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐδοκιμοῦσιν, ὅσοι περὶ μὲν τὰ τῶν πολιτῶν δίκαιοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, ἄλλοθεν δέ ποθεν αὑτοῖς ἐπορίσαντο τὰς ἡδονάς, ἀλλὰ βουλόμενος ἅμα μὲν ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω ποιῆσαι τῶν τοιούτων ὑποψιῶν, ἅμα δὲ παράδειγμα καταστῆσαι τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις πολίταις, γιγνώσκων ὅτι φιλεῖ τὸ πλῆθος ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τὸν βίον διάγειν, ἐν οἷς ἂν τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς αὑτῶν ὁρῶσι διατρίβοντας.
I was not, of course, unaware that those kings also are highly thought of by the multitude who are just in their dealings with their citizens, even though they provide themselves with pleasures from outside their households; but I desired both to put myself as far above such suspicions as possible and at the same time to set up my conduct as a pattern to my people, knowing that the multitude are likely to spend their lives in practices in which they see their rulers occupied.
§ 38
ἔπειτα καὶ προσήκειν ἡγησάμην τοσούτῳ τοὺς βασιλεῖς βελτίους εἶναι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν, ὅσῳ περ καὶ τὰς τιμὰς μείζους αὐτῶν ἔχουσι, καὶ δεινὰ ποιεῖν ὅσοι τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους κοσμίως ζῆν ἀναγκάζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δʼ αὑτοὺς μὴ σωφρονεστέρους τῶν ἀρχομένων παρέχουσιν.
Then again, I considered that it is also the duty of kings to be as much better than private citizens as they are superior to them in rank; and that those kings act contrary to all reason who compel their subjects to live decently but are themselves less continent than those over whom they rule.
§ 39
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῶν μὲν ἄλλων πράξεων ἑώρων ἐγκρατεῖς τοὺς πολλοὺς γιγνομένους, τῶν δʼ ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν περὶ τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους ἡττωμένους· ἐβουλήθην οὖν ἐν τούτοις ἐμαυτὸν ἐπιδεῖξαι καρτερεῖν δυνάμενον, ἐν οἷς ἔμελλον οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων διοίσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ μέγα φρονούντων.
Moreover, I saw that while the majority of people are masters of themselves in other matters, even the best are slaves to the passions whose objects are boys and women; and therefore I wanted to show that I could be strong in those things in which I should be superior, not merely to people in general, but even to those who pride themselves on their virtue.
§ 40
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων πολλὴν κακίαν κατεγίγνωσκον, ὅσοι γυναῖκας λαβόντες καὶ κοινωνίαν ποιησάμενοι παντὸς τοῦ βίου μὴ στέργουσιν οἷς ἔπραξαν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς αὑτῶν ἡδοναῖς λυποῦσι ταύτας ὑφʼ ὧν αὐτοὶ μηδὲν ἀξιοῦσι λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ περὶ μὲν ἄλλας τινὰς κοινωνίας ἐπιεικεῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παρέχουσιν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας ἐξαμαρτάνουσιν· ἃς ἔδει τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον διαφυλάττειν, ὅσῳ περ οἰκειότεραι καὶ μείζους οὖσαι τῶν ἄλλων τυγχάνουσιν.
Furthermore, I had no patience with the perversity of men who take women in marriage and make them partners in all the relations of life, and then are not satisfied with the compacts which they have made but by their own lawless pleasures bring pain to those whom they expect never to cause them pain and who, though honest in all other partnerships, are without conscience in the partnership of marriage, when they ought to cherish this relationship the more faithfully inasmuch as it is more intimate and more precious than all others.
§ 41
εἶτα λανθάνουσιν ἔνδον ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στάσεις καὶ διαφορὰς αὑτοῖς ἐγκαταλείποντες. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς ὀρθῶς βασιλεύοντας μὴ μόνον τὰς πόλεις ἐν ὁμονοία πειρᾶσθαι διάγειν, ὧν ἂν ἄρχωσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς ἂν κατοικῶσιν· ἅπαντα γὰρ ταῦτα σωφροσύνης ἔργα καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐστίν.
More than that, they are unconsciously storing up for themselves feuds and factions at home in the royal palace. And yet, if kings are to rule well, they must try to preserve harmony, not only in the states over which they hold dominion, but also in their own households and in their places of abode; for all these things are the works of temperance and justice.
§ 42
οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ γνώμην ἔσχον οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς παιδοποιίας τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν βασιλέων, οὐδʼ ᾠήθην δεῖν τοὺς μὲν ἐκ ταπεινοτέρας ποιήσασθαι τῶν παίδων τοὺς δʼ ἐκ σεμνοτέρας, οὐδὲ τοὺς μὲν νόθους αὐτῶν τοὺς δὲ γνησίους καταλιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἔχειν τὴν αὐτὴν φύσιν καὶ πρὸς πατρὸς καὶ πρὸς μητρὸς ἀνενεγκεῖν, τῶν μὲν θνητῶν εἰς Εὐαγόραν τὸν πατέρα, τῶν δʼ ἡμιθέων εἰς Αἰακίδας, τῶν δὲ θεῶν εἰς Δία, καὶ μηδένα τῶν ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενομένων ἀποστερηθῆναι ταύτης τῆς εὐγενείας.
Nor was I of the same mind as most kings in regard to the begetting of children. I did not think I should have some children by a woman of humbler station and others by one of higher degree, nor that I should leave after me bastard progeny, as well as progeny of legitimate birth; but that all my children should be able to trace their lineage back through the same father and the same mother to Evagoras, my father, among mortals, to the Aeacides among the demigods, and to Zeus among the gods, and that not one of the children sprung from my loins should be cheated of this noble origin.
§ 43
πολλῶν δέ με προτρεπόντων ἐμμένειν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τούτοις, οὐχ ἥκιστα κἀκεῖνο παρεκάλεσεν, ὅτι τῆς μὲν ἀνδρίας καὶ τῆς δεινότητος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων ἑώρων καὶ τῶν κακῶν ἀνδρῶν πολλοὺς μετέχοντας, τὴν δὲ δικαιοσύνην καὶ σωφροσύνην ἴδια κτήματα τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ὄντα. κάλλιστον οὖν ὑπέλαβον, εἴ τις δύναιτο ταύταις ταῖς ἀρεταῖς προέχειν τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν οὐδὲν μέρος τοῖς πονηροῖς μέτεστιν, ἀλλὰ γνησιώταται καὶ βεβαιόταται καὶ μεγίστων ἐπαίνων ἄξιαι τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι.
Though many motives impelled me to abide by these principles, not the least incentive was that I saw that courage and cleverness and the other qualities which are held in high esteem are shared by many even among the base, whereas justice and temperance are the possessions of the good and noble alone. I conceived, therefore, that the noblest thing that I could do was to be able to excel my fellows in those virtues in which the bad have no share, and which are the truest and the most abiding and deserve the greatest praise.
§ 44
τούτων ἕνεκα καὶ ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς περιττοτέρως τῶν ἄλλων ἤσκησα τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ προειλόμην τῶν ἡδονῶν οὐ τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς μηδεμίαν τιμὴν ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐπὶ ταῖς δόξαις ταῖς διʼ ἀνδραγαθίαν γιγνομέναις. χρὴ δὲ δοκιμάζειν τὰς ἀρετὰς οὐκ ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς ἰδέαις ἁπάσας, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν δικαιοσύνην ἐν ταῖς ἀπορίαις, τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην ἐν ταῖς δυναστείαις, τὴν δʼ ἐγκράτειαν ἐν ταῖς τῶν νεωτέρων ἡλικίαις.
For these reasons, and with these thoughts in mind, I was more assiduous than anyone else in the practice of temperance, and I chose for my pleasures, not those which are found in acts which yield no honor, but those which are found in the good repute which rewards nobility of character. However, we ought not to test all the virtues in the same set of conditions, but should test justice when a man is in want, temperance when he is in power, continence when he is in the prime of youth.
§ 45
ἐγὼ τοίνυν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς καιροῖς φανήσομαι πεῖραν τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ φύσεως δεδωκώς. ἐνδεὴς μέν γε χρημάτων καταλειφθεὶς οὕτω δίκαιον ἐμαυτὸν παρέσχον ὥστε μηδένα λυπῆσαι τῶν πολιτῶν· λαβὼν δʼ ἐξουσίαν ὥστε ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούλωμαι, σωφρονέστερος τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἐγενόμην· τούτων δʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἐκράτησα ταύτην ἔχων τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἐν ᾗ τοὺς πλείστους ἂν εὕροιμεν πλεῖστα περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐξαμαρτάνοντας.
Now in all these situations no one will deny that I have given proof of my nature. When I was left by my father without means, I was so just in my dealings as to injure not one of my citizens; but when I gained the power to do whatever I pleased, I proved myself more temperate than men in private station; and I showed my self-control in both circumstances at an age in which we find that the great majority of men most frequently go morally astray.
§ 46
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐν ἑτέροις μὲν ἴσως ἂν ὤκνουν εἰπεῖν, οὐχ ὡς οὐ φιλοτιμούμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις, ἀλλʼ ὡς οὐκ ἂν πιστευθεὶς ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων· ὑμεῖς δʼ αὐτοί μοι μάρτυρές ἐστε πάντων τῶν εἰρημένων· ἄξιον μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς φύσει κοσμίους ὄντας ἐπαινεῖν καὶ θαυμάζειν, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον καὶ τοὺς μετὰ λογισμοῦ τοιούτους ὄντας·
I should probably hesitate to say all this before an audience of other people, not that I lack pride in what I have accomplished, but because I might fail to convince them on the evidence of my words alone; you, however, are yourselves my witnesses that all I have said is true. Now men who are moral by nature deserve our praise and admiration, but still more do those deserve it who are such in obedience to reason;
§ 47
οἱ μὲν γὰρ τύχῃ καὶ μὴ γνώμῃ σωφρονοῦντες τυχὸν ἂν καὶ μεταπεισθεῖεν· οἱ δὲ πρὸς τῳ πεφυκέναι καὶ διεγνωκότες ὅτι μέγιστόν ἐστι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀρετή, δῆλον ὅτι πάντα τὸν βίον ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ τάξει διαμενοῦσιν. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ πλείους ἐποιησάμην τοὺς λόγους καὶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν προειρημένων, ἵνα μηδεμίαν ὑπολίπω πρόφασιν ὡς οὐ δεῖ ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς ἑκόντας καὶ προθύμως, ἅττʼ ἂν ἐγὼ συμβουλεύσω καὶ προστάξω.
for those who are temperate by chance and not by principle may perchance be persuaded to change, but those who, besides being so inclined by nature, have formed the conviction that virtue is the greatest good in the world, will, it is evident, stand firm in this position all their lives. But the reason why I have spoken at some length both about myself and the other subjects which I have discussed is that I might leave you no excuse for not doing willingly and zealously whatever I counsel and command.
§ 48
φημὶ δὲ χρῆναι πράττειν ἕκαστον ὑμῶν, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐφέστηκεν, ἐπιμελῶς καὶ δικαίως· καθʼ ὁπότερον γὰρ ἂν ἐλλείπητε τούτων, ἀνάγκη κακῶς σχεῖν ταύτῃ τὰς πράξεις. μηδενὸς ὀλιγωρεῖτε μηδὲ καταφρονεῖτε τῶν προστεταγμένων, ὑπολαμβάνοντες ὡς οὐ παρὰ τοῦτʼ ἐστίν, ἀλλʼ ὡς παρʼ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ἢ καλῶς ἢ κακῶς τὸ σύμπαν ἕξον,
I declare it to be the duty of each one of you to perform whatever tasks you are assigned with diligence and justice for if you fall short in either of these qualities, your conduct must needs suffer by that defect. Do not belittle nor despise a single one of your appointed tasks, thinking that nothing depends upon it; but, knowing that the whole depends for its success or failure on each of the parts, be careful in everything.
§ 49
οὕτω σπουδάζετε περὶ αὐτῶν. κήδεσθε μηδὲν ἧττον τῶν ἐμῶν ἢ τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ νομίζετε μικρὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὰς τιμὰς ἃς ἔχουσιν οἱ καλῶς τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐπιστατοῦντες. ἀπέχεσθε τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἵνʼ ἀσφαλέστερον τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ὑμετέρους αὐτῶν κεκτῆσθε. τοιούτους εἶναι χρὴ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷόν περ ἐμὲ περὶ ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦτε γίγνεσθαι.
Display no less concern in my interests than in your own, and do not think that the honors enjoyed by those who successfully administer my affairs are a small reward. Keep your hands off the possessions of others in order that you may be more secure in the possession of your own estates. You should be such in your dealings with others as you expect me to be in my dealings with you.
§ 50
μὴ σπεύδετε πλουτεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ χρηστοὶ δοκεῖν εἶναι, γιγνώσκοντες ὅτι καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ μεγίστας ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ δόξας ἔχοντες πλείστων ἀγαθῶν δεσπόται καθίστανται. τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς τοὺς παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον γιγνομένους ἡγεῖσθε μὴ πλοῦτον ἀλλὰ κίνδυνον ποιήσειν. μὴ τὸ μὲν λαβεῖν κέρδος εἶναι νομίζετε, τὸ δʼ ἀναλῶσαι ζημίαν· οὐδέτερον γὰρ τούτων ἀεὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν, ἀλλʼ ὁπότερον ἂν ἐν καιρῷ καὶ μετʼ ἀρετῆς γίγνηται, τοῦτʼ ὠφελεῖ τοὺς ποιοῦντας.
Do not strive to gain riches rather than a good name, knowing that both among the Hellenes and the barbarians as well those who have the highest reputation for virtue have at their command the greatest number of good things. Consider that the making of money unjustly will produce, not wealth, but danger. Do not think that getting is gain or spending is loss; for neither the one nor the other has the same significance at all times, but either, when done in season and with honor, benefits the doer.
§ 51
μηδὲ πρὸς ἓν χαλεπῶς ἔχετε τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προσταττομένων· ὅσοι γὰρ ἂν ὑμῶν περὶ πλεῖστα τῶν ἐμῶν χρησίμους αὑτοὺς παράσχωσιν, οὗτοι πλεῖστα τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς αὑτῶν ὠφελήσουσιν. ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῶν ἕκαστος αὐτὸς αὑτῷ τύχῃ συνειδώς, ἡγείσθω μηδʼ ἐμὲ λήσειν, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν καὶ τὸ σῶμα μὴ παρῇ, τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν ἐμὴν οἰέσθω τοῖς γιγνομένοις παρεστάναι· ταύτην γὰρ τὴν γνώμην ἔχοντες, σωφρονέστερον βουλεύσεσθε περὶ ἁπάντων.
And do not regard any one of my orders as a hardship; for those of you who make themselves most serviceable to my interests will most advance the interests of their own households. Let none of you imagine that even what he secretly thinks in his own heart will be hidden from me; nay, let him believe that, though I may be absent in body, yet my thoughts are present at what goes on; for, being of this opinion, you will be more restrained in your deliberations on all matters.
§ 52
μηδὲν ἀποκρύπτεσθε μήθʼ ὧν κέκτησθε μήθʼ ὧν ποιεῖτε μήθʼ ὧν μέλλετε πράττειν, εἰδότες ὅτι περὶ τὰ κεκρυμμένα τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι πολλοὺς φόβους γίγνεσθαι. μὴ τεχνικῶς ζητεῖτε πολιτεύεσθαι μηδʼ ἀφανῶς, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἁπλῶς καὶ φανερῶς ὥστε μηδʼ ἄν τις βούληται ῥᾴδιον ὑμᾶς εἶναι διαβαλεῖν. δοκιμάζετε τὰς πράξεις, καὶ νομίζετε πονηρὰς μὲν ἃς πράττοντες λανθάνειν ἐμὲ βούλεσθε, χρηστὰς δὲ περὶ ὧν ἐγὼ μέλλω πυθόμενος βελτίους ὑμᾶς νομιεῖν.
Never conceal from me anything that you possess, or that you are doing, or that you intend to do, knowing that where there are things hidden, fears in great number must needs arise. Seek not to be artful nor underhand in your public life, but to be so honest and open that, even if anyone wants to slander you, it will not be easy to do so. Scrutinize your actions and believe that they are evil when you wish to hide from me what you do, and good when my knowledge of them will be likely to make me think better of you.
§ 53
μὴ κατασιωπᾶτε, ἄν τινας ὁρᾶτε περὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐμὴν πονηροὺς ὄντας, ἀλλʼ ἐξελέγχετε, καὶ νομίζετε τῆς αὐτῆς ζημίας ἀξίους εἶναι τοὺς συγκρύπτοντας τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν. εὐτυχεῖν νομίζετε μὴ τοὺς λανθάνοντας, ἐάν τι κακὸν ποιήσωσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτάνοντας· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ εἰκὸς τοιαῦτα παθεῖν, οἷά περ αὐτοὶ ποιοῦσι, τοὺς δὲ χάριν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἧς ἄξιοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες.
Do not keep silent if you see any who are disloyal to my rule, but expose them and believe that those who aid in concealing crime deserve the same punishment as those who commit it. Consider fortunate, not those who escape detection when they do evil, but those who are innocent of all wrongdoing for it is probable that the former will suffer such ills as they themselves inflict, while the latter will receive the reward which they deserve.
§ 54
ἑταιρείας μὴ ποιεῖσθε μηδὲ συνόδους ἄνευ τῆς ἐμῆς γνώμης· αἱ γὰρ τοιαῦται συστάσεις ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἄλλαις πολιτείαις πλεονεκτοῦσιν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς μοναρχίαις κινδυνεύουσιν. μὴ μόνον ἀπέχεσθε τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν τοιούτων ἐν οἷς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὑποψίαν ἐγγίγνεσθαι. τὴν ἐμὴν φιλίαν ἀσφαλεστάτην καὶ βεβαιοτάτην εἶναι νομίζετε. διαφυλάττετε τὴν παροῦσαν κατάστασιν,
Do not form political societies or unions without my sanction; for such associations may be an advantage in the other forms of government, but in monarchies they are a danger. Abstain not merely from wrongdoing, but also from such conduct as must needs arouse suspicion. Believe that my friendship is very sure and abiding.
§ 55
καὶ μηδεμιᾶς ἐπιθυμεῖτε μεταβολῆς, εἰδότες ὅτι διὰ τὰς ταραχὰς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἀπόλλυσθαι καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους ἀναστάτους γίγνεσθαι. μὴ μόνον τὰς φύσεις αἰτίας νομίζετε τοῦ χαλεποὺς ἢ πράους εἶναι τοὺς τυράννους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν τῶν πολιτῶν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤδη διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀρχομένων κακίαν τραχύτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην ἄρχειν ἠναγκάσθησαν.
Preserve the present order and do not desire any change, knowing that revolutions inevitably destroy states and lay waste the homes of the people. Do not think that it is their natural dispositions alone which make rulers harsh or gentle, but the character of the citizens as well; for many before now have been compelled by the depravity of their subjects to rule more harshly than they wished.
§ 56
θαρρεῖτε μὴ μᾶλλον διὰ τὴν πραότητα τὴν ἐμὴν ἢ διὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν αὐτῶν ἀρετήν. τὴν ἐμὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἄδειαν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι νομίζετε· καλῶς γὰρ τῶν περὶ ἐμὲ καθεστώτων τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰ περὶ ὑμᾶς ἕξει. ταπεινοὺς μὲν εἶναι χρὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐμήν, ἐμμένοντας τοῖς ἔθεσι καὶ διαφυλάττοντας τοὺς νόμους τοὺς βασιλικούς, λαμπροὺς δʼ ἐν ταῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λειτουργίαις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προσταττομένοις.
Be confident, but less because of my mildness than because of your own goodness. Consider that in my safety lies your own security; for while my fortunes are on a firm foundation, your own will be likewise. You should be self-effacing in your attitude toward my authority, abiding by our customs and preserving the royal laws, but conspicuous in your services on behalf of the state and in the other duties which are assigned to you by my command.
§ 57
προτρέπετε τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν μὴ μόνον παραινοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὰς πράξεις ὑποδεικνύοντες αὐτοῖς οἵους εἶναι χρὴ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἀγαθούς. διδάσκετε τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ὑμετέρους αὐτῶν πειθαρχεῖν, καὶ περὶ τὴν παίδευσιν τὴν εἰρημένην ἐθίζετʼ αὐτοὺς ὡς μάλιστα διατρίβειν· ἢν γὰρ καλῶς ἄρχεσθαι μάθωσι, πολλῶν ἄρχειν δυνήσονται, καὶ πιστοὶ μὲν ὄντες καὶ δίκαιοι μεθέξουσι τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀγαθῶν, κακοὶ δὲ γενόμενοι κινδυνεύσουσι περὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.
Exhort the young to virtue not only by your precepts but by exemplifying in your conduct what good men ought to be. Teach your children to be obedient, and habituate them to devote themselves above all to the discipline which I have described; for if they learn to submit to authority they will be able to exercise authority over many; and if they are faithful and just they will be given a share in my privileges; but if they turn out to be bad they will be in danger of losing all the privileges which they possess.
§ 58
μέγιστον ἡγεῖσθε καὶ βεβαιότατον τοῖς παισὶ πλοῦτον παραδώσειν, ἢν αὐτοῖς δύνησθε τὴν ἡμετέραν εὔνοιαν καταλείπειν. ἀθλιωτάτους ἡγεῖσθε καὶ δυστυχεστάτους, ὅσοι περὶ τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἄπιστοι γεγόνασιν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τοὺς τοιούτους ἀθύμως ἔχοντας καὶ φοβουμένους ἅπαντα καὶ μηδὲν μᾶλλον πιστεύοντας τοῖς φίλοις ἢ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον διάγειν.
Consider that you will pass on to your children the greatest and surest wealth if you can leave them my good will. Consider that the most miserable and unfortunate of men are those who have proved faithless to those who put their faith in them; for such men are doomed to despair and to fear of everything and to distrust of friends no less than of foes throughout the remainder of their lives.
§ 59
ζηλοῦτε μὴ τοὺς πλεῖστα κεκτημένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μηδὲν κακὸν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς συνειδότας· μετὰ γὰρ τοιαύτης ψυχῆς ἥδιστʼ ἄν τις δύναιτο τὸν βίον διαγαγεῖν. μὴ τὴν κακίαν οἴεσθε δύνασθαι μὲν πλείω τῆς ἀρετῆς ὠφελεῖν, τὸ δʼ ὄνομα δυσχερέστερον ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ οἵων περ ὀνομάτων ἕκαστον τῶν πραγμάτων τετύχηκε, τοιαύτας ἡγεῖσθε καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῶν εἶναι.
Emulate, not those who have most possessions, but those who in their hearts know no evil; for with such a conscience one can live out his life most happily. Do not imagine that vice can profit more than virtue, and that it is only its name which is uglier; but consider that even as are the names which things have received, so, also, are their qualities.
§ 60
μὴ φθονεῖτε τοῖς παρʼ ἐμοὶ πρωτεύουσιν ἀλλʼ ἁμιλλᾶσθε, καὶ πειρᾶσθε χρηστοὺς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρέχοντες ἐξισοῦσθαι τοῖς προέχουσιν. φιλεῖν οἴεσθε δεῖν καὶ τιμᾶν οὕσπερ ἂν καὶ ὁ βασιλεύς, ἵνα καὶ παρʼ ἐμοῦ τυγχάνητε τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων. οἷά περ παρόντος μου λέγετε, τοιαῦτα καὶ περὶ ἀπόντος φρονεῖτε.
Do not be jealous of those who are highest in my favor, but emulate them, and by making yourselves serviceable try to rise to the level of those who are above you. Believe that you should love and honor those whom your king loves and honors, in order that you may win from me these same distinctions. Even as are the words which you speak about me in my presence, so let your thoughts of me be in my absence.
§ 61
τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐνδείκνυσθε μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις. ἃ πάσχοντες ὑφʼ ἑτέρων ὀργίζεσθε, ταῦτα τοὺς ἄλλους μὴ ποιεῖτε. περὶ ὧν ἂν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις κατηγορῆτε, μηδὲν τούτων ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπιτηδεύετε. τοιαῦτα προσδοκᾶτε πράξειν, οἷʼ ἂν περὶ ἡμῶν διανοῆσθε. μὴ μόνον ἐπαινεῖτε τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ μιμεῖσθε.
Manifest your good will towards me in deeds rather than in words. Do not do to others that which angers you when they do it to you. Practice nothing in your deeds for which you condemn others in your words. Expect to fare well or ill according as you are disposed well or ill toward me. Be not satisfied with praising good men, but imitate them as well.
§ 62
τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἐμοὺς νόμους εἶναι νομίζοντες πειρᾶσθε τούτοις ἐμμένειν, εἰδότες ὅτι τοῖς μάλιστα ποιοῦσιν ὑμῶν ἁγὼ βούλομαι, τάχιστα τούτοις ἐξέσται ζῆν ὡς αὐτοὶ βούλονται. κεφάλαιον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων· οἵους περ τοὺς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἀρχομένους οἴεσθε δεῖν περὶ ὑμᾶς εἶναι, τοιούτους χρὴ καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐμὴν ὑμᾶς γίγνεσθαι.
Regard my words as your law, and try to abide by them, knowing that those of you who most faithfully do what I desire will most quickly be able to live as they themselves desire. This is the conclusion of the whole matter: just as you think those who are ruled by you should conduct themselves toward you, so you also should conduct yourselves toward my rule.
§ 63
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἂν ποιῆτε, τί δεῖ περὶ τῶν συμβησομένων μακρολογεῖν; ἢν γὰρ ἐγώ τε παρέχω τοιοῦτον ἐμαυτὸν οἷόν περ ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι χρόνῳ, καὶ τὰ παρʼ ὑμῶν ὑπηρετῆται, ταχέως ὄψεσθε καὶ τὸν βίον τὸν ὑμέτερον αὐτῶν ἐπιδεδωκότα καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐμὴν ηὐξημένην καὶ τὴν πόλιν εὐδαίμονα γεγενημένην.
And if you do this, why need I speak at length of what the results will be? For if I continue to treat you as in time past, and you continue to give me your service and support, you will soon see your own life advanced, my empire increased, and the state made happy and prosperous.
§ 64
ἄξιον μὲν οὖν τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν ἕνεκα μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόνους καὶ κινδύνους οὑστινασοῦν ὑπενεγκεῖν· ὑμῖν δʼ ἔξεστι μηδὲν ταλαιπωρηθεῖσιν, ἀλλὰ πιστοῖς μόνον καὶ δικαίοις οὖσιν, ἅπαντα ταῦτα διαπράξασθαι.
You could, therefore, well afford, for the sake of blessings so great, to spare no effort and even to undergo all manner of toil and peril; and yet it lies in your power, without suffering any hardship, but merely by being loyal and true, to bring all these things to pass.
Evagoras · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg015 · Greek: Εὐαγόρας — tlg0010.tlg015.perseus-grc2 · English: Evagoras — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg015.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ὁρῶν, ὦ Νικόκλεις, τιμῶντά σε τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρὸς οὐ μόνον τῷ πλήθει καὶ τῷ κάλλει τῶν ἐπιφερομένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ χοροῖς καὶ μουσικῇ καὶ γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ἵππων τε καὶ τριήρων ἁμίλλαις, καὶ λείποντʼ οὐδεμίαν τῶν τοιούτων ὑπερβολήν,
When I saw you, Nicocles, honoring the tomb of your father, not only with numerous and beautiful offerings, but also with dances, music, and athletic contests, and, furthermore, with races of horses and triremes, and leaving to others no possibility of surpassing you in such celebrations,
§ 2
ἡγησάμην Εὐαγόραν, εἴ τίς ἐστιν αἴσθησις τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι περὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε γιγνομένων, εὐμενῶς μὲν ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ ταῦτα, καὶ χαίρειν ὁρῶντα τήν τε περὶ αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὴν σὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν, πολὺ δʼ ἂν ἔτι πλείω χάριν ἔχειν ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, εἴ τις δυνηθείη περὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν κινδύνων ἀξίως διελθεῖν τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων·
I judged that Evagoras (if the dead have any perception of that which takes place in this world), while gladly accepting these offerings and rejoicing in the spectacle of your devotion and princely magnificence in honoring him, would feel far greater gratitude to anyone who could worthily recount his principles in life and his perilous deeds than to all other men;
§ 3
εὑρήσομεν γὰρ τοὺς φιλοτίμους καὶ μεγαλοψύχους τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐ μόνον ἀντὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπαινεῖσθαι βουλομένους, ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἀποθνῄσκειν εὐκλεῶς αἱρουμένους, καὶ μᾶλλον περὶ τῆς δόξης ἢ τοῦ βίου σπουδάζοντας, καὶ πάντα ποιοῦντας, ὅπως ἀθάνατον τὴν περὶ αὑτῶν μνήμην καταλείψουσιν.
for we shall find that men of ambition and greatness of soul not only are desirous of praise for such things, but prefer a glorious death to life, zealously seeking glory rather than existence, and doing all that lies in their power to leave behind a memory of themselves that shall never die.
§ 4
αἱ μὲν οὖν δαπάναι τῶν μὲν τοιούτων οὐδὲν ἐξεργάζονται, τοῦ δὲ πλούτου σημεῖόν εἰσιν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀγωνίας ὄντες, οἱ μὲν τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς αὑτῶν, οἱ δὲ τὰς τέχνας ἐπιδειξάμενοι, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐντιμοτέρους κατέστησαν· ὁ δὲ λόγος εἰ καλῶς διέλθοι τὰς ἐκείνου πράξεις, ἀείμνηστον ἂν τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν Εὐαγόρου παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ποιήσειεν.
Expenditure of money can effect nothing of this kind, but is an indication of wealth only; and those who devote themselves to music and letters and to the various contests, some by exhibiting their strength and others their artistic skill, win for themselves greater honor. But the spoken words which should adequately recount the deeds of Evagoras would make his virtues never to be forgotten among all mankind.
§ 5
ἐχρῆν μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ἐφʼ αὑτῶν ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γεγενημένους, ἵνʼ οἵ τε δυνάμενοι τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργα κοσμεῖν ἐν εἰδόσι ποιούμενοι τοὺς λόγους ταῖς ἀληθείαις ἐχρῶντο περὶ αὐτῶν, οἵ τε νεώτεροι φιλοτιμοτέρως διέκειντο πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν, εἰδότες ὅτι τούτων εὐλογήσονται μᾶλλον ὧν ἂν ἀμείνους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παράσχωσιν. νῦν δὲ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀθυμήσειεν,
Now other writers should have praised those who in their own time had proved themselves good men, to the end that those who have the ability to glorify the deeds of their contemporaries, by speaking in the presence of those who knew the facts might have employed the truth concerning them, and also that the younger generation might with greater emulation have striven for virtue, knowing well that they would be praised more highly than those whom they have excelled in merit.
§ 6
ὅταν ὁρᾷ τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπέκεινα γενομένους ὑμνουμένους καὶ τραγῳδουμένους, αὑτὸν δὲ προειδῇ, μηδʼ ἂν ὑπερβάλλῃ τὰς ἐκείνων ἀρετάς, μηδέποτε τοιούτων ἐπαίνων ἀξιωθησόμενον; τούτων δʼ αἴτιος ὁ φθόνος, ᾧ τοῦτο μόνον ἀγαθὸν πρόσεστιν, ὅτι μέγιστον κακὸν τοῖς ἔχουσίν ἐστιν. οὕτω γάρ τινες δυσκόλως πεφύκασιν, ὥσθʼ ἥδιον ἂν εὐλογουμένων ἀκούοιεν οὓς οὐκ ἴσασιν εἰ γεγόνασιν, ἢ τούτων, ὑφʼ ὧν εὖ πεπονθότες αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν.
But as it is, who would not be disheartened when he sees those who lived in the time of the Trojan war, and even earlier, celebrated in song and tragedy, and yet foresees that even if he himself surpass their valorous achievements he will never be thought worthy of such praise? The cause of this is envy, which has this as its only good—it is the greatest evil to those who feel it. For some are so ungenerous by nature that they would listen more gladly to the praise of men of whose existence they are uncertain rather than of those who may have been their own benefactors.
§ 7
οὐ μὴν δουλευτέον τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας τοῖς οὕτω κακῶς φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τοιούτων ἀμελητέον, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἐθιστέον ἀκούειν περὶ ὧν καὶ λέγειν δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ἄλλως τʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὰς ἐπιδόσεις ἴσμεν γιγνομένας καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων οὐ διὰ τοὺς ἐμμένοντας τοῖς καθεστῶσιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐπανορθοῦντας καὶ τολμῶντας ἀεί τι κινεῖν τῶν μὴ καλῶς ἐχόντων.
Men of intelligence, however, should not let themselves be enslaved by men whose minds are so perverted; on the contrary, they should ignore such as these and accustom their fellows to hear about those whom we are in duty bound to praise, especially since we are aware that progress is made, not only in the arts, but in all other activities, not through the agency of those that are satisfied with things as they are, but through those who correct, and have the courage constantly to change, anything which is not as it should be.
§ 8
οἶδα μὲν οὖν ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστιν ὃ μέλλω ποιεῖν, ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν διὰ λόγων ἐγκωμιάζειν. σημεῖον δὲ μέγιστον· περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν λέγειν τολμῶσιν οἱ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες, περὶ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ αὐτῶν συγγράφειν ἐπεχείρησεν. καὶ πολλὴν αὐτοῖς ἔχω συγγνώμην. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ποιηταῖς πολλοὶ δέδονται κόσμοι·
I am fully aware that what I propose to do is difficult—to eulogize in prose the virtues of a man. The best proof is this: Those who devote themselves to philosophy venture to speak on many subjects of every kind, but no one of them has ever attempted to compose a discourse on such a theme. And I can make much allowance for them. For to the poets is granted the use of many embellishments of language,
§ 9
καὶ γὰρ πλησιάζοντας τοὺς θεοὺς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οἷόν τʼ αὐτοῖς ποιῆσαι καὶ διαλεγομένους καὶ συναγωνιζομένους οἷς ἂν βουληθῶσι, καὶ περὶ τούτων δηλῶσαι μὴ μόνον τοῖς τεταγμένοις ὀνόμασιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ξένοις, τὰ δὲ καινοῖς, τὰ δὲ μεταφοραῖς, καὶ μηδὲν παραλιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς εἴδεσι διαποικῖλαι τὴν ποίησιν·
since they can represent the gods as associating with men, conversing with and aiding in battle whomsoever they please, and they can treat of these subjects not only in conventional expressions, but in words now exotic, now newly coined, and now in figures of speech, neglecting none, but using every kind with which to embroider their poesy.
§ 10
τοῖς δὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους οὐδὲν ἔξεστι τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλʼ ἀποτόμως καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῖς πολιτικοῖς μόνον καὶ τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων τοῖς περὶ αὐτὰς τὰς πράξεις ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι χρῆσθαι. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἱ μὲν μετὰ μέτρων καὶ ῥυθμῶν ἅπαντα ποιοῦσιν, οἱ δʼ οὐδενὸς τούτων κοινωνοῦσιν· ἃ τοσαύτην ἔχει χάριν, ὥστʼ ἂν καὶ τῇ λέξει καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ἔχῃ κακῶς, ὅμως αὐταῖς ταῖς εὐρυθμίαις καὶ ταῖς συμμετρίαις ψυχαγωγοῦσι τοὺς ἀκούοντας.
Orators, on the contrary, are not permitted the use of such devices; they must use with precision only words in current use and only such ideas as bear upon the actual facts. Besides, the poets compose all their works with meter and rhythm, while the orators do not share in any of these advantages; and these lend such charm that even though the poets may be deficient in style and thoughts, yet by the very spell of their rhythm and harmony they bewitch their listeners.
§ 11
γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις ἐκεῖθεν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν· ἢν γάρ τις τῶν ποιημάτων τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων τὰ μὲν ὀνόματα καὶ τὰς διανοίας καταλίπῃ, τὸ δὲ μέτρον διαλύσῃ, φανήσεται πολὺ καταδεέστερα τῆς δόξης ἧς νῦν ἔχομεν περὶ αὐτῶν. ὅμως δὲ καίπερ τοσοῦτον πλεονεκτούσης τῆς ποιήσεως, οὐκ ὀκνητέον, ἀλλʼ ἀποπειρατέον τῶν λόγων ἐστίν, εἰ καὶ τοῦτο δυνήσονται, τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας εὐλογεῖν μηδὲν χεῖρον τῶν ἐν ταῖς ᾠδαῖς καὶ τοῖς μέτροις ἐγκωμιαζόντων.
The power of poetry may be understood from this consideration: if one should retain the words and ideas of poems which are held in high esteem, but do away with the meter, they will appear far inferior to the opinion we now have of them. Nevertheless, although poetry has advantages so great, we must not shrink from the task, but must make the effort and see if it will be possible in prose to eulogize good men in no worse fashion than their encomiasts do who employ song and verse.
§ 12
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν περὶ τῆς φύσεως τῆς Εὐαγόρου, καὶ τίνων ἦν ἀπόγονος, εἰ καὶ πολλοὶ προεπίστανται, δοκεῖ μοι πρέπειν κἀμὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἕνεκα διελθεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα πάντες εἰδῶσιν ὅτι καλλίστων αὐτῷ καὶ μεγίστων παραδειγμάτων καταλειφθέντων οὐδὲν καταδεέστερον αὑτὸν ἐκείνων παρέσχεν.
In the first place, with respect to the birth and ancestry of Evagoras, even if many are already familiar with the facts, I believe it is fitting that I also should recount them for the sake of the others, that all may know that he proved himself not inferior to the noblest and greatest examples of excellence which were of his inheritance.
§ 13
ὁμολογεῖται μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἀπὸ Διὸς εὐγενεστάτους τῶν ἡμιθέων εἶναι, τούτων δʼ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν Αἰακίδας προκρίνειεν· ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις γένεσιν εὑρήσομεν τοὺς μὲν ὑπερβάλλοντας, τοὺς δὲ καταδεεστέρους ὄντας, οὗτοι δʼ ἅπαντες ὀνομαστότατοι τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς γεγόνασιν.
For it is acknowledged that the noblest of the demigods are the sons of Zeus, and there is no one who would not award first place among these to the Aeacidae: for while in the other families we shall find some of superior and some of inferior worth, yet all the Aeacidae have been most renowned of all their contemporaries.
§ 14
τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ Αἰακὸς ὁ Διὸς μὲν ἔκγονος, τοῦ δὲ γένους τοῦ Τευκριδῶν πρόγονος, τοσοῦτον διήνεγκεν ὥστε γενομένων αὐχμῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων διαφθαρέντων, ἐπειδὴ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς συμφορᾶς ὑπερέβαλλεν, ἦλθον οἱ προεστῶτες τῶν πόλεων ἱκετεύοντες αὐτόν, νομίζοντες διὰ τῆς συγγενείας καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας τῆς ἐκείνου τάχιστʼ ἂν εὑρέσθαι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἀπαλλαγήν.
In the first place Aeacus, son of Zeus and ancestor of the family of the Teucridae, was so distinguished that when a drought visited the Greeks and many persons had perished, and when the magnitude of the calamity had passed all bounds, the leaders of the cities came as suppliants to him; for they thought that, by reason of his kinship with Zeus and his piety, they would most quickly obtain from the gods relief from the woes that afflicted them.
§ 15
σωθέντες δὲ καὶ τυχόντες ὧν ἐδεήθησαν, ἱερὸν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ κατεστήσαντο κοινὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οὗπερ ἐκεῖνος ἐποιήσατο τὴν εὐχήν. καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνόν τε τὸν χρόνον ἕως ἦν μετʼ ἀνθρώπων, μετὰ καλλίστης ὢν δόξης διετέλεσεν· ἐπειδή τε μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον, λέγεται παρὰ Πλούτωνι καὶ Κόρῃ μεγίστας τιμὰς ἔχων παρεδρεύειν ἐκείνοις.
Having gained their desire, they were saved and built in Aegina a temple to be shared by all the Greeks on the very spot where he had offered his prayer. During his entire stay among men he ever enjoyed the fairest repute, and after his departure from life it is said that he sits by the side of Pluto and Kore in the enjoyment of the highest honors.
§ 16
τούτου δὲ παῖδες ἦσαν Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεύς, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἕτερος μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους ἐπὶ Λαομέδοντα στρατευσάμενος ἀριστείων ἠξιώθη, Πηλεὺς δʼ ἔν τε τῇ μάχῃ τῇ πρὸς Κενταύρους ἀριστεύσας καὶ κατὰ πολλοὺς ἄλλους κινδύνους εὐδοκιμήσας Θέτιδι τῇ Νηρέως, θνητὸς ὢν ἀθανάτῃ, συνῴκησε, καὶ μόνου τούτου φασὶ τῶν προγεγενημένων ὑπὸ θεῶν ἐν τοῖς γάμοις ὑμέναιον ᾀσθῆναι.
The sons of Aeacus were Telamon and Peleus; Telamon won the meed of valor in an expedition with Heracles against Laomedon, and Peleus, having distinguished himself in the battle with the Centaurs and having won glory in many other hazardous enterprises, wedded Thetis, the daughter of Nereus, he a mortal winning an immortal bride. And they say that at his wedding alone, of all the human race who have ever lived, the wedding-song was sung by gods.
§ 17
τούτοιν δʼ ἑκατέρου, Τελαμῶνος μὲν Αἴας καὶ Τεῦκρος ἐγενέσθην, Πηλέως δʼ Ἀχιλλεύς, οἳ μέγιστον καὶ σαφέστατον ἔλεγχον ἔδοσαν τῆς αὑτῶν ἀρετῆς· οὐ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πόλεσι μόνον ἐπρώτευσαν, οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐν οἷς κατῴκουν, ἀλλὰ στρατείας τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους γενομένης, καὶ πολλῶν μὲν ἑκατέρων ἀθροισθέντων,
To each of these two were born sons—to Telamon Ajax and Teucer, and to Peleus Achilles, and these heroes gave proof of their valour in the clearest and most convincing way: for not alone in their own cities were they pre-eminent, or in the places where they made their homes, but when an expedition was organized by the Greeks against the barbarians, and a great army was assembled on either side
§ 18
οὐδενὸς δὲ τῶν ὀνομαστῶν ἀπολειφθέντος, ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κινδύνοις Ἀχιλλεὺς μὲν ἁπάντων διήνεγκεν. Αἴας δὲ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἠρίστευσε, Τεῦκρος δὲ τῆς τε τούτων συγγενείας ἄξιος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδενὸς χείρων γενόμενος, ἐπειδὴ Τροίαν συνεξεῖλεν, ἀφικόμενος εἰς Κύπρον Σαλαμῖνά τε κατῴκισεν, ὁμώνυμον ποιήσας τῆς πρότερον αὑτῷ πατρίδος οὔσης, καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ νῦν βασιλεῦον κατέλιπεν.
and no warrior of repute was absent, Achilles above all distinguished himself in these perils. And Ajax was second to him in valor, and Teucer, who proved himself worthy of their kinship and inferior to none of the other heroes, after he had helped in the capture of Troy, went to Cyprus and founded Salamis, giving to it the name of his former native land; and he left behind him the family that now reigns.
§ 19
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς Εὐαγόρᾳ παρὰ τῶν προγόνων ὑπάρξαντα τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθός ἐστιν. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον τῆς πόλεως κατοικισθείσης κατὰ μὲν ἀρχὰς οἱ γεγονότες ἀπὸ Τεύκρου τὴν βασιλείαν εἶχον, χρόνῳ δʼ ὕστερον ἀφικόμενος ἐκ Φοινίκης ἀνὴρ φυγὰς καὶ πιστευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος καὶ μεγάλας δυναστείας λαβὼν οὐ χάριν ἔσχε τούτων,
So distinguished from the beginning was the heritage transmitted to Evagoras by his ancestors. After the city had been founded in this manner, the rule at first was held by Teucer’s descendants: at a later time, however, there came from Phoenicia a fugitive, who after he had gained the confidence of the king who then reigned, and had won great power, showed no proper gratitude for the favor shown him;
§ 20
ἀλλὰ κακὸς μὲν γενόμενος περὶ τὸν ὑποδεξάμενον, δεινὸς δὲ πρὸς τὸ πλεονεκτῆσαι, τὸν μὲν εὐεργέτην ἐξέβαλεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν κατέσχεν. ἀπιστῶν δὲ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις καὶ βουλόμενος ἀσφαλῶς κατασκευάσασθαι τὰ περὶ αὑτὸν τήν τε πόλιν ἐξεβαρβάρωσε καὶ τὴν νῆσον ὅλην βασιλεῖ τῷ μεγάλῳ κατεδούλωσεν.
on the contrary, he acted basely toward his host, and being skilled at grasping, he expelled his benefactor and himself seized the throne. But distrustful of the consequences of his measures and wishing to make his position secure, he reduced the city to barbarism, and brought the whole island into subservience to the Great King.
§ 21
οὕτω δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων καθεστώτων καὶ τῶν ἐκγόνων τῶν ἐκείνου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐχόντων Εὐαγόρας γίγνεται· περὶ οὗ τὰς μὲν φήμας καὶ τὰς μαντείας καὶ τὰς ὄψεις τὰς ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις γενομένας, ἐξ ὧν μειζόνως ἂν φανείη γεγονὼς ἢ κατʼ ἄνθρωπον, αἱροῦμαι παραλιπεῖν, οὐκ ἀπιστῶν τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πᾶσι ποιήσω φανερὸν ὅτι τοσούτου δέω πλασάμενος εἰπεῖν τι περὶ τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων, ὥστε καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀφίημι τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ ὧν ὀλίγοι τινὲς ἐπίστανται καὶ μὴ πάντες οἱ πολῖται συνίσασιν. ἄρξομαι δʼ ἐκ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων λέγειν περὶ αὐτοῦ.
Such was the state of affairs in Salamis, and the descendants of the usurper were in possession of the throne when Evagoras was born. I prefer to say nothing of the portents, the oracles, the visions appearing in dreams, from which the impression might be gained that he was of superhuman birth, not because I disbelieve the reports, but that I may make it clear to all that I am so far from resorting to invention in speaking of his deeds that even of those matters which are in fact true I dismiss such as are known only to the few and of which not all the citizens are cognizant. And I shall begin my account of him with the generally acknowledged facts.
§ 22
παῖς μὲν γὰρ ὢν ἔσχε κάλλος καὶ ῥώμην καὶ σωφροσύνην, ἅπερ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πρεπωδέστατα τοῖς τηλικούτοις ἐστίν. καὶ τούτων μάρτυρας ἄν τις ποιήσαιτο, τῆς μὲν σωφροσύνης τοὺς συμπαιδευθέντας τῶν πολιτῶν, τοῦ δὲ κάλλους ἅπαντας τοὺς ἰδόντας, τῆς δὲ ῥώμης ἅπαντας τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἐν οἷς ἐκεῖνος τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐκρατίστευσεν.
When Evagoras was a boy he possessed beauty, bodily strength, and modesty, the very qualities that are most becoming to that age. Witnesses could be produced for these assertions: for his modesty— fellow-citizens who were educated with him: for his beauty—all who beheld him: for his strength—all the contests in which he vanquished his age-mates.
§ 23
ἀνδρὶ δὲ γενομένῳ ταῦτά τε πάντα συνηυξήθη καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἀνδρία προσεγένετο καὶ σοφία καὶ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐ μέσως οὐδʼ ὥσπερ ἑτέροις τισίν, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἰς ὑπερβολήν· τοσοῦτον γὰρ καὶ ταῖς τοῦ σώματος καὶ ταῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρεταῖς διήνεγκεν,
When he attained to manhood not only did all these qualities grow up with him, but to them were also added manly courage, wisdom, and justice, and that too in no ordinary measure, as is the case with some others, but each of these characteristics in extraordinary degree. So surpassing was his excellence of both body and mind,
§ 24
ὥσθʼ ὁπότε μὲν αὐτὸν ὁρῷεν οἱ τότε βασιλεύοντες, ἐκπλήττεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἡγουμένους οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τὴν φύσιν ἐν ἰδιώτου μέρει διαγαγεῖν, ὁπότε δʼ εἰς τοὺς τρόπους ἀποβλέψειαν, οὕτω σφόδρα πιστεύειν, ὥστʼ εἰ καί τις ἄλλος τολμῴη περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνειν, νομίζειν Εὐαγόραν αὑτοῖς ἔσεσθαι βοηθόν.
that when the kings of that time looked upon him they were terrified and feared for their throne, thinking that a man of such nature could not possibly pass his life in the status of a private citizen, but whenever they observed his character, they felt such confidence in him that they believed that even if anyone else should dare to injure them, Evagoras would be their champion.
§ 25
καὶ τοσοῦτον τῆς δόξης παραλλαττούσης οὐδετέρου τούτων ἐψεύσθησαν· οὔτε γὰρ ἰδιώτης ὢν διετέλεσεν οὔτε περὶ ἐκείνους ἐξήμαρτεν, ἀλλὰ τοσαύτην ὁ δαίμων ἔσχεν αὐτοῦ πρόνοιαν, ὅπως καλῶς λήψεται τὴν βασιλείαν, ὥσθʼ ὅσα μὲν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν παρασκευασθῆναι διʼ ἀσεβείας,
And although opinions of him were so at variance, they were mistaken in neither respect: for he neither remained in private life, nor did them injury: on the contrary, the Deity took such thought for him that he should honorably assume the throne, that all the preparations which necessarily involved impiety were made by another,
§ 26
ταῦτα μὲν ἕτερος ἔπραξεν, ἐξ ὧν δʼ οἷόν τʼ ἦν ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως λαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν, Εὐαγόρᾳ διεφύλαξεν. εἷς γὰρ τῶν δυναστευόντων ἐπιβουλεύσας τόν τε τύραννον ἀπέκτεινε καὶ συλλαβεῖν Εὐαγόραν ἐπεχείρησεν, ἡγούμενος οὐ δυνήσεσθαι κατασχεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν, εἰ μὴ κἀκεῖνον ἐκποδὼν ποιήσαιτο.
while he preserved for Evagoras those means whereby it was possible for him to gain the rule in accordance with piety and justice. For one of the princes, starting a conspiracy, slew the tyrant and attempted to arrest Evagoras, believing that he would not be able to retain the rule himself unless he should get him out of the way.
§ 27
διαφυγὼν δὲ τὸν κίνδυνον καὶ σωθεὶς εἰς Σόλους τῆς Κιλικίας οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχε τοῖς ταῖς τοιαύταις συμφοραῖς περιπίπτουσιν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι, κἂν ἐκ τυραννίδος ἐκπέσωσι, διὰ τὰς παρούσας τύχας ταπεινοτέρας τὰς ψυχὰς ἔχουσιν· ἐκεῖνος δʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον μεγαλοφροσύνης ἦλθεν, ὥστε τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἰδιώτης ὤν, ἐπειδὴ φεύγειν ἠναγκάσθη,
But Evagoras escaped this peril, and having saved himself by fleeing to Soli in Cilicia did not show the same spirit as those who are the victims of like misfortune. For other exiles from royal power are humbled in spirit because of their misfortunes,whereas Evagoras attained to such greatness of soul that, although until that time he had lived as a private citizen, when he was driven into exile he determined to gain the throne.
§ 28
τυραννεῖν ᾠήθη δεῖν. καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλάνους τοὺς φυγαδικοὺς καὶ τὸ διʼ ἑτέρων ζητεῖν τὴν κάθοδον καὶ θεραπεύειν αὑτοῦ χείρους ὑπερεῖδεν, λαβὼν δὲ ταύτην ἀφορμήν, ἥνπερ χρὴ τοὺς εὐσεβεῖν βουλομένους, ἀμύνεσθαι καὶ μὴ προτέρους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ προελόμενος ἢ κατορθώσας τυραννεῖν ἢ διαμαρτὼν ἀποθανεῖν, παρακαλέσας ἀνθρώπους, ὡς οἱ τοὺς πλείστους λέγοντες, περὶ πεντήκοντα, μετὰ τούτων παρεσκευάζετο ποιεῖσθαι τὴν κάθοδον.
The wandering life of an exile, the dependence upon the help of others in seeking his restoration and the paying of court to his inferiors—all these he scorned: but this he took as his guiding principle, which those who would be god-fearing men must take—to act only in self-defense and never to be the aggressor: and he chose either by success to regain the throne or, failing in that, to die. And so, calling to his side men numbering, according to the highest estimates, about fifty, with these he prepared to effect his return from exile.
§ 29
ὅθεν καὶ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις καὶ τὴν φύσιν τὴν ἐκείνου καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἣν εἶχε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεωρήσειεν· μέλλοντος γὰρ πλεῖν μετὰ τοσούτων ἐπὶ τηλικαύτην πρᾶξιν τὸ μέγεθος καὶ πάντων τῶν δεινῶν πλησίον ὄντων οὔτʼ ἐκεῖνος ἠθύμησεν οὔτε τῶν παρακληθέντων οὐδεὶς ἀποστῆναι τῶν κινδύνων ἠξίωσεν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ὥσπερ θεῷ συνακολουθοῦντες ἅπαντες ἐνέμειναν τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, ὁ δʼ ὥσπερ ἢ στρατόπεδον ἔχων κρεῖττον τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἢ προειδὼς τὸ συμβησόμενον οὕτω διέκειτο τὴν γνώμην.
And from this venture especially the character of Evagoras and his reputation among his associates may be seen: for although he was on the point of sailing with so few companions for the accomplishment of so great a design, and although all the attendant dangers were near at hand, neither did he himself lose heart, nor did any of his companions see fit to shrink from these dangers: nay, as if a god were their leader, they one and all held fast to their promises, and Evagoras, just as if either he had an army superior to that of his adversaries or foresaw the outcome, held to his opinion.
§ 30
δῆλον δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων· ἀποβὰς γὰρ εἰς τὴν νῆσον οὐχ ἡγήσατο δεῖν χωρίον ἐχυρὸν καταλαβὼν καὶ τὸ σῶμʼ ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ καταστήσας περιιδεῖν εἴ τινες αὑτῷ τῶν πολιτῶν βοηθήσουσιν· ἀλλʼ εὐθύς, ὥσπερ εἶχε, ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς διελὼν τοῦ τείχους πυλίδα καὶ ταύτῃ τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ διαγαγὼν προσέβαλλε πρὸς τὸ βασίλειον.
This is evident from his acts: for, when he had landed on the island, he did not think it necessary to seize a strong position, make sure of his own safety, and then to wait and see if some of the citizens would rally to his aid: but immediately, just as he was, on that very night he broke through a little gate in the wall, and leading his followers through this opening, attacked the palace.
§ 31
καὶ τοὺς μὲν θορύβους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς γιγνομένους καὶ τοὺς φόβους τοὺς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τὰς παρακελεύσεις τὰς ἐκείνου τί δεῖ λέγοντα διατρίβειν; γενομένων δʼ αὐτῷ τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸν τύραννον ἀνταγωνιστῶν, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων πολιτῶν θεατῶν, δεδιότες γὰρ τοῦ μὲν τὴν ἀρχήν, τοῦ δὲ τὴν ἀρετήν,
The confusion attendant upon such occasions, the fears of his followers, the exhortations of their leader—why need I take the time to describe? When the supporters of the tyrant opposed him and the citizens generally were observers (for they held their peace because they feared either the authority of the one party or the valor of the other),
§ 32
ἡσυχίαν εἶχον, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσατο μαχόμενος καὶ μόνος πρὸς πολλοὺς καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγων πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, πρὶν ἑλεῖν τὸ βασίλειον, καὶ τούς τʼ ἐχθροὺς ἐτιμωρήσατο καὶ τοῖς φίλοις ἐβοήθησεν, ἔτι δὲ τῷ γένει τὰς τιμὰς τὰς πατρίους ἐκομίσατο, καὶ τύραννον αὑτὸν τῆς πόλεως κατέστησεν.
he did not cease from fighting, whether alone against many or with few opposing all the foe, until, having captured the palace, he had taken vengeance upon the enemy and had succoured his friends: furthermore, he restored its ancestral honors to his family and established himself as ruler of the city.
§ 33
ἡγοῦμαι μὲν οὖν, εἰ καὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου μνησθείην, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα καταλίποιμι τὸν λόγον, ῥᾴδιον ἐκ τούτων εἶναι γνῶναι τήν τʼ ἀρετὴν τὴν Εὐαγόρου καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν πεπραγμένων· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔτι γε σαφέστερον περὶ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἐκ τῶν ἐχομένων οἶμαι δηλώσειν.
I think that even if I should mention nothing more, but should discontinue my discourse at this point, from what I have said the valor of Evagoras and the greatness of his deeds would be readily manifest: nevertheless, I consider that both will be yet more clearly revealed from what remains to be said.
§ 34
τοσούτων γὰρ τυράννων ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ χρόνῳ γεγενημένων οὐδεὶς φανήσεται τὴν τιμὴν ταύτην κάλλιον ἐκείνου κτησάμενος. εἰ μὲν οὖν πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν τὰς πράξεις τὰς Εὐαγόρου παραβάλλοιμεν, οὔτʼ ἂν ὁ λόγος ἴσως τοῖς καιροῖς ἁρμόσειεν οὔτʼ ἂν ὁ χρόνος τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀρκέσειεν· ἢν δὲ προελόμενοι τοὺς εὐδοκιμωτάτους ἐπὶ τούτων σκοπῶμεν, οὐδὲν μὲν χεῖρον ἐξετῶμεν, πολὺ δὲ συντομώτερον διαλεχθησόμεθα περὶ αὐτῶν.
For of all the many sovereigns since time began, none will be found to have won this honor more gloriously than Evagoras. If we were to compare the deeds of Evagoras with those of each one, such an account would perhaps be inappropriate to the occasion, and the time would not suffice for the telling. But if we select the most illustrious of these rulers and examine their exploits in the light of his, our investigation will lose nothing thereby and our discussion will be much more brief.
§ 35
τῶν μὲν οὖ τὰς πατρικὰς βασιλείας παραλαβόντων τίς οὐκ ἂν τοὺς Εὐαγόρου κινδύνους προκρίνειεν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν οὕτω ῥᾴθυμος, ὅστις ἂν δέξαιτο παρὰ τῶν προγόνων τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην παραλαβεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ κτησάμενος ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ καταλιπεῖν.
Who then, would not choose the perilous deeds of Evagoras before the fortunes of those who inherited their kingdoms from their fathers? For surely there is no one so mean of spirit that he would prefer to receive that power from his ancestors than first to acquire it, as he did, and then to bequeath it to his children.
§ 36
καὶ μὴν τῶν γε παλαιῶν καθόδων αὗται μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦσιν ἃς παρὰ τῶν ποιητῶν ἀκούομεν· οὗτοι γὰρ οὐ μόνον τῶν γεγενημένων τὰς καλλίστας ἡμῖν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν καινὰς συντιθέασιν. ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν μεμυθολόγηκεν, ὅστις οὕτω δεινοὺς καὶ φοβεροὺς ποιησάμενος τοὺς κινδύνους εἰς τὴν αὑτοῦ κατῆλθεν· ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι πεποίηνται διὰ τύχην λαβόντες τὰς βασιλείας, οἱ δὲ μετὰ δόλου καὶ τέχνης περιγενόμενοι τῶν ἐχθρῶν.
Furthermore, of the returns to their thrones by princes of ancient times the most renowned are those of which the poets tell us: indeed they not only chronicle for us those which have been most glorious, but also compose new ones of their own invention. Nevertheless no poet has told the story of any legendary prince who has faced hazards so formidable and yet regained his throne: on the contrary, most of their heroes have been represented as having regained their kingdoms by chance, others as having employed deceit and artifice to overcome their foes.
§ 37
ἀλλὰ μὴν τῶν γʼ ἐπὶ τάδε γεγενημένων, ἴσως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἁπάντων, Κῦρον τὸν Μήδων μὲν ἀφελόμενον τὴν ἀρχήν, Πέρσαις δὲ κτησάμενον, καὶ πλεῖστοι καὶ μάλιστα θαυμάζουσιν. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν τῷ Περσῶν στρατοπέδῳ τὸ Μήδων ἐνίκησεν, ὃ πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ῥᾳδίως ἂν ποιήσειαν· ὁ δὲ διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς αὑτοῦ καὶ τοῦ σώματος τὰ πλεῖστα φαίνεται τῶν προειρημένων διαπραξάμενος.
Nay, of those who lived later, perhaps indeed of all, the one hero who was most admired by the greatest number was Cyrus, who deprived the Medes of their kingdom and gained it for the Persians. But while Cyrus with a Persian army conquered the Medes, a deed which many a Greek or a barbarian could easily do, Evagoras manifestly accomplished the greater part of the deeds which have been mentioned through strength of his own mind and body.
§ 38
ἔπειτʼ ἐκ μὲν τῆς Κύρου στρατηγίας οὔπω δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τοὺς Εὐαγόρου κινδύνους ἂν ὑπέμεινεν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν τούτῳ πεπραγμένων ἅπασι φανερόν, ὅτι ῥᾳδίως ἂν κἀκείνοις τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπεχείρησεν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῷ μὲν ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως ἅπαντα πέπρακται, τῷ δʼ οὐκ εὐσεβῶς ἔνια συμβέβηκεν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀπώλεσε, Κῦρος δὲ τὸν πατέρα τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἀπέκτεινεν. ὥστʼ εἴ τινες βούλοιντο μὴ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν συμβάντων ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν ἑκατέρου κρίνειν, δικαίως ἂν Εὐαγόραν καὶ τούτου μᾶλλον ἐπαινέσειαν.
Again, while it is not at all certain from the expedition of Cyrus that he would have endured the dangers of Evagoras, yet it is obvious to all from the deeds of Evagoras that the latter would have readily attempted the exploits of Cyrus. In addition, while piety and justice characterized every act of Evagoras, some of the successes of Cyrus were gained impiously: for the former destroyed his enemies, but Cyrus slew his mother’s father. Consequently if any should wish to judge, not of the greatness of their successes, but of the essential merit of each, they would justly award greater praise to Evagoras than even to Cyrus.
§ 39
εἰ δὲ δεῖ συντόμως καὶ μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενον μηδὲ δείσαντα τὸν φθόνον, ἀλλὰ παρρησίᾳ χρησάμενον εἰπεῖν, οὐδεὶς οὔτε θνητὸς οὔθʼ ἡμίθεος οὔτʼ ἀθάνατος εὑρεθήσεται κάλλιον οὐδὲ λαμπρότερον οὐδʼ εὐσεβέστερον λαβὼν ἐκείνου τὴν βασιλείαν. καὶ τούτοις ἐκείνως ἄν τις μάλιστα πιστεύσειεν, εἰ σφόδρα τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀπιστήσας ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ὅπως ἕκαστος ἐτυράννευσεν. φανήσομαι γὰρ οὐκ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου μεγάλα λέγειν προθυμούμενος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν τοῦ πράγματος ἀλήθειαν οὕτω περὶ αὐτοῦ θρασέως εἰρηκώς.
And if there is need to speak concisely, without reservation or fear of arousing ill-feeling, but with the utmost frankness, I would say that no one, whether mortal, demigod, or immortal, will be found to have obtained his throne more nobly, more splendidly, or more piously. Anyone would in the highest degree be confirmed in this belief if, distrusting completely what I have said, he were to set about examining how each gained royal power. For it will be manifest that it is through no desire whatever of grandiloquence, but because of the truth of the matter, that I have spoken thus boldly about Evagoras.
§ 40
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ μικροῖς διήνεγκε, τοιούτων ἂν καὶ τῶν λόγων αὐτῷ προσῆκεν ἀξιοῦσθαι· νῦν δʼ ἅπαντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν τυραννίδα καὶ τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων μέγιστον καὶ σεμνότατον καὶ περιμαχητότατον εἶναι. τὸν δὴ τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ὄντων κάλλιστα κτησάμενον τίς ἂν ἢ ποιητὴς ἢ λόγων εὑρετὴς ἀξίως τῶν πεπραγμένων ἐπαινέσειεν;
Now if he had distinguished himself in unimportant ways only, he would fittingly be thought worthy also of praise of like nature: but as it is, all would admit that of all blessings whether human or divine supreme power is the greatest, the most august, and the object of greatest strife. That man, therefore, who has most gloriously acquired the most glorious of possessions, what poet or what artificer of words could raise in a manner worthy of his deeds?
§ 41
οὐ τοίνυν ἐν τούτοις ὑπερβαλόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις εὑρεθήσεται καταδεέστερος γενόμενος, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν εὐφυέστατος ὢν τὴν γνώμην καὶ πλεῖστα κατορθοῦν δυνάμενος ὅμως οὐκ ᾠήθη δεῖν ὀλιγωρεῖν οὐδʼ αὐτοσχεδιάζειν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν καὶ φροντίζειν καὶ βουλεύεσθαι τὸν πλεῖστον τοῦ χρόνου διέτριβεν, ἡγούμενος μέν, εἰ καλῶς τὴν αὑτοῦ φρόνησιν παρασκευάσειεν, καλῶς αὑτῷ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἕξειν, θαυμάζων δʼ ὅσοι τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἕνεκα τῆς ψυχῆς ποιοῦνται τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, αὐτῆς δὲ ταύτης μηδὲν τυγχάνουσι φροντίζοντες.
Nor again, though he was a man of surpassing merit in these respects, will Evagoras be found deficient in all others, but, in the first place, although gifted by nature with the highest intelligence and capable of successful action in very many fields, yet he judged that he should not slight any matter or act on the spur of the moment in public affairs: nay, he spent most of his time in inquiring, in deliberation, and in taking counsel, for he believed that if he should prepare his mind well, all would be well with his kingdom also; and he marvelled at those who, while they cultivate the mind for all other ends, take no thought of the mind itself.
§ 42
ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν εἶχεν· ὁρῶν γὰρ τοὺς ἄριστα τῶν ὄντων ἐπιμελουμένους ἐλάχιστα λυπουμένους, καὶ τὰς ἀληθινὰς τῶν ῥᾳθυμιῶν οὐκ ἐν ταῖς ἀργίαις ἀλλʼ ἐν ταῖς εὐπραγίαις καὶ καρτερίαις ἐνούσας, οὐδὲν ἀνεξέταστον παρέλειπεν, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἀκριβῶς καὶ τὰς πράξεις ᾔδει καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἕκαστον ἐγίγνωσκεν ὥστε μήτε τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας αὐτῷ φθάνειν μήτε τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς ὄντας λανθάνειν, ἀλλὰ πάντας τυγχάνειν τῶν προσηκόντων· οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὧν ἑτέρων ἤκουεν οὔτʼ ἐκόλαζεν οὔτʼ ἐτίμα τοὺς πολίτας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς συνῄδει τὰς κρίσεις ἐποιεῖτο περὶ αὐτῶν.
Again, in public affairs he held to the same opinion: for, seeing that those persons who look best after realities are least worried, and that the true freedom from anxiety is to be found, not in inactivity, but in success and patient endurance, he left nothing unexamined: on the contrary, so thoroughly was he cognizant of public affairs and so thorough was his knowledge of each of the citizens, that neither those who conspired against him took him unawares, nor did the good citizens remain unknown to him, but all got their deserts: for he neither punished nor honored them on the basis of what he heard from others, but from his own knowledge he judged them.
§ 43
ἐν τοιαύταις δʼ ἐπιμελείαις αὑτὸν καταστήσας οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην προσπιπτόντων οὐδὲ περὶ ἓν πεπλανημένως εἶχεν, ἀλλʼ οὕτω θεοφιλῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως διῴκει τὴν πόλιν ὥστε τοὺς εἰσαφικνουμένους μὴ μᾶλλον Εὐαγόραν τῆς ἀρχῆς ζηλοῦν ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους τῆς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου βασιλείας· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσεν οὐδένα μὲν ἀδικῶν, τοὺς δὲ χρηστοὺς τιμῶν, καὶ σφόδρα μὲν ἁπάντων ἄρχων, νομίμως δὲ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτόντας κολάζων·
When he had engaged himself in the care of such matters he made not a single mistake in dealing with the unexpected incidents which daily befell, but he governed the city so reverently and humanely that visitors to the island did not so much envy Evagoras his office as they did the citizens their government under him: for throughout his whole life he never acted unjustly toward anyone but ever honored the good: and while he ruled all his subjects with strictness, yet he punished wrongdoers in accordance with the laws;
§ 44
οὐδὲν μὲν συμβούλων δεόμενος, ὅμως δὲ τοῖς φίλοις συμβουλευόμενος· πολλὰ μὲν τῶν χρωμένων ἡττώμενος, ἅπαντα δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν περιγιγνόμενος· σεμνὸς ὢν οὐ ταῖς τοῦ προσώπου συναγωγαῖς ἀλλὰ ταῖς τοῦ βίου κατασκευαῖς· οὐδὲ πρὸς ἓν ἀτάκτως οὐδʼ ἀνωμάλως διακείμενος, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ὁμολογίας ὥσπερ τὰς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις διαφυλάττων·
and while he was in no need of advisers, yet he sought the counsel of his friends. He yielded often to his intimates, but in everything dominated his enemies: he inspired respect, not by the frownings of his brow, but by the principles of his life—in no thing was he disposed to carelessness or caprice, but observed his agreements in deed as well as word;
§ 45
μέγα φρονῶν οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς διὰ τύχην ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς διʼ αὑτὸν γιγνομένοις· τοὺς μὲν φίλους ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιούμενος, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους τῇ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ καταδουλούμενος· φοβερὸς ὢν οὐ τῷ πολλοῖς χαλεπαίνειν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πολὺ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων φύσιν ὑπερβάλλειν· ἡγούμενος τῶν ἡδονῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγόμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν· ὀλίγοις πόνοις πολλὰς ῥᾳστώνας κτώμενος, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ μικρὰς ῥᾳθυμίας μεγάλους πόνους ὑπολειπόμενος·
he was proud, not of successes that were due to Fortune, but of those that came about through his own efforts: his friends he made subject to himself by his benefactions the rest by his magnanimity he enslaved: he inspired fear, not by venting his wrath upon many, but because in character he far surpassed all others: of his pleasures he was the master and not their servant: by little labor he gained much leisure, but would not, to gain a little respite, leave great labors undone;
§ 46
ὅλως οὐδὲν παραλείπων ὧν προσεῖναι δεῖ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἑκάστης τῆς πολιτείας ἐξειλεγμένος τὸ βέλτιστον, καὶ δημοτικὸς μὲν ὢν τῇ τοῦ πλήθους θεραπείᾳ, πολιτικὸς δὲ τῇ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης διοικήσει, στρατηγικὸς δὲ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους εὐβουλίᾳ, τυραννικὸς δὲ τῷ πᾶσι τούτοις διαφέρειν. καὶ ταῦθʼ ὅτι προσῆν Εὐαγόρᾳ, καὶ πλείω τούτων, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν.
in general, he fell in no respect short of the qualities which belong to kings, but choosing from each kind of government the best characteristic, he was democratic in his service to the people, statesmanlike in the administration of the city as a whole, an able general in his good counsel in the face of dangers, and princely in his superiority in all these qualities. That these attributes were inherent in Evagoras, and even more than these, it is easy to learn from his deeds themselves.
§ 47
παραλαβὼν γὰρ τὴν πόλιν ἐκβεβαρβαρωμένην καὶ διὰ τὴν Φοινίκων ἀρχὴν οὔτε τοὺς Ἕλληνας προσδεχομένην οὔτε τέχνας ἐπισταμένην οὔτʼ ἐμπορίῳ χρωμένην οὔτε λιμένα κεκτημένην ταῦτά τε πάντα διώρθωσε καὶ πρὸς τούτοις καὶ χώραν πολλὴν προσεκτήσατο καὶ τείχη προσπεριεβάλετο καὶ τριήρεις ἐναυπηγήσατο καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις κατασκευαῖς οὕτως ηὔξησε τὴν πόλιν ὥστε μηδεμιᾶς τῶν Ἑλληνίδων ἀπολελεῖφθαι, καὶ δύναμιν τοσαύτην ἐνεποίησεν ὥστε πολλοὺς φοβεῖσθαι τῶν πρότερον καταφρονούντων αὐτῆς.
After he had taken over the government of the city, which had been reduced to a state of barbarism and, because it was ruled by Phoenicians, was neither hospitable to the Greeks nor acquainted with the arts, nor possessed of a trading-port or harbor, Evagoras remedied all these defects and, besides, acquired much additional territory, surrounded it all with new walls and built triremes, and with other construction so increased the city that it was inferior to none of the cities of Greece. And he caused it to become so powerful that many who formerly despised it, now feared it.
§ 48
καίτοι τηλικαύτας ἐπιδόσεις τὰς πόλεις λαμβάνειν οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστίν, ἢν μὴ τις αὐτὰς διοικῇ τοιούτοις ἤθεσιν οἵοις Εὐαγόρας μὲν εἶχεν ἐγὼ δʼ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐπειράθην διελθεῖν. ὥστʼ οὐ δέδοικα μὴ φανῶ μείζω λέγων τῶν ἐκείνῳ προσόντων, ἀλλὰ μὴ πολὺ λίαν ἀπολειφθῶ τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ.
And yet it is not possible that cities should take on such increase unless there are those who govern them by such principles as Evagoras had and as I endeavored to describe a little before. In consequence I am not afraid of appearing to exaggerate in speaking of the qualities of the man, but rather lest I greatly fall short of doing justice to his deeds.
§ 49
τίς γὰρ ἂν ἐφίκοιτο τοιαύτης φύσεως, ὃς οὐ μόνον τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν πλείονος ἀξίαν ἐποίησεν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τόπον ὅλον τὸν περιέχοντα τὴν νῆσον ἐπὶ πραότητα καὶ μετριότητα προήγαγεν; πρὶν μέν γε λαβεῖν Εὐαγόραν τὴν ἀρχὴν οὕτως ἀπροσοίστως καὶ χαλεπῶς εἶχον, ὥστε καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτους ἐνόμιζον εἶναι βελτίστους οἵτινες ὠμότατα πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας διακείμενοι τυγχάνοιεν·
For who could do justice to a man of such natural gifts, a man who not only increased the importance of his own city, but advanced the whole region surrounding the island to a regime of mildness and moderation? Before Evagoras gained the throne the inhabitants were so hostile to strangers and fierce that they considered the best rulers to be those who treated the Greeks in the most cruel fashion.
§ 50
νῦν δὲ τοσοῦτον μεταπεπτώκασιν ὥσθʼ ἁμιλλᾶσθαι μὲν οἵτινες αὐτῶν δόξουσι φιλέλληνες εἶναι μάλιστα, παιδοποιεῖσθαι δὲ τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν γυναῖκας λαμβάνοντας παρʼ ἡμῶν, χαίρειν δὲ καὶ τοῖς κτήμασι καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς παρὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, πλείους δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν ἄλλην παίδευσιν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις διατρίβειν ἢ παρʼ οἷς πρότερον εἰωθότες ἦσαν. καὶ τούτων ἁπάντων οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν Εὐαγόραν αἴτιον εἶναι προσομολογήσειεν.
At present, however, they have undergone so great a change that they strive with one another to see who shall be regarded as most friendly to the Greeks, and the majority of them take their wives from us and from them beget children, and they have greater pleasure in owning Greek possessions and observing Greek institutions than in their own, and more of those who occupy themselves with the liberal arts and with education in general now dwell in these regions than in the communities in which they formerly used to live. And for all these changes, no one could deny that Evagoras is responsible.
§ 51
μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον καὶ τοῦ τρόπου καὶ τῆς ὁσιότητος τῆς ἐκείνου· τῶν γὰρ Ἑλλήνων πολλοὶ καὶ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ἀπολιπόντες ἦλθον εἰς Κύπρον οἰκήσοντες, ἡγούμενοι κουφοτέραν καὶ νομιμωτέραν εἶναι τὴν Εὐαγόρου βασιλείαν τῶν οἴκοι πολιτειῶν· ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ὀνομαστὶ διελθεῖν πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη·
The most convincing proof of the character and uprightness of Evagoras is this—that many of the most reputable Greeks left their own fatherlands and came to Cyrus to dwell, because they considered Evagoras’s rule less burdensome and more equitable than that of their own governments at home. To mention all the others by name would be too great a task:
§ 52
Κόνωνα δὲ τὸν διὰ πλείστας ἀρετὰς πρωτεύσαντα τῶν Ἑλλήνων τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι δυστυχησάσης τῆς πόλεως ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐκλεξάμενος ὡς Εὐαγόραν ἦλθε, νομίσας καὶ τῷ σώματι βεβαιοτάτην εἶναι τὴν παρʼ ἐκείνῳ καταφυγὴν καὶ τῇ πόλει τάχιστʼ ἂν αὐτὸν γενέσθαι βοηθόν. καὶ πολλὰ πρότερον ἤδη κατωρθωκὼς οὐδὲ περὶ ἑνὸς πώποτε πράγματος ἔδοξεν ἄμεινον ἢ περὶ τούτου βουλεύσασθαι·
but who does not know about Conon, first among the Greeks for his very many glorious deeds, that when his own city had met with ill-fortune, hechose out of all the world Evagoras and came to him, believing that for himself Evagoras would provide the most secure asylum and for his country the most speedy assistance. And indeed Conon, although he had been successful in many previous ventures, in no one of them, it is believed, had he planned more wisely than in this;
§ 53
συνέβη γὰρ αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν ἄφιξιν τὴν εἰς Κύπρον καὶ ποιῆσαι καὶ παθεῖν πλεῖστʼ ἀγαθά. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἔφθασαν ἀλλήλοις πλησιάσαντες καὶ περὶ πλείονος ἐποιήσαντο σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἢ τοὺς πρότερον οἰκείους ὄντας. ἔπειτα περί τε τῶν ἄλλων ὁμονοοῦντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσαν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην εἶχον.
for the result of his visit to Cyprus was that he both conferred and received most benefits. In the first place, no sooner had Evagoras and Conon met one another than they esteemed each other more highly than those who before had been their intimate friends. Again, they not only were in complete harmony all their lives regarding all other matters, but also in matters relating to our own city they held to the same opinion.
§ 54
ὁρῶντες γὰρ αὐτὴν ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις οὖσαν καὶ μεγάλῃ μεταβολῇ κεχρημένην λυπηρῶς καὶ βαρέως ἔφερον, ἀμφότεροι προσήκοντα ποιοῦντες· τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἦν φύσει πατρίς, τὸν δὲ διὰ πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας εὐεργεσίας νόμῳ πολίτην ἐπεποίηντο. σκοπουμένοις δʼ αὐτοῖς ὅπως τῶν συμφορῶν αὐτὴν ἀπαλλάξουσι, ταχὺν τὸν καιρὸν Λακεδαιμόνιο παρεσκεύασαν· ἄρχοντες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀπληστίας ἦλθον, ὥστε καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν κακῶς ποιεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν.
For when they beheld Athens under the domination of the Lacedaemonians and the victim of a great reversal of fortune, they were filled with grief and indignation, both acting fittingly: for Conon was a native son of Athens, and Evagoras, because of his many generous benefactions, had legally been given citizenship by the Athenians. And while they were deliberating how they might free Athens from her misfortunes, the Lacedaemonians themselves soon furnished the opportunity: for, as rulers of the Greeks on land and sea, they became so insatiate that they attempted to ravage Asia also.
§ 55
λαβόντες δʼ ἐκεῖνοι τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν τῶν βασιλέως ἀπορούντων ὅ τι χρήσωνται τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἐδίδασκον αὐτοὺς μὴ κατὰ γῆν ἀλλὰ κατὰ θάλατταν ποιεῖσθαι τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους, νομίζοντες, εἰ μὲν πεζὸν στρατόπεδον καταστήσαιντο καὶ τούτῳ περιγένοιντο, τὰ περὶ τὴν ἤπειρον μόνον καλῶς ἕξειν, εἰ δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν κρατήσειαν, ἅπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς νίκης ταύτης μεθέξειν.
Conon and Evagoras seized this opportunity, and, as the generals of the Persian king were at a loss to know how to handle the situation, these two advised them to wage war against the Lacedaemonians, not upon land but upon the sea, their opinion being that if the Persians should organize an army on land and with this should gain a victory, the mainland alone would profit, whereas, if they should be victors on the sea, all Hellas would have a share in the victory.
§ 56
ὅπερ συνέβη· πεισθέντων γὰρ ταῦτα τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ ναυτικοῦ συλλεγέντος Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν κατεναυμαχήθησαν καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπεστερήθησαν, οἱ δʼ Ἕλληνες ἠλευθερώθησαν, ἡ δὲ πόλις ἡμῶν τῆς τε παλαιᾶς δόξης μέρος τι πάλιν ἀνέλαβε καὶ τῶ συμμάχων ἡγεμὼν κατέστη. καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐπράχθη Κόνωνος μὲν στρατηγοῦντος, Εὐαγόρου δὲ τοῦτό τε παρασχόντος καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τὴν πλείστην παρασκευάσαντος.
And that in fact is what happened: the generals followed this advice, a fleet was assembled, the Lacedaemonians were defeated in a naval battle and lost their supremacy, while the Greeks regained their freedom and our city recovered in some measure its old-time glory and became leader of the allies. And although all this was accomplished with Conon as commander, yet Evagoras both made the outcome possible and furnished the greater part of the armament.
§ 57
ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐτιμήσαμεν ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς καὶ τὰς εἰκόνας αὐτῶν ἐστήσαμεν οὗπερ τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄγαλμα τοῦ σωτῆρος, πλησίον ἐκείνου τε καὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν, ἀμφοτέρων ὑπόμνημα καὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τῆς εὐεργεσίας καὶ τῆς φιλίας τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους. βασιλεὺς δʼ οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχε περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ μείζω καὶ πλείονος ἄξια κατειργάσαντο, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἔδεισεν αὐτούς. περὶ μὲν οὖν Κόνωνος ἄλλος ἡμῖν ἔσται λόγος· ὅτι δὲ πρὸς Εὐαγόραν οὕτως ἔσχεν, οὐδʼ αὐτὸς λαθεῖν ἐζήτησεν.
In gratitude we honored them with the highest honors and set up their statues where stands the image of Zeus the Savior, near to it and to one another, a memorial both of the magnitude of their benefactions and of their mutual friendship. The king of Persia, however, did not have the same opinion of them: on the contrary, the greater and more illustrious their deeds the more he feared them. Concerning Conon I will give an account elsewhere; but that toward Evagoras he entertained this feeling not even the king himself sought to conceal.
§ 58
φαίνεται γὰρ μᾶλλον μὲν σπουδάσας περὶ τὸν ἐν Κύπρῳ πόλεμον ἢ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας, μείζω δὲ καὶ χαλεπώτερον ἐκεῖνον ἀνταγωνιστὴν νομίσας ἢ Κῦρον τὸν περὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀμφισβητήσαντα. μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἀκούων τὰς παρασκευὰς τοσοῦτον κατεφρόνησεν ὥστε διὰ τὸ μὴ φροντίζειν μικροῦ δεῖν ἔλαθεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βασίλειον ἐπιστάς· πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον οὕτως ἐκ πολλοῦ περιδεῶς ἔσχεν, ὥστε μεταξὺ πάσχων εὖ πολεμεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπεχείρησε, δίκαια μὲν οὐ ποιῶν, οὐ μὴν παντάπασιν ἀλόγως βουλευσάμενος.
For he was manifestly more concerned about the war in Cyprus than about any other, and regarded Evagoras as a more powerful and formidable antagonist than Cyrus, who had disputed the throne with him. The most convincing proof of this statement is this: when the king heard of the preparations Cyrus was making he viewed him with such contempt that because of his indifference Cyrus almost stood at the doors of his palace before he was aware of him. With regard to Evagoras, however, the king had stood in terror of him for so long a time that even while he was receiving benefits from him he had undertaken to make war upon him—a wrongful act, indeed, but his purpose was not altogether unreasonable.
§ 59
ἠπίστατο μὲν γὰρ πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐκ ταπεινῶν καὶ φαύλων πραγμάτων μεγάλας δυναστείας κατεργασαμένους, ᾐσθάνετο δὲ τὴν Εὐαγόρου μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ τὰς ἐπιδόσεις αὐτῷ καὶ τῆς δόξης καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οὐ κατὰ μικρὸν γιγνομένας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἀνυπέρβλητον ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν τύχην αὐτῷ συναγωνιζομένην·
For the king well knew that many men, both Greeks and barbarians, starting from low and insignificant beginnings, had overthrown great dynasties, and he was aware too of the lofty ambition of Evagoras and that the growth of both his prestige and of his political activities was not taking place by slow degrees: also that Evagoras had unsurpassed natural ability and that Fortune was fighting with him as an ally.
§ 60
ὥστʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγενημένων ὀργιζόμενος ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων φοβούμενος, οὐδὲ περὶ Κύπρου μόνον δεδιώς, ἀλλὰ πολὺ περὶ μειζόνων ἐποιήσατο τὸν πόλεμον πρὸς αὐτόν. οὕτω δʼ οὖν ὥρμησεν ὥστʼ εἰς τὴν στρατείαν ταύτην πλέον ἢ τάλαντα πεντακισχίλια καὶ μύρια κατηνάλωσεν.
Therefore it was not in anger for the events of the past, but with forebodings for the future, nor yet fearing for Cyprus alone, but for reasons far weightier, that he undertook the war against Evagoras. In any case he threw himself into it with such ardor that he expended on this expedition more than fifteen thousand talents.
§ 61
ἀλλʼ ὅμως Εὐαγόρας πάσαις ἀπολελειμμένος ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀντιτάξας τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην πρὸς τὰς οὕτως ὑπερμεγέθεις παρασκευάς, ἐπέδειξεν αὑτὸν ἐν τούτοις πολὺ θαυμαστότερον ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς προειρημένοις. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν εἴων εἰρήνην ἄγειν,
But nevertheless, although Evagoras was inferior in all the resources of war, after he had marshalled in opposition to these extraordinarily immense preparations of the king his own determination, he proved himself in these circumstances to be far more worthy of admiration than in all those I have mentioned before. For when his enemies permitted him to be at peace, all he possessed was his own city;
§ 62
τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν μόνην εἶχεν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἠναγκάσθη πολεμεῖν, τοιοῦτος ἦν καὶ τοιοῦτον εἶχε Πνυταγόραν τὸν υἱὸν τὸν αὑτοῦ συναγωνιστὴν ὥστε μικροῦ μὲν ἐδέησε Κύπρον ἅπασαν κατασχεῖν, Φοινίκην δʼ ἐπόρθησε, Τύρον δὲ κατὰ κράτος εἷλε, Κιλικίαν δὲ βασιλέως ἀπέστησε, τοσούτους δὲ τῶν πολεμίων ἀπώλεσεν ὥστε πολλοὺς Περσῶν πενθοῦντας τὰς αὑτῶν συμφορὰς μεμνῆσθαι τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἐκείνου·
but when he was forced to go to war, he proved so valiant, and had so valiant an ally in his son Pnytagoras, that he almost subdued the whole of Cyprus, ravaged Phoenicia, took Tyre by storm, caused Cilicia to revolt from the king, and slew so many of his enemies that many of the Persians, when they mourn over their sorrows, recall the valor of Evagoras.
§ 63
τελευτῶν δʼ οὕτως ἐνέπλησεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ πολεμεῖν, ὥστʼ εἰθισμένων τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον τῶν βασιλέων μὴ διαλλάττεσθαι τοῖς ἀποστᾶσι πρὶν κύριοι γένοιντο τῶν σωμάτων, ἄσμενοι τὴν εἰρήνην ἐποιήσαντο, λύσαντες μὲν τὸν νόμον τοῦτον, οὐδὲν δὲ κινήσαντες τῆς Εὐαγόρου τυραννίδος.
And finally he so glutted them with war that the Persian kings, who at other times were not accustomed to make peace with their rebellious subjects until they had become masters of their persons, gladly made peace, abandoning this custom and leaving entirely undisturbed the authority of Evagoras.
§ 64
καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν τῶν καὶ δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν μεγίστην ἐχόντων κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐντὸς τριῶν ἐτῶν ἀφείλετο τὴν ἀρχήν, Εὐαγόρα δὲ πολεμήσας ἔτη δέκα τῶν αὐτῶν κύριον αὐτὸν κατέλιπεν, ὧνπερ ἦν καὶ πρὶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον εἰσελθεῖν. ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον· τὴν γὰρ πόλιν, ἣν Εὐαγόρας ἑτέρου τυραννοῦντος μετὰ πεντήκοντʼ ἀνδρῶν εἷλε, ταύτην βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας τοσαύτην δύναμιν ἔχων οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἐγένετο χειρώσασθαι.
And although the king within three years destroyed the dominion of the Lacedaemonians, who were then at the height of their glory and power, yet after he had waged war against Evagoras for ten years, he left him lord of all that he had possessed before he entered upon the war. But the most amazing thing of all is this: the city which, held by another prince, Evagoras had captured with fifty men, the Great King, with all his vast power, was unable to subdue at all.
§ 65
καίτοι πῶς ἄν τις τὴν ἀνδρίαν ἢ τὴν φρόνησιν ἢ σύμπασαν τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν Εὐαγόρου φανερώτερον ἐπιδείξειεν ἢ διὰ τοιούτων ἔργων καὶ κινδύνων; οὐ γὰρ μόνον φανεῖται τοὺς ἄλλους πολέμους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τῶν ἡρώων ὑπερβαλόμενος, τὸν ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων ὑμνούμενον. οἱ μὲν γὰρ μεθʼ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος Τροίαν μόνην εἷλον, ὁ δὲ μίαν πόλιν ἔχων πρὸς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐπολέμησεν· ὥστʼ εἰ τοσοῦτοι τὸ πλῆθος ἐγκωμιάζειν αὐτὸν ἠβουλήθησαν ὅσοι περ ἐκείνους, πολὺ ἂν μείζω καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν ἔλαβεν.
In truth, how could one reveal the courage, the wisdom, or the virtues generally of Evagoras more clearly than by pointing to such deeds and perilous enterprises? For he will be shown to have surpassed in his exploits, not only those of other wars, but even those of the war of the heroes which is celebrated in the songs of all men. For they, in company with all Hellas, captured Troy only, but Evagoras, although he possessed but one city, waged war against all Asia. Consequently, if the number of those who wished to praise him had equalled those who lauded the heroes at Troy, he would have gained far greater renown than they.
§ 66
τίνα γὰρ εὑρήσομεν τῶν τότε γενομένων, εἰ τοὺς μύθους ἀφέντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν σκοποῖμεν, τοιαῦτα διαπεπραγμένον, ἢ τίνα τοσούτων μεταβολῶν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν αἴτιον γεγενημένον; ὃς αὑτὸν μὲν ἐξ ἰδιώτου τύραννον κατέστησε, τὸ δὲ γένος ἅπαν ἀπεληλαμένον τῆς πολιτείας εἰς τὰς προσηκούσας τιμὰς πάλιν ἐπανήγαγε, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ἐκ βαρβάρων μὲν Ἕλληνας ἐποίησεν,
For whom shall we find of the men of that age—if we disregard the fabulous tales and look at the truth—who has accomplished such feats or has brought about changes so great in political affairs? Evagoras, from private estate, made himself a sovereign: his entire family, which had been driven from political power, he restored again to their appropriate honors: the citizens of barbarian birth he transformed into Hellenes,
§ 67
ἐξ ἀνάνδρων δὲ πολεμικούς, ἐξ ἀδόξων δʼ ὀνομαστούς, τὸν δὲ τόπον ἄμικτον ὅλον παραλαβὼν καὶ παντάπασιν ἐξηγριωμένον ἡμερώτερον καὶ πραότερον κατέστησεν, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις εἰς ἔχθραν μὲν βασιλεῖ καταστὰς οὕτως αὐτὸν ἠμύνατο καλῶς ὥστʼ ἀείμνηστον γεγενῆσθαι τὸν πόλεμον τὸν περὶ Κύπρον, ὅτε δʼ ἦν αὐτῷ σύμμαχος, τοσούτῳ χρησιμώτερον αὑτὸν παρέσχε τῶν ἄλλων
cravens into warriors, and obscure individuals into men of note: and having taken over a country wholly inhospitable and utterly reduced to savagery, he made it more civilized and gentler: furthermore, when he became hostile to the king, he defended himself so gloriously that the Cyprian War has become memorable for ever: and when he was the ally of the king, he made himself so much more serviceable than the others that,
§ 68
ὥσθʼ ὁμολογουμένως μεγίστην αὐτῷ συμβαλέσθαι δύναμιν εἰς τὴν ναυμαχίαν τὴν περὶ Κνίδον, ἧς γενομένης βασιλεὺς μὲν ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας κύριος κατέστη, Λακεδαιμόνιοι δʼ ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἤπειρον πορθεῖν περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν κινδυνεύειν ἠναγκάσθησαν, οἱ δʼ Ἕλληνες ἀντὶ δουλείας αὐτονομίας ἔτυχον, Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ τοσοῦτον ἐπέδοσαν ὥστε τοὺς πρότερον αὐτῶν ἄρχοντας ἐλθεῖν αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀρχὴν δώσοντας.
in the opinion of all, the forces he contributed to the naval battle at Cnidus were the largest, and as the result of this battle, while the king became master of all Asia, the Lacedaemonians instead of ravaging the continent were compelled to fight for their own land, and the Greeks, in place of servitude, gained independence, and the Athenians increased in power so greatly that those who formerly were their rulers came to offer them the hegemony.
§ 69
ὥστʼ εἴ τις ἔροιτό με, τί νομίζω μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν Εὐαγόρᾳ πεπραγμένων, πότερον τὰς ἐπιμελείας καὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς τὰς πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἐξ ὧν τὰ προειρημένα γέγονεν, ἢ τὸν τελευταῖον πόλεμον, ἢ τὴν κατάληψιν τῆς βασιλείας, ἢ τὴν ὅλην τῶν πραγμάτων διοίκησιν, εἰς πολλὴν ἀπορίαν ἂν κατασταίην· ἀεὶ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ μέγιστον εἶναι καὶ θαυμαστότατον καθʼ ὅ τι ἂν αὐτῶν ἐπιστήσω τὴν διάνοιαν.
Consequently, if anyone should ask me what I regard as the greatest of the achievements of Evagoras, whether the careful military preparations directed against the Lacedaemonians which resulted in the aforesaid successes, or the last war, or the recovery of his throne, or his general administration of affairs, I should be at a great loss what to say in reply: for each achievement to which I happen to direct my attention seems to me the greatest and most admirable.
§ 70
ὥστʼ εἴ τινες τῶν προγεγενημένων διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀθάνατοι γεγόνασιν, οἶμαι κἀκεῖνον ἠξιῶσθαι ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς, σημείοις χρώμενος ὅτι καὶ τὸν ἐνθάδε χρόνον εὐτυχέστερον καὶ θεοφιλέστερον ἐκείνων διαβεβίωκεν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡμιθέων τοὺς πλείστους καὶ τοὺς ὀνομαστοτάτους εὑρήσομεν ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσόντας, Εὐαγόρας δʼ οὐ μόνον θαυμαστότατος ἀλλὰ καὶ μακαριστότατος ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὢν διετέλεσεν.
Therefore, I believe that, if any men of the past have by their merit become immortal, Evagoras also has earned this preferment: and my evidence for that belief is this—that the life he lived on earth has been more blessed by fortune and more favored by the gods than theirs. For of the demigods the greater number and the most renowned were, we shall find, afflicted by the most grievous misfortunes, but Evagoras continued from the beginning to be not only the most admired, but also the most envied for his blessings.
§ 71
τί γὰρ ἀπέλιπεν εὐδαιμονίας, ὃς τοιούτων μὲν προγόνων ἔτυχεν οἵων οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, πλὴν εἴ τις ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνῳ γέγονεν, τοσοῦτον δὲ καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκεν ὥστε μὴ μόνον Σαλαμῖνος ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἁπάσης ἄξιος εἶναι τυραννεῖν, κάλλιστα δὲ κτησάμενος τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν ταύτῃ τὸν βίον διετέλεσε, θνητὸς δὲ γενόμενος ἀθάνατον τὴν περὶ αὑτοῦ μνήμην κατέλιπε, τοσοῦτον δʼ ἐβίω χρόνον ὥστε μήτε τοῦ γήρως ἄμοιρος γενέσθαι μήτε τῶν νόσων μετασχεῖν τῶν διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡλικίαν γιγνομένων.
For in what respect did he lack utter felicity? Such ancestors Fortune gave to him as to no other man, unless it has been one sprung from the same stock, and so greatly in body and mind did he excel others that he was worthy to hold sway over not only Salamis but the whole of Asia also: and having acquired most gloriously his kingdom he continued in its possession all his life: and though a mortal by birth, he left behind a memory of himself that is immortal, and he lived just so long that he was neither unacquainted with old age, nor afflicted with the infirmities attendant upon that time of life.
§ 72
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, ὃ δοκεῖ σπανιώτατον εἶναι καὶ χαλεπώτατον, εὐπαιδίας τυχεῖν ἅμα καὶ πολυπαιδίας, οὐδὲ τούτου διήμαρτεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτῷ συνέπεσεν. καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ὅτι τῶν ἐξ αὑτοῦ γεγονότων οὐδένα κατέλιπεν ἰδιωτικοῖς ὀνόμασι προσαγορευόμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν βασιλέα καλούμενον, τοὺς δʼ ἄνακτας, τὰς δʼ ἀνάσσας. ὥστʼ εἴ τινες τῶν ποιητῶν περί τινος τῶν προγεγενημένων ὑπερβολαῖς κέχρηνται, λέγοντες ὡς ἦν θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἢ δαίμων θνητός, ἅπαντα τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ τὴν ἐκείνου φύσιν ῥηθῆναι μάλιστʼ ἂν ἁρμόσειεν.
In addition to these blessings, that which seems to he the rarest and most difficult thing to win—to be blessed with many children who are at the same time good—not even this was denied him, but this also fell to his lot. And the greatest blessing was this: of his offspring he left not one who was addressed merely by a private title: on the contrary, one was called king, others princes, and others princesses. In view of these facts, if any of the poets have used extravagant expressions in characterizing any man of the past, asserting that he was a god among men, or a mortal divinity, all praise of that kind would be especially in harmony with the noble qualities of Evagoras.
§ 73
τῶν μὲν οὖν εἰς Εὐαγόραν πολλὰ μὲν οἶμαι παραλιπεῖν· ὑστερίζω γὰρ τῆς ἀκμῆς τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ, μεθʼ ἧς ἀκριβέστερον καὶ φιλοπονώτερον ἐξειργασάμην ἂν τὸν ἔπαινον τοῦτον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν, ὅσον κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν δύναμιν, οὐκ ἀνεγκωμίαστός ἐστιν. ἐγὼ δʼ, ὦ Νικόκλεις, ἡγοῦμαι καλὰ μὲν εἶναι μνημεῖα καὶ τὰς τῶν σωμάτων εἰκόνας, πολὺ μέντοι πλείονος ἀξίας τὰς τῶν πράξεων καὶ τῆς διανοίας, ἃς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἄν τις μόνον τοῖς τεχνικῶς ἔχουσι θεωρήσειεν.
No doubt I have omitted much that might be said of Evagoras: for I am past my prime of life, in which I should have worked out this eulogy with greater finish and diligence. Nevertheless, even at my age, to the best of my ability he has not been left without his encomium. For my part, Nicocles, I think that while effigies of the body are fine memorials, yet likenesses of deeds and of the character are of far greater value, and these are to be observed only in discourses composed according to the rules of art.
§ 74
προκρίνω δὲ ταύτας πρῶτον μὲν εἰδὼς τοὺς καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει τοῦ σώματος σεμνυνομένους ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ φιλοτιμουμένους· ἔπειθʼ ὅτι τοὺς μὲν τύπους ἀναγκαῖον παρὰ τούτοις εἶναι μόνοις, παρʼ οἷς ἂν σταθῶσι, τοὺς δὲ λόγους ἐξενεχθῆναί θʼ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα καί, διαδοθέντας ἐν ταῖς τῶν εὖ φρονούντων διατριβαῖς, ἀγαπᾶσθαι παρʼ οἷς κρεῖττόν ἐστιν ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν εὐδοκιμεῖν·
These I prefer to statues because I know, in the first place, that honorable men pride themselves not so much on bodily beauty as they desire to be honored for their deeds and their wisdom: in the second place, because I know that images must of necessity remain solely among those in whose cities they were set up, whereas portrayals in words may be published throughout Hellas, and having been spread abroad in the gatherings of enlightened men, are welcomed among those whose approval is more to be desired than that of all others;
§ 75
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὅτι τοῖς μὲν πεπλασμένοις καὶ τοῖς γεγραμμένοις οὐδεὶς ἂν τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν ὁμοιώσειε, τοὺς δὲ τρόπους τοὺς ἀλλήλων καὶ τὰς διανοίας τὰς ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐνούσας ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι μιμεῖσθαι τοῖς μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν αἱρουμένοις, ἀλλὰ χρηστοῖς εἶναι βουλομένοις.
and finally, while no one can make the bodily nature resemble molded statues and portraits in painting, yet for those who do not choose to be slothful, but desire to be good men, it is easy to imitate the character of their fellow-men and their thoughts and purposes—those, I mean, that are embodied in the spoken word.
§ 76
ὧν ἕνεκα καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπεχείρησα γράφειν τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἡγούμενος καὶ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς σοῖς παισὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ἀπʼ Εὐαγόρου γεγονόσι πολὺ καλλίστην ἂν γενέσθαι ταύτην παράκλησιν, εἴ τις ἀθροίσας τὰς ἀρετὰς τὰς ἐκείνου καὶ τῷ λόγῳ κοσμήσας παραδοίη θεωρεῖν ὑμῖν καὶ συνδιατρίβειν αὐταῖς.
For these reasons especially I have undertaken to write this discourse because I believed that for you, for your children, and for all the other descendants of Evagoras, it would be by far the best incentive, if someone should assemble his achievements, give them verbal adornment, and submit them to you for your contemplation and study.
§ 77
τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους προτρέπομεν ἐπὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἑτέρους ἐπαινοῦντες, ἵνα ζηλοῦντες τοὺς εὐλογουμένους τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐπιθυμῶσιν, ἐγὼ δὲ σὲ καὶ τοὺς σοὺς οὐκ ἀλλοτρίοις παραδείγμασι χρώμενος ἀλλʼ οἰκείοις παρακαλῶ, καὶ συμβουλεύω προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν μηδενὸς ἧττον δυνήσει τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
For we exhort young men to the study of philosophy by praising others in order that they, emulating those who are eulogized, may desire to adopt the same pursuits, but I appeal to you and yours, using as examples not aliens, but members of your own family, and I counsel you to devote your attention to this, that you may not be surpassed in either word or deed by any of the Hellenes
§ 78
καὶ μὴ νόμιζέ με καταγιγνώσκειν, ὡς νῦν ἀμελεῖς, ὅτι πολλάκις σοι διακελεύομαι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν. οὐ γὰρ οὔτʼ ἐμὲ λέληθας οὔτε τοὺς ἄλλους ὅτι καὶ πρῶτος καὶ μόνος τῶν ἐν τυραννίδι καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ τρυφαῖς ὄντων φιλοσοφεῖν καὶ πονεῖν ἐπικεχείρηκας, οὐδʼ ὅτι πολλοὺς τῶν βασιλέων ποιήσεις ζηλώσαντας τὴν σὴν παίδευσιν τούτων τῶν διατριβῶν ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἀφεμένους ἐφʼ οἷς νῦν λίαν χαίρουσιν.
And do not imagine that I am reproaching you for indifference at present, because I often admonish you on the same subject. For it has not escaped the notice of either me or anyone else that you, Nicocles, are the first and the only one of those who possess royal power, wealth, and luxury who has undertaken to pursue the study of philosophy, nor that you will cause many kings, emulating your culture, to desire these studies and to abandon the pursuits in which they now take too great pleasure.
§ 79
ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐγὼ ταῦτʼ εἰδὼς οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ ποιῶ καὶ ποιήσω ταὐτὸν ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν οἱ θεαταί· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι παρακελεύονται τῶν δρομέων οὐ τοῖς ἀπολελειμμένοις ἀλλὰ τοῖς περὶ τῆς νίκης ἁμιλλωμένοις.
Although I am aware of these things, none the less I am acting, and shall continue to act, in the same fashion as spectators at the athletic games: for they do not shout encouragement to the runners who have been distanced in the race, but to those who still strive for the victory.
§ 80
ἐμὸν μὲν οὖν ἔργον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων φίλων τοιαῦτα καὶ λέγειν καὶ γράφειν ἐξ ὧν μέλλομέν σε παροξύνειν ὀρέγεσθαι τούτων, ὧνπερ καὶ νῦν τυγχάνεις ἐπιθυμῶν· σοὶ δὲ προσήκει μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καὶ τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀσκεῖν, ὅπως ἄξιος ἔσει καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προγόνων. ὡς ἅπασι μὲν προσήκει περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν φρόνησιν, μάλιστα δʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων κυρίοις οὖσιν.
It is my task, therefore, and that of your other friends, to speak and to write in such fashion as may be likely to incite you to strive eagerly after those things which even now you do in fact desire: and you it behooves not to be negligent, but as at present so in the future to pay heed to yourself and to discipline your mind that you may be worthy of your father and of all your ancestors. For though it is the duty of all to place a high value upon wisdom, yet you kings especially should do so, who have power over very many and weighty affairs.
§ 81
χρὴ δʼ οὐκ ἀγαπᾶν, εἰ τῶν παρόντων τυγχάνεις ὢν ἤδη κρείττων, ἀλλʼ ἀγανακτεῖν, εἰ τοιοῦτος μὲν ὢν αὐτὸς τὴν φύσιν, γεγονὼς δὲ τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν ἀπὸ Διός, τὸ δʼ ὑπογυιότατον ἐξ ἀνδρὸς τοιούτου τὴν ἀρετήν, μὴ πολὺ διοίσεις καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς σοι τιμαῖς ὄντων. ἔστι δʼ ἐπὶ σοὶ μὴ διαμαρτεῖν τούτων· ἂν γὰρ ἐμμένῃς τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐπιδιδῷς ὅσον περ νῦν, ταχέως γενήσει τοιοῦτος οἷόν σε προσήκει.
You must not be content if you chance to be already superior to your contemporaries, but you should be chagrined if, endowed as you are by nature, distantly descended from Zeus and in our own time from a man of such distinguished excellence, you shall not far surpass, not only all others, but also those who possess the same high station as yourself It is in your power not to fail in this: for if you persevere in the study of philosophy and make as great progress as heretofore, you will soon become the man it is fitting you should be.
Archidamus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg016 · Greek: Ἀρχίδαμος — tlg0010.tlg016.perseus-grc2 · English: Archidamus — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg016.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἴσως τινὲς ὑμῶν θαυμάζουσιν ὅτι τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἐμμεμενηκὼς τοῖς τῆς πόλεως νομίμοις ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν, τοσαύτην πεποίημαι τὴν μεταβολὴν ὥστε περὶ ὧν ὀκνοῦσιν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι λέγειν, περὶ τούτων νεώτερος ὢν παρελήλυθα συμβουλεύσων.
Doubtless some of you are astonished that I, who heretofore have observed the customs of the state more faithfully, I dare say, than any other of my generation, have now so completely changed that I have come forward, in spite of my youth, to offer counsel regarding a subject which even our elders hesitate to discuss.
§ 2
ἐγὼ δʼ, εἰ μέν τις τῶν εἰθισμένων ἐν ὑμῖν ἀγορεύειν ἀξίως ἦν τῆς πόλεως εἰρηκώς, πολλὴν ἂν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον· νῦν δʼ ὁρῶν τοὺς μὲν συναγορεύοντας οἷς οἱ πολέμιοι προστάττουσι, τοὺς δʼ οὐκ ἐρρωμένως ἐναντιουμένους, τοὺς δὲ παντάπασιν ἀποσεσιωπηκότας, ἀνέστην ἀποφανούμενος ἃ γιγνώσκω περὶ τούτων, αἰσχρὸν νομίσας, εἰ τὴν ἰδίαν τοῦ βίου τάξιν διαφυλάττων περιόψομαι τὴν πόλιν ἀνάξια ψηφισαμένην ἑαυτῆς.
The fact is that if any of those who are accustomed to address you had spoken in a manner worthy of the state, I should strictly have held my peace; but now, since I see that they are either seconding the demands of the enemy, or opposing them but feebly, or have kept silent altogether, I have risen to set forth my own views on this subject, feeling that it would be disgraceful if by keeping the place appropriate to my years I should allow the state to pass measures unworthy of itself.
§ 3
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ, εἰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πρέπει τοὺς τηλικούτους σιωπᾶν, περί γε τοῦ πολεμεῖν ἢ μὴ προσήκειν τούτους μάλιστα συμβουλεύειν, οἵπερ καὶ τῶν κινδύνων πλεῖστον μέρος μεθέξουσιν, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ τοῦ γνῶναί τι τῶν δεόντων ἐν κοινῷ καθεστῶτος ἡμῖν.
Moreover, I think that although on other matters it may be proper for men of my age to keep silent, yet on the question of war it is fitting that they most of all should give counsel who will also have the greatest part in the dangers, especially since the power to judge of what ought to be done is an endowment common to all of us.
§ 4
εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν δεδειγμένον, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν πρεσβυτέρους περὶ ἁπάντων εἰδέναι τὸ βέλτιστον, τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους μηδὲ περὶ ἑνὸς ὀρθῶς γιγνώσκειν, καλῶς ἂν εἶχεν ἀπείργειν ἡμᾶς τοῦ συμβουλεύειν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἐτῶν πρὸς τὸ φρονεῖν εὖ διαφέρομεν ἀλλήλων, ἀλλὰ τῇ φύσει καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις, πῶς οὐκ ἀμφοτέρων χρὴ τῶν ἡλικιῶν πεῖραν λαμβάνειν, ἵνʼ ἐξ ἁπάντων ὑμῖν ἐξῇ τῶν ῥηθέντων ἑλέσθαι τὰ συμφορώτατα;
For if it were established that older men always know what is best, while the younger are never correct in their views, it would be right to exclude us from giving counsel; but since it is not by the number of our years that we differ in wisdom from one another, but by our natural endowments and by our cultivation of them, why should you not make trial of both the young and the old, in order that you may be in a position to choose from all courses which are proposed that which is the most expedient?
§ 5
θαυμάζω δʼ ὅσοι τριήρων μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ στρατοπέδων ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦσιν ἡμᾶς, ὑπὲρ ὧν μὴ καλῶς βουλευσάμενοι πολλαῖς ἂν συμφοραῖς καὶ μεγάλαις τὴν πόλιν περιβάλοιμεν, εἰπεῖν δʼ ἃ γιγνώσκομεν περὶ ὧν ὑμεῖς μέλλετε κρίνειν οὐκ οἴονται δεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἐν οἷς κατορθώσαντες μὲν ἅπαντας ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσομεν, διαμαρτόντες δὲ τῆς ὑμετέρας γνώμης αὐτοὶ μὲν ἴσως φαυλότεροι δόξομεν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ κοινὸν οὐδὲν ἂν ζημιώσαιμεν.
I am amazed at those who think that we are fit to command ships of war and to lead armies in the field, where bad judgement on our part would involve the state in many grave disasters, and yet do not think that we ought to express our views on matters which you are about to decide, wherein if we proved to be right we should benefit you all, while if, on the other hand, we failed of your assent we should ourselves perhaps suffer in reputation, but should not in any way impair the commonwealth.
§ 6
οὐ μὴν ὡς ἐπιθυμῶν τοῦ λέγειν, οὐδʼ ὡς ἄλλως πως παρεσκευασμένος ζῆν ἢ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον, οὕτως εἴρηκα περὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ βουλόμενος ὑμᾶς προτρέψαι μηδεμίαν ἀποδοκιμάζειν τῶν ἡλικιῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁπάσαις ζητεῖν εἴ τίς τι δύναται περὶ τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων εἰπεῖν ἀγαθόν·
It is not, I assure you, because I am ambitious to be an orator, nor because I am prepared to change my former mode of life that I have spoken as I have about these things, but because I want to urge you not to reject any time of life, but to seek among all ages for the man who can offer good advice on the problems which now confront us;
§ 7
ὡς ἐξ οὗ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦμεν, οὐδεὶς οὔτε κίνδυνος οὔτε πόλεμος περὶ τοσούτων τὸ μέγεθος ἡμῖν γέγονε, περὶ ὅσων νυνὶ βουλευσόμενοι συνεληλύθαμεν. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχειν ἠγωνιζόμεθα, νῦν δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν αὐτοὶ τὸ προσταττόμενον· ὃ σημεῖον ἐλευθερίας ἐστίν, ὑπὲρ ἧς οὐδὲν ὅ τι τῶν δεινῶν οὐχ ὑπομενετέον, οὐ μόνον ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς μὴ λίαν ἀνάνδρως διακειμένοις ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀρετῆς ἀντιποιουμένοις.
for never since we have dwelt in Sparta has any war or any peril come upon us in which so much has been at stake as in this question which we are now assembled to discuss. For while in times past we fought that we might have dominion over the other states, now we must fight that we ourselves may not be forced to do their bidding—which is proof of a free spirit, to preserve which no hardship on earth is too great to endure, not for us alone, but for all others as well who have not renounced every claim to manhood but still make even slight pretensions to courage.
§ 8
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, εἰ δεῖ τοὐμὸν ἴδιον εἰπεῖν, ἑλοίμην ἂν ἀποθανεῖν ἤδη μὴ ποιήσας τὸ προσταττόμενον μᾶλλον ἢ πολλαπλάσιον χρόνον ζῆν τοῦ τεταγμένου ψηφισάμενος ἃ Θηβαῖοι κελεύουσιν· αἰσχυνοίμην γὰρ ἄν, εἰ γεγονὼς μὲν ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέους, τοῦ δὲ πατρὸς βασιλεύοντος, αὐτὸς δʼ ἐπίδοξος ὢν τυχεῖν τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης, περιίδοιμι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐστὶν ἐπʼ ἐμοί, τὴν χώραν ἣν ἡμῖν οἱ πατέρες κατέλιπον, ταύτην τοὺς οἰκέτας τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἔχοντας.
As for myself, at any rate, if I may speak my own mind, I had rather die this moment for not complying with the dictates of the foe than live many times my allotted span of life at the price of voting what the Thebans demand. For I should feel disgraced, I who am descended from Heracles, who am the son of the ruling king and likely myself to attain to this honor, if I did not strive with all the strength that is in me to prevent this territory, which our fathers left to us, from becoming the possession of our slaves.
§ 9
ἀξιῶ δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς τὴν αὐτὴν ἐμοὶ γνώμην ἔχειν, ἐνθυμηθέντας ὅτι μέχρι μὲν ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡμέρας δεδυστυχηκέναι δοκοῦμεν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ τῇ πρὸς Θηβαίους, καὶ τοῖς μὲν σώμασι κρατηθῆναι διὰ τὸν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἡγησάμενον, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀηττήτους ἔχειν,
And I expect you also to share my feelings when you reflect that, while until the present day we seem to have been unfortunate in our contest with the Thebans, and to have been overcome in body because of the mistakes of our leader, yet up to this moment we possess our spirits unconquered;
§ 10
εἰ δὲ φοβηθέντες τοὺς ἐπιόντας κινδύνους προησόμεθά τι τῶν ἡμετέρων αὐτῶν, βεβαιώσομεν τὰς Θηβαίων ἀλαζονείας καὶ πολὺ σεμνότερον τρόπαιον τοῦ περὶ Λεῦκτρα καὶ φανερώτερον στήσομεν καθʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀτυχίας, τὸ δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας διανοίας ἔσται γεγενημένον. μηδεὶς οὖν ὑμᾶς πείσῃ τοιαύταις αἰσχύναις τὴν πόλιν περιβαλεῖν.
but that if through fear of the dangers which now threaten us we relinquish anything that is ours, we shall justify the boasts of the Thebans, and erect against ourselves a trophy far more imposing and conspicuous than that which was raised at Leuctra; for the one will stand as a memorial of our ill-fortune; the other, of our abject spirit. Let no man, therefore, persuade you to fasten such a disgrace upon the state.
§ 11
καίτοι λίαν προθύμως οἱ σύμμαχοι συμβεβουλεύκασιν ὑμῖν ὡς χρὴ Μεσσήνην ἀφέντας ποιήσασθαι τὴν εἰρήνην. οἷς ὑμεῖς δικαίως ἂν ὀργίζοισθε πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀποστᾶσιν ἡμῶν. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἀφέμενοι τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλίας τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις ἀπώλεσαν, εἰς στάσεις καὶ σφαγὰς καὶ πολιτείας πονηρὰς ἐμβαλόντες, οὗτοι δʼ ἡμᾶς ἥκουσι κακῶς ποιήσοντες·
And yet our allies have been only too zealous in advising you that you must give up Messene and make peace. Because of this they merit your indignation far more than those who revolted from you at the beginning. For the latter, when they had forsaken your friendship, destroyed their own cities, plunging them into civil strife and massacres and vicious forms of government. These men, on the other hand, come here to inflict injury upon us;
§ 12
τὴν γὰρ δόξαν, ἣν ἡμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι μετὰ πολλῶν κινδύνων ἐν ἑπτακοσίοις ἔτεσι κτησάμενοι κατέλιπον, ταύτην ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πείθουσιν ἡμᾶς ἀποβαλεῖν, ἧς οὔτʼ ἀπρεπεστέραν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι συμφορὰν οὔτε δεινοτέραν οὐδέποτʼ ἂν εὑρεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν.
for they are trying to persuade us to throw away in one brief hour the glory which our forefathers amid manifold dangers during the course of seven hundred years acquired and bequeathed to us—a disaster more humiliating to Lacedaemon and more terrible than any other they could ever have devised.
§ 13
εἰς τοῦτο δʼ ἥκουσι πλεονεξίας καὶ τοσαύτην ἡμῶν κατεγνώκασιν ἀνανδρίαν, ὥστε πολλάκις ἡμᾶς ἀξιώσαντες ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν πολεμεῖν, ὑπὲρ Μεσσήνης οὐκ οἴονται δεῖν κινδυνεύειν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ αὐτοὶ τὴν σφετέραν αὐτῶν ἀσφαλῶς καρπῶνται, πειρῶνται διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ὡς χρὴ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τῆς ἡμετέρας παραχωρῆσαι, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπαπειλοῦσιν ὡς εἰ μὴ ταῦτα συγχωρήσομεν ποιησόμενοι τὴν εἰρήνην κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτούς.
So far do they go in their selfish greed, so great is the cowardice which they impute to us, that they, who have time and again called upon us to make war in defense of their own territory, think we ought not to risk battle for Messene, but, in order that they may themselves cultivate their lands in security, seek to convince us that we ought to yield to the enemy a portion of our own; and, besides all that, they threaten that if we do not comply with these terms, they will make a separate peace.
§ 14
ἐγὼ δʼ οὐ τοσούτῳ χαλεπώτερον ἡγοῦμαι τὸν κίνδυνον ἡμῖν ἔσεσθαι τὸν ἄνευ τούτων, ὅσῳ καλλίω καὶ λαμπρότερον καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὀνομαστότερον· τὸ γὰρ μὴ διʼ ἑτέρων ἀλλὰ διʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν πειρᾶσθαι σώζεσθαι καὶ περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὁμολογούμενον τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τῆς πόλεως ἔργοις ἐστίν.
For my part, I do not think that our risk without their alliance will be as much more serious for us as it will be more glorious and splendid and notable in the eyes of all mankind; for to endeavor to preserve ourselves and to prevail over our enemies, not through the aid of others, but through our own powers, is in keeping with the past achievements of our state.
§ 15
οὐδὲ πώποτε δὲ λόγους ἀγαπήσας, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ νομίζων τοὺς περὶ τοῦτο διατρίβοντας ἀργοτέρους εἶναι πρὸς τὰς πράξεις, νῦν οὐδὲν ἂν περὶ πλείονος ποιησαίμην ἢ δυνηθῆναι περὶ τῶν προκειμένων ὡς βούλομαι διελθεῖν· ἐν γὰρ τῷ παρόντι διὰ τούτων ἐλπίζω μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος ἂν γενέσθαι τῇ πόλει.
Although I have never been fond of oratory, having in fact always thought that those who cultivate the power of speech are somewhat lacking in capacity for action, yet at the moment there is nothing I should value more than the ability to speak as I desire about the question now before us; for in the present crisis I am confident that with this aid I could render a very great service to the state.
§ 16
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν οἶμαι δεῖν διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὃν τρόπον ἐκτησάμεθα Μεσσήνην καὶ διʼ ἃς αἰτίας ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ κατῳκήσατε Δωριεῖς τὸ παλαιὸν ὄντες. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ προλήψομαι πορρωτέρωθεν, ἵνʼ ἐπίστησθε ὅτι ταύτην ὑμᾶς τὴν χώραν ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἀποστερεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τὴν ἄλλην Λακεδαίμονα κέκτησθε δικαίως.
First, I think that I ought to explain to you in what way we acquired Messene, and for what reasons you settled in the Peloponnesus—you who from of old are Dorians. And the reason why I shall go back to remote times is that you may understand why your enemies are trying to rob you of this country, which you acquired, no less than Lacedaemon itself, with a just title.
§ 17
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον θεὸς ἐκ θνητοῦ γενόμενος, κατὰ μὲν ἀρχὰς οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν δύναμιν ἐν πολλοῖς πλάνοις καὶ κινδύνοις ἦσαν, τελευτήσαντος δʼ Εὐρυσθέως κατῴκησαν ἐν Δωριεῦσιν. ἐπὶ δὲ τρίτης γενεᾶς ἀφίκοντο εἰς Δελφούς, χρήσασθαι τῷ μαντείῳ περί τινων βουληθέντες. ὁ δὲ θεὸς περὶ μὲν ὧν ἐπηρώτησαν οὐκ ἀνεῖλεν, ἐκέλευσε δʼ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν πατρῴαν ἰέναι χώραν.
When Heracles had put off this life and from being mortal became a god, his sons at first went on divers wanderings and faced many perils because of the power of their enemies; but after the death of Eurystheus they fixed their habitation among the Dorians. In the third generation thereafter they came to Delphi, desiring to consult the oracle about certain matters. Apollo, however, made them no answer to the questions which they asked, but merely bade them seek the country of their fathers.
§ 18
σκοπούμενοι δὲ τὴν μαντείαν, εὕρισκον Ἄργος μὲν κατʼ ἀγχιστείαν αὑτῶν γιγνόμενον (Εὐρυσθέως γὰρ ἀποθανόντος μόνοι Περσειδῶν ἦσαν καταλελειμμένοι), Λακεδαίμονα δὲ κατὰ δόσιν (ἐκβληθεὶς γὰρ Τυνδάρεως ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐπειδὴ Κάστωρ καὶ Πολυδεύκης ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφανίσθησαν, καταγαγόντος αὐτὸν Ἡρακλέους δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τὴν χώραν διά τε τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ταύτην καὶ διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας),
Searching into the meaning of the oracle, they found, first, that Argos belonged to them by right of their being next of kin, for after the death of Eurystheus they were the sole survivors of Perseus’ line; next, that Lacedaemon was theirs by right of gift, for when Tyndareus, having been driven from his throne, was restored to it by Heracles, after Castor and Polydeuces had vanished from among men, he gave the land to Heracles because of this act of kindness and also because of the kinship of Heracles and his own sons;
§ 19
Μεσσήνην δὲ δοριάλωτον ληφθεῖσαν (συληθεὶς γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς τὰς βοῦς τὰς ἐκ τῆς Ἐρυθείας ὑπὸ Νηλέως καὶ τῶν παίδων, πλὴν ὑπὸ Νέστορος, λαβὼν αὐτὴν αἰχμάλωτον τοὺς μὲν ἀδικήσαντας ἀπέκτεινεν, Νέστορι δὲ παρακατατίθεται τὴν πόλιν, νομίσας αὐτὸν εὖ φρονεῖν ὅτι νεώτατος ὢν οὐ συνεξήμαρτε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς).
and lastly, they found that Messene was theirs as a prize taken in war, for Heracles, when he had been robbed of the cattle from Erytheia, by Neleus and all his sons except Nestor, had taken the country captive and slain the offenders, but had committed the city to Nestor’s charge, believing him to be prudent, because, although the youngest of his brethren, he had taken no part in their iniquity.
§ 20
ὑπολαβόντες δʼ οὕτως ἔχειν τὴν μαντείαν, καὶ τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ὑμετέρους παραλαβόντες καὶ στρατόπεδον συστησάμενοι, τὴν μὲν ἰδίαν χώραν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τοῖς συνακολουθήσασιν ἔδοσαν, τὴν δὲ βασιλείαν ἐξαίρετον αὐτοὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων ἔλαβον, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις πίστεις ἀλλήλοις δόντες ἐποιοῦντο τὴν στρατείαν.
Assuming this to be the purport of the oracle, they joined forces with your forefathers and organized an army, sharing meantime their own country with their followers, but receiving from them the kingship as the prize reserved for themselves alone; then having confirmed these covenants by mutual pledges, they set out upon the expedition.
§ 21
τοὺς μὲν οὖν κινδύνους τοὺς ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ γενομένους καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις τὰς οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν φερούσας τί δεῖ λέγοντα διατρίβειν; πολέμῳ δὲ κρατήσαντες τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τόποις τοῖς εἰρημένοις κατοικοῦντας τριχῇ διείλοντο τὰς βασιλείας. ὑμεῖς μὲν οὖν μέχρι ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐμμένετε ταῖς συνθήκαις καὶ τοῖς ὅρκοις, οὓς ἐποιήσασθε πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ἡμετέρους·
The perils which befell them on the march, and the other incidents which have no bearing on the present theme, I need not take the time to describe. Let it suffice that, having conquered in war those who dwelt in the regions which I have mentioned, they divided their kingdom into three parts. Now you men of Sparta have until this day remained faithful to the oaths and to the covenants which you made with my forefathers;
§ 22
διὸ καὶ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον ἄμεινον τῶν ἄλλων ἐφέρεσθε, καὶ τὸν ἐπιόντα προσδοκᾶν χρὴ τοιούτους ὄντας βέλτιον ἢ νῦν πράξειν. Μεσσήνιοι δʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀσεβείας ἦλθον, ὥστʼ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες ἀπέκτειναν Κρεσφόντην, τὸν οἰκιστὴν μὲν τῆς πόλεως, κύριον δὲ τῆς χώρας, ἔκγονον δʼ Ἡρακλέους, αὐτῶν δʼ ἡγεμόνα γεγενημένον.
therefore in time past you have fared better than the rest of the world, and in time to come you may reasonably hope, if you continue as you have been, to fare better than at present. But the Messenians went so far in their wickedness that they plotted against and slew Cresphontes, albeit he was the founder of their state, the sovereign of their land, a descendant of Heracles, and once the leader of their armies.
§ 23
διαφυγόντες δʼ οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ τοὺς κινδύνους ἱκέται κατέστησαν ταυτησὶ τῆς πόλεως, ἀξιοῦντες βοηθεῖν τῷ τεθνεῶτι καὶ τὴν χώραν διδόντες ἡμῖν. ἐπερόμενοι δὲ τὸν θεόν, κἀκείνου προστάξαντος δέχεσθαι ταῦτα καὶ τιμωρεῖν τοῖς ἠδικημένοις, ἐκπολιορκήσαντες Μεσσηνίους οὕτως ἐκτήσασθε τὴν χώραν.
His sons, however, escaped the perils which confronted them and threw themselves upon the mercy of Sparta, beseeching us to come to the aid of their dead father and offering us their land. And you, after inquiring of Apollo, and being directed by him to accept this gift and avenge the wronged, thereupon beleaguered the Messenians, forced them to surrender, and thus gained possession of their territory.
§ 24
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαρξάντων ἡμῖν ἀκριβῶς μὲν οὐ διῆλθον (ὁ γὰρ παρὼν καιρὸς οὐκ ἐᾷ μυθολογεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαῖον ἦν συντομώτερον ἢ σαφέστερον διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν), οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τούτων οἶμαι πᾶσι φανερὸν εἶναι διότι τὴν ὁμολογουμένην ἡμετέραν εἶναι χώραν οὐδὲν διαφερόντως κεκτημένοι τυγχάνομεν ἢ τὴν ἀμφισβητουμένην. ταύτην τε γὰρ οἰκοῦμεν δόντων μὲν Ἡρακλειδῶν, ἀνελόντος δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ, πολέμῳ δὲ κρατήσαντες τοὺς ἔχοντας· ἐκείνην τʼ ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ταῖς μαντείαις χρησάμενοι ταῖς αὐταῖς.
I have not, it is true, recounted in detail our original titles to this land (for the present occasion does not permit me to go into legendary history, and I have had to set them forth with too great brevity for clearness); yet I am sure that even this brief statement makes it evident to all that there is no difference whatever between the way in which we acquired the land which is acknowledged to be ours and the land to which our claim is disputed. For we inhabit Lacedaemon because the sons of Heracles gave it to us, because Apollo directed us to do so, and because we fought and conquered those who held it; and Messene we received from the same people, in the same way, and by taking the advice of the same oracle.
§ 25
εἰ μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἔχομεν ὥστε μηδὲ περὶ ἑνὸς ἀντιλέγειν, μηδʼ ἐὰν αὐτὴν τὴν Σπάρτην ἐκλιπεῖν προστάττωσιν ἡμῖν, περίεργόν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ Μεσσήνης σπουδάζειν· εἰ δὲ μηδεὶς ἂν ὑμῶν ἀξιώσειε ζῆν ἀποστερούμενος τῆς πατρίδος, προσήκει καὶ περὶ ἐκείνης τὴν αὐτὴν ὑμᾶς γνώμην ἔχειν. τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς λόγους περὶ ἀμφοτέρων αὐτῶν ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν.
To be sure, if we are in a mood not to defend our title to anything, not even if they demand that we abandon Sparta itself, it is idle to be concerned about Messene; but if not one of you would consent to live if torn from the fatherland, then you ought to be of the same mind about that country; for in both cases we can advance the same justifications and the same reasons for our claim.
§ 26
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνʼ ὑμᾶς λέληθεν, ὅτι τὰς κτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἰδίας καὶ τὰς κοινάς, ἂν ἐπιγένηται πολὺς χρόνος, κυρίας καὶ πατρῴας ἅπαντες εἶναι νομίζουσιν. ἡμεῖς τοίνυν Μεσσήνην εἵλομεν πρὶν Πέρσας λαβεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ κρατῆσαι τῆς ἠπείρου, καὶ πρὶν οἰκισθῆναί τινας τῶν πόλεων τῶν Ἑλληνίδων.
Then again you are doubtless well aware that possessions, whether private or public, when they have remained for a long time in the hands of their owner, are by all men acknowledged to be hereditary and incontestable. Now we took Messene before the Persians acquired their kingdom and became masters of the continent, in fact before a number of the Hellenic cities were even founded.
§ 27
καὶ τούτων ἡμῖν ὑπαρχόντων τῷ μὲν βαρβάρῳ τὴν Ἀσίαν ὡς πατρῴαν οὖσαν ἀποδιδόασιν, ὃς οὔπω διακόσιʼ ἔτη κατέσχηκε τὴν ἀρχήν, ἡμᾶς δὲ Μεσσήνην ἀποστεροῦσιν, οἳ πλέον διπλάσιον χρόνον ἢ τοσοῦτον τυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες αὐτήν· καὶ Θεσπιὰς μὲν καὶ Πλαταιὰς ἐχθὲς καὶ πρώην ἀναστάτους πεποιήκασι, ταύτην δὲ διὰ τετρακοσίων ἐτῶν μέλλουσι κατοικίζειν, ἀμφότερα παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας πράττοντες.
And yet notwithstanding that we hold these titles, the Thebans would on the one hand restore Asia as his ancestral right to the barbarian, who has not yet held sway over it for two hundred years, while on the other hand they would rob us of Messene, which we have held for more than twice that length of time; and although it was only the other day that they razed both Thespiae and Plataea to the ground, yet now, after a lapse of four hundred years, they propose to settle their colonists in Messene acting in both cases contrary to the oaths and covenants.
§ 28
καὶ εἰ μὲν τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς Μεσσηνίους κατῆγον, ἠδίκουν μὲν ἄν, ὅμως δʼ εὐλογωτέρως ἂν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξημάρτανον· νῦν δὲ τοὺς Εἵλωτας ὁμόρους ἡμῖν παρακατοικίζουσιν, ὥστε μὴ τοῦτʼ εἶναι χαλεπώτατον, εἰ τῆς χώρας στερησόμεθα παρὰ τὸ ἀλλʼ εἰ τοὺς δούλους τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἐποψόμεθα κυρίους αὐτῆς ὄντας.
Were they restoring those who are truly Messenians, they would still be acting unjustly, but at least they would have a more plausible pretext for wronging us; but as the case stands, it is the Helots whom they are trying to settle on our frontier, so that the worst fate which threatens us is not that we shall be robbed of our land contrary to justice, but that we shall see our slaves made masters of it.
§ 29
ἔτι τοίνυν ἐκ τῶν ἐχομένων γνώσεσθε σαφέστερον ὅτι καὶ νῦν δεινὰ πάσχομεν καὶ τότε Μεσσήνην εἴχομεν δικαίως. πολλῶν γὰρ κινδύνων ἡμῖν γεγενημένων ἤδη ποτὲ ποιήσασθαι τὴν εἰρήνην ἠναγκάσθημεν πολὺ χεῖρον πράττοντες τῶν πολεμίων· ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐν τοιούτοις καιροῖς γιγνομένων τῶν συνθηκῶν,
You will perceive still more clearly from what follows both that we are now dealt with most unfairly and that in the past we held Messene justly. For in the many wars which have befallen us we have before this at times been forced to make peace when we were in much worse case than our foes. But, although our treaties were concluded under circumstances in which it was impossible for us to seek any advantage,
§ 30
ἐν οἷς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν πλεονεκτεῖν, περὶ μὲν ἄλλων τινῶν ἀμφισβητήσεις ἐγίγνοντο, περὶ δὲ Μεσσήνης οὔτε βασιλεὺς οὔθʼ ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων πόλις οὐδὲ πώποθʼ ἡμῖν ἐνεκάλεσεν ὡς ἀδίκως κεκτημένοις αὐτήν. καίτοι πῶς ἂν περὶ τοῦ δικαίου κρίσιν ἀκριβεστέραν ταύτης εὕροιμεν τῆς ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐγνωσμένης, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμετέραις δυσπραξίαις γεγενημένης;
yet, while there were other matters about which differences arose, neither the Great King nor the city of Athens ever charged us with having acquired Messene unjustly. And yet how could we find a more thoroughgoing judgement on the justice of our case than this, which was rendered by our enemies and made at a time when we were beset with misfortunes?
§ 31
τὸ τοίνυν μαντεῖον, ὃ πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν ἀρχαιότατον εἶναι καὶ κοινότατον καὶ πιστότατον, οὐ μόνον ἔγνω τόθʼ ἡμετέραν εἶναι Μεσσήνην, ὅτε διδόντων ἡμῖν αὐτὴν τῶν Κρεσφόντου παίδων προσέταξε δέχεσθαι τὴν δωρεὰν καὶ βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ πολέμου μακροῦ γιγνομένου πεμψάντων ἀμφοτέρων εἰς Δελφούς, κἀκείνων μὲν σωτηρίαν αἰτούντων, ἡμῶν δʼ ἐπερωτώντων ὅτῳ τρόπῳ τάχιστʼ ἂν κρατήσαιμεν τῆς πόλεως, τοῖς μὲν οὐδὲν ἀνεῖλεν ὡς οὐ δικαίαν ποιουμένοις τὴν αἴτησιν, ἡμῖν δʼ ἐδήλωσε καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἃς ἔδει ποιήσασθαι καὶ βοήθειαν παρʼ ὧν μεταπέμψασθαι.
That oracle, moreover, which all would acknowledge to be the most ancient and the most widely accepted and the most trustworthy in existence, recognized Messene as ours, not only at the time when it commanded us to receive the country as a gift from the sons of Cresphontes and to go to the aid of the wronged, but also later, when the war dragged on and both sides sent delegations to Delphi, the Messenians appealing for deliverance and we inquiring how we could most speedily make ourselves masters of their city, the god gave them no answer, thus showing that their appeal was unjust, while to us he revealed both what sacrifices we should perform and to whom we should send for aid.
§ 32
καίτοι πῶς ἄν τις μαρτυρίαν μείζω καὶ σαφεστέραν τούτων παράσχοιτο; φαινόμεθα γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν παρὰ τῶν κυρίων τὴν χώραν λαβόντες (οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει πάλιν διὰ βραχέων περὶ αὐτῶν διελθεῖν), ἔπειτα κατὰ πόλεμον αὐτὴν ἑλόντες, ὅνπερ τρόπον αἱ πλεῖσται τῶν πόλεων περὶ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ᾠκίσθησαν, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς ἠσεβηκότας εἰς τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς Ἡρακλέους ἐκβεβληκότες, οἳ δικαίως ἂν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης ὑπερωρίσθησαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κρίσει καὶ ταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ μαντείαις προσηκόντως ἔχοντες αὐτήν.
And yet how could anyone furnish testimony more significant or clearer than this? For it has been shown, first of all (since nothing prevents our restating these points briefly), that we received the country from its rightful owners; secondly, that we took it by war, precisely as most of the cities in those days were founded; further, that we drove out those who had grievously sinned against the children of Heracles—men who by right should have been banished from the sight of all mankind; and, finally, it has been shown that the length of our tenure, the judgement of our enemies, and the oracles of Apollo all confirm our right to the possession of Messene.
§ 33
ὧν ἓν ἕκαστον ἱκανόν ἐστι διαλῦσαι τοὺς λόγους τῶν τολμώντων κατηγορεῖν ὡς ἢ νῦν διὰ πλεονεξίαν οὐ ποιούμεθα τὴν εἰρήνην, ἢ τότε τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμοῦντες ἐπολεμήσαμεν πρὸς Μεσσηνίους. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς κτήσεως ἔνεστι μὲν ἴσως πλείω τούτων εἰπεῖν, οὐ μήν ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῦθʼ ἱκανῶς εἰρῆσθαι νομίζω.
Anyone of these facts is enough to refute the assertions of those who presume to allege against us either that we now refuse to conclude peace because of a desire for aggrandizement, or that we then made war on the Messenians because we coveted what was not our own. I might perhaps say more than this about our acquisition of Messene, but I consider what I have already said to be sufficient
§ 34
λέγουσι δʼ οἱ συμβουλεύοντες ἡμῖν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, ὡς χρὴ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων εὐτυχοῦντας καὶ δυστυχοῦντας, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀεὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ ταῖς τύχαις ἐπακολουθεῖν καὶ μὴ μεῖζον φρονεῖν τῆς δυνάμεως, μηδὲ τὸ δίκαιον ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς ἀλλὰ τὸ συμφέρον ζητεῖν.
Those who advise us to make peace declare that prudent men ought not to take the same view of things in fortunate as in unfortunate circumstances, but rather that they should always consult their immediate situation and accommodate themselves to their fortunes, and should never entertain ambitions beyond their power, but should at such times seek, not their just rights but their best interests.
§ 35
ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὁμολογῶ τούτοις, ὅπως δὲ χρὴ τοῦ δικαίου ποιεῖσθαί τι προὐργιαίτερον οὐδεὶς ἄν με λέγων πείσειεν. ὁρῶ γὰρ καὶ τοὺς νόμους ἕνεκα τούτου κειμένους, καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς ἐπὶ τούτῳ φιλοτιμουμένους, καὶ τὰς εὖ πολιτευομένας πόλεις περὶ τούτου μάλιστα σπουδαζούσας,
In all else I agree with them, but no man could ever persuade me that one should ever deem anything to be of greater consequence than justice; for I see that our laws have been made to secure it, that men of character and reputation pride themselves upon practicing it, and that it constitutes the chief concern of all well-regulated states;
§ 36
ἔτι δὲ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς προγεγενημένους οὐ κατὰ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον τὸ τέλος ἅπαντας εἰληφότας, ὅλως δὲ τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ μὲν κακίαν ἀπολλύμενον, διʼ ἀρετὴν δὲ σωζόμενον. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἀθυμεῖν δεῖ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίων κινδυνεύειν μέλλοντας, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας καὶ τοὺς τὰς εὐτυχίας μὴ μετρίως φέρειν ἐπισταμένους.
further, I observe that the wars of the past have in the end been decided, not in accordance with the strongest forces, but in accordance with justice; and that, in general, the life of man is destroyed by vice and preserved by virtue. Therefore those should not lack courage who are about to take up arms in a just cause, but far more those who are insolent and do not know how to bear their good fortune with moderation.
§ 37
ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνο χρὴ σκοπεῖν· νυνὶ γὰρ περὶ μὲν τοῦ δικαίου πάντες τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχομεν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἀντιλέγομεν. δυοῖν δὲ προτεινομένοιν ἀγαθοῖν, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ὄντος προδήλου τοῦ δὲ ἀγνοουμένου, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ποιήσαιτε καταγέλαστον, εἰ τὸ μὲν ὁμολογούμενον ἀποδοκιμάσαιτε, τὸ δʼ ἀμφισβητούμενον ἑλέσθαι δόξειεν ὑμῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως τοσοῦτον διαφερούσης;
Then, too, there is this point to consider: At present we are all agreed as to what is just, while we differ as to what is expedient. But now that two good things are set before us, the one evident, the other doubtful, how ridiculous you would make yourselves if you should reject that course which is acknowledged to be good and decide to take that which is debatable, especially when your choice is a matter of such importance!
§ 38
ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις ἔνεστι μηδὲν μὲν προέσθαι τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν μηδʼ αἰσχύνῃ μηδεμιᾷ τὴν πόλιν περιβαλεῖν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν δικαίων κινδυνεύοντας ἐλπίζειν ἄμεινον ἀγωνιεῖσθαι τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τούτων ἀφεστάναι μὲν ἤδη Μεσσήνης, προεξαμαρτόντας δὲ τοῦτʼ εἰς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τυχὸν καὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος καὶ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ὧν προσδοκᾶτε διαμαρτεῖν.
For according to my proposal you would not relinquish a single one of your possessions nor fasten any disgrace upon the state; nay, on the contrary, you would have good hope that taking up arms in a just cause you would fight better than your foes. According to their proposal, on the other hand, you would withdraw at once from Messene, and, having first committed this wrong against yourselves, you would perhaps fail to secure both what is expedient and what is just—and everything else which you expect to gain.
§ 39
καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ τοῦτό πω φανερόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἂν ποιήσωμεν τὰ κελευόμενα, βεβαίως ἤδη τὴν εἰρήνην ἄξομεν. οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πάντες εἰώθασι πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀμυνομένους περὶ τῶν δικαίων διαλέγεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ λίαν ἑτοίμως ποιοῦσι τὸ προσταττόμενον ἀεὶ πλείω προσεπιβάλλειν οἷς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διανοηθῶσιν, ὥστε συμβαίνειν βελτίονος εἰρήνης τυγχάνειν τοὺς πολεμικῶς διακειμένους τῶν ῥᾳδίως τὰς ὁμολογίας ποιουμένων.
For as yet it is by no means evident that if we do as we are bidden we shall henceforth enjoy lasting peace. For I think you are not unaware that all men are wont to discuss just terms with those who defend their rights, while in the case of those who are over-ready to do what they are commanded they keep adding more and more to the conditions which at first they intended to impose; and thus it happens that men of a warlike temper obtain a more satisfactory peace than those who too readily come to terms.
§ 40
ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ περὶ ταῦτα πολὺν χρόνον διατρίβειν, ἁπάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἀφέμενος ἐπὶ τὸν ἁπλούστατον ἤδη τρέψομαι τῶν λόγων. εἰ μὲν γὰρ μηδένες πώποτε τῶν δυστυχησάντων ἀνέλαβον αὑτοὺς μηδʼ ἐπεκράτησαν τῶν ἐχθρῶν, οὐδʼ ἡμᾶς εἰκὸς ἐλπίζειν περιγενήσεσθαι πολεμοῦντας· εἰ δὲ πολλάκις γέγονεν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς μείζω δύναμιν ἔχοντας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων κρατηθῆναι καὶ τοὺς πολιορκοῦντας ὑπὸ τῶν κατακεκλειμένων διαφθαρῆναι, τί θαυμαστὸν εἰ καὶ τὰ νῦν καθεστῶτα λήψεταί τινα μετάστασιν;
But lest I should seem to dwell too long on this point, I shall abandon all such considerations and turn at once to the simplest of my proofs. If no people, after meeting with misfortune, ever recovered themselves or mastered their enemies, then we cannot reasonably hope to win victory in battle; but if on many occasions it has happened that the stronger power has been vanquished by the weaker, and that the besiegers have been destroyed by those confined within the walls, what wonder if our own circumstances likewise should undergo a change?
§ 41
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως οὐδὲν ἔχω τοιοῦτον εἰπεῖν· ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ἐπέκεινα χρόνοις οὐδένες πώποτε κρείττους ἡμῶν εἰς ταύτην τὴν χώραν εἰσέβαλον· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοῖς ἄν τις παραδείγμασι χρήσαιτο, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Ἀθηναίων.
Now in the case of Sparta I can cite no instance of this kind, for in times past no nation stronger than ourselves ever invaded our territory; but in the case of other states there are many such examples which one might use, and especially is this true of the city of the Athenians.
§ 42
τούτους γὰρ εὑρήσομεν, ἐξ ὧν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις προσέταττον, πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας διαβληθέντας, ἐξ ὧν δὲ τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας ἠμύναντο, παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμήσαντας. τοὺς μὲν οὖν παλαιοὺς κινδύνους εἰ διεξιοίην, οὓς ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Ἀμαζόνας ἢ Θρᾷκας ἢ Πελοποννησίους τοὺς μετʼ Εὐρυσθέως εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν εἰσβαλόντας, ἴσως ἀρχαῖα καὶ πόρρω τῶν νῦν παρόντων λέγειν ἂν δοκοίην· ἐν δὲ τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ἐξ οἵων συμφορῶν εἰς ὅσην εὐδαιμονίαν κατέστησαν;
For we shall find that as a result of dictating to others they lost repute with the Hellenes, while by defending themselves against insolent invaders they won fame among all mankind. Now if I were to recount the wars of old which they fought against the Amazons or the Thracians or the Peloponnesians who under the leadership of Eurystheus invaded Attica, no doubt I should be thought to speak on matters ancient and remote from the present situation; but in their war against the Persians, who does not know from what hardships they arose to great good-fortune?
§ 43
μόνοι γὰρ τῶν ἔξω Πελοποννήσου κατοικούντων, ὁρῶντες τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων δύναμιν ἀνυπόστατον οὖσαν, οὐκ ἠξίωσαν βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν προσταττομένων αὐτοῖς, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς εἵλοντο περιιδεῖν ἀνάστατον τὴν πόλιν γεγενημένην μᾶλλον ἢ δουλεύουσαν. ἐκλιπόντες δὲ τὴν χώραν, καὶ πατρίδα μὲν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν νομίσαντες, κοινωνήσαντες δὲ τῶν κινδύνων ἡμῖν, τοσαύτης μεταβολῆς ἔτυχον, ὥστε ὀλίγας ἡμέρας στερηθέντες τῶν αὑτῶν πολὺν χρόνον τῶν ἄλλων δεσπόται κατέστησαν.
For they alone of those who dwelt outside of the Peloponnesus, although they saw that the strength of the barbarians was irresistible, did not think it honorable to consider the terms imposed upon them, but straightway chose to see their city ravaged rather than enslaved. Leaving their own country, and adopting Freedom as their fatherland, they shared the dangers of war with us, and wrought such a change in their fortunes that, after being deprived of their own possessions for but a few days, they became for many years masters of the rest of the world.
§ 44
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐπὶ ταύτης ἄν τις τῆς πόλεως ἐπιδείξειε τὸ τολμᾶν ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἐχθρούς, ὡς πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ τύραννος καταστὰς εἰς πολιορκίαν ὑπὸ Καρχηδονίων, οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτῷ σωτηρίας ὑποφαινομένης, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ κατεχόμενος καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν δυσκόλως πρὸς αὐτὸν διακειμένων, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐμέλλησεν ἐκπλεῖν, τῶν δὲ χρωμένων τινὸς τολμήσαντος εἰπεῖν ὡς καλόν ἐστιν ἐντάφιον ἡ τυραννίς,
Athens, however, is not the only instance by which one might show how great are the advantages of daring to resist one’s enemies. There is also the case of the tyrant Dionysius, who, when he was besieged by the Carthaginians, seeing not a glimmer of hope for deliverance, but being hard pressed both by the war and by the disaffection of his citizens, was, for his part, on the point of sailing away, when one of his companions made bold to declare that “royalty is a glorious shroud.”
§ 45
αἰσχυνθεὶς ἐφʼ οἷς διενοήθη καὶ πάλιν ἐπιχειρήσας πολεμεῖν, πολλὰς μὲν μυριάδας Καρχηδονίων διέφθειρεν, ἐγκρατεστέραν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν κατεστήσατο, πολὺ δὲ μείζω τὴν δύναμιν τὴν αὑτοῦ τῆς πρότερον ὑπαρχούσης ἐκτήσατο, τυραννῶν δὲ τὸν βίον διετέλεσε, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς τιμαῖς καὶ δυναστείαις, ἐν αἷσπερ αὐτὸς ἦν, κατέλιπεν.
Ashamed of what he had planned to do, and taking up the war afresh, he destroyed countless hosts of the Carthaginians, strengthened his authority over his subjects, acquired far greater dominion than he had possessed before, ruled with absolute power until his death, and left his son in possession of the same honors and powers as he himself had enjoyed.
§ 46
παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις Ἀμύντας ὁ Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς ἔπραξεν. ἡττηθεὶς γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων τῶν προσοικούντων μάχῃ καὶ πάσης Μακεδονίας ἀποστερηθεὶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν χώραν διενοήθη καὶ τὸ σῶμα διασώζειν, ἀκούσας δέ τινος ἐπαινοῦντος τὸ πρὸς Διονύσιον ῥηθέν, καὶ μεταγνοὺς ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος, χωρίον μικρὸν καταλαβὼν καὶ βοήθειαν ἐνθένδε μεταπεμψάμενος ἐντὸς μὲν τριῶν μηνῶν κατέσχεν ἅπασαν Μακεδονίαν, τὸν δʼ ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον βασιλεύων γήρᾳ τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν.
Similar to this was the career of Amyntas, king of the Macedonians. Worsted in battle by the neighboring barbarians, and robbed of all Macedonia, he at first proposed to quit the country and save his life, but hearing someone praise the remark made to Dionysius, and, like Dionysius, repenting of his decision, Amyntas seized a small fortified post, sent out thence for reinforcements, recovered the whole of Macedonia within three months, spent the remainder of his days on the throne, and finally died of old age.
§ 47
ἀπείποιμεν δʼ ἂν ἀκούοντές τε καὶ λέγοντες, εἰ πάσας τὰς τοιαύτας πράξεις ἐξετάζοιμεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν περὶ Θήβας πραχθέντων εἰ μνησθείημεν, ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἂν λυπηθεῖμεν, περὶ δὲ τῶν μελλόντων βελτίους ἐλπίδας ἂν λάβοιμεν. τολμησάντων γὰρ αὐτῶν ὑπομεῖναι τὰς εἰσβολὰς καὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς τὰς ἡμετέρας, εἰς τοῦθʼ ἡ τύχη τὰ πράγματʼ αὐτῶν περιέστησεν, ὥστε τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ὑφʼ ἡμῖν ὄντες νῦν ἡμῖν προστάττειν ἀξιοῦσιν.
But we should both grow weary, you with listening and I with speaking, if we were to examine every incident of this sort; nay, if we were to recall also our experience with Thebes, while we should be grieved over past events, we should gain better hopes for the future. For when they ventured to withstand our inroads and our threats, fortune so completely reversed their situation that they, who at all other times have been in our power, now assert their right to dictate to us.
§ 48
ὅστις οὖν ὁρῶν τοσαύτας μεταβολὰς γεγενημένας ἐφʼ ἡμῶν οἴεται παύσεσθαι, λίαν ἀνόητός ἐστιν· ἀλλὰ δεῖ καρτερεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσι καὶ θαρρεῖν περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, ἐπισταμένους ὅτι τὰς τοιαύτας συμφορὰς αἱ πόλεις ἐπανορθοῦνται πολιτείᾳ χρηστῇ καὶ ταῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐμπειρίαις. περὶ ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν, ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν, πολιτείαν δʼ οἵαν εἶναι χρή, παρὰ μόνοις ἡμῖν ἐστιν. ὧν ὑπαρχόντων οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἄμεινον πράξομεν τῶν μηδετέρου τούτων πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποιημένων.
Seeing, then, that such great reversals have taken place, he is a very foolish person who thinks that they will fail to occur in our case; nay, we must endure for the present and be of good courage with regard to the future, knowing that states repair such disasters by the aid of good government and experience in warfare; and on this point no one would dare contradict me when I say that we have greater experience in military matters than any other people, and that government as it ought to be exists among us alone. With these two advantages on our side, we cannot fail to prove more successful in our undertakings than those who have paid but slight attention to either government or war.
§ 49
κατηγοροῦσι δέ τινες τοῦ πολέμου, καὶ διεξέρχονται τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτοῦ, τεκμηρίοις ἄλλοις τε πολλοῖς χρώμενοι καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς περὶ ἡμᾶς γεγενημένοις, καὶ θαυμάζουσιν εἴ τινες οὕτω χαλεπῷ καὶ παραβόλῳ πράγματι πιστεύειν ἀξιοῦσιν. ἐγὼ δὲ πολλοὺς μὲν οἶδα διὰ τὸν πόλεμον μεγάλην εὐδαιμονίαν κτησαμένους, πολλοὺς δὲ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἀποστερηθέντας διὰ τὴν εἰρήνην·
There are those who condemn war and dwell on its precariousness, employing many other proofs, but particularly our own experiences, and express surprise that men should see fit to rely on an expedient so difficult and hazardous. But I know of many who through war have acquired great prosperity, and many who have been robbed of all they possessed through keeping the peace;
§ 50
οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἀποτόμως οὔτε κακὸν οὔτʼ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἂν χρήσηταί τις τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς, οὕτως ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ τέλος ἐκβαίνειν ἐξ αὐτῶν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς μὲν εὖ πράττοντας τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπιθυμεῖν· ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ καταστάσει πλεῖστον ἄν τις χρόνον τὰ παρόντα διαφυλάξειεν· τοὺς δὲ δυστυχοῦντας τῷ πολέμῳ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν· ἐκ γὰρ τῆς ταραχῆς καὶ τῆς καινουργίας θᾶττον ἂν μεταβολῆς τύχοιεν. ὧν ἡμεῖς δέδοικα μὴ τἀναντία πράττοντες φανῶμεν·
for nothing of this kind is in itself absolutely either good or bad, but rather it is the use we make of circumstances and opportunities which in either case must determine the result. Those who are prosperous should set their hearts on peace, for in a state of peace they can preserve their present condition for the greatest length of time; those, however, who are unfortunate should give their minds to war, for out of the confusion and innovation resulting from it they can more quickly secure a change in their fortunes. But we, I fear, will be seen to have pursued exactly the opposite course;
§ 51
ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐξῆν ἡμῖν τρυφᾶν, πλείους τοὺς πολέμους ἐποιούμεθα τοῦ δέοντος, ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς ἀνάγκην καθέσταμεν ὥστε κινδυνεύειν, ἡσυχίας ἐπιθυμοῦμεν καὶ περὶ ἀσφαλείας βουλευόμεθα. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς βουλομένους ἐλευθέρους εἶναι τὰς μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων συνθήκας φεύγειν ὡς ἐγγὺς δουλείας οὔσας, ποιεῖσθαι δὲ τὰς διαλλαγάς, ὅταν ἢ περιγένωνται τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν αὑτῶν ἐξισώσωσιν τῇ τῶν πολεμίων· ὡς τοιαύτην ἕκαστοι τὴν εἰρήνην ἕξουσιν, οἵαν περ ἂν τοῦ πολέμου ποιήσωνται τὴν κατάλυσιν.
for when we might have lived at ease, we made more wars than were necessary, but now, when we have no choice but to risk battle, we desire tranquility and deliberate about our own security. And yet those who wish to be free ought to shun a peace whose terms are dictated by the enemy as being not far removed from slavery, and should make treaties only when they have defeated their adversaries, or when they have made their forces equal to those of the enemy; for the kind of peace which each side will obtain will be decided by the manner in which they conclude the war.
§ 52
ὧν ἐνθυμουμένους χρὴ μὴ προπετῶς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς αἰσχρὰς ὁμολογίας, μηδὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων φανῆναι βουλευομένους. ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὅτι τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον, εἰ πολιορκουμένῃ τινὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν συμμαχίδων εἷς μόνος Λακεδαιμονίων βοηθήσειεν, ὑπὸ πάντων ἂν ὡμολογεῖτο παρὰ τοῦτον γενέσθαι τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς. καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλείστους τῶν τοιούτων ἀνδρῶν παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἄν τις ἀκούσειεν, τοὺς δʼ ὀνομαστοτάτους ἔχω κἀγὼ διελθεῖν.
Bearing these facts in mind, you must not rashly commit yourselves to shameful terms, nor let it appear that you are more remiss in your deliberations about your country than about the rest of the world. Let me recall to your minds that formerly, if a single Lacedaemonian gave aid to one of our allied cities when it was pressed by siege, all men would concede that its deliverance was due to him. Now the older among you could name the greater number of these men, but I, too, can recount the most illustrious of them:
§ 53
Πεδάριτος μὲν γὰρ εἰς Χίον εἰσπλεύσας τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν διέσωσε· Βρασίδας δʼ εἰς Ἀμφίπολιν εἰσελθών, ὀλίγους περὶ αὑτὸν τῶν πολιορκουμένων συνταξάμενος, πολλοὺς ὄντας τοὺς πολιορκοῦντας ἐνίκησε μαχόμενος· Γύλιππος δὲ Συρακοσίοις βοηθήσας οὐ μόνον ἐκείνους διέσωσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν κρατοῦσαν αὐτῶν καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ἅπασαν αἰχμάλωτον ἔλαβεν.
Pedaritus, sailing to Chios, saved that city; Brasidas entered Amphipolis and, having rallied about him a few of those who were under siege, defeated the besiegers in battle in spite of their numbers; Gylippus, by bringing aid to the Syracusans, not only saved them from destruction, but also captured the entire armament of the enemy, which dominated them both by land and by sea.
§ 54
καίτοι πῶς οὐκ αἰσχρὸν τότε μὲν ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἱκανὸν εἶναι τὰς ἀλλοτρίας πόλεις διαφυλάττειν, νυνὶ δὲ πάντας μηδὲ πειρᾶσθαι τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν διασώζειν; καὶ τὴν μὲν Εὐρώπην καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν μεστὴν πεποιηκέναι τροπαίων ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων πολεμοῦντας, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς πατρίδος οὕτω φανερῶς ὑβριζομένης μηδὲ μίαν μάχην ἀξίαν λόγου φαίνεσθαι μεμαχημένους;
And yet is it not shameful that in those days single men among us were strong enough to protect the cities of others, but now all of us together are not able, nor do we attempt, to save our own city? Is it not shameful that, when we fought for others, we filled Europe and Asia with trophies, but now, when our own country is so openly outraged, we cannot show that we have fought in her behalf a single battle worthy of note?
§ 55
ἀλλʼ ἑτέρας μὲν πόλεις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀρχῆς τὰς ἐσχάτας ὑπομεῖναι πολιορκίας, αὐτοὺς δʼ ἡμᾶς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀναγκασθῆναι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ποιεῖν, μηδὲ μικρὰν οἴεσθαι δεῖν ὑπενεγκεῖν κακοπάθειαν, ἀλλὰ ζεύγη μὲν ἵππων ἀδηφαγούντων ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρᾶσθαι τρέφοντας, ὥσπερ δὲ τοὺς εἰς τὰς δεινοτάτας ἀνάγκας ἀφιγμένους καὶ τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐνδεεῖς ὄντας, οὕτω ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην;
Is it not shameful, finally, that other cities have endured the last extremities of siege to preserve our empire, while we ourselves see no reason why we should bear even slight hardships to prevent our being forced to do anything contrary to our just rights, but are to be seen even at this moment feeding teams of ravenous horses, although, like men reduced to the direst extremities and in want of their daily bread, we sue for peace in this fashion?
§ 56
ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ φιλοπονώτατοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ῥᾳθυμότερον τῶν ἄλλων βουλευσόμεθα περὶ τούτων. τίνας γὰρ ἴσμεν, ὧν καὶ ποιήσασθαι μνείαν ἄξιόν ἐστιν, οἵτινες ἅπαξ ἡττηθέντες καὶ μιᾶς εἰσβολῆς γενομένης οὕτως ἀνάνδρως ὡμολόγησαν πάντα τὰ προσταττόμενα ποιήσειν; πῶς δʼ ἂν οἱ τοιοῦτοι πολὺν χρόνον δυστυχοῦντες ἀνταρκέσειαν;
But it would be of all things the most outrageous if we who are accounted the most energetic of the Hellenes should be more slack than the rest in our deliberations upon this question. What people do we know, worth mentioning at all, who after a single defeat and a single invasion of their country have in so cowardly a fashion agreed to do everything demanded of them? How could such men hold out against a long season of misfortune?
§ 57
τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐπιτιμήσειεν ἡμῖν, εἰ Μεσσηνίων ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς χώρας εἴκοσιν ἔτη πολιορκηθέντων ἡμεῖς οὕτω ταχέως κατὰ συνθήκας αὐτῆς ἀποσταίημεν, καὶ μηδὲ τῶν προγόνων μνησθείημεν, ἀλλʼ ἣν ἐκεῖνοι μετὰ πολλῶν πόνων καὶ κινδύνων ἐκτήσαντο, ταύτην ἡμεῖς ὑπὸ λόγων πεισθέντες ἀποβάλοιμεν;
Who would not censure us if, while the Messenians withstood siege for twenty years in order to retain Messene, we should so quickly withdraw from it under a treaty and should take no thought of our forefathers, but should allow ourselves to be persuaded by words to throw away this territory which they acquired by dint of struggles and wars?
§ 58
ὧν οὐδὲν ἔνιοι φροντίσαντες, ἀλλὰ πάσας τὰς αἰσχύνας ὑπεριδόντες, τοιαῦτα συμβουλεύουσιν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ὧν εἰς ὀνείδη τὴν πόλιν καταστήσουσιν. οὕτω δὲ προθύμως ἐπάγουσιν ὑμᾶς πρὸς τὸ παραδοῦναι Μεσσήνην, ὥστε καὶ διεξελθεῖν ἐτόλμησαν τήν τε τῆς πόλεως ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων δύναμιν, καὶ κελεύουσιν, ἀποκρίνασθαι τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους αὐτοῖς, πόθεν βοήθειαν προσδοκῶντες ἥξειν διακελευόμεθα πολεμεῖν.
There are those, however, who care for none of these things, but, overlooking all considerations of shame, counsel you to follow a course which will bring disgrace upon the state. And so anxious are they to persuade you to give up Messene that they have dared to dwell on the weakness of Sparta and the strength of the enemy, and now they challenge us who oppose them to say from what quarter we expect reinforcements to come, seeing that we exhort you to make war.
§ 59
ἐγὼ δὲ μεγίστην ἡγοῦμαι συμμαχίαν εἶναι καὶ βεβαιοτάτην τὸ τὰ δίκαια πράττειν (εἰκὸς γὰρ καὶ τὴν τῶν θεῶν εὔνοιαν γενέσθαι μετὰ τούτων, εἴπερ χρὴ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων τεκμαίρεσθαι τοῖς ἤδη γεγενημένοις), πρὸς δὲ ταύτῃ τὸ καλῶς πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ σωφρόνως ζῆν καὶ μέχρι θανάτου μάχεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐθέλειν καὶ μηδὲν οὕτω δεινὸν νομίζειν ὡς τὸ κακῶς ἀκούειν ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν· ἃ μᾶλλον ἡμῖν ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχει.
For my part, I consider that the strongest and surest ally we can have is just dealing, for it is probable that the favor of the gods will be with those who deal justly—that is, if we may judge the future by the past; and in addition to this ally are good government and sober habits of life, and a willingness to battle to the death against the enemy, and the conviction that nothing is so much to be dreaded as the reproaches of our fellow-citizens—qualities which we possess in larger measure than any other people in existence.
§ 60
μεθʼ ὧν ἐγὼ πολὺ ἂν ἥδιον πολεμοίην ἢ μετὰ πολλῶν μυριάδων· οἶδα γὰρ καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ἡμῶν εἰς ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἀφικομένους οὐ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἄλλων περιγενομένους, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ταῖς ταῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προειρημέναις. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄξιον διὰ τοῦτο φοβεῖσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅτι πολλοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις θαρρεῖν, ὅταν ὁρῶμεν ἡμᾶς μὲν αὐτοὺς οὕτως ἐνηνοχότας τὰς συμφορὰς ὡς οὐδένες ἄλλοι πώποτε,
With these allies I would far rather go to war than with multitudes of soldiers, for I know that those of our people who first came to this country did not prevail over their adversaries through numbers, but through the virtues which I have just set forth. Therefore we ought not to stand in fear of our enemies because they are many, but should much rather take courage when we see that we ourselves have borne up under our misfortunes as no other people have ever done,
§ 61
καὶ τοῖς τε νόμοις καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐμμένοντας οἷς ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατεστησάμεθα, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲ τὰς εὐτυχίας φέρειν δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ διατεταραγμένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν τὰς συμμαχίδας πόλεις καταλαμβάνοντας, τοὺς δὲ τἀναντία τούτοις πράττοντας, ἄλλους δὲ περὶ χώρας τοῖς ὁμόροις ἀμφισβητοῦντας, τοὺς δὲ μᾶλλον ἀλλήλοις φθονοῦντας ἢ πρὸς ἡμᾶς πολεμοῦντας. ὥστε θαυμάζω τῶν μείζω συμμαχίαν ζητούντων, ὧν οἱ πολέμιοι τυγχάνουσιν ἐξαμαρτάνοντες.
and that we still remain faithful to the customs and ways of life which we established here in the very beginning, while the rest of the Hellenes are not able to stand even their good fortune, but have become completely demoralized, some of them seizing the cities of their allies, others opposing them in this; some disputing with their neighbors about territory, others, again, indulging their envy of one another rather than making war against us. Therefore I wonder at those who look for a stronger ally than is found in the blundering of our enemies.
§ 62
εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν βοηθειῶν εἰπεῖν, ἡγοῦμαι πολλοὺς ἔσεσθαι τοὺς βουλομένους ἐπαμύνειν ἡμῖν. ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν Ἀθηναίους, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα μεθʼ ἡμῶν εἰσιν, ἀλλʼ ὑπέρ γε τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς ἡμετέρας ὁτιοῦν ἂν ποιήσοντας· ἔπειτα τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων ἔστιν ἃς ὁμοίως ἂν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμῖν συμφερόντων ὥσπερ τῶν αὑταῖς βουλευσομένας·
But if I must also speak of aid from the outside, I think that many will be disposed to assist us. For I know, in the first place, that the Athenians, although they may not hold with us in everything, yet if our existence were at stake would go to any length to save us; in the second place, that some of the other states would consult our interest as if it were their very own;
§ 63
ἔτι δὲ Διονύσιον τὸν τύραννον καὶ τὸν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυνάστας, καθʼ ὅσον ἕκαστοι δύνανται, προθύμως ἂν ἡμῖν ἐπικουρήσοντας· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοὺς ταῖς οὐσίαις προέχοντας καὶ ταῖς δόξαις πρωτεύοντας καὶ βελτίστων πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντας, εἰ καὶ μήπω συνεστήκασιν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς γʼ εὐνοίαις μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὄντας, ἐν οἷς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων εἰκότως ἂν μεγάλας ἐλπίδας ἔχοιμεν.
again, that the tyrant Dionysius, and the king of Egypt, and the various dynasts throughout Asia, each so far as he has the power, would willingly lend us aid; and, furthermore, that the Hellenes who rank first in wealth and stand foremost in reputation and who desire the best of governments, even though they have not yet allied themselves with us, are with us at least to the extent of wishing us well, and that upon them we have good reason to rest great hopes for the future.
§ 64
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον ὄχλον τὸν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ καὶ τὸν δῆμον, ὃν οἰόμεθα μάλιστα πολεμεῖν ἡμῖν, ποθεῖν ἤδη τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπιμέλειαν. οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀποστᾶσι γέγονεν ὧν προσεδόκησαν, ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ μὲν τῆς ἐλευθερίας τοὐναντίον ἀποβέβηκεν (ἀπολέσαντες γὰρ αὑτῶν τοὺς βελτίστους ἐπὶ τοῖς χειρίστοις τῶν πολιτῶν γεγόνασιν), ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς αὐτονομίας εἰς πολλὰς καὶ δεινὰς ἀνομίας ἐμπεπτώκασιν,
Also I think that not only the people of the Peloponnesus in general but even the adherents of democracy, whom we consider to be especially unfriendly to us, are already yearning for our protection. For by revolting from us they have gained nothing of what they anticipated; on the contrary, they have got just the opposite of freedom; for having slain the best of their citizens, they are now in the power of the worst; instead of securing self-government, they have been plunged into misgovernment of many terrible kinds;
§ 65
εἰθισμένοι δὲ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἐφʼ ἑτέρους ἰέναι, νῦν τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶσιν ἐφʼ αὑτοὺς στρατευομένους, καὶ τὰς στάσεις, ἃς ἐπυνθάνοντο πρότερον παρʼ ἑτέροις οὔσας, νῦν παρʼ αὑτοῖς ὀλίγου δεῖν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν γιγνομένας, οὕτω δʼ ὡμαλισμένοι ταῖς συμφοραῖς εἰσιν, ὥστε μηδένα διαγνῶναι δύνασθαι τοὺς κάκιστα πράττοντας αὐτῶν· οὐδεμία γάρ ἐστι τῶν πόλεων ἀκέραιος,
accustomed as they have been in the past to march with us against others, they now behold the rest taking the field against themselves; and the war of factions, of whose existence in other territories they used to know only by report, they now see waged almost every day in their own states. They have been so levelled by their misfortunes that no man can discern who among them are the most wretched;
§ 66
οὐδʼ ἥ τις οὐχ ὁμόρους ἔχει τοὺς κακῶς ποιήσοντας, ὥστε τετμῆσθαι μὲν τὰς χώρας, πεπορθῆσθαι δὲ τὰς πόλεις, ἀναστάτους δὲ γεγενῆσθαι τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους, ἀνεστράφθαι δὲ τὰς πολιτείας καὶ καταλελύσθαι τοὺς νόμους, μεθʼ ὧν οἰκοῦντες εὐδαιμονέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦσαν.
for not one of their states is unscathed, not one but has neighbors ready to do it injury; in consequence, their fields have been laid waste, their cities sacked, their people driven from their homes, their constitutions overturned, and the laws abolished under which they were once the most fortunate among the Hellenes.
§ 67
οὕτω δʼ ἀπίστως τὰ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ δυσμενῶς ἔχουσιν, ὥστε μᾶλλον τοὺς πολίτας ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους δεδίασιν· ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ὁμονοίας καὶ τῆς παρʼ ἀλλήλων εὐπορίας εἰς τοσαύτην ἀμιξίαν ἐληλύθασιν, ὥσθʼ οἱ μὲν κεκτημένοι τὰς οὐσίας ἥδιον ἂν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἐκβάλοιεν ἢ τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπαρκέσειαν, οἱ δὲ καταδεέστερον πράττοντες οὐδʼ ἂν εὑρεῖν δέξαιντο μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ τῶν ἐχόντων ἀφελέσθαι·
They feel such distrust and such hatred of one another that they fear their fellow-citizens more than the enemy; instead of preserving the spirit of accord and mutual helpfulness which they enjoyed under our rule, they have become so unsocial that those who own property had rather throw their possessions into the sea than lend aid to the needy, while those who are in poorer circumstances would less gladly find a treasure than seize the possessions of the rich;
§ 68
καταλύσαντες δὲ τὰς θυσίας ἐπὶ τῶν βωμῶν σφάττουσιν ἀλλήλους· πλείους δὲ φεύγουσι νῦν ἐκ μιᾶς πόλεως ἢ πρότερον ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Πελοποννήσου. καὶ τοσούτων ἀπηριθμημένων κακῶν, πολὺ πλείω τὰ παραλελειμμένα τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστίν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὅ τι τῶν δεινῶν ἢ χαλεπῶν οὐκ ἐνταῦθα συνδεδράμηκεν.
having ceased sacrificing victims at the altars they slaughter one another there instead; and more people are in exile now from a single city than before from the whole of the Peloponnesus. But although the miseries which I have recounted are so many, those which remain unmentioned far outnumber them; for all the distress and all the horror in the world have come together in this one region.
§ 69
ὧν οἱ μὲν ἤδη μεστοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, οἱ δὲ διὰ ταχέων ἐμπλησθήσονται, καὶ ζητήσουσί τινα τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων εὑρεῖν ἀπαλλαγήν. μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθʼ αὐτοὺς μενεῖν ἐπὶ τούτοις· οἵτινες γὰρ εὖ πράττοντες ἀπεῖπον, πῶς ἂν οὗτοι κακοπαθοῦντες πολὺν χρόνον καρτερήσειαν; ὥστʼ οὐ μόνον ἢν μαχόμενοι νικήσωμεν, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν ἡσυχίαν ἔχοντες περιμείνωμεν, ὄψεσθʼ αὐτοὺς μεταβαλλομένους μένους καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν σωτηρίαν αὑτῶν εἶναι νομίζοντας. τὰς μὲν οὖν ἐλπίδας ἔχω τοιαύτας.
With these miseries some states are already replete; others too will shortly have their fill, and then they will seek to find some relief for the troubles which now beset them. For do not imagine that they will continue to put up with these conditions; for how could men who grew weary even of prosperity endure for a long time the pressure of adversity? And so not only if we fight and conquer, but even if we keep quiet and bide our time, you will see them veer round and come to regard alliance with us as their only safety. Such, then, are the hopes which I entertain.
§ 70
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἀπέχω τοῦ ποιῆσαί τι τῶν προσταττομένων, ὥστʼ εἰ μηδὲν γίγνοιτο τούτων μηδὲ βοηθείας μηδαμόθεν τυγχάνοιμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὲν ἀδικοῖεν ἡμᾶς οἱ δὲ περιορῷεν, οὐδʼ ἂν οὕτω μεταγνοίην, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἂν τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου κινδύνους ὑπομείναιμι πρὶν ποιήσασθαι τὰς ὁμολογίας ταύτας. αἰσχυνθείην γὰρ ἂν ὑπὲρ ἀμφοτέρων, εἴτε καταγνοίημεν τῶν προγόνων ὡς ἀδίκως Μεσσηνίους ἀφείλοντο τὴν χώραν, εἴτʼ ἐκείνων ὀρθῶς κτησαμένων καὶ προσηκόντως ἡμεῖς παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον συγχωρήσαιμέν τι περὶ αὐτῆς.
However, so far am I from complying with the enemy’s demands that, if none of these hopes should be realized and we should fail to obtain help from any quarter, but on the contrary some of the Hellenes should wrong us and the rest should look on with indifference—even so I should not alter my opinion; but I would undergo all the hazards which spring from war before I would agree to these terms. For I should be equally chagrined in either case—if we charged our forefathers with having deprived the Messenians of their land unjustly, or if, although insisting that they acquired it rightly and honorably, we made any concession regarding this territory contrary to our just rights.
§ 71
τούτων μὲν οὖν οὐδέτερον ποιητέον, σκεπτέον δʼ ὅπως ἀξίως ἡμῶν αὐτῶν πολεμήσομεν, καὶ μὴ τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἐγκωμιάζειν τὴν πόλιν ἐλέγξομεν ψευδεῖς ὄντας, ἀλλὰ τοιούτους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρασχήσομεν, ὥστε δοκεῖν ἐκείνους ἐλάττω τῶν ὑπαρχόντων εἰρηκέναι περὶ ἡμῶν.
Nay, we must follow neither course, but must consider how we may carry on the war in a manner worthy of Spartans, and not prove those who are wont to eulogize our state to be liars, but so acquit ourselves that they shall seem to have told less than the truth about us.
§ 72
οἶμαι μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν συμβήσεσθαι δεινότερον τῶν νῦν παρόντων, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοιαῦτα βουλεύσεσθαι καὶ πράξειν, ἐξ ὧν ἐπανορθώσουσιν ἡμᾶς· ἂν δʼ ἄρα ψευσθῶμεν τῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ πανταχόθεν ἐξειργώμεθα καὶ μηδὲ τὴν πόλιν ἔτι δυνώμεθα διαφυλάττειν, χαλεπὰ μέν ἐστιν ἃ μέλλω λέγειν, ὅμως δʼ οὐκ ὀκνήσω παρρησιάσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν. καὶ γὰρ ἐξαγγελθῆναι τοῖς Ἕλλησι καλλίω ταῦτʼ ἐστί, καὶ μᾶλλον ἁρμόττοντα τοῖς ἡμετέροις φρονήμασιν, ὧν ἔνιοί τινες ἡμῖν συμβουλεύουσιν.
Now I certainly believe that nothing worse will befall us in the future than what we endure at present, but that, on the contrary, our enemies will plan and act in such a way that they themselves will right our fortunes; but if we should after all be disappointed in our hopes, and should find ourselves hemmed in on every side and be no longer able to hold our city, then, hard as may be the step which I am about to propose, yet I shall not hesitate to proclaim it boldly; for that which I shall propose to you is a nobler course to be heralded abroad among the Hellenes, and more in keeping with our own pride, than that which is urged by some among you.
§ 73
φημὶ γὰρ χρῆναι τοὺς μὲν γονέας τοὺς ἡμετέρους αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν ἄλλον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐκπέμψαι, τοὺς μὲν εἰς Σικελίαν, τοὺς δʼ εἰς Κυρήνην, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον (ἄσμενοι δʼ αὐτοὺς ἅπαντες οὗτοι δέξονται καὶ χώρᾳ πολλῇ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς περὶ τὸν βίον εὐπορίαις, οἱ μὲν χάριν ἀποδιδόντες ὧν εὖ πεπόνθασιν, οἱ δὲ κομιεῖσθαι προσδοκῶντες ὧν ἂν προϋπάρξωσιν),
For I declare that we must send our parents and our wives and children and the mass of the people away from Sparta, some to Sicily, some to Cyrene, others to the mainland of Asia, where the inhabitants will all gladly welcome them with gifts of ample lands and of the other means of livelihood as well, partly in gratitude for favors which they have received and partly in expectation of the return of favors which they first bestow.
§ 74
ὑπολειφθέντας δὲ τοὺς βουλομένους καὶ δυναμένους κινδυνεύειν τῆς μὲν πόλεως ἀφεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κτημάτων, πλὴν ὅσα ἂν οἷοί τʼ ὦμεν ἀπενέγκασθαι μεθʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, καταλαβόντας δὲ χωρίον, ὅ τι ἂν ἐχυρώτατον ᾖ καὶ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον συμφορώτατον, ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, ἕως ἂν παύσωνται τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀμφισβητοῦντες.
Those of us, on the other hand, who are willing and able to fight must remain behind, abandon the city and all our possessions except what we can carry with us, and having seized some stronghold which will be the most secure and the most advantageous for carrying on the war, harry and plunder our enemies both by land and by sea until they cease from laying claim to what is ours.
§ 75
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐὰν τολμήσωμεν καὶ μὴ κατοκνήσωμεν, ὄψεσθε τοὺς νῦν ἐπιτάττοντας ἱκετεύοντας καὶ δεομένους ἡμῶν Μεσσήνην ἀπολαβεῖν καὶ ποιήσασθαι τὴν εἰρήνην. ποία γὰρ ἂν τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ τοιοῦτον πόλεμον ὑπομείνειεν, οἷον εἰκὸς γενέσθαι βουληθέντων ἡμῶν; τίνες δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐκπλαγεῖεν καὶ δείσαιεν στρατόπεδον συνιστάμενον τοιαῦτα μὲν διαπεπραγμένον, δικαίως δὲ τοῖς αἰτίοις τούτων ὠργισμένον, ἀπονενοημένως δὲ πρὸς τὸ ζῆν διακείμενον,
If we have the courage for such a course and never falter in it, you will see those who now issue commands imploring and beseeching us to take back Messene and make peace. For what state in the Peloponnesus could withstand a war such as would in all likelihood be waged if we so willed? What people would not be stricken with dismay and terror at the assembling of an army which had carried out such measures, which had been roused to just wrath against those who had driven it to these extremes, and which had been rendered desperate and reckless of life—
§ 76
καὶ τῷ μὲν σχολὴν ἄγειν καὶ μηδὲ περὶ ἓν ἄλλο διατρίβειν ἢ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον τοῖς ξενικοῖς στρατεύμασιν ὡμοιωμένον, ταῖς δʼ ἀρεταῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τοιοῦτον οἷον ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων οὐδεὶς ἂν συντάξειεν, ἔτι δὲ μηδεμιᾷ πολιτείᾳ τεταγμένῃ χρώμενον, ἀλλὰ θυραυλεῖν καὶ πλανᾶσθαι κατὰ τὴν χώραν δυνάμενον καὶ ῥᾳδίως μὲν ὅμορον οἷς ἂν βούληται γιγνόμενον, τοὺς δὲ τόπους ἅπαντας τοὺς πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον συμφέροντας πατρίδας εἶναι νομίζον;
an army which, in its freedom from ordinary cares and in having no other duty but that of war, would resemble a mercenary force, but in point of native valor and of disciplined habits would be like no army that could be levied in all the world—an army, moreover, which would have no fixed government, but would be able to bivouac in the open fields and to range the country at will, readily making itself neighbor to any people at its pleasure, and regarding every place which offered advantages for waging war as its fatherland?
§ 77
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οἶμαι τῶν λόγων μόνον ῥηθέντων τούτων καὶ διασπαρέντων εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰς πολλὴν ταραχὴν καταστήσεσθαι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον, ἢν καὶ τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τούτοις ἀναγκασθῶμεν. τίνα γὰρ οἰηθῶμεν αὐτοὺς γνώμην ἕξειν, ὅταν αὐτοὶ μὲν κακῶς πάσχωσιν, ἡμᾶς δὲ μηδὲν δύνωνται ποιεῖν;
For my part, I believe that if this proposal were merely put in words and scattered broadcast among the Hellenes, our enemies would be thrown into utter confusion; and still more would this be so if we were put to the necessity of carrying it into effect. For what must we suppose their feelings will be when they themselves suffer injury, but are powerless to inflict injury upon us;
§ 78
καὶ τὰς μὲν αὑτῶν πόλεις ἴδωσιν εἰς πολιορκίαν καθεστηκυίας, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν οὕτω διεσκευασμένην ὥστε μηκέτι τῇ συμφορᾷ ταύτῃ περιπεσεῖν; ἔτι δὲ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων τροφὴν ἡμῖν μὲν ῥᾳδίαν οὖσαν ἔκ τε τῶν ὑπαρχόντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου γιγνομένων, αὑτοῖς δὲ χαλεπὴν διὰ τὸ μὴ ταὐτὸν εἶναι στρατόπεδόν τε τοιοῦτον διοικεῖν καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι διατρέφειν;
when they see their own cities reduced to a state of siege, while we shall have taken such measures that our own city cannot henceforth experience a like calamity; and when, furthermore, they perceive that it is easy for us to procure food both from our existing stores and from the spoils of war, but difficult for them, inasmuch as it is one thing to provide for an army such as ours and another to feed the crowds in cities?
§ 79
ὃ δὲ πάντων ἄλγιστον ἐκείνοις, ὅταν τοὺς μὲν ἡμετέρους οἰκείους ἐν πολλαῖς εὐπορίαις πυνθάνωνται γεγενημένους, τοὺς δʼ αὑτῶν ὁρῶσιν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐνδεεῖς ὄντας, καὶ μηδʼ ἐπικουρῆσαι δύνωνται τοῖς κακοῖς τούτοις, ἀλλʼ ἐργαζόμενοι μὲν τὴν χώραν τὰ σπέρματα προσαπολλύωσιν, ἀργὸν δὲ περιορῶντες μηδένα χρόνον ἀνταρκεῖν οἷοί τʼ ὦσιν.
But bitterest of all will it be for them when they learn that the members of our households have all along been living in comfort and plenty, whereas they will see their own people destitute every day of the necessities of life, and will not be able even to alleviate their distress, but if they till the soil, they will lose both crop and seed, and if they allow it to lie unworked, they will be unable to hold out any time at all.
§ 80
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως ἀθροισθέντες καὶ κοινὸν ποιησάμενοι στρατόπεδον παρακολουθήσουσι, καὶ κωλύσουσιν ἡμᾶς κακῶς ποιεῖν αὐτούς. καὶ τί ἂν εὐξαίμεθα μᾶλλον ἢ λαβεῖν πλησιάζοντας καὶ παρατεταγμένους καὶ περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς δυσχωρίας ἡμῖν ἀντιστρατοπεδεύοντας ἀνθρώπους ἀτάκτους καὶ μιγάδας καὶ πολλοῖς ἄρχουσι χρωμένους; οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν πολλῆς πραγματείας δεήσειεν, ἀλλὰ ταχέως ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐξαναγκάσαιμεν ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις καιροῖς ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῖς αὑτῶν ποιήσασθαι τοὺς κινδύνους.
But perhaps, you will object, they will join forces and with their united armies will follow us up and prevent us from doing them harm. Yet what better thing could we wish than to find close at hand, drawn up in line of battle and encamped against us face to face on the same difficult ground, an undisciplined and motley rabble, serving under many leaders? For there would be need of no great effort on our part; no, we should quickly force them to give battle, choosing the moment propitious for ourselves and not for them.
§ 81
ἐπιλίποι δʼ ἂν τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς ἡμέρας, εἰ τὰς πλεονεξίας τὰς ἐσομένας λέγειν ἐπιχειρήσαιμεν. ἐκεῖνο δʼ οὖν πᾶσι φανερόν, ὅτι τῶν Ἑλλήνων διενηνόχαμεν οὐ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς πόλεως οὐδὲ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὴν πολιτείαν ὁμοίαν κατεστησάμεθα στρατοπέδῳ καλῶς διοικουμένῳ καὶ πειθαρχεῖν ἐθέλοντι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. ἢν οὖν εἰλικρινὲς τοῦτο ποιήσωμεν, ὃ μιμησαμένοις ἡμῖν συνήνεγκεν, οὐκ ἄδηλον ὅτι ῥᾳδίως τῶν πολεμίων ἐπικρατήσομεν.
But the remainder of the day would fail me if I undertook to set forth the advantages we should gain by such a course. This much, at any rate, is clear to all—that we have been superior to all the Hellenes, not because of the size of our city or the number of its inhabitants, but because the government which we have established is like a military camp, well administered and rendering willing obedience to its officers. If, then, we shall create in reality that which it has profited us to imitate, there can be no doubt that we shall easily overcome our foes.
§ 82
ἴσμεν δὲ καὶ τοὺς οἰκιστὰς ταυτησὶ τῆς πόλεως γενομένους, ὅτι μικρὸν μὲν στρατόπεδον εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον εἰσῆλθον ἔχοντες, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ μεγάλων πόλεων ἐκράτησαν. καλὸν οὖν μιμήσασθαι τοὺς προγόνους, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπανελθόντας, ἐπειδὴ προσεπταίκαμεν, πειραθῆναι τὰς τιμὰς καὶ τὰς δυναστείας ἀναλαβεῖν, ἃς πρότερον ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες.
We know, moreover, that those who became the founders of this city entered the Peloponnesus with but a small army and yet made themselves masters of many powerful states. It were fitting, then, to imitate our forefathers and, by retracing our steps, now that we have stumbled in our course, try to win back the honors and the dominions which were formerly ours.
§ 83
πάντων δʼ ἂν δεινότατον ποιήσαιμεν, εἰ συνειδότες Ἀθηναίοις ἐκλιποῦσι τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, ἡμεῖς μηδʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν σωτηρίας ἀφέσθαι τῆς πόλεως τολμήσαιμεν, ἀλλὰ δέον ἡμᾶς παράδειγμα τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέχειν, μηδὲ μιμήσασθαι τὰς ἐκείνων πράξεις ἐθελήσαιμεν.
But, monstrous above all things would be our conduct if, knowing well that the Athenians abandoned their country to preserve the freedom of the Hellenes, we should lack the courage to give up our city even to preserve our own lives, and should refuse, when it behoves us to set the example for others in such deeds, even to imitate the conduct of the Athenians.
§ 84
ἔτι δὲ τούτου καταγελαστότερον, εἰ Φωκαεῖς μὲν φεύγοντες τὴν βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου δεσποτείαν, ἐκλιπόντες τὴν Ἀσίαν εἰς Μασσαλίαν ἀπῴκησαν, ἡμεῖς δʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον μικροψυχίας ἔλθοιμεν ὥστε τὰ προστάγματα τούτων ὑπομεῖναι, ὧν ἄρχοντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετελέσαμεν.
Even more should we deserve the ridicule of men if, having before us the example of the Phocaeans who, to escape the tyranny of the Great King, left Asia and founded a new settlement at Massilia, we should sink into such abjectness of spirit as to submit to the dictates of those whose masters we have always been throughout our history.
§ 85
χρὴ δὲ μὴ περὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην ταῖς ψυχαῖς διατρίβειν, ἐν ᾗ δεήσει χωρίζειν τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους ἀφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἀφορᾶν, ἐν οἷς περιγενόμενοι τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀνορθώσομεν μὲν τὴν πόλιν, κομιούμεθα δὲ τοὺς ἡμετέρους αὐτῶν, ἐπιδειξόμεθα δὲ πᾶσιν ὅτι νῦν μὲν ἀδίκως δεδυστυχήκαμεν, τὸν δὲ παρελθόντα χρόνον δικαίως τῶν ἄλλων πλέον ἔχειν ἠξιοῦμεν.
But we must not let our minds dwell on the day when we shall have to send away from us those who are nearest and dearest to us; no, we must at once begin to look forward to that good time when, victorious over our foes, we shall restore our city, bring back our own people, and prove to the world that while we now have experienced reverses unjustly, in times past we justly claimed precedence over all others.
§ 86
ἔχει δʼ οὕτως· ἐγὼ τούτους εἴρηκα τοὺς λόγους, οὐχ ὡς δέον ἡμᾶς ἤδη ταῦτα πράττειν, οὐδʼ ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς ἄλλης ἐνούσης ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι σωτηρίας, ἀλλὰ βουλόμενος ὑμῶν προτρέψασθαι τὰς γνώμας, ὡς καὶ ταύτας τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ πολὺ δεινοτέρας τούτων ὑπομενετέον ἡμῖν, πρὶν ὑπὲρ Μεσσήνης ποιήσασθαι συνθήκας οἵας κελεύουσιν ἡμᾶς.
This, then, is how matters stand: I have made this proposal, not with the thought that we must put it into effect forthwith, nor that there is in our circumstances no other means of deliverance, but because I wish to urge your minds to the conviction that we must endure, not only these, but even much worse misfortunes before conceding such terms regarding Messene as are being urged upon us.
§ 87
οὐχ οὕτω δʼ ἂν προθύμως ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον ὑμᾶς παρεκάλουν, εἰ μὴ τὴν εἰρήνην ἑώρων ἐξ ὧν μὲν ἐγὼ λέγω καλὴν καὶ βεβαίαν γενησομένην, ἐξ ὧν δʼ ἔνιοί τινες συμβουλεύουσιν, οὐ μόνον αἰσχρὰν ἐσομένην, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ χρόνον οὐδένα παραμενοῦσαν. ἢν γὰρ παρακατοικισώμεθα τοὺς Εἵλωτας καὶ τὴν πόλιν ταύτην περιίδωμεν αὐξηθεῖσαν, τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι πάντα τὸν βίον ἐν ταραχαῖς καὶ κινδύνοις διατελοῦμεν ὄντες; ὥσθʼ οἱ περὶ ἀσφαλείας διαλεγόμενοι λελήθασιν αὑτοὺς τὴν μὲν εἰρήνην ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἡμῖν ποιοῦντες, τὸν δὲ πόλεμον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον κατασκευάζοντες.
I should not so earnestly exhort you to carry on the war if I did not see that the peace resulting from my proposals will be honorable and enduring, while that which would result from the counsel of certain men among you will not only be disgraceful, but will last no time at all. For if we permit the Helots to settle on our borders and allow Messene to flourish undisturbed, who does not know that we shall be involved in constant turmoils and dangers all our lives? Therefore, those who talk about “security” are blind to the fact that they are providing us with peace for a few days only, while contriving a state of war which will never end.
§ 88
ἡδέως δʼ ἂν αὐτῶν πυθοίμην, ὑπὲρ τίνων οἴονται χρῆναι μαχομένους ἡμᾶς ἀποθνήσκειν· οὐχ ὅταν οἱ πολέμιοι προστάττωσί τι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τῆς χώρας ἀποτέμνωνται καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας ἐλευθερῶσι; καὶ τούτους μὲν κατοικίζωσιν εἰς ταύτην ἣν ἡμῖν οἱ πατέρες κατέλιπον, ἡμᾶς δὲ μὴ μόνον τῶν ὄντων ἀποστερῶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς εἰς ὀνείδη καθιστῶσιν;
I should like to ask these men in what cause they think we ought to fight and die. Is it not cause enough when the enemy make demands that are contrary to justice, when they cut off a portion of our territory, when they free our slaves and settle them in the land which our fathers bequeathed to us, yes, and not only rob us of our possessions but in addition to all our other miseries involve us in disgrace?
§ 89
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τούτων οὐ μόνον πόλεμον ἀλλὰ καὶ φυγὰς καὶ θανάτους οἴομαι προσήκειν ἡμῖν ὑπομένειν· πολὺ γὰρ κρεῖττον ἐν ταῖς δόξαις αἷς ἔχομεν τελευτῆσαι τὸν βίον μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν ἐν ταῖς ἀτιμίαις, ἃς ληψόμεθα ποιήσαντες ἃ προστάττουσιν ἡμῖν. εἰ δὲ δεῖ μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενον εἰπεῖν, αἱρετώτερον ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀναστάτοις γενέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ καταγελάστοις ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν. τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀξιώμασι καὶ φρονήμασι τηλικούτοις βεβιωκότας δυοῖν δεῖ θάτερον, ἢ πρωτεύειν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἢ παντάπασιν ἀνῃρῆσθαι, μηδὲν ταπεινὸν διαπραξαμένους ἀλλὰ καλὴν τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου ποιησαμένους.
For my part, I think that in such a cause as this we ought to endure, not only war, but even exile and death; for it is far better to end our lives in the possession of the high reputation which we now enjoy than to go on living with the infamy which we shall bring upon ourselves if we do what we are commanded to do. In a word, if I may speak without reserve, it is preferable for us to suffer annihilation, rather than derision, at the hands of our foes. For men who have lived in such high repute and in such pride of spirit must do one of two things—either be first among the Hellenes, or perish utterly, having done no ignominious deed but having brought their lives to an honorable close.
§ 90
ἃ χρὴ διαλογισαμένους μὴ φιλοψυχεῖν, μηδʼ ἐπακολουθεῖν ταῖς τῶν συμμάχων γνώμαις, ὧν ἡγεῖσθαι πρότερον ἠξιοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς σκεψαμένους ἑλέσθαι μὴ τὸ τούτοις ῥᾷστον, ἀλλʼ ὃ πρέπον ἔσται τῇ Λακεδαίμονι καὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἡμῖν. περὶ γὰρ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως ἅπασι βουλευτέον, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἕκαστοι τοῦ βίου ποιήσωνται τὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
Reflecting upon these things, we must not be faint of heart, nor follow the judgements of our allies, whom in former times we claimed the right to lead, but, having duly weighed the matter for ourselves, we should choose, not what is easiest for them, but what will be in keeping with Lacedaemon and with our achievements in the past. For not every people can adopt the same measures in the same situation, but each must follow the principles which from the very first they have made the foundation of their lives.
§ 91
Ἐπιδαυρίοις μὲν γὰρ καὶ Κορινθίοις καὶ Φλιασίοις οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπιπλήξειεν, εἰ μηδενὸς ἄλλου φροντίζοιεν ἢ τοῦ διαγενέσθαι καὶ περιποιῆσαι σφᾶς αὐτούς· Λακεδαιμονίους δʼ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλʼ ἂν μὴ προσῇ τὸ καλῶς τῷ σώζεσθαι, τὸν θάνατον ἡμῖν μετʼ εὐδοξίας αἱρετέον ἐστί. τοῖς γὰρ ἀρετῆς ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ὑπὲρ οὐδενὸς οὕτω σπουδαστέον, ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν φανῆναι πράττοντας.
No one, for example, would reproach Epidaurians or Corinthians or Phliasians if they thought of nothing else than to escape destruction and save their own lives; we men of Lacedaemon, however, cannot seek our deliverance at all costs, but if to “safety” we cannot add “with honor,” then for us death with good repute is preferable; for those who lay claim to valor must make it the supreme object of their lives never to be found doing a shameful thing.
§ 92
εἰσὶ δʼ αἱ τῶν πόλεων κακίαι καταφανεῖς οὐχ ἧττον ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις βουλεύμασιν ἢ τοῖς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ κινδύνοις. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖ γιγνομένων τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος τῇ τύχῃ μέτεστι, τὸ δʼ ἐνθάδε γνωσθὲν αὐτῆς τῆς διανοίας σημεῖόν ἐστιν. ὥσθʼ ὁμοίως ἡμῖν φιλονικητέον ἐστὶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνθάδε ψηφισθησομένων, ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀγώνων.
But the cowardice of states is made manifest in deliberations like these no less than in the perils of war; for the greatest part of what takes place on the battle-field is due to fortune, but what is resolved upon here is a token of our very spirit. Wherefore we should strive for success in the measures to be adopted here with an emulation no less keen than we show in the lists of war.
§ 93
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν ὑπὲρ μὲν τῆς ἰδίας δόξης ἀποθνήσκειν ἐθελόντων, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς κοινῆς μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἐχόντων· ὑπὲρ ἧς ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ἄξιον, ὥστε μὴ καταισχῦναι τὴν πόλιν, μηδὲ περιιδεῖν τὴν τάξιν λιποῦσαν, εἰς ἣν οἱ πατέρες κατέστησαν αὐτήν. πολλῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ἡμῖν καὶ δεινῶν ἐφεστώτων, ἃ δεῖ διαφυγεῖν,
I marvel at those who are willing to die for their personal glory, but have not the same feeling for the glory of the state, for which we may well suffer anything whatsoever to avoid bringing shame upon our city, nor should we permit it to abandon the post in which it was established by our forefathers. It is true that many difficulties and dangers beset us;
§ 94
ἐκεῖνο μάλιστα φυλακτέον, ὅπως μηδὲν ἀνάνδρως φανησόμεθα διαπραττόμενοι μηδὲ συγχωροῦντες τοῖς πολεμίοις παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τοὺς ἄρξαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιωθέντας ὀφθῆναι τὸ προσταττόμενον ποιοῦντας, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπολειφθῆναι τῶν προγόνων, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτάττειν ἐθέλειν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἡμᾶς δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ κελευόμενον μὴ τολμᾶν διακινδυνεύειν.
these we must avoid, but first and foremost we should be careful that we are never found doing any cowardly deed or making any unjust concessions to the foe; for it would be shameful if we, who once were thought worthy to rule the Hellenes, should be seen carrying out their commands, and should fall so far below our forefathers that, while they were willing to die in order that they might dictate to others, we would not dare to hazard a battle in order that we might prevent others from dictating to us.
§ 95
ἄξιον δὲ καὶ τὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσχυνθῆναι πανηγύρεις, ἐν αἷς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ζηλωτότερος ἦν καὶ θαυμαστότερος τῶν ἀθλητῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τὰς νίκας ἀναιρουμένων. εἰς ἃς τίς ἂν ἐλθεῖν τολμήσειεν, ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ τιμᾶσθαι καταφρονηθησόμενος, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ περίστατος ὑπὸ πάντων διʼ ἀρετὴν εἶναι περίβλεπτος ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ κακία γενησόμενος,
We may well be ashamed when we think of the Olympian and the other national assemblies, where every one of us used to be more envied and more admired than the athletes who carry off victories in the games. But who would dare attend them now, when instead of being honored he would be scorned, when instead of being sought out by all because of his valor, he would be conspicuous among all for his cowardice,
§ 96
ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ὀψόμενος μὲν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας ἧς οἱ πατέρες ἡμῖν κατέλιπον ἀπαρχὰς καὶ θυσίας μείζους ἡμῶν ποιουμένους, ἀκουσόμενος δʼ αὐτῶν τοιαύταις βλασφημίαις χρωμένων, οἵαις περ εἰκὸς τοὺς χαλεπώτερον μὲν τῶν ἄλλων δεδουλευκότας, ἐξ ἴσου δὲ νῦν τὰς συνθήκας τοῖς δεσπόταις πεποιημένους· ἐφʼ αἷς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν οὕτως ἂν ἀλγήσειεν, ὡς οὐδεὶς ἂν τῶν ζώντων διὰ λόγου δηλώσειεν.
and when, more than all this, he would see our slaves bringing from the land which our fathers bequeathed to us first-fruits of the harvest and sacrifices greater than our own, and would hear from their lips such taunts as you would expect from men who once were subjected to the strictest bondage but now have made a treaty with their masters on terms of equality? How keenly every one of us would smart under these insults no man alive could set forth in words.
§ 97
ὑπὲρ ὧν χρὴ βουλεύεσθαι, καὶ μὴ τότʼ ἀγανακτεῖν ὅτʼ οὐδὲν ἡμῖν ἔσται πλέον, ἀλλὰ νῦν σκοπεῖν ὅπως μηδὲν συμβήσεται τοιοῦτον. ὡς ἔστιν ἓν τῶν αἰσχρῶν πρότερον μὲν μηδὲ τὰς τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἰσηγορίας ἀνέχεσθαι, νῦν δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν δούλων παρρησίαν ὑπομένοντας φαίνεσθαι.
These are the things about which we must take counsel, and we must not wait to indulge our resentment until that will no longer avail us, but must consider now how we may prevent such a disaster. For it is disgraceful that we, who in former times would not allow even free men the right of equal speech, are now openly tolerating licence of speech on the part of slaves.
§ 98
δόξομεν γὰρ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον ἀλαζονεύεσθαι, καὶ τὴν μὲν φύσιν ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἄλλοις εἶναι, ταῖς δʼ αὐθαδείαις καὶ ταῖς σεμνότησιν οὐκ ἀληθιναῖς ἀλλὰ πεπλασμέναις κεχρῆσθαι. μηδὲν οὖν ἐνδῶμεν τοιοῦτον τοῖς εἰθισμένοις ἡμᾶς κακολογεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν ἐξελέγξαι πειραθῶμεν, ὅμοιοι γενόμενοι τοῖς τῶν προγόνων ἔργοις.
For thus we shall give ground for the suspicion that in time past we have been nothing at all but idle boasters, that by nature we are no different from the rest of mankind, and that the sternness and dignity of manner which we cultivate is not natural, but a mere pose. Let us, therefore, give no such occasion to those who are wont to speak ill of us, but let us endeavor to confute their words by patterning our actions after those of our forefathers.
§ 99
ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ τῶν ἐν Διπαίᾳ πρὸς Ἀρκάδας ἀγωνισαμένων, οὕς φασιν ἐπὶ μιᾶς ἀσπίδος παραταξαμένους τρόπαιον στῆσαι πολλῶν μυριάδων, καὶ τῶν τριακοσίων τῶν ἐν Θυρέαις ἅπαντας Ἀργείους μάχῃ νικησάντων, καὶ τῶν χιλίων τῶν εἰς Θερμοπύλας ἀπαντησάντων,
Remember the men who at Dipaea fought against the Arcadians, of whom we are told that, albeit they stood arrayed with but a single line of soldiery, they raised a trophy over thousands upon thousands; remember the three hundred who at Thyrea defeated the whole Argive force in battle; remember the thousand who went to meet the foe at Thermopylae,
§ 100
οἳ πρὸς ἑβδομήκοντα μυριάδας τῶν βαρβάρων συμβαλόντες οὐκ ἔφυγον οὐδʼ ἡττήθησαν, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησαν οὗ περ ἐτάχθησαν, τοιούτους αὑτοὺς παρασχόντες ὥστε τοὺς μετὰ τέχνης ἐγκωμιάζοντας μὴ δύνασθαι τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐξισῶσαι ταῖς ἐκείνων ἀρεταῖς.
who, although they engaged seven hundred thousand of the barbarians, did not flee nor suffer defeat, but laid down their lives on the spot where they were stationed, acquitting themselves so nobly that even those who eulogize them with all the resources of art can find no praises equal to their valor.
§ 101
ἁπάντων οὖν τούτων ἀναμνησθέντες ἐρρωμενέστερον ἀντιλαβώμεθα τοῦ πολέμου, καὶ μὴ περιμένωμεν ὡς ἄλλων τινῶν τὰς παρούσας ἀτυχίας ἰασομένων, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή περ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γεγόνασιν, ἡμεῖς αὐτὰς καὶ διαλῦσαι πειραθῶμεν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς φαίνεσθαι διαφέροντας·
Let us, then, remembering all these things, take up the war with greater vigor, and let us not delay in the expectation that others will remedy our present misfortunes, but since these have occurred in our own time, let us ourselves endeavor also to end them. It is just in such emergencies as these that men of worth must show their superiority;
§ 102
αἱ μὲν γὰρ εὐτυχίαι καὶ τοῖς φαύλοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰς κακίας συγκρύπτουσιν, αἱ δὲ δυσπραξίαι ταχέως καταφανεῖς ποιοῦσιν, ὁποῖοί τινες ἕκαστοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες· ἐν αἷς ἡμῖν ἐπιδεικτέον ἐστίν, εἴ τι τῶν ἄλλων ἄμεινον τεθράμμεθα καὶ πεπαιδεύμεθα πρὸς ἀρετήν.
for prosperity helps to hide the baseness even of inferior men, but adversity speedily reveals every man as he really is; and in adversity we of Sparta must show whether we have been in any wise better nurtured and trained to valor than the rest of mankind.
§ 103
ἔστι δʼ οὐδὲν ἀνέλπιστον ἐκ τῶν νῦν παρόντων συμβῆναί τι τῶν δεόντων ἡμῖν. οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πολλαὶ πράξεις ἤδη τοιαῦται γεγόνασιν, ἃς ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν ἅπαντες ὑπέλαβον εἶναι συμφοράς, καὶ τοῖς παθοῦσι συνηχθέσθησαν, ὕστερον δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς ταύτας ἔγνωσαν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίας γεγενημένας.
But indeed we are in no wise without hope that out of our present misfortunes may come a happy issue. For you are, I am sure, not unaware that ere now many events have occurred of such a nature that, at first, all regarded them as calamities and sympathized with those on whom they had fallen, while later everyone came to see that these same reverses had brought about the greatest blessings.
§ 104
καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πόρρω λέγειν; ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν τὰς πόλεις τάς γε πρωτευούσας, λέγω δὲ τὴν Ἀθηναίων καὶ Θηβαίων, εὕροιμεν ἂν οὐκ ἐκ τῆς εἰρήνης μεγάλην ἐπίδοσιν λαβούσας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ προδυστυχήσασαι πάλιν αὑτὰς ἀνέλαβον, ἐκ δὲ τούτων τὴν μὲν ἡγεμόνα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καταστᾶσαν, τὴν δʼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι τηλικαύτην γεγενημένην ὅσην οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ ἔσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν· αἱ γὰρ ἐπιφάνειαι καὶ λαμπρότητες οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων γίγνεσθαι φιλοῦσιν.
But why need I mention remote instances? Even now we should find that those states which are foremost—Athens and Thebes, I mean—have not derived their great progress from peace, but that, on the contrary, it was in consequence of their recovery from previous reverses in war that one of them was made leader of the Hellenes, while the other has at the present time become a greater state than anyone ever expected she would be. Indeed, honors and distinctions are wont to be gained, not by repose, but by struggle,
§ 105
ὧν ἡμᾶς ὀρέγεσθαι προσήκει, μήτε τῶν σωμάτων μήτε τῆς ψυχῆς μήτε τῶν ἄλλων ὧν ἔχομεν μηδενὸς φειδομένους. ἢν γὰρ κατορθώσωμεν καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἰς ταὐτὸ καταστῆσαι δυνηθῶμεν, ἐξ ὧνπερ ἐκπέπτωκε, καὶ τῶν προγεγενημένων μᾶλλον θαυμασθησόμεθα, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις οὐδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ἀνδραγαθίας καταλείψομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους εὐλογεῖν ἡμᾶς ἀπορεῖν ποιήσομεν, ὅ τι τῶν πεπραγμένων ἡμῖν ἄξιον ἐροῦσιν.
and these we should strive to win, sparing neither our bodies nor our lives nor anything else which we possess. For if we succeed, and are able to raise our city again to the eminence from which she has fallen, we shall be more admired than our ancestors, and shall not only leave to our descendants no opportunity to surpass our valor, but shall make those who wish to sing our praise despair of saying anything equal to our achievements.
§ 106
δεῖ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς, ὅτι πάντες τῷ συλλόγῳ τούτῳ καὶ τοῖς γνωσθησομένοις ὑφʼ ἡμῶν προσέχουσι τὸν νοῦν. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν κοινῷ θεάτρῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων διδοὺς ἔλεγχον ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῆς αὑτοῦ φύσεως, οὕτω διακείσθω τὴν γνώμην.
Nor must you forget that the attention of the whole world is fixed upon this assembly and on the decision which you shall reach here. Let each one of you, therefore, govern his thoughts as one who is giving an account of his own character in a public theater, as it were, before the assembled Hellenes.
§ 107
ἔστι δʼ ἁπλοῦν τὸ καλῶς βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τούτων. ἢν μὲν γὰρ ἐθέλωμεν ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίων. οὐ μόνον εὐδοκιμήσομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον ἀσφαλῶς ἡμῖν ἐξέσται ζῆν· εἰ δὲ φοβησόμεθα τοὺς κινδύνους, εἰς πολλὰς ταραχὰς καταστήσομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς.
Now it is a simple matter to reach a wise decision on this question. For if we are willing to die for our just rights, not only shall we gain renown, but in time to come we shall be able to live securely; but if we show that we are afraid of danger, we shall plunge ourselves into endless confusion.
§ 108
παρακαλέσαντες οὖν ἀλλήλους ἀποδῶμεν τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ πατρίδι, καὶ μὴ περιίδωμεν ὑβρισθεῖσαν τὴν Λακεδαίμονα καὶ καταφρονηθεῖσαν, μηδὲ ψευσθῆναι ποιήσωμεν τῶν ἐλπίδων τοὺς εὔνους ἡμῖν ὄντας, μηδὲ περὶ πλείονος φανῶμεν ποιούμενοι τὸ ζῆν τοῦ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμεῖν,
Let us, therefore, challenge one another to pay back to our fatherland the price of our nurture, and not suffer Lacedaemon to be outraged and contemned, nor cause those who are friendly to us to be cheated of their hopes, nor let it appear that we value life more highly than the esteem of all the world,
§ 109
ἐνθυμηθέντες ὅτι κάλλιόν ἐστιν ἀντὶ θνητοῦ σώματος ἀθάνατον δόξαν ἀντικαταλλάξασθαι, καὶ ψυχῆς ἣν οὐχ ἕξομεν ὀλίγων ἐτῶν πρίασθαι τοιαύτην εὔκλειαν ἣ πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα τοῖς ἐξ ἡμῶν γενομένοις παραμενεῖ, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ μικροῦ χρόνου γλιχομένους μεγάλαις αἰσχύναις ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περιβαλεῖν.
always remembering that it is a nobler thing to exchange a mortal body for immortal glory, and to purchase with a life which at best we shall retain for only a few years a fame which will abide with our descendants throughout all the ages—a far nobler course than to cling greedily to a little span of life and cover ourselves with great disgrace!
§ 110
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως ἂν ὑμᾶς μάλιστα παροξυνθῆναι πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, εἰ ταῖς διανοίαις ὥσπερ παρεστῶτας ἴδοιτε τοὺς γονέας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ὑμετέρους αὐτῶν, τοὺς μὲν παρακελευομένους μὴ καταισχῦναι τὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ὄνομα, μηδὲ τοὺς νόμους ἐν οἷς ἐπαιδεύθημεν, μηδὲ τὰς μάχας τὰς ἐφʼ αὑτῶν γενομένας, τοὺς δʼ ἀπαιτοῦντας τὴν χώραν ἣν οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον, καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἥνπερ αὐτοὶ παρὰ τῶν πατέρων παρελάβομεν· πρὸς οὓς οὐδὲν ἂν ἔχοιμεν εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐκ ἀμφότεροι δίκαια τυγχάνουσι λέγοντες.
But I think that you would most of all be aroused to prosecute the war if in imagination you could see your parents and your children standing, as it were, beside you, the former exhorting you not to disgrace the name of Sparta, nor the laws under which we were reared, nor the memory of the battles fought in their time; the latter demanding the restoration of the country which their forefathers bequeathed to them, together with the dominion and the leadership among the Hellenes which we ourselves received from our fathers. Not a word could we say in answer; never could we deny the justice of either plea.
§ 111
οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ μακρολογεῖν, πλὴν τοσοῦτον, ὡς πλείστων τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ πολέμων καὶ κινδύνων γεγενημένων οὐδεπώποθʼ οἱ πολέμιοι τρόπαιον ἡμῶν ἔστησαν ἡγουμένου βασιλέως ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τῆς ἡμετέρας. ἔστι δὲ νοῦν ἐχόντων ἀνδρῶν, οἷσπερ ἂν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ἡγεμόσι χρώμενοι κατορθῶσι, τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων κινδύνων συμβουλεύουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις πείθεσθαι.
I do not know what more I need to add, save only this much—that while numberless wars and dangers have fallen to the lot of Sparta, the enemy have never yet raised a trophy over us when a king from my house was our leader. And prudent men, when they have leaders under whom they win success in their battles, should also give heed to them, in preference to all others, when they give counsel regarding impending wars.
On the Peace · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg017 · Greek: Περὶ εἰρήνης — tlg0010.tlg017.perseus-grc2 · English: On the Peace — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg017.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἅπαντες μὲν εἰώθασιν οἱ παριόντες ἐνθάδε ταῦτα μέγιστα φάσκειν εἶναι καὶ μάλιστα σπουδῆς ἄξια τῇ πόλει, περὶ ὧν ἂν αὐτοὶ μέλλωσι συμβουλεύσειν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν πραγμάτων ἥρμοσε τοιαῦτα προειπεῖν, δοκεῖ μοι πρέπειν καὶ περὶ τῶν νῦν παρόντων ἐντεῦθεν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀρχήν.
All those who come before you on this platform are accustomed to assert that the subjects upon which they are themselves about to advise you are most important and most worthy of serious consideration by the state. Nevertheless, if it was ever appropriate to preface the discussion of any other subject with such words, it seems to me fitting also to begin with them in speaking upon the subject now before us.
§ 2
ἥκομεν γὰρ ἐκκλησιάσοντες περὶ πολέμου καὶ εἰρήνης, ἃ μεγίστην ἔχει δύναμιν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἀνάγκη τοὺς ὀρθῶς βουλευομένους ἄμεινον τῶν ἄλλων πράττειν. τὸ μὲν οὖν μέγεθος, ὑπὲρ ὧν συνεληλύθαμεν, τηλικοῦτόν ἐστιν.
For we are assembled here to deliberate about War and Peace, which exercise the greatest power over the life of man, and regarding which those who are correctly advised must of necessity fare better than the rest of the world. Such, then, is the magnitude of the question which we have come together to decide.
§ 3
ὁρῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου τῶν λεγόντων τὴν ἀκρόασιν ποιουμένους, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν προσέχοντας τὸν νοῦν, τῶν δʼ οὐδὲ τὴν φωνὴν ἀνεχομένους. καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν ποιεῖτε· καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον εἰώθατε πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκβάλλειν, πλὴν τοὺς συναγορεύοντας ταῖς ὑμετέραις ἐπιθυμίαις.
I observe, however, that you do not hear with equal favor the speakers who address you, but that, while you give your attention to some, in the case of others you do not even suffer their voice to be heard. And it is not surprising that you do this; for in the past you have formed the habit of driving all the orators from the platform except those who support your desires.
§ 4
ὃ καὶ δικαίως ἄν τις ὑμῖν ἐπιτιμήσειεν, ὅτι συνειδότες. πολλοὺς καὶ μεγάλους οἴκους ὑπὸ τῶν κολακευόντων ἀναστάτους γεγενημένους, καὶ μισοῦντες ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων τοὺς ταύτην ἔχοντας τὴν τέχνην, ἐπὶ τῶν κοινῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως διάκεισθε πρὸς αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ κατηγοροῦντες τῶν προσιεμένων καὶ χαιρόντων τοῖς τοιούτοις αὐτοὶ φαίνεσθε μᾶλλον τούτοις πιστεύοντες ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις πολίταις.
Wherefore one may justly take you to task because, while you know well that many great houses have been ruined by flatterers and while in your private affairs you abhor those who practice this art, in your public affairs you are not so minded towards them; on the contrary, while you denounce those who welcome and enjoy the society of such men, you yourselves make it manifest that you place greater confidence in them than in the rest of your fellow citizens.
§ 5
καὶ γάρ τοι πεποιήκατε τοὺς ῥήτορας μελετᾶν καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν οὐ τὰ μέλλοντα τῇ πόλει συνοίσειν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἀρέσκοντας ὑμῖν λόγους ἐροῦσιν. ἐφʼ οὓς καὶ νῦν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ἐρρύηκεν. πᾶσι γὰρ ἦν φανερὸν ὅτι μᾶλλον ἡσθήσεσθε τοῖς παρακαλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἢ τοῖς περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης συμβουλεύουσιν.
Indeed, you have caused the orators to practice and study, not what will be advantageous to the state, but how they may discourse in a manner pleasing to you. And it is to this kind of discourse that the majority of them have resorted also at the present time, since it has become plain to all that you will be better pleased with those who summon you to war than with those who counsel peace;
§ 6
οἱ μὲν γὰρ προσδοκίαν ἐμποιοῦσιν ὡς καὶ τὰς κτήσεις τὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι κομιούμεθα, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀναληψόμεθα πάλιν, ἣν πρότερον ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες· οἱ δʼ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ὑποτείνουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν δεῖ καὶ μὴ μεγάλων ἐπιθυμεῖν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, ἀλλὰ στέργειν τοῖς παροῦσιν, ὃ χαλεπώτατον πάντων τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν.
for the former put into our minds the expectation both of regaining our possessions in the several states and of recovering the power which we formerly enjoyed, while the latter hold forth no such hope, insisting rather that we must have peace and not crave great possessions contrary to justice, but be content with those we have—and that for the great majority of mankind is of all things the most difficult.
§ 7
οὕτω γὰρ ἐξηρτήμεθα τῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ πρὸς τὰς δοκούσας εἶναι πλεονεξίας ἀπλήστως ἔχομεν, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ οἱ κεκτημένοι τοὺς μεγίστους πλούτους μένειν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθέλουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ τοῦ πλέονος ὀρεγόμενοι περὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κινδυνεύουσιν. ὅπερ ἄξιόν ἐστι δεδιέναι, μὴ καὶ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἔνοχοι γενώμεθα ταύταις ταῖς ἀνοίαις·
For we are so dependent on our hopes and so insatiate in seizing what seems to be our advantage that not even those who possess the greatest fortunes are willing to rest satisfied with them but are always grasping after more and so risking the loss of what they have. Wherefore we may well be anxious lest on the present occasion also we may be subject to this madness.
§ 8
λίαν γάρ τινές μοι δοκοῦσιν ὡρμῆσθαι πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, ὥσπερ οὐ τῶν τυχόντων συμβεβουλευκότων, ἀλλὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀκηκοότες ὅτι κατορθώσομεν ἅπαντα καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἐπικρατήσομεν τῶν ἐχθρῶν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας περὶ μὲν ὧν ἴσασι μὴ βουλεύεσθαι (περίεργον γάρ) ἀλλὰ πράττειν ὡς ἐγνώκασι, περὶ ὧν δʼ ἂν βουλεύωνται, μὴ νομίζειν εἰδέναι τὸ συμβησόμενον, ἀλλʼ ὡς δόξῃ μὲν χρωμένους, ὅ τι ἂν τύχῃ δὲ γενησόμενον ἀγνοοῦντας, οὕτω διανοεῖσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
For some of us appear to me to be over zealously bent on war, as though having heard, not from haphazard counsellors, but from the gods, that we are destined to succeed in all our campaigns and to prevail easily over our foes. But people of intelligence, when dealing with matters about which they have knowledge, ought not to take counsel—for this is superfluous—but to act as men who are already resolved what to do, whereas, in dealing with matters about which they take counsel, they ought not to think that they have exact knowledge of what the result will be, but to be minded towards these contingencies as men who indeed exercise their best judgement, but are not sure what the future may hold in store.
§ 9
ὧν ὑμεῖς οὐδέτερον τυγχάνετε ποιοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἷόν τε ταραχωδέστατα διάκεισθε. συνεληλύθατε μὲν γὰρ ὡς δέον ὑμᾶς ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ῥηθέντων ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ βέλτιστον, ὥσπερ δʼ ἤδη σαφῶς εἰδότες ὃ πρακτέον ἐστίν, οὐκ ἐθέλετʼ ἀκούειν πλὴν τῶν πρὸς ἡδονὴν δημηγορούντων. καίτοι προσῆκεν ὑμᾶς,
You, however, do neither the one thing nor the other, but are in the utmost confusion of mind. For you have come together as if it were your business to select the best course from all that are proposed; nevertheless, as though you had clear knowledge of what must be done, you are not willing to listen to any except those who speak for your pleasure.
§ 10
εἴπερ ἠβούλεσθε ζητεῖν τὸ τῇ πόλει συμφέρον, μᾶλλον τοῖς ἐναντιουμένοις ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν ἢ τοῖς καταχαριζομένοις, εἰδότας ὅτι τῶν ἐνθάδε παριόντων οἱ μὲν ἃ βούλεσθε λέγοντες ῥᾳδίως ἐξαπατᾶν δύνανται (τὸ γὰρ πρὸς χάριν ῥηθὲν ἐπισκοτεῖ τῷ καθορᾶν ὑμᾶς τὸ βέλτιστον), ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν μὴ πρὸς ἡδονὴν συμβουλευόντων οὐδὲν ἂν πάθοιτε τοιοῦτον· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν μεταπεῖσαι δυνηθεῖεν ὑμᾶς,
And yet, if you really desired to find out what is advantageous to the state, you ought to give your attention more to those who oppose your views than to those who seek to gratify you, knowing well that of the orators who come before you here, those who say what you desire are able to delude you easily—since what is spoken to win favor clouds your vision of what is best—whereas those who advise you without regard to your pleasure can affect you in no such way,
§ 11
μὴ φανερὸν τὸ συμφέρον ποιήσαντες. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων πῶς ἂν ἄνθρωποι καλῶς δυνηθεῖεν ἢ κρῖναι περὶ τῶν γεγενημένων ἢ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, εἰ μὴ τοὺς μὲν λόγους τοὺς τῶν ἐναντιουμένων παρʼ ἀλλήλους ἐξετάζοιεν, αὐτοὶ δʼ αὑτοὺς κοινοὺς ἀμφοτέροις ἀκροατὰς παράσχοιεν;
since they could not convert you to their way of thinking until they have first made clear what is for your advantage. But, apart from these considerations, how can men wisely pass judgement on the past or take counsel for the future unless they examine and compare the arguments of opposing speakers, themselves giving an unbiased hearing to both sides?
§ 12
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν τε πρεσβυτέρων, εἰ μηκέτι μνημονεύουσι, καὶ τῶν νεωτέρων, εἰ μηδενὸς ἀκηκόασιν, ὅτι διὰ μὲν τοὺς παραινοῦντας ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς εἰρήνης οὐδὲν πώποτε κακὸν ἐπάθομεν, διὰ δὲ τοὺς ῥᾳδίως τὸν πόλεμον αἱρουμένους πολλαῖς ἤδη καὶ μεγάλαις συμφοραῖς περιεπέσομεν. ὧν ἡμεῖς οὐδεμίαν ποιούμεθα μνείαν, ἀλλʼ ἑτοίμως ἔχομεν, μηδὲν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς πράττοντες, τριήρεις πληροῦν καὶ χρημάτων εἰσφορὰς ποιεῖσθαι καὶ βοηθεῖν καὶ πολεμεῖν οἷς ἂν τύχωμεν, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ τῇ πόλει κινδυνεύοντες. τούτων δʼ αἴτιόν ἐστιν,
But I marvel that the older men no longer recall and that the younger have not been told by anyone that the orators who exhort us to cling fast to peace have never caused us to suffer any misfortune whatsoever, whereas those who lightly espouse war have already plunged us into many great disasters. However, we have no memory for these facts but are always ready, without in the least advancing our own welfare, to man triremes, to levy war-taxes, and to lend aid to the campaigns of others or wage war against them, as chance may determine, as if imperilling the interests, not of our own, but of a foreign state.
§ 13
ὅτι προσῆκον ὑμᾶς ὁμοίως ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων σπουδάζειν, οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχετε περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ὅταν μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων βουλεύησθε, ζητεῖτε συμβούλους τοὺς ἄμεινον φρονοῦντας ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, ὅταν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησιάζητε, τοῖς μὲν τοιούτοις ἀπιστεῖτε καὶ φθονεῖτε, τοὺς δὲ πονηροτάτους τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα παριόντων ἀσκεῖτε, καὶ νομίζετε δημοτικωτέρους εἶναι τοὺς μεθύοντας τῶν νηφόντων καὶ τοὺς νοῦν οὐκ ἔχοντας τῶν εὖ φρονούντων καὶ τοὺς τὰ τῆς πόλεως διανεμομένους τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ὑμῖν λειτουργούντων. ὥστʼ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, εἴ τις ἐλπίζει τὴν πόλιν τοιούτοις συμβούλοις χρωμένην ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ἐπιδώσειν.
And the cause of this condition of affairs is that, although you ought to be as much concerned about the business of the commonwealth as about your own, you do not feel the same interest in the one as in the other; on the contrary, whenever you take counsel regarding your private business you seek out as counsellors men who are your superiors in intelligence, but whenever you deliberate on the business of the state you distrust and dislike men of that character and cultivate, instead, the most depraved of the orators who come before you on this platform; and you prefer as being better friends of the people those who are drunk to those who are sober, those who are witless to those who are wise, and those who dole out the public money to those who perform public services at their own expense. So that we may well marvel that anyone can expect a state which employs such counsellors to advance to better things.
§ 14
ἐγὼ δʼ οἶδα μὲν ὅτι πρόσαντές ἐστιν ἐναντιοῦσθαι ταῖς ὑμετέραις διανοίαις, καὶ ὅτι δημοκρατίας οὔσης οὐκ ἔστι παρρησία, πλὴν ἐνθάδε μὲν τοῖς ἀφρονεστάτοις καὶ μηδὲν ὑμῶν φροντίζουσιν, ἐν δὲ τῷ θεάτρω τοῖς κωμῳδοδιδασκάλοις· ὃ καὶ πάντων ἐστὶ δεινότατον, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ἐκφέρουσιν εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας τὰ τῆς πόλεως ἁμαρτήματα τοσαύτην ἔχετε χάριν ὅσην οὐδὲ τοῖς εὖ ποιοῦσι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐπιπλήττοντας καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς οὕτω διατίθεσθε δυσκόλως ὥσπερ πρὸς τοὺς κακόν τι τὴν πόλιν ἐργαζομένους.
But I know that it is hazardous to oppose your views and that, although this is a free government, there exists no ‘freedom of speech’ except that which is enjoyed in this Assembly by the most reckless orators, who care nothing for your welfare, and in the theater by the comic poets. And, what is most outrageous of all, you show greater favor to those who publish the failings of Athens to the rest of the Hellenes than you show even to those who benefit the city, while you are as ill-disposed to those who rebuke and admonish you as you are to men who work injury to the state.
§ 15
ὅμως δὲ καὶ τούτων ὑπαρχόντων οὐκ ἂν ἀποσταίην ὧν διενοήθην. παρελήλυθα γὰρ οὐ χαριούμενος ὑμῖν οὐδὲ χειροτονίαν μνηστεύσων, ἀλλʼ ἀποφανούμενος ἃ τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων πρῶτον μὲν περὶ ὧν οἱ πρυτάνεις προτιθέασιν, ἔπειτα περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τῆς πόλεως πραγμάτων· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὄφελος ἔσται τῶν νῦν περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης γνωσθέντων, ἢν μὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὀρθῶς βουλευσώμεθα.
Nevertheless, in spite of these conditions, I shall not desist from what I had in mind to say. For I have come before you, not to seek your favor nor to solicit your votes, but to make known the views I hold, first, regarding the proposals which have been put before you by the Prytaneis, and, second, regarding the other interests of the state; for no good will come of the resolutions which have now been made regarding the peace unless we are well advised also with regard to what remains to be done.
§ 16
φημὶ δʼ οὖν χρῆναι ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην μὴ μόνον πρὸς Χίους καὶ Ῥοδίους καὶ Βυζαντίους καὶ Κῴους ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους, καὶ χρῆσθαι ταῖς συνθήκαις μὴ ταύταις αἷς νῦν τινὲς γεγράφασιν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς γενομέναις μὲν πρὸς βασιλέα καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους, προσταττούσαις δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας αὐτονόμους εἶναι καὶ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων πόλεων ἐξιέναι καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν ἔχειν ἑκάστους. τούτων γὰρ οὔτε δικαιοτέρας εὑρήσομεν οὔτε μᾶλλον τῇ πόλει συμφερούσας.
I maintain, then, that we should make peace, not only with the Chians, the Rhodians, the Byzantines and the Coans, but with all mankind, and that we should adopt, not the covenants of peace which certain parties have recently drawn up, but those which we have entered into with the king of Persia and with the Lacedaemonians, which ordain that the Hellenes be independent, that the alien garrisons be removed from the several states, and that each people retain its own territory. For we shall not find terms of peace more just than these nor more expedient for our city.
§ 17
ἢν μὲν οὖν ἐνταῦθα καταλίπω τὸν λόγον, οἶδʼ ὅτι δόξω τὴν πόλιν ἐλαττοῦν, εἰ Θηβαῖοι μὲν ἕξουσι Θεσπιὰς καὶ Πλαταιὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις ἃς παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους κατειλήφασιν, ἡμεῖς δʼ ἔξιμεν μηδεμιᾶς ἀνάγκης οὔσης ἐξ ὧν τυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες· ἢν δὲ διὰ τέλους ἀκούσητέ μου προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν, οἶμαι πάντας ὑμᾶς καταγνώσεσθαι πολλὴν ἄνοιαν καὶ μανίαν τῶν τὴν ἀδικίαν πλεονεξίαν εἶναι νομιζόντων, καὶ τῶν τὰς ἀλλοτρίας πόλεις βίᾳ κατεχόντων, καὶ μὴ λογιζομένων τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων γιγνομένας.
But if I leave off speaking at this point, I know that I shall appear to put Athens at a disadvantage, if, that is to say, the Thebans are to retain possession of Thespiae and Plataea and the other cities which they have seized contrary to their oaths, while we are to retire, under no compulsion to do so, from the territory which we now hold. But if you will only listen to me and give me your attention to the end, I believe that you will all impute extreme folly and madness to those who think that injustice is advantageous and who would hold in subjection by force the cities of others, failing to reckon with the disasters which result from such a policy.
§ 18
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διὰ παντὸς τοῦ λόγου πειρασόμεθα διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς, περὶ δὲ τῆς εἰρήνης πρῶτον διαλεχθῶμεν, καὶ σκεψώμεθα τί ἂν ἐν τῷ παρόντι γενέσθαι βουληθεῖμεν ἡμῖν. ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα καλῶς ὁρισώμεθα καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντως, πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον βουλευσόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων.
On this point indeed I shall attempt to instruct you throughout my entire speech. But first let us discuss the question of peace and consider what we should desire for ourselves at the present juncture. For if we define this clearly and intelligently, we shall take better counsel in the light of this principle regarding our other interests as well.
§ 19
ἆρʼ οὖν ἂν ἐξαρκέσειεν ἡμῖν, εἰ τήν τε πόλιν ἀσφαλῶς οἰκοῖμεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον εὐπορώτεροι γιγνοίμεθα καὶ τά τε πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁμονοοῖμεν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμοῖμεν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι τούτων ὑπαρξάντων τελέως τὴν πόλιν εὐδαιμονήσειν. ὁ μὲν τοίνυν πόλεμος ἁπάντων ἡμᾶς τῶν εἰρημένων ἀπεστέρηκεν· καὶ γὰρ πενεστέρους πεποίηκε, καὶ πολλοὺς κινδύνους ὑπομένειν ἠνάγκασε, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας διαβέβληκε, καὶ πάντας τρόπους τεταλαιπώρηκεν ἡμᾶς.
Let me ask, then, whether we should be satisfied if we could dwell in our city secure from danger, if we could be provided more abundantly with the necessities of life, if we could be of one mind amongst ourselves, and if we could enjoy the high esteem of the Hellenes. I, for my part, hold that, with these blessings assured us, Athens would be completely happy. Now it is the war which has robbed us of all the good things which I have mentioned; for it has made us poorer; it has compelled many of us to endure perils; it has given us a bad name among the Hellenes; and it has in every way overwhelmed us with misfortune.
§ 20
ἢν δὲ τὴν εἰρήνην ποιησώμεθα, καὶ τοιούτους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παράσχωμεν οἵους αἱ κοιναὶ συνθῆκαι προστάττουσι, μετὰ πολλῆς μὲν ἀσφαλείας τὴν πόλιν οἰκήσομεν, ἀπαλλαγέντες πολέμων καὶ κινδύνων καὶ ταραχῆς, εἰς ἣν νῦν πρὸς ἀλλήλους καθέσταμεν, καθʼ ἑκάστην δὲ τὴν ἡμέραν πρὸς εὐπορίαν ἐπιδώσομεν, ἀναπεπαυμένοι μὲν τῶν εἰσφορῶν καὶ τῶν τριηραρχιῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον λειτουργιῶν, ἀδεῶς δὲ γεωργοῦντες καὶ τὴν θάλατταν πλέοντες καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐργασίαις ἐπιχειροῦντες, αἳ νῦν διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐκλελοίπασιν.
But if we make peace and demean ourselves as our common covenants command us to do, then we shall dwell in our city in great security, delivered from wars and perils and the turmoil in which we are now involved amongst ourselves, and we shall advance day by day in prosperity, relieved of paying war-taxes, of fitting out triremes, and of discharging the other burdens which are imposed by war, without fear cultivating our lands and sailing the seas and engaging in those other occupations which now, because of the war, have entirely come to an end.
§ 21
ὀψόμεθα δὲ τὴν πόλιν διπλασίας μὲν ἢ νῦν τὰς προσόδους λαμβάνουσαν, μεστὴν δὲ γιγνομένην ἐμπόρων καὶ ξένων καὶ μετοίκων, ὧν νῦν ἐρήμη καθέστηκεν. Τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, συμμάχους ἕξομεν ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους, οὐ βεβιασμένους ἀλλὰ πεπεισμένους, οὐδʼ ἐν ταῖς μὲν ἀσφαλείαις διὰ τὴν δύναμιν ἡμᾶς ὑποδεχομένους, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κινδύνοις ἀποστησομένους, ἀλλʼ οὕτω διακειμένους ὥσπερ χρὴ τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους ὄντας.
Nay, we shall see our city enjoying twice the revenues which she now receives, and thronged with merchants and foreigners and resident aliens, by whom she is now deserted. And, what is most important of all, we shall have all mankind as our allies—allies who will not have been forced, but rather persuaded, to join with us, who will not welcome our friendship because of our power when we are secure only to abandon us when we are in peril, but who will be disposed towards us as those should be who are in very truth allies and friends.
§ 22
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, ἃ νῦν ἀπολαβεῖν οὐ δυνάμεθα διὰ πολέμου καὶ πολλῆς δαπάνης, ταῦτα διὰ πρεσβείας ῥᾳδίως κομιούμεθα. μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθε μήτε Κερσοβλέπτην ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσου μήτε Φίλιππον ὑπὲρ Ἀμφιπόλεως πολεμήσειν, ὅταν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς μηδενὸς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐφιεμένους. νῦν μὲν γὰρ εἰκότως φοβοῦνται γείτονα ποιήσασθαι τὴν πόλιν ταῖς αὑτῶν δυναστείαις,
Furthermore, what we are now unable to obtain through war and great outlay of money we shall readily secure for ourselves through peaceful embassies. For do not think that Cersobleptes will wage war with us over the Chersonese, or Philip over Amphipolis, when they see that we do not covet any of the possessions of other peoples. It is true that as things are now they have good reason to be afraid to make Athens a near neighbor to their dominions;
§ 23
ὁρῶσι γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐ στέργοντας ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν ἔχωμεν, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ τοῦ πλέονος ὀρεγομένους, ἢν δὲ μεταβαλώμεθα τὸν τρόπον καὶ δόξαν βελτίω λάβωμεν, οὐ μόνον ἀποστήσονται τῆς ἡμετέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς αὑτῶν προσδώσουσι· λυσιτελήσει γὰρ αὐτοῖς θεραπεύουσι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν τῆς πόλεως ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν τὰς ἑαυτῶν βασιλείας.
for they see that we are not content with what we have but are always reaching out for more. If, however, we change our ways and gain a better reputation, they will not only withdraw from our territory but will give us besides territory of their own. For it will be to their advantage to cherish and support the power of Athens and so be secure in the possession of their own kingdoms.
§ 24
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τῆς Θρᾴκης ἡμῖν ἐξέσται τοσαύτην ἀποτεμέσθαι χώραν, ὥστε μὴ μόνον αὐτοὺς ἄφθονον ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ διʼ ἀπορίαν πλανωμένοις ἱκανὸν δύνασθαι βίον παρασχεῖν. ὅπου γὰρ Ἀθηνόδωρος καὶ Καλλίστρατος, ὁ μὲν ἰδιώτης ὤν, ὁ δὲ φυγάς, οἰκίσαι πόλεις οἷοί τε γεγόνασιν, ἦ που βουληθέντες ἡμεῖς πολλοὺς ἂν τόπους τοιούτους κατασχεῖν δυνηθεῖμεν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς πρωτεύειν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀξιοῦντας τοιούτων ἔργων ἡγεμόνας γίγνεσθαι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ πολέμου καὶ στρατοπέδων ξενικῶν, ὧν νῦν ἐπιθυμοῦντες ἡμεῖς τυγχάνομεν.
And, mark you, it will be possible for us to cut off from the region of Thrace enough land so that we shall not only have abundance ourselves but shall also be able to furnish adequate means of subsistence to those of the Hellenes who are in need and, because of their poverty, are now wandering from place to place. For where Athenodorus and Callistratus, the one a private, the other an exile, have been able to found cities, surely we could gain possession of many such places if we so desired. And those who claim the right to stand at the head of the Hellenes ought to become leaders of such enterprises much rather than of war and of hireling armies, which at the present time are the objects of our ambition.
§ 25
περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν οἱ πρέσβεις ἐπαγγέλλονται, καὶ ταῦθʼ ἱκανά, καὶ πολλὰ ἂν ἴσως τις προσθείη τούτοις· ἡγοῦμαι δὲ δεῖν ἡμᾶς οὐ μόνον ψηφισαμένους τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀπελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ βουλευσαμένους ὅπως ἄξομεν αὐτήν, καὶ μὴ ποιήσομεν ὅπερ εἰώθαμεν, ὀλίγον χρόνον διαλιπόντες πάλιν εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς καταστησόμεθα ταραχάς, μηδʼ ἀναβολὴν ἀλλʼ ἀπαλλαγὴν εὑρήσομέν τινα τῶν κακῶν τῶν παρόντων.
Now as to the promises held out by the ambassadors, what I have said is enough, although one might perhaps add many things to what I have said. But I think we should not go forth from this assembly, having merely adopted resolutions in favor of the peace, without also taking counsel how we shall keep it, and not do what we are in the habit of doing—namely, getting ourselves involved again in the same disorders after a short interval of time—and how we shall devise, not merely a postponement, but some means of permanent deliverance from our present ills.
§ 26
οὐδὲν δὲ τούτων οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶ γενέσθαι πρότερον, πρὶν ἂν πεισθῆτε τὴν μὲν ἡσυχίαν ὠφελιμωτέραν καὶ κερδαλεωτέραν εἶναι τῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης, τὴν δὲ δικαιοσύνην τῆς ἀδικίας, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίας. περὶ ὧν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν ῥητόρων εἰπεῖν ἐν ὑμῖν ἐτόλμησεν· ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων τοὺς πλείστους τῶν λόγων μέλλω ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ὁρῶ γὰρ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἐν τούτοις ἐνοῦσαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν οἷς νῦν τυγχάνομεν πράττοντες.
But no such thing can come to pass until you are persuaded that tranquillity is more advantageous and more profitable than meddlesomeness, justice than injustice, and attention to one’s own affairs than covetousness of the possessions of others. This is a theme on which none of the orators has ever made bold to address you. I, however, shall devote most of my discourse to this very subject. For I observe that happiness is to be found in these ways of life and not in those which we now follow.
§ 27
ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸν ἔξω τῶν εἰθισμένων ἐπιχειροῦντα δημηγορεῖν καὶ τὰς ὑμετέρας γνώμας μεταστῆσαι βουλόμενον πολλῶν πραγμάτων ἅψασθαι καὶ διὰ μακροτέρων τοὺς λόγους ποιήσασθαι, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀναμνῆσαι, τῶν δὲ κατηγορῆσαι, τὰ δʼ ἐπαινέσαι, περὶ δὲ τῶν συμβουλεῦσαι· μόλις γὰρ ἄν τις ὑμᾶς ἐξ ἁπάντων τούτων ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον φρονῆσαι δυνηθείη προαγαγεῖν.
But anyone who attempts to discourse on a subject out of the common and who desires to bring about a change in your opinions must needs touch upon many matters and speak somewhat at length, now reminding, now rebuking, now commending, and again counselling you. For hardly with all these aids can you be led to a better way of thinking.
§ 28
ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως. ἐμοὶ δοκοῦσιν ἅπαντες μὲν ἐπιθυμεῖν τοῦ συμφέροντος καὶ τοῦ πλέον ἔχειν τῶν ἄλλων, οὑκ εἰδέναι δὲ τὰς πράξεις τὰς ἐπὶ ταῦτα φερούσας, ἀλλὰ ταῖς δόξαις διαφέρεν ἀλλήλων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔχειν ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ στοχάζεσθαι τοῦ δέοντος δυναμένας, οἱ δʼ ὡς οἷόν τε πλεῖστον τοῦ συμφέροντος διαμαρτανούσας.
For the matter stands thus. It seems to me that, while all men crave their advantage and desire to be better off than the rest, they do not all know the kind of conduct which leads to this end but differ from each other in judgement, some possessing a judgement which is sound and capable of hitting the right course of action, others one which completely misses their true advantage.
§ 29
ὅπερ καὶ τῇ πόλει συμβέβηκεν. ἡμεῖς γὰρ οἰόμεθα μέν, ἢν τὴν θάλατταν πλέωμεν πολλαῖς τριήρεσι καὶ βιαζώμεθα τὰς πόλεις συντάξεις διδόναι καὶ δεόντων· πλεῖστον διεψεύσμεθα τῆς ἀληθείας. ὦ μὲν γὰρ ἠλπίζομεν, οὐδὲν ἀποβέβηκεν, ἔχθραι δʼ ἡμῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ πόλεμοι καὶ δαπάναι μεγάλαι γεγόνασιν,
And this is the very thing which has happened to our city; for we think that, if we sail the sea with many triremes and compel the various states to pay contributions and send representatives to Athens, we have accomplished something to the purpose. But in fact, we have been completely misled as to the truth; for of the hopes which we cherished not one has been fulfilled; on the contrary, we have reaped from them hatreds and wars and great expense. And this was to be expected;
§ 30
εἰκότως· καὶ γὰρ τὸ πρότερον ἐκ μὲν τῆς τοιαύτης πολυπραγμοσύνης εἰς τοὺς ἐσχάτους κινδύνους κατέστημεν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ δικαίαν τὴν πόλιν παρέχειν καὶ βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις καὶ μὴ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν παρʼ ἑκόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐλάβομεν· ὧν νῦν ἀλογίστως καὶ λίαν εἰκῇ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον καταφρονοῦμεν.
for in former times as the result of such meddlesomeness we were placed in the utmost peril, while as the result of keeping our city in the path of justice and of giving aid to the oppressed and of not coveting the possessions of others we were given the hegemony by the willing consent of the Hellenes—considerations which now and for a long time past, without reason and with utter recklessness, we have treated with contempt.
§ 31
εἰς τοῦτο γάρ τινες ἀνοίας ἐληλύθασιν, ὥσθʼ ὑπειλήφασι τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐπονείδιστον μὲν εἶναι, κερδαλέαν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν βίον τὸν καθʼ ἡμέραν συμφέρουσαν, τὴν δὲ δικαιοσύνην εὐδόκιμον μέν, ἀλυσιτελῆ δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον δυναμένην τοὺς ἄλλους ὠφελεῖν ἢ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν,
For some have gone to such an extreme of folly as to hold the view that, while injustice is reprehensible, it is, nevertheless, profitable and advantageous in our lives day by day, and that, while justice is estimable, it is for all that disadvantageous and more capable of benefiting others than of helping those who practise it.
§ 32
κακῶς εἰδότες ὡς οὔτε πρὸς χρηματισμὸν οὔτε πρὸς δόξαν οὔτε πρὸς ἃ δεῖ πράττειν οὔθʼ ὅλως πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν οὐδὲν ἂν συμβάλοιτο τηλικαύτην δύναμιν ὅσην περ ἀρετὴ καὶ τὰ μέρη ταύτης. τοῖς γὰρ ἀγαθοῖς οἷς ἔχομεν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, τούτοις κτώμεθα καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ὠφελείας, ὧν δεόμενοι τυγχάνομεν· ὥσθʼ οἱ τῆς αὑτῶν διανοίας ἀμελοῦντες λελήθασι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἅμα τοῦ τε φρονεῖν ἄμεινον καὶ τοῦ πράττειν βέλτιον τῶν ἄλλων ὀλιγωροῦντες.
They fail to see that nothing in the world can contribute so powerfully to material gain, to good repute, to right action, in a word, to happiness, as virtue and the qualities of virtue. For it is by the good qualities which we have in our souls that we acquire also the other advantages of which we stand in need. So that those who have no care for their own state of mind are unwittingly disparaging the means of attaining at the same time to greater wisdom and to greater well-being.
§ 33
θαυμάζω δʼ εἴ τις οἴεται τοὺς τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἀσκοῦντας καρτερεῖν καὶ μένειν ἐν τούτοις ἐλπίζοντας ἔλαττον ἕξειν τῶν πονηρῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἡγουμένους καὶ παρὰ θεοῖς καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις πλέον οἴσεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ πέπεισμαι τούτους μόνους ὧν δεῖ πλεονεκτεῖν, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ὧν οὐ βέλτιόν ἐστιν.
But I marvel if anyone thinks that those who practise piety and justice remain constant and steadfast in these virtues because they expect to be worse off than the wicked and not because they consider that both among gods and among men they will have the advantage over others. I, for my part, am persuaded that they and they alone gain advantage in the true sense, while the others gain advantage only in the baser sense of that term.
§ 34
ὁρῶ γὰρ τοὺς μὲν τὴν ἀδικίαν προτιμῶντας καὶ τὸ λαβεῖν τι τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν νομίζοντας ὅμοια πάσχοντας τοῖς δελεαζομένοις τῶν ζώων, καὶ κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν ἀπολαύοντας ὧν ἂν λάβωσιν, ὀλίγῳ δʼ ὕστερον ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κακοῖς ὄντας, τοὺς δὲ μετʼ εὐσεβείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ζῶντας ἔν τε τοῖς παροῦσι χρόνοις ἀσφαλῶς διάγοντας καὶ περὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος αἰῶνος ἡδίους τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντας.
For I observe that those who prefer the way of injustice, thinking it the greatest good fortune to seize something that belongs to others, are in like case with animals which are lured by a bait, at the first deriving pleasure from what they seize, but the moment after finding themselves in desperate straits, while those who live a life of piety and justice pass their days in security for the present and have sweeter hopes for all eternity.
§ 35
καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰ μὴ κατὰ πάντων οὕτως εἴθισται συμβαίνειν, ἀλλὰ τό γʼ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοῦτον γίγνεται τὸν τρόπον. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας, ἐπειδὴ τὸ μέλλον ἀεὶ συνοίσειν οὐ καθορῶμεν, τὸ πολλάκις ὠφελοῦς, τοῦτο φαίνεσθαι προαιρουμένους. πάντων δʼ ἀλογώτατον πεπόνθασιν ὅσοι κάλλιον μὲν ἐπιτήδευμα νομίζουσιν εἶναι καὶ θεοφιλέστερον τὴν δικαιοσύνην τῆς ἀδικίας, χεῖρον δʼ οἴονται βιώσεσθαι τοὺς ταύτῃ χρωμένους τῶν τὴν πονηρίαν προῃρημένων.
But if this is not wont to happen in all cases, nevertheless it does, for the most part, come out in this way. And it behoves intelligent men, since they cannot see clearly what will always be to their advantage, to show to the world that they prefer that which is generally beneficial. On the other hand, they are of all men most afflicted with unreason who concede that justice is a way of life more noble and more pleasing to the gods than injustice but at the same time believe that those who follow it will live in worse case than those who have chosen the way of evil.
§ 36
ἠβουλόμην δʼ ἄν, ὥσπερ πρόχειρόν ἐστιν ἐπαινέσαι τὴν ἀρετήν, οὕτω ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πεῖσαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀσκεῖν αὐτήν· νῦν δὲ δέδοικα μὴ μάτην τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγω. διεφθάρμεθα γὰρ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ φενακίζειν δυναμένων, οἳ τοσοῦτον τοῦ πλήθους καταπεφρονήκασιν ὥσθʼ, ὁπόταν βουληθῶσι πόλεμον πρός τινας ἐξενεγκεῖν, αὐτοὶ χρήματα λαμβάνοντες λέγειν τολμῶσιν ὡς χρὴ τοὺς προγόνους μιμεῖσθαι, καὶ μὴ περιορᾶν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς καταγελωμένους μηδὲ τὴν θάλατταν πλέοντας τοὺς μὴ τὰς συντάξεις ἐθέλοντας ἡμῖν ὑποτελεῖν.
I could wish that, even as to praise virtue is a facile theme, so it were easy to persuade bearers to practice it. But as things are I am afraid that I may be expressing such sentiments to no purpose. For we have been depraved for a long time by men whose only ability is to cheat and delude—men who have held the people in such contempt that whenever they wish to bring about a state of war with any city, these very men who are paid for what they say have the audacity to tell us that we should follow the example of our ancestors and not allow ourselves to be made a laughing-stock nor permit those Hellenes to sail the sea who are unwilling to pay us their contributions.
§ 37
ἡδέως ἂν οὖν αὐτῶν πυθοίμην, τίσιν ἡμᾶς τῶν προγεγενημένων κελεύουσιν ὁμοίους γίγνεσθαι, πότερον τοῖς περὶ τὰ Περσικὰ γενομένοις, ἢ τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ Δεκελεικοῦ τὴν πόλιν διοικήσασιν; εἰ μὲν γὰρ τούτοις, οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ συμβουλεύουσιν ἡμῖν πάλιν περὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ κινδυνεύειν·
Now I should be glad if they would inform me what ancestors they would have us imitate. Do they mean those who lived at the time of the Persian Wars or those who governed the city before the Decelean War? If they mean the latter then they are simply advising us to run the risk once again of being enslaved;
§ 38
εἰ δὲ τοῖς ἐν Μαραθῶνι τοὺς βαρβάρους νικήσασι καὶ τοῖς πρὸ τούτων γενομένοις, πῶς οὐ πάντων ἀναισχυντότατοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, εἰ τοὺς τότε πολιτευομένους ἐπαινοῦντες τἀναντία πράττειν ἐκείνοις πείθουσιν ἡμᾶς, καὶ τοιαῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνειν περὶ ὧν ἀπορῶ τί ποιήσω, πότερα χρήσωμαι ταῖς ἀληθείαις ὥσπερ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ἢ κατασιωπήσω, δείσας τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπέχθειαν; δοκεῖ μὲν γάρ μοι βέλτιον εἶναι διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὁρῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς χαλεπώτερον διατιθεμένους πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιτιμῶντας ἢ πρὸς αἰτίους τῶν κακῶν γεγενημένους. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αἰσχυνθείην ἄν,
but if they mean those who at Marathon conquered the barbarians, then they are of all men the most brazen, if, that is to say, they praise those who governed Athens at that time and in the same breath would persuade us to act in a manner contrary to theirs and to commit blunders so gross that I am at a loss what I should do—whether I should speak the truth as on all other occasions or be silent out of fear of making myself odious to you. For while it seems to me the better course to discuss your blunders, I observe that you are more resentful towards those who take you to task than towards those who are the authors of your misfortunes.
§ 39
εἰ φανείην μᾶλλον φροντίζων τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ δόξης ἢ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας. ἐμὸν μὲν οὖν ἔργον ἐστί, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κηδομένων τῆς πόλεως, προαιρεῖσθαι τῶν λόγων μὴ τοὺς ἡδίστους ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὠφελιμωτάτους· ὑμᾶς δὲ χρὴ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸ σῶμα νοσημάτων πολλαὶ θεραπεῖαι καὶ παντοδαπαὶ τοῖς ἰατροῖς εὕρηνται, ταῖς δὲ ψυχαῖς ταῖς ἀγνοούσαις καὶ γεμούσαις πονηρῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν οὐδέν ἐστιν ἄλλο φάρμακον πλὴν λόγος ὁ τολμῶν τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἐπιπλήττειν,
Nevertheless I should be ashamed if I showed that I am more concerned about my own reputation than about the public safety. It is, therefore, my duty and the duty of all who care about the welfare of the state to choose, not those discourses which are agreeable to you, but those which are profitable for you to hear. And you, for your part, ought to realize, in the first place, that while many treatments of all kinds have been discovered by physicians for the ills of our bodies, there exists no remedy for souls which are ignorant of the truth and filled with base desires other than the kind of discourse which boldly rebukes the sins which they commit,
§ 40
ἔπειθʼ ὅτι καταγέλαστόν ἐστι τὰς μὲν καύσεις καὶ τὰς τομὰς τῶν ἰατρῶν ὑπομένειν, ἵνα πλειόνων ἀλγηδόνων ἀπαλλαγῶμεν, τοὺς δὲ λόγους ἀποδοκιμάζειν πρὶν εἰδέναι σαφῶς εἰ τοιαύτην ἔχουσι τὴν δύναμιν ὥστʼ ὠφελῆσαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας.
and, in the second place, that it is absurd to submit to the cauteries and cuttings of physicians in order that we may be relieved of greater pains and yet refuse to hear discourses before knowing clearly whether or not they have the power to benefit their hearers.
§ 41
τούτου δʼ ἕνεκα ταῦτα προεῖπον, ὅτι περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν οὐδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἀνειμένως μέλλω τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. τίς γὰρ ἄλλοθεν ἐπελθὼν καὶ μήπω συνδιεφθαρμένος ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐξαίφνης ἐπιστὰς τοῖς γιγνομένοις, οὐκ ἂν μαίνεσθαι καὶ παραφρονεῖν ἡμᾶς νομίσειεν, οἳ φιλοτιμούμεθα μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν προγόνων ἔργοις καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκ τῶν τότε πραχθέντων ἐγκωμιάζειν ἀξιοῦμεν, οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις πράττομεν,
I have said these things at the outset because in the rest of my discourse I am going to speak without reserve and with complete frankness. For suppose that a stranger from another part of the world were to come to Athens, having had no time to be tainted with our depravity, but brought suddenly face to face with what goes on here, would he not think that we are mad and bereft of our senses, seeing that we plume ourselves upon the deeds of our ancestors and think fit to eulogize our city by dwelling upon the achievements of their time and yet act in no respect like them but do the very opposite?
§ 42
ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον; οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοῖς βαρβάροις πολεμοῦντες διετέλεσαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας τὸν βίον ποριζομένους ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστήσαντες ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἠγάγομεν· κἀκεῖνοι μὲν ἐλευθεροῦντες τὰς πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας καὶ βοηθοῦντες αὐταῖς τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἠξιώθησαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ καταδουλούμενοι καὶ τἀναντία τοῖς τότε πράττοντες ἀγανακτοῦμεν, εἰ μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν τιμὴν ἐκείνοις ἕξομεν,
For while they waged war without ceasing in behalf of the Hellenes against the barbarians, we removed from their homes those who derive their livelihood from Asia and led them against the Hellenes; and while they liberated the cities of Hellas and lent them their aid and so were adjudged worthy of the hegemony, we seek to enslave these cities and pursue a policy the very opposite of theirs and then feel aggrieved that we are not held in like honor with them—
§ 43
οἳ τοσοῦτον ἀπολελείμμεθα καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις τῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον γενομένων, ὅσον οἱ μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων σωτηρίας τήν τε πατρίδα τὴν αὑτῶν ἐκλιπεῖν ἐτόλμησαν, καὶ μαχόμενοι καὶ ναυμαχοῦντες τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐνίκησαν, ἡμεῖς δʼ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν πλεονεξίας κινδυνεύειν ἀξιοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ ἄρχειν μὲν ἁπάντων ζητοῦμεν,
we who fall so far short of those who lived in those days both in our deeds and in our thoughts that, whereas they brought themselves to abandon their country for the sake of saving the other Hellenes and fought and conquered the barbarians both on the land and on the sea, we do not see fit to run any risk even for our own advantage;
§ 44
στρατεύεσθαι δʼ οὐκ ἐθέλομεν, καὶ πόλεμον μὲν μικροῦ δεῖν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ἀναιρούμεθα, πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον οὐχ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀσκοῦμεν, ἀλλʼ ἀνθρώπους τοὺς μὲν ἀπόλιδας τοὺς δʼ αὐτομόλους τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων κακουργιῶν συνερρυηκότας, οἷς ὁπόταν τις διδῷ πλείω μισθόν, μετʼ ἐκείνων ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθήσουσιν.
on the contrary, although we seek to rule over all men, we are not willing to take the field ourselves, and although we undertake to wage war upon, one might almost say, the whole world, we do not train ourselves for war but employ instead vagabonds, deserters, and fugitives who have thronged together here in consequence of other misdemeanors, who, whenever others offer them higher pay, will follow their leadership against us.
§ 45
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν ὥσθʼ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν παίδων τῶν ἡμετέρων, εἰ περί τινας ἐξαμάρτοιεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν δίκας ὑποσχεῖν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ἐκείνων ἁρπαγῆς καὶ βίας καὶ παρανομίας μελλόντων τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἥξειν οὐχ ὅπως ἀγανακτοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρομεν ὅταν ἀκούσωμεν αὐτοὺς τοιοῦτόν τι διαπεπραγμένους.
But, for all that, we are so enamored of these mercenaries that while we would not willingly assume the responsibility for the acts of our own children if they offended against anyone, yet for the brigandage, the violence, and the lawlessness of these men, the blame for which is bound to be laid at our door, not only do we feel no regret, but we actually rejoice whenever we hear that they have perpetrated any such atrocity.
§ 46
εἰς τοῦτο δὲ μωρίας ἐληλύθαμεν, ὥστʼ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐνδεεῖς τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐσμέν, ξενοτροφεῖν δʼ ἐπικεχειρήκαμεν, καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους τοὺς ἡμετέρους αὐτῶν ἰδίους λυμαινόμεθα καὶ δασμολογοῦμεν, ἵνα τοῖς ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων κοινοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὸν μισθὸν ἐκπορίζωμεν.
And we have reached such a degree of imbecility that, although we are ourselves in need of the necessities of daily existence, we have undertaken to support mercenary troops and we do violence to our own allies and extort money from them in order to provide pay for the common enemies of all mankind.
§ 47
τοσούτῳ δὲ χείρους ἐσμὲν τῶν προγόνων, οὐ μόνον τῶν εὐδοκιμησάντων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν μισηθέντων, ὅσον ἐκεῖνοι μὲν εἰ πολεμεῖν πρός τινας ψηφίσαιντο, μεστῆς οὔσης ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου τῆς ἀκροπόλεως ὅμως ὑπὲρ τῶν δοξάντων τοῖς αὑτῶν σώμασιν ὤοντο δεῖν κινδυνεύειν, ἡμεῖς δʼ εἰς τοσαύτην ἀπορίαν ἐληλυθότες καὶ τοσοῦτοι τὸ πλῆθος ὄντες ὥσπερ βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας μισθωτοῖς χρώμεθα τοῖς στρατοπέδοις.
And so far are we inferior to our ancestors, both those who enjoyed the esteem of the Hellenes and those who incurred their hatred, that whereas they, when they resolved to wage war against any state, deemed it their duty, notwithstanding that the Acropolis was stored with silver and gold, to face danger in their own persons in support of their resolutions, we, on the other hand, not withstanding that we are in such extreme poverty and are so many in number, employ, as does the great King, mercenary armies!
§ 48
καὶ τότε μὲν εἰ τριήρεις πληροῖεν, τοὺς μὲν ξένους καὶ τοὺς δούλους ναύτας εἰσεβίβαζον, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας μεθʼ ὅπλων ἐξέπεμπον· νῦν δὲ τοῖς μὲν ξένοις ὁπλίταις χρώμεθα, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ἐλαύνειν ἀναγκάζομεν, ὥσθʼ ὁπόταν ἀποβαίνωσιν εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων, οἱ μὲν ἄρχειν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιοῦντες ὑπηρέσιον ἔχοντες ἐκβαίνουσιν, οἱ δὲ τοιοῦτοι τὰς φύσεις ὄντες οἵους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διῆλθον, μεθʼ ὅπλων κινδυνεύουσιν.
In those days, when they manned their triremes, they put on board crews of foreigners and slaves but sent out citizens to fight under heavy arms. Now, however, we use mercenaries as heavy-armed troops but compel citizens to row the ships, with the result that when they land in hostile territory these men, who claim the right to rule over the Hellenes, disembark with their cushions under their arms, while men who are of the character which I have just described take the field with shield and spear!
§ 49
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἄν τις ἰδὼν καλῶς διοικούμενα περὶ τῶν ἄλλων θαρρήσειεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τούτοις μάλιστʼ ἀγανακτήσειεν; οἵτινες αὐτόχθονες μὲν εἶναί φαμεν καὶ τὴν πόλιν ταύτην προτέραν οἰκισθῆναι τῶν ἄλλων, προσῆκον δʼ ἡμᾶς ἅπασιν εἶναι παράδειγμα τοῦ καλῶς καὶ τεταγμένως πολιτεύεσθαι, χεῖρον καὶ ταραχωδέστερον τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν διοικοῦμεν τῶν ἄρτι τὰς πόλεις οἰκιζόντων,
However, if one could see that the domestic policy of Athens was well managed he might be of good cheer as to our other affairs. But is it not about this very thing that he would feel most aggrieved? For we assert that we are sprung from our very soil and that our city was founded before all others, but although we ought to be an example to all the world of good and orderly government, we manage our state in a worse manner and with more disorder than those who are just founding their cities.
§ 50
καὶ σεμνυνόμεθα μὲν καὶ μέγα φρονοῦμεν ἐπὶ τῷ βέλτιον γεγονέναι τῶν ἄλλων, ῥᾴδιον δὲ μεταδίδομεν τοῖς βουλομένοις ταύτης τῆς εὐγενείας ἢ Τριβαλλοὶ καὶ Λευκανοὶ τῆς δυσγενείας· πλείστους δὲ τιθέμενοι νόμους οὕτως ὀλίγον αὐτῶν φροντίζομεν, ἓν γὰρ ἀκούσαντες γνώσεσθε καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὥστε θανάτου τῆς ζημίας ἐπικειμένης, ἤν τις ἁλῷ δεκάζων, τοὺς τοῦτο φανερώτατα ποιοῦντας στρατηγοὺς χειροτονοῦμεν, καὶ τὸν πλείστους διαφθεῖραι τῶν πολιτῶν δυνηθέντα, τοῦτον ἐπὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν πραγμάτων καθίσταμεν·
We glory and take great pride in being better born than the rest but we are readier to share this noble birth-right with any who desire it than are the Triballians or the Leucanians to share their ignoble origin. We pass a multitude of laws, but we care so little about them (for if I give you a single instance you will be able to judge of the others as well) that, although we have prescribed the penalty of death for anyone who is convicted of bribery, we elect men who are most flagrantly guilty of this crime as our generals and we pick out the man who has been able to deprave the greatest number of our citizens and place him in charge of the most important affairs.
§ 51
σπουδάζοντες δὲ περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν οὐκ ἧττον ἢ περὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν ὅλης τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν εἰδότες ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἡσυχίαις καὶ ταῖς ἀσφαλείαις αὐξανομένην καὶ διαμένουσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πολέμοις δὶς ἤδη καταλυθεῖσαν, πρὸς μὲν τοὺς τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπιθυμοῦντας ὡς πρὸς ὀλιγαρχικοὺς ὄντας δυσκόλως ἔχομεν, τοὺς δὲ τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῦντας ὡς τῆς δημοκρατίας κηδομένους εὔνους εἶναι νομίζομεν·
We are concerned about our polity no less than about the safety of the whole state and we know that our democracy flourishes and endures in times of peace and security while in times of war it has twice already been overthrown, but we are hostile to those who desire peace as if suspecting them of favoring oligarchy, while we are friendly to those who advocate war as if assured of their devotion to democracy.
§ 52
ἐμπειρότατοι δὲ λόγων καὶ πραγμάτων ὄντες οὕτως ἀλογίστως ἔχομεν, ὥστε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας οὐ ταὐτὰ γιγνώσκομεν, ἀλλʼ ὧν μὲν πρὶν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀναβῆναι κατηγοροῦμεν, ταῦτα συνελθόντες χειροτονοῦμεν, οὐ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον διαλιπόντες τοῖς ἐνθάδε ψηφισθεῖσιν, ἐπειδὰν ἀπίωμεν, πάλιν ἐπιτιμῶμεν· προσποιούμενοι δὲ σοφώτατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἶναι τοιούτοις χρώμεθα συμβούλοις, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν καταφρονήσειεν, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους κυρίους ἁπάντων τῶν κοινῶν καθίσταμεν, οἷς οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδὲν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιτρέψειεν.
We are versed beyond all others in discourse and in the conduct of affairs, but we are so devoid of reason that we do not hold the same views about the same question on the same day; on the contrary, the things which we condemn before we enter the assembly are the very things which we vote for when we are in session, and again a little later when we depart to our homes we disapprove of the things which we resolved upon here. We pretend that we are the wisest of the Hellenes, but we employ the kind of advisers whom no one could fail to despise, and we place these very same men in control of all our public interests to whom no one would entrust a single one of his private affairs.
§ 53
ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον· οὓς γὰρ ὁμολογήσαιμεν ἂν πονηροτάτους εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν, τούτους πιστοτάτους φύλακας ἡγούμεθα τῆς πολιτείας εἶναι· καὶ τοὺς μὲν μετοίκους τοιούτους εἶναι νομίζομεν, οἵους περ ἂν τοὺς προστάτας νέμωσιν, αὐτοὶ δʼ οὐκ οἰόμεθα τὴν αὐτὴν λήψεσθαι δόξαν τοῖς προεστῶσιν ἡμῶν.
But, what is most reprehensible of all, we regard those whom all would acknowledge to be the most depraved of our citizens as the most trustworthy guardians of our polity; and we judge the character of our alien residents by the kind of patrons they select to represent them, but do not expect that we shall be judged by the character of those who represent us at the head of the state.
§ 54
τοσοῦτον δὲ διαφέρομεν τῶν προγόνων, ὅσον ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς προστάτας τε τῆς πόλεως ἐποιοῦντο καὶ στρατηγοὺς ᾑροῦντο, νομίζοντες τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος τὰ βέλτιστα συμβουλεῦσαι δυνάμενον, τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον ἄριστʼ ἂν βουλεύσασθαι καὶ καθʼ αὑτὸν γενόμενον, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον τούτων ποιοῦμεν·
So far are we different from our ancestors that whereas they chose the same men to preside over the city and to be generals in the field, since they believed that one who could give the best counsel on this platform would best take counsel with himself when alone, we ourselves do the very opposite;
§ 55
οἷς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων συμβούλοις χρώμεθα, τούτους μὲν οὐκ ἀξιοῦμεν στρατηγοὺς χειροτονεῖν ὡς νοῦν οὐκ ἔχοντας, οἷς δʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν οὔτε περὶ τῶν ἰδίων οὔτε περὶ τῶν κοινῶν συμβουλεύσαιτο, τούτους δʼ αὐτοκράτορας ἐκπέμπομεν ὡς ἐκεῖ σοφωτέρους ἐσομένους καὶ ῥᾷον βουλευσομένους περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν πραγμάτων ἢ περὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε προτιθεμένων.
for the men whose counsels we follow in matters of the greatest importance—these we do not see fit to elect as our generals, as if distrusting their intelligence, but men whose counsel no one would seek either on his own business or on that of the state—these we send into the field with unlimited authority, as if expecting that they will be wiser abroad than at home and will find it easier to take counsel on questions pertaining to the Hellenes than on those which are proposed for consideration here.
§ 56
λέγω δὲ ταῦτʼ οὐ κατὰ πάντων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τῶν ἐνόχων τοῖς λεγομένοις ὄντων. ἐπιλίποι δʼ ἄν με τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς ἡμέρας, εἰ πάσας τὰς πλημμελείας τὰς ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐγγεγενημένας ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειροίην.
I say these things, not with reference to all, but with reference to those only who are open to the charges which I have made. However, the remainder of the day would not suffice me if I should attempt to review all the errors which have crept into our conduct of affairs.
§ 57
τάχʼ οὖν ἄν τις τῶν σφόδρα τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐνόχων ὄντων ἀγανακτήσας ἐρωτήσειε “πῶς, εἴπερ οὕτω κακῶς βουλευόμεθα, σωζόμεθα καὶ δύναμιν οὐδεμιᾶς πόλεως ἐλάττω κεκτημένοι τυγχάνομεν;” ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς ταῦτʼ ἀποκριναίμην ἂν ὅτι τοὺς ἀντιπάλους ἔχομεν οὐδὲν βέλτιον ἡμῶν φρονοῦντας.
But someone among those who are hard hit by my strictures might take offense and demand of me, “How is it, if indeed we are so badly advised, that we are safe and hold a power which is inferior to that of no other city?” I, for my part, would reply to this question that we have in our adversaries men who are no more prudent than ourselves.
§ 58
εἰ γὰρ μετὰ τὴν μάχην, ἣν ἐνίκησαν Θηβαῖοι Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐλευθερώσαντες τὴν Πελοπόννησον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας αὐτονόμους ποιήσαντες ἡσυχίαν εἶχον, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοιαῦτʼ ἐξημαρτάνομεν, οὔτʼ ἂν οὗτος ἔσχε ταύτην ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἐρώτησιν, ἡμεῖς τʼ ἂν ἔγνωμεν ὅσῳ κρεῖττόν ἐστι τὸ σωφρονεῖν τοῦ πολυπραγμονεῖν.
For example, if the Thebans, after the battle which they won over the Lacedaemonians, had contented themselves with liberating the Peloponnesus and making the other Hellenes independent and had thenceforth pursued peace, while we continued to make such blunders, then neither could this man have asked such a question nor could we ourselves have failed to realize how much better moderation is than meddlesomeness.
§ 59
νῦν δʼ ἐνταῦθα τὰ πράγματα περιέστηκεν, ὥστε Θηβαῖοι μὲν ἡμᾶς σώζουσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ Θηβαίους, καὶ συμμάχους ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἡμῖν ποιοῦσιν, ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐκείνοις. ὥστʼ εἰ νοῦν ἔχοιμεν, ἀλλήλοις ἂν εἰς τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἀργύριον παρέχοιμεν· ὁπότεροι γὰρ ἂν πλεονάκις συλλεγῶσιν, οὗτοι τοὺς ἐναντίους ἄμεινον πράττειν ποιοῦσιν.
But now matters have taken such a turn that the Thebans are saving us and we them, and they are procuring allies for us and we for them. So that if we were sensible we should supply each other with money for our general assemblies; for the oftener we meet to deliberate the more do we promote the success of our rivals.
§ 60
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς καὶ μικρὰ λογίζεσθαι δυναμένους οὐκ ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἁμαρτήμασι τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν τῆς σωτηρίας, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς αὑτῶν πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς αὑτῶν διανοίαις· τὸ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀμαθίαν συμβαῖνον ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν τυχὸν ἂν παύσαιτο καὶ λάβοι μεταβολήν, τὸ δὲ διʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς γιγνόμενον βεβαιοτέρως ἂν ἔχοι καὶ μᾶλλον παραμείνειεν ἡμῖν.
But those among us who are able to exercise even a modicum of reason ought not to rest our hopes of safety upon the blunders of our enemies but upon our own management of affairs and upon our own judgement. For the good fortune which results to us from their stupidity might perhaps cease or change to the opposite, whereas that which comes about because of our own efforts will be more certain and more enduring.
§ 61
πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς εἰκῇ τὰς ἐπιλήψεις ποιουμένους οὐ χαλεπὸν ἀντειπεῖν· εἰ δὲ δή τίς μοι παραστὰς τῶν ἐπιεικέστερον διακειμένων ἀληθῆ μὲν λέγειν με προσομολογήσειε καὶ προσηκόντως ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς γιγνομένοις, δίκαιον δʼ εἶναι φαίη τοὺς ἐπʼ εὐνοίᾳ νουθετοῦντας μὴ μόνον κατηγορεῖν τῶν πεπραγμένων,
Now it is not difficult to reply to those who take us to task without reason. But if anyone among those who are more fair-minded were to confront me and object, while conceding that I speak the truth and am correct in condemning the things which are taking place, that we have a right to expect of those who seek to admonish us with friendly purpose that they should not only denounce what has been done
§ 62
ἀλλὰ καὶ συμβουλεύειν τίνων ἀπεχόμενοι καὶ ποίων ὀρεγόμενοι παυσαίμεθʼ ἂν ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν γνώμην καὶ τοιαῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνοντες, οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἀπορεῖν ἄν με ποιήσειεν ἀποκρίσεως, οὐκ ἀληθοῦς καὶ συμφερούσης, ἀλλʼ ἀρεσκούσης ὑμῖν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή περ ἀποκεκαλυμμένως ὥρμημαι λέγειν, οὐκ ἀποκνητέον ἀποφήνασθαι καὶ περὶ τούτων.
but should also counsel us what to abstain from and what to strive for in order to cease from this way of thinking and from making such blunders, his objection would place me at a loss, not for a true answer and one that would be profitable, but for one that would be acceptable to you. But since I have set out to speak openly I must not shrink from disclosing what I think on these matters also.
§ 63
ἃ μὲν οὖν ὑπάρχειν δεῖ τοῖς μέλλουσιν εὐδαιμονήσειν, τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρήκαμεν· ὡς δʼ ἂν τάχιστα πρὸς τὸ τοιοῦτοι γενέσθαι παιδευθεῖμεν, ἀληθὲς μέν ἐστι τὸ ῥηθησόμενον, ἴσως δʼ ἂν ἀκούσασιν ὑμῖν δεινὸν εἶναι δόξειε καὶ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐξηλλαγμένον διανοίας.
Well then, the qualities which we must possess as a foundation if we are to be happy and prosperous, namely, piety and moderation and justice and virtue in all its phases, I mentioned a moment ago. But as to the means by which we may most speedily be taught to attain to such a character, what I am going to say will probably seem repellent to you when you have heard it as well as far removed from the opinions held by the rest of the world.
§ 64
ἐγὼ γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἡμᾶς ἄμεινον οἰκήσειν καὶ βελτίους αὐτοὺς ἔσεσθαι καὶ πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς πράξεις ἐπιδώσειν, ἢν παυσώμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν ἐπιθυμοῦντες. αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ καὶ νῦν εἰς ταραχὴν ἡμᾶς καθιστᾶσα, καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἐκείνην καταλύσασα μεθʼ ἧς οἱ πρόγονοι ζῶντες εὐδαιμονέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦσαν, καὶ σχεδὸν ἁπάντων αἰτία τῶν κακῶν ὧν αὐτοί τʼ ἔχομεν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέχομεν.
For I, for my part, consider that we shall manage our city to better advantage and be ourselves better men and go forward in all our undertakings if we stop setting our hearts on the empire of the sea. For it is this which plunged us into our present state of disorder, which overthrew that democratic government under which our ancestors lived and were the happiest of the Hellenes, and which is the cause, one might almost say, of all the ills which we both suffer ourselves and inflict upon the rest of the Hellenes.
§ 65
οἶδα μὲν οὖν ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστι δυναστείας ὑπὸ πάντων ἐρωμένης καὶ περιμαχήτου γεγενημένης κατηγοροῦντα δοκεῖν ἀνεκτόν τι λέγειν· ὅμως δʼ ἐπειδή περ ὑπεμείνατε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους λόγους, ἀληθεῖς μὲν ὄντας φιλαπεχθήμονας δέ, καὶ τοῦτον ὑμῶν ἀνασχέσθαι δέομαι,
I know, however, that it is difficult for one who attempts to denounce that imperial power which all the world lusts after and has waged many wars to obtain to impress his hearers as saying anything which is not intolerable. Nevertheless, since you have endured the other things which I have said, which, although true, are offensive,
§ 66
καὶ μὴ καταγνῶναί μου τοιαύτην μανίαν, ὡς ἄρʼ ἐγὼ προειλόμην ἂν διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ πραγμάτων οὕτω παραδόξων, εἰ μή τι λέγειν ἀληθὲς εἶχον περὶ αὐτῶν. νῦν δʼ οἶμαι πᾶσι φανερὸν ποιήσειν ὡς οὔτε δικαίας ἀρχῆς ἐπιθυμοῦμεν οὔτε γενέσθαι δυνατῆς οὔτε συμφερούσης ἡμῖν.
I beg you to be patient also with what I shall say upon this subject and not to impute to me the madness of having chosen to discourse to you on matters so contrary to the general opinion without having something true to say about them. Nay, I believe that I shall make it evident to all that we covet an empire which is neither just nor capable of being attained nor advantageous to ourselves.
§ 67
ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ δικαίας, παρʼ ὑμῶν μαθὼν ὑμᾶς ἔχω διδάσκειν. ὅτε γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ταύτην εἶχον τὴν δύναμιν, ποίους λόγους οὐκ ἀνηλώσαμεν κατηγοροῦντες μὲν τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρχῆς, διεξιόντες δʼ ὡς δίκαιόν ἐστιν αὐτονόμους εἶναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας;
Now that it is not just I can show you by lessons which I have learned from yourselves. For when the Lacedaemonians held this power, what eloquence did we not expend in denouncing their rule, contending that it was just for the Hellenes to enjoy independence?
§ 68
τίνας δὲ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐλλογίμων οὐ παρεκαλέσαμεν ἐπὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων συστᾶσαν; πόσας δὲ πρεσβείας ὡς βασιλέα τὸν μέγαν ἀπεστείλαμεν, διδαξούσας αὐτὸν ὡς οὔτε δίκαιόν ἐστιν οὔτε συμφέρον μίαν πόλιν κυρίαν εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων; οὐ πρότερον δʼ ἐπαυσάμεθα πολεμοῦντες καὶ κινδυνεύοντες καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, πρὶν ἠθέλησαν Λακεδαιμόνιοι ποιήσασθαι τὰς συνθήκας τὰς περὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας.
What cities of repute did we not call upon to join the alliance which was formed in this cause? How many embassies did we not dispatch to the great King to convince him that it was neither just nor expedient for one state to dominate the Hellenes? Indeed we did not cease waging war and facing perils both by land and sea until the Lacedaemonians were willing to enter into the treaty which guaranteed our independence.
§ 69
ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστι τοὺς κρείττους τῶν ἡττόνων ἄρχειν, ἐν ἐκείνοις τε τοῖς χρόνοις τυγχάνομεν ἐγνωκότες, καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν καθεστηκυίας· ὡς δʼ οὐδʼ ἂν δυνηθείημεν τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην καταστήσασθαι, ταχέως οἶμαι δηλώσειν. ἣν γὰρ μετὰ μυρίων ταλάντων οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦμεν διαφυλάξαι, πῶς ἂν ταύτην ἐκ τῆς παρούσης ἀπορίας κτήσασθαι δυνηθεῖμεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ χρώμενοι τοῖς ἤθεσιν οὐχ οἷς ἐλάβομεν ἀλλʼ οἷς ἀπωλέσαμεν αὐτήν;
At that time, then, we recognized the principle that it is not just for the stronger to rule over the weaker, even as now we recognize it in the nature of the polity which has been established amongst ourselves. But that we could not, if we would, attain to this empire by conquest I think I shall quickly prove. For when, with the help of ten thousand talents, we were not able to retain it, how can we acquire it in our present state of poverty, especially since we are now addicted, not to the ways of life by which we gained it, but to those by which we lost it?
§ 70
ὡς τοίνυν οὐδὲ δέξασθαι διδομένην τῇ πόλει συμφέρει, δοκεῖτέ μοι τάχιστʼ ἂν ἐκεῖθεν καταμαθεῖν. μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτων βούλομαι μικρὰ προειπεῖν· δέδοικα γὰρ μὴ διὰ τὸ πολλοῖς ἐπιτιμᾶν δόξω τισὶ προῃρῆσθαι τῆς πόλεως κατηγορεῖν.
Furthermore, that it is not even for the advantage of the state to accept this empire, if it were offered to us, I think you will learn very quickly from what further I have to say. But first I want to say a word by way of leading up to this point, fearing that, on account of my many strictures, I may give the impression to some of you of having chosen to denounce our city.
§ 71
ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν πρὸς ἄλλους τινὰς ἐπεχείρουν οὕτω διεξιέναι περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, εἰκότως ἂν εἶχον τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην· νῦν δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, οὐ διαβάλλειν ἑτέροις ἐπιθυμῶν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς βουλόμενος παῦσαι τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην, περὶ ἧς ἅπας ὁ λόγος ἐστί, βεβαίως καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας ἀγαγεῖν.
If I were attempting to discourse in this manner before any others, I should naturally lay myself open to this charge. But now I am addressing myself to you, not with the wish that I may prejudice you in the eyes of others, but with the desire that I may cause you to make an end of such a policy and that Athens and the rest of the Hellenes may form a lasting peace.
§ 72
ἀνάγκη δὲ τοὺς νουθετοῦντας καὶ τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας τοῖς μὲν λόγοις χρῆσθαι παραπλησίοις, τὰς δὲ διανοίας ἔχειν ἀλλήλοις ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἐναντιωτάτας. ὥστε περὶ τῶν ταὐτὰ λεγόντων οὐκ ἀεὶ προσήκει τὴν αὐτὴν ὑμᾶς γνώμην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ βλάβῃ λοιδοροῦντας μισεῖν ὡς κακόνους ὄντας τῇ πόλει, τοὺς δʼ ἐπʼ ὠφελία νουθετοῦντας ἐπαινεῖν καὶ βελτίστους τῶν πολιτῶν νομίζειν,
But those who admonish and those who denounce cannot avoid using similar words, although their purposes are as opposite as they can be. You ought not, therefore, to have the same feeling towards all who use the same language but, while abhorring those who revile you to your harm as inimical to the state, you ought to commend those who admonish you for your good and to esteem them as the best of your fellow-citizens,
§ 73
καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν μάλιστα τὸν ἐναργέστατα δυνάμενον δηλῶσαι τὰς πονηρὰς τῶν πράξεων καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν γιγνομένας· οὗτος γὰρ ἂν τάχιστα ποιήσειεν ὑμᾶς, μισήσαντας ἃ δεῖ, βελτιόνων ἐπιθυμῆσαι πραγμάτων. ὑπὲρ μὲν οὖν τῆς τῶν λόγων τραχύτητος καὶ τῶν εἰρμένων καὶ τῶν ῥηθήσεσθαι μελλόντων ταῦτʼ ἔχω λέγειν πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ὅθεν δʼ ἀπέλιπον, πάλιν ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀρχήν.
and him most of all, even among them, who is able to point out most vividly the evils of your practices and the disasters which result from them. For such a man can soonest bring you to abhor what you should abhor and to set your hearts on better things. These, then, are the things which I have to say in defense of my harshness both in the words which I have spoken and those which I am about to speak. I will now resume at the place where I left off.
§ 74
ἔφασκον γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν κάλλιστʼ ἂν ὑμᾶς καταμαθεῖν ὡς οὐ συμφέρει λαβεῖν τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν ἀρχήν, εἰ σκέψαισθε τίνα τρόπον ἡ πόλις διέκειτο πρὶν τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην κτήσασθαι, καὶ πῶς ἐπειδὴ κατέσχεν αὐτήν· ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα παρʼ ἄλληλα τῇ διανοία θεωρήσητε, γνώσεσθʼ ὅσων κακῶν αἰτία τῇ πόλει γέγονεν.
For I was on the point of saying that you could best learn that it is not to your advantage to obtain the empire of the sea if you should consider what was the condition of Athens before she acquired this power and what after she obtained it. For if you will examine one condition in contrast with the other you will see how many evils this power has brought upon the city.
§ 75
ἡ μὲν τοίνυν πολιτεία τοσούτω βελτίων ἦν καὶ κρείττων ἡ τότε τῆς ὕστερον καταστάσης, ὅσῳ περ Ἀριστείδης καὶ Θεμιστοκλῆς καὶ Μιλτιάδης ἄνδρες ἀμείνους ἦσαν Ὑπερβόλου καὶ Κλεοφῶντος καὶ τῶν νῦν δημηγορούντων· τὸν δὲ δῆμον εὑρήσετε τὸν τότε πολιτευόμενον οὐκ ἀργίας οὐδʼ ἀπορίας οὐδʼ ἐλπίδων κενῶν ὄντα μεστόν,
Now the polity as it was in the earlier time was as much better and stronger than that which obtained later as Aristides and Themistocles and Miltiades were better men than Hyperbolus and Cleophon and those who today harangue the people. And you will find that the people who then governed the state were not given over to slackness and poverty and empty hopes,
§ 76
ἀλλὰ νικᾶν μὲν δυνάμενον ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ἅπαντας τοὺς εἰς τὴν χώραν εἰσβάλλοντας, ἀριστείων δʼ ἀξιούμενον ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος κινδύνοις, οὕτω δὲ πιστευόμενον ὥστε τὰς πλείστας αὐτῷ τῶν πόλεων ἑκούσας ἐγχειρίσαι σφᾶς αὐτάς.
but were able to conquer in battle all who invaded their territory; that they were awarded the meed of valor in the wars which they fought for the sake of Hellas; and that they were so trusted that most of the states of their own free will placed themselves under their leadership.
§ 77
τούτων δʼ ὑπαρχόντων, ἀντὶ μὲν τῆς πολιτείας τῆς παρὰ πᾶσιν εὐδοκιμούσης ἐπὶ τοιαύτην ἀκολασίαν ἡ δύναμις ἡμᾶς αὕτη προήγαγεν, ἣν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαινέσειεν· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ νικᾶν τοὺς ἐπιστρατεύοντας οὕτω τοὺς πολίτας ἐπαίδευσεν, ὥστε μηδὲ πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν τολμᾶν ἐπεξιέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις·
But, notwithstanding these advantages, in place of a polity which was admired by all men this power has led us on to a state of license which no one in the world could commend; in place of our habit of conquering those who took the field against us it has instilled into our citizens such ways that they have not the courage even to go out in front of the walls to meet the enemy;
§ 78
ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς εὐνοίας τῆς παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων αὐτοῖς ὑπαρχούσης καὶ τῆς δόξης τῆς παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοσοῦτον μῖσος κατέστησεν, ὥστε παρὰ μικρὸν ἐλθεῖν ἐξανδραποδισθῆναι τὴν πόλιν, εἰ μὴ Λακεδαιμονίων τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πολεμούντων εὐνουστέρων ἐτύχομεν ἢ τῶν πρότερον ἡμῖν συμμάχων ὄντων.
and in place of the good will which was accorded us by our allies and of the good repute in which we were held by the rest of the Hellenes it brought us into such a degree of odium that Athens barely escaped being enslaved and would have suffered this fate had we not found the Lacedaemonians, who were at war with us from the first, more friendly than those who were formerly our allies—
§ 79
οἷς οὐκ ἂν δικαίως ἐγκαλοῖμεν, ὅτι χαλεπῶς πρὸς ἡμᾶς διετέθησαν· οὐ γὰρ ὑπάρχοντες ἀλλʼ ἀμυνόμενοι καὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ παθόντες τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔσχον περὶ ἡμᾶς· τίς γὰρ ἂν ὑπέμεινε τὴν ἀσέλγειαν τῶν πατέρων τῶν ἡμετέρων, οἳ συναγαγόντες ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος τοὺς ἀργοτάτους καὶ τοὺς ἁπασῶν τῶν πονηριῶν μετέχοντας, πληροῦντες τούτων τὰς τριήρεις, ἀπηχθάνοντο τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν βελτίστους τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ἐξέβαλλον, τοῖς δὲ πονηροτάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων τἀκείνων διένεμον;
not that we can have any just complaint against the latter for being obdurate towards us; for they were not aggressors but on the defensive, and came to have this feeling after suffering many grievous wrongs at our hands. For who could have brooked the insolence of our fathers? Gathering together from all Hellas men who were the worst of idlers and men who had a part in every form of depravity and manning their triremes with them, they made themselves odious to the Hellenes, driving into exile the best of the citizens in the other states and distributing their property among the most depraved of the Hellenes!
§ 80
ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰ τολμήσαιμι περὶ τῶν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις γενομένων ἀκριβῶς διελθεῖν, ὑμᾶς μὲν ἴσως ἂν ποιήσαιμι βέλτιον βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν παρόντων, αὐτὸς δʼ ἂν διαβληθείην· εἰώθατε γὰρ μισεῖν οὐχ οὕτω τοὺς αἰτίους τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ὡς τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας αὐτῶν.
But if I were to make bold to go through in detail what took place in those times I might probably help you to be better advised regarding the present situation, but I should prejudice my own reputation; for you are wont to hate not so much those who are responsible for your mistakes as those who undertake to denounce them.
§ 81
τοιαύτην οὖν ὑμῶν γνώμην ἐχόντων, δέδοικα μὴ πειρώμενος ὑμᾶς εὐεργετεῖν αὐτὸς ἀπολαύσω τι φλαῦρον. οὐ μὴν ἀποστήσομαι παντάπασιν ὧν διενοήθην, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πικρότατα καὶ μάλιστʼ ἂν ὑμᾶς λυπήσοντα παραλείψω, μνησθήσομαι δὲ τούτων μόνον ἐξ ὧν γνώσεσθε τὴν ἄνοιαν τῶν τότε πολιτευομένων.
I fear, therefore, since you are of such a mind, that if I attempt to benefit you I may myself reap a poor reward. Nevertheless, I am not going to refrain entirely from saying the things which I had in mind but shall pass over the most severe and, mayhap, the most painful to you and recall to your minds only the facts by which you will recognize the folly of the men who at that time governed the city.
§ 82
οὕτω γὰρ ἀκριβῶς εὕρισκον ἐξ ὧν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστʼ ἂν μισηθεῖεν, ὥστʼ ἐψηφίσαντο τὸ περιγιγνόμενον ἐκ τῶν φόρων ἀργύριον, διελόντες κατὰ τάλαντον, εἰς τὴν ὀρχήστραν τοῖς Διονυσίοις εἰσφέρειν ἐπειδὰν πλῆρες ᾖ τὸ θέατρον· καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν, καὶ παρεισῆγον τοὺς παῖδας τῶν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τετελευτηκότων, ἀμφοτέροις ἐπιδεικνύοντες τοῖς μὲν συμμάχοις τὰς τιμὰς τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ὑπὸ μισθωτῶν εἰσφερομένης, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὀρφανῶν καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν ταύτην γιγνομένας.
For so exactly did they gauge the actions by which human beings incur the worst odium that they passed a decree to divide the surplus of the funds derived from the tributes of the allies into talents and to bring it on the stage, when the theatre was full, at the festival of Dionysus; and not only was this done but at the same time they led in upon the stage the sons of those who had lost their lives in the war, seeking thus to display to our allies, on the one hand, the value of their own property which was brought in by hirelings, and to the rest of the Hellenes, on the other, the multitude of the fatherless and the misfortunes which result from this policy of aggression.
§ 83
καὶ ταῦτα δρῶντες αὐτοί τε τὴν πόλιν εὐδαιμόνιζον, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν νοῦν οὐκ ἐχόντων ἐμακάριζον αὐτήν, τῶν μὲν συμβήσεσθαι διὰ ταῦτα μελλόντων οὐδεμίαν ποιούμενοι πρόνοιαν, τὸν δὲ πλοῦτον θαυμάζοντες καὶ ζηλοῦντες, ὃς ἀδίκως εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσελθὼν καὶ τὸν δικαίως ὑπάρξαντα διὰ ταχέων ἤμελλε προσαπολεῖν.
And in doing this they themselves counted the city happy, while many of the simple-minded deemed it blessed, taking no thought whatsoever for future consequences but admiring and envying the wealth which flowed into the city unjustly and which was soon to destroy also that which justly belonged to it.
§ 84
εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ κατὲστησαν τῶν μὲν οἰκείων ἀμελείας τῶν δʼ ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίας, ὥστε Λακεδαιμονίων εἰσβεβληκότων εἰς τὴν χώραν καὶ τοῦ τείχους ἤδη τοῦ Δεκελειᾶσιν ἑστηκότος εἰς Σικελίαν τριήρεις ἐπλήρουν, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνοντο τὴν μὲν πατρίδα τεμνομένην καὶ πορθουμένην περιορῶντες, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς οὐδὲν πώποτʼ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξαμαρτόντας στρατιὰν ἐκπέμποντες,
For they reached such a degree of neglect of their own possessions and of covetousness of the possessions of other states that when the Lacedaemonians had invaded our territory and the fortifications at Decelea had already been built, they manned triremes to send to Sicily and were not ashamed to permit their own country to be cut off and plundered by the enemy while dispatching an expedition against a people who had never in any respect offended against us.
§ 85
ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀφροσύνης ἦλθον, ὥστε τῶν προαστείων τῶν οἰκείων οὐ κρατοῦντες Ἰταλίας καὶ Σικελίας καὶ Καρχηδόνος ἄρξειν προσεδόκησαν. τοσοῦτον δὲ διήνεγκαν ἀνοίᾳ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους αἱ συμφοραὶ συστέλλουσι καὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐμφρονεστέρους, ἐκεῖνοι δʼ οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τούτων ἐπαιδεύθησαν.
Nay, they arrived at such a pitch of folly that at a time when they were not masters of their own suburbs they expected to extend their power over Italy and Sicily and Carthage. And so far did they outdo all mankind in recklessness that whereas misfortunes chasten others and render them more prudent our fathers learned no lessons even from this discipline.
§ 86
καίτοι πλείοσι καὶ μείζοσι περιέπεσον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ταύτης τῶν ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ χρόνῳ τῇ πόλει γεγενημένων. εἰς Αἴγυπτον μέν γε διακόσιαι πλεύσασαι τριήρεις αὐτοῖς τοῖς πληρώμασι διεφθάρησαν, περὶ δὲ Κύπρον πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑκατόν· ἐν δὲ τῷ Δεκελεικῷ πολέμῳ μυρίους ὁπλίτας αὑτῶν καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἀπώλεσαν, ἐν Σικελίᾳ δὲ τέτταρας μυριάδας καὶ τριήρεις τετταράκοντα καὶ διακοσίας, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ διακοσίας.
And yet they were involved in more and greater disasters in the time of the empire than have ever befallen Athens in all the rest of her history. Two hundred ships which set sail for Egypt perished with their crews, and a hundred and fifty off the island of Cyprus; in the Decelean War they lost ten thousand heavy armed troops of their own and of their allies, and in Sicily forty thousand men and two hundred and forty ships, and, finally, in the Hellespont two hundred ships.
§ 87
τὰς δὲ κατὰ δέκα καὶ κατὰ πέντε καὶ πλείους τούτων ἀπολλυμένας καὶ τοὺς κατὰ χιλίους καὶ δισχιλίους ἀποθνήσκοντας τίς ἄν ἐξαριθμήσειεν; πλήν ἓν ἦν τοῦτο τῶν ἐγκυκλίων, ταφὰς ποιεῖν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, εἰς ἃς πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐφοίτων, οὐ συμπενθήσοντες τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἀλλὰ συνησθησόμενοι ταῖς ἡμετέραις συμφοραῖς.
But of the ships which were lost in fleets of ten or five or more and of the men who were slain in armies of a thousand or two thousand who could tell the tale? In a word, it was at that time a matter of regular routine to hold public funerals every year, which many both of our neighbors and of the other Hellenes used to attend, not to grieve with us for the dead, but to rejoice together at our misfortunes.
§ 88
τελευτῶντες δʼ ἔλαθον σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τοὺς μὲν τάφους τοὺς δημοσίους τῶν πολιτῶν ἐμπλήσαντες, τὰς δὲ φρατρίας καὶ τὰ γραμματεῖα τὰ ληξιαρχικὰ τῶν οὐδὲν τῇ πόλει προσηκόντων. γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις ἐκεῖθεν μάλιστα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπολλυμένων· τὰ γὰρ γένη τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ὀνομαστοτάτων καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς μεγίστους, οἳ καὶ τὰς τυραννικὰς στάσεις καὶ τὸν Περσικὸν πόλεμον διέφυγον, εὑρήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς ἐπιθυμοῦμεν, ἀναστάτους γεγενημένους.
And at last, before they knew it, they had filled the public burial-grounds with the bodies of their fellow citizens and the registers of the phratries and of the state with the names of those who had no claim upon the city. And you may judge of the multitude of the slain from this fact: The families of the most illustrious Athenians and our greatest houses, which survived the civil conflicts under the tyrants and the Persian Wars as well, have been, you will find, entirely wiped out under this empire upon which we set our hearts.
§ 89
ὥστʼ εἴ τις σκοπεῖσθαι βούλοιτο περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὥσπερ πρὸς δεῖγμα τοῦτʼ ἀναφέρων, φανεῖμεν ἂν μικροῦ δεῖν ἀντηλλαγμένοι. καίτοι χρὴ πόλιν μὲν εὐδαιμονίζειν μὴ τὴν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰκῇ πολλοὺς πολίτας ἀθροίζουσαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τὸ γένος τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν πόλιν οἰκισάντων μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων διασώζουσαν, ἄνδρας δὲ ζηλοῦν μὴ τοὺς τὰς τυραννίδας κατέχοντας μηδὲ τοὺς μείζω δυναστείαν τοῦ δικαίου κεκτημένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀξίους μὲν ὄντας τῆς μεγίστης τιμῆς, στέργοντας δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους διδομέναις.
So that if one desired to go into the question of what befell the rest of our citizens, judging by this instance, it would be seen that we have been changed, one might almost say, into a new people. And yet we must not count that state happy which without discrimination recruits from all parts of the world a large number of citizens but rather that state which more than all others preserves the stock of those who in the beginning founded it. And we ought not to emulate those who hold despotic power nor those who have gained a dominion which is greater than is just but rather those who, while worthy of the highest honors, are yet content with the honors which are tendered them by a free people.
§ 90
ταύτης γὰρ ἕξιν οὔτʼ ἀνὴρ οὔτε πόλις λαβεῖν ἂν δύναιτο σπουδαιοτέραν οὐδʼ ἀσφαλεστέραν οὐδὲ πλείονος ἀξίαν· ἥνπερ οἱ περὶ τὰ Περσικὰ γενόμενοι σχόντες οὐχ ὁμοίως τοῖς λῃσταῖς ἐβίωσαν, τοτὲ μὲν πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν ἔχοντες, τοτὲ δʼ ἐν σιτοδείαις καὶ πολιορκίαις καὶ τοῖς μεγίστοις κακοῖς καθεστῶτες, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τὴν τροφὴν τὴν καθʼ ἡμέραν οὔτʼ ἐν ἐνδείαις οὔτʼ ἐν ὑπερβολαῖς, ὄντες, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τῆς πολιτείας δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ταῖς αὑτῶν φιλοτιμούμενοι καὶ τὸν βίον ἥδιον τῶν ἄλλων διάγοντες.
For no man nor any state could obtain a position more excellent than this or more secure or of greater worth. And it was because they acquired just this position that our ancestors in the time of the Persian Wars did not live in the manner of freebooters, now having more than enough for their needs, again reduced to a state of famine and siege and extreme misfortune; on the contrary, while they lived neither in want nor in surfeit of the means of subsistence day by day, they prided themselves on the justice of their polity and on their own virtues, and passed their lives more pleasantly than the rest of the world.
§ 91
ὧν ἀμελήσαντες οἱ γενόμενοι μετʼ ἐκείνους οὐκ ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ τυραννεῖν ἐπεθύμησαν, ἃ δοκεῖ μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν δύναμιν, πλεῖστον δʼ ἀλλήλων κεχώρισται· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀρχόντων ἔργον ἐστὶ τοὺς ἀρχομένους ταῖς αὑτῶν ἐπιμελείαις ποιεῖν εὐδαιμονεστέρους, τοῖς δὲ τυράννοις ἔθος καθέστηκε τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων πόνοις καὶ κακοῖς αὑτοῖς ἡδονὰς παρασκευάζειν. ἀνάγκη δὲ τοὺς τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐπιχειροῦντας τυραννικαῖς καὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς περιπίπτειν, καὶ τοιαῦτα πάσχειν οἷά περ ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους δράσωσιν. ἃ καὶ τῇ πόλει συνέπεσεν·
But, heedless of these lessons, those who came after them desired, not to rule but to dominate—words which are thought to have the same meaning, although between them there is the utmost difference. For it is the duty of those who rule to make their welfare, whereas it is a habit of those who dominate to provide pleasures for themselves through the labors and hardships of others. But it is in the nature of things that those who attempt a despot’s course must encounter the disasters which befall despotic power and be afflicted by the very things which they inflict upon others. And it is just this which has happened in the case of Athens;
§ 92
ἀντὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ φρουρεῖν τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροπόλεις τῆς αὑτῶν ἐπεῖδον τοὺς πολεμίους κυρίους γενομένους· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ παῖδας ὁμήρους λαμβάνειν, ἀποσπῶντες ἀπὸ πατέρων καὶ μητέρων, πολλοὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἠναγκάσθησαν τοὺς αὑτῶν ἐν τῇ πολιορκίᾳ χεῖρον παιδεύειν καὶ τρέφειν ἢ προσῆκεν αὐτοῖς· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ γεωργεῖν τὰς χώρας τὰς ἀλλοτρίας πολλῶν ἐτῶν οὐδʼ ἰδεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐξεγένετο τὴν αὑτῶν.
for in place of holding the citadels of other states, her people saw the day when the enemy was in possession of the Acropolis; in place of dragging children from their mothers and fathers and taking them as hostages, many of her citizens, living in a state of siege, were compelled to educate and support their children with less than was their due; and in place of farming the lands of other states, for many years they were denied the opportunity of even setting eyes upon their own fields.
§ 93
ὥστʼ εἴ τις ἡμᾶς ἐρωτήσειεν εἰ δεξαίμεθʼ ἂν τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἄξαντες τοιαῦτα παθοῦσαν τὴν πόλιν ἐπιδεῖν, τίς ἂν ὁμολογήσειε, πλὴν εἴ τις παντάπασιν ἀπονενοημένος ἐστὶ καὶ μήθʼ ἱερῶν μήτε γονέων μήτε παίδων μήτʼ ἄλλου μηδενὸς φροντίζει πλὴν τοῦ χρόνου μόνον τοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτόν; ὧν οὐκ ἄξιον τὴν διάνοιαν ζηλοῦν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον τῶν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ποιουμένων, καὶ μηδὲν ἧττον ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς δόξης ἢ τῆς ἰδίας φιλοτιμουμένων, καὶ προαιρουμένων μέτριον βίον μετὰ δικαιοσύνης μᾶλλον ἢ μέγαν πλοῦτον μετʼ ἀδικίας.
If, therefore, anyone were to ask us whether we should choose to see Athens in such distress as the price of having ruled so long a time, who could answer yes, except some utterly abandoned wretch who cared not for sacred matters nor for parents nor for children nor for any other thing save for the term of his own existence? We, however, ought not to emulate the judgement of such men but rather that of those who exercise great forethought and are no less jealous for the reputation of the state than for their own—men who prefer a moderate competence with justice to great wealth unjustly gained.
§ 94
καὶ γὰρ οἱ πρόγονοι τοιούτους αὑτοὺς παρασχόντες τήν τε πόλιν εὐδαιμονεστάτην τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις παρέδοσαν καὶ τῆς αὑτῶν ἀρετῆς ἀθάνατον τὴν μνήμην κατέλιπον. ἐξ ὧν ἀμφότερα ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι καταμαθεῖν, καὶ τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν, ὅτι δύναται τρέφειν ἄνδρας ἀμείνους τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τὴν καλουμένην μὲν ἀρχὴν οὖσαν δὲ συμφοράν, ὅτι πέφυκε χείρους ἅπαντας ποιεῖν τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ.
For our ancestors, proving themselves to be men of this character, handed on the city to their descendants in a most prosperous condition and left behind them an imperishable memorial of their virtue. And from this we may easily learn a double lesson: that our soil is able to rear better men than the rest of the world and that what we call empire, though in reality it is misfortune, is of a nature to deprave all who have to do with it.
§ 95
μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡμᾶς ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων πόλιν διέφθειρεν, ὥστε τοῖς εἰθισμένοις ἐπαινεῖν τὰς ἐκείνων ἀρετὰς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, ὡς ἡμεῖς μὲν διὰ τὸ δημοκρατεῖσθαι κακῶς ἐχρησάμεθα τοῖς πράγμασιν, εἰ δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ταύτην τὴν δύναμιν παρέλαβον, εὐδαίμονας ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐποίησαν. πολὺ γὰρ θᾶττον ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐπεδείξατο τὴν φύσιν τὴν αὑτῆς· τὴν γὰρ πολιτείαν ἣν ἐν ἑπτακοσίοις ἔτεσιν οὐδεὶς οἶδεν οὔθʼ ὑπὸ κινδύνων οὔθʼ ὑπὸ συμφορῶν κινηθεῖσαν, ταύτην ἐν ὀλίγῳ σαλεῦσαι καὶ λυθῆναι παρὰ μικρὸν ἐποίησεν.
We have a most convincing proof of this. For imperialism worked the ruin not only of Athens but of the city of the Lacedaemonians also, so that those who are in the habit of praising the virtues of Sparta cannot argue that we managed our affairs badly because of our democratic government whereas if the Lacedaemonians had taken over the empire the results would have been happy both for the rest of the Hellenes and for themselves. For this power revealed its nature much more quickly in their case. Indeed it brought it to pass that a polity which over a period of seven hundred years had never, so far as we know, been disturbed by perils or calamities was shaken and all but destroyed in a short space of time.
§ 96
ἀντὶ γὰρ τῶν καθεστώτων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιτηδευμάτων τοὺς μὲν ἰδιώτας ἐνέπλησεν ἀδικίας, ῥᾳθυμίας, ἀνομίας, φιλαργυρίας, τὸ δὲ κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως ὑπεροψίας μὲν τῶν συμμάχων, ἐπιθυμίας δὲ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ὀλιγωρίας δὲ τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν. τοσοῦτον γὰρ ὑπερεβάλοντο τοὺς ἡμετέρους τοῖς εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἁμαρτήμασιν, ὅσον πρὸς τοῖς πρότερον ὑπάρχουσι σφαγὰς καὶ στάσεις ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐποίησαν, ἐξ ὧν ἀειμνήστους τὰς ἔχθρας πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἕξουσιν.
For in place of the ways of life established among them it filled the citizens with injustice, indolence, lawlessness and avarice and the commonwealth with contempt for its allies, covetousness of the possessions of other states, and indifference to its oaths and covenants. In fact they went so far beyond our ancestors in their crimes against the Hellenes that in addition to the evils which already afflicted the several states they stirred up in them slaughter and strife, in consequence of which their citizens will cherish for each other a hatred unquenchable.
§ 97
οὕτω δὲ φιλοπολέμως καὶ φιλοκινδύνως διετέθησαν, τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα πεφυλαγμένως μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχοντες, ὥστε οὐδὲ τῶν συμμάχων οὐδὲ τῶν εὐεργετῶν ἀπέσχοντο τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βασιλέως μὲν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πόλεμον πλέον ἢ πεντακισχίλια τάλαντα παρασχόντος, Χίων δὲ προθυμότατα πάντων τῶν συμμάχων τῷ ναυτικῷ συγκινδυνευσάντων,
And they became so addicted to war and the perils of war that, whereas in times past they had been more cautious in this regard than the rest of the world, they did not refrain from attacking even their own allies and their own benefactors; on the contrary, although the great King had furnished them with more than five thousand talents for the war against us, and although the Chians had supported them more zealously than any of their other allies by means of their fleet
§ 98
Θηβαίων δὲ μεγίστην δύναμιν εἰς τὸ πεζὸν συμβαλομένων, οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες, καὶ Θηβαίοις μὲν εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν βασιλέα Κλέαρχον καὶ στρατιὰν ἀνέπεμψαν, Χίων δὲ τοὺς μὲν πρώτους τῶν πολιτῶν ἐφυγάδευσαν, τὰς δὲ τριήρεις ἐκ τῶν νεωρίων ἐξελκύσαντες ἁπάσας ὤχοντο λαβόντες.
and the Thebans had contributed a great number of troops to their land forces, the Lacedaemonians no sooner gained the supremacy than they straightway plotted against the Thebans, dispatched Clearchus with an army against the King, and in the case of the Chians drove into exile the foremost of their citizens and launched their battle-ships from their docks and made off with their whole navy.
§ 99
οὐκ ἐξήρκεσε δʼ αὐτοῖς ταῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτεῖν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ἐπόρθουν μὲν τὴν ἤπειρον, ὕβριζον δὲ τὰς νήσους, ἀνῄρουν δὲ τὰς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ Σικελίᾳ πολιτείας καὶ τυράννους καθίστασαν, ἐλυμαίνοντο δὲ τὴν Πελοπόννησον καὶ μεστὴν στάσεων καὶ πολέμων ἐποίησαν. ἐπὶ ποίαν γὰρ τῶν πόλεων οὐκ ἐστράτευσαν; ἢ περὶ τίνας αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐξήμαρτον;
However, they were not satisfied with perpetrating these crimes, but about the same time were ravaging the Asiatic coast, committing outrages against the islands, subverting the free governments in Italy and Sicily, setting up despotisms in their stead, overrunning the Peloponnesus and filling it with seditions and wars. For, tell me, against which of the cities of Hellas did they fail to take the field? Which of them did they fail to wrong?
§ 100
οὐκ Ἠλείων μὲν μέρος τι τῆς χώρας ἀφείλοντο, τὴν δὲ γῆν τὴν Κορινθίων ἔτεμον, Μαντινέας δὲ διῴκισαν, Φλιασίους δʼ ἐξεπολιόρκησαν, εἰς δὲ τὴν Ἀργείων εἰσέβαλον, οὐδὲν δʼ ἐπαύσαντο τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους κακῶς ποιοῦντες, αὑτοῖς δὲ τὴν ἧτταν τὴν ἐν Λεύκτροις παρασκευάζοντες; ἥν φασί τινες αἰτίαν γεγενῆσθαι τῇ Ζπάρτῃ τῶν κακῶν, οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγοντες· οὐ γὰρ διὰ ταύτην ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων ἐμισήθησαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς ὕβρεις τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις καὶ ταύτην ἡττήθησαν καὶ περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν ἐκινδύνευσαν.
Did they not rob the Eleans of part of their territory, did they not lay waste the land of the Corinthians, did they not disperse the Mantineans from their homes, did they not reduce the Phliasians by siege, and did they not invade the country of the Argives, never ceasing from their depredations upon the rest of the world and so bringing upon themselves the disaster at Leuctra? Some maintain that this disaster was the cause of the misfortunes which overtook Sparta, but they do not speak the truth. For it was not because of this that they incurred the hatred of their allies; it was because of their insolence in the time preceding that they were defeated in this battle and fell into peril of losing their own city.
§ 101
χρὴ δὲ τὰς αἰτίας ἐπιφέρειν οὐ τοῖς κακοῖς τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πρώτοις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἐξ ὧν ἐπὶ τὴν τελευτὴν ταύτην κατηνέχθησαν. ὥστε πολὺ ἄν τις ἀληθέστερα τυγχάνοι λέγων, εἰ φαίη τότε τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῖς γεγενῆσθαι τῶν συμφορῶν, ὅτε τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης παρελάμβανον· ἐκτῶντο γὰρ δύναμιν οὐδὲν ὁμοίαν τῇ πρότερον ὑπαρχούσῃ.
We must not attribute the cause to any subsequent misfortunes but to their crimes in the beginning, as the result of which they were brought to such a disastrous end. So that anyone would be much more in accord with the truth if he should assert that they first became subject to the dominion of their present ills at the moment when they attempted to seize the dominion of the sea, since they were seeking to acquire a power which was in no wise like that which they had before possessed.
§ 102
διὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν κατὰ γῆν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν καὶ τὴν καρτερίαν τὴν ἐν αὐτῇ μελετωμένην ῥᾳδίως τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν δυνάμεως ἐπεκράτησαν, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀκολασίαν τὴν ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ἐγγενομένην ταχέως κἀκείνης τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀπεστερήθησαν. οὐ γὰρ ἔτι τοὺς νόμους ἐφύλαττον οὓς παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παρέλαβον, οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἔμενον οἷς πρότερον εἶχον,
For because of their supremacy on land and of their stern discipline and of the self control which was cultivated under it, they readily obtained command of the sea, whereas because of the arrogance which was bred in them by that power they speedily lost the supremacy both on land and sea. For they no longer kept the laws which they had inherited from their ancestors nor remained faithful to the ways which they had followed in times past,
§ 103
ἀλλʼ ὑπολαβόντες ἐξεῖναι ποιεῖν αὑτοῖς ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν, εἰς πολλὴν ταραχὴν κατέστησαν. οὐ γὰρ ᾔδεσαν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἧς πάντες εὔχονται τυχεῖν, ὡς δύσχρηστός ἐστιν, οὐδʼ ὡς παραφρονεῖν ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτήν, οὐδʼ ὅτι τὴν φύσιν ὁμοίαν ἔχει ταῖς ἑταίραις ταῖς ἐρᾶν μὲν αὑτῶν ποιούσαις, τοὺς δὲ χρωμένους ἀπολλυούσαις.
but conceived that they were licensed to do whatever they pleased and so were plunged into great confusion. For they did not know that this licence which all the world aspires to attain is a difficult thing to manage, that it turns the heads of those who are enamored by it, and that it is in its nature like courtesans, who lure their victims to love but destroy those who indulge this passion.
§ 104
καίτοι φανερῶς ἐπιδέδεικται ταύτην ἔχουσα τὴν δύναμιν· τοὺς γὰρ ἐν πλείσταις ἐξουσίαις γεγενημένους ἴδοι τις ἂν ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιπεπτωκότας, ἀρξαμένους ἀφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων. αὗται γὰρ αἱ πόλεις καὶ πολιτευόμεναι πρότερον σωφρονέστατα καὶ δόξαν ἔχουσαι καλλίστην, ἐπειδὴ ταύτης ἔτυχον καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔλαβον, οὐδὲν ἀλλήλων διήνεγκαν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ προσήκει τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς νόσου διεφθαρμένους, καὶ ταῖς πράξεσι ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐπεχείρησαν καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι παραπλησίοις ἐχρήσαντο καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ὁμοίαις ταῖς συμφοραῖς περιέπεσον.
And yet it has been shown clearly that it has this effect; for anyone can see that those who have been in the strongest position to do whatever they pleased have been involved in the greatest disasters, ourselves and the Lacedaemonians first of all. For when these states, which in time past had governed themselves with the utmost sobriety and enjoyed the highest esteem, attained to this license and seized the empire, they differed in no respect from each other, but, as is natural in the case of those who have been depraved by the same passions and the same malady, they attempted the same deeds and indulged in similar crimes and, finally, fell into like disasters.
§ 105
ἡμεῖς τε γὰρ μισηθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων καὶ περὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ κινδυνεύσαντες ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐσώθημεν, ἐκεῖνοί τε πάντων αὐτοὺς ἀπολέσαι βουληθέντων ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς καταφυγόντες διʼ ἡμῶν τῆς σωτηρίας ἔτυχον. καίτοι πῶς χρὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην ἐπαινεῖν τὴν τὰς τελευτὰς οὕτω πονηρὰς ἔχουσαν; ἢ πῶς οὐ μισεῖν καὶ φεύγειν τὴν πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ ποιεῖν ἀμφοτέρας τὰς πόλεις ἐπάρασαν καὶ παθεῖν ἀναγκάσασαν;
For we, being hated by our allies and standing in peril of being enslaved, were saved by the Lacedaemonians; and just so they, when all the rest wanted to destroy them, came to us for refuge and were saved through us. And yet how can we praise a dominion which subjects us to so miserable an end? How can we fail to abhor and shun a power which has incited these two cities both to do and to suffer many abominable things?
§ 106
οὐκ ἄξιον δὲ θαυμάζειν, εἰ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἐλάνθανεν ἅπαντας τοσούτων οὖσα κακῶν αἰτία τοῖς ἔχουσιν αὐτήν, οὐδʼ εἰ περιμάχητος ἦν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων· εὑρήσετε γὰρ τοὺς πλείστους τῶν ἀνθρώπων περὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἁμαρτάνοντας, καὶ πλείους μὲν ἐπιθυμίας ἔχοντας τῶν κακῶν ἢ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἄμεινον δὲ βουλευομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ σφῶν αὐτῶν.
But, after all, we should not be surprised that in the past all men have failed to see that this power is the cause of so many ills to those who hold it, nor should we wonder that it has been the bone of contention between us and the Lacedaemonians. For you will find that the great majority of mankind go astray in choosing a course of action and, being possessed of more desires for things evil than for things good, take counsel more in the interest of their foes than of themselves. You can observe this in matters of the greatest importance.
§ 107
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἴδοι τις ἂν ἐπὶ τῶν μεγίστων· τί γὰρ οὐχ οὕτω γέγονεν; οὐχ ἡμεῖς μὲν τοιαῦτα προῃρούμεθα πράττειν, ἐξ ὧν Λακεδαιμόνιοι δεσπόται τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέστησαν, ἐκεῖνοι δʼ οὕτω κακῶς προὔστησαν τῶν πραγμάτων, ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς οὐ πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ὕστερον πάλιν ἐπιπολάσαι καὶ κυρίους γενέσθαι τῆς ἐκείνων σωτηρίας;
For when has it ever happened otherwise? Did we not choose to pursue a policy in consequence of which the Lacedaemonians became masters of the Hellenes? Did not they, in their turn, manage their supremacy so badly that not many years later we again got the upper hand and became the arbiters of their safety?
§ 108
οὐχ ἡ μὲν τῶν ἀττικιζόντων πολυπραγμοσύνη λακωνίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐποίησεν, ἡ δὲ τῶν λακωνιζόντων ὕβρις ἀττικίζειν τὰς αὐτὰς ταύτας ἠνάγκασεν; οὐ διὰ μὲν τὴν τῶν δημηγορούντων πονηρίαν αὐτὸς ὁ δῆμος ἐπεθύμησε τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας τῆς ἐπὶ τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστάσης, διὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν τριάκοντα μανίαν ἅπαντες δημοτικώτεροι γεγόναμεν τῶν Θυλὴν καταλαβόντων;
Did not the meddlesomeness of the partizans of Athens cause the various states to become partisans of Sparta, and did not the insolence of the partisans of Sparta force these same states to become partisans of Athens? Did not the people themselves, because of the depravity of the popular orators, desire the oligarchy which was established under the Four Hundred? And have not we, all of us, because of the madness of the Thirty, become greater enthusiasts for democracy than those who occupied Phyle?
§ 109
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐλαττόνων καὶ τοῦ βίου τοῦ καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπιδείξειεν ἄν τις τοὺς πολλοὺς χαίροντας μὲν καὶ τῶν ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τοῖς καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν βλάπτουσιν, ἐπίπονα δὲ καὶ χαλεπὰ νομίζοντας ἀφʼ ὧν ἀμφότερα ταῦτʼ ἂν ὠφελοῖτο, καὶ καρτερικοὺς εἶναι δοκοῦντας τοὺς ἐν τούτοις ἐμμένοντας.
Indeed in matters of lesser importance and in our everyday life, one could show that the majority take pleasure in the foods and habits which injure both the body and the soul but consider laborious and irksome those from which both sides of our nature would benefit, and that those men are looked upon as austere who remain steadfast in habits which are beneficial.
§ 110
οἵ τινες οὖν, ἐν οἷς ἀεὶ ζῶσι καὶ περὶ ὧν αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον μέλει, τὰ χείρω φαίνονται προαιρούμενοι, τί θαυμαστὸν εἰ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν ἀγνοοῦσι καὶ μάχονται πρὸς ἀλλήλους, περὶ ἧς μηδεὶς πώποτε αὐτοῖς λογισμὸς εἰσῆλθεν;
Since, therefore, in the circumstances in which they live every day and about which they are more directly concerned, men show that they prefer the worse to the better course, how can we be surprised if they lack insight regarding the empire of the sea and make war upon each other to possess a power regarding which they have never reflected in their lives?
§ 111
ὁρᾶτε δὲ καὶ τὰς μοναρχίας τὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καθισταμένας, ὅσους ἔχουσι τοὺς ἐπιθυμητὰς καὶ τοὺς ἑτοίμους ὄντας ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ὥστε κατασχεῖν αὐτάς· αἷς τί τῶν δεινῶν ἢ τῶν χαλεπῶν οὐ πρόσεστιν; οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐπειδὰν λάβωσι τὰς δυναστείας, ἐν τοσούτοις ἐμπεπλεγμένοι κακοῖς εἰσιν,
Look at the one-man-rule which is established in various states and observe how many there are who aspire to it and are ready to undergo anything whatsoever to obtain it. And yet what that is dire and difficult is not its portion? Is it not true that when men obtain unlimited power they find themselves at once in the coil of so many troubles
§ 112
ὥστʼ ἀναγκάζεσθαι πολεμεῖν μὲν ἅπασι τοῖς πολίταις, μισεῖν δʼ ὑφʼ ὧν οὐδὲν κακὸν πεπόνθασιν, ἀπιστεῖν δὲ τοῖς φίλοις καὶ τοῖς ἑταίροις τοῖς αὑτῶν, παρακατατίθεσθαι δὲ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων σωτηρίαν μισθοφόροις ἀνθρώποις, οὓς οὐδὲ πώποτʼ εἶδον, μηδὲν δʼ ἧττον φοβεῖσθαι τοὺς φυλάττοντας ἢ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας, οὕτω δʼ ὑπόπτως πρὸς ἅπαντας ἔχειν ὥστε μηδὲ τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις θαρρεῖν πλησιάζοντας;
that they are compelled to make war upon all their citizens, to hate those from whom they have suffered no wrong whatsoever, to suspect their own friends and daily companions, to entrust the safety of their persons to hirelings whom they have never even seen, to fear no less those who guard their lives than those who plot against them, and to be so suspicious towards all men as not to feel secure even in the company of their nearest kin?
§ 113
εἰκότως· συνίσασι γὰρ τοὺς πρὸ αὑτῶν τετυραννευκότας τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν γονέων ἀνῃρημένους, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν παίδων, τοὺς δʼ ὑπʼ ἀδελφῶν, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὸ γυναικῶν, ἔτι δὲ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφανισμένον. ἀλλʼ ὅμως ὑπὸ τοσαύτας τὸ πλῆθος συμφορὰς ἑκόντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑποβάλλουσιν. ὅπου δʼ οἱ πρωτεύοντες καὶ δόξας μεγίστας ἔχοντες τοσούτων κακῶν ἐρῶσι, τί δεῖ θαυμάζειν τοὺς ἄλλους, εἰ τοιούτων ἑτέρων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν;
And naturally so; for they know well that those who held despotic power before them have been put out of the way, some by their parents, some by their sons, some by their brothers, and some by their wives and, furthermore, that the lineage of these rulers has been blotted out from the sight of men. Nevertheless they willingly submit themselves to such a multitude of calamities. And when men who are of the foremost rank and of the greatest reputation are enamored of so many evils, is it any wonder that the rest of the world covets other evils of the same kind?
§ 114
οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δʼ ὅτι τὸν μὲν περὶ τῶν τυράννων λόγον ἀποδέχεσθε, τὸν δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς δυσκόλως ἀκούετε· πεπόνθατε γὰρ πάντων αἴσχιστον καὶ ῥᾳθυμότατον· ἃ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁρᾶτε, ταῦτʼ ἐφʼ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀγνοεῖτε. καίτοι τῶν φρονίμως διακειμένων οὐκ ἐλάχιστον τοῦτο σημεῖόν ἐστιν, ἢν τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ὁμοίων φαίνωνται γνωρίζοντες.
But I do not fail to realize that while you accept readily what I say about the rule of despots, yet you hear with intolerance what I say about the empire of the sea. For you have fallen into a most shameful and careless way of thinking, since what you see clearly in the case of others, this you are blind to in your own case. And yet it is not the least important sign of whether men are possessed of intelligence if they are seen to recognize the same course of conduct in all cases that are comparable.
§ 115
ὧν ὑμῖν οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τυραννίδας ἡγεῖσθε χαλεπὰς εἶναι καὶ βλαβερὰς οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔχουσιν αὐτάς, τὴν δʼ ἀρχὴν τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν μέγιστον τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τὴν οὐδὲν οὔτε τοῖς πάθεσιν οὔτε ταῖς πράξεσι τῶν μοναρχιῶν διαφέρουσαν. καὶ τὰ μὲν Θηβαίων πράγματα πονηρῶς ἔχειν νομίζετε, ὅτι τοὺς περιοίκους ἀδικοῦσιν, αὐτοὶ δʼ οὐδὲν βέλτιον τοὺς συμμάχους διοικοῦντες ἢ lt*gtκεῖνοι τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ἡγεῖσθε πάντα τὰ δέοντα πράττειν.
But you have never given this a thought; on the contrary, while you consider the power of a despot to be harsh and harmful not only to others but to those who hold it, you look upon the empire of the sea as the greatest good in the world, when in fact it differs neither in what it does nor in what it suffers from one-man-rule. And you think that the affairs of the Thebans are in a bad way because they oppress their neighbors, but, although you yourselves are treating your allies no better than the Thebans treat the Boeotians, you believe that your own actions leave nothing to be desired.
§ 116
ἢν οὖν ἐμοὶ πεισθῆτε, παυσάμενοι τοῦ παντάπασιν εἰκῇ βουλεύεσθαι προσέξετε τὸν νοῦν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ τῇ πόλει, καὶ φιλοσοφήσετε καὶ σκέψεσθε τί τὸ ποιῆσάν ἐστι τὼ πόλη τούτω, λέγω δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐκ ταπεινῶν μὲν πραγμάτων ἑκατέραν ὁρμηθεῖσαν ἄρξαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐπεὶ δʼ ἀνυπέρβλητον τὴν δύναμιν ἔλαβον, περὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ κινδυνεῦσαι·
If, then, you heed my advice you will stop taking counsel in your utterly haphazard fashion and give your attention to your own and the state’s welfare; pondering and searching into these questions: What is it which caused these two states—Athens and Sparta I mean—to rise, each one of them, from obscure beginnings to be the first power in Hellas and then to fall, after they had attained a power second to none, into peril of being enslaved?
§ 117
καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας Θετταλοὶ μέν, μεγίστους πλούτους παραλαβόντες καὶ χώραν ἀρίστην καὶ πλείστην ἔχοντες, εἰς ἀπορίαν καθεστήκασι, Μεγαρεῖς δέ, μικρῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ φαύλων τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαρξάντων, καὶ γῆν μὲν οὐκ ἔχοντες οὐδὲ λιμένας οὐδʼ ἀργυρεῖα, πέτρας δὲ γεωργοῦντες, μεγίστους οἴκους τῶν Ἑλλήνων κέκτηνται·
What are the reasons that the Thessalians, who inherited very great wealth and possess a very rich and abundant territory, have been reduced to poverty, while the Megarians, who had small and insignificant resources to begin with and who possess neither land nor harbors nor mines but are compelled to farm mere rocks, own estates which are the greatest among the Hellenes?
§ 118
κἀκείνων μὲν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις ἄλλοι τινὲς ἀεὶ κατέχουσιν, ὄντων αὐτοῖς πλέον τρισχιλίων ἱππέων καὶ πελταστῶν ἀναριθμήτων, οὗτοι δὲ μικρὰν δύναμιν ἔχοντες τὴν αὑτῶν ὅπως βούλονται διοικοῦσιν· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις οἱ μὲν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πολεμοῦσιν, οὗτοι δὲ μεταξὺ Πελοποννησίων καὶ Θηβαίων καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως οἰκοῦντες εἰρήνην ἄγοντες διατελοῦσιν.
Why is it that the Thessalians, with a cavalry of more than three thousand horse and light-armed troops beyond number, have their fortresses occupied from time to time by certain other states while the Megarians, with only a small force, govern their city as they see fit? And, again, why is it that the Thessalians are always at war with each other while the Megarians, who dwell between the Peloponnesians on the one hand and the Thebans and the Athenians on the other, are continually in a state of peace?
§ 119
ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα διεξίητε πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, εὑρήσετε τὴν μὲν ἀκολασίαν καὶ τὴν ὕβριν τῶν κακῶν αἰτίαν γιγνομένην, τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην τῶν ἀγαθῶν. ἥν ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἐπαινεῖτε, καὶ νομίζετε τοὺς ταύτῃ χρωμένους ἀσφαλέστατα ζῆν καὶ βελτίστους εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν, τὸ δὲ κοινὸν ἡμῶν οὐκ οἴεσθε δεῖν τοιοῦτο παρασκευάζειν.
If you will go over these and similar questions in your minds, you will discover that arrogance and insolence have been the cause of our misfortunes while sobriety and self control have been the source of our blessings. But, while you commend sobriety in individual men and believe that those who practice it enjoy the most secure existence and are the best among your fellow citizens, you do not think it fit to make the state practice it.
§ 120
καίτοι προσήκει τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀσκεῖν καὶ τὰς κακίας φεύγειν πολὺ μᾶλλον ταῖς πόλεσιν ἢ τοῖς ἰδιώταις. ἀνὴρ μὲν γὰρ ἀσεβὴς καὶ πονηρὸς τυχὸν ἂν φθάσειε τελευτήσας πρὶν δοῦναι δίκην τῶν ἡμαρτημένων· αἱ δὲ πόλεις διὰ τὴν ἀθανασίαν ὑπομένουσι καὶ τὰς παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὰς παρὰ τῶν θεῶν τιμωρίας.
And yet it behoves states much more than individuals to cultivate the virtues and to shun vices; for a man who is godless and depraved may die before paying the penalty for his sins, but states, since they are deathless, soon or late must submit to punishment at the hands both of men and of the gods.
§ 121
ὧν ἐνθυμουμένους χρὴ μὴ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ἐν τῷ παρόντι μὲν χαριζομένοις, τοῦ δὲ μέλλοντος χρόνου μηδεμίαν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιουμένοις, μηδὲ τοῖς φιλεῖν μὲν τὸν δῆμον φάσκουσιν, ὅλην δὲ τὴν πόλιν λυμαινομένοις· ὡς καὶ πρότερον, ἐπειδὴ παρέλαβον οἱ τοιοῦτοι τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος δυναστείαν, εἰς τοσαύτην ἄνοιαν προήγαγον τὴν πόλιν, ὥστε παθεῖν αὐτὴν οἷά περ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ὑμῖν διηγησάμην.
These considerations you should bear in mind and not pay heed to those who gratify you for the moment, while caring nothing for the future, nor to those who profess to love the people, but are in fact the bane of the whole state; since in times past also when men of this character took over the supremacy of the rostrum, they led the city on to such a degree of folly that she suffered the fate which I described a moment ago.
§ 122
ἃ καὶ πάντων μάλιστʼ ἄν τις θαυμάσειεν, ὅτι προχειρίζεσθε δημαγωγοὺς οὐ τοὺς τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχοντας τοῖς μεγάλην τὴν πόλιν ποιήσασιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὅμοια καὶ λέγοντας καὶ πράττοντας τοῖς ἀπολέσασιν αὐτήν, καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰδότες οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ ποιῆσαι τὴν πόλιν εὐδαίμονα τοὺς χρηστοὺς τῶν πονηρῶν διαφέροντας,
And indeed what is most astonishing of all in your conduct is that you prefer as leaders of the people, not those who are of the same mind as the men who made Athens great, but those who say and do the same kind of things as the men who destroyed her power; and you do this albeit knowing full well that it is not alone in making the city prosperous that good leaders are superior to the base,
§ 123
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἐπὶ μὲν ἐκείνων ἐν πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν οὔτε κινηθεῖσαν οὔτε μεταστᾶσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ δὶς ἤδη καταλυθεῖσαν, καὶ τὰς φυγὰς τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν τυράννων καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα γενομένας οὐ διὰ τοὺς συκοφάντας κατελθούσας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς μισοῦντας τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ μεγίστην ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ δόξαν ἔχοντας.
but that our democracy itself under the leadership of the former remained unshaken and unchanged for many years, whereas under the guidance of these men it has already, within a short period of time, been twice overthrown, and that, furthermore, our people who were driven into exile under the despots and in the time of the Thirty were restored to the state, not through the efforts of the sycophants, but through those leaders who despised men of that character and were held in the highest respect for their integrity.
§ 124
ἀλλʼ ὅμως τηλικούτων ἡμῖν ὑπομνημάτων καταλελειμμένων ὡς ἐφʼ ἑκατέρων αὐτῶν ἡ πόλις ἔπραττεν, οὕτω χαίρομεν ταῖς τῶν ῥητόρων πονηρίαις, ὥσθʼ ὁρῶντες διὰ τὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὰς ταραχάς, ἃς οὗτοι πεποιήκασι, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων πολιτῶν πολλοὺς ἐκ τῶν πατρῴων ἐκπεπτωκότας, τούτους δʼ ἐκ πενήτων πλουσίους γεγενημένους, οὐκ ἀγανακτοῦμεν οὐδὲ φθονοῦμεν ταῖς εὐπραγίαις αὐτῶν,
Nevertheless, in spite of the many things which remind us how the city fared under both kinds of leadership, we are so pleased with the depravity of our orators that, although we see that many of our other citizens have been stripped of their patrimony because of the war and of the disorders which these sycophants have caused, while the latter, from being penniless, have become rich, yet we are not aggrieved nor do we resent their prosperity
§ 125
ἀλλʼ ὑπομένομεν τὴν μὲν πόλιν διαβολὰς ἔχουσαν ὡς λυμαίνεται καὶ δασμολογεῖ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, τούτους δὲ τὰς ἐπικαρπίας λαμβάνοντας, καὶ τὸν μὲν δῆμον, ὅν φασιν οὗτοι δεῖν τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχειν, χεῖρον πράττοντα τῶν ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις δουλευόντων, οἷς δʼ οὐδὲν ὑπῆρχεν ἀγαθόν, τούτους δὲ διὰ τὴν ἄνοιαν τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐκ ταπεινῶν εὐδαίμονας γεγενημένους.
but remain patient with a condition of affairs wherein our city is reproached with doing violence to the Hellenes and extorting money from them, while these men reap the harvest, and wherein our people, who are told by the sycophants that they ought to rule over the rest of the world, are worse off than those who are slaves to oligarchy, while these men, who had no advantage to start with, have risen because of our folly from a mean to an enviable position.
§ 126
καίτοι Περικλῆς ὁ πρὸ τῶν τοιούτων δημαγωγὸς καταστάς, παραλαβὼν τὴν πόλιν χεῖρον μὲν φρονοῦσαν ἢ πρὶν κατασχεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν, ἔτι δʼ ἀνεκτῶς πολιτευομένην, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν ἴδιον χρηματισμὸν ὥρμησεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν οἶκον ἐλάττω τὸν αὑτοῦ κατέλιπεν ἢ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς παρέλαβεν, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἀνήγαγεν ὀκτακισχίλια τάλαντα χωρὶς τῶν ἱερῶν.
And yet Pericles, who was the leader of the people before men of this stamp came into favor, taking over the state when it was less prudent than it had been before it obtained the supremacy, although it was still tolerably well governed, was not bent upon his own enrichment, but left an estate which was smaller than that which he received from his father, while he brought up into the Acropolis eight thousand talents, apart from the sacred treasures.
§ 127
οὗτοι δὲ τοσοῦτον ἐκείνου διενηνόχασιν, ὥστε λέγειν μὲν τολμῶσιν ὡς διὰ τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμέλειαν οὐ δύνανται τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοις προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, φαίνεται δὲ μὲν ἀμελούμενα τοσαύτην εἰληφότα τὴν ἐπίδοσιν, ὅσην οὐδʼ ἂν εὔξασθαι τοῖς θεοῖς πρότερον ἠξίωσαν, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ἡμῶν, οὗ κήδεσθαί φασιν, οὕτω διακείμενον ὥστε μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν ἡδέως ζῆν μηδὲ ῥᾳθύμως, ἀλλʼ ὀδυρμῶν μεστὴν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν.
But these demagogues have shown themselves so different from him that they have the effrontery to say that because of the care they give to the commonwealth they are not able to give attention to their private interests, although in fact these “neglected” interests have advanced to a degree of affluence which they would never have even dreamed of praying to the gods that they might attain, whereas our people, for whom they pretend to care, are in such straits that not one of our citizens is able to live with pleasure or at ease; on the contrary, Athens is rife with lamentations.
§ 128
οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰς πενίας καὶ τὰς ἐνδείας ἀναγκάζονται διεξιέναι καὶ θρηνεῖν πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, οἱ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν προσταγμάτων καὶ τῶν λειτουργιῶν καὶ τὰ κακὰ τὰ περὶ τὰς συμμορίας καὶ τὰς ἀντιδόσεις· ἃ τοιαύτας ἐμποιεῖ λύπας, ὥστʼ ἄλγιον ζῆν τοὺς τὰς οὐσίας κεκτημένους ἢ τοὺς συνεχῶς πενομένους.
For some are driven to rehearse and bewail amongst themselves their poverty and privation while others deplore the multitude of duties enjoined upon them by the state—the liturgies and all the nuisances connected with the symmories and with exchanges of property; for these are so annoying that those who have means find life more burdensome than those who are continually in want.
§ 129
θαυμάζω δʼ εἰ μὴ δύνασθε συνιδεῖν ὅτι γένος οὐδέν ἐστι κακονούστερον τῷ πλήθει πονηρῶν ῥητόρων καὶ δημαγωγῶν· πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἀναγκαίων οὗτοι μάλιστα βούλονται σπανίζειν ὑμᾶς, ὁρῶντες τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων δυναμένους τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν διοικεῖν τῆς πόλεως ὄντας καὶ τῶν τὰ βέλτιστα λεγόντων,
I marvel that you cannot see at once that no class is so inimical to the people as our depraved orators and demagogues. For, as if your other misfortunes were not enough, their chief desire is that you should be in want of your daily necessities, observing that those who are able to manage their affairs from their private incomes are on the side of the commonwealth and of our best counsellors,
§ 130
τοὺς δʼ ἀπὸ τῶν δικαστηρίων ζῶντας καὶ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν καὶ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν λημμάτων ὑφʼ αὑτοῖς διὰ τὴν ἔνδειαν ἠναγκασμένους εἶναι, καὶ πολλὴν χάριν ἔχοντας ταῖς εἰσαγγελίαις καὶ ταῖς γραφαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις συκοφαντίαις ταῖς διʼ αὑτῶν γιγνομέναις.
whereas those who live off the law-courts and the assemblies and the doles derived from them are constrained by their need to be subservient to the sycophants and are deeply grateful for the impeachments and the indictments and the other sharp practices which are due to the sycophants.
§ 131
ἐν οὖν ταῖς ἀπορίαις, ἐν αἷς αὐτοὶ δυναστεύουσιν, ἐν ταύταις ἥδιστʼ ἂν ἴδοιεν ἅπαντας ὄντας τοὺς πολίτας. τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο σκοποῦσιν, ἐξ οὗ τρόπου τοῖς δεομένοις βίον ἐκποριοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως τοὺς ἔχειν τι δοκοῦντας τοῖς ἀπόροις ἐξισώσουσιν.
Wherefore these men would be most happy to see all of our citizens reduced to the condition of helplessness in which they themselves are powerful. And the greatest proof of this is that they do not consider by what means they may provide a livelihood for those who are in need, but rather how they may reduce those who are thought to possess some wealth to the level of those who are in poverty.
§ 132
τίς οὖν ἀπαλλαγὴ γένοιτʼ ἂν τῶν κακῶν τῶν παρόντων; διείλεγμαι μὲν τὰ πλεῖστα περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων, οὐκ ἐφεξῆς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἕκαστον τῷ καιρῷ συνέπιπτεν· μᾶλλον δʼ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐγγένοιτο μνημονεύειν, εἰ συναγαγὼν τὰ μάλιστα κατεπείγοντα πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτὰ πειραθείην.
What, then, is the way of escape from our present ills? I have already discussed most of the points which bear upon this question, not in sequence, but as each fell into its opportune place. But perhaps it will help you to hold them in memory if I attempt to bring together and review those which more than others press upon our attention.
§ 133
ἔστι δʼ ἐξ ὧν ἂν ἐπανορθώσαιμεν τὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ βελτίω ποιήσαιμεν, πρῶτον μὲν ἢν συμβούλους ποιώμεθα τοιούτους περὶ τῶν κοινῶν, οἵους περ ἂν περὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἡμῖν εἶναι βουληθεῖμεν, καὶ παυσώμεθα δημοτικοὺς μὲν εἶναι νομίζοντες τοὺς συκοφάντας, ὀλιγαρχικοὺς δὲ τοὺς καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς τῶν ἀνδρῶν, γνόντες ὅτι φύσει μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδέτερον τούτων ἐστίν, ἐν ᾗ δʼ ἂν ἕκαστοι τιμῶνται, ταύτην βούλονται καθεστάναι τὴν πολιτείαν·
The first way by which we can set right and improve the condition of our city is to select as our advisers on affairs of state the kind of men whose advice we should desire on our private affairs, and to stop thinking of the sycophants as friends of democracy and of the good men and true among us as friends of oligarchy, realizing that no man is by nature either the one or the other but that all men desire, in each case, to establish that form of government in which they are held in honor.
§ 134
δεύτερον δʼ ἢν ἐθελήσωμεν χρῆσθαι τοῖς συμμάχοις ὁμοίως ὥσπερ τοῖς φίλοις, καὶ μὴ λόγῳ μὲν αὐτονόμους ἀφιῶμεν, ἔργῳ δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς αὐτοὺς ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται ποιεῖν ἐκδιδῶμεν, μηδὲ δεσποτικῶς ἀλλὰ συμμαχικῶς αὐτῶν ἐπιστατῶμεν, ἐκεῖνο καταμαθόντες, ὅτι μιᾶς μὲν ἑκάστης τῶν πόλεων κρείττους ἐσμέν,
The second way is to be willing to treat our allies just as we would our friends and not to grant them independence in words, while in fact giving them over to our generals to do with as they please, and not to exercise our leadership as masters but as helpers, since we have learned the lesson that while we are stronger than any single state we are weaker than all Hellas.
§ 135
ἁπασῶν δʼ ἥττους· τρίτον ἢν μηδὲν περὶ πλείονος ἡγῆσθε, μετά γε τὴν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσέβειαν, τοῦ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμεῖν· τοῖς γὰρ οὕτω διακειμένοις ἑκόντες καὶ τὰς δυναστείας καὶ τὰς ἡγεμονίας διδόασιν.
And the third way is to consider that nothing is more important, save only to show reverence to the gods, than to have a good name among the Hellenes. For upon those who are so regarded they willingly confer both sovereign power and leadership.
§ 136
ἢν οὖν ἐμμείνητε τοῖς εἰρημένοις, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς παράσχητε πολεμικοὺς μὲν ὄντας ταῖς μελέταις καὶ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, εἰρηνικοὺς δὲ τῷ μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πράττειν, οὐ μόνον εὐδαίμονα ποιήσετε ταύτην τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἅπαντας.
If, then, you will abide by the advice which I have given you, and if, besides, you will prove yourselves warlike by training and preparing for war but peaceful by doing nothing contrary to justice, you will render not only this city but all the Hellenes happy and prosperous.
§ 137
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλη τῶν πόλεων οὐδεμία τολμήσει περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνειν, ἀλλʼ ὀκνήσουσι καὶ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄξουσιν, ὅταν ἴδωσιν ἐφεδρεύουσαν τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ παρεσκευασμένην τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις βοηθεῖν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὁπότερον ἂν ποιήσωσι, τό γʼ ἡμέτερον καλῶς ἕξει καὶ συμφερόντως.
For no other of the states will dare to oppress them; on the contrary, they will hold back and studiously avoid aggression when they see the power of Athens on the alert and ready to go to the aid of the oppressed. But no matter what course the rest may take, our own position will be honorable and advantageous;
§ 138
ἤν τε γὰρ δόξῃ τῶν πόλεων ταῖς προεχούσαις ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀδικημάτων, ἡμεῖς τούτων τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν αἰτίαν ἕξομεν· ἤν τʼ ἐπιχειρῶσιν ἀδικεῖν, ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἅπαντες οἱ δεδιότες καὶ κακῶς πάσχοντες καταφεύξονται, πολλὰς ἱκετείας καὶ δεήσεις ποιούμενοι, καὶ διδόντες οὐ μόνον τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ σφᾶς αὐτούς.
for if the foremost states resolve to abstain from acts of oppression, we shall have the credit for this blessing; but if, on the other hand, they attempt to oppress others, then all who fear them and suffer evil at their hands will come to us for refuge, with many prayers and supplications, offering us not only the hegemony but their own support.
§ 139
ὥστʼ οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν μεθʼ ὧν κωλύσομεν τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς ἕξομεν τοὺς ἑτοίμως καὶ προθύμως συναγωνιζομένους ἡμῖν. ποία γὰρ πόλις ἢ τίς ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσει μετασχεῖν τῆς φιλίας καὶ τῆς συμμαχίας τῆς ἡμετέρας, ὅταν ὁρῶσι τοὺς αὐτούς, ἀμφότερα, καὶ δικαιοτάτους ὄντας καὶ μεγίστην δύναμιν κεκτημένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους σώζειν καὶ βουλομένους καὶ δυναμένους, αὐτοὺς δὲ μηδεμιᾶς βοηθείας δεομένους;
So that we shall not lack for allies to help us to check the oppressors but shall find many ready and willing to join their forces to our own. For what city or what men will not be eager to share our friendship and our alliance when they see that the Athenians are at once the most just and the most powerful of peoples and are at the same time both willing and able to save the other states, while needing no help for themselves?
§ 140
πόσην δὲ χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἐπίδοσιν τὰ τῆς πόλεως λήψεσθαι, τοιαύτης εὐνοίας ἡμῖν παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπαρξάσης; πόσον δὲ πλοῦτον εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσρυήσεσθαι, διʼ ἡμῶν ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος σωζομένης; τίνας δʼ οὐκ ἐπαινέσεσθαι τοὺς τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους γεγενημένους;
What a turn for the better should you expect the affairs of our city to take when we enjoy such good will from the rest of the Hellenes? What wealth will flow into Athens when through her all Hellas is made secure? And who among men will fail to praise those who will have been the authors of blessings so many and so great?
§ 141
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ δύναμαι διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἅπαντα τῷ λόγῳ περιλαβεῖν, ἃ τυγχάνω τῇ διανοίᾳ καθορῶν, πλὴν ὅτι καλόν ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀδικίαις καὶ μανίαις πρώτους εὖ φρονήσαντας προστῆναι τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, καὶ σωτῆρας ἀλλὰ μὴ λυμεῶνας αὐτῶν κληθῆναι, καὶ περιβλέπτους ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ γενομένους τὴν δόξαν τὴν τῶν προγόνων ἀναλαβεῖν.
But I am not able because of my age to include in my speech all the things which I grasp in my thought, save that it is a noble enterprise for us, in the midst of the injustice and madness of the rest of the world, to be the first to adopt a sane policy and stand forth as the champions of the freedom of the Hellenes, to be acclaimed as their saviors, not their destroyers, and to become illustrious for our virtues and regain the good repute which our ancestors possessed.
§ 142
κεφάλαιον δὲ τούτων ἐκεῖνʼ ἔχω λέγειν, εἰς ὃ πάντα τὰ προειρημένα συντείνει καὶ πρὸς ὃ χρὴ βλέποντας τὰς πράξεις τὰς τῆς πόλεως δοκιμάζειν. δεῖ γὰρ ἡμᾶς, εἴπερ βουλόμεθα διαλύσασθαι μὲν τὰς διαβολὰς ἃς ἔχομεν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, παύσασθαι δὲ τῶν πολέμων τῶν μάτην γιγνομένων, κτήσασθαι δὲ τῇ πόλει τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, μισῆσαι μὲν ἁπάσας τὰς τυραννικὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς δυναστείας, ἀναλογισαμένους τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν γεγενημένας, ζηλῶσαι δὲ καὶ μιμήσασθαι τὰς ἐν Λακεδαίμονι βασιλείας.
But I have yet to touch upon the chief consideration of all—that upon which centers everything that I have said and in the light of which we should appraise the actions of the state. For if we really wish to clear away the prejudice in which we are held at the present time, we must cease from the wars which are waged to no purpose and so gain for our city the hegemony for all time; we must abhor all despotic rule and imperial power, reflecting upon the disasters which have sprung from them; and we must emulate and imitate the position held by the kings of Lacedaemon:
§ 143
ἐκείνοις γὰρ ἀδικεῖν μὲν ἧττον ἔξεστιν ἢ τοῖς ἰδιώταις, τοσούτῳ δὲ μακαριστότεροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες τῶν βία τὰς τυραννίδας κατεχόντων, ὅσον οἱ μὲν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀποκτείναντες τὰς μεγίστας δωρεὰς παρὰ τῶν συμπολιτευομένων λαμβάνουσιν, ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων δʼ οἱ μὴ τολμῶντες ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ἀποθνήσκειν ἀτιμότεροι γίγνονται τῶν τὰς τάξεις λειπόντων καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἀποβαλλόντων.
they, it is true, have less freedom than their private citizens to do wrong, yet are much more enviable than those who hold despotic power by force; for those who take the lives of despots are given the highest rewards by their fellow citizens, whereas those Spartans who are not ready to lay down their lives for their kings in battle are held in greater dishonor than men who desert their post and throw away their shields.
§ 144
ἄξιον οὖν ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς τοιαύτης ἡγεμονίας. ἔνεστι δὲ τοῖς πράγμασιν ἡμῶν τυχεῖν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης, ἥνπερ ἐκεῖνοι παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἔχουσιν, ἢν ὑπολάβωσι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἡμετέραν μὴ δουλείας ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας αἰτίαν αὑτοῖς ἔσεσθαι.
This, then, is the kind of leadership which is worth striving for. And this very position of honor which the kings of Lacedaemon have from their citizens we Athenians have it in our power to win from the Hellenes, if only they become convinced that our supremacy will be the instrument, not of their enslavement, but of their salvation.
§ 145
πολλῶν δὲ καὶ καλῶν λόγων ἐνόντων περὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην, ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀμφότερα συμβουλεύει παύσασθαι λέγοντι, καὶ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐτῶν τῶν ἐμῶν· τοῖς δὲ νεωτέροις καὶ μᾶλλον ἀκμάζουσιν ἢ ἐγὼ παραινῶ καὶ παρακελεύομαι τοιαῦτα καὶ λέγειν καὶ γράφειν, ἐξ ὧν τὰς μεγίστας τῶν πόλεων καὶ τὰς εἰθισμένας ταῖς ἄλλαις κακὰ παρέχειν προτρέψουσιν ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ὡς ἐν ταῖς τῆς Ἑλλάδος εὐπραγίαις συμβαίνει καὶ τὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων πράγματα πολλῷ βελτίω γίγνεσθαι.
My subject is not exhausted; there are many excellent things to be said upon it, but I am prompted by two considerations to stop speaking: the length of my discourse and the number of my years. But I urge and exhort those who are younger and more vigorous than I to speak and write the kind of discourses by which they will turn the greatest states—those which have been wont to oppress the rest—into the paths of virtue and justice, since when the affairs of Hellas are in a happy and prosperous condition, it follows that the state of learning and letters also is greatly improved.
Areopagiticus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg018 · Greek: Ἀρεοπαγιτικός — tlg0010.tlg018.perseus-grc2 · English: Areopagiticus — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg018.perseus-eng2
§ 1
πολλοὺς ὑμῶν οἶμαι θαυμάζειν ἥντινά ποτε γνώμην ἔχων περὶ σωτηρίας τὴν πρόσοδον ἐποιησάμην, ὥσπερ τῆς πόλεως ἐν κινδύνοις οὔσης ἢ σφαλερῶς αὐτῇ τῶν πραγμάτων καθεστηκότων, ἀλλʼ οὐ πλείους μὲν τριήρεις ἢ διακοσίας κεκτημένης, εἰρήνην δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν χώραν ἀγούσης, καὶ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν ἀρχούσης,
Many of you are wondering, I suppose, what in the world my purpose is in coming forward to address you on The Public Safety, as if Athens were in danger or her affairs on an uncertain footing, when in fact she possesses more than two hundred ships-of-war, enjoys peace throughout her territory, maintains her empire on the sea,
§ 2
ἔτι δὲ συμμάχους ἐχούσης πολλοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἑτοίμως ἡμῖν, ἤν τι δέῃ, βοηθήσοντας, πολὺ δὲ πλείους τοὺς τὰς συντάξεις ὑποτελοῦντας καὶ τὸ προσταττόμενον ποιοῦντας· ὧν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμᾶς μὲν ἄν τις φήσειεν ἐικὸς εἶναι θαρρεῖν ὡς πόρρω τῶν κινδύνων ὄντας, τοῖς δʼ ἐχθροῖς τοῖς ἡμετέροις προσήκειν δεδιέναι καὶ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας.
and has, furthermore, many allies who, in case of any need, will readily come to her aid, and many more allies who are paying their contributions and obeying her commands. With these resources, one might argue that we have every reason to feel secure, as being far removed from danger, while our enemies may well be anxious and take thought for their own safety.
§ 3
ὑμεῖς μὲν οὖν οἶδʼ ὅτι τούτῳ χρώμενοι τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς προσόδου καταφθονεῖτε, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐλπίζετε τὴν Ἑλλάδα ταύτῃ τῇ δυνάμει κατασχήσειν· ἐγὼ δὲ διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τυγχάνω δεδιώς. ὁρῶ γὰρ τῶν πόλεων τὰς ἄριστα πράττειν οἰομένας κάκιστα βουλευομένας καὶ τὰς μάλιστα θαρρούσας εἰς πλείστους κινδύνους καθισταμένας. αἴτιον δὲ τούτων ἐστίν,
Now you, I know, following this reasoning, disdain my coming forward, and are confident that with this power you will hold all Hellas under your control. But as for myself, it is because of these very things that I am anxious; for I observe that those cities which think they are in the best circumstances are wont to adopt the worst policies, and that those which feel the most secure are most often involved in danger.
§ 4
ὅτι τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν κακῶν οὐδὲν αὐτὸ καθʼ αὑτὸ παραγίγνεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ συντέτακται καὶ συνακολουθεῖ τοῖς μὲν πλούτοις καὶ ταῖς δυναστείαις ἄνοια καὶ μετὰ ταύτης ἀκολασία, ταῖς δʼ ἐνδείαις καὶ ταῖς ταπεινότησι σωφροσύνη καὶ πολλὴ μετριότης,
The cause of this is that nothing of either good or of evil visits mankind unmixed, but that riches and power are attended and followed by folly, and folly in turn by licence; whereas poverty and lowliness are attended by sobriety and great moderation;
§ 5
ὥστε χαλεπὸν εἶναι διαγνῶναι ποτέραν ἄν τις δέξαιτο τῶν μερίδων τούτων τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ καταλιπεῖν. ἴδοιμεν γὰρ ἂν ἐκ μὲν τῆς φαυλοτέρας εἶναι δοκούσης ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τὰς πράξεις ἐπιδιδούσας, ἐκ δὲ τῆς κρείττονος φαινομένης ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον εἰθισμένας μεταπίπτειν.
so that it is hard to decide which of these lots one should prefer to bequeath to one’s own children. For we shall find that from a lot which seems to be inferior men’s fortunes generally advance to a better condition, whereas from one which appears to be superior they are wont to change to a worse.
§ 6
καὶ τούτων ἐνεγκεῖν ἔχω παραδείγματα πλεῖστα μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν πραγμάτων, πυκνοτάτας γὰρ ταῦτα λαμβάνει τὰς μεταβολάς, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μείζω γε καὶ φανερώτερα τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἡμῖν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις συμβάντων. ἡμεῖς τε γὰρ ἀναστάτου μὲν τῆς πόλεως ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων γεγενημένης διὰ τὸ δεδιέναι καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπρωτεύσαμεν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἀνυπέρβλητον ᾠήθημεν τὴν δύναμιν ἔχειν, παρὰ μικρὸν ἤλθομεν ἐξανδραποδισθῆναι·
Of this truth I might cite examples without number from the lives of individual men, since these are subject to the most frequent vicissitudes; but instances which are more important and better known to my hearers may be drawn from the experiences of our city and of the Lacedaemonians. As for the Athenians, after our city had been laid waste by the barbarians, we became, because we were anxious about the future and gave attention to our affairs, the foremost of the Hellenes; whereas, when we imagined that our power was invincible, we barely escaped being enslaved.
§ 7
Λακεδαιμόνιοί τε τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν ἐκ φαύλων καὶ ταπεινῶν πόλεων ὁρμηθέντες διὰ τὸ σωφρόνως ζῆν καὶ στρατιωτικῶς κατέσχον Πελοπόννησον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα μεῖζον φρονήσαντες τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ λαβόντες καὶ τὴν κατὰ γῆν καὶ τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν ἀρχήν, εἰς τοὺς αὐτοὺς κινδύνους κατέστησαν ἡμῖν.
Likewise the Lacedaemonians, after having set out in ancient times from obscure and humble cities, made themselves, because they lived temperately and under military discipline, masters of the Peloponnesus; whereas later, when they grew overweening and seized the empire both of the sea and of the land, they fell into the same dangers as ourselves.
§ 8
ὅστις οὖν εἰδὼς τοσαύτας μεταβολὰς γεγενημένας καὶ τηλικαύτας δυνάμεις οὕτω ταχέως ἀναιρεθείσας πιστεύει τοῖς παροῦσι, λίαν ἀνόητός ἐστιν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῆς μὲν πόλεως ἡμῶν πολὺ καταδεέστερον νῦν πραττούσης ἢ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, τοῦ δὲ μίσους τοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς πρὸς βασιλέα πάλιν ἀνακεκαινισμένης, ἃ τότε κατεπολέμησεν ἡμᾶς.
Whoever, therefore, knowing that such great vicissitudes have taken place and that such mighty powers have been so quickly brought to naught, yet trusts in our present circumstances, is all too foolish, especially since Athens is now in a much less favorable condition than she was at that time, while the hatred of us among the Hellenes and the enmity of the great King, which then brought disaster to our arms, have been again revived.
§ 9
ἀπορῶ δὲ πότερον ὑπολάβω μηδὲν μέλειν ὑμῖν τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων ἢ φροντίζειν μὲν αὐτῶν, εἰς τοῦτο δʼ ἀναισθησίας ἥκειν ὥστε λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς εἰς ὅσην ταραχὴν ἡ πόλις καθέστηκεν. ἐοίκατε γὰρ οὕτω διακειμένοις ἀνθρώποις, οἵτινες ἁπάσας μὲν τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης ἀπολωλεκότες, πλείω δʼ ἢ χίλια τάλαντα μάτην εἰς τοὺς ξένους ἀνηλωκότες,
I am in doubt whether to suppose that you care nothing for the public welfare or that you are concerned about it, but have become so obtuse that you fail to see into what utter confusion our city has fallen. For you resemble men in that state of mind—you who have lost all the cities in Thrace, squandered to no purpose more than a thousand talents on mercenary troops,
§ 10
πρὸς δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας διαβεβλημένοι καὶ τῷ βαρβάρῳ πολέμιοι γεγονότες, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μὲν Θηβαίων φίλους σώζειν ἠναγκασμένοι, τοὺς δʼ ἡμετέρους αὐτῶν συμμάχους ἀπολωλεκότες, ἐπὶ τοιαύταις πράξεσιν εὐαγγέλια μὲν δὶς ἤδη τεθύκαμεν, ῥᾳθυμότερον δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐκκλησιάζομεν τῶν πάντα τὰ δέοντα πραττόντων.
provoked the ill-will of the Hellenes and the hostility of the barbarians, and, as if this were not enough, have been compelled to save the friends of the Thebans at the cost of losing our own allies; and yet to celebrate the good news of such accomplishments we have twice now offered grateful sacrifices to the gods, and we deliberate about our affairs more complaisantly than men whose actions leave nothing to be desired!
§ 11
καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰκότως καὶ ποιοῦμεν καὶ πάσχομεν· οὐδὲν γὰρ οἷόν τε γίγνεσθαι κατὰ τρόπον τοῖς μὴ καλῶς περὶ ὅλης τῆς διοικήσεως βεβουλευμένοις, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν καὶ κατορθώσωσι περί τινας τῶν πράξεων ἢ διὰ τύχην ἢ διʼ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετήν, μικρὸν διαλιπόντες πάλιν εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς ἀπορίας κατέστησαν. καὶ ταῦτα γνοίη τις ἂν ἐκ τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς γεγενημένων·
And it is to be expected that acting as we do we should fare as we do; for nothing can turn out well for those who neglect to adopt a sound policy for the conduct of their government as a whole. On the contrary, even if they do succeed in their enterprises now and then, either through chance or through the genius of some man, they soon after find themselves in the same difficulties as before, as anyone may see from what happened in our own history.
§ 12
ἁπάσης γὰρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὑπὸ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ὑποπεσούσης καὶ μετὰ τὴν Κόνωνος ναυμαχίαν καὶ μετὰ τὴν Τιμοθέου στρατηγίαν, οὐδένα χρόνον τὰς εὐτυχίας κατασχεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν, ἀλλὰ ταχέως διεσκαριφησάμεθα καὶ διελύσαμεν αὐτάς. πολιτείαν γὰρ τὴν ὀρθῶς ἂν τοῖς πράγμασι χρησαμένην οὔτʼ ἔχομεν οὔτε καλῶς ζητοῦμεν.
For when all Hellas fell under the power of Athens, after the naval victory of Conon and the campaign of Timotheus, we were not able to hold our good fortune any time at all, but quickly dissipated and destroyed it. For we neither possess nor do we honestly seek to obtain a polity which can properly deal with our affairs.
§ 13
καίτοι τὰς εὐπραγίας ἅπαντες ἴσμεν καὶ παραγιγνομένας καὶ παραμενούσας οὐ τοῖς τὰ τείχη κάλλιστα καὶ μέγιστα περιβεβλημένοις, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετὰ πλείστων ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον συνηθροισμένοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἄριστα καὶ σωφρονέστατα τὴν αὑτῶν πόλιν διοικοῦσιν.
And yet we all know that success does not visit and abide with those who have built around themselves the finest and the strongest walls, nor with those who have collected the greatest population in one place, but rather with those who most nobly and wisely govern their state.
§ 14
ἔστι γὰρ ψυχὴ πόλεως οὐδὲν ἔτερον ἢ πολιτεία, τοσαύτην ἔχουσα δύναμιν ὅσην περ ἐν σώματι φρόνησις. αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βουλευομένη περὶ ἁπάντων, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ διαφυλάττουσα, τὰς δὲ συμφορὰς διαφεύγουσα. ταύτῃ καὶ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τοὺς ῥήτορας καὶ τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὁμοιοῦσθαι, καὶ πράττειν οὕτως ἑκάστους οἵαν περ ἂν ταύτην ἔχωσιν.
For the soul of a state is nothing else than its polity, having as much power over it as does the mind over the body; for it is this which deliberates upon all questions, seeking to preserve what is good and to ward off what is disastrous; and it is this which of necessity assimilates to its own nature the laws, the public orators and the private citizens; and all the members of the state must fare well or ill according to the kind of polity under which they live.
§ 15
ἧς ἡμεῖς διεφθαρμένης οὐδὲν φροντίζομεν, οὐδὲ σκοποῦμεν ὅπως ἐπανορθώσομεν αὐτήν· ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζοντες κατηγοροῦμεν τῶν καθεστώτων, καὶ λέγομεν ὡς οὐδέποτʼ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ κάκιον ἐπολιτεύθημεν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις αἷς ἔχομεν μᾶλλον αὐτὴν ἀγαπῶμεν τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων καταλειφθείσης. ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐγὼ καὶ τοὺς λόγους μέλλω ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν πρόσοδον ἀπεγραψάμην.
And yet we are quite indifferent to the fact that our polity has been corrupted, nor do we even consider how we may redeem it. It is true that we sit around in our shops denouncing the present order and complaining that never under a democracy have we been worse governed, but in our actions and in the sentiments which we hold regarding it we show that we are better satisfied with our present democracy than with that which was handed down to us by our forefathers. It is in favor of the democracy of our forefathers that I intend to speak, and this is the subject on which I gave notice that I would address you.
§ 16
εὑρίσκω γὰρ ταύτην μόνην ἂν γενομένην καὶ τῶν μελλόντων κινδύνων ἀποτροπὴν καὶ τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἀπαλλαγήν, ἢν ἐθελήσωμεν ἐκείνην τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἀναλαβεῖν, ἢν Σόλων μὲν ὁ δημοτικώτατος γενόμενος ἐνομοθέτησε, Κλεισθένης δὲ ὁ τοὺς τυράννους ἐκβαλὼν καὶ τὸν δῆμον καταγαγὼν πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατέστησεν.
For I find that the one way—the only possible way—which can avert future perils from us and deliver us from our present ills is that we should be willing to restore that earlier democracy which was instituted by Solon, who proved himself above all others the friend of the people, and which was re-established by Cleisthenes, who drove out the tyrants and brought the people back into power—
§ 17
ἧς οὐκ ἂν εὕροιμεν οὔτε δημοτικωτέραν οὔτε τῇ πόλει μᾶλλον συμφέρουσαν. τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνῃ χρώμενοι, πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ διαπραξάμενοι καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμήσαντες, παρʼ ἑκόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔλαβον, οἱ δὲ τῆς νῦν παρούσης ἐπιθυμήσαντες, ὑπὸ πάντων μισηθέντες καὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ παθόντες, μικρὸν ἀπέλιπον τοῦ μὴ ταῖς ἐσχάταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσεῖν.
a government than which we could find none more favorable to the populace or more advantageous to the whole city. The strongest proof of this is that those who enjoyed this constitution wrought many noble deeds, won the admiration of all mankind, and took their place, by the common consent of the Hellenes, as the leading power of Hellas; whereas those who were enamored of the present constitution made themselves hated of all men, suffered many indignities, and barely escaped falling into the worst of all disasters.
§ 18
καίτοι πῶς χρὴ ταύτην τὴν πολιτείαν ἐπαινεῖν ἢ στέργειν τὴν τοσούτων μὲν κακῶν αἰτίαν πρότερον γενομένην, νῦν δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον φερομένην; πῶς δʼ οὐ χρὴ δεδιέναι μὴ τοιαύτης ἐπιδόσεως γιγνομένης τελευτῶντες εἰς τραχύτερα πράγματα τῶν τότε γενομένων ἐξοκείλωμεν;
And yet how can we praise or tolerate a government which has in the past been the cause of so many evils and which is now year by year ever drifting on from bad to worse? And how can we escape the fear that if we continue to progress after this fashion we may finally run aground on rocks more perilous than those which at that time loomed before us?
§ 19
ἵνα δὲ μὴ συλλήβδην μόνον ἀκηκοότες, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες ποιῆσθε καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν αὐτῶν, ὑμέτερον μὲν ἔργον ἐστὶ παρασχεῖν ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς προσέχοντας τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις, ἐγὼ δʼ ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι συντομώτατα περὶ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων πειράσομαι διελθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
But in order that you may make a choice and come to a decision between the two constitutions, not from the summary statement you just heard, but from exact knowledge, it behoves you, for your part, to render yourselves attentive to what I say, while I, for my part, shall try to explain them both to you as briefly as I can.
§ 20
οἱ γὰρ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον τὴν πόλιν διοικοῦντες κατεστήσαντο πολιτείαν οὐκ ὀνόματι μὲν τῷ κοινοτάτῳ καὶ πραοτάτῳ προσαγορευομένην, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πράξεων οὐ τοιαύτην τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι φαινομένην, οὐδʼ ἣ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐπαίδευε τοὺς πολίτας ὥσθʼ ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν μὲν ἀκολασίαν δημοκρατίαν, τὴν δὲ παρανομίαν ἐλευθερίαν, τὴν δὲ παρρησίαν ἰσονομίαν, τὴν δʼ ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πάντα ποιεῖν εὐδαιμονίαν, ἀλλὰ μισοῦσα καὶ κολάζουσα τοὺς τοιούτους βελτίους καὶ σωφρονεστέρους ἅπαντας τοὺς πολίτας ἐποίησεν.
For those who directed the state in the time of Solon and Cleisthenes did not establish a polity which in name merely was hailed as the most impartial and the mildest of governments, while in practice showing itself the opposite to those who lived under it, nor one which trained the citizens in such fashion that they looked upon insolence as democracy, lawlessness as liberty, impudence of speech as equality, and licence to do what they pleased as happiness, but rather a polity which detested and punished such men and by so doing made all the citizens better and wiser.
§ 21
μέγιστον δʼ αὐτοῖς συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὸ καλῶς οἰκεῖν τὴν πόλιν, ὅτι δυοῖν ἰσοτήτοιν νομιζομέναιν εἶναι, καὶ τῆς μὲν ταὐτὸν ἅπασιν ἀπονεμούσης τῆς δὲ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστοις, οὐκ ἠγνόουν τὴν χρησιμωτέραν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν τῶν αὐτῶν ἀξιοῦσαν τοὺς χρηστοὺς καὶ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀπεδοκίμαζον ὡς οὐ δικαίαν οὖσαν,
But what contributed most to their good government of the state was that of the two recognized kinds of equality—that which makes the same award to all alike and that which gives to each man his due—they did not fail to grasp which was the more serviceable; but, rejecting as unjust that which holds that the good and the bad are worthy of the same honors,
§ 22
τὴν δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἕκαστον τιμῶσαν καὶ κολάζουσαν προῃροῦντο, καὶ διὰ ταύτης ᾤκουν τὴν πόλιν, οὐκ ἐξ ἁπάντων τὰς ἀρχὰς κληροῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ τοὺς ἱκανωτάτους ἐφʼ ἕκαστον τῶν ἔργων προκρίνοντες. τοιούτους γὰρ ἤλπιζον ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷοί περ ἂν ὦσιν οἱ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιστατοῦντες.
and preferring rather that which rewards and punishes every man according to his deserts, they governed the city on this principle, not filling the offices by lot from all the citizens, but selecting the best and the ablest for each function of the state; for they believed that the rest of the people would reflect the character of those who were placed in charge of their affairs.
§ 23
ἔπειτα καὶ δημοτικωτέραν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι ταύτην τὴν κατάστασιν ἢ τὴν διὰ τοῦ λαγχάνειν γιγνομένην ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῇ κληρώσει τὴν τύχην βραβεύσειν, καὶ πολλάκις λήψεσθαι τὰς ἀρχὰς τοὺς ὀλιγαρχίας ἐπιθυμοῦντας, ἐν δὲ τῷ προκρίνειν τοὺς ἐπιεικεστάτους τὸν δῆμον ἔσεσθαι κύριον ἑλέσθαι τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας μάλιστα τὴν καθεστῶσαν πολιτείαν.
Furthermore they considered that this way of appointing magistrates was also more democratic than the casting of lots, since under the plan of election by lot chance would decide the issue and the partizans of oligarchy would often get the offices; whereas under the plan of selecting the worthiest men, the people would have in their hands the power to choose those who were most attached to the existing constitution.
§ 24
αἴτιον δʼ ἦν τοῦ ταῦτα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀρέσκειν καὶ μὴ περιμαχήτους εἶναι τὰς ἀρχάς, ὅτι μεμαθηκότες ἦσαν ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ φείδεσθαι, καὶ μὴ τῶν μὲν οἰκείων ἀμελεῖν τοῖς δʼ ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν, μηδʼ ἐκ τῶν δημοσίων τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν διοικεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἑκάστοις ὑπαρχόντων, εἴ ποτε δεήσειε, τοῖς κοινοῖς ἐπαρκεῖν, μηδʼ ἀκριβέστερον εἰδέναι τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀρχείων προσόδους ἢ τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων γιγνομένας αὑτοῖς. οὕτω δʼ ἀπείχοντο σφόδρα τῶν τῆς πόλεως,
The reason why this plan was agreeable to the majority and why they did not fight over the offices was because they had been schooled to be industrious and frugal, and not to neglect their own possessions and conspire against the possessions of others, and not to repair their own fortunes out of the public funds, but rather to help out the commonwealth, should the need arise, from their private resources, and not to know more accurately the incomes derived from the public offices than those which accrued to them from their own estates.
§ 25
ὥστε χαλεπώτερον ἦν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις εὑρεῖν τοὺς βουλομένους ἄρχειν ἢ νῦν τοὺς μηδὲν δεομένους· οὐ γὰρ ἐμπορίαν ἀλλὰ λειτουργίαν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμέλειαν, οὐδʼ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἐσκόπουν ἐλθόντες εἴ τι λῆμμα παραλελοίπασιν οἱ πρότερον ἄρχοντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον εἴ τινος πράγματος κατημελήκασι τῶν τέλος ἔχειν κατεπειγόντων.
So severely did they abstain from what belonged to the state that it was harder in those days to find men who were willing to hold office than it is now to find men who are not begging for the privilege; for they did not regard a charge over public affairs as a chance for private gain but as a service to the state; neither did they from their first day in office seek to discover whether their predecessors had overlooked any source of profit, but much rather whether they had neglected any business of the state which pressed for settlement.
§ 26
ὡς δὲ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ἐκεῖνοι διεγνωκότες ἦσαν ὅτι δεῖ τὸν μὲν δῆμον ὥσπερ τύραννον καθιστάναι τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ κολάζειν τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας καὶ κρίνειν περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, τοὺς δὲ σχολὴν ἄγειν δυναμένους καὶ βίον ἱκανὸν κεκτημένους ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν κοινῶν ὥσπερ οἰκέτας,
In a word, our forefathers had resolved that the people as the supreme master of the state, should appoint the magistrates, call to account those who failed in their duty, and judge in cases of dispute; while those citizens who could afford the time and possessed sufficient means should devote themselves to the care of the commonwealth, as servants of the people,
§ 27
καὶ δικαίους μὲν γενομένους ἐπαινεῖσθαι καὶ στέργειν ταύτῃ τῇ τιμῇ, κακῶς δὲ διοικήσαντας μηδεμιᾶς συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν ἀλλὰ ταῖς μεγίσταις ζημίαις περιπίπτειν. καίτοι πῶς ἄν τις εὕροι ταύτης βεβαιοτέραν ἢ δικαιοτέραν δημοκρατίαν, τῆς τοὺς μὲν δυνατωτάτους ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις καθιστάσης, αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων τὸν δῆμον κύριον ποιούσης;
entitled to receive commendation if they proved faithful to their trust, and contenting themselves with this honor, but condemned, on the other hand, if they governed badly, to meet with no mercy, but to suffer the severest punishment. And how, pray, could one find a democracy more stable or more just than this, which appointed the most capable men to have charge of its affairs but gave to the people authority over their rulers?
§ 28
τὸ μὲν οὖν σύνταγμα τῆς πολιτείας τοιοῦτον ἦν αὐτοῖς· ῥᾴδιον δʼ ἐκ τούτων καταμαθεῖν ὡς καὶ τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ὀρθῶς καὶ νομίμως πράττοντες διετέλεσαν. ἀνάγκη γὰρ τοῖς περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων καλὰς τὰς ὑποθέσεις πεποιημένοις καὶ τὰ μέρη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχειν ἐκείνοις.
Such was the constitution of their polity, and from this it is easy to see that also in their conduct day by day they never failed to act with propriety and justice; for when people have laid sound foundations for the conduct of the whole state it follows that in the details of their lives they must reflect the character of their government.
§ 29
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεούς, ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ἄρχεσθαι δίκαιον, οὐκ ἀνωμάλως οὐδʼ ἀτάκτως οὔτʼ ἐθεράπευον οὔτʼ ὠργίαζον· οὐδʼ ὁπότε μὲν δόξειεν αὐτοῖς, τριακοσίους βοῦς ἔπεμπον, ὁπότε δὲ τύχοιεν, τὰς πατρίους θυσίας ἐξέλειπον· οὐδὲ τὰς μὲν ἐπιθέτους ἑορτάς, αἷς ἑστίασίς τις προσείη, μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἦγον, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις τῶν ἱερῶν ἀπὸ μισθωμάτων ἔθυον·
First of all as to their conduct towards the gods—for it is right to begin with them—they were not erratic or irregular in their worship of them or in the celebration of their rites; they did not, for example, drive three hundred oxen in procession to the altar, when it entered their heads to do so,while omitting, when the caprice seized them, the sacrifices instituted by their fathers; neither did they observe on a grand scale the festivals imported from abroad, whenever these were attended by a feast, while contracting with the lowest bidder for the sacrifices demanded by the holiest rites of their religion.
§ 30
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο μόνον ἐτήρουν, ὅπως μηδὲν μήτε τῶν πατρίων καταλύσουσι μήτʼ ἔξω τῶν νομιζομένων προσθήσουσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πολυτελείαις ἐνόμιζον εἶναι τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ μηδὲν κινεῖν ὧν αὐτοῖς οἱ πρόγονοι παρέδοσαν. καὶ γάρ τοι καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν οὐκ ἐμπλήκτως οὐδὲ ταραχωδῶς αὐτοῖς συνέβαινεν, ἀλλʼ εὐκαίρως καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐργασίαν τῆς χώρας καὶ πρὸς τὴν συγκομιδὴν τῶν καρπῶν.
For their only care was not to destroy any institution of their fathers and to introduce nothing which was not approved by custom, believing that reverence consists, not in extravagant expenditures, but in disturbing none of the rites which their ancestors had handed on to them. And so also the gifts of the gods were visited upon them, not fitfully or capriciously, but seasonably both for the ploughing of the land and for the ingathering of its fruits.
§ 31
παραπλησίως δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τὰ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διῴκουν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον μερὶ τῶν κοινῶν ὡμονόουν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὸν ἴδιον βίον τοσαύτην ἐποιοῦντο πρόνοιαν ἀλλήλων, ὅσην περ χρὴ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας καὶ πατρίδος κοινωνοῦντας. οἵ τε γὰρ πενέστεροι τῶν πολιτῶν τοσοῦτον ἀπεῖχον τοῦ φθονεῖν τοῖς πλείω κεκτημένοις,
In the same manner also they governed their relations with each other. For not only were they of the same mind regarding public affairs, but in their private life as well they showed that degree of consideration for each other which is due from men who are rightminded and partners in a common fatherland.
§ 32
ὥσθʼ ὁμοίως ἐκήδοντο τῶν οἴκων τῶν μεγάλων ὥσπερ τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν, ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἐκείνων εὐδαιμονίαν αὑτοῖς εὐπορίαν ὑπάρχειν· οἵ τε τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες οὐχ ὅπως ὑπερεώρων τοὺς καταδεέστερον πράττοντας, ἀλλʼ ὑπολαμβάνοντες αἰσχύνην αὑτοῖς εἶναι τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν ἀπορίαν ἐπήμυνον ταῖς ἐνδείαις, τοῖς μὲν γεωργίας ἐπὶ μετρίαις μισθώσεσι παραδιδόντες, τοὺς δὲ κατʼ ἐμπορίαν ἐκπέμποντες, τοῖς δʼ εἰς τὰς ἄλλας ἐργασίας ἀφορμὴν παρέχοντες.
The less well-to-do among the citizens were so far from envying those of greater means that they were as solicitous for the great estates as for their own, considering that the prosperity of the rich was a guarantee of their own well-being. Those who possessed wealth, on the other hand, did not look down upon those in humbler circumstances, but, regarding poverty among their fellow-citizens as their own disgrace, came to the rescue of the distresses of the poor, handing over lands to some at moderate rentals, sending out some to engage in commerce, and furnishing means to others to enter upon various occupations;
§ 33
οὐ γὰρ ἐδεδίεσαν μὴ δυοῖν θάτερον πάθοιεν, ἢ πάντων στερηθεῖεν, ἢ πολλὰ πράγματα σχόντες μέρος τι κομίσαιντο τῶν προεθέντων· ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως ἐθάρρουν περὶ τῶν ἔξω δεδομένων ὥσπερ περὶ τῶν ἔνδον κειμένων. ἑώρων γὰρ τοὺς περὶ τῶν συμβολαίων κρίνοντας οὐ ταῖς ἐπιεικείαις χρωμένους, ἀλλὰ τοῖς νόμοις πειθομένους,
for they had no fear that they might suffer one of two things—that they might lose their whole investment or recover, after much trouble, only a mere fraction of their venture; on the contrary, they felt as secure about the money which was lent out as about that which was stored in their own coffers. For they saw that in cases of contract the judges were not in the habit of indulging their sense of equity but were strictly faithful to the laws;
§ 34
οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀγῶσιν αὑτοῖς ἀδικεῖν ἐξουσίαν παρασκευάζοντας, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὀργιζομένους τοῖς ἀποστεροῦσιν αὐτῶν τῶν ἀδικουμένων, καὶ νομίζοντας διὰ τοὺς ἄπιστα τὰ συμβόλαια ποιοῦντας μείζω βλάπτεσθαι τοὺς πένητας τῶν πολλὰ κεκτημένων· τοὺς μὲν γάρ, ἢν παύσωνται προϊέμενοι, μικρῶν προσόδων ἀποστερηθήσεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ, ἢν ἀπορήσωσι τῶν ἐπαρκούντων, εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην ἔνδειαν καταστήσεσθαι.
and that they did not in trying others seek to make it safe for themselves to disobey the law, but were indeed more severe on defaulters than were the injured themselves, since they believed that those who break down confidence in contracts do a greater injury to the poor than to the rich; for if the rich were to stop lending, they would be deprived of only a slight revenue, whereas if the poor should lack the help of their supporters they would be reduced to desperate straits.
§ 35
καὶ γάρ τοι διὰ τὴν γνώμην ταύτην οὐδεὶς οὔτʼ ἀπεκρύπτετο τὴν οὐσίαν οὔτʼ ὤκνει συμβάλλειν, ἀλλʼ ἥδιον ἑώρων τοὺς δανειζομένους ἢ τοὺς ἀποδιδόντας. ἀμφότερα γὰρ αὐτοῖς συνέβαινεν, ἅπερ ἂν βουληθεῖεν ἄνθρωποι νοῦν ἔχοντες· ἅμα γὰρ τούς τε πολίτας ὠφέλουν καὶ τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἐνεργὰ καθίστασαν. κεφάλαιον δὲ τοῦ καλῶς ἀλλήλοις ὁμιλεῖν· αἱ μὲν γὰρ κτήσεις ἀσφαλεῖς ἦσαν, οἷσπερ κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον ὑπῆρχον, αἱ δὲ χρήσεις κοιναὶ πᾶσι τοῖς δεομένοις τῶν πολιτῶν.
And so because of this confidence no one tried to conceal his wealth nor hesitated to lend it out, but, on the contrary, the wealthy were better pleased to see men borrowing money than paying it back; for they thus experienced the double satisfaction—which should appeal to all right-minded men—of helping their fellow-citizens and at the same time making their own property productive for themselves. In fine, the result of their dealing honorably with each other was that the ownership of property was secured to those to whom it rightfully belonged, while the enjoyment of property was shared by all the citizens who needed it.
§ 36
ἴσως ἂν οὖν τις ἐπιτιμήσειε τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ὅτι τὰς μὲν πράξεις ἐπαινῶ τὰς ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις γεγενημένας, τὰς δʼ αἰτίας οὐ φράζω, διʼ ἃς οὕτω καλῶς καὶ τὰ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶχον καὶ τὴν πόλιν διῴκουν. ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι μὲν εἰρηκέναι τι καὶ τοιοῦτον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔτι πλείω καὶ σαφέστερον πειράσομαι διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
But perhaps some might object to what I have said on the ground that I praise the conditions of life as they were in those days, but neglect to explain the reasons why our forefathers managed so well both in their relations with each other and in their government of the state. Well, I have already touched upon that question, but in spite of that I shall now try to discuss it even more fully and more clearly.
§ 37
ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐν μὲν ταῖς παιδείαις πολλοὺς τοὺς ἐπιστατοῦντας εἶχον, ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς ἄνδρας δοκιμασθεῖεν, ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς ποιεῖν ὅ τι βουληθεῖεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς ἀκμαῖς πλέονος ἐπιμελείας ἐτύγχανον ἢ παῖδες ὄντες. οὕτω γὰρ ἡμῶν οἱ πρόγονοι σφόδρα περὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἐσπούδαζον, ὥστε τὴν ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλὴν ἐπέστησαν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς εὐκοσμίας, ἧς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν μετασχεῖν πλὴν τοῖς καλῶς γεγονόσι καὶ πολλὴν ἀρετὴν ἐν τῷ βίω καὶ σωφροσύνην ἐνδεδειγμένοις, ὥστʼ εἰκότως αὐτὴν διενεγκεῖν τῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι συνεδρίων.
The Athenians of that day were not watched over by many preceptors during their boyhood only to be allowed to do what they liked when they attained to manhood; on the contrary, they were subjected to greater supervision in the very prime of their vigor than when they were boys. For our forefathers placed such strong emphasis upon sobriety that they put the supervision of decorum in charge of the Council of the Areopagus—a body which was composed exclusively of men who were of noble birth and had exemplified in their lives exceptional virtue and sobriety, and which, therefore, naturally excelled all the other councils of Hellas.
§ 38
σημείοις δʼ ἄν τις χρήσαιτο περὶ τῶν τότε καθεστώτων καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ παρόντι γιγνομένοις· ἔτι γὰρ καὶ νῦν ἁπάντων τῶν περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ τὴν δοκιμασίαν κατημελημένων ἴδοιμεν ἂν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις πράγμασιν οὐκ ἀνεκτοὺς ὄντας, ἐπειδὰν εἰς Ἄρειον πάγον ἀναβῶσιν, ὀκνοῦντας τῇ φύσει χρῆσθαι καὶ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἐκεῖ νομίμοις ἢ ταῖς αὑτῶν κακίαις ἐμμένοντας. τοσοῦτον φόβον ἐκεῖνοι τοῖς πονηροῖς ἐνειργάσαντο, καὶ τοιοῦτο μνημεῖον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῆς αὑτῶν ἀρετῆς καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐγκατέλιπον.
And we may judge what this institution was at that time even by what happens at the present day; for even now, when everything connected with the election and the examination of magistrates has fallen into neglect, we shall find that those who in all else that they do are insufferable, yet when they enter the Areopagus hesitate to indulge their true nature, being governed rather by its traditions than by their own evil instincts. So great was the fear which its members inspired in the depraved and such was the memorial of their own virtue and sobriety which they left behind them in the place of their assembly.
§ 39
τὴν δὴ τοιαύτην, ὥσπερ εἶπον, κυρίαν ἐποίησαν τῆς εὐταξίας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, ἣ τοὺς μὲν οἰομένους ἐνταῦθα βελτίστους ἄνδρας γίγνεσθαι, παρʼ οἷς οἱ νόμοι μετὰ πλείστης ἀκριβείας κείμενοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἀγνοεῖν ἐνόμιζεν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν κωλύειν ὁμοίους ἅπαντας εἶναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἕνεκά γε τοῦ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι τὰ γράμματα λαβεῖν παρʼ ἀλλήλων.
Such, then, as I have described, was the nature of the Council which our forefathers charged with the supervision of moral discipline—a council which considered that those who believed that the best citizens are produced in a state where the laws are prescribed with the greatest exactness were blind to the truth; for in that case there would be no reason why all of the Hellenes should not be on the same level, at any rate in so far as it is easy to borrow written codes from each other.
§ 40
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἐκ τούτων τὴν ἐπίδοσιν εἶναι τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπιτηδευμάτων· τοὺς γὰρ πολλοὺς ὁμοίους τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἀποβαίνειν, ἐν οἷς ἂν ἕκαστοι παιδευθῶσιν. ἔπειτα τά γε πλήθη καὶ τὰς ἀκριβείας τῶν νόμων σημεῖον εἶναι τοῦ κακῶς οἰκεῖσθαι τὴν πόλιν ταύτην· ἐμφράγματα γὰρ αὐτοὺς ποιουμένους τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πολλοὺς τίθεσθαι τοὺς νόμους ἀναγκάζεσθαι.
But in fact, they thought, virtue is not advanced by written laws but by the habits of every-day life; for the majority of men tend to assimilate the manners and morals amid which they have been reared. Furthermore, they held that where there is a multitude of specific laws, it is a sign that the state is badly governed; for it is in the attempt to build up dikes against the spread of crime that men in such a state feel constrained to multiply the laws.
§ 41
δεῖν δὲ τοὺς ὀρθῶς πολιτευομένους οὐ τὰς στοὰς ἐμπιπλάναι γραμμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἔχειν τὸ δίκαιον· οὐ γὰρ τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἤθεσι καλῶς οἰκεῖσθαι τὰς πόλεις, καὶ τοὺς μὲν κακῶς τεθραμμένους καὶ τοὺς ἀκριβῶς τῶν νόμων ἀναγεγραμμένους τολμήσειν παραβαίνειν, τοὺς δὲ καλῶς πεπαιδευμένους καὶ τοῖς ἁπλῶς κειμένοις ἐθελήσειν ἐμμένειν.
Those who are rightly governed, on the other hand, do not need to fill their porticoes with written statutes, but only to cherish justice in their souls; for it is not by legislation, but by morals, that states are well directed, since men who are badly reared will venture to transgress even laws which are drawn up with minute exactness, whereas those who are well brought up will be willing to respect even a simple code.
§ 42
ταῦτα διανοηθέντες οὐ τοῦτο πρῶτον ἐσκόπουν, διʼ ὧν κολάσουσι τοὺς ἀκοσμοῦντας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν παρασκευάσουσι μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ἄξιον ζημίας ἐξαμαρτάνειν· ἡγοῦντο γὰρ τοῦτο μὲν αὑτῶν ἔργον εἶναι, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς τιμωρίας σπουδάζειν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς προσήκειν.
Therefore, being of this mind, our forefathers did not seek to discover first how they should penalize men who were lawless, but how they should produce citizens who would refrain from any punishable act; for they thought that this was their duty, while it was proper for private enemies alone to be zealous in the avenging of crime.
§ 43
ἁπάντων μὲν οὖν ἐφρόντιζον τῶν πολιτῶν, μάλιστα δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων. ἑώρων γὰρ τοὺς τηλικούτους ταραχωδέστατα διακειμένους καὶ πλείστων γέμοντας ἐπιθυμιῶν, καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν μάλιστα δαμασθῆναι δεομένας ἐπιμελείαις καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πόνοις ἡδονὰς ἔχουσιν· ἐν μόνοις γὰρ ἂν τούτοις ἐμμεῖναι τοὺς ἐλευθέρως τεθραμμένους καὶ μεγαλοφρονεῖν εἰθισμένους.
Now our forefathers exercised care over all the citizens, but most of all over the young. They saw that at this age men are most unruly of temper and filled with a multitude of desires, and that their spirits are most in need of being curbed by devotion to noble pursuits and by congenial labor; for only such occupations can attract and hold men who have been educated liberally and trained in high-minded ways.
§ 44
ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ἄγειν διατριβὰς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν, ἀνωμάλως τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἔχοντας· ὡς δὲ πρὸς τὴν οὐσίαν ἥρμοττεν, οὕτως ἑκάστοις προσέταττον. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ὑποδεέστερον πράττοντας ἐπὶ τὰς γεωργίας καὶ τὰς ἐμπορίας ἔτρεπον, εἰδότες τὰς ἀπορίας μὲν διὰ τὰς ἀργίας γιγνομένας,
However, since it was not possible to direct all into the same occupations, because of differences in their circumstances, they assigned to each one a vocation which was in keeping with his means; for they turned the needier towards farming and trade, knowing that poverty comes about through idleness, and evil-doing through poverty.
§ 45
τὰς δὲ κακουργίας διὰ τὰς ἀπορίας· ἀπορίας· ἀναιροῦντες οὖν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλάξειν ᾤοντο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτημάτων τῶν μετʼ ἐκείνην γιγνομένων. τοὺς δὲ βίον ἱκανὸν κεκτημένους περὶ τὴν ἱππικὴν καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια καὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἠνάγκασαν διατρίβειν, ὁρῶντες ἐκ τούτων τοὺς μὲν διαφέροντας γιγνομένους, τοὺς δὲ τῶν πλείστων κακῶν ἀπεχομένους.
Accordingly, they believed that by removing the root of evil they would deliver the young from the sins which spring from it. On the other hand, they compelled those who possessed sufficient means to devote themselves to horsemanship, athletics, hunting, and philosophy, observing that by these pursuits some are enabled to achieve excellence, others to abstain from many vices.
§ 46
καὶ ταῦτα νομοθετήσαντες οὐδὲ τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ὠλιγώρουν, ἀλλὰ διελόμενοι τὴν μὲν πόλιν κατὰ κώμας τὴν δὲ χώραν κατὰ δήμους ἐθεώρουν τὸν βίον τὸν ἑκάστου, καὶ τοὺς ἀκοσμοῦντας ἀνῆγον εἰς τὴν βουλήν. ἡ δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐνουθέτει, τοῖς δʼ ἠπείλει, τοὺς δʼ ὡς προσῆκεν ἐκόλαζεν. ἠπίσταντο γὰρ ὅτι δύο τρόποι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες οἱ καὶ προτρέποντες ἐπὶ τὰς ἀδικίας καὶ παύοντες τῶν πονηριῶν·
But when they had laid down these ordinances they were not negligent regarding what remained to be done, but, dividing the city into districts and the country into townships, they kept watch over the life of every citizen, haling the disorderly before the Council, which now rebuked, now warned, and again punished them according to their deserts. For they understood that there are two ways both of encouraging men to do wrong and of checking them from evil-doing;
§ 47
παρʼ οἷς μὲν γὰρ μήτε φυλακὴ μηδεμία τῶν τοιούτων καθέστηκε μήθʼ αἱ κρίσεις ἀκριβεῖς εἰσι, παρὰ τούτοις μὲν διαφθείρεσθαι καὶ τὰς ἐπιεικεῖς τῶν φύσεων, ὅπου δὲ μήτε λαθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι μήτε φανεροῖς γενομένοις συγγνώμης τυχεῖν, ἐνταῦθα δʼ ἐξιτήλους γίγνεσθαι τὰς κακοηθείας. ἅπερ ἐκεῖνοι γιγνώσκοντες ἀμφοτέροις κατεῖχον τοὺς πολίτας, καὶ ταῖς τιμωρίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις· τοσούτου γὰρ ἔδεον αὐτοὺς λανθάνειν οἱ κακόν τι δεδρακότες, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἐπιδόξους ἁμαρτήσεσθαί τι προῃσθάνοντο.
for where no watch is kept over such matters and the judgements are not strict, there even honest natures grow corrupt; but where, again, it is not easy for wrongdoers either to escape detection or, when detected, to obtain indulgence, there the impulse to do evil disappears. Understanding this, they restrained the people from wrongdoing in both ways—both by punishment and by watchfulness; for so far from failing to detect those who had gone astray, they actually saw in advance who were likely to commit some offence.
§ 48
τοιγαροῦν οὐκ ἐν τοῖς σκιραφείοις οἱ νεώτεροι διέτριβον, οὐδʼ ἐν ταῖς αὐλητρίσιν, οὐδʼ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις συλλόγοις ἐν οἷς νῦν διημερεύουσιν· ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἔμενον ἐν οἷς ἐτάχθησαν, θαυμάζοντες καὶ ζηλοῦντες τοὺς ἐν τούτοις πρωτεύοντας. οὕτω δʼ ἔφευγον τὴν ἀγοράν, ὥστʼ εἰ καί ποτε διελθεῖν ἀναγκασθεῖεν, μετὰ πολλῆς αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐφαίνοντο τοῦτο ποιοῦντες.
Therefore the young men did not waste their time in the gambling-dens or with the flute-girls or in the kind of company in which they now spend their days, but remained steadfastly in the pursuits to which they had been assigned, admiring and emulating those who excelled in these. And so strictly did they avoid the market-place that even when they were at times compelled to pass through it, they were seen to do this with great modesty and sobriety of manner.
§ 49
ἀντειπεῖν δὲ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἢ λοιδορήσασθαι δεινότερον ἐνόμιζον ἢ νῦν περὶ τοὺς γονέας ἐξαμαρτεῖν. ἐν καπηλείῳ δὲ φαγεῖν ἢ πιεῖν οὐδεὶς οὐδʼ ἂν οἰκέτης ἐπιεικὴς ἐτόλμησεν· σεμνύνεσθαι γὰρ ἐμελέτων, ἀλλʼ οὐ βωμολοχεύεσθαι. καὶ τοὺς εὐτραπέλους δὲ καὶ τοὺς σκώπτειν δυναμένους, οὓς νῦν εὐφυεῖς προσαγορεύουσιν, ἐκεῖνοι δυστυχεῖς ἐνόμιζον.
To contradict one’s elders or to be impudent to them was then considered more reprehensible than it is nowadays to sin against one’s parents; and to eat or drink in a tavern was something which no one, not even an honest slave, would venture to do; for they cultivated the manners of a gentleman, not those of a buffoon; and as for those who had a turn for jesting and playing the clown, whom we today speak of as clever wits, they were then looked upon as sorry fools.
§ 50
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με δυσκόλως διακεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ταύτην ἔχοντας τὴν ἡλικίαν. οὔτε γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι τούτους αἰτίους εἶναι τῶν γιγνομένων, σύνοιδά τε τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἥκιστα χαίρουσι ταύτῃ τῇ καταστάσει, διʼ ἣν ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἀκολασίαις ταύταις διατρίβειν· ὥστʼ οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως τούτοις ἐπιτιμῴην, ἀλλὰ πολὺ δικαιότερον τοῖς ὀλίγῳ πρὸ ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν διοικήσασιν.
But let no one suppose that I am out of temper with the younger generation: I do not think that they are to blame for what goes on, and in fact I know that most of them are far from pleased with a state of affairs which permits them to waste their time in these excesses; so that I cannot in fairness censure them, when it is much more just to rest the blame upon those who directed the city a little before our time;
§ 51
ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ προτρέψαντες ἐπὶ ταύτας τὰς ὀλιγωρίας καὶ καταλύσαντες τῆς βουλῆς δύναμιν. ἧς ἐπιστατούσης οὐ δικῶν οὐδʼ ἐγκλημάτων οὐδʼ εἰσφορῶν οὐδὲ πενίας οὐδὲ πολέμων ἡ πόλις ἔγεμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας εἰρήνην ἦγον. παρεῖχον γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τοῖς μὲν Ἕλλησι πιστούς,
for it was they who led on our youth to this spirit of heedlessness and destroyed the power of the Areopagus. For while this Council maintained its authority, Athens was not rife with law-suits, or accusations, or tax-levies, or poverty, or war; on the contrary, her citizens lived in accord with each other and at peace with mankind, enjoying the good will of the Hellenes and inspiring fear in the barbarians;
§ 52
τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις φοβερούς· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ σεσωκότες ἦσαν, παρὰ δὲ τῶν δίκην τηλικαύτην εἰληφότες, ὥστʼ ἀγαπᾶν ἐκείνους εἰ μηδὲν ἔτι κακὸν πάσχοιεν. τοιγάρτοι διὰ ταῦτα μετὰ τοσαύτης ἀσφαλείας διῆγον, ὥστε καλλίους εἶναι καὶ πολυτελεστέρας τὰς οἰκήσεις καὶ τὰς κατασκευὰς τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν ἢ τὰς ἐντὸς τείχους, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν μηδʼ εἰς τὰς ἑορτὰς εἰς ἄστυ καταβαίνειν, ἀλλʼ αἱρεῖσθαι μένειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀγαθοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν κοινῶν ἀπολαύειν.
for they had saved the Hellenes from destruction and had punished the barbarians so severely that the latter were well content if only they might suffer no further injury. And so, because of these things, our forefathers lived in such a degree of security that the houses and establishments in the country were finer and more costly than those within the city-walls, and many of the people never visited Athens even for the festivals, preferring to remain at home in the enjoyment of their own possessions rather than share in the pleasures dispensed by the state.
§ 53
οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ περὶ τὰς θεωρίας, ὧν ἕνεκʼ ἄν τις ἦλθεν, ἀσελγῶς οὐδʼ ὑπερηφάνως ἀλλὰ νοῦν ἐχόντως ἐποίουν. οὐ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν πομπῶν οὐδʼ ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὰς χορηγίας φιλονεικιῶν οὐδʼ ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἀλαζονειῶν τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἐδοκίμαζον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ σωφρόνως οἰκεῖν καὶ τοῦ βίου τοῦ καθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ τοῦ μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν ἀπορεῖν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. ἐξ ὧνπερ χρὴ κρίνειν τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς εὖ πράττοντας καὶ μὴ φορτικῶς πολιτευομένους·
For even the public festivals, which might otherwise have drawn many to the city, were not conducted with extravagance or ostentation, but with sane moderation, since our people then measured their well-being, not by their processions or by their efforts to outdo each other in fitting out the choruses, or by any such empty shows, but by the sobriety of their government, by the manner of their daily life, and by the absence of want among all their citizens. These are the standards by which one should judge whether people are genuinely prosperous and not living in vulgar fashion.
§ 54
ἐπεὶ νῦν γε τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἀλγήσειεν, ὅταν ἴδῃ πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν αὐτοὺς μὲν περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, εἴθʼ ἕξουσιν εἴτε μή, πρὸ τῶν δικαστηρίων κληρουμένους, τῶν δʼ Ἑλλήνων τοὺς ἐλαύνειν τὰς ναῦς βουλομένους τρέφειν ἀξιοῦντας, καὶ χορεύοντας μὲν ἐν χρυσοῖς ἱματίοις, χειμάζοντας δʼ ἐν τοιούτοις ἐν οἷς οὐ βούλομαι λέγειν, καὶ τοιαύτας ἄλλας ἐναντιώσεις περὶ τὴν διοίκησιν γιγνομένας, αἳ μεγάλην αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει ποιοῦσιν;
For as things now are, who among intelligent men can fail to be chagrined at what goes on, when we see many of our fellow-citizens drawing lots in front of the law-courts to determine whether they themselves shall have the necessaries of life, yet thinking it proper to support at their expense any of the Hellenes who will deign to row their ships; appearing in the public choruses in garments spangled with gold, yet living through the winter in clothing which I refuse to describe and showing other contradictions of the same kind in their conduct of affairs, which bring great shame upon the city?
§ 55
ὧν οὐδὲν ἦν ἐπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς βουλῆς· ἀπήλλαξε γὰρ τοὺς μὲν πένητας τῶν ἀποριῶν ταῖς ἐργασίαις καὶ ταῖς παρὰ τῶν ἐχόντων ὠφελίαις, τοὺς δὲ νεωτέρους τῶν ἀκολασιῶν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι καὶ ταῖς αὐτῶν ἐπιμελείαις, τοὺς δὲ πολιτευομένους τῶν πλεονεξιῶν ταῖς τιμωρίαις καὶ τῷ μὴ λανθάνειν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, τοὺς δὲ πρεσβυτέρους τῶν ἀθυμιῶν ταῖς τιμαῖς ταῖς πολιτικαῖς καὶ ταῖς παρὰ τῶν νεωτέρων θεραπείαις. καίτοι πῶς ἂν γένοιτο ταύτης πλείονος ἀξία πολιτεία, τῆς οὕτω καλῶς ἁπάντων τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμεληθείσης;
Nothing of the sort happened when the Areopagus was in power; for it delivered the poor from want by providing them with work and with assistance from the wealthy, the young from excesses by engaging them in occupations and by watching over them, the men in public life from the temptations of greed by imposing punishments and by letting no wrong-doer escape detection, and the older men from despondency by securing to them public honors and the devotion of the young. How then could there be a polity of greater worth than this, which so excellently watched over all the interests of the state?
§ 56
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ποτὲ καθεστώτων τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα διεληλύθαμεν· ὅσα δὲ παραλελοίπαμεν, ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὅτι κἀκεῖνα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον εἶχε τούτοις, ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι καταμαθεῖν. ἤδη δέ τινες ἀκούσαντές μου ταῦτα διεξιόντος ἐπῄνεσαν μὲν ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα, καὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἐμακάρισαν ὅτι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον τὴν πόλιν διῴκουν,
I have now discussed most of the features of the constitution as it once was, and those which I have passed over may readily be judged from those which I have described, since they are of the same character. However, certain people who have heard me discuss this constitution, while praising it most unreservedly and agreeing that our forefathers were fortunate in having governed the state in this fashion,
§ 57
οὐ μὴν ὑμᾶς γε ᾤοντο πεισθήσεσθαι χρῆσθαι τούτοις, ἀλλʼ αἱρήσεσθαι διὰ τὴν συνήθειαν ἐν τοῖς καθεστηκόσι πράγμασι κακοπαθεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ πολιτείας ἀκριβεστέρας ἄμεινον τὸν βίον διάγειν. εἶναι δʼ ἔφασαν ἐμοὶ καὶ κίνδυνον, μὴ τὰ βέλτιστα συμβουλεύων μισόδημος εἶναι δόξω καὶ τὴν πόλιν ζητεῖν εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν ἐμβαλεῖν.
have nevertheless expressed the opinion that you could not be persuaded to adopt it, but that, because you have grown accustomed to the present order, you would prefer to continue a wretched existence under it rather than enjoy a better life under a stricter polity; and they warned me that I even ran the risk, although giving you the very best advice, of being thought an enemy of the people and of seeking to turn the state into an oligarchy.
§ 58
ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν περὶ πραγμάτων ἀγνοουμένων καὶ μὴ κοινῶν τοὺς λόγους ἐποιούμην, καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐκέλευον ὑμᾶς ἑλέσθαι συνέδρους ἢ συγγραφέας, διʼ ὧν ὁ δῆμος κατελύθη τὸ πρότερον, εἰκότως ἂν εἶχον ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν· νῦν δʼ οὐδὲν εἴρηκα τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ διείλεγμαι περὶ διοικήσεως οὐκ ἀποκεκρυμμένης ἀλλὰ πᾶσι φανερᾶς,
Well, if I were proposing a course which was unfamiliar and not generally known, and if I were urging you to appoint a committee or a commission to consider it, which was the means through which the democracy was done away with before, there might be some reason for this charge. I have, however, proposed nothing of the kind, but have been discussing a government whose character is hidden from no one, but evident to all—
§ 59
ἣν πάντες ἴστε καὶ πατρίαν ἡμῖν οὖσαν καὶ πλείστων ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὑπὸ τοιούτων ἀνδρῶν νομοθετηθεῖσαν καὶ κατασταθεῖσαν, οὓς οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειε δημοτικωτάτους γεγενῆσθαι τῶν πολιτῶν. ὥστε πάντων ἄν μοι συμβαίη δεινότατον, εἰ τοιαύτην πολιτείαν εἰσηγούμενος νεωτέρων δόξαιμι πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμεῖν.
one which, as you all know, is a heritage from our fathers, which has been the source of numberless blessings both to Athens and to the other states of Hellas, and which was, besides, ordained and established by men who would be acknowledged by all the world to have been the best friends of the people among the citizens of Athens; so that it would be of all things most absurd if I, in seeking to introduce such a polity, should be suspected of favoring revolution.
§ 60
ἔπειτα κἀκεῖθεν ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι τὴν ἐμὴν διάνοιαν· ἐν γὰρ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν λόγων τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ φανήσομαι ταῖς μὲν ὀλιγαρχίαις καὶ ταῖς πλεονεξίαις ἐπιτιμῶν, τὰς δʼ ἰσότητας καὶ τὰς δημοκρατίας ἐπαινῶν, οὐ πάσας, ἀλλὰ τὰς καλῶς καθεστηκυίας, οὐδʼ ὡς ἔτυχον, ἀλλὰ δικαίως καὶ λόγον ἐχόντως.
Furthermore, it is easy to judge of my purpose from the fact that in most of the discourses which I have written, you will find that I condemn oligarchies and special privileges, while I commend equal rights and democratic governments—not all of them, but those which are well-ordered, praising them not indiscriminately, but on just and reasonable grounds.
§ 61
οἶδα γὰρ τούς τε προγόνους τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ καταστάσει πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διενεγκόντας, καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους διὰ τοῦτο κάλλιστα πολιτευομένους, ὅτι μάλιστα δημοκρατούμενοι τυγχάνουσιν. ἐν γὰρ τῇ τῶν ἀρχῶν αἱρέσει καὶ τῷ βίῳ τῷ καθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἴδοιμεν ἂν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὰς ἰσότητας καὶ τὰς ὁμοιότητας μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἰσχυούσας· οἷς αἱ μὲν ὀλιγαρχίαι πολεμοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ καλῶς δημοκρατούμενοι χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν.
For I know that under this constitution our ancestors were far superior to the rest of the world, and that the Lacedaemonians are the best governed of peoples because they are the most democratic; for in their selection of magistrates, in their daily life, and in their habits in general, we may see that the principles of equity and equality have greater influence than elsewhere in the world—principles to which oligarchies are hostile, while well-ordered democracies practise them continually.
§ 62
τῶν τοίνυν ἄλλων πόλεων ταῖς ἐπιφανεστάταις καὶ μεγίσταις, ἢν ἐξετάζειν βουληθῶμεν, εὑρήσομεν τὰς δημοκρατίας μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς ὀλιγαρχίας συμφερούσας· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν πολιτείαν, ᾗ πάντες ἐπιτιμῶσιν, ἢν παραβάλωμεν αὐτὴν μὴ πρὸς τὴν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ ῥηθεῖσαν ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα καταστᾶσαν, οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν θεοποίητον εἶναι νομίσειεν.
Moreover, if we will examine into the history of the most illustrious and the greatest of the other states, we shall find that democratic forms of government are more advantageous for them than oligarchies. For if we compare our own government—which is criticized by everyone—not with the old democracy which I have described, but with the rule which was instituted by the Thirty, there is no one who would not consider our present democracy a divine creation.
§ 63
βούλομαι δʼ, εἰ καί τινές με φήσουσιν ἔξω τῆς ὑποθέσεως λέγειν, δηλῶσαι καὶ διελθεῖν ὅσον αὕτη τῆς τότε διήνεγκεν, ἵνα μηδεὶς οἴηταί με τὰ μὲν ἁμαρτήματα τοῦ δήμου λίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν, εἰ δέ τι καλὸν ἢ σεμνὸν διαπέπρακται, ταῦτα δὲ παραλείπειν. ἔσται δʼ ὁ λόγος οὔτε μακρὸς οὔτʼ ἀνωφελὴς τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.
And I desire, even though some will complain that I am straying from my subject, to expound and to explain how much superior this government is to that of the Thirty, in order that I may not be accused of scrutinizing too minutely the mistakes of our democracy, while overlooking the many fine things which it has achieved. I promise, however, that the story will not be long or without profit to my hearers.
§ 64
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰς ναῦς τὰς περὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ἀπωλέσαμεν καὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἐκείναις ἡ πόλις περιέπεσε, τίς οὐκ οἶδε τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοὺς μὲν δημοτικοὺς καλουμένους ἑτοίμους ὄντας ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ προσταττόμενον, καὶ δεινὸν ἡγουμένους εἴ τις ὄψεται τὴν πόλιν τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄρξασαν, ταύτην ὑφʼ ἑτέροις οὖσαν, τοὺς δὲ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ἐπιθυμήσαντας ἑτοίμως καὶ τὰ τείχη καθαιροῦντας καὶ τὴν δουλείαν ὑπομένοντας;
When we lost our fleet in the Hellespont and our city was plunged into the disasters of that time, who of our older men does not know that the “people’s party,” as they were called, were ready to go to any length of hardship to avoid doing what the enemy commanded, deeming it monstrous that anyone should see the city which had ruled over the Hellenes in subjection to another state, whereas the partisans of oligarchy were ready both to tear down the walls and to submit to slavery?
§ 65
καὶ τότε μέν, ὅτε τὸ πλῆθος ἦν κύριον τῶν πραγμάτων, ἡμᾶς τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροπόλεις φρουροῦντας, ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ τριάκοντα παρέλαβον τὴν πολιτείαν, τοὺς πολεμίους τὴν ἡμετέραν ἔχοντας; καὶ κατὰ μὲν ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον δεσπότας ἡμῶν ὄντας Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ φεύγοντες κατελθόντες πολεμεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐτόλμησαν καὶ Κόνων ναυμαχῶν ἐνίκησε, πρέσβεις ἐλθόντας παρʼ αὐτῶν καὶ διδόντας τῇ πόλει τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν τῆς θαλάττης;
Or that at the time when the people were in control of affairs, we placed our garrisons in the citadels of other states, whereas when the Thirty took over the government, the enemy occupied the Acropolis of Athens? Or, again, that during the rule of the Thirty the Lacedaemonians were our masters, but that when the exiles returned and dared to fight for freedom, and Conon won his naval victory, ambassadors came from the Lacedaemonians and offered Athens the command of the sea?
§ 66
καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τάδε τίς οὐ μνημονεύει τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν τῶν ἐμῶν, τὴν μὲν δημοκρατίαν οὕτω κοσμήσασαν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ τοῖς ὁσίοις, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους νομίζειν αὐτὴν ἀξίαν εἶναι μὴ μόνον τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, τοὺς δὲ τριάκοντα τῶν μὲν ἀμελήσαντας, τὰ δὲ συλήσαντας, τοὺς δὲ νεωσοίκους ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τριῶν ταλάντων ἀποδομένους, εἰς οὓς ἡ πόλις ἀνήλωσεν οὐκ ἐλάττω χιλίων ταλάντων;
Yes, and who of my own generation does not remember that the democracy so adorned the city with temples and public buildings that even today visitors from other lands consider that she is worthy to rule not only over Hellas but over all the world; while the Thirty neglected the public buildings, plundered the temples, and sold for destruction for the sum of three talents the dockyards upon which the city had spent not less than a thousand talents?
§ 67
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν πραότητα δικαίως ἄν τις ἐπαινέσειε τὴν ἐκείνων μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν τοῦ δήμου. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ψηφίσματι παραλαβόντες τὴν πόλιν πεντακοσίους μὲν καὶ χιλίους τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν, εἰς δὲ τὸν Πειραιᾶ φυγεῖν πλείους ἢ πεντακισχιλίους ἠνάγκασαν· οἱ δὲ κρατήσαντες καὶ μεθʼ ὅπλων κατιόντες, αὐτοὺς τοὺς αἰτιωτάτους τῶν κακῶν ἀνελόντες, οὕτω τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους καλῶς καὶ νομίμως διῴκησαν, ὥστε μηδὲν ἔλαττον ἔχειν τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας τῶν κατελθόντων.
And surely no one could find grounds to praise the mildness of the Thirty as against that of the people’s rule! For when the Thirty took over the city, by vote of the Assembly, they put to death fifteen hundred Athenians without a trial and compelled more than five thousand to leave Athens and take refuge in the Piraeus, whereas when the exiles overcame them and returned to Athens under arms, these put to death only the chief perpetrators of their wrongs and dealt so generously and so justly by the rest that those who had driven the citizens from their homes fared no worse than those who had returned from exile.
§ 68
ὃ δὲ πάντων κάλλιστον καὶ μέγιστον τεκμήριον τῆς ἐπιεικείας τοῦ δήμου· δανεισαμένων γὰρ τῶν ἐν ἄστει μεινάντων ἑκατὸν τάλαντα παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίων εἰς τὴν πολιορκίαν τῶν τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατασχόντων, ἐκκλησίας γενομένης περὶ ἀποδόσεως τῶν χρημάτων, καὶ λεγόντων πολλῶν ὡς δίκαιόν ἐστι διαλύειν τὰ πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους μὴ τοὺς πολιορκουμένους ἀλλὰ τοὺς δανεισαμένους, ἔδοξε τῷ δήμῳ κοινὴν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόδοσιν.
But the best and strongest proof of the fairness of the people is that, although those who had remained in the city had borrowed a hundred talents from the Lacedaemonians with which to prosecute the siege of those who occupied the Piraeus, yet later when an assembly of the people was held to consider the payment of the debt, and when many insisted that it was only fair that the claims of the Lacedaemonians should be settled, not by those who had suffered the siege, but by those who had borrowed the money, nevertheless the people voted to pay the debt out of the public treasury.
§ 69
καὶ γάρ τοι διὰ ταύτην τὴν γνώμην εἰς τοιαύτην ἡμᾶς ὁμόνοιαν κατέστησαν καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐπιδοῦναι τὴν πόλιν ἐποίησαν, ὥστε Λακεδαιμονίους, τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ὀλίγου δεῖν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν προστάττοντας ἡμῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἱκετεύσοντας καὶ δεησομένους μὴ περιιδεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀναστάτους γενομένους. τὸ δʼ οὖν κεφάλαιον τῆς ἑκατέρων διανοίας τοιοῦτον ἦν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἠξίουν τῶν μὲν πολιτῶν ἄρχειν, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις δουλεύειν, οἱ δὲ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἄρχειν, τοῖς δὲ πολίταις ἴσον ἔχειν.
And in truth it was because of this spirit that they brought us into such concord with each other and so far advanced the power of the city that the Lacedaemonians, who under the rule of the oligarchy laid their commands upon us almost every day, under the rule of the people came begging and supplicating us not to allow them to be driven from their homes. In a word the spirit of the two parties was this: the oligarchies were minded to rule over their fellow-citizens and be subject to their enemies; the people, to rule over the world at large and share the power of the state on equal terms with their fellow-citizens.
§ 70
ταῦτα δὲ διῆλθον δυοῖν ἕνεκα, πρῶτον μὲν ἐμαυτὸν ἐπιδεῖξαι βουλόμενος οὐκ ὀλιγαρχιῶν οὐδὲ πλεονεξιῶν ἀλλὰ δικαίας καὶ κοσμίας ἐπιθυμοῦντα πολιτείας, ἔπειτα τὰς δημοκρατίας τάς τε κακῶς καθεστηκυίας ἐλαττόνων συμφορῶν αἰτίας γιγνομένας, τὰς τε καλῶς πολιτευομένας προεχούσας τῷ δικαιοτέρας εἶναι καὶ κοινοτέρας καὶ τοῖς χρωμένοις ἡδίους.
I have recounted these things for two reasons: because I wanted to show, in the first place, that I am not in favor of oligarchy or special privilege, but of a just and orderly government of the people, and, in the second place, that even badly constituted democracies are responsible for fewer disasters than are oligarchies, while those which are well-ordered are superior to oligarchies in that they are more just, more impartial, and more agreeable to those who live under them.
§ 71
τάχʼ οὖν ἄν τις θαυμάσειε, τί βουλόμενος ἀντὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς οὕτω πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ διαπεπραγμένης ἑτέραν ὑμᾶς πείθω μεταλαβεῖν, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκα νῦν μὲν οὕτω καλῶς ἐγκεκωμίακα τὴν δημοκρατίαν, ὅταν δὲ τύχω, πάλιν μεταβαλὼν ἐπιτιμῶ καὶ κατηγορῶ τῶν καθεστώτων.
But perhaps some of you may wonder what my purpose is in trying to persuade you to exchange the polity which has achieved so many fine things for another, and why it is that after having just now eulogized democracy in such high terms, I veer about capriciously and criticize and condemn the present order.
§ 72
ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τοὺς ὀλίγα μὲν κατορθοῦντας πολλὰ δʼ ἐξαμαρτάνοντας μέμφομαι καὶ νομίζω φαυλοτέρους εἶναι τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ πρός γε τούτοις τοὺς γεγονότας ἐκ καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, καὶ μικρῷ μὲν ὄντας ἐπιεικεστέρους τῶν ὑπερβαλλόντων ταῖς πονηρίαις, πολὺ δὲ χείρους τῶν πατέρων, λοιδορῶ, καὶ συμβουλεύσαιμʼ ἂν αὐτοῖς παύσασθαι τοιούτοις οὖσιν.
Well, I reproach men in private life when they succeed in a few things and fail in many, and regard them as falling short of what they ought to be; and, more than that, when men are sprung from noble ancestors and yet are only a little better than those who are distinguished for depravity, and much worse than their fathers, I rebuke them and would counsel them to cease from being what they are.
§ 73
τὴν αὐτὴν οὖν γνώμην ἔχω καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ δεῖν ἡμᾶς οὐ μέγα φρονεῖν οὐδʼ ἀγαπᾶν, εἰ κακοδαιμονησάντων καὶ μανέντων ἀνθρώπων νομιμώτεροι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἀγανακτεῖν καὶ βαρέως φέρειν, εἰ χείρους τῶν προγόνων τυγχάνοιμεν ὄντες· πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀρετὴν ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς τὴν τῶν τριάκοντα πονηρίαν ἁμιλλητέον ἡμῖν ἐστιν, ἄλλως τε καὶ προσῆκον ἡμῖν βελτίστοις ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων εἶναι.
And I am of the same mind also regarding public affairs. For I think that we ought not to be proud or even satisfied should we have shown ourselves more law-regarding than men accursed by the gods and afflicted with madness, but ought much rather to feel aggrieved and resentful should we prove to be worse than our ancestors; for it is their excellence and not the depravity of the Thirty which we should strive to emulate, especially since it behoves Athenians to be the best among mankind.
§ 74
καὶ τοῦτον εἴρηκα τὸν λόγον οὐ νῦν πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις ἤδη καὶ πρὸς πολλούς. ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις τόποις φύσεις ἐγγιγνομένας καρπῶν καὶ δένδρων καὶ ζώων ἰδίας ἐν ἑκάστοις καὶ πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διαφερούσας, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν χώραν ἄνδρας φέρειν καὶ τρέφειν δυναμένην οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὰς τέχνας καὶ τὰς πράξεις καὶ τοὺς λόγους εὐφυεστάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀνδρίαν καὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν πολὺ διαφέροντας.
This is not the first time that I have expressed this sentiment; I have done so many times and before many people. For I know that while other regions produce varieties of fruits and trees and animals, each peculiar to its locality and much better than those of other lands, our own country is able to bear and nurture men who are not only the most gifted in the world in the arts and in the powers of action and of speech, but are also above all others in valor and in virtue.
§ 75
τεκμαίρεσθαι δὲ δίκαιόν ἐστι τοῖς τε παλαιοῖς ἀγῶσιν, οὓς ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Ἀμαζόνας καὶ Θρᾷκας καὶ Πελοποννησίους ἅπαντας, καὶ τοῖς κινδύνοις τοῖς περὶ τὰ Περσικὰ γενομένοις, ἐν οἷς καὶ μόνοι καὶ μετὰ Πελοποννησίων, καὶ πεζομαχοῦντες καὶ ναυμαχοῦντες, νικήσαντες τοὺς βαρβάρους ἀριστείων ἠξιώθησαν· ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν ἔπραξαν, εἰ μὴ πολὺ τὴν φύσιν διήνεγκαν.
This conclusion we may justly draw from the ancient struggles which they carried on against the Amazons and the Thracians and all of the Peloponnesians, and also from the wars which they waged against the Persians, in which, both when they fought alone and when they were aided by the Peloponnesians, whether on land or on the sea, they were victorious over the barbarians and were adjudged the meed of valor; for they could not have achieved these things, had they not far surpassed other men in the endowments of nature.
§ 76
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω ταύτην τὴν εὐλογίαν ἡμῖν προσήκειν τοῖς νῦν πολιτευομένοις, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τοὐναντίον. εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν λόγων ἔπαινος μὲν τῶν ἀξίους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς παρεχόντων, κατηγορία δὲ τῶν τὰς εὐγενείας ταῖς αὑτῶν ῥᾳθυμίαις καὶ κακίαις καταισχυνόντων. ὅπερ ἡμεῖς ποιοῦμεν· εἰρήσεται γὰρ τἀληθές. τοιαύτης γὰρ ἡμῖν τῆς φύσεως ὑπαρχούσης, οὐ διεφυλάξαμεν αὐτήν, ἀλλʼ ἐμπεπτώκαμεν εἰς ἄνοιαν καὶ ταραχὴν καὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμίαν.
But let no one think that this eulogy is appropriate to those who compose the present government—far from it; for such words are a tribute to those who show themselves worthy of the valor of their forefathers, but a reproach to those who disgrace their noble origin by their slackness and their cowardice. And this is just what we are doing; for you shall have the truth. For although we were blessed with such a nature at our birth, we have not cherished and preserved it, but have, on the contrary, fallen into folly and confusion and lust after evil ways.
§ 77
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἢν ἐπακολουθῶ τοῖς ἐνοῦσιν ἐπιτιμῆσαι καὶ κατηγορῆσαι τῶν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων, δέδοικα μὴ πόρρω λίαν τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἀποπλανηθῶ. περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων καὶ πρότερον εἰρήκαμεν, καὶ πάλιν ἐροῦμεν, ἢν μὴ πείσωμεν ὑμᾶς παύσασθαι τοιαῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνοντας· περὶ δʼ ὧν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸν λόγον κατεστησάμην, βραχέα διαλεχθεὶς παραχωρῶ τοῖς βουλομένοις ἔτι συμβουλεύειν περὶ τούτων.
But if I go on attacking the things which admit of criticism and of censure in our present order, I fear that I shall wander too far afield from my subject. In any case I have spoken about these things before, and I shall do so again if I do not succeed in persuading you to cease from such mistakes of policy. For the present, I shall speak but a few words on the theme which I proposed to discuss in the beginning and then yield the platform to any who desire to address you upon this question.
§ 78
ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἢν μὲν οὕτως οἰκῶμεν τὴν πόλιν ὥσπερ νῦν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ καὶ βουλευσόμεθα καὶ πολεμήσομεν καὶ βιωσόμεθα καὶ σχεδὸν ἅπαντα καὶ πεισόμεθα καὶ πράξομεν, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ καὶ τοῖς παρελθοῦσι χρόνοις· ἢν δὲ μεταβάλωμεν τὴν πολιτείαν, δῆλον ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, οἷά περ ἦν τοῖς προγόνοις τὰ πράγματα, τοιαῦτʼ ἔσται καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς· ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν πολιτευμάτων καὶ τὰς πράξεις ὁμοίας ἀεὶ καὶ παραπλησίας ἀποβαίνειν.
If we continue to govern Athens as we are now doing, then we are doomed to go on deliberating and waging war and living and faring and acting in almost every respect just as we do at the present moment and have done in the past; but if we effect a change of polity, it is evident by the same reasoning that such conditions of life as our ancestors enjoyed will come about for us also; for from the same political institutions there must always spring like or similar ways of life.
§ 79
δεῖ δὲ τὰς μεγίστας αὐτῶν παρʼ ἀλλήλας θέντας βουλεύσασθαι, ποτέρας ἡμῖν αἱρετέον ἐστίν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν σκεψώμεθα τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους, πῶς πρὸς ἐκείνην τὴν πολιτείαν διέκειντο καὶ πῶς νῦν ἔχουσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς. οὐ γὰρ ἐλάχιστον μέρος τὰ γένη ταῦτα συμβάλλεται πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν,
But we must take the most significant of these ways and, comparing one with the other, decide which is preferable for us. And first let us consider how the Hellenes and the barbarians felt towards the earlier polity as compared with how they are now disposed towards us; for other peoples contribute not the least part of our well-being when they are properly disposed towards us.
§ 80
ὅταν ἔχῃ κατὰ τρόπον ἡμῖν. οἱ μὲν τοίνυν Ἕλληνες οὕτως ἐπίστευον τοῖς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον πολιτευομένοις, ὥστε τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν ἑκόντας ἐγχειρίσαι τῇ πόλει σφᾶς αὐτούς· οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι τοσοῦτον ἀπεῖχον τοῦ πολυπραγμονεῖν περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν πραγμάτων, ὥστε οὔτε μακροῖς πλοίοις ἐπὶ τάδε Φασήλιδος ἔπλεον οὔτε στρατοπέδοις ἐντὸς Ἅλυος ποταμοῦ κατέβαινον,
Well then, the Hellenes felt such confidence in those who governed the city in those times that most of them of their own accord placed themselves under the power of Athens, while the barbarians were so far from meddling in the affairs of the Hellenes that they neither sailed their ships-of-war this side of the Phaselis nor marched their armies beyond the Halys River, refraining, on the contrary, from all aggression.
§ 81
ἀλλὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον. νῦν δʼ εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματα περιέστηκεν, ὥσθʼ οἱ μὲν μισοῦσι τὴν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ καταφρονοῦσιν ἡμῶν· καὶ περὶ μὲν τοῦ μίσους τῶν Ἑλλήνων αὐτῶν ἀκηκόατε τῶν στρατηγῶν· ὡς δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ὧν ἔπεμψεν ἐδήλωσεν.
Today, however, circumstances are so completely reversed that the Hellenes regard Athens with hatred and the barbarians hold us in contempt. As to the hatred of us among the Hellenes, you have heard the report of our generals themselves, and what the King thinks of us, he has made plain in the letters which have been dispatched by him.
§ 82
ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὑπὸ μὲν ἐκείνης τῆς εὐταξίας οὕτως ἐπαιδεύθησαν οἱ πολῖται πρὸς ἀρετήν, ὥστε σφᾶς μὲν αὐτοὺς μὴ λυπεῖν, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τὴν χώραν εἰσβάλλοντας ἅπαντας μαχόμενοι νικᾶν. ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον· ἀλλήλοις μὲν γὰρ κακὰ παρέχοντες οὐδεμίαν ἡμέραν διαλείπομεν, τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον οὕτω κατημελήκαμεν, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ εἰς ἐξετάσεις ἰέναι τολμῶμεν ἢν μὴ λαμβάνωμεν ἀργύριον.
Furthermore, under the discipline of the old days the citizens were so schooled in virtue as not to injure each other, but to fight and conquer all who attempted to invade their territory. We, however, do the very opposite; for we never let a day go by without bringing trouble on each other, and we have so far neglected the business of war that we do not even deign to attend reviews unless we are paid money for doing so.
§ 83
τὸ δὲ μέγιστον· τότε μὲν οὐδεὶς ἦν τῶν πολιτῶν ἐνδεὴς τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οὐδὲ προσαιτῶν τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τὴν πόλιν κατῄσχυνε, νῦν δὲ πλείους εἰσὶν οἱ σπανίζοντες τῶν ἐχόντων· οἷς ἄξιόν ἐστι πολλὴν συγγνώμην ἔχειν, εἰ μηδὲν τῶν κοινῶν φροντίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο σκοποῦσιν ὁπόθεν τὴν ἀεὶ παροῦσαν ἡμέραν διάξουσιν.
But the greatest difference lies in the fact that in that day no one of the citizens lacked the necessaries of life nor shamed the city by begging from passers-by, whereas today those who are destitute of means outnumber those who possess them. And we may well be patient with people in such circumstances if they care nothing for the public welfare, but consider only how they may live from day to day.
§ 84
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἡγούμενος, ἢν μιμησώμεθα τοὺς προγόνους, καὶ τῶν κακῶν ἡμᾶς τούτων ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι καὶ σωτῆρας οὐ μόνον τῆς πόλεως ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ἐλλήνων ἁπάντων γενήσεσθαι, τήν τε πρόσοδον ἐποιησάμην καὶ τοὺς λόγους εἴρηκα τούτους· ὑμεῖς δὲ πάντα λογισάμενοι ταῦτα χειροτονεῖθʼ ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δοκῇ μάλιστα συμφέρειν τῇ πόλει.
Now I have come before you and spoken this discourse, believing that if we will only imitate our ancestors we shall both deliver ourselves from our present ills and become the saviors, not of Athens alone, but of all the Hellenes; but it is for you to weigh all that I have said and cast your votes according to your judgement of what is best for Athens.
Antidosis · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg019 · Greek: Περὶ ἀντιδόσεως — tlg0010.tlg019.perseus-grc2 · English: Antidosis — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg019.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰ μὲν ὅμοιος ἦν ὁ λόγος ὁ μέλλων ἀναγνωσθήσεσθαι τοῖς ἢ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἢ πρὸς τὰς ἐπιδείξεις γιγνομένοις, οὐδὲν ἂν οἶμαι προδιαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ· νῦν δὲ διὰ τὴν καινότητα καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι προειπεῖν τὰς αἰτίας, διʼ ἃς οὕτως ἀνόμοιον αὐτὸν ὄντα τοῖς ἄλλοις γράφειν προειλόμην· μὴ γὰρ τούτων δηλωθεισῶν πολλοῖς ἂν ἴσως ἄτοπος εἶναι δόξειεν.
If the discourse which is now about to be read had been like the speeches which are produced either for the law-courts or for oratorical display, I should not, I suppose, have prefaced it by any explanation. Since, however, it is novel and different in character, it is necessary to begin by setting forth the reasons why I chose to write a discourse so unlike any other; for if I neglected to make this clear, my speech would, no doubt, impress many as curious and strange.
§ 2
ἐγὼ γὰρ εἰδὼς ἐνίους τῶν σοφιστῶν βλασφημοῦντας περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς διατριβῆς, καὶ λέγοντας ὡς ἔστι περὶ δικογραφίαν, καὶ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦντας ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις Φειδίαν τὸν τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἕδος ἐργασάμενον τολμῴη καλεῖν κοροπλάθον, ἢ Ζεῦξιν καὶ Παρράσιον τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν φαίη τέχνην τοῖς τὰ πινάκια γράφουσιν, ὅμως οὐδὲ πώποτε τὴν μικρολογίαν ταύτην ἠμυνάμην αὐτῶν,
The fact is that, although I have known that some of the sophists traduce my occupation, saying that it has to do with writing speeches for the courts, very much as one might have the effrontery to call Pheidias, who wrought our statue of Athena, a doll-maker, or say that Zeuxis and Parrhasius practiced the same art as the sign-painters, nevertheless I have never deigned to defend myself against their attempts to belittle me,
§ 3
ἡγούμενος τὰς μὲν ἐκείνων φλυαρίας οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν ἔχειν, αὐτὸς δὲ πᾶσι τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι φανερόν, ὅτι προῄρημαι καὶ λέγειν καὶ γράφειν οὐ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τοιούτων πραγμάτων, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος ἐπιχειρήσειε, πλὴν τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπλησιακότων ἢ τῶν τούτους μιμεῖσθαι βουλομένων.
because I considered that their foolish babble had no influence whatever and that I had, myself, made it manifest to all that I had elected to speak and write, not on petty disputes, but on subjects so important and so elevated that no one would attempt them except those who had studied with me, and their would-be imitators.
§ 4
μέχρι μὲν οὖν πόρρω τῆς ἡλικίας ᾠόμην καὶ διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ταύτην καὶ διὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἀπραγμοσύνην ἐπιεικῶς ἔχειν πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς ἰδιώτας· ἤδη δʼ ὑπογυίου μοι τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς οὔσης, ἀντιδόσεως γενομένης περὶ τριηραρχίας καὶ περὶ ταύτης ἀγῶνος ἔγνων καὶ τούτων τινὰς οὐχ οὕτω πρός με διακειμένους ὥσπερ ἤλπιζον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν πολὺ διεΨευσμένους τῶν ἐμῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ ῥέποντας ἐπὶ τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς ἀνεπιτήδειόν τι λέγουσι, τοὺς δὲ σαφῶς μὲν εἰδότας περὶ ἃ τυγχάνω διατρίβων, φθονοῦντας δὲ καὶ ταὐτὸν πεπονθότας τοῖς σοφισταῖς καὶ χαίροντας ἐπὶ τοῖς Ψευδῆ περί μου δόξαν ἔχουσιν.
Indeed, I had always thought, until well on in years, that, owing to this choice and to my retired life in general, I stood fairly well in the opinion of all the lay public. Then when my career was near its close, having been challenged to an exchange of property on the question of a trierarchy, and subjected to a trial on that issue, I came to realize that even outside of my profession there were those who were not disposed towards me as I had thought; nay, that some had been absolutely misled as to my pursuits and were inclined to listen to my detractors, while others, who were well aware of the nature of my work, were envious, feeling the same towards me as do the sophists, and rejoiced to see people hold false opinions of my character.
§ 5
ἐδήλωσαν δʼ οὕτω διακείμενοι· τοῦ γὰρ ἀντιδίκου περὶ μὲν ὧν ἡ κρίσις ἦν οὐδὲν λέγοντος δίκαιον, διαβάλλοντος δὲ τὴν τῶν λόγων τῶν ἐμῶν δύναμιν καὶ καταλαζονευομένου περί τε τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν μαθητῶν, ἔγνωσαν ἐμὴν εἶναι τὴν λειτουργίαν. τὴν μὲν οὖν δαπάνην οὕτως ἠνέγκαμεν, ὥσπερ προσήκει τοὺς μήτε λίαν ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἐκταραττομένους μήτε παντάπασιν ἀσώτως μηδʼ ὀλιγώρως πρὸς χρήματα διακειμένους·
They betrayed their sentiments at the trial; for, although my opponent made no argument whatever on the merits of the case, and did nothing but decry my “cleverness” of speech and indulge in extravagant nonsense about my wealth and the number of my pupils, they imposed the trierarchy upon me. Now, I bore that expense in such a manner as is becoming to those who are neither too much upset by such things nor altogether reckless or even careless about money.
§ 6
ᾐσθημένος δʼ ὥσπερ εἶπον πλείους ὄντας ὧν ᾠόμην τοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς περί μου γιγνώσκοντας, ἐνεθυμούμην πῶς ἂν δηλώσαιμι καὶ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὃν ἔχω καὶ τὸν βίον ὃν ζῶ καὶ τὴν παιδείαν περὶ ἣν διατρίβω, καὶ μὴ περιίδοιμι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἄκριτον ἐμαυτὸν ὄντα, μηδʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς βλασφημεῖν εἰθισμένοις ὥσπερ νῦν γενόμενον.
But when my eyes were opened, as I have said, to the fact that a greater number than I supposed had mistaken ideas about me, I began to ponder how I could show to them and to posterity the truth about my character, my life, and the education to which I am devoted, and not suffer myself to be condemned on these issues without a trial nor to remain, as I had just been, at the mercy of my habitual calumniators.
§ 7
σκοπούμενος οὖν εὕρισκον οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἄλλως τοῦτο διαπραξόμενος, πλὴν εἰ γραφείη λόγος ὥσπερ εἰκὼν τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐμοὶ βεβιωμένων· διὰ τούτου γὰρ ἤλπιζον καὶ τὰ περὶ ἐμὲ μάλιστα γνωσθήσεσθαι, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον μνημεῖόν μου καταλειφθήσεσθαι πολὺ κάλλιον τῶν χαλκῶν ἀναθημάτων.
And as I kept thinking upon it, I came ever to the same conclusion, namely, that the only way in which I could accomplish this was to compose a discourse which would be, as it were, a true image of my thought and of my whole life; for I hoped that this would serve both as the best means of making known the truth about me and, at the same time, as a monument, after my death, more noble than statues of bronze.
§ 8
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐπαινεῖν ἐμαυτὸν ἐπιχειροίην, ἑώρων οὔτε περιλαβεῖν ἅπαντα περὶ ὧν διελθεῖν προῃρούμην οἷός τε γενησόμενος, οὔτʼ ἐπιχαρίτως οὐδʼ ἀνεπιφθόνως εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν δυνησόμενος· εἰ δʼ ὑποθείμην ἀγῶνα μὲν καὶ κίνδυνόν τινα περὶ ἐμὲ γιγνόμενον, συκοφάντην δʼ ὄντα τὸν γεγραμμένον καὶ τὸν πράγματά μοι παρέχοντα, κἀκεῖνον μὲν ταῖς διαβολαῖς χρώμενον ταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀντιδόσεως ῥηθείσαις, ἐμαυτὸν δʼ ἐν ἀπολογίας σχήματι τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον, οὕτως ἂν ἐκγενέσθαι μοι μάλιστα διαλεχθῆναι περὶ ἁπάντων ὧν τυγχάνω βουλόμενος.
I saw, however, that if I were to attempt a eulogy of myself, I should not be able to cover all the points which I proposed to discuss, nor should I succeed in treating them without arousing the displeasure or even the envy of my hearers. But it occurred to me that if I were to adopt the fiction of a trial and of a suit brought against me—if I were to suppose that a sycophant had brought an indictment and was threatening me with trouble and that he was using the calumnies which had been urged against me in the suit about the exchange of property, while I, for my part, cast my speech in the form of a defense in court—in this way it would be possible to discuss to the best advantage all the points which I wanted to make.
§ 9
ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθεὶς ἔγραφον τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, οὐκ ἀκμάζων, ἀλλʼ ἔτη γεγονὼς δύο καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα. διόπερ χρὴ συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἢν μαλακώτερος ὢν φαίνηται τῶν παρʼ ἐμοῦ πρότερον ἐκδεδομένων. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ῥᾴδιος ἦν οὐδʼ ἁπλοῦς, ἀλλὰ πολλὴν ἔχων πραγματείαν.
With these thoughts in mind I set myself to write this discourse—I who am no longer in the prime of youth but in my eighty-second year. Wherefore, you may well forgive me if my speech appears to be less vigorous than those which I have published in the past.
§ 10
ἔστι γὰρ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἔνια μὲν ἐν δικαστηρίῳ πρέποντα ῥηθῆναι, τὰ δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας οὐχ ἁρμόττοντα, περὶ δὲ φιλοσοφίας πεπαρρησιασμένα καὶ δεδηλωκότα τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς· ἔστι δέ τι καὶ τοιοῦτον ὃ τῶν νεωτέρων τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ μαθήματα καὶ τὴν παιδείαν ὁρμῶσιν ἀκούσασιν ἂν συνενέγκοι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πάλαι γεγραμμένων ἐγκαταμεμιγμένα τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις οὐκ ἀλόγως οὐδʼ ἀκαίρως, ἀλλὰ προσηκόντως τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις.
For, I assure you, it has not been an easy nor a simple task, but one of great difficulty; for while some things in my discourse are appropriate to be spoken in a court-room, others are out of place amid such controversies, being frank discussions about philosophy and expositions of its power. There is in it, also, matter which it would be well for young men to hear before they set out to gain knowledge and an education; and there is much, besides, of what I have written in the past, inserted in the present discussion, not without reason nor without fitness, but with due appropriateness to the subject in hand.
§ 11
τοσοῦτον οὖν μῆκος λόγου συνιδεῖν, καὶ τοσαύτας ἰδέας καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων ἀφεστώσας συναρμόσαι καὶ συναγαγεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἐπιφερομένας οἰκειῶσαι ταῖς προειρημέναις, καὶ πάσας ποιῆσαι σφίσιν αὐταῖς ὁμολογουμένας, οὐ πάνυ μικρὸν ἦν ἔργον. ὅμως δʼ οὐκ ἀπέστην, καίπερ τηλικοῦτος ὤν. πρὶν αὐτὸν ἀπετέλεσα, μετὰ πολλῆς μὲν ἀληθείας εἰρημένον, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα τοιοῦτον οἷος ἂν εἶναι δόξη τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις.
Now to view as a whole so great an extent of subject matter, to harmonize and bring together so many diverse varieties of discourse, to connect smoothly what follows with what goes before, and to make all parts consonant one with another, was by no means an easy undertaking. Yet I did not desist, in spite of my age, until I had accomplished it, such as it is. It is, at any rate, written with devotion to the truth; its other qualities I leave to the judgement of my hearers.
§ 12
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς διεξιόντας αὐτὸν πρῶτον μὲν ὡς ὄντος μικτοῦ τοῦ λόγου καὶ πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς ὑποθέσεις ταύτας γεγραμμένου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀκρόασιν, ἔπειτα προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν ἔτι μᾶλλον τοῖς λέγεσθαι μέλλουσιν ἢ τοῖς ἤδη προειρημένοις, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις μὴ ζητεῖν εὐθὺς ἐπελθόντας ὅλον αὐτὸν διελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον μέρος ὅσον μὴ λυπήσει τοὺς παρόντας. ἐὰν γὰρ ἐμμείνητε τούτοις, μᾶλλον δυνήσεσθε κατιδεῖν εἴ τι τυγχάνομεν λέγοντες ἄξιον ἡμῶν αὐτῶν.
But I urge all who intend to acquaint themselves with my speech, first, to make allowance, as they listen to it, for the fact that it is a mixed discourse, composed with an eye to all these subjects; next, to fix their attention even more on what is about to be said than on what has been said before; and, lastly, not to seek to run through the whole of it at the first sitting, but only so much of it as will not fatigue the audience. For if you comply with this advice, you will be better able to determine whether I speak in a manner worthy of my reputation.
§ 13
ἃ μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προειπεῖν, ταῦτʼ ἐστίν· ἤδη δʼ ἀναγιγνώσκετε τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν προσποιουμένην μὲν περὶ κρίσεως γεγράφθαι, βουλομένην δὲ περὶ ἐμοῦ δηλῶσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀγνοοῦντας εἰδέναι ποιῆσαι, τοὺς δὲ φθονοῦντας ἔτι μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου ταύτης λυπεῖσθαι· μείζω γὰρ δίκην οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην λαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτῶν.
These, then, are the things which it was necessary for me to say by way of introduction. I beg you now to listen to my defense, which purports to have been written for a trial, but whose real purpose is to show the truth about myself, to make those who are ignorant about me know the sort of man I am and those who are afflicted with envy suffer a still more painful attack of this malady; for a greater revenge upon them than this I could not hope to obtain.
§ 14
πάντων ἡγοῦμαι πονηροτάτους εἶναι καὶ μεγίστης ζημίας ἀξίους, οἵτινες οἷς αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες ἔνοχοι, ταῦτα τῶν ἄλλων τολμῶσι κατηγορεῖν· ὅπερ Λυσίμαχος πεποίηκεν. οὗτος γὰρ αὐτὸς συγγεγραμμένα λέγων περὶ τῶν ἐμῶν συγγραμμάτων πλείω πεποίηται λόγον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, ὅμοιον ἐργαζόμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἱεροσυλίας ἕτερον διώκων αὐτὸς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐν τοῖν χεροῖν ἔχων φανείη.
I consider that in all the world there are none so depraved and so deserving of the severest punishment as those who have the audacity to charge others with the offenses of which they themselves are guilty. And this is the very thing that Lysimachus has done. For this informer, himself delivering a composed speech, has said more in complaint of my compositions than upon all other points; it is as if one were to charge another with breaking into a temple, while showing in his own hands plunder stolen from the gods.
§ 15
πρὸ πολλοῦ δʼ ἂν ἐποιησάμην οὕτως αὐτὸν νομίζειν εἶναί με δεινόν, ὥσπερ ἐν ὑμῖν εἴρηκεν· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτέ μοι πράγματα ποιεῖν ἐπεχείρησε. νῦν δὲ λέγει μὲν ὡς ἐγὼ τοὺς ἥττους λόγους κρείττους δύναμαι ποιεῖν, τοσοῦτον δέ μου καταπεφρόνηκεν, ὥστε αὐτὸς ψευδόμενος ἐμοῦ τἀληθῆ λέγοντος ἐλπίζει ῥᾳδίως ἐπικρατήσειν.
I would give much if he really thought that I am as “clever” as he has made me out to be to you, for then he would never have tried to trouble me. But now, although he alleges that I am able to make the weaker cause appear the stronger, he has, in fact, so low an opinion of my powers that he is confident that he with his lies will win against me and the truth.
§ 16
οὕτω δέ μοι δυσκόλως ἅπαντα συμβέβηκεν, ὥσθʼ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τοῖς λόγοις διαλύονται τὰς διαβολάς, ἐμοῦ δὲ Λυσίμαχος αὐτοὺς τοὺς λόγους μάλιστα διαβέβληκεν, ἵνʼ ἢν μὲν ἱκανῶς δόξω λέγειν, ἔνοχος ὢν φανῶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τούτου περὶ τῆς δεινότητος τῆς ἐμῆς προειρημένοις, ἢν δʼ ἐνδεέστερον τύχω διαλεχθεὶς ὧν οὗτος ὑμᾶς προσδοκᾶν πεποίηκε, τὰς πράξεις ἡγῆσθέ μου χείρους εἶναι.
And so maliciously has everything conspired against me, that while others may depend on their power of speech to make an end of calumnies, it is, in my case, just this power of speech which Lysimachus has most calumniated, in order that if I shall appear to speak well, I may show that I am subject to the charges which he has made about my cleverness; while if it turns out that I speak less ably than he has led you to expect, you may think that mine is the weaker cause.
§ 17
δέομαι οὖν ὑμῶν μήτε πιστεύειν πω μήτʼ ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις, πρὶν ἂν διὰ τέλους ἀκούσητε καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῶν, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει δίδοσθαι τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἀπολογίαν, εἴπερ οἷόν τʼ ἦν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ διώκοντος λόγων ἐψηφίσθαι τὰ δίκαια. νῦν δʼ εἰ μὲν εὖ τυγχάνει κατηγορηκὼς ἢ κακῶς, οὐδεὶς ἂν τῶν παρόντων ἀγνοήσειεν· εἰ δʼ ἀληθέσι κέχρηται τοῖς λόγοις, οὐκέτι τοῦτο τοῖς κρίνουσι γνῶναι ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ὧν ὁ πρότερος εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπητὸν ἢν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν λόγων ἐκλαβεῖν δυνηθῶσι τὸ δίκαιον.
I beg you, then, neither to credit nor to discredit what has been said to you until you have heard to the end what I also have to say, bearing it in mind that there would have been no need of granting to the accused the right of making a defense, had it been possible to reach a just verdict from the arguments of the accuser. At this stage of the case no one here present is in any doubt whether the accuser has spoken well or badly, but it is not yet easy for the jury to decide from what the first speaker has said whether he has based his arguments on the truth; nay, they will be fortunate if they are able to draw a just conclusion from the arguments of both sides.
§ 18
οὐ θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν πλείω χρόνον διατριβόντων ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐξαπατώντων κατηγορίαις ἢ ταῖς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀπολογίαις, οὐδὲ τῶν λεγόντων ὡς ἔστι μέγιστον κακὸν διαβολή· τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ταύτης κακουργότερον, ἣ ποιεῖ τοὺς μὲν ψευδομένους εὐδοκιμεῖν, τοὺς δὲ δικάζοντας ἐπιορκεῖν, ὅλως δὲ τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν ἀφανίζει, ψευδῆ δὲ δόξαν παραστήσασα τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὃν ἂν τύχῃ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀδίκως ἀπόλλυσιν;
I do not wonder that men spend more time in denouncing those who attempt to deceive the jury than upon their own defense, nor that they complain that calumny is our greatest bane. What, indeed, could work greater mischief? It causes liars to be looked on with respect, innocent men to be regarded as criminals, and judges to violate their oaths; in a word, it smothers truth, and pouring false ideas into our ears, it leaves no man among our citizens secure from an unjust death.
§ 19
ἃ φυλακτέον ἐστίν, ὅπως μηδὲν ὑμῖν συμβήσεται τοιοῦτον, μηδʼ ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἂν ἐπιτιμήσαιτε τούτοις αὐτοὶ φανήσεσθε περιπίπτοντες. οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τῇ πόλει πολλάκις οὕτως ἤδη μετεμέλησε τῶν κρίσεων τῶν μετʼ ὀργῆς καὶ μὴ μετʼ ἐλέγχου γενομένων, ὥστʼ οὐ πολὺν χρόνον διαλιποῦσα παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἐξαπατησάντων δίκην λαβεῖν ἐπεθύμησε, τοὺς δὲ διαβληθέντας ἡδέως ἂν εἶδεν ἄμεινον ἢ πρότερον πράττοντας.
You must be on your guard against this and take care that nothing of the sort happens in this case and that you are not yourselves seen to fall into the very faults which you find reprehensible in others. I think you know well enough that time and again in the past Athens has so deeply repented the judgements which have been pronounced in passion and without proof that not long after the events she has become eager to punish her deceivers, and would gladly have seen the victims of calumny in happier circumstances than before.
§ 20
ὧν χρὴ μεμνημένους μὴ προπετῶς πιστεύειν τοῖς τῶν κατηγόρων λόγοις, μηδὲ μετὰ θορύβου καὶ χαλεπότητος ἀκροᾶσθαι τῶν ἀπολογουμένων. καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἐλεημονεστάτους ὁμολογεῖσθαι καὶ πραοτάτους ἁπάντων εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς ἐνθάδε γιγνομένοις τἀναντία τῇ δόξῃ ταύτῃ φαίνεσθαι πράττοντας·
You should remember this and not trust too hastily the assertions of the accuser nor hear the defendant in uproar and anger. Ours is a shameful state of inconsistency; for while it is acknowledged that in our life in general we are the most merciful and gentle of all the Hellenes, yet in the conduct of our trials here we manifestly give the lie to this reputation.
§ 21
καὶ παρʼ ἑτέροις μὲν ἐπειδὰν περὶ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου δικάζωσι, μέρος τι τῶν ψήφων ὑποβάλλεσθαι τοῖς φεύγουσι, παρʼ ὑμῖν δὲ μηδὲ τῶν ἴσων τυγχάνειν τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας τοῖς συκοφαντοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ὀμνύναι μὲν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἦ μὴν ὁμοίως ἀκροάσεσθαι τῶν κατηγορούντων καὶ τῶν ἀπολογουμένων,
In other states, when they try a man for his life, they cast a portion of the votes for the defendant, but with us the accused has not even an equal chance with the sycophants; nay, while we take our solemn oath at the beginning of each year that we will hear impartially both accusers and accused,
§ 22
τοσοῦτον δὲ τὸ μεταξὺ ποιεῖν, ὥστε τῶν μὲν αἰτιωμένων ὅ τι ἂν λέγωσιν ἀποδέχεσθαι, τῶν δὲ τούτους ἐξελέγχειν πειρωμένων ἐνίοτε μηδὲ τὴν φωνὴν ἀκούοντας ἀνέχεσθαι, καὶ νομίζειν μὲν ἀοικήτους εἶναι ταύτας τῶν πόλεων ἐν αἷς ἄκριτοί τινες ἀπόλλυνται τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀγνοεῖν δʼ ὅτι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν οἱ μὴ κοινὴν τὴν εὔνοιαν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις παρέχοντες.
we depart so far from this in practice, that when the accuser makes his charges we give ear to whatever he may say; but when the accused endeavors to refute them, we sometimes do not endure even to hear his voice. Those states in which an occasional citizen is put to death without a trial we condemn as unfit to live in, yet are blind to the fact that we are in the same case when we do not hear with equal good will both sides of the contest.
§ 23
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅταν τις αὐτὸς μὲν κινδυνεύων κατηγορῇ τῶν διαβαλλόντων, ἑτέρῳ δὲ δικάζων μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχῃ γνώμην περὶ αὐτῶν. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας τοιούτους εἶναι κριτὰς τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἵων περ ἂν αὐτοὶ τυγχάνειν ἀξιώσαιεν, λογιζομένους ὅτι διὰ τοὺς συκοφαντεῖν τολμῶντας ἄδηλον ὅστις εἰς κίνδυνον καταστὰς ἀναγκασθήσεται λέγειν ἅπερ ἐγὼ νῦν πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν ψῆφον διοίσειν.
But what is most absurd of all is the fact that when one of us is on trial, he denounces the calumniators, but when he sits in judgement upon another, he is no longer of the same mind regarding them. Yet, surely, intelligent men ought to be such when they are judges of others, as they would expect others to be to them in like case, bearing in mind the fact that because of the audacity of the sycophants it is impossible to foresee what man may be placed in peril and be compelled to plead, even as I am now doing, before men who are to decide his fate by their votes.
§ 24
οὐ γὰρ δὴ τῷ γε κοσμίως ζῆν ἄξιον πιστεύειν ὡς ἀδεῶς ἐξέσται τὴν πόλιν οἰκεῖν· οἱ γὰρ προῃρημένοι τῶν μὲν ἰδίων ἀμελεῖν τοῖς δʼ ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν οὐ τῶν μὲν σωφρόνως πολιτευομένων ἀπέχονται, τοὺς δὲ κακόν τι δρῶντας εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσάγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν ἐπιδειξάμενοι τὰς αὑτῶν δυνάμεις παρὰ τῶν φανερῶς ἐξημαρτηκότων πλέον λαμβάνουσιν ἀργύριον.
Indeed no one may rely on the honesty of his life as a guarantee that he will be able to live securely in Athens; for the men who have chosen to neglect what is their own and to plot against what belongs to others do not keep their hands off citizens who live soberly and bring before you only those who do evil; on the contrary, they advertise their powers in their attacks upon men who are entirely innocent, and so get more money from those who are clearly guilty.
§ 25
ἅπερ Λυσίμαχος διανοηθεὶς εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν κίνδυνόν με κατέστησεν, ἡγούμενος τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν πρὸς ἐμὲ παρʼ ἑτέρων αὑτῷ χρηματισμὸν ποιήσειν, καὶ προσδοκῶν, ἢν ἐμοῦ περιγένηται τοῖς λόγοις, ὅν φησι διδάσκαλον εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων, ἀνυπόστατον τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν ἅπασιν εἶναι δόξειν.
This is exactly what Lysimachus had in mind when he subjected me to this trial; for he thought that this suit against me would bring him profit from other sources, and he expected that if he won in the debate with me, whom he calls the teacher of other men, everyone would regard his power as irresistible.
§ 26
ἐλπίζει δὲ ῥᾳδίως τοῦτο ποιήσειν· ὁρᾷ γὰρ ὑμᾶς μὲν λίαν ταχέως ἀποδεχομένους τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τὰς διαβολάς, ἐμὲ δʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν οὐ δυνησόμενον ἀξίως τῆς δόξης ἀπολογήσασθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ γῆρας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγώνων.
He is confident that he will win easily; for he sees that you are over-ready to accept slanders and calumnies, while I, because of my age and my lack of experience in contests of this kind, shall not be able to reply to them in a manner worthy of my reputation;
§ 27
οὕτω γὰρ βεβίωκα τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον, ὥστε μηδένα μοι πώποτε μήτʼ ἐν ὀλιγαρχία μήτʼ ἐν δημοκρατία μήθʼ ὕβριν μήτʼ ἀδικίαν ἐγκαλέσαι, μηδʼ εἶναι μήτε διαιτητὴν μήτε δικαστὴν ὅστις περὶ τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων φανήσεται κριτὴς γεγενημένος· ἠπιστάμην γὰρ αὐτὸς μὲν εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτάνειν, ἀδικούμενος δὲ μὴ μετὰ δικαστηρίου ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις τοῖς ἐκείνων διαλύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων. ὧν οὐδέν μοι πλέον γέγονεν,
for I have so lived all my life till now that no man either under the oligarchy or under the democracy has ever charged me with any offense, whether of violence or injury, nor will any man be found to have sat either as arbitrator or as judge upon my actions. For I have schooled myself to avoid giving any offense to others, and, when I have been wronged by others, not to seek revenge in court but to adjust the matter in dispute by conferring with their friends.
§ 28
ἀλλʼ ἀνεγκλητεὶ μέχρι ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡλικίας βεβιωκὼς εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν καθέστηκα κίνδυνον, εἰς ὅνπερ ἂν εἰ πάντας ἐτύγχανον ἠδικηκώς. οὐ μὴν παντάπασιν ἀθυμῶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ τιμήματος, ἀλλʼ ἐάν περ ἐθελήσητε μετʼ εὐνοίας ἀκροάσασθαι, πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω τοὺς μὲν διεψευσμένους τῶν ἐμῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πεπεισμένους ὑπὸ τῶν βουλομένων βλασφημεῖν ταχέως μεταπεισθήσεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ τοιοῦτον εἶναί με νομίζοντας οἷός περ εἰμί, βεβαιότερον ἔτι ταύτην ἕξειν τὴν διάνοιαν.
All this has availed me nothing; on the contrary, I who have lived to this advanced age without complaint from anyone could not be in greater jeopardy if I had wronged all the world. Yet I am not utterly discouraged because I face so great a penalty; no, if you will only hear me with good will, I am very confident that those who have been misled as to my pursuits and have been won over by my would-be slanderers will promptly change their views, while those who think of me as I really am will be still more confirmed in their opinion.
§ 29
ἵνα δὲ μὴ λίαν ἐνοχλῶ πολλὰ πρὸ τοῦ πράγματος λέγων, ἀφέμενος τούτων, περὶ ὧν οἴσετε τὴν ψῆφον, ἤδη πειράσομαι διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς. καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι τὴν γραφήν. Γραφή.
But in order that I may not overtax your patience by speaking at undue length before coming to the subject, I shall leave off this discussion and attempt forthwith to inform you on the question which you are to vote upon. Please read the indictment. Indictment
§ 30
ἐκ μὲν τοίνυν τῆς γραφῆς πειρᾶταί με διαβάλλειν ὁ κατήγορος ὡς διαφθείρω τοὺς νεωτέρους λέγειν διδάσκων καὶ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι πλεονεκτεῖν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων λόγων ποιεῖ με τηλικοῦτον, ὅσος οὐδεὶς πώποτε γέγονεν οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια καλινδουμένων οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατριψάντων· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἰδιώτας φησί μου γεγενῆσθαι μαθητάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήτορας καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ βασιλέας καὶ τυράννους, καὶ χρήματα παρʼ αὐτῶν παμπληθῆ τὰ μὲν εἰληφέναι τὰ δʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν λαμβάνειν.
Here in the indictment my accuser endeavors to vilify me, charging that I corrupt young men by teaching them to speak and gain their own advantage in the courts contrary to justice, while in his speech he makes me out to be a man whose equal has never been known either among those who hang about the law-courts or among the devotees of philosophy; for he declares that I have had as my pupils not only private persons but orators, generals, kings, and despots; and that I have received from them and am now receiving enormous sums of money.
§ 31
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον πεποίηται τὴν κατηγορίαν, ἡγούμενος ἐκ μὲν ὧν καταλαζονεύεται περί μου καὶ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν μαθητῶν φθόνον ἅπασι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐμποιήσειν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια πραγματείας εἰς ὀργὴν καὶ μῖσος ὑμᾶς καταστήσειν· ἅπερ ὅταν πάθωσιν οἱ κρίνοντες, χαλεπώτατοι τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις εἰσίν. ὡς οὖν τὰ μὲν μείζω τοῦ προσήκοντος εἴρηκε, τὰ δʼ ὅλως ψεύδεται, ῥᾳδίως οἶμαι φανερὸν ποιήσειν.
He has made his accusation in this manner, thinking that his extravagant assertions about me and my wealth and the great number of my pupils would arouse the envy of all his hearers, while my alleged activities in the law-courts would stir up your anger and hate; and when judges are affected by these very passions, they are most severe upon those who are on trial. However, in the one charge he has grossly exaggerated the facts and in the other he lies outright, as I think I can easily show.
§ 32
ἀξιῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς τοῖς μὲν λόγοις οἷς πρότερον ἀκηκόατε περί μου τῶν βλασφημεῖν καὶ διαβάλλειν βουλομένων, μὴ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, μηδὲ πιστεύειν τοῖς μήτε μετʼ ἐλέγχου μήτε μετὰ κρίσεως εἰρημένοις, μηδὲ ταῖς δόξαις χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἀδίκως ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ὑμῖν ἐγγεγενημέναις, ἀλλʼ ὁποῖός τις ἂν ἐκ τῆς κατηγορίας τῆς νῦν καὶ τῆς ἀπολογίας φαίνωμαι, τοιοῦτον εἶναί με νομίζειν· οὕτω γὰρ γιγνώσκοντες αὐτοί τε δόξετε καλῶς κρίνειν καὶ νομίμως, ἐγώ τε τεύξομαι πάντων τῶν δικαίων.
Let me ask you, however, not to pay any attention to what you have heard about me in the past from my would-be slanderers and calumniators, not to credit charges which have been made without proof or trial, and not to be influenced by the suspicions which have been maliciously implanted in you by my enemies, but to judge me to be the kind of man which the accusation and the defense in this trial will show me to be; for if you decide the case on this basis, you will have the credit of judging honorably and in accordance with the law, while I, for my part, shall obtain my complete deserts.
§ 33
ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς οὔθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς δεινότητος τῆς ἐμῆς οὔθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συγγραμμάτων βέβλαπται τῶν πολιτῶν, τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον ἡγοῦμαι μέγιστον εἶναι τεκμήριον. εἰ γάρ τις ἦν ἠδικημένος, εἰ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἡσυχίαν εἶχεν, οὐκ ἂν ἠμέλησε τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος, ἀλλʼ ἦλθεν ἂν ἤτοι κατηγορήσων ἢ καταμαρτυρήσων. ὅπου γὰρ ὁ μηδʼ ἀκηκοὼς μηδὲν πώποτε φλαῦρον εἰς ἀγῶνά με τηλικουτονὶ κατέστησεν, ἦ που σφόδρʼ ἂν οἱ κακῶς πεπονθότες ἐπειρῶντʼ ἂν δίκην παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνειν.
Now, in fact, no citizen has ever been harmed either by my “cleverness” or by my writings, and I think the most convincing proof of this is furnished by this trial; for if any man had been wronged by me, even though he might have held his tongue up till now, he would not have neglected the present opportunity, but would have come forward to denounce me or bear witness against me. For when one who has never in his life heard a single disparaging word from me has put me in so great peril, depend upon it, had any suffered injury at my hands, they would now attempt to have their revenge.
§ 34
οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό γʼ ἐστὶν οὔτʼ εἰκὸς οὔτε δυνατόν, ἐμὲ μὲν περὶ πολλοὺς ἡμαρτηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ ταῖς συμφοραῖς διʼ ἐμὲ περιπεπτωκότας ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν καὶ μὴ τολμᾶν ἐγκαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ πραοτέρους ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς εἶναι κινδύνοις τῶν μηδὲν ἠδικημένων, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς δηλώσασιν ἃ πεπόνθασι τὴν μεγίστην παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν τιμωρίαν.
For surely it is neither probable nor possible both that I, on the one hand, have wronged many people and that those, on the other hand, who have been visited with misfortune through me are silent and refrain from accusing me; nay, are kinder to me when my life is in peril than those who have suffered no injury, especially since all they have to do is to testify to the wrongs I have done them in order to obtain the fullest reparation.
§ 35
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε νῦν οὐδείς μοι φανήσεται τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ἐγκαλέσας. ὥστʼ εἰ συγχωρήσαιμι τῷ κατηγόρῳ καὶ προσομολογήσαιμι πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἶναι δεινότατος, καὶ συγγραφεὺς τῶν λόγων τῶν λυπούντων ὑμᾶς τοιοῦτος οἷος οὐδεὶς ἄλλος γέγονε, πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον ἐπιεικὴς εἶναι δοκοίην ἢ ζημιωθείην.
But neither in the past nor now will anyone be found to have made any such complaint. If, therefore, I were to agree with my accuser and concede his claim that I am the “cleverest” of men and that I have never had an equal as a writer of the kind of speeches which are offensive to you, it would be much more just to give me credit for being an honest man than to punish me;
§ 36
τοῦ μὲν γὰρ γενέσθαι προέχοντα τῶν ἄλλων ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις εἰκότως ἄν τις τὴν τύχην αἰτιάσαιτο, τοῦ δὲ καλῶς καὶ μετρίως κεχρῆσθαι τῇ φύσει δικαίως ἂν ἅπαντες τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμὸν ἐπαινέσειαν. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ ταῦτʼ ἔχων περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγειν, οὐδʼ οὕτω φανήσομαι περὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τοιούτους γεγενημένος.
for when a man has superior talents whether for speech or for action, one cannot fairly charge it to anything but fortune, but when a man makes good and temperate use of the power which nature has given him, as in my own case, all the world ought in justice to commend his character. However, though I might advance this argument in my behalf, I shall never be found to have had anything to do with speeches for the courts.
§ 37
γνώσεσθε δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, ἐξ ὧνπερ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν εἰδέναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τῶν διαβαλλόντων. οἶμαι γὰρ οὐδένα τοῦτʼ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι πάντες ἄνθρωποι περὶ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον εἰώθασι διατρίβειν, ὅθεν ἂν προέλωνται τὸν βίον πορίζεσθαι.
You can judge this from my habits of life, from which, indeed, you can get at the truth much better than from the lips of my accusers; for no one is, I think, blind to the fact that all people are wont to spend their time in the places where they elect to gain their livelihood.
§ 38
τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῶν συμβολαίων τῶν ὑμετέρων ζῶντας καὶ τῆς περὶ ταῦτα πραγματείας ἴδοιτʼ ἂν μόνον οὐκ ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οἰκοῦντας, ἐμὲ δʼ οὐδεὶς πώποθʼ ἑώρακεν οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς συνεδρίοις οὔτε περὶ τὰς ἀνακρίσεις οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οὔτε πρὸς τοῖς διαιτηταῖς, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἀπέχομαι τούτων ἁπάντων ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος τῶν πολιτῶν.
And you will observe that those who live upon your contracts and the litigation connected with them are all but domiciled in the courts of law, while no one has ever seen me either at the council-board, or at the preliminaries, or in the courts, or before the arbitrators; on the contrary, I have kept aloof from all these more than any of my fellow-citizens.
§ 39
ἔπειτʼ ἐκείνους μὲν ἂν εὕροιτε παρʼ ὑμῖν μόνοις χρηματίζεσθαι δυναμένους, εἰ δʼ ἄλλοσέ ποι πλεύσειαν, ἐνδεεῖς ἂν ὄντας τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν, ἐμοὶ δὲ τὰς εὐπορίας, περὶ ὧν οὗτος μειζόνως εἴρηκεν, ἔξωθεν ἁπάσας γεγενημένας· ἔτι δὲ τοῖς μὲν πλησιάζοντας ἢ τοὺς ἐν κακοῖς αὐτοὺς ὄντας ἢ τοὺς ἑτέροις πράγματα παρέχειν βουλομένους, ἐμοὶ δὲ τοὺς πλείστην σχολὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄγοντας.
Moreover, you will find that these men are able to carry on a profitable business in Athens alone; if they were to sail to any other place they would starve to death; while my resources, which this fellow has exaggerated, have all come to me from abroad. Then again you will find associated with them either men who are themselves in evil case or who want to ruin others, while in my company are those who of all the Hellenes lead the most untroubled lives.
§ 40
ἠκούσατε δὲ καὶ τοῦ κατηγόρου λέγοντος ὅτι παρὰ Νικοκλέους τοῦ Σαλαμινίων βασιλέως πολλὰς ἔλαβον καὶ μεγάλας δωρεάς. καίτοι τίνι πιστὸν ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὡς Νικοκλῆς ἔδωκέ μοι ταύτας, ἵνα δίκας μανθάνῃ λέγειν, ὃς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ὥσπερ δεσπότης ἐδίκαζεν; ὥστʼ ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς οὗτος εἴρηκε, ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν ὅτι πόρρω τῶν πραγματειῶν εἰμι τῶν περὶ τὰ συμβόλαια γιγνομένων.
But you have heard also from my accuser that I have received many great presents from Nicocles, the king of the Salaminians. And yet, can any one of you be persuaded that Nicocles made me these presents in order that he might learn how to plead cases in court—he who dispensed justice, like a master, to others in their disputes? So, from what my accuser has himself said, it is easy for you to conclude that I have nothing to do with litigation.
§ 41
ἀλλὰ μὴν κἀκεῖνο πᾶσι φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι παμπληθεῖς εἰσιν οἱ παρασκευάζοντες τοὺς λόγους τοῖς ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ἀγωνιζομένοις. τούτων μὲν τοίνυν τοσούτων ὄντων οὐδεὶς πώποτε φανήσεται μαθητῶν ἠξιωμένος, ἐγὼ δὲ πλείους εἰληφώς, ὥς φησιν ὁ κατήγορος, ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατρίβοντες. καίτοι πῶς εἰκὸς τοὺς τοσοῦτον τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἀλλήλων ἀφεστῶτας περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις ἡγεῖσθαι διατρίβειν;
Nay, everyone is aware of this also, that there is a superabundance of men who produce speeches for litigants in the courts. Nevertheless you will not find that any one of them, numerous as they are, has ever been thought worthy to have pupils, while I, as my accuser states, have had more than all the rest together who are occupied with philosophy. Yet how can anyone think that people who are so far apart in their ways of life are engaged in the same occupations?
§ 42
ἔχων δὲ πολλὰς εἰπεῖν διαφορὰς περὶ τοῦ βίου τοῦ τʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς δίκας, ἐκείνως ὑμᾶς ἡγοῦμαι τάχιστʼ ἂν ἀφέσθαι τῆς δόξης ταύτης, εἴ τις ὑμῖν ἐπιδείξειε μὴ τούτων τῶν πραγμάτων μαθητάς μου γιγνομένους ὧν ὁ κατήγορος εἴρηκε, μηδὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντα με δεινὸν τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων.
But although I could point out many contrasts between my own career and that of the pleaders in the courts, I believe that the quickest way to disabuse your mind of this confusion would be to show that people do not study under me what my accuser says they do, and that I am not clever at the kind of oratory which has to do with private disputes.
§ 43
οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς, ἐξελεγχομένης τῆς αἰτίας ἧς εἶχον πρότερον, ζητεῖν ἑτέραν μεταλαβεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ποθεῖν ἀκοῦσαι περὶ ποίους ἄλλους λόγους γεγενημένος τηλικαύτην δόξαν ἔλαβον. εἰ μὲν οὖν μοι συνοίσει κατειπόντι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐκ οἶδα· χαλεπὸν γὰρ στοχάζεσθαι τῆς ὑμετέρας διανοίας· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παρρησιάσομαί γε πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
For I think, now that the charge under which I formerly labored has been disproved, you are anxious to change your attitude and want to hear from me what sort of eloquence it is which has occupied me and given me so great a reputation. Whether, indeed, it is going to profit me to speak the truth, I am not sure; for it is hard to conjecture what is in your thoughts. Yet, for all that, I am going to speak to you absolutely without reserve.
§ 44
καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνθείην τοὺς πλησιάσαντας, εἰ πολλάκις εἰρηκὼς ὅτι δεξαίμην ἂν ἅπαντας εἰδέναι τοὺς πολίτας καὶ τὸν βίον ὃν ζῶ καὶ τοὺς λόγους οὓς λέγω, νῦν μὴ δηλοίην ὑμῖν αὐτοὺς ἀλλʼ ἀποκρυπτόμενος φανείην. ὡς οὖν ἀκουσόμενοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὕτω προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν.
For I should blush before my associates, if, after having told them again and again that I should be glad to have everyone of my fellow-citizens know the life I lead and the speeches which I compose, I did not now lay them open before you, but appeared rather to attempt to hide them away. Be assured, therefore, that you shall hear from me the whole truth, and in this spirit give me your attention.
§ 45
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνο δεῖ μαθεῖν ὑμᾶς, ὅτι τρόποι τῶν λόγων εἰσὶν οὐκ ἐλάττους ἢ τῶν μετὰ μέτρου ποιημάτων. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ γένη τὰ τῶν ἡμιθέων ἀναζητοῦντες τὸν βίον τὸν αὑτῶν κατέτριψαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς ἐφιλοσόφησαν, ἕτεροι δὲ τὰς πράξεις τὰς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις συναγαγεῖν ἐβουλήθησαν, ἄλλοι δέ τινες περὶ τὰς ἐρωτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις γεγόνασιν, οὓς ἀντιλογικοὺς καλοῦσιν.
First of all, then, you should know that there are no fewer branches of composition in prose than in verse. For some men have devoted their lives to researches in the genealogies of the demi-gods; others have made studies in the poets; others have elected to compose histories of wars; while still others have occupied themselves with dialogue, and are called dialecticians.
§ 46
εἴη δʼ ἂν οὐ μικρὸν ἔργον, εἰ πάσας τις τὰς ἰδέας τὰς τῶν λόγων ἐξαριθμεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν· ἧς δʼ οὖν ἐμοὶ προσήκει, ταύτης μνησθεὶς ἐάσω τὰς ἄλλας. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἳ τῶν μὲν προειρημένων οὐκ ἀπείρως ἔχουσι, γράφειν δὲ προῄρηνται λόγους οὐ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλʼ Ἑλληνικοὺς καὶ πολιτικοὺς καὶ πανηγυρικούς, οὓς ἅπαντες ἂν φήσαιεν ὁμοιοτέρους εἶναι τοῖς μετὰ μουσικῆς καὶ ῥυθμῶν πεποιημένοις ἢ τοῖς ἐν δικαστηρίῳ λεγομένοις.
It would, however, be no slight task to attempt to enumerate all the forms of prose, and I shall take up only that which is pertinent to me, and ignore the rest. For there are men who, albeit they are not strangers to the branches which I have mentioned, have chosen rather to write discourses, not for private disputes, but which deal with the world of Hellas, with affairs of state, and are appropriate to be delivered at the Pan-Hellenic assemblies—discourses which, as everyone will agree, are more akin to works composed in rhythm and set to music than to the speeches which are made in court.
§ 47
καὶ γὰρ τῇ λέξει ποιητικωτέρᾳ καὶ ποικιλωτέρᾳ τὰς πράξεις δηλοῦσι, καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ὀγκωδεστέροις καὶ καινοτέροις χρῆσθαι ζητοῦσιν, ἔτι δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἰδέαις ἐπιφανεστέραις καὶ πλείοσιν ὅλον τὸν λόγον διοικοῦσιν. ὧν ἅπαντες μὲν ἀκούοντες χαίρουσιν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τῶν ἐν τοῖς μέτροις πεποιημένων, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ μαθηταὶ γίγνεσθαι βούλονται, νομίζοντες τοὺς ἐν τούτοις πρωτεύοντας πολὺ σοφωτέρους καὶ βελτίους καὶ μᾶλλον ὠφελεῖν δυναμένους εἶναι τῶν τὰς δίκας εὖ λεγόντων.
For they set forth facts in a style more imaginative and more ornate; they employ thoughts which are more lofty and more original, and, besides, they use throughout figures of speech in greater number and of more striking character. All men take as much pleasure in listening to this kind of prose as in listening to poetry, and many desire to take lessons in it, believing that those who excel in this field are wiser and better and of more use to the world than men who speak well in court.
§ 48
συνίσασι γὰρ τοῖς μὲν διὰ πολυπραγμοσύνην ἠπείροις τῶν ἀγώνων γεγενημένοις, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ἐκείνων τῶν λόγων ὧν ἄρτι προεῖπον τὴν δύναμιν εἰληφότας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν δικανικοὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν μόνην ἀνεκτοὺς ὄντας ἐν ᾗ περ ἂν ἀγωνιζόμενοι τυγχάνωσι, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς ὁμιλίαις καὶ παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐντίμους ὄντας καὶ δόξης ἐπιεικοῦς τυγχάνοντας· ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μέν,
For they know that while the latter owe to a capacity for intrigue their expertness in forensic debate, the former have drawn from their pursuit of wisdom the eloquence which I have described; that while those who are thought to be adept in court procedure are tolerated only for the day when they are engaged in the trial, the devotees of philosophy are honored and held in high esteem in every society and at all times;
§ 49
ἢν ὀφθῶσι δὶς ἢ τρὶς ἐπὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων, μισουμένους καὶ διαβαλλομένους, τοὺς δʼ ὅσῳ περ ἂν πλείοσι καὶ πλεονάκις συγγίγνωνται, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον θαυμαζομένους· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὰς δίκας δεινοὺς πόρρω τῶν λόγων ἐκείνων ὄντας, τοὺς δʼ εἰ βουληθεῖεν ταχέως ἂν ἑλεῖν καὶ τοὺτους δυνηθέντας.
that, furthermore, while the former come to be despised and decried as soon as they are seen two or three times in court, the latter are admired more and more as they become better and more widely known; and, finally, that while clever pleaders are sadly unequal to the higher eloquence, the exponents of the latter could, if they so desired, easily master also the oratory of the courts.
§ 50
ταῦτα λογιζόμενοι καὶ πολὺ κρείττω νομίζοντες εἶναι τὴν αἵρεσιν, βούλονται μετασχεῖν τῆς παιδείας ταύτης, ἧς οὐδʼ ἂν ἐγὼ φανείην ἀπεληλαμένος, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ χαριεστέραν δόξαν εἰληφώς. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἐμῆς εἴτε βούλεσθε καλεῖν δυνάμεως εἴτε φιλοσοφίας εἴτε διατριβῆς, ἀκηκόατε πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
Reflecting on these facts, and considering it to be by far the better choice, they elect to have a part in that culture wherein, it would appear, neither have I myself been an alien but have, on the contrary, won a far more gracious reputation. Now you have heard the whole truth about my power, my philosophy, my profession, or whatever you care to call it.
§ 51
βούλομαι δὲ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ νόμον θεῖναι χαλεπώτερον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ λόγον εἰπεῖν θρασύτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἡλικίαν. ἀξιῶ γὰρ οὐ μόνον, εἰ βλαβεροῖς χρῶμαι τοῖς λόγοις, μηδεμιᾶς συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τοιούτοις, οἵοις οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, τὴν μεγίστην ὑποσχεῖν τιμωρίαν. οὐχ οὕτω δʼ ἂν τολμηρὰν ἐποιησάμην τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, εἰ μὴ καὶ δείξειν ἤμελλον ὑμῖν καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ποιήσειν τὴν διάγνωσιν αὐτῶν.
However, I want to set up for myself a more difficult standard than for other people, and to make a proposition which may seem over-rash for my years. For I ask you not only to show me no mercy, if the oratory which I cultivate is harmful, but to inflict on me the extreme penalty if it is not superior to any other. But I should not have made so bold a proposal, if I were not about to show you what my eloquence is and to make it very easy for you to pass judgement upon it.
§ 52
ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως· ἐγὼ καλλίστην ἡγοῦμαι καὶ δικαιοτάτην εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπολογίαν, ἥτις εἰδέναι ποιεῖ τοὺς δικάζοντας ὡς δυνατὸν μάλιστα, περὶ ὧν τὴν ψῆφον οἴσουσι, καὶ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι τῇ διανοίᾳ μηδʼ ἀμφιγνοεῖν τοὺς τἀληθῆ λέγοντας.
For it is this way: the best and fairest defense, in my opinion, is that which enables the judges to know the facts, so far as this is possible, in regard to the issues on which they are to vote, and which leaves no room for them to go astray in their judgement or to be in doubt as to which party speaks the truth.
§ 53
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν ἠγωνιζόμην ὡς περὶ πράξεις τινὰς ἡμαρτηκώς, οὐκ ἂν οἷός τʼ ἦν ἰδεῖν ὑμῖν αὐτὰς παρασχεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαίως εἶχεν εἰκάζοντας ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων διαγιγνώσκειν ὅπως ἐτύχετε περὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων· ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἔχω τὴν αἰτίαν, οἶμαι μᾶλλον ὑμῖν ἐμφανιεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
If, however, I were being tried for some criminal act, I should not have been able to produce the act itself before your eyes but you would have had to conjecture the facts from what I said and pass judgement as best you might. But since I am charged with offending by my words, I think that I shall be in a better position to make you see the truth;
§ 54
αὐτοὺς γὰρ ὑμῖν δείξω τοὺς εἰρημένους ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ γεγραμμένους, ὥστʼ οὐ δοξάσαντες ἀλλὰ σαφῶς εἰδότες ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσι τὴν ψῆφον οἴσετε περὶ αὐτῶν. ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν διὰ τέλους εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην· ὁ γὰρ χρόνος ὁ δεδομένος ἡμῖν ὀλίγος ἐστίν· ὥσπερ δὲ τῶν καρπῶν, ἐξενεγκεῖν ἑκάστου δεῖγμα πειράσομαι. μικρὸν γὰρ μέρος ἀκούσαντες ῥᾳδίως τό τʼ ἐμὸν ἦθος γνωριεῖτε καὶ τῶν λόγων τὴν δύναμιν ἁπάντων μαθήσεσθε.
for I shall present in evidence the actual words which I have spoken and written, so that you will vote upon my discourses, not from conjecture, but with clear knowledge of their nature. I cannot, however, present them all in complete form; for the time which has been allowed me is too short. But just as is done with fruits, I shall try to produce a sample of each kind. For when you have heard a small portion of them you will easily recognize my true character and appreciate the force of all my speeches.
§ 55
δέομαι δὲ τῶν πολλάκις ἀνεγνωκότων τὰ μέλλοντα ῥηθήσεσθαι μὴ ζητεῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καινοὺς λόγους, μηδʼ ὀχληρόν με νομίζειν, ὅτι λέγω τοὺς πάλαι παρʼ ὑμῖν διατεθρυλημένους. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπίδειξιν ποιούμενος ἔλεγον αὐτούς, εἰκότως ἂν εἶχον τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην· νῦν δὲ κρινόμενος καὶ κινδυνεύων ἀναγκάζομαι χρῆσθαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον αὐτοῖς.
But I beg those of you who have read many times what you are now about to hear, not to expect new discourses from me on the present occasion nor think me burdensome because I repeat what has long been the talk of Athens. For if I were to repeat my orations in order to display my powers, I should reasonably be liable to this complaint; but now that I am on trial and in jeopardy I have no choice but to use my speeches in this fashion.
§ 56
καὶ γὰρ ἂν πάντων εἴην καταγελαστότατος, εἰ τοῦ κατηγόρου διαβάλλοντος ὅτι τοιούτους γράφω λόγους οἳ καὶ τὴν πόλιν βλάπτουσι καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους διαφθείρουσι, διʼ ἑτέρων ποιοίμην τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἐξὸν αὐτοὺς δείξαντι τούτους ἀπολύσασθαι τὴν διαβολὴν τὴν λεγομένην περὶ ἡμῶν. ὑμᾶς μὲν οὖν ἀξιῶ μοι διὰ ταῦτα συγγνώμην ἔχειν καὶ συναγωνιστὰς γίγνεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἤδη περαίνειν ἐπιχειρήσω, μικρὸν ἔτι προειπών, ἵνα ῥᾷον ἐπακολουθῶσι τοῖς λεγομένοις.
For it would be the height of absurdity if in a case where my accuser denounces me for writing the kind of speeches which both hurt our city and corrupt our youth I used other speeches in my defense, when I can clear my name of the calumnies which are being heaped upon it by producing before you the very discourses of which he complains. I ask of you, then, for these reasons to bear with me and to lend me your support. But for the benefit of the others on the jury I shall attempt to proceed with my selections, after a further word of explanation to enable them to follow more easily what is said.
§ 57
ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγος ὁ μέλλων πρῶτος ὑμῖν δειχθήσεσθαι κατʼ ἐκείνους ἐγράφη τοὺς χρόνους, ὅτε Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν ἦρχον τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἡμεῖς δὲ ταπεινῶς ἐπράττομεν. ἔστι δὲ τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας παρακαλῶν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων στρατείαν, Λακεδαιμονίοις δὲ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητῶν. τοιαύτην δὲ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ποιησάμενος,
The discourse which is to be submitted to you first was written at the time when the Lacedaemonians were the first power in Hellas, while our fortunes were at low ebb. In it I summon the Hellenes to make an expedition against the barbarians, and I dispute the right of the Lacedaemonians to take the lead.
§ 58
ἀποφαίνω τὴν πόλιν ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην. ἀφορισάμενος δὲ τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων εὐεργεσιῶν, καὶ βουλόμενος τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔτι σαφέστερον ἀποφαίνειν ὡς ἔστι τῆς πόλεως, ἐνθένδε ποθὲν ἐπιχειρῶ διδάσκειν περὶ τούτων, ὡς τῇ πόλει τιμᾶσθαι προσήκει πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων ἢ τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν.
Developing this theme, I show that Athens has been author of all the advantages which the Hellenes now enjoy. Then, having concluded the account of these benefactions, and desiring to show more convincingly that leadership in the expedition is the right of Athens, I further try to prove that far greater honor is due to her for the perils she has faced in war than for her other benefactions.
§ 59
ὤιμην μὲν οὖν αὐτὸς δυνήσεσθαι διελθεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν· νῦν δέ με τὸ γῆρας ἐμποδίζει καὶ ποιεῖ προαπαγορεύειν. ἵνʼ οὖν μὴ παντάπασιν ἐκλυθῶ πολλῶν ἔτι μοι λεκτέων ὄντων, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς παραγραφῆς ἀνάγνωθι τὰ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας αὐτοῖς.
Now I thought that I should be able to go through these passages myself, but I find that my age hampers me and causes me to give out easily. So then, in order that I may not break down utterly while there are still many things which I must say, let the clerk begin at the place marked and read the passage on the hegemony.
§ 60
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ὡς δικαίως ἂν εἴη τῆς πόλεως, ῥᾴδιον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων καταμαθεῖν. ἐνθυμήθητε δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, εἰ δοκῶ τοῖς λόγοις διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους, ἀλλὰ μὴ προτρέπειν ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως κινδύνους, ἢ δικαίως ἂν δοῦναι δίκην ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν χάριν κομίσασθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν τὴν μεγίστην,
As to the hegemony, then, it is easy enough for you to make up your minds from what has been read to you that it should by right belong to Athens. But, I beg of you, consider well whether I appear to you to corrupt the young by my words, or, on the contrary, to inspire them to a life of valor and of dangers endured for their country; whether I should justly be punished for the words which have been read, or whether, on the contrary, I deserve to have your deepest gratitude
§ 61
ὃς οὕτως ἐγκεκωμίακα τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τοὺς ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις γεγενημένους, ὥστε τούς τε πρότερον γράψαντας περὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην ἅπαντας ἠφανικέναι τοὺς λόγους, αἰσχυνομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων αὑτοῖς, τούς τε νῦν δοκοῦντας εἶναι δεινοὺς μὴ τολμᾶν ἔτι λέγειν περὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ καταμέμφεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν σφετέραν αὐτῶν.
for having so glorified Athens and our ancestors and the wars which were fought in those days that the orators who had composed discourses on this theme have destroyed them all, being ashamed of their own efforts, while they who today are reputed to be clever dare no longer to speak upon this subject, but confess the feebleness of their own powers.
§ 62
ἀλλʼ ὅμως, τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων, φανήσονταί τινες τῶν εὑρεῖν μὲν οὐδὲν οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν ἄξιον λόγου δυναμένων, ἐπιτιμᾶν δὲ καὶ βασκαίνειν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων μεμελετηκότων, οἳ χαριέντως μὲν εἰρῆσθαι ταῦτα φήσουσι (τὸ γὰρ εὖ φθονήσουσιν εἰπεῖν), πολὺ μέντοι χρησιμωτέρους εἶναι τῶν λόγων καὶ κρείττους τοὺς ἐπιπλήττοντας τοῖς νῦν ἁμαρτανομένοις ἢ τοὺς τὰ πεπραγμένα πρότερον ἐπαινοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ὧν δεῖ πράττειν συμβουλεύοντας ἢ τοὺς τὰ παλαιὰ τῶν ἔργων διεξιόντας.
But yet, although these things are true, you will find among those who are unable to create or say anything of value, but are past masters in criticizing and prejudicing the works of others, some who will say that all this is spoken “prettily” (for they will be too grudging to say “well”), but that those discourses are better and more profitable which denounce our present mistakes than those which praise our past deeds, and those which counsel us what we ought to do than those which recount ancient history.
§ 63
ἵνʼ οὖν μηδὲ ταῦτʼ ἔχωσιν εἰπεῖν, ἀφέμενος τοῦ βοηθεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις πειράσομαι μέρος ἑτέρου λόγου τοσοῦτον, ὅσον περ ἄρτι, διελθεῖν ὑμῖν, ἐν ᾧ φανήσομαι περὶ τούτων ἁπάντων πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποιημένος. ἔστι δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ λεγόμενα περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης τῆς πρὸς Χίους καὶ Ῥοδίους καὶ Βυζαντίους,
Well, then, in order that I may forestall even this objection, I shall abstain from defending the speech to which you have listened and shall attempt to bring before you a selection of equal length from another oration, in which it will be seen that I have given much attention to all these questions. At the beginning of this oration I speak on the question of making peace with the Chians, the Rhodians, and the Byzantines;
§ 64
ἐπιδείξας δʼ ὡς συμφέρει τῇ πόλει διαλύσασθαι τὸν πόλεμον, κατηγορῶ τῆς δυναστείας τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν, ἀποφαίνων αὐτὴν οὐδὲν διαφέρουσαν οὔτε ταῖς πράξεσιν οὔτε τοῖς πάθεσι τῶν μοναρχιῶν· ἀναμιμνήσκω δὲ καὶ τὰ συμβάντα διʼ αὐτὴν τῇ πόλει καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι. διαλεχθεὶς δὲ περὶ τούτων,
and, after I have shown that it is to the advantage of Athens to end the war, I decry our dominion over the Hellenes and our sea-power, showing that it is no whit different, either in its conduct or in its results, from tyranny. I recall also the evils which that power has brought upon Athens, upon the Lacedaemonians, and upon all the others.
§ 65
καὶ τὰς τῆς Ἑλλάδος συμφορὰς ὀδυράμενος, καὶ τῇ πόλει παραινέσας ὡς χρὴ μὴ περιορᾶν αὐτὴν οὕτω πράττουσαν, ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ἐπί τε τὴν δικαιοσύνην παρακαλῶ καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἐπιπλήττω καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων συμβουλεύω. λαβὼν οὖν ἀρχὴν ταύτην ὅθεν διαλέγομαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀνάγνωθι καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτοῖς.
After having dwelt upon this subject, deplored the misfortunes of Hellas, and urged Athens not to allow herself to remain in her present state, finally I summon her to a career of justice, I condemn the mistakes she is now making, and I counsel her as to her future policy. Now begin at the point where I start to discuss these matters and read this selection also to the jury.
§ 67
δυοῖν μὲν τοίνυν λόγοιν ἀκηκόατε· βούλομαι δὲ καὶ τοῦ τρίτου μικρὰ διελθεῖν, ἵνʼ ὑμῖν ἔτι μᾶλλον γένηται καταφανὲς ὅτι πάντες οἱ λόγοι πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ δικαιοσύνην συντείνουσιν. ἔστι δʼ ὁ μέλλων δειχθήσεσθαι Νικοκλεῖ τῷ Κυπρίῳ, τῷ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον βασιλεύοντι, συμβουλεύων ὡς δεῖ τῶν πολιτῶν ἄρχειν· οὐχ ὁμοίως δὲ γέγραπται τοῖς ἀνεγνωσμένοις.
You have heard parts of two discourses; I want now to run through a few topics from a third, in order that it may become even more evident to you that all my writings tend toward virtue and justice. The one which is about to be produced before you is addressed to Nicocles of Cyprus, who at that time was king, and is made up of advice to him as to how to rule over his people. It is not, however, composed in the same style as the extracts which have been read.
§ 68
οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ τὸ λεγόμενον ὁμολογούμενον ἀεὶ τῷ προειρημένῳ καὶ συγκεκλειμένον ἔχουσιν, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τοὐναντίον· ἀπολύσας γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ προτέρου καὶ χωρίς, ὥσπερ τὰ καλούμενα κεφάλαια, ποιήσας, πειρῶμαι διὰ βραχέων ἕκαστον ὧν συμβουλεύω φράζειν. τούτου δʼ ἕνεκα ταύτην ἐποιησάμην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν,
For in them each part is always in accord and in logical connection with that which goes before; but in this, on the contrary, I detach one part from another, and breaking up the discourse, as it were, into what we call general heads, I strive to express in a few words each bit of counsel which I have to offer.
§ 69
ἡγούμενος ἐκ τοῦ παραινεῖν τήν τε διάνοιαν τὴν ἐκείνου μάλιστʼ ὠφελήσειν καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ τάχιστα δηλώσειν. διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ταύτην πρόφασιν καὶ νῦν αὐτὸν αὐτὸν ὑμῖν δεῖξαι προειλόμην, οὐχ ὡς ἄριστα τῶν λοιπῶν γεγραμμένον, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐκ τούτου μάλιστα φανερὸς γενησόμενος, ὃν τρόπον εἴθισμαι καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις καὶ τοῖς δυνάσταις πλησιάζειν·
But my reason for writing upon this subject was that I thought my advice would be the best means of aiding his understanding and at the same time the readiest means of publishing my own principles. It was with the same motive that I decided to present this discourse to you on the present occasion, not that it is the best written of my works, but that through it you will best see in what spirit I am wont to deal with princes as well as with private men;
§ 70
φανήσομαι γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευθέρως καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίως διειλεγμένος, καὶ οὐ τὸν ἐκείνου πλοῦτον οὐδὲ τὴν δύναμιν θεραπεύων ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐπαμύνων, καὶ παρασκευάζων καθʼ ὅσον ἠδυνάμην τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτοῖς ὡς οἷόν τε πραοτάτην. ὅπου δὲ βασιλεῖ διαλεψόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ δήμου τοὺς λόγους ἐποιούμην, ἦπου τοῖς ἐν δημοκρατία πολιτευομένοις σφόδρʼ ἃ παρακελευσαίμην τὸ πλῆθος θεραπεύειν.
for you will see that I have expressed myself to Nicocles as a free man and an Athenian should, not paying court to his wealth nor to his power, but pleading the cause of his subjects, and striving with all my powers to secure for them the mildest government possible. And since in addressing a king I have spoken for his subjects, surely I would urge upon men who live under a democracy to pay court to the people.
§ 71
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ προοιμίῳ καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις λεγομένοις ἐπιτιμῶ ταῖς μοναρχίαις, ὅτι δέον αὐτοὺς τὴν φρόνησιν ἀσκεῖν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, οἱ δὲ χεῖρον παιδεύονται τῶν ἰδιωτῶν. διαλεχθεὶς δὲ περὶ τούτων, παραινῶ τῷ Νικοκλεῖ μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν μηδʼ, ὥς περ ἱερωσύνην εἰληφότα τὴν βασιλείαν, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἡδονῶν ἀμελήσαντα προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τοῖς πράγμασιν.
Now in the introduction and in the opening words of that discourse I reproach monarchs because they who more than others ought to cultivate their understanding are less educated than men in private station. After discussing this point, I enjoin upon Nicocles not to be easy-going and not to feel that he had taken up the royal office as one takes up the office of a priest, but to put aside his selfish pleasures and give his mind to his affairs.
§ 72
ἐπιχειρῶ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο πείθειν αὐτόν, ὡς χρὴ δεινὸν νομίζειν, ὅταν ὁρᾷ τοὺς μὲν χείρους τῶν βελτιόνων ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἀνοητοτέρους τοῖς φρονιμωτέροις προστάττοντας, λέγων ὡς ὅσῳ περ ἂν ἐρρωμενέστερον τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἄνοιαν ἀτιμάσῃ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διάνοιαν ἀσκήσει. ποιησάμενος οὖν ἀρχὴν ἣν ἐγὼ τελευτήν, ἀνάγνωθι καὶ τούτου τοῦ λόγου τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος αὐτοῖς.
And I try to persuade him also that it ought to be revolting to his mind to see the base ruling over the good and the foolish giving orders to the wise, saying to him that the more vigorously he condemns folly in other men, the more should he cultivate his own understanding. Now then, begin where I have left off and read to the jury the rest of the discourse.
§ 74
τῶν μὲν τοίνυν λόγων ἅλις ἡμῖν ἔστω τῶν ἀναγιγνωσκομένων καὶ τηλικοῦτο μῆκος ἐχόντων· ἐπεὶ μικροῦ γε μέρους τῶν πάλαι γεγραμμένων οὐκ ἂν ἀποσχοίμην, ἀλλʼ εἴποιμʼ ἂν εἴ τί μοι δόξειε πρέπον εἶναι τῶ παρόντι καιρῷ· καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἄτοπος εἴην, εἰ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρωμένους ἐγὼ μόνος ἀπεχοίμην τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πρότερον εἰρημένων, ἄλλως τε καὶ νῦν ὅτʼ οὐ μόνον μικροῖς μέρεσιν ἀλλʼ ὅλοις εἴδεσι προειλόμην χρῆσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν, ὅπως ἂν ἡμῖν συμπίπτῃ, ποιήσομεν.
Now this is the last selection which I shall have the clerk read to you—and the last of such length which I shall use; since I am not going to refrain from quoting, at any rate briefly, from my earlier writings, but shall use whatever I may think appropriate to the present occasion. For it would be absurd, when I see other men making use of my words, if I alone should refrain from using what I have written in former days, especially now when I have chosen to repeat to you not merely small parts but whole divisions of my speeches. I shall, therefore, act in this matter as occasion may suggest.
§ 75
εἶπον δέ που, πρὶν ἀναγιγνώσκεσθαι τούτους, ὡς ἄξιος εἴην οὐ μόνον, εἰ βλαβεροῖς χρῶμαι τοῖς λόγοις, δοῦναι δίκην ὑμῖν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τοιούτοις οἵοις οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, τῆς μεγίστης τυχεῖν τιμωρίας. εἴ τινες οὖν ὑμῶν ὑπέλαβον τότε λίαν ἀλαζονικὸν εἶναι καὶ μέγα τὸ ῥηθέν, οὐκ ἂν δικαίως ἔτι τὴν γνώμην ταύτην ἔχοιεν· οἶμαι γὰρ ἀποδεδωκέναι τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ τοιούτους εἶναι τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἀναγνωσθέντας οἵους περ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπεθέμην.
I said, I think, before these selections were read, that I asked not only to be adjudged guilty if my discourses are harmful but to be visited with the heaviest of punishments if they are not incomparable. If any of you then felt that my words were boastful and over-confident, they cannot longer justly be of this opinion; for I think that I have made good my promise and that the discourses which have been read to you are such as from the first I maintained that they were.
§ 76
βούλομαι δʼ ὑμῖν διὰ βραχέων ἀπολογήσασθαι περὶ ἑκάστου, καὶ ποιῆσαι μᾶλλον ἔτι καταφανὲς ὡς ἀληθῆ καὶ τότε προεῖπον καὶ νῦν λέγω περὶ αὐτῶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ποῖος γένοιτʼ ἂν λόγος ὁσιώτερος ἢ δικαιότερος τοῦ τοὺς προγόνους ἐγκωμιάζοντος ἀξίως τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτοῖς;
But I want to say just a word in behalf of each of them and so make it still more manifest that what I then said and what I now say about them is true. First of all, tell me what eloquence could be more righteous or more just than one which praises our ancestors in a manner worthy of their excellence and of their achievements?
§ 77
ἔπειτα τίς ἂν πολιτικώτερος καὶ μᾶλλον πρέπων τῇ πόλει τοῦ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀποφαίνοντος ἔκ τε τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ τῶν κινδύνων ἡμετέραν οὖσαν μᾶλλον ἢ Λακεδαιμονίων; ἔτι δὲ τίς ἂν περὶ καλλιόνων καὶ μειζόνων πραγμάτων τοῦ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπί τε τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων στρατείαν παρακαλοῦντος καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμονοίας συμβουλεύοντος;
Again, what could be more patriotic or more serviceable to Athens than one which shows that by virtue both of our other benefactions and of our exploits in war we have greater claims to the hegemony than the Lacedaemonians? And, finally, what discourse could have a nobler or a greater theme than one which summons the Hellenes to make an expedition against the barbarians and counsels them to be of one mind among themselves?
§ 78
ἐν μὲν τοίνυν τῷ πρώτῳ λόγῳ περὶ τούτων τυγχάνω διειλεγμένος, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὑστέροις περὶ ἐλαττόνων μὲν ἢ τηλικούτων, οὐ μὴν περὶ ἀχρηστοτέρων οὐδʼ ἧττον τῇ πόλει συμφερόντων. γνώσεσθε δὲ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, ἢν παραβάλλητε πρὸς ἕτερα τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων καὶ τῶν ὠφελίμων εἶναι δοκούντων.
Well, then, in the first speech I have discoursed upon these themes, and in those later quoted upon matters which, though less lofty, are by no means less fruitful or less advantageous to our city. And you will appreciate the power of these discourses if you will read them side by side with others written by orators of recognized ability and service to mankind.
§ 79
οἶμαι δὴ πάντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι τοὺς νόμους πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους εἶναι τῷ βίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν τούτων χρῆσις τοῦτʼ ὠφελεῖν μόνον πέφυκε, τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ συμβόλαια τὰ γιγνόμενα πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· εἰ δὲ τοῖς λόγοις πείθοισθε τοῖς ἐμοῖς, ὅλην τὴν Ἑλλάδα καλῶς ἂν διοικοῖτε καὶ δικαίως καὶ τῇ πόλει συμφερόντως.
Now everyone would admit, I think, that our laws have been the source of very many and very great benefits to the life of humanity. But our enjoyment of these laws is a boon which, in the very nature of the case, is limited to the affairs of our state and to the engagements which you enter into with each other; whereas, if you would heed my words, you might direct the whole of Hellas with honor and justice and, at the same time, with advantage to Athens.
§ 80
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας περὶ ἀμφότερα μὲν ταῦτα σπουδάζειν, αὐτοῖν δὲ τούτοιν τὸ μεῖζον καὶ τὸ πλέονος ἄξιον προτιμᾶν, ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνο γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι νόμους μὲν θεῖναι μυρίοι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἱκανοὶ γεγόνασιν, εἰπεῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἀξίως τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐκ ἂν πολλοὶ δυνηθεῖεν.
Men of wisdom ought to concern themselves both for the interests of our city and for the interests of Hellas, but should give preference to the broader and worthier cause; and they ought, furthermore, to appreciate the fact that while any number of men both among the Hellenes and among the barbarians have been able to lay down laws, there are not many who can discourse upon questions of public welfare in a spirit worthy both of Athens and of Hellas.
§ 81
ὧν ἕνεκα τοὺς ἔργον ποιουμένους τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους εὑρίσκειν τοσούτῳ χρὴ περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι τῶν τοὺς νόμους τιθέντων καὶ γραφόντων, ὅσῳ πέρ εἰσι σπανιώτεροι καὶ χαλεπώτεροι καὶ ψυχῆς φρονιμωτέρας δεόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ νῦν.
For these reasons, men who make it their duty to invent discourses of that kind should be held in higher esteem than those who propose and write down laws, inasmuch as they are rarer, have the more difficult task, and must have superior qualities of mind. Especially is this true in our day;
§ 82
ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἤρχετο τὸ γένος τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γίγνεσθαι καὶ συνοικίζεσθαι κατὰ πόλεις, εἰκὸς ἦν παραπλησίαν εἶναι τὴν ζήτησιν αὐτῶν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐνταῦθα προεληλύθαμεν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς εἰρημένους καὶ τοὺς νόμους τοὺς κειμένους ἀναριθμήτους εἶναι, καὶ τῶν μὲν νόμων ἐπαινεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀρχαιοτάτους τῶν δὲ λόγων τοὺς καινοτάτους, οὐκέτι τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας ἔργον ἐστίν,
for, at the time when the human race was beginning to come into existence and to settle together in cities, it was natural that their searching should have been for much the same thing; but today, on the other hand, when we have advanced to the point where the discourses which have been spoken and the laws which have been laid down are innumerable, and where we single out the oldest among laws and the newest among discourses for our praise, these tasks no longer call for the same understanding;
§ 83
ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τοὺς νόμους τιθέναι προαιρουμένοις προὔργου γέγονε τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κειμένων (οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς δεῖ ζητεῖν ἑτέρους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῦντας πειραθῆναι συναγαγεῖν, ὃ ῥᾳδίως ὅστις ἂν οὖν βουληθεὶς ποιήσειε), τοῖς δὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους πραγματευομένοις διὰ τὸ προκατειλῆφθαι τὰ πλεῖστα τοὐναντίον συμβέβηκε· λέγοντες μὲν γὰρ ταὐτὰ τοῖς πρότερον εἰρημένοις ἀναισχυντεῖν καὶ ληρεῖν δόξουσι, καινὰ δὲ ζητοῦντες ἐπιπόνως εὑρήσουσι. διόπερ ἔφασκον ἀμφοτέροις μὲν ἐπαινεῖσθαι προσήκειν, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς τὸ χαλεπώτερον ἐξεργάζεσθαι δυναμένοις.
nay, those who have elected to make laws have had at their service a multitude of laws already made (for they have no need to search for new laws, but only to put forth the effort to collect those which are approved in other states, which anyone who so desires can easily do), while those who occupy themselves with oratory, seeing that most subjects have been seized upon and used by others before them, are in the opposite case; for if they repeat the same things which have been said in the past, they will be regarded as shameless babblers, and if they seek for what is new, they will have great difficulty in finding it. That is why I stated that, while both are entitled to your praise, they are the more entitled to it who are able to execute the harder task.
§ 84
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην προσποιουμένων προτρέπειν ἡμεῖς ἂν ἀληθέστεροι καὶ χρησιμώτεροι φανεῖμεν ὄντες. οἱ μὲν γὰρ παρακαλοῦσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων μὲν ἀγνοουμένην, ὑπʼ αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων ἀντιλεγομένην, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογουμένην.
I maintain also that if you compare me with those who profess to turn men to a life of temperance and justice, you will find that my teaching is more true and more profitable than theirs. For they exhort their followers to a kind of virtue and wisdom which is ignored by the rest of the world and is disputed among themselves; I, to a kind which is recognized by all.
§ 85
κἀκείνοις μὲν ἀπόχρη τοσοῦτον, ἢν ἐπαγαγέσθαι τινὰς τῇ δόξῃ τῇ τῶν ὀνομάτων δυνηθῶσιν εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν ὁμιλίαν, ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν μὲν ἰδιωτῶν οὐδένα πώποτε φανήσομαι παρακαλέσας ἐπʼ ἐμαυτόν, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὅλην πειρῶμαι πείθειν τοιούτοις πράγμασιν ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτοί τε εὐδαιμονήσουσι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἀπαλλάξουσι.
They, again, are satisfied if through the prestige of their names they can draw a number of pupils into their society; I, you will find, have never invited any person to follow me, but endeavor to persuade the whole state to pursue a policy from which the Athenians will become prosperous themselves, and at the same time deliver the rest of the Hellenes from their present ills.
§ 86
καί τοι τὸν πάντας τοὺς πολίτας προτρέπειν προθυμούμενον πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον καὶ δικαιότερον προστῆναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, πῶς εἰκὸς τοῦτον τοὺς συνόντας διαφθείρειν; τίς δὲ τοιούτους λόγους εὑρίσκειν δυνάμενος πονηροὺς ἂν καὶ περὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων ζητεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ διαπεπραγμένος ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἅπερ ἐγώ;
And yet, when anyone devotes his life to urging all his fellow-countrymen to be nobler and juster leaders of the Hellenes, how is it conceivable that such a man should corrupt his followers? What man possessed of the power to discover discourses of this character would try to search for those that are pernicious and have to do with pernicious things, especially a man who has reaped from his works the rewards which I have had?
§ 87
τούτων γὰρ γραφέντων καὶ διαδοθέντων καὶ δόξαν ἔσχον παρὰ πολλοῖς καὶ μαθητὰς πολλοὺς ἔλαβον, ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν παρέμεινεν, εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτον ὄντα με κατέλαβον οἷόν περ προσεδόκησαν· νῦν δὲ τοσούτων γεγενημένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἔτη τρία τῶν δὲ τέτταρα συνδιαιτηθέντων, οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν φανήσεται τῶν παρʼ ἐμοὶ μεμψάμενος,
For the writing and publication of them has won me distinction in many parts of the world and brought me many disciples, no one of whom would have remained with me had they not found in me the very kind of man they expected to find. In fact, although I have had so many pupils, and they have studied with me in some cases three, and in some cases four years, yet not one of them will be found to have uttered a word of complaint about his sojourn with me;
§ 88
ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τελευτῆς, ὅτʼ ἤδη μέλλοιεν ἀποπλεῖν ὡς τοὺς γονέας καὶ τοὺς φίλους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν, οὕτως ἠγάπων τὴν διατριβὴν ὥστε μετὰ πόθου καὶ δακρύων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπαλλαγήν. καὶ τοι πότερα χρὴ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς τοῖς σαφῶς ἐπισταμένοις καὶ τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμόν, ἢ τῷ μηδὲν μὲν εἰδότι τῶν ἐμῶν, προῃρημένῳ δὲ συκοφαντεῖν; ὃς εἰς τοσοῦτο πονηρίας καὶ τόλμης ἐλήλυθεν,
on the contrary, when at the last the time would come for them to sail away to their parents or their friends at home, so happy did they feel in their life with me, that they would always take their leave with regret and tears. Well, then, whom ought you to believe? Those who know intimately both my words and my character, or a sycophant who knows nothing about me at all, but has chosen to make me his victim? Ought you to believe a man who is so unscrupulous and so brazen that,
§ 89
ὥστε γραψάμενος ὡς λόγους διδάσκω διʼ ὧν πλεονεκτήσουσι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἀπόδειξιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν τούτων ἤνεγκε, λέγων δὲ διατετέλεκεν ὡς δεινόν ἐστι διαφθείρεσθαι τοὺς τηλικούτους, ὥσπερ ἀντιλέγοντός τινος περὶ τούτων, ἢ τοῦτο δέον αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνειν ὃ πάντες ὁμολογοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον διδάσκειν ὡς ἐγὼ τυγχάνω ταῦτα διαπραττόμενος.
having indicted me for teaching the kind of eloquence which enables people to gain their own advantage contrary to justice, he has not brought before you the slightest evidence of this but has dwelt from the beginning to the end of his speech on the iniquity of corrupting our youth—as if anyone disputed that, or as if it were necessary for him to prove what all men concede, instead of showing simply that I have been guilty of this offense?
§ 90
καὶ εἰ μέν τις τοῦτον ἀπαγαγὼν ἀνδραποδιστὴν καὶ κλέπτην καὶ λωποδύτην μηδὲν μὲν αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνοι τούτων εἰργασμένον, διεξίοι δʼ ὡς δεινὸν ἕκαστόν ἐστι τῶν κακουργημάτων, ληρεῖν ἂν φαίη καὶ μαίνεσθαι τὸν κατήγορον, αὐτὸς δὲ τοιούτοις λόγοις κεχρημένος οἴεται λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς.
Why, if anyone were to bring this fellow to trial for kidnapping or stealing or highway robbery, and, instead of proving that he had done any of these things, were to hold forth on the iniquity of each of these crimes, my opponent would reply that his accuser was mad and talked like a fool; yet he has, himself, used just such arguments and thinks that you do not see through him.
§ 91
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι τοῦτό γε καὶ τοὺς ἀμαθεστάτους γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι δεῖ πιστὰς εἶναι καὶ μέγα δυναμένας τῶν κατηγοριῶν οὐχ αἷς ἔξεστι χρήσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν μηδὲν ἠδικηκότων, ἀλλʼ ἃς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἰπεῖν ἀλλʼ ἤ κατὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων· ὧν αὐτὸς ὀλιγωρήσας οὐδὲν προσήκοντας τῇ γραφῇ λόγους εἴρηκεν·
I, however, believe that even the most simple-minded of people recognize that an accusation, to be convincing and to carry great weight, must not be one which may be employed equally well against the innocent, but one which can be applied only to the guilty. My accuser has made light of this fact, and has made a speech which is in no respect pertinent to the indictment.
§ 92
ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς λόγους δεικνύναι τοὺς ἐμούς, οἷς διαφθείρω τοὺς συνόντας, καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς φράζειν τοὺς χείρους διὰ τὴν συνουσίαν τὴν ἐμὴν γεγενημένους· νῦν δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδέτερον πεποίηκε, παραλιπὼν δὲ τὴν δικαιοτάτην τῶν κατηγοριῶν ἐξαπατᾶν ὑμᾶς ἐπεχείρησεν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων ἐξ ὧν περ προσήκει καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστι, ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν.
For he ought both to have produced before you the speeches by which I corrupt my associates and to have named to you the pupils who have been debased by association with me. However, he has done neither of these things, but has rejected the most legitimate form of accusation and attempted to lead you astray. I, on the contrary, shall base my defense only on grounds which are pertinent and just.
§ 93
καὶ τοὺς μὲν λόγους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἀνέγνωμεν ὑμῖν, τοὺς δὲ κεχρημένους ἐκ μειρακίων μοι μέχρι γήρως δηλώσω, καὶ μάρτυρας ὑμῶν αὐτῶν παρέξομαι περὶ ὧν ἂν λέγω τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν ἐμὴν γεγενημένους. ἤρξαντο μὲν οὖν ἐν πρώτοις Εὔνομός μοι καὶ Λυσιθείδης καὶ Κάλλιππος πλησιάζειν, μετὰ δὲ τούτους Ὀνήτωρ, Ἀντικλῆς, Φιλωνίδης, Φιλόμηλος,
I had my speeches read to you a moment ago; I shall now bring before you the men who have been associated with me from the time of my youth to the days of my old age, and from your own number I shall present men of my own years to bear witness to the truth of what I say. Among the first to begin studying with me were Eunomus, Lysitheides, and Callippus; and following them were Onetor, Anticles, Philonides, Philomelus, and Charmantides.
§ 94
Χαρμαντίδης. τούτους ἅπαντας ἡ πόλις χρυσοῖς στεφάνοις ἐστεφάνωσεν, οὐχ ὡς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐφιεμένους, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ὄντας καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἰδίων εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀνηλωκότας. πρὸς οὓς ὅπως βούλεσθε θέτε με διακεῖσθαι· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ παρὸν πανταχῶς ἕξει μοι καλῶς.
All these men were crowned by Athens with chaplets of gold, not because they were covetous of other people’s possessions, but because they were honorable men and had spent large sums of their private fortunes upon the city. Suppose whatever you like as to the nature of my relations with them;
§ 95
ἤν τε γὰρ ὑπολάβητε σύμβουλον εἶναί με καὶ διδάσκαλον τούτων, δικαίως ἂν ἔχοιτέ μοι πλείω χάριν ἢ τοῖς διʼ ἀρετὴν ἐν πρυτανείῳ σιτουμένοις· τούτων μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστος αὑτὸν μόνον παρέσχε καλὸν κἀγαθόν, ἐγὼ δὲ τοσούτους τὸ πλῆθος ὅσους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διῆλθον ὑμῖν.
for the result, at any rate so far as the present issue is concerned, will be altogether to my advantage. For if you suppose that I was their counsellor and teacher, I should deserve from you greater gratitude than those who are maintained in the Prytaneum in recognition of excellence; for each of the latter has furnished to the city his own high qualities alone, whereas I have furnished those of all whom I have just now named to you.
§ 96
εἴ τε τῶν μὲν πεπραγμένων ἐκείνοις μηδὲν συναίτιος ἐγενόμην, ὡς ἑταίροις δὲ καὶ φίλοις αὐτοῖς ἐχρώμην, ἱκανὴν ὑπὲρ ὧν φεύγω τὴν γραφὴν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν ἀπολογίαν· εἰ γὰρ τοῖς μὲν διʼ ἀρετὴν δωρεὰς εἰληφόσιν ἤρεσκον, τῷ δὲ συκοφάντῃ μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχω γνώμην, πῶς ἂν εἰκότως γνωσθείην τοὺς συνόντας διαφθείρειν;
But if, on the other hand, you suppose that I, myself, had nothing to do with their achievements, but that I merely enjoyed their society and friendship, I consider that even this view is defense enough against the charges on which I am being tried. For if I have had the affection of men who have received rewards in recognition of excellence, but have nothing in common with the sycophant, then how, in all reason, could you judge me to be a corrupter of youth?
§ 97
ἢ πάντων γʼ ἂν εἴην δυστυχέστατος, εἰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἔκ τε τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν συνουσιῶν τῶν μὲν χείρω τῶν δὲ βελτίω δόξαν λαμβανόντων ἐγὼ μόνος μὴ τύχοιμι τῆς δοκιμασίας ταύτης, ἀλλὰ τοιούτοις μὲν ἀνδράσι συμβεβιωκώς, ἀνέγκλητον δʼ ἐμαυτὸν μέχρι ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡλικίας παρεσχηκώς, ὅμοιος εἶναι δόξαιμι τοῖς ἔκ τε τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συνουσιῶν διαβεβλημένοις. ἡδέως δʼ ἂν εἰδείην τί ποτʼ ἂν ἔπαθον, εἴ τίς μοι τοιοῦτος ἦν συγγεγενημένος οἷός πέρ ἐστιν ὁ κατήγορος, ὃς μισῶν ἅπαντας τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ μισούμενος εἰς τουτονὶ καθέστηκα τὸν κίνδυνον.
Verily, I should be the most unfortunate of all men if, when others are esteemed better or worse, as the case may be, from the manner of their lives and from the character of their associates, I alone should be denied this basis of judgement; and if I, who have lived all my life in company with such men, and have kept myself above all criticism up to this point in my career, should be classed with those who from the manner of their lives and the character of their associates have got themselves a bad name. I should like to know what in the world my fate would have been if I had numbered among my associates anyone like my accuser, when, although I hate all his kind and am hated by them, I am yet subjected to this trial.
§ 98
καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνος ὁ λόγος δικαίως ἄν με βλάψειεν, ὃν ἴσως ἄν τινες τολμήσαιεν εἰπεῖν τῶν παντάπασι πρός με δυσκόλως διακειμένων, ὡς τούτοις μὲν οἷς εἴρηκα τοσοῦτον μόνον ἐχρώμην ὅσον ὀφθῆναι διαλεγόμενος, ἕτεροι δέ τινές μοι πολλοὶ καὶ πολυπράγμονες μαθηταὶ γεγόνασιν, οὓς ἀποκρύπτομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἔχω γὰρ λόγον ὃς ἐξελέγξει καὶ διαλύσει πάσας τὰς τοιάσδε βλασφημίας· ἀξιῶ γάρ,
Nor, I assure you, can my case be justly injured by the argument which certain of those who are entirely hostile to me may, perhaps, dare to put forth, namely, that I have associated with the men I have mentioned merely to the extent of having been seen conversing with them, whereas I have had as my disciples many of another sort, mischievous characters, whom I am trying to conceal from you. For I have ready at hand a reply which will refute and confound all calumnies of that sort.
§ 99
εἰ μέν τινες τῶν ἐμοὶ συγγεγενημένων ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ γεγόνασι περὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, ἐκείνους ὑμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν, ἐμοὶ δὲ μηδεμίαν ὑπὲρ τούτων χάριν ἔχειν, εἰ δὲ πονηροὶ καὶ τοιοῦτοι τὰς φύσεις οἷοι φαίνειν καὶ γράφεσθαι καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν,
For I ask this of you: If any of those who have been associated with me have turned out to be good men in their relations to the state, to their friends, and to their own households—I ask you to give them the praise and not to be grateful to me on their account; but if, on the other hand, any of them have turned out to be bad—the kind of men who lay information, hale people into court, and covet the property of others—then to let the penalty be visited on me.
§ 100
παρʼ ἐμοῦ δίκην λαμβάνειν. καίτοι τίς ἂν πρόκλησις γένοιτο ταύτης ἀνεπιφθονωτέρα, καὶ δικαιοτέρα τῆς τῶν μὲν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἀμφισβητούσης, εἰ δέ τινες πονηροὶ γεγόνασιν, ὑπὲρ τούτων δίκην ὑποσχεῖν ἐθελούσης; καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐ λόγος μάτην εἰρημένος ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ παραχωρῶ καὶ τῷ κατηγόρῳ καὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ τῶν ἄλλων, εἴ τις ἔχει τινὰ φράσαι τοιοῦτον, οὐχ ὡς οὐχ ἡδέως ἄν τινών μου καταψευσαμένων, ἀλλʼ ὡς εὐθὺς φανερῶν ἐσομένων ὑμῖν καὶ τῆς ζημίας ἐκείνοις ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμοὶ γενησομένης.
What proposition could be less invidious or more fair than one which claims no credit for those who are honorable, but offers to submit to punishment for any who have become depraved? And these are no idle words; on the contrary, if anyone can name anyone of that kind to you, I yield the floor for this purpose to my accuser or to anyone else who may desire it—not that there are not persons who would gladly perjure themselves to my harm, but that they would be shown up to you at once, and the injury would fall upon them, not upon me . . .
§ 101
περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν φεύγω τὴν γραφὴν καὶ τοῦ μὴ διαφθείρειν τοὺς συνόντας, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἂν σαφέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι δυνηθείην. ἐμνήσθη δὲ καὶ τῆς πρὸς Τιμόθεόν μοι φιλίας γεγενημένης, καὶ διαβάλλειν ἡμᾶς ἀμφοτέρους ἐπεχείρησε, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνθη περὶ ἀνδρὸς τετελευτηκότος καὶ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίου τῇ πόλει βλασφήμους καὶ λίαν ἀσελγεῖς λόγους εἰπών. ἐγὼ δʼ ᾤμην μέν,
Well, then, I do not see how I could show more clearly that the charges filed against me are false and that I am not guilty of corrupting my associates. My accuser has mentioned also the friendship which existed between me and Timotheus, and has attempted to calumniate us both, nor did any sense of shame restrain him from saying slanderous and utterly infamous things about a man who is dead, to whom Athens is indebted for many services.
§ 102
εἰ καὶ φανερῶς ἐξηλεγχόμην ἀδικῶν, διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον φιλίαν σώζεσθαί μοι προσήκειν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ Λυσίμαχος καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐπιχειρεῖ με βλάπτειν ἐξ ὧν δικαίως ἂν ὠφελοίμην, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ ἅμα περὶ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων ἐποιησάμην τὴν μνείαν, ὅτι πολὺ τὰ πράγματα διέφερεν αὐτῶν.
But I, for my part, should have thought that even if I were proved guilty beyond a doubt, yet because of my friendship with him I should be entitled to go free. But since Lysimachus is attempting to hurt me by the very means which ought to help my case, I am compelled to go into this question. I must explain that I did not mention Timotheus when I named my other associates because he was in very different case from them.
§ 103
περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνων οὐδὲν φλαῦρον εἰπεῖν ὁ κατήγορος ἐτόλμησε, περὶ δὲ τὴν Τιμοθέου κατηγορίαν μᾶλλον ἐσπούδασεν ἢ περὶ ὧν ἀπήνεγκε τὴν γραφήν· ἔπειθʼ οἱ μὲν ὀλίγων ἐπεστάτησαν, τῶν δʼ ἑκάστῳ προσταχθέντων οὕτως ἐπεμελήθησαν ὥστε τυχεῖν τῆς τιμῆς τῆς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεχθείσης, ὁ δὲ πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων πραγμάτων καὶ πολὺν χρόνον κατέστη κύριος. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἂν ἥρμοσεν ἅμα περὶ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων χρήσασθαι τοῖς λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαίως εἶχεν οὕτω διελέσθαι καὶ διατάξασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
For, in the first place, my accuser has not dared to say anything derogatory of my other friends, while he has laid greater stress upon his arraignment of Timotheus than upon the charges which he has preferred in his indictment. In the next place, my other friends were entrusted with only a few commissions, although in every case they discharged the duties assigned to them in such a manner that they won the honor which I mentioned a moment ago, while Timotheus had the responsibility of many affairs of great importance and over a long period of time. It would not, therefore, have been fitting to discuss him and the others in one group, but it was necessary to separate and segregate them as I have done.
§ 104
χρὴ δὲ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου λόγον οὐκ ἀλλότριον εἶναι νομίζειν τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι πράγμασιν, οὐδʼ ἐμὲ λέγειν ἔξω τῆς γραφῆς· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἰδιώταις ὑπὲρ ὧν ἕκαστος ἔπραξε προσήκει διαλεχθεῖσι καταβαίνειν ἢ δοκεῖν περιεργάζεσθαι, τοῖς δʼ ὑπολαμβανομένοις συμβούλοις εἶναι καὶ διδασκάλοις ὁμοίως ὑπὲρ τῶν συγγεγενημένων ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀναγκαῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἄλλως τʼ ἢν καὶ τύχῃ τις διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην κρινόμενος· ὅ περ ἐμοὶ συμβέβηκεν.
You must not think, however, that what I say in behalf of Timotheus is irrelevant to the present case, nor that I am straying beyond the limits of the indictment; for while it is proper for the layman to say what he has to say in defense of his own actions and then take his seat or else to be thought to overdo his case, yet when anyone occupies a position in the eyes of the public as a counsellor and teacher, he must then justify his followers as well as himself, especially if he is being tried on this charge—which is exactly the position in which I have been placed.
§ 105
ἑτέρῳ μὲν οὖν ἀπέχρησεν ἂν τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ὡς οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστι μετέχειν εἴ τι Τιμόθεος πράττων μὴ κατώρθωσεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν δωρεῶν οὐδὲ τῶν τιμῶν οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ μετέδωκε τῶν ἐκείνῳ ψηφισθεισῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπαινέσαι τῶν ῥητόρων οὐδεὶς ἠξίωσεν ὡς σύμβουλον γεγενημένον· εἶναι δὲ δίκαιον ἢ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν κοινωνεῖν ἢ μηδὲ τῶν ἀτυχιῶν ἀπολαύειν.
Now any other man might be satisfied to say that it is not fair that he should share the blame for any mistakes which Timotheus may have made, on the ground that he was given no share in the rewards or the honors which were voted to Timotheus, nor was he even thought worthy by any orator of being commended as an adviser of the latter, and that it is only fair that one should either share the good fortunes of another, or have no part in his misfortunes.
§ 106
ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν αἰσχυνθείην ἂν εἰπεῖν, τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ποιοῦμαι πρόκλησιν ἥν περ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων· ἀξιῶ γάρ, εἰ μὲν κακὸς ἀνὴρ γέγονε Τιμόθεος καὶ πολλὰ περὶ ὑμᾶς ἐξήμαρτε, μετέχειν καὶ δίκην διδόναι καὶ πάσχειν ὅμοια τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν· ἢν δʼ ἐπιδειχθῇ καὶ πολίτης ὢν ἀγαθὸς καὶ στρατηγὸς τοιοῦτος οἷος οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν οἶμαι δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν καὶ χάριν ἔχειν αὐτῷ, περὶ δὲ ταυτησὶ τῆς γραφῆς ἐκ τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων, ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δίκαιον εἶναι δοκῇ, τοῦτο γιγνώσκειν.
I, however, should be ashamed to make this plea, and I make you the same proposition regarding Timotheus as I made regarding my other associates. For I ask that if it turns out that Timotheus was a bad man and committed many wrongs against you—I ask to be allowed to share the blame, to pay the penalty, and to suffer whatever is meted out to the guilty; but if, on the other hand, it is shown that he was both a good citizen and a greater general than any other within our knowledge, then I hold that you should praise him and be grateful to him, while as to this indictment against me, you should pass whatever judgement you may deem fair in the light of what I, myself, have done.
§ 107
ἀθροώτατον μὲν οὖν τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχω περὶ Τιμοθέου καὶ μάλιστα καθʼ ἁπάντων, ὅτι τοσαύτας ᾕρηκε πόλεις κατὰ κράτος ὅσας οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, οὔτε τῶν ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως οὔτε τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης Ἑλλάδος, καὶ τούτων ἐνίας, ὧν ληφθεισῶν ἅπας ὁ τόπος ὁ περιέχων οἰκεῖος ἠναγκάσθη τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι· τηλικαύτην ἑκάστη δύναμιν εἶχε.
The facts, then, about Timotheus I can put most concisely and in the most comprehensive terms by saying that he has taken more cities by storm than any other man has ever done, and I include all generals who have led armies into the field whether from Athens or from the rest of Hellas. And among these cities were some whose capture compelled all the surrounding territory to make terms with Athens; so great was their importance in each case.
§ 108
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε Κόρκυραν μὲν ἐν ἐπικαιροτάτῳ καὶ κάλλιστα κειμένην τῶν περὶ Πελοπόννησον, Σάμον δὲ τῶν ἐν Ἰωνίᾳ, Σηστὸν δὲ καὶ Κριθώτην τῶν ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ, πόντῳ, Ποτίδαιαν δὲ καὶ Τορώνην τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης; ἃς ἐκεῖνος ἁπάσας κτησάμενος παρέδωκεν ὑμῖν, οὐ δαπάναις μεγάλαις, οὐδὲ τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας συμμάχους λυμηνάμενος, οὐδὲ πολλὰς ὑμᾶς εἰσφορὰς ἀναγκάσας εἰσενεγκεῖν,
For who does not know that Corcyra has the best strategic position among the cities in the neighborhood of the Peloponnese; Samos, among the cities of Ionia; Sestos and Crithôte, among those in the Hellespont; and Potidaea and Torône among the settlements in Thrace? All these cities he has taken and presented to you, with no great outlay of money, without imposing burdens upon your present allies, and without forcing you to pay many taxes into the treasury.
§ 109
ἀλλʼ εἰς μὲν τὸν περίπλουν τὸν περὶ Πελοπόννησον τρία καὶ δέκα μόνον τάλαντα δούσης αὐτῷ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τριήρεις πεντήκοντα Κόρκυραν εἷλε, πόλιν ὀγδοήκοντα τριήρεις κεκτημένην, καὶ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Λακεδαιμονίους ἐνίκησε ναυμαχῶν, καὶ ταύτην αὐτοὺς ἠνάγκασε συνθέσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, ἣ τοσαύτην μεταβολὴν ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν πόλεων ἐποίησεν,
Indeed, for the voyage of the fleet around the Peloponnese, Athens allowed him only thirteen talents and fifty triremes, and yet he captured Corcyra, a city with a fleet of eighty triremes, and about the same time he won a naval battle over the Lacedaemonians and forced them to agree to the terms of the present peace—a peace which has so changed the relative positions of Athens and of Lacedaemon
§ 110
ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς μὲν ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας θύειν αὐτῇ καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς ἄλλης οὕτω τῇ πόλει συνενεγκούσης, Λακεδαιμονίων δὲ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μηδʼ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς ἑωρᾶσθαι μήτε ναυτικὸν ἐντὸς Μαλέας περιπλέον μήτε πεζὸν στρατόπεδον διὰ τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ πορευόμενον, ὅπερ αὐτοῖς τῆς περὶ Λεῦκτρα συμφορᾶς εὕροι τις ἂν αἴτιον γεγενημένον.
that from that day to this we celebrate the peace with sacrifices every year because no other treaty has been so advantageous to our city; while, as for the Lacedaemonians, no man since that time has seen a ship of theirs voyage this side of Malea nor any land force advance beyond the Isthmus, and anyone can see in this fact the cause of their disaster at Leuctra.
§ 111
μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς πράξεις ἐπὶ Σάμον στρατεύσας, ἣν Περικλῆς ὁ μεγίστην ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν εἰληφὼς ἀπὸ διακοσίων νεῶν καὶ χιλίων ταλάντων κατεπολέμησε, ταύτην οὔτε πλέον οὔτʼ ἔλαττον παρʼ ὑμῶν λαβὼν οὔτε παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἐκλέξας, ἐν δέκα μησὶν ἐξεπολιόρκησεν ὀκτακισχιλίοις πελτασταῖς καὶ τριήρεσι τριάκοντα, καὶ τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας τὸν μισθὸν ἀπέδωκε.
After these exploits he led an expedition against Samos; and that city which Pericles, renowned above all others for his wisdom, his justice, and his moderation, reduced with a fleet of two hundred ships and the expenditure of a thousand talents, Timotheus, without receiving from you or collecting from your allies any money whatsoever, captured after a siege of ten months with a force of eight thousand light-armed troops and thirty triremes, and he paid all these forces from the spoils of war.
§ 112
καί τοι τοιοῦτον ἔργον ἄν τις ἄλλος φανῇ πεποιηκώς, ὁμολογῶ ληρεῖν, ὅτι διαφερόντως ἐπαινεῖν ἐπιχειρῶ τὸν οὐδὲν περιττότερον τῶν ἄλλων διαπεπραγμένον. ἐντεῦθεν τοίνυν ἀναπλεύσας Σηστὸν καὶ Κριθώτην ἔλαβε, καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀμελουμένης Χερρονήσου προσέχειν ὑμᾶς αὐτῇ τὸν νοῦν ἐποίησε. τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον Ποτίδαιαν,
And if you can point to any other man who has done a like thing, I stand ready to admit my folly in attempting to praise superlatively one who has done no more than others. Well, then, from Samos he sailed away and captured Sestos and Crithôte, forcing you, who up to that time had been careless of your interests in the Chersonese, to give your attention to that territory.
§ 113
εἰς ἣν ἡ πόλις τετρακόσια καὶ δισχίλια τάλαντα τὸ πρότερον ἀνήλωσε, ταύτην εἷλεν ἀπὸ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν αὐτὸς ἐπόρισε καὶ τῶν συντάξεων τῶν ἀπὸ Θρᾴκης· καὶ προσέτι Χαλκιδεῖς ἅπαντας κατεπολέμησεν. εἰ δὲ δεῖ μὴ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀλλὰ διὰ βραχέων εἰπεῖν, τεττάρων καὶ εἴκοσι πόλεων κυρίους ὑμᾶς ἐποίησεν ἐλάττω δαπανήσας ὧν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Μηλίων πολιορκίαν ἀνήλωσαν.
And finally he took Potidaea, upon which Athens had in times past squandered twenty-four hundred talents, and he met the expense from money which he himself provided and from contributions of the Thracians; and, for full measure, he reduced all the Chalcideans to subjection. To speak, not in detail, but in summary, he made you masters of twenty-four cities and spent in doing so less than your fathers paid out in the siege of Melos.
§ 114
ἠβουλόμην δʼ ἄν,ὥσπερ ἐξαριθμῆσαι τὰς πράξεις ῥᾴδιον γέγονεν, οὕτως οἷόν τʼ εἶναι συντόμως δηλῶσαι τοὺς καιροὺς ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα τούτων ἐπράχθη, καὶ τὰ τῆς πόλεως ὡς εἶχε, καὶ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων δύναμιν· πολὺ γὰρ ἂν ὑμῖν αἵ τʼ εὐεργεσίαι μείζους κἀκεῖνος πλείονος ἄξιος ἔδοξεν εἶναι. νῦν δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω διὰ τὸ πλῆθος.
I could wish that just as it has been quite easy to recount his exploits, so it were possible to picture briefly the circumstances under which each of them was accomplished—what the situation was in Athens in each case and what the strength of our foes—, for you would then have been made to appreciate much more highly the worth of his achievements and of the man himself. As it is, the subject is so large that I must leave it untouched.
§ 115
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς ἡδέως ἂν ἀκοῦσαι διὰ τί ποτε τῶν μὲν εὐδοκιμούντων ἀνδρῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ πολεμικῶν εἶναι δοκούντων οὐδὲ κώμην ἔνιοι λαβεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν, Τιμόθεος δʼ οὔτε τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν ἔχων ἐρρωμένην οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις τοῖς πλανωμένοις κατατετριμμένος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μεθʼ ὑμῶν πολιτευόμενος τηλικαῦτα διεπράξατο τὸ μέγεθος. ἔστι δʼ ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τούτων φιλαπεχθήμων μέν, ῥηθῆναι δʼ οὐκ ἀσύμφορος. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ τούτῳ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκεν,
But I think you would like to have me explain to you why in the world it is that some of the generals who have a high reputation among you and are thought to be great fighters have not been able to take even a village, while Timotheus, who lacks a robust physique and has not knocked about with itinerant armies but has shared with you the duties of a citizen, has accomplished such great things. What I have to say on this question will no doubt be offensive, but it will not be without profit for you to hear it.
§ 116
ὅτι περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ συμμαχικῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς τούτων οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑμῖν γνώμην εἶχεν. ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ χειροτονεῖτε στρατηγοὺς τοὺς εὐρωστοτάτους τοῖς σώμασι καὶ πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς ξενικοῖς στρατεύμασι γεγενημένους, ὡς διὰ τούτων διαπραξόμενοί τι τῶν δεόντων. ὁ δὲ τοῖς μὲν τοιούτοις λοχαγοῖς ἐχρῆτο καὶ ταξιάρχοις,
Timotheus was superior to all the rest in that he did not hold the same views as you with regard to the affairs of the Hellenes and of your allies and the manner in which they should be directed. For you elect as your generals men who have the most robust bodies and who have served in many campaigns with foreign armies, thinking that under their leadership you will have some success. Timotheus, on the other hand, used these men as captains and division-commanders,
§ 117
αὐτὸς δὲ περὶ ταῦτα δεινὸς ἦν, περὶ ἅπερ χρὴ φρόνιμον εἶναι τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἀγαθόν. Ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα τίνα δύναμιν ἔχοντα; δεῖ γὰρ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ σαφῶς φράσαι περὶ αὐτῶν. πρῶτον μὲν δύνασθαι γνῶναι πρὸς τίνας πολεμητέον καὶ τίνας συμμάχους ποιητέον· ἀρχὴ γὰρ αὕτη στρατηγίας ἐστίν, ἧς ἢν διαμάρτῃ τις, ἀνάγκη τὸν πόλεμον ἀσύμφορον καὶ χαλεπὸν καὶ περίεργον εἶναι.
while he, himself, showed his ability in the very things which it is necessary for a good general to know. What, then, are the requisites of a good general and what ability do they involve? For they cannot be summed up in a word, but must be explained clearly. First of all is the ability to know against whom and with whose help to make war; for this is the first requisite of good strategy, and if one makes any mistake about this, the result is inevitably a war which is disadvantageous, difficult, and to no purpose.
§ 118
περὶ τοίνυν τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν οὐ μόνον οὐδεὶς τοιοῦτος γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παραπλήσιος. ῥᾴδιον δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων γνῶναι· πλείστους γὰρ πολέμους ἄνευ τῆς πόλεως ἀνελόμενος, ἅπαντας τούτους κατώρθωσε καὶ δικαίως ἅπασι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔδοξεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσασθαι. καί τοι τοῦ καλῶς βουλεύσασθαι τίς ἂν ἀπόδειξιν ἔχοι σαφεστέραν καὶ μείζω ταύτης παρασχέσθαι;
Well, in this kind of sagacity there has never been anyone like him or even comparable with him, as may easily be seen from his deeds themselves. For, although he undertook most of his wars without support from the city, he brought them all to a successful issue, and convinced all the Hellenes that he won them justly. And what greater or clearer proof of his wise judgement could one adduce than this fact?
§ 119
δεύτερον τί προσήκει τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἀγαθόν; στρατόπεδον συναγαγεῖν ἁρμόττον τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ παρόντι, καὶ τοῦτο συντάξαι καὶ χρήσασθαι συμφερόντως. ὡς μὲν τοίνυν ἠπίστατο χρῆσθαι καλῶς, αἱ πράξεις αὐταὶ δεδηλώκασιν· ὡς δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρασκευάσασθαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίως ἁπάντων διήνεγκεν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν τολμήσειεν.
What, then, is the second requisite of a good general? It is the ability to collect an army which is adequate to the war in hand, and to organize and to employ it to good advantage. Now, that Timotheus understood how to employ his forces to good purpose, his achievements themselves have shown; that in the ability to recruit armies which were splendidly equipped and reflected honor upon Athens he excelled all other men, no one even of his enemies would dare to gainsay;
§ 120
ἔτι τοίνυν πρὸς τούτοις ἀπορίας ἐνεγκεῖν στρατοπέδου καὶ πενίας, καὶ πάλιν εὐπορίας εὑρεῖν, τίς οὐκ ἂν τῶν συνεστρατευμένων πρὸς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα διαφέρειν ἐκεῖνον προκρίνειεν; συνίσασι γὰρ αὐτῷ κατὰ μὲν ἀρχὰς τῶν πολέμων διὰ τὸ μηδὲν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως λαμβάνειν εἰς τὰς ἐσχάτας ἐνδείας καθιστάμενον, ἐκ δὲ τούτων εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματα περιιστάναι δυνάμενον, ὥστε καὶ τῶν πολεμίων περιγίγνεσθαι καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐντελεῖς ἀποδιδόναι τοὺς μισθούς.
and, furthermore, in the power both to bear the privations and hardships of army life, and again to find abundant resources, who of the men who were with him in the field would not pronounce him incomparable? For they know that at the beginning of his campaigns, owing to the fact that he received nothing from Athens, he found himself in great extremities, but that, even with this handicap, he was able to bring his fortunes round to the point where he not only prevailed over our enemies but paid his soldiers in full.
§ 121
οὕτω τοίνυν τούτων μεγάλων ὄντων καὶ σφόδρα κατεπειγόντων, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχομένοις δικαίως ἄν τις αὐτὸν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπαινέσειεν. ὁρῶν γὰρ ὑμᾶς τούτους μόνους ἄνδρας νομίζοντας, τοὺς ἀπειλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἐκφοβοῦντας τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις καὶ τοὺς ἀεί τι νεωτερίζοντας ἐν τοῖς συμμάχοις, οὐκ ἐπηκολούθησε ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις, οὐδʼ ἠβουλήθη βλάπτων τὴν πόλιν εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτʼ ἐφιλοσόφει καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, ὅπως μηδεμία τῶν πόλεων αὐτὸν φοβήσεται τῶν Ἑλληνίδων, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαι θαρρήσουσι πλὴν τῶν ἀδικουσῶν.
These are great things and compel our admiration; but the facts which I now give entitle him to even greater praise. For although he saw that you respected only the kind of generals who threatened and tried to terrify the other cities and were always for setting up some revolution or other among your allies, he did not fall in with your prejudices, nor was he willing to enhance his own reputation to the injury of Athens; on the contrary, he made it the object of his thought and of his actions to see to it that no one of the cities of Hellas should be afraid of him, but that all should feel secure excepting those which did wrong;
§ 122
ἠπίστατο γὰρ τούς τε δεδιότας ὅτι μισοῦσι διʼ οὓς ἂν τοῦτο πεπονθότες τυγχάνωσι, τήν τε πόλιν διὰ μὲν τὴν φιλίαν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων εὐδαιμονεστάτην καὶ μεγίστην γενομένην, διὰ δὲ τὸ μῖσος μικρὸν ἀπολιποῦσαν τοῦ μὴ ταῖς ἐσχάταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσεῖν. ὧν ἐνθυμούμενος τῇ μὲν δυνάμει τῇ τῆς πόλεως τοὺς πολεμίους κατεστρέφετο, τῷ δʼ ἤθει τῷ αὑτοῦ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων προσήγετο, νομίζων τοῦτο στρατήγημα μεῖζον εἶναι καὶ κάλλιον ἢ πολλὰς πόλεις ἑλεῖν καὶ πολλάκις νικῆσαι μαχόμενος.
for he realized that men who are afraid hate those who inspire this feeling in them, and that it was due to the friendship of the other cities that Athens rose to great power and prosperity, just as it was due to their hatred that she barely escaped the most disastrous fate. Bearing in mind these facts, he used the power of Athens in order to subdue her enemies, and the force of his own character in order to win the good will of the rest of the world, believing that this is a greater and nobler kind of generalship than to conquer many cities many times in battle.
§ 123
οὕτω δʼ ἐσπούδαζε περὶ τὸ μηδεμίαν τῶν πόλεων μηδὲ μικρὰν ὑποψίαν περὶ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος, ὥσθʼ ὁπότε ὁπότε μέλλοι τινὰ παραπλεῖν τῶν μὴ τὰς συντάξεις διδουσῶν, πέμψας προηγόρευε τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἵνα μὴ πρὸ τῶν λιμένων ἐξαίφνης ὀφθεὶς εἰς θόρυβον καὶ ταραχὴν αὐτοὺς καταστήσειεν.
So concerned was he that none of the cities should in the slightest degree suspect him of sinister designs that whenever he intended to take his fleet to any of the cities which had been remiss in their contributions, he sent word to the authorities and announced his coming beforehand, lest his appearance without warning in front of their ports might plunge them into disquiet and confusion;
§ 124
εἰ δὲ τύχοι καθορμισθεὶς πρὸς τὴν χώραν, οὐκ ἂν ἐφῆκε τοῖς στρατιώταις ἁρπάζειν καὶ κλέπτειν καὶ πορθεῖν τὰς οἰκίας, ἀλλὰ τοσαύτην εἶχεν ἐπιμέλειαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν γίγνεσθαι τοιοῦτον, ὅσην περ οἱ δεσπόται τῶν χρημάτων· οὐ γὰρ τούτῳ προσεῖχε τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὸς εὐδοκιμήσει παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἡ πόλις παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
and if he happened to harbor his fleet in any place, he would never permit his soldiers to plunder and pillage and sack the people’s houses, but took as great precautions to prevent such an occurrence as the owners would take to guard their own possessions; for his mind was not upon winning for himself the good opinion of his soldiers by such license, but upon winning for Athens the good opinion of the Hellenes.
§ 125
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὰς δοριαλώτους τῶν πόλεων οὕτω πράως διῴκει καὶ νομίμως ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος τὰς συμμαχίδας, ἡγούμενος, εἰ τοιοῦτος ὢν φαίνοιτο περὶ τοὺς πολεμήσαντας, τὴν μεγίστην πίστιν ἔσεσθαι δεδωκὼς ὡς οὐδέποτʼ ἂν περί γε τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξαμαρτεῖν τολμήσειεν.
Moreover, when cities had been taken by him in battle, he would treat them with a mildness and a consideration for their rights which no one else has ever shown to allies in war; for he thought that if he showed such an attitude toward those who had made war upon him, he could give no greater guarantee that he would never bring himself to wrong the others.
§ 126
τοιγάρτοι διὰ τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐκ τούτων γιγνομένην πολλαὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς δυσκόλως ἐχουσῶν ἀναπεπταμέναις αὐτὸν ἐδέχοντο ταῖς πύλαις· ἐν αἷς ἐκεῖνος οὐδεμίαν ταραχὴν ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ οἰκουμένας αὐτὰς εἰσιὼν κατέλαβεν, οὕτως ἐξιὼν κατέλειπεν.
Therefore it was that, because of the reputation which this conduct gave him, many of the cities which had no love for Athens used to welcome him with gates thrown wide; and he, in turn, never set up any disturbance in them, but just as he found them governed when he entered their gates, so he left them when he passed out.
§ 127
κεφάλαιον δὲ πάντων τούτων· εἰθισμένων γὰρ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον πολλῶν γίγνεσθαι καὶ δεινῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκείνου στρατηγίας οὐδεὶς ἂν οὔτʼ ἀναστάσεις εὕροι γεγενημένας οὔτε πολιτειῶν μεταβολὰς οὔτε σφαγὰς καὶ φυγὰς οὕτως ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἀνηκέστων, ἀλλʼ οὕτως αἱ τοιαῦται συμφοραὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐλώφησαν, ὥστε μόνος ὧν ἡμεῖς μνημονεύομεν ἀνέγκλητον τὴν πόλιν τοῖς Ἕλλησι παρέσχε.
And now to sum up all this: In other times many calamities were wont to be visited upon the Hellenes, but, under his leadership, no one can point to cities devastated, governments overthrown, men murdered or driven into exile, or any other of those ills that are irreparable. Nay, so complete was the respite from such misfortunes in his day that, so far back as we can remember, he is the only general under whom no complaint was raised against Athens by the other Hellenes.
§ 128
καί τοι χρὴ στρατηγὸν ἄριστον νομίζειν οὐκ εἴ τις μιᾷ τύχῃ τηλικοῦτόν τι κατώρθωσεν ὥσπερ Λύσανδρος, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων διαπράξασθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἀλλʼ ὅστις ἐπὶ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν καὶ δυσκόλων πραγμάτων ὀρθῶς ἀεὶ πράττων καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντως διατετέλεκεν· ὅπερ Τιμοθέῳ συμβέβηκεν.
And surely you ought to find your ideal of a good general, not in one who by a single stroke of good fortune has attained, like Lysander, a success which it has been the lot of no other man to achieve, but one who, though loaded with many difficult responsibilities of all sorts, has always discharged them with honesty and wisdom. And just this has been the fortune of Timotheus.
§ 129
οἶμαι οὖν ὑμῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς θαυμάζειν τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ νομίζειν τὸν ἔπαινον τὸν ἐκείνου κατηγορίαν εἶναι τῆς πόλεως, εἰ τοσαύτας μὲν πόλεις ἑλόντα μηδεμίαν δʼ ἀπολέσαντα περὶ προδοσίας ἔκρινε, καὶ πάλιν εἰ διδόντος εὐθύνας αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰς μὲν πράξεις Ἰφικράτους ἀναδεχομένου, τὸν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν χρημάτων λόγον Μενεσθέως, τούτους μὲν ἀπέλυσε, Τιμόθεον δὲ τοσούτοις ἐζημίωσε χρήμασιν ὅσοις οὐδένα πώποτε τῶν προγεγενημένων.
Most of you are, I suppose, astonished at what I am saying, and think that in praising him I am condemning Athens, since he, after having captured so many cities and having never lost a single one, was tried for treason, and again when he submitted his reports, and Iphicrates took upon himself the responsibility for the conduct of the campaign and Menestheus accounted for the moneys expended upon it, they, on the one hand, were acquitted, while Timotheus was fined a larger sum than anyone in the past had ever been condemned to pay.
§ 130
ἔχει δʼ οὕτως· βούλομαι γὰρ καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λόγον εἰπεῖν. εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον ἀποβλέποντες σκέψεσθε περὶ τούτων, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ δεινὰ καὶ σχέτλια πᾶσιν εἶναι δόξει τὰ πεπραγμένα περὶ Τιμόθεον· ἢν δʼ ἀναλογίσησθε τὴν ἄγνοιαν ὅσην ἔχομεν πάντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ τοὺς φθόνους τοὺς ἐπιγιγνομένους ἡμῖν, ἔτι δὲ τὰς ταραχὰς καὶ τὴν τύρβην ἐν ᾗ ζῶμεν, οὐδὲν τούτων ἀλόγως οὐδʼ ἔξω τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως εὑρεθήσεται γεγενημένον, ἀλλὰ καὶ Τιμόθεος μέρος τι συμβεβλημένος τοῦ μὴ κατὰ τρόπον γνωσθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
The fact is, however, that I desire to stand up for Athens also. It is true that if you consider the actions of the city by the standard of pure justice, no one of you can avoid the conclusion that her treatment of Timotheus was cruel and abominable; but if you make allowance for the ignorance which possesses all mankind, for the feelings of envy that are aroused in us, and, furthermore, for the confusion and turmoil in which we live, you will find that nothing of what has been done has come about without a reason nor does the cause lie outside our human weakness, but that Timotheus, also, has been responsible in some degree for the mistaken judgements passed upon him.
§ 131
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὔτε μισόδημος ὢν οὔτε μισάνθρωπος οὔθʼ ὑπερήφανος, οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἔχων τῶν τοιούτων κακῶν, διὰ τὴν μεγαλοφροσύνην τὴν τῇ στρατηγίᾳ μὲν συμφέρουσαν, πρὸς δὲ τὰς χρείας τῶν ἀεὶ προσπιπτόντων οὐχ ἁρμόττουσαν, ἅπασιν ἔδοξεν ἔνοχος εἶναι τοῖς προειρημένοις· οὕτω γὰρ ἀφυὴς ἦν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων θεραπείαν ὥσπερ δεινὸς περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν.
For while he was no anti-democrat nor a misanthrope, nor arrogant, nor possessed of any such defect of character, yet because of his proud bearing—an advantage to the office of a general but out of place in dealing with men from day to day—everyone attributed to him the faults which I have named; for he was by nature as inept in courting the favor of men as he was gifted in handling affairs.
§ 132
καί τοι πολλάκις καὶ παρʼ ἐμοῦ τοιούτους λόγους ἤκουσεν, ὡς χρὴ τοὺς πολιτευομένους καὶ βουλομένους ἀρέσκειν προαιρεῖσθαι μὲν τῶν τε πράξεων τὰς ὠφελιμωτάτας καὶ βελτίστας καὶ τῶν λόγων τοὺς ἀληθεστάτους καὶ δικαιοτάτους, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο παρατηρεῖν καὶ σκοπεῖν, ὅπως ἐπιχαρίτως καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἅπαντα φανήσονται καὶ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες, ὡς οἱ τούτων ὀλιγωροῦντες ἐπαχθέστεροι καὶ βαρύτεροι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις.
Indeed he has often been advised by me, among others, that while men who are in public life and desire to be in favor must adopt the principle of doing what is most serviceable and noble and of saying what is most true and just, yet they must at the same time not neglect to study and consider well how in everything they say and do they may convince the people of their graciousness and human sympathy; since those who are careless of these matters are thought by their fellow-citizens to be disagreeable and offensive.
§ 133
“ὁρᾷς δὲ τὴν φύσιν τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ὡς διάκειται πρὸς τὰς ἡδονάς, καὶ διότι μᾶλλον φιλοῦσι τοὺς πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλοῦντας ἢ τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς μετὰ φαιδρότητος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας φενακίζοντας ἢ τοὺς μετʼ ὄγκου καὶ σεμνότητος ὠφελοῦντας. ὧν οὐδέν σοι μεμέληκεν, ἀλλʼ ἢν ἐπιεικῶς τῶν ἔξω πραγμάτων ἐπιμεληθῇς, οἴει σοι καὶ τοὺς ἐνθάδε πολιτευομένους καλῶς ἕξειν.
“You observe,” I would say to him, “the nature of the multitude, how susceptible they are to flattery; that they like those who cultivate their favor better than those who seek their good; and that they prefer those who cheat them with beaming smiles and brotherly love to those who serve them with dignity and reserve. You have paid no attention to these things, but are of the opinion that if you attend honestly to your enterprises abroad, the people at home also will think well of you.
§ 134
τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν. ἢν γὰρ τούτοις ἀρέσκῃς, ἅπαν ὅ τι ἂν πράξῃς οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν κρινοῦσιν ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σοὶ συμφέρον ὑπολήψονται, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἁμαρτανόμενα παρόψονται, τὸ δὲ κατορθωθὲν οὐρανόμηκες ποιήσουσιν· ἡ γὰρ εὔνοια πάντας οὕτω διατίθησιν.
But this is not the case, and the very contrary is wont to happen. For if you please the people in Athens, no matter what you do they will not judge your conduct by the facts but will construe it in a light favorable to you; and if you make mistakes, they will overlook them, while if you succeed, they will exalt your success to the high heaven. For good will has this effect upon all men.
§ 135
“ἣν σὺ τῇ μὲν πόλει παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου κτήσασθαι ζητεῖς, ἡγούμενος μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, αὐτὸς δὲ σαυτῷ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως οὐκ οἴει δεῖν τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην παρασκευάζειν, ἀλλὰ πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος γεγενημένος χεῖρον διάκεισαι τῶν οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου διαπεπραγμένων.
“But you, while seeking by every means in your power to win for Athens the good will of the rest of the Hellenes, because you recognize its great advantages, nevertheless do not consider that there is any need to secure for yourself the good will of Athens; nay, you who have benefited the city in ways beyond calculation are less esteemed than those who have done nothing of note.
§ 136
“εἰκότως· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ῥήτορας καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις συλλόγοις λογοποιεῖν δυναμένους καὶ πάντα προσποιουμένους εἰδέναι θεραπεύουσι, σὺ δʼ οὐ μόνον ἀμελεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολεμεῖς τοῖς μέγιστον ἀεὶ δυναμένοις αὐτῶν. “καί τοι πόσους οἴει διὰ τὰς τούτων ψευδολογίας τοὺς μὲν συμφοραῖς περιπεπτωκέναι, τοὺς δʼ ἀτίμους εἶναι; πόσους δὲ τῶν προγεγενημένων ἀνωνύμους εἶναι; πολὺ σπουδαιοτέρους καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους γεγενημένους τῶν ᾀδομένων καὶ τραγῳδουμένων;
“And you could expect nothing else; for such men cultivate the public orators and the speakers who are effective in private gatherings and who profess to be authorities on every subject, while you not only neglect to do this, but actually make an open breach between yourself and the orators who are from time to time the most influential. “And yet I wonder if you realize how many men have either come to grief or failed of honor because of the misrepresentations of these orators; how many in the generations that are past have left no name, although they were far better and worthier men than those who are celebrated in song and on the tragic stage.
§ 137
ἀλλʼ οἱ μέν, οἶμαι, ποιητῶν ἔτυχον καὶ λογοποιῶν, οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἔσχον τοὺς ὑμνήσοντας. ἢν οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ καὶ νοῦν ἔχῃς, οὐ καταφρονήσεις τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων, οἷς τὸ πλῆθος εἴθισται πιστεύειν οὐ μόνον περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν πολιτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἐπιμέλειάν τινα ποιήσει καὶ θεραπείαν αὐτῶν, ἵνʼ εὐδοκιμήσῃς διʼ ἀμφότερα, καὶ διὰ τὰς σαυτοῦ πράξεις καὶ διὰ τοὺς τούτων λόγους.”
But the latter, you see, found their poets and historians, while the others secured no one to hymn their praises. Therefore, if you will only heed me and be sensible, you will not despise these men whom the multitude are wont to believe, not only with reference to each one of their fellow-citizens, but also with reference to the affairs of the whole state, but you will in some measure show attention and pay court to them in order that you may be held in honor both because of your own deeds and because of their words.”
§ 138
ταῦτα δʼ ἀκούων ὀρθῶς μὲν ἔφασκέ με λέγειν, οὐ μὴν οἷός τʼ ἦν τὴν φύσιν μεταβαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἦν μὲν καλὸς κἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἄξιος, οὐ μὴν σύμμετρός γε τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅσοι τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὑτοὺς πεφυκόσιν ἀχθόμενοι τυγχάνουσι. τοιγαροῦν οἱ μὲν ῥήτορες ἔργον εἶχον αἰτίας περὶ αὐτοῦ πολλὰς καὶ ψευδεῖς πλάττειν, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ἀποδέχεσθαι τὰς ὑπὸ τούτων λεγομένας.
When I would speak to him in this wise, he would admit that I was right, but he could not change his nature. He was a good man and true, a credit to Athens and to Hellas, but he could not lower himself to the level of people who are intolerant of their natural superiors. So it was that the orators occupied themselves with inventing many false charges against him, and the multitude with drinking them in.
§ 139
περὶ ὧν ἡδέως ἂν ἀπελογησάμην, εἰ καιρὸν εἶχον· οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ὑμᾶς ἀκούσαντας μισῆσαι τούς τε προαγαγόντας τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον καὶ τοὺς φλαῦρόν τι περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τολμῶντας. νῦν δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω, περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων πάλιν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους.
I should be glad to refute these slanders, if the occasion permitted me to do so; for I believe that if you could hear me, you would come to loathe the men who have stirred the city to anger against Timotheus and the men who dare to speak evil of him. Now, however, I shall leave this subject and take up again my own defense and the case before us.
§ 140
ἀπορῶ δʼ ὅ τι χρήσομαι τοῖς ὑπολοίποις, καὶ τίνος πρώτου μνησθῶ καὶ ποίου δευτέρου· τὸ γὰρ ἐφεξῆς με λέγειν διαπέφευγεν. ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἂν ἕκαστον τύχῃ προσπεσόν, οὕτως εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν· ἃ δʼ οὖν μοι νῦν ἐπελήλυθε, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι δηλωτέον, ἄλλος δέ τίς μοι συνεβούλευε μὴ λέγειν, οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
But I am at a loss to know how to proceed with the rest of my speech—what topic to take up first and what next; for the power to speak in any set order has escaped me. Perhaps, therefore, I have no choice but to discuss each point as it happens to occur to me. Accordingly, I am going to lay bare to you the thoughts which have now come into my mind. I have been thinking all along that I ought to put them before you, but I have been advised against doing so.
§ 141
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπήνεγκε τὴν γραφήν, ἐσκόπουν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ὥσπερ ἂν ὑμῶν ἕκαστος, καὶ τόν τε βίον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐξήταζον, καὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας διέτριβον ἐφʼ αἷς ᾠόμην ἐπαινεῖσθαί με προσήκειν. ἀκροώμενος δέ τις τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐτόλμησεν εἰπεῖν πρός με λόγον πάντων σχετλιώτατον, ὡς ἄξια μὲν εἴη τὰ λεγόμενα φιλοτιμίας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αὐτός γε δεδιέναι ταῦτα μάλιστα, μὴ πολλοὺς λυπήσῃ τῶν ἀκουόντων.
For when I was indicted, I pondered these very matters, as any one of you would have done, and I reviewed my life and my actions, dwelling longest on the things for which I thought I deserved approbation. But one of my associates, hearing me, made bold to urge an objection which was amazing in the extreme; he stated that while my life as I described it was worthy of emulation, yet he himself greatly feared that my story would irritate many of my hearers.
§ 142
“οὕτω γάρ” ἔφη “τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου καὶ τῶν ἀποριῶν ἐξηγρίωνται καὶ δυσμενῶς ἔχουσιν, ὥστʼ οὐ ταῖς πονηρίαις ἀλλὰ ταῖς εὐπραγίαις πολεμοῦσι, καὶ μισοῦσιν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἐπιεικεστάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὰ βέλτιστα, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς τοῖς μὲν ἀδικοῦσι συναγωνίζονται καὶ συγγνώμην ἔχουσιν, οἷς δʼ ἂν φθονήσωσιν ἀπολλύουσιν, ἤν περ δυνηθῶσι.
“Some men,” he said, “have been so brutalized by envy and want and are so hostile that they wage war, not on depravity, but on prosperity; they hate not only the best men but the noblest pursuits; and, in addition to their other faults, they take sides with wrong-doers and are in sympathy with them, while they destroy, whenever they have the power, those whom they have cause to envy.
§ 143
ταῦτα δὲ δρῶντες οὐκ ἀγνοοῦσι περὶ ὧν τὴν ψῆφον οἴσουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀδικήσειν μὲν ἐλπίζοντες, ὀφθήσεσθαι δʼ οὐ προσδοκῶντες· σώζοντες οὖν τοὺς ὁμοίους σφίσιν αὐτοῖς βοηθεῖν νομίζουσι. “τούτου δʼ ἕνεκά σοι ταῦτα διῆλθον, ἵνα προειδὼς ἄμεινον προσφέρῃ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἀσφαλεστέροις χρῇ πρὸς αὐτούς, ἐπεὶ νῦν γε τίνα χρὴ προσδοκᾶν γνώμην ἕξειν τοὺς τοιούτους, ὅταν τόν τε βίον τὸν σαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις διεξίῃς μηδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν ὁμοίας οὔσας ταῖς τούτων, ἀλλʼ οἵας περ πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγειν ἐπιχειρεῖς;
They do these things, not because they are ignorant of the issues on which they are to vote, but because they intend to inflict injury and do not expect to be found out; and so, by protecting those of their own kind, they think they are providing for their own safety. “I have told you this in order that, being forewarned, you may be able to handle your case to better advantage and to use less dangerous arguments before the jury. For as things are, what judgement can you expect such men to reach when you tell them of your life and your conduct, which are not in the least degree like their own, but such as you are attempting to describe to me?
§ 144
ἀποφαίνεις γὰρ τούς τε λόγους οὓς γέγραφας οὐ μέμψεως ἀλλὰ χάριτος τῆς μεγίστης ἀξίους ὄντας, τῶν τε πεπλησιακότων σοι τοὺς μὲν οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότας οὐδʼ ἡμαρτηκότας, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀρετὴν ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐστεφανωμένους, τά τε καθʼ ἡμέραν οὕτω κοσμίως καὶ τεταγμένως βεβιωκότα σαυτὸν ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν πολιτῶν, ἔτι δὲ μήτε δεδικασμένον μηδενὶ μήτε πεφευγότα πλὴν περὶ ἀντιδόσεως, μήθʼ ἑτέροις συνηγωνισμένον μήτε μεμαρτυρηκότα, μήτʼ ἄλλο πεποιηκότα μηδέν, ἐν οἷς ἅπαντες πολιτευόμενοι τυγχάνουσι.
For you show that the speeches which you have written merit, not blame, but the highest favor; that the men who have been under your instruction have in no case been guilty of wrong-doing or of crime, while some of them have been crowned by the city in recognition of their worth; that from day to day you, yourself, have lived so uprightly and lawfully that I know not who of your fellow-citizens can compare with you; and that, furthermore, you have never brought anyone to trial nor stood trial yourself save in the matter of an exchange of property, nor have you appeared as counsel or as witness for others, nor have you engaged in any other of the activities which make up the civic life of all Athenians.
§ 145
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὕτως ἰδίοις οὖσι καὶ περιττοῖς κἀκεῖνο λέγεις, ὡς τῶν μὲν ἀρχῶν καὶ τῶν ὠφελιῶν τῶν ἐντεῦθεν γιγνομένων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων τῶν κοινῶν ἐξέστηκας, εἰς δὲ τοὺς διακοσίους καὶ χιλίους τοὺς εἰσφέροντας καὶ λειτουργοῦντας οὐ μόνον αὑτὸν παρέχεις ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ τρὶς μὲν ἤδη τετριηραρχήκατε, τὰς δʼ ἄλλας λειτουργίας πολυτελέστερον λελειτουργήκατε καὶ κάλλιον ὧν οἱ νόμοι προστάττουσι.
And to these peculiarities and idiosyncrasies you add another, namely, that you have held aloof from the public offices and the emoluments which go with them, and from all other privileges of the commonwealth as well, while you have enrolled not only yourself but your son among the twelve hundred who pay the war-taxes and bear the liturgies, and you and he have three times discharged the trierarchy, besides having performed the other services more generously and handsomely than the laws require.
§ 146
“ταῦτʼ ἀκούοντας τοὺς τἀναντία πᾶσι τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐπιτετηδευκότας οὐκ οἴει βαρέως οἴσειν καὶ νομιεῖν ἐλέγχεσθαι τὸν βίον τὸν αὑτῶν οὐ σπουδαῖον ὄντα; καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν μετὰ πόνου καὶ ταλαιπωρίας ᾐσθάνοντό σε ποριζόμενον εἴς τε τὰς λειτουργίας καὶ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην διοίκησιν, οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως ἔμελεν αὐτοῖς· νῦν δὲ τά τε παρὰ τῶν ξένων σοι γιγνόμενα πολὺ πλείω νομίζουσιν εἶναι τῶν διδομένων,
“When you say these things to men whose conduct is the opposite of all which has been said, do you not suppose that they will take offense and think that you are showing up the unworthiness of their own lives? For possibly if they had seen that it is through hard work and sacrifice that you provide yourself with the means wherewith to discharge your public duties and to maintain your affairs in general, they would not have felt the same about it.
§ 147
αὐτόν τε σὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον ἡγοῦνται ζῆν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σοι πραγματείαν ὄντων. “ὁρῶσι γὰρ ἐκείνων μὲν τοὺς πλείστους, πλὴν τῶν τὸν σὸν βίον καὶ τὸν τρόπον ἠγαπηκότων, ἔν τε ταῖς πανηγύρεσι καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις συλλόγοις ἐπιδείξεις ποιουμένους, διαγωνιζομένους πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπισχνουμένους, ἐρίζοντας, λοιδορουμένους,
But in fact they think that these fees which come to you from your foreign pupils are much greater than they actually are, and they consider that you live in greater ease and comfort than not only the people in general but also than those who cultivate philosophy and are of the same profession as yourself. “For they see most of the sophists, excepting those who have embraced your life and ways, showing off their oratory in the public assemblies or in private gatherings, contesting against each other, making extravagant professions, disputing, reviling each other, omitting nothing in the language of abuse,
§ 148
οὐδὲν ἀπολείποντας κακῶν, ἀλλὰ σφίσι μὲν αὐτοῖς πράγματα παρέχοντας, τοῖς δʼ ἀκροωμένοις ἐξουσίαν παραδιδόντας τοῖς μὲν καταγελάσαι τῶν λεγομένων, ἐνίοις δʼ ἐπαινέσαι, τοῖς δὲ πλείστοις μισῆσαι, τοῖς δʼ ὅπως ἕκαστοι βούλονται διατεθῆναι πρὸς αὐτούς· σὲ δʼ οὐδενὸς μετέχοντα τούτων, ἀλλʼ ἀνομοίως ζῶντα καὶ τοῖς σοφισταῖς καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις, καὶ τοῖς πολλὰ κεκτημένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπόρως διακειμένοις.
but in effect damaging their own cause and giving license to their auditors, now to ridicule what they say, sometimes to praise them, most often to despise them, and again to think of them whatever they like. But in you they see a man who has no part in these things, who lives in a manner different from the sophists as well as from laymen, and from those who enjoy many possessions as well as from those who live in want.
§ 149
ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ μὲν λογίζεσθαι δυνάμενοι καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἴσως ἄν σε ζηλώσειαν, οἱ δὲ καταδεέστερον πράττοντες καὶ λυπεῖσθαι μᾶλλον εἰωθότες ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιεικείαις ἢ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀτυχίαις οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ δυσκολανοῦσι καὶ χαλεπῶς οἴσουσιν. ὡς οὖν οὕτως αὐτῶν διατεθησομένων σκόπει τί σοι λεκτέον τούτων καὶ τί παραλειπτέον ἐστίν.”
It is true that reasonable and intelligent people might perhaps congratulate you on these grounds, but people who are less fortunate and are wont to be more chagrined at the honest prosperity of others than at their own ill fortune cannot fail to be surly and resentful. Knowing, then, that such will be the attitude of your audience, consider well what you had better say and what you had better leave unsaid.”
§ 150
ἐγὼ δὲ κἀκείνου τότε ταῦτα λέγοντος καὶ νῦν ἡγοῦμαι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀτοπωτάτους εἶναι καὶ σχετλιωτάτους, οἵτινες βαρέως ἂν ἀκούοιεν εἰ λειτουργοῦντα μὲν ἐμαυτὸν τῇ πόλει παρέχω καὶ ποιοῦντα τὸ προσταττόμενον, μηδὲν δὲ δέομαι μήτε κληροῦσθαι τῶν ἀρχῶν ἕνεκα, μήτε λαμβάνειν ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡ πόλις δίδωσι, μήτʼ αὖ φεύγειν δίκας μήτε διώκειν.
But I thought as he said these things and I think now that they would be of all men the strangest and most perverse who could take offense at being told that I hold myself at the service of Athens in discharging the liturgies and performing any public duty she enjoins, and yet do not ask to have any part in the allotment of the offices nor in the distribution of the gifts she doles out to others, nor in the privilege of prosecuting or defending cases in the courts.
§ 151
ταῦτα γὰρ συνεταξάμην οὐ διὰ πλοῦτον οὐδὲ διʼ ὑπερηφανίαν, οὐδὲ καταφρονῶν τῶν μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐμοὶ ζώντων, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἡσυχίαν καὶ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην ἀγαπῶν, μάλιστα δʼ ὁρῶν τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῦντας, ἔπειτα τὸν βίον ἡδίω νομίσας εἶναι τοῦτον ἢ τὸν τῶν πολλὰ πραττόντων, ἔτι δὲ ταῖς διατριβαῖς ταῖς ἐμαῖς πρεπωδέστερον, αἷς ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατεστησάμην.
For I have prescribed this course for myself, not because I am rich or have any false pride, nor because I look down on those who do not live in the same way as I do, but because I love peace and tranquillity, and most of all because I see that men who so live are looked up to both in Athens and in other parts of the world. Moreover, I consider that this kind of life is more agreeable than that of men who are busy with a multitude of things, and that it is, besides, more in keeping with the career to which I have dedicated myself from the first.
§ 152
τούτων μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ζῆν προειλόμην· τῶν δὲ λημμάτων τῶν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀπεσχόμην δεινὸν ἡγησάμενος, εἰ δυνάμενος ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τρέφειν ἐμαυτὸν ἐμποδών τῳ γενήσομαι τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ζῆν ἠναγκασμένων, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν παρουσίαν ἐνδεής τις γενήσεται τῶν ἀναγκαίων. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐπαίνου τυγχάνειν ἄξιος ἦν μᾶλλον ἢ διαβολῆς.
It was for these reasons that I chose this manner of life. And if I have refrained from accepting the bounties which are distributed by the city it was because I thought it outrageous if I, who am able to maintain myself from my private resources, should stand in the way of any of those who have been compelled to get their livelihood from the city, and if because of my presence anyone should be deprived of the necessities of existence. Now for this I deserved praise rather than prejudice.
§ 153
νῦν δʼ εἰς πολλὴν ἀπορίαν καθέστηκα, τί δρῶν ἀρέσαι δυνηθείην ἂν τοῖς τοιούτοις. εἰ γὰρ ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ἔργον ποιούμενος ὅπως μηδένα μήτʼ ἀδικήσω μήτʼ ἐνοχλήσω μήτε λυπήσω, διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα λυπῶ τινας, τί ποιῶν ἂν χαριζοίμην; ἢ τί λοιπόν ἐστι πλὴν ἐμὲ μὲν ἀτυχῆ, τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους ἀμαθεῖς δοκεῖν εἶναι καὶ δυσκόλους τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις;
But as things are I am utterly at a loss to know what I could do to satisfy men of this stamp. For if I have made it my object all my life not to injure or burden or offend any man, and if by this very course I offend certain people, what could I do to please them? Or what conclusion is left to me other than that I seem to be unfortunate, and that these people appear to be boorish and churlish toward their fellow-citizens?
§ 154
πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις γιγνώσκοντας, ἀλλὰ χαλεπωτέρους ὄντας τοῖς μὴ κακῶς πράττουσιν ἢ τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι, μωρόν ἐστιν ἀπολογίαν ζητεῖν· ὅσω γὰρ ἄν τις ἐπιεικέστερον αὑτὸν ἐπιδείξῃ, δῆλον ὅτι τοσούτω χεῖρον ἀγωνιεῖται παρʼ αὐτοῖς· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους, περὶ ὧν Λυσίμαχος διέβαλεν, ὡς παμπληθῆ κεκτήμεθα τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ πιστευθεὶς ὁ λόγος εἰς μείζους καὶ πλείους ἡμᾶς ἐμβάλῃ λειτουργίας ὧν ὑπενεγκεῖν ἂν δυνηθεῖμεν.
It is, therefore, utter folly to seek to justify myself to those who are not minded like other men but are harder on the innocent than on the guilty; for it is obvious that the more honest a man shows himself to be, the more hopeless will he make his case in their eyes. But to the others I must address myself in reply to the false charge of Lysimachus that I am possessed of enormous wealth, lest this statement, if credited, impose upon me greater public burdens than I could bear.
§ 155
ὅλως μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς εὑρεθήσεται τῶν καλουμένων σοφιστῶν πολλὰ χρήματα συλλεξάμενος, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐν ὀλίγοις οἱ δʼ ἐν πάνυ μετρίοις τὸν βίον διαγαγόντες· ὁ δὲ πλεῖστα κτησάμενος ὦν ἡμεῖς μνημονεύομεν, Γοργίας ὁ Λεοντῖνος, οὗτος διατρίψας μὲν περὶ Θετταλίαν, ὅτʼ εὐδαιμονέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦσαν, πλεῖστον δὲ χρόνον βιοὺς καὶ περὶ τὸν χρηματισμὸν τοῦτον γενόμενος,
Now, generally speaking, you will find that no one of the so-called sophists has accumulated a great amount of money, but that some of them have lived in poor, others in moderate circumstances. The man who in our recollection laid up the most was Gorgias of Leontini. He spent his time in Thessaly when the Thessalians were the most prosperous people in Hellas; he lived a long life and devoted himself to the making of money;
§ 156
πόλιν δʼ οὐδεμίαν καταπαγίως οἰκήσας οὐδὲ περὶ τὰ κοινὰ δαπανηθεὶς οὐδʼ εἰσφορὰν εἰσενεγκεῖν ἀναγκασθείς, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις οὔτε γυναῖκα γήμας οὔτε παῖδας ποιησάμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀτελὴς γενόμενος καὶ ταύτης τῆς λειτουργίας τῆς ἐνδελεχεστάτης καὶ πολυτελεστάτης, τοσοῦτον προλαβὼν πρὸς τὸ πλείω κτήσασθαι τῶν ἄλλων, χιλίους μόνους στατῆρας κατέλιπε.
he had no fixed domicile in any city and therefore paid out nothing for public weal nor was he subject to any tax; moreover, he did not marry and beget children, but was free from this, the most unremitting and expensive of burdens; and yet, although he had so great an advantage toward laying up more wealth than any other man, he left at his death only a thousand staters.
§ 157
καί τοι χρὴ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς ἀλλήλων μὴ τοῖς αἰτιωμένοις εἰκῇ πιστεύειν, μηδὲ τὰς ἐργασίας ἴσας νομίζειν τάς τε τῶν σοφιστῶν καὶ τὰς τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς τέχναις ὄντας πρὸς ἀλλήλους κρίνειν, καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίαν ἐν ἑκάστῃ δύναμιν λαβόντας παραπλησίαν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἔχειν νομίζειν.
And surely on the subject of each other’s incomes we must not credit people who make charges at haphazard nor think that the earnings of the sophists are equal to those of the actors, but should judge men of the same profession in reference to each other and go on the principle that those of the same order of talent in each profession have incomes which are comparable.
§ 158
ἢν οὖν ἐξισώσητέ με τῷ πλεῖστον ἐξειργασμένῳ καὶ θῆτε πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, οὔθʼ ὑμεῖς παντάπασιν ἀσκέπτως εἰκάζειν δόξετε περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, οὔθʼ ἡμεῖς εὑρεθεῖμεν ἂν οὔτε τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν οὔτε τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς κακῶς διῳκηκότες, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ἐλαττόνων ζῶντες ὧν εἰς τὰς λειτουργίας ἀνηλώκαμεν. καί τοι τοὺς εὐτελεστέρους ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἢ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὄντας δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐπαινεῖν.
If, then, you will class me with the sophist who has made more money than any other, and will compare me with him, you will not seem to engage in utterly blind conjectures on such matters, nor shall I be found to have managed badly in providing either for the public welfare or for my own, although, as a matter of fact, I have lived on less than I have expended on my public duties. And surely it is deserving of praise when a man is more frugal in what he spends on his own household than in what he pays out for the common weal.
§ 159
ἐνθυμοῦμαι δὲ μεταξὺ λέγων, ὅσον τὰ τῆς πόλεως μεταπέπτωκε, καὶ τὰς διανοίας ὡς οὐδὲν ὁμοίας περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οἱ νῦν τοῖς πρότερον πεπολιτευμένοις ἔχουσιν. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ παῖς ἦν, οὕτως ἐνομίζετο τὸ πλουτεῖν ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι καὶ σεμνὸν ὥστʼ ὀλίγου δεῖν πάντες προσεποιοῦντο πλείω κεκτῆσθαι τὴν οὐσίαν ἧς ἔχοντες ἐτύγχανον,
It occurs to me as I am speaking what a change has come over Athens; people nowadays do not look at things in the same way as those who lived in the city in former times. For, when I was a boy, wealth was regarded as a thing so secure as well as admirable that almost every one affected to own more property than he actually possessed, because he wanted to enjoy the standing which it gave.
§ 160
βουλόμενοι μετασχεῖν τῆς δόξης ταύτης· νῦν δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πλουτεῖν ὥσπερ τῶν μεγίστων ἀδικημάτων ἀπολογίαν δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν, εἰ μέλλει τις σωθήσεσθαι. πολὺ γὰρ δεινότερον καθέστηκε τὸ δοκεῖν εὐπορεῖν ἢ τὸ φανερῶς ἀδικεῖν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἢ συγγνώμης ἔτυχον ἢ μικροῖς ἐζημιώθησαν, οἱ δʼ ἄρδην ἀπόλλυνται, καὶ πλείους ἂν εὕροιμεν τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἐκπεπτωκότας ἢ τοὺς δίκην ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δεδωκότας.
Now, on the other hand, a man has to be ready to defend himself against being rich as if it were the worst of crimes, and to keep on the alert if he is to avoid disaster; for it has become far more dangerous to be suspected of being well off than to be detected in crime; for criminals are pardoned or let off with slight penalties, while the rich are ruined utterly, and it will be found that the number of men who have been spoiled of their property is greater than those who have been punished for their misdeeds.
§ 161
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν; αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐ μικρὸν διήμαρτον διὰ ταύτην τὴν μεταβολὴν τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ πραγμάτων. ὅτε γὰρ ἐπαμύνειν ἠρχόμην τοῖς ἰδίοις, ἀπολομένων ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῖν, ἀφʼ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ ἅμα τῇ τε πόλει χρήσιμον αὑτὸν παρεῖχεν, ἡμᾶς θʼ οὕτως ἐπιμελῶς ἐπαίδευσεν ὥστʼ ἐπιφανέστερον εἶναί με τότε καὶ γνωριμώτερον ἐν τοῖς ἡλικιώταις καὶ συμπαιδευομένοις ἢ νῦν ἐν τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις—
But why speak of public affairs? For I have myself, in my own affairs, suffered not a little from this change. For when I was beginning to repair my own fortunes after I had lost in the Peloponnesian War the patrimony which remained to me from what my father had spent partly in rendering himself serviceable to the state and partly in educating me with such care that I was more conspicuous then and more distinguished among the youth of my own age and among my fellow-students than I am now among my fellow-citizens—
§ 162
ὅτε δʼ οὖν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἠρχόμην πλησιάζειν τισίν, ᾠόμην, εἰ δυνηθείην πλείω κτήσασθαι καὶ περιποιήσασθαι τῶν ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν βίον ὁρμησάντων, ἀμφότερα δόξειν, καὶ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διαφέρειν καὶ κοσμιώτερον βεβιωκέναι τῶν ἄλλων. ἐμοὶ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἀποβέβηκεν.
when, as I have said, I began to attach pupils to myself, I thought that if I could acquire a greater competence and attain a higher position than others who had started in the same profession, I should be acclaimed both for the superiority of my teaching and for the excellence of my conduct.
§ 163
εἰ μὲν γὰρ μήτʼ ἄξιος μηδενὸς ἐγενόμην μήτε περιεποιησάμην μηδέν, οὐδεὶς ἄν μοι πράγματα παρεῖχεν, ἀλλὰ φανερῶς ἀδικῶν ἀσφαλῶς ἂν ἔζων ἕνεκά γε τῶν συκοφαντῶν· νῦν δʼ ἀντὶ τῆς δόξης ἧς προσεδόκων ἀγῶνες περί με καὶ κίνδυνοι καὶ φθόνοι καὶ διαβολαὶ γεγόνασιν.
But the result has been the very opposite; for if I had turned out to be worthless and had excelled in nothing, no one would have made trouble for me; nay, I might have been a flagrant offender and yet lived secure—from the sycophants, at any rate. But now, instead of the acclaim which I expected, I have been rewarded with trials and perils and envy and calumny.
§ 164
οὕτω γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἐν τῷ παρόντι χαίρει τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεῖς πιέζουσα καὶ ταπεινοὺς ποιοῦσα, τοῖς δὲ πονηροῖς ἐξουσίαν διδοῦσα καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν, ὥστε Λυσίμαχος μὲν ὁ προῃρημένος ζῆν ἐκ τοῦ συκοφαντεῖν καὶ κακῶς ἀεί τινα ποιεῖν τῶν πολιτῶν κατηγορήσων ἡμῶν ἀναβέβηκεν, ἐγὼ δʼ ὃς οὐδὲ περὶ ἕνα πότʼ ἐξήμαρτον, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν ἐνθένδε λημμάτων ἀπεσχόμην, παρὰ ξένων δὲ καὶ νομιζόντων εὖ πάσχειν ἐπορισάμην τὰς ὠφελίας, ὡς δεινὰ ποιῶν εἰς τηλικουτονὶ καθέστηκα κίνδυνον.
For so much does the Athens of this day rejoice in repressing and humiliating honest men, while giving license to the depraved to say and do what they please, that Lysimachus, a man who has elected to live by practicing intrigue and by preying from day to day on his fellow-citizens, is here in court denouncing me; while I, who have never in my life injured any man, who have kept my hands clean from such spoils, and have provided my advantages from foreigners who feel that I have served them well, am charged with grave offenses and placed in very great peril by this trial.
§ 165
καί τοι προσῆκε τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας εὔχεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς πλείστοις τῶν πολιτῶν παραγενέσθαι τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην, διʼ ἣν ἔμελλον παρʼ ἑτέρων λαμβάνοντες χρησίμους αὑτούς, ὥσπερ ἐγώ, τῇ πόλει παρέξειν. πολλῆς δʼ ἀλογίας περί με γεγενημένης πάντων ἂν συμβαίη δεινότατον, εἰ οἱ μὲν δεδωκότες μοι χρήματα τοσαύτην ἔχοιεν χάριν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν με θεραπεύειν,
And yet all sensible men would do well to pray the gods to endow as many of our people as possible with the power of getting means from abroad in order to make themselves serviceable to the city, even as I have done. But, though there are many anomalies in my situation, it would be the crowning absurdity of all if, when the men who have paid me money are so grateful to me that they are still even now devoted to me,
§ 166
ὑμεῖς δʼ, εἰς οὓς ἀνήλωκα τἀμαυτοῦ, δίκην ἐπιθυμήσαιτε παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν. ἔτι δὲ δεινότερον, εἰ Πίνδαρον μὲν τὸν ποιητὴν οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν γεγονότες ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς μόνον ῥήματος, ὅτι τὴν πόλιν ἔρεισμα τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὠνόμασεν, οὕτως ἐτίμησαν ὥστε καὶ πρόξενον ποιήσασθαι καὶ δωρεὰν μυρίας αὐτῷ δοῦναι δραχμάς, ἐμοὶ δὲ πολὺ πλείω καὶ κάλλιον ἐγκεκωμιακότι καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς προγόνους μηδʼ ἀσφαλῶς ἐγγένοιτο ἐπιβιῶναι τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον.
you on whom I have spent my means should desire to penalize me. It would be even more absurd if, whereas Pindar, the poet, was so highly honored by our forefathers because of a single line of his in which he praises Athens as “the bulwark of Hellas” that he was made ”proxenos“ and given a present of ten thousand drachmas, I, on the other hand, who have glorified Athens and our ancestors with much ampler and nobler encomiums, should not even be privileged to end my days in peace.
§ 167
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατηγορηθέντων ἱκανὴν εἶναι νομίζω τὴν εἰρημένην ἀπολογίαν· οὐκ ὀκνήσω δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὔθʼ ὡς ἔχω νῦν πρὸς τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον κατειπεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὔθʼ ὡς τὸ πρῶτον διετέθην πρὸς αὐτόν. ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν ἰδίων πολλὰς ἐλπίδας εἶχον καλῶς ἀγωνιεῖσθαι·
With regard, then, to this as well as to the other charges of my accuser, I consider that the defense which I have made is a sufficient answer. Nevertheless, I am not going to hesitate to confide in you the truth as to how I now feel about the pending trial and how I felt about it at the first. I was very confident that for myself personally I could make out a good case;
§ 168
καὶ γὰρ τοῖς βεβιωμένοις καὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐπίστευον, καὶ πολλοὺς λόγους καὶ δικαίους ᾤμην ἔχειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν· ὁρῶν δʼ οὐ μόνον δυσκόλως διακειμένους περὶ τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἅπασι χαλεπαίνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν πολλοὺς τραχέως πρὸς αὐτὴν διακειμένους, ἐφοβούμην μὴ τὰ μὲν ἴδιά μου παραμεληθῇ, τῆς δὲ κοινῆς τῆς περὶ τοὺς σοφιστὰς διαβολῆς ἀπολαύσω τι φλαῦρον.
for I relied upon the character of my life and conduct, and believed that I had no lack of arguments to justify them. But as I observed not only the intolerant feeling toward the teaching of eloquence on the part of those who are churlish toward everyone, but the truculent attitude towards it on the part of my fellow-citizens in general, I began to be afraid that the truth regarding me personally might be overlooked and that I might suffer some harm from the common prejudice against the sophists.
§ 169
ἐπειδὴ δὲ χρόνων ἐγγιγνομένων εἰσέπεσον εἰς τὸ λογίζεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν τί χρήσομαι τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἐπαυσάμην τοῦ δέους καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς ταύτης, οὐκ ἀλόγως, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων λογισάμενος καὶ παραμυθησάμενος ἐμαυτόν·
But as time went on, and I fell to thinking what I should do in the present circumstances, I ceased being fearful and disturbed on this account, not without good reason, but after having weighed the probabilities and reassured myself.
§ 170
τούς τε γὰρ ἐπιεικεῖς ὑμῶν, πρὸς οὕς περ ἐγὼ ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, ἠπιστάμην οὐκ ἐμμένοντας ταῖς δόξαις ταῖς ἀδίκως ἐγγεγενημέναις, ἀλλʼ ἐπακολουθοῦντας ταῖς ἀληθείαις καὶ μεταπειθομένους ὑπὸ τῶν λεγόντων τὰ δίκαια, τήν τε φιλοσοφίαν ἐκ πολλῶν ἐνόμιζον ἐπιδείξειν ἀδίκως διαβεβλημένην, καὶ πολὺ ἂν δικαιοτέρως ἀγαπωμένην αὐτὴν ἢ μισουμένην. ἔχω δὲ καὶ νῦν ἔτι ταύτην τὴν γνώμην.
For I knew that the honest men among you—and it is to those that I shall address myself—do not remain fixed in opinions which they have formed unjustly, but are in quest of the truth and are ready to be convinced by those who plead a just cause; and I believed that I should have abundant grounds to show that philosophy has been unjustly slandered, and that it deserves much more to be held in favor than in contempt; and I am still of the same opinion.
§ 171
οὐκ ἄξιον δὲ θαυμάζειν εἴ τι τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἠγνόηται καὶ διαλέληθεν, οὐδʼ εἰ διεψευσμένοι τινὲς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσι· καὶ γὰρ περὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ περὶ ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἀναριθμήτων οὕτως ἔχοντες ἂν εὑρεθεῖμεν. ἡ γὰρ πόλις ἡμῶν πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτία καὶ νῦν οὖσα καὶ πρότερον γεγενημένη καὶ τοῖς πολίταις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι, καὶ πολλῶν ἡδονῶν γέμουσα,
However, it is not surprising that liberal pursuits have sometimes failed of recognition and regard, nor that some people have been utterly misled about them. In fact we find that this happens in regard to ourselves as well as to other things without number. For our city, which is now and has been in the past the author of so many blessings both to our own people and to the other Hellenes, and which abounds in so many charms, has, nevertheless, a most serious drawback.
§ 172
τοῦτʼ ἔχει δυσκολώτατον· διὰ γὰρ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνοικούντων οὐκ εὐσύνοπτός ἐστιν οὐδʼ ἀκριβής, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ χειμάρρους, ὅπως ἂν ἕκαστον ὑπολαβοῦσα τύχῃ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, οὕτω κατήνεγκε, καὶ δόξαν ἐνίοις τὴν ἐναντίαν τῆς προσηκούσης περιέθηκεν· ὅπερ καὶ τῇ παιδεία ταύτῃ συμβέβηκεν.
For Athens is so large and the multitude of people living here is so great, that the city does not present to the mind an image easily grasped or sharply defined, but, like a turbid flood, whatever it catches up in its course, whether men or things, in each case it sweeps them along pell-mell, and in some cases it imbues them with a reputation which is the opposite of the true; and exactly that has been the fortune of this system of education.
§ 173
ὧν ἐνθυμουμένους χρὴ μηδενὸς πράγματος ἄνευ λόγου καταγιγνώσκειν, μηδʼ ὁμοίως διακεῖσθαι δικάζοντας ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις διατριβαῖς, ἀλλὰ διακριβοῦσθαι περὶ ἑκάστου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ζητεῖν, μεμνημένους τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν νόμων καθʼ οὓς συνεληλύθατε δικάσοντες· ἔστι δʼ οὐ περὶ μικρῶν οὔθʼ ὁ λόγος οὔθʼ ἡ κρίσις ἐν ᾗ καθέσταμεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων· οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἐμοῦ μέλλετε μόνον τὴν ψῆφον διοίσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἐπιτηδεύματος ᾧ πολλοὶ τῶν νεωτέρων προσέχουσι τὸν νοῦν.
You must bear these things in mind, and not pass judgement in any trial without the exercise of reason, nor be as careless when you sit in judgement as you are in your private occupations, but must examine thoroughly each point and search for the truth, mindful of your oaths and of the laws under which you have come together to dispense justice. It is no minor question which is under discussion and on trial here, but the most important in the world. For you are to determine by your votes, not my fate only, but that of a way of life to which many of our youths are devoting their minds.
§ 174
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τὰ πράγματα τῆς πόλεως τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις οἱ πρεσβύτεροι παραδιδόασι. τοιαύτης οὖν ἀεὶ τῆς περιόδου γιγνομένης ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ὅπως ἃ οἱ νεώτεροι παιδευθῶσιν, οὕτω τὴν πόλιν πράττουσαν διατελεῖν· ὥστʼ σὺ ποιητέον τοὺς συκοφάντας κυρίους τηλικούτου πράγματος, οὐδὲ τοὺς μὲν μὴ διδόντας τούτοις ἀργύριον τιμωρητέον, παρʼ ὧν δʼ ἂν λάβωσιν ἐατέον ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν,
I suppose that you are not unaware of the fact that the government of the state is handed on by the older men to the youth of the coming generation; and that since the succession goes on without end, it follows of necessity that as is the education of our youth so from generation to generation will be the fortune of the state. Therefore, you must not let the sycophants have control of a thing so momentous, nor punish those who refuse to pay them money, while permitting those from whom they have received it to do whatever they please.
§ 175
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἡ φιλοσοφία τοιαύτην ἔχει δύναμιν ὥστε διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους, οὐ τοῦτον χρὴ μόνον κολάζειν ὃν ἂν γράψηταί τις τούτων, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περὶ τὴν διατριβὴν ταύτην ὄντας· εἰ δὲ τοὐναντίον πέφυκεν ὥστʼ ὠφελεῖν καὶ βελτίους ποιεῖν τοὺς πλησιάζοντας καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους, τοὺς μὲν διαβεβλημένους πρὸς αὐτὴν παυστέον, τοὺς δὲ συκοφαντοῦντας ἀτιμητέον, τοῖς δὲ νεωτέροις συμβουλευτέον ἐν ταύτῃ διατρίβειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασι.
But if philosophy has an influence which tends to corrupt our youth, you ought not merely to punish the occasional offender whom some sycophant hales into court but to banish all who are engaged in teaching it. If, however, it has the opposite effect and helps and improves and makes better men of its devotees, then you should call a halt on those who load this study with abuse; you should strip the sycophants of their rewards, and counsel our young men to occupy themselves with this pursuit above all others.
§ 176
πρὸ πολλῶν δʼ ἂν ἐποιησάμην, εἴπερ ἦν εἱμαρμένον μοι φεύγειν τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην, ἀκμάζοντί μοι προσπεσεῖν τὸν κίνδυνον· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἠθύμουν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον οἷός τʼ ἂν ἐγενόμην καὶ τὸν κατήγορον ἀμύνασθαι καὶ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ βοηθῆσαι· νῦν δὲ φοβοῦμαι μὴ διὰ ταύτην ὑπὲρ ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἐπιεικῶς εἰρηκώς, περὶ αὐτῆς ταύτης χεῖρον τύχω διαλεχθεὶς ἢ περὶ ὧν ἧττόν μοι σπουδάσαι προσῆκε.
I would have given a good deal, assuming that I was doomed by fate to defend myself against this charge, if I could have faced this trial in the fullness of my vigor; for in that case I should have felt no misgiving but should have been better able both to protect myself from my accuser and to champion the cause of liberal education. Now, however, I am afraid that, although I have been enabled by this education to speak well enough on other themes, I may find that I have discoursed less ably upon this subject than upon matters which should have concerned me less.
§ 177
καίτοι δεξαίμην ἄν, εἰρήσεται γὰρ τἀληθὲς εἰ καὶ μωρὸς ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, ἤδη τελευτῆσαι τὸν βίον ἀξίως εἰπὼν τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ πείσας ὑμᾶς τοιαύτην νομίζειν τὴν τῶν λόγων μελέτην οἵα πέρ ἐστι, μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν πολυπλασίω χρόνον ἐφορῶν οὕτως αὐτὴν ὥσπερ νῦν παρʼ ὑμῖν φερομένην.
And yet I would rather lay down my life this day—for you shall have the truth even though the words be inept—after having spoken adequately upon this theme and persuaded you to look upon the study of eloquence in its true light, than live many times my allotted span and see it continue to fare among you as it now does.
§ 178
τῆς μὲν οὖν ἐπιθυμίας οἶδʼ ὅτι πολὺ καταδεέστερον ἐροῦμεν· ὅμως δʼ ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι, πειράσομαι διελθεῖν τήν τε φύσιν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἣν ἔχει, καὶ ποίᾳ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν ὁμοιοειδής ἐστι, καὶ τί τοὺς συνόντας ὠφελεῖ, καὶ ποίας τινὰς ποιούμεθα ἡμεῖς τὰς ὑποσχέσεις· οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς μαθόντας τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἄμεινον καὶ βουλεύσεσθαι καὶ διαγνώσεσθαι περὶ αὐτῆς.
My aspiration, then, is much greater than my power to do the subject justice; but yet I shall try as best I can to explain what is the nature of this education, what is its power, what of the other arts it is akin to, what benefit it is to its devotees, and what claims I make for it. For I think that when you know the truth about this you will be in a better position to deliberate and pronounce judgement upon it.
§ 179
ἀξιῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς, ἢν ἄρα φαίνωμαι λόγους διεξιὼν πολὺ τῶν εἰθισμένων λέγεσθαι παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐξηλλαγμένους, μὴ δυσχεραίνειν ἀλλʼ ἔχειν συγγνώμην, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι τοὺς περὶ πραγμάτων ἀνομοίων τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγωνιζομένους ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοιούτοις χρῆσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν. ὑπομείναντες οὖν τὸν τρόπον τῶν λεγομένων καὶ τὴν παρρησίαν, καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἐάσαντες ἀναλῶσαί με τὸν δεδομένον ταῖς ἀπολογίαις, ὅπως ἂν ὑμῶν ἑκάστῳ δοκῇ δίκαιον εἶναι καὶ νόμιμον, οὕτω φέρετε τὴν ψῆφον.
But I beg of you, if I appear to carry on the discussion in a manner far removed from that which is customary here, not to be impatient but to bear with me, remembering that when a man is defending himself on a charge unlike any other, he must resort to a kind of pleading which is out of the ordinary. Be patient, therefore, with the manner of my discourse and with my frankness of speech; permit me to use up the time allotted to my defense; and then cast your ballots as each of you thinks is right and in accordance with the law.
§ 180
βούλομαι δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν λόγων παιδείας ὥσπερ οἱ γενεαλογοῦντες πρῶτον διελθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ὁμολογεῖται μὲν γὰρ τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν ἔκ τε τοῦ σώματος συγκεῖσθαι καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, αὐτοῖν δὲ τούτοιν οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν φήσειεν ἡγεμονικωτέραν πεφυκέναι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ πλέονος ἀξίαν· τῆς μὲν γὰρ ἔργον εἶναι βουλεύσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν, τοῦ δὲ σώματος ὑπηρετῆσαι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς γνωσθεῖσιν.
In my treatment of the art of discourse, I desire, like the genealogists, to start at the beginning. It is acknowledged that the nature of man is compounded of two parts, the physical and the mental, and no one would deny that of these two the mind comes first and is of greater worth; for it is the function of the mind to decide both on personal and on public questions, and of the body to be servant to the judgements of the mind.
§ 181
οὕτω δὲ τούτων ἐχόντων ὁρῶντές τινες τῶν πολὺ πρὸ ἡμῶν γεγονότων περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πολλὰς τέχνας συνεστηκυίας, περὶ δὲ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον συντεταγμένον, εὑρόντες διττὰς ἐπιμελείας κατέλιπον ἡμῖν, περὶ μὲν τὰ σώματα τὴν παιδοτριβικήν, ἧς ἡ γυμναστικὴ μέρος ἐστί, περὶ δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, περὶ ἧς ἐγὼ μέλλω ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους,
Since this is so, certain of our ancestors, long before our time, seeing that many arts had been devised for other things, while none had been prescribed for the body and for the mind, invented and bequeathed to us two disciplines, physical training for the body, of which gymnastics is a part, and, for the mind, philosophy, which I am going to explain.
§ 182
ἀντιστρόφους καὶ σύζυγας καὶ σφίσιν αὐταῖς ὁμολογουμένας, διʼ ὧν οἱ προεστῶτες αὐτῶν τάς τε ψυχὰς φρονιμωτέρας καὶ τὰ σώματα χρησιμώτερα παρασκευάζουσιν, οὐ πολὺ διαστησάμενοι τὰς παιδείας ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, ἀλλὰ παραπλησίαις χρώμενοι καὶ ταῖς διδασκαλίαις καὶ ταῖς γυμνασίαις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπιμελείαις.
These are twin arts—parallel and complementary—by which their masters prepare the mind to become more intelligent and the body to become more serviceable, not separating sharply the two kinds of education, but using similar methods of instruction, exercise, and other forms of discipline.
§ 183
ἐπειδὰν γὰρ λάβωσι μαθητάς, οἱ μὲν παιδοτρίβαι τὰ σχήματα τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀγωνίαν εὑρημένα τοὺς φοιτῶντας διδάσκουσιν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες τὰς ἰδέας ἁπάσας, αἷς ὁ λόγος τυγχάνει χρώμενος,
For when they take their pupils in hand, the physical trainers instruct their followers in the postures which have been devised for bodily contests, while the teachers of philosophy impart all the forms of discourse in which the mind expresses itself.
§ 184
διεξέρχονται τοῖς μαθηταῖς. ἐμπείρους δὲ τούτων ποιήσαντες καὶ διακριβώσαντες ἐν τούτοις πάλιν γυμνάζουσιν αὐτούς, καὶ πονεῖν ἐθίζουσι, καὶ συνείρειν καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἔμαθον ἀναγκάζουσιν, ἵνα ταῦτα βεβαιότερον κατάσχωσι καὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἐγγυτέρω ταῖς δόξαις γένωνται. τῷ μὲν γὰρ εἰδέναι περιλαβεῖν αὐτοὺς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστίν· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν πραγμάτων διαφεύγουσι τὰς ἐπιστήμας, οἱ δὲ μάλιστα προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν καὶ δυνάμενοι θεωρεῖν τὸ συμβαῖνον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πλειστάκις αὐτῶν τυγχάνουσι.
Then, when they have made them familiar and thoroughly conversant with these lessons, they set them at exercises, habituate them to work, and require them to combine in practice the particular things which they have learned, in order that they may grasp them more firmly and bring their theories into closer touch with the occasions for applying them—I say “theories,” for no system of knowledge can possibly cover these occasions, since in all cases they elude our science. Yet those who most apply their minds to them and are able to discern the consequences which for the most part grow out of them, will most often meet these occasions in the right way.
§ 185
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον ἐπιμελόμενοι καὶ παιδεύοντες μέχρι μὲν τοῦ γενέσθαι βελτίους αὐτοὺς αὑτῶν τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ ἔχειν ἄμεινον, τοὺς μὲν τὰς διανοίας τοὺς δὲ τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ἕξεις, ἀμφότεροι δύνανται προαγαγεῖν· ἐκείνην δὲ τὴν ἐπιστήμην οὐδέτεροι τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες, διʼ ἧς ἂν οἱ μὲν ἀθλητὰς οὓς βουληθεῖεν, οἱ δὲ ῥήτορας ἱκανοὺς ποιήσαιεν, ἀλλὰ μέρος μὲν ἄν τι συμβάλοιντο, τὸ δʼ ὅλον αἱ δυνάμεις αὗται παραγίγνονται τοῖς καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις διενεγκοῦσιν.
Watching over them and training them in this manner, both the teachers of gymnastic and the teachers of discourse are able to advance their pupils to a point where they are better men and where they are stronger in their thinking or in the use of their bodies. However, neither class of teachers is in possession of a science by which they can make capable athletes or capable orators out of whomsoever they please. They can contribute in some degree to these results, but these powers are never found in their perfection save in those who excel by virtue both of talent and of training.
§ 186
ὁ μὲν οὖν τύπος τῆς φιλοσοφίας τοιοῦτός τίς ἐστιν· ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς μᾶλλον ἂν ἔτι καταμαθεῖν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς, εἰ διέλθοιμι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἃς ποιούμεθα πρὸς τοὺς πλησιάζειν ἡμῖν βουλομένους.
I have given you now some impression of what philosophy is. But I think that you will get a still clearer idea of its powers if I tell you what professions I make to those who want to become my pupils.
§ 187
λέγομεν γὰρ ὡς δεῖ τοὺς μέλλοντας διοίσειν ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἢ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐργασίας πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τοῦτο πεφυκέναι καλῶς, πρὸς ὃ ἂν προῃρημένοι τυγχάνωσιν, ἔπειτα παιδευθῆναι καὶ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἥτις ἂν ᾗ περὶ ἑκάστου, τρίτον ἐντριβεῖς γενέσθαι καὶ γυμνασθῆναι περὶ τὴν χρείαν καὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν αὐτῶν· ἐκ τούτων γὰρ ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς ἐργασίαις τελείους γίγνεσθαι καὶ πολὺ διαφέροντας τῶν ἄλλων. εἶναι δὲ τούτων προσῆκον ἑκατέροις,
I say to them that if they are to excel in oratory or in managing affairs or in any line of work, they must, first of all, have a natural aptitude for that which they have elected to do; secondly, they must submit to training and master the knowledge of their particular subject, whatever it may be in each case; and, finally, they must become versed and practised in the use and application of their art; for only on these conditions can they become fully competent and pre-eminent in any line of endeavor.
§ 188
τοῖς τε διδάσκουσι καὶ τοῖς μανθάνουσιν, ἴδιον μὲν τοῖς μὲν εἰσενέγκασθαι τὴν φύσιν οἵαν δεῖ, τοῖς δὲ δύνασθαι παιδεῦσαι τοὺς τοιούτους, κοινὸν δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τὸ περὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν γυμνάσιον· δεῖν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἐπιμελῶς ἐπιστατῆσαι τοῖς παιδευομένοις, τοὺς δʼ ἐγκρατῶς ἐμμεῖναι τοῖς προσταττομένοις.
In this process, master and pupil each has his place; no one but the pupil can furnish the necessary capacity; no one but the master, the ability to impart knowledge while both have a part in the exercises of practical application: for the master must painstakingly direct his pupil, and the latter must rigidly follow the master’s instructions.
§ 189
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἃ κατὰ πασῶν λέγομεν τῶν τεχνῶν· εἰ δὲ δή τις ἀφέμενος τῶν ἄλλων ἔροιτό με τί τούτων μεγίστην ἔχει δύναμιν πρὸς τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν, ἀποκριναίμην ἂν ὅτι τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀνυπέρβλητόν ἐστι καὶ πολὺ πάντων διαφέρει· τὸν γὰρ ἔχοντα τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν καὶ μαθεῖν καὶ πονῆσαι καὶ μνημονεῦσαι δυναμένην, τὴν δὲ φωνὴν καὶ τὴν τοῦ στόματος σαφήνειαν τοιαύτην ὥστε μὴ μόνοις τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς τούτων εὐαρμοστίαις συμπείθειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας,
Now these observations apply to any and all the arts. If anyone, ignoring the other arts, were to ask me which of these factors has the greatest power in the education of an orator I should answer that natural ability is paramount and comes before all else. For given a man with a mind which is capable of finding out and learning the truth and of working hard and remembering what it learns, and also with a voice and a clarity of utterance which are able to captivate the audience, not only by what he says, but by the music of his words,
§ 190
ἔτι δὲ τὴν τόλμαν μὴ τὴν ἀναισχυντίας σημεῖον γιγνομένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν μετὰ σωφροσύνης οὕτω παρασκευάζουσαν τὴν ψυχὴν ὥστε μηδὲν ἧττον θαρρεῖν ἐν δὴ πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον ἢ πρὸς αὑτὸν διανοούμενον, τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τυχὼν ὁ τοιοῦτος παιδείας μὴ τῆς ἀπηκριβωμένης, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐπιπολαίου καὶ πᾶσι κοινῆς, τοιοῦτος ἂν εἴη ῥήτωρ οἷος οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις τῶν Ἑλλήνων γέγονεν;
and, finally, with an assurance which is not an expression of bravado, but which, tempered by sobriety, so fortifies the spirit that he is no less at ease in addressing all his fellow-citizens than in reflecting to himself—who does not know that such a man might, without the advantage of an elaborate education and with only a superficial and common training, be an orator such as has never, perhaps, been seen among the Hellenes?
§ 191
καὶ μὲν δὴ κἀκείνους ἴσμεν, τοὺς καταδεεστέραν μὲν τούτων τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντας, ταῖς δʼ ἐμπειρίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις προέχοντας, ὅτι γίγνονται κρείττους οὐ μόνον αὑτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν εὖ μὲν πεφυκότων λίαν δʼ αὑτῶν κατημεληκότων· ὥσθʼ ἑκάτερόν τε τούτων δεινὸν ἂν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ποιήσειεν, ἀμφότερά τε γενόμενα περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀνυπέρβλητον ἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀποτελέσειεν.
Again, we know that men who are less generously endowed by nature but excel in experience and practice, not only improve upon themselves, but surpass others who, though highly gifted, have been too negligent of their talents. It follows, therefore, that either one of these factors may produce an able speaker or an able man of affairs, but both of them combined in the same person might produce a man incomparable among his fellows.
§ 192
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐμπειρίας ταῦτα γιγνώσκω· περὶ δὲ τῆς παιδείας οὐκ ἔχω τοιοῦτον λόγον εἰπεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ὁμοίαν οὔτε παραπλησίαν ἔχει τούτοις τὴν δύναμιν. εἰ γάρ τις διακούσειεν ἅπαντα τὰ περὶ τοὺς λόγους καὶ διακριβωθείη μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, λόγων μὲν ποιητὴς τυχὸν ἂν χαριέστερος γένοιτο τῶν πολλῶν, εἰς ὄχλον δὲ καταστάς, τούτου μόνον ἀποστερηθείς, τοῦ τολμᾶν, οὐδʼ ἂν φθέγξασθαι δυνηθείη.
These, then, are my views as to the relative importance of native ability and practice. I cannot, however, make a like claim for education; its powers are not equal nor comparable to theirs. For if one should take lessons in all the principles of oratory and master them with the greatest thoroughness, he might, perhaps, become a more pleasing speaker than most, but let him stand up before the crowd and lack one thing only, namely, assurance, and he would not be able to utter a word.
§ 193
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με πρὸς μὲν ὑμᾶς συστέλλειν τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαλέγωμαι πρὸς τοὺς συνεῖναί μοι βουλομένους, ἅπασαν ὑπʼ ἐμαυτῷ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν δύναμιν· φεύγων γὰρ τὰς τοιαύτας αἰτίας, ὅτʼ ἠρχόμην περὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν πραγματείαν, λόγον διέδωκα γράψας ἐν ᾧ φανήσομαι τοῖς τε μείζους ποιουμένοις τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἐπιτιμῶν καὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμην ἀποφαινόμενος.
But let no one of you think that before you I belittle my pretensions, while when I address those who desire to become my pupils I claim every power for my teaching; for it was to avoid just such a charge as this that, when I entered upon my profession, I wrote and published a discourse in which you will find that I attack those who make pretensions which are unwarranted, and set forth my own ideas.
§ 194
ἃ μὲν οὖν κατηγορῶ τῶν ἄλλων παραλείψω· καὶ γάρ ἐστι πλείω τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος· ἃ δʼ αὐτὸς ἀποφαίνομαι, πειράσομαι διελθεῖν ὑμῖν. ἄρχομαι δʼ ἐνθένδε ποθέν.
Now I am not going to quote from it my criticisms of others; for they are too long for the present occasion; but I shall attempt to repeat to you that part in which I express my own views. I begin at this point.
§ 195
ταῦτα κομψοτέρως μὲν πέφρασται τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων, βούλεται δὲ ταὐτὰ δηλοῦν ἐκείνοις. ὃ χρὴ μέγιστον ὑμῖν γενέσθαι τεκμήριον τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιεικείας· οὐ γάρ, ὅτε μὲν ἦν νεώτερος, ἀλαζονευόμενος φαίνομαι καὶ μεγάλας τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ποιούμενος, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἀπολέλαυκα τοῦ πράγματος καὶ πρεσβύτερος γέγονα, τηνικαῦτα ταπεινὴν ποιῶν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς λόγοις χρώμενος καὶ ἀκμάζων καὶ παυόμενος αὐτῆς, καὶ θαρρῶν καὶ κινδυνεύων, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς βουλομένους πλησιάζειν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας περί μου τὴν ψῆφον οἴσειν, ὥστʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἄν τις ἀληθέστερος ἢ δικαιότερος περὶ αὐτὴν ἐπιδειχθείη γεγενημένος.
Now this quotation is of a more finished style than what has been said before, but its meaning is the same, and this ought to be taken by you as a convincing proof of my honesty; for you see that I did not brag and make big promises when I was young only to speak modestly for my philosophy now that I have reaped the harvest of my labors and am an old man, but that, on the contrary, I speak in the same terms both when I was at the height of my career and now when I am ready to retire from it, both when I had no thought of danger and now when I stand in jeopardy, and both in addressing those who wanted to become my pupils and now in addressing those who are to vote upon my fate. I do not see, therefore, how the sincerity and honesty of my professions could be more clearly shown.
§ 196
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκείνοις προσκείσθω τοῖς πρότερον περὶ ἡμῶν εἰρημένοις· οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δʼ ὅτι τοὺς δυσκόλως διακειμένους οὐδέν πω τῶν εἰρημένων ἱκανόν ἐστιν ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς διανοίας ταύτης, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν ἔτι δέονται λόγων καὶ παντοδαπῶν, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἑτέραν μεταλήψεσθαι δόξαν ἀνθʼ ἧς νῦν τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες.
Let this quotation, then, add its weight to what I have said before. I do not, however, delude myself as to the people who are ill disposed towards my teaching: nothing of what I have said so far is enough to disabuse them of this feeling; and it will take many arguments of all sorts to convert them to a different opinion from that which they now hold.
§ 197
δεῖ δὴ μηδʼ ἡμᾶς προαπειπεῖν διδάσκοντας καὶ λέγοντας, ἐξ ὧν, δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ μεταστήσομεν τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν, ἢ τὰς βλασφημίας καὶ κατηγορίας αἷς χρῶνται καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐξελέγξομεν ψευδεῖς οὔσας. εἰσὶ δὲ διτταί. λέγουσι γὰρ οἱ μὲν ὡς ἔστιν ἡ περὶ τοὺς σοφιστὰς διατριβὴ φλυαρία καὶ φενακισμός· οὐδεμία γὰρ εὕρηται παιδεία τοιαύτη διʼ ἦς γένοιτό τις ἂν ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δεινότερος ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις φρονιμώτερος, ἀλλʼ οἱ προέχοντες ἐν τούτοις τῇ φύσει τῶν ἄλλων διαφέρουσιν·
Accordingly I must not leave off expounding and speaking until I shall accomplish one of two things—until I have persuaded them to change their views or have proved that the slanders and charges which they repeat against me are false. These charges are of two kinds. Some of them say that the profession of the sophist is nothing but sham and chicane, maintaining that no kind of education has ever been discovered which can improve a man’s ability to speak or his capacity for handling affairs, and that those who excel in these respects owe their superiority to natural gifts;
§ 198
οἱ δὲ δεινοτέρους μὲν ὁμολογοῦσιν εἶναι τοὺς περὶ τὴν μελέτην ταύτην ὄντας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ διαφθέρεσθαι καὶ γίγνεσθαι χείρους· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ λάβωσι δύναμιν, τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν. ὡς οὖν οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς οὐδʼ ἀληθὲς οὐδέτεροι τούτων λέγουσι, πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω πᾶσι φανερὸν ποιήσειν.
while others acknowledge that men who take this training are more able, but complain that they are corrupted and demoralized by it, alleging that when they gain the power to do so, they scheme to get other people’s property. Now there is not a sound or true word in either complaint, as I am very confident that I can prove to everyone.
§ 199
πρῶτον δʼ ἐνθυμήθητε περὶ τῶν φλυαρίαν φασκόντων εἶναι τὴν παιδείαν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λίαν καταφανῶς ληροῦσι. διασύρουσι μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ὡς οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖν δυναμένην ἀλλʼ ἀπάτην καὶ φενακισμὸν οὖσαν, ἀξιοῦσι δὲ τοὺς συνόντας ἡμῖν εὐθὺς μὲν προσελθόντας διαφέρειν αὐτοὺς αὑτῶν,
First of all I would have you note, in the case of those who assert that education is a sham, that they quite obviously talk rubbish themselves; for while they ridicule it as powerless to help us—nothing but humbug and chicane—at the same time they demand that my pupils show improvement from the moment they come to me;
§ 200
ὀλίγας δʼ ἡμέρας συνδιατρίψαντας σοφωτέρους ἐν τοῖς λόγοις καὶ κρείττους φαίνεσθαι τῶν καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις προεχόντων, ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ μόνον παραμείναντας ῥήτορας ἅπαντας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι καὶ τελέους καὶ μηδὲν φαυλοτέρους τοὺς ἀμελεῖς τῶν πονεῖν ἐθελόντων μηδὲ τοὺς ἀφυεῖς τῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνδρικὰς ἐχόντων.
that when they have been with me a few days, they must be abler and wiser in speech than those who have the advantage over them both in years and in experience; and that when they have been with me no more than a year, they must all be good and finished orators; nor must the indolent be a whit less accomplished than the industrious, nor they who are lacking in ability than those who are blessed with vigorous minds.
§ 201
καὶ ταῦτα προστάττουσιν οὔθʼ ἡμῶν ἀκηκοότες τοιαύτας ποιουμένων τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις τέχναις καὶ παιδείαις οὐδὲν ἑωρακότες τούτων συμβαῖνον, ἀλλὰ μόλις μὲν ἡμῖν τὰς ἐπιστήμας παραγιγνομένας, οὐχ ὁμοίως δʼ ἀλλήλοις ὅ τι ἂν μάθωμεν ἐξεργαζομένους, ἀλλὰ δύο μὲν ἢ τρεῖς ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν διδασκαλείων ἀγωνιστὰς γιγνομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν ἰδιώτας ἀπαλλαττομένους.
These are the requirements they set up, and yet they have never heard me make such promises, nor have they ever seen like results in the other arts and disciplines. On the contrary, all knowledge yields itself up to us only after great effort on our part, and we are by no means all equally capable of working out in practice what we learn. Nay, from all our schools only two or three students turn out to be real champions, the rest retiring from their studies into private life.
§ 202
καί τοι πῶς οὐκ ἄφρονας εἶναι χρὴ νομίζειν τοὺς τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς ἐν ταῖς ὁμολογουμέναις τῶν τεχνῶν οὐκ ἐνούσας, ταύτας ἀπαιτεῖν τολμῶντας παρὰ ταύτης ἣν οὐκ εἶναί φασι, καὶ πλείους τὰς ὠφελείας ἀξιοῦντας γίγνεσθαι παρὰ τῆς ἀπιστουμένης ὑφʼ αὑτῶν ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἀκριβῶς εὑρῆσθαι δοκουσῶν;
And yet how can we fail to deny intelligence to those who have the effrontery to demand powers which are not found in the recognized arts of this which they declare is not an art and who expect greater advantages to come from an art in which they do not believe than from arts which they regard as thoroughly perfected?
§ 203
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας οὐκ ἀνωμάλως ποιεῖσθαι τὰς κρίσεις περὶ τῶν ὁμοίων πραγμάτων, οὐδʼ ἀποδοκιμάζειν τὴν παιδείαν τὴν ταὐτὰ ταῖς πλείσταις τῶν τεχνῶν ἀπεργαζομένην. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὑμῶν πολλοὺς τῶν ὑπὸ τοῖς σοφισταῖς γενομένων οὐ φενακισθέντας οὐδʼ οὕτω διατεθέντας ὡς οὗτοι λέγουσιν,
Men of intelligence ought not to form contrary judgements about similar things nor refuse to recognize a discipline which accomplishes the same results as most of the arts. For who among you does not know that most of those who have sat under the sophists have not been duped nor affected as these men claim,
§ 204
ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἱκανοὺς ἀγωνιστὰς ἀποτελεσθέντας, τοὺς δὲ παιδεύειν ἑτέρους δυνηθέντας, ὅσοι δʼ αὐτῶν ἰδιωτεύειν ἐβουλήθησαν, ἔν τε ταῖς ὁμιλίαις χαριεστέρους ὄντας ἢ πρότερον ἦσαν, τῶν τε λόγων κριτὰς καὶ συμβούλους ἀκριβεστέρους τῶν πλείστων γεγενημένους; ὥστε πῶς χρὴ τῆς τοιαύτης διατριβῆς καταφρονεῖν, τῆς τοὺς κεχρημένους αὐτῇ τοιούτους παρασκευάζειν δυναμένης;
but that some of them have been turned out competent champions and others able teachers; while those who have preferred to live in private have become more gracious in their social intercourse than before, and keener judges and more prudent counsellors than the great majority? How then is it possible to scorn a discipline which is able to make of those who have taken advantage of it men of that kind?
§ 205
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τόδε πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσαιεν, ὅτι τούτους τεχνικωτάτους εἶναι νομίζομεν ἐπὶ πασῶν τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ χειρουργιῶν, οἵ τινες ἂν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὡς οἷόν θʼ ὁμοιοτάτους ἐργάτας ἀλλήλοις ἀποδείξωσι. τῇ τοίνυν φιλοσοφίᾳ φανήσεται καὶ τοῦτο συμβεβηκός.
Furthermore, this also will be agreed to by all men, namely, that in all the arts and crafts we regard those as the most skilled who turn out pupils who all work as far as possible in the same manner. Now it will be seen that this is the case with philosophy.
§ 206
ὅσοι γὰρ ἡγεμόνος ἔτυχον ἀληθινοῦ καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντος, εὑρεθεῖεν ἂν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις οὕτως ὁμοίαν τὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντες ὥστε πᾶσιν εἶναι φανερὸν ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς παιδείας μετεσχήκασι. καί τοι μηδενὸς ἔθους αὐτοῖς ἐγγενομένου κοινοῦ μηδὲ διατριβῆς μηδὲ διατριβῆς τεχνικῆς ὑπαρξάσης οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν εἰς τὴν ὁμοιότητα ταύτην κατέστησαν.
For all who have been under a true and intelligent guide will be found to have a power of speech so similar that it is evident to everyone that they have shared the same training. And yet, had not a common habit and a common technique of training been instilled into them, it is inconceivable that they should have taken on this likeness.
§ 207
ἔτι τοίνυν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι πολλοὺς τῶν συμπαιδευθέντων, οἳ παῖδες μὲν ὄντες ἀμαθέστατοι τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἔδοξαν εἶναι, πρεσβύτεροι δὲ γενόμενοι πλέον διήνεγκαν πρὸς τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ὧν παῖδες ὄντες ἀπελείφθησαν. ὅθεν μάλιστʼ ἄν τις γνοίη τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ὅσην ἔχει δύναμιν· δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τότε μὲν ἅπαντες τοιαύταις ἐχρῶντο ταῖς διανοίαις οἵας περ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔφυσαν ἔχοντες, ἄνδρες δὲ γενόμενοι τούτων διήνεγκαν καὶ μετήλλαξαν τὴν φρόνησιν τῷ τοὺς μὲν ἐκκεχυμένως ζῆν καὶ ῥᾳθύμως, τοὺς δὲ τοῖς τε πράγμασι καὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν.
Again, every one of you could name many of your schoolfellows who when they were boys seemed to be the dullest among their companions, but who, growing older, outstripped them farther in intelligence and in speech than they had lagged behind them when they were boys. From this fact you can best judge what training can do; for it is evident that when they were young they all possessed such mental powers as they were born with, but as they grew to be men, these outstripped the others and changed places with them in intelligence, because their companions lived dissolutely and softly, while they gave heed to their own opportunities and to their own welfare.
§ 208
ὅπου δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς αὑτῶν ἐπιμελείας γίγνονταί τινες βελτίους, πῶς οὐκ ἂν οὗτοι λαβόντες ἐπιστάτην καὶ πρεσβύτερον καὶ πολλῶν πραγμάτων ἔμπειρον, καὶ τὰ μὲν παρειληφότα τὰ δʼ αὐτὸν εὑρηκότα, πολὺ ἃ ἔτι πλέον καὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκαν;
But when people succeed in making progress through their own diligence alone, how can they fail to improve in a much greater degree both over themselves and over others if they put themselves under a master who is mature, of great experience, and learned not only in what has been handed down to him but in what he has discovered for himself?
§ 209
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐκ τούτων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν εἰκότως ἄν ἅπαντες τὴν ἄγνοιαν θαυμάσειαν τῶν τολμώντων οὕτως εἰκῇ καταφρονεῖν τῆς φιλοσοφίας· πρῶτον μὲν εἰ πάσας τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς τέχνας εἰδότες ταῖς μελέταις καὶ ταῖς φιλοπονίαις ἁλισκομένας πρὸς τὴν τῆς φρονήσεως ἄσκησιν ταῦτα μηδεμίαν ἡγοῦνται δύναμιν ἔχειν,
But there remain still other reasons why everyone may well be astonished at the ignorance in men who venture so blindly to condemn philosophy. For, in the first place, they know that pains and industry give proficiency in all other activities and arts, yet deny that they have any such power in the training of the intellect;
§ 210
ἔπειτʼ εἰ τῶν μὲν σωμάτων μηδὲν οὕτως ἄν φήσαιεν εἶναι φαῦλον, ὅ τι γυμνασθὲν καὶ πονῆσαν οὐκ ἂν εἴη βέλτιον, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς τὰς ἄμεινον πεφυκυίας τῶν σωμάτων μηδὲν ἂν νομίζουσι γενέσθαι σπουδαιοτέρας παιδευθείσας καὶ τυχούσας τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπιμελείας·
secondly, they admit that no physical weakness is so hopeless that it cannot be improved by exercise and effort, but they do not believe that our minds, which are naturally superior to our bodies, can be made more serviceable through education and suitable training;
§ 211
ἔτι δʼ εἰ περὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ τοὺς κύνας καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ζώων ὁρῶντες τέχνας ἔχοντάς τινας, αἷς τὰ μὲν ἀνδρειότερα τὰ δὲ πραότερα τὰ δὲ φρονιμώτερα ποιοῦσι, περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν μηδεμίαν οἴονται τοιαύτην εὑρῆσθαι παιδείαν, ἥ τις ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐπί τι τούτων ὧν περ καὶ τὰ θηρία δυνηθείη προαγαγεῖν,
again, they observe that some people possess the art of training horses and dogs and most other animals by which they make them more spirited, gentle or intelligent, as the case may be, yet they do not think that any education has been discovered for training human nature, such as can improve men in any of those respects in which we improve the beasts.
§ 212
ἀλλὰ τοσαύτην ἁπάντων ἡμῶν ἀτυχίαν κατεγνώκασιν, ὥσθʼ ὁμολογήσειαν μὲν ἂν ταῖς ἡμετέραις διανοίαις ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων βέλτιον γίγνεσθαι καὶ χρησιμώτερον, αὐτοὺς δʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν φρόνησιν ταύτην, ᾗ πάντα πλέονος ἄξια ποιοῦμεν, τολμῶσι λέγειν ὡς οὐδὲν ἂν ἀλλήλους πρὸς ἐπιείκειαν εὐεργετήσαιμεν.
Nay, so great is the misfortune which they impute to us all, that while they would acknowledge that it is by our mental powers that every creature is improved and made more useful, yet they have the hardihood to claim that we ourselves, who are endowed with an intelligence through which we render all creatures of greater worth, cannot help each other to advance in excellence.
§ 213
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅτι καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν θεωροῦντες ἐν τοῖς θαύμασι τοὺς μὲν λέοντας πραότερον διακειμένους πρὸς τοὺς θεραπεύοντας ἤ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔνιοι πρὸς τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας, τὰς δʼ ἄρκτους καλινδουμένας καὶ παλαιούσας καὶ μιμουμένας τὰς ἡμετέρας ἐπιστήμας,
But most absurd of all, they behold in the shows which are held year after year lions which are more gentle toward their trainers than some people are toward their benefactors, and bears which dance about and wrestle and imitate our skill,
§ 214
οὐδʼ ἐκ τούτων δύνανται γνῶναι τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ὅσην ἔχει δύναμιν, οὐδʼ ὅτι ταῦτα πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον τὴν ἡμετέραν φύσιν ἢ τὴν ἐκείνων ὠφελήσειεν· ὥστʼ ἀπορῶ πότερον ἄν τις δικαιότερον θαυμάσειε τὰς πραότητας τὰς τοῖς χαλεπωτάτοις τῶν θηρίων ἐγγιγνομένας ἢ τὰς ἀγριότητας τὰς ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων ἐνούσας.
and yet they are not able to judge even from these instances the power which education and training have, nor can they see that human nature will respond more promptly than the animals to the benefits of education. In truth, I cannot make up my mind which should astonish us the more—the gentleness which is implanted in the fiercest of wild beasts or the brutishness which resides in the souls of such men.
§ 215
ἔχοι δʼ ἄν τις πλείω περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἢν πολλὰ λίαν λέγω περὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις ὁμολογουμένων, δέδοικα μὴ περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἀπορεῖν δόξω. παυσάμενος οὖν τούτων ἐπʼ ἐκείνους τρέψομαι, τοὺς οὐ καταφρονοῦντας μὲν τῆς φιλοσοφίας, πολὺ δὲ πικρότερον κατηγοροῦντας αὐτῆς, καὶ μεταφέροντας τὰς πονηρίας τὰς τῶν φασκόντων μὲν εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἄλλο δέ τι πραττόντων ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύοντας.
One might say more upon this head, but if I say too much on questions about which most men are agreed, I fear you may suspect that I have little to say on questions which are in dispute. Therefore I shall leave this subject and turn my attention to a class of people who do not, to be sure, contemn philosophy but condemn it much more bitterly since they attribute the iniquities of those who profess to be sophists, but in practice are far different, to those whose ways have nothing in common with them.
§ 216
ἐγὼ δʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τῶν προσποιουμένων δύνασθαι παιδεύειν ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίως τὴν δόξαν ταύτην ἐχόντων. οἶμαι δὲ σαφῶς ἐπιδείξειν τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας ἡμῶν πολὺ τῆς ἀληθείας διημαρτηκότας, ἤν περ ἐθελήσητε διὰ τέλους ἀκοῦσαι τῶν λεγομένων.
But I am speaking, not in behalf of all those who pretend to be able to educate the young, but in behalf of those only who have justly earned this reputation, and I think that I shall convince you that my accusers have shot very wide of the truth if only you are willing to hear me to the end.
§ 217
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὁρίσασθαι δεῖ τίνων ὀρεγόμενοι καὶ τίνος τυχεῖν βουλόμενοι τολμῶσί τινες ἀδικεῖν· ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα καλῶς περιλάβωμεν, ἄμεινον γνώσεσθε τὰς αἰτίας τὰς καθʼ ἡμῶν λεγομένας, εἴτʼ ἀληθεῖς εἰσιν εἴτε ψευδεῖς. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἡδονῆς ἢ κέρδους ἢ τιμῆς ἕνεκα φημὶ πάντας πάντα πράττειν· ἔξω γὰρ τούτων οὐδεμίαν ἐπιθυμίαν ὁρῶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐγγιγνομένην.
In the first place, then, we must determine what are the objects which make people venture to do evil; for if we define these correctly, you will be better able to make up your minds whether the charges which have been made against us are true or false. Well then, I maintain that everyone does everything which he does for the sake of pleasure or gain or honor; for I observe that no desire springs up in men save for these objects.
§ 218
εἰ δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, λοιπόν ἐστι σκέψασθαι τί τούτων ἂν ἡμῖν γίγνοιτο διαφθείρουσι τοὺς νεωτέρους. πότερʼ ἂν ἡσθείημεν ὁρῶντες ἢ καὶ πυνθανόμενοι πονηροὺς αὐτοὺς ὄντας καὶ δοκοῦντας τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις; καὶ τίς οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀναίσθητος ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἀλγήσειε τοιαύτης διαβολῆς περὶ αὑτὸν γιγνομένης;
If this be so, it only remains to consider which of these objects we should attain by corrupting the young. Do you suppose it would give us pleasure to see or hear that our pupils were bad and in evil repute with their fellow-citizens? And who is so insensate that he would not be distressed to have such things reported about himself?
§ 219
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἂν θαυμασθεῖμεν οὐδὲ τιμῆς μεγάλης τύχοιμεν τοιούτους τοὺς συνόντας ἀποπέμποντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ ἂν μᾶλλον καταφρονηθεῖμεν καὶ μισηθεῖμεν τῶν ταῖς ἄλλαις πονηρίαις ἐνόχων ὄντων. καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ ταῦτα παρίδοιμεν, χρήματα πλεῖστʼ ἂν λάβοιμεν οὕτω παιδείας προεστῶτες.
But surely we could not expect to be admired nor to enjoy great honor for sending out disciples of that sort; on the contrary, we should be much more despised and hated than those who are charged with other forms of villainy. And, mark you, even if we could shut our eyes to these consequences, we could not gain the most money by directing a training of that character;
§ 220
οἶμαι γὰρ δήπου τοῦτό γε πάντας γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι σοφιστῇ μισθὸς κάλλιστός ἐστι καὶ μέγιστος, ἢν τῶν μαθητῶν τινες καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ καὶ φρόνιμοι γένωνται καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις εὐδοκιμοῦντες· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοιοῦτοι πολλοὺς μετασχεῖν τῆς παιδείας εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν καθιστᾶσιν, οἱ δὲ πονηροὶ καὶ τοὺς πρότερον συνεῖναι διανοουμένους ἀποτρέπουσιν. ὥστε τίς ἂν ἐν τούτοις τὸ κρεῖττον ἀγνοήσειεν, οὕτω μεγάλην τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐχόντων;
for, I suppose, all men are aware that a sophist reaps his finest and his largest reward when his pupils prove to be honorable and intelligent and highly esteemed by their fellow-citizens, since pupils of that sort inspire many with the desire to enjoy his teaching, while those who are depraved repel even those who were formerly minded to join his classes. Who, then, could be blind to the more profitable course, when there is so vast a difference between the two?
§ 221
ἴσως οὖν ἄν τις πρὸς ταῦτα τολμήσειεν εἰπεῖν ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὰς ἀκρασίας οὐκ ἐμμένουσι τοῖς λογισμοῖς, ἀλλʼ ἀμελήσαντες τοῦ συμφέροντος ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς ὁρμῶσιν. ἐγὼ δʼ ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν προσποιουμένων εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἔχειν τινὰς τὴν φύσιν ταύτην,
Perhaps, however, some might venture to reply that many men, because of their incontinence, are not amenable to reason, but neglect their true interests and rush on in the pursuit of pleasure. I grant you that many men in general and some who pretend to be sophists are of this nature.
§ 222
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδείς ἐστιν οὕτως ἀκρατὴς ὅστις ἂν δέξαιτο καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶναι τοιούτους· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡδονῶν τῶν διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ἐκείνοις συμβαινουσῶν οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο μετασχεῖν, τῆς δὲ δόξης τῆς διὰ τὴν πονηρίαν γιγνομένης αὐτὸς ἂν τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος ἀπολαύσειεν. ἔπειτα τίνας ἂν καὶ διαφθείραιεν, καὶ τοὺς πῶς διακειμένους λάβοιεν ἂν μαθητάς; ἄξιον γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα διελθεῖν.
Nevertheless, no one even of their number is so incontinent as to desire his pupils also to show the same lack of control; for he would not be able to share in the pleasures which they might enjoy as the result of their incontinence, while he would bring down upon his own head most of the evil repute which would result from their depravity. Again, whom would they corrupt and what manner of people would they get as pupils?
§ 223
πότερον τοὺς ἤδη κακοήθεις ὄντας καὶ πονηρούς; καὶ τίς ἄν, ἃ παρὰ τῆς αὑτοῦ φύσεως ἐπίσταται, ταῦτα παρʼ ἑτέρου μανθάνειν ἐπιχειρήσειεν; ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ χρηστῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντας; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς κακόν τι λέγουσιν ἢ πράττουσι διαλεχθῆναι τολμήσειεν.
For this is worth inquiring into. Would they get those who are already perverse and vicious? And who, pray, would make an effort to learn from another what his own nature teaches him? Would they, then, get those who are honest and ambitious to lead a useful life? But no such person would deign to speak with men who are evil in their words and in their deeds.
§ 224
ἡδέως δʼ ἂν κἀκεῖνο πυθοίμην παρὰ τῶν χαλεπῶς ἐχόντων πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τίνα ποτὲ γνώμην ἔχουσι περὶ τῶν ἐκ Σικελίας καὶ τοῦ Πόντου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τόπων δεῦρο πλεόντων, ἵνα παιδευθῶσι. πότερον αὐτοὺς οἴονται σπανίζοντας ἐκεῖ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐνθάδε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν; ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν εὕροι τις ἂν τῶν συμπονηρεύεσθαι καὶ συνεξαμαρτάνειν βουλομένων. ἀλλʼ ἵνα κακοπράγμονες καὶ συκοφάνται γένωνται,
I should like to ask those who disapprove of me what they think about the students who cross the sea from Sicily, from the Pontus, and from other parts of the world in order to enjoy my instruction. Do they think that they voyage to Athens because of the dearth of evil-minded men at home? But anywhere on earth anyone can find no lack of men willing to aid him in depravity and crime.
§ 225
πολλὰ χρήματα τελέσαντες; ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν γνώμην πολὺ ἂν ἥδιον τὰ τῶν ἄλλων λάβοιεν ἢ δοῖεν ἑτέροις ὁτιοῦν τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν· ἔτι δὲ τίνες ἂν ὑπὲρ πονηρίας ἀργύριον ἀναλώσαιεν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν δαπανηθεῖσιν εἶναι τοιούτοις, ὁπόταν βουληθῶσιν; οὐ γὰρ μαθεῖν ἀλλʼ ἐπιχειρῆσαι μόνον δεῖ τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων.
Do they think, then, that they come here in order to become intriguers and sycophants, at great expense to themselves? But, in the first place, people of this mind are much more inclined to lay hold of other people’s property than to part with anything of their own; and, in the next place, who would pay out money to learn depravity, since it is easy to be depraved at no expense whatever, whenever one is so inclined? For there is no need of taking lessons in evil-doing; all that a man has to do is to set his hands to it.
§ 226
ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πλέουσι καὶ χρήματα διδόασι καὶ πάντα ποιοῦσι νομίζοντες αὐτοί τε βελτίους γενήσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἐνθάδε παιδεύοντας πολὺ φρονιμωτέρους εἶναι τῶν παρὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς· ἐφʼ οἷς ἄξιον ἦν ἅπαντας τοὺς πολίτας φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς αἰτίους τῇ πόλει τῆς δόξης ταύτης γενομένους.
No, it is evident that these students cross the sea and pay out money and go to all manner of trouble because they think that they themselves will be the better for it and that the teachers here are much more intelligent than those in their own countries. This ought to fill all Athenians with pride and make them appreciate at their worth those who have given to the city this reputation.
§ 227
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὕτω τινὲς ἀγνωμόνως ἔχουσιν ὥστʼ εἰδότες καὶ τοὺς ξένους τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας τῆς παιδείας οὐδὲν κακὸν ἐπιτηδεύοντας, ἀλλʼ ἀπραγμονεστάτους μὲν ὄντας τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ πλείστην ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντας, προσέχοντας δὲ τὸν νοῦν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς συνουσίας μετʼ ἀλλήλων ποιουμένους,
But, in fact, some of our people are extremely unreasonable. They know that neither the strangers who come here nor the men who preside over their education occupy themselves with anything harmful, but that they are, on the contrary, the most unofficious and the most peaceable of all who live in Athens, giving their minds to their own affairs and confining their intercourse to each other,
§ 228
ἔτι δὲ τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν εὐτελέστατα καὶ κοσμιώτατα ζῶντας, καὶ τῶν λόγων ἐπιθυμοῦντας οὐ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις συμβολαίοις λεγομένων οὐδὲ τῶν λυπούντων τινάς, ἀλλὰ τῶν παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμούντων, ὅμως τολμῶσι βλασφημεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ λέγειν ὡς ταύτην ποιοῦνται τὴν μελέτην, ἵνʼ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πλεονεκτῶσι.
and living, furthermore, day by day in the greatest simplicity and decorum, taking their pleasures in discourse—not the kind of discourse which is employed in petty litigation nor that which is offensive to anyone, but the kind which has the approbation of all men. Nevertheless, although they know all this about them, they do not refrain from traducing them and saying that they engage in this training in order that they may defeat the ends of justice in the courts and win their own advantage.
§ 229
καί τοι τίνες ἂν ἀδικίαν καὶ κακίαν ἀσκοῦντες σωφρονέστερον τῶν ἄλλων ζῆν ἐθελήσαιεν; τίνας δὲ πώποθʼ ἑωράκασιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες ἀναβαλλομένους καὶ θησαυριζομένους τὰς πονηρίας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εὐθὺς τῇ φύσει τῇ παρούσῃ χρωμένους;
And yet who that engages in the practice of injustice and of evildoing would be willing to live more continently than the rest? Whom have these traducers ever seen reserving and treasuring up their depravities for future use instead of indulging from the first the evil instincts present in their nature?
§ 230
χωρὶς δὲ τούτων, εἴπερ ἡ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δεινότης ποιεῖ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν, προσῆκεν ἅπαντας τοὺς δυναμένους εἰπεῖν πολυπράγμονας καὶ συκοφάντας εἶναι· τὸ γὰρ αἴτιον ἐν ἅπασι ταὐτὸ πέφυκεν ἐνεργάζεσθαι.
But, apart from these considerations, if it be true that cleverness in speech results in plotting against other people’s property, we should expect all able speakers to be intriguers and sycophants; for the same cause produces in every instance the same effect.
§ 231
νῦν δʼ εὑρήσετε καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πολιτευομένων καὶ τῶν νεωστὶ τετελευτηκότων τοὺς πλείστην ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν λόγων ποιουμένους βελτίστους ὄντας τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα παριόντων, ἔτι δὲ τῶν παλαιῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους ῥήτορας καὶ μεγίστην δόξαν λαβόντας πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους τῇ πόλει γεγενημένους, ἀρξαμένους ἀπὸ Σόλωνος.
In fact, however, you will find that among our public men who are living today or who have but lately passed away those who give most study to the art of words are the best of the statesmen who come before you on the rostrum, and, furthermore, that among the ancients it was the greatest and the most illustrious orators who brought to the city most of her blessings.
§ 232
ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ προστάτης τοῦ δήμου καταστὰς οὕτως ἐνομοθέτησε καὶ τὰ πράγματα διέταξε καὶ τὴν πόλιν κατεσκεύασεν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀγαπᾶσθαι τὴν διοίκησιν τὴν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου συνταχθεῖσαν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Κλεισθένης ἐκπεσὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑπὸ τῶν τυράννων, λόγῳ πείσας τοὺς Ἀμφικτύονας δανεῖσαι τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χρημάτων αὑτῷ, τόν τε δῆμον κατήγαγε καὶ τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλε καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἐκείνην κατέστησε, τὴν αἰτίαν τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν γενομένην·
First of all was Solon. For when he was placed at the head of the people, he gave them laws, set their affairs in order, and constituted the government of the city so wisely that even now Athens is well satisfied with the polity which was organized by him. Next, Cleisthenes, after he had been driven from Athens by the tyrants, succeeded by his eloquence in persuading the Amphictyons to lend him money from the treasury of Apollo, and thus restored the people to power, expelled the tyrants, and established that democracy to which the world of Hellas owes its greatest blessings.
§ 233
ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ Θεμιστοκλῆς ἡγεμὼν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ Περσικῷ γενόμενος, συμβουλεύσας τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν, (ὃ τίς ἂν οἷός τʼ ἐγένετο πεῖσαι μὴ πολὺ τῷ λόγῳ διενεγκών;) εἰς τοῦτʼ αὐτῶν τὰ πράγματα προήγαγεν ὥστʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἀνάστατοι γενόμενοι πολὺν χρόνον δεσπόται τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέστησαν·
After him, Themistocles, placed at the head of our forces in the Persian War, counselled our ancestors to abandon the city(and who could have persuaded them to do this but a man of surpassing eloquence?), and so advanced their circumstances that at the price of being homeless for a few days they became for a long period of time the masters of the Hellenes.
§ 234
τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον Περικλῆς καὶ δημαγωγὸς ὢν ἀγαθὸς καὶ ῥήτωρ ἄριστος οὕτως ἐκόσμησε τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀναθήμασι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοὺς εἰσαφικνουμένους εἰς αὐτὴν νομίζειν μὴ μόνον ἄρχειν ἀξίαν εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν οὐκ ἐλάττω μυρίων ταλάντων ἀνήνεγκε.
Finally, Pericles, because he was both a good leader of the people and an excellent orator, so adorned the city with temples, monuments, and other objects of beauty, that even today visitors who come to Athens think her worthy of ruling not only the Hellenes, but all the world; and, more than this, he stored away in the Acropolis a sum of not less than ten thousand talents.
§ 235
καὶ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν τηλικαῦτα διαπραξαμένων οὐδεὶς λόγων ἠμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων προσέσχον αὐτοῖς τὸν νοῦν, ὥστε Σόλων μὲν τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφιστῶν ἐκλήθη καὶ ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν, τὴν νῦν ἀτιμαζομένην καὶ κρινομένην παρʼ ὑμῖν, Περικλῆς δὲ δυοῖν ἐγένετο μαθητής, Ἀναξαγόρου τε τοῦ Κλαζομενίου καὶ Δάμωνος, τοῦ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον φρονιμωτάτου δόξαντος εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν.
And of these men who carried out such great enterprises not one neglected the art of discourse; nay, so much more did they apply their minds to eloquence than to other things, that Solon was named one of the seven sophists and was given the title which is now dishonored and on trial here; and Pericles studied under two of the sophists, Anaxagoras of Clazomenae and Damon, the latter in his day reputed to be the wisest among the Athenians.
§ 236
ὥστʼ ἐκ τίνων ἄν τις ὑμῖν σαφέστερον ἐπιδείξειεν ὡς οὐχ αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ τῶν λόγων κακοπράγμονας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιοῦσιν; ἀλλʼ οἱ τοιαύτην φύσιν ἔχοντες, οἵαν περ ὁ κατήγορος, πονηροῖς οἶμαι καὶ τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν.
Could one, then, show more clearly than by these examples that the powers of eloquence do not turn men into evil-doers? No, but, on the other hand, those who are evil from their birth, like my accuser, will, I doubt not, continue to the end indulging their depravity both in words and in deeds.
§ 237
ἔχω δὲ δεῖξαι καὶ τόπους ἐν οἷς ἔξεστιν ἰδεῖν τοῖς βουλομένοις τοὺς πολυπράγμονας καὶ τοὺς ταῖς αἰτίαις ἐνόχους ὄντας ἃς οὗτοι τοῖς σοφισταῖς ἐπιφέρουσιν. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς σανίσι ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐκτιθεμέναις ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν θεσμοθετῶν ἀμφοτέρους ἐνεῖναι, τούς τε τὴν πόλιν ἀδικοῦντας καὶ τοὺς συκοφαντοῦντας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τῶν ἕνδεκα τούς τε κακουργοῦντας καὶ τοὺς τούτοις ἐφεστῶτας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τῶν τετταράκοντα τούς τʼ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασιν ἀδικοῦντας καὶ τοὺς μὴ δικαίως ἐγκαλοῦντας·
But I can show you also where you may see, if you desire, the names of our trouble-makers and of the men who are really liable to the charges which these people apply to the sophists. They are published by law on the tablets which the magistrates set up: public offenders and sycophants have their names published by the Thesmothetae; malefactors and their instigators, by the Eleven; and private offenders and authors of unjust complaints, by the Forty.
§ 238
ἐν αἷς τοῦτον μὲν καὶ τοὺς τούτου φίλους εὕροιτʼ ἂν ἐν πολλαῖς ἐγγεγραμμένους, ἐμὲ δὲ καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐμοὶ διατριβὴν ὄντας οὐδʼ ἐν μιᾷ τούτων ἐνόντας, ἀλλʼ οὕτω τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς διοικοῦντας ὥστε μηδὲν δεῖσθαι τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν.
In these lists you will find the names of this fellow and his friends recorded many times, but you will not find my name nor that of anyone of my profession published in a single one of them. On the contrary, you will find that we so order our own affairs as to stand in no need of your lawsuits.
§ 239
καί τοι τοὺς μήτʼ ἐν ταῖς πραγματείαις ταύταις ὄντας μήτʼ ἀκολάστως ζῶντας μήτε περὶ ἄλλην πρᾶξιν μηδεμίαν αἰσχρὰν γεγενημένους πῶς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖσθαι προσήκει μᾶλλον ἢ κρίνεσθαι; δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τοιαῦτα τοὺς συνόντας παιδεύομεν, οἷά περ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν ἐπιτηδεύοντες.
And yet, when men keep clear of these troubles, when they live decently and have had no part in any disgraceful act, why do you not give them their due of praise instead of subjecting them to trial? For it is evident that the principles which we instil into our students are such as we practice in our own lives.
§ 240
ἔτι τοίνυν γνώσεσθε σαφέστερον ἐκ τῶν ῥηθήσεσθαι μελλόντων ὡς πόρρω τοῦ διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐσμέν. εἰ γάρ τι τοιοῦτον ἐποιοῦμεν, οὐκ ἂν Λυσίμαχος ἦν ὁ λυπούμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν οὐδʼ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πατέρας ἂν ἑωρᾶτε τῶν συνόντων ἡμῖν καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους ἀγανακτοῦντας καὶ γραφομένους καὶ δίκην ζητοῦντας παρʼ ἡμῶν λαμβάνειν.
Now you will appreciate even more clearly from the things which I am going to say that I am far from being a corrupter of our youth. For if I were guilty of this, Lysimachus would not be the one to be incensed in their behalf, nor anyone of his kind, but you would see the fathers and relatives of my pupils up in arms, framing writs and seeking to bring me to justice.
§ 241
νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν συνιστᾶσι τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς αὑτῶν, καὶ χρήματα διδόασι, καὶ χαίρουσιν ὁπόταν ὁρῶσιν αὐτοὺς μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἡμερεύοντας, οἱ δὲ συκοφάνται διαβάλλουσι καὶ πράγματα παρέχουσιν ἡμῖν, ὧν τίνες ἂν ἥδιον ἴδοιεν πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν διαφθειρομένους καὶ πονηροὺς γιγνομένους; ἴσασι γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐν μὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις δυναστεύοντας, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντων ἀπολλυμένους, ὁπόταν ληφθῶσιν.
But instead of that they bring their sons to me and are ready to pay me money, and are rejoiced when they see them spending their days in my society, while the sycophants are the men who speak evil of me and hale me into court. And who more than these sycophants would like to see many of our citizens corrupted and depraved, since they know that when they live among such characters they wield great power, whereas when they fall into the hands of honorable and intelligent men, they are doomed to destruction?
§ 242
ὥσθʼ οὗτοι μὲν σωφρονοῦσιν ἀναιρεῖν ζητοῦντες ἁπάσας τὰς τοιαύτας διατριβάς, ἐν αἷς ἡγοῦνται βελτίους γενομένους χαλεπωτέρους ἔσεσθαι ταῖς αὑτῶν πονηρίαις καὶ συκοφαντίαις, ὑμᾶς δὲ προσήκει τἀναντία τούτοις πράττειν, καὶ ταῦτα νομίζειν εἶναι κάλλιστα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων οἷς ἂν τούτους ὁρᾶτε μάλιστα πολεμοῦντας.
Therefore these men are wise in seeking to do away with all studies which they consider will make men better, and so render them more intolerant of the depravities and intrigues of the sycophants. It is well for you, however, to take the opposite course and regard those pursuits as the best to which you see that these men are most inimical.
§ 243
ἄτοπον δέ τι τυγχάνω πεπονθώς· εἰρήσεται γὰρ, εἰ καί τινες λίαν εὐμετάβολον εἶναί με φήσουσιν. ὀλίγῳ μὲν γὰρ πρότερον ἔλεγον ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν διεψευσμένοι τῆς φιλοσοφίας τραχύτερον πρὸς αὐτὴν ἔχουσι· νῦν δʼ οὕτως ἐναργεῖς ὑπείληφα τοὺς λόγους εἶναι τοὺς εἰρημένους καὶ πᾶσι φανερούς, ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖν μοι δοκεῖ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς, οὐδὲ καταγιγνώσκειν ἡμῶν ὡς διαφθείρομεν τοὺς μαθητάς, οὐδὲ πεπονθέναι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν οἷον αὐτοὺς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ᾐτιώμην·
But I now find myself in a curious position; for I am going to be frank even if some will say that I shift my ground too easily. A little while ago I said that many good men had been misled about philosophy, and are consequently harshly disposed toward it. Now, however, I have assumed that the arguments which I have presented are so plain and evident to all that no one, it seems to me, can misapprehend its power or accuse me of corrupting my disciples or have any such feeling as I imputed to them a little while ago.
§ 244
ἀλλʼ εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν καὶ τὸ νῦν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ μοι παρεστηκός, ἡγοῦμαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοτίμως μοι διακειμένους ἐπιθυμητικῶς ἔχοντας τοῦ φρονεῖν εὖ καὶ λέγειν αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀμελεῖν τούτων, τοὺς μὲν διὰ ῥᾳθυμίαν, τοὺς δὲ καταμεμφομένους τὴν φύσιν τὴν αὑτῶν, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἄλλας τινὰς προφάσεις (παμπληθεῖς δʼ εἰσί),
Nevertheless, if I am to speak the truth and say what has now come into my mind, I am of the opinion that while all those who are envious of my success covet the ability to think and speak well, yet they themselves neglect to cultivate it, some because they are indolent, some because they discredit their own powers, and some on other pretexts (and these are legion);
§ 245
πρὸς δὲ τοὺς πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιουμένους καὶ τυχεῖν βουλομένους ὧν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοὶ καθεστᾶσι, δυσκόλως ἔχειν καὶ ζηλοτυπεῖν καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τεταραγμένως διακεῖσθαι καὶ πεπονθέναι παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐρῶσι· τίνα γὰρ ἄν τις αὐτοῖς ἐπενεγκεῖν αἰτίαν ἔχοι πρεπωδεστέραν ταύτης;
but when other men take great pains and show a desire to attain what they themselves covet, then they grow irritated, jealous, perturbed in spirit, and are much in the same state of mind as lovers are. Indeed, how could one more aptly explain their condition?
§ 246
οἵτινες μακαρίζουσι μὲν καὶ ζηλοῦσι τοὺς καλῶς χρῆσθαι τῷ λόγῳ δυναμένους, ἐπιτιμῶσι δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων τοῖς τυχεῖν ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς βουλομένοις. καὶ τοῖς μὲν θεοῖς οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εὔξαιτο μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὸς δύνασθαι λέγειν, εἰ δὲ μή, τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους τοὺς αὑτοῦ·
They envy the good fortune of those who are able to use words eloquently; yet they reproach the youth who aspire to win this distinction. There is no one of them who would not pray the gods to bestow the power of eloquence upon himself, first of all, and failing that, upon his sons and his own kin;
§ 247
τοὺς δὲ πόνῳ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ τοῦτο κατεργάσασθαι πειρωμένους, ὃ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτοὶ βούλονται λαβεῖν, οὐδέν φασι τῶν δεόντων πράττειν, ἀλλʼ ἐνίοτε μὲν ὡς ἐξηπατημένων καὶ πεφενακισμένων προσποιοῦνται καταγελᾶν αὐτῶν, ὁπόταν δὲ τύχωσι, μεταβαλόντες ὡς περὶ πλεονεκτεῖν δυναμένων τοὺς λόγους ποιοῦνται.
yet when men strive through work and study to accomplish for themselves what these people would like to have as a gift from the gods, they accuse them of going utterly astray. At one moment they make believe to mock at them as dupes and victims; and then again, for no reason at all, they change about and denounce them as adepts in grasping their own advantage.
§ 248
καὶ συμβούλοις μέν, ὅταν κίνδυνός τις καταλάβῃ τὴν πόλιν, τοῖς ἄριστα περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων λέγουσι, τούτοις χρῶνται, καὶ πράττουσιν ὅ τι ἂν οἱ τοιοῦτοι παραινέσωσι· περὶ δὲ τοὺς ἔργον ποιουμένους ὅπως χρησίμους αὑτοὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς τοῖς τοιούτοις τῇ πόλει παρασχήσουσι, βλασφημεῖν οἴονται χρῆναι. καὶ Θηβαίοις μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐχθροῖς τὴν ἀμαθίαν ὀνειδίζουσι, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητοῦντας τὴν νόσον ταύτην διαφυγεῖν λοιδοροῦντες διατελοῦσιν.
When any danger threatens the city, they seek counsel from those who can speak best upon the question at issue and act upon their advice; but when men devote their efforts to preparing themselves to serve the state in just such crises, they think it proper to traduce them. And they reproach the Thebans and our other enemies for their ignorance; yet when men seek by every means to escape from that malady, they never cease maligning them.
§ 249
ὃ δʼ οὐ μόνον ταραχῆς σημεῖόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀλιγωρίας· τὴν μὲν γὰρ Πειθὼ μίαν τῶν θεῶν νομίζουσιν εἶναι, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁρῶσι καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν θυσίαν αὐτῇ ποιουμένην, τοὺς δὲ τῆς δυνάμεως ἧς ἡ θεὸς ἔχει μετασχεῖν βουλομένους ὡς κακοῦ πράγματος ἐπιθυμοῦντας διαφθείρεσθαί φασιν.
But as a symptom, not only of their confusion of mind, but of their contempt for the gods, they recognize that Persuasion is one of the gods, and they observe that the city makes sacrifices to her every year, but when men aspire to share the power which the goddess possesses, they claim that such aspirants are being corrupted, as though their desire were for some evil thing.
§ 250
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅτι προκρίναιεν μὲν ἂν τὴν ψυχὴν σπουδαιοτέραν εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, οὕτω δὲ γιγνώσκοντες ἀποδέχονται μᾶλλον τοὺς γυμναζομένους τῶν φιλοσοφούντων. καί τοι πῶς οὐκ ἄλογον τοὺς τοῦ φαυλοτέρου ποιουμένους τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἐπαινεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τοῦ σπουδαιοτέρου, καὶ ταῦτα πάντων εἰδότων διὰ μὲν εὐεξίαν σώματος οὐδὲν πώποτε τὴν πόλιν τῶν ἐλλογίμων ἔργων διαπραξαμένην, διὰ δὲ φρόνησιν ἀνδρὸς εὐδαιμονεστάτην καὶ μεγίστην τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων γενομένην;
But what is most astonishing of all is that while they would grant that the mind is superior to the body, nevertheless, in spite of this opinion, they look with greater favor upon training in gymnastics than upon the study of philosophy. And yet how unreasonable it is to give higher praise to those who cultivate the less than to those who cultivate the greater thing, and that too when everyone knows it was not through excellence of body that Athens ever accomplished any noteworthy thing, but that through wisdom of men she became the most prosperous and the greatest of Hellenic states.
§ 251
πολὺ δʼ ἄν τις ἔχοι πλείους τούτων ἐναντιώσεις συναγαγεῖν τῶν ἀκμαζόντων τε μᾶλλον ἢ ʼγὼ καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος μὴ φροντιζόντων· ἐπεὶ καὶ τάδε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν. φέρε γὰρ εἴ τινες πολλὰ χρήματα παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παραλαβόντες τῇ μὲν πόλει μηδὲν εἶεν χρήσιμοι, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ὑβρίζοιεν καὶ τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αἰσχύνοιεν, ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν τοὺς αἰτίους τοῦ πλούτου μέμψασθαι τολμήσειεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας κολάζειν ἀξιώσειε;
It would be possible to bring together many more contradictions than the above in the views of these people, but that is a task for those who are younger than I and who are free from anxiety about the present occasion. For example, one might put the following questions on this very subject: Suppose the case of men who, having inherited large fortunes from their ancestors, used their wealth, not to render themselves serviceable to the state, but to outrage their fellow-citizens and to dishonor their sons and their wives; would anyone venture to put the blame upon the authors of their wealth instead of demanding that the offenders themselves be punished?
§ 252
τί δʼ εἴ τινες ὁπλομαχεῖν μαθόντες πρὸς μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους μὴ χρῷντο ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις, ἐπανάστασιν δὲ ποιήσαντες πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν διαφθείραιεν, ἢ καὶ πυκτεύειν καὶ παγκρατιάζειν ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἄριστα παιδευθέντες τῶν μὲν ἀγώνων ἀμελοῖεν, τοὺς δʼ ἀπαντῶντας τύπτοιεν, τίς οὐκ ἂν τούτων τοὺς μὲν διδασκάλους ἐπαινέσειε, τοὺς δὲ κακῶς χρωμένους οἷς ἔμαθον ἀποκτείνειεν;
Again, suppose the case of men who, having mastered the art of war, did not use their skill against the enemy, but rose up and slew many of their fellow-citizens; or suppose the case of men who, having been trained to perfection in the art of boxing or of the pancration, kept away from the games and fell foul of the passers-by; would anyone withhold praise from their instructors instead of putting to death those who turned their lessons to an evil use?
§ 253
οὐκοῦν χρὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν λόγων τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διάνοιαν ἥν περ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ μὴ περὶ τῶν ὁμοίων τἀναντία γιγνώσκειν, μηδὲ πρὸς τοιοῦτο πρᾶγμα δυσμενῶς φαίνεσθαι διακειμένους, ὃ πάντων τῶν ἐνόντων ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστι. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοις οἷς ἔχομεν, ὅ περ ἤδη καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων ζώων διαφέρομεν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν καὶ τῷ τάχει καὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις εὐπορίαις καταδεέστεροι τυγχάνομεν ὄντες·
We ought, therefore, to think of the art of discourse just as we think of the other arts, and not to form opposite judgements about similar things, nor show ourselves intolerant toward that power which, of all the faculties which belong to the nature of man, is the source of most of our blessings. For in the other powers which we possess, as I have already said on a former occasion, we are in no respect superior to other living creatures; nay, we are inferior to many in swiftness and in strength and in other resources;
§ 254
ἐγγενομένου δʼ ἡμῖν τοῦ πείθειν ἀλλήλους καὶ δηλοῦν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ ὧν ἂν βουληθῶμεν, οὐ μόνον τοῦ θηριωδῶς ζῆν ἀπηλλάγημεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνελθόντες πόλεις ᾠκίσαμεν καὶ νόμους ἐθέμεθα καὶ τέχνας εὕρομεν, καὶ σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ διʼ ἡμῶν μεμηχανημένα λόγος ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὁ συγκατασκευάσας.
but, because there has been implanted in us the power to persuade each other and to make clear to each other whatever we desire, not only have we escaped the life of wild beasts, but we have come together and founded cities and made laws and invented arts; and, generally speaking, there is no institution devised by man which the power of speech has not helped us to establish.
§ 255
οὗτος γὰρ περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ τῶν καλῶν καὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἐνομοθέτησεν, ὧν μὴ διαταχθέντων οὐκ ἂν οἷοί τʼ ἦμεν οἰκεῖν μετʼ ἀλλήλων. τούτῳ καὶ τοὺς κακοὺς ἐξελέγχομεν καὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐγκωμιάζομεν. διὰ τούτου τοὺς τʼ ἀνοήτους παιδεύομεν καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους δοκιμάζομεν· τὸ γὰρ λέγειν ὡς δεῖ τοῦ φρονεῖν εὖ μέγιστον σημεῖον ποιούμεθα, καὶ λόγος ἀληθὴς καὶ νόμιμος καὶ δίκαιος ψυχῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ πιστῆς εἴδωλόν ἐστι.
For this it is which has laid down laws concerning things just and unjust, and things honorable and base; and if it were not for these ordinances we should not be able to live with one another. It is by this also that we confute the bad and extol the good. Through this we educate the ignorant and appraise the wise; for the power to speak well is taken as the surest index of a sound understanding, and discourse which is true and lawful and just is the outward image of a good and faithful soul.
§ 256
μετὰ τούτου καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητησίμων ἀγωνιζόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀγνοουμένων σκοπούμεθα· ταῖς γὰρ πίστεσιν, αἷς τοὺς ἄλλους λέγοντες πείθομεν, ταῖς αὐταῖς ταύταις βουλευόμενοι χρώμεθα, καὶ ῥητορικοὺς μὲν καλοῦμεν τοὺς ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυναμένους, εὐβούλους δὲ νομίζομεν οἵτινες ἂν αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἄριστα περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων διαλεχθῶσιν.
With this faculty we both contend against others on matters which are open to dispute and seek light for ourselves on things which are unknown; for the same arguments which we use in persuading others when we speak in public, we employ also when we deliberate in our own thoughts; and, while we call eloquent those who are able to speak before a crowd, we regard as sage those who most skilfully debate their problems in their own minds.
§ 257
εἰ δὲ δεῖ συλλήβδην περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν τῶν φρονίμως πραττομένων εὑρήσομεν ἀλόγως γιγνόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῶν διανοημάτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμόνα λόγον ὄντα, καὶ μάλιστα χρωμένους αὐτῷ τοὺς πλεῖστον νοῦν ἔχοντας. ὧν οὐδὲν ἐνθυμηθεὶς Λυσίμαχος κατηγορεῖν ἐτόλμησε τῶν ἐπιθυμούντων τοιούτου πράγματος, ὃ τοσούτων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τηλικούτων τὸ μέγεθος ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστιν.
And, if there is need to speak in brief summary of this power, we shall find that none of the things which are done with intelligence take place without the help of speech, but that in all our actions as well as in all our thoughts speech is our guide, and is most employed by those who have the most wisdom. But without reflecting at all on these truths, Lysimachus has dared to attack those who aspire to an accomplishment which is the source of blessings so many and so great.
§ 258
καὶ τί δεῖ τούτου θαυμάζειν, ὅπου καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἔριδας σπουδαζόντων ἔνιοί τινες ὁμοίως βλασφημοῦσι περὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν κοινῶν καὶ τῶν χρησίμων ὥσπερ οἱ φαυλότατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, οὐδʼ ὅτι τάχιστʼ ἂν οὗτοι τοὺς χρωμένους ὠφελήσαιεν, ἀλλʼ ἐλπίζοντες, ἢν τούτους διαβάλλωσι, τοὺς αὑτῶν ἐντιμοτέρους ποιήσειν.
But why should we be surprised at him when even among the professors of disputation there are some who talk no less abusively of the art of speaking on general and useful themes than do the most benighted of men, not that they are ignorant of its power or of the advantage which it quickly gives to those who avail themselves of it, but because they think that by decrying this art they will enhance the standing of their own.
§ 259
περὶ ὧν δυνηθείην μὲν ἂν ἴσως διαλεχθῆναι πολὺ πικρότερον ἢ ʼκεῖνοι περὶ ἡμῶν, οὐδέτερον δʼ οἶμαι δεῖν, οὔθʼ ὅμοιος γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου διεφθαρμένοις, οὔτε ψέγειν τοὺς μηδὲν μὲν κακὸν τοὺς συνόντας ἐργαζομένους, ἧττον δʼ ἑτέρων εὐεργετεῖν δυναμένους. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μικρά γε μνησθήσομαι περὶ αὐτῶν, μάλιστα μὲν ὅτι κἀκεῖνοι περὶ ἡμῶν, ἔπειθʼ ὅπως ἂν ὑμεῖς σαφέστερον εἰδότες τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν οὕτω διακέησθε πρὸς ἑκάστους ἡμῶν ὥσπερ δίκαιόν ἐστι,
I could, perhaps, say much harsher things of them than they of me, but I refrain for a double reason. I want neither to descend to the level of men whom envy has made blind nor to censure men who, although they do no actual harm to their pupils are less able to benefit them than are other teachers. I shall, however, say a few words about them, first because they also have paid their compliments to me; second, in order that you, being better informed as to their powers, may estimate us justly in relation to each other;
§ 260
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἵνα καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσω φανερόν, ὅτι περὶ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς λόγους ἡμεῖς ὄντες, οὓς ἐκεῖνοί φασιν εἶναι φιλαπεχθήμονας, πολὺ πραότεροι τυγχάνομεν αὐτῶν ὄντες· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀεί τι περὶ ἡμῶν φλαῦρον λέγουσιν, ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἀληθείαις χρήσομαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
and, furthermore, that I may show you clearly that we who are occupied with political discourse and whom they call contentious are more considerate than they; for although they are always saying disparaging things of me, I shall not answer them in kind but shall confine myself to the simple truth.
§ 261
ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐριστικοῖς λόγοις δυναστεύοντας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν καὶ τὴν γεωμετρίαν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν μαθημάτων διατρίβοντας οὐ βλάπτειν ἀλλʼ ὠφελεῖν τοὺς συνόντας, ἐλάττω μὲν ὧν ὑπισχνοῦνται, πλείω δʼ ὧν τοῖς ἄλλοις δοκοῦσιν.
For I believe that the teachers who are skilled in disputation and those who are occupied with astronomy and geometry and studies of that sort do not injure but, on the contrary, benefit their pupils, not so much as they profess, but more than others give them credit for.
§ 262
οἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπειλήφασιν ἀδολεσχίαν καὶ μικρολογίαν εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν μαθημάτων· οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τῶν κοινῶν εἶναι χρήσιμον, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐν ταῖς μνείαις οὐδὲνα χρόνον ἐμμένειν ταῖς τῶν μαθόντων διὰ τὸ μήτε τῷ βίω παρακολουθεῖν μήτε ταῖς πράξεσιν ἐπαμύνειν, ἀλλʼ ἔξω παντάπασιν εἶναι τῶν ἀναγκαίων.
Most men see in such studies nothing but empty talk and hair-splitting; for none of these disciplines has any useful application either to private or to public affairs; nay, they are not even remembered for any length of time after they are learned because they do not attend us through life nor do they lend aid in what we do, but are wholly divorced from our necessities.
§ 263
ἐγὼ δʼ οὔθʼ οὕτως οὔτε πόρρω τούτων ἔγνωκα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οἵ τε νομίζοντες μηδὲν χρησίμην εἶναι τὴν παιδείαν ταύτην πρὸς τὰς πράξεις ὀρθῶς μοι δοκοῦσι γιγνώσκειν, οἵ τʼ ἐπαινοῦντες αὐτὴν ἀληθῆ λέγειν. διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ ὁμολογούμενον αὐτὸν αὑτῷ τὸν λόγον εἴρηκα, διότι καὶ ταῦτα τὰ μαθήματα τὴν φύσιν οὐδὲν ὁμοίαν ἔχει τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷς διδασκόμεθα.
But I am neither of this opinion nor am I far removed from it; rather it seems to me both that those who hold that this training is of no use in practical life are right and that those who speak in praise of it have truth on their side. If there is a contradiction in this statement, it is because these disciplines are different in their nature from the other studies which make up our education;
§ 264
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα τότʼ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς πέφυκεν, ὅταν λάβωμεν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ταῦτα δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἀπηκριβωμένους οὐδὲν ἂν εὐεργετήσειε, πλὴν τοὺς ἐντεῦθεν ζῆν προῃρημένους, τοὺς δὲ μανθάνοντας ὀνίνησι· περὶ γὰρ τὴν περιττολογίαν καὶ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς ἀστρολογίας καὶ γεωμετρίας διατρίβοντες,
for the other branches avail us only after we have gained a knowledge of them, whereas these studies can be of no benefit to us after we have mastered them unless we have elected to make our living from this source, and only help us while we are in the process of learning. For while we are occupied with the subtlety and exactness of astronomy and geometry
§ 265
καὶ δυσκαταμαθήτοις πράγμασιν ἀναγκαζόμενοι προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ἔτι δὲ συνεθιζόμενοι λέγειν καὶ πονεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ δεικνυμένοις καὶ μὴ πεπλανημένην ἔχειν τὴν διάνοιαν, ἐν τούτοις γυμνασθέντες καὶ παροξυνθέντες ῥᾷον καὶ θᾶττον τὰ σπουδαιότερα καὶ πλέονος ἄξια τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ μανθάνειν δύνανται.
and are forced to apply our minds to difficult problems, and are, in addition, being habituated to speak and apply ourselves to what is said and shown to us, and not to let our wits go wool-gathering, we gain the power, after being exercised and sharpened on these disciplines, of grasping and learning more easily and more quickly those subjects which are of more importance and of greater value.
§ 266
φιλοσοφίαν μὲν οὖν οὐκ οἶμαι δεῖν προσαγορεύειν τὴν μηδὲν ἐν τῷ παρόντι μήτε πρὸς τὸ λέγειν μήτε πρὸς τὸ πράττειν ὠφελοῦσαν, γυμνασίαν μέντοι τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ παρασκευὴν φιλοσοφίας καλῶ τὴν διατριβὴν τὴν τοιαύτην, ἀνδρικωτέραν μὲν ἧς οἱ παῖδες ἐν τοῖς διδασκαλείοις ποιοῦνται, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα παραπλησίαν·
I do not, however, think it proper to apply the term “philosophy” to a training which is no help to us in the present either in our speech or in our actions, but rather I would call it a gymnastic of the mind and a preparation for philosophy. It is, to be sure, a study more advanced than that which boys in school pursue, but it is for the most part the same sort of thing;
§ 267
καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων οἱ περὶ τὴν γραμματικὴν καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παιδείαν διαπονηθέντες πρὸς μὲν τὸ βέλτιον εἰπεῖν ἢ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οὐδεμίαν πω λαμβάνουσιν ἐπίδοσιν, αὐτοὶ δʼ αὑτῶν εὐμαθέστεροι γίγνονται πρὸς τὰ μείζω καὶ σπουδαιότερα τῶν μαθημάτων.
for they also when they have labored through their lessons in grammar, music, and the other branches, are not a whit advanced in their ability to speak and deliberate on affairs, but they have increased their aptitude for mastering greater and more serious studies.
§ 268
διατρῖψαι μὲν οὖν περὶ τὰς παιδείας ταύτας χρόνον τινὰ συμβουλεύσαιμʼ ἂν τοῖς νεωτέροις, μὴ μέντοι περιιδεῖν τὴν αὑτῶν κατασκελετευθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τούτοις, μηδʼ ἐξοκείλασαν εἰς τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν παλαιῶν σοφιστῶν, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἄπειρον τὸ πλῆθος ἔφησεν εἶναι τῶν ὄντων, Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ τέτταρα, καὶ νεῖκος καὶ φιλίαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ἴων δʼ οὐ πλείω τριῶν, Ἀλκμαίων δὲ δύο μόνα, Παρμενίδης δὲ καὶ Μέλισσος ἕν, Γοργίας δὲ παντελῶς οὐδέν.
I would, therefore, advise young men to spend some time on these disciplines, but not to allow their minds to be dried up by these barren subtleties, nor to be stranded on the speculations of the ancient sophists, who maintain, some of them, that the sum of things is made up of infinite elements; Empedocles that it is made up of four, with strife and love operating among them; Ion, of not more than three; Alcmaeon, of only two; Parmenides and Melissus, of one; and Gorgias, of none at all.
§ 269
ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ τὰς μὲν τοιαύτας περιττολογίας ὁμοίας εἶναι ταῖς θαυματοποιίαις, ταῖς οὐδὲν μὲν ὠφελούσαις ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ἀνοήτων περιστάτοις γιγνομέναις, δεῖν δὲ τοὺς προὔργου τι ποιεῖν βουλομένους καὶ τῶν λόγων τοὺς ματαίους καὶ τῶν πράξεων τὰς μηδὲν πρὸς τὸν βίον φερούσας ἀναιρεῖν ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν διατριβῶν.
For I think that such curiosities of thought are on a par with jugglers’ tricks which, though they do not profit anyone, yet attract great crowds of the empty-minded, and I hold that men who want to do some good in the world must banish utterly from their interests all vain speculations and all activities which have no bearing on our lives.
§ 270
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀπόχρη μοι τὸ νῦν εἶναι ταῦτʼ εἰρηκέναι καὶ συμβεβουλευκέναι· περὶ δὲ σοφίας καὶ φιλοσοφίας τοῖς μὲν περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν ἀγωνιζομένοις οὐκ ἂν ἁρμόσειε λέγειν περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων (ἔστι γὰρ ἀλλότρια πάσαις ταῖς πραγματείαις), ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ κρίνομαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τὴν καλουμένην ὑπό τινων φιλοσοφίαν οὐκ εἶναι φημί, προσήκει τὴν δικαίως ἂν νομιζομένην ὁρίσαι καὶ δηλῶσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἁπλῶς δέ πως τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων περὶ αὐτῶν.
Now I have spoken and advised you enough on these studies for the present. It remains to tell you about “wisdom” and “philosophy.” It is true that if one were pleading a case on any other issue it would be out of place to discuss these words (for they are foreign to all litigation), but it is appropriate for me, since I am being tried on such an issue, and since I hold that what some people call philosophy is not entitled to that name, to define and explain to you what philosophy, properly conceived, really is.
§ 271
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστήμην λαβεῖν ἣν ἔχοντες ἂν εἰδεῖμεν ὅ τι πρακτέον ἤ λεκτέον ἐστίν, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν σοφοὺς μὲν νομίζω τοὺς ταῖς δόξαις ἐπιτυγχάνειν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ βελτίστου δυναμένους, φιλοσόφους δὲ τοὺς ἐν τούτοις διατρίβοντας ἐξ ὧν τάχιστα λήψονται τὴν τοιαύτην φρόνησιν.
My view of this question is, as it happens, very simple. For since it is not in the nature of man to attain a science by the possession of which we can know positively what we should do or what we should say, in the next resort I hold that man to be wise who is able by his powers of conjecture to arrive generally at the best course, and I hold that man to be a philosopher who occupies himself with the studies from which he will most quickly gain that kind of insight.
§ 272
ἃ δʼ ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ταύτην ἔχοντα τὴν δύναμιν, ἔχω μὲν εἰπεῖν, ὀκνῶ δὲ λέγειν· οὕτω γάρ ἐστι σφόδρα καὶ παράδοξα καὶ πολὺ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀφεστῶτα διανοίας, ὥστε φοβοῦμαι μὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν ἀκούσαντες θορύβου καὶ βοῆς ἅπαν ἐμπλήσητε τὸ δικαστήριον. ὅμως δὲ καὶ περ οὕτω διακείμενος ἐπιχειρήσω διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν· αἰσχύνομαι γὰρ εἴ τισι δόξω δεδιὼς ὑπὲρ γήρως καὶ μικροῦ βίου προδιδόναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
What the studies are which have this power I can tell you, although I hesitate to do so; they are so contrary to popular belief and so very far removed from the opinions of the rest of the world, that I am afraid lest when you first hear them you will fill the whole court-room with your murmurs and your cries. Nevertheless, in spite of my misgivings, I shall attempt to tell you about them; for I blush at the thought that anyone might suspect me of betraying the truth to save my old age and the little of life remaining to me.
§ 273
δέομαι δʼ ὑμῶν μὴ προκαταγνῶναί μου τοιαύτην μανίαν, ὡς ἄρʼ ἐγὼ κινδυνεύων προειλόμην ἂν λόγους εἰπεῖν ἐναντίους ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀκολούθους αὐτοὺς ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀληθεῖς καὶ σαφεῖς ᾤμην ἔχειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.
But, I beg of you, do not, before you have heard me, judge that I could have been so mad as to choose deliberately, when my fate is in your hands, to express to you ideas which are repugnant to your opinions if I had not believed that these ideas follow logically on what I have previously said, and that I could support them with true and convincing proofs.
§ 274
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ τοιαύτην μὲν τέχνην, ἥτις τοῖς κακῶς πεφυκόσιν ἀρετὴν ἐνεργάσαιτʼ ἂν καὶ δικαιοσύνην, οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε νῦν οὐδεμίαν εἶναι, τούς τε τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ποιουμένους περὶ αὐτῶν πρότερον ἀπερεῖν καὶ παύσεσθαι ληροῦντας, πρὶν εὑρεθῆναί τινα παιδείαν τοιαύτην,
I consider that the kind of art which can implant honesty and justice in depraved natures has never existed and does not now exist, and that people who profess that power will grow weary and cease from their vain pretensions before such an education is ever found.
§ 275
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αὐτούς γʼ αὑτῶν βελτίους ἂν γίγνεσθαι καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους, εἰ πρός τε τὸ λέγειν εὖ φιλοτίμως διατεθεῖεν, καὶ τοῦ πείθειν δύνασθαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐρασθεῖεν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τῆς πλεονεξίας ἐπιθυμήσαιεν, μὴ τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνοήτων νομιζομένης, ἀλλὰ τῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην ἐχούσης.
But I do hold that people can become better and worthier if they conceive an ambition to speak well, if they become possessed of the desire to be able to persuade their hearers, and, finally, if they set their hearts on seizing their advantage—I do not mean “advantage” in the sense given to that word by the empty-minded, but advantage in the true meaning of that term;
§ 276
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὡς οὕτω πέφυκε, ταχέως οἶμαι δηλώσειν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὁ λέγειν ἢ γράφειν προαιρούμενος λόγους ἀξίους ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ποιήσεται τὰς ὑποθέσεις ἀδίκους ἢ μικρὰς ἢ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλὰ μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς καὶ φιλανθρώπους καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων· μὴ γὰρ τοιαύτας εὑρίσκων οὐδὲν διαπράξεται τῶν δεόντων.
and that this is so I think I shall presently make clear. For, in the first place, when anyone elects to speak or write discourses which are worthy of praise and honor, it is not conceivable that he will support causes which are unjust or petty or devoted to private quarrels, and not rather those which are great and honorable, devoted to the welfare of man and our common good; for if he fails to find causes of this character, he will accomplish nothing to the purpose.
§ 277
ἔπειτα τῶν πράξεων τῶν συντεινουσῶν πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐκλέξεται τὰς πρεπωδεστάτας καὶ μάλιστα συμφερούσας· ὁ δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας συνεθιζόμενος θεωρεῖν καὶ δοκιμάζειν οὐ μόνον περὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα λόγον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις τὴν αὐτὴν ἕξει ταύτην δύναμιν, ὥσθʼ ἅμα τὸ λέγειν εὖ καὶ τὸ φρονεῖν παραγενήσεται τοῖς φιλοσόφως καὶ φιλοτίμως πρὸς τοὺς λόγους διακειμένοις.
In the second place, he will select from all the actions of men which bear upon his subject those examples which are the most illustrious and the most edifying; and, habituating himself to contemplate and appraise such examples, he will feel their influence not only in the preparation of a given discourse but in all the actions of his life. It follows, then, that the power to speak well and think right will reward the man who approaches the art of discourse with love of wisdom and love of honor.
§ 278
καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ὁ πείθειν τινὰς βουλόμενος ἀμελήσει τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ τούτῳ μάλιστα προσέξει τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως δόξαν ὡς ἐπιεικεστάτην λήψεται παρὰ τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε καὶ τοὺς λόγους ἀληθεστέρους δοκοῦντας εἶναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν εὖ διακειμένων λεγομένους ἢ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν διαβεβλημένων, καὶ τὰς πίστεις μεῖζον δυναμένας τὰς ἐκ τοῦ βίου γεγενημένας ἢ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου πεπορισμένας; ὥσθʼ ὅσῳ ἄν τις ἐρρωμενεστέρως ἐπιθυμῇ πείθειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀσκήσει καλὸς κἀγαθὸς εἶναι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις εὐδοκιμεῖν.
Furthermore, mark you, the man who wishes to persuade people will not be negligent as to the matter of character; no, on the contrary, he will apply himself above all to establish a most honorable name among his fellow-citizens; for who does not know that words carry greater conviction when spoken by men of good repute than when spoken by men who live under a cloud, and that the argument which is made by a man’s life is of more weight than that which is furnished by words? Therefore,the stronger a man’s desire to persuade his hearers, the more zealously will he strive to be honorable and to have the esteem of his fellow-citizens.
§ 279
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν οἰέσθω τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἅπαντας γιγνώσκειν ὅσην ἔχει ῥοπὴν εἰς τὸ πείθειν τὸ τοῖς κρίνουσιν ἀρέσκειν, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντας μόνους ἀγνοεῖν τὴν τῆς εὐνοίας δύναμιν· πολὺ γὰρ ἀκριβέστερον τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ταῦτʼ ἴσασι,
And let no one of you suppose that while all other people realize how much the scales of persuasion incline in favor of one who has the approval of his judges, the devotees of philosophy alone are blind to the power of good will. In fact, they appreciate this even more thoroughly than others, and they know, furthermore,
§ 280
καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὅτι τὰ μὲν εἰκότα καὶ τὰ τεκμήρια καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν πίστεων εἶδος τοῦτο μόνον ὠφελεῖ τὸ μέρος, ἐφʼ ᾧ ἂν αὐτῶν ἕκαστον τύχῃ ῥηθέν, τὸ δὲ δοκεῖν εἶναι καλὸν κἀγαθὸν οὐ μόνον τὸν λόγον πιστότερον ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πράξεις τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην δόξαν ἔχοντος ἐντιμοτέρας κατέστησεν, ὑπὲρ οὗ σπουδαστέον ἐστὶ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι μᾶλλον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων.
that probabilities and proofs and all forms of persuasion support only the points in a case to which they are severally applied, whereas an honorable reputation not only lends greater persuasiveness to the words of the man who possesses it, but adds greater lustre to his deeds, and is, therefore, more zealously to be sought after by men of intelligence than anything else in the world.
§ 281
τὸ τοίνυν περὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ δυσχερέστατον ἦν τῶν ῥηθέντων· εἰ μέν τις ὑπολαμβάνει τοὺς ἀποστεροῦντας ἢ παραλογιζομένους ἢ κακόν τι ποιοῦντας πλεονεκτεῖν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔγνωκεν· οὐδένες γὰρ ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ βίῳ μᾶλλον ἐλαττοῦνται τῶν τοιούτων, οὐδʼ ἐν πλέοσιν ἀπορίαις εἰσίν, οὐδʼ ἐπονειδιστότερον ζῶσιν, οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀθλιώτεροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες·
I come now to the question of “advantage”—the most difficult of the points I have raised. If anyone is under the impression that people who rob others or falsify accounts or do any evil thing get the advantage, he is wrong in his thinking; for none are at a greater disadvantage throughout their lives than such men; none are found in more difficult straits, none live in greater ignominy; and, in a word, none are more miserable than they.
§ 282
χρὴ δὲ καὶ νῦν πλέον ἔχειν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ πλεονεκτήσειν νομίζειν παρὰ μὲν τῶν θεῶν τοὺς εὐσεβεστάτους καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὴν ἐκείνων ἐπιμελεστάτους ὄντας, παρὰ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἄριστα πρὸς τούτους μεθʼ ὧν ἂν οἰκῶσι καὶ πολιτεύωνται διακειμένους καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους αὐτοὺς εἶναι δοκοῦντας.
No, you ought to believe rather that those are better off now and will receive the advantage in the future at the hands of the gods who are the most righteous and the most faithful in their devotions, and that those receive the better portion at the hands of men who are the most conscientious in their dealings with their associates, whether in their homes or in public life, and are themselves esteemed as the noblest among their fellows.
§ 283
καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ταῖς ἀληθείαις οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ συμφέρει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον λέγεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐπεὶ νῦν γʼ οὕτως ἀνέστραπται καὶ συγκέχυται πολλὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἔνιοί τινες ἔτι χρῶνται κατὰ φύσιν, ἀλλὰ μεταφέρουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν καλλίστων πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τὰ φαυλότατα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
This is verily the truth, and it is well for us to adopt this way of speaking on the subject, since, as things now are, Athens has in many respects been plunged into such a state of topsy-turvy and confusion that some of our people no longer use words in their proper meaning but wrest them from the most honorable associations and apply them to the basest pursuits.
§ 284
τοὺς μέν γε βωμολοχευομένους καὶ σκώπτειν καὶ μιμεῖσθαι δυναμένους εὐφυεῖς καλοῦσι, προσῆκον τῆς προσηγορίας ταύτης τυγχάνειν τοὺς ἄριστα πρὸς ἀρετὴν πεφυκότας· τοὺς δὲ ταῖς κακοηθείαις καὶ ταῖς κακουργίαις χρωμένους, καὶ μικρὰ μὲν λαμβάνοντας πονηρὰν δὲ δόξαν κτωμένους, πλεονεκτεῖν νομίζουσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς ὁσιωτάτους καὶ δικαιοτάτους, οἳ περὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀλλʼ οὐ τῶν κακῶν πλεονεκτοῦσι·
On the one hand, they speak of men who play the buffoon and have a talent for mocking and mimicking as “gifted”—an appellation which should be reserved for men endowed with the highest excellence; while, on the other hand, they think of men who indulge their depraved and criminal instincts and who for small gains acquire a base reputation as “getting the advantage,” instead of applying this term to the most righteous and the most upright, that is, to men who take advantage of the good and not the evil things of life.
§ 285
τοὺς δὲ τῶν μὲν ἀναγκαίων ἀμελοῦντας, τὰς δὲ τῶν παλαιῶν σοφιστῶν τερατολογίας ἀγαπῶντας φιλοσοφεῖν φασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα μανθάνοντας καὶ μελετῶντας ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον καὶ τὰ κοινὰ τὰ τῆς πόλεως καλῶς διοικήσουσιν, ὧνπερ ἕνεκα καὶ πονητέον καὶ φιλοσοφητέον καὶ πάντα πρακτέον ἐστίν. ἀφʼ ὧν ὑμεῖς πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἀπελαύνετε τοὺς νεωτέρους, ἀποδεχόμενοι τοὺς λόγους τῶν διαβαλλόντων τὴν τοιαύτην παιδείαν.
They characterize men who ignore our practical needs and delight in the mental juggling of the ancient sophists as “students of philosophy,” but refuse this name to whose who pursue and practise those studies which will enable us to govern wisely both our own households and the commonwealth—which should be the objects of our toil, of our study, and of our every act. It is from these pursuits that you have for a long time now been driving away our youth, because you accept the words of those who denounce this kind of education.
§ 286
καὶ γάρ τοι πεποιήκατε τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεστάτους αὐτῶν ἐν πότοις καὶ συνουσίαις καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις καὶ παιδιαῖς τὴν ἡλικίαν διάγειν, ἀμελήσαντας τοῦ σπουδάζειν ὅπως ἔσονται βελτίους, τοὺς δὲ χείρω τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντας ἐν τοιαύταις ἀκολασίαις ἡμερεύειν, ἐν αἷς πρότερον οὐδʼ ἂν οἰκέτης ἐπιεικὴς οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμησεν·
Yes, and you have brought it about that the most promising of our young men are wasting their youth in drinking-bouts, in parties, in soft living and childish folly, to the neglect of all efforts to improve themselves; while those of grosser nature are engaged from morning until night in extremes of dissipation which in former days an honest slave would have despised.
§ 287
οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἐννεακρούνου ψύχουσιν οἶνον, οἱ δʼ ἐν τοῖς καπηλείοις πίνουσιν, ἕτεροι δʼ ἐν τοῖς σκιραφείοις κυβεύουσι, πολλοὶ δʼ ἐν τοῖς τῶν αὐλητρίδων διδασκαλείοις διατρίβουσι. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ ταῦτα προτρέποντας οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν κήδεσθαι φασκόντων τῆς ἡλικίας ταύτης εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσήγαγεν· ἡμῖν δὲ κακὰ παρέχουσιν, οἷς ἄξιον ἦν, εἰ καὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου, τούτου γε χάριν ἔχειν, ὅτι τοὺς συνόντας τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀποτρέπομεν.
You see some of them chilling their wine at the “Nine-fountains”; others, drinking in taverns; others, tossing dice in gambling dens; and many, hanging about the training-schools of the flute-girls. And as for those who encourage them in these things, no one of those who profess to be concerned for our youth has ever haled them before you for trial, but instead they persecute me, who, whatever else I may deserve, do at any rate deserve thanks for this, that I discourage such habits in my pupils.
§ 288
οὕτω δʼ ἐστὶ δυσμενὲς ἅπασι τὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν γένος, ὥστε τοῖς μὲν λυομένοις εἴκοσι καὶ τριάκοντα μνῶν τὰς μελλούσας καὶ τὸν ἄλλον οἶκον συναναιρήσειν οὐχ ὅπως ἂν ἐπιπλήξειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγχαίρουσι ταῖς ἀσωτίαις αὐτῶν, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν παιδείαν ὁτιοῦν ἀναλίσκοντας διαφθείρεσθαί φασιν. ὧν τίνες ἂν ἀδικώτερον ἔχοιεν τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην;
But so inimical to all the world is this race of sycophants that when men pay a ransom of a hundred and thirty minae for women who bid fair to help them make away with the rest of their property besides, so far from reproaching them, they actually rejoice in their extravagance; but when men spend any amount, however small, upon their education, they complain that they are being corrupted. Could any charge be more unjust than this against our students?
§ 289
οἵτινες ἐν ταύταις μὲν ταῖς ἀκμαῖς ὄντες ὑπερεῖδον τὰς ἡδονάς, ἐν αἷς οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τηλικούτων μάλιστʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, ἐξὸν δʼ αὐτοῖς ῥᾳθυμεῖν μηδὲν δαπανωμένοις εἵλοντο πονεῖν χρήματα τελέσαντες, ἄρτι δʼ ἐκ παίδων ἐξεληλυθότες ἔγνωσαν ἃ πολλοὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων οὐκ ἴσασιν,
For, while in the prime of vigor, when most men of their age are most inclined to indulge their passions, they have disdained a life of pleasure; when they might have saved expense and lived softly, they have elected to pay out money and submit to toil; and, though hardly emerged from boyhood, they have come to appreciate what most of their elders do not know,
§ 290
ὅτι δεῖ τὸν ὀρθῶς καὶ πρεπόντως προεστῶτα τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ καλὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ βίου ποιούμενον αὑτοῦ πρότερον ἢ τῶν αὑτοῦ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, καὶ μὴ σπεύδειν μηδὲ ζητεῖν ἑτέρων ἄρχειν πρὶν ἂν τῆς αὑτοῦ διανοίας λάβῃ τὸν ἐπιστατήσοντα, μηδʼ οὕτω χαίρειν μηδὲ μέγα φρονεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ τὴν παιδείαν ἐγγιγνομένοις. καί τοι τοὺς τοιούτῳ λογισμῷ κεχρημένους πῶς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖσθαι χρὴ μᾶλλον ἢ ψέγεσθαι, καὶ νομίζεσθαι βελτίστους εἶναι καὶ σωφρονεστάτους τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν;
namely, that if one is to govern his youth rightly and worthily and make the proper start in life, he must give more heed to himself than to his possessions, he must not hasten and seek to rule over others before he has found a master to direct his own thoughts, and he must not take as great pleasure or pride in other advantages as in the good things which spring up in the soul under a liberal education. I ask you, then, when young men have governed themselves by these principles, ought they not to be praised rather than censured, ought they not to be recognized as the best and the most sober-minded among their fellows?
§ 291
θαυμάζω δʼ ὅσοι τοὺς μὲν φύσει δεινοὺς ὄντας εἰπεῖν εὐδαιμονίζουσιν ὡς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ καλοῦ πράγματος αὐτοῖς συμβεβηκότος, τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους γενέσθαι βουλομένους λοιδοροῦσιν ὡς ἀδίκου καὶ κακοῦ παιδεύματος ἐπιθυμοῦντας. καί τοι τί τῶν φύσει καλῶν ὄντων μελέτῃ κατεργασθὲν αἰσχρὸν ἢ κακόν ἐστιν; οὐδὲν γὰρ εὑρήσομεν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἔν γε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπαινοῦμεν τοὺς ταῖς φιλοπονίαις ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀγαθόν τι κτήσασθαι δυνηθέντας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παραλαβόντας,
I marvel at men who felicitate those who are eloquent by nature on being blessed with a noble gift, and yet rail at those who wish to become eloquent, on the ground that they desire an immoral and debasing education. Pray, what that is noble by nature becomes shameful and base when one attains it by effort? We shall find that there is no such thing, but that, on the contrary, we praise, at least in other fields, those who by their own devoted toil are able to acquire some good thing more than we praise those who inherit it from their ancestors.
§ 292
εἰκότως· συμφέρει γὰρ ἐπί τε τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων, μὴ τὰς εὐτυχίας ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐπιμελείας εὐδοκιμεῖν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ φύσει καὶ τύχῃ δεινοὶ γενόμενοι λέγειν οὐ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον ἀποβλέπουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἂν τύχωσιν, οὕτω χρῆσθαι τοῖς λόγοις εἰώθασιν· οἱ δὲ φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ λογισμῷ τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην λαβόντες, οὐδὲν ἀσκέπτως λέγοντες, ἧττον περὶ τὰς πράξεις πλημμελοῦσιν.
And rightly so; for it is well that in all activities, and most of all in the art of speaking, credit is won, not by gifts of fortune, but by efforts of study. For men who have been gifted with eloquence by nature and by fortune, are governed in what they say by chance, and not by any standard of what is best, whereas those who have gained this power by the study of philosophy and by the exercise of reason never speak without weighing their words, and so are less often in error as to a course of action.
§ 293
ὥσθʼ ἅπασι μὲν βούλεσθαι προσήκει πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐκ παιδείας δεινοὺς εἰπεῖν γιγνομένους, μάλιστα δʼ ὑμῖν· καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ προέχετε καὶ διαφέρετε τῶν ἄλλων οὐ ταῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμελείαις, οὐδʼ ὅτι κάλλιστα πολιτεύεσθε καὶ μάλιστα φυλάττετε τοὺς νόμους οὓς ὑμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον, ἀλλὰ τούτοις οἷς περ ἡ φύσις ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἄλλων ζώων, καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν βαρβάρων,
Therefore, it behoves all men to want to have many of their youth engaged in training to become speakers, and you Athenians most of all. For you, yourselves, are pre-eminent and superior to the rest of the world, not in your application to the business of war, nor because you govern yourselves more excellently or preserve the laws handed down to you by your ancestors more faithfully than others, but in those qualities by which the nature of man rises above the other animals, and the race of the Hellenes above the barbarians,
§ 294
τῷ καὶ πρὸς τὴν φρόνησιν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς λόγους ἄμεινον πεπαιδεῦσθαι τῶν ἄλλων. ὥστε πάντων ἂν συμβαίη δεινότατον, εἰ τοὺς βουλομένους τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις διενεγκεῖν τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν, οἷς περ ὑμεῖς ἁπάντων, διαφθείρεσθαι ψηφίσαισθε, καὶ τοὺς τῇ παιδείᾳ ταύτῃ χρωμένους, ἧς ὑμεῖς ἡγεμόνες γεγένησθε, συμφορᾷ τινι περιβάλοιτε.
namely, in the fact that you have been educated as have been no other people in wisdom and in speech. So, then, nothing more absurd could happen than for you to declare by your votes that students who desire to excel their companions in those very qualities in which you excel mankind, are being corrupted, and to visit any misfortune upon them for availing themselves of an education in which you have become the leaders of the world.
§ 295
χρὴ γὰρ μηδὲ τοῦτο λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς, ὅτι πάντων τῶν δυναμένων λέγειν ἢ παιδεύειν ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν δοκεῖ γεγενῆσθαι διδάσκαλος. εἰκότως· καὶ γὰρ ἆθλα μέγιστα τιθεῖσαν αὐτὴν ὁρῶσι τοῖς τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην ἔχουσι, καὶ γυμνάσια πλεῖστα καὶ παντοδαπώτατα παρέχουσαν τοῖς ἀγωνίζεσθαι προῃρημένοις καὶ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα γυμνάζεσθαι βουλομένοις,
For you must not lose sight of the fact that Athens is looked upon as having become a school for the education of all able orators and teachers of oratory. And naturally so; for people observe that she holds forth the greatest prizes for those who have this ability, that she offers the greatest number and variety of fields of exercise to those who have chosen to enter contests of this character and want to train for them,
§ 296
ἔτι δὲ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν, ἥ περ μάλιστα ποιεῖ δύνασθαι λέγειν, ἐνθένδε πάντας λαμβάνοντας· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὴν τῆς φωνῆς κοινότητα καὶ μετριότητα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην εὐτραπελίαν καὶ φιλολογίαν οὐ μικρὸν ἡγοῦνται συμβαλέσθαι μέρος πρὸς τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν· ὥστʼ οὐκ ἀδίκως ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἅπαντας τοὺς λέγειν ὄντας δεινοὺς τῆς πόλεως εἶναι μαθητάς.
and that, furthermore, everyone obtains here that practical experience which more than any other thing imparts ability to speak; and, in addition to these advantages, they consider that the catholicity and moderation of our speech, as well as our flexibility of mind and love of letters, contribute in no small degree to the education of the orator. Therefore they suppose, and not without just reason, that all clever speakers are the disciples of Athens.
§ 297
σκοπεῖτʼ οὖν μὴ παντάπασιν ᾖ καταγέλαστον τῆς δόξης ταύτης φλαῦρόν τι καταγιγνώσκειν, ἣν ὑμεῖς ἔχετε παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐγὼ παρʼ ὑμῖν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀλλʼ ἢ φανερῶς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἔσεσθε κατεψηφισμένοι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀδικίαν,
Beware, then, lest it make you utterly ridiculous to pronounce a disparaging judgement upon the reputation which you have among the Hellenes even more than I have among you. Manifestly, by such an unjust verdict, you would be passing sentence upon yourselves.
§ 298
καὶ πεποιηκότες ὅμοιον ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοὺς τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἀσκοῦντας ζημιοῦν ἐπιχειροῖεν, ἢ Θετταλοὶ παρὰ τῶν ἱππεύειν μελετώντων δίκην λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῖεν. ὑπὲρ ὧν φυλακτέον ἐστίν, ὅπως μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐξαμαρτήσεσθε περὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, μηδὲ πιστοτέρους ποιήσετε τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν κατηγορούντων τῆς πόλεως ἢ τοὺς τῶν ἐπαινούντων.
It would be as if the Lacedaemonians were to attempt to penalize men for training themselves in preparation for war, or as if the Thessalians saw fit to punish men for practicing the art of horsemanship. Take care, therefore, not to do yourselves this wrong and not to lend support to the slanders of the enemies of Athens rather than to the eulogies of her friends.
§ 299
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὲν δυσκόλως πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχουσιν, οἱ δʼ ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα φιλοῦσι καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς σωτηρίας ἐν ὑμῖν ἔχουσι. καὶ φασιν οἱ μὲν τοιοῦτοι μόνην εἶναι ταύτην πόλιν, τὰς δʼ ἄλλας κώμας, καὶ δικαίως ἂν αὐτὴν ἄστυ τῆς Ἑλλάδος προσαγορεύεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ διὰ τὰς εὐπορίας τὰς ἐνθένδε τοῖς ἄλλοις γιγνομένας καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἐνοικούντων·
I think that you are not unaware that while some of the Hellenes are hostile to you, some are extremely friendly, and rest their hopes of security upon you. These say that Athens is the only city, the others being mere villages, and that she deserves to be termed the capital of Hellas both because of her size and because of the resources which she furnishes to the rest of the world, and most of all because of the character of her inhabitants;
§ 300
οὐδένας γὰρ εἶναι πραοτέρους οὐδὲ κοινοτέρους οὐδʼ οἷς οἰκειότερον ἄν τις τὸν ἅπαντα βίον συνδιατρίψειεν οὕτω δὲ μεγάλαις χρῶνται ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοῦτʼ ὀκνοῦσι λέγειν, ὡς ἥδιον ἂν ὑπʼ ἀνδρὸς Ἀθηναίου ζημιωθεῖεν ἢ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων ὠμότητος εὖ πάθοιεν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν διασύρουσι, διεξιόντες δὲ τὰς τῶν συκοφαντῶν πικρότητας καὶ κακοπραγίας ὅλης τῆς πόλεως ὡς ἀμίκτου καὶ χαλεπῆς οὔσης κατηγοροῦσιν.
for no people, they insist, are more kindly or more sociable, nor could anyone find any people with whom he could spend all his days in friendlier intercourse. Indeed, so extravagant are they in their praise that they do not even hesitate to say that they would rather suffer injury at the hands of an Athenian gentleman than benefit through the rudeness of people from another city. There are, on the other hand, those who scoff at this praise, and, dwelling upon the cruel and iniquitous practices of the sycophants, denounce the whole city as savage and insupportable.
§ 301
ἔστιν οὖν δικαστῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων τοὺς μὲν τῶν τοιούτων λόγων αἰτίους γιγνομένους ἀποκτείνειν ὡς μεγάλην αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει περιποιοῦντας, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ἐπαίνων τῶν λεγομένων περὶ αὐτῆς μέρος τι συμβαλλομένους τιμᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς ἀθλητὰς τοὺς ἐν τοῖς στεφανίταις ἀγῶσι νικῶντας· πολὺ γὰρ καλλίω δόξαν ἐκείνων κτώμενοι τῇ πόλει τυγχάνουσι καὶ μᾶλλον ἁρμόττουσαν.
It is, therefore, the duty of intelligent judges to destroy those who heap infamy upon the city and to reward those who are responsible in some degree for the tributes paid to her, more than you reward the athletes who are crowned in the great games, seeing that they win for the city a greater and more fitting glory than any athlete;
§ 302
περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀγωνίαν πολλοὺς τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας ἔχομεν, περὶ δὲ τὴν παιδείαν ἅπαντες ἂν ἡμᾶς πρωτεύειν προκρίνειαν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς καὶ μικρὰ λογίζεσθαι δυναμένους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων διαφέροντας, ἐν οἷς ἡ πόλις εὐδοκιμεῖ, τιμῶντας φαίνεσθαι, καὶ μὴ φθονερῶς ἔχειν, μηδʼ ἐναντία τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι γιγνώσκειν περὶ αὐτῶν.
for in contests of the body we have many rivals; but in the training of the mind everyone would concede that we stand first. And men with even a slight ability to reason ought to show the world that they reward those who excel in those activities for which the city is renowned, and they ought not to envy them nor hold an opinion of them which is the opposite of the esteem in which they are held by the rest of the Hellenes.
§ 303
ὧν ὑμῖν οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον διημαρτήκατε τοῦ συμφέροντος, ὥσθʼ ἥδιον ἔχετε διʼ οὓς ἀκούετε κακῶς ἢ διʼ οὓς ἐπαινεῖσθε, καὶ δημοτικωτέρους εἶναι νομίζετε τοὺς τοῦ μισεῖσθαι τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ πολλῶν αἰτίους ὄντας, ἢ τοὺς ἅπαντας οἷς πεπλησιάκασιν εὖ διακεῖσθαι πρὸς αὐτὴν πεποιηκότας.
But you have never troubled yourselves to do this; nay, you have so far mistaken your true interests that you are more pleased with those who cause you to be reviled than with those who cause you to be praised, and you think that those who have made many people hate the city are better friends of the demos than those who have inspired good will toward Athens in all with whom they have had to deal.
§ 304
ἤν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τῆς μὲν ταραχῆς παύσεσθε ταύτης, οὐχ οὕτω δʼ ὥσπερ νῦν οἱ μὲν τραχέως οἱ δʼ ὀλιγώρως διακείσεσθε πρὸς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπολαβόντες κάλλιστον εἶναι καὶ σπουδαιότατον τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, προτρέψετε τῶν νεωτέρων τοὺς βίον ἱκανὸν κεκτημένους καὶ σχολὴν ἄγειν δυναμένους ἐπὶ τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν τὴν τοιαύτην,
If, however, you are wise, you will put an end to this confusion, and you will not continue, as now, to take either a hostile or a contemptuous view of philosophy; on the contrary, you will conceive that the cultivation of the mind is the noblest and worthiest of pursuits and you will urge our young men who have sufficient means and who are able to take the time for it to embrace an education and a training of this sort.
§ 305
καὶ τοὺς μὲν πονεῖν ἐθέλοντας καὶ παρασκευάζειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς χρησίμους τῇ πόλει περὶ πολλοῦ ποιήσεσθε, τοὺς δὲ καταβεβλημένως ζῶντας καὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου φροντίζοντας πλὴν ὅπως ἀσελγῶς ἀπολαύσονται τῶν καταλειφθέντων, τούτους δὲ μισήσετε καὶ προδότας νομιεῖτε καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων δόξης· μόλις γὰρ ἢν οὕτως ὑμᾶς αἴσθωνται πρὸς ἑκατέρους αὐτῶν διακειμένους, ἐθελήσουσιν οἱ νεώτεροι καταφρονήσαντες τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας προσέχειν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ τὸν νοῦν.
And when they are willing to work hard and to prepare themselves to be of service to the city, you will make much of them; but when they give themselves to loose living and care for nothing else than to enjoy riotously what their fathers left to them, you will despise them and look upon them as false to the city and to the good name of their ancestors. For it will be hard enough, even though you show such an attitude of mind in either case, to get our youth to look down upon a life of ease and be willing to give their minds to their own improvement and to philosophy.
§ 306
ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἔργων τῶν τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς προγόνοις πεπραγμένων, καὶ διέλθετε πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ σκέψασθε ποῖός τις ἦν καὶ πῶς γεγονὼς καὶ τίνα τρόπον πεπαιδευμένος ὁ τοὺς τυράννους ἐκβαλὼν καὶ τὸν δῆμον καταραρὼν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν καταστήσας, ποῖος δέ τις ὁ τοὺς βαρβάρους Μαραθῶνι τῇ μάχῃ νικήσας καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐκ ταύτης γενομένην τῇ πόλει κτησάμενος,
But reflect upon the glory and the greatness of the deeds wrought by our city and our ancestors, review them in your minds and consider what kind of man was he, what was his birth and what the character of his education, who expelled the tyrants, brought the people into their own, and established our democratic state; what sort was he who conquered the barbarians in the battle at Marathon and won for the city the glory which has come to Athens from this victory;
§ 307
τίς δʼ ἦν, ὁ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερώσας καὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἐπὶ ἡγεμονίαν καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν ἣν ἔσχον προαγαγών, ἔτι δὲ τὴν φύσιν τὴν τοῦ Πειραιέως κατιδὼν καὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἀκόντων Λακεδαιμονίων τῇ πόλει περιβαλών, τίς δὲ ὁ μετὰ τοῦτον ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐμπλήσας καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους μεστοὺς πολλῆς εὐδαιμονίας καὶ πλούτου ποιήσας·
what was he who after him liberated the Hellenes and led our forefathers forth to the leadership and power which they achieved, and who, besides, appreciating the natural advantage of the Piraeus, girded the city with walls in despite of the Lacedaemonians; and what manner of man was he who after him filled the Acropolis with gold and silver and made the homes of the Athenians to overflow with prosperity and wealth:
§ 308
εὑρήσετε γάρ, ἢν ἐξετάζητε τούτων ἕκαστον, οὐ τοὺς συκοφαντικῶς βεβιωκότας οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀμελῶς, οὐδὲ τοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς ὁμοίους ὄντας, ταῦτα διαπεπραγμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς διαφέροντας καὶ προέχοντας μὴ μόνον ταῖς εὐγενείαις καὶ ταῖς δόξαις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν, τούτους ἁπάντων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους γεγενημένους.
for you will find if you review the career of each of these, that it was not those who lived unscrupulously or negligently nor those who did not stand out from the multitude who accomplished these things, but that it was men who were superior and pre-eminent, not only in birth and reputation, but in wisdom and eloquence, who have been the authors of all our blessings.
§ 309
ὦν εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνθυμουμένους ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ πλήθους τοῦτο σκοπεῖν, ὅπως ἔν τε τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς περὶ τῶν συμβολαίων τῶν δικαίων τεύξονται καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κοινῶν μεθέξουσι, τοὺς δʼ ὑπερέχοντας καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ ταῖς μελέταις, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους γενέσθαι προθυμουμένους, ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ θεραπεύειν, ἐπισταμένους ὅτι καὶ τὸ καλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἡγήσασθαι πραγμάτων καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι τὰς πόλεις ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων σώζειν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν διαφυλάττειν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔνεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς συκοφάνταις.
You ought to lay this lesson to heart and, while seeing to it in behalf of the mass of the people that they shall obtain their just rights in the trials of their personal disputes and that they shall have their due share of the other privileges which are common to all, you ought, on the other hand, to welcome and honor and cherish those who stand out from the multitude both in ability and in training and those who aspire to such eminence, since you know that leadership in great and noble enterprises, and the power to keep the city safe from danger and to preserve the rule of the people, rests with such men, and not with the sycophants.
§ 310
πολλῶν δʼ ἐφεστώτων μοι λόγων ἀπορῶ πῶς αὐτοὺς διαθῶμαι· δοκεῖ γάρ μοι καθʼ αὑτὸ μὲν ἕκαστον ὧν διανοοῦμαι ῥηθὲν ἐπιεικὲς ἂν φανῆναι, πάντα δὲ νυνὶ λεγόμενα πολὺν ἂν ὄχλον ἐμοί τε καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι παρασχεῖν. ὅπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων δέδοικα, μὴ τοιοῦτόν τι πάθος αὐτοῖς διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τυγχάνῃ συμβεβηκός.
Many ideas crowd into my thoughts, but I do not know how I can make place for them; for it seems to me that while every point which I have in mind would appeal to you if I presented it by itself, yet if I attempted to discuss them all at this time, I should put too great a strain both upon myself and upon my hearers. Indeed I fear that in what I have already said to you I may have fatigued you by speaking at such length.
§ 311
οὕτω γὰρ ἀπλήστως ἅπαντες ἔχομεν περὶ τοὺς λόγους, ὥστʼ ἐπαινοῦμεν μὲν τὴν εὐκαιρίαν καὶ φαμὲν οὐδὲν εἶναι τοιοῦτον, ἐπειδὰν δʼ οἰηθῶμεν ὡς ἔχομέν τι λέγειν, ἀμελήσαντες τοῦ μετριάζειν, κατὰ μικρὸν ἀεὶ προστιθέντες εἰς τὰς ἐσχάτας ἀκαιρίας ἐμβάλλομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· ὅπου γε καὶ λέγων ἐγὼ ταῦτα καὶ γιγνώσκων, ὅμως ἔτι βούλομαι διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
For we are all so insatiable in discourse that while we prize due measure and affirm that there is nothing so precious, yet when we think that we have something of importance to say, we throw moderation to the winds, and go on adding point after point until little by little we involve ourselves in utter irrelevancies. Why, at the very moment that I say this and recognize its truth, I desire, nevertheless, to speak to you at greater length!
§ 312
ἀγανακτῶ γὰρ ὁρῶν τὴν συκοφαντίαν ἄμεινον τῆς φιλοσοφίας φερομένην, καὶ τὴν μὲν κατηγοροῦσαν, τὴν δὲ κρινομένην. ὃ τίς ἂν τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν γενήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ μεῖζον τῶν ἄλλων φρονοῦσιν;
For I am grieved to see the sycophant’s trade faring better than philosophy—the one attacking, the other on the defensive. Who of the men of old could have anticipated that things would come to this pass, in Athens, of all places, where we more than others plume ourselves on our wisdom?
§ 313
οὔκουν ἐπί γε τῶν προγόνων οὕτως εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν καλουμένους σοφιστὰς ἐθαύμαζον καὶ τοὺς συνόντας αὐτοῖς ἐζήλουν, τοὺς δὲ συκοφάντας πλείστων κακῶν αἰτίους ἐνόμιζον εἶναι. μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον· Σόλωνα μὲν γάρ, τὸν πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν λαβόντα τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ταύτην, προστάτην ἠξίωσαν τῆς πόλεως εἶναι, περὶ δὲ τῶν συκοφαντῶν χαλεπωτέρους ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακουργιῶν τοὺς νόμους ἔθεσαν.
Things were not like that in the time of our ancestors; on the contrary, they admired the sophists, as they called them, and envied the good fortune of their disciples, while they blamed the sycophants for most of their ills. You will find the strongest proof of this in the fact that they saw fit to put Solon, who was the first of the Athenians to receive the title of sophist, at, the head of the state, while they applied to the sycophants more stringent laws than to other criminals;
§ 314
τοῖς μὲν γὰρ μεγίστοις τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων τὴν κρίσιν ἐποίησαν, κατὰ δὲ τούτων γραφὰς μὲν πρὸς τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, εἰσαγγελίας δʼ εἰς τὴν βουλήν, προβολὰς δʼ ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, νομίζοντες τοὺς ταύτῃ τῇ τέχνῃ χρωμένους ἁπάσας ὑπερβάλλειν τὰς πονηρίας. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἀλλʼ οὖν πειρᾶσθαί γε λανθάνειν κακουργοῦντας,
for, while they placed the trial of the greatest crimes in the hands of a single one of the courts, against the sycophants they instituted indictments before the Thesmothetae, impeachments before the Senate, and plaints before the General Assembly, believing that those who plied this trade exceeded all other forms of villainy; for other criminals, at any rate, try to keep their evil-doing under cover,
§ 315
τούτους δʼ ἐν ἅπασιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν ὠμότητα καὶ μισανθρωπίαν καὶ φιλαπεχθημοσύνην. κἀκεῖνοι μὲν οὕτως ἐγίγνωσκον περὶ αὐτῶν· ὑμεῖς δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχετε τοῦ κολάζειν αὐτούς, ὥστε τούτοις χρῆσθε καὶ κατηγόροις καὶ νομοθέταις περὶ τῶν ἄλλων. καί τοι προσῆκεν αὐτοὺς νῦν μισεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον.
while these flaunt their brutality, their misanthropy, and their contentiousness before the eyes of all. That was the way our ancestors felt about them. But you, so far from punishing the sycophants, actually set them up as accusers and legislators for the rest of the people. And yet there is reason for detesting them now more than at that time;
§ 316
τότε μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐγκυκλίοις μόνον καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἔβλαπτον τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους· ἐπειδὴ δʼ αὐξηθείσης τῆς πόλεως καὶ λαβούσης τὴν ἀρχὴν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, μᾶλλον θαρρήσαντες τοῦ συμφέροντος, τοῖς μὲν καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ μεγάλην τὴν πόλιν ποιήσασι διὰ τὰς δυναστείας ἐφθόνησαν, πονηρῶν δʼ ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεστῶν θρασύτητος ἐπεθύμησαν,
for then it was only in matters of ordinary routine and in affairs confined to the city that they damaged their country-men. In the meantime, however, the city waxed powerful and seized the empire of the Hellenes, and our fathers, growing more self-assured than was meet for them, began to look with disfavor on those good men and true who had made Athens great, envying them their power, and to crave instead men who were base-born and full of insolence,
§ 317
οἰηθέντες ταῖς μὲν τόλμαις καὶ ταῖς φιλαπεχθημοσύναις ἱκανοὺς αὐτοὺς ἔσεσθαι διαφυλάττειν τὴν δημοκρατίαν, διὰ δὲ τὴν φαυλότητα τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ὑπαρξάντων οὐ μέγα φρονήσειν οὐδʼ ἐπιθυμήσειν ἑτέρας πολιτείας. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς μεταβολῆς τί τῶν δεινῶν οὐ συνέπεσε τῇ πόλει, τί δὲ τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν φύσιν οὐ καὶ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες διετέλεσαν;
thinking that by their bravado and contentiousness they would be able to preserve the rule of the people, while because of the meanness of their origin they would not become overweening nor ambitious to overturn the constitution. And since this change has taken place, what calamity has not been visited upon the city? What great misfortunes have these depraved natures failed to bring to pass through their speech and through their actions?
§ 318
οὐ τοὺς μὲν ἐνδοξοτάτους τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ μάλιστα δυναμένους ποιῆσαί τι τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθόν, ὀλιγαρχίαν ὀνειδίζοντες καὶ λακωνισμόν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύοντο πρὶν ἠνάγκασαν ὁμοίους γενέσθαι ταῖς αἰτίαις ταῖς λεγομέναις περὶ αὐτῶν· τοὺς δὲ συμμάχους λυμαινόμενοι καὶ συκοφαντοῦντες, καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἐκβάλλοντες, οὕτω διέθεσαν ὥσθʼ ἡμῶν μὲν ἀποστῆναι, τῆς δὲ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐρασθῆναι φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας;
Have they not taunted the most illustrious of the Athenians—the men who were the best able to benefit the city—with oligarchical and Lacedaemonian sympathies, and never ceased until they have driven them to become in fact what they were charged with being? Have they not by ill-treating our allies, by lodging false complaints against them, by stripping the best of them of their possessions—have they not so disaffected them that they have revolted against us and craved the friendship and alliance of the Lacedaemonians?
§ 319
ἐξ ὧν εἰς πόλεμον καταστάντες πολλοὺς ἐπείδομεν τῶν πολιτῶν τοὺς μὲν τελευτήσαντας, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις γενομένους, τοὺς δʼ εἰς ἔνδειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων καταστάντας, ἔτι δὲ τὴν δημοκρατίαν δὶς καταλυθεῖσαν καὶ τὰ τείχη τῆς πατρίδος κατασκαφέντα, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ὅλην τὴν πόλιν περὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ κινδυνεύσασαν καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τοὺς πολεμίους οἰκήσαντας.
And with what results? We have been plunged into war; we have seen many of our fellow-countrymen suffer, some of them dying in battle, some made prisoners of war, and others reduced to the last extremities of want; we have seen the democracy twice overthrown, the walls which defended our country torn down; and, worst of all, we have seen the whole city in peril of being enslaved, and our enemy encamped on the Acropolis.
§ 320
ἀλλὰ γὰρ αἰσθάνομαι, καίπερ ὑπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς βίᾳ φερόμενος, τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἡμᾶς ἐπιλεῖπον, αὐτὸς δʼ ἐμπεπτωκὼς εἰς λόγους ἡμερησίους καὶ κατηγορίας. ὑπερβὰς οὖν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν συμφορῶν τῶν διὰ τούτους γεγενημένων, καὶ διωσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον τῶν ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν περὶ τῆς τούτων συκοφαντίας, μικρῶν ἔτι πάνυ μνησθεὶς ἤδη καταλύσω τὸν λόγον.
But I perceive, even though my feelings carry me away, that the water in the clock is giving out, while I myself have fallen into thoughts and recriminations which would exhaust the day. Therefore, I pass over the multitude of calamities which these men have brought upon us; I thrust aside the throng of offenses which we might charge to their infamy, and content myself with just one word before I close.
§ 321
τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἄλλους ὁρῶ τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας, ἐπειδὰν περὶ τὴν τελευτὴν ὦσι τῆς ἀπολογίας, ἱκετεύοντας, δεομένους, τοὺς παῖδας, τοὺς φίλους ἀναβιβαζομένους· ἐγὼ δὲ οὔτε πρέπειν οὐδὲν ἡγοῦμαι τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς τηλικούτοις, πρός τε τῷ ταῦτα γιγνώσκειν, αἰσχυνθείην ἄν, εἰ διʼ ἄλλο τι σωζοίμην ἢ διὰ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς προειρημένους. οἶδα γὰρ ἐμαυτὸν οὕτως ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως κεχρημένον αὐτοῖς καὶ περὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ περὶ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τοὺς θεούς, ὥστε, εἴ τι μέλει τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων αὐτοῖς πραγμάτων,
I observe that when others who are placed in jeopardy here come to the end of their defense, they supplicate, they implore, they bring their children and their friends before the jury. I, however, consider that such expedients are unbecoming to one of my age; and, apart from this feeling, I should be ashamed to owe my life to any other plea than to the words which you have just heard. For I know that I have spoken with so just and clear a conscience both towards the city and our ancestors, and above all towards the gods, that if it be true that the gods concern themselves at all with human affairs I am sure that they are not indifferent to my present situation.
§ 322
οὐδὲ τῶν νῦν περὶ ἐμὲ γιγνομένων οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς οἶμαι λανθάνειν. διόπερ οὐκ ὀρρωδῶ τὸ μέλλον συμβήσεσθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ θαρρῶ καὶ πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω τότε μοι τοῦ βίου τὴν τελευτὴν ἥξειν, ὅταν μέλλῃ συνοίσειν ἡμῖν, σημείῳ χρώμενος ὅτι καὶ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον οὕτω τυγχάνω βεβιωκὼς μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας, ὥς περ προσήκει τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς καὶ θεοφιλεῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Wherefore, I have no fear of what may come to me at your hands; nay, I am of good courage and have every confidence that when I close my life it will be when it is best for me; for I take it as a good sign that all my past life up to this day has been such as is the due of righteous and god-fearing men.
§ 323
ὡς οὖν ἐμοῦ ταύτην ἔχοντος τὴν γνώμην, καὶ νομίζοντος ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δόξῃ, τοῦθʼ ἕξειν μοι καλῶς καὶ συμφερόντως, ὅπως ἕκαστος ὑμῶν χαίρει καὶ βούλεται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον φερέτω τὴν ψῆφον.
Being assured, therefore, that I am of this mind, and that I believe that whatever you decide will be for my good and to my advantage, let each one cast his vote as he pleases and is inclined.
To Philip · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg020 · Greek: Φίλιππος — tlg0010.tlg020.perseus-grc2 · English: To Philip — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg020.perseus-eng2
§ 1
μὴ θαυμάσῃς, ὦ Φίλιππε, διότι τοῦ λόγου ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ τοῦ πρὸς σὲ ῥηθησομένου καὶ νῦν δειχθήσεσθαι μέλλοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ περὶ Ἀμφιπόλεως γραφέντος. περὶ οὗ μικρὰ βούλομαι προειπεῖν, ἵνα δηλώσω καὶ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὡς οὐ διʼ ἄνοιαν οὐδὲ διαψευσθεὶς τῆς ἀρρωστίας τῆς νῦν μοι παρούσης ἐπεθέμην γράφειν τὸν πρὸς σὲ λόγον, ἀλλʼ εἰκότως καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ὑπαχθείς.
Do not be surprised, Philip, that I am going to begin, not with the discourse which is to be addressed to you and which is presently to be brought to your attention, but with that which I have written about Amphipolis. For I desire to say a few words, by way of preface, about this question, in order that I may make it clear to you as well as to the rest of the world that it was not in a moment of folly that I undertook to write my address to you, nor because I am under any misapprehension as to the infirmity which now besets me, but that I was led advisedly and deliberately to this resolution.
§ 2
ὁρῶν γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν ἐνστάντα σοὶ καὶ τῇ πόλει περὶ Ἀμφιπόλεως πολλῶν κακῶν αἴτιον γιγνόμενον, ἐπεχείρησα λέγειν περί τε τῆς πόλεως ταύτης καὶ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν οὔτε τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν σῶν ἑταίρων λεγομένοις οὔτε τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ῥητόρων τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἷόν τε πλεῖστον ἀφεστῶτα τῆς τούτων διανοίας.
For when I saw that the war in which you and our city had become involved over Amphipolis was proving the source of many evils, I endeavored to express opinions regarding this city and territory which, so far from being the same as those entertained by your friends, or by the orators among us, were as far as possible removed from their point of view.
§ 3
οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ παρώξυνον ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον, συναγορεύοντες ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ὑμῶν· ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων οὐδὲν ἀπεφαινόμην, ὃν δʼ ὑπελάμβανον τῶν λόγων εἰρηνικώτατον εἶναι, περὶ τοῦτον διέτριβον, λέγων ὡς ἀμφότεροι διαμαρτάνετε τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ σὺ μὲν πολεμεῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμῖν συμφερόντων, ἡ δὲ πόλις ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς δυναστείας· λυσιτελεῖν γὰρ σοὶ μὲν ἡμᾶς ἔχειν τὴν χώραν ταύτην, τῇ δὲ πόλει μηδʼ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρόπου λαβεῖν αὐτήν.
For they were spurring you on to the war by seconding your covetousness, while I, on the contrary, expressed no opinion whatever on the points in controversy, but occupied myself with a plea which I conceived to be more than all others conducive to peace, maintaining that both you and the Athenians were mistaken about the real state of affairs and that you were fighting in support of our interests, and our city in support of your power; for it was to your advantage, I urged, that we should possess the territory of Amphipolis, while it was in no possible way to our advantage to acquire it.
§ 4
καὶ περὶ τούτων οὕτως ἐδόκουν διεξιέναι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ὥστε μηδένα τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν μηδὲ τὴν λέξιν ἐπαινεῖν ὡς ἀκριβῶς καὶ καθαρῶς ἔχουσαν, ὅπερ εἰώθασί τινες ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῶν πραγμάτων θαυμάζειν, καὶ νομίζειν οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἄλλως παύσασθαι τῆς φιλονικίας ὑμᾶς,
Yes, and I so impressed my hearers by my statement of the case that not one of them thought of applauding my oratory or the finish and the purity of my style, as some are wont to do, but instead they marvelled at the truth of my arguments, and were convinced that only on certain conditions could you and the Athenians be made to cease from your contentious rivalry.
§ 5
πλὴν εἰ σὺ μὲν πεισθείης πλείονος ἀξίαν ἔσεσθαί σοι τὴν τῆς πόλεως φιλίαν ἢ τὰς προσόδους τὰς ἐξ Ἀμφιπόλεως γιγνομένας, ἡ δὲ πόλις δυνηθείη καταμαθεῖν ὡς χρὴ τὰς μὲν τοιαύτας φεύγειν ἀποικίας, αἵ τινες τετράκις ἢ πεντάκις ἀπολωλέκασι τοὺς ἐμπολιτευθέντας, ζητεῖν δʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους τοὺς πόρρω μὲν κειμένους τῶν ἄρχειν δυναμένων, ἐγγὺς δὲ τῶν δουλεύειν εἰθισμένων, εἰς οἷόν περ Λακεδαιμόνιοι Κυρηναίους ἀπῴκισαν·
In the first place, you, for your part, will have to be persuaded that the friendship of our city would be worth more to you than the revenues which you derive from Amphipolis, while Athens will have to learn, if she can, the lesson that she should avoid planting the kind of colonies which have been the ruin, four or five times over, of those domiciled in them, and should seek out for colonization the regions which are far distant from peoples which have a capacity for dominion and near those which have been habituated to subjection—such a region as, for example, that in which the Lacedaemonians established the colony of Cyrene.
§ 6
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, εἰ σὺ μὲν γνοίης ὅτι λόγῳ παραδοὺς τὴν χώραν ἡμῖν ταύτην αὐτὸς ἔργῳ κρατήσεις αὐτῆς, καὶ προσέτι τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν ἡμετέραν κτήσει (τοσούτους γὰρ ὁμήρους λήψει παρʼ ἡμῶν τῆς φιλίας, ὅσους περ ἂν ἐποίκους εἰς τὴν σὴν δυναστείαν ἀποστείλωμεν), τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ἡμῶν εἴ τις διδάξειεν, ὡς ἂν λάβωμεν Ἀμφίπολιν, ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τὴν αὐτὴν εὔνοιαν ἔχειν τοῖς σοῖς πράγμασι διὰ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα κατοικοῦντας οἵαν περ εἴχομεν Ἀμαδόκῳ τῷ παλαιῷ διὰ τοὺς ἐν Χερρονήσῳ γεωργοῦντας.
In the next place, you will have to realize that by formally surrendering this territory to us you would in fact still hold it in your power, and would, besides, gain our good will, for you would then have as many hostages of ours to guarantee our friendship as we should send out settlers into the region of your influence; while someone will have to make our own people see that, if we got possession of Amphipolis, we should be compelled to maintain the same friendly attitude toward your policy, because of our colonists there, as we did for the elder Amadocus because of our landholders in the Chersonese.
§ 7
τοιούτων δὲ πολλῶν λεγομένων ἤλπισαν ὅσοι περ ἤκουσαν, διαδοθέντος τοῦ λόγου διαλύσεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον ὑμᾶς καὶ γνωσιμαχήσαντας βουλεύσεσθαί τι κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν περὶ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀφρόνως ἢ καὶ νουνεχόντως ταῦτʼ ἐδόξαζον, δικαίως ἂν ἐκεῖνοι τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχοιεν· ὄντος δʼ οὖν ἐμοῦ περὶ τὴν πραγματείαν ταύτην ἔφθητε ποιησάμενοι τὴν εἰρήνην, πρὶν ἐξεργασθῆναι τὸν λόγον, σωφρονοῦντες· ὅπως γὰρ οὖν πεπρᾶχθαι κρεῖττον ἦν αὐτὴν ἢ συνέχεσθαι τοῖς κακοῖς τοῖς διὰ τὸν πόλεμον γιγνομένοις.
As I continued to say many things of this tenor, those who heard me were inspired with the hope that when my discourse should be published you and the Athenians would bring the war to an end, and, having conquered your pride, would adopt some policy for your mutual good. Whether indeed they were foolish or sensible in taking this view is a question for which they, and not I, may fairly be held to account; but in any case, while I was still occupied with this endeavor, you and Athens anticipated me by making peace before I had completed my discourse; and you were wise in doing so, for to conclude the peace, no matter how, was better than to continue to be oppressed by the evils engendered by the war.
§ 8
συνησθεὶς δὲ τοῖς περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ψηφισθεῖσι, καὶ νομίσας οὐ μόνον ἡμῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν ἅπασι συνοίσειν, ἀποστῆσαι μὲν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ διάνοιαν τῶν ἐχομένων οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν, ἀλλʼ οὕτω διεκείμην ὥστʼ εὐθὺς σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν τὰ πεπραγμένα παραμείνειεν ἡμῖν καὶ μὴ χρόνον ὀλίγον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν διαλιποῦσα πάλιν ἑτέρων πολέμων ἐπιθυμήσειε·
But although I was in joyful accord with the resolutions which were adopted regarding the peace, and was convinced that they would be beneficial, not only to us, but also to you and all the other Hellenes, I could not divorce my thought from the possibilities connected with this step, but found myself in a state of mind where I began at once to consider how the results which had been achieved might be made permanent for us, and how our city could be prevented from setting her heart upon further wars, after a short interval of peace.
§ 9
διεξιὼν δὲ περὶ τούτων πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν εὕρισκον οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἄλλως αὐτὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγουσαν, πλὴν εἰ δόξειε ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς μεγίσταις διαλυσαμέναις τὰ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτὰς εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν τὸν πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν, καὶ τὰς πλεονεξίας, ἃς νῦν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιοῦσιν αὑταῖς γίγνεσθαι, ταύτας εἰ παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ποιήσασθαι βουληθεῖεν· ἅπερ ἐν τῷ πανηγυρικῷ λόγῳ τυγχάνω συμβεβουλευκώς.
As I kept going over these questions in my own thoughts, I found that on no other condition could Athens remain at peace, unless the greatest states of Hellas should resolve to put an end to their mutual quarrels and carry the war beyond our borders into Asia, and should determine to wrest from the barbarians the advantages which they now think it proper to get for themselves at the expense of the Hellenes. This was, in fact, the course which I had already advocated in the Panegyric discourse.
§ 10
ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθείς, καὶ νομίσας οὐδέποτʼ ἂν εὑρεθῆναι καλλίω ταύτης ὑπόθεσιν οὐδὲ κοινοτέραν οὐδὲ μᾶλλον ἅπασιν ἡμῖν συμφέρουσαν, ἐπήρθην πάλιν γράψαι περὶ αὐτῆς, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν οὐδὲν τῶν περὶ ἐμαυτόν, ἀλλʼ εἰδὼς μὲν τὸν λόγον τοῦτον οὐ τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς ἐμῆς δεόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀνδρὸς ἀνθοῦσαν τὴν ἀκμὴν ἔχοντος καὶ τὴν φύσιν πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διαφέροντος,
Having pondered on these matters and come to the conclusion that there could never be found a subject nobler than this, of more general appeal, or of greater profit to us all, I was moved to write upon it a second time. Yet I did not fail to appreciate my own deficiencies; I knew that this theme called for a man, not of my years, but in the full bloom of his vigor and with natural endowments far above those of other men;
§ 11
ὁρῶν δʼ ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστι περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν δύο λόγους ἀνεκτῶς εἰπεῖν, ἄλλως τε κἂν ὁ πρότερον ἐκδοθεὶς οὕτως ᾖ γεγραμμένος, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς βασκαίνοντας ἡμᾶς μιμεῖσθαι καὶ θαυμάζειν αὐτὸν μᾶλλον τῶν καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἐπαινούντων.
and I realized also that it is difficult to deliver two discourses with tolerable success upon the same subject, especially when the one which was first published was so written that even my detractors imitate and admire it more than do those who praise it to excess.
§ 12
ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐγὼ ταύτας τὰς δυσχερείας ὑπεριδὼν οὕτως ἐπὶ γήρως γέγονα φιλότιμος, ὥστʼ ἠβουλήθην ἅμα τοῖς πρὸς σὲ λεγομένοις καὶ τοῖς μετʼ ἐμοῦ διατρίψασιν ὑποδεῖξαι καὶ ποιῆσαι φανερόν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ταῖς πανηγύρεσιν ἐνοχλεῖν καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας λέγειν τοὺς συντρέχοντας ἐν αὐταῖς πρὸς οὐδένα λέγειν ἐστίν, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν λόγων ἄκυροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες τοῖς νόμοις καὶ ταῖς πολιτείαις ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν σοφιστῶν γεγραμμέναις,
Nevertheless, disregarding all these difficulties, I have become so ambitious in my old age that I have determined by addressing my discourse to you at the same time to set an example to my disciples and make it evident to them that to burden our national assemblies with oratory and to address all the people who there throng together is, in reality, to address no one at all; that such speeches are quite as ineffectual as the legal codes and constitutions drawn up by the sophists;
§ 13
δεῖ δὲ τοὺς βουλομένους μὴ μάτην φλυαρεῖν ἀλλὰ προὔργου τι ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς οἰομένους ἀγαθόν τι κοινὸν εὑρηκέναι τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἐᾶν πανηγυρίζειν, αὐτοὺς δʼ ὧν εἰσηγοῦνται ποιήσασθαί τινα προστάτην τῶν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν δυναμένων καὶ δόξαν μεγάλην ἐχόντων, εἴπερ μέλλουσί τινες προσέξειν αὐτοῖς τὸν νοῦν.
and, finally, that those who desire, not to chatter empty nonsense, but to further some practical purpose, and those who think they have hit upon some plan for the common good, must leave it to others to harangue at the public festivals, but must themselves win over someone to champion their cause from among men who are capable not only of speech but of action and who occupy a high position in the world—if, that is to say, they are to command any attention.
§ 14
ἅ περ ἐγὼ γνοὺς διαλεχθῆναι σοὶ προειλόμην,οὐ πρὸς χάριν ἐκλεξάμενος, — καίτοι πρὸ πολλοῦ ποιησαίμην ἄν σοι κεχαρισμένως εἰπεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὴν διάνοιαν ἔσχον. ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἑώρων τοὺς ἐνδόξους τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπὸ πόλεσι καὶ νόμοις οἰκοῦντας, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ἄλλο πράττειν πλὴν τὸ προσταττόμενον, ἔτι δὲ πολὺ καταδεεστέρους ὄντας τῶν πραγμάτων τῶν ῥηθησομένων,
It was with this mind that I chose to address to you what I have to say—not that I singled you out to curry your favor, although in truth I would give much to speak acceptably to you. It was not, however, with this in view that I came to my decision, but rather because I saw that all the other men of high repute were living under the control of politics and laws, with no power to do anything save what was prescribed, and that, furthermore, they were sadly unequal to the enterprise which I shall propose;
§ 15
σοὶ δὲ μόνῳ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης δεδομένην καὶ πρέσβεις πέμπειν πρὸς οὕς τινας ἂν βουληθῇς, καὶ δέχεσθαι παρʼ ὧν ἄν σοι δοκῇ, καὶ λέγειν ὅ τι ἂν ἡγῇ συμφέρειν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δύναμιν κεκτημένον ὅσην οὐδεὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἃ μόνα τῶν ὄντων καὶ πείθειν καὶ βιάζεσθαι πέφυκεν· ὧν οἶμαι καὶ τὰ ῥηθησόμενα προσδεήσεσθαι.
while you and you alone had been granted by fortune free scope both to send ambassadors to whom ever you desire and to receive them from whom ever you please, and to say whatever you think expedient; and that, besides, you, beyond any of the Hellenes, were possessed of both wealth and power, which are the only things in the world that are adapted at once to persuade and to compel; and these aids, I think, even the cause which I shall propose to you will need to have on its side.
§ 16
μέλλω γάρ σοι συμβουλεύειν προστῆναι τῆς τε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὁμονοίας καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους στρατείας· ἔστι δὲ τὸ μὲν πείθειν πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας συμφέρον, τὸ δὲ βιάζεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους χρήσιμον. ἡ μὲν οὖν περιβολὴ παντὸς τοῦ λόγου τοιαύτη τίς ἐστιν.
For I am going to advise you to champion the cause of concord among the Hellenes and of a campaign against the barbarian; and as persuasion will be helpful in dealing with the Hellenes, so compulsion will be useful in dealing with the barbarians. This, then, is the general scope of my discourse.
§ 17
οὐκ ὀκνήσω δὲ πρὸς σὲ κατειπεῖν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐλύπησάν τινές με τῶν πλησιασάντων· οἶμαι γὰρ ἔσεσθαί τι προὔργου. δηλώσαντος γάρ μου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὅτι μέλλω σοι λόγον πέμπειν οὐκ ἐπίδειξιν ποιησόμενον οὐδʼ ἐγκωμιασόμενον τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς διὰ σοῦ γεγενημένους (ἕτεροι γὰρ τοῦτο ποιήσουσιν), ἀλλὰ πειρασόμενόν σε προτρέπειν ἐπὶ πράξεις οἰκειοτέρας καὶ καλλίους καὶ μᾶλλον συμφερούσας ὧν νῦν τυγχάνεις προῃρημένος,
But I must not shrink from telling you plainly of the discouragements I met with from some of my associates; for I think the tale will be somewhat to my purpose. When I disclosed to them my intention of sending you an address whose aim was, not to make a display, nor to extol the wars which you have carried on—for others will do this—but to attempt to urge you to a course of action which is more in keeping with your nature, and more noble and more profitable than any which you have hitherto elected to follow,
§ 18
οὕτως ἐξεπλάγησαν μὴ διὰ τὸ γῆρας ἐξεστηκὼς ὦ τοῦ φρονεῖν, ὥστʼ ἐτόλμησαν ἐπιπλῆξαί μοι, πρότερον οὐκ εἰωθότες τοῦτο ποιεῖν, λέγοντες ὡς ἀτόποις καὶ λίαν ἀνοήτοις ἐπιχειρῶ πράγμασιν, “ὅς τις Φιλίππῳ συμβουλεύσοντα λόγον μέλλεις πέμπειν, ὃς εἰ καὶ πρότερον ἐνόμιζεν αὑτὸν εἶναί τινος πρὸς τὸ φρονεῖν καταδεέστερον, νῦν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν συμβεβηκότων οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ οἴεται βέλτιον δύνασθαι βουλεύεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων.
they were so dismayed, fearing that because of my old age I had parted with my wits, that they ventured to take me to task—a thing which up to that time they had not been wont to do—insisting that I was applying myself to an absurd and exceedingly senseless undertaking. “Think of it!” they said. “You are about to send an address which is intended to offer advice to Philip, a man who, even if in the past he regarded himself as second to anyone in prudence, cannot now fail, because of the magnitude of his fortunes, to think that he is better able than all others to advise himself!
§ 19
ἔπειτα καὶ Μακεδόνων ἔχει περὶ αὑτὸν τοὺς σπουδαιοτάτους, οὓς εἰκός, εἰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπείρως ἔχουσι, τό γε συμφέρον ἐκείνῳ μᾶλλον ἢ σὲ γιγνώσκειν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολλοὺς ἂν ἴδοις ἐκεῖ κατοικοῦντας, οὐκ ἀδόξους ἄνδρας οὐδʼ ἀνοήτους, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἐκεῖνος ἀνακοινούμενος οὐκ ἐλάττω τὴν βασιλείαν πεποίηκεν ἀλλʼ εὐχῆς ἄξια διαπέπρακται.
More than that, he has about him the ablest men in Macedonia, who, however inexperienced they may be in other matters, are likely to know better than you do what is expedient for him. Furthermore, you will find that there are many Hellenes living in his country, who are not unknown to fame or lacking in intelligence, but men by sharing whose counsel he has not diminished his kingdom but has, on the contrary, accomplished deeds which match his dreams.
§ 20
τί γὰρ ἐλλέλοιπεν; οὐ Θετταλοὺς μὲν τοὺς πρότερον ἐνάρχοντας Μακεδονίας οὕτως οἰκείως πρὸς αὑτὸν διακεῖσθαι πεποίηκεν, ὥσθʼ ἑκάστους αὐτῶν μᾶλλον ἐκείνῳ πιστεύειν ἢ τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις; τῶν δὲ πόλεων τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον τὰς μὲν ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις πρὸς τὴν αὑτοῦ συμμαχίαν προσῆκται, τὰς δὲ σφόδρα λυπούσας αὐτὸν ἀναστάτους πεποίηκεν;
For what is lacking to complete his success? Has he not converted the Thessalians, whose power formerly extended over Macedonia, into an attitude so friendly to him that every Thessalian has more confidence in him than in his own fellow countrymen? And as to the cities which are in that region, has he not drawn some of them by his benefactions into an alliance with him; and others, which sorely tried him, has he not razed to the ground?
§ 21
Μάγνητας δὲ καὶ Περραιβοὺς καὶ Παίονας κατέστραπται, καὶ πάντας ὑπηκόους αὐτοὺς εἴληφεν; τοῦ δʼ Ἰλλυριῶν πλήθους πλὴν τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἀδρίαν οἰκούντων ἐγκρατὴς καὶ κύριος γέγονεν; ἁπάσης δὲ τῆς Θρᾴκης οὓς ἠβουλήθη δεσπότας κατέστησεν; τὸν δὴ τοιαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα διαπεπραγμένον οὐκ οἴει πολλὴν μωρίαν καταγνώσεσθαι τοῦ πέμψαντος τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ πολὺ διεψεῦσθαι νομιεῖν τῆς τε τῶν λόγων δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ διανοίας;”
Has he not overthrown the Magnesians and the Perrhaebians and the Paeonians, and taken them all under his yoke? Has he not made himself lord and ruler of most of the Illyrians—all save those who dwell along the Adriatic? Has he not set over all Thrace such masters as he pleased? Do you not, then, think that the man who has achieved such great things will pronounce the sender of this pamphlet a great simpleton, and will consider that he was utterly deluded both as to the power of his words and his own insight?”
§ 22
ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας ὡς μὲν τὸ πρῶτον ἐξεπλάγην, καὶ πάλιν ὡς ἀναλαβὼν ἐμαυτὸν ἀντεῖπον πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν ῥηθέντων, παραλείψω, μὴ καὶ δόξω τισὶ λίαν ἀγαπᾶν, εἰ χαριέντως αὐτοὺς ἠμυνάμην· λυπήσας δʼ οὖν μετρίως (ὡς ἐμαυτὸν ἔπειθον) τοὺς ἐπιπλῆξαί μοι τολμήσαντας, τελευτῶν ὑπεσχόμην μόνοις αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει δείξειν, καὶ ποιήσειν οὐδὲν ἄλλο περὶ αὐτοῦ πλὴν ὅ τι ἂν ἐκείνοις δόξῃ.
Now, how on hearing these words I was at first dumbfounded, and how later, after I had recovered myself, I replied to each of their objections, I will forbear to relate, lest I should appear in the eyes of some to be too well satisfied with the clever manner in which I met their attack. But, at any rate, after I had first rebuked with moderation, as I persuaded myself, those who had made bold to criticize me, I finally assured them that I would show the speech to no one else in the city but them, and that I would do nothing regarding it other than what they should approve.
§ 23
τούτων ἀκούσαντες ἀπῆλθον, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχοντες. πλὴν οὐ πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον ἐπιτελεσθέντος τοῦ λόγου καὶ δειχθέντος αὐτοῖς τοσοῦτον μετέπεσον, ὥστʼ ᾐσχύνοντο μὲν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐθρασύναντο, μετέμελε δʼ αὐτοῖς ἁπάντων τῶν εἰρημένων, ὡμολόγουν δὲ μηδενὸς πώποτε τοσοῦτον πράγματος διαμαρτεῖν, ἔσπευδον δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ ʼγὼ πεμφθῆναί σοι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἔλεγον δʼ ὡς ἐλπίζουσιν οὐ μόνον σὲ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἕξειν μοι χάριν ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἅπαντας.
On hearing this they went their way, I know not in what state of mind. I only know that when, not many days later, the speech was completed and presented to them, they so completely reversed their attitude that they were ashamed of their former presumption and repented of all they had said, acknowledging that they had never been so mistaken about anything in all their lives. They were, in fact, more insistent than I that this speech should be sent to you, and prophesied that not only would you and Athens be grateful to me for what I had said but all Hellas as well.
§ 24
τούτου δʼ ἕνεκά σοι ταῦτα διῆλθον, ἵνʼ ἄν τί σοι φανῇ τῶν ἐν ἀρχῇ λεγομένων ἢ μὴ πιστὸν ἢ μὴ δυνατὸν ἢ μὴ πρέπον σοι πράττειν, μὴ δυσχεράνας ἀποστῇς τῶν λοιπῶν, μηδὲ πάθῃς ταὐτὸ τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς, ἀλλʼ ἐπιμείνῃς ἡσυχάζουσαν ἔχων τὴν διάνοιαν, ἕως ἂν διὰ τέλους ἀκούσῃς ἁπάντων τῶν λεγομένων. οἶμαι γὰρ ἐρεῖν τι τῶν δεόντων καὶ τῶν σοὶ συμφερόντων.
My purpose in recounting all this is that if, in what I say at the beginning, anything strikes you as incredible, or impracticable, or unsuitable for you to carry out, you may not be prejudiced and turn away from the rest of my discourse, and that you may not repeat the experience of my friends, but may wait with an open mind until you hear to the end all that I have to say. For I think that I shall propose something which is in line with both your duty and your advantage.
§ 25
καίτοι μʼ οὐ λέληθεν ὅσον διαφέρουσι τῶν λόγων εἰς τὸ πείθειν οἱ λεγόμενοι τῶν ἀναγιγνωσκομένων, οὐδʼ ὅτι πάντες ὑπειλήφασι τοὺς μὲν περὶ σπουδαίων πραγμάτων καὶ κατεπειγόντων ῥητορεύεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν καὶ πρὸς ἐργολαβίαν γεγράφθαι.
And yet I do not fail to realize what a great difference there is in persuasiveness between discourses which are spoken and those which are to be read, and that all men have assumed that the former are delivered on subjects which are important and urgent, while the latter are composed for display and personal gain.
§ 26
καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἀλόγως ἐγνώκασιν· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἀποστερηθῇ τῆς τε δόξης τῆς τοῦ λέγοντος καὶ τῆς φωνῆς καὶ τῶν μεταβολῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ῥητορείαις γιγνομένων, ἔτι δὲ τῶν καιρῶν καὶ τῆς σπουδῆς τῆς περὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν, καὶ μηδὲν ᾖ τὸ συναγωνιζόμενον καὶ συμπεῖθον, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν προειρημένων ἁπάντων ἔρημος γένηται καὶ γυμνός, ἀναγιγνώσκῃ δέ τις αὐτὸν ἀπιθάνως καὶ μηδὲν ἦθος ἐνσημαινόμενος ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἀπαριθμῶν,
And this is a natural conclusion; for when a discourse is robbed of the prestige of the speaker, the tones of his voice, the variations which are made in the delivery, and, besides, of the advantages of timeliness and keen interest in the subject matter; when it has not a single accessory to support its contentions and enforce its plea, but is deserted and stripped of all the aids which I have mentioned; and when someone reads it aloud without persuasiveness and without putting any personal feeling into it, but as though he were repeating a table of figures,—
§ 27
εἰκότως, οἶμαι, φαῦλος εἶναι δοκεῖ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ἅπερ καὶ τὸν νῦν ἐπιδεικνύμενον μάλιστʼ ἂν βλάψειε καὶ φαυλότερον· φαίνεσθαι ποιήσειεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ταῖς περὶ τὴν λέξιν εὐρυθμίαις καὶ ποικιλίαις κεκοσμήκαμεν αὐτόν, αἷς αὐτός τε νεώτερος ὢν ἐχρώμην, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπέδειξα διʼ ὧν τοὺς λόγους ἡδίους ἂν ἅμα καὶ πιστοτέρους ποιοῖεν.
in these circumstances it is natural, I think, that it should make an indifferent impression upon its hearers. And these are the very circumstances which may detract most seriously also from the discourse which is now presented to you and cause it to impress you as a very indifferent performance; the more so since I have not adorned it with the rhythmic flow and manifold graces of style which I myself employed when I was younger and taught by example to others as a means by which they might make their oratory more pleasing and at the same time more convincing.
§ 28
ὧν οὐδὲν ἔτι δύναμαι διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀλλʼ ἀπόχρη μοι τοσοῦτον, ἢν αὐτὰς τὰς πράξεις ἁπλῶς δυνηθῶ διελθεῖν. ἡγοῦμαι δὲ καὶ σοὶ προσήκειν ἁπάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσαντι ταύταις μόναις προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν. οὕτω δʼ ἂν ἀκριβέστατα καὶ κάλλιστα θεωρήσειας εἴ τι τυγχάνομεν λέγοντες,
For I have now no longer any capacity for these things because of my years; it is enough for me if I can only set before you in a simple manner the actual facts. And I think it becomes you also to ignore all else and give your attention to the facts alone.
§ 29
ἢν τὰς μὲν δυσχερείας τὰς περὶ τοὺς σοφιστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἀναγιγνωσκομένους τῶν λόγων ἀφέλῃς, ἀναλαμβάνων δʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν ἐξετάζῃς, μὴ πάρεργον ποιούμενος μηδὲ μετὰ ῥᾳθυμίας, ἀλλὰ μετὰ λογισμοῦ καὶ φιλοσοφίας, ἧς καὶ σὲ μετεσχηκέναι φασίν. μετὰ γὰρ τούτων σκοπούμενος μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης ἄμεινον ἂν βουλεύσαιο περὶ αὐτῶν.
But you will be in the best position to discover with accuracy whether there is any truth in what I say if you put aside the prejudices which are held against the sophists and against speeches which are composed to be read, and take them up one by one in your thought and scrutinize them, not making it a casual task, nor one to be attacked in a spirit of indifference, but with the close reasoning and love of knowledge which it is common report that you also share. For if you will conduct your inquiry with these aids instead of relying upon the opinion of the masses, you will form a sounder judgement about such discourses.
§ 30
ἃ μὲν οὖν ἐβουλόμην σοι προειρῆσθαι, ταῦτʼ ἐστίν. περὶ δʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἤδη ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους. φημὶ γὰρ χρῆναί σε τῶν μὲν ἰδίων μηδενὸς ἀμελῆσαι, πειραθῆναι δὲ διαλλάξαι τήν τε πόλιν τὴν Ἀργείων καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ τὴν Θηβαίων καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν. ἢν γὰρ ταύτας συστῆσαι δυνηθῇς, οὐ χαλεπῶς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ὁμονοεῖν ποιήσεις·
This, then, completes what I wanted to say by way of introduction. I shall now proceed with the subject in hand. I affirm that, without neglecting any of your own interests, you ought to make an effort to reconcile Argos and Lacedaemon and Thebes and Athens; for if you can bring these cities together, you will not find it hard to unite the others as well;
§ 31
ἅπασαι γάρ εἰσιν ὑπὸ ταῖς εἰρημέναις, καὶ καταφεύγουσιν, ὅταν φοβηθῶσιν, ἐφʼ ἣν ἂν τύχωσι τούτων, καὶ τὰς βοηθείας ἐντεῦθεν λαμβάνουσιν. ὥστʼ ἐὰν τέτταρας μόνον πόλεις εὖ φρονεῖν πείσῃς, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πολλῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλάξεις.
for all the rest are under the protection of the aforesaid cities, and fly for refuge, when they are alarmed, to one or other of these powers, and they all draw upon them for succor. So that if you can persuade four cities only to take a sane view of things, you will deliver the others also from many evils.
§ 32
γνοίης δʼ ἂν ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς σοι προσήκει τούτων ὀλιγωρεῖν, ἢν ἀνενέγκῃς αὐτῶν τὰς πράξεις ἐπὶ τοὺς σοὺς προγόνους· εὑρήσεις γὰρ ἑκάστῃ πολλὴν φιλίαν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ μεγάλας εὐεργεσίας ὑπαρχούσας. Ἄργος μὲν γάρ ἐστί σοι πατρίς, ἧς δίκαιον τοσαύτην σε ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν ὅσην περ τῶν γονέων τῶν σαυτοῦ· Θηβαῖοι δὲ τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τοῦ γένους ὑμῶν τιμῶσι καὶ ταῖς προσόδοις καὶ ταῖς θυσίαις μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἄλλους·
Now you will realize that it is not becoming in you to disregard any of these cities if you will review their conduct in relation to your ancestors; for you will find that each one of them is to be credited with great friendship and important services to your house: Argos is the land of your fathers, and is entitled to as much consideration at your hands as are your own ancestors; the Thebans honor the founder of your race, both by processionals and by sacrifices, beyond all the other gods;
§ 33
Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ τοῖς ἀπʼ ἐκείνου γεγονόσι καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον δεδώκασι· τὴν δὲ πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν φασίν, οἷς περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν πιστεύομεν, Ἡρακλεῖ μὲν συναιτίαν γενέσθαι τῆς ἀθανασίας (ὃν δὲ τρόπον, σοὶ μὲν αὖθις πυθέσθαι ῥᾴδιον, ἐμοὶ δὲ νῦν εἰπεῖν οὐ καιρός), τοῖς δὲ παισὶ τοῖς ἐκείνου τῆς σωτηρίας.
the Lacedaemonians have conferred upon his descendants the kingship and the power of command for all time; and as for our city, we are informed by those whom we credit in matters of ancient history that she aided Heracles to win his immortality(in what way you can easily learn at another time; it would be unseasonable for me to relate it now), and that she aided his children to preserve their lives.
§ 34
μόνη γὰρ ὑποστᾶσα τοὺς μεγίστους κινδύνους πρὸς τὴν Εὐρυσθέως δύναμιν ἐκεῖνόν τε τῆς ὕβρεως ἔπαυσε, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τῶν φόβων τῶν ἀεὶ παραγιγνομένων αὐτοῖς ἀπήλλαξεν. ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐ μόνον τοὺς τότε σωθέντας δίκαιον ἦν ἡμῖν χάριν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς νῦν ὄντας· διὰ γὰρ ἡμᾶς καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύουσι· μὴ γὰρ σωθέντων ἐκείνων οὐδὲ γενέσθαι τὸ παράπαν ὑπῆρχεν αὐτοῖς.
Yes, Athens single-handed sustained the greatest dangers against the power of Eurystheus, put an end to his insolence, and freed Heracles’ sons from the fears by which they were continually beset. Because of these services we deserve the gratitude, not only of those who then were preserved from destruction, but also of those who are now living; for to us it is due both that they are alive and that they enjoy the blessings which are now theirs, since they never could have seen the light of day at all had not the sons of Heracles been preserved from death.
§ 35
τοιούτων οὖν ἁπασῶν τῶν πόλεων γεγενημένων ἔδει μὲν μηδέποτέ σοι μηδὲ πρὸς μίαν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι διαφοράν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἅπαντες πλείω πεφύκαμεν ἐξαμαρτάνειν ἢ κατορθοῦν. ὥστε τὰ μὲν πρότερον γεγενημένα κοινὰ θεῖναι δίκαιόν ἐστιν· εἰς δὲ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον φυλακτέον ὅπως μηδὲν συμβήσεταί σοι τοιοῦτον, καὶ σκεπτέον τί ἂν ἀγαθὸν αὐτὰς ἐργασάμενος φανείης ἄξια καὶ σαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκείναις πεπραγμένων πεποιηκώς.
Therefore, seeing that these cities have each and all shown such a spirit, no quarrel should ever have arisen between you and any one of them. But unfortunately we are all prone by nature to do wrong more often than right; and so it is fair to charge the mistakes of the past to our common weakness. Yet for the future you must be on your guard to prevent a like occurrence, and must consider what service you can render them which will make it manifest that you have acted in a manner worthy both of yourself and of what these cities have done.
§ 36
ἔχεις δὲ καιρόν· ἀποδιδόντα γάρ σε χάριν ὧν ὤφειλες ὑπολήψονται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ μεταξὺ προϋπάρχειν τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν. καλὸν δʼ ἐστὶ δοκεῖν μὲν τὰς μεγίστας τῶν πόλεων εὖ ποιεῖν μηδὲν δʼ ἧττον ἑαυτὸν ἢ ʼκείνας ὠφελεῖν. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων,
And the opportunity now serves you; for you would only be repaying the debt of gratitude which you owed them, but, because so much time has elapsed, they will credit you with being first in friendly offices. And it is a good thing to have the appearance of conferring benefits upon the greatest states of Hellas and at the same time to profit yourself no less than them.
§ 37
εἰ πρός τινας αὐτῶν ἀηδές τί σοι συμβέβηκεν, ἅπαντα ταῦτα διαλύσεις· αἱ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς εὐεργεσίαι λήθην ἐμποιήσουσι τῶν πρότερον ὑμῖν εἰς ἀλλήλους πεπλημμελημένων. ἀλλὰ μὴν κἀκεῖνο φανερόν, ὅτι πάντες ἄνθρωποι τούτων πλείστην μνείαν ἔχουσιν, ὧν ἂν ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς εὖ πάθωσιν.
But apart from this, if anything unpleasant has arisen between you and any of them, you will wipe it out completely; for friendly acts in the present crisis will make you forget the wrongs which you have done each other in the past. Yes, and this also is beyond question, that all men hold in fondest memory those benefits which they receive in times of trouble.
§ 38
ὁρᾷς δʼ ὡς τεταλαιπώρηνται διὰ τὸν πόλεμον, καὶ ὡς παραπλησίως ἔχουσι τοῖς ἰδίᾳ μαχομένοις. καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους αὐξομένης μὲν τῆς ὀργῆς οὐδεὶς ἂν διαλλάξειεν· ἐπὴν δὲ κακῶς ἀλλήλους διαθῶσιν, οὐδενὸς διαλύοντος αὐτοὶ διέστησαν. ὅπερ οἶμαι καὶ ταύτας ποιήσειν, ἢν μὴ σὺ πρότερον αὐτῶν ἐπιμεληθῇς.
And you see how utterly wretched these states have become because of their warfare, and how like they are to men engaged in a personal encounter; for no one can reconcile the parties to a quarrel while their wrath is rising; but after they have punished each other badly, they need no mediator, but separate of their own accord. And that is just what I think these states also will do unless you first take them in hand.
§ 39
τάχʼ οὖν ἄν τις ἐνστῆναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις τολμήσειε, λέγων ὡς ἐπιχειρῶ σε πείθειν ἀδυνάτοις ἐπιτίθεσθαι πράγμασιν· οὔτε γὰρ Ἀργείους φίλους ἄν ποτε γενέσθαι Λακεδαιμονίοις οὔτε Λακεδαιμονίους Θηβαίοις, οὔθʼ ὅλως τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον πλεονεκτεῖν οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἰσομοιρῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
Now perhaps someone will venture to object to what I have proposed, saying that I am trying to persuade you to set yourself to an impossible task, since the Argives could never be friendly to the Lacedaemonians, nor the Lacedaemonians to the Thebans, and since, in general, those who have been accustomed throughout their whole existence to press their own selfish interests can never share and share alike with each other.
§ 40
ἐγὼ δʼ, ὅτε μὲν ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐδυνάστευε καὶ πάλιν ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων, οὐδὲν ἂν ἡγοῦμαι περανθῆναι τούτων· ῥᾳδίως γὰρ ἂν ἑκατέραν ἐμποδὼν γενέσθαι τοῖς πραττομένοις· νῦν δʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἔγνωκα περὶ αὐτῶν. οἶδα γὰρ ἁπάσας ὡμαλισμένας ὑπὸ τῶν συμφορῶν, ὥσθʼ ἡγοῦμαι πολὺ μᾶλλον αὐτὰς αἱρήσεσθαι τὰς ἐκ τῆς ὁμονοίας ὠφελείας ἢ τὰς ἐκ τῶν τότε πραττομένων πλεονεξίας.
Well, I myself do not believe that at the time when our city was the first power in Hellas, or again when Lacedaemon occupied that position, any such result could have been accomplished, since the one or the other of these two cities could easily have blocked the attempt; but as things are now, I am not of the same mind regarding them. For I know that they have all been brought down to the same level by their misfortunes, and so I think that they would much prefer the mutual advantages which would come from a unity of purpose to the selfish gains which accrued from their policy in those days.
§ 41
ἔπειτα τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ὁμολογῶ μηδένʼ ἂν δυνηθῆναι διαλλάξαι τὰς πόλεις ταύτας, σοὶ δʼ οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶ χαλεπόν. ὁρῶ γάρ σε τῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνελπίστων δοκούντων εἶναι καὶ παραδόξων πολλὰ διαπεπραγμένον, ὥστʼ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον εἰ καὶ ταῦτα μόνος συστῆσαι δυνηθείης. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς μέγα φρονοῦντας καὶ τοὺς διαφέροντας μὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐπιχειρεῖν ἃ καὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἄν τις καταπράξειεν, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνοις οἷς μηδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος ἐπιχειρήσειε πλὴν τῶν ὁμοίαν σοὶ καὶ τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐχόντων.
Furthermore, while I grant that no one else in the world could reconcile these cities, yet nothing of the sort is difficult for you; for I see that you have carried through to a successful end many undertakings which the rest of the world looked upon as hopeless and unthinkable, and therefore it would be nothing strange if you should be able single-handed to affect this union. In fact, men of high purposes and exceptional gifts ought not to undertake enterprises which any of the common run might carry out with success, but rather those which no one would attempt save men with endowments and power such as you possess.
§ 42
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν ἡγουμένων ἀδύνατον εἶναι πραχθῆναί τι τούτων, εἰ μήτʼ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν εἰδότες μήθʼ ἑτέρων ἀκηκόασιν ὅτι πολλοὶ δὴ πόλεμοι καὶ δεινοὶ γεγόνασιν, οὓς οἱ διαλυσάμενοι μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἀλλήλοις αἴτιοι κατέστησαν. τίς γὰρ ἂν ὑπερβολὴ γένοιτο τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς πρὸς Ξέρξην τοῖς Ἕλλησι γενομένης; οὗ τὴν φιλίαν ἅπαντες ἴσασιν ἡμᾶς τε καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους μᾶλλον ἀγαπήσαντας ἢ τῶν συγκατασκευασάντων ἑκατέροις ἡμῶν τὴν ἀρχήν.
But I marvel that those who think that none of these proposals could possibly be carried out are not aware, either by their own knowledge or by tradition, that there have been many terrible wars after which the participants have come to an understanding and rendered great services to one another. For what could exceed the enmity which the Hellenes felt toward Xerxes? Yet everyone knows that we and the Lacedaemonians came to prize his friendship more than that of those who helped us to establish our respective empires.
§ 43
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν τὰ παλαιὰ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους; ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ἀθρήσειε καὶ σκέψαιτο τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συμφοράς, οὐδὲν ἂν μέρος οὖσαι φανεῖεν τῶν διὰ Θηβαίους καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους ἡμῖν γεγενημένων. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν ἧττον Λακεδαιμονίων τε στρατευσάντων ἐπὶ Θηβαίους, καὶ βουλομένων λυμήνασθαι τὴν Βοιωτίαν καὶ διοικίσαι τὰς πόλεις, βοηθήσαντες ἡμεῖς ἐμποδὼν ἐγενόμεθα ταῖς ἐκείνων ἐπιθυμίαις·
But why speak of ancient history, or of our dealings with the barbarians? If one should scan and review the misfortunes of the Hellenes in general, these will appear as nothing in comparison with those which we Athenians have experienced through the Thebans and the Lacedaemonians. Nevertheless, when the Lacedaemonians took the field against the Thebans and were minded to humiliate Boeotia and break up the league of her cities, we sent a relief expedition and thwarted the desires of the Lacedaemonians.
§ 44
καὶ πάλιν μεταπεσούσης τῆς τύχης, καὶ Θηβαίων καὶ Πελοποννησίων ἁπάντων ἐπιχειρησάντων ἀνάστατον ποιῆσαι τὴν Σπάρτην, ἡμεῖς καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους μόνοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ποιησάμενοι συμμαχίαν συναίτιοι τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῖς κατέστημεν.
And again, when fortune shifted her favor and the Thebans and the Peloponnesians were one and all trying to devastate Lacedaemon, we alone among the Hellenes formed an alliance with the Lacedaemonians and helped to save them from destruction.
§ 45
πολλῆς οὖν ἀνοίας ἂν εἴη μεστός, εἴ τις ὁρῶν τηλικαύτας μεταβολὰς γιγνομένας, καὶ τὰς πόλεις μήτʼ ἔχθρας μήθʼ ὅρκων μήτʼ ἄλλου μηδενὸς φροντιζούσας, πλὴν ὅ τι ἂν ὑπολάβωσιν ὠφέλιμον αὑταῖς εἶναι, τοῦτο δὲ στεργούσας μόνον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν σπουδὴν περὶ τούτου ποιουμένας, μὴ καὶ νῦν νομίζοι τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἕξειν αὐτάς, ἄλλως τε καὶ σοῦ μὲν ἐπιστατοῦντος ταῖς διαλλαγαῖς, τοῦ δὲ συμφέροντος πείθοντος, τῶν δὲ παρόντων κακῶν ἀναγκαζόντων. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οἶμαι τούτων σοι συναγωνιζομένων ἅπαντα γενήσεσθαι κατὰ τρόπον.
So then, seeing that such great reversals are wont to occur, and that our states care nothing about their former enmities or about their oaths or about anything else save what they conceive to be expedient for themselves, and that expediency is the sole object to which they give their affections and devote all their zeal, no man, unless obsessed by utter folly, could fail to believe that now also they will show the same disposition, especially if you take the lead in their reconciliation, while selfish interests urge and present ills constrain them to this course. I, for my part, believe that, with these influences fighting on your side, everything will turn out as it should.
§ 46
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως ἄν σε μάλιστα καταμαθεῖν εἴτʼ εἰρηνικῶς εἴτε πολεμικῶς αἱ πόλεις αὗται πρὸς ἀλλήλας ἔχουσιν, εἰ διεξέλθοιμεν μήτε παντάπασιν ἁπλῶς μήτε λίαν ἀκριβῶς τὰ μέγιστα τῶν παρόντων αὐταῖς. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν σκεψώμεθα τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων.
But I think that you can get most light on the question whether these cities are inclined toward peace with each other or toward war, if I review, not merely in general terms nor yet with excessive detail, the principal facts in their present situation. And first of all, let us consider the condition of the Lacedaemonians.
§ 47
οὗτοι γὰρ ἄρχοντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων (οὐ πολὺς χρόνος ἐξ οὗ) καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, εἰς τοσαύτην μεταβολὴν ἦλθον, ἐπειδὴ τὴν μάχην ἡττήθησαν τὴν ἐν Λεύκτροις, ὥστε ἀπεστερήθησαν μὲν τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι δυναστείας, τοιούτους δʼ ἄνδρας ἀπώλεσαν σφῶν αὐτῶν, οἳ προῃροῦντο τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν ἡττηθέντες ὧν πρότερον ἐδέσποζον.
The Lacedaemonians were the leaders of the Hellenes, not long ago, on both land and sea, and yet they suffered so great a reversal of fortune when they met defeat at Leuctra that they were deprived of their power over the Hellenes, and lost such of their warriors as chose to die rather than survive defeat at the hands of those over whom they had once been masters.
§ 48
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐπεῖδον Πελοποννησίους ἅπαντας τοὺς πρότερον μεθʼ αὑτῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀκολουθοῦντας, τούτους μετὰ Θηβαίων εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν εἰσβαλόντας, πρὸς οὓς ἠναγκάσθησαν διακινδυνεύειν οὐκ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ περὶ τῶν καρπῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐν μέσῃ τῇ πόλει πρὸς αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀρχείοις περὶ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν, τοιοῦτον κίνδυνον ὃν μὴ κατορθώσαντες μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπώλλυντο,
Furthermore, they were obliged to look on while all the Peloponnesians, who formerly had followed the lead of Lacedaemon against the rest of the world, united with the Thebans and invaded their territory; and against these the Lacedaemonians were compelled to risk battle, not in the country to save the crops, but in the heart of the city, before the very seat of their government, to save their wives and children—a crisis in which defeat meant instant destruction,
§ 49
νικήσαντες δʼ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀπηλλαγμένοι τῶν κακῶν εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ πολεμοῦνται μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν περιοικούντων, ἀπιστοῦνται δʼ ὑφʼ ἁπάντων Πελοποννησίων, μισοῦνται δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἄγονται δὲ καὶ φέρονται καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν, οὐδένα δὲ χρόνον διαλείπουσιν ἢ στρατεύοντες ἐπί τινας ἢ μαχόμενοι πρός τινας ἢ βοηθοῦντες τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις αὑτῶν.
and victory has none the more delivered them from their ills; nay, they are now warred upon by their neighbors; they are distrusted by all the Peloponnesians; they are hated by most of the Hellenes; they are harried and plundered day and night by their own serfs; and not a day passes that they do not have to take the field or fight against some force or other, or march to the rescue of their perishing comrades.
§ 50
τὸ δὲ μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν· δεδιότες γὰρ διατελοῦσι μὴ Θηβαῖοι διαλυσάμενοι τὰ πρὸς Φωκέας πάλιν ἐπανελθόντες μείζοσιν αὐτοὺς συμφοραῖς περιβάλωσι τῶν πρότερον γεγενημένων. καίτοι πῶς οὐ χρὴ νομίζειν τοὺς οὕτω διακειμένους ἀσμένους ἂν ἰδεῖν ἐπιστατοῦντα τῆς εἰρήνης ἀξιόχρεων ἄνδρα καὶ δυνάμενον διαλῦσαι τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας πολέμους αὐτοῖς;
But the worst of their afflictions is that they live in continual fear that the Thebans may patch up their quarrel with the Phocians and, returning again, ring them about with still greater calamities than have befallen them in the past. How, then, can we refuse to believe that people so hard pressed would gladly see at the head of a movement for peace a man who commands confidence and has the power to put an end to the wars in which they are involved?
§ 51
Ἀργείους τοίνυν ἴδοις ἂν τὰ μὲν παραπλησίως τοῖς εἰρημένοις πράττοντας, τὰ δὲ χεῖρον τούτων ἔχοντας· πολεμοῦσι μὲν γὰρ ἐξ οὗ περ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦσι πρὸς τοὺς ὁμόρους, ὥσπερ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τοσοῦτον δὲ διαφέρουσιν ὅσον ἐκεῖνοι μὲν πρὸς ἥττους αὑτῶν, οὗτοι δὲ πρὸς κρείττους· ὃ πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν κακῶν. οὕτω δὲ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἀτυχοῦσιν, ὥστʼ ὀλίγου δεῖν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τεμνομένην καὶ πορθουμένην τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν περιορῶσιν.
Now as to the Argives, you will see that in some respects they are no better off than the Lacedaemonians, while in others their condition is worse; for they have been in a state of war with their neighbors from the day they founded their city, just as have the Lacedaemonians; but there is this difference, that the neighbors of the Lacedaemonians are weaker than they, while those of the Argives are stronger—a condition which all would admit to be the greatest of misfortunes. And so unsuccessful are they in their warfare that hardly a year passes that they are not compelled to witness their own territory being ravaged and laid waste.
§ 52
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον· ὅταν γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι διαλίπωσι κακῶς αὐτοὺς ποιοῦντες, αὐτοὶ τοὺς ἐνδοξοτάτους καὶ πλουσιωτάτους τῶν πολιτῶν ἀπολλύουσι, καὶ ταῦτα δρῶντες οὕτω χαίρουσιν ὡς οὐδένες ἄλλοι τοὺς πολεμίους ἀποκτείνοντες. αἴτιον δʼ ἐστὶ τοῦ ταραχωδῶς αὐτοὺς ζῆν οὕτως οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὁ πόλεμος· ὃν ἢν διαλύσῃς, οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς τούτων ἀπαλλάξεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄμεινον βουλεύεσθαι ποιήσεις.
But what is most deplorable of all is that, during the intervals when their enemies cease from harrying them, they themselves put to death the most eminent and wealthy of their citizens; and they have more pleasure in doing this than any other people have in slaying their foes. The cause of their living in such disorder is none other than the state of war; and if you can put a stop to this, you will not only deliver them from these evils but you will cause them to adopt a better policy with respect to their other interests as well.
§ 53
ἀλλὰ μὴν τὰ περὶ Θηβαίους οὐδὲ σὲ λέληθεν. καλλίστην γὰρ μάχην νικήσαντες, καὶ δόξαν ἐξ αὐτῆς μεγίστην λαβόντες, διὰ τὸ μὴ καλῶς χρῆσθαι ταῖς εὐτυχίαις οὐδὲν βέλτιον πράττουσι τῶν ἡττηθέντων καὶ δυστυχησάντων. οὐ γὰρ ἔφθασαν τῶν ἐχθρῶν κρατήσαντες, καὶ πάντων ἠνώχλουν μὲν ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ, Θετταλίαν δʼ ἐτόλμων καταδουλοῦσθαι, Μεγαρεῦσι δʼ ὁμόροις οὖσιν ἠπείλουν, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν πόλιν μέρος τι τῆς χώρας ἀπεστέρουν, Εὔβοιαν δʼ ἐπόρθουν, εἰς Βυζάντιον δὲ τριήρεις ἐξέπεμπον ὡς καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἄρξοντες.
And as for the condition of the Thebans, surely you have not failed to note that also. They won a splendid victory and covered themselves with glory, but because they did not make good use of their success they are now in no better case than those who have suffered defeat and failure. For no sooner had they triumphed over their foes than, neglecting everything else, they began to annoy the cities of the Peloponnese; they made bold to reduce Thessaly to subjection; they threatened their neighbors, the Megarians; they robbed our city of a portion of its territory; they ravaged Euboea; they sent men-of-war to Byzantium, as if they purposed to rule both land and sea;
§ 54
τελευτῶντες δὲ πρὸς Φωκέας πόλεμον ἐξήνεγκαν ὡς τῶν τε πόλεων ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ κρατήσοντες, τόν τε τόπον ἅπαντα τὸν περιέχοντα κατασχήσοντες, τῶν τε χρημάτων τῶν ἐν Δελφοῖς περιγενησόμενοι ταῖς ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων δαπάναις. ὧν οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀποβέβηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὰς Φωκέων πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν ἀπολωλέκασιν, εἰσβάλλοντες δʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἐλάττω κακὰ ποιοῦσιν ἐκείνους ἢ πάσχουσιν ἀπιόντες εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν·
and, finally, they began war upon the Phocians, expecting that in a short time they would conquer their cities, occupy all the surrounding territory, and prevail over all the treasures at Delphi by the outlay of their own funds. But none of these hopes has been realized; instead of seizing the cities of the Phocians they have lost cities of their own; and now when they invade the enemy’s territory they inflict less damage upon them than they suffer when they are retreating to their own country;
§ 55
ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῇ Φωκίδι τῶν μισθοφόρων τινὰς ἀποκτείνουσιν, οἷς λυσιτελεῖ τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν, ἀναχωροῦντες δὲ τοὺς ἐνδοξοτάτους αὑτῶν καὶ μάλιστα τολμῶντας ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἀποθνήσκειν ἀπολλύουσιν. εἰς τοῦτο δʼ αὐτῶν περιέστηκε τὰ πράγματα, ὥστʼ ἐλπίσαντες ἅπαντας τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὑφʼ αὑτοῖς ἔσεσθαι νῦν ἐν σοὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχουσι τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας. ὥστʼ οἶμαι καὶ τούτους ταχέως ποιήσειν ὅ τι ἂν σὺ κελεύῃς καὶ συμβουλεύῃς.
for while they are in Phocian territory they succeed in killing a few hireling soldiers who are better off dead than alive, but when they retreat they lose of their own citizens those who are most esteemed and most ready to die for their fatherland. And so completely have their fortunes shifted, that whereas they once hoped that all Hellas would be subject to them, now they rest upon you the hopes of their own deliverance. Therefore I think that the Thebans also will do with alacrity whatever you command or advise.
§ 56
λοιπὸν δʼ ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι τῆς ἡμετέρας, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων εὖ φρονήσασα τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο. νῦν δʼ αὐτὴν οἶμαι καὶ συναγωνιεῖσθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ πραττομένοις, ἄλλως τε κἂν δυνηθῇ συνιδεῖν ὅτι ταῦτα διοικεῖς πρὸ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν βάρβαρον στρατείας.
It would still remain for me to speak about our city, had she not come to her senses before the others and made peace; but now I need only say this: I think that she will join forces with you in carrying out your policy, especially if she can be made to see that your object is to prepare for the campaign against the barbarians.
§ 57
ὡς μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἀδύνατόν ἐστί σοι συστῆσαι τὰς πόλεις ταύτας, ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἡγοῦμαί σοι γεγενῆσθαι φανερόν· ἔτι τοίνυν ὡς καὶ ῥᾳδίως ταῦτα πράξεις, ἐκ πολλῶν παραδειγμάτων οἶμαί σε γνῶναι ποιήσειν. ἢν γὰρ φανῶσιν ἕτεροί τινες τῶν προγεγενημένων μὴ καλλίοσι μὲν μηδʼ ὁσιωτέροις ὧν ἡμεῖς συμβεβουλεύκαμεν ἐπιχειρήσαντες, μείζω δὲ καὶ δυσκολώτερα τούτων ἐπιτελέσαντες, τί λοιπὸν ἔσται τοῖς ἀντιλέγουσιν ὡς οὐ θᾶττον σὺ τὰ ῥᾴω πράξεις ἢ ʼκεῖνοι τὰ χαλεπώτερα;
That it is not, therefore, impossible for you to bring these cities together, I think has become evident to you from what I have said. But more than that, I believe I can convince you by many examples that it will also be easy for you to do this. For if it can be shown that other men in the past have undertaken enterprises which were not, indeed, more noble or more righteous than that which I have advised, but of greater magnitude and difficulty, and have actually brought them to pass, what ground will be left to my opponents to argue that you will not accomplish the easier task more quickly than other men the harder?
§ 58
σκέψαι δὲ πρῶτον τὰ περὶ Ἀλκιβιάδην. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ φυγὼν παρʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τοὺς πρὸ αὑτοῦ ταύτῃ συμφορᾷ κεχρημένους ἐπτηχότας διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τὸ τῆς πόλεως, οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχεν ἐκείνοις, ἀλλʼ οἰηθεὶς πειρατέον εἶναι βίᾳ κατελθεῖν προείλετο πολεμεῖν πρὸς αὐτήν.
Consider first the exploits of Alcibiades. Although he was exiled from Athens and observed that the others who had before labored under this misfortune had been cowed because of the greatness of the city, yet he did not show the same submissive spirit as they; on the contrary, convinced that he must attempt to bring about his return by force, he deliberately chose to make war upon her.
§ 59
καθʼ ἕκαστον μὲν οὖν τῶν τότε γενομένων εἴ τις λέγειν ἐπιχειρήσειεν, οὔτʼ ἂν διελθεῖν ἀκριβῶς δύναιτο, πρός τε τὸ παρὸν ἴσως ἂν ἐνοχλήσειεν· εἰς τοσαύτην δὲ ταραχὴν κατέστησεν οὐ μόνον τὴν πόλιν ἀλλὰ καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς μὲν παθεῖν ἃ πάντες ἴσασι, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους τηλικούτοις κακοῖς περιπεσεῖν,
Now if one should attempt to speak in detail of the events of that time, he would find it impossible to recount them all exactly, and for the present occasion the recital would perhaps prove wearisome. But so great was the confusion into which he plunged not only Athens but Lacedaemon and all the rest of Hellas as well, that we, the Athenians, suffered what all the world knows;
§ 60
ὥστε μηδέπω νῦν ἐξιτήλους εἶναι τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς διʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν πόλεμον ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐγγεγενημένας, Λακεδαιμονίους δὲ τοὺς τότε δόξαντας εὐτυχεῖν εἰς τὰς νῦν ἀτυχίας διʼ Ἀλκιβιάδην καθεστάναι·
that the rest of the Hellenes fell upon such evil days that even now the calamities engendered in the several states by reason of that war are not yet forgotten; and that the Lacedaemonians, who then appeared to be at the height of their fortune, are reduced to their present state of misfortune,—all on account of Alcibiades.
§ 61
πεισθέντες γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν δυνάμεως ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ τὴν κατὰ γῆν ἡγεμονίαν ἀπώλεσαν, ὥστʼ εἴ τις φαίη τότε τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι τῶν παρόντων κακῶν, ὅτε τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἐλάμβανον, οὐκ ἂν ἐξελεγχθείη ψευδόμενος. ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν τηλικούτων αἴτιος γενόμενος κατῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μεγάλης μὲν δόξης τυχών, οὐ μὴν ἐπαινούμενος ὑφʼ ἁπάντων. Κόνων δʼ οὐ πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ὕστερον ἀντίστροφα τούτων ἔπραξεν.
For because they were persuaded by him to covet the sovereignty of the sea, they lost even their leadership on land; so that if one were to assert that they became subject to the dominion of their present ills when they attempted to seize the dominion of the sea, he could not be convicted of falsehood. Alcibiades, however, after having caused these great calamities, was restored to his city, having won a great reputation, though not, indeed, enjoying the commendation of all.
§ 62
ἀτυχήσας γὰρ ἐν τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ τῇ περὶ Ἑλλήσποντον οὐ διʼ αὑτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς συνάρχοντας, οἴκαδε μὲν ἀφικέσθαι κατῃσχύνθη, πλεύσας δʼ εἰς Κύπρον χρόνον μέν τινα περὶ τὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλειαν διέτριβεν, αἰσθόμενος δʼ Ἀγησίλαον μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν διαβεβηκότα καὶ πορθοῦντα τὴν χώραν οὕτω μέγʼ ἐφρόνησεν,
The career of Conon, not many years later, is a counterpart to that of Alcibiades. After his defeat in the naval engagement in the Hellespont, for which not he but his fellow commanders were responsible, he was too chagrined to return home; instead he sailed to Cyprus, where he spent some time attending to his private interests. But learning that Agesilaus had crossed over into Asia with a large force and was ravaging the country, he was so dauntless of spirit
§ 63
ὥστʼ ἀφορμήν οὐδεμίαν ἄλλην ἔχων πλὴν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἤλπισε Λακεδαιμονίους καταπολεμήσειν ἄρχοντας τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, καὶ ταῦτα πέμπων ὡς τοὺς βασιλέως στρατηγοὺς ὑπισχνεῖτο ποιήσειν. καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πλείω λέγειν; συστάντος γὰρ αὐτῷ ναυτικοῦ περὶ Ῥόδον καὶ νικήσας τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ Λακεδαιμονίους μὲν ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς,
that, although he possessed no resource whatever save his body and his wits, he was yet confident that he could conquer the Lacedaemonians, albeit they were the first power in Hellas on both land and sea; and, sending word to the generals of the Persian king, he promised that he would do this. What need is there to tell more of the story? For he collected a naval force off Rhodes, won a victory over the Lacedaemonians in a sea-fight, deposed them from their sovereignty, and set the Hellenes free.
§ 64
τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας ἠλευθέρωσεν, οὐ μόνον δὲ τὰ τείχη τῆς πατρίδος ἀνώρθωσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν δόξαν προήγαγεν ἐξ ἧσπερ ἐξέπεσεν. καίτοι τίς ἂν προσεδόκησεν ὑπʼ ἀνδρὸς οὕτω ταπεινῶς πράξαντος ἀναστραφήσεσθαι τὰ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πράγματα, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀτιμωθήσεσθαι τὰς δʼ ἐπιπολάσειν τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων;
And not only did he rebuild the walls of his country, but he restored Athens to the same high repute from which she had fallen. And yet who could have expected that a man whose own fortunes had fallen so low would completely reverse the fortunes of Hellas, degrading some of the Hellenic states from places of honor and raising others into prominence?
§ 65
Διονύσιος τοίνυν (βούλομαι γὰρ ἐκ πολλῶν σε πεισθῆναι ῥᾳδίαν εἶναι τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἐφʼ ἥν σε τυγχάνω παρακαλῶν) πολλοστὸς ὢν Συρακοσίων καὶ τῷ γένει καὶ τῇ δόξῃ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ἐπιθυμήσας μοναρχίας ἀλόγως καὶ μανικῶς, καὶ τολμήσας ἅπαντα πράττειν τὰ φέροντα πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην, κατέσχε μὲν Συρακούσας, ἁπάσας δὲ τὰς ἐν Σικελίᾳ πόλεις, ὅσαι περ ἦσαν Ἑλληνίδες, κατεστρέψατο, τηλικαύτην δὲ δύναμιν περιεβάλετο καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ναυτικήν, ὅσην οὐδεὶς ἀνὴρ τῶν πρὸ ἐκείνου γενομένων.
Again, there is the case of Dionysius(for I desire you to be convinced by many instances that the course of action to which I am urging you is an easy one). He was a person of small account among the Syracusans in birth, in reputation, and in all other respects; yet, being inspired by a mad and unreasoning passion for monarchy, and having the hardihood to do anything which advanced him to this goal, he made himself master of Syracuse, conquered all the states in Sicily which were of Hellenic origin, and surrounded himself with a power on both land and sea greater than any man before his time had possessed.
§ 66
ἔτι τοίνυν Κῦρος (ἵνα μνησθῶμεν καὶ περὶ τῶν βαρβάρων) ἐκτεθεὶς μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἀναιρεθεὶς δʼ ὑπὸ Περσίδος γυναικός, εἰς τοσαύτην ἦλθε μεταβολὴν ὥσθʼ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας γενέσθαι δεσπότης.
Then again, Cyrus(that we may take account of the barbarians also), not withstanding the fact that as a child he was exposed by his mother on the public highway and was picked up by a Persian woman, so completely reversed his fortunes that he became master of all Asia.
§ 67
ὅπου δʼ Ἀλκιβιάδης μὲν φυγὰς ὤν, Κόνων δὲ δεδυστυχηκώς, Διονύσιος δʼ οὐκ ἔνδοξος ὤν, Κῦρος δʼ οὕτως οἰκτρᾶς αὐτῷ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ὑπαρξάσης, εἰς τοσοῦτον προῆλθον καὶ τηλικαῦτα διεπράξαντο, πῶς οὐ σέ γε χρὴ προσδοκᾶν τὸν ἐκ τοιούτων μὲν γεγονότα, Μακεδονίας δὲ βασιλεύοντα, τοσούτων δὲ κύριον ὄντα, ῥᾳδίως τὰ προειρημένα συστήσειν;
Now if Alcibiades in exile, and Conon after a disastrous defeat, and Dionysius, a man of no repute, and Cyrus, with his pitiable start in life, advanced so far and achieved such mighty deeds, how can we fail to expect that you, who are sprung from such ancestors, who are king of Macedonia and master of so many peoples, will effect with ease this union which we have discussed?
§ 68
σκέψαι δʼ ὡς ἄξιόν ἐστι τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων μάλιστʼ ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἐν οἷς κατορθώσας μὲν ἐνάμιλλον τὴν σαυτοῦ δόξαν καταστήσεις τοῖς πρωτεύσασι, διαμαρτὼν δὲ τῆς προσδοκίας ἀλλʼ οὖν τήν γʼ εὔνοιαν κτήσει τὴν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἣν πολὺ κάλλιόν ἐστι λαβεῖν ἢ πολλὰς πόλεις τῶν Ἑλληνίδων κατὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἔργων φθόνον ἔχει καὶ δυσμένειαν καὶ πολλὰς βλασφημίας, οἷς δʼ ἡμεῖς συμβεβουλεύκαμεν οὐδὲν πρόσεστι τούτων. ἀλλʼ εἴ τις θεῶν αἵρεσίν σοι δοίη μετὰ ποίας ἂν ἐπιμελείας καὶ διατριβῆς εὔξαιο τὸν βίον διαγαγεῖν, οὐδεμίαν ἕλοιʼ ἄν, εἴπερ ἐμοὶ συμβούλῳ χρῷο, μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτην.
Consider how worthy a thing it is to undertake, above all, deeds of such a character that if you succeed you will cause your own reputation to rival that of the foremost men of history, while if you fall short of your expectations you will at any rate win the good will of all the Hellenes—which is a better thing to gain than to take by force many Hellenic cities; for achievements of the latter kind entail envy and hostility and much opprobrium, but that which I have urged entails none of these things. Nay, if some god were to give you the choice of the interests and the occupations in which you would wish to spend your life, you could not, at least if you took my advice, choose any in preference to this;
§ 69
οὐ γὰρ μόνον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἔσει ζηλωτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ σὺ σαυτὸν μακαριεῖς. τίς γὰρ ἂν ὑπερβολὴ γένοιτο τῆς τοιαύτης εὐδαιμονίας, ὅταν πρέσβεις μὲν ἥκωσιν ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων πόλεων οἱ μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦντες εἰς τὴν σὴν δυναστείαν, μετὰ δὲ τούτων βουλεύῃ περὶ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας, περὶ ἧς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος φανήσεται τοιαύτην πρόνοιαν πεποιημένος,
for you will not only be envied of others, but you will also count yourself a happy man. For what good fortune could then surpass your own? Men of the highest renown will come as ambassadors from the greatest states to your court; you will advise with them about the general welfare, for which no other man will be found to have shown a like concern;
§ 70
αἰσθάνῃ δὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ὀρθὴν οὖσαν ἐφʼ οἷς σὺ τυγχάνεις εἰσηγούμενος, μηδεὶς δʼ ὀλιγώρως ἔχῃ τῶν παρὰ σοὶ βραβευομένων, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν πυνθάνωνται περὶ αὐτῶν ἐν οἷς ἐστίν, οἱ δʼ εὔχωνταί σε μὴ διαμαρτεῖν ὧν ἐπεθύμησας, οἱ δὲ δεδίωσι μὴ πρότερόν τι πάθῃς πρὶν τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς πραττομένοις;
you will see all Hellas on tiptoe with interest in whatever you happen to propose; and no one will be indifferent to the measures which are being decided in your councils, but, on the contrary, some will seek news of how matters stand, some will pray that you will not be thwarted in your aims, and others will fear lest something befall you before your efforts are crowned with success.
§ 71
ὧν γιγνομένων πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως μέγα φρονοίης; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν περιχαρὴς ὢν τὸν βίον διατελοίης, τηλικούτων εἰδὼς σαυτὸν πραγμάτων ἐπιστάτην γεγενημένον; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν τῶν καὶ μετρίως λογιζομένων ταύτας ἄν σοι παραινέσειε μάλιστα προαιρεῖσθαι τῶν πράξεων, τὰς ἀμφότερα φέρειν ἅμα δυναμένας, ὥσπερ καρπούς, ἡδονάς θʼ ὑπερβαλλούσας καὶ τιμὰς ἀνεξαλείπτους;
If all this should come to pass, would you not have good reason to be proud? Would you not rejoice throughout your life in the knowledge that you had been a leader in such great affairs? And what man that is even moderately endowed with reason would not exhort you to fix your choice above all upon that course of action which is capable of bearing at one and the same time the twofold fruits, if I may so speak, of surpassing joys and of imperishable honors?
§ 72
ἀπέχρη δʼ ἂν ἤδη μοι τὰ προειρημένα περὶ τούτων, εἰ μὴ παραλελοιπὼς ἦν τινα λόγον, οὐκ ἀμνημονήσας ἀλλʼ ὀκνήσας εἰπεῖν, ὃν ἤδη μοι δοκῶ δηλώσειν· οἶμαι γὰρ σοί τε συμφέρειν ἀκοῦσαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐμοί τε προσήκειν μετὰ παρρησίας (ὥσπερ εἴθισμαι) ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους.
Now I should content myself with what I have already said on this topic, had I not passed over a certain matter—not that it slipped my memory, but because I hesitated to speak of it—which I am now resolved to disclose to you. For I think that it is profitable for you to hear about it, and that it is becoming in me to speak, as I am wont to do, without reserve.
§ 73
αἰσθάνομαι γάρ σε διαβαλλόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν σοὶ μὲν φθονούντων, τὰς δὲ πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν εἰθισμένων εἰς ταραχὰς καθιστάναι, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην τὴν τοῖς ἄλλοις κοινὴν πόλεμον τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοις εἶναι νομιζόντων, οἳ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσαντες περὶ τῆς σῆς δυνάμεως λέγουσιν, ὡς οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ ταύτην αὐξάνεται, καὶ σὺ πολὺν χρόνον ἤδη πᾶσιν ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύεις,
I observe that you are being painted in false colors by men who are jealous of you, for one thing, and are, besides, in the habit of stirring up trouble in their own cities—men who look upon a state of peace which is for the good of all as a state of war upon their selfish interests. Heedless of all other considerations, they keep talking about your power, representing that it is being built up, not in behalf of Hellas, but against her, that you have for a long time been plotting against us all,
§ 74
καὶ λόγῳ μὲν μέλλεις Μεσσηνίοις βοηθεῖν, ἐὰν τὰ περὶ Φωκεῖς διοικήσῃς, ἔργῳ δʼ ὑπὸ σαυτῷ ποιεῖσθαι Πελοπόννησον· ὑπάρχουσι δέ σοι Θετταλοὶ μὲν καὶ Θηβαῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ τῆς Ἀμφικτυονίας μετέχοντες ἕτοιμοι συνακολουθεῖν, Ἀργεῖοι δὲ καὶ Μεσσήνιοι καὶ Μεγαλοπολῖται καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοὶ συμπολεμεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν ἀναστάτους Λακεδαιμονίους· ἢν δὲ ταῦτα πράξῃς, ὡς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ῥᾳδίως κρατήσεις.
and that, while you are giving it out that you intend to go to the rescue of the Messenians, if you can settle the Phocian question, you really design to subdue the Peloponnesus to your rule. The Thessalians, they say, and the Thebans, and all those who belong to the Amphictyony, stand ready to follow your lead while the Argives, the Messenians, the Megalopolitans, and many of the others are prepared to join forces with you and wipe out the Lacedaemonians; and if you succeed in doing this, you will easily be master of the rest of Hellas.
§ 75
ταῦτα φλυαροῦντες καὶ φάσκοντες ἀκριβῶς εἰδέναι, καὶ ταχέως ἅπαντα τῷ λόγῳ καταστρεφόμενοι, πολλοὺς πείθουσι, καὶ μάλιστα μὲν τοὺς τῶν αὐτῶν κακῶν ἐπιθυμοῦντας ὧν περ οἱ λογοποιοῦντες, ἔπειτα καὶ τοὺς οὐδενὶ λογισμῷ χρωμένους ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν, ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἀναισθήτως διακειμένους καὶ πολλὴν χάριν ἔχοντας τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν φοβεῖσθαι καὶ δεδιέναι προσποιουμένοις, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζοντας τὸ δοκεῖν ἐπιβουλεύειν σε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην ἀξίαν ἐπιθυμίας εἶναι νομίζοντας.
By speaking this rubbish, by pretending to have exact knowledge and by speedily effecting in words the overthrow of the whole world, they are convincing many people. They convince, most of all, those who hunger for the same calamities as do the speech-makers; next, those who exercise no judgement about their common welfare, but, utterly obtuse in their own perceptions, are very grateful to men who pretend to feel alarm and fear in their behalf; and lastly, those who do not deny that you appear to be plotting against the Hellenes, but are of the opinion that the purpose with which you are charged is a worthy ambition.
§ 76
οἳ τοσοῦτον ἀφεστᾶσι τοῦ νοῦν ἔχειν, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἴσασιν ὅτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἄν τις λόγοις χρώμενος τοὺς μὲν βλάψειε τοὺς δʼ ὠφελήσειεν. οἷον καὶ νῦν, εἰ μέν τις φαίη τὸν τῆς Ἀσίας βασιλέα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπιβουλεύειν καὶ παρεσκευάσθαι στρατεύειν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς, οὐδὲν ἂν λέγοι περὶ αὐτοῦ φλαῦρον, ἀλλʼ ἀνδρωδέστερον αὐτὸν καὶ πλέονος ἄξιον δοκεῖν εἶναι ποιήσειεν· εἰ δὲ τῶν ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέους τινὶ πεφυκότων, ὃς ἁπάσης κατέστη τῆς Ἑλλάδος εὐεργέτης, ἐπιφέροι τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην, εἰς τὴν μεγίστην αἰσχύνην ἂν αὐτὸν καταστήσειεν.
For these latter are so far divorced from intelligence that they do not realize that one may apply the same words in some cases to a man’s injury, in others to his advantage. For example, if at the present moment one were to say that the King of Asia was plotting against the Hellenes, and had made preparations to send an expedition against us, he would not he saying anything disparaging of him; nay, he would, on the contrary, make us think more highly of his courage and his worth. But if, on the other hand, one should bring this charge against one of the descendants of Heracles, who made himself the benefactor of all Hellas, he would bring upon him the greatest opprobrium.
§ 77
τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἀγανακτήσειε καὶ μισήσειεν, εἰ φαίνοιτο τούτοις ἐπιβουλεύων ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ πρόγονος αὐτοῦ προείλετο κινδυνεύειν, καὶ τὴν μὲν εὔνοιαν, ἣν ἐκεῖνος κατέλιπε τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ γεγενημένοις, μὴ πειρῷτο διαφυλάττειν, ἀμελήσας δὲ τούτων ἐπονειδίστων ἐπιθυμοίη καὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων;
For who would not feel indignation and loathing if a man should be found to be plotting against those in whose behalf his ancestor elected to live a life of perils, and if he made no effort to preserve the good will which the latter had bequeathed as a legacy to his posterity, but, heedless of these examples, set his heart on reprehensible and wicked deeds?
§ 78
ὧν ἐνθυμούμενον χρὴ μὴ περιορᾶν τοιαύτην φήμην σαυτῷ περιφυομένην, ἣν οἱ μὲν ἐχθροὶ περιθεῖναί σοι ζητοῦσι, τῶν δὲ φίλων οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἀντειπεῖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ τολμήσειεν. καίτοι περὶ τῶν σοι συμφερόντων ἐν ταῖς τούτων ἀμφοτέρων γνώμαις μάλιστʼ ἂν κατίδοις τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
You ought to give these matters careful thought, and not look on with indifference while rumors are springing up around you of the sort which your enemies seek to fasten upon you, but which your friends, to a man, would not hesitate to deny. And yet it is in the feelings of both these parties that you can best see the truth as to your own interests.
§ 79
ἴσως οὖν ὑπολαμβάνεις μικροψυχίαν εἶναι τὸ τῶν βλασφημούντων καὶ φλυαρούντων καὶ τῶν πειθομένων τούτοις φροντίζειν, ἄλλως θʼ ὅταν καὶ μηδὲν σαυτῷ συνειδῇς ἐξαμαρτάνων. χρὴ δὲ μὴ καταφρονεῖν τοῦ πλήθους, μηδὲ παρὰ μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ παρὰ πᾶσιν εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ τότε νομίζειν καλὴν ἔχειν καὶ μεγάλην τὴν δόξαν καὶ πρέπουσαν σοὶ καὶ τοῖς προγόνοις καὶ τοῖς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν πεπραγμένοις,
Perhaps, however, you conceive that it argues a mean spirit to pay attention to the drivelers who heap abuse upon you and to those who are influenced by what they say, especially when your own conscience is free from any sense of guilt. But you ought not to despise the multitude nor count it a little thing to have the respect of the whole world; on the contrary, you ought then, and only then, to be satisfied that you enjoy a reputation which is good and great and worthy of yourself and of your forefathers and of the achievements of your line,
§ 80
ὅταν οὕτω διαθῇς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ὥσπερ ὁρᾷς Λακεδαιμονίους τε πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν βασιλέας ἔχοντας τούς θʼ ἑταίρους τοὺς σοὺς πρὸς σὲ διακειμένους. ἔστι δʼ οὐ χαλεπὸν τυχεῖν τούτων, ἢν ἐθελήσῃς κοινὸς ἅπασι γενέσθαι, καὶ παύσῃ ταῖς μὲν τῶν πόλεων οἰκείως ἔχων, πρὸς δὲ τὰς ἀλλοτρίως διακείμενος, ἔτι δʼ ἢν τὰ τοιαῦτα προαιρῇ πράττειν, ἐξ ὧν τοῖς μὲν Ἕλλησιν ἔσει πιστός, τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις φοβερός.
when you have brought the Hellenes to feel toward you as you see the Lacedaemonians feel toward their kings, and as your companions feel toward yourself. And it is not difficult for you to attain this if you determine to show yourself equally friendly to all, and cease treating some of the cities as friends and others as strangers, and if, furthermore, you fix your choice upon the kind of policy by which you can make yourself trusted by the Hellenes and feared by the barbarians.
§ 81
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, ἅ περ ἐπέστειλα καὶ πρὸς Διονύσιον τὴν τυραννίδα κτησάμενον, εἰ μήτε στρατηγὸς ὢν μήτε ῥήτωρ μήτʼ ἄλλως δυνάστης θρασύτερόν σοι διείλεγμαι τῶν ἄλλων. ἐγὼ γὰρ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πολιτεύεσθαι πάντων ἀφυέστατος ἐγενόμην τῶν πολιτῶν (οὔτε γὰρ φωνὴν ἔσχον ἱκανὴν οὔτε τόλμαν δυναμένην ὄχλῳ χρῆσθαι καὶ μολύνεσθαι καὶ λοιδορεῖσθαι τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος κυλινδουμένοις),
And do not be surprised (as I said in my letter to Dionysius after he had made himself master of Sicily) that I, who am not a general nor a public orator nor in any other position of authority, have expressed myself to you more boldly than the others. The fact is that nature has placed me more at a disadvantage than any of my fellow-citizens for a public career: I was not given a strong enough voice nor sufficient assurance to enable me to deal with the mob, to take abuse, and bandy words with the men who haunt the rostrum;
§ 82
τοῦ δὲ φρονεῖν εὖ καὶ πεπαιδεῦσθαι καλῶς, εἰ καί τις ἀγροικότερον εἶναι φήσει τὸ ῥηθέν, ἀμφισβητῶ, καὶ θείην ἂν ἐμαυτὸν οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολελειμμένοις ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς προέχουσι τῶν ἄλλων. διό περ ἐπιχειρῶ συμβουλεύειν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ὃν ἐγὼ πέφυκα καὶ δύναμαι, καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοῖς ἐνδοξοτάτοις.
but, though some will condemn my taste in saying so, I do lay claim to sane judgement and good education, and I would count myself in comparison with others not among the last, but among the foremost. And that is why I endeavor in this way, for which my nature and powers are suited, to give advice to Athens and to the Hellenes at large and to the most distinguished among men.
§ 83
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐμῶν καὶ ὧν σοι πρακτέον ἐστὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, σχεδὸν ἀκήκοας· περὶ δὲ τῆς στρατείας τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν ταῖς μὲν πόλεσιν, ἃς ἔφην χρῆναί σε διαλλάττειν, τότε συμβουλεύσομεν ὡς χρὴ πολεμεῖν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους, ὅταν ἴδωμεν αὐτὰς ὁμονοούσας, πρὸς σὲ δὲ νῦν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων διάνοιαν καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡλικίαν, ὅτʼ ἔγραφον περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην.
Now regarding myself, and regarding the course which you should take toward the Hellenes, perhaps no more need be said. But as to the expedition against Asia, we shall urge upon the cities which I have called upon you to reconcile that it is their duty to go to war with the barbarians, only when we see that they have ceased from discord. For the present, I shall address myself to you, not, however, with the same confidence as I had at that period of my life when I was writing on this same subject.
§ 84
τότε μὲν γὰρ παρεκελευόμην τοῖς ἀκουσομένοις καταγελᾶν μου καὶ καταφρονεῖν, ἢν μὴ καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς δόξης τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ περὶ τὸν λόγον διατριφθέντος ἀξίως φαίνωμαι διεξιών· νῦν δὲ φοβοῦμαι μὴ πάντων τῶν προειρημένων πολὺ καταδεέστερον τύχω διαλεχθείς. καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ὁ λόγος ὁ πανηγυρικός, ὁ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατρίβοντας εὐπορωτέρους ποιήσας, ἐμοὶ πολλὴν ἀπορίαν παρέσχηκεν· οὔτε γὰρ ταὐτὰ βούλομαι λέγειν τοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῳ γεγραμμένοις, οὔτʼ ἔτι καινὰ δύναμαι ζητεῖν.
For then I challenged my audience to visit their ridicule and contempt upon me if I did not manifestly treat the question in a way which was worthy of the matter in hand and of my reputation and of the time which I had devoted to the discourse. But now I dread lest what I say may fall far short of every claim I then made; for, apart from the other disabilities under which I labor, my Panegyricus, which has enriched the other men who make philosophy their business, has left me quite impoverished, because I am neither willing to repeat what I have written in that discourse nor am I at my age able to cast about for new things.
§ 85
οὐ μὴν ἀποστατέον ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ λεκτέον περὶ ὧν ὑπεθέμην, ὅ τι ἂν ὑποπέσῃ καὶ συμφέρῃ πρὸς τὸ πεῖσαί σε ταῦτα πράττειν. καὶ γὰρ ἢν ἐλλίπω τι καὶ μὴ δυνηθῶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον γράψαι τοῖς πρότερον ἐκδεδομένοις, ἀλλʼ οὖν ὑπογράψειν γʼ οἶμαι χαριέντως τοῖς ἐξεργάζεσθαι καὶ διαπονεῖν δυναμένοις.
However, I must not shirk my task, but must say in support of the enterprise which I have proposed whatever occurs to me as likely to persuade you to undertake it. For even if I fall short in any degree, and am not able to write in the style of my former publications, I think that I shall at any rate present an attractive sketch for those who have the energy to elaborate the details and carry the work to completion.
§ 86
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴν τοῦ λόγου τοῦ σύμπαντος οἶμαι πεποιῆσθαι ταύτην, ἥν περ προσήκει τοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν πείθοντας στρατεύειν. δεῖ γὰρ μηδὲν πρότερον πράττειν, πρὶν ἂν λάβῃ τις τοὺς Ἕλληνας δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ συναγωνιζομένους ἢ πολλὴν εὔνοιαν ἔχοντας τοῖς πραττομένοις. ὧν Ἀγησίλαος ὁ δόξας εἶναι Λακεδαιμονίων φρονιμώτατος ὠλιγώρησεν,
The point of departure, then, which I have taken for my whole discussion is, I believe, the one which is proper for those who urge an expedition against Asia. For one must undertake nothing until he finds the Hellenes doing one of two things: either actually supporting the undertaking or according it their entire approval. It was this which Agesilaus, for all that he was looked upon as the most sagacious of the Lacedaemonians, disregarded, not because of incapacity but because of ambition.
§ 87
οὐ διὰ κακίαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν. ἔσχε γὰρ διττὰς ἐπιθυμίας, καλὰς μὲν ἀμφοτέρας, οὐ συμφωνούσας δʼ ἀλλήλαις οὐδʼ ἅμα πράττεσθαι δυναμένας. προῃρεῖτο γὰρ βασιλεῖ τε πολεμεῖν, καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους εἰς τὰς πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν καταγαγεῖν καὶ κυρίους ποιῆσαι τῶν πραγμάτων. συνέβαινεν οὖν ἐκ μὲν τῆς πραγματείας τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑταίρων ἐν κακοῖς καὶ κινδύνοις εἶναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, διὰ δὲ τὴν ταραχὴν τὴν ἐνθάδε γιγνομένην μὴ σχολὴν ἄγειν μηδὲ δύνασθαι πολεμεῖν τοῖς βαρβάροις.
For he had two aims, which, though laudable, were not consistent, and could not he carried out at the same time, since he was resolved both to make war against the King and to restore his friends to their cities and put them in control of affairs. Naturally the result of his efforts in behalf of his friends was that the Hellenes were involved in troubles and perils, and, owing to the confusion which arose at home, had neither the time nor the power to make war upon the barbarians.
§ 88
ὥστʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀγνοηθέντων κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ὀρθῶς βουλευομένους μὴ πρότερον ἐκφέρειν πρὸς βασιλέα πόλεμον, πρὶν ἂν διαλλάξῃ τις τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ παύσῃ τῆς μανίας τῆς νῦν αὐτοῖς ἐνεστώσης· ἅ περ καὶ σοὶ συμβεβουλευκότες τυγχάνομεν.
So from the mistakes of inadvertence at that time it is easy to draw the lesson that those who would take sane counsel must not begin a war against the King until someone has composed the quarrels of the Hellenes and has cured them of the madness which now afflicts them. And this is just what I have advised you to do.
§ 89
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀντειπεῖν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τολμήσειεν· οἶμαι δὲ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων εἴ τισι δόξειε περὶ τῆς στρατείας τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν συμβουλεύειν, ἐπὶ ταύτην ἂν ἐπιπεσεῖν τὴν παράκλησιν, λέγοντας ὡς ὅσοι περ ἐπεχείρησαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα πολεμεῖν, ἅπασι συνέπεσεν ἐξ ἀδόξων μὲν γενέσθαι λαμπροῖς, ἐκ πενήτων δὲ πλουσίοις, ἐκ ταπεινῶν δὲ πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πόλεων δεσπόταις.
On these points no man of intelligence would venture to contradict me. But I think that if any of the others should be prompted to advise you in favor of the expedition against Asia, they would resort to a plea of this kind: that it has been the fortune of all who have undertaken a war against the King, without exception, to rise from obscurity to brilliant distinction, from poverty to wealth, and from low estate to be masters of many lands and cities.
§ 90
ἐγὼ δʼ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων μέλλω σε παρακαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἠτυχηκέναι δοξάντων, λέγω δʼ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ Κύρου καὶ Κλεάρχου συστρατευσαμένων. ἐκείνους γὰρ ὁμολογεῖται νικῆσαι μὲν μαχομένους ἅπασαν τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν τοσοῦτον, ὅσον περ ἂν εἰ ταῖς γυναιξὶν αὐτῶν συνέβαλον, ἤδη δʼ ἐγκρατεῖς δοκοῦντας εἶναι τῶν πραγμάτων διὰ τὴν Κύρου προπέτειαν ἀτυχῆσαι· περιχαρῆ γὰρ αὐτὸν ὄντα καὶ διώκοντα πολὺ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐν μέσοις γενόμενον τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀποθανεῖν.
I, however, am not going to urge you on such grounds, but by the example of men who were looked upon as failures: I mean those who took the field with Cyrus and Clearchus. Every one agrees that these won as complete a victory in battle over all the forces of the King as if they had come to blows with their womenfolk, but that at the very moment when they seemed to be masters of the field they failed of success, owing to the impetuosity of Cyrus. For he in his exultation rushed in pursuit far in advance of the others; and, being caught in the midst of the enemy, was killed.
§ 91
ἀλλʼ ὅμως τηλικαύτης συμφορᾶς συμπεσούσης οὕτω σφόδρα κατεφρόνησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς περὶ αὑτὸν δυνάμεως, ὥστε προκαλεσάμενος Κλέαρχον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡγεμόνας εἰς λόγον ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τούτοις μὲν ὑπισχνούμενος μεγάλας δωρεὰς δώσειν, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις στρατιώταις ἐντελῆ τὸν μισθὸν ἀποδοὺς ἀποπέμψειν, τοιαύταις ἐλπίσιν ὑπαγαγόμενος, καὶ πίστεις δοὺς τῶν ἐκεῖ νομιζομένων τὰς μεγίστας, συλλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ μᾶλλον εἵλετο περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἢ τοῖς στρατιώταις οὕτως ἐρήμοις οὖσι συμβαλεῖν.
But the King, not withstanding that his foes had suffered so severe a loss, felt so thorough a contempt for his own forces that he invited Clearchus and the other captains to a parley, promising to give them great gifts and to pay their soldiers their wages in full and to give them safe convoy home; then, having lured them by such prospects, and having assured them by the most solemn pledges known to the Persians, he seized them and put them to death, deliberately choosing to outrage the gods rather than risk a clash with our soldiers, bereft though they now were of Cyrus’s aid. And what challenge could be nobler or more convincing than this?
§ 92
ὥστε τίς ἂν γένοιτο παράκλησις ταύτης καλλίων καὶ πιστοτέρα; φαίνονται γὰρ κἀκεῖνοι κρατήσαντες ἂν τῶν βασιλέως πραγμάτων, εἰ μὴ διὰ Κῦρον. σοὶ δὲ τήν τʼ ἀτυχίαν τὴν τότε γεγενημένην οὐ χαλεπὸν φυλάξασθαι, τοῦ τε στρατοπέδου τοῦ κρατήσαντος τὴν ἐκείνου δύναμιν ῥᾴδιον πολὺ κρεῖττον κατασκευάσασθαι. καίτοι τούτων ἀμφοτέρων ὑπαρξάντων πῶς οὐ χρὴ θαρρεῖν ποιούμενον τὴν στρατείαν ταύτην;
For it is evident that, if it had not been for Cyrus, even that army would have overthrown the power of the King. But for you it is easy both to guard against the disaster which befell at that time and to equip yourself with an armament much stronger than that which defeated the forces of the King. How, then, since you possess both these advantages, can you fail to undertake this expedition with all confidence?
§ 93
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ με βούλεσθαι λαθεῖν, ὅτι τούτων ἔνια πέφρακα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅν περ πρότερον. ἐπιστὰς γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτὰς διανοίας εἱλόμην μὴ πονεῖν γλιχόμενος τὰ δεδηλωμένα καλῶς ἑτέρως εἰπεῖν· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν ἐπίδειξιν ἐποιούμην, ἐπειρώμην ἂν ἅπαντα τὰ τοιαῦτα διαφεύγειν,
And let no one suppose that I desire to conceal the fact that I have in some instances expressed myself in the same manner as upon a former occasion. For, coming to the same thoughts, I have preferred not to go through the effort of striving to phrase differently what has already been well expressed. It is true that if I were making an epideictic speech I should try to avoid scrupulously all such repetitions;
§ 94
σοὶ δὲ συμβουλεύων μωρὸς ἂν ἦν, εἰ περὶ τὴν λέξιν πλείω χρόνον διέτριβον ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις, ἔτι δʼ εἰ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρωμένους αὐτὸς μόνος ἀπειχόμην τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πρότερον εἰρημένων. τοῖς μὲν οὖν οἰκείοις τυχὸν ἂν χρησαίμην, ἤν που σφόδρα κατεπείγῃ καὶ πρέπῃ, τῶν δʼ ἀλλοτρίων οὐδὲν ἂν προσδεξαίμην, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι χρόνῳ.
but now that I am urging my views upon you, I should have been foolish if I had spent more time on the style than on the subject matter, and if, furthermore, seeing that the other orators make free with my writings, I alone had abstained from what I have said in the past. So, then, I may perhaps be allowed to use what is my own, if at any time I am greatly pressed and find it suitable, although I would not now any more than in times past appropriate anything from the writings of other men.
§ 95
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὕτως· δοκεῖ δέ μοι μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ τῆς παρασκευῆς διαλεκτέον εἶναι τῆς τε σοὶ γενησομένης καὶ τῆς ἐκείνοις ὑπαρξάσης. τὸ μὲν τοίνυν μέγιστον, σὺ μὲν τοὺς Ἕλληνας εὔνους ἕξεις, ἤν περ ἐθελήσῃς ἐμμεῖναι τοῖς περὶ τούτων εἰρημένοις, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ διὰ τὰς δεκαδαρχίας τὰς ἐπὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ὡς οἷόν τε δυσμενεστάτους. ἡγοῦντο γὰρ Κύρου μὲν καὶ Κλεάρχου κατορθωσάντων μᾶλλον ἔτι δουλεύσειν, βασιλέως δὲ κρατήσαντος ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι τῶν κακῶν τῶν παρόντων· ὅ περ καὶ συνέπεσεν αὐτοῖς.
We may, then, regard these points as settled. But next in order I think that I should speak of the war-strength which will he available to you as compared with that which Clearchus and his followers had. First and most important of all, you will have the good will of the Hellenes if you choose to abide by the advice which I have given you concerning them; they, on the other hand, found the Hellenes intensely hostile because of the decarchies which the Lacedaemonians had set up; for the Hellenes thought that, if Cyrus and Clearchus should succeed, their yoke would be heavier still, but that if the King conquered they would be delivered from their present hardships; and this is just what did happen to them.
§ 96
καὶ μὴν καὶ στρατιώτας σὺ μὲν ἐξ ἑτοίμου λήψει τοσούτους ὅσους ἂν βουληθῇς· οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὥστε ῥᾷον εἶναι συστῆσαι στρατόπεδον μεῖζον καὶ κρεῖττον ἐκ τῶν πλανωμένων ἢ τῶν πολιτευομένων· ἐν ἐκείνοις δὲ τοῖς χρόνοις οὐκ ἦν ξενικὸν οὐδέν, ὥστʼ ἀναγκαζόμενοι ξενολογεῖν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων πλέον ἀνήλισκον εἰς τὰς διδομένας τοῖς συλλέγουσι δωρεὰς ἢ τὴν εἰς τοὺς στρατιώτας μισθοφοράν.
Besides, you will find as many soldiers at your service as you wish, for such is now the state of affairs in Hellas that it is easier to get together a greater and stronger army from among those who wander in exile than from those who live under their own polities. But in those days there was no body of professional soldiers, and so, being compelled to collect mercenaries from the several states, they had to spend more money on bounties for their recruiting agents than on pay for the troops.
§ 97
καὶ μὴν εἰ βουληθεῖμεν ἐξετάσαι καὶ παραβαλεῖν σέ τε τὸν νῦν ἡγησόμενον τῆς στρατείας καὶ βουλευσόμενον περὶ ἁπάντων καὶ Κλέαρχον τὸν ἐπιστατήσαντα τῶν τότε πραγμάτων, εὑρήσομεν ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδεμιᾶς πώποτε δυνάμεως πρότερον οὔτε ναυτικῆς οὔτε πεζῆς καταστάντα κύριον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς ἀτυχίας τῆς συμβάσης αὐτῷ περὶ τὴν ἤπειρον ὀνομαστὸν γενόμενον,
And, lastly, if we should be inclined to make a careful review of the two cases and institute a comparison between you, who are to be at the head of the present expedition and to decide on every measure, and Clearchus, who was in charge of the enterprise of that day, we should find that he had never before been in command of any force whatever on either land or sea and yet attained renown from the misfortune which befell him on the continent of Asia;
§ 98
σὲ δὲ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος διαπεπραγμένον· περὶ ὧν εἰ μὲν πρὸς ἑτέρους τὸν λόγον ἐποιούμην, καλῶς ἂν εἶχε διελθεῖν, πρὸς σὲ δὲ διαλεγόμενος, εἰ τὰς σὰς πράξεις σοι διεξιοίην, δικαίως ἂν ἀνόητος ἅμα καὶ περίεργος εἶναι δοκοίην.
while you, on the contrary, have succeeded in so many and such mighty achievements that if I were making them the subject of a speech before another audience, I should do well to recount them, but, since I am addressing myself to you, you would rightly think it senseless and gratuitous in me to tell you the story of your own deeds.
§ 99
ἄξιον δὲ μνησθῆναι καὶ τῶν βασιλέων ἀμφοτέρων, ἐφʼ ὃν σοί τε συμβουλεύω στρατεύειν καὶ πρὸς ὃν Κλέαρχος ἐπολέμησεν, ἵνʼ ἑκατέρου τὴν γνώμην καὶ τὴν δύναμιν εἰδῇς. ὁ μὲν τοίνυν τούτου πατὴρ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ πάλιν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων κατεπολέμησεν, οὗτος δʼ οὐδενὸς πώποτε τῶν στρατευμάτων τῶν τὴν χώραν αὐτοῦ λυμαινομένων ἐπεκράτησεν.
It is well for me to speak to you also about the two Kings, the one against whom I am advising you to take the field, and the one against whom Clearchus made war, in order that you may know the temper and the power of each. In the first place, the father of the present King once defeated our city and later the city of the Lacedaemonians, while this King has never overcome anyone of the armies which have been violating his territory.
§ 100
ἔπειθʼ ὁ μὲν τὴν Ἀσίαν ἅπασαν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐξέλαβεν, οὗτος δὲ τοσούτου δεῖ τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχειν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκδοθεισῶν αὐτῷ πόλεων ἐγκρατής ἐστιν. ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἀπορήσειε, πότερα χρὴ νομίζειν τοῦτον αὐτῶν ἀφεστάναι διʼ ἀνανδρίαν, ἢ ʼκείνας ὑπερεωρακέναι καὶ καταπεφρονηκέναι τῆς βαρβαρικῆς δυναστείας.
Secondly, the former took the whole of Asia from the Hellenes by the terms of the Treaty; while this King is so far from exercising dominion over others that he is not in control even of the cities which were surrendered to him; and such is the state of affairs that there is no one who is not in doubt what to believe—whether he has given them up because of his cowardice, or whether they have learned to despise and contemn the power of the barbarians.
§ 101
τὰ τοίνυν περὶ τὴν χώραν ὡς διάκειται, τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀκούσας παροξυνθείη πολεμεῖν πρὸς αὐτόν; Αἴγυπτος γὰρ ἀφειστήκει μὲν καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐφοβοῦντο μή ποτε βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς ποιησάμενος στρατείαν κρατήσειε καὶ τῆς διὰ τὸν ποταμὸν δυσχωρίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης παρασκευῆς ἁπάσης· νῦν δʼ οὗτος ἀπήλλαξεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ δέους τούτου. συμπαρασκευασάμενος γὰρ δύναμιν ὅσην οἷός τʼ ἦν πλείστην, καὶ στρατεύσας ἐπʼ αὐτούς, ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν οὐ μόνον ἡττηθείς, ἀλλὰ καὶ καταγελασθεὶς καὶ δόξας οὔτε βασιλεύειν οὔτε στρατηγεῖν ἄξιος εἶναι.
Consider, again, the state of affairs in his empire. Who could hear the facts and not be spurred to war against him? Egypt was, it is true, in revolt even when Cyrus made his expedition; but her people nevertheless were living in continual fear lest the King might some day lead an army in person and overcome the natural obstacles which, thanks to the Nile, their country presents, and all their military defenses as well. But now this King has delivered them from that dread; for after he had brought together and fitted out the largest force he could possibly raise and marched against them, he retired from Egypt not only defeated, but laughed at and scorned as unfit either to be a king or to command an army.
§ 102
τὰ τοίνυν περὶ Κύπρον καὶ Φοινίκην καὶ Κιλικίαν καὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον, ὅθεν ἐχρῶντο ναυτικῷ, τότε μὲν ἦν βασιλέως, νῦν δὲ τὰ μὲν ἀφέστηκε, τὰ δʼ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ κακοῖς τοσούτοις ἐστίν, ὥστʼ ἐκείνῳ μὲν μηδὲν εἶναι τούτων τῶν ἐθνῶν χρήσιμον, σοὶ δʼ, ἢν πολεμεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν βουληθῇς, συμφόρως ἕξειν.
Furthermore, Cyprus and Phoenicia and Cilicia, and that region from which the barbarians used to recruit their fleet, belonged at that time to the King, but now they have either revolted from him or are so involved in war and its attendant ills that none of these peoples is of any use to him; while to you, if you desire to make war upon him, they will be serviceable.
§ 103
καὶ μὴν Ἰδριέα γε τὸν εὐπορώτατον τῶν νῦν περὶ τὴν ἤπειρον προσήκει δυσμενέστερον εἶναι τοῖς βασιλέως πράγμασι τῶν πολεμούντων· ἢ πάντων γʼ ἂν εἴη σχετλιώτατος, εἰ μὴ βούλοιτο καταλελύσθαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχήν, τὴν αἰκισαμένην μὲν τὸν ἀδελφόν, πολεμήσασαν δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν χρόνον ἐπιβουλεύουσαν καὶ βουλομένην τοῦ τε σώματος αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἁπάντων γενέσθαι κυρίαν.
And mark also that Idrieus, who is the most prosperous of the present rulers of the mainland, must in the nature of things be more hostile to the interests of the King than are those who are making open war against him; verily he would be of all men the most perverse if he did not desire the dissolution of that empire which outrages his brother, which made war upon himself, and which at all times has never ceased to plot against him in its desire to be master of his person and of all his wealth.
§ 104
ὑπὲρ ὧν δεδιὼς νῦν μὲν ἀναγκάζεται θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἀναπέμπειν· εἰ δὲ σὺ διαβαίης εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον, ἐκεῖνός τʼ ἂν ἄσμενος ἴδοι βοηθὸν ἥκειν αὑτῷ σε νομίζων, τῶν τʼ ἄλλων σατραπῶν πολλοὺς ἀποστήσεις, ἢν ὑπόσχῃ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο διασπείρῃς εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὅ περ εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰσπεσὸν καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχὴν κατέλυσεν.
It is through fear of these things that he is now constrained to pay court to the King and to send him much tribute every year; but if you should cross over to the mainland with an army, he would greet you with joy, in the belief that you were come to his relief; and you will also induce many of the other satraps to throw off the King’s power if you promise them “freedom” and scatter broadcast over Asia that word which, when sown among the Hellenes, has broken up both our empire and that of the Lacedaemonians.
§ 105
ἔτι δʼ ἂν πλείω λέγειν ἐπεχείρουν, ὃν τρόπον πολεμῶν τάχιστʼ ἂν περιγένοιο τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως δυνάμεως· νῦν δὲ φοβοῦμαι μή τινες ἐπιτιμήσωσιν ἡμῖν, εἰ μηδὲν πώποτε μεταχειρισάμενος τῶν στρατηγικῶν νῦν τολμῴην σοὶ παραινεῖν τῷ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα διαπεπραγμένῳ κατὰ πόλεμον. ὥστε περὶ μὲν τούτων οὐδὲν οἶμαι δεῖν πλείω λέγειν. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων, ἡγοῦμαι τόν τε πατέρα σου καὶ τὸν κτησάμενον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὸν τοῦ γένους ἀρχηγόν, εἰ τῷ μὲν εἴη θέμις, οἱ δὲ δύναμιν λάβοιεν, τῶν αὐτῶν ἂν τούτων γενέσθαι συμβούλους ὧν περ ἐγώ.
I might go on and endeavor to speak at greater length on how you could carry on the war so as to triumph most quickly over the power of the King; but as things are, I fear that I might lay myself open to criticism if, having had no part in a soldier’s life, I should now venture to advise you, whose achievements in war are without parallel in number and magnitude. Therefore on this subject I think I need say nothing more. But to proceed with the rest of my discourse, I believe that both your own father and the founder of your kingdom, and also the progenitor of your race— were it lawful for Heracles and possible for the others to appear as your counsellors—would advise the very things which I have urged.
§ 106
χρῶμαι δὲ τεκμηρίοις ἐξ ὧν διαπεπραγμένοι τυγχάνουσιν. ὅ τε γὰρ πατήρ σου πρὸς τὰς πόλεις ταύτας, αἷς σοὶ παραινῶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, πρὸς ἁπάσας οἰκείως εἶχεν· ὅ τε κτησάμενος τὴν ἀρχήν, μεῖζον φρονήσας τῶν αὑτοῦ πολιτῶν καὶ μοναρχίας ἐπιθυμήσας, οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐβουλεύσατο τοῖς πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας φιλοτιμίας ὁρμωμένοις.
I draw my inference from their actions while they lived. For your father, in dealing with those states which I am urging you to cultivate, kept on friendly terms with them all. And the founder of your empire, although he aspired higher than did his fellow citizens and set his heart on a king’s power, was not minded to take the same road as others who set out to attain a like ambition.
§ 107
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πόλεσι στάσεις καὶ ταραχὰς καὶ σφαγὰς ἐμποιοῦντες ἐκτῶντο τὴν τιμὴν ταύτην, ὁ δὲ τὸν μὲν τόπον τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν ὅλως εἴασε, τὴν δʼ ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείαν κατασχεῖν ἐπεθύμησεν· ἠπίστατο γὰρ τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας οὐκ εἰθισμένους ὑπομένειν τὰς μοναρχίας, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους οὐ δυναμένους ἄνευ τῆς τοιαύτης δυναστείας διοικεῖν τὸν βίον τὸν σφέτερον αὐτῶν.
For they endeavored to win this honor by engendering factions, disorder, and bloodshed in their own cities; he, on the other hand, held entirely aloof from Hellenic territory, and set his heart upon occupying the throne of Macedon. For he knew full well that the Hellenes were not accustomed to submit to the rule of one man, while the other races were incapable of ordering their lives without the control of some such power.
§ 108
καὶ γάρ τοι συνέβη διὰ τὸ γνῶναι περὶ τούτων αὐτὸν ἰδίως καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν γεγενῆσθαι πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξηλλαγμένην· μόνους γὰρ Ἑλλήνων οὐχ ὁμοφύλου γένους ἄρχειν ἀξιώσας μόνος καὶ διαφυγεῖν ἠδυνήθη τοὺς κινδύνους τοὺς περὶ τὰς μοναρχίας γιγνομένους. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοιοῦτόν τι διαπεπραγμένους εὕροιμεν ἂν οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς διεφθαρμένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφανισμένον, ἐκεῖνον δʼ αὐτόν τʼ ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ τὸν βίον διαγαγόντα, τῷ τε γένει καταλιπόντα τὰς αὐτὰς τιμὰς ἅσπερ αὐτὸς εἶχεν.
And so it came about, owing to his unique insight in this regard, that his kingship has proved to be quite set apart from that of the generality of kings: for, because he alone among the Hellenes did not claim the right to rule over a people of kindred race, he alone was able to escape the perils incident to one-man power. For history discovers to us the fact that those among the Hellenes who have managed to acquire such authority have not only been destroyed themselves but have been blotted, root and branch, from the face of the earth; while he, on the contrary, lived a long and happy life and left his seed in possession of the same honors which he himself had enjoyed.
§ 109
περὶ τοίνυν Ἡρακλέους, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τὴν ἀνδρίαν ὑμνοῦντες αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἄθλους ἀπαριθμοῦντες διατελοῦσι, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων· τῶν τῇ ψυχῇ προσόντων ἀγαθῶν οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν ποιητῶν οὔτε τῶν λογοποιῶν οὐδεμίαν φανήσεται μνείαν πεποιημένος. ἐγὼ δʼ ὁρῶμεν τόπον ἴδιον καὶ παντάπασιν ἀδιεξέργαστον, οὐ μικρὸν οὐδὲ κενόν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν μὲν ἐπαίνων καὶ καλῶν πράξεων γέμοντα, ποθοῦντα δὲ τὸν ἀξίως ἂν δυνηθέντα διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν·
Coming now to Heracles, all others who praise him harp endlessly on his valor or recount his labors; and not one, either of the poets or of the historians, will be found to have commemorated his other excellences—I mean those which pertain to the spirit. I, on the other hand, see here a field set apart and entirely unworked—a field not small nor barren, but teeming with many a theme for praise and with glorious deeds, yet demanding a speaker with ability to do them justice.
§ 110
ἐφʼ ὃν εἰ μὲν νεώτερος ὢν ἐπέστην, ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἐπέδειξα τὸν πρόγονον ὑμῶν καὶ τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ καὶ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ πλέον διενεγκόντα πάντων τῶν προγεγενημένων ἢ τῇ ῥώμῃ τῇ τοῦ σώματος· νῦν δʼ ἐπελθὼν ἐπʼ αὐτόν, καὶ κατιδὼν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν, τήν τε δύναμιν τὴν παροῦσάν μοι κατεμεμψάμην καὶ τὸν λόγον ᾐσθόμην διπλάσιον ἂν γενόμενον τοῦ νῦν ἀναγιγνωσκομένου. τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων ἀπέστην διὰ τὰς αἰτίας ταύτας, μίαν δὲ πρᾶξιν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔλαβον, ἥ περ ἦν προσήκουσα μὲν καὶ πρέπουσα τοῖς προειρημένοις, τὸν δὲ καιρὸν ἔχουσα μάλιστα σύμμετρον τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις.
If this subject had claimed my attention when I was younger, I should have found it easy to prove that it was more by his wisdom, his lofty ambition, and his justice than by his strength of body that your ancestor surpassed all who lived before his day. But approaching the subject at my present age, and seeing what a wealth of material there is in it to discuss, I have felt that my present powers were unequal to the task, and I have also realized that my discourse would run on to twice the length of that which is now before you to be read. For these reasons, then, I have refrained from touching upon his other exploits and have singled out one only—a story which is pertinent and in keeping with what I have said before, while being of a length best proportioned to the subject now in hand.
§ 111
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ὁρῶν τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολέμων καὶ στάσεων καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων κακῶν μεστὴν οὖσαν, παύσας ταῦτα καὶ διαλλάξας τὰς πόλεις πρὸς ἀλλήλας ὑπέδειξε τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις, μεθʼ ὧν χρὴ καὶ πρὸς οὓς δεῖ τοὺς πολέμους ἐκφέρειν. ποιησάμενος γὰρ στρατείαν ἐπὶ Τροίαν, ἥ περ εἶχε τότε μεγίστην δύναμιν τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, τοσοῦτον διήνεγκε τῇ στρατηγίᾳ τῶν πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην ὕστερον πολεμησάντων,
When Heracles saw that Hellas was rife with wars and factions and many other afflictions, he first brought these troubles to an end and reconciled the cities with each other, and then showed by his example to coming generations with whom and against whom it was their duty to go to war. For he made an expedition against Troy, which was in those days the strongest power in Asia, and so far did he excel in generalship those who at a later time waged war against this same city, that,
§ 112
ὅσον οἱ μὲν μετὰ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δυνάμεως ἐν ἔτεσι δέκα μόλις αὐτὴν ἐξεπολιόρκησαν, ὁ δʼ ἐν ἡμέραις ἐλάττοσιν ἢ τοσαύταις καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγων στρατεύσας ῥᾳδίως αὐτὴν κατὰ κράτος εἷλεν. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοὺς βασιλέας τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν ἐφʼ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἠπείρου τὴν παραλίαν κατοικούντων ἅπαντας ἀπέκτεινεν· οὓς οὐδέποτʼ ἂν διέφθειρεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν ἐκράτησεν. ταῦτα δὲ πράξας τὰς στήλας τὰς Ἡρακλέους καλουμένας ἐποιήσατο, τροπαῖον μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων, μνημεῖον δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς αὑτοῦ καὶ τῶν κινδύνων, ὅρους δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων χώρας.
while they with the combined strength of Hellas found it difficult to take Troy after a siege which lasted ten years, he, on the other hand, in less than as many days, and with a small expedition, easily took the city by storm. After this, he put to death to a man all the princes of the tribes who dwelt along the shores of both continents; and these he could never have destroyed had he not first conquered their armies. When he had done these things, he set up the Pillars of Heracles, as they are called, to be a trophy of victory over the barbarians, a monument to his own valor and the perils he had surmounted, and to mark the bounds of the territory of the Hellenes.
§ 113
τούτου δʼ ἕνεκά σοι περὶ τούτων διῆλθον, ἵνα γνῷς ὅτι σε τυγχάνω τῷ λόγῳ παρακαλῶν ἐπὶ τοιαύτας πράξεις, ἃς ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων οἱ πρόγονοί σου φαίνονται καλλίστας προκρίναντες. ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν χρὴ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας τὸν κράτιστον ὑποστησαμένους πειρᾶσθαι γίγνεσθαι τοιούτους, μάλιστα δὲ σοὶ προσήκει. τὸ γὰρ μὴ δεῖν ἀλλοτρίοις χρῆσθαι παραδείγμασιν, ἀλλʼ οἰκεῖον ὑπάρχειν, πῶς οὐκ εἰκὸς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σε παροξύνεσθαι, καὶ φιλονικεῖν ὅπως τῷ προγόνῳ σαυτὸν ὅμοιον παρασκευάσεις;
My purpose in relating all this is that you may see that by my words I am exhorting you to a course of action which, in the light of their deeds, it is manifest that your ancestors chose as the noblest of all. Now, while all who are blessed with understanding ought to set before themselves the greatest of men as their model, and strive to become like him, it behoves you above all to do so. For since you have no need to follow alien examples but have before you one from your own house, have we not then the right to expect that you will be spurred on by this and inspired by the ambition to make yourself like the ancestor of your race?
§ 114
λέγω δʼ οὐχ ὡς δυνησόμενον ἁπάσας σε μιμήσασθαι τὰς Ἡρακλέους πράξεις (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν τῶν θεῶν ἔνιοι δυνηθεῖεν)· ἀλλὰ κατά γε τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦθος καὶ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν, ἣν εἶχεν εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, δύναιʼ ἂν ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς ἐκείνου βουλήμασιν. ἔστι δέ σοι πεισθέντι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις τυχεῖν δόξης,
I do not mean that you will be able to imitate Heracles in all his exploits; for even among the gods there are some who could not do that; but in the qualities of the spirit, in devotion to humanity, and in the good will which he cherished toward the Hellenes, you can come close to his purposes. And it lies in your power, if you will heed my words, to attain whatever glory you yourself desire;
§ 115
οἵας ἂν αὐτὸς βουληθῇς· ῥᾴδιον γάρ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν παρόντων κτήσασθαι τὴν καλλίστην, ἢ ἐξ ὧν παρέλαβες ἐπὶ τὴν νῦν ὑπάρχουσαν προελθεῖν. σκέψαι δʼ ὅτι σε τυγχάνω παρακαλῶν, ἐξ ὧν ποιήσει τὰς στρατείας οὐ μετὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐφʼ οὓς οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπὶ τούτους πρὸς οὓς προσήκει τοὺς ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέους γεγονότας πολεμεῖν.
for it is easier for you to rise from your present station and win the noblest fame than it has been to advance from the station which you inherited to the fame which is now yours. And mark that I am summoning you to an undertaking in which you will make expeditions, not with the barbarians against men who have given you no just cause, but with the Hellenes against those upon whom it is fitting that the descendants of Heracles should wage war.
§ 116
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ διὰ παντός σε τοῦ λόγου πειρῶμαι προτρέπειν ἐπί τε τὰς εὐεργεσίας τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ πραότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν· ὁρῶ γὰρ τὰς μὲν χαλεπότητας λυπηρὰς οὔσας καὶ τοῖς ἔχουσι καὶ τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι, τὰς δὲ πραότητας οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζώων ἁπάντων εὐδοκιμούσας,
And do not be surprised if throughout my speech I am trying to incline you to a policy of kindness to the Hellenes and of gentleness and humanity. For harshness is, I observe, grievous both to those who exercise it and to those upon whom it falls, while gentleness, whether in man or in the other animals, bears a good name;
§ 117
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν θεῶν τοὺς μὲν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους ἡμῖν ὄντας Ὀλυμπίους προσαγορευομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ ταῖς τιμωρίαις τεταγμένους δυσχερεστέρας τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχοντας, καὶ τῶν μὲν καὶ τοὺς ἰδιώτας καὶ τὰς πόλεις καὶ νεὼς καὶ βωμοὺς ἱδρυμένους, τοὺς δʼ οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις τιμωμένους, ἀλλʼ ἀποπομπὰς αὐτῶν ἡμᾶς ποιουμένους.
nay, in the case of the gods also we invoke as the “Heavenly Ones” those who bless us with good things, while to those who are agents of calamities and punishments we apply more hateful epithets; in honor of the former, both private persons and states erect temples and altars, whereas we honor the latter neither in our prayers nor in our sacrifices, but practice rites to drive away their evil presence.
§ 118
ὧν ἐνθυμούμενον ἐθίζειν σαυτὸν χρή, καὶ μελετᾶν ὅπως ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ νῦν τοιαύτην ἅπαντες περὶ σοῦ τὴν γνώμην ἕξουσιν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς μείζονος δόξης τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιθυμοῦντας περιβάλλεσθαι μὲν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰς πράξεις δυνατὰς μέν, εὐχῇ δʼ ὁμοίας, ἐξεργάζεσθαι δὲ ζητεῖν αὐτὰς ὅπως ἂν οἱ καιροὶ παραδιδῶσιν.
Bearing ever in mind these truths, you should habitually act and strive to the end that all men shall cherish even more than they do now such an opinion of your character. Indeed, those who crave a greater fame than that of other men must map out in their thoughts a course of action which, while practicable, is at the same time close to the ideal, and seek to carry it into effect as opportunity presents a way.
§ 119
ἐκ πολλῶν δʼ ἂν κατανοήσειας ὅτι δεῖ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον πράττειν, μάλιστα δʼ ἐκ τῶν Ἰάσονι συμβάντων. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον οἷον σὺ κατεργασάμενος μεγίστης δόξης ἔτυχεν, οὐκ ἐξ ὧν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν ἔφησεν· ἐποιεῖτο γὰρ τοὺς λόγους ὡς εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον διαβησόμενος καὶ βασιλεῖ πολεμήσων.
From many considerations you may realize that you ought to act in this way, but especially from the experiences of Jason. For he, without having achieved anything comparable to what you have done, won the highest renown, not from what he did, but from what he said; for he kept talking as if he intended to cross over to the continent and make war upon the King.
§ 120
ὅπου δʼ Ἰάσων λόγῳ μόνον χρησάμενος οὕτως αὑτὸν ηὔξησεν, ποίαν τινὰ χρὴ προσδοκᾶν περὶ σοῦ γνώμην αὐτοὺς ἕξειν, ἢν ἔργῳ ταῦτα πράξῃς, καὶ μάλιστα μὲν πειραθῇς ὅλην τὴν βασιλείαν ἑλεῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, χώραν ὅτι πλείστην ἀφορίσασθαι καὶ διαλαβεῖν τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὡς λέγουσί τινες, ἀπὸ Κιλικίας μέχρι Σινώπης, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κτίσαι πόλεις ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ, καὶ κατοικίσαι τοὺς νῦν πλανωμένους διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ λυμαινομένους οἷς ἂν ἐντύχωσιν.
Now since Jason by use of words alone advanced himself so far, what opinion must we expect the world will have of you if you actually do this thing; above all, if you undertake to conquer the whole empire of the King, or, at any rate, to wrest from it a vast extent of territory and sever from it—to use a current phrase—“Asia from Cilicia to Sinope”; and if, furthermore, you undertake to establish cities in this region, and to settle in permanent abodes those who now, for lack of the daily necessities of life, are wandering from place to place and committing outrages upon whomsoever they encounter?
§ 121
οὓς εἰ μὴ παύσομεν ἀθροιζομένους βίον αὐτοῖς ἱκανὸν πορίσαντες, λήσουσιν ἡμᾶς τοσοῦτοι γενόμενοι τὸ πλῆθος, ὥστε μηδὲν ἧττον αὐτοὺς εἶναι φοβεροὺς τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἢ τοῖς βαρβάροις· ὧν οὐδεμίαν ποιούμεθα πρόνοιαν, ἀλλʼ ἀγνοοῦμεν κοινὸν φόβον καὶ κίνδυνον ἅπασιν ἡμῖν αὐξανόμενον.
If we do not stop these men from banding together, by providing sufficient livelihood for them, they will grow before we know it into so great a multitude as to be a terror no less to the Hellenes than to the barbarians. But we pay no heed to them; nay, we shut our eyes to the fact that a terrible menace which threatens us all alike is waxing day by day.
§ 122
ἔστιν οὖν ἀνδρὸς μέγα φρονοῦντος καὶ φιλέλληνος καὶ πορρωτέρω τῶν ἄλλων τῇ διανοίᾳ καθορῶντος, ἀποχρησάμενον τοῖς τοιούτοις πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους, καὶ χώραν ἀποτεμόμενον τοσαύτην ὅσην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρήκαμεν, ἀπαλλάξαι τε τοὺς ξενιτευομένους τῶν κακῶν ὧν αὐτοί τʼ ἔχουσι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέχουσι, καὶ πόλεις ἐξ αὐτῶν συστῆσαι, καὶ ταύταις ὁρίσαι τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ προβαλέσθαι πρὸ ἁπάντων ἡμῶν.
It is therefore the duty of a man who is high-minded, who is a lover of Hellas, who has a broader vision than the rest of the world, to employ these bands in a war against the barbarians, to strip from that empire all the territory which I defined a moment ago, to deliver these homeless wanderers from the ills by which they are afflicted and which they inflict upon others, to collect them into cities, and with these cities to fix the boundary of Hellas, making of them buffer states to shield us all.
§ 123
ταῦτα γὰρ πράξας οὐ μόνον ἐκείνους εὐδαίμονας ποιήσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἀσφάλειαν καταστήσεις. ἢν δʼ οὖν τούτων διαμάρτῃς, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνό γε ῥᾳδίως ποιήσεις, τὰς πόλεις τὰς τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικούσας ἐλευθερώσεις. ὅ τι δʼ ἂν τούτων πρᾶξαι δυνηθῇς ἢ καὶ μόνον ἐπιχειρήσῃς, οὐκ ἔσθʼ ὅπως οὐ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων εὐδοκιμήσεις, καὶ δικαίως, ἤν περ αὐτός τʼ ἐπὶ ταῦθʼ ὁρμήσῃς καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας προτρέψῃς·
For by doing this, you will not only make them prosperous, but you will put us all on a footing of security. If, however, you do not succeed in these objects, this much you will at any rate easily accomplish,—the liberation of the cities which are on the coast of Asia. But no matter what part of this undertaking you are able to carry out, or only attempt to carry out, you cannot fail to attain distinguished glory; and it will be well deserved if only you will make this the goal of your own efforts and urge on the Hellenes in the same course.
§ 124
ἐπεὶ νῦν γε τίς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως τὰ συμβεβηκότα θαυμάσειε καὶ καταφρονήσειεν ἡμῶν, ὅπου παρὰ μὲν τοῖς βαρβάροις, οὓς ὑπειλήφαμεν μαλακοὺς εἶναι καὶ πολέμων ἀπείρους καὶ διεφθαρμένους ὑπὸ τῆς τρυφῆς, ἄνδρες ἐγγεγόνασιν οἳ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἄρχειν ἠξίωσαν, τῶν δʼ Ἑλλήνων οὐδεὶς τοσοῦτον πεφρόνηκεν ὥστʼ ἐπιχειρῆσαι τῆς Ἀσίας ἡμᾶς ποιῆσαι κυρίους,
For as things now are, who would not have reason to be amazed at the turn events have taken and to feel contempt for us, when among the barbarians, whom we have come to look upon as effeminate and unversed in war and utterly degenerate from luxurious living, men have arisen who thought themselves worthy to rule over Hellas, while among the Hellenes no one has aspired so high as to attempt to make us masters of Asia?
§ 125
ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν ἀπολελειμμένοι τυγχάνομεν, ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὐκ ὤκνησαν οὐδὲ προϋπάρξαι τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἡμεῖς δʼ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν κακῶς ἐπάθομεν ἀμύνεσθαι τολμῶμεν αὐτούς, ἀλλʼ ὁμολογούντων ἐκείνων ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς πολέμοις μήτε στρατιώτας ἔχειν μήτε στρατηγοὺς μήτʼ ἄλλο μηδὲν τῶν εἰς τοὺς κινδύνους χρησίμων,
Nay, we have dropped so far behind the barbarians that, while they did not hesitate even to begin hostilities against the Hellenes, we do not even have the spirit to pay them back for the injuries we have suffered at their hands. On the contrary, although they admit that in all their wars they have no soldiers of their own nor generals nor any of the things which are serviceable in times of danger,
§ 126
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα πάντα παρʼ ἡμῶν μεταπεμπομένων, εἰς τοῦθʼ ἥκομεν ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ κακῶς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ποιεῖν, ὥστʼ ἐξὸν ἡμῖν τἀκείνων ἀδεῶς ἔχειν πρὸς ἡμᾶς τʼ αὐτοὺς περὶ μικρῶν πολεμοῦμεν, καὶ τοὺς ἀφισταμένους τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς βασιλέως συγκαταστρεφόμεθα, καὶ λελήθαμεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐνίοτε μετὰ τῶν πατρικῶν ἐχθρῶν τοὺς τῆς αὐτῆς συγγενείας μετέχοντας ἀπολλύναι ζητοῦντες.
but have to send and get all these from us, we have gone so far in our passion to injure ourselves that, whereas it lies in our power to possess the wealth of the barbarians in security and peace, we continue to wage war upon each other over trifles, and we actually help to reduce to subjection those who revolt from the authority of the King, and sometimes, unwittingly, we ally ourselves with our hereditary foes and seek to destroy those who are of our own race.
§ 127
διὸ καὶ σοὶ νομίζω συμφέρειν οὕτως ἀνάνδρως διακειμένων τῶν ἄλλων προστῆναι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον. προσήκει δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις τοῖς ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέους πεφυκόσι καὶ τοῖς ἐν πολιτείᾳ καὶ νόμοις ἐνδεδεμένοις ἐκείνην τὴν πόλιν στέργειν, ἐν ᾗ τυγχάνουσι κατοικοῦντες, σὲ δʼ ὥσπερ ἄφετον γεγενημένον ἅπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα πατρίδα νομίζειν, ὥσπερ ὁ γεννήσας ὑμᾶς, καὶ κινδυνεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ ὧν μάλιστα σπουδάζεις.
Therefore, since the others are so lacking in spirit, I think it is opportune for you to head the war against the King; and, while it is only natural for the other descendants of Heracles, and for men who are under the bonds of their polities and laws, to cleave fondly to that state in which they happen to dwell, it is your privilege, as one who has been blessed with untrammeled freedom, to consider all Hellas your fatherland, as did the founder of your race, and to be as ready to brave perils for her sake as for the things about which you are personally most concerned.
§ 128
ἴσως δʼ ἄν τινες ἐπιτιμῆσαί μοι τολμήσειαν τῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένων ἢ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ὅτι σὲ προειλόμην παρακαλεῖν ἐπί τε τὴν στρατείαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, παραλιπὼν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ πόλιν.
Perhaps there are those—men capable of nothing else but criticism—who will venture to rebuke me because I have chosen to challenge you to the task of leading the expedition against the barbarians and of taking Hellas under your care, while I have passed over my own city.
§ 129
ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν πρὸς ἄλλους τινὰς πρότερον ἐπεχείρουν διαλέγεσθαι περὶ τούτων ἢ πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα τὴν αὑτοῦ τὴν τρὶς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερώσασαν, δὶς μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἅπαξ δʼ ἀπὸ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχῆς, ὡμολόγουν ἂν πλημμελεῖν· νῦν δʼ ἐκείνην μὲν φανήσομαι πρώτην ἐπὶ ταῦτα προτρέπων ὡς ἠδυνάμην μετὰ πλείστης σπουδῆς, αἰσθανόμενος δʼ ἔλαττον αὐτὴν φροντίζουσαν τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένων ἢ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος μαινομένων ἐκείνην μὲν εἴασα, τῆς δὲ πραγματείας οὐκ ἀπέστην.
Well, if I were trying to present this matter to any others before having broached it to my own country, which has thrice freed Hellas—twice from the barbarians and once from the Lacedaemonian yoke—I should confess my error. In truth, however, it will be found that I turned to Athens first of all and endeavored to win her over to this cause with all the earnestness of which my nature is capable, but when I perceived that she cared less for what I said than for the ravings of the platform orators, I gave her up, although I did not abandon my efforts.
§ 130
διὸ δικαίως ἄν με πάντες ἐπαινοῖεν ὅτι, τῇ δυνάμει ταύτῃ χρώμενος ἣν ἔχων τυγχάνω, διατετέλεκα πάντα τὸν χρόνον πολεμῶν μὲν τοῖς βαρβάροις, κατηγορῶν δὲ τῶν μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐμοὶ γνώμην ἐχόντων, προτρέπειν δʼ ἐπιχειρῶν οὓς ἂν ἐλπίσω μάλιστα δυνήσεσθαι τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας ἀγαθόν τι ποιῆσαι, τοὺς δὲ βαρβάρους ἀφελέσθαι τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν εὐδαιμονίαν.
Wherefore I might justly be praised on every hand, because throughout my whole life I have constantly employed such powers as I possess in warring on the barbarians, in condemning those who opposed my plan, and in striving to arouse to action whoever I think will best be able to benefit the Hellenes in any way or to rob the barbarians of their present prosperity.
§ 131
διόπερ καὶ νῦν πρὸς σὲ ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τούτοις ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ μὲν λεγομένοις πολλοὶ φθονήσουσι, τοῖς δʼ αὐτοῖς τούτοις ὑπὸ σοῦ πραττομένοις ἅπαντες συνησθήσονται. τῶν μὲν γὰρ εἰρημένων οὐδεὶς κεκοινώνηκε, τῶν δʼ ὠφελιῶν τῶν κατεργασθησομένων οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ οἰήσεται μεθέξειν.
Consequently, I am now addressing myself to you, although I am not unaware that when I am proposing this course many will look at it askance, but that when you are actually carrying it out all will rejoice in it; for no one has had any part in what I have proposed, but when the benefits from it shall have been realized in fact, everyone without fail will look to have his portion.
§ 132
σκέψαι δʼ ὡς αἰσχρὸν περιορᾶν τὴν Ἀσίαν ἄμεινον πράττουσαν τῆς Εὐρώπης καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους εὐπορωτέρους τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄντας, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἀπὸ Κύρου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχοντας, ὃν ἡ μήτηρ εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν ἐξέβαλε, βασιλέας μεγάλους προσαγορευομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἀφʼ Ἡρακλέους πεφυκότας, ὃν ὁ γεννήσας διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν εἰς θεοὺς ἀνήγαγε, ταπεινοτέροις ὀνόμασιν ἢ ʼκείνους προσαγορευομένους. ὧν οὐδὲν ἐατέον οὕτως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἀναστρεπτέον καὶ μεταστατέον ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐστίν.
Consider also what a disgrace it is to sit idly by and see Asia flourishing more than Europe and the barbarians enjoying a greater prosperity than the Hellenes; and, what is more, to see those who derive their power from Cyrus, who as a child was cast out by his mother on the public highway, addressed by the title of “The Great King,” while the descendants of Heracles, who because of his virtue was exalted by his father to the rank of a god, are addressed by meaner titles than they. We must not allow this state of affairs to go on; no, we must change and reverse it entirely.
§ 133
εὖ δʼ ἴσθι μηδὲν ἄν με τούτων ἐπιχειρήσαντά σε πείθειν, εἰ δυναστείαν μόνον καὶ πλοῦτον ἑώρων ἐξ αὐτῶν γενησόμενον· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ τά γε τοιαῦτα καὶ νῦν σοι πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ πολλὴν ἀπληστίαν ἔχειν ὅς τις προαιρεῖται κινδυνεύειν ὥστʼ ἤ ταῦτα λαβεῖν ἢ στερηθῆναι τῆς ψυχῆς.
Rest assured that I should never have attempted to persuade you to undertake this at all had power and wealth been the only things which I saw would come of it; for I think that you already have more than enough of such things, and that any man is beyond measure insatiable who deliberately chooses the extreme hazard of either winning these prizes or losing his life.
§ 134
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ πρὸς τὰς τούτων κτήσεις ἀποβλέψας ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλʼ οἰόμενος ἐκ τούτων μεγίστην σοι καὶ καλλίστην γενήσεσθαι δόξαν. ἐνθυμοῦ δʼ ὅτι τὸ μὲν σῶμα θνητὸν ἅπαντες ἔχομεν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ τοὺς ἐπαίνους καὶ τὴν φήμην καὶ τὴν μνήμην τὴν τῷ χρόνῳ συμπαρακολουθοῦσαν ἀθανασίας μεταλαμβάνομεν, ἧς ἄξιον ὀρεγομένους καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἐσμὲν ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν.
No, it is not with a view to the acquisition of wealth and power that I urge this course, but in the belief that by means of these you will win a name of surpassing greatness and glory. Bear in mind that while we all possess bodies that are mortal, yet by virtue of good will and praise and good report and memory which keeps pace with the passage of time we partake of immortality— a boon for which we may well strive with all our might and suffer any hardship whatsoever.
§ 135
ἴδοις δʼ ἂν καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τοὺς ἐπιεικεστάτους ὑπὲρ ἄλλου μὲν οὐδενὸς ἂν τὸ ζῆν ἀντικαταλλαξαμένους, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ τυχεῖν καλῆς δόξης ἀποθνήσκειν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἐθέλοντας, ὅλως δὲ τοὺς μὲν τιμῆς ἐπιθυμοῦντας ἀεὶ μείζονος ἧς ἔχουσιν ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινουμένους, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς ἄλλο τι τῶν ὄντων ἀπλήστως διακειμένους ἀκρατεστέρους καὶ φαυλοτέρους εἶναι δοκοῦντας.
You may observe that even common citizens of the best sort, who would exchange their lives for nothing else, are willing for the sake of winning glory to lay them down in battle; and, in general, that those who crave always an honor greater than they already possess are praised by all men, while those who are insatiable with regard to any other thing under the sun are looked upon as intemperate and mean.
§ 136
τὸ δὲ μέγιστον τῶν εἰρημένων, ὅτι συμβαίνει τοῦ μὲν πλούτου καὶ τῶν δυναστειῶν πολλάκις τοὺς ἐχθροὺς κυρίους γίγνεσθαι, τῆς δʼ εὐνοίας τῆς παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν προειρημένων μηδένας ἄλλους καταλείπεσθαι κληρονόμους πλὴν τοὺς ἐξ ἡμῶν γεγονότας. ὥστʼ ᾐσχυνόμην ἄν, εἰ μὴ τούτων ἕνεκα συνεβούλευον καὶ τὴν στρατείαν ποιεῖσθαι ταύτην καὶ πολεμεῖν καὶ κινδυνεύειν.
But more important than all that I have said is the truth that wealth and positions of power often fall into the hands of our foes, whereas the good will of our fellow countrymen and the other rewards which I have mentioned are possessions to which none can fall heir but our own children, and they alone. I could not, therefore, respect myself if I failed to advance these motives in urging you to make this expedition and wage war and brave its perils.
§ 137
οὕτω δʼ ἄριστα βουλεύσει περὶ τούτων, ἢν ὑπολάβῃς μὴ μόνον τὸν λόγον τοῦτόν σε παρακαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἀνανδρίαν καὶ τοὺς ὀνομαστοτάτους γενομένους καὶ δόξαντας ἡμιθέους εἶναι διὰ τὴν στρατείαν τὴν ἐπʼ ἐκείνους, μάλιστα δὲ πάντων τὸν καιρόν, ἐν ᾧ σὺ μὲν τυγχάνεις τοσαύτην δύναμιν κεκτημένος ὅσην οὐδεὶς τῶν τὴν Εὐρώπην κατοικησάντων, πρὸς ὃν δὲ πολεμήσεις, οὕτω σφόδρα μεμισημένος καὶ καταπεφρονημένος ὑφʼ ἁπάντων ὡς οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν βασιλευσάντων.
You will best resolve upon this question if you feel that you are summoned to this task, not by my words only, but by your forefathers, by the cowardice of the Persians, and by all who have won great fame and attained the rank of demigods because of their campaigns against the barbarians, and, most of all, by the present opportunity, which finds you in the possession of greater power than has any of those who dwell in Europe, and finds him against whom you are to make war more cordially hated and despised by the world at large than was ever any king before him.
§ 138
πρὸ πολλοῦ δʼ ἂν ἐποιησάμην οἷόν τʼ εἶναι συνερᾶσαι τοὺς λόγους ἅπαντας τοὺς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ περὶ τούτων εἰρημένους· μᾶλλον γὰρ ἂν ἄξιος οὗτος ἔδοξεν εἶναι τῆς ὑποθέσεως. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ σέ γε χρὴ σκοπεῖν ἐξ ἁπάντων τὰ συντείνοντα καὶ προτρέποντα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἄριστα βουλεύσαιο περὶ αὐτῶν.
I should have given much to be able to blend into one all the speeches I have delivered on this question; for the present discourse would then appear more worthy of its theme. But, as things are, it devolves upon you to search out and consider, from all my speeches, the arguments which bear upon and urge you to this war; for so you will best resolve upon the matter.
§ 139
οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δʼ ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν ἄμαχον εἶναι νομίζουσιν· ὧν ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, εἰ τὴν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπου βαρβάρου καὶ κακῶς τεθραμμένου κατασταθεῖσαν καὶ συναχθεῖσαν ἐπὶ δουλείᾳ, ταύτην ὑπʼ ἀνδρὸς Ἕλληνος καὶ περὶ τοὺς πολέμους πολλὴν ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντος μὴ νομίζουσιν ἂν ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ διαλυθῆναι, καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰδότες ὅτι συστῆσαι μέν ἐστιν ἅπαντα χαλεπόν, διαστῆσαι δὲ ῥᾴδιον.
Now I am not unaware that many of the Hellenes look upon the King’s power as invincible. Yet one may well marvel at them if they really believe that the power which was subdued to the will of a mere barbarian—an ill-bred barbarian at that—and collected in the cause of slavery, could not be scattered by a man of the blood of Hellas, of ripe experience in warfare, in the cause of freedom—and that too although they know that while it is in all cases difficult to construct a thing, to destroy it is, comparatively, an easy task.
§ 140
ἐνθυμοῦ δʼ ὅτι μάλιστα τούτους τιμῶσιν ἅπαντες καὶ θαυμάζουσιν, οἵτινες ἀμφότερα δύνανται, καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ στρατηγεῖν. ὅταν οὖν ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐν μιᾷ πόλει ταύτην ἔχοντας τὴν φύσιν εὐδοκιμοῦντας, ποίους τινὰς χρὴ προσδοκᾶν τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς περὶ σοῦ ῥηθησομένους, ὅταν φαίνῃ ταῖς μὲν εὐεργεσίαις ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς Ἕλλησι πεπολιτευμένος, ταῖς δὲ στρατηγίαις τοὺς βαρβάρους κατεστραμμένος;
Bear in mind that the men whom the world most admires and honors are those who unite in themselves the abilities of the statesman and the general. When, therefore, you see the renown which even in a single city is bestowed on men who possess these gifts, what manner of eulogies must you expect to hear spoken of you, when among all the Hellenes you shall stand forth as a statesman who has worked for the good of Hellas, and as a general who has overthrown the barbarians?
§ 141
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι ταῦτα πέρας ἕξειν· οὐδένα γὰρ ἄλλον ποτὲ δυνήσεσθαι μείζω πρᾶξαι τούτων· οὔτε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι γενήσεσθαι τηλικοῦτον ἔργον, ὅσον ἐστὶ τὸ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοσούτων πολέμων ἐπὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν προαγαγεῖν, οὔτε τοῖς βαρβάροις εἰκός ἐστι συστῆναι τηλικαύτην δύναμιν, ἢν τὴν νῦν ὑπάρχουσαν καταλύσῃς.
I, for my part, think that this will set a limit to human endeavor; for no other man will ever be able to do deeds greater than these, because among the Hellenes there will never be again so great an enterprise as that of leading us forward out of our innumerable wars into a spirit of concord; nor, among the barbarians, is it likely that so great a power will ever be built up again if once you shatter that which they now possess.
§ 142
ὥστε τῶν μὲν ἐπιγιγνομένων οὐδʼ ἤν τις τῶν ἄλλων διενέγκῃ τὴν φύσιν, οὐδὲν ἕξει ποιῆσαι τοιοῦτον. ἀλλὰ μὴν τῶν γε προγεγενημένων ἔχω μὲν ὑπερβαλεῖν τὰς πράξεις τοῖς ἤδη διὰ σοῦ κατειργασμένοις, οὐ γλίσχρως, ἀλλʼ ἀληθινῶς· ὅστις γὰρ ἔθνη τοσαῦτα τυγχάνεις κατεστραμμένος ὅσας οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν Ἑλλήνων πόλεις εἷλε, πῶς οὐκ ἂν πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀντιπαραβάλλων ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἐπέδειξα μείζω σε κἀκείνων διαπεπραγμένον;
Therefore, in generations yet to come, no one, no matter how surpassing his genius, will ever be in a position to do so great a thing. Yes, and speaking of those who lived before your time, I could show that their deeds are excelled by the things which you have even now accomplished, in no specious sense but in very truth; for since you have overthrown more nations than any of the Hellenes has ever taken cities, it would not be hard for me to prove, comparing you with each of them in turn, that you have accomplished greater things than they.
§ 143
ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἱλόμην ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς τοιαύτης ἰδέας διʼ ἀμφότερα, διά τε τοὺς οὐκ εὐκαίρως αὐτῇ χρωμένους, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι ταπεινοτέρους ποιεῖν τῶν νῦν ὄντων τοὺς ἡμιθέους εἶναι νομιζομένους.
But I have deliberately abstained from this mode of comparison, and for two reasons: because some writers employ it in season and out of season, and also because I am unwilling to represent those whom the world regards as demigods as of less worth than men who are now living.
§ 144
ἐνθυμοῦ δʼ, ἵνα τι καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἴπωμεν, ὅτι τὸν Ταντάλου πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν Πέλοπος ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν Εὐρυσθέως δύναμιν οὐδεὶς ἂν οὔτε λόγων εὑρετὴς οὔτε ποιητὴς ἐπαινέσειεν, ἀλλὰ μετά γε τὴν Ἡρακλέους ὑπερβολὴν καὶ τὴν Θησέως ἀρετὴν τοὺς ἐπὶ Τροίαν στρατευσαμένους καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνοις ὁμοίους γενομένους ἅπαντες ἂν εὐλογήσειαν.
Ponder well the fact (to touch upon examples from the distant past) that while no man, whether poet or writer of prose, would applaud the wealth of Tantalus, or the rule of Pelops, or the power of Eurystheus, all the world, with one accord, would praise—next to the unrivalled excellence of Heracles and the goodness of Theseus—the men who marched against Troy and all others who have proved to be like them.
§ 145
καίτοι τοὺς ὀνομαστοτάτους καὶ τοὺς ἀρίστους αὐτῶν ἴσμεν ἐν μικροῖς πολιχνίοις καὶ νησυδρίοις τὰς ἀρχὰς κατασχόντας. ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἰσόθεον καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ὀνομαστὴν τὴν αὑτῶν δόξαν κατέλιπον· ἅπαντες γὰρ φιλοῦσιν οὐ τοὺς σφίσιν αὐτοῖς μεγίστην δυναστείαν κτησαμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τοῖς Ἕλλησι πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους γεγενημένους.
And yet we know that the bravest and most famous of them held their sway in little villages and petty islands; nevertheless they left behind them a name which rivals that of the gods and is renowned throughout the world. For all the world loves, not those who have acquired the greatest power for themselves alone, but those who have shown themselves to be the greatest benefactors of Hellas.
§ 146
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐπὶ τούτων αὐτοὺς ὄψει τὴν γνώμην ταύτην ἔχοντας, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πάντων ὁμοίως· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπαινέσειεν, οὔθʼ ὅτι τῆς θαλάττης ἦρξεν οὔθʼ ὅτι τοσοῦτον πλῆθος χρημάτων εἰσπράξασα τοὺς συμμάχους εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἀνήνεγκεν, ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ὅτι πολλῶν πόλεων ἐξουσίαν ἔλαβε, τὰς μὲν ἀναστάτους ποιῆσαι, τὰς δʼ αὐξῆσαι, τὰς δʼ ὅπως ἐβουλήθη διοικῆσαι·
And you will observe that this is the opinion which men hold, not of these heroes only, but of all mankind. Thus, no one would praise our city either because she was once mistress of the sea, or because she extorted such huge sums of money from her allies and carried them up into the Acropolis, nor yet, surely, because she obtained power over many cities—power to devastate them, or aggrandize them, or manage them according to her pleasure (for all these things it was possible for her to do);
§ 147
πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα παρῆν αὐτῇ πράττειν· ἀλλʼ ἐκ τούτων μὲν πολλαὶ κατηγορίαι κατʼ αὐτῆς γεγόνασιν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Μαραθῶνι μάχης καὶ τῆς ἐν Σαλαμῖνι ναυμαχίας, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι τὴν αὑτῶν ἐξέλιπον ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων σωτηρίας, ἅπαντες αὐτὴν ἐγκωμιάζουσιν.
no, all these things have been the source of many complaints against her, while because of the battle of Marathon, the naval battle at Salamis, and most of all because her citizens abandoned their own homes to insure the deliverance of Hellas, she enjoys the encomiums of all mankind. The same opinion is held regarding the Lacedaemonians also;
§ 148
τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ γνώμην καὶ περὶ Δακεδαιμονίων ἔχουσιν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων μᾶλλον ἄγανται τὴν ἧτταν τὴν ἐν Θερμοπύλαις ἢ τὰς ἄλλας νίκας, καὶ τὸ τρόπαιον τὸ μὲν κατʼ ἐκείνων ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων σταθὲν ἀγαπῶσι καὶ θεωροῦσι, τὰ δʼ ὑπὸ Δακεδαιμονίων κατὰ τῶν ἄλλων οὐκ ἐπαινοῦσιν ἀλλʼ ἀηδῶς ὁρῶσιν· ἡγοῦνται γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἀρετῆς εἶναι σημεῖον, τὰ δὲ πλεονεξίας.
their defeat at Thermopylae is more admired than their many victories; the trophy which was erected by the barbarians over the Lacedaemonians is an object of affectionate regard and of pilgrimages, while the trophies erected by the Lacedaemonians over their enemies call forth, not praise, but odium; for the former is regarded as a proof of valor, the latter of selfish greed.
§ 149
ταῦτʼ οὖν ἐξετάσας ἅπαντα καὶ διελθὼν πρὸς αὑτόν, ἢν μέν τι τῶν εἰρημένων ᾖ μαλακώτερον ἢ καταδεέστερον, αἰτιῶ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν ἐμήν, ᾗ δικαίως ἂν ἅπαντες συγγνώμην ἔχοιεν· ἢν δʼ ὅμοια τοῖς πρότερον διαδεδομένοις, νομίζειν αὐτὰ χρὴ μὴ τὸ γῆρας τοὐμὸν εὑρεῖν ἀλλὰ τὸ δαιμόνιον ὑποβαλεῖν, οὐκ ἐμοῦ φροντίζον, ἀλλὰ τῆς Ἑλλάδος κηδόμενον, καὶ βουλόμενον ταύτην τε τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλάξαι τῶν παρόντων καὶ σοὶ πολὺ μείζω περιθεῖναι δόξαν τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης.
Now if, after examining and reviewing all these admonitions in your own mind, you feel that my discourse is in any part rather weak and inadequate, set it down to my age, which might well claim the indulgence of all; but if it is up to the standard of my former publications, I would have you believe that it was not my old age that conceived it but the divine will that prompted it, not out of solicitude for me, but because of its concern for Hellas, and because of its desire to deliver her out of her present distress and to crown you with a glory far greater than you now possess.
§ 150
οἶμαι δέ σʼ οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὃν τρόπον οἱ θεοὶ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διοικοῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρες οὔτε τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὔτε τῶν κακῶν γίγνονται τῶν συμβαινόντων αὐτοῖς, ἀλλʼ ἑκάστοις τοιαύτην ἔννοιαν ἐμποιοῦσιν,
I think that you are not unaware in what manner the gods order the affairs of mortals: for not with their own hands do they deal out the blessings and curses that befall us; rather they inspire in each of us such a state of mind that good or ill, as the case may be,
§ 151
ὥστε διʼ ἀλλήλων ἡμῖν ἑκάτερα παραγίγνεσθαι τούτων. οἷον ἴσως καὶ νῦν τοὺς μὲν λόγους ἡμῖν ἀπένειμαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς πράξεις σὲ τάττουσι, νομίζοντες τούτων μὲν σὲ κάλλιστʼ ἂν ἐπιστατῆσαι, τὸν δὲ λόγον τὸν ἐμὸν ἥκιστʼ ἂν ὀχληρὸν γενέσθαι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. ἡγοῦμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ πεπραγμένα πρότερον οὐκ ἄν ποτέ σοι γενέσθαι τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος, εἰ μή τις θεῶν αὐτὰ συγκατώρθωσεν,
is visited upon us through one another. For example, it may be that even now the gods have assigned to me the task of speech while to you they allot the task of action, considering that you will be the best master in that province, while in the field of speech I might prove least irksome to my hearers. Indeed, I believe that even your past achievements would never have reached such magnitude had not one of the gods helped you to succeed;
§ 152
οὐχ ἵνα τοῖς βαρβάροις μόνον τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης κατοικοῦσι πολεμῶν διατελῇς, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἂν ἐν τούτοις γυμνασθεὶς καὶ λαβὼν ἐμπειρίαν καὶ γνωσθεὶς οἷος εἶ τούτων ἐπιθυμήσῃς ὧν ἐγὼ τυγχάνω συμβεβουλευκώς. αἰσχρὸν οὖν ἐστι καλῶς τῆς τύχης ἡγουμένης ἀπολειφθῆναι, καὶ μὴ παρασχεῖν σαυτὸν εἰς ὃ βούλεταί σε προαγαγεῖν.
and I believe he did so, not that you might spend your whole life warring upon the barbarians in Europe alone, but that, having been trained and having gained experience and come to know your own powers in these campaigns, you might set your heart upon the course which I have urged upon you. It were therefore shameful, now that fortune nobly leads the way, to lag behind and refuse to follow whither she desires to lead you forward.
§ 153
νομίζω δὲ χρῆναί σε πάντας μὲν τιμᾶν τοὺς περὶ τῶν σοι πεπραγμένων ἀγαθόν τι λέγοντας, κάλλιστα μέντοι νομίζειν ἐκείνους ἐγκωμιάζειν, τοὺς μειζόνων ἔργων ἢ τηλικούτων τὴν σὴν φύσιν ἀξιοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ παρόντι κεχαρισμένως διειλεγμένους, ἀλλʼ οἵ τινες ἂν τοὺς ἐπιγιγνομένους οὕτω ποιήσωσι τὰς σὰς πράξεις θαυμάζειν ὡς οὐδενὸς ἄλλου τῶν προγεγενημένων. πολλὰ δὲ βουλόμενος τοιαῦτα λέγειν οὐ δύναμαι· τὴν δʼ αἰτίαν διʼ ἥν, πλεονάκις τοῦ δέοντος εἴρηκα.
It is my belief that, while you ought to honor everyone who has any praise for your past accomplishments, you ought to consider that those laud you in the noblest terms who judge your nature capable of even greater triumphs, and not those whose discourse has gratified you for the moment only, but those who will cause future generations to admire your achievements beyond the deeds of any man of the generations that are past. I would like to say many things in this strain, but I am not able; the reason why, I have stated more often than I ought.
§ 154
λοιπὸν οὖν ἐστι τὰ προειρημένα συναγαγεῖν, ἵνʼ ὡς ἐν ἐλαχίστοις κατίδοις τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν συμβεβουλευμένων. φημὶ γὰρ χρῆναί σε τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας εὐεργετεῖν, Μακεδόνων δὲ βασιλεύειν, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων ὡς πλείστων ἄρχειν. ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα πράττῃς, ἅπαντές σοι χάριν ἕξουσιν, οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ὑπὲρ ὧν εὖ πάσχουσι, Μακεδόνες δʼ ἢν βασιλικῶς ἀλλὰ μὴ τυραννικῶς αὐτῶν ἐπιστατῇς, τὸ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων γένος, ἢν διὰ σὲ βαρβαρικῆς δεσποτείας ἀπαλλαγέντες Ἑλληνικῆς ἐπιμελείας τύχωσι.
It remains, then, to summarize what I have said in this discourse, in order that you may see in the smallest compass the substance of my counsels. I assert that it is incumbent upon you to work for the good of the Hellenes, to reign as king over the Macedonians, and to extend your power over the greatest possible number of the barbarians. For if you do these things, all men will be grateful to you: the Hellenes for your kindness to them; the Macedonians if you reign over them, not like a tyrant, but like a king; and the rest of the nations, if by your hands they are delivered from barbaric despotism and are brought under the protection of Hellas.
§ 155
ταῦθʼ ὅπως μὲν γέγραπται τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ ταῖς ἀκριβείαις, παρʼ ὑμῶν τῶν ἀκουόντων πυνθάνεσθαι δίκαιόν ἐστιν· ὅτι μέντοι βελτίω τούτων καὶ μᾶλλον ἁρμόττοντα τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν οὐδεὶς ἄν σοι συμβουλεύσειεν, σαφῶς εἰδέναι νομίζω.
How well this discourse has been composed with respect to appropriateness and finish of style is a question which it is fair to ask my hearers to answer; but that no one could give you better advice than this, or advice more suited to the present situation—of this I believe that I am well assured.
Panathenaicus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg021 · Greek: Παναθηναικός — tlg0010.tlg021.perseus-grc2 · English: Panathenaicus — trans. George Norlin — tlg0010.tlg021.perseus-eng2
§ 1
νεώτερος μὲν ὢν προῃρούμην γράφειν τῶν λόγων οὐ τοὺς μυθώδεις οὐδὲ τοὺς τερατείας καὶ ψευδολογίας μεστούς, οἷς οἱ πολλοὶ μᾶλλον χαίρουσιν ἢ τοῖς περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας λεγομένοις, οὐδὲ τοὺς τὰς παλαιὰς πράξεις καὶ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς Ἑλληνικοὺς ἐξηγουμένους, καίπερ εἰδὼς δικαίως αὐτοὺς ἐπαινουμένους, οὐδʼ αὖ τοὺς ἁπλῶς δοκοῦντας εἰρῆσθαι καὶ μηδεμιᾶς κομψότητος μετέχοντας, οὓς οἱ δεινοὶ περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας παραινοῦσι τοῖς νεωτέροις μελετᾶν, εἴπερ βούλονται πλέον ἔχειν τῶν ἀντιδίκων,
When I was younger, I elected not to write the kind of discourse which deals with myths nor that which abounds in marvels and fictions, although the majority of people are more delighted with this literature than with that which is devoted to their welfare and safety; nor did I choose the kind which recounts the ancient deeds and wars of the Hellenes, although I am aware that this is deservedly praised, nor, again, that which gives the impression of having been composed in a plain and simple manner and is lacking in all the refinements of style, which those who are clever at conducting law-suits urge our young men tocultivate,
§ 2
ἀλλὰ πάντας τούτους ἐάσας περὶ ἐκείνους ἐπραγματευόμην, τοὺς περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ τε πόλει καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι συμβουλεύοντας, καὶ πολλῶν μὲν ἐνθυμημάτων γέμοντας, οὐκ ὀλίγων δʼ ἀντιθέσεων καὶ παρισώσεων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἰδεῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ῥητορείαις διαλαμπουσῶν καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐπισημαίνεσθαι καὶ θορυβεῖν ἀναγκαζουσῶν.
especially if they wish to have the advantage over their adversaries. No, I left all these to others and devoted my own efforts to giving advice on the true interests of Athens and of the rest of the Hellenes, writing in a style rich in many telling points, in contrasted and balanced phrases not a few, and in the other figures of speech which give brilliance to oratory and compel the approbation and applause of the audience.
§ 3
νῦν δʼ οὐδʼ ὁπωσοῦν τοὺς τοιούτους. ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ οὐχ ἁρμόττειν οὔτε τοῖς ἔτεσι τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα καὶ τέτταρσιν, ἁγὼ τυγχάνω γεγονώς, οὔθʼ ὅλως τοῖς ἤδη πολιὰς ἔχουσιν, ἐκεῖνον τὸν τρόπον ἔτι λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἅπαντες μὲν ἂν ἐλπίσειαν εἰ βουληθεῖεν, οὐδεὶς δʼ ἂν δυνηθείη ῥᾳδίως πλὴν τῶν πονεῖν ἐθελόντων καὶ σφόδρα προσεχόντων τὸν νοῦν.
Now, however, I have completely given up these devices of rhetoric. For I do not think it is becoming to the ninety-four years which I have lived nor, in general, to men whose hair has at length turned to grey to continue to speak in this fashion, but rather in the manner which every man, should he so desire, would hope to command, although no man can easily attain it without hard work and close application.
§ 4
τούτου δʼ ἕνεκεν ταῦτα προεῖπον, ἵνʼ ἤν τισιν ὁ μέλλων δειχθήσεσθαι λόγος μαλακώτερος ὢν φαίνηται τῶν πρότερον διαδεδομένων, μὴ παραβάλλωσι πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων ποικιλίαν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτὸν κρίνωσι τὴν ἐν τῷ παρόντι δεδοκιμασμένην.
I have said this at the beginning in order that if the discourse which is now about to be presented to the public should appear to some to be more feeble than those which have been published in former years, they may not compare it in the matter of rhetorical variety and finish to my former compositions but may judge it in relation to the subject matter which I have deemed appropriate to the present occasion.
§ 5
διαλέξομαι δὲ περί τε τῶν τῇ πόλει πεπραγμένων καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς, οὐκ ἀπὸ τούτων ἀρξάμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμοὶ συμβεβηκότων· ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ οἶμαι μᾶλλον κατεπείγειν. πειρώμενος γὰρ ἀναμαρτήτως ζῆν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀλύπως, οὐδένα διαλέλοιπα χρόνον ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν σοφιστῶν τῶν ἀδοκίμων καὶ πονηρῶν διαβαλλόμενος, ὑπʼ ἄλλων δέ τινων οὐχ οἷός εἰμι γιγνωσκόμενος, ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτος ὑπολαμβανόμενος οἷον ἂν παρʼ ἑτέρων ἀκούσωσιν.
I intend to discuss the achievements of Athens and the virtues of our ancestors, although I shall not begin with them but with a statement of my personal experience, since it is more urgent, I think, to begin with this. For notwithstanding that I strive to live in a manner above reproach and without offence to others, I am continually being misrepresented by obscure and worthless sophists and being judged by the general public, not by what I really am, but by what they hear from others.
§ 6
βούλομαι οὖν προδιαλεχθῆναι περί τʼ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν οὕτω πρός με διακειμένων, ἵνʼ ἤν πως οἷός τε γένωμαι, τοὺς μὲν παύσω βλασφημοῦντας, τοὺς δʼ εἰδέναι ποιήσω περὶ ἃ τυγχάνω διατρίβων· ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ δυνηθῶ διοικῆσαι κατὰ τρόπον, ἐλπίζω τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον αὐτός τε ἀλύπως διάξειν, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῷ μέλλοντι ῥηθήσεσθαι τοὺς παρόντας μᾶλλον προσέξειν τὸν νοῦν.
I wish, therefore, to preface my discussion with a word about myself and about those who have this attitude towards me, in order that, if only it lies within my power to do so, I may put an end to the abuse of my calumniators and give to the public a clear understanding of the work to which I am devoted. For if I succeed in setting forth a true picture of this in my discourse, I hope not only that I myself may pass the rest of my days free from annoyance but that my present audience will give better attention to the discourse which is about to be delivered.
§ 7
οὐκ ὀκνήσω δὲ κατειπεῖν οὔτε τὴν νῦν ἐγγιγνομένην ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ μοι ταραχήν, οὔτε τὴν ἀτοπίαν ὧν ἐν τῷ παρόντι τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων, οὔτʼ εἴ τι πράττω τῶν δεόντων. ἐγὼ γὰρ μετεσχηκὼς τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν, ὧν ἅπαντες ἂν εὔξαιντο μεταλαβεῖν, πρῶτον μὲν τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑγιείας οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχον, ἀλλʼ ἐναμίλλως τοῖς μάλιστα περὶ ἑκάτερον τούτων εὐτυχηκόσιν, ἔπειτα τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον εὐπορίας, ὥστε μηδενὸς πώποτʼ ἀπορῆσαι τῶν μετρίων μηδʼ ὧν ἄνθρωπος ἂν νοῦν ἔχων ἐπιθυμήσειεν,
I am not going to hesitate to tell you frankly of the confusion which now comes into my thoughts, of the strangeness of my feelings on the present occasion, and of my perplexity as to whether I am doing anything to the purpose. For I have had my share of the greatest goods of life—the things which all men would pray the gods to have as their portion: first of all, I have enjoyed health both of body and of soul, not in common degree, but in equal measure with those who have been most blessed in these respects; secondly, I have been in comfortable circumstances, so that I have not lacked for any of the moderate satisfactions nor for those that a sensible man would desire;
§ 8
ἔτι τοῦ μὴ τῶν καταβεβλημένων εἷς εἶναι μηδὲ τῶν κατημελημένων, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνων περὶ ὧν οἱ χαριέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ μνησθεῖεν ἂν καὶ διαλεχθεῖεν ὡς σπουδαίων ὄντων,—τούτων ἁπάντων μοι συμβεβηκότων τῶν μὲν ὑπερβαλλόντως τῶν δʼ ἐξαρκούντως οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ζῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἀλλʼ οὕτω τὸ γῆράς ἐστι δυσάρεστον καὶ μικρολόγον καὶ μεμψίμοιρον, ὥστε πολλάκις ἤδη τήν τε φύσιν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ κατεμεμψάμην,
and, lastly, I have been ranked, not among those who are despised or ignored, but among those whom the most cultivated of the Hellenes will recall and talk about as men of consequence and worth. And yet, although I have been blessed with all these gifts, some in surpassing, others in sufficient measure, I am not content to live on these terms; on the contrary, my old age is so morose and captious and discontented that I have oftentimes before this found fault with my nature,
§ 9
ἧς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος καταπεφρόνηκε, καὶ τὴν τύχην ὠδυράμην, ταύτῃ μὲν οὐδὲν ἔχων ἐπικαλεῖν ἄλλο πλὴν ὅτι περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἣν προειλόμην ἀτυχίαι τινὲς καὶ συκοφαντίαι γεγόνασι, τὴν δὲ φύσιν εἰδὼς πρὸς μὲν τὰς πράξεις ἀρρωστοτέραν καὶ μαλακωτέραν οὖσαν τοῦ δέοντος, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς λόγους οὔτε τελείαν οὔτε πανταχῇ χρησίμην, ἀλλὰ δοξάσαι μὲν περὶ ἑκάστου τὴν ἀλήθειαν μᾶλλον δυναμένην τῶν εἰδέναι φασκόντων, εἰπεῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ἐν συλλόγῳ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ἁπασῶν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἀπολελειμμένην.
which no other man has contemned, and have deplored my fortune, although I have had no complaint against it other than that the philosophy which I have chosen to pursue has been the object of unfortunate and unscrupulous attacks. As to my nature, however, I realized that it was not robust and vigorous enough for public affairs and that it was not adequate nor altogether suited to public discourse, and that, furthermore, although it was better able to form a correct judgement of the truth of any matter than are those who claim to have exact knowledge, yet for expounding the truth before an assemblage of many people it was, if I may say so, the least competent in all the world.
§ 10
οὕτω γὰρ ἐνδεὴς ἀμφοτέρων ἐγενόμην τῶν μεγίστην δύναμιν ἐχόντων παρʼ ἡμῖν, φωνῆς ἱκανῆς καὶ τόλμης, ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν πολιτῶν· ὧν οἱ μὴ τυχόντες ἀτιμότεροι περιέρχονται πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖν ἄξιοί τινος εἶναι τῶν ὀφειλόντων τῷ δημοσίῳ· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐκτίσειν τὸ καταγνωσθὲν ἐλπίδες ὕπεισιν, οἱ δʼ οὐδέποτʼ ἂν τὴν φύσιν μεταβάλοιεν.
For I was born more lacking in the two things which have the greatest power in Athens—a strong voice and ready assurance—than, I dare say, any of my fellow-citizens. And those who are not endowed with these are condemned to go about in greater obscurity so far as public recognition is concerned than those who owe money to the state; for the latter have still the hope of paying off the fine assessed against them, whereas the former can never change their nature.
§ 11
οὐ μὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀθυμήσας περιεῖδον ἐμαυτὸν ἄδοξον οὐδʼ ἀφανῆ παντάπασι γενόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τοῦ πολιτεύεσθαι διήμαρτον, ἐπὶ τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν καὶ πονεῖν καὶ γράφειν ἃ διανοηθείην κατέφυγον, οὐ περὶ μικρῶν τὴν προαίρεσιν ποιούμενος οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων οὐδὲ περὶ ὧν ἄλλοι τινὲς ληροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν Ἐλληνικῶν καὶ βασιλικῶν καὶ πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων, διʼ ἃ προσήκειν ᾠόμην μοι τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τιμᾶσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα παριόντων, ὅσῳ περ περὶ μειζόνων καὶ καλλιόνων ἢ κεῖνοι τοὺς λόγους ἐποιούμην. ὧν οὐδὲν ἡμῖν ἀποβέβηκεν.
And yet I did not permit these disabilities to dishearten me nor did I allow myself to sink into obscurity or utter oblivion, but since I was barred from public life I took refuge in study and work and writing down my thoughts, choosing as my field, not petty matters nor private contracts, nor the things about which the other orators prate, but the affairs of Hellas and of kings and of states. Wherefore I thought that I was entitled to more honor than the speakers who come before you on the platform in proportion as my discourses were on greater and nobler themes than theirs. But nothing of the sort has come to pass.
§ 12
καίτοι πάντες ἴσασι τῶν μὲν ῥητόρων τοὺς πολλοὺς οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν τῇ πόλει συμφερόντων, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτοὶ λήψεσθαι προσδοκῶσι, δημηγορεῖν τολμῶντας, ἐμὲ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς οὐ μόνον τῶν κοινῶν ἀπεχομένους μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰδίων εἰς τὰς τῆς πόλεως χρείας ὑπὲρ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν δαπανωμένους,
And yet all men know that the majority of the orators have the audacity to harangue the people, not for the good of the state, but for what they themselves expect to gain, while I and mine not only abstain more than all others from the public funds but expend more than we can afford from our private means on the needs of the commonwealth; and they know,
§ 13
ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἢ λοιδορουμένους ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις περὶ μεσεγγυήματος σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἢ λυμαινομένους τοὺς συμμάχους ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ὃν ἂν τύχωσι συκοφαντοῦντας, ἐμὲ δὲ τῶν λόγων ἡγεμόνα τούτων γεγενημένον, τῶν παρακαλούντων τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπί τε τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὴν στρατείαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους,
furthermore, that these orators are either wrangling among themselves in the assemblies over deposits of money or insulting our allies or blackmailing whosoever of the rest of the world chances to be the object of their attacks, while I, for my part, have led the way in discourses which exhort the Hellenes to concord among themselves and war against the barbarians
§ 14
καὶ τῶν συμβουλευόντων ἀποικίαν ἐκπέμπειν κοινῇ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τοσαύτην χώραν καὶ τοιαύτην, περὶ ἧς ὅσοι περ ἀκηκόασιν ὁμολογοῦσιν ἡμᾶς τε, εἰ σωφρονήσαιμεν καὶ παυσαίμεθα τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους μανίας, ταχέως ἂν ἄνευ πόνων καὶ κινδύνων κατασχεῖν αὐτήν, ἐκείνην τε ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἅπαντας δέξασθαι τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς ἡμῶν ὄντας τῶν ἐπιτηδείων· ὧν πράξεις, εἰ πάντες συνελθόντες ζητοῖεν, οὐδέποτʼ ἂν εὕροιεν καλλίους οὐδὲ μείζους οὐδὲ μᾶλλον ἅπασιν ἡμῖν συμφερούσας.
and which urge that we all unite in colonizing a country so vast and so vulnerable that those who have heard the truth about it assert with one accord that if we are sensible and cease from our frenzy against each other we can quickly gain possession of it without effort and without risk and that this territory will easily accommodate all the people among us who are in want of the necessities of life. And these are enterprises than which, should all the world unite in the search, none could be found more honorable or more important or more advantageous to us all.
§ 15
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτω πολὺ τῇ διανοία διεστώτων ἡμῶν, καὶ τοσούτῳ σπουδαιοτέραν ἐμοῦ πεποιημένου τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐ δικαίως οἱ πολλοὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὑπειλήφασιν, ἀλλὰ ταραχωδῶς καὶ παντάπασιν ἀλογίστως. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ῥητόρων τὸν τρόπον ψέγοντες προστάτας αὐτοὺς τῆς πόλεως ποιοῦνται καὶ κυρίους ἁπάντων καθιστᾶσιν, ἐμοῦ δὲ τοὺς λόγους ἐπαινοῦντες αὐτῷ μοι φθονοῦσι, διʼ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ διὰ τούτους οὓς ἀποδεχόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν· οὕτως ἀτυχῶς φέρομαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς.
But in spite of the fact that myself and these orators are so far apart in our ways of thinking and that I have chosen a field so much more worthy, the majority of people estimate us, not in accordance with our merits, but in a confused and altogether irrational manner. For they find fault with the character of the popular orators and yet put them at the head of affairs and invest them with power over the whole state; and, again, they praise my discourses and yet are envious of me personally for no other reason than because of these very discourses which they receive with favor. So unfortunately do I fare at their hands.
§ 16
καὶ τί δεῖ θαυμάζειν τῶν πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς ὑπεροχὰς οὕτω διακεῖσθαι πεφυκότων, ὅπου καὶ τῶν οἰομένων διαφέρειν καὶ ζηλούντων ἐμὲ καὶ μιμεῖσθαι γλιχομένων τινὲς ἔτι δυσμενέστερον ἔχουσί μοι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν· ὧν τίνας ἄν τις εὕροι πονηροτέρους, εἰρήσεται γάρ, εἰ καί τισι δόξω νεώτερα καὶ βαρύτερα λέγειν τῆς ἡλικίας, οἵτινες οὔτε φράζειν οὐδὲν μέρος ἔχοντες τοῖς μαθηταῖς τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ, τοῖς τε λόγοις παραδείγμασι χρώμενοι τοῖς ἐμοῖς καὶ ζῶντες ἐντεῦθεν τοσούτου δέουσι χάριν ἔχειν τούτων, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν ἐθέλουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀεί τι φλαῦρον περὶ ἐμοῦ λέγουσιν;
But why wonder at those who are by nature envious of all superior excellence, when certain even of those who regard themselves as superior and who seek to emulate me and imitate my work are more hostile to me than is the general public? And yet where in the world could you find men more reprehensible—for I shall speak my mind even at the risk of appearing to some to discourse with more vehemence and rancor than is becoming to my age—where, I say, could you find men more reprehensible than these, who are not able to put before their students even a fraction of what I have set forth in my teaching but use my discourses as models and make their living from so doing, and yet are so far from being grateful to me on this account that they are not even willing to let me alone but are always saying disparaging things about me?
§ 17
ἕως μὲν οὗν τοὺς λόγους μου ἐλυμαίνοντο, παραναγιγνώσκοντες ὡς δυνατὸν κάκιστα τοῖς ἑαυτῶν καὶ διαιροῦντες οὐκ ὀρθῶς καὶ κατακνίζοντες καὶ πάντα τρόπον διαφθείροντες, οὐδὲν ἐφρόντιζον τῶν ἀπαγγελλομένων, ἀλλὰ ῥᾳθύμως εἶχον· μικρὸν δὲ πρὸ τῶν Παναθηναίων τῶν μεγάλων ἠχθέσθην διʼ αὐτούς.
Nevertheless, as long as they confined themselves to abusing my discourses, reading them in the worst possible manner side by side with their own, dividing them at the wrong places, mutilating them, and in every way spoiling their effect, I paid no heed to the reports which were brought to me, but possessed myself in patience. However, a short time before the Great Panathenaia, they stirred me to great indignation.
§ 18
ἀπαντήσαντες γάρ τινές μοι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἔλεγον ὡς ἐν τῷ Λυκείω συγκαθεζόμενοι τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρες τῶν ἀγελαίων σοφιστῶν καὶ πάντα φασκόντων εἰδέναι καὶ ταχέως πανταχοῦ γιγνομένων διαλέγοιντο περί τε τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν καὶ τῆς Ἡσιόδου καὶ τῆς Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως, οὐδὲν μὲν παρʼ αὑτῶν λέγοντες, τὰ δʼ ἐκείνων ῥαψῳδοῦντες καὶ τῶν πρότερον ἄλλοις τισὶν εἰρημένων τὰ χαριέστατα μνημονεύοντες·
For some of my friends met me and related to me how, as they were sitting together in the Lyceum, three or four of the sophists of no repute— men who claim to know everything and are prompt to show their presence everywhere—were discussing the poets, especially the poetry of Hesiod and Homer, saying nothing original about them, but merely chanting their verses and repeating from memory the cleverest things which certain others had said about them in the past.
§ 19
ἀποδεξαμένων δὲ τῶν περιεστώτων τὴν διατριβὴν αὐτῶν ἕνα τὸν τολμηρότατον ἐπιχειρῆσαί με διαβάλλειν, λέγονθʼ ὡς ἐγὼ πάντων καταφρονῶ τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ τάς τε φιλοσοφίας τὰς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τὰς παιδεὶας ἁπάσας ἀναιρῶ, καί φημι πάντας ληρεῖν πλὴν τοὺς μετεσχηκότας τῆς ἐμῆς διατριβῆς· τούτων δὲ ῥηθέντων ἀηδῶς τινας τῶν παρόντων διατεθῆναι πρὸς ἡμᾶς.
It seems that the bystanders applauded their performance, whereupon one of these sophists, the boldest among them, attempted to stir up prejudice against me, saying that I hold all such things in contempt and that I would do away with all the learning and the teaching of others, and that I assert that all men talk mere drivel except those who partake of my instruction. And these aspersions, according to my friends, were effective in turning a number of those present against me.
§ 20
ὡς μὲν οὖν ἐλυπήθην καὶ συνεταράχθην ἀκούσας ἀποδέξασθαί τινας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην εἰπεῖν· ᾤμην γὰρ οὕτως ἐπιφανὴς εἶναι τοῖς ἀλαζονευομένοις πολεμῶν καὶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ μετρίως διειλεγμένος, μᾶλλον δὲ ταπεινῶς, ὥστε μηδένʼ ἄν ποτε γενέσθαι πιστὸν τῶν λεγόντων ὡς ἐγὼ τοιαύταις ἀλαζονείαις ἐχρησάμην.
Now I could not possibly convey to you how troubled and disturbed I was on hearing that some accepted these statements as true. For I thought that it was so well known that I was waging war against the false pretenders to wisdom and that I had spoken so moderately, nay so modestly, about my own powers that no one could be credited for a moment who asserted that I myself resorted to such pretensions.
§ 21
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀλόγως ὠδυράμην ἐν ἀρχῇ τὴν ἀτυχίαν τὴν παρακολουθοῦσάν μοι πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις· αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν αἰτία καὶ τῆς ψευδολογίας τῆς περί με γιγνομένης καὶ τῶν διαβολῶν καὶ τοῦ φθόνου καὶ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαί με τυχεῖν τῆς δόξης ἧς ἄξιός εἰμι, μηδὲ τῆς ὁμολογουμένης, μηδʼ ἣν ἔχουσί τινες τῶν πεπλησιακότων μοι καὶ πανταχῇ τεθεωρηκότων ἡμᾶς.
But in truth it was with good reason that I deplored at the beginning of my speech the misfortune which has attended me all my life in this respect. For this is the cause of the false reports which are spread about me, of the calumny and prejudice which I suffer, and of my failure to attain the reputation which I deserve—either that which should be mine by common consent or that in which I am held by certain of my disciples who have known me through and through.
§ 22
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἄλλως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη στέργειν τοῖς ἤδη συμβεβηκόσι. πολλῶν δέ μοι λόγων ἐφεστώτων, ἀπορῶ πότερον ἀντικατηγορῶ τῶν εἰθισμένων ἀεί τι ψεύδεσθαι περί μου καὶ λέγειν ἀνεπιτήδειον τολμώντων· ἀλλʼ εἰ φανείην σπουδάζων καὶ πολλοὺς λόγους ποιούμενος περὶ ἀνθρώπων οὓς οὐδεὶς ὑπείληφεν ἀξίους εἶναι λόγου, δικαίως ἂν μωρὸς εἶναι δοκοίην.
However, this cannot now be changed and I must needs put up with what has already come to pass. Many things come to my mind, but I am at a loss just what to do. Should I turn upon my enemies and denounce those who are accustomed always to speak falsely of me and do not scruple to say things which are repugnant to my nature? But if I showed that I took them seriously and wasted many words on men whom no one conceives to be worthy of notice I should justly be regarded as a simpleton.
§ 23
ἀλλὰ τούτους ὑπεριδὼν ἀπολογῶμαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀδίκως μοι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν φθονοῦντας, καὶ πειρῶμαι διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ὡς οὐ δικαίως οὐδὲ προσηκόντως περί μου ταύτην ἔχουσι τὴν γνώμην; καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν καταγνοίη μου πολλὴν ἄνοιαν, εἰ τοὺς μηδὲν διʼ ἕτερον δυσκόλως πρός με διακειμένους ἢ διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν χαριέντως εἰρηκέναι περὶ τινων, τούτους οἰηθείην ὁμοίως διαλεχθεὶς ὥσπερ πρότερον παύσειν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις λυπουμένους, ἀλλʼ οὐ μᾶλλον ἀλγήσειν, ἄλλως τε κἂν φανῶ μηδὲ νῦν πω τηλικοῦτος ὢν πεπαυμένος παραληρῶν;
Should I, then, ignore these sophists and defend myself against those of the lay public who are prejudiced against me, attempting to convince them that it is neither just nor fitting for them to feel towards me as they do? But who would not impute great folly to me, if, in dealing with men who are hostile to me for no other reason than that I appear to have discoursed cleverly on certain subjects, I thought that by speaking just as I have spoken in the past I should stop them from taking offence at what I say and should not instead add to their annoyance, especially if it should appear that even now at this advanced age I have not ceased from “speaking rubbish”?
§ 24
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνο ποιεῖν οὐδεὶς ἄν μοι συμβουλεύσειεν, ἀμελήσαντι τούτων καὶ μεταξὺ καταβαλόντι περαίνειν τὸν λόγον, ὃν προῄρημαι βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν πλειόνων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἢ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων· εἰ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἤδη ποιοίην μήτε τέλος ἐπιθεὶς τοῖς γεγραμμένοις μήτε συγκλείσας τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ῥηθήσεσθαι μελλόντων τῇ τελευτῇ τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων, ὅμοιος ἂν εἶναι δόξαιμι τοῖς εἰκῇ καὶ φορτικῶς καὶ χύδην ὅ τι ἂν ἐπέλθῃ λέγουσιν· ἃ φυλακτέον ἡμῖν ἐστιν.
But neither would anyone, I am sure, advise me to neglect this subject and, breaking off in the midst of it, to go on and finish the discourse which I elected to write in my desire to prove that our city had been the cause of more blessings to the Hellenes than the city of the Lacedaemonians. For if I should now proceed to do this without bringing what I have written to any conclusion and without joining the beginning of what is to be said to the end of what has been spoken, I should be thought to be no better than those who speak in a random, slovenly, and scattering manner whatever comes into their heads to say. And this I must guard against.
§ 25
κράτιστον οὖν ἐξ ἁπάντων τούτων, περὶ ὧν τὸ τελευταῖόν με διέβαλλον ἀποφηνάμενον ἃ δοκεῖ μοι, τότʼ ἤδη λέγειν περὶ ὦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διενοήθην· οἶμαι γάρ, ἢν ἐξενέγκω γράψας καὶ ποιήσω φανερὰν ἣν ἔχω γνώμην περὶ τε τῆς παιδείας καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν, παύσειν αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς πλάττοντας αἰτίας καὶ λέγοντας ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσιν.
The best course, therefore, that I can take under all these conditions is to set before you what I think about the last attempts to arouse prejudice against me and then proceed to speak on the subject which I had in mind from the first. For I think that if I succeed by my writing in bringing out and making clear what my views are about education and about the poets, I shall stop my enemies from fabricating false charges and speaking utterly at random.
§ 26
τῆς μὲν οὖν παιδείας τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων καταλειφθείσης τοσούτου δέω καταφρονεῖν, ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν κατασταθεῖσαν ἐπαινῶ, λέγω δὲ τήν τε γεωμετρίαν καὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν καὶ τοὺς διαλόγους τοὺς ἐριστικοὺς καλουμένους, οἷς οἱ μὲν νεώτεροι μᾶλλον χαίρουσι τοῦ δέοντος, τῶν δὲ πρεσβυτέρων οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν ἀνεκτοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι φήσειεν.
Now in fact, so far from scorning the education which was handed down by our ancestors, I even commend that which has been set up in our own day—I mean geometry, astronomy, and the so-called eristic dialogues, which our young men delight in more than they should, although among the older men not one would not declare them insufferable.
§ 27
ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐγὼ τοῖς ὡρμημένοις ἐπὶ ταῦτα παρακελεύομαι πονεῖν καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν ἅπασι τούτοις, λέγων ὡς εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο δύναται τὰ μαθήματα ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἀποτρέπει γε τοὺς νεωτέρους πολλῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτημάτων. τοῖς μὲν οὖν τηλικούτοις οὐδέποτʼ ἂν εὑρεθῆναι νομίζω διατριβὰς ὠφελιμωτέρας τούτων οὐδὲ μᾶλλον πρεπούσας·
Nevertheless, I urge those who are inclined towards these disciplines to work hard and apply themselves to all of them, saying that even if this learning can accomplish no other good, at any rate it keeps the young out of many other things which are harmful. Nay, I hold that for those who are at this age no more helpful or fitting occupation can be found than the pursuit of these studies;
§ 28
τοῖς δὲ πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τοῖς εἰς ἄνδρας δεδοκιμασμένοις οὐκέτι φημὶ τὰς μελέτας ταύτας ἁρμόττειν. ὁρῶ γὰρ ἐνίους τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς μαθήμασι τούτοις οὕτως ἀπηκριβωμένων ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διδάσκειν, οὔτʼ εὐκαίρως ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις αἷς ἔχουσι χρωμένους, ἔν τε ταῖς ἄλλαις πραγματείαις ταῖς περὶ τὸν βίον ἀφρονεστέρους ὄντας τῶν μαθητῶν· ὀκνῶ γὰρ εἰπεῖν τῶν οἰκετῶν.
but for those who are older and for those who have been admitted to man’s estate I assert that these disciplines are no longer suitable. For I observe that some of those who have become so thoroughly versed in these studies as to instruct others in them fail to use opportunely the knowledge which they possess, while in the other activities of life they are less cultivated than their students—I hesitate to say less cultivated than their servants.
§ 29
τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ γνώμην ἔχω καὶ περὶ τῶν δημηγορεῖν δυναμένων καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν γραφὴν τὴν τῶν λόγων εὐδοκιμούντων, ὅλως δὲ περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν περὶ τὰς τέχνας καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις διαφερόντων. οἶδα γὰρ καὶ τούτων τοὺς πολλοὺς οὔτε τὰ περὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καλῶς διῳκηκότας οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις συνουσίαις ἀνεκτοὺς ὄντας, τῆς τε δόξης τῆς τῶν συμπολιτευομένων ὀλιγωροῦντας, ἄλλων τε πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἁμαρτημάτων γέμοντας· ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τούτους ἡγοῦμαι μετέχειν τῆς ἕξεως περὶ ἧς ἐγὼ τυγχάνω διαλεγόμενος.
I have the same fault to find also with those who are skilled in oratory and those who are distinguished for their writings and in general with all who have superior attainments in the arts, in the sciences, and in specialized skill. For I know that the majority even of these men have not set their own house in order, that they are insupportable in their private intercourse, that they belittle the opinions of their fellow citizens, and that they are given over to many other grave offences. So that I do not think that even these may be said to partake of the state of culture of which I am speaking.
§ 30
τίνας οὖν καλῶ πεπαιδευμένους, ἐπειδὴ τὰς τέχνας καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀποδοκιμάζω; πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς καλῶς χρωμένους τοῖς πράγμασι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην προσπίπτουσι, καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἐπιτυχῆ τῶν καιρῶν ἔχοντας καὶ δυναμένην ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ στοχάζεσθαι τοῦ συμφέροντος·
Whom, then, do I call educated, since I exclude the arts and sciences and specialties? First, those who manage well the circumstances which they encounter day by day, and who possess a judgement which is accurate in meeting occasions as they arise and rarely misses the expedient course of action;
§ 31
ἔπειτα τοὺς πρεπόντως καὶ δικαίως ὁμιλοῦντας τοῖς ἀεὶ πλησιάζουσι, καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀηδίας καὶ βαρύτητας εὐκόλως καὶ ῥᾳδίως φέροντας, σφᾶς δʼ αὐτοὺς ὡς δυνατὸν ἐλαφροτάτους καὶ μετριωτάτους τοῖς συνοῦσι παρέχοντας· ἔτι τοὺς τῶν μὲν ἡδονῶν ἀεὶ κρατοῦντας, τῶν δὲ συμφορῶν μὴ λίαν ἡττωμένους, ἀλλʼ ἀνδρωδῶς ἐν αὐταῖς διακειμένους καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἀξίως ἧς μετέχοντες τυγχάνομεν· τέταρτον,
next, those who are decent and honorable in their intercourse with all with whom they associate, tolerating easily and good-naturedly what is unpleasant or offensive in others and being themselves as agreeable and reasonable to their associates as it is possible to be; furthermore, those who hold their pleasures always under control and are not unduly overcome by their misfortunes, bearing up under them bravely and in a manner worthy of our common nature;
§ 32
ὅπερ μέγιστον, τοὺς μὴ διαφθειρομένους ὑπὸ τῶν εὐπραγιῶν μηδʼ ἐξισταμένους αὑτῶν μηδʼ ὑπερηφάνους γιγνομένους, ἀλλʼ ἐμμένοντας τῇ τάξει τῇ τῶν εὖ φρονούντων, καὶ μὴ μᾶλλον χαίροντας τοῖς διὰ τύχην ὑπάρξασιν ἀγαθοῖς ἢ τοῖς διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν καὶ φρόνησιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς γιγνομένοις. τοὺς δὲ μὴ μόνον πρὸς ἓν τούτων ἀλλʼ καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντα ταῦτα τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ψυχῆς εὐάρμοστον ἔχοντας, τούτους φημὶ καὶ φρονίμους εἶναι καὶ τελέους ἄνδρας καὶ πάσας ἔχειν τὰς ἀρετάς.
finally, and most important of all, those who are not spoiled by successes and do not desert their true selves and become arrogant, but hold their ground steadfastly as intelligent men, not rejoicing in the good things which have come to them through chance rather than in those which through their own nature and intelligence are theirs from their birth. Those who have a character which is in accord, not with one of these things, but with all of them—these, I contend, are wise and complete men, possessed of all the virtues.
§ 33
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πεπαιδευμένων τυγχάνω ταῦτα γιγνώσκων. περὶ δὲ τῆς Ὁμήρου καὶ τῆς Ἡσιόδου καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ποιήσεως ἐπιθυμῶ μὲν εἰπεῖν, οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν παῦσαι τοὺς ἐν τῷ Λυκείῳ ῥαψῳδοῦντας τἀκείνων καὶ ληροῦντας περὶ αὐτῶν, αἰσθάνομαι δʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἔξω φερόμενον τῆς συμμετρίας τῆς συντεταγμένης τοῖς προοιμίοις.
These then are the views which I hold regarding educated men. As to the poetry of Homer and Hesiod and the rest, I would fain speak—for I think that I could silence those who chant their verses and prate about these poets in the Lyceum—but I perceive that I am being carried beyond the due limits which have been assigned to an introduction;
§ 34
ἔστι δʼ ἀνδρὸς νοῦν ἔχοντος μὴ τὴν εὐπορίαν ἀγαπᾶν, ἢν ἔχῃ τις περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πλείω τῶν ἄλλων εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν διαφυλάττειν ὑπὲρ ὦν ἂν ἀεὶ τυγχάνῃ διαλεγόμενος· ὅπερ ἐμοὶ ποιητέον ἐστίν. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ποιητῶν αὖθις ἐροῦμεν, ἢ μή με προανέλῃ τὸ γῆρας, ἢ περὶ σπουδαιοτέρων πραγμάτων ἔχω τι λέγειν ἢ τούτων.
and it behoves a man of taste not to indulge his resourcefulness, when he has more to say on a given subject than the other speakers, but to preserve always the element of timeliness no matter on what subject he may have occasion to speak—a principle which I must observe. Therefore I shall speak on the poets at another time provided that my age does not first carry me off and that I do not have something to say on subjects more important than this.
§ 35
περὶ δὲ τῶν τῆς πόλεως εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἤδη ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, οὐχ ὡς οὐ πλείους ἐπαίνους πεποιημένος περὶ αὐτῆς ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ περὶ τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες· οὐ μὴν ὁμοίως καὶ νῦν. τότε μὲν γὰρ ἐν λόγοις περὶ ἑτέρων πραγμάτων ἐμεμνήμην αὐτῆς, νῦν δὲ περὶ ταύτης τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ποιησάμενος.
I shall now proceed to discourse upon the benefactions of Athens to the Hellenes, not that I have not sung the praises of our city more than all others put together who have written in poetry or prose. I shall not speak, however, as on former occasions; for then I celebrated Athens incidentally to other matters, whereas now Athens herself shall be my theme.
§ 36
οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δʼ ἡλίκος ὢν ὅσον ἔργον ἐνίσταμαι τὸ μέγεθος, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς εἰδὼς καὶ πολλάκις εἰρηκὼς ὅτι τὰ μὲν μικρὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ῥᾴδιον τοῖς λόγοις αὐξῆσαι, τοῖς δʼ ὑπερβάλλουσι τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῷ κάλλει χαλεπὸν ἐξισῶσαι τοὺς ἐπαίνους.
But I do not fail to appreciate how great an undertaking this is for me at my time of life; on the contrary, I know full well, and have often said, that while it is easy to magnify little things by means of discourse, it is difficult to find terms of praise to match deeds of surpassing magnitude and excellence.
§ 37
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀποστατέον αὐτῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἐπιτελεστέον, ἤν περ ἔτι ζῆν δυνηθῶμεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ πολλῶν με παροξυνόντων γράφειν αὐτόν, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν εἰθισμένων ἀσελγῶς κατηγορεῖν τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν, ἔπειτα τῶν χαριέντως μὲν ἀπειροτέρως δὲ καὶ καταδεεστέρως ἐπαινούντων αὐτήν,
Nevertheless, I may not desist on that account from my task, but must carry it through to the end, if indeed I am enabled to live to do so, especially since many considerations impel me to write upon this theme myself: first, is the fact that some are in the habit of recklessly denouncing our city; second, that while some have praised her gracefully, they have lacked appreciation of their theme and treated it inadequately;
§ 38
ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἑτέρων μᾶλλον εὐλογεῖν τολμώντων οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνως ἀλλʼ οὕτως ὥστε πολλοὺς ἀντιτάττεσθαι πρὸς αὐτούς, πάντων δὲ μάλιστα τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς παρούσης, ἣ τοὺς ἄλλους πέφυκεν ἀποτρέπειν· ἐλπίξω γὰρ, ἢν μὲν κατορθώσω, μείζω λήψεσθαι δόξαν τῆς ὑπαρχούσης, ἢν δʼ ἐνδεέστερον τύχω διαλεχθείς, πολλῆς συγγνώμης τεύξεσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἀκουόντων.
furthermore, that others have not scrupled rather to glorify her, not in human terms, but so extravagantly as to arouse the hostility of many against them; and, lastly, there is the fact of my present age, which is such as to deter others from such an undertaking. For I am hopeful that if I succeed I shall obtain a greater reputation than that which I now have, whereas if it turns out that I speak indifferently well, my hearers will make generous allowance for my years.
§ 39
ἃ μὲν οὖ ἐβουλήθην καὶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὥπερ χορὸς πρὸ τοῦ ἀγῶνος προαναβαλέσθαι ταῦτʼ ἐστίν. ἡγοῦμαι δὲ χρῆναι τοὺς βουλομένους ἐγκωμιάσαι τινὰ τῶν πόλεων ἀκριβῶς καὶ δικαίως μὴ μόνον περὶ αὐτῆς ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους ἧς προῃρημένοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν θεωροῦμεν καὶ δοκιμάζομεν ἕτερα παραδεικνύοντες τῶν καὶ τὴν ὄψιν ὁμοίαν ἐχόντων καὶ τῆς τιμῆς τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιουμένων,
I have now finished what I wished to say by way of prelude about myself and others, like a chorus, as it were, before the contest. But I think that those who wish to be exact and just in praising any given state ought not to confine themselves alone to the state which they single out, but even as we examine purple and gold and test them by placing them side by side with articles of similar appearance and of the same estimated value,
§ 40
οὕτω καὶ ταῖς πόλεσι παριστάναι μὴ τὰς μικρὰς ταῖς μεγάλαις, μηδὲ τὰς πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑφʼ ἑτέραις οὔσας ταῖς ἄρχειν εἰθισμέναις, μηδὲ τὰς σώζεσθαι δεομένας πρὸς τὰς σώζειν δυναμένας, ἀλλὰ τὰς παραπλησίαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐχούσας καὶ περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις γεγενημένας καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ὁμοίαις κεχρημένας· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα τῆς ἀληθείας τύχοιεν.
so also in the case of states one should compare, not those which are small with those which are great, nor those which are always subject to others with those which are wont to dominate others, nor those which stand in need of succor with those which are able to give it, but rather those which have similar powers, and have engaged in the same deeds and enjoyed a like freedom of action. For thus one may best arrive at the truth.
§ 41
ἢν δή τις ἡμᾶς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον σκοπῆται καὶ παραβάλλῃ μὴ πρὸς τὴν τυχοῦσαν πόλιν ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν, ἣν οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ μετρίως ἐπαινοῦσιν, ἔνιοι δέ τινες ὥσπερ τῶν ἡμιθέων ἐκεῖ πεπολιτευμένων μέμνηνται περὶ αὐτῶν, φανησόμεθα καὶ τῇ δυνάμει καὶ ταῖς πράξεσι καὶ ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις ταῖς περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πλέον ἀπολελοιπότες αὐτοὺς ἢ ʼκεῖνοι τοὺς ἄλλους.
If, then, one views Athens in this light and compares her, not with any city chosen at random, but with the city of the Spartans, which most people praise moderately while some extol her as though the demigods had there governed the state, then Athens, in her power, in her deeds and in her benefactions to the Hellenes, will be seen to have outdistanced Sparta more than Sparta the rest of the world.
§ 42
τοὺς μὲν οὖν παλαιοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γεγενημένους ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν, νῦν δὲ ποιήσομαι περὶ ἐκείνων τοὺς λόγους ἀρξάμενος, ἐπειδὴ κατέσχον τὰς πόλεις τὰς Ἀχαιίδας καὶ πρὸς Ἀργείους καὶ Μεσσηνίους διείλοντο τὴν χώραν· ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ προσήκει διαλέγεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν. οἱ μὲν τοίνυν ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι φανήσονται τήν τε πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὁμόνοιαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔχθραν, ἣν παρέλαβον ἐκ τῶν Τρωικῶν, διαφυλάττοντες καὶ μένοντες ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς.
Of the ancient struggles which they have undergone in behalf of the Hellenes, I shall speak hereafter. Now, however, I shall begin with the time when the Lacedaemonians conquered the cities of Achaea and divided their territory with the Argives and the Messenians; for it is fitting to begin discussing them at this point. Now our ancestors will be seen to have preserved without ceasing the spirit of concord towards the Hellenes and of hatred towards the barbarians which they inherited from the Trojan War and to have remained steadfast in this policy.
§ 43
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους, περὶ ἃς ἐγένοντο πολλαὶ πραγματεῖαι κατὰ τὴν Μίνω τοῦ Κρητὸς δυναστείαν, ταύτας τὸ τελευταῖον ὑπὸ Καρῶν κατεχομένας, ἐκβαλόντες ἐκείνους οὐκ ἐξιδιώσασθαι τὰς χώρας ἐτόλμησαν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μάλιστα βίου τῶν Ἑλλήνων δεομένους κατῴκισαν εἰς αὐτάς·
First they took the islands of the Cyclades, about which there had been much contention during the overlordship of Minos of Crete and which finally were occupied by the Carians, and, having driven out the latter, refrained from appropriating the lands of these islands for themselves, but instead settled upon them those of the Hellenes who were most lacking in means of subsistence.
§ 44
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλὰς πόλεις ἐφʼ ἑκατέρας τῶν ἠπείρων καὶ μεγάλας ἔκτισαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους ἀνέστειλαν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης, τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας ἐδίδαξαν ὃν τρόπον διοικοῦντες τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας καὶ πρὸς οὓς πολεμοῦντες μεγάλην ἂν τὴν Ἑλλάδα ποιήσειαν.
And after this, they founded many great cities on both continents, swept the barbarians back from the sea, and taught the Hellenes in what way they should manage their own countries and against whom they should wage war in order to make Hellas great.
§ 45
Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχον τοῦ πράττειν τι τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἡμετέροις καὶ τοῦ τοῖς μὲν βαρβάροις πολεμεῖν τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας εὐεργετεῖν, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἠθέλησαν, ἀλλʼ ἔχοντες πόλιν ἀλλοτρίαν καὶ χώραν οὐ μόνον ἱκανήν, ἀλλʼ ὅσην οὐδεμία πόλις τῶν Ἑλληνίδων, οὐκ ἔστερξαν ἐπὶ τούτοις,
The Lacedaemonians, on the other hand, about the same time were so far from carrying out the same policy as our ancestors—from waging war on the barbarians and benefiting the Hellenes—that they were not even willing to refrain from aggression, but although they held an alien city and a territory not only adequate but greater than any other city of Hellas possessed, they were not satisfied with what they had;
§ 46
ἀλλὰ μαθόντες ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν συμβεβηκότων κατὰ μὲν τοὺς νόμους τάς τε πόλεις καὶ τὰς χώρας τούτων εἶναι δοκούσας, τῶν ὀρθῶς καὶ νομίμως κτησαμένων, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τούτων γιγνομένας, τῶν τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον μάλιστʼ ἀσκούντων καὶ νικᾶν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τοὺς πολεμίους δυναμένων, ταῦτα διανοηθέντες, ἀμελήσαντες γεωργιῶν καὶ τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, οὐδὲν ἐπαύοντο κατὰ μίαν ἑκάστην τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πολιορκοῦντες καὶ κακῶς ποιοῦντες, ἕως ἁπάσας κατεστρέψαντο πλὴν τῆς Ἀργείων.
on the contrary, having learned from the actual course of events that while according to law states and territories are deemed to belong to those who have duly and lawfully acquired them, in fact, however, they fall into the hands of those who are most practised in the art of warfare and are able to conquer their enemies in battle—thinking upon these things, they neglected agriculture and the arts and everything else and did not cease laying siege to the cities in the Peloponnesus one by one and doing violence to them until they overthrew them all with the exception of Argos.
§ 47
συνέβαινεν οὖν ἐξ ὧν μὲν ἡμεῖς ἐπράττομεν, αὐξάνεσθαί τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην κρείττω γίγνεσθαι τῆς Ἀσίας, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων τοὺς ἀποροῦντας πόλεις λαμβάνειν καὶ χώρας, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων τοὺς εἰθισμένους ὑβρίζειν ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τῆς αὑτῶν καὶ φρονεῖν ἔλαττον ἢ πρότερον· ἐξ ὧν δὲ Σπαρτιᾶται, τὴν ἐκείνων μόνην μεγάλην γίγνεσθαι, καὶ πασῶν μὲν τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πόλεων ἄρχειν, ταῖς δʼ ἄλλαις φοβερὰν εἶναι καὶ πολλῆς θεραπείας τυγχάνειν παρʼ αὐτῶν.
And so it resulted from the policy which we pursued that Hellas waxed great, Europe became stronger than Asia, and, furthermore, the Hellenes who were in straitened circumstances received cities and lands, while the barbarians who were wont to be insolent were expelled from their own territory and humbled in their pride; whereas the results of the Spartan policy were that their city alone became strong, dominated all the cities in the Peloponnesus, inspired fear in the other states, and was courted by them for her favor.
§ 48
ἐπαινεῖν μὲν οὖν δίκαιόν ἐστι τὴν τοῖς ἄλλοις πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην, δεινὴν δὲ νομίζειν τὴν αὑτῇ τὰ συμφέροντα διαπραττομένην, καὶ φίλους μὲν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς ὁμοίως αὑτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις χρωμένους, φοβεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ δεδιέναι τοὺς πρὸς σφᾶς μὲν αὐτοὺς ὡς δυνατὸν οἰκειότατα διακειμένους, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀλλοτρίως καὶ πολεμικῶς τὴν αὑτῶν διοικοῦντας. τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴν ἑκατέρα τοῖν πολέοιν τοιαύτην ἐποιήσατο.
In justice, however, we should praise the city which has been the author of many blessings to the rest of the world but should reprehend the state which is ever striving to effect its own advantage; and we should cultivate the friendship of those who do by others just as they do by themselves, but should abhor and shun those who feel the utmost degree of self-love, while governing their state in a spirit inimical and hostile to the world at large. Such was the beginning made by each of these two states.
§ 49
χρόνῳ δʼ ὕστερον γενομένου τοῦ Περσικοῦ πολέμου, καὶ Ξέρξου τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος τριήρεις μὲν συναγαγόντος τριακοσίας καὶ χιλίας, τῆς δὲ πεζῆς στρατιᾶς πεντακοσίας μὲν μυριάδας τῶν ἁπάντων, ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ τῶν μαχίμων, τηλικαύτῃ δὲ δυνάμει στρατεύσαντος ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας,
But at a later time, when the Persian War took place(Xerxes, who was then king, having gathered together a fleet of thirteen hundred triremes and a land force numbering five millions in all, including seven hundred thousand fighting men, and led this vast force against the Hellenes),
§ 50
Σπαρτιᾶται μὲν ἄρχοντες Πελοποννησίων εἰς τὴν ναυμαχίαν τὴν ποιήσασαν ῥοπὴν ἅπαντος τοῦ πολέμου δέκα μόνον συνεβάλοντο τριήρεις, οἱ δὲ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀνάστατοι γενόμενοι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκλελοιπότες διὰ τὸ μὴ τετειχίσθαι κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον πλείους ναῦς παρέσχοντο καὶ μείζω δύναμιν ἐχούσας ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ συγκινδυνεύσαντες· καὶ στρατηγὸν οἱ μὲν Εὐρυβιάδην,
the Spartans, although they were masters of the Peloponnesus, contributed to the sea-fight which determined the issue of the whole war only ten triremes, whereas our ancestors, although they were homeless, having abandoned Athens because the city had not been fortified with walls at that time, furnished not only a greater number of ships, but ships with a greater fighting force, than all the rest combined who fought together in that battle.
§ 51
ὃς εἰ τέλος ἐπέθηκεν οἷς διενοήθη πράττειν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐκώλυεν ἀπολωλέναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι Θεμιστοκλέα τὸν ὁμολογουμένως ἅπασιν αἴτιον εἶναι δόξαντα καὶ τοῦ τὴν ναυμαχίαν γενέσθαι κατὰ τρόπον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων τῶν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ κατορθωθέντων.
Again, the Lacedaemonians contributed to this battle the leadership of Eurybiades, who, had he carried into effect what he intended to do, could have been prevented by nothing in the world from bringing destruction upon the Hellenes, whereas the Athenians furnished Themistocles, who, by the common assent of all, was credited with being responsible for the victorious outcome of that battle as well as for all the other successes which were achieved during that time.
§ 52
τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· ἀφελόμενοι γὰρ Λακεδαιμονίους τὴν ἡγεμονίαν οἱ συγκινδυνεύσαντες τοῖς ἡμετέροις παρέδοσαν. καίτοι τίνας ἄν τις κριτὰς ἱκανωτέρους ποιήσαιτο καὶ πιστοτέρους τῶν τότε πραχθέντων ἢ τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀγῶσι παραγενομένους; τίνα δʼ ἄν τις εὐεργεσίαν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι ταύτης μείζω, τῆς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα σῶσαι δυνηθείσης;
And the greatest proof of this is that those who then fought together took the hegemony away from the Lacedaemonians and conferred it upon our ancestors. And yet what more competent or trustworthy judges could one find of what then took place than those who had a part in those very struggles? And what benefaction could one mention greater than that which was able to save all Hellas?
§ 53
μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν συνέβη κυρίαν ἑκατέραν γενέσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν, ἣν ὁπότεροι ἂν κατάσχωσιν, ὑπηκόους ἔχουσι τὰς πλείστας τῶν πόλεων. ὅλως μὲν οὖν οὐδετέραν ἐπαινῶ· πολλὰ γὰρ ἄν τις αὐταῖς ἐπιτιμήσειεν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ταύτην οὐκ ἔλαττον αὐτῶν διηνέγκαμεν ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρημένας.
Now after these events it came about that each of these cities in turn gained the empire of the sea—a power such that whichever state possesses it holds in subjection most of the states of Hellas. As to their use of this power in general, I commend neither Athens nor Sparta; for one might find many faults with both. Nevertheless, in this supervision the Athenians surpassed the Lacedaemonians no less than in the deeds which I have just mentioned.
§ 54
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτεροι πατέρες ἔπειθον τοὺς συμμάχους ποιεῖσθαι πολιτείαν ταύτην, ἥνπερ αὐτοὶ διετέλουν ἀγαπῶντες· ὃ σημεῖόν ἐστιν εὐνοίας καὶ φιλίας, ὅταν τινὲς παραινῶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις χρῆσθαι τούτοις, ἅπερ ἂν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς συμφέρειν ὑπολάβωσιν· Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ κατέστησαν οὔθʼ ὁμοίαν τῇ παρʼ αὑτοῖς οὔτε ταῖς ἄλλοθί που γεγενημέναις, ἀλλὰ δέκα μόνους ἄνδρας κυρίους ἑκάστης τῆς πόλεως ἐποίησαν, ὧν ἐπιχειρήσας ἄν τις κατηγορεῖν τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας ἡμέρας συνεχῶς οὐδὲν ἂν μέρος εἰρηκέναι δόξειε τῶν ἐκείνοις ἡμαρτημένων.
For our fathers tried to persuade their allies to establish the very same polity in their cities as they themselves had continually cherished; and it is a sign of good will and friendship when any people urge it upon others to use those institutions which they conceive to be beneficial to themselves. The Lacedaemonians, on the other hand, set up in their subject states a polity which resembled neither that which obtained among themselves nor those which have existed anywhere else in the world; nay, they vested in ten men alone the government of each of the states—men of such a character that were one to attempt to denounce them for three or four days without pause he would appear to have covered not a fraction of the wrongs which have been perpetrated by them.
§ 55
καθʼ ἕκαστον μὲν οὖν διεξιέναι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τοσούτων τὸ πλῆθος ἀνόητόν ἐστιν· ὀλίγα δὲ καθʼ ἁπάντων εἰπεῖν, ἃ τοῖς ἀκούσασιν ὀργὴν ἀξίαν ἐμποιήσειεν ἂν τῶν πεπραγμένων, νεώτερος μὲν ὢν ἴσως ἂν ἐξεῦρον, νῦν δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπέρχεταί μοι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἅπερ ἅπασιν, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἐκεῖνοι διήνεγκαν ἀνομίᾳ καὶ πλεονεξίᾳ τῶν προγεγενημένων, ὥστʼ οὐ μόνον αὑτοὺς ἀπώλεσαν καὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τὰς πατρίδας τὰς αὑτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους διαβαλόντες εἰς τοιαύτας καὶ τοσαύτας συμφορὰς ἐνέβαλον, ὅσας οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ αὐτοῖς γενήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν.
To attempt to review these wrongs in detail were foolish; they are so many and so grave. Were I a younger man, I might perhaps have found means to characterize all of their crimes in a few words which would have stirred in my hearers an indignation commensurate with the gravity of the things which these men have done; but as it is, no such words occur to me other than those which are on the lips of all men, namely, that they so far outdid all those who lived before their time in lawlessness and greed that they not only ruined themselves and their friends and their own countries but also brought the Lacedaemonians into evil repute with their allies and plunged them into misfortunes so many and so grave as no one could have dreamed would ever be visited upon them.
§ 56
μάλιστα μὲν οὖν ἐντεῦθεν ἄν τις δυνηθείη κατιδεῖν ὅσῳ μετριώτερον καὶ πραότερον ἡμεῖς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπεμελήθημεν, δεύτερον δʼ ἐκ τοῦ ῥηθήσεσθαι μέλλοντος· Σπαρτιᾶται μὲν γὰρ ἔτη δέκα μόλις ἐπεστάτησαν αὐτῶν, ἡμεῖς δὲ πέντε καὶ ἑξήκοντα συνεχῶς κατέσχομεν τὴν ἀρχήν. καίτοι πάντες ἴσασι τὰς πόλεις τὰς ὑφʼ ἑτέροις γιγνομένας, ὅτι πλεῖστον χρόνον τούτοις παραμένουσιν ὑφʼ ὧν ἂν ἐλάχιστα κακὰ πάσχουσαι τυγχάνωσιν.
You can see at once from this instance best of all how much milder and more moderate we were in our supervision over the affairs of the Hellenes, but you can see it also from what I shall now say. The Spartans remained at the head of Hellas hardly ten years, while we held the hegemony without interruption for sixty-five years. And yet it is known to all that states which come under the supremacy of others remain loyal for the longest time to those under which they suffer the least degree of oppression.
§ 57
ἐκ τούτων τοίνυν ἀμφότεραι μισηθεῖσαι κατέστησαν εἰς πόλεμον καὶ ταραχήν, ἐν ᾗ τὴν μὲν ἡμετέραν εὕροι τις ἄν, ἁπάντων αὐτῇ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπιθεμένων, ἔτη δέκα τούτοις ἀντισχεῖν δυνηθεῖσαν, Λακεδαιμονίους δὲ κρατοῦντας ἔτι κατὰ γῆν, πρὸς Θηβαίους μόνους πολεμήσαντας καὶ μίαν μάχην ἡττηθέντας, ἁπάντων ἀποστερηθέντας ὧν εἶχον, καὶ παραπλησίαις ἀτυχίαις χρησαμένους καὶ συμφοραῖς αἷσπερ ἡμεῖς,
Now both Athens and Lacedaemon incurred the hatred of their subjects and were plunged into war and confusion, but in these circumstances it will be found that our city, although attacked by all the Hellenes and by the barbarians as well, was able to hold out against them for ten years, while the Lacedaemonians, though still the leading power by land, after waging war against the Thebans alone and being defeated in a single battle, were stripped of all the possessions which they had held and involved in misfortunes and calamities which were very similar to these which overtook ourselves.
§ 58
καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τὴν μὲν ἡμετέραν πόλιν ἐν ἐλάττοσιν ἔτεσιν ἀναλαβοῦσαν αὑτὴν ἢ κατεπολεμήθη, Σπαρτιάτας δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἧτταν μηδʼ ἐν πολλαπλασίῳ χρόνῳ δυνηθέντας καταστῆσαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἕξιν ἐξ ἧς περ ἐξέπεσον, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἔχοντας.
More than that, our city recovered her power in less years than it took to overthrow it, while the Spartans after their defeat at Leuctra have not been able even in a period many times as long to regain the position from which they fell, but are even now no better off than they were then.
§ 59
τὰ τοίνυν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὡς ἑκάτεροι προσηνέχθημεν, δηλωτέον· ἔτι γὰρ τοῦτο λοιπόν ἐστιν. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἡμετέρας δυναστείας οὐκ ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς οὔτʼ ἐντὸς Ἅλυος πεζῷ στρατοπέδῳ καταβαίνειν οὔτε μακροῖς πλοίοις ἐπὶ τάδε πλεῖν Φασήλιδος· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων οὐ μόνον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι καὶ πλεῖν ὅποι βουληθεῖεν ἐξουσίαν ἔλαβον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπόται πολλῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων κατέστησαν.
Again, I must set forth how these two cities demeaned themselves toward the barbarians; for this still remains to be done. In the time of our supremacy, the barbarians were prevented from marching with an army beyond the Halys river and from sailing with their ships of war this side of Phaselis, but under the hegemony of the Lacedaemonians not only did they gain the freedom to march and sail wherever they pleased, but they even became masters over many Hellenic states.
§ 60
τὴν δὴ καὶ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς βασιλέα γενναιοτέρας καὶ μεγαλοφρονεστέρας ποιησαμένην, καὶ τῶν πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων τοῖς μὲν βαρβάροις κακῶν τοῖς δʼ Ἕλλησιν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην, ἔτι δὲ τῆς Ἀσίας τὴν παραλίαν καὶ πολλὴν ἄλλην χώραν τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους ἀφελομένην τοῖς δὲ συμμάχοις κτησαμένην,
Well then, does not the city which made the nobler and prouder covenants with the Persian king, which brought to pass the most and the greatest injuries to the barbarians and benefits to the Hellenes, which, furthermore, seized from her foes the sea-coast of Asia and much other territory besides and appropriated it to her allies,
§ 61
καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὑβρίζοντας τοὺς δʼ ἀποροῦντας παύσασαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὑπὲρ αὑτῆς τε πολεμήσασαν ἄμεινον τῆς εὐδοκιμούσης περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς θᾶττον διαλυσαμένην τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων, πῶς οὐ δίκαιον ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τιμᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις ἀπολελειμμένην; περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πραχθέντων παρʼ ἄλληλα καὶ τῶν κινδύνων τῶν ἅμα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς γενομένων ἐν τῷ παρόντι ταῦτʼ εἶχον εἰπεῖν.
which put an end to the insolence of the barbarians and the poverty of the Hellenes, and which, besides, waged war in her own cause more capably than that city which is famed for her skill in warfare, and extricated herself from her misfortunes more quickly than these same Lacedaemonians—does not this city, I say, deserve to be praised and honored more than the state which has been outdistanced by her in all these respects? This, then, is what I had in mind to say on this occasion in comparing the achievements of Athens and Lacedaemon and the wars which they fought at the same time and against the same adversaries.
§ 62
οἶμαι δὲ τοὺς ἀηδῶς ἀκούοντας τῶν λόγων τούτων τοῖς μὲν εἰρημένοις οὐδὲν ἀντερεῖν ὡς οὐκ ἀληθέσιν οὖσιν, οὐδʼ αὖ πράξεις ἑτέρας ἕξειν εἰπεῖν περὶ ἃς Λακεδαιμόνιοι γενόμενοι πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατέστησαν, κατηγορεῖν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν ἐπιχειρήσειν,
But I think that, while those who find these words distasteful to listen to will not deny that what I have said is the truth nor, again, will they be able to cite other activities of the Lacedaemonians through which they brought to pass many blessings to the Hellenes, yet they will attempt—
§ 63
ὅπερ ἀεὶ ποιεῖν εἰώθασι, καὶ διεξιέναι τὰς δυσχερεστάτας τῶν πράξεων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν γεγενημένων, καὶ τάς τε δίκας καὶ τὰς κρίσεις τὰς ἐνθάδε γιγνομένας τοῖς συμμάχοις καὶ τὴν τῶν φόρων εἴσπραξιν διαβαλεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα διατρίψειν περὶ τὰ Μηλίων πάθη καὶ Σκιωναίων καὶ Τορωναίων, οἰομένους ταῖς κατηγορίαις ταύταις καταρρυπανεῖν τὰς τῆς πόλεως εὐεργεσίας τὰς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρημένας.
as is ever their habit—to denounce our city, to recount the most offensive acts which transpired while she held the empire of the sea, to present in a false light the adjudication of lawsuits in Athens for the allies and her collection of tribute from them, and above all to dwell on the cruelties suffered at her hands by the Melians and the Scionians and the Toronians, thinking by these reproaches to sully the benefactions of Athens which I have just described.
§ 64
ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς ἅπαντα μὲν τὰ δικαίως ἂν ῥηθέντα κατὰ τῆς πόλεως οὔτʼ ἂν δυναίμην ἀντειπεῖν οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιχειρήσαιμι τοῦτο ποιεῖν· καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνοίμην, ὅπερ εἶπον ἤδη καὶ πρότερον, εἰ τῶν ἄλλων μηδὲ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀναμαρτήτους εἶναι νομιζόντων ἐγὼ γλιχοίμην καὶ πειρῴμην πείθειν ὡς περὶ οὐδὲν πώποτε τὸ κοινὸν ἡμῶν πεπλημμέληκεν·
Now I, for my part, could not gainsay all the things which might justly be said against our city, nor would I attempt to do so; for I should be ashamed, as I have already said in another place, when all other men are of the opinion that not even the gods are free from guilt, were I to strain my conscience and attempt to persuade you that our commonwealth has never erred in any instance whatsoever.
§ 65
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνό γʼ οἴομαι ποιήσειν, τήν τε πόλιν τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν ἐπιδείξειν περὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς προειρημένας πολὺ πικροτέραν καὶ χαλεπωτέραν τῆς ἡμετέρας γεγενημένην, τούς θʼ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων βλασφημοῦντας καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς δυνατὸν ἀφρονέστατα διακειμένους καὶ τοῦ κακῶς ἀκούειν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τοὺς φίλους αὐτῶν αἰτίους ὄντας·
Nevertheless, I think I shall do one thing, namely, show that the city of the Spartans, in handling situations such as I have mentioned, has been much more harsh and severe than Athens, and that those who seek to promote the reputation of the Spartans by calumniating us are short-sighted in the extreme and are themselves to blame for the bad repute which their own friends incur at our hands.
§ 66
ἐπειδὰν γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα κατηγορῶσιν, οἷς ἔνοχοι Λακεδαιμόνιοι μᾶλλον τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, οὐκ ἀποροῦμεν τοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν ῥηθέντος μεῖζον ἁμάρτημα κατʼ ἐκείνων εἰπεῖν. οἷον καὶ νῦν, ἢν μνησθῶσι τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν τοῖς συμμάχοις ἐνθάδε γιγνομένων, τίς ἐστιν οὕτως ἀφυής, ὅστις οὐχ εὑρήσει πρὸς τοῦτʼ ἀντειπεῖν ὅτι πλείους Λακεδαιμόνιοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀκρίτους ἀπεκτόνασι τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἐξ οὗ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦμεν, εἰς ἀγῶνα καὶ κρίσιν καταστάντων;
For whenever they make such charges against us, to which the Lacedaemonians are more open than ourselves, we do not find it difficult to cite against Sparta a graver offence in each case than that which has been charged against Athens. For example, in the present instance, if they bring up the fact that the law-suits of the allies were tried in Athens, is there anyone so slow of wit as not to find the ready retort that the Lacedaemonians have put to death without trial more of the Hellenes than have ever been brought to trial and judgement here since the founding of our city?
§ 67
τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς εἰσπράξεως τῶν φόρων ἤν τι λέγωσιν, ἕξομεν εἰπεῖν· πολὺ γὰρ ἐπιδείξομεν συμφορώτερα πράξαντας τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς τὸν φόρον ἐνεγκούσαις. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐ προσταχθὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ γνόντες, ὅτε περ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἡμῖν τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν ἔδοσαν·
And if they make any complaint about our collection of the tribute, we shall be ready with a like rejoinder. For we shall show that our ancestors far more than the Lacedaemonians acted for the advantage of the states which paid them tribute. For, in the first place, these states did this, not because we had so commanded, but because they themselves had so resolved at the very time when they conferred upon us the supremacy by sea.
§ 68
ἔπειτʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔφερον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς δημοκρατίας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῆς αὑτῶν καὶ τοῦ μὴ περιπεσεῖν ὀλιγαρχίας γενομένης τηλικούτοις κακοῖς τὸ μέγεθος, ἡλίκοις ἐπὶ τῶν δεκαδαρχιῶν καὶ τῆς δυναστείας τῆς Λακεδαιμονίῶν. ἔτι δʼ οὐκ ἐκ τούτων ἔφερον ἐξ ὧν αὐτοὶ διέσωσαν, ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ὧν διʼ ἡμᾶς εἶχον· ὑπὲρ ὧν,
In the next place, they paid their quotas, not to preserve Athens, but to preserve their own democratic polity and their own freedom and to escape falling into such great misfortunes, through the setting up of oligarchies, as were suffered under the decarchies and the domination of the Lacedaemonians. And, more than that, they paid these contributions, not from funds which they had treasured up through their own efforts, but from resources which they possessed through our aid.
§ 69
εἰ καὶ μικρὸς λογισμὸς ἐνῆν αὐτοῖς, δικαίως ἂν χάριν εἶχον ἡμῖν. παραλαβόντες γὰρ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν τὰς μὲν παντάπασιν ἀναστάτους γεγενημένας ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, τὰς δὲ πεπορθημένας, εἰς τοῦτο προηγάγομεν, ὥστε μικρὸν μέρος τῶν γιγνομένων ἡμῖν διδόντας μηδὲν ἐλάττους ἔχειν τοὺς οἴκους Πελοποννησίων τῶν οὐδένα φόρον ὑποτελούντων.
In return for these resources, had they reflected in the slightest degree, they should in all fairness have been grateful to us; for we took over their cities in some instances when they had been utterly destroyed, in others when they had been sacked and plundered by the barbarians, and advanced them to such a state of prosperity that although they contributed to us a slight proportion of the wealth which flowed in upon them, their estates were no less prosperous than those of the Peloponnesians who paid no tribute whatsoever.
§ 70
περὶ τοίνυν τῶν ἀναστάτων γεγενημένων ὑφʼ ἑκατέρας τῶν πόλεων, ὃ μόνοις τινὲς ἡμῖν ὀνειδίζουσιν, ἐπιδείξομεν πολὺ δεινότερα πεποιηκότας οὓς ἐπαινοῦντες διατελοῦσιν. ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ συνέπεσε περὶ νησύδρια τοιαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος ἐξαμαρτεῖν, ἃ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐδʼ ἴσασιν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὰς μεγίστας πόλεις τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ καὶ τὰς πανταχῇ προεχούσας τῶν ἄλλων ἀναστάτους ποιήσαντες αὐτοὶ τἀκείνων ἔχουσιν,
Furthermore, as to the cities which were laid waste under the rule of each of these states—a matter for which certain men reproach the Athenians alone—we shall show that things much more reprehensible were done by those whom these men are never weary of extolling. For it happened that we offended against islets so small and insignificant that many of the Hellenes do not even know of their existence, whereas the Lacedaemonians laid waste the greatest cities of the Peloponnesus—states which in every way were eminent above the others—
§ 71
ἃς ἄξιον ἦν, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν αὐταῖς πρότερον ὑπῆρχεν ἀγαθόν, τῆς μεγίστης δωρεᾶς παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τυχεῖν διὰ τὴν στρατείαν τὴν ἐπὶ Τροίαν, ἐν ᾗ σφᾶς τε αὐτὰς παρέσχον πρωτευούσας καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας ἀρετὰς ἔχοντας οὐ μόνον τὰς τοιαύτας ὧν πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν φαύλων κοινωνοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κἀκείνας ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν πονηρὸς ὢν δυνηθείη μετασχεῖν.
and now hold for themselves the wealth of those states which, even supposing that in former times they possessed no merit, deserved the greatest possible rewards from the Hellenes because of the expedition against Troy in which they took the foremost place and furnished as its leaders men possessed not only of the virtues in which many of the common run of mankind have a part, but also of those in which no ignoble man may share.
§ 72
Μεσσήνη μὲν γὰρ Νέστορα παρέσχε τὸν φρονιμώτατον ἁπάντων τῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον γενομένων, Λακεδαίμων δὲ Μενέλαον τὸν διὰ σωφροσύνην καὶ δικαιοσύνην μόνον ἀξιωθέντα Διὸς γενέσθαι κηδεστήν, ἡ δʼ Ἀργείων πόλις Ἀγαμέμνονα τὸν οὐ μίαν οὐδὲ δύο σχόντα μόνον ἀρετάς, ἀλλὰ πάσας ὅσας ἂν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν,
For Messene furnished Nestor, the wisest of all who lived in those times; Lacedaemon, Menelaus, who because of his moderation and his justice was the one man to be deemed worthy to become the son-in-law of Zeus; and Argos, Agamemnon, who was possessed, not of one or two of the virtues merely, but of all which anyone can name—
§ 73
καὶ ταύτας οὐ μετρίως ἀλλʼ ὑπερβαλλόντως· οὐδένα γὰρ εὑρήσομεν τῶν ἁπάντων οὔτʼ ἰδιωτέρας πράξεις μεταχειρισάμενον οὔτε καλλίους οὔτε μείζους οὔτε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὠφελιμωτέρας οὔτε πλειόνων ἐπαίνων ἀξίας. καὶ τούτοις οὕτω μὲν ἀπηριθμημένοις εἰκότως ἄν τινες ἀπιστήσειαν, μικρῶν δὲ περὶ ἑκάστου ῥηθέντων ἅπαντες ἂν ἀληθῆ με λέγειν ὁμολογήσειαν.
and these, not in moderate, but in surpassing degree. For we shall find that no one in all the world has ever undertaken deeds more distinctive, more noble, more important, more advantageous to the Hellenes, or deserving of higher praise. These are facts which, when thus barely enumerated, some may not unreasonably question, but when they have been supported in each instance by a few words, all men will acknowledge that I speak the truth.
§ 74
οὐ δύναμαι δὲ κατιδεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀπορῶ ποίοις ἂν λόγοις μετὰ ταῦτα χρησάμενος ὀρθῶς εἴην βεβουλευμένος. αἰσχύνομαι μὲν γάρ, εἰ τοσαῦτα περὶ τῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀρετῆς προειρηκὼς μηδενὸς μνησθήσομαι τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου πεπραγμένων, ἀλλὰ δόξω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὅμοιος εἶναι τοῖς ἀλαζονευομένοις καὶ λέγουσιν ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσιν· ὁρῶ δὲ τὰς πράξεις τὰς ἔξω λεγομένας τῶν ὑποθέσεων οὐκ ἐπαινουμένας ἀλλὰ ταραχώδεις εἶναι δοκούσας, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ὄντας τοὺς κακῶς χρωμένους αὐταῖς,
However, I am not able to see clearly, but am in doubt, with what words I may proceed without making an error of judgement. For, on the one hand, I am ashamed, after having said so much about the virtue of Agamemnon, to make no mention of the things which he accomplished and so to seem to my hearers no different from men who make empty boasts and say whatever comes into their heads. But I observe, on the other hand, that the discussion of things which lie outside the scope of the subject is not approved but is thought rather to be confusing, and that while many misuse these digressions there are many more who condemn them.
§ 75
πολὺ δὲ πλείους τοὺς ἐπιτιμῶντας. διὸ δέδοικα μὴ καὶ περὶ ἐμὲ συμβῇ τι τοιοῦτον. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αἱροῦμαι βοηθῆσαι τῷ ταὐτὸν ἐμοί τε καὶ πολλοῖς πεπονθότι, καὶ διημαρτηκότι τῆς δόξης ἧς προσῆκε τυχεῖν αὐτόν, καὶ μεγίστων μὲν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίῳ γεγενημένῳ περὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, ἧττον δʼ ἐπαινουμένῳ τῶν οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου διαπεπραγμένων.
Therefore I fear that I too may subject myself to some such criticism. Nevertheless, I elect to lend support to the man who has experienced the same misadventure as myself and many others and failed of the reputation he deserved, and who has been the author of the greatest services to the world of his time, albeit he is less praised than those who have done nothing worthy of mention.
§ 76
τί γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐνέλιπεν, ὃς τηλικαύτην μὲν ἔσχε τιμήν, ἧς εἰ πάντες συνελθόντες μείζω ζητοῖεν, οὐδέποτʼ ἂν εὑρεῖν δυνηθεῖεν; μόνος γὰρ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἠξιώθη γενέσθαι στρατηγός. ὁπότερον δέ, εἴθʼ ὑπὸ πάντων αἱρεθεὶς εἴτʼ αὐτὸς κτησάμενος, οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν. ὁποτέρως δʼ οὖν συμβέβηκεν, οὐδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν λέλοιπε τῆς περὶ αὑτὸν δόξης τοῖς ἄλλως πως τιμηθεῖσιν.
For what element of glory did he lack who won a position of such exalted honor that, were all the world to unite on the search for a greater, no greater could be found? For he is the only man who was ever deemed worthy to be the leader of the armies of all Hellas. Whether he was elected by all or obtained this honor by himself, I am not able to say. But however this came about, he left no room for the rest of mankind who have in any wise won distinction since his time to surpass the glory which attaches to his name.
§ 77
ταύτην δὲ λαβὼν τὴν δύναμιν οὐκ ἔστιν ἥν τινα τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἐλύπησεν, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἦν πόρρω τοῦ περί τινας ἐξαμαρτεῖν, ὥστε παραλαβὼν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ ταραχαῖς καὶ πολλοῖς κακοῖς ὄντας τούτων μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλαξεν, εἰς ὁμόνοιαν δὲ καταστήσας τὰ μὲν περιττὰ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τερατώδη καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπερεῖδε, στρατόπεδον δὲ συστήσας ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἤγαγεν.
And when he obtained this power, he harmed no city of Hellas; nay, so far was he from injuring any one of them that, although he took command of the Hellenes when they were in a state of mutual warfare and confusion and great misfortune, he delivered them from this condition, and, having established concord among them, indifferent to all exploits which are extravagant and spectacular and of no benefit to others, he collected the Hellenes into an army and led them forth against the barbarians.
§ 78
τούτου δὲ κάλλιον στρατήγημα καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὠφελιμώτερον οὐδεὶς φανήσεται πράξας οὔτε τῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον εὐδοκιμησάντων οὔτε τῶν ὕστερον ἐπιγενομένων. ἃ ʼκεῖνος πράξας καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑποδείξας οὐχ οὕτως εὐδοκίμησεν, ὡς προσῆκεν αὐτόν, διὰ τοὺς μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶντας τὰς θαυματοποιίας τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ τὰς ψευδολογίας τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτος γενόμενος ἐλάττω δόξαν ἔχει τῶν οὐδὲ μιμήσασθαι τολμησάντων αὐτόν.
And no one will be found, among those who rose to fame in his time or in later generations, to have accomplished an expedition more honorable than this or more advantageous to the Hellenes. But although he achieved all this and set this example to the rest of the world, he did not receive the fame which was his due, because of those who delight more in stage-play than in services and in fiction than in truth; nay, albeit he proved himself so great, he has a reputation which is less than that of men who have not ventured even to imitate his example.
§ 79
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἄν τις ἐπαινέσειεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἔπραξεν. εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ μεγαλοφροσύνης ἦλθεν, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἀπέχρησεν αὐτῷ λαβεῖν στρατιώτας τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ὁπόσους ἐξ ἑκάστης ἐβουλήθη τῆς πόλεως, ἀλλὰ τοὺς βασιλεῖς τοὺς ποιοῦντας ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ὅ τι βουληθεῖεν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις προστάττοντας, τούτους ἔπεισεν ὑφʼ αὑτῷ γενέσθαι, καὶ συνακολουθεῖν ἐφʼ οὓς ἂν ἡγῆται, καὶ ποιεῖν τὸ προσταττόμενον, καὶ βασιλικὸν βίον ἀφέντας στρατιωτικῶς ζῆν,
But not for these things alone might one extol him, but also for the things he did at the same time. For he conceived of his mission in terms so lofty that he was not satisfied with making up his army from all the men in private station whom he desired to have from each of the cities of Hellas, but even persuaded men of the rank of kings, who were accustomed to do in their own states whatsoever they pleased and to give orders to the world at large, to place themselves under his command, to follow him against whomsoever he might lead them, to obey his orders, to abandon their royal manner of living and to share the life of soldiers in the field,
§ 80
ἔτι δὲ κινδυνεύειν καὶ πολεμεῖν οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας αὐτῶν πατρίδος καὶ βασιλείας, ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μὲν ὑπὲρ Ἑλένης τῆς Μενελάου γυναικός, ἔργῳ δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πάσχειν ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων μήτε τοιαῦτα μήθʼ οἷα πρότερον αὐτῇ συνέπεσε περὶ τὴν Πέλοπος μὲν ἁπάσης Πελοποννήσου κατάληψιν, Δαναοῦ δὲ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Ἀργείων, Κάδμου δὲ Θηβῶν· ὧν τίς ἄλλος φανήσεται προνοηθείς, ἢ τίς ἐμποδὼν καταστὰς τοῦ μηδὲν ἔτι γενέσθαι τοιοῦτον, πλὴν τῆς ἐκείνου φύσεως καὶ δυνάμεως;
and, furthermore, to imperil themselves and wage war, not for their own countries and kingdoms, but ostensibly for Helen, wife of Menelaus, though in reality for Hellas, that she might not again suffer such an outrage at the hands of the barbarians nor such as befell her before that time in the seizure of the entire Peloponnesus by Pelops or of Argos by Danaus or of Thebes by Cadmus. For what other man in the world will be found to have had forethought in these matters or to have taken measures to prevent any such misfortune in the future except one of Agamemnon’s character and power?
§ 81
τὸ τοίνυν ἐχόμενον, ὃ τῶν μὲν προειρημένων ἔλαττόν ἐστι, τῶν δὲ πολλάκις ἐγκεκωμιασμένων μεῖζον καὶ λόγου μᾶλλον ἄξιον· στρατόπεδον γὰρ συνεληλυθὸς ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν πόλεων, τοσοῦτον τὸ πλῆθος ὅσον εἰκός, ὃ πολλοὺς εἶχεν ἐν αὑτῷ τοὺς μὲν ἀπὸ θεῶν τοὺς δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας, οὐκ ὁμοίως διακειμένους τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐδʼ ἴσον φρονοῦντας τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλʼ ὀργῆς καὶ θυμοῦ καὶ φθόνου καὶ φιλοτιμίας μεστούς,
There is, moreover, connected with the above achievement one which, though less significant than those which I have mentioned, is more important and more deserving of mention than those which have been extolled again and again. For he commanded an army which had come together from all the cities of Hellas, a host whose size may be imagined since it contained many of the descendants of the gods and of the direct sons of the gods—men who were not of the same temper as the majority of mankind nor on the same plane of thinking, but full of pride and passion and envy and ambition—,
§ 82
ἀλλʼ ὅμως τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔτη δέκα κατέσχεν οὐ μισθοφοραῖς μεγάλαις οὐδὲ χρημάτων δαπάναις, αἷς νῦν ἅπαντες δυναστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ καὶ τῇ φρονήσει διαφέρειν καὶ δύνασθαι τροφὴν ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων τοῖς στρατιώταις πορίζειν, καὶ μάλιστα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐκεῖνον ἄμεινον ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων βουλεύεσθαι σωτηρίας ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν.
and yet he held that army together for ten years, not by great bribes nor by outlays of money, by which means all rulers nowadays maintain their power, but by the supremacy of his genius, by his ability to provide from the enemy subsistence for his soldiers, and most of all by his reputation of being better advised in the interest of others than others in their own interest.
§ 83
τὸ τοίνυν τέλος, ὃ πᾶσι τούτοις ἐπέθηκεν, οὐδενὸς ἧττον προσήκει θαυμάζειν· οὐ γὰρ ἀπρεπὲς οὐδʼ ἀνάξιον τῶν προειρημένων φανήσεται ποιησάμενος, ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μὲν πρὸς μίαν πόλιν πολεμήσας, ἔργῳ δʼ οὐ μόνον πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικοῦντας ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἄλλα γένη πολλὰ τῶν βαρβάρων κινδυνεύων οὐκ ἀπεῖπεν οὐδʼ ἀπῆλθε, πρὶν τήν τε πόλιν τοῦ τολμήσαντος ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔπαυσεν ὑβρίζοντας.
But the final achievement by which he crowned all these is no less worthy of admiration. For he will be found to have done nothing unseemly or unworthy of these exploits which I have already described; on the contrary, although he waged war, ostensibly against a single city, but in reality not only against all the peoples who dwelt in Asia but also against many other races of the barbarians, he did not give up fighting nor depart for home before reducing to slavery the city of him who had offended against Hellas and putting an end to the insolence of the barbarians.
§ 84
οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ τῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀρετῆς, οὐδʼ ὅτι τούτων καθʼ ἓν μὲν ἕκαστον εἴ τινες σκοποῖντο τί ἂν ἀποδοκιμάσαιεν, οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ἀφελεῖν τολμήσειεν, ἐφεξῆς δὲ ἀναγιγνωσκομένων ἅπαντες ἂν ἐπιτιμήσαιεν ὡς πολὺ πλείοσιν εἰρημένοις τοῦ δέοντος. ἐγὼ δʼ εἰ μὲν ἔλαθον ἐμαυτὸν πλεονάζων,
I am well aware of the space which I have given to the praises of Agamemnon’s virtue; I am well aware also that if any of you should go over these one by one, many as they are, to see what might be rejected, no one would venture to subtract a single word, and yet I know that when they are read one after the other, all will criticize me for having said much more than I should.
§ 85
ᾐσχυνόμην ἄν, εἰ γράφειν ἐπιχειρῶν περὶ ὧν μηδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος ἐτόλμησεν, οὕτως ἀναισθήτως διεκείμην· νῦν δʼ ἀκριβέστερον ᾔδειν τῶν ἐπιπλήττειν μοι τολμησόντων, ὅτι πολλοὶ τούτοις ἐπιτιμήσουσιν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡγησάμην οὐχ οὕτως ἔσεσθαι δεινόν, ἢν ἐπὶ τοῦ μέρους τούτου δόξω τισὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἀμελεῖν, ὡς ἢν περὶ ἀνδρὸς τοιούτου διαλεγόμενος παραλίπω τι τῶν ἐκείνῳ τε προσόντων ἀγαθῶν κἀμοὶ προσηκόντων εἰπεῖν.
For my part, if I inadvertently prolonged this topic I should be ashamed of being so lacking in perception when discoursing on a subject which no one has even ventured to discuss. But in fact I knew much better than those who will dare to take me to task that many will criticize this excess. I considered, however, that it would be less objectionable to be thought by some to disregard due measure in this part of my discourse than to leave out, in speaking of such a man, any of the merits which belong to him and which it behoves me to mention.
§ 86
ᾤμην δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς χαριεστάτοις τῶν ἀκροατῶν εὐδοκιμήσειν, ἢν φαίνωμαι περὶ ἀρετῆς μὲν τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενος, ὅπως δὲ ταύτης ἀξίως ἐρῶ μᾶλλον σπουδάζων ἢ περὶ τὴν τοῦ λόγου συμμετρίαν, καὶ ταῦτα σαφῶς εἰδὼς τὴν μὲν περὶ τὸν λόγον ἀκαιρίαν ἀδοξότερον ἐμὲ ποιήσουσαν, τὴν δὲ περὶ τὰς πράξεις εὐβουλίαν αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἐπαινουμένους ὠφελήσουσαν· ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐγὼ τὸ λυσιτελὲς ἐάσας τὸ δίκαιον εἱλόμην.
I thought also that I should be applauded by the most cultivated of my hearers if I could show that I was more concerned when discoursing on the subject of virtue about doing justice to the theme than about the symmetry of my speech and that too, knowing well that the lack of due proportion in my speech would detract from my own reputation, while just appreciation of their deeds would enhance the fame of those whose praises I sing. Nevertheless I bade farewell to expediency and chose justice instead.
§ 87
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἂν εὑρεθείην ἐπὶ τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις ταύτην ἔχων τὴν διάνοιαν, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ πάντων, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν πεπλησιακότων μοι φανείην ἂν μᾶλλον χαίρων τοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ βίω καὶ ταῖς πράξεσιν εὐδοκιμοῦσιν ἢ τοῖς περὶ τοὺς λόγους δεινοῖς εἶναι δοκοῦσιν. καίτοι τῶν μὲν εὖ ῥηθέντων, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν συμβαλοίμην, ἅπαντες ἂν ἐμοὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναθεῖεν, τῶν δʼ ὀρθῶς πραττομένων εἰ καὶ πάντες εἰδεῖέν με σύμβουλον γεγενημένον, οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν τὸν μεταχειριζόμενον τὰς πράξεις ἐπαινέσειεν.
And you will find that I am of this mind not only in what I am now saying but likewise upon all occasions, since it will be seen that I take more pleasure in those of my disciples who are distinguished for the character of their lives and deeds than in those who are reputed to be able speakers. And yet when they speak well, all men will assign the credit to me, even though I contribute nothing to what they say, whereas when they act right no man will fail to commend the doer of the deed even though all the world may know that it was I who advised him what to do.
§ 88
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅποι τυγχάνω φερόμενος· ἀεὶ γὰρ οἰόμενος δεῖν προστιθέναι τὸ τῶν προειρημένων ἐχόμενον, παντάπασι πόρρω γέγονα τῆς ὑποθέσεως. λοιπὸν οὖν ἐστιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο, πλὴν αἰτησάμενον τῷ γήρᾳ συγγνώμην ὑπὲρ τῆς λήθης καὶ τῆς μακρολογίας, τῶν εἰθισμένων παραγίγνεσθαι τοῖς τηλικούτοις, ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ἐξ οὗπερ εἰσέπεσον εἰς τὴν περιττολογίαν ταύτην.
But I do not know whither I am drifting. For, because I think all the time that I must add the point which logically follows what I have said before, I have wandered entirely from my subject. There is, therefore, nothing left for me to do but to crave indulgence to old age for my forgetfulness and prolixity—faults which are wont to be found in men of my years—and go back to the place from which I fell into this garrulous strain.
§ 89
οἶμαι δʼ ἤδη καθορᾶν ὅθεν ἐπλανήθην· τοῖς γὰρ ὀνειδίζουσιν ἡμῶν τῇ πόλει τὰς Μηλίων καὶ τὰς τῶν τοιούτων πολιχνίων συμφορὰς ἀντέλεγον, οὐχ ὡς οὐχ ἡμαρτημένων τούτων, ἀλλʼ ἐπιδεικνύων τοὺς ἀγαπωμένους ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πολὺ πλείους πόλεις καὶ μείζους ἡμῶν ἀναστάτους πεποιηκότας, ἐν οἷς καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος καὶ Μενελάου καὶ Νέστορος διελέχθην, ψεῦδος μὲν οὐδὲν λέγων, πλείω δʼ ἴσως τῶν μετρίων.
For I think that I now see the point from which I strayed. I was speaking in reply to those who reproach us with the misfortunes of the Melians and of villages with like populations, not meaning that we had done no wrong in these instances, but trying to show that those who are the idols of these speakers have laid waste more and greater cities than the Athenians have done, in which connection I discussed the virtues of Agamemnon and Menelaus and Nestor, saying nothing that was not true, though passing, mayhap, the bounds of moderation.
§ 90
τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίουν ὑπολαβὼν οὐδενὸς ἔλαττον ἁμάρτημα τοῦτο δόξειν εἶναι τῶν τολμησάντων ἀναστάτους ποιῆσαι τὰς πόλεις τὰς γεννησάσας καὶ θρεψάσας τοιούτους ἄνδρας, περὶ ὧν καὶ νῦν ἔχοι τις ἂν πολλοῖς καὶ καλοῖς χρήσασθαι λόγοις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως ἀνόητόν ἐστι περὶ μίαν πρᾶξιν διατρίβειν, ὥσπερ ἀπορίας οὔσης τί ἂν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν περὶ τῆς ὠμότητος καὶ χαλεπότητος τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλῆς ἀφθονίας ὑπαρχούσης.
But I did this, supposing that it would be apparent that there could be no greater crime than that of those who dared lay waste the cities which bred and reared such great men, about whom even now one might say many noble things. But it is perhaps foolish to linger upon a single point, as if there were any lack, as if there were not, on the contrary, a superabundance of things to say about the cruelty and the harshness of the Lacedaemonians.
§ 91
οἷς οὐκ ἐξήρκεσε περὶ τὰς πόλεις ταύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς τοιούτους ἐξαμαρτεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν ὁρμηθέντας καὶ κοινὴν τὴν στρατείαν ποιησαμένους καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν κινδύνων μετασχόντας, λέγω δὲ περὶ Ἀργείων καὶ Μεσσηνίων. καὶ γὰρ τούτους ἐπεθύμησαν ταῖς αὐταῖς συμφοραῖς περιβαλεῖν αἷσπερ ἐκείνους· καὶ Μεσσηνίους μὲν πολιορκοῦντες οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσαντο, πρὶν ἐξέβαλον ἐκ τῆς χώρας, Ἀργείοις δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ἔτι καὶ νῦν πολεμοῦσιν. ἃ τοίνυν περὶ Πλαταιᾶς ἔπραξαν,
For the Lacedaemonians were not satisfied with wronging these cities and men of this character, but treated in the same way those who had set out with them from the same country, joined with them in the same expedition, and shared with them the same perils—I mean the Argives and the Messenians. For they determined to plunge these also into the very same misfortunes which had been visited upon their former victims. They did not cease laying siege to the Messenians until they had driven them from their territory, and with the same object they are even now making war upon the Argives.
§ 92
ἄτοπος ἂν εἴην, εἰ ταῦτʼ εἰρηκὼς ἐκείνων μὴ μνησθείην· ὧν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ στρατοπεδευσάμενοι μεθʼ ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων, καὶ παραταξάμενοι τοῖς πολεμίοις, καὶ θυσάμενοι τοῖς θεοῖς τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἱδρυμένοις,
Furthermore, it would be strange if, having spoken of these wrongs, I failed to mention their treatment of the Plataeans. It was on the soil of Plataea that the Lacedaemonians had encamped with us and with the other allies, drawn up for battle against our enemies; there they had offered sacrifices to the deities worshipped by the Plataeans;
§ 93
οὐ μόνον ἠλευθερώσαμεν τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοὺς μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὄντας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκασθέντας γενέσθαι μετʼ ἐκείνων, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐπράξαμεν Πλαταιέας λαβόντες μόνους Βοιωτῶν συναγωνιστάς· οὓς οὐ πολὺν χρόνον διαλιπόντες Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χαριζόμενοι Θηβαίοις, ἐκπολιορκήσαντες ἅπαντας ἀπέκτειναν πλὴν τῶν ἀποδρᾶναι δυνηθέντων. περὶ οὓς ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ὁμοία γέγονεν ἐκείνοις·
and there we had won freedom, not only for the Hellenes who fought with us, but also for those who were compelled to be on the side of the Persians, and we accomplished this with the help of the Plataeans, who alone of the Boeotians fought with us in that war. And yet, after no great interval of time, the Lacedaemonians, to gratify Thebes, reduced the Plataeans by siege and put them all to the sword with the exception of those who had been able to escape through their lines. Little did Athens resemble Sparta in the treatment of these peoples;
§ 94
οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τε τοὺς εὐεργέτας τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς τοὺς αὑτῶν τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνειν ἐτόλμησαν, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι Μεσσηνίων μὲν τοὺς διασωθέντας εἰς Ναύπακτον κατῴκισαν, Πλαταιέων δὲ τοὺς περιγενομένους πολίτας ἐποιήσαντο καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῖς ἁπάντων μετέδοσαν. ὥστʼ εἰ μηδὲν εἴχομεν ἄλλο περὶ τοῖν πολέοιν εἰπεῖν, ἐκ τούτων ῥᾴδιον εἶναι καταμαθεῖν τὸν τρόπον ἑκατέρας αὐτῶν, καὶ ποτέρα πλείους πόλεις καὶ μείζους ἀναστάτους πεποίηκεν.
for, while the Lacedaemonians did not scruple to commit such wrongs both against the benefactors of Hellas and against their own kinsmen, our ancestors, on the other hand, gave the surviving Messenians a home in Naupactus and adopted the Plataeans who had escaped with their lives as Athenian citizens and shared with them all the privileges which they themselves enjoyed. So that if we had nothing else to say about these two cities, it is easy to judge from these instances what was the character of each and which of the two laid waste more and greater cities.
§ 95
αἰσθάνομαι δὲ πάθος μοι συμβαῖνον ἐναντίον τοῖς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἰρημένοις· τότε μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἄγνοιαν καὶ πλάνον καὶ λήθην ἐνέπεσον, νῦν δʼ οἶδα σαφῶς ἐμαυτὸν οὐκ ἐμμένοντα τῇ πραότητι τῇ περὶ τὸν λόγον, ἣν εἶχον ὅτʼ ἠρχόμην γράφειν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγειν τʼ ἐπιχειροῦντα περὶ ὧν οὐκ ᾤμην ἐρεῖν, θρασύτερόν τε διακείμενον ἢ κατʼ ἐμαυτόν, ἀκρατῆ τε γιγνόμενον ἐνίων ὧν λέγω διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰπεῖν ἐπιρρεόντων.
I perceive that my feelings are changing to the opposite of those which I described a little while ago. For then I fell into a state of doubt and perplexity and forgetfulness, but now I realize clearly that I am not keeping the mildness of speech which I had when I began to write my discourse; on the contrary, I am venturing to discuss matters about which I did not think that I should speak, I am more aggressive in temper than is my wont, and I am losing control over some of the things which I utter because of the multitude of things which rush into my mind to say.
§ 96
ἐπειδή περ οὖν ἐπελήλυθέ μοι τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι, καὶ λέλυκα τὸ στόμα, καὶ τοιαύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐποιησάμην ὥστε μήτε καλὸν εἶναί μοι μήτε δυνατὸν παραλιπεῖν τὰς τοιαύτας πράξεις, ἐξ ὧν οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν ἐπιδεικνύναι πλέονος ἀξίαν τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν γεγενημένην περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων, οὐ κατασιωπητέον οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν τῶν οὔπω μὲν εἰρημένων ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησι γεγενημένων, ἀλλʼ ἐπιδεικτέον τοὺς μὲν ἡμετέρους ὀψιμαθεῖς αὐτῶν γεγενημένους, Λακεδαιμονίους δὲ τὰ μὲν πρώτους τὰ δὲ μόνους ἐξαμαρτόντας.
Since, however, the impulse has come to me to speak frankly and I have removed the curb from my tongue, and since I took a subject which is of such a character that it is neither honorable nor possible to leave out the kind of facts from which it can be proved that our city has been of greater service to the Hellenes than Lacedaemon, I must not be silent either about the other wrongs which have not yet been told, albeit they have been done among the Hellenes, but must show that our ancestors have been slow pupils in wrong-doing, whereas the Lacedaemonians have in some respects been the first to point the way and in others have been the sole offenders.
§ 97
πλεῖστοι μὲν οὖν κατηγοροῦσιν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν πολέοιν, ὅτι προσποιούμεναι κινδυνεῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐκ εἴασαν τὰς πόλεις αὐτονόμους εἶναι καὶ διοικῆσαι τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ὅπως ἑκάστῃ συνέφερεν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ αἰχμαλώτους εἰληφυῖαι διελόμεναι κατεδουλώσαντο πάσας αὐτάς, καὶ παραπλήσιον ἐποίησαν τοῖς παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς οἰκέτας εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἀφαιρουμένοις, σφίσι δʼ αὐτοῖς δουλεύειν ἀναγκάζουσιν.
Now most people upbraid both cities because, while pretending that they risked the perils of war against the barbarians for the sake of the Hellenes, they did not in fact allow the various states to be independent and manage their own affairs in whatever way was expedient for each of them, but, on the contrary, divided them up, as if they had taken them captive in war, and reduced them all to slavery, acting no differently than those who rob others of their slaves, on the pretext of liberating them, only to compel them to slave for their new masters.
§ 98
τοῦ δὲ λέγεσθαι ταῦτα καὶ πολὺ πλείω καὶ πικρότερα τούτων οὐχ ἡμεῖς αἴτιοι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλʼ οἱ νῦν μὲν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ἡμῖν ἀντιτεταγμένοι, τὸν δʼ ἄλλον χρόνον ἐν τοῖς πραττομένοις ἅπασιν. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρους προγόνους οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπιδείξειεν ἐν τοῖς ἐπέκεινα χρόνοις τοῖς ἀναριθμήτοις οὐδεμιᾶς πόλεως οὔτε μείζονος οὔτʼ ἐλάττονος ἄρχειν ἐπιχειρήσαντας· Λακεδαιμονίους δὲ πάντες ἴσασιν, ἀφʼ οὗ περ εἰς Πελοπόννησον εἰσῆλθον, οὐδὲν ἄλλο πράττοντας οὐδὲ βουλευομένους πλὴν ὅπως μάλιστα μὲν ἁπάντων ἄρξουσιν, εἰ δὲ μή, Πελοποννησίων.
But it is not the fault of the Athenians that these complaints are made and many others more bitter than these, but rather of those who now in what is being said, as in times past in all that has been done, have been in the opposite camp from us. For no man can show that our ancestors during the countless years of our early history ever attempted to impose our rule over any city great or small, whereas all men know that the Lacedaemonians, from the time when they entered the Peloponnesus, have had no other object in their deeds or in their designs than to impose their rule if possible over all men but, failing that, over the peoples of the Peloponnesus.
§ 99
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰς στάσεις καὶ τὰς σφαγὰς καὶ τὰς τῶν πολιτειῶν μεταβολάς, ἃς ἀμφοτέροις τινὲς ἡμῖν ἐπιφέρουσιν, ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἂν φανεῖεν ἁπάσας τὰς πόλεις πλὴν ὀλίγων μεστὰς πεποιηκότες τῶν τοιούτων συμφορῶν καὶ νοσημάτων, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν πόλιν οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν τολμήσειε πρὸ τῆς ἀτυχίας τῆς ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ γενομένης ὡς τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς συμμάχοις τι διαπραξαμένην.
And as to the stirring up of faction and slaughter and revolution in these cities, which certain critics impute both to Athens and to Sparta, you will find that the Lacedaemonians have filled all the states, excepting a very few, with these misfortunes and afflictions, whereas no one would dare even to allege that our city, before the disaster which befell her in the Hellespont, ever perpetrated such a thing among her allies.
§ 100
ἄλλʼ ἐπειδὴ Λακεδαιμόνιοι κύριοι καταστάντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων πάλιν ἐξέπιπτον ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς στασιαζουσῶν τῶν ἄλλων, πόλεων δύʼ ἢ τρεῖς τῶν στρατηγῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων, οὐ γὰρ ἀποκρύψομαι τἀληθές, ἐξήμαρτον περί τινας αὐτῶν ἐλπίζοντες, ἢν μιμήσωνται τὰς Σπαρτιατῶν πράξεις, μᾶλλον αὐτὰς δυνήσεσθαι κατασχεῖν.
But when the Lacedaemonians, after having been in the position of dictators over the Hellenes, were being driven from control of affairs—at that juncture, when the other cities were rent by faction, two or three of our generals (I will not hide the truth from you) mistreated some of them, thinking that if they should imitate the deeds of Spartans they would be better able to control them.
§ 101
ὥστε δικαίως ἂν ἐκείνοις μὲν ἅπαντες ἐγκαλέσειαν ὡς ἀρχηγοῖς γεγενημένοις καὶ διδασκάλοις τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων, τοῖς δʼ ἡμετέροις, ὥσπερ τῶν μαθητῶν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπισχνουμένων ἐξηπατημένοις καὶ διημαρτηκόσι τῶν ἐπίδων, εἰκότως ἂν συγγνώμην ἔχοιεν.
Therefore all may justly charge the Lacedaemonians with having been the instigators and teachers of such deeds, but may with good reason make allowance for us, as for pupils who have been deceived by the false promises of their tutors and disappointed in their expectations.
§ 102
τὸ τοίνυν τελευταῖον, ὃ μόνοι καὶ καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἔπραξαν, τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι κοινῆς ἡμῖν τῆς ἔχθρας ὑπαρχούσης, τῆς πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους καὶ τοὺς βασιλέας αὐτῶν, ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐν πολέμοις πολλοῖς γιγνόμενοι καὶ μεγάλαις συμφοραῖς ἐνίοτε περιπίπτοντες καὶ τῆς χώρας ἡμῶν θαμὰ πορθουμένης καὶ τεμνομένης οὐδεπώποτʼ ἐβλέψαμεν πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπεβούλευσαν μισοῦντες αὐτοὺς διετελέσαμεν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς ἐν τῷ παρόντι κακῶς ἡμᾶς ποιοῦντας·
I come now finally to those offences which they alone and by themselves committed. Who does not know that the Spartans, notwithstanding that they and we harbor in common a feeling of hatred towards the barbarians and their kings, and notwithstanding that the Athenians, although beset by many wars and involved at times in great disasters, their territory being often ravaged and cut off by the enemy, never once turned their eyes towards friendship and alliance with the barbarians, but continued steadfastly to cherish a stronger hatred against them because of what they plotted against the Hellenes than we feel towards those who now seek to injure Athens—
§ 103
Λακεδαιμόνιοι δʼ οὔτε πάσχοντες κακὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε μέλλοντες οὔτε δεδιότες εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀπληστίας ἦλθον, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἐξήρκεσεν αὐτοῖς ἔχειν τὴν κατὰ γῆν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν δύναμιν οὕτως ἐπεθύμησαν λαβεῖν, ὥστε κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους τούς τε συμμάχους τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἀφίστασαν, ἐλευθερώσειν αὐτοὺς ὑπισχνούμενοι, καὶ βασιλεῖ περὶ φιλίας διελέγοντο καὶ συμμαχίας, παραδώσειν αὐτῷ φάσκοντες ἅπαντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας,
who does not know, I say, that the Spartans, although untroubled by any evil or even by any prospect or fear of evil, advanced to such a pitch of greed that they were not satisfied to hold the supremacy by land, but were so greedy to obtain also the empire of the sea that at one and the same time they were inciting our allies to revolt, undertaking to liberate them from our power, and were negotiating with the Persian king a treaty of friendship and alliance, promising to give over to him all the Hellenes who dwelt on the Asiatic coast?
§ 104
πίστεις δὲ δόντες τούτοις ἀμφοτέροις καὶ καταπολεμήσαντες ἡμᾶς, οὓς μὲν ἐλευθερώσειν ὤμοσαν, κατεδουλώσαντο μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς Εἵλωτας, βασιλεῖ δὲ τοιαύτην χάριν ἀπέδοσαν ὥστʼ ἔπεισαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ Κῦρον ὄντα νεώτερον ἀμφισβητεῖν τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ στρατόπεδον αὐτῷ συναγαγόντες καὶ στρατηγὸν Κλέαρχον ἐπιστήσαντες ἀνέπεμψαν ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον·
And yet, after they had given these pledges both to our allies and to the King and had conquered us in war, they reduced those whom they had sworn to set free to a state of slavery worse than that of the Helots, and they returned the favour of the King in such wise that they persuaded Cyrus, his younger brother, to dispute the throne with him, and collected an army to support Cyrus, placing Clearchus at its head, and dispatched it against the King.
§ 105
ἀτυχήσαντες δʼ ἐν τούτοις καὶ γνωσθέντες ὧν ἐπεθύμουν, καὶ μισηθέντες ὑπὸ πάντων, εἰς πόλεμον καὶ ταραχὰς τοσαύτας κατέστησαν ὅσας εἰκὸς τοὺς καὶ περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐξημαρτηκότας. περὶ ὧν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγοντα διατρίβειν, πλὴν ὅτι καταναυμαχηθέντες ὑπό τε τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς Κόνωνος στρατηγίας τοιαύτην ἐποιήσαντο τὴν εἰρήνην,
But having failed in this treachery and betrayed their purposes to the world and made themselves hated by all mankind, they were plunged into such a state of warfare and confusion as men should expect after having played false with both the Hellenes and the barbarians. I do not know what I need to take the time to say further about them except that after they had been defeated in the naval battle by the forces of the King and by the leadership of Conon they made a peace
§ 106
ἧς οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπιδείξειεν οὔτʼ αἰσχίω πώποτε γενομένην οὔτʼ ἐπονειδιστοτέραν οὔτʼ ὀλιγωροτέραν τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὔτʼ ἐναντιωτέραν τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπό τινων περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων· οἵ τινες, ὅτε μὲν αὐτοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς δεσπότας τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέστησεν, ἀφελέσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἅπασαν ἐπεχείρησαν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ καταναυμαχήσας ταπεινοὺς ἐποίησεν, οὐ μικρὸν μέρος αὐτῷ τῶν Ἑλλήνων παρέδωκαν ἀλλὰ πάντας τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκοῦντας, διαρρήδην γράψαντες χρῆσθαι τοῦθʼ ὅ τι ἂν αὐτὸς βούληται,
of such a character that no one can point out in all history one more shameful, more reprehensible, more derogatory to the Hellenes, or more contradictory to what is said by certain eulogists of the virtue of the Lacedaemonians. For when the King had established them as masters over the Hellenes, they attempted to rob him of his kingdom and of all his good fortune, but when the King defeated them in battle on the sea and humbled them, they gave over to him, not a small contingent of the Hellenes, but all those who dwelt in Asia, explicitly writing into the treaty that he should do with these according to his pleasure;
§ 107
καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνθησαν τοιαύτας ποιούμενοι τὰς ὁμολογίας περὶ ἀνδρῶν, οἷς χρώμενοι συμμάχοις ἡμῶν τε περιεγένοντο καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κύριοι κατέστησαν καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἅπασαν ἤλπισαν κατασχήσειν, ἀλλὰ τὰς τοιαύτας συνθήκας αὐτοί τʼ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς τοῖς σφετέροις αὐτῶν ἀνέγραψαν καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἠνάγκασαν.
and they were not ashamed of entering into such covenants regarding men by whose help as allies they prevailed over us, became masters of the Hellenes, and expected to subdue the whole of Asia; on the contrary, they inscribed such covenants in their own temples and compelled their allies to do the same.
§ 108
τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἄλλους οὐκ οἴομαι πράξεων ἑτέρων ἐπιθυμήσειν ἀκούειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἱκανῶς μεμαθηκέναι νομιεῖν ὁποία τις τοῖν πολέοιν ἑκατέρα περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας γέγονεν· ἐγὼ δʼ οὐχ οὕτω τυγχάνω διακείμενος, ἀλλʼ ἡγοῦμαι τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἣν ἐποιησάμην ἄλλων τε πολλῶν προσδεῖσθαι λόγων, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐπιδειξόντων τὴν ἄνοιαν τῶν ἀντιλὲγειν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐπιχειρησόντων· οὓς οἴομαι ῥᾳδίως εὑρήσειν.
Now others will not care, I suppose, to hear about any further deeds, but will think that they have learned well enough from those which I have described what has been the character of each of these two states in their treatment of the Hellenes. I, however, do not share this feeling but consider that the subject which I undertook requires still many other arguments, and above all such as will show the folly of those who will attempt to refute what I have said, and these arguments I think I shall find ready at hand.
§ 109
τῶν γὰρ ἀποδεχομένων ἁπάσας τὰς Λακεδαιμονίων πράξεις, τοὺς μὲν βελτίστους αὐτῶν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ πλεῖστον νοῦν ἔχοντας τὴν μὲν Σπαρτιατῶν πολιτείαν ἐπαινέσεσθαι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἕξειν περὶ αὐτῆς ἥνπερ πρότερον, περὶ δὲ τῶν εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας πεπραγμένων ὁμονοήσειν τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις,
For of those who applaud all the actions of the Lacedaemonians, the best and the most discerning will, I think, commend the polity of the Spartans and remain of the same opinion about it as before, but will concede the truth of what I have said about the things which they have done to the Hellenes.
§ 110
τοὺς δὲ φαυλοτέρους οὐ μόνον τούτων ὄντας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν, καὶ περὶ ἄλλου πράγματος οὐδενὸς ἂν οἵους τε γενομένους ἀνεκτῶς εἰπεῖν, περὶ δὲ Λακεδαιμονίων οὐ δυναμένους σιωπᾶν, ἀλλὰ προσδοκῶντας, ἢν ὑπερβάλλοντας τοὺς ἐπαίνους περὶ ἐκείνων ποιῶνται, τὴν αὐτὴν λήψεσθαι δόξαν τοῖς ἁδροτέροις αὐτῶν καὶ πολὺ βελτίοσιν εἶναι δοκοῦσι· τοὺς δὴ τοιούτους,
Those, however, who are inferior not only to these but to the great majority of men and who could not speak tolerably about any other subject, albeit they are not able to keep silent about the Lacedaemonians, but expect that if they extol them extravagantly they will gain a reputation equal to those who are reputed abler and much better than themselves—
§ 111
ἐπειδὰν αἴσθωνται τοὺς τόπους ἅπαντας προκατειλημμένους καὶ μηδὲ πρὸς ἓν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχωσι τῶν εἰρημένων, ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον οἶμαι τρέψεσθαι τὸν περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν, καὶ παραβάλλοντας τἀκεῖ καθεστῶτα τοῖς ἐνθάδε, καὶ μάλιστα τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ πειθαρχίαν πρὸς τὰς παρʼ ἡμῖν ὀλιγωρίας, ἐκ τούτων ἐγκωμιάσειν τὴν Σπάρτην.
these men, when they perceive that all the topics have been covered and find themselves unable to gainsay a single point which I have made, will, I think, turn their attention to the question of polities, comparing the institutions of Sparta and of Athens, and especially their sobriety and discipline with our carelessness and slackness, and will eulogize the Spartans on these grounds.
§ 112
ἢν δὴ τοιοῦτον ἐπιχειρῶσί τι ποιεῖν, προσήκει τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας ληρεῖν νομίζειν αὐτούς. ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑπεθέμην οὐχ ὡς περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν διαλεξόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπιδείξων τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν πολὺ πλείονος ἀξίαν Λακεδαιμονίων περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας γεγενημένην. ἢν μὲν οὖν ἀναιρῶσί τι τούτων, ἢ πράξεις ἑτέρας κοινὰς λέγωσι περὶ ἃς ἐκεῖνοι βελτίους ἡμῶν γεγόνασιν, εἰκότως ἂν ἐπαίνου τυγχάνοιεν· ἢν δὲ λέγειν ἐπιχειρῶσι περὶ ὧν ἐγὼ μηδεμίαν μνείαν ποιησαίμην, δικαίως ἂν ἅπασιν ἀναισθήτως ἔχειν δοκοῖεν.
If, however, they attempt anything of the sort, all intelligent men should condemn them as speaking beside the point. For I undertook my subject with the avowed purpose, not of discussing polities, but of proving that our city has been of much greater service to the Hellenes than has the city of the Lacedaemonians. If, then, they can overthrow any of these proofs or cite other achievements common to both these cities in which the Spartans have shown themselves superior to us, naturally they should be commended. But if they attempt to bring in matters of which I have made no mention, they will deserve the censure of all for their lack of perception.
§ 113
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή περ αὐτοὺς οἴομαι τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τῶν πολιτειῶν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐμβαλεῖν, οὐκ ὀκνήσω διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν· οἶμαι γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς τούτοις τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἐπιδείξειν πλέον διενεγκοῦσαν ἢ τοῖς ἤδη προειρημένοις.
Nevertheless, since I anticipate that they will inject the question of polities into the debate, I shall not shirk from discussing it. For I think that I shall prove that in this very matter our city has excelled more than in those which I have already mentioned.
§ 114
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ με ταῦτʼ εἰρηκέναι περὶ ταύτης, ἣν ἀναγκασθέντες μετελάβομεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων, ἧς οὐ καταφρονήσαντες οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν νῦν καθεστῶσαν ὥρμησαν, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις πολὺ σπουδαιοτέραν ἐκείνην προκρίναντες, περὶ δὲ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν ταύτην χρησιμωτέραν εἶναι νομίζοντες, ἣν λαβόντες καὶ καλῶς ἐπιμεληθέντες οἷοί τʼ ἐγένοντο καὶ τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς τὰς Σπαρτιατῶν ἀμύνασθαι καὶ τὴν Πελοποννησίων ἁπάντων ῥώμην, ὧν κατήπειγε τὴν πόλιν περὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μάλιστα περιγενέσθαι πολεμοῦσαν.
And let no one suppose that I have said these things with reference to our present polity, which we were forced by circumstances to adopt, but rather with reference to the polity of our ancestors, from which our fathers changed over to that which is now in force, not because they condemned the older polity—on the contrary, for the other activities of the state they preferred it as much superior—, but because they considered that for the exercise of supremacy by sea this polity was more expedient by adopting which and wisely administering it they were able to fend off both the plots of the Spartans and the armed forces of all the Peloponnesians, over whom it was of vital import to Athens, especially at that time, to have the upper hand in war.
§ 115
ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν δικαίως ἐπιτιμήσειε τοῖς ἑλομένοις αὐτήν· οὐ γὰρ διήμαρτον τῶν ἐλπίδων, οὐδʼ ἠγνόησαν οὐδὲν οὔτε τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὔτε τῶν κακῶν τῶν προσόντων ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν δυνάμεων, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς ᾔδεσαν τὴν μὲν κατὰ γῆν ἡγεμονίαν ὑπʼ εὐταξίας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ πειθαρχίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων μελετωμένην, τὴν δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν δύναμιν οὐκ ἐκ τούτων αὐξανομένην,
So that no one could justly condemn those who chose our present polity. For they were not disappointed in their expectations, nor were they at all blind to both the good and the bad features attached to either form of rule, but, on the contrary, saw clearly that while a land-power is fostered by order and sobriety and discipline and other like qualities, a sea-power is not augmented by these
§ 116
ἀλλʼ ἔκ τε τῶν τεχνῶν τῶν περὶ τὰς ναῦς καὶ τῶν ἐλαύνειν αὐτὰς δυναμένων καὶ τῶν τὰ σφέτερα μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπολωλεκότων, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων πορίζεσθαι τὸν βίον εἰθισμένων· ὧν εἰσπεσόντων εἰς τὴν πόλιν οὐκ ἄδηλος ἦν ὅ τε κόσμος ὁ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς πρότερον ὑπαρχούσης λυθησόμενος, ἥ τε τῶν συμμάχων εὔνοια ταχέως ληψομένη μεταβολήν, ὅταν οἷς πρότερον χώρας ἐδίδοσαν καὶ πόλεις, τούτους ἀναγκάζωσι συντάξεις καὶ φόρους ὑποτελεῖν, ἵνʼ ἔχωσι μισθὸν διδόναι τοῖς τοιούτοις οἵους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἶπον.
but by the crafts which have to do with the building of ships and by men who are able to row them—men who have lost their own possessions and are accustomed to derive their livelihood from the possessions of others. Our fathers did not fail to foresee that with the introduction of these elements into the state the order and discipline of the former polity would be relaxed and that the good will of our allies would soon undergo a change when the Athenians should compel the Hellenes, to whom they had previously given lands and cities, to pay contributions and tribute to Athens in order that she might have the means to pay the kind of men whom I mentioned a moment ago.
§ 117
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲν ἀγνοοῦντες τῶν προειρημένων ἐνόμιζον τῇ πόλει τῇ τηλικαύτῃ μὲν τὸ μέγεθος, τοιαύτην δʼ ἐχούσῃ δόξαν, λυσιτελεῖν καὶ πρέπειν ἁπάσας ὑπομεῖναι τὰς δυσχερείας μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν· δυοῖν γὰρ πραγμάτοιν προτεινομένοιν μὴ σπουδαίοιν, κρείττω τὴν αἵρεσιν εἶναι τοῦ δεινὰ ποιεῖν ἑτέρους ἢ πάσχειν αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῦ μὴ δικαίως τῶν ἄλλων ἄρχειν μᾶλλον ἢ φεύγοντας τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην ἀδίκως Λακεδαιμονίοις δουλεύειν.
Nevertheless, although they were not blind to any of the things which I have mentioned, they considered that it was both advantageous and becoming to a state so great in size and reputation to bear with all difficulties rather than with the rule of the Lacedaemonians. For having the choice between two policies, neither of them ideal, they considered it better to choose to do injury to others rather than to suffer injury themselves and to rule without justice over others rather than, by seeking to escape that reproach, to be subject unjustly to the Lacedaemonians—
§ 118
ἅπερ ἅπαντες μὲν ἂν οἱ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἕλοιντο καὶ βουληθεῖεν, ὀλίγοι δʼ ἄν τινες τῶν προσποιουμένων εἶναι σοφῶν ἐρωτηθέντες οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν. αἱ μὲν οὖν αἰτίαι διʼ ἃς μετέλαβον τὴν πολιτείαν τὴν ὑπό τινων ψεγομένην ἀντὶ τῆς ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινουμένης, διὰ μακροτέρων μὲν αὐτὰς διῆλθον, αὗται δʼ οὖν ἦσαν.
a course which all sensible men would prefer and desire for themselves, albeit a certain few of those who claim to be wise men, were the question put to them, would not accept this view. These, then, are the reasons—I have perhaps gone into them at undue length—but, in any case, these are the reasons why they adopted the polity which is criticized by some in place of the polity which is commended by all.
§ 119
ἤδη δὲ περὶ ἧς τε ὑπεθέμην καὶ τῶν προγόνων ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, ἐκείνων τῶν χρόνων ἐπιλαβόμενος ὅτʼ οὐκ ἦν οὔτʼ ὀλιγαρχίας οὔτε δημοκρατίας ὄνομά πω λεγόμενον, ἀλλὰ μοναρχίαι καὶ τὰ γένη τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας ἁπάσας διῴκουν.
I shall now proceed to speak about the polity which I took for my subject and about our ancestors, going back to the early times when neither the word oligarchy nor the word democracy was as yet in our speech, but when monarchies governed both the barbaric races and all the Hellenic states.
§ 120
διὰ τοῦτο δὲ προειλόμην πορρωτέρωθεν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, πρῶτον μὲν ἡγούμενος προσήκειν τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ἀρετῆς εὐθὺς ἀπὸ γενεᾶς διαφέροντας εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων, ἔπειτʼ αἰσχυνόμενος εἰ περὶ ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν μὲν οὐδὲν δέ μοι προσηκόντων πλείω διαλεχθεὶς τῶν μετρίων περὶ τῶν προγόνων τῶν τὴν πόλιν κάλλιστα διοικησάντων μηδὲ μικρὰν ποιήσομαι μνείαν,
I have chosen to begin with a period rather remote for these reasons: first, because I consider that those who lay claim to superior excellence ought from the very beginning of their race to be distinguished above all others, and, second, because I should be ashamed if, having spoken at undue length of men who, though noble, are nowise akin to me, I should not even briefly mention those of our ancestors who most excellently governed our city,
§ 121
οἳ τοσοῦτον βελτίους ἐγένοντο τῶν τοιαύτας δυναστείας ἐχόντων, ὅσον περ ἄνδρες οἱ φρονιμώτατοι καὶ πραότατοι διενέγκοιεν ἂν θηρίων τῶν ἀγριωτάτων καὶ πλείστης ὠμότητος μεστῶν. τί γὰρ οὐκ ἂν εὕροιμεν τῶν ὑπερβαλλόντων ἀνοσιότητι καὶ δεινότητι πεπραγμένον ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις καὶ τότε νομιζομέναις καὶ νῦν εἶναι δοκούσαις; οὐ φόνους ἀδελφῶν καὶ πατέρων καὶ ξένων παμπληθεῖς γεγενημένους;
since they were as much superior to those who rule with absolute power as the wisest and gentlest of mankind may be said to excel the wildest and the most savage of the beasts. For what among crimes that are unparalleled in their wickedness and cruelty shall we not find to have been perpetrated in the other states and especially in those which at the time of which I am speaking were considered the greatest and even now are so reputed? Has there not abounded in them murder of brothers and fathers and guest-friends;
§ 122
οὐ σφαγὰς μητέρων καὶ μίξεις καὶ παιδοποιίας ἐξ ὧν ἐτύγχανον αὐτοὶ πεφυκότες; οὐ παίδων βρῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων ἐπιβεβουλευμένην; οὐκ ἐκβολὰς ὧν ἐγέννησαν, καὶ καταποντισμοὺς καὶ τυφλώσεις καὶ τοσαύτας τὸ πλῆθος κακοποιίας, ὥστε μηδένα πώποτε ἀπορῆσαι τῶν εἰθισμένων καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸ θέατρον τὰς τότε γεγενημένας συμφοράς;
matricide and incest and begetting of children by sons with their own mothers; feasting of a father on the flesh of his own sons, plotted by those nearest of kin; exposure of infants by parents, and drownings and blindings and other iniquities so many in number that no lack of material has ever been felt by those who are wont each year to present in the theatre the miseries which transpired in those days?
§ 123
ταῦτα δὲ διῆλθον οὐκ ἐκείνους λοιδορῆσαι βουλόμενος, ἀλλʼ ἐπιδεῖξαι παρὰ τοῖς ἡμετέροις οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον γεγενημένον· τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἂν σημεῖον ἦν οὐκ ἀρετῆς ἀλλʼ ὡς οὐχ ὅμοιοι τὰς φύσεις ἦσαν τοῖς ἀνοσιωτάτοις γεγενημένοις· δεῖ δὲ τοὺς ἐπιχειροῦντας καθʼ ὑπερβολήν τινας ἐπαινεῖν μὴ τοῦτο μόνον ἐπιδεικνύναι, μὴ πονηροὺς ὄντας αὐτούς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἁπάσαις ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ τῶν τότε καὶ τῶν νῦν διήνεγκαν. ἅπερ ἔχοι τις ἂν καὶ περὶ τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων εἰπεῖν.
I have recounted these atrocities with the desire, not of maligning these states, but of showing not only that nothing of the sort happened among the Athenians—for this would be a proof, not of their superior excellence, but merely that they were not of the same character as those who have proved themselves the most godless of men. However, those who undertake to praise any people in superlative terms must show, not only that they were not depraved, but that they excelled in all the virtues both those who lived at that time and those who are now living—which is the very claim that one may make for our ancestors.
§ 124
οὕτω γὰρ ὁσίως καὶ καλῶς καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ περὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διῴκησαν, ὥσπερ προσῆκον ἦν τοὺς ἀπὸ θεῶν μὲν γεγονότας, πρώτους δὲ καὶ πόλιν οἰκήσαντας καὶ νόμοις χρησαμένους, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν χρόνον ἠσκηκότας εὐσέβειαν μὲν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δικαιοσύνην δὲ περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὄντας δὲ μήτε μιγάδας μήτʼ ἐπήλυδας, ἀλλὰ μόνους αὐτόχθονας τῶν Ἑλλήνων,
For they administered both the affairs of the state and their own affairs as righteously and honorably as was to be expected of men who were descended from the gods, who were the first to found a city and to make use of laws, who at all times had practised reverence in relation to the gods and justice in relation to mankind, who were neither of mixed origin nor invaders of a foreign territory but were, on the contrary, alone among the Hellenes,
§ 125
καὶ ταύτην ἔχοντας τὴν χώραν τροφὸν ἐξ ἧς περ ἔφυσαν, καὶ στέργοντας αὐτὴν ὁμοίως ὥσπερ οἱ βέλτιστοι τοὺς πατέρας καὶ τὰς μητέρας τὰς αὑτῶν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὕτω θεοφιλεῖς ὄντας, ὥσθʼ ὃ δοκεῖ χαλεπώτατον εἶναι καὶ σπανιώτατον, εὑρεῖν τινας τῶν οἴκων τῶν τυραννικῶν καὶ βασιλικῶν ἐπὶ τέτταρας ἢ πέντε γενεὰς διαμείναντας,
sprung from the soil itself, possessing in this land the nurse of their very existence and cherishing it as fondly as the best of children cherish their fathers and mothers, and who, furthermore, were so beloved of the gods that—what is of all things in the world the most difficult and rare, namely, to find examples of royal houses or houses of absolute rulers remaining in power through four or five generations—
§ 126
καὶ τοῦτο συμβῆναι μόνοις ἐκείνοις. Ἐριχθόνιος μὲν γὰρ ὁ φὺς ἐξ Ἡφαίστου καὶ Γῆς παρὰ Κέκροπος ἄπαιδος ὄντος ἀρρένων παίδων τὸν οἶκον καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν παρέλαβεν· ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἀρξάμενοι πάντες οἱ γενόμενοι μετʼ ἐκεῖνον, ὄντες οὐκ ὀλίγοι, τὰς κτήσεις τὰς αὑτῶν καὶ τὰς δυναστείας τοῖς αὑτῶν παισὶ παρέδοσαν μέχρι Θησέως. περὶ οὗ πρὸ πολλοῦ ἂν ἐποιησάμην μὴ διειλέχθαι πρότερον περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ· πολὺ γὰρ ἂν μᾶλλον ἥρμοσεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ περὶ τῆς πόλεως διελθεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ χαλεπὸν ἦν,
this too transpired among our ancestors alone. For Erichthonius, the son of Hephaestus and Earth, took over from Cecrops, who was without male descent, his house and kingdom; and beginning with this time all those who came after him—not a few in number—handed down their possessions and their powers to their sons until the reign of Theseus. I would give much not to have spoken about the virtue and the achievements of Theseus on a former occasion, for it would have been more appropriate to discuss this topic in my discourse about our city.
§ 127
μᾶλλον δʼ ἀδύνατον, τὰ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον ἐπελθόντα τὸν χρόνον εἰς τοῦτον ἀποθέσθαι τὸν καιρόν, ὃν οὐ προῄδειν ἐσόμενον. ἐκεῖνα μὲν οὖν ἐάσομεν, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν αὐτοῖς κατεχρησάμην, μιᾶς δὲ μόνον μνησθήσομαι πράξεως, ᾗ συμβέβηκε μήτʼ εἰρῆσθαι πρότερον μήτε πεπρᾶχθαι μηδʼ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς ἄλλου πλὴν ὑπὸ Θησέως, σημεῖον δʼ εἶναι μέγιστον τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἐκείνου καὶ φρονήσεως.
But it was difficult, or rather impossible, to postpone the things which at that time occurred to me to say to the present occasion, which I could not foresee would come to me. Therefore I shall pass over this topic, since I have already exhausted it for my present purpose, and shall mention only a single course of action which, as it happens, has neither been discussed by anyone before nor been achieved by any other man but Theseus, and which is a signal proof of his virtue and wisdom.
§ 128
ἔχων γὰρ βασιλείαν ἀσφαλεστάτην καὶ μεγίστην, ἐν ᾗ πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ διαπεπραγμένος ἦν καὶ κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ περὶ διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως, ἅπαντα ταῦθʼ ὑπερεῖδεν, καὶ μᾶλλον εἵλετο τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πόνων καὶ τῶν ἀγώνων εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον μνημονευθησομένην ἢ τὴν ῥᾳθυμίαν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν τῷ παρόντι γιγνομένην.
For although he ruled over the securest and greatest of kingdoms and in the exercise of this power had accomplished many excellent things both in war and in the administration of the state, he disdained all this and chose the glory which, in consequence of his labours and his struggles, would be remembered for all time in preference to the ease and felicity which, because of his royal power, were at his command for the term of his life.
§ 129
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἔπραξεν οὐκ ἐπειδὴ πρεσβύτερος γενόμενος ἀπολελαυκὼς ἦν τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν παρόντων, ἀλλʼ ἀκμάζων, ὡς λέγεται, τὴν μὲν πόλιν διοικεῖν τῷ πλήθει παρέδωκεν, αὐτὸς δʼ ὑπὲρ ταύτης τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων διετέλει κινδυνεύων.
And he did this, not after he had grown old and had taken his pleasure in the good things at hand, but in the prime of his manhood, it is said, he gave over the state to the people to govern, while he himself risked his life without ceasing for the benefit of Athens and of the rest of the Hellenes.
§ 130
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς Θησέως ἀρετῆς νῦν μὲν ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἦν ἀνεμνήσαμεν, πρότερον δʼ ἁπάσας αὐτοῦ τὰς πράξεις οὐκ ἀμελῶς διήλθομεν· περὶ δὲ τῶν παραλαβόντων τὴν τῆς πόλεως διοίκησιν, ἣν ἐκεῖνος παρέδωκεν, οὐκ ἔχω τίνας ἐπαίνους εἰπὼν ἀξίους ἂν εἴην εἰρηκὼς τῆς ἐκείνων διανοίας. οἵτινες ἄπειροι πολιτειῶν ὄντες, οὐ διήμαρτον αἱρούμενοι τῆς ὑπὸ πάντων ἂν ὁμολογηθείσης οὐ μόνον εἶναι κοινοτάτης καὶ δικαιοτάτης, ἀλλὰ καὶ συμφορωτάτης ἅπασι καὶ τοῖς χρωμένοις ἡδίστης.
I have now touched upon the nobility of Theseus so far as I could on the present occasion, having formerly with some pains detailed his whole career. But as to those who took over the administration of the state, which he gave over to them, I am at a loss to know by what terms of praise I can adequately extol the genius of those men who, having no experience of governments, did not err in their choice of that polity which all the world would acknowledge to be not only the most impartial and the most just, but also the most profitable to all and the most agreeable to those who lived under it.
§ 131
κατεστήσαντο γὰρ δημοκρατίαν οὐ τὴν εἰκῇ πολιτευομένην, καὶ νομίζουσαν τὴν μὲν ἀκολασίαν ἐλευθερίαν εἶναι, τὴν δʼ ἐξουσίαν ὅ τι βούλεταί τις ποιεῖν εὐδαιμονίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῖς τοιούτοις μὲν ἐπιτιμῶσαν, ἀριστοκρατίᾳ δὲ χρωμένην· ἣν οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ χρησιμωτάτην οὖσαν ὥσπερ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν τιμημάτων ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις ἀριθμοῦσιν, οὐ διʼ ἀμαθίαν ἀγνοοῦντες, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδὲν πώποτʼ αὐτοῖς μελῆσαι τῶν δεόντων.
For they established government by the people, not the kind which operates at haphazard, mistaking licence for liberty and freedom to do what one likes for happiness, but the kind which frowns upon such excesses and makes use of the rule of the best. Now the majority count the rule of the best, which is the most advantageous of governments (just as they do government based upon a property qualification), among the distinct kinds of polity, being mistaken, not because of ignorance, but because they have never taken any interest in the things which should claim their attention.
§ 132
ἐγὼ δὲ φημὶ τὰς μὲν ἰδέας τῶν πολιτειῶν τρεῖς εἶναι μόνας, ὀλιγαρχίαν, δημοκρατίαν, μοναρχίαν, τῶν δʼ ἐν ταύταις οἰκούντων ὅσοι μὲν εἰώθασιν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καθιστάναι καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις τοὺς ἱκανωτάτους τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τοὺς μέλλοντας ἄριστα καὶ δικαιότατα τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιστατήσειν, τούτους μὲν ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς πολιτείαις καλῶς οἰκήσειν καὶ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους·
But I, for my part, hold that there are three types of polity and three only: oligarchy, democracy, and monarchy, and that of the people who live under these all who are wont to place in charge of their offices and of their affairs in general those of their fellow-citizens who are most competent and who will most ably and justly direct the affairs of state—all these, I hold, will govern well, under any type of polity, both in their domestic relations and in their relations to the rest of the world.
§ 133
τοὺς δὲ τοῖς θρασυτάτοις καὶ πονηροτάτοις ἐπὶ ταῦτα χρωμένους, καὶ τῶν μὲν τῇ πόλει συμφερόντων μηδὲν φροντίζουσιν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς αὑτῶν πλεονεξίας ἑτοίμοις οὖσιν ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν, τὰς δὲ τούτων πόλεις ὁμοίως οἰκήσεσθαι ταῖς τῶν προεστώτων πονηρίαις· τοὺς δὲ μήθʼ οὕτω μήθʼ ὡς πρότερον εἶπον, ἀλλʼ ὅταν μὲν θαρρῶσι, τούτους μάλιστα τιμῶντας, τοὺς πρὸς χάριν λέγοντας, ὅταν δὲ δείσωσιν, ἐπὶ τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ φρονιμωτάτους καταφεύγοντας, τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους ἐναλλὰξ τοτὲ μὲν χεῖρον τοτὲ δὲ βέλτιον πράξειν.
On the other hand, when men employ in these positions of leadership those of their citizens who are the most brazen and the most depraved and who take no thought for the things which are advantageous to the commonwealth but are ready to go to any extreme to further their personal advantage, the character of their government will correspond to the depravity of the men at the head of their affairs. Again, all who are not of the latter class nor of that which I mentioned previously, but who, when they feel secure, honor before others those who speak for the gratification of the public and, when they are afraid, seek refuge in the best and wisest of their citizens—such men will fare now worse now better as the case may be.
§ 134
αἱ μὲν οὖν φύσεις καὶ δυνάμεις τῶν πολιτειῶν οὕτως ἔχουσιν, ἡγοῦμαι δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἑτέροις πολὺ πλείους λόγους παρέξειν τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων, ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐκέτι περὶ ἁπασῶν αὐτῶν εἶναι διαλεκτέον, ἀλλὰ περὶ μόνης τῆς τῶν προγόνων· ταύτην γὰρ ὑπεσχόμην ἐπιδείξειν σπουδαιοτέραν καὶ πλειόνων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν οὖσαν τῆς ἐν Σπάρτῃ καθεστηκυίας.
This, then, is the truth regarding the natures and powers of the several polities—a theme which will, I think, furnish to others material for much more extended discussion, although I must not speak further on the general subject but must confine myself to the polity of our ancestors. For I undertook to prove that this has been of greater worth and the source of greater benefits than the polity which obtains in Sparta.
§ 135
ἔσται δʼ ὁ λόγος τοῖς μὲν ἡδέως ἂν ἀκούσασι πολιτείαν χρηστὴν ἐμοῦ διεξιόντος οὔτʼ ὀχληρὸς οὔτʼ ἄκαιρος, ἀλλὰ σύμμετρος καὶ προσήκων τοῖς πρότερον εἰρημένοις, τοῖς δὲ μὴ χαίρουσι τοῖς μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς εἰρημένοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι μάλιστα μὲν λοιδορουμένοις, ἢν δʼ ἀπόσχωνται τῆς μανίας ταύτης, ἐγκωμιάζουσιν ἢ τὰ φαυλότατα τῶν ὄντων ἢ τοὺς παρανομωτάτους τῶν γεγενημένων, τούτοις δʼ αὐτὸν οἶμαι δόξειν πολὺ μακρότερον εἶναι τοῦ δέοντος.
And what I say on this head will prove, for those who would gladly hear me discuss an excellent polity, neither burdensome nor untimely but of due measure and in keeping with what I have said before; those, however, who take pleasure, not in the things which have been spoken in deep seriousness, but rather in the orators who rail at each other most of all at the public assemblies, or, if the speakers refrain from this madness, in those who deliver encomiums on the most trivial things or on the most lawless men who have ever lived—to these, I think, what I say will seem much longer than it should be.
§ 136
ἐμοὶ δὲ τῶν μὲν τοιούτων ἀκροατῶν οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐμέλησεν, οὐδὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν, ἐκείνων δὲ τῶν ἅ τε προεῖπον πρὸ ἅπαντος τοῦ λόγου μνημονευσόντων, τῷ τε πλήθει τῶν λεγομένων οὐκ ἐπιτιμησόντων, οὐδʼ ἢν μυρίων ἐπῶν ᾖ τὸ μῆκος, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ αὑτοῖς εἶναι νομιούντων τοσοῦτον ἀναγνῶναι μέρος καὶ διελθεῖν ὁπόσον ἂν αὐτοὶ βουληθῶσιν, πάντων δὲ μάλιστα τῶν οὐδενὸς ἂν ἥδιον ἀκουόντων ἢ λόγου διεξιόντος ἀνδρῶν ἀρετὰς καὶ πόλεως τρόπον καλῶς οἰκουμένης,
I, however, have never concerned myself in the least with such auditors, any more than do other sensible men, but rather with those who will keep in mind what I said in preface to my whole discourse and at the same time will not frown upon the length of my speech, even though it extend through thousands upon thousands of words, but will realize that it lies in their power to read and peruse only such portion of it as they themselves desire; and most of all am I concerned with those who, in preference to any other, will gladly listen to a discourse which celebrates the virtues of men and the ways of a well-governed state.
§ 137
ἅπερ εἰ μιμήσασθαί τινες βουληθεῖεν καὶ δυνηθεῖεν, αὐτοί τʼ ἂν ἐν μεγάλῃ δόξῃ τὸν βίον διαγάγοιεν καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν εὐδαίμονας ποιήσειαν. οἵους μὲν οὖν εὐξαίμην ἂν εἶναι τοὺς ἀκουσομένους τῶν ἐμῶν, εἴρηκα, δέδοικα δὲ μὴ τοιούτων γενομένων πολὺ καταδεέστερον εἴπω τῶν πραγμάτων περὶ ὧν μέλλω ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους. ὅμως δʼ οὕτως ὅπως ἂν οἷός τʼ ὦ πειράσομαι διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
For if any should have the wish and the power to pattern their lives upon such examples, they might themselves pass their days in the enjoyment of high repute and render their own countries happy and prosperous. Now I have expressed myself as to the kind of auditors I would pray that I might have for what I shall say, but I am afraid that were I given such an audience I might fall far below the subject upon which I am to speak. Nevertheless, in such manner as I can I shall attempt to discourse upon it.
§ 138
τοῦ μὲν οὖν διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων οἰκεῖσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον δικαίως ἂν ἐπενέγκοιμεν τὴν αἰτίαν τοῖς βασιλεύσασιν αὐτῆς, περὶ ὧν ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διελέχθην. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ παιδεύσαντες τὸ πλῆθος ἐν ἀρετῇ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ πολλῇ σωφροσύνῃ, καὶ διδάξαντες ἐξ ὧν διῴκουν, ἅπερ ἐγὼ φανείην ἂν ὕστερον εἰρηκὼς ἢ κεῖνοι πράξαντες, ὅτι πᾶσα πολιτεία ψυχὴ πόλεώς ἐστι, τοσαύτην ἔχουσα δύναμιν ὅσην περ ἐν σώματι φρόνησις· αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βουλευομένη περὶ ἁπάντων, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ διαφυλάττουσα, τὰς δὲ συμφορὰς διαφεύγουσα, καὶ πάντων αἰτία τῶν ταῖς πόλεσι συμβαινόντων.
The fact, then, that our city was governed in those times better than the rest of the world I would justly credit to her kings, of whom I spoke a moment ago. For it was they who trained the multitude in the ways of virtue and justice and great sobriety and who taught through the manner of their rule the very truth which I shall be seen to have expressed in words after they had expressed it in their deeds, namely, that every polity is the soul of the state, having as much power over it as the mind over the body. For it is this which deliberates on all questions, seeking to preserve what is good and to avoid what is disastrous, and is the cause of all the things which transpire in states.
§ 139
ἃ μαθὼν ὁ δῆμος οὐκ ἐπελάθετο διὰ τὴν μεταβολήν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τούτῳ προσεῖχεν ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὅπως λήψεται τοὺς ἡγεμόνας δημοκρατίας μὲν ἐπιθυμοῦντας, τὸ δʼ ἦθος τοιοῦτον ἔχοντας οἷόν περ οἱ πρότερον ἐπιστατοῦντες αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ λήσουσι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κυρίους ἁπάντων τῶν κοινῶν καταστήσαντες οἷς οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδὲν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιτρέψειεν,
Having learned this truth, the people did not forget it on account of the change in the constitution, but rather gave their minds to this one endeavor before all others: to obtain as their leaders men who were in sympathy with democracy, but were possessed of the same character as those who were formerly at the head of the state; and not unwittingly to place in charge of the whole commonwealth men to whom no one would entrust a single detail of his private interests;
§ 140
μηδὲ περιόψονται πρὸς τὰ τῆς πόλεως προσιόντας τοὺς ὁμολογουμένως ὄντας πονηρούς, μηδʼ ἀνέξονται τὴν φωνὴν τῶν τὰ μὲν σώματα τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἐπονειδίστως διατιθεμένων, συμβουλεύειν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀξιούντων ὃν τρόπον τὴν πόλιν διοικοῦντες σωφρονοῖεν ἂν καὶ βέλτιον πράττομεν, μηδὲ τῶν ἃ μὲν παρὰ τῶν πατέρων παρέλαβον εἰς αἰσχρὰς ἡδονὰς ἀνηλωκότων, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀπορίαις βοηθεῖν ζητούντων, μηδὲ τῶν πρὸς χάριν μὲν ἀεὶ λέγειν γλιχομένων, εἰς πολλὰς δʼ ἀηδίας καὶ λύπας τοὺς πειθομένους ἐμβαλλόντων,
and not to permit men to approach positions of public trust who are notoriously depraved; and not even to suffer men to be heard who lend their own persons to base practices but deem themselves worthy to advise others how they should govern the state in order to advance in sobriety and well-being, or who have squandered what they inherited from their fathers on shameful pleasures but seek to repair their own fortunes from the public treasury, or who strive always to speak for the gratification of their audience but plunge those who are persuaded by them into many distresses and hardships;
§ 141
ἀλλὰ τούς τε τοιούτους ἅπαντας ἀπείργειν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβουλεύειν ἕκαστος οἰήσεται δεῖν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἐκείνους, τοὺς τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων κτήματα τῆς πόλεως εἶναι φάσκοντας, τὰ δὲ ταύτης ἴδια κλέπτειν καὶ διαρπάζειν τολμῶντας, καὶ φιλεῖν μὲν τὸν δῆμον προσποιουμένους, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων αὐτὸν μισεῖσθαι ποιοῦντας, καὶ λόγῳ μὲν δεδιότας ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων,
on the contrary, they saw to it that each and everyone should look upon it as his duty to debar all such men from giving counsel to the public, and not only such men, but those also who assert that the possessions of the rest of the world belong to the state but do not scruple to plunder and rob the state of its legitimate property, who pretend to love the people but cause them to be hated by all the rest of mankind,
§ 142
ἔργῳ δὲ λυμαινομένους καὶ συκοφαντοῦντας καὶ διατιθέντας αὐτοὺς οὕτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὥστε τῶν πόλεων τὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον καθισταμένας ἥδιον ἂν καὶ θᾶττον ἐνίας εἰσδέξασθαι τοὺς πολιορκοῦντας ἢ τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν βοήθειαν. ἀπείποι δʼ ἄν τις γράφων, εἰ πάσας τὰς κακοηθείας καὶ πονηρίας ἐξαριθμεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν.
and who in words express anxiety for the welfare of the Hellenes but in fact outrage and blackmail and make them so bitter against us that some of our states when pressed by war would sooner and more gladly open their gates to the besiegers than to a relief force from Athens. But one would grow weary of writing were he to attempt to go through the whole catalogue of iniquities and depravities.
§ 143
ἃς ἐκεῖνοι μισήσαντες καὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτάς, ἐποιοῦντο συμβούλους καὶ προστάτας οὐ τοὺς τυχόντας ἀλλὰ τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ φρονιμωτάτους καὶ κάλλιστα βεβιωκότας, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους στρατηγοὺς ᾑροῦντο καὶ πρέσβεις, εἴ που δεήσειεν, ἔπεμπον, καὶ πάσας τὰς ἡγεμονίας τὰς τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῖς παρεδίδοσαν, νομίζοντες τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος βουλομένους καὶ δυναμένους τὰ βέλτιστα συμβουλεύειν, τούτους καὶ καθʼ αὑτοὺς γενομένους ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς τόποις καὶ περὶ ἁπάσας τὰς πράξεις τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἕξειν· ἅπερ αὐτοῖς συνέβαινεν.
Abhorring these iniquities and the men who practise them, our forefathers set up as counsellors and leaders of the state, not any and everyone, but those who were the wisest and the best and who had lived the noblest lives among them, and they chose these same men as their generals in the field and sent them forth as ambassadors, wherever any need arose, and they gave over to them the entire guidance of the state, believing that those who desired and were able to give the best counsel from the platform would, when by themselves, no matter in what regions of the world or on what enterprise engaged, be of the same way of thinking.
§ 144
διὰ γὰρ τὸ ταῦτα γιγνώσκειν ἐν ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἑώρων τούς τε νόμους ἀναγεγραμμένους, οὐχ ὁμοίους τοῖς νῦν κειμένοις, οὐδὲ τοσαύτης ταραχῆς καὶ τοσούτων ἐναντιώσεων μεστοὺς ὥστε μηδέν ἂν δυνηθῆναι συνιδεῖν μήτε τοὺς χρησίμους μήτε τοὺς ἀχρήστους αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὀλίγους, ἱκανοὺς δὲ τοῖς χρῆσθαι μέλλουσι καὶ ῥᾳδίους συνιδεῖν, ἔπειτα δικαίους καὶ συμφέροντας καὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ὁμολογουμένους, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐσπουδασμένους τοὺς περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἢ τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, οἵους περ εἶναι χρὴ παρὰ τοῖς καλῶς πολιτευομένοις.
And in this they were justified by events. For because they followed this principle they saw their code of laws completely written down in a few days—laws, not like those which are established to-day, nor full of so much confusion and of so many contradictions that no one can distinguish between the useful and the useless, but, in the first place, few in number, though adequate for those who were to use them and easy to comprehend; and, in the next place, just and profitable and consonant with each other; those laws, moreover, which had to do with their common ways of life having been thought out with greater pains than those which had to do with private contracts, as indeed they should be in well regulated states.
§ 145
περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους καθίστασαν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τοὺς προκριθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν φυλετῶν καὶ δημοτῶν, οὐ περιμαχήτους αὐτὰς ποιήσαντες οὐδʼ ἐπιθυμίας ἀξίας, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον λειτουργίαις ὁμοίας ταῖς ἐνοχλούσαις μὲν οἷς ἂν προσταχθῶσι, τιμὴν δέ τινα περιτιθείσαις αὐτοῖς· ἔδει γὰρ τοὺς ἄρχειν αἱρεθέντας τῶν τε κτημάτων τῶν ἰδίων ἀμελεῖν, καὶ τῶν λημμάτων τῶν εἰθισμένων δίδοσθαι ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἀπέχεσθαι μηδὲν ἧττον ἢ τῶν ἱερῶν ʽἃ τίς ἂν ἐν τοῖς νῦν καθεστῶσιν ὑπομείνειεν;ʼ,
At the same time they appointed to the magistracies those who had been selected beforehand by the members of their respective tribes and townships, having made of the offices, not prizes to fight for or to tempt ambition, but responsibilities much more comparable to the liturgies, which are burdensome to those to whom they are assigned, although conferring upon them a kind of distinction. For the men who had been elected to office were required to neglect their own possessions and at the same time to abstain no less from the gratuities which are wont to be given to the offices than from the treasures of the gods. (Who under the present dispensation would submit to such restrictions?)
§ 146
καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀκριβεῖς περὶ ταύτας γιγνομένους μετρίως ἐπαινεθέντας ἐφʼ ἑτέραν ἐπιμέλειαν τάττεσθαι τοιαύτην, τοὺς δὲ καὶ μικρὸν παραβάντας ταῖς ἐσχάταις αἰσχύναις καὶ μεγίσταις ζημίαις περιπίπτειν· ὥστε μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν ὥσπερ νῦν διακεῖσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τότε ταύτας φεύγειν ἢ νῦν διώκειν,
Furthermore, those who proved conscientious in the performance of these duties, were moderately praised and then assigned to another similar responsibility, whereas those who were guilty of the slightest dereliction were involved in the deepest disgrace and the severest punishment. So that no one of the citizens felt about the offices as they now do, but they then sought to escape from them much more than they now seek to obtain them,
§ 147
καὶ πάντας νομίζειν μηδέποτʼ ἂν γενέσθαι δημοκρατίαν ἀληθεστέραν μηδὲ βεβαιοτέραν μηδὲ μᾶλλον τῷ πλήθει συμφέρουσαν τῆς τῶν μὲν τοιούτων πραγματειῶν ἀτέλειαν τῷ δήμῳ διδούσης, τοῦ δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς καταστῆσαι καὶ λαβεῖν δίκην παρὰ τῶν ἐξαμαρτόντων κύριον ποιούσης, ἅπερ ὑπάρχει καὶ τῶν τυράννων τοῖς εὐδαιμονεστάτοις.
and all men were agreed that no truer democracy could be found, nor one more stable or more beneficial to the multitude, than that which gave to the people at the same time exemption from such cares and sovereign power to fill the offices and bring to justice those who offended in them—exactly the position which is enjoyed also by the most fortunate among despots.
§ 148
σημεῖον δὲ μέγιστον ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἠγάπων μᾶλλον ἢ ʼγὼ λέγω· φαίνεται γὰρ ὁ δῆμος ταῖς μὲν ἄλλαις πολιτείαις ταῖς οὐκ ἀρεσκούσαις μαχόμενος καὶ καταλύων καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῶν ἀποκτείνων, ταύτῃ δὲ χρώμενος οὐκ ἐλάττω χιλίων ἐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐμμείνας ἀφʼ οὗ περ ἔλαβε μέχρι τῆς Σόλωνος μὲν ἡλικίας Πεισιστράτου δὲ δυναστείας, ὃς δημαγωγὸς γενόμενος καὶ πολλὰ τὴν πόλιν λυμηνάμενος καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους τῶν πολιτῶν ὡς ὀλιγαρχικοὺς ὄντας ἐκβαλών, τελευτῶν τόν τε δῆμον κατέλυσε καὶ τύραννον αὑτὸν κατέστησεν.
And the greatest proof that they were even better satisfied with this regime than I say is this: we see the people at war with other polities which fail to please them, overturning them and slaying those at their head, but continuing to enjoy this polity for not less than a thousand years, remaining loyal to it from the time when they received it down to the age of Solon and the tyranny of Pisistratus, who, after he had placed himself at the head of the people and done much harm to the city and driven out the best of her citizens as being partizans of oligarchy, brought an end to the rule of the people and set himself up as their master.
§ 149
τάχʼ οὖν ἄν τινες ἄτοπον εἶναί με φήσειαν, οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει διαλαβεῖν τὸν λόγον, ὅτι τολμῶ λέγειν ὡς ἀκριβῶς εἰδὼς περὶ πραγμάτων οἷς οὐ παρῆν πραττομένοις. ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲν τούτων ἄλογον οἶμαι ποιεῖν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ μόνος ἐπίστευον τοῖς τε λεγομένοις περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ τοῖς γράμμασι τοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου παραδεδομένοις ἡμῖν, εἰκότως ἂν ἐπιτιμῴμην· νῦν δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντες ταὐτὸν ἐμοὶ φανεῖεν ἂν πεπονθότες. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων,
But perhaps some may object—for nothing prevents breaking into my discourse—that it is absurd for me to presume to speak as though I had exact knowledge of events at which I was not present when they transpired. I, however, do not see anything unreasonable in this. I grant that if I were alone in relying on traditions regarding what happened long ago or upon records which have been handed down to us from those times I should with good reason be open to attack. But in fact many men—and men of discernment, too—will be seen to be in the same case with me.
§ 150
εἰ κατασταίην εἰς ἔλεγχον καὶ λόγον, δυνηθείην ἂν ἐπιδεῖξαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους πλείους ἐπιστήμας ἔχοντας διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἢ τῆς ὄψεως, καὶ μείζους πράξεις καὶ καλλίους εἰδότας ἃς παρʼ ἑτέρων ἀκηκόασιν ἢ ʼκείνας αἷς αὐτοὶ παραγεγενημένοι τυγχάνουσιν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτʼ ἀμελεῖν καλῶς ἔχει τῶν τοιούτων ὑπολήψεων, τυχὸν γὰρ μηδενὸς ἀντειπόντος λυμήναιντʼ ἂν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὔτʼ αὖ πολὺν χρόνον ἀντιλέγοντας διατρίβειν ἐν αὐταῖς, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ὑποδείξαντας μόνον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξ ὧν ληροῦντας ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐπιδείξαιεν, πάλιν ἐπανελθόντας περαίνειν καὶ λέγειν ὅθεν ἀπέλιπον· ὅπερ ἐγὼ ποιήσω.
But apart from this, were I put to the test and the proof I could show that all men are possessed of more truth gained through hearing than through seeing and that they have knowledge of greater and nobler deeds which they have heard from others than those which they have witnessed themselves. Nevertheless it is wise for a speaker neither to ignore such false assumptions—for they might perhaps confuse the truth were no one to gainsay them—nor again to spend too much time refuting them, but only enough to indicate to the rest of the audience the arguments by which they might prove that the critics speak beside the mark, and then to go back and proceed with the speech from the point where he left off. And this is what I shall do.
§ 151
τὸ μὲν οὖν σύνταγμα τῆς τότε πολιτείας, καὶ τὸν χρόνον ὅσον αὐτῇ χρώμενοι διετέλεσαν, ἐξαρκούντως δεδηλώκαμεν· λοιπὸν δʼ ἡμῖν τὰς πράξεις τὰς ἐκ τοῦ καλῶς πολιτεύεσθαι γεγενημένας διελθεῖν. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἔσται καταμαθεῖν ὅτι καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν εἶχον ἡμῶν οἱ πρόγονοι βελτίω τῶν ἄλλων καὶ σωφρονεστέραν, καὶ προστάταις καὶ συμβούλοις ἐχρῶντο τοιούτοις οἵοις χρὴ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας.
I have now sufficiently discussed the form of the polity as it was in those days and the length of time during which our people continued to enjoy it. But it remains for me to recount the actions which have resulted from the excellence of their government. For from these it will be possible to see still more clearly that our ancestors not only had a better and sounder polity than the rest of the world but also employed the kind of leaders and advisers which men of intelligence ought to select.
§ 152
οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ταῦτά μοι πρότερον λεκτέον ἐστί, πρὶν ἂν μικρὰ προείπω περὶ αὐτῶν. ἢν γὰρ ὑπεριδὼν τὰς ἐπιτιμήσεις τὰς τῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο ποιεῖν ἢ τοῦτο δυναμένων ἐφεξῆς διηγῶμαι περί τε τῶν ἄλλων τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον, οἷς οἱ πρόγονοι χρώμενοι τῶν τε βαρβάρων περιεγένοντο καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκίμησαν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ φήσουσί τινές με διεξιέναι τοὺς νόμους οὓς Λυκοῦργος μὲν ἔθηκε, Σπαρτιᾶται δʼ αὐτοῖς χρώμενοι τυγχάνουσιν.
Yet I must not go on speaking even on this point, without first prefacing it with a word of explanation. For if, disdaining to take notice of the criticisms of people who are able to do nothing but find fault, I were to review one after the other not only the other achievements of our ancestors but also the ways and practices in warfare by which they prevailed over the barbarians and attained to glory among the Hellenes, inevitably some will say that I am really speaking of the ordinances which Lycurgus laid down and the Spartans follow.
§ 153
ἐγὼ δʼ ὁμολογῶ μὲν ἐρεῖν πολλὰ τῶν ἐκεῖ καθεστώτων, οὐχ ὡς Λυκούργου τι τούτων εὑρόντος ἢ διανοηθέντος, ἀλλʼ ὡς μιμησαμένου τὴν διοίκησιν ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα τὴν τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων, καὶ τήν τε δημοκρατίαν καταστήσαντος παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀριστοκρατίᾳ μεμιγμένην, ἥπερ ἦν παρʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς οὐ κληρωτὰς ἀλλʼ αἱρετὰς ποιήσαντος,
I acknowledge that I am going to speak at length of the institutions of Sparta, not taking the view, however, that Lycurgus invented or conceived any of them, but that he imitated as well as he could the government of our ancestors, establishing among the Spartans a democracy tempered with aristocracy—even such as existed in Athens—, enacting that the offices be filled, not by lot, but by election,
§ 154
καὶ τῶν γερόντων αἵρεσιν τῶν ἐπιστατούντων ἅπασι τοῖς πράγμασι μετὰ τοσαύτης σπουδῆς ποιεῖσθαι νομοθετήσαντος, μεθʼ ὅσης πέρ φασι καὶ τοὺς ἡμετέρους περὶ τῶν εἰς Ἄρειον πάγον ἀναβήσεσθαι μελλόντων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῖς περιθέντος τὴν αὐτήν, ἥνπερ ᾔδει καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἔχουσαν τὴν παρʼ ἡμῖν.
ordaining that the election of the Elders, who were to supervise all public affairs, should be conducted with the very same care as, they say, our ancestors also exercised with regard to those who were to have seats in the Areopagus, and, furthermore, conferring upon the Elders the very same power which he knew that the Council of the Areopagus also had in Athens.
§ 155
ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τἀκεῖ καθέστηκεν ὥσπερ εἶχε τὸ παλαιὸν καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, παρὰ πολλῶν ἔσται πυθέσθαι τοῖς εἰδέναι βουλομένοις· ὡς δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τὴν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον οὐ πρότερον ἤσκησαν οὐδʼ ἄμεινον ἐχρήσαντο Σπαρτιᾶται τῶν ἡμετέρων, ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ τῶν πολέμων τῶν ὁμολογουμένων γενέσθαι κατʼ ἐκεῖνοι τὸν χρόνον οὕτως οἶμαι σαφῶς ἐπιδείξειν, ὥστε μήτε τοὺς ἀνοήτως λακωνίζοντας ἀντειπεῖν δυνήσεσθαι τοῖς ῥηθεῖσι, μήτε τοὺς τὰ ἡμέτερα ἅμα τε θαυμάζοντας καὶ βασκαίνοντας καὶ μιμεῖσθαι γλιχομένους.
Now that the institutions of Sparta were established after the manner of our own as they were in ancient times may be learned from many sources by those who desire to know the truth. But that skill in warfare is something which the Spartans did not practise earlier than our ancestors or employ to better advantage than they I think I can show so clearly from the struggles and the wars which are acknowledged to have taken place in those days that none will be able to contradict what I say—neither those who are blind worshippers of Sparta nor those who at once admire and envy and strive to imitate the ways of Athens.
§ 156
ποιήσομαι δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν λεχθησομένων ἀκοῦσαι μὲν ἴσως τισὶν ἀηδῆ, ῥηθῆναι δʼ οὐκ ἀσύμφορον. εἰ γάρ τις φαίη τὼ πόλεε τούτω πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίας γεγενῆσθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ μεγίστων κακῶν μετὰ τὴν Ξέρξου στρατείαν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἀληθῆ δόξειεν ἂν λέγειν τοῖς εἰδόσι τι περὶ τῶν τότε γεγενημένων.
I am going to begin what I shall say on this topic with a statement which will perhaps be unpleasant for some to hear, although it will not be without profit to have it said. For if anyone were to assert that Athens and Sparta had been the causes both of the greatest benefits and, after the expedition of Xerxes, of the greatest injuries to the Hellenes, without doubt he would be thought by those who know anything about the history of those times to speak the truth.
§ 157
ἠγωνίσαντό τε γὰρ ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου δύναμιν, ταῦτά τε πράξασαι, προσῆκον αὐταῖς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐχομένων βουλεύσασθαι καλῶς, εἰς τοῦτʼ ἦλθον οὐκ ἀνοίας ἀλλὰ μανίας, ὥστε πρὸς μὲν τὸν ἐπιστρατεύσαντα καὶ βουληθέντα τὼ μὲν πόλεε τούτω παντάπασιν ἀνελεῖν, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους Ἕλληνας καταδουλώσασθαι,
For they contended with the utmost possible bravery against the power of that King, but, having done this, although they ought then to have adopted sound measures also for the tasks which followed upon that achievement, they fell into such a degree, not of folly, but of madness, that they made peace with the man who had led an army against them and who had purposed to annihilate both these cities utterly and to enslave the rest of the Hellenes—
§ 158
πρὸς μὲν τὸν τοιοῦτον, κρατήσασαι ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, εἰρήνην εἰς ἅπαντα συνεγράψαντο τὸν χρόνον ὥσπερ πρὸς εὐεργέτην γεγενημένον, φθονήσασαι δὲ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ταῖς αὑτῶν, εἰς πόλεμον καταστᾶσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας καὶ φιλονεικίαν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσαντο σφᾶς τε αὐτὰς ἀπολλύουσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, πρὶν κύριον ἐποίησαν τὸν κοινὸν ἐχθρὸν τὴν τε πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν εἰς τοὺς ἐσχάτους καταστῆσαι κινδύνους διὰ τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων, καὶ πάλιν τὴν ἐκείνων διὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας.
with such a man, I repeat, although they could easily have conquered him on both land and sea, they drew up a peace for all time, as though he had been their benefactor, whereas, having grown jealous of each other’s merits and fallen into mutual warfare and rivalry, they did not cease attempting to destroy each other and the rest of the Hellenes until they had placed their common enemy in a position to reduce Athens, through the power of the Lacedaemonians, and again Sparta, through the power of Athens, to a state of the utmost peril.
§ 159
καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπολειφθέντες τῆς τοῦ βαρβάρου φρονήσεως, οὔτʼ ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις ἤλγησαν ἀξίως ὧν ἔπαθον οὐδʼ ὡς προσῆκεν αὐτούς, οὔτε νῦν αἱ μέγισται τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων αἰσχύνονται διακολακευόμεναι πρὸς τὸν ἐκείνου πλοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν Ἀργείων καὶ Θηβαίων Αἴγυπτον αὐτῷ συγκατεπολέμησεν, ἵνʼ ὡς μεγίστην ἔχων δύναμιν ἐπιβουλεύῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ Σπαρτιᾶται, συμμαχίας ἡμῖν ὑπαρχούσης, ἀλλοτριώτερον ἔχομεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἢ πρὸς οὓς ἑκάτεροι πολεμοῦντες τυγχάνομεν.
And although they were so far outstripped in shrewdness by the barbarian, they then experienced no such resentment as the things which they suffered should have provoked nor such as it behoved them to feel; nor at the present time are the greatest of the states of Hellas ashamed to vie with each other in fawning upon the wealth of the King; nay, Argos and Thebes joined forces with him in the conquest of Egypt in order that he might be possessed of the greatest possible power to plot against the Hellenes, while we and the Spartans, although allied together, feel more hostile to each other than to those with whom we are each openly at war.
§ 160
σημεῖον δʼ οὐ μικρόν· κοινῇ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ περὶ ἑνὸς πράγματος βουλευόμεθα, χωρὶς δʼ ἑκάτεροι πρέσβεις πέμπομεν ὡς ἐκεῖνον, ἐλπίζοντες, ὁποτέροις ἂν οἰκειότερον διατεθῇ, κυρίους τούτους γενήσεσθαι τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι πλεονεξίας, κακῶς εἰδότες ὡς τοὺς μὲν θεραπεύοντας αὑτὸν ὑβρίζειν εἴθισται, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀντιταττομένους καὶ καταφρονοῦντας τῆς ἐκείνου δυνάμεως ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου διαλύεσθαι πειρᾶται τὰς διαφοράς.
And of this we have a not insignificant proof. For in common we deliberate about nothing whatsoever, but independently we each send ambassadors to the King, expecting that the one of these two states to which he inclines in friendship will be invested with the place of advantage among the Hellenes, little realizing that those who court his favour he is wont to treat insolently while with those who oppose themselves to him and hold his power in contempt he endeavors by every means to come to terms.
§ 161
ταῦτα δὲ διῆλθον οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι λέγειν τινὲς τολμήσουσιν ὡς ἔξω τῆς ὑποθέσεως τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις ἐχρησάμην. ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδέποτʼ ἂν οἶμαι τοῖς προειρημένοις οἰκειοτέρους λόγους ῥηθῆναι τούτων, οὐδʼ ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις σαφέστερον ἐπιδείξειε τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν φρονιμωτέρους ὄντας περὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν τήν τε πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν μετὰ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Ξέρξην διοικησάντων.
I have gone into these matters,not without realizing that some will dare to say that I have here used an argument which lies beyond the scope of my subject. I, however, hold that never has an argument been advanced more pertinent than this to the foregoing discussion, neither is there any by which one can show more clearly that our ancestors were wiser in dealing with the greatest questions than were those who governed our city and the city of the Spartans after the war against Xerxes.
§ 162
αὗται μὲν γὰρ ἂν φανεῖεν ἐν ἐκείνοις τε τοῖς χρόνοις πρὸς μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰρήνην ποιησάμεναι, σφᾶς δʼ αὐτὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις ἀπολλύουσαι νῦν τε τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦσαι, πρὸς δὲ τὸν βασιλέα πρέσβεις πέμπουσαι περὶ φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας· οἱ δὲ τότε τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦντες οὐδὲν τούτων ἔπραττον,
For it will be seen that these states in the times following that war made peace with the barbarians, that they were bent on destroying each other and the other Hellenic states, that at the present time they think themselves worthy to rule over the Hellenes, albeit they are sending ambassadors to the King, courting his friendship and alliance; whereas those who governed Athens before that time did nothing of the sort, but entirely the opposite;
§ 163
ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον· τῶν μὲν γὰρ Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων οὕτως αὐτοῖς ἀπέχεσθαι σφόδρα δεδογμένον ἦν ὥσπερ τοῖς εὐσεβέσι τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀνακειμένων, τῶν δὲ πολέμων ὑπελάμβανον ἀναγκαιότατον μὲν εἶναι καὶ δικαιότατον τὸν μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὴν ἀγριότητα τῶν θηρίων γιγνόμενον, δεύτερον δὲ τὸν μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς καὶ φύσει πολεμίους ὄντας καὶ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐπιβουλεύοντας ἡμῖν.
for they were as firmly resolved to keep their hands off the states of Hellas as were the devout to abstain from the treasures stored up in the temples of the gods, conceiving that, second only to the war which we carry on in alliance with all mankind against the savagery of the beasts, that war is the most necessary and the most righteous which we wage in alliance with the Hellenes against the barbarians, who are by nature our foes and are eternally plotting against us.
§ 164
τοῦτον δʼ εἴρηκα τὸν λόγον οὐκ αὐτὸς εὑρών, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων συλλογισάμενος. ὁρῶντες γὰρ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας πόλεις ἐν πολλοῖς κακοῖς καὶ πολέμοις καὶ ταραχαῖς οὔσας, τὴν δʼ αὑτῶν μόνην καλῶς διοικουμένην, οὐχ ἡγήσαντο δεῖν τοὺς ἄμεινον τῶν ἄλλων φρονοῦντας καὶ πράττοντας ἀμελεῖν οὐδὲ περιορᾶν τὰς τῆς αὐτῆς συγγενείας μετεχούσας ἀπολλυμένας, ἀλλὰ σκεπτέον εἶναι καὶ πρακτέον ὅπως ἁπάσας ἀπαλλάξουσι τῶν κακῶν τῶν παρόντων.
The principle is not of my invention but is deduced from the conduct of our ancestors. For when they saw that the other states were beset by many misfortunes and wars and seditions, while their own city alone was well governed, they did not take the view that those who were wiser and more fortunate than the rest of the world were justified in caring nothing about the others or in permitting those states which shared the same stock with them to be destroyed, but rather that they were bound to take thought and adopt measures to deliver them all from their present misfortunes.
§ 165
ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθέντες τῶν μὲν ἧττον νοσουσῶν πρεσβείαις καὶ λόγοις ἐξαιρεῖν ἐπειρῶντο τὰς διαφοράς, εἰς δὲ τὰς μᾶλλον στασιαζούσας ἐξέπεμπον τῶν πολιτῶν τοὺς μεγίστην παρʼ αὐτοῖς δόξαν ἔχοντας, οἳ περί τε τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων αὐταῖς συνεβούλευον καὶ συγγιγνόμενοι τοῖς τε μὴ δυναμένοις ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ζῆν καὶ τοῖς χεῖρον γεγονόσιν ὧν οἱ νόμοι προστάττουσιν, οἵπερ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ λυμαίνονται τὰς πόλεις, ἔπειθον μεθʼ αὑτῶν στρατεύεσθαι καὶ βίον ζητεῖν βελτίω τοῦ παρόντος.
Having determined upon this, they endeavored in the case of the less afflicted states to compose their quarrels by means of embassies and persuasion, but to the states which were more severely rent by factions they dispatched the most highly reputed of their citizens, who advised them regarding their present difficulties, and, associating themselves with the people who were unable to gain a livelihood in their own states or who had fallen below the requirements of the laws—a class which is generally destructive to ordered states—, they urged these to take the field with them and to seek to improve the conditions of their present life;
§ 166
πολλῶν δὲ γιγνομένων τῶν ταῦτα βουλομένων καὶ πειθομένων, στρατόπεδα συνιστάντες ἐξ αὐτῶν, τούς τε τὰς νήσους κατέχοντας τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ τοὺς ἐφʼ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἠπείρου τὴν παραλίαν κατοικοῦντας καταστρεφόμενοι, καὶ πάντας ἐκβαλόντες, τοὺς μάλιστα βίου δεομένους τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατῴκιζον. καὶ ταῦτα πράττοντες καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑποδεικνύοντες διετέλουν, ἕως ἤκουσαν Σπαρτιάτας τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ κατοικούσας, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὑφʼ αὑτοῖς πεποιημένους· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς ἰδίοις ἠναγκάζοντο προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν.
and when there proved to be many who were inclined and persuaded to take this course, they organized them into an army, conquered the peoples who occupied the islands of the barbarians and who dwelt along the coast of either continent, expelled them all, and settled in their stead those of the Hellenes who stood in greatest need of the necessities of life. And they continued doing this and setting this example to others until they learned that the Spartans, as I have related, had subjected to their power all the cities which are situated in the Peloponnesus. After this they were compelled to center their thoughts upon their own interests.
§ 167
τί οὖν ἐστὶ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἀγαθὸν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ περὶ τὰς ἀποικίας καὶ πραγματείας; τοῦτο γὰρ οἶμαι μάλιστα ποθεῖν ἀκοῦσαι τοὺς πολλούς. τοῖς μὲν Ἕλλησιν εὐπορωτέροις γενέσθαι τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον καὶ μᾶλλον ὁμονοεῖν τοσούτων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων ἀπαλλαγεῖσι, τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τῆς αὑτῶν καὶ φρονεῖν ἔλαττον ἢ πρότερον, τοῖς δʼ αἰτίοις τούτων γεγενημένοις εὐδοκιμεῖν καὶ δοκεῖν διπλασίαν πεποιηκέναι τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συστάσης.
What, then, is the good which has resulted from the war which we waged and the trouble which we took in the colonization of the Hellenes? For this is, I think, a question which the majority would very much like to have answered. Well, the result was that the Hellenes found it easier to obtain subsistence and enjoyed a greater degree of concord after they had been relieved of so great a number of the class of people which I have described; that the barbarians were driven forth from their own territory and humbled in their pride; and that those who had brought these conditions to pass gained the fame and the name of having made Hellas twice as strong as she was of old.
§ 168
μεῖζον μὲν οὖν εὐεργέτημα τούτου καὶ κοινότερον τοῖς Ἕλλησι γεγενημένον παρὰ τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην ἐξευρεῖν· οἰκειότερον δὲ τῇ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμελείᾳ καὶ δόξης οὐκ ἐλάττονος ἄξιον καὶ πᾶσι φανερώτερον ἴσως ἕξομεν εἰπεῖν. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ἢ τίς οὐκ ἀκήκοε τῶν τραγῳδοδιδασκάλων Διονυσίοις, τὰς Ἀδράστῳ γενομένας ἐν Θήβαις συμφοράς,
I could not, then, point out a greater service than this, rendered by our ancestors, nor one more generally beneficial to the Hellenes. But I shall, perhaps, be able to show one more particularly related to their conduct of war, and, at the same time, no less admirable and more manifest to all. For who does not himself know or has not heard from the tragic poets at the Dionysia of the misfortunes which befell Adrastus at Thebes,
§ 169
ὅτι κατάγειν βουληθεὶς τὸν Οἰδίπου μὲν υἱὸν αὑτοῦ δὲ κηδεστὴν παμπληθεῖς μὲν Ἀργείων ἀπώλεσεν, ἅπαντας δὲ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐπεῖδε διαφθαρέντας, αὐτὸς δʼ ἐπονειδίστως σωθείς, ἐπειδὴ σπονδῶν οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν τυχεῖν οὐδʼ ἀνελέσθαι τοὺς τετελευτηκότας, ἱκέτης γενόμενος τῆς πόλεως, ἔτι Θησέως αὐτὴν διοικοῦντος, ἐδεῖτο μὴ περιιδεῖν τοιούτους ἄνδρας ἀτάφους γενομένους μηδὲ παλαιὸν ἔθος καὶ πάτριον νόμον καταλυόμενον, ᾧ πάντες ἄνθρωποι χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν οὐχ ὡς ὑπʼ ἀνθρωπίνης κειμένῳ φύσεως, ἀλλʼ ὡς ὑπὸ δαιμονίας προστεταγμένῳ δυνάμεως;
how in his desire to restore to power the son of Oedipus, his own son-in-law, he lost a great number of his Argive soldiers in the battle and saw all of his captains slain, though saving his own life in dishonor, and, when he failed to obtain a truce and was unable to recover the bodies of his dead for burial, he came as a suppliant to Athens, while Theseus still ruled the city, and implored the Athenians not to suffer such men to be deprived of sepulture nor to allow ancient custom and immemorial law to be set at naught—that ordinance which all men respect without fail, not as having been instituted by our human nature, but as having been enjoined by the divine power?
§ 170
ὧν ἀκούσας οὐδένα χρόνον ἐπισχὼν ὁ δῆμος ἔπεμψε πρεσβείαν εἰς Θήβας, περί τε τῆς ἀναιρέσεως συμβουλεύσοντας αὐτοῖς ὁσιώτερον βουλεύσασθαι καὶ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν νομιμωτέραν ποιήσασθαι τῆς πρότερον γενομένης, κἀκεῖνο ὑποδείξοντας, ὡς ἡ πόλις αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἐπιτρέψει παραβαίνουσι τὸν νόμον τὸν κοινὸν ἁπάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
When our people heard this plea, they let no time go by but at once dispatched ambassadors to Thebes to advise her people that they be more reverent in their deliberations regarding the recovery of the dead and that they render a decision which would be more lawful than that which they had previously made, and to hint to them also that the Athenians would not countenance their transgression of the common law of all Hellas.
§ 171
ὧν ἀκούσαντες οἱ κύριοι τότε Θηβῶν ὄντες οὐχ ὁμοίως ἔγνωσαν οὔτε ταῖς δόξαις αἷς ἔχουσί τινες περὶ αὐτῶν, οὔθʼ οἷς ἐβουλεύσαντο πρότερον, ἀλλὰ μετρίως περὶ αὑτῶν τε διαλεχθέντες καὶ τῶν ἐπιστρατευσάντων κατηγορήσαντες ἔδοσαν τῇ πόλει τὴν ἀναίρεσιν.
Having heard this message, those who were then in authority at Thebes came to a decision which was in harmony neither with the opinion which some people have of them nor with their previous resolution; on the contrary, after both stating the case for themselves in reasonable terms and denouncing those who had invaded their country, they conceded to our city the recovery of the dead.
§ 172
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τἀναντία τυγχάνω λέγων οἷς ἐν τῷ Πανηγυρικῷ λόγῳ φανείην ἂν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων γεγραφώς· ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδένα νομίζω τῶν ταῦτα συνιδεῖν ἂν δυνηθέντων τοσαύτης ἀμαθίας εἶναι καὶ φθόνου μεστόν, ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἐπαινέσειέ με καὶ σωφρονεῖν ἡγήσαιτο τότε μὲν ἐκείνως νῦν δʼ οὕτω διαλεχθέντα περὶ αὐτῶν.
And let no one suppose that I fail to realize that I am giving a different version of these same events from that which I shall be found to have written in the Panegyricus. But I do not think that anyone of those who can grasp the meaning of these events is so obsessed by stupidity and envy as not to commend me and consider me discreet for the manner in which I have treated them then and now.
§ 173
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων οἶδʼ ὅτι καλῶς γέγραφα καὶ συμφερόντως· ὅσον δʼ ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν διέφερε τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, τοῦτο γὰρ ἀποδεῖξαι βουλόμενος διῆλθον τὰ γενόμενα Θήβῃσιν, ἡγοῦμαι τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐκείνην ἅπασι σαφῶς δηλοῦν, τὴν τὸν μὲν βασιλέα τὸν Ἀργείων ἀναγκάσασαν ἱκέτην γενέσθαι τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας, τοὺς δὲ κυρίους ὄντας Θηβῶν οὕτω διαθεῖσαν,
On this topic, then, I know that I have written wisely and expediently. But how pre-eminent our city stood in war at that time—for it was with the desire to show this that I discussed what happened at Thebes—is, I consider, clearly revealed to all by the circumstances which compelled the king of the Argives to become a suppliant of Athens and which so disposed the authorities at Thebes towards us
§ 174
ὥστε ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἐμμεῖναι τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως πεμφθεῖσιν ἢ τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου κατασταθεῖσιν· ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν οἵα τʼ ἐγένετο διοικῆσαι κατὰ τρόπον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῇ δόξῃ καὶ τῇ δυνάμει πολὺ διήνεγκε τῶν ἄλλων.
that they chose of their own accord to accommodate themselves to the words dispatched to them by Athens more than to the laws ordained by the divine power. For our city would not have been in a position to settle properly any of those questions had she not stood far above the others both in reputation and in power.
§ 175
ἔχων δὲ πολλὰς καὶ καλὰς πράξεις περὶ τῶν προγόνων εἰπεῖν, σκοποῦμαι τίνα τρόπον διαλεχθῶ περὶ αὐτῶν. μέλει γάρ μοι τούτων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἄλλων· τυγχάνω γὰρ ὢν περὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἣν ἐποιησάμην τελευταίαν, ἐν ᾗ προεῖπον ὡς ἐπιδείξω τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις καὶ ταῖς μάχαις πλέον διενεγκόντας Σπαρτιατῶν ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν.
Although I have many noble things to tell of in the conduct of our ancestors, I am debating in my mind in what manner to present them. Indeed I am more concerned about this than about any other thing. For I come now to that part of my subject which I reserved for the last—that part in which I promised to show that our ancestors excelled the Spartans much more in their wars and battles than in all other respects.
§ 176
ἔσται δʼ ὁ λόγος παράδοξος μὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς, ὁμοίως δʼ ἀληθὴς τοῖς ἄλλοις. ἄρτι μὲν οὖν ἠπόρουν ποτέρων διεξίω πρότερον τοὺς κινδύνους καὶ τὰς μάχας, τὰς Σπαρτιατῶν ἢ τὰς τῶν ἡμετέρων· νῦν δὲ προαιροῦμαι λέγειν τὰς ἐκείνων, ἵνʼ ἐν ταῖς καλλίοσι καὶ δικαιοτέραις καταλύω τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τούτων.
What I say on this topic will be counter to the opinions of the majority, but in equal degree it will appeal to the rest as the truth. A moment ago I was undecided whether I should first review the wars and battles of the Spartans or our own. Now, however, I elect to speak first of the perils and the battles of the Spartans, in order that I may close the discussion of this subject with struggles more honorable and more righteous.
§ 177
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Δωριέων οἱ στρατεύσαντες εἰς Πελοπόννησον τρίχα διείλοντο τάς τε πόλεις καὶ τὰς χώρας ἃς ἀφείλοντο τοὺς δικαίως κεκτημένους, οἱ μὲν Ἄργος λαχόντες καὶ Μεσσήνην παραπλησίως διῴκουν τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι, τὸ δὲ τρίτον μέρος αὐτῶν, οὓς καλοῦμεν νῦν Λακεδαιμονίους, στασιάσαι μέν φασιν αὐτοὺς οἱ τἀκείνων ἀκριβοῦντες ὡς οὐδένας ἄλλους τῶν Ἑλλήνων, περιγενομένους δὲ τοὺς μεῖζον τοῦ πλήθους φρονοῦντας οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν συμβεβηκότων τοῖς τοιαῦτα διαπεπραγμένοις·
When, then, the Dorians who invaded the Peloponnesus divided into three parts both the cities and the lands which they had taken from their rightful owners, those of them who received Argos and Messene as their portions ordered their affairs very much as did the Hellenes in general. But the third division of them, whom we now call Lacedaemonians, were, according to close students of their history, more embroiled in factional strife than any other people of Hellas. Moreover, the party which looked down upon the multitude, having got the upper hand, did in no wise adopt the same measures regarding the issues of that conflict as the other Hellenes who had gone through a similar experience.
§ 178
τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους συνοίκους ἔχειν ἐν τῇ πόλει τοὺς στασιάσαντας καὶ κοινωνοὺς ἁπάντων πλὴν τῶν ἀρχῶν καὶ τῶν τιμῶν· οὓς οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν ἡγεῖσθαι Σπαρτιατῶν τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας, εἰ νομίζουσιν ἀσφαλῶς πολιτεύεσθαι μετὰ τούτων οἰκοῦντες, περὶ οὓς τὰ μέγιστα τυγχάνουσιν ἐξημαρτηκότες· αὐτοὺς δʼ οὐδὲν τούτων ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ σφίσι μὲν αὐτοῖς ἰσονομίαν καταστῆσαι καὶ δημοκρατίαν τοιαύτην, οἵαν περ χρὴ τοὺς μέλλοντας ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ὁμονοήσειν, τὸν δὲ δῆμον περιοίκους ποιήσασθαι, καταδουλωσαμένους αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τὰς τῶν οἰκετῶν·
For the latter suffered the opposing party to live with them and share in all the privileges of the state, excepting the offices and the honors, whereas the intelligent class among the Spartans held that such men were foolish in thinking that they could live in the same city with those against whom they had committed the greatest wrongs and yet govern the state in security; they themselves did nothing of the sort, but instead set up amongst their own class the only kind of equality and democracy which is possible if men are to be at all times in complete accord, while reducing the mass of the people to the condition of Perioeci, subjecting their spirits to a bondage no less abject than that endured by slaves.
§ 179
ταῦτα δὲ πράξαντας τῆς χώρας, ἧς προσῆκεν ἴσον ἔχειν ἕκαστον, αὐτοὺς μὲν λαβεῖν ὀλίγους ὄντας οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀρίστην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοσαύτην ὅσην οὐδένες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχουσι, τῷ δὲ πλήθει τηλικοῦτον ἀπονεῖμαι μέρος τῆς χειρίστης ὥστʼ ἐπιπόνως ἐργαζομένους μόλις ἔχειν τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διελόντας τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἦν εἰς ἐλαχίστους εἰς τόπους κατοικίσαι μικροὺς καὶ πολλούς, ὀνόμασι μὲν προσαγορευομένους ὡς πόλεις οἰκοῦντας, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν ἔχοντας ἐλάττω τῶν δήμων τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν·
And having done this, they disposed of the land, of which by right every man should have had an equal share, seizing for themselves—the few—not only the richest but more than any of the Hellenes possess, while to the mass of the people they apportioned only enough of the poorest land so that by working laboriously they could hardly gain their daily bread. Then they divided the multitude into the smallest groups possible and settled them upon many small tracts—groups who in name were spoken of as dwelling in cities, but in reality had less power than the townships with us.
§ 180
ἁπάντων δʼ ἀποστερήσαντας αὐτοὺς ὧν προσήκει μετέχειν τοὺς ἐλευθέρους, τοὺς πλείστους ἐπιθεῖναι τῶν κινδύνων αὐτοῖς· ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς στρατείαις, αἷς ἡγεῖται βασιλεύς, κατʼ ἄνδρα συμπαρατάττεσθαι σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, ἐνίους δὲ καὶ τῆς πρώτης τάττειν, ἐάν τέ που δεῆσαν αὐτοὺς ἐκπέμψαι βοήθειαν φοβηθῶσιν ἢ τοὺς πόνους ἢ τοὺς κινδύνους ἢ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ χρόνου, τούτους ἀποστέλλειν προκινδυνεύσοντας τῶν ἄλλων.
And, having despoiled them of all the rights which free men ought to share, they imposed upon them the greatest part in all dangers. For in the campaigns which were conducted by their kings they not only ranged them man for man side by side with themselves, but some they stationed in the first line, and whenever need arose to dispatch a relief-force anywhere and they themselves were afraid of the hardships or the dangers or the length of time involved, they sent them forth to take the brunt of the danger from all the rest.
§ 181
καὶ τί δεῖ μακρολογεῖν ἁπάσας διεξιόντα τὰς ὕβρεις τὰς περὶ τὸ πλῆθος γιγνομένας, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ μέγιστον εἰπόντα τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῶν ἄλλων; τῶν γὰρ οὕτω μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς δεινὰ πεπονθότων, ἐν δὲ τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς χρησίμων ὄντων, ἔξεστι τοῖς ἐφόροις ἀκρίτους ἀποκτεῖναι τοσούτους ὁπόσους ἂν βουληθῶσιν· ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν οὐδὲ τοὺς πονηροτάτους τῶν οἰκετῶν ὅσιόν ἐστι μιαιφονεῖν.
But why make a long story by detailing all the outrages which were visited upon the common people? Why not, rather, mention the greatest of their misfortunes and refuse to be burdened with the rest? For over these people, who have from the beginning suffered evils so dreadful, but in present emergencies are found so useful, the Ephors have the power to put to death without trial as many as they please, whereas in the other states of Hellas it is a crime against the gods to stain one’s hands with the blood of even the basest of slaves.
§ 182
τούτου δʼ ἕνεκα περὶ τῆς οἰκειότητος καὶ τῶν ἡμαρτημένων εἰς αὐτοὺς διὰ πλειόνων διῆλθον, ἵνʼ ἔρωμαι τοὺς ἀποδεχομένους ἁπάσας τὰς Σπαρτιατῶν πράξεις, εἰ καὶ ταύτας ἀποδέχονται, καὶ τὰς μάχας εὐσεβεῖς εἶναι νομίζουσι καὶ καλὰς τὰς πρὸς τούτους γεγενημένας.
But the reason I have at some length gone into their domestic policy and the wrongs which they have committed against the common people is, that I may ask those who applaud all the actions of the Spartans whether they applaud these also and whether they look upon those struggles as righteous and honorable which have been carried on against these men.
§ 183
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι μεγάλας μὲν αὐτὰς γεγενῆσθαι καὶ δεινὰς καὶ πολλῶν αἰτίας τοῖς μὲν ἡττηθεῖσι κακῶν τοῖς δὲ κατορθώσασι λημμάτων, ὧνπερ ἕνεκα πολεμοῦντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διατελοῦσιν, οὐ μὴν ὁσίας οὐδὲ καλὰς οὐδὲ πρεπούσας τοῖς ἀρετῆς ἀντιποιουμένοις, μὴ τῆς ἐπὶ τῶν τεχνῶν ὀνομαζομένης καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλὰ τῆς τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς μετʼ εὐσεβείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐγγιγνομένης, περὶ ἧς ἅπας ὁ λόγος ἐστίν.
For I, for my part, regard them as having been great and terrible and the source of many injuries to the defeated and of many gains to the victors—gains for whose sake they are at all times continually waging war—but not, no, not as righteous or even as honorable or becoming to men who lay claim to excellence. I speak, not of excellence as that word is used in the arts or in many other activities, but of the excellence which in the hearts of good men and true is engendered in company with righteousness and justice. And it is this kind of excellence which is the subject of my whole discourse.
§ 184
ἧς ὀλιγωροῦντές τινες ἐγκωμιάζουσι τοὺς πλείω τῶν ἄλλων ἡμαρτηκότας, καὶ οὐκ αἰσθάνονται τὰς διανοίας ἐπιδεικνύντες τὰς σφετέρας αὐτῶν, ὅτι κἀκείνους ἂν ἐπαινέσειαν, τοὺς πλείω μὲν κεκτημένους τῶν ἱκανῶν, ἀποκτεῖναι δʼ ἂν τολμήσαντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους καὶ τοὺς κοινωνοὺς ὥστε καὶ τἀκείνων λαβεῖν· ὅμοια γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ Σπαρτιατῶν πεπραγμένοις, ἃ τοὺς ἀποδεχομένους ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ περὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἄρτι τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν γνώμην.
But depreciating this, some men heap praise upon those who have committed more crimes than all others and are not aware that they are betraying their own thoughts and showing that they would praise also men who, already possessing more wealth than they need, would not scruple to slay their own brothers and friends and associates so as to obtain their possessions also. For such crimes are parallel to the things which the Spartans have done. And those who applaud the latter cannot escape taking the same view also of the crimes which I have just mentioned.
§ 185
θαυμάζω δʼ εἴ τινες τὰς μάχας καὶ τὰς νίκας τὰς παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον γιγνομένας μὴ νομίζουσιν αἰσχίους εἶναι καὶ πλειόνων ὀνειδῶν μεστὰς ἢ τὰς ἥττας τὰς ἄνευ κακίας συμβαινούσας, καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰδότες ὅτι μεγάλαι δυνάμεις πονηραὶ δὲ πολλάκις γίγνονται κρείττους ἀνδρῶν σπουδαίων καὶ κινδυνεύειν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος αἱρουμένων.
I marvel that there are none who regard battles and victories won contrary to justice as more disgraceful and fraught with greater reproaches than defeats which are met without dishonor—and that too, knowing that great, but evil, powers prove often stronger than good men who choose to risk their lives for their country.
§ 186
οὓς πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον ἐπαινοῖμεν ἢ τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἑτοίμως ἀποθνήσκειν ἐθέλοντας καὶ τοῖς ξενικοῖς στρατεύμασιν ὁμοίους ὄντας· ταῦτα μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἔργα πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ τοὺς χρηστοὺς ἐνίοτε χεῖρον ἀγωνίζεσθαι τῶν ἀδικεῖν βουλομένων θεῶν ἄν τις ἀμέλειαν εἶναι φήσειεν.
For such men are much more deserving of our praise than those who, while ready and willing to face death to gain the possessions of others, are yet in no wise different from hireling soldiers. For these are the acts of men depraved, and if men of honest purpose sometimes come off worse in the struggle than men who desire to do injustice, we may attribute this to negligence of the gods.
§ 187
ἔχοιμι δʼ ἂν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ χρήσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῆς συμφορᾶς τῆς Σπαρτιάταις ἐν Θερμοπύλαις γενομένης, ἣν ἅπαντες ὅσοι περ ἀκηκόασιν ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ θαυμάζουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς μάχας καὶ τὰς νίκας τὰς κρατησάσας μὲν τῶν ἐναντίων, πρὸς οὓς δʼ οὐκ ἐχρῆν γεγενημένας· ἃς εὐλογεῖν τινες τολμῶσι, κακῶς εἰδότες ὡς οὐδὲν οὔθʼ ὅσιον οὔτε καλόν ἐστι τῶν μὴ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης καὶ λεγομένων καὶ πραττομένων.
But I might apply this point also to the misfortune which befell the Spartans at Thermopylae, which all who have heard of it praise and admire more than the battles and victories which have been won over adversaries against whom wars ought never to have been waged, albeit some are without scruple in extolling such successes, not realizing that nothing is either righteous or honorable which is not said or done with justice.
§ 188
ὧν Σπαρτιάταις μὲν οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐμέλησεν· βλέπουσι γὰρ εἰς οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὅπως ὡς πλεῖστα τῶν ἀλλοτρίων κατασχήσουσιν· οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι περὶ οὐδὲν οὕτω τῶν ὄντων ἐσπούδαζον ὡς τὸ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμεῖν· ἡγοῦντο γὰρ οὐδεμίαν ἂν γενέσθαι κρίσιν οὔτʼ ἀληθεστέραν οὔτε δικαιοτέραν τῆς ὑπὸ παντὸς τοῦ γένους γνωσθείσης.
But the Spartans have never given a thought to this truth; for they look to no other object than that of securing for themselves as many of the possessions of other peoples as they can. Our ancestors, on the other hand, have shown concern for nothing in the world so much as for a good name among the Hellenes; for they considered that there could be no truer or fairer judgement than that which is rendered by a whole race of people.
§ 189
δῆλοι δʼ ἦσαν οὕτως ἔχοντες ἔν τε τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷς διῴκουν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τοῖς μεγίστοις τῶν πραγμάτων. τριῶν γὰρ πολέμων γενομένων ἄνευ τοῦ Τρωικοῦ τοῖς Ἕλλησι πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις πρωτεύουσαν αὐτὴν παρέσχον. ὧν εἷς μὲν ἦν ὁ πρὸς Ξέρξην, ἐν ᾧ πλέον διήνεγκαν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς κινδύνοις ἢ ʼκεῖνοι τῶν ἄλλων,
And they have been manifestly of this mind both in their government of the state in other respects and in the conduct of the greatest affairs. For in the three wars, apart from the Trojan war, which were fought by the Hellenes against the barbarians—in all these they placed our city in the forefront of the fighting. Of these wars, one was the struggle against Xerxes, in which they were as much superior to the Lacedaemonians in every crisis as were the latter to the rest of the Hellenes.
§ 190
δεύτερος δʼ ὁ περὶ τὴν κτίσιν τῶν ἀποικιῶν, εἰς ὃν Δωριέων μὲν οὐδεὶς ἦλθε συμπολεμήσων, ἡ δὲ πόλις ἡμῶν ἡγεμὼν καταστᾶσα τῶν οὐκ εὐπορούντων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν βουλομένων τοσοῦτον τὰ πράγματα μετέστησεν, ὥστʼ εἰθισμένων τῶν βαρβάρων τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον τὰς μεγίστας πόλεις τῶν Ἑλληνίδων καταλαμβάνειν ἐποίησε τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἃ πρότερον ἔπασχον, ταῦτα δύνασθαι ποιεῖν.
Another was the war connected with the founding of the colonies, in which none of the Dorians came to help them, but in which Athens, having been made the leader of those who were lacking in the means of subsistence and of all others who desired to join with her, so completely reversed the state of affairs that, whereas the barbarians had been wont in times past to seize and hold the greatest cities of Hellas, she placed the Hellenes in a position where they were able to do what they had formerly suffered.
§ 191
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῖν δυοῖν πολέμοιν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἱκανῶς εἰρήκαμεν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ τρίτου ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, ὃς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἄρτι κατῳκισμένων, τῆς δʼ ἡμετέρας ἔτι βασιλευομένης. ἐφʼ ὧν καὶ πόλεμοι πλεῖστοι καὶ κίνδυνοι μέγιστοι συνέπεσον, οὓς ἅπαντας μὲν οὔθʼ εὑρεῖν οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν ἂν δυνηθείην,
Now as to the two wars, I have said enough earlier in this discourse. I shall now take up the third, which took place when the other Hellenic cities had just been founded and while our own city was still ruled by kings. In those days there occurred at the same time very many wars and very great perils. I could neither ascertain nor set forth the history of all of them,
§ 192
παραλιπὼν δὲ τὸν πλεῖστον ὄχλον τῶν ἐν ἐκείνῳ μὲν τῷ χρόνῳ πραχθέντων ῥηθῆναι δὲ νῦν οὐ κατεπειγόντων, ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι συντομώτατα πειράσομαι δηλῶσαι τούς τʼ ἐπιστρατεύσαντας τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰς μάχας τὰς ἀξίας μνημονευθῆναι καὶ ῥηθῆναι καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας αὐτῶν, ἔτι δὲ τὰς προφάσεις ἃς ἔλεγον, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν γενῶν τῶν συνακολουθησάντων αὐτοῖς· ἱκανὰ γὰρ ἔσται ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν πρὸς οἷς περὶ τῶν ἐναντίων εἰρήκαμεν.
and I shall pass over the great bulk of the things which were then done, but do not now press upon us to be told, and shall endeavor to inform you as briefly as I can of the enemies who attacked our city, of the battles which deserve to be recalled and recounted, of their leaders, and, furthermore, of the pretexts which they alleged, and of the strength of the peoples who joined in their campaigns. For these details will be enough to discuss in addition to what we have said about our adversaries.
§ 193
Θρᾷκες μὲν γὰρ μετʼ Εὐμόλπου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος εἰσέβαλον εἰς τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν, ὃς ἠμφισβήτησεν Ἐρεχθεῖ τῆς πόλεως, φάσκων Ποσειδῶ πρότερον Ἀθηνᾶς καταλαβεῖν αὐτήν· Σκύθαι δὲ μετʼ Ἀμαζόνων τῶν ἐξ Ἄρεως γενομένων, αἳ τὴν στρατείαν ἐφʼ Ἱππολύτην ἐποιήσαντο, τὴν τούς τε νόμους παραβᾶσαν τοὺς παρʼ αὐταῖς κειμένους, ἐρασθεῖσάν τε Θησέως καὶ συνακολουθήσασαν ἐκεῖθεν καὶ συνοικήσασαν αὐτῷ·
For our country was invaded by the Thracians, led by Eumolpus, son of Poseidon, who disputed the possession of Athens with Erechtheus, alleging, that Poseidon had appropriated the city before Athena; also by the Scythians, led by the Amazons, the offspring of Ares, who made the expedition to recover Hippolyte, since she had not only broken the laws which were established among them, but had become enamored of Theseus and followed him from her home to Athens and there lived with him as his consort;
§ 194
Πελοποννήσιοι δὲ μετʼ Εὐρυσθέως, ὃς Ἡρακλεῖ μὲν οὐκ ἔδωκε δίκην ὧν ἡμάρτανεν εἰς αὐτόν, στρατεύσας δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἡμετέρους προγόνους ὡς ἐκληψόμενος βίᾳ τοὺς ἐκείνου παῖδας, παρʼ ἡμῖν γὰρ ἦσαν καταπεφευγότες, ἔπαθεν ἃ προσῆκεν αὐτόν. τοσούτου γὰρ ἐδέησε κύριος γενέσθαι τῶν ἱκετῶν, ὥστε ἡττηθεὶς μάχῃ καὶ ζωγρηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων, αὐτὸς ἱκέτης γενόμενος τούτων οὓς ἐξαιτῶν ἦλθε, τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν.
again, by the Peloponnesians, led by Eurystheus, who not only refused to make amends to Heracles for his ill-treatment of him but brought an army against our ancestors with the object of seizing by force the sons of Heracles, who had taken refuge with us. However, he met with the fate which was his due. For so far did he fail of getting our suppliants into his power that, having been defeated in battle and taken captive by our people, he became the suppliant of those whom he had come to demand of us, and lost his own life.
§ 195
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον οἱ πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ Δαρείου τὴν Ἑλλάδα πορθήσοντες, ἀποβάντες εἰς Μαραθῶνα, πλείοσι κακοῖς καὶ μείζοσι συμφοραῖς περιπεσόντες ὧν ἤλπισαν τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ποιήσειν, ᾤχοντο φεύγοντες ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος.
Later than Eurystheus, the troops dispatched by Dareius to ravage Hellas landed at Marathon, fell upon more misfortunes and greater disasters than they had hoped to inflict upon our city, and fled in rout from all Hellas.
§ 196
τούτους δʼ ἅπαντας οὓς διῆλθον, οὐ μετʼ ἀλλήλων εἰσβαλόντας οὐδὲ κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους, ἀλλʼ ὡς οἵ τε καιροὶ καὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἑκάστοις καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι συνέπιπτε, μάχῃ νικήσαντες καὶ τῆς ὕβρεως παύσαντες, οὐκ ἐξέστησαν αὑτῶν τηλικαῦτα διαπραξάμενοι τὸ μέγεθος, οὐδʼ ἔπαθον ταὐτὸ τοῖς διὰ μὲν τὸ καλῶς καὶ φρονίμως βουλεύσασθαι καὶ πλούτους μεγάλους καὶ δόξας καλὰς κτησαμένοις, διὰ δὲ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τὰς τούτων ὑπερηφάνοις γενομένοις καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν διαφθαρεῖσι καὶ κατενεχθεῖσιν εἰς χείρω πράγματα καὶ ταπεινότερα τῶν πρότερον αὐτοῖς ὑπαρχόντων,
All these whom I have instanced, having invaded our country—not together nor at the same time, but as opportunity and self-interest and desire concurred in each case—our ancestors conquered in battle and put an end to their insolence. And yet they did not forsake their true selves after they had achieved successes of such magnitude nor did they experience the same misadventure as those who, owing to the exercise of good and wise judgement, have attained great wealth and good reputation, but who, owing to excess of good fortune, have grown overweening, lost their senses, and have been brought down to lower and meaner circumstances than those which they enjoyed before.
§ 197
ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα διαφυγόντες ἐνέμειναν τοῖς ἤθεσιν οἷς εἶχον διὰ τὸ πολιτεύεσθαι καλῶς, μεῖζον φρονοῦντες ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς ἕξει καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις ταῖς αὑτῶν ἢ ταῖς μάχαις ταῖς γεγενημέναις, καὶ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων θαυμαζόμενοι διὰ τὴν καρτερίαν ταύτην καὶ σωφροσύνην ἢ διὰ τὴν ἀνδρίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις αὐτοῖς παραγενομένην·
On the contrary, they escaped all such aberrations and remained steadfast in the character which they had because of the excellence of their government, taking more pride in their state of soul and in the quality of their minds than in the battles which had been fought, and being more admired by the rest of the world because of this self-control and moderation than because of the bravery displayed in their perils.
§ 198
ἑώρων γὰρ πάντες τὴν μὲν εὐψυχίαν τὴν πολεμικὴν πολλοὺς ἔχοντας καὶ τῶν ταῖς κακουργίαις ὑπερβαλλόντων, τῆς δὲ χρησίμης ἐπὶ πᾶσι καὶ πάντας δυναμένης ὠφελεῖν οὐ κοινωνοῦντας τοὺς πονηρούς, ἀλλὰ μόνοις ἐγγιγνομένην τοῖς καλῶς γεγονόσι καὶ τεθραμμένοις καὶ πεπαιδευμένοις, ἅπερ προσῆν τοῖς τότε τὴν πόλιν διοικοῦσι καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων αἰτίοις καταστᾶσιν.
For all men saw that the fighting spirit is possessed by many even of those who outdo others in villainy, while that spirit which is beneficent in all things and is helpful to all men is not shared by the depraved, but is engendered only in men who are of good birth and breeding and education—even such as were those who then governed our city and brought to pass all the good things which I have described.
§ 199
τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἄλλους ὁρῶ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἔργων καὶ μάλιστα μνημονευθησόμενα τοὺς λόγους καταλύοντας, ἐγὼ δὲ σωφρονεῖν μὲν νομίζω τοὺς ταῦτα γιγνώσκοντας καὶ πράττοντας, οὐ μὴν συμβαίνει μοι ταὐτὸ ποιεῖν ἐκείνοις, ἀλλʼ ἔτι λέγειν ἀναγκάζομαι. τὴν δʼ αἰτίαν διʼ ἥν, ὀλίγον ὕστερον ἐρῶ, μικρὰ πάνυ προδιαλεχθείς.
Now I observe that the other orators close their discourses with the greatest and most memorable deeds, but, while I commend the wisdom of those who hold and practise this principle, yet I am not in a position to do this same thing, but am compelled to go on with my discourse. The reason why, I shall explain presently, after first saying just a word.
§ 200
ἐπηνώρθουν μὲν γὰρ τὸν λόγον τὸν μέχρι τῶν ἀναγνωσθέντων γεγραμμένον μετὰ μειρακίων τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων τῶν εἰθισμένων μοι συνδιατρίβειν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ διεξιοῦσιν ἡμῖν ἐδόκει καλῶς ἔχειν καὶ προσδεῖσθαι τελευτῆς μόνον, ἔδοξέ μοι μεταπέμψασθαί τινα τῶν ἐμοὶ μὲν πεπλησιακότων, ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δὲ πεπολιτευμένον, προῃρημένον δὲ Λακεδαιμονίους ἐπαινεῖν, ἵνʼ εἴ τι παρέλαθεν ἡμᾶς ψεῦδος εἰρημένον, ἐκεῖνος κατιδὼν δηλώσειεν ἡμῖν.
After I had written out my discourse as far as what has been read, I was revising it with three or four youths who are wont to spend their time in my society. And when, on going over what I had written, it seemed to us to be good and to require only an ending, it occurred to me to send for one of those who had studied with me but had lived under an oligarchy and had elected to extol the Lacedaemonians. I did this in order that, if any false statement had escaped me, he might detect it and point it out to me.
§ 201
ἐλθὼν δʼ ὁ κληθεὶς καὶ διαναγνοὺς τὸν λόγον ʽτὰ γὰρ μεταξὺ τί δεῖ λέγοντα διατρίβειν;ʼ, ἐδυσχέρανε μὲν ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων, ἐπῄνεσε δʼ ὡς δυνατὸν μάλιστα, καὶ διελέχθη περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν μερῶν παραπλησίως οἷς ἡμεῖς ἐγιγνώσκομεν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ φανερὸς ἦν οὐχ ἡδέως ἔχων ἐπὶ τοῖς περὶ Λακεδαιμονίων εἰρημένοις.
He came, upon being summoned, and, having read through my discourse (for why take up time in relating what happened in the interval?) he took no offence at anything which I had written but, on the contrary, praised the speech in the highest possible terms and expressed views on each part of it which were very similar to those which I held. And yet it was manifest that he was not pleased with what I had said about the Lacedaemonians.
§ 202
ἐδήλωσε δὲ διὰ ταχέων· ἐτόλμησε γὰρ εἰπεῖν ὡς εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο πεποιήκασι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐκεῖνό γε δικαίως ἂν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντες χάριν ἔχοιεν, ὅτι τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὑρόντες αὐτοί τε χρῶνται καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις κατέδειξαν.
And he showed it forthwith; for he made bold to say that if the Spartans had done no other service to the Hellenes, at any rate, they deserved the gratitude of all men because they had discovered the best ways of life and not only followed these ways themselves but had taught them to the rest of the world.
§ 203
τοῦτο δὲ ῥηθὲν οὕτω βραχὺ καὶ μικρὸν αἴτιον ἐγένετο τοῦ μήτε καταλῦσαί με τὸν λόγον ἐφʼ ὧν ἐβουλήθην, ὑπολαβεῖν θʼ ὡς αἰσχρὸν ποιήσω καὶ δεινόν, εἰ παρὼν περιόψομαί τινα τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπλησιακότων πονηροῖς λόγοις χρώμενον. ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθεὶς ἠρόμην αὐτὸν εἰ μηδὲν φροντίζει τῶν παρόντων, μηδʼ αἰσχύνεται λόγον εἰρηκὼς ἀσεβῆ καὶ ψευδῆ καὶ πολλῶν ἐναντιώσεων μεστόν.
This assertion, so brief and so brusque, furnished the reason why I did not close my speech at the point where I was inclined to end it. I thought that it would be shameful and reprehensible on my part to permit one who had been my pupil to make in my presence a statement which was unsound. With this in mind, I asked him whether he had no regard for his present auditors and was not ashamed of having said things which were impious and false and full of many contradictions.
§ 204
“γνώσει δʼ ὡς ἔστι τοιοῦτος, ἢν ἐρωτήσῃς τινὰς τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ποῖα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων κάλλιστα νομίζουσιν εἶναι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ἐξ οὗ Σπαρτιᾶται τυγχάνουσιν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ κατοικοῦντες. οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὅστις οὐ τῶν μὲν ἐπιτηδευμάτων προκρινεῖ τὴν εὐσέβειαν τὴν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν τὴν περὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις, Σπαρτιάτας δʼ ἐνταῦθα κατοικεῖν οὐ πλείω φήσουσιν ἐτῶν ἑκτακοσίων.
“You will realize,” I said, “that your assertion is such as I have declared it to be if you will ask any intelligent men, first what they think are the best ways of life, and next how long a time has passed since the Lacedaemonians settled in the Peloponnesus. For there is no one who, among the ways of life, will not give preference to the practice of reverence in relation to the gods and of justice in relation to mankind and of wisdom in relation to all activities in general, and they will tell you that the Spartans have lived in the Peloponnesus not more than seven hundred years.
§ 205
τούτων δʼ οὕτως ἐχόντων, εἰ μὲν τυγχάνεις ἀληθῆ λέγων τούτους φάσκων εὑρετὰς γεγενῆσθαι τῶν καλλίστων ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τοὺς πολλαῖς γενεαῖς πρότερον γεγονότας, πρὶν Σπαρτιάτας ἐνταῦθα κατοικῆσαι, μὴ μετέχειν αὐτῶν, μήτε τοὺς ἐπὶ Τροίαν στρατευσαμένους μήτε τοὺς περὶ Ἡρακλέα καὶ Θησέα γεγονότας μήτε Μίνω τὸν Διὸς μήτε Ῥαδάμανθυν μήτʼ Αἰακὸν μήτε τῶν ἄλλων μηδένα τῶν ὑμνουμένων ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ταύταις, ἀλλὰ ψευδῆ τὴν δόξαν ταύτην ἅπαντας ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ σὺ μὲν φλυαρῶν τυγχάνεις,
These things being so, if you speak the truth when you assert that they were the discoverers of the best ways of life, then it must follow that those who lived many generations before the Spartans settled there had no part in them—neither those who made the expedition against Troy nor those who were of the generation of Heracles and Theseus or of Minos, son of Zeus, or Rhadamanthus or Aeacus or any of the others who are celebrated in song for the virtues which I have mentioned, but that all of them have in this respect a reputation which is false.
§ 206
προσήκει δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ θεῶν γεγονότας καὶ χρῆσθαι ταύταις μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων καὶ καταδεῖξαι τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ μαίνεσθαι δόξεις ἅπασι τοῖς ἀκούσασιν, οὕτως εἰκῇ καὶ παρανόμως οὓς ἂν τύχῃς ἐπαινῶν. ἔπειτʼ εἰ μὲν εὐλόγεις αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν ἀκηκοὼς τῶν ἐμῶν, ἐλήρεις μὲν ἄν, οὐ μὴν ἐναντία γε λέγων ἐφαίνου σαυτῷ·
But if, on the other hand, you are speaking nonsense, and if it is fitting that men who were descended from gods should have cultivated these virtues more than all others and transmitted them to their successors as well, then you cannot escape being thought mad by all who hear you for being so reckless and unjust and undiscriminating in your praise. Furthermore, if you were praising them without having heard any of my speech, you would no less be speaking drivel, but you would not be manifestly contradicting yourself.
§ 207
νῦν δʼ ἐπῃνεκότι σοι τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, τὸν ἐπιδεικνύντα πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ Δακεδαιμονίους περὶ τε τοὺς συγγενεῖς τοὺς αὑτῶν καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας διαπεπραγμένους, πῶς οἷόν τʼ ἦν ἔτι σοὶ λέγειν τοὺς ἐνόχους ὄντας τούτοις, ὡς τῶν καλλίστων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἡγεμόνες γεγόνασιν;
But now, since you have commended my discourse, which proves that the Lacedaemonians have committed many outrages both against their own kinsmen and the rest of the Hellenes, how could you then say that those who are open to these charges have been the leaders in the best ways of life
§ 208
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κἀκεῖνό σε λέληθεν, ὅτι τὰ παραλελειμμένα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων οὐχ οἱ τυχόντες εὑρίσκουσιν, ἀλλʼ οἱ τάς τε φύσεις διαφέροντες καὶ μαθεῖν πλεῖστα τῶν πρότερον εὑρημένων δυνηθέντες καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τῷ ζητεῖν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἐθελήσαντες.
“Moreover, this consideration also has escaped you, that the things which have been overlooked, whether in ways of living or in the arts or in all other activities, are not discovered by any and every one, but by men who have superior endowments and are both able to learn the most of what has been discovered before their time and willing more than all others to give their minds to the search for what is new.
§ 209
ὧν Λακεδαιμόνιοι πλέον ἀπέχουσι τῶν βαρβάρων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἂν φανεῖεν πολλῶν εὑρημάτων καὶ μαθηταὶ καὶ διδάσκαλοι γεγονότες, οὗτοι δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπολελειμμένοι τῆς κοινῆς παιδείας καὶ φιλοσοφίας εἰσὶν ὥστʼ οὐδὲ γράμματα μανθάνουσιν, ἃ τηλικαύτην ἔχει δύναμιν ὥστε τοὺς ἐπισταμένους καὶ χρωμένους αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον ἐμπείρους γίγνεσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς αὑτῶν πραχθέντων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων.
But in these respects the Lacedaemonians are more backward than the barbarians. For you will find that the latter have been both pupils and teachers of many discoveries, while the Lacedaemonians have fallen so far behind our common culture and learning that they do not even try to instruct themselves in letters—a science which has so much power that those who understand and use it become apprized not only of the things which have been accomplished in their own time but also of the things which have come to pass in any age whatsoever.
§ 210
ἀλλʼ ὅμως σὺ καὶ τοὺς τῶν τοιούτων ἀμαθεῖς ὄντας ἐτόλμησας εἰπεῖν ὡς εὑρεταὶ τῶν καλλίστων ἐπιτηδευμάτων γεγόνασι, καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰδὼς ὅτι τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἐθίζουσι περὶ τοιαύτας πραγματείας διατρίβειν, ἐξ ὧν ἐλπίζουσιν αὐτοὺς οὐκ εὐεργέτας γενήσεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλὰ κακῶς ποιεῖν μάλιστα δυνήσεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
Nevertheless, you have made bold to assert even of those who are ignorant of such matters that they have been the discoverers of the best ways of life, and that too when you know that they train their own boys in habits and practices by which they hope that, so far from becoming the benefactors of others, they will become most adept in doing injury to the Hellenes.
§ 211
ἃς πάσας μὲν διεξιὼν πολὺν ὄχλον ἐμαυτῷ τʼ ἂν παράσχοιμι καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, μίαν δὲ μόνον εἰπών, ἣν ἀγαπῶσι καὶ περὶ ἣν μάλιστα σπουδάζουσιν, οἶμαι δηλώσειν ἅπαντα τὸν τρόπον αὐτῶν. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν εὐθὺς ἐξ εὐνῆς ἐκπέμπουσι τοὺς παῖδας, μεθʼ ὧν ἂν ἕκαστοι βουληθῶσι, λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ θήραν, ἔργῳ δʼ ἐπὶ κλωπείαν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς κατοικούντων·
“Were I to go through all of these practices, I should greatly fatigue both myself and my hearers, but if I mention only a single one—one which they cherish most and by which they set most store—I think that I can put before you their whole manner of life. For every day they send out their boys, from the very cradle, as it were, with such companions as each may prefer, ostensibly to hunt, but in reality to steal the property of the people who live in the country.
§ 212
ἐν ᾗ συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν ληφθέντας ἀργύριον ἀποτίνειν καὶ πληγὰς λαμβάνειν, τοὺς δὲ πλεῖστα κακουργήσαντας καὶ λαθεῖν δυνηθέντας ἔν τε τοῖς παισὶν εὐδοκιμεῖν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπειδὰν δʼ εἰς ἄνδρας συντελῶσιν, ἢν ἐμμείνωσι τοῖς ἤθεσιν οἷς παῖδες ὄντες ἐμελέτησαν, ἐγγὺς εἶναι τῶν μεγίστων ἀρχῶν.
In this practice, those who are caught are punished with fines and blows, while those who have accomplished the greatest number of thefts and have been able to escape detection enjoy a higher esteem among their fellow-youths than the others, and when they attain to manhood, provided they remain true to the ways which they practised in youth, they are in line for the most important offices.
§ 213
καὶ ταύτης ἤν τις ἐπιδείξῃ παιδείαν μᾶλλον ἀγαπωμένην ἢ σπουδαιοτέραν παρʼ αὐτοῖς εἶναι νομιζομένην, ὁμολογῶ μηδὲν ἀληθὲς εἰρηκέναι μηδὲ περὶ ἑνὸς πώποτε πράγματος. καίτοι τί τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων καλόν ἐστιν ἢ σεμνόν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ αἰσχύνης ἄξιον; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἀνοήτους χρὴ νομίζειν τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας τοὺς τοσοῦτον τῶν νόμων τῶν κοινῶν ἐξεστηκότας καὶ μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν μήτε τοῖς Ἕλλησι μήτε τοῖς βαρβάροις γιγνώσκοντας;
“If anyone can point out an education which is more cherished by them or by which they set greater store than this, I am willing to grant that there is not a word of truth in what I have said about anything whatsoever. And yet what is there in such conduct that is good or admirable and not, on the contrary, shameful? How can we fail to condemn the folly of those who extol men who have so far departed from our common laws and are in no respect of the same way of thinking as either the Hellenes or the barbarians?
§ 214
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι τοὺς κακουργοῦντας καὶ κλέπτοντας πονηροτέρους τῶν οἰκετῶν νομίζουσιν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων πρωτεύοντας βελτίστους εἶναι τῶν παίδων ὑπολαμβάνουσι καὶ μάλιστα τιμῶσιν. καίτοι τίς ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων οὐκ ἂν τρὶς ἀποθανεῖν ἕλοιτο μᾶλλον, ἢ διὰ τοιούτων ἐπιτηδευμάτων γνωσθῆναι τὴν ἄσκησιν τῆς ἀρετῆς ποιούμενος;”
For the rest of the world looks upon malefactors and thieves as more depraved than slaves, whereas the Lacedaemonians regard those who stand first in such crimes as the best among their youths and honor them the most. And yet who that is in his right mind would not prefer to die many times rather than be known as seeking through such practices to school himself in virtue?”
§ 215
ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας θρασέως μὲν οὐδὲ πρὸς ἓν ἀντεῖπε τῶν εἰρημένων, οὐδʼ αὖ παντάπασιν ἀπεσιώπησεν, ἀλλʼ ἔλεγεν ὅτι “οὐ μὲν πεποίησαι τοὺς λόγουσ” ἐμὲ λέγων “ὡς ἅπαντʼ ἀποδεχομένου μου τἀκεῖ καὶ καλῶς ἔχειν νομίζοντος· ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖς περὶ μὲν τῆς τῶν παίδων αὐτονομίας καὶ περὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν εἰκότως ἐπιτιμᾶν ἐκείνοις,
When he heard this, he did not answer arrogantly any of the things which I had said, neither, on the other hand, was he altogether silent, but remarked as follows: “You”—meaning myself—“have spoken as if I applauded all of the ways of Sparta and considered them good. But in fact I think that you are right in condemning the Spartans for the licence practised by their youth and for many other things as well, but wrong in attacking me.
§ 216
ἐμοῦ δʼ οὐ δικαίως κατηγορεῖν. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐλυπήθην μὲν τὸν λόγον ἀναγιγνώσκων ἐπὶ τοῖς περὶ Λακεδαιμονίων εἰρημένοις, οὐ μὴν οὕτως ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν δύνασθαι τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, εἰθισμένος τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἐπαινεῖν. εἰς τοιαύτην δʼ ἀπορίαν καταστὰς εἶπον ὅπερ ἦν λοιπόν, ὡς εἰ καὶ μηδὲν διʼ ἄλλο, διά γʼ ἐκεῖνο δικαίως ἂν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντες χάριν ἔχοιμεν, ὅτι τοῖς καλλίστοις τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων χρώμενοι τυγχάνουσιν.
For I was troubled on reading your speech by what you had said about the Lacedaemonians, but much more by my own inability to utter a single word in their defence against what you had written, accustomed as I had been at all other times to commend you. And when I found myself in this perplexity, I said the only thing I could, namely, that for this reason at least, if for no other, they deserved the gratitude of all of us, because they followed the best ways of life.
§ 217
ταῦτα δʼ εἶπον οὐ πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν οὐδὲ πρὸς τὴν δικαιοσύνην οὐδὲ πρὸς τὴν φρόνησιν ἀποβλέψας, ἃ σὺ διῆθες, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ γυμνάσια τἀκεῖ καθεστηκότα καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄσκησιν τῆς ἀνδρίας καὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ συνόλως τὴν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμέλειαν, ἅπερ ἅπαντες ἂν ἐπαινοῖεν, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἐκείνους χρῆσθαι φήσειαν.”
However, I said this, not with any thought of reverence or justice or wisdom—the virtues which you mentioned—but having in mind the athletic practices which have been instituted among them, their training in courage, their spirit of concord, and, in a word, their discipline for war. These all men will commend, and will concede that the Spartans practise them most of all.”
§ 218
ταῦτα δʼ αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντος ἀπεδεξάμην μέν, οὐχ ὡς διαλυόμενόν τι τῶν κατηγορημένων, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀποκρυπτόμενον τὸ πικρότατον τῶν τότε ῥηθέντων οὐκ ἀπαιδεύτως ἀλλὰ νοῦν ἐχόντως, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπολελογημένον σωφρονέστερον ἢ τότε παρρησιασάμενον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνʼ ἐάσας περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ἔφασκον κατηγορίαν ἔχειν πολὺ δεινοτέραν ἢ περὶ τῆς τῶν παίδων κλωπείας.
When he had said this, I accepted his explanation, feeling that it did not break down any of the criticisms which I had made but that it covered up, not without tact, nay, with good taste, the crudeness of his previous utterance, and that his defence on the other points showed greater moderation than his former brusque assertion. Nevertheless, though I dismissed that matter, I stated that with reference to these very claims which he made for the Spartans I had an attack which was much more damaging than what I had said on the subject of stealing among their youths.
§ 219
“ἐκείνοις μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐλυμαίνοντο τοὺς αὑτῶν παῖδας, οἷς δʼ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον σὺ διῆλθες, τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀπώλλυσαν. ῥᾴδιον δʼ, ὡς οὕτως εἶχε ταῦτα, συνιδεῖν. οἶμαι γὰρ ἅπαντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι κακίστους ἄνδρας εἶναι καὶ μεγίστης ζημίας ἀξίους, ὅσοι τοῖς πράγμασι τοῖς εὑρημένοις ἐπʼ ὠφελίᾳ, τούτοις ἐπὶ βλάβῃ χρώμενοι τυγχάνουσι,
“For by that practice,” I said, “they ruined their own youths, and by these which you have just mentioned, they seek to destroy the Hellenes. And it is easy to see at a glance that this is so for I think that all men will agree that those men are the basest and deserve the severest punishment who take the discoveries which have been made for our benefit and use them for the injury,
§ 220
μὴ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους μηδὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας μηδὲ πρὸς τοὺς εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν εἰσβάλλοντας, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς συγγενείας μετέχοντας· ἅπερ ἐποίουν Ξπαρτιᾶται. καίτοι πῶς ὅσιόν ἐστι φάσκειν καλῶς χρῆσθαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, οἵτινες οὓς προσῆκε σώζειν, τούτους ἀπολλύοντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσαν;
not of the barbarians nor of those who wrong them nor of those who invade their territory, but of those who are their nearest kin and share the same blood with them. And this is what the Spartans have done. And yet with what conscience can we say that they make good use of their warlike practices who have at all times without ceasing sought to destroy those whom it behoved them to save?
§ 221
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ σὺ μόνος ἀγνοεῖς τοὺς καλῶς χρωμένους τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων. ἐπειδὰν γάρ τινας ἴδωσιν ἢ πύθωνται παρά τινων ἐπιμελῶς διατρίβοντας περὶ τὰ δοκοῦντʼ εἶναι καλὰ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ πολλοὺς λόγους ποιοῦνται περὶ αὐτῶν, οὐκ εἰδότες τὸ συμβησόμενον.
“In truth, however, it is not you alone who fail to distinguish those who make good use of things, but, I might almost say, the great majority of the Hellenes. For whenever they see or hear from others that any people devote themselves zealously to what appear to be good practices, they extol them and make many speeches about them, without knowing what will be the effects of this devotion.
§ 222
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς ὀρθῶς δοκιμάζειν βουλομένους περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ μηδεμίαν δόξαν ἔχειν περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐπειδὰν δʼ εἰς τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον ἔλθωσιν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ λέγοντας καὶ πράττοντας αὐτοὺς ὄψονται καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν, τότε θεωρεῖν ἀκριβῶς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν,
However, those who desire to form a correct judgement about such people should remain silent and have no opinion about them in the beginning, but when the time comes when they can observe them both speaking and taking action regarding both private and public affairs,
§ 223
καὶ τοὺς μὲν νομίμως καὶ καλῶς χρωμένους οἷς ἐμελέτησαν ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τιμᾶν, τοὺς δὲ πλημμελοῦντας καὶ κακουργοῦντας ψέγειν καὶ μισεῖν καὶ φυλάττεσθαι τὸν τρόπον αὐτῶν, ἐνθυμουμένους ὡς οὐχ αἱ φύσεις αἱ τῶν πραγμάτων οὔτʼ ὠφελοῦσιν οὔτε βλάπτουσιν ἡμᾶς, ἀλλʼ ὡς αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων χρήσεις καὶ πράξεις ἁπάντων ἡμῖν αἴτιαι τῶν συμβαινόντων εἰσίν.
then they should take accurate note of what they do in each case; and when men make good use of the things which they have practised, they should praise and honor them, but when they go wrong and do evil they should censure and abhor them and guard themselves against their ways, bearing in mind that things do not of their own nature either help or harm us, but that the manner in which they are used and employed by men is the cause of all the things which befall us. One may grasp the truth of this from the following consideration:
§ 224
γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις ἐκεῖθεν· τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ πανταχῇ καὶ μηδαμῇ διαφέροντα τοῖς μὲν ὠφέλιμα τοῖς δὲ βλαβερὰ γίγνεται. καίτοι τὴν μὲν φύσιν ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων τὴν ἐναντίαν αὐτὴν αὑτῇ καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν οὐκ εὔκολόν ἐστιν· τὸ δὲ μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν συμβαίνειν τοῖς ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως πράττουσι καὶ τοῖς ἀσελγῶς τε καὶ κακῶς, τίνι τῶν ὀρθῶς λογιζομένων οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι δόξειεν;
things which are in themselves always the same and never different are to some helpful and to others harmful. And yet it is not conceivable that each thing should have a nature which itself is contrary to itself and not the same. But, on the other hand, who that can reason correctly will not look upon it as natural that the consequences should be by no means the same in the case of those who act rightly and justly and in the case of those who act willfully and wickedly?
§ 225
ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς οὗτος λόγος καὶ περὶ τὰς ὁμονοίας ἂν ἁρμόσειεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖναι τὴν φύσιν εἰσὶν οὐκ ἀνόμοιαι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν αὐτῶν εὕροιμεν ἂν πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίας γιγνομένας, τὰς δὲ τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν καὶ συμφορῶν. ὧν μίαν εἶναί φημι καὶ τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν· εἰρήσεται γὰρ τἀληθές, εἰ καί τισι δόξω λίαν παράδοξα λέγειν.
“This same argument applies also to the matter of concord; for this is not different in its nature from the things which I have discussed; on the contrary, we shall find that it is in some instances the cause of very many blessings, but in others of the greatest evils and misfortunes. And I contend that the concord of the Spartans is of the latter sort. For I shall speak the truth even at the risk of appearing to some to say what is quite contrary to the general opinion.
§ 226
οὗτοι γὰρ τῷ ταὐτὰ γιγνώσκειν περὶ τῶν ἔξω πραγμάτων ἀλλήλοις στασιάζειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὥσπερ τέχνην ἔχοντες, ἐποίουν, καὶ τὸ χαλεπώτατον ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι τῶν κακῶν γιγνόμενον, τοῦθʼ αὑτοῖς ἁπάντων συμφορώτατον ἐνόμιζον εἶναι· τὰς γὰρ οὕτω διακειμένας ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως ἠβούλοντο, διοικεῖν. ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν αὐτοὺς διά γε τὴν ὁμόνοιαν δικαίως ἐπαινέσειεν, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς καταποντιστὰς καὶ λῃστὰς καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀδικίας ὄντας· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ὁμονοοῦντες τοὺς ἄλλους ἀπολλύουσιν.
For by being of one mind amongst themselves regarding the outside world they have always striven to set the Hellenes at variance with each other, reducing this practice, as it were, to a fine art and they have always looked upon the cruellest of evils which befell the other states as of all things in the world the greatest of boons to themselves; for when the states were in such stress, they found it possible to manage them as they pleased. So that no one could justly praise them because of their concord, any more than one could praise pirates or brigands or men given to other forms of injustice. For such men also enjoy concord among themselves and thereby seek to destroy all others.
§ 227
εἰ δέ τισι δοκῶ τὴν παραβολὴν ἀπρεπῆ πεποιῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων δόξαν, ταύτην μὲν ἐῶ, λέγω δὲ Τριβαλλούς, οὓς ἅπαντές φασιν ὁμονοεῖν μὲν ὡς οὐδένας ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, ἀπολλύναι δʼ οὐ μόνον τοὺς ὁμόρους καὶ τοὺς πλησίον οἰκοῦντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὅσων ἂν ἐφικέσθαι δυνηθῶσιν.
But if I appear to some to use a comparison which is not in keeping with the reputation of the Spartans, I discard this and instance the Triballians, who, according to what all men say, are of one mind as are no other people on earth, but are bent on destroying not only those who border upon their territory and those who live in their neighborhood but also all others whom they are able to reach.
§ 228
οὓς οὐ χρὴ μιμεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἀντιποιουμένους, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον τὴν τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν δύναμιν. αὗται μὲν γὰρ οὐ τὰς σφετέρας αὐτῶν φύσεις εὐεργετοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἂν παραγενόμεναι παραμείνωσιν, εὐδαίμονας καὶ μακαρίους ποιοῦσιν· Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ τοὐναντίον, οἷς μὲν ἂν πλησιάσωσιν, ἀπολλύουσι, τὰ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθὰ πάντα περὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ποιοῦνται.”
But men who pretend to excellence must not imitate their example but much rather the power of wisdom and of justice and of the other virtues. For these do not work for the benefit of their own natures, but whomsoever they visit and abide with—these they bless with prosperity and happiness. But the Lacedaemonians do the very opposite: whomsoever they approach they seek to destroy and they are ever striving to appropriate all the good things which belong to the world at large.”
§ 229
ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν κατέσχον πρὸς ὃν τοὺς λόγους ἐποιούμην, ἄνδρα δεινὸν καὶ πολλῶν ἔμπειρον καὶ περὶ τὸ λέγειν γεγυμνασμένον οὐδενὸς ἧττον τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπλησιακότων. οὐ μὴν τὰ μειράκια τὰ πᾶσι παραγεγενημένα τούτοις τὴν αὐτὴν ἐμοὶ γνώμην ἔσχεν, ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ μὲν ἐπῄνεσαν ὡς διειλεγμένον τε νεαρωτέρως ἢ προσεδόκησαν ἠγωνισμένον τε καλῶς, ἐκείνου δὲ κατεφρόνησαν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς γιγνώσκοντες,
Having said these things, I silenced the man to whom I had addressed my remarks, albeit he was able and experienced in many things and had been trained in speaking no less than any of those who had been under my instruction. However, the youths who had been present at all this discussion did not form the same judgement as myself, but, while they applauded me both for having spoken more vigorously than they anticipated and for having debated well, they disparaged my opponent, although in fact they judged neither of us correctly
§ 230
ἀλλὰ διημαρτηκότες ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀπῄει φρονιμώτερος γεγενημένος καὶ συνεσταλμένην ἔχων τὴν διάνοιαν, ὥσπερ χρὴ τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας, καὶ πεπονθὼς τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν Δελφοῖς, αὑτόν τʼ ἐγνωκὼς καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων φύσιν μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον· ἐγὼ δʼ ὑπελειπόμην ἐπιτυχῶς μὲν ἴσως διειλεγμένος, ἀνοητότερος δὲ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο γεγενημένος, καὶ φρονῶν μεῖζον ἢ προσῆκε τοὺς τηλικούτους, καὶ ταραχῆς μειρακιώδους μεστὸς ὤν.
but missed the truth as to us both. For he went his way, having grown wiser and feeling chastened in spirit, as is becoming to men of intelligence he had experienced the force of the inscription at Delphi and come to know both himself and the nature of the Lacedaemonians better than before. I, on the other hand, remained, having perhaps debated effectively, but having because of this very fact shown less understanding, cherishing a greater pride than befits men of my age, and given over to youthful confusion.
§ 231
δῆλος δʼ ἦν οὕτω διακείμενος· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡσυχίας ἐπελαβόμην, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαυσάμην πρὶν ὑπέβαλον τῷ παιδὶ τὸν λόγον, ὃν ὀλίγῳ μὲν πρότερον μεθʼ ἡδονῆς διῆλθον, μικρῷ δʼ ὕστερον ἤμελλέ με λυπήσειν. τριῶν γὰρ ἢ τεττάρων ἡμερῶν διαλειφθεισῶν ἀναγιγνώσκων αὐτὰ καὶ διεξιών, ἐπὶ μὲν οἷς περὶ τῆς πόλεως ἦν εἰρηκώς, οὐκ ἠχθόμην, καλῶς γὰρ καὶ δικαίως ἦν ἅπαντα περὶ αὐτῆς γεγραφώς,
Manifestly I was in such a state of mind; for when I seized a moment of quiet, I did not cease until I had dictated to my boy the speech which a short time before I had delivered with pleasure but which a little later was to cause me distress. For when, after three or four days had elapsed, I was reading and going over it, I found that, while I was not troubled about the things which I had said about Athens (for in everything which had reference to her I had written well and justly),
§ 232
ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς περὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐλυπήθην καὶ βαρέως ἔφερον· οὐ γὰρ μετρίως ἐδόκουν μοι διειλέχθαι περὶ αὐτῶν οὐδʼ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλʼ ὀλιγώρως καὶ λίαν πικρῶς καὶ παντάπασιν ἀνοήτως· ὥστε πολλάκις ὁρμήσας ἐξαλείφειν αὐτὸν ἢ κατακάειν μετεγίγνωσκον, ἐλεῶν τὸ γῆρας τοὐμαυτοῦ καὶ τὸν πόνον τὸν περὶ τὸν λόγον γεγενημένον.
yet I was distressed and uncomfortable about what I had said with reference to the Lacedaemonians. For it seemed to me that I had not spoken of them with moderation nor in the same manner as the rest of the world but with contempt and with extreme bitterness and altogether without understanding. The result was that I was often on the point of blotting out or burning what I had written and as often changed my mind when I thought with pity of my old age and of the labour which had been spent upon my discourse.
§ 233
ἐν τοιαύτῃ δὲ μοι ταραχῇ καθεστηκότι καὶ μεταβολὰς ποιουμένῳ πολλὰς ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι παρακαλέσαντι τῶν πεπλησιακότων τοὺς ἐπιδημοῦντας βουλεύσασθαι μετʼ αὐτῶν, πότεροι ἀφανιστέος παντάπασίν ἐστιν ἢ διαδοτέος τοῖς βουλομένοις λαμβάνειν, ὁπότερα δʼ ἂν ἐκείνοις δόξῃ, ταῦτα ποιεῖν. τούτων γνωσθέντων οὐδεμίαν διατριβὴν ἐποιησάμην, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς παρεκέκληντο μὲν οὓς εἶπον, προειρηκὼς δʼ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐφʼ ἃ συνεληλυθότες ἦσαν, ἀνέγνωστο δʼ ὁ λόγος, ἐπῃνημένος δʼ ἦν καὶ τεθορυβημένος καὶ τετυχηκὼς ὧνπερ οἱ κατορθοῦντες ἐν ταῖς ἐπιδείξεσιν.
Since I was in this state of confusion, shifting frequently from one impulse to the other, I decided that the best thing for me to do was to call in those of my former disciples who lived in the city and take counsel with them as to whether my discourse was to be entirely destroyed or to be distributed among those who desired to have it, and to follow their judgement whatever it might be. Having so resolved, I lost no time; they whom I have mentioned were summoned at once; I announced to them beforehand the object of their coming together the speech was read aloud, was praised and applauded and accorded even such a reception as is given to successful declamations.
§ 234
ἁπάντων δὲ τούτων ἐπιτετελεσμένων οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι διελέγοντο πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, δῆλον ὅτι περὶ τῶν ἀναγνωσθέντων· ὃν δʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μετεπεμψάμεθα σύμβουλον, τὸν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐπαινέτην, πρὸς ὃν πλείω διελέχθην τοῦ δέοντος, σιωπὴν ποιησάμενος καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ βλέψας ἀπορεῖν ἔφασκεν ὅ τι χρήσηται τοῖς παροῦσιν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀπιστεῖν βούλεσθαι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις, οὔτε πιστεύειν δύνασθαι παντάπασιν αὐτοῖς.
But when all this demonstration had come to an end, the others present began to talk among themselves, presumably about the discourse which had been read. But the man whom I had sent for at first to obtain his advice (the panegyrist of the Lacedaemonians, to whom I had spoken at greater length than I should), having remained silent in the meantime, turned to me and said that he was in doubt what to do in the present situation, for he desired neither to discredit the words which I had spoken nor was he able to credit them entirely.
§ 235
“θαυμάζω γὰρ εἴθʼ οὕτως ἐλυπήθης καὶ βαρέως ἔσχες, ὥσπερ φῄς, ἐπὶ τοῖς περὶ Λακεδαιμονίων εἰρημένοις, οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁρῶ τοιοῦτον γεγραμμένον, εἴτε συμβούλοις περὶ τοῦ λόγου χρήσασθαι βουλόμενος ἡμᾶς συνήγαγες, οὓς οἶσθʼ ἀκριβῶς ἅπαν ὅ τι ἂν σὺ λέγῃς ἢ πράττῃς ἐπαινοῦντας. εἰθισμένοι δʼ εἰσὶν οἱ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἀνακοινοῦσθαι, περὶ ὧν ἂν σπουδάζωσι, μάλιστα μὲν τοῖς ἄμεινον αὑτῶν φρονοῦσιν, εἰ δὲ μή, τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀποφαίνεσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην· ὧν τἀναντία σὺ πεποίηκας.
“For I wonder,” he continued, “whether you were as distressed and uncomfortable about the things which you had said concerning the Lacedaemonians as you allege—for I see nothing in what you have written to indicate such a feeling—and whether you really brought us together because you desired to get our advice about your discourse, since you knew well enough that we always commend whatever you say or do. Men of intelligence are accustomed to take common counsel with others regarding matters about which they are concerned, preferably with those who are wiser than themselves, but, at any rate, with those who will express their own judgement. But you have done the very opposite.
§ 236
τούτων μὲν οὖν οὐδέτερον ἀποδέχομαι τῶν λόγων, δοκεῖς δέ μοι ποιήσασθαι τήν τε παράκλησιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον τὸν τῆς πόλεως οὐχ ἁπλῶς, οὐδʼ ὡς διείλεξαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἀλλʼ ἡμῶν μὲν πεῖραν λαβεῖν βουλόμενος, εἰ φιλοσοφοῦμεν καὶ μεμνήμεθα τῶν ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς λεγομένων καὶ συνιδεῖν δυνηθεῖμεν ἂν ὃν τρόπον ὁ λόγος τυγχάνει γεγραμμένος,
Therefore I accept neither of these explanations but am rather of the opinion that you summoned us here and pronounced your encomium on Athens, not ingenuously nor for the reason you stated to us, but because you wanted to test us to see if we were true to the cultivated life, if we remembered what had been said to us under your tutelage, and if we could grasp at once the manner in which your speech was written—
§ 237
τὴν δὲ πόλιν ἐπαινεῖν προελέσθαι τὴν σαυτοῦ σωφρονῶν, ἵνα τῷ τε πλήθει τῷ τῶν πολιτῶν χαρίσῃ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς εὖνοι· κῶς πρὸς ὑμᾶς διακειμένοις εὐδοκιμήσῃς. ταῦτα δὲ γνοὺς ὑπέλαβες ὡς εἰ μὲν περὶ μόνης αὐτῆς ποιήσει τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰ μυθώδη περὶ αὐτῆς ἐρεῖς ἃ πάντες θρυλοῦσιν, ὅμοια φανεῖται τὰ λεγόμενα τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων γεγραμμένοις, ἐφʼ ᾧ σὺ μάλιστʼ ἂν αἰσχυνθείης καὶ λυπηθείης·
that you chose, and chose wisely, to eulogize your own city in order that you might gratify the multitude of your fellow-citizens and that you might win the acclaim of those who are friendly disposed towards you. But having so decided, you conceived that if you confined your discourse to Athens alone and repeated the fables about her which fall easily from the lips of everyone, your speech would appear no different from those which had been composed by the other orators (which would cause you extreme humiliation and distress),
§ 238
ἐὰν δʼ ἐάσας ἐκεῖνα λέγῃς τὰς πράξεις τὰς ὁμολογουμένας καὶ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίας τοῖς Ἕλλησι γεγενημένας, καὶ παραβάλλῃς αὐτὰς πρὸς τὰς Λακεδαιμονίων, καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν προγόνων ἐπαινῇς, τῶν δʼ ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων κατηγορῇς, ὅ τε λόγος ἐναργέστερος εἶναι δόξει τοῖς ἀκούουσι καὶ σὺ μενεῖς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ὃ μᾶλλον ἄν τινες θαυμάσειαν τῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις γεγραμμένων.
whereas if you discarded these fables and dealt with her acknowledged achievements, which have brought many blessings to the Hellenes, and compared these with the deeds of the Lacedaemonians, praising the achievements of your ancestors and censuring the things which have been done by the Lacedaemonians, not only would your discourse make a more striking impression upon your hearers but you yourself would lose no ground, and many would admire such a treatment of the theme more than what had been written by the other orators.
§ 239
ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν οὖν οὕτω μοι φαίνει τάξαι καὶ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, εἰδὼς δὲ σαυτὸν ἐπῃνεκότα τὴν Σπαρτιατῶν διοίκησιν ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, φοβεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀκηκοότας, μὴ δόξῃς ὅμοιος εἶναι τοῖς λέγουσιν ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσι καὶ τούτους νῦν ψέγειν οὓς πρότερον ἐπῄνεις μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων· ταῦτʼ ἐνθυμηθεὶς σκοπεῖσθαι ποίους τινὰς ἂν ἑκατέρους εἶναι φήσας ἀληθῆ τε λέγειν δόξειας περὶ ἀμφοτέρων, ἔχοις τʼ ἂν τοὺς μὲν προγόνους ἐπαινεῖν, οὕσπερ βούλει, Σπαρτιατῶν δὲ δοκεῖν μὲν κατηγορεῖν τοῖς ἀηδῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς διακειμένοις, μηδὲν δὲ ποιεῖν τοιοῦτον ἀλλὰ λανθάνειν ἐπαινῶν αὐτούς·
“At the first, then, so it appears to me, this was the manner in which you reviewed and thought upon your problem. But since you knew that you had praised the government of the Spartans more than any other man, you feared lest you might impress those who had heard this praise as no different from the orators who speak without conviction or principle, if, that is to say, you censured on the present occasion those whom you formerly were wont to praise above all others. Pondering this difficulty, you proceeded to study in what light you could represent each of these two cities in order that you might seem to speak the truth about them both and that you might be able to praise your ancestors, just as you purposed to do, and at the same time to appear to be censuring the Spartans in the eyes of those who have no liking for them, while in reality doing nothing of the sort but covertly praising them instead.
§ 240
ζητῶν δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ῥᾳδίως εὑρεῖν λόγους ἀμφιβόλους καὶ μηδὲν μᾶλλον μετὰ τῶν ἐπαινούντων ἢ τῶν ψεγόντων ὄντας, ἀλλʼ ἐπαμφοτερίζειν δυναμένους καὶ πολλὰς ἀμφισβητήσεις ἔχοντας, οἷς χρῆσθαι περὶ μὲν συμβολαίων καὶ περὶ πλεονεξίας ἀγωνιζόμενον αἰσχρὸν καὶ πονηρίας οὐ μικρὸν σημεῖον, περὶ δὲ φύσεως ἀνθρώπων διαλεγόμενον καὶ πραγμάτων καλὸν καὶ φιλόσοφον.
Seeking such an effect, you found without difficulty arguments of double meaning, which lend themselves no more to the purpose of those who praise than of those who blame, but are capable of being turned both ways and leave room for much disputation—arguments the employment of which, when one contends in court over contracts for his own advantage, is shameful and no slight token of depravity but, when one discourses on the nature of man and of things, is honorable and bespeaks a cultivated mind.
§ 241
οἷός περ ὁ λόγος ὁ διαναγνωσθείς ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ πεποίηκας τοὺς μὲν σοὺς προγόνους εἰρηνικοὺς καὶ φιλέλληνας καὶ τῆς ἰσότητος τῆς ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις ἡγεμόνας, Σπαρτιάτας δʼ ὑπεροπτικοὺς καὶ πολεμικοὺς καὶ πλεονέκτας, οἵους περ αὐτοὺς εἶναι πάντες ὑπειλήφασιν. τοιαύτην δʼ ἑκατέρων ἐχόντων τὴν φύσιν, τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινεῖσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν εὔνους εἶναι τῷ πλήθει, τοῖς δὲ τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς φθονεῖν καὶ δυσμενῶς ἔχειν,
Even such is the discourse which has been read, in which you have represented your ancestors as devoted to peace and lovers of the Hellenes and champions of equality in the government of states, but have painted the Spartans as arrogant and warlike and self-seeking, as indeed they have been conceived by all men to be. “Such being the nature of each of these two cities, the Athenians are extolled by all men and are credited with being friendly to the masses, while the Spartans are envied and disliked by the majority of men.
§ 242
ἔστι δʼ οὓς καὶ ἐπαινεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ θαυμάζειν, καὶ τολμᾶν λέγειν ὡς ἀγαθὰ μείζω τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες τῶν τοῖς προγόνοις τοῖς σοῖς προσόντων· τήν τε γὰρ ὑπεροψίαν σεμνότητος μετέχειν, εὐδοκίμου πράγματος, καὶ δοκεῖν ἅπασι μεγαλοφρονεστέρους εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους ἢ τοὺς τῆς ἰσότητος προεστῶτας, τούς τε πολεμικοὺς πολὺ διαφέρειν τῶν εἰρηνικῶν· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ οὔτε κτητικοὺς εἶναι τῶν οὐκ ὄντων οὔτε φύλακας δεινοὺς τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, τοὺς δʼ ἀμφότερα δύνασθαι, καὶ λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν ἐπιθυμῶσι καὶ σώζειν ἅπερ ἂν ἅπαξ κατάσχωσιν· ἃ ποιοῦσιν οἱ τέλειοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι τῶν ἀνδρῶν.
There are, however, those who praise them and admire them and make bold to say that they have greater advantages than were possessed by your ancestors. For arrogance partakes of dignity—a quality held in high esteem—and men of that character are regarded as more high-minded than those who champion equality, just as those who are warlike are regarded as superior to those who are peaceable. For the latter are neither seekers after what they do not have nor staunch guardians of what they possess, while the former are effective in both respects—both in seizing whatever they covet and in keeping whatever they have once made their own.
§ 243
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ περὶ τῆς πλεονεξίας καλλίους ἔχειν οἴονται λόγους τῶν εἰρημένων· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀποστεροῦντας τὰ συμβόλαια καὶ τοὺς παρακρουομένους καὶ παραλογιζομένους οὐχ ἡγοῦνται δικαίως καλεῖσθαι πλεονεκτικούς, διὰ γὰρ τὸ πονηρὰν ἔχειν τὴν δόξαν ἐν ἅπασιν αὐτοὺς ἐλαττοῦσθαι τοῖς πράγμασι, τὰς δὲ Σπαρτιατῶν πλεονεξίας καὶ τὰς τῶν βασιλέων καὶ τὰς τῶν τυράννων εὐκτὰς μὲν εἶναι, καὶ ἅπαντας αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμεῖν,
And this is what is done by those who are men in the complete sense. But the eulogists of Sparta think they have even a stronger plea for self-seeking than what I have said. For they do not consider that men who break contracts and cheat and falsify accounts deserve to be termed self-seeking; for because they are in bad repute with all men they come off worse in all circumstances, whereas the self-seeking of the Spartans and of kings and despots is a gift from heaven which all men crave.
§ 244
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ λοιδορεῖσθαι καὶ καταρᾶσθαι τοῖς τὰς τηλικαύτας ἔχουσι δυναστείας· οὐδένα δὲ τοιοῦτον εἶναι τὴν φύσιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εὔξαιτο τοῖς θεοῖς μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὸς τυχεῖν τῆς ἐξουσίας ταύτης, εἰ δὲ μή, τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους· ᾧ καὶ φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι μέγιστον τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἅπαντες εἶναι νομίζομεν τὸ πλέον ἔχειν τῶν ἄλλων. τὴν μὲν οὖν περιβολὴν τοῦ λόγου δοκεῖς μοι ποιήσασθαι μετὰ τοιαύτης διανοίας.
It is true that those who hold such power are the objects of abuse and execration but no man is so constituted by nature that he would not pray to the gods to be granted this power, preferably for himself, but, failing that, for those nearest and dearest to him. And this fact makes it manifest that all men regard it as the greatest good in the world to have the advantage over others. “It was, then, with such thoughts, as it seems to me, that you planned the general scope of your discourse.
§ 245
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡγούμην ἀφέξεσθαι σε τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ παραλείψειν ἀνεπιτίμητον τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτὸς ἔτι λέγειν ἐπεχείρουν· νῦν δʼ ὅτι μὲν οὐκ ἀπεφηνάμην περὶ ὧν παρεκλήθην σύμβουλος, οὐδὲν οἶμαί σοι μελήσειν, οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅτε συνῆγες ἡμᾶς, ἐδόκεις μοι σπουδάζειν περὶ αὐτῶν,
But if I believed that you would refrain from revising what has been said and would let this discourse stand without criticism, I would not myself attempt to speak further. As it is, however, I do not suppose that you will feel disturbed in the least because I did not speak out my opinion on the question about which I was called in to advise you, for even at the time when you called us together you did not seem to me to be really concerned about it.
§ 246
προελόμενον δέ σε συνθεῖναι λόγον μηδὲν ὅμοιον τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ῥᾳθύμως ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν ἁπλοῦν εἶναι δόξοντα καὶ ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν, τοῖς δʼ ἀκριβῶς διεξιοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ πειρωμένοις κατιδεῖν ὃ τοὺς ἄλλους λέληθεν, χαλεπὸν φανούμενον καὶ δυσκαταμάθητον καὶ πολλῆς μὲν ἱστορίας γέμοντα καὶ φιλοσοφίας, παντοδαπῆς δὲ μεστὸν ποικιλίας καὶ ψευδολογίας, οὐ τῆς εἰθισμένης μετὰ κακίας βλάπτειν τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους, ἀλλὰ τῆς δυναμένης μετὰ παιδιᾶς ὠφελεῖν ἢ τέρπειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας,
I suppose rather that you will object that, whereas you have deliberately chosen to compose a discourse which is not at all like any other, but which to those who read it casually will appear to be ingenuous and easy to comprehend, though to those who scan it thoroughly and endeavor to see in it what has escaped all others it will reveal itself as difficult and hard to understand, packed with history and philosophy, and filled with all manner of devices and fictions—not the kind of fictions which, used with evil intent, are wont to injure one’s fellow-citizens, but the kind which, used by the cultivated mind, are able to benefit or to delight one’s audience,—
§ 247
—ὧν οὐδὲν ἐάσαντά με φήσειν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἔχειν ὡς ἐβουλεύσω σὺ περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ τήν τε δύναμιν τῶν λεγομένων διδάσκοντα καὶ τὴν σὴν διάνοιαν ἐξηγούμενον οὐκ αἰσθάνεσθαι τοσούτῳ τὸν λόγον ἀδοξότερον διʼ ἐμὲ γιγνόμενον, ὅσῳ περ αὐτὸν φανερώτερον ἐποίουν καὶ γνωριμώτερον τοῖς ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν· ἐπιστήμην γὰρ τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσιν ἐνεργαζόμενον ἔρημον τὸν λόγον με ποιεῖν καὶ τῆς τιμῆς ἀποστερεῖν τῆς γιγνομένης ἂν αὐτῷ διὰ τοὺς πονοῦντας καὶ πράγματα σφίσιν αὐτοῖς παρέχοντας.
you will object, I say, that, whereas you have chosen to do this, yet I have not allowed any of this to stand as you resolved that it should, but that I fail to see that in seeking both to explain the force of your words and to expound your real thoughts I thereby lessen the reputation of the discourse in proportion as I make it more patent and intelligible to its readers; for by implanting understanding in those who are without knowledge I render the discourse naked and strip it of the honor which would otherwise attach to it through those who study hard and are willing to take pains.
§ 248
ἐγὼ δʼ ὁμολογῶ μὲν ἀπολελεῖφθαι τὴν ἐμὴν φρόνησιν τῆς σῆς ὡς δυνατὸν πλεῖστον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τοῦτʼ οἶδα, κἀκεῖνο τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων, ὅτι τῆς πόλεως τῆς ὑμετέρας βουλευομένης περὶ τῶν μεγίστων οἱ μὲν ἄριστα φρονεῖν δοκοῦντες ἐνίοτε διαμαρτάνουσι τοῦ συμφέροντος, τῶν δὲ φαύλων νομιζομένων εἶναι καὶ καταφρονουμένων ἔστιν ὅτε κατώρθωσεν ὁ τυχὼν καὶ βέλτιστα λέγειν ἔδοξεν·
“But, while I acknowledge that my own intelligence is vastly inferior to your own, yet as surely as I appreciate this fact so surely do I know that in times when your city deliberates on matters of the greatest import those who are reputed to be the wisest some times miss the expedient course of action, whereas now and then some chance person from the ranks of men who are deemed of no account and are regarded with contempt hits upon the right course and is thought to give the best advice.
§ 249
ὥστʼ οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν εἰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ νῦν ἐνεστῶτος τοιοῦτόν τι συμβέβηκεν, ὅπου σὺ μὲν οἴει μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσειν, ἢν ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον διαλάθῃς ἣν ἔχων γνώμην τὰ περὶ τὸν λόγον ἐπραγματεύθης, ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι βέλτιστά σε πράξειν, ἢν δυνηθῇς τὴν διάνοιαν, ᾗ χρώμενος αὐτὸν συνέθηκας, ὡς τάχιστα φανερὰν ποιῆσαι τοῖς τʼ ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις, περὶ ὧν πεποίησαι πολλοὺς λόγους, τοὺς μὲν δικαίους καὶ σεμνούς, τοὺς δʼ ἀσελγεῖς καὶ λίαν φιλαπεχθήμονας.
It would not, then, be surprising if something of the sort has come to pass in the present instance, where you think that you will gain the greatest credit if you conceal for the longest possible time the purpose you had in mind when you worked out your discourse, whereas I think that you will best succeed if you can with the least possible delay publish the thought by which you were governed when you composed it to all the world and especially to the Lacedaemonians, whom you have often discussed, sometimes with fairness and dignity, but then again with recklessness and extreme captiousness.
§ 250
οὓς εἴ τις ἐπέδειξεν αὐτοῖς πρὶν ἐμὲ διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἂν ἐμίσησαν καὶ δυσκόλως πρὸς σὲ διετέθησαν ὡς κατηγορίαν γεγραφότα καθʼ αὑτῶν. νῦν δʼ οἴομαι τοὺς μὲν πλείστους Σπαρτιατῶν ἐμμενεῖν τοῖς ἤθεσιν οἷσπερ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον, τοῖς δὲ λόγοις τοῖς ἐνθάδε γραφομένοις οὐδὲν μᾶλλον προσέξειν τὸν νοῦν ἢ τοῖς ἔξω τῶν Ἡρακλέους στηλῶν λεγομένοις,
“For if one were to show them a discourse of the latter sort before I had explained it to them, they would inevitably hate you and dislike you for having written in denunciation of them. As it is, I think that while most of the Lacedaemonians will continue to abide in the ways to which they have been faithful in past times and will pay no more attention to what is written in Athens than to what is said beyond the Pillars of Heracles,
§ 251
τοὺς δὲ φρονιμωτάτους αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν λόγων τινὰς ἔχοντας τῶν σῶν καὶ θαυμάζοντας, τούτους, ἢν λάβωσι τὸν ἀναγνωσόμενον καὶ χρόνον ὥστε συνδιατρῖψαι σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲν ἀγνοήσειν τῶν μετʼ ἀποδείξεως εἰρημένων περὶ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τῶν λοιδοριῶν καταφρονήσειν τῶν εἰκῇ μὲν τοῖς πράγμασι λεγομένων πικρῶς δὲ τοῖς ὀνόμασι κεχρημένων, καὶ νομιεῖν τὰς μὲν βλασφημίας τὰς ἐνούσας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τὸν φθόνον ὑποβαλεῖν,
yet the most intelligent among them, who possess and admire certain of your writings, will not misapprehend anything of what is said in this discourse if they can find someone who will interpret it to them, and if they can take the time to ponder over it by themselves; on the contrary, they will appreciate the praise given to their own city, which is based on proof, while they will dismiss with contempt the abuse, which is uttered at random with no regard to the facts, and is offensive only in the words employed; and they will think that envy slipped in the calumnies which are found in your treatise,
§ 252
τὰς δὲ πράξεις καὶ τὰς μάχας, ἐφʼ αἷς αὐτοί τε μέγα φρονοῦσι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῦσι, σὲ γεγραφέναι καὶ μνημονεύεσθαι πεποιηκέναι, συναγαγόντα πάσας αὐτὰς καὶ θέντα παρʼ ἀλλήλας, αἴτιον δʼ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ πολλοὺς ποθεῖν ἀναγνῶναι καὶ διελθεῖν αὐτάς, οὐ τὰς ἐκείνων ἐπιθυμοῦντας ἀκοῦσαι πράξεις,
but that you have recorded the exploits and the battles in which they themselves take great pride and because of which they enjoy a high repute with the rest of the world, and that you have made these achievements memorable by collecting them all and placing them side by side with each other and so have brought it about that many of the Spartans long to read and peruse your accounts of them, not because they crave to hear of their own deeds,
§ 253
ἀλλὰ πῶς σὺ διείλεξαι περὶ αὐτῶν μαθεῖν βουλομένους. ταῦτʼ ἐνθυμουμένους καὶ διεξιόντας οὐδὲ τῶν παλαιῶν ἔργων ἀμνημονήσειν, διʼ ὧν ἐγκεκωμίακας τοὺς προγόνους αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλάκις διαλέξεσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι Δωριεῖς ὄντες, ἐπειδὴ κατεῖδον τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀδόξους καὶ μικρὰς καὶ πολλῶν ἐνδεεῖς οὔσας, ὑπεριδόντες ταύτας ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πρωτευούσας, ἐπʼ Ἄργος καὶ Λακεδαίμονα καὶ Μεσσήνην,
but because they wish to hear how you have dealt with them. And as they think and dwell upon these deeds, they will not fail to recall also those ancient exploits through which you have glorified their ancestors, but will often talk of them amongst themselves; and first of all they will tell of the time when, being still Dorians, they saw their own cities to be inglorious and insignificant and in need of many things, and, feeling them to be unworthy, took the field against the leading states of the Peloponnesus—against Argos and Lacedaemon and Messene—
§ 254
μάχῃ δὲ νικήσαντες τοὺς μὲν ἡττηθέντας ἔκ τε τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῆς χώρας ἐξέβαλον, αὐτοὶ δὲ τὰς κτήσεις ἁπάσας τὰς ἐκείνων τότε κατασχόντες ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἔχουσιν, οὗ μεῖζον ἔργον καὶ θαυμαστότερον οὐδεὶς ἐπιδείξει κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον γενόμενον, οὐδὲ πρᾶξιν εὐτυχεστέραν καὶ θεοφιλεστέραν τῆς τοὺς χρησαμένους τῆς μὲν οἰκείας ἀπορίας ἀπαλλαξάσης, τῆς δʼ ἀλλοτρίας εὐδαιμονίας κυρίους ποιησάσης.
conquered them in battle and drove the vanquished both from their cities and from their lands, and seized for themselves at that time all the possessions of the enemy and have continued to hold them to this day. And no man can point to a greater or a more marvellous achievement in those times nor to an enterprise more fortunate or more blessed of the gods than that which delivered those who engaged in it from their own poverty and placed them in possession of the prosperity of others.
§ 255
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν μετὰ πάντων συστρατευσαμένων ἔπραξαν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς Ἀργείους καὶ Μεσσηνίους τὴν χώραν διείλοντο καὶ καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἐν Σπάρτῃ κατῴκησαν, ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς τοσοῦτον φρονῆσαι φῂς αὐτούς, ὥστε ὄντας οὐ πλείους τότε δισχιλίων οὐχ ἡγήσασθαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀξίους εἶναι ζῆν, εἰ μὴ δεσπόται πασῶν τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πόλεων γενέσθαι δυνηθεῖεν,
“These were victories won with the aid of all who joined in that expedition. But after they had divided the territory with the Argives and the Messenians and for themselves had settled in Sparta—at this juncture, as you say, they were so proud that although they then numbered no more than two thousand men they considered themselves unworthy to live unless they could make themselves masters of all the cities in the Peloponnesus.
§ 256
ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθέντας καὶ πολεμεῖν ἐπιχειρήσαντας οὐκ ἀπειπεῖν, ἐν πολλοῖς κακοῖς καὶ κινδύνοις γιγνομένους, πρὶν ἁπάσας ταύτας ὑφʼ αὑτοῖς ἐποιήσαντο πλὴν τῆς Ἀργείων πόλεως, ἔχοντας δʼ ἤδη καὶ χώραν πλείστην καὶ δύναμιν μεγίστην καὶ δόξαν τοσαύτην ὅσην προσήκει τοὺς τηλικαῦτα διαπεπραγμένους οὐχ ἧττον διακεῖσθαι φιλοτίμως, ὅτι λόγος ὑπῆρχεν αὐτοῖς ἴδιος καὶ καλὸς μόνοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων·
In this state of mind, they undertook to wage war and did not cease, albeit they were involved in many misadventures and dangers, before they had reduced them all to subjection, except the city of the Argives. But when at length they held the greatest territory and the strongest power in Hellas and a reputation appropriate to men who had achieved such mighty things, they continued no less to pride themselves upon the fact that they could boast of a record unique and glorious:
§ 257
ἐξεῖναι γὰρ εἰπεῖν αὐτοῖς ὅτι σφεῖς μὲν ὄντες οὕτως ὀλίγοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν οὐδεμιᾷ πώποτε τῶν μυριάνδρων πόλεων ἠκολούθησαν οὐδʼ ἐποίησαν τὸ προσταττόμενον, ἀλλʼ αὐτόνομοι διετέλεσαν ὄντες, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἐν τῶ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμόνες κατέστησαν, καὶ τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης ἔτυχον οὐκ ἀλόγως, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μάχας ποιησάμενοι πλείστας ἀνθρώπων κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μηδεμίαν ἡττηθῆναι τούτων ἡγουμένου βασιλέως,
for they, alone of the Hellenes, could say that, albeit so few in number, they had never followed the lead or done the bidding of any one of the populous states, but had throughout been free and independent; and that they themselves in the war against the barbarians had held the place of leadership among all the Hellenes and had attained this honor, not without good reason, but because they had fought more battles than any other people in those times and had never been defeated in any one of them, when a king led them forth to battle, but had been victorious in all.
§ 258
ἀλλὰ νενικηκέναι πάσας, οὗ τεκμήριον οὐδεὶς ἂν δύναιτο μεῖζον εἰπεῖν ἀνδρίας καὶ καρτερίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμονοίας, πλὴν ἢ τὸ ῥηθήσεσθαι μέλλον· τοσούτων γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πόλεων τῶν Ἑλληνίδων οὐσῶν, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐδεμίαν οὐδένʼ εἰπεῖν οὐδʼ εὑρεῖν, ἥτις οὐ περιπέπτωκε ταῖς συμφοραῖς ταῖς εἰθισμέναις γίγνεσθαι ταῖς πόλεσιν,
And no one could urge a stronger proof than this of their valor and their hardihood and of their concord amongst themselves, except that which I shall now mention: for of all the other Hellenic states, many as they are, no man could cite or find a single one which has not been involved in the misadventures which are wont to happen to states,
§ 259
ἐν δὲ τῇ Σπαρτιατῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπιδείξειεν οὔτε στάσιν οὔτε σφαγὰς οὔτε φυγὰς ἀνόμους γεγενημένας, οὐδʼ ἁρπαγὰς χρημάτων οὐδʼ αἰσχύνας γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πολιτείας μεταβολὴν οὐδὲ χρεῶν ἀποκοπὰς οὐδὲ γῆς ἀναδασμὸν οὐδʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνηκέστων κακῶν. περὶ ὧν διεξιόντας οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ καὶ σοῦ, τοῦ τʼ ἀθροίσαντος καὶ διαλεχθέντος οὕτω καλῶς περὶ αὐτῶν, μεμνήσεσθαι καὶ πολλὴν χάριν ἕξειν.
whereas in the city of the Spartans no one can show an instance of civil faction or slaughter or unlawful exile, nor of seizure of property or outrage to women and children, nor even of revolution or abolition of debts or redistribution of lands, nor of any other of the irreparable ills. And as the Spartans review these facts, they cannot fail to remember you also, who have collected them and discoursed upon them so ably, and to be most grateful to you.
§ 260
οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ γνώμην ἔχω περὶ σοῦ νῦν καὶ πρότερον. ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς παρελθοῦσι χρόνοις ἐθαύμαζόν σου τήν τε φύσιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ βίου τάξιν καὶ τὴν φιλοπονίαν καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῆς φιλοσοφίας, νῦν δὲ ζηλῶ σε καὶ μακαρίζω τῆς εὐδαιμονίας· δοκεῖς γάρ μοι ζῶν μὲν λήψεσθαι δόξαν οὐ μείζω μὲν ἧς ἄξιος εἶ, χαλεπὸν γάρ, παρὰ πλείοσι δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ὁμολογουμένην τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης, τελευτήσας δὲ τὸν βίον μεθέξειν ἀθανασίας, οὐ τῆς τοῖς θεοῖς παρούσης, ἀλλὰ τῆς τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις περὶ τῶν διενεγκόντων ἐπί τινι τῶν καλῶν ἔργων μνήμην ἐμποιούσης.
“But I do not now have the same feeling about you as I had formerly. For in time past I admired your natural endowments and the manner in which you ordered your life and your devotion to work and above all the truth of your teaching, but now I envy and congratulate you because of your good fortune. For it seems to me that during your lifetime you will gain a reputation, not greater than you deserve—for that would be difficult—but one more widely extended and more heartily acknowledged than that which you now possess, and that after you have ceased to live you will partake of immortality, not the immortality which the gods enjoy, but that which plants in future generations a remembrance of those who have distinguished themselves in any noble endeavor.
§ 261
καὶ δικαίως τεύξει τούτων· ἐπῄνεκας γὰρ τὰς πόλεις ἀμφοτέρας καλῶς καὶ προσηκόντως, τὴν μὲν κατὰ τὴν δόξαν τὴν τῶν πολλῶν, ἧς οὐδεὶς τῶν ὀνομαστῶν ἀνδρῶν καταπεφρόνηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπιθυμοῦντες τυχεῖν αὐτῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ὅντινα κίνδυνον οὐχ ὑπομένουσι, τὴν δὲ κατὰ τὸν λογισμὸν τῶν πειρωμένων στοχάζεσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας, παρʼ οἷς εὐδοκιμεῖν ἄν τινες ἕλοιντο μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις διπλασίοις γενομένοις ἢ νῦν εἰσιν.
And you will deserve this reward; for you have extolled both these cities well and fittingly—Athens, according to the acclaim of the majority, which no man of note has ever disdained, while all men in their craving to obtain it are ready to submit themselves to any hazard whatsoever; but Sparta, according to the reasoning of those who endeavor to aim at the truth, whose good opinion some would choose in preference to that of all the rest of the world, even were mankind to number twice as many as now.
§ 262
ἀπλήστως δὲ διακείμενος ἐν τῷ παρόντι πρὸς τὸ λέγειν, καὶ πόλλʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχων ἔτι καὶ περὶ σοῦ καὶ περὶ τοῖν πολέοιν καὶ περὶ τοῦ λόγου, ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω, περὶ ὧν δὲ παρακληθῆναί με σὺ φῄς, περὶ τούτων ἀποφανοῦμαι. συμβουλεύω γάρ σοι μήτε κατακάειν τὸν λόγον μήτʼ ἀφανίζειν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τινος ἐνδεής ἐστι, διορθώσαντα καὶ προσγράψαντα πάσας τὰς διατριβὰς τὰς περὶ αὐτὸν γεγενημένας διδόναι τοῖς βουλομένοις λαμβάνειν,
“I am insatiable in my desire to speak on the present occasion and I still have many things which I might say concerning you and these two cities and your discourse, but I shall forgo these subjects and declare myself only upon the question about which, as you say, you called me in to advise you. I counsel you, then, not to burn or to suppress your discourse, but—if there be any need of so doing—to revise and supplement it and then give to those who desire it the benefit of all the time and pains which you have spent upon its composition,
§ 263
εἴπερ βούλει χαρίσασθαι μὲν τοῖς ἐπιεικεστάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τοῖς ὡς ἀληθῶς φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἀλλὰ μὴ προσποιουμένοις, λυπῆσαι δὲ τοὺς θαυμάζοντας μὲν τὰ σὰ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, λοιδορουμένους δὲ τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς σοῖς ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις τοῖς πανηγυρικοῖς, ἐν οἷς πλείους εἰσὶν οἱ καθεύδοντες τῶν ἀκροωμένων, καὶ προσδοκῶντας, ἢν παρακρούσωνται τοὺς τοιούτους, ἐναμίλλους τοὺς αὑτῶν γενήσεσθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ γεγραμμένοις, κακῶς εἰδότας ὅτι πλέον ἀπολελειμμένοι τῶν σῶν εἰσιν ἢ τῆς Ὁμήρου δόξης οἱ περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνῳ ποίησιν γεγονότες.”
if indeed you wish to gratify the worthiest among the Hellenes—those who are in truth devoted to culture and do not merely pretend to it—and to annoy those who secretly admire your writings above all others but malign your discourses before the crowds at the national festivals, in which those who sleep outnumber those who listen; for these speakers hope that if only they can hoodwink such audiences their own compositions will rival yours in popular favour, little realizing that their work is farther below the level of yours than the poets who have essayed to compose in the manner of Homer fall short of his reputation.”
§ 264
ταῦτʼ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς παρόντας ἀξιώσαντος ἀποφήνασθαι περὶ ὧν παρεκλήθησαν, οὐκ ἐθορύβησαν, ὃ ποιεῖν εἰώθασιν ἐπὶ τοῖς χαριέντως διειλεγμένοις, ἀλλʼ ἀνεβόησαν ὡς ὑπερβαλλόντως εἰρηκότος, καὶ περιστάντες αὐτὸν ἐπῄνουν, ἐζήλουν, ἐμακάριζον, καὶ προσθεῖναι μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχον τοῖς εἰρημένοις οὐδʼ ἀφελεῖν, συναπεφαίνοντο δὲ καὶ συνεβούλευόν μοι ποιεῖν ἅπερ ἐκεῖνος παρῄνεσεν.
When he had said these things and had asked those present to express their opinion on the question about which they had been called in, they did not merely accord him the applause with which they were wont to greet a clever speech but signified by tumultuous shouts that he had spoken excellently; they crowded around him, praised him, envied him, congratulated him, and found nothing to add to what he had said or to subtract therefrom, but showed that they were of his opinion and advised me to do the very thing which he had urged.
§ 265
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐγὼ παρεστὼς ἐσιώπων, ἀλλʼ ἐπῄνεσα τήν τε φύσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἐφθεγξάμην ὧν εἶπεν, οὔθʼ ὡς ἔτυχε ταῖς ὑπονοίαις τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας οὔθʼ ὡς διήμαρτεν, ἀλλʼ εἴων αὐτὸν οὕτως ἔχειν ὥσπερ αὐτὸς αὑτὸν διέθηκεν.
Nor did I, for my part, stand silently by; on the contrary, I praised both his native ability and his training, although beyond that I uttered not a word about the sentiments which he had expressed, as to how his conjecture had hit upon my purpose or missed the mark, but let him remain of the same opinion which he had formed for himself.
§ 266
περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν ὑπεθέμην ἱκανῶς εἰρῆσθαι νομίζω· τὸ γὰρ ἀναμιμνήσκειν καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς τοιούτοις· βούλομαι δὲ διαλεχθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἰδίᾳ μοι περὶ τὸν λόγον συμβεβηκότων. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐνεστησάμην μὲν αὐτὸν ἔτη γεγονὼς ὅσα περ ἐν ἀρχῇ προεῖπον·
Now as to the subject which I undertook to discuss, I think that I have said enough; for to review in detail the points which have been made not in keeping with discourses such as this. But I do wish to relate my personal experiences in relation to its composition.
§ 267
ἤδη δὲ τῶν ἡμισέων γεγραμμένων ἐπιγενομένου μοι νοσήματος ῥηθῆναι μὲν οὐκ εὐπρεποῦς, δυναμένου δʼ ἀναιρεῖν οὐ μόνον τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἐν τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσιν ἡμέραις ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀκμαζόντων πολλούς, τούτῳ διατελῶ τρίʼ ἔτη μαχόμενος, οὕτω φιλοπόνως ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν διάγων, ὥστε τοὺς εἰδότας καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τούτων πυνθανομένους μᾶλλόν με θαυμάζειν διὰ τὴν καρτερίαν ταύτην ἢ διʼ ἃ πρότερον ἐπῃνούμην.
I entered upon it at the age which I have already stated at the beginning. But when I had written half of it, I was attacked by a malady which it is not decorous to name, but which is powerful enough to carry off in the course of three or four days not only older people but many in the prime of life. I battled against this disease without respite for three years, and I passed every day of that time with such devotion to my work that those who knew of my industry as well as those who learned of it from them admired me more because of this fortitude than because of the things for which I had formerly been praised.
§ 268
ἤδη δʼ ἀπειρηκότος καὶ διὰ τὴν νόσον καὶ διὰ τὸ γῆρας, τῶν ἐπισκοπούντων τινές με καὶ πολλάκις ἀνεγνωκότων τὸ μέρος τοῦ λόγου τὸ γεγραμμένον, ἐδέοντό μου καὶ συνεβούλευον μὴ καταλιπεῖν αὐτὸν ἡμιτελῆ μηδʼ ἀδιέργαστον, ἀλλὰ πονῆσαι μικρὸν χρόνον καὶ προσέχειν τοῖς λοιποῖς τὸν νοῦν.
—
§ 269
οὐχ ὁμοίως δὲ διελέγοντο περὶ τούτων τοῖς ἀφοσιουμένοις, ἀλλʼ ὑπερεπαινοῦντες μὲν τὰ γεγραμμένα, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγοντες, ὧν εἴ τινες ἤκουον μήτε συνήθεις ἡμῖν ὄντες μήτʼ εὔνοιαν μηδεμίαν ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἂν ὑπέλαβον τοὺς μὲν φενακίζειν, ἐμὲ δὲ διεφθάρθαι καὶ παντάπασιν εἶναι μωρόν,
When, however, I had at length given up my work both because of my illness and of my age, certain of those who were in the habit of paying me visits, and who had read again and again the portion of my discourse which I had written, begged and urged me not to leave it half-finished or incomplete, but to work upon it for a short time and to give my thoughts to what remained to be done.
§ 270
εἰ πείσομαι τοῖς λεγομένοις. οὕτω δʼ ἔχων ἐφʼ οἷς εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησαν ἐπείσθην ʽτί γὰρ δεῖ μακρολογεῖν;ʼ γενέσθαι πρὸς τῇ τῶν λοιπῶν πραγματείᾳ γεγονὼς μὲν ἔτη τρία μόνον ἀπολείποντα τῶν ἑκατόν, οὕτω δὲ διακείμενος ὡς ἕτερος ἔχων οὐχ ὅπως γράφειν ἂν λόγον ἐπεχείρησεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἄλλου δεικνύοντος καὶ πονήσαντος ἠθέλησεν ἀκροατὴς γενέσθαι.
But, although I had this feeling about the things which they made bold to state, I did allow myself to be persuaded (for why make a long story of it?) to occupy myself with the completion of the discourse, at a time when I lacked but three years of having lived a century and when I was in a state of infirmity such that anyone else similarly afflicted, so far from undertaking to write a discourse of his own, would not even be willing to listen to one worked out and submitted by another.
§ 271
τίνος οὖν ἕνεκα ταῦτα διῆλθον; οὐ συγγνώμης τυχεῖν ἀξιῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων, οὐ γὰρ οὕτως οἴομαι διειλέχθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ δηλῶσαι βουλόμενος τά τε περὶ ἐμὲ γεγενημένα, καὶ τῶν ἀκροατῶν ἐπαινέσαι μὲν τοὺς τόν τε λόγον ἀποδεχομένους τοῦτον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σπουδαιοτέρους καὶ φιλοσοφωτέρους εἶναι νομίζοντας τούς τε διδασκαλικοὺς καὶ τεχνικοὺς τῶν πρὸς τὰς ἐπιδείξεις καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας γεγραμμένων, καὶ τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας στοχαζομένους τῶν τὰς δόξας τῶν ἀκροωμένων παρακρούεσθαι ζητούντων, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιπλήττοντας τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις καὶ νουθετοῦντας τῶν πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ χάριν λεγομένων,
Why, then, have I gone into these matters? Not because I think that I should ask indulgence for the things which I have discussed—for I do not feel that I have spoken of them in a manner to require this—but because I desire both to relate my personal experiences and to commend those among my hearers who not only applaud this speech but prefer, as more weighty and more worthy of serious study, discourses which are composed for instruction and, at the same time, with finished art to others which are written for display or for the law-courts, and who prefer for the same reason discourses which aim at the truth to those which seek to lead astray the opinions of their auditors, and discourses which rebuke our faults and admonish us to those which are spoken for our pleasure and gratification.
§ 272
συμβουλεῦσαι δὲ τοῖς τἀναντία τούτων γιγνώσκουσι πρῶτον μὲν μὴ πιστεύειν ταῖς αὑτῶν γνώμαις, μηδὲ νομίζειν ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς κρίσεις τὰς ὑπὸ τῶν ῥᾳθυμούντων γιγνομένας, ἔπειτα μὴ προπετῶς ἀποφαίνεσθαι περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσασιν, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν ἕως ἂν ὁμονοῆσαι δυνηθῶσι τοῖς τῶν ἐπιδεικνυμένων πολλὴν ἐμπειρίαν ἔχουσιν· τῶν γὰρ οὕτω διοικούντων τὰς ἑαυτῶν διανοίας οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀνοήτους εἶναι νομίσειεν.
I desire, on the other hand, to warn those of my hearers who are of a mind contrary to these, in the first place, not to trust in their own opinions nor to regard as true the judgements which are pronounced by the lazy-minded and, in the second place, not to publish hastily their views on things which they do not understand, but to wait until they can find themselves in accord with men who have much experience of matters submitted to them for judgement; for if they will so govern their thoughts, no one can fail to approve their discretion.
Letter 1. To Dionysius · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg022 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ αʹ Διονύσιῳ — tlg0010.tlg022.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 1. To Dionysius — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg022.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰ μὲν νεώτερος ἦν, οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστολὴν ἔπεμπον, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ἄν σοι πλεύσας ἐνταῦθα διελέχθην· ἐπειδὴ δ’ οὐ κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ὅ τε τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς ἐμῆς καιρὸς καὶ τῶν σῶν πραγμάτων συμβέβηκεν, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ μὲν προαπείρηκα, τὰ δὲ πράττεσθαι νῦν ἀκμὴν εἴληφεν, ὡς οἷόν τ’ ἐστὶν ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, οὕτω σοι πειράσομαι δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
If I were younger, I should not be sending you a letter, but should myself take ship and converse with you there; but inasmuch as it so happens that the fruitful period of my life and that of your own affairs have not coincided — since I am already spent with years, and with you it is the high time for action — I shall try to disclose to you my views about the situation as well as I can in the circumstances.
§ 2
οἶδα μὲν οὖν ὅτι τοῖς συμβουλεύειν ἐπιχειροῦσι πολὺ διαφέρει μὴ διὰ γραμμάτων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν συνουσίαν ἀλλ’ αὐτοὺς πλησιάσαντας, οὐ μόνον ὅτι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων ῥᾷον ἄν τις παρὼν πρὸς παρόντα φράσειν ἢ δι’ ἐπιστολῆς δηλώσειεν, οὐδ’ ὅτι πάντες τοῖς λεγομένοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς γεγραμμένοις πιστεύουσι, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὡς εἰσηγημάτων, τῶν δ’ ὡς ποιημάτων ποιοῦνται τὴν ἀκρόασιν·
I know, to be sure, that when men essay to give advice, it is far preferable that they should come in person rather than send a letter, not only because it is easier to discuss the same matters face to face than to give their views by letter, nor yet because all men give greater credence to the spoken rather than to the written word, since they listen to the former as to practical advice and to the latter as to an artistic composition;
§ 3
ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ἐν μὲν ταῖς συνουσίαις ἢν ἀγνοηθῇ τι τῶν λεγομένων ἢ μὴ πιστευθῇ, παρὼν ὁ τὸν λόγον διεξιὼν ἀμφοτέροις τούτοις ἐπήμυνεν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἐπιστελλομένοις καὶ γεγραμμένοις ἤν τι συμβῇ τοιοῦτον, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ διορθώσων· ἀπόντος γὰρ τοῦ γράψαντος ἔρημα τοῦ βοηθήσοντός ἐστιν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ σὺ μέλλεις αὐτῶν ἔσεσθαι κριτής, πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω φανήσεσθαι λέγοντας ἡμᾶς τι τῶν δεόντων· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ ἁπάσας ἀφέντα σε τὰς δυσχερείας τὰς προειρημένας αὐταῖς ταῖς πράξεσι προσέξειν τὸν νοῦν.
but also, in addition to these reasons, in personal converse, if anything that is said is either not understood or not believed, the one who is presenting the arguments, being present, can come to the rescue in either case; but when written missives are used and any such misconception arises, there is no one to correct it, for since the writer is not at hand, the defender is lacking. Nevertheless, since you are to be the judge in this matter, I have great hope that I shall prove to be saying something of value, as I think you will disregard all the difficulties just mentioned and will direct your attention to the matters themselves.
§ 4
καίτοι τινὲς ἤδη με τῶν σοὶ πλησιασάντων ἐκφοβεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν, λέγοντες ὡς σὺ τοὺς μὲν κολακεύοντας τιμᾶς, τῶν δὲ συμβουλευόντων καταφρονεῖς. ἐγὼ δ’ εἰ μὲν ἀπεδεχόμην τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐκείνων, πολλὴν ἂν ἡσυχίαν εἶχον· νῦν δ’ οὐδεὶς ἄν με πείσειεν, ὡς οἷόν τ’ ἐστὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ ταῖς πράξεσι διενεγκεῖν, ἂν μή τις τῶν μὲν μαθητής, τῶν δ’ ἀκροατής, τῶν δ’ εὑρετὴς γένηται, καὶ πανταχόθεν προσαγάγηται καὶ συλλέξηται, δι’ ὧν οἷόν τ’ ἐστὶν ἀσκῆσαι τὴν αὑτοῦ διάνοιαν.
And yet, certain persons who have been admitted to your presence have attempted to frighten me, saying that while you honor flatterers, you despise those who offer you advice. If I had believed their words, I should have remained quiet; but as it is, no one could persuade me that it is possible that a man should so surpass others in both judgement and action, unless he has become a learner, a listener, and a discoverer, and has drawn to himself and collected from every possible source those means which will enable him to exercise his own intellectual ability.
§ 5
ἐπήρθην μὲν οὖν ἐπιστέλλειν σοι διὰ ταῦτα. λέγειν δὲ μέλλω περὶ μεγάλων πραγμάτων καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐδενὶ τῶν ζώντων ἀκοῦσαι μᾶλλον ἢ σοὶ προσήκει. καὶ μὴ νόμιζέ με προθύμως οὕτω σε παρακαλεῖν, ἵνα γένῃ συγγράμματος ἀκροατής· οὐ γὰρ οὔτ’ ἐγὼ τυγχάνω φιλοτίμως διακείμενος πρὸς τὰς ἐπιδείξεις οὔτε σὺ λανθάνεις ἡμᾶς ἤδη πλήρης ὢν τῶν τοιούτων.
It was for these reasons, then, that I have been moved to write you. I intend to speak to you about important matters, matters about which no living person may more fittingly hear than you. And do not think that I am earnestly urging you in this way that you may become a listener to a rhetorical composition; for I am not, as it happens, in a mood to seek glory through rhetorical show-pieces, nor am I unaware that you on your part are sated with such offerings.
§ 6
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κἀκεῖνο πᾶσι φανερόν, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ἐπιδείξεως δεομένοις αἱ πανηγύρεις ἁρμόττουσιν, ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἄν τις ἐν πλείστοις τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν διασπείρειεν, τοῖς δὲ διαπράξασθαί τι βουλομένοις πρὸς τοῦτον διαλεκτέον, ὅστις τάχιστα μέλλει τὰς πράξεις ἐπιτελεῖν τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου δηλωθείσας.
Furthermore, one thing is evident to all, that while our public festivals offer fitting occasions to those who want to make an oratorical display (for there, in the presence of the greatest numbers, they may spread the fame of their eloquence abroad), yet those who wish to bring some serious thing to pass should address the man who is likely most promptly to accomplish in deed that which the word has proposed.
§ 7
εἰ μὲν οὖν μιᾷ τινι τῶν πόλεων εἰσηγούμην, πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνης προεστῶτας τοὺς λόγους ἂν ἐποιούμην· ἐπειδὴ δ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων σωτηρίας παρεσκεύασμαι συμβουλεύειν, πρὸς τίν’ ἂν δικαιότερον διαλεχθείην ἢ πρὸς τὸν πρωτεύοντα τοῦ γένους καὶ μεγίστην ἔχοντα δύναμιν;
No, if I were offering advice to some particular state, I should address its leading men, but since I have determined to give counsel looking to the salvation of all Hellenes, to whom could I more appropriately address myself than to him who is the foremost of our race and the possessor of the greatest power?
§ 8
καὶ μὴν οὐδ’ ἀκαίρως φανησόμεθα μεμνημένοι περὶ τούτων. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶχον, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἦν ἐπιμεληθῆναί σοι τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν ἡμέτερον, οὐδὲ τούτοις ἐναντία πράττειν ἄμα καὶ Καρχηδονίοις πολεμεῖν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν οὕτω πράττουσιν ὥστ’ ἀγαπᾶν, ἢν τὴν χώραν τὴν αὑτῶν ἔχωσιν, ἡ δ’ ἡμετέρα πόλις ἡδέως ἂν αὑτήν σοι παράσχοι συναγωνιζομένην, εἴ τι πράττοις ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀγαθόν, πῶς ἂν παραπέσοι καλλίων καιρὸς τοῦ νῦν σοι παρόντος;
In truth, it will be seen that not inopportunely I make mention of these matters. For when the Lacedaemonians were in power, it was not easy for you to take upon yourself the responsibility for the affairs in our region, nor to oppose the Lacedaemonians and at the same time fight the Carthaginians. But now, when the Lacedaemonians are in such a plight that they are content if they can remain in possession of their own land, and when our city would gladly join with you as ally in any struggle that you should care to make in behalf of the welfare of Greece, how could there befall a more favorable opportunity than that which now presents itself to you?
§ 9
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ μήτε δημηγορῶν μήτε στρατηγῶν μήτ’ ἄλλως δυνάσης ὢν οὕτως ἐμβριθὲς αἴρομαι πρᾶγμα καὶ δυοῖν ἐπιχειρῶ τοῖν μεγίστοιν, ὑπέρ τε τῆς Ἑλλάδος λέγειν καὶ σοὶ συμβουλεύειν. ἐγὼ γὰρ τοῦ μὲν πράττειν τι τῶν κοινῶν εὐθὺς ἐξέστην, δι’ ἃς δὲ προφάσεις πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη μοι λέγειν, τῆς δὲ παιδεύσεως τῆς τῶν μὲν μικρῶν καταφρονούσης, τῶν δὲ μεγάλωι ἐφικνεῖσθαι πειρωμένης οὐκ ἂν φανείην ἄμοιρος γεγενημένος.
Do not think it strange that I, who am not an orator who moves public assemblies, nor a leader of armies, nor otherwise a man of power, am undertaking so difficult an affair and am attempting two of the most serious things — to speak on behalf of Greece and at the same time to give counsel to you. For at the beginning of my career I stood aloof from participation in public affairs (the reasons for this would be tedious to relate), but of that culture which contemns the petty things and attempts to achieve the great things I should not be found to be entirely destitute.
§ 10
ὥστ’ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον, εἴ τι τῶν συμφερόντων ἰδεῖν ἂν μᾶλλον δυνηθείην τῶν εἰκῇ μὲν πολιτευομένων, μεγάλην δὲ δόξαν εἰληφότων δηλώσομεν δ’ οὐκ εἰς ἀναβολάς, εἴ τινος ἄξιοι τυγχάνομεν ὄντες, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν ῥηθήσεσθαι μελλόντων
Consequently, it would not be surprising if I should be better able to see something to our advantage than those whose public life has been but guesswork, though they have acquired great renown. And so, without further delay, but from what will presently be said, I shall make it clear whether I really am worth listening to. . .
Letter 6. To the Children of Jason · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg023 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ ςʹ Τοῖς Ἰάσονος παισίν — tlg0010.tlg023.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 6. To the Children of Jason — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg023.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἀπήγγειλέ τίς μοι τῶν πρεσβευσάντων ὡς ὑμᾶς ὅτι καλέσαντες αὐτὸν ἄνευ τῶν ἄλλων ἐρωτήσαιτ’ εἰ πεισθείην ἂν ἀποδημῆσαι καὶ διατρῖψαι παρ’ ὑμῖν. ἐγὼ δ’ ἕνεκα μὲν τῆς Ἰάσονος καὶ Πολυαλκοῦς ξενίας ἡδέως ἂν ἀφικοίμην ὡς ὑμᾶς· οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν τὴν ὁμιλίαν τὴν γενομένην ἅπασιν ἡμῖν συνενεγκεῖν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐμποδίζει με πολλά,
One of our envoys who were sent to you has brought me word that you, summoning him apart from the others, asked whether I could be persuaded to go abroad and reside with you. And I for the sake of my friendship with Jason and Polyalces would gladly come to you; for I think such an association would benefit us all.
§ 2
μάλιστα μὲν τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι πλανᾶσθαι καὶ τὸ μὴ πρέπειν ἐπιξενοῦσθαι τοῖς τηλικούτοις, ἔπειθ’ ὅτι πάντες οἱ πυθόμενοι τὴν ἀποδημίαν δικαίως ἄν μου καταφρονήσειαν, εἰ προῃρημένος τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἐπὶ γήρως ἀποδημεῖν ἐπιχειροίην, ὅτ’ εἰκὸς ἦν, εἰ καὶ πρότερον ἄλλοθί που διέτριβον, νῦν οἴκαδε σπεύδειν, οὕτως ὑπογυίου μοι τῆς τελευτῆς οὔσης.
Many things hinder me, however, especially my inability to travel and that it is unseemly that men of my age should dwell in a foreign land; next, because all who heard of my residence abroad would justly despise me if, having chosen to pass my former life in tranquillity, I should undertake in old age to spend my life abroad, when it would be reasonable for me, even if I had been accustomed to live somewhere else, now to hasten home, since the end of my life is now so near at hand.
§ 3
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φοβοῦμαι καὶ τὴν πόλιν· χρὴ γὰρ τἀληθῆ λέγειν. ὁρῶ γὰρ τὰς συμμαχίας τὰς πρὸς αὐτὴν γιγνομένας ταχέως διαλυομένας. εἰ δή τι συμβαίη καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοιοῦτον, εἰ καὶ τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους διαφυγεῖν δυνηθείην, ὃ χαλεπόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὖν αἰσχυνθείην ἄν, εἴτε διὰ τὴν πόλιν δόξαιμί τισιν ὑμῶν ἀμελεῖν, εἴτε δι’ ὑμᾶς τῆς πόλεως ὀλιγωρεῖν. μὴ κοινοῦ δὲ τοῦ συμφέροντος ὄντος οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅπως ἂν ἀμφοτέροις ἀρέσκειν δυνηθείην. αἱ μὲν οὖν αἰτίαι, δι’ ἃς οὐκ ἔξεστί μοι ποιεῖν ἃ βούλομαι, τοιαῦται συμβεβήκασιν.
Moreover, I have fears for Athens, since the truth must be told; for I see that alliances made with her are soon dissolved. So, if anything of that kind should happen between Athens and you, even if I could escape the ensuing accusations and dangers, which would be difficult, yet I should be ashamed if I should be thought by any either to be neglectful of you on account of my city, or on your account to be indifferent to the interests of Athens. For in the absence of a common ground of interest I do not see how I could please both sides. Such, then, are the reasons why I cannot do as I wish.
§ 4
οὐ μὴν περὶ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ μόνον ἐπιστείλας οἶμαι δεῖν ἀμελῆσαι τῶν ὑμετέρων, ἀλλ’ ἅπερ ἂν παραγενόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς διελέχθην, πειράσομαι καὶ νῦν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι διεξελθεῖν. μηδὲν δ’ ὑπολάβητε τοιοῦτον, ὡς ἄρ’ ἐγὼ ταύτην ἔγραψα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν οὐχ ἕνεκα τῆς ὑμετέρας ξενίας, ἀλλ’ ἐπίδειξιν ποιήσασθαι βουλόμενος. οὐ γὰρ εἰς τοῦθ’ ἥκω μανίας ὥστ’ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι κρείττω μὲν γράψαι τῶν πρότερον διαδεδομένων οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην, τοσοῦτον τῆς ἀκμῆς ὑστερῶν, χείρω δ’ ἐξενεγκὼν πολὺ φαυλοτέραν ἂν λάβοιμι δόξαν τῆς νῦν ἡμῖν ὑπαρχούσης.
But I do not think that I should write to you about my own affairs only and be indifferent to yours; on the contrary, just as I would have done had I come to you, I will now try to discuss these same matters to the best of my ability. And pray do not entertain any such notion as that I have written this letter, not on account of your friendship, but for the purpose of making a rhetorical display. For I have not become so demented as not to know that I could not write anything better than my previously published discourses, being now so far past my prime, and that if I produce anything much inferior in merit, I should find my present reputation grievously impaired.
§ 5
ἔπειτ’ εἴπερ ἐπιδείξει προσεῖχον τὸν νοῦν ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐσπούδαζον, οὐκ ἂν ταύτην ἐξ ἁπασῶν προειλόμην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, περὶ ἧς χαλεπόν ἐστιν ἐπιεικῶς εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ καλλίους ἑτέρας ἂν εὗρον καὶ μᾶλλον λόγον ἐχούσας. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτε πρότερον οὐδὲ πώποτ’ ἐφιλοτιμήθην ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἀλλ’ ἐφ’ ἑτέροις μᾶλλον, ἃ τοὺς πολλοὺς διαλέληθεν, οὔτε νῦν ἔχων ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπραγματευσάμην,
Besides, if I were intent upon producing a composition for display instead of having your interest at heart, I should not have chosen of all available subjects that one which is difficult to treat passably well, but I should have found other themes, much nobler and more logical. But the truth is that never at any time have I prided myself on the compositions of the former kind, but rather upon the latter, which most people have disregarded, nor have I undertaken my present theme with that intention,
§ 6
ἀλλ’ ὑμᾶς μὲν ὁρῶν ἐν πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις πράγμασιν ὄντας, αὐτὸς δ’ ἀποφήνασθαι βουλόμενος ἣν ἔχω γνώμην περὶ αὐτῶν. ἡγοῦμαι δὲ συμβουλεύειν μὲν ἀκμὴν ἔχειν, αἱ γὰρ ἐμπειρίαι παιδεύουσι τοὺς τηλικούτους καὶ ποιοῦσι μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων δύνασθαι καθορᾶν τὸ βέλτιστον, εἰπεῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν προτεθέντων ἐπιχαρίτως καὶ μουσικῶς καὶ διαπεπονημένως οὐκέτι τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡλικίας ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ ἀγαπῴην ἄν, εἰ μὴ παντάπασιν ἐκλελυμένως διαλεχθείην περὶ αὐτῶν.
but because I see that your troubles are many and serious and wish to give you my own opinion concerning them. And I think that for the giving of counsel I am in my prime—for men of my age are trained by experience, which enables them to perceive more clearly than the younger men the best course of action—but to speak upon any proposed subject with grace, elegance, and finish is no longer to be expected at my age; indeed, I shall be content if I discuss these matters in a not altogether negligent fashion.
§ 7
μὴ θαυμάζετε δ’ ἄν τι φαίνωμαι λέγων ὧν πρότερον ἀκηκόατε· τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἴσως ἄκων ἂν ἐντύχοιμι, τὸ δὲ καὶ προειδώς, εἰ πρέπον εἰς τὸν λόγον εἴη, προσλάβοιμι· καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἄτοπος εἴην, εἰ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρωμένους αὐτὸς μόνος ἀπεχοίμην τῶν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ πρότερον εἰρημένων. τούτου δ’ ἕνεκα ταῦτα προεῖπον, ὅτι τὸ πρῶτον ἐπιφερόμενον ἓν τῶν τεθρυλημένων ἐστίν.
Do not be surprised if I am found saying something which you have heard before; for one statement I may perhaps chance upon unwittingly, another I may consciously employ, if it is pertinent to the discussion. Certainly I should be foolish if, although I see others using my thoughts, I alone should refrain from employing what I have previously said.
§ 8
εἴθισμαι γὰρ λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν διατρίβοντας ὅτι τοῦτο πρῶτον δεῖ σκέψασθαι, τί τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς τοῦ λόγου μέρεσι διαπρακτέον ἐστίν· ἐπειδὰν δὲ τοῦθ’ εὕρωμεν καὶ διακριβωσώμεθα, ζητητέον εἶναί φημι τὰς ἰδέας δι’ ὧν ταῦτ’ ἐξεργασθήσεται καὶ λήψεται τέλος ὅπερ ὑπεθέμεθα. καὶ ταῦτα φράζω μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων, ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο στοιχεῖον καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων καὶ κατὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πραγμάτων. οὐδὲν γὰρ οἷόν τ’ ἐστὶ πραχθῆναι νοῦν ἐχόντως,
This is the reason, then, for these introductory words, that the very first precept I shall present is one of those most often repeated. I am accustomed, that is, to tell the students in my school of rhetoric that the first question to be considered is—what is the object to be accomplished by the discourse as a whole and by its parts? And when we have discovered this and the matter has been accurately determined, I say that we must seek the rhetorical elements whereby that which we have set out to do may be elaborated and fulfilled. And this procedure I prescribe with reference to discourse, yet it is a principle applicable not only to all other matters, but also to your own affairs.
§ 9
ἂν μὴ τοῦτο πρῶτον μετὰ πολλῆς προνοίας λογίσησθε καὶ βουλεύσησθε, πῶς χρὴ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον ὑμῶν αὐτῶν προστῆναι καὶ τίνα βίον προελέσθαι καὶ ποίας δόξης ὀριγνηθῆναι καὶ ποτέρας τῶν τιμῶν ἀγαπῆσαι, τὰς παρ’ ἑκόντων γιγνομένας ἢ τὰς παρ’ ἀκόντων τῶν πολιτῶν· ταῦτα δὲ διορισαμένους τότ’ ἤδη τὰς πράξεις τὰς καθ’ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν σκεπτέον, ὅπως συντενοῦσι πρὸς τὰς ὑποθέσεις τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενομένας.
For nothing can be intelligently accomplished unless first, with full forethought, you reason and deliberate how you ought to direct your own future, what mode of life you should choose, what kind of repute you should set your heart upon, and which kind of honors you should be contented with—those freely granted by your fellow-citizens or those wrung from them against their will; and when these principles have been determined, then and only then should your daily actions be considered, in order that they may be in conformity with the original plan.
§ 10
καὶ τοῦτον μὲν τὸν τρόπον ζητοῦντες καὶ φιλοσοφοῦντες ὥσπερ σκοποῦ κειμένου στοχάσεσθε τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιτεύξεσθε τοῦ συμφέροντος· ἂν δὲ μηδεμίαν ποιήσησθε τοιαύτην ὑπόθεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ προσπῖπτον ἐπιχειρῆτε πράττειν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὑμᾶς ταῖς διανοίαις πλανᾶσθαι καὶ πολλῶν διαμαρτάνειν πραγμάτων.
If in this way you seriously search and study, you will take mental aim, as at a mark, at what is expedient for you, and will be the more likely to hit it. And if you have no such plan, but attempt to act in casual fashion, inevitably you will go astray in your purposes and fail in many undertakings.
§ 11
ἴσως ἂν οὖν τις τῶν εἰκῇ ζῆν προῃρημένων τοὺς μὲν τοιούτους λογισμοὺς διασύρειν ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ἀξιώσειε δ’ ἂν ἤδη με συμβουλεύειν περὶ τῶν προειρημένων. ἔστιν οὖν οὐκ ὀκνητέον ἀποφήνασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ἃ τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων. ἐμοὶ γὰρ αἱρετώτερος ὁ βίος εἶναι δοκεῖ καὶ βελτίων ὁ τῶν ἰδιωτευόντων ἢ τῶν τυραννούντων, καὶ τὰς τιμὰς ἡδίους ἡγοῦμαι τὰς ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις ἢ τὰς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις· καὶ περὶ τούτων λέγειν ἐπιχειρήσω.
Perhaps some one of those who choose to live planlessly may attempt to disparage such reasoning and ask that I give my advice forthwith with regard to what has just been said. Hence I must not shrink from declaring my honest opinion about it. To me the life of a private citizen seems preferable and better than that of a king, and I regard the honors received under constitutional governments as more gratifying than those under monarchies. It is of these honors I shall endeavor to speak.
§ 12
καίτοι μ’ οὐ λέληθεν ὅτι πολλοὺς ἕξω τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς περὶ ὑμᾶς ὄντας. οἶμαι γὰρ οὐχ ἥκιστα τούτους ἐπὶ τὴν τυραννίδα παροξύνειν ὑμᾶς· σκοποῦσι γὰρ οὐ πανταχῇ τὴν φύσιν τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ παραλογίζονται σφᾶς αὐτούς. τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἐξουσίας καὶ τὰ κέρδη καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς ὁρῶσι καὶ τούτων ἀπολαύσεσθαι προσδοκῶσι, τὰς δὲ ταραχὰς καὶ τοὺς φόβους καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς τοῖς ἄρχουσι συμπιπτούσας καὶ τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῶν οὐ θεωροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ πεπόνθασιν ὅπερ οἱ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις καὶ παρανομωτάτοις τῶν ἔργων ἐπιχειροῦντες.
And yet I am not unaware that I shall have many adversaries, especially among those who are in your circle, because these persons especially, I think, urge you to despotic power; for they do not examine from all sides the real nature of the question, but in many ways deceive themselves. For it is the powers, the profits, and the pleasures that they see in royalty and expect to enjoy them, whereas they fail to observe the disturbances, the fears, and the misfortunes which befall rulers and their friends. Instead they suffer from the same delusion as do men who set their hands to the most disgraceful and lawless deeds.
§ 13
καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τὰς μὲν πονηρίας τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων οὐκ ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἐλπίζουσι δ’ ὅσον μὲν ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, τοῦτο μὲν ἐκλήψεσθαι, τὰ δὲ δεινὰ πάντα τὰ προσόντα τῷ πράγματι καὶ τὰ κακὰ διαφεύξεσθαι, καὶ διοικήσειν τὰ περὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς οὕτως, ὥστε τῶν μὲν κινδύνων εἶναι πόρρω, τῶν δ’ ὠφελειῶν ἐγγύς.
These in fact are not ignorant of the wickedness of their acts, but hope to extract all the profit therein and yet to be exempt from all the dangers and ills which inhere in such acts, and to manage their affairs in such fashion as to keep the perils at a distance and the benefits within easy reach.
§ 14
τοὺς μὲν οὖν ταύτην ἔχοντας τὴν διάνοιαν ζηλῶ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας, αὐτὸς δ’ αἰσχυνθείην ἄν, εἰ συμβουλεύων ἑτέροις ἐκείνων ἀμελήσας τὸ ἐμαυτῷ συμφέρον ποιοίην καὶ μὴ παντάπασιν ἔξω θεὶς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τῶν ὠφελειῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων τὰ βέλτιστα παραινοίην. ὡς οὖν ἐμοῦ ταύτην ἔχοντος τὴν γνώμην, οὕτω μοι προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν.
As for those who have this conception of the matter, I envy them their easy-going philosophy, but I myself should be ashamed if, while offering counsel to others, I should be negligent of their interests and look to my own advantage instead of putting myself altogether beyond the reach of both the personal benefits and all other considerations and advising the best course of action. Being aware, therefore, that I hold this conviction, I beg you to give me your attention. . . . [Then followed in the letter the practical advice of Isocrates to the future rulers of Thessaly, presumably setting forth the advantages of a government under a constitution, i.e., a limited monarchy.]
Letter 9. To Archidamus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg024 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ θʹ Ἀρχιδάμῳ — tlg0010.tlg024.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 9. To Archidamus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg024.perseus-eng2
§ 1
εἰδώς, ὦ Ἀρχίδαμε, πολλοὺς ὡρμημένους ἐγκωμιάζειν σὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ γένος ὑμῶν, εἱλόμην τοῦτον μὲν τὸν λόγον, ἐπειδὴ λίαν ῥᾴδιος ἦν, ἐκείνοις παραλιπεῖν, αὐτὸς δέ σε διανοοῦμαι παρακαλεῖν ἐπὶ στρατηγίας καὶ στρατείας οὐδὲν ὁμοίας ταῖς νῦν ἐνεστηκυίαις, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ὧν μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος γενήσει καὶ τῇ πόλει τῇ σαυτοῦ καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἅπασιν.
Since I know, Archidamus, that many persons are eager to sing the praises of you, your father, and your family, I have chosen to leave to them that topic, since it would be a very easy one to treat. I myself, however, intend to exhort you to feats of generalship and military campaigns which are in no respect similar to those which are impending now, but, on the contrary, are such as will make you the author of great benefits, not only to your own state, but also to all the Greek world.
§ 2
ταύτην δ’ ἐποιησάμην τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τῶν λόγων τὸν εὐμεταχειριστότερον, ἀλλ’ ἀκριβῶς εἰδὼς ὅτι πράξεις μὲν εὑρεῖν καλὰς καὶ μεγάλας καὶ συμφερούσας χαλεπὸν καὶ σπάνιόν ἐστιν, ἐπαινέσαι δὲ τὰς ἀρετὰς τὰς ὑμετέρας ῥᾳδίως οἷός τ’ ἂν ἐγενόμην. οὐ γὰρ ἔδει με παρ’ ἐμαυτοῦ πορίζεσθαι τὰ λεχθησόμενα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν ὑμῖν πεπραγμένων τοσαύτας ἂν καὶ τοιαύτας ἀφορμὰς ἔλαβον ὥστε τὰς περὶ τῶν ἄλλων εὐλογίας μηδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν ἐναμίλλους γενέσθαι τῇ περὶ ὑμᾶς ῥηθείσῃ.
This is the choice of subject I have made, although I am not unaware which of the two discourses is the easier to deal with; nay, I know perfectly well that to discover actions which are noble, great, and advantageous is difficult and given to few men, whereas to praise your virtues I should have found an easy task. For there would have been no need of deriving from my own resources all that was to be said about them, but in your own past achievements I should have found topics for treatment so many and of such a kind that the eulogies pronounced upon other men would not have rivalled in the slightest degree the praise that I should have lavished upon you.
§ 3
πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις ἢ τὴν εὐγένειαν ὑπερεβάλετο τῶν γεγονότων ἀφ’ Ἡρακλέους καὶ Διὸς ἣν πάντες ἴσασι μόνοις ὑμῖν ὁμολογουμένως ὑπάρχουσαν, ἢ τὴν ἀρετὴν τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ τὰς Δωρικὰς πόλεις κτισάντων καὶ τὴν χώραν ταύτην κατασχόντων, ἢ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κινδύνων καὶ τῶν τροπαίων τῶν διὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ βασιλείαν σταθέντων;
For how could anyone have surpassed in nobility of birth the descendants of Heracles and Zeus—and all men know that to your family alone confessedly belongs this honor—or in valor the founders of the Dorian cities in the Peloponnese who occupied that land, or in the multitude of the perilous deeds and the trophies erected as a result of your leadership and rule?
§ 4
τίς δ’ ἂν ἠπόρησε, διεξιέναι βουληθεὶς τὴν ἀνδρίαν ὅλης τῆς πόλεως καὶ σωφροσύνην καὶ πολιτείαν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων τῶν ὑμετέρων συνταχθεῖσαν; πόσοις δ’ ἂν λόγοις ἐξεγένετο χρήσασθαι περὶ τὴν φρόνησιν τοῦ σοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὴν ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς διοίκησιν καὶ τὴν μάχην τὴν ἐν τῇ πόλει γενομένην ἧς ἡγεμὼν σὺ καταστὰς καὶ μετ’ ὀλίγων πρὸς πολλοὺς κινδυνεύσας καὶ πάντων διενεγκὼν αἴτιος ἐγένου τῇ πόλει τῆς σωτηρίας, οὗ κάλλιον ἔργον οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπιδείξειεν;
Who would lack material if he wished to recount in full the tale of the courage of your entire state, and of its moderation, and its constitution established by your ancestors? How long a story would be needed to tell of your father’s wisdom, of his handling of affairs in adversity, and of that battle in Sparta in which you, leading a few against many, exposed yourself to danger, and, surpassing all, proved to be the author of your city’s salvation—a deed than which no man could point to one more glorious!
§ 5
οὔτε γὰρ πόλεις ἑλεῖν οὔτε πολλοὺς ἀποκτεῖναι τῶν πολεμίων οὕτω μέγα καὶ σεμνόν ἐστιν ὡς ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων κινδύνων σῶσαι τὴν πατρίδα, μὴ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἀλλὰ τὴν τοσοῦτον ἐπ’ ἀρετῇ διενεγκοῦσαν. περὶ ὧν μὴ κομψῶς, ἀλλ’ ἁπλῶς διελθών, μηδὲ τῇ λέξει κοσμήσας, ἀλλ’ ἐξαριθμήσας μόνον καὶ χύδην εἰπὼν οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εὐδοκιμήσειεν.
For neither capture of cities nor slaughter of a multitude of the enemy is so great and so sublime as the saving of one’s fatherland from perils so dire—and no ordinary fatherland, but one so greatly distinguished for its valor. Any man who should relate these achievements, not in polished style, but simply, and without stylistic embellishment, merely telling the tale of them and speaking in random fashion, could not fail to win renown.
§ 6
ἐγὼ τοίνυν δυνηθεὶς ἂν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐξαρκούντως διαλεχθῆναι, κἀκεῖνο γιγνώσκων, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ῥᾷόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν γεγενημένων εὐπόρως ἐπιδραμεῖν ἢ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων νουνεχόντως εἰπεῖν, ἔπειθ’ ὅτι πάντες ἄνθρωποι πλείω χάριν ἔχουσι τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσιν ἢ τοῖς συμβουλεύουσι, τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ὡς εὔνους ὄντας ἀποδέχονται, τοὺς δ’ ἂν μὴ κελευσθέντες παραινῶσιν,
Now I might have spoken passably about even these matters, since I knew, in the first place, that it is easier to treat copiously in cursory fashion occurrences of the past than intelligently to discuss the future and, in the second place, that all men are more grateful to those who praise them than to those who advise them—for the former they approve as being well—disposed, but the latter,
§ 7
ἐνοχλεῖν νομίζουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἅπαντα ταῦτα προειδὼς τῶν μὲν πρὸς χάριν ἂν ῥηθέντων ἀπεσχόμην, περὶ δὲ τοιούτων μέλλω λέγειν, περὶ ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος τολμήσειεν, ἡγούμενος δεῖν τοὺς ἐπιεικείας καὶ φρονήσεως ἀμφισβητοῦντας μὴ τοὺς ῥᾴστους προαιρεῖσθαι τῶν λόγων, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐργωδεστάτους, μηδὲ τοὺς ἡδίστους τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ὧν ὠφελήσουσι καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας· ἐφ’ οἷσπερ ἐγὼ τυγχάνω νῦν ἐφεστηκώς.
if the advice comes unbidden, they look upon as officious—nevertheless, although I was already fully aware of all these considerations, I have refrained from topics which would surely be flattering and now I propose to speak of such matters as no one else would dare to discuss, because I believe that those who make pretensions to fairness and practical wisdom should choose, not the easiest subjects, but the most arduous, nor yet those which are the sweetest to the ears of the listeners, but such as will avail to benefit, not only their own states, but also all the other Greeks. And such is the subject, in fact, to which I have fixed my attention at the present time.
§ 8
θαυμάζω δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν πράττειν ἢ λέγειν δυναμένων, εἰ μηδὲ πώποτ’ αὐτοῖς ἐπῆλθεν ἐνθυμηθῆναι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων, μηδ’ ἐλεῆσαι τὰς τῆς Ἑλλάδος δυσπραξίας οὕτως αἰσχρῶς καὶ δεινῶς διατιθεμένης, ἧς οὐδεὶς παραλέλειπται τόπος, ὃς οὐ γέμει καὶ μεστός ἐστι πολέμου καὶ στάσεων καὶ σφαγῶν καὶ κακῶν ἀναριθμήτων· ὧν πλεῖστον μέρος μετειλήφασιν οἱ τῆς Ἀσίας τὴν παραλίαν οἰκοῦντες, οὓς ἐν τοῖς συνθήκαις ἅπαντας ἐκδεδώκαμεν οὐ μόνον τοῖς βαρβάροις ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοῖς τῆς μὲν φωνῆς τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνοῦσι, τῷ δὲ τρόπῳ τῷ τῶν βαρβάρων χρωμένοις· οὕς,
I marvel also at those men who have ability in action or in speech that it has never occurred to them seriously to take to heart the conditions which affect all Greeks alike, or even to feel pity for the evil plight of Hellas, so shameful and dreadful, no part of which now remains that is not teeming full of war, uprisings, slaughter, and evils innumerable. The greatest share of these ills is the lot of the dwellers along the seaboard of Asia, whom by the treaty we have delivered one and all into the hands, not only of the barbarians, but also of those Greeks who, though they share our speech, yet adhere to the ways of the barbarians.
§ 9
εἰ νοῦν εἴχομεν, οὐκ ἂν περιεωρῶμεν ἀθροιζομένους οὐδ’ ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων στρατηγουμένους, οὐδὲ μείζους καὶ κρείττους συντάξεις στρατοπέδων γιγνομένας ἐκ τῶν πλανωμένων ἢ τῶν πολιτευομένων· οἳ τῆς μὲν βασιλέως χώρας μικρὸν μέρος λυμαίνονται, τὰς δὲ πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας, εἰς ἣν ἂν εἰσέλθωσιν, ἀναστάτους ποιοῦσι, τοὺς μὲν ἀποκτείνοντες, τοὺς δὲ φυγαδεύοντες,
These renegades, if we had any sense, we should not be permitting to come together into bands or, led by any chance leaders, to form armed contingents, composed of roving forces more numerous and powerful than are the troops of our own citizen forces. These armies do damage to only a small part of the domain of the king of Persia, but every Hellenic city they enter they utterly destroy, killing some, driving others into exile, and robbing still others of their possessions;
§ 10
τῶν δὲ τὰς οὐσίας διαρπάζοντες, ἔτι δὲ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας ὑβρίζοντες, καὶ τὰς μὲν εὐπρεπεστάτας καταισχύνοντες, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἃ περὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ἔχουσι περισπῶντες, ὥσθ’ ἃς πρότερον οὐδὲ κεκοσμημένας ἦν ἰδεῖν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις, ταύτας ὑπὸ πολλῶν ὁρᾶσθαι γυμνάς, ἐνίας δ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ῥάκεσι περιφθειρομένας δι’ ἔνδειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων.
furthermore, they treat with indignity children and women, and not only dishonor the most beautiful women, but from the others they strip off the clothing which they wear on their persons, so that those who even when fully clothed were not to be seen by strangers, are beheld naked by many men; and some women, clad in rags, are seen wandering in destitution from lack of the bare necessities of life.
§ 11
ὑπὲρ ὧν πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον γιγνομένων οὔτε πόλις οὐδεμία τῶν προεστάναι τῶν Ἐλλήνων ἀξιουσῶν ἠγανάκτησεν, οὔτ’ ἀνὴρ τῶν πρωτευόντων οὐδεὶς βαρέως ἤνεγκε, πλὴν ὁ σὸς πατήρ· μόνος γὰρ Ἀγησίλαος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν ἐπιθυμῶν ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσε τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερῶσαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνος ἑνὸς πράγματος διήμαρτεν. καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς,
With regard to this unhappy situation, which has now obtained for a long time, not one of the cities which lays claim to the leadership of the Hellenes has shown indignation, nor has any of its leading men been wroth, except your father. For Agesilaus alone of all whom we know unceasingly to the end longed to liberate the Greeks and to wage war against the barbarians. Nevertheless, even he erred in one respect.
§ 12
εἰ πρὸς σὲ διαλεγόμενος μνησθήσομαι τῶν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γνωσθέντων· εἴθισμαί τε γὰρ μετὰ παρρησίας ἀεὶ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους, καὶ δεξαίμην ἂν δικαίως ἐπιτιμήσας ἀπεχθέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐπαινέσας χαρίσασθαι.
And do not be surprised if I, in my communication to you, mention matters in which his judgement was at fault; for I am accustomed always to speak with the utmost frankness and I should prefer to be disliked for having justly censured than to win favor through having given unmerited praise.
§ 13
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐμὸν οὕτως ἔχον ἐστίν, ἐκεῖνος δ’ ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις διενεγκὼν καὶ γενόμενος ἐγκρατέστατος καὶ δικαιότατος καὶ πολιτικώτατος διττὰς ἔσχεν ἐπιθυμίας, χωρὶς μὲν ἑκατέραν καλὴν εἶναι δοκοῦσαν, οὐ συμφωνούσας δ’ ἀλλήλαις οὐδ’ ἅμα πράττεσθαι δυναμένας· ἠβούλετο γὰρ βασιλεῖ τε πολεμεῖν καὶ τῶν φίλων τοὺς φεύγοντας εἰς τὰς πόλεις καταγαγεῖν καὶ κυρίους καταστῆσαι τῶν πραγμάτων.
My view, then, is as follows: Agesilaus, who had won distinction in all other fields, and had shown himself to be in the highest degree self-controlled, just, and statesmanlike, conceived two strong desires, each of them taken by itself seeming admirable, but being incompatible and incapable of achievement at the same time. For he wished not only to wage war on the Persian king but also to restore to their respective cities his friends who were in exile and to establish them as masters of affairs.
§ 14
συνέβαινεν οὖν ἐκ μὲν τῆς πραγματείας τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑταίρων ἐν κακοῖς καὶ κινδύνοις εἶναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, διὰ δὲ τὴν ταραχὴν τὴν ἐνθάδε γιγνομένην μὴ σχολὴν ἄγειν μηδὲ δύνασθαι πολεμεῖν τοῖς βαρβάροις. ὥστ’ ἐκ τῶν ἀγνοηθέντων κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ὀρθῶς βουλευομένους μὴ πρότερον ἐκφέρειν πρὸς βασιλέα πόλεμον, πρὶν ἂν διαλλάξῃ τις τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ παύσῃ τῆς μανίας καὶ τῆς φιλονικίας ἡμᾶς. περὶ ὧν ἐγὼ καὶ πρότερον εἴρηκα καὶ νῦν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους.
The result, therefore, of his exertions on behalf of his friends was that the Greeks were involved in misfortunes and in fighting, and on account of the confusion which prevailed here had not the leisure nor yet the strength to wage war against the barbarians. So, in consequence of the conditions which were at that time not recognized, it is easy to perceive that men of good counsel should not wage war against the king of Persia until someone shall have first reconciled the Greeks with each other and have made us cease from our madness and contentiousness. On these topics I have spoken before and now I intend to discuss them.
§ 15
καίτοι τινὲς τῶν οὐδεμιᾶς μὲν παιδείας μετεσχηκότων, δύνασθαι δὲ παιδεύειν τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπισχνουμένων, καὶ ψέγειν μὲν τἀμὰ τολμώντων, μιμεῖσθαι δὲ γλιχομένων, τάχ’ ἂν μανίαν εἶναι φήσειαν τὸ μέλειν ἐμοὶ τῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος συμφορῶν, ὥσπερ παρὰ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἢ βέλτιον ἢ χεῖρον αὐτὴν πράξουσαν. ὧν δικαίως ἂν ἅπαντες πολλὴν ἀνανδρίαν καὶ μικροψυχίαν καταγνοῖεν, ὅτι προσποιούμενοι φιλοσοφεῖν αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐπὶ μικροῖς φιλοτιμοῦνται, τοῖς δὲ δυναμένοις περὶ τῶν μεγίστων συμβουλεύειν φθονοῦντες διατελοῦσιν.
And yet certain persons who, although they have no share at all in learning, yet profess to be able to teach everybody else, and although they dare to find fault with my efforts, yet are eager to imitate them, will perhaps call it madness for me to concern myself with the misfortunes of Greece, as if Greece would be either better or worse off as a result of words of mine! Justly, however, would all men condemn these persons as guilty of great cowardice and meanness of spirit, for while they make pretence to serious intellectual interests, they pride themselves on petty things and consistently show malice and envy against those who have the ability to give counsel concerning matters of the greatest importance.
§ 16
οὗτοι μὲν οὖν βοηθοῦντες ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσθενείαις καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις ἴσως τοιαῦτ’ ἐροῦσιν· ἐγὼ δ’ οὕτως ἐπ’ ἐμαυτῷ μέγα φρονῶ, καίπερ ἔτη γεγονὼς ὀγδοήκοντα καὶ παντάπασιν ἀπειρηκώς, ὥστ’ οἶμαι καὶ λέγειν ἐμοὶ προσήκειν μάλιστα περὶ τούτων καὶ καλῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι πρὸς σὲ ποιούμενον τοὺς λόγους, καὶ τυχὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν γενήσεσθαί τι τῶν δεόντων.
These men, then, in their endeavor to give aid and comfort to their own weaknesses and indolence, will perhaps speak in such fashion. I for my part, however, pride myself so greatly on my ability that, even though I am now eighty years of age and altogether worn out, I think it is especially fitting to speak my mind on these matters, and also that I have been well advised in directing my appeal to you, and that it may well be that from my counsel some of the necessary measures will be taken.
§ 17
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, εἰ δεήσειεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐκλέξασθαι τόν τε τῷ λόγῳ κάλλιστ’ ἂν δυνηθέντα παρακαλέσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων στρατείαν καὶ τὸν τάχιστα μέλλοντα τὰς πράξεις ἐπιτελεῖν τὰς συμφέρειν δοξάσας, οὐκ ἂν ἄλλους ἀνθ’ ἡμῶν προκριθῆναι. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἂν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσαιμεν, εἰ τούτων ἀμελήσαιμεν οὕτως ἐντίμων ὄντων ὧν ἅπαντες ἂν ἡμᾶς ἀξιώσαιεν;
And I believe that if the rest of the Greek world also should be called upon to choose from all mankind both the man who by his eloquence would best be able to summon the Greeks to the expedition against the barbarians, and also the leader who would be likely most quickly to bring to fulfillment the measures recognized as expedient, they would choose no others but you and me. Yet surely we should be acting disgracefully, should we not, if we should neglect these duties in which our honor is involved, should all men regard us as worthy of them?
§ 18
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐμὸν ἔλαττόν ἐστιν· ἀποφήνασθαι γὰρ ἃ γιγνώσκει τις οὐ πάνυ τῶν χαλεπῶν πέφυκεν· σοὶ δὲ προσήκει προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις βουλεύσασθαι, πότερον ὀλιγωρητέον ἐστὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν πραγμάτων γεγονότι μέν, ὥσπερ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐγὼ διῆλθον, ἡγεμόνι δὲ Λακεδαιμονίων ὄντι, βασιλεῖ δὲ προσαγορευομένῳ, μεγίστην δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχοντι δόξαν, ἢ τῶν μὲν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων ὑπεροπτέον, μείζοσι δ’ ἐπιχειρητέον.
My part, it is true, is the smaller; for to declare what one thinks is usually not so very difficult. But for you it is fitting, giving attention to all that I have said, to deliberate upon the question whether you should shrink from the conduct of the affairs of Hellas—you, whose noble lineage I have a little while ago described, leader of the Lacedaemonians, addressed by the name King, and a man who enjoys the greatest renown of all the Hellenes—or, disdaining the matters you now have in hand, you should put your hand to greater undertakings.
§ 19
ἐγὼ μὲν γάρ φημι χρῆναί σε πάντων ἀφέμενον τῶν ἄλλων δυοῖν τούτοιν προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας ἀπαλλάξεις τῶν πολέμων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν τῶν νῦν αὐτοῖς παρόντων, τοὺς δὲ βαρβάρους παύσεις ὑβρίζοντας καὶ πλείω κεκτημένους ἀγαθὰ τοῦ προσήκοντος. ὡς δ’ ἐστὶ ταῦτα δυνατὰ καὶ συμφέροντα καὶ σοὶ καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ἐμὸν ἔργον ἤδη διδάξαι περὶ αὐτῶν ἐστιν
I for my part say that, disregarding everything else, you should give your attention to these two tasks—to rid the Hellenes from their wars and from all the other miseries with which they are now afflicted, and to put a stop to the insolence of the barbarians and to their possession of wealth beyond their due. That these things are practicable and expedient for you, for your city, and for all the Hellenes at large, it is now my task to explain. . . .[The conclusion is missing]
Letter 8. To the Rulers of the Mytilenaeans · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg025 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ ηʹ Τοῖς Μυτιληναίων ἄρχουσιν — tlg0010.tlg025.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 8. To the Rulers of the Mytilenaeans — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg025.perseus-eng2
§ 1
οἱ παῖδες οἱ Ἀφαρέως, ὑιδεῖς δ’ ἐμοί, παιδευθέντες ὑπ’ Ἀγήνορος τὰ περὶ τὴν μουσικήν, ἐδεήθησάν μου γράμματα πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅπως ἄν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τινὰς κατηγάγετε φυγάδων, καὶ τοῦτον καταδέξησθε καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφούς. λέγοντος δέ μου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὅτι δέδοικα μὴ λίαν ἄτοπος εἶναι δόξω καὶ περίεργος, ζητῶν εὑρίσκεσθαι τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος παρ’ ἀνδρῶν οἷς οὐδὲ πώποτε πρότερον οὔτε διελέχθην οὔτε συνήθης ἐγενόμην, ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐλιπάρουν.
The sons of Aphareus, my grandsons, who were instructed in music by Agenor, have asked me to write to you and beg that, since you have restored some of the other exiles, you will also allow Agenor, his father, and his brothers to return home. When I told them that I feared I should appear ridiculous and meddlesome in seeking so great a favor from men with whom I have never before spoken or been acquainted, they, upon hearing my reply, were all the more insistent.
§ 2
ὡς δ’ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀπέβαινεν ὧν ἤλπιζον, ἅπασιν ἦσαν καταφανεῖς ἀηδῶς διακείμενοι καὶ χαλεπῶς φέροντες. ὁρῶν δ’ αὐτοὺς λυπουμένους μᾶλλον τοῦ προσήκοντος, τελευτῶν ὑπεσχόμην γράψειν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν καὶ πέμψειν ὑμῖν. ὑπὲρ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μὴ δικαίως ἂν δοκεῖν μωρὸς εἶναι μηδ’ ὀχληρὸς ταῦτ’ ἔχω λέγειν.
And when they could obtain nothing of what they hoped, they clearly showed to all that they were displeased and sorely disappointed. So when I saw that they were unduly distressed I finally promised to write the letter and send it to you. That I may not justly seem foolish and irksome I make this explanation.
§ 3
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ καλῶς ὑμᾶς βεβουλεῦσθαι καὶ διαλλαττομένους τοῖς πολίταις τοῖς ὑμετέροις, καὶ πειρωμένους τοὺς μὲν φεύγοντας ὀλίγους ποιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ συμπολιτευομένους πολλούς, καὶ μιμουμένους τὰ περὶ τὴν στάσιν τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν. μάλιστα δ’ ἄν τις ὑμᾶς ἐπαινέσειεν ὅτι τοῖς κατιοῦσιν ἀποδίδοτε τὴν οὐσίαν· ἐπιδείκνυσθε γὰρ καὶ ποιεῖτε πᾶσι φανερὸν ὡς οὐ τῶν κτημάτων ἐπιθυμήσαντες τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως δείσαντες ἐποιήσασθε τὴν ἐκβολὴν αὐτῶν.
I think you have been well advised both in becoming reconciled to your fellow-citizens and, while trying to reduce the number of exiles, in increasing that of the participants in public life and also in imitating Athens in handling the sedition. You are especially deserving of praise because you are restoring their property to the exiles who return; for thus you show and make clear to all that you had expelled them, not because you coveted the property of others, but because you feared for the welfare of the city.
§ 4
οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ὑμῖν ἔδοξε τούτων μηδὲ προσεδέχεσθε μηδένα τῶν φυγάδων, τούτους γε νομίζω συμφέρειν ὑμῖν κατάγειν. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τὴν μὲν πόλιν ὑμῶν ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογεῖσθαι μουσικωτάτην εἶναι καὶ τοὺς ὀνομαστοτάτους ἐν αὐτῇ παρ’ ὑμῖν τυγχάνειν γεγονότας, τὸν δὲ προέχοντα τῶν νῦν ὄντων περὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν τῆς παιδείας ταύτης φεύγειν ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης πόλεως, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους Ἕλληνας τοὺς διαφέροντας περί τι τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, κἂν μηδὲν προσήκωσι, ποιεῖσθαι πολίτας, ὑμᾶς δὲ τοὺς εὐδοκιμοῦντάς τε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ μετασχόντας τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως περιορᾶν παρ’ ἑτέροις μετοικοῦντας.
Nevertheless, even if you had adopted none of the measures, and had received back no one of the exiles, the restoration of these individuals is to your advantage, I think; for it is disgraceful that while your city is universally acknowledged to be most devoted to music and the most notable artists in that field have been born among you, yet he who is the foremost authority of living men in that branch of culture is an exile from such a city; and that while all other Greeks confer citizenship upon men who are distinguished in any of the noble pursuits, even though they are foreigners, yet you suffer those who are both famous among the other Greeks and share in your own racial origin to live abroad in exile.
§ 5
θαυμάζω δ’ ὅσαι τῶν πόλεων μειζόνων δωρεῶν ἀξιοῦσι τοὺς ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσι κατορθοῦντας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τῇ φιλοπονίᾳ τι τῶν χρησίμων εὑρίσκοντας, καὶ μὴ συνορῶσιν ὅτι πεφύκασιν αἱ μὲν περὶ τὴν ῥώμην καὶ τὸ τάχος δυνάμεις συναποθνῄσκειν τοῖς σώμασιν, αἱ δ’ ἐπιστῆμαι παραμένειν ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ὠφελοῦσαι τοὺς χρωμένους αὐταῖς.
I marvel that so many cities judge those who excel in the athletic contests to be worthy of greater rewards than those who, by painstaking thought and endeavor, discover some useful thing, and that they do not see at a glance that while the faculties of strength and speed naturally perish with the body, yet the arts and sciences abide for eternity, giving benefit to those who cultivate them.
§ 6
ὧν ἐνθυμουμένους χρὴ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας περὶ πλείστου μὲν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς καλῶς καὶ δικαίως τῆς αὑτῶν πόλεως ἐπιστατοῦντας, δευτέρους δὲ τοὺς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν αὐτῇ καλὴν συμβαλέσθαι δυναμένους· ἅπαντες γὰρ ὥσπερ δείγματι τοῖς τοιούτοις χρώμενοι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους ὁμοίους εἶναι τούτοις νομίζουσιν.
Intelligent men, therefore, bearing in mind these considerations, should esteem most highly, first those who administer well and justly the affairs of their own city, and, second, those who are able to contribute to its honor and glory; for all the world uses such men as examples and all their fellow-citizens are judged to be of like excellence.
§ 7
ἴσως οὖν εἴποι τις ἂν ὅτι προσήκει τοὺς εὑρέσθαι τι βουλομένους μὴ τὸ πρᾶγμα μόνον ἐπαινεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιδεικνύναι δικαίως ἂν τυγχάνοντας, περὶ ὧν ποιοῦνται τοὺς λόγους. ἔχει δ’ οὕτως. ἐγὼ τοῦ μὲν πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ ῥητορεύειν ἀπέστην· οὔτε γὰρ φωνὴν ἔσχον ἱκανὴν οὔτε τόλμαν· οὐ μὴν παντάπασιν ἄχρηστος ἔφυν οὐδ’ ἀδόκιμος, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τε λέγειν προῃρημένοις ἀγαθόν τι περὶ ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων φανείην ἂν καὶ σύμβουλος καὶ συναγωνιστὴς γεγενημένος, αὐτός τε πλείους λόγους πεποιημένος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ τὰ βήματα κατατετριφότες.
But perhaps someone may object, saying that those who wish to obtain a favor should not merely praise the thing, but should also show that they themselves would be justly entitled to that for which they petition. But here is the situation. It is true that I have abstained from political activity and from practising oratory: for my voice was inadequate and I lacked assurance. I have not been altogether useless, however, and without repute; on the contrary, you will find that I have been the counsellor and coadjutor of those who have chosen to speak well of you and of our other allies, and that I have myself composed more discourses on behalf of the freedom and independence of the Greeks than all those together who have worn smooth the floor of our platforms.
§ 8
ὑπὲρ ὧν ὑμεῖς ἄν μοι δικαίως πλείστην ἔχοιτε χάριν· μάλιστα γὰρ ἐπιθυμοῦντες διατελεῖτε τῆς τοιαύτης καταστάσεως. οἶμαι δ’ ἄν, εἰ Κόνων μὲν καὶ Τιμόθεος ἐτύγχανον ζῶντες, Διόφαντος δ’ ἧκεν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, πολλὴν ἂν αὐτοὺς ποιήσασθαι σπουδήν, εὑρέσθαι με βουλομένους ὧν τυγχάνω δεόμενος. περὶ ὧν οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγειν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὑμῶν οὕτως ἐστὶ νέος οὐδ’ ἐπιλήσμων, ὅστις οὐκ οἶδε τὰς ἐκείνων εὐεργεσίας.
For this you would justly be grateful to me in the highest degree; for you constantly and earnestly desire such a settled policy. And I think that, if Conon and Timotheus were still alive, and Diophantus had returned from Asia, they would have supported me most enthusiastically, since they would wish that I might obtain all I request. On this topic I do not know what more I need say; for there is no one among you so young or so forgetful as not to know the benefactions of those great men.
§ 9
οὕτω δ’ ἄν μοι δοκεῖτε κάλλιστα βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τούτων, εἰ σκέψαισθε, τίς ἐστιν ὁ δεόμενος καὶ ὑπὲρ ποίων τινῶν ἀνθρώπων. εὑρήσετε γὰρ ἐμὲ μὲν οἰκειότατα κεχρημένον τοῖς μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίοις γεγενημένοις ὑμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὑπὲρ ὧν δὲ δέομαι τοιούτους ὄντας, οἵους τοὺς μὲν πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ὄντας μὴ λυπεῖν, τοῖς δὲ νεωτέροις διατριβὴν παρέχειν ἡδεῖαν καὶ χρησίμην καὶ πρέπουσαν τοῖς τηλικούτοις.
But I think that you would arrive at the best decision as to this matter if you should consider who your petitioner is and for what men the favor is asked. For you will find that I have had the most intimate relations with those who have been the authors of the greatest benefits to both you and the other allies, and that while those for whom I intercede are men of such character as to give no offence to their elders and to those in governmental authority, to the younger men they furnish agreeable and useful occupation that befits those of their age.
§ 10
μὴ θαυμάζετε δ’ εἰ προθυμότερον καὶ διὰ μακροτέρων γέγραφα τὴν ἐπιστολήν· βούλομαι γὰρ ἀμφότερα, τοῖς τε παισὶν ἡμῶν χαρίσασθαι καὶ ποιῆσαι φανερὸν αὐτοῖς ὅτι, κἂν μὴ δημηγορῶσι μηδὲ στρατηγῶσιν ἀλλὰ μόνον μιμῶνται τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμόν, οὐκ ἠμελημένως διάξουσιν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. ἓν ἔτι λοιπόν· ἂν ἄρα δόξῃ τι τούτων ὑμῖν πράττειν, Ἀγήνορί τε δηλώσατε καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὅτι μέρος τι καὶ δι’ ἐμὲ τυγχάνουσιν ὧν ἐπεθύμουν.
Do not wonder that I have written this letter with considerable warmth and at some length; for I desire to accomplish two things: not only to do our children a favor, but also to make it clear to them that even if they do not become orators in the Assembly or generals, but merely imitate my manner of life, they will not lead neglected lives among the Greeks. One thing more—if it should seem best to you to grant any of these requests, let Agenor and his brothers understand that it is owing in some measure to me that they are obtaining what they desire.
Letter 7. To Timotheus · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg026 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ ζʹ Τιμοθέῳ — tlg0010.tlg026.perseus-grc3 · English: Letter 7. To Timotheus — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg026.perseus-eng3
§ 1
περὶ μὲν τῆς οἰκειότητος τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἶμαί σε πολλῶν ἀκηκοέναι, συγχαίρω δέ σοι πυνθανόμενος, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τῇ δυναστείᾳ τῇ παρούσῃ κάλλιον χρῇ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ φρονιμώτερον, ἔπειθ’ ὅτι προαιρεῖ δόξαν καλὴν κτήσασθαι μᾶλλον ἢ πλοῦτον μέγαν συναγαγεῖν. σημεῖον γὰρ οὐ μικρὸν ἐκφέρεις ἀρετῆς, ἀλλ’ ὡς δυνατὸν μέγιστον, ταύτην ἔχων τὴν γνώμην· ὥστ’ ἢν ἐμμείνῃς τοῖς περὶ σοῦ νῦν λεγομένοις, οὐκ ἀπορήσεις τῶν ἐγκωμιασομένων τήν τε φρόνησιν τὴν σὴν καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν ταύτην.
Of the friendly relations which exist between your family and me I think you have heard from many sources, and I congratulate you as I receive word, first that you are making use of the princely power you now possess in better and wiser fashion than your father, and also, that you choose rather to win good repute than to amass great wealth. In making this your purpose you give no slight indication of virtue, but the very greatest; so that, if you are faithful to your present reputation, you will not lack those who will praise both your wisdom and this choice.
§ 2
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ διηγγελμένα περὶ τοῦ πατρός σου συμβαλεῖσθαι μεγάλην πίστιν πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖν εὖ φρονεῖν σε καὶ διαφέρειν τῶν ἄλλων· εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐχ οὕτως ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τιμᾶν τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πατέρων τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων γεγονότας, ὡς τοὺς ἐκ τῶν δυσκόλων καὶ χαλεπῶν, ἤν περ φαίνωνται μηδὲν ὅμοιοι τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὄντες. μᾶλλον γὰρ ἐπὶ πάντων κεχαρισμένον αὐτοῖς ἐστὶ τὸ παρὰ λόγον συμβαῖνον ἀγαθὸν τῶν εἰκότως καὶ προσηκόντως γιγνομένων.
I think that the reports which have been noised abroad about your father will also contribute a great deal of credibility to the general opinion of your good judgement and superiority to all others; for most men are wont to praise and honor, not so much the sons of fathers who are of good repute, as those born of harsh and cruel fathers, provided that they show themselves to be similar in no respect to their parents. For any boon which comes to men contrary to reason always gives them greater pleasure than those which duly come to pass in accordance with their expectation.
§ 3
ὧν ἐνθυμούμενον χρὴ ζητεῖν καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐξ ὅτου τρόπου καὶ μετὰ τίνων καὶ τίσι συμβούλοις χρώμενος τάς τε τῆς πόλεως ἀτυχίας ἐπανορθώσεις καὶ τοὺς πολίτας ἐπί τε τὰς ἐργασίας καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην προτρέψεις καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτοὺς ἥδιον ζῆν καὶ θαρραλεώτερον ἢ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον· ταῦτα γάρ ἐστιν ἔργα τῶν ὀρθῶς καὶ φρονίμως τυραννευόντων.
Bearing this in mind, you should search and study in what fashion, with the aid of whom, and by employing what counsellors you are to repair your city’s misfortunes, to spur your citizens on to their labors and to temperate conduct, and to cause them to live more happily and more confidently than in the past; for this is the duty of good and wise kings.
§ 4
ὧν ἔνιοι καταφρονήσαντες οὐδὲν ἄλλο σκοποῦσι, πλὴν ὅπως αὐτοί θ’ ὡς μετὰ πλείστης ἀσελγείας τὸν βίον διάξουσι, τῶν τε πολιτῶν τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ πλουσιωτάτους καὶ φρονιμωτάτους λυμανοῦνται καὶ δασμολογήσουσι, κακῶς εἰδότες ὅτι προσήκει τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας καὶ τὴν τιμὴν ταύτην ἔχοντας μὴ τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων κακοῖς αὑτοῖς ἡδονὰς παρασκευάζειν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς αὑτῶν ἐπιμελείαις τοὺς πολίτας εὐδαιμονεστέρους ποιεῖν,
Some, disdaining these obligations, look to nothing else save how they may themselves lead lives of the greatest licentiousness and may mistreat and pillage by taxation the best and wealthiest and most sagacious of their subjects, being ill aware that wise men who hold that high office should not, at the cost of injury to all the rest, provide pleasures for themselves, but rather should by their own watchful care make their subjects happier;
§ 5
μηδὲ πικρῶς μὲν καὶ χαλεπῶς διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἅπαντας, ἀμελεῖν δὲ τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας, ἀλλ’ οὕτω μὲν πράως καὶ νομίμως ἐπιστατεῖν τῶν πραγμάτων ὥστε μηδένα τολμᾶν αὐτοῖς ἐπιβουλεύειν, μετὰ τοσαύτης δ’ ἀκριβείας τὴν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖσθαι φυλακὴν ὡς ἁπάντων αὐτοὺς ἀνελεῖν βουλομένων. ταύτην γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχοντες αὐτοί τ’ ἂν ἔξω τῶν κινδύνων εἶεν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῖεν· ὧν ἀγαθὰ μείζω χαλεπὸν εὑρεῖν ἐστίν.
nor should they, while being harshly and cruelly disposed toward all, yet be careless of their own safety; on the contrary, their conduct of affairs should be so gentle and so in accordance with the law that no one will venture to plot against them; yet they should rigorously guard their persons as if everybody wished to kill them. For if they should adopt this policy, they would themselves be free from danger and at the same time be highly esteemed by all; blessings greater than these it would be difficult to discover.
§ 6
ἐνεθυμήθην δὲ μεταξὺ γράφων, ὡς εὐτυχῶς ἅπαντά σοι συμβέβηκεν. τὴν μὲν γὰρ εὐπορίαν ἣν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν κτήσασθαι μετὰ βίας καὶ τυραννικῶς καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπεχθείας ὁ πατήρ σοι καταλέλοιπε, τὸ δὲ χρῆσθαι τούτοις καλῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἐπὶ σοὶ γέγονεν· ὧν χρή σε πολλὴν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
I have been thinking, as I write, how happily everything has fallen out for you. The wealth which could only have been acquired forcibly and despotically and at the cost of much hatred, has been left to you by your father, but to use it honorably and for the good of mankind has devolved upon you; and to this task you should devote yourself with great diligence.
§ 7
ἃ μὲν οὖν ἐγὼ γιγνώσκω, ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· ἔχει δ’ οὕτως. εἰ μὲν ἐρᾷς χρημάτων καὶ μείζονος δυναστείας καὶ κινδύνων δι’ ὧν αἱ κτήσεις τούτων εἰσίν, ἑτέρους σοι συμβούλους παρακλητέον· εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἱκανῶς ἔχεις, ἀρετῆς δὲ καὶ δόξης καλῆς καὶ τῆς παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν εὐνοίας ἐπιθυμεῖς, τοῖς τε λόγοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς προσεκτέον τὸν νοῦν ἐστὶ καὶ τοῖς καλῶς τὰς πόλεις τὰς αὑτῶν διοικοῦσιν ἁμιλλητέον καὶ πειρατέον αὐτῶν διενεγκεῖν.
These, then, are my views; but this is the application: If your heart is set upon money and greater power and dangers too, through which these possessions are acquired, you must summon other advisers; but if you already have enough of these and wish virtue, fair reputation, and the goodwill of your subjects in general, you should heed my words and emulate those rulers who govern their states well and should endeavor to surpass them.
§ 8
ἀκούω δὲ Κλέομμιν τὸν ἐν Μηθύμνῃ ταύτην ἔχοντα τὴν δυναστείαν περί τε τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις καλὸν κἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ φρόνιμον, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχειν τοῦ τῶν πολιτῶν τινας ἀποκτείνειν ἢ φυγαδεύειν ἢ δημεύειν τὰς οὐσίας ἢ ποιεῖν ἄλλο τι κακόν, ὥστε πολλὴν μὲν ἀσφάλειαν παρέχειν τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις, κατάγειν δὲ τοὺς φεύγοντας, ἀποδιδόναι δὲ τοῖς μὲν κατιοῦσι τὰς κτήσεις ἐξ ὧν ἐξέπεσον,
I hear that Cleommis, who in Methymna holds this royal power, is noble and wise in all his actions, and that so far from putting any of his subjects to death, or exiling them, or confiscating their property, or injuring them in any other respect, he provides great security for his fellow-citizens, and restores the exiles, returning to those who come back their lost possessions,
§ 9
τοῖς δὲ πριαμένοις τὰς τιμὰς τὰς ἑκάστοις γιγνομένας, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καθοπλίζειν ἅπαντας τοὺς πολίτας, ὡς οὐδενὸς μὲν ἐπιχειρήσοντος περὶ αὐτὸν νεωτερίζειν, ἢν δ’ ἄρα τινὲς τολμήσωσιν, ἡγούμενον λυσιτελεῖν αὑτῷ τεθνάναι τοιαύτην ἀρετὴν ἐνδειξαμένῳ τοῖς πολίταις μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν πλείω χρόνον τῇ πόλει τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν αἴτιον γενόμενον.
and in each case recompenses the purchasers the price they had paid. In addition, he gives arms to all the citizens, thinking that none will try to revolt from him; but even if any should dare it, he believes that his death after having shown such generosity to the citizens would be preferable to continued existence after becoming the author of the greatest evils to his city.
§ 10
ἔτι δ’ ἂν πλείω σοι περὶ τούτων διελέχθην, ἴσως δ’ ἂν καὶ χαριέστερον, εἰ μὴ παντάπασιν ἔδει με διὰ ταχέων γράψαι τὴν ἐπιστολήν. νῦν δὲ σοὶ μὲν αὖθις συμβουλεύσομεν, ἂν μὴ κωλύσῃ με τὸ γῆρας, ἐν δὲ τῷ παρόντι περὶ τῶν ἰδίων δηλώσομεν. αὐτοκράτωρ γὰρ ὁ τὰ γράμματα φέρων οἰκείως ἡμῖν ἔχει·
I should have discussed these matters with you at greater length, and perhaps also in a more attractive style, were I not under the stern necessity of writing the letter in haste. As it is, I will counsel you at a later time if my old age does not prevent; for the present I will speak concerning our personal relations. Autocrator, the bearer of this letter, is my friend;
§ 11
περί τε γὰρ τὰς διατριβὰς τὰς αὐτὰς γεγόναμεν καὶ τῇ τέχνῃ πολλάκις αὐτοῦ κέχρημαι καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον περὶ τῆς ἀποδημίας τῆς ὡς σὲ σύμβουλος ἐγενόμην αὐτῷ. διὰ δὴ ταῦτα πάντα βουλοίμην ἄν σε καλῶς αὐτῷ χρήσασθαι καὶ συμφερόντως ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν, καὶ γενέσθαι φανερόν, ὅτι μέρος τι καὶ δι’ ἐμὲ γίγνεταί τι τῶν δεόντων αὐτῷ.
we have been interested in the same pursuits and I have often profited by his skill, and, finally, I have advised him about his visit to you. For all those reasons I would have you use him well and in a manner profitable to us both, and that it may become evident that his needs are being realized in some measure through my efforts.
§ 12
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ σοὶ μὲν οὕτως ἐπιστέλλω προθύμως, Κλεάρχου δὲ μηδὲν πώποτ’ ἐδεήθην. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἅπαντες οἱ παρ’ ὑμῶν καταπλέοντες σὲ μὲν ὅμοιόν φασιν εἶναι τοῖς βελτίστοις τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπλησιακότων, Κλέαρχον δὲ κατὰ μὲν ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, ὅτ’ ἦν παρ’ ἡμῖν, ὡμολόγουν, ὅσοι περ ἐνέτυχον, ἐλευθεριώτατον εἶναι καὶ πραότατον καὶ φιλανθρωπότατον τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς διατριβῆς· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὴν δύναμιν ἔλαβε, τοσοῦτον ἔδοξε μεταπεσεῖν ὥστε πάντας θαυμάζειν τοὺς πρότερον αὐτὸν γιγνώσκοντας.
And do not marvel that I am so ready to write to you, though I never made any request of your father Clearchus. For almost all who have sailed hither from your court say that you resemble my best pupils. But as for Clearchus when he visited us, all who met him agreed that he was at that time the most liberal, kindly, and humane of the members of my school; but when he gained his power he seemed to change in disposition so greatly that all who had previously known him marvelled.
§ 13
πρὸς μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνον διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας ἀπηλλοτριώθην· σὲ δ’ ἀποδέχομαι καὶ πρὸ πολλοῦ ποιησαίμην ἂν οἰκείως διατεθῆναι πρὸς ἡμᾶς. δηλώσεις δὲ καὶ σὺ διὰ ταχέων, εἰ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχεις ἡμῖν· αὐτοκράτορός τε γὰρ ἐπιμελήσει καὶ πέμψεις ἐπιστολὴν ὡς ἡμᾶς, ἀνανεούμενος τὴν φιλίαν καὶ ξενίαν τὴν πρότερον ὑπάρχουσαν. ἔρρωσο, κἄν του δέῃ τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἐπίστελλε.
For these reasons I was estranged from him; but you I esteem and I should highly value your friendly disposition toward myself. And you yourself will soon make it clear if you reciprocate my regard; for you will be considerate of Autocrator, and send me a letter renewing our former friendship and hospitality. Farewell; if you wish anything from here, write.
Letter 2. To Philip, I · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg027 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ βʹ Φιλίππῳ α΄ — tlg0010.tlg027.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 2. To Philip, I — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg027.perseus-eng2
§ 1
οἶδα μὲν ὅτι πάντες εἰώθασι πλείω χάριν ἔχειν τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσιν ἢ τοῖς συμβουλεύουσιν, ἄλλως τε κἂν μὴ κελευσθεὶς ἐπιχειρῇ τις τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἐγὼ δ’ εἰ μὲν μὴ καὶ πρότερον ἐτύγχανόν σοι παρῃνεκὼς μετὰ πολλῆς εὐνοίας, ἐξ ὧν ἐδόκεις μοι τὰ πρέποντα μάλιστ’ ἂν σαυτῷ πράττειν, ἴσως οὐδ’ ἂν νῦν ἐπεχείρουν ἀποφαίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν σοὶ συμβεβηκότων·
I know that all men are accustomed to be more grateful to those who praise them than to those who give them counsel, especially if one offers his advice unbidden. And if I had not on a former occasion given you with most kindly intent such counsel as I believed would lead to a course of action worthy of one in your position, perhaps even now I should not be undertaking to declare my view concerning what I has happened to you.
§ 2
ἐπειδὴ δὲ προειλόμην φροντίζειν τῶν σῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἕνεκα τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, αἰσχυνθείην ἄν, εἰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἧττον ἀναγκαίων φαινοίμην σοι συμβεβουλευκώς, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν μᾶλλον κατεπειγόντων μηδένα λόγον ποιόμην, καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰδὼς ἐκεῖνα μὲν ὑπὲρ δόξης ὄντα, ταῦτα δ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς σωτηρίας, ἧς ὀλιγωρεῖν ἅπασιν ἔδοξας τοῖς ἀκούσασι τὰς περὶ σοῦ ῥηθείσας βλασφημίας.
But since I then did decide to concern myself your affairs, in the interests of my own state and of the other Greeks as well, I should be ashamed if, when comparatively unimportant things were the issue, I am known to have offered you advice, yet now I should have nothing to say concerning more urgent matters, particularly since I realize that in the former case your reputation alone was at stake, whereas at present it is your personal safety, which you have been thought to esteem too lightly by all who heard the abusive reproaches directed against you.
§ 3
οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔστιν, ὅστις οὐ κατέγνω προπετέστερόν σε κινδυνεύειν ἢ βασιλικώτερον, καὶ μᾶλλόν σοι μέλειν τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀνδρίαν ἐπαίνων ἢ τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων. ἔστι δ’ ὁμοίως αἰσχρὸν περιστάντων τε τῶν πολεμίων μὴ διαφέροντα γενέσθαι τῶν ἄλλων, μηδεμιᾶς τε συμπεσούσης ἀνάγκης αὑτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας, ἐν οἷς κατορθώσας μὲν οὐδὲν ἂν ἦσθα μέγα διαπεπραγμένος, τελευτήσας δὲ τὸν βίον ἅπασαν ἂν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν εὐδαιμονίαν συνανεῖλες.
In truth there is no one who has not condemned you as being more reckless in assuming risks than is becoming to a king, and as caring more for men’s praise of your courage than for the general welfare. For it is equally disgraceful, when your enemies threaten on every side, not to prove yourself superior to all the rest, and, when no urgent need has arisen, to hurl yourself into combats of such a kind that, if you succeeded, you would have accomplished nothing of importance, but if you lost your life, you would have destroyed all your present good fortune.
§ 4
χρὴ δὲ μὴ καλὰς ἁπάσας ὑπολαμβάνειν τὰς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τελευτάς, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τῶν γονέων καὶ τῶν παίδων ἐπαίνων ἀξίας, τὰς δὲ ταῦτα τε πάντα βλαπτούσας καὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς πρότερον κατωρθωμένας καταρρυπαινούσας αἰσχρὰς νομίζειν καὶ φεύγειν ὡς αἰτίας πολλῆς ἀδοξίας γιγνομένας.
Not every death in war must be regarded as honorable; on the contrary, although when death is incurred for fatherland, for parents, and for children it is worthy of praise, yet when it brings harm to all of these and tarnishes the brilliance of past successes, it should be thought disgraceful and should be avoided as being the cause of great discredit.
§ 5
ἡγοῦμαι δέ σοι συμφέρειν μιμεῖσθαι τὰς πόλεις, ὃν τρόπον διοικοῦσι τὰ περὶ τοὺς πολέμους. ἅπασαι γάρ, ὅταν στρατόπεδον ἐκπέμπωσιν, εἰώθασι τὸ κοινὸν καὶ τὸ βουλευσόμενον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων εἰς ἀσφάλειαν καθιστάναι· διὸ δὴ συμβαίνει μὴ μιᾶς ἀτυχίας συμπεσούσης ἀνῃρῆσθαι καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς ὑποφέρειν δύνασθαι συμφορὰς καὶ πάλιν αὑτὰς ἐκ τούτων ἀναλαμβάνειν. ὃ καὶ σὲ δεῖ σκοπεῖν,
I think that you would profitably imitate the fashion in which our city-states conduct the business of warfare. They all are accustomed, when they send forth an army, to take measures to secure the safety of the government and of the authority which is to decide what is to be done in the emergency. In consequence, if a single mischance befalls, their power is not also wholly destroyed; on the contrary, they can sustain many misfortunes and again recover their strength.
§ 6
καὶ μηδὲν μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν τῆς σωτηρίας ὑπολαμβάνειν, ἵνα καὶ τὰς νίκας τὰς συμβαινούσας κατὰ τρόπον διοικῇς καὶ τὰς ἀτυχίας τὰς συμπιπτούσας ἐπανορθοῦν δύνῃ. ἴδοις δ’ ἂν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους περὶ τῆς τῶν βασιλέων σωτηρίας πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιουμένους καὶ τοὺς ἐνδοξοτάτους τῶν πολιτῶν φύλακας αὐτῶν καθιστάντας, οἷς αἴσχιόν ἐστιν ἐκείνους τελευτήσαντας περιιδεῖν ἢ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἀποβαλεῖν.
This principle you too should take into consideration, and consider no blessing more important than your safety, in order that you may not only duly make use of the victories which may be yours but also may rectify the mischances that may befall you. You might observe that the Lacedaemonians also are extremely solicitous for the safety of their kings, and appoint the most distinguished of the citizens as their bodyguards, and that for them it is a greater disgrace to suffer the kings to meet death than to throw away their shields.
§ 7
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνά σε λέληθεν ἃ Θέρξῃ τε τῷ καταδουλώσασθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας βουληθέντι καὶ Κύρῳ τῷ τῆς βασιλείας ἀμφισβητήσαντι συνέπεσεν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τηλικαύταις ἥτταις καὶ συμφοραῖς περιπεσών, ἡλίκας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν ἄλλοις γενομένας, διὰ τὸ περιποιῆσαι τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχὴν τήν τε βασιλείαν κατέσχε καὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ παρέδωκε καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν οὕτω διῴκησεν ὥστε μηδὲν ἧττον αὐτὴν εἶναι φοβερὰν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἢ πρότερον·
And surely you are not unaware of what happened to Xerxes when he wished to enslave the Greeks and to Cyrus when he laid claim to the kingdom. Thus Xerxes, although he had suffered defeats and calamities of such magnitude the like of which have never been known to befall other kings, because he preserved his life, not only retained his throne and handed it over to his children, but also so administered Asia that it was no less formidable to the Greeks than before.
§ 8
Κῦρος δὲ νικήσας ἅπασαν τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν καὶ κρατήσας ἂν τῶν πραγμάτων, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ προπέτειαν, οὐ μόνον αὑτὸν ἀπεστέρησε τηλικαύτης δυναστείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς συνακολουθήσαντας εἰς τὰς ἐσχάτας συμφορὰς κατέστησεν. ἔχοιμι δ’ ἂν παμπληθεῖς εἰπεῖν οἳ μεγάλων στρατοπέδων ἡγεμόνες γενόμενοι διὰ τὸ προδιαφθαρῆναι πολλὰς μυριάδας αὑτοῖς συναπώλεσαν.
Cyrus, however, after he had conquered all the military might of the king, would have gained mastery of the throne had it not been for his rashness, which caused him not only to forfeit that mighty empire, but brought his followers into extreme danger. And I could mention very many men who, becoming commanders of great armies, because they were slain before they need have died, brought destruction at the same time upon countless numbers of their followers.
§ 9
ὧν ἐνθυμούμενον χρὴ μὴ τιμᾶν τὴν ἀνδρίαν τὴν μετ’ ἀνοίας ἀλογίστου καὶ φιλοτιμίας ἀκαίρου γιγνομένην, μηδὲ πολλῶν κινδύνων ἰδίων ὑπαρχόντων ταῖς μοναρχίαις ἑτέρους ἀδόξους καὶ στρατιωτικοὺς αὑτῷ προσεξευρίσκειν, μηδ’ ἁμιλλᾶσθαι τοῖς ἢ βίου δυστυχοῦς ἀπαλλαγῆναι βουλομένοις ἢ μισθοφορᾶς ἕνεκα μείζονος εἰκῇ τοὺς κινδύνους προαιρουμένοις,
Bearing these examples in mind, you should not honor that courage which accompanies heedless folly and unseasonable ambition, nor, when so many hazards which are inherent in monarchy are at hand, should you devise for yourself still others that bring no glory and belong to the common soldier; nor should you vie with those who wish to escape from an unhappy existence or who rashly incur danger in the hope of a higher wage;
§ 10
μηδ’ ἐπιθυμεῖν τοιαύτης δόξης, ἧς πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων τυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλὰ τῆς τηλικαύτης τὸ μέγεθος, ἣν μόνος ἂν τῶν νῦν ὄντων κτήσασθαι δυνηθείης· μηδ’ ἀγαπᾶν λίαν τὰς τοιαύτας ἀρετὰς ὧν καὶ τοῖς φαύλοις μέτεστιν, ἀλλ’ ἐκείνας ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν πονηρὸς κοινωνήσειεν·
nor should you desire such glory as many, both Greeks and barbarians, obtain, but rather that exalted renown which you alone of living men could win. Nor should you be enamored of such virtues as even ignoble men share, but only of those of which no base person may partake;
§ 11
μηδὲ ποιεῖσθαι πολέμους ἀδόξους καὶ χαλεπούς, ἐξὸν ἐντίμους καὶ ῥᾳδίους, μηδ’ ἐξ ὧν τοὺς μὲν οἰκειοτάτους εἰς λύπας καὶ φροντίδας καταστήσεις, τοὺς δ’ ἐχθροὺς ἐν ἐλπίσι μεγάλαις ποιήσεις, οἵας καὶ νῦν αὐτοῖς παρέσχες· ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν βαρβάρων, πρὸς οὓς νῦν πολεμεῖς, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξαρκέσει σοι κρατεῖν, ὅσον ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ καταστῆσαι τὴν σαυτοῦ χώραν, τὸν δὲ βασιλέα τὸν νῦν μέγαν προσαγορευόμενον καταλύειν ἐπιχειρήσεις, ἵνα τήν τε σαυτοῦ δόξαν μείζω ποιήσῃς καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὑποδείξῃς πρὸς ὃν χρὴ πολεμεῖν.
nor wage inglorious and difficult wars when honorable and easy ones are possible, nor those which will cause grief and anxiety to your closest friends and arouse great hope in your enemies, as even now you have done. Nay, as to the barbarians with whom you are now waging war, it will suffice you to gain the mastery over them only so far as to secure the safety of your own territory, but the king who is now called Great you will attempt to overthrow, that you may both enhance your own renown and may point out to the Greek world who the enemy is against whom they should wage war.
§ 12
πρὸ πολλοῦ δ’ ἂν ἐποιησάμην ἐπιστεῖλαί σοι ταῦτα πρὸ τῆς στρατείας, ἵν’ εἰ μὲν ἐπείσθης, μὴ τηλικούτῳ κινδύνῳ περιέπεσες, εἰ δ’ ἠπίστησας, μὴ συμβουλεύειν ἐδόκουν ταὐτὰ τοῖς ἤδη διὰ τὸ πάθος ὑπὸ πάντων ἐγνωσμένοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἐμαρτύρει τοὺς λόγους ὀρθῶς ἔχειν τοὺς ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ περὶ αὐτῶν εἰρημένους.
I should have greatly preferred to send you this letter before your campaign in order that, had you heeded my advice, you might not have incurred so great danger, or if you had rejected it, I should not now seem to be advising that same caution which has already, because of the wound you received, been approved by all; but, instead, your misfortune would be bearing witness to the truth of what I had said about the matter.
§ 13
πολλὰ δ’ ἔχων εἰπεῖν διὰ τὴν τοῦ πράγματος φύσιν παύσομαι λέγων· οἶμαι γὰρ καὶ σὲ καὶ τῶν ἑταίρων τοὺς σπουδαιοτάτους ῥᾳδίως ὁπόσ’ ἂν βούλησθε προσθήσειν τοῖς εἰρημένοις. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φοβοῦμαι τὴν ἀκαιρίαν· καὶ γὰρ νῦν κατὰ μικρὸν προϊὼν ἔλαθον ἐμαυτὸν οὐκ εἰς ἐπιστολῆς συμμετρίαν ἀλλ’ εἰς λόγου μῆκος ἐξοκείλας.
Although I have much more to say, because of the nature of the subject, I will cease; for I think that you and the ablest of your companions will readily add as much as you wish to what I have said. Besides, I fear my advice may be inopportune; for even now I have unawares gradually drifted beyond the due proportions of a letter and run into a lengthy discourse.
§ 14
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καίπερ τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων οὐ παραλειπτέον ἐστὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς πόλεως, ἀλλὰ πειρατέον παρακαλέσαι σε πρὸς τὴν οἰκειότητα καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν αὐτῆς. οἶμαι γὰρ πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἀπαγγέλλοντας καὶ λέγοντας οὐ μόνον τὰ δυσχερέστατα τῶν περὶ σοῦ παρ’ ἡμῖν εἰρημένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ’ αὑτῶν προστιθέντας· οἷς οὐκ εἰκὸς προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν.
Nevertheless, although this is the case, I must not omit discussion of the affairs of the city of Athens; on the contrary, I must try to urge you to cultivate friendly relations and intimacy with her. For I think there are many who report to you and tell you not only the most disparaging of the things said of you among us, but also add their own inventions; but it is not reasonable for you to pay any attention to these persons.
§ 15
καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἄτοπον ποιοίης, εἰ τὸν μὲν δῆμον τὸν ἡμέτερον ψέγοις ὅτι ῥᾳδίως πείθεται τοῖς διαβάλλουσιν, αὐτὸς δὲ φαίνοιο πιστεύων τοῖς τὴν τέχνην ταύτην ἔχουσι, καὶ μὴ γιγνώσκοις ὡς ὅσῳπερ ἂν τὴν πόλιν εὐαγωγοτέραν ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων οὖσαν ἀποφαίνωσι, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλόν σοι συμφερόντως ἔχουσαν αὐτὴν ἐπιδεικνύουσιν. εἰ γὰρ οἱ μηδὲν ἀγαθὸν οἷοί τ’ ὄντες ποιῆσαι διαπράττονται τοῖς λόγοις ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν, ἦ που σέ γε προσήκει τὸν πλεῖστ’ ἂν ἔργῳ δυνάμενον εὐεργετῆσαι μηδενὸς ἀποτυχεῖν παρ’ ἡμῶν.
For you would in fact be acting inconsistently if you should find fault with our people for lending a ready ear to your calumniators, but yourself should be found giving credence to those who practise this art and should not perceive that the more easily influenced by nobodies such persons declare our city to be, the better suited to your ends they prove it. For if those who are powerless to be of any service to Athens can accomplish by words alone what they wish, surely it is right to expect that you, who are able in very deed to confer upon her the greatest benefits, would not fail to gain from us anything whatever.
§ 16
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ δεῖν πρὸς μὲν τοὺς πικρῶς τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν κατηγοροῦντας ἐκείνους ἀντιτάττεσθαι τοὺς πάντα τἀναντί’ εἶναι λέγοντας καὶ τοὺς μήτε μεῖζον μήτ’ ἔλαττον αὐτὴν ἠδικηκέναι φάσκοντας· ἐγὼ δ’ οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι τοιοῦτον· αἰσχυνθείην γὰρ ἄν, εἰ τῶν ἄλλων μηδὲ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀναμαρτήτους εἶναι νομιζόντων αὐτὸς τολμῴην λέγειν, ὡς οὐδὲν πώποθ’ ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν πεπλημμέληκεν.
To the bitter accusers of our city I think I should place in contrast those who say that the very opposite is true, that is, those who assert that she has done no wrong at all, whether great or small. For my part, I would not make any such claim; for I should be ashamed if, while men in general do not regard even the gods as blameless, I should dare to affirm that our city had never transgressed at all.
§ 17
οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖν’ ἔχω περὶ αὐτῆς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι χρησιμωτέραν οὐκ ἂν εὕροις ταύτης οὔτε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὔτε τοῖς σοῖς πράγμασιν· ᾧ μάλιστα προσεκτέον τὸν νοῦν ἐστίν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον συναγωνιζομένη γίγνοιτ’ ἂν αἰτία σοι πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν,
Nevertheless, this I can say of Athens—that you could not find a city more useful to all the Greeks and to your enterprises; and to this fact you should give your special attention. For not only as your ally would she bring about many advantages to you, but even if she merely was believed to be on friendly terms with you.
§ 18
ἀλλὰ καὶ φιλικῶς ἔχειν δοκοῦσα μόνον· τούς τε γὰρ ὑπὸ σοὶ νῦν ὄντας ῥᾷον ἂν κατέχοις, εἰ μηδεμίαν ἔχοιεν ἀποστροφήν, τῶν τε βαρβάρων οὓς βουληθείης θᾶττον ἂν καταστρέψαιο. καίτοι πῶς οὐ χρὴ προθύμως ὀρέγεσθαι τῆς τοιαύτης εὐνοίας, δι’ ἣν οὐ μόνον τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀρχὴν ἀσφαλῶς καθέξεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὴν ἑτέραν ἀκινδύνως προσκτήσει;
For you might then more easily keep in subjection those who are now under your sway, if they should have no refuge, and of the barbarians you could more quickly conquer any you should wish. Yet is there any reason why you should not eagerly grasp at a relationship of goodwill such that you will hold securely not only your present dominion, but also without risk acquire another great one?
§ 19
θαυμάζω δ’ ὅσοι τῶν τὰς δυνάμεις ἐχόντων τὰ μὲν τῶν ξενιτευομένων στρατόπεδα μισθοῦνται καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ δαπανῶσι, συνειδότες ὅτι πλείους ἠδίκηκε τῶν πιστευσάντων αὐτοῖς ἢ σέσωκε, τὴν δὲ πόλιν τὴν τηλικαύτην δύναμιν κεκτημένην μὴ πειρῶνται θεραπεύειν, ἣ καὶ μίαν ἑκάστην τῶν πόλεων καὶ σύμπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολλάκις ἤδη σέσωκεν.
I marvel that so many who maintain great forces hire mercenary armies and expend so much money on them, although they know that such help has been the cause of greater injury than of salvation to those who relied upon them, and have made no effort to gain the friendship of a city which possesses such power that it has ere now often saved every Hellenic state and indeed all Greece.
§ 20
ἐνθυμοῦ δ’ ὅτι πολλοῖς καλῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι δοκεῖς ὅτι δικαίως κέχρησαι Θετταλοῖς καὶ συμφερόντως ἐκείνοις, ἀνδράσιν οὐκ εὐμεταχειρίστοις, ἀλλὰ μεγαλοψύχοις καὶ στάσεως μεστοῖς. χρὴ τοίνυν καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς πειρᾶσθαι γίγνεσθαί σε τοιοῦτον, ἐπιστάμενον ὅτι τὴν μὲν χώραν Θετταλοί, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν ἡμεῖς ὅμορόν σοι τυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες, ἣν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζήτει προσαγαγέσθαι.
Consider, too, that to many you appear to have been well advised because your treatment of the Thessalians has been just and advantageous to them, although they are a people not easy to handle, but high-spirited and seditious. You should, therefore, endeavor to show yourself equally prudent towards us also, knowing as you do that, while the Thessalians have the territory next to you, it is we who are next to you in strength and influence, and that is what you should seek in every way to win for yourself.
§ 21
πολὺ γὰρ κάλλιόν ἐστι τὰς εὐνοίας τὰς τῶν πόλεων αἱρεῖν ἢ τὰ τείχη. τὰ μὲν γὰρ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἔργων οὐ μόνον ἔχει φθόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων τὴν αἰτίαν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις ἀνατιθέασιν· ἢν δὲ τὰς οἰκειότητας καὶ τὰς εὐνοίας κτήσασθαι δυνηθῇς, ἅπαντες τὴν σὴν διάνοιαν ἐπαινέσονται.
For it is a much greater glory to capture the goodwill of cities than their walls; for achievements like the latter not only engender ill-will, but men attribute the credit for them to your armies; yet if you are able to win friendships and goodwill, all will praise the wisdom shown by you.
§ 22
δικαίως δ’ ἄν μοι πιστεύοις οἷς εἴρηκα περὶ τῆς πόλεως· φανήσομαι γὰρ οὔτε κολακεύειν αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις εἰθισμένος, ἀλλὰ πλεῖστα πάντων ἐπιτετιμηκώς, οὔτ’ εὖ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ τοῖς εἰκῇ δοκιμάζουσι φερόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἀγνοούμενος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν καὶ φθονούμενος ὥσπερ σύ. πλὴν τοσοῦτον διαφέρομεν, ὅτι πρὸς σὲ μὲν διὰ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν οὕτως ἔχουσι, πρὸς δ’ ἐμέ, διότι προσποιοῦμαι τὸ βέλτιον αὐτῶν φρονεῖν καὶ πλείους ὁρῶσιν ἐμοὶ διαλέγεσθαι βουλομένους ἢ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς.
You may well believe me in what I have said concerning Athens; for you will find that I have not been accustomed to flatter her in my discourses; on the contrary, more than anyone else I have censured her; nor am I highly esteemed by the masses or by those who form their opinions offhand, but, like yourself, I am misunderstood and disliked by them. But we are dissimilar in this, that they are thus disposed toward you because of your power and prosperity, but toward me because I lay claim to a wisdom greater than their own, and they see that more people wish to converse with me than with themselves.
§ 23
ἠβουλόμην δ’ ἂν ἡμῖν ὁμοίως ῥᾴδιον εἶναι τὴν δόξαν ἣν ἔχομεν παρ’ αὐτοῖς διαφεύγειν. νῦν δὲ σὺ μὲν οὐ χαλεπῶς, ἢν βουληθῇς, αὐτὴν διαλύσεις, ἐμοὶ δ’ ἀνάγκη καὶ διὰ τὸ γῆρας καὶ δι’ ἄλλα πολλὰ στέργειν τοῖς παροῦσιν.
I could wish that it were equally easy for us both to dispel the prejudice in which we are held by these; but as it is, you will put an end to it without difficulty if you wish, but I must be content with the standing I now have because of my old age and for many other reasons.
§ 24
οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγειν πλὴν τοσοῦτον, ὅτι καλόν ἐστι τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ὑμῖν παρακαταθέσθαι τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίᾳ.
I know not what more I need to say, except this only—that it will be a fine thing for you to entrust your royal power and your existing prosperity into the keeping of the goodwill of the Hellenic race.
Letter 5. To Alexander · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg028 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ εʹ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ — tlg0010.tlg028.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 5. To Alexander — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg028.perseus-eng2
§ 1
πρὸς τὸν πατέρα σου γράφων ἐπιστολὴν ἄτοπον ᾤμην ποιήσειν, εἰ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα σὲ τόπον ἐκείνῳ μήτε προσερῶ μήτ’ ἀσπάσομαι μήτε γράψω τι τοιοῦτον, ὃ ποιήσει τοὺς ἀναγνόντας μὴ νομίζειν ἤδη με παραφρονεῖν διὰ τὸ γῆρας μηδὲ παντάπασι ληρεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἔτι τὸ καταλελειμμένον μου μέρος καὶ λοιπὸν ὂν οὐκ ἀνάξιον εἶναι τῆς δυνάμεως ἣν ἔσχον νεώτερος ὤν.
Since I am writing to your father I thought I should be acting in a strange manner if, when you are in the same region as he, I should fail either to address you or to send you a greeting, or to write you something calculated to convince any reader that I am now not out of my mind through old age and that I do not babble like a fool, but that, on the contrary, the share of intelligence that still is left to me is not unworthy of the ability which as a younger man I possessed.
§ 2
ἀκούω δέ σε πάντων λεγόντων ὡς φιλάνθρωπος εἶ καὶ φιλαθήναιος καὶ φιλόσοφος, οὐκ ἀφρόνως ἀλλὰ νοῦν ἐχόντως. τῶν τε γὰρ πολιτῶν ἀποδέχεσθαί σε τῶν ἡμετέρων οὐ τοὺς ἠμεληκότας αὑτῶν καὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντας, ἀλλ’ οἷς συνδιατρίβων τ’ οὐκ ἂν λυπηθείης, συμβάλλων τε καὶ κοινωνῶν πραγμάτων οὐδὲν ἂν βλαβείης οὐδ’ ἀδικηθείης, οἵοις περ χρὴ πλησιάζειν τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας·
I hear everyone say of you that you are a friend of mankind, a friend of Athens, and a friend of learning, not foolishly, but in sensible fashion. For they say that the Athenians whom you admit to your presence are not those men who have neglected their higher interests and have a lust for base things, but those rather whose constant companionship would not cause you regret and with whom association and partnership would not result in harm or injury to you—just such men, indeed, as should be chosen as associates by the wise.
§ 3
τῶν τε φιλοσοφιῶν οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζειν μὲν οὐδὲ τὴν περὶ τὰς ἔριδας, ἀλλὰ νομίζειν εἶναι πλεονεκτικὴν ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις διατριβαῖς, οὐ μὴν ἁρμόττειν οὔτε τοῖς τοῦ πλήθους προεστῶσιν οὔτε τοῖς τὰς μοναρχίας ἔχουσιν· οὐδὲ γὰρ συμφέρον οὐδὲ πρέπον ἐστὶ τοῖς μεῖζον τῶν ἄλλων φρονοῦσιν οὔτ’ αὐτοῖς ἐρίζειν πρὸς τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους οὔτε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτρέπειν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἀντιλέγειν.
As regards systems of philosophy, they say that while you do not indeed reject eristic, but hold that it is valuable in private discussions, you regard it nevertheless as unsuitable for either those who are leaders of the people or for monarchs; for it is not expedient or becoming that those who regard themselves as superior to all others should themselves dispute with their fellow-citizens or suffer anyone else to contradict them.
§ 4
ταύτην μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἀγαπᾶν σε τὴν διατριβήν, προαιρεῖσθαι δὲ τὴν παιδείαν τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους, οἷς χρώμεθα περὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς προσπιπτούσας καθ’ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ μεθ’ ὧν βουλευόμεθα περὶ τῶν κοινῶν· δι’ ἣν νῦν τε δοξάζειν περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιεικῶς, τοῖς τ’ ἀρχομένοις προστάττειν οὐκ ἀνοήτως ἃ δεῖ πράττειν ἑκάστους, ἐπιστήσει, περὶ δὲ τῶν καλῶν καὶ δικαίων καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἐναντίων ὀρθῶς κρίνειν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τιμᾶν τε καὶ κολάζειν ὡς προσῆκόν ἐστιν ἑκατέρους.
But this branch of learning, I am told, you are not content with, but you choose rather the training which rhetoric gives, which is of use in the practical affairs of everyday life and aids us when we deliberate concerning public affairs. By means of this study you will come to know how at the present time to form reasonably sound opinions about the future, how not ineptly to instruct your subject peoples what each should do, how to form correct judgements about the right and the just and their opposites and, besides, to reward and chastise each class as it deserves.
§ 5
σωφρονεῖς οὖν νῦν ταῦτα μελετῶν· ἐλπίδας γὰρ τῷ τε πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέχεις, ὡς, ἂν πρεσβύτερος γενόμενος ἐμμείνῃς τούτοις, τοσοῦτον προέξεις τῇ φρονήσει τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσον περ ὁ πατήρ σου διενήνοχεν ἁπάντων.
You act wisely, therefore, in devoting yourself to these studies; for you give hope to your father and to all the world that if, as you grow older, you hold fast to this course, you will as far surpass your fellow-men in wisdom as your father has surpassed all mankind.
Letter 4. To Antipater · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg029 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ δʹ Ἀντιπάτρῳ — tlg0010.tlg029.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 4. To Antipater — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg029.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἐγώ, καίπερ ἐπικινδύνου παρ’ ἡμῖν ὄντος εἰς Μακεδονίαν πέμπειν ἐπιστολήν, οὐ μόνον νῦν ὅτε πολεμοῦμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης οὔσης, ὅμως γράψαι πρὸς σὲ προειλόμην περὶ Διοδότου, δίκαιον εἶναι νομίζων ἅπαντας μὲν περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐμαυτῷ πεπλησιακότας καὶ γεγενημένους ἀξίους ἡμῶν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ τοῦτον καὶ διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς καὶ διὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἐπιείκειαν.
Although it is dangerous for us here in Athens to send a letter to Macedonia, not only now when we are at war with you, but even in time of peace, nevertheless I have decided to write to you concerning Diodotus, as I think it only right to esteem highly all those who have been my pupils and who have shown themselves worthy disciples, and not the least among them this man both because of his devotion to me and of the general probity of his character.
§ 2
μάλιστα μὲν οὖν ἠβουλόμην ἂν αὐτὸν συσταθῆναί σοι δι’ ἡμῶν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ δι’ ἑτέρων ἐντετύχηκέ σοι, λοιπόν ἐστί μοι μαρτυρῆσαι περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ βεβαιῶσαι τὴν γεγενημένην αὐτῷ πρὸς σὲ γνῶσιν. ἐμοὶ γὰρ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν συγγεγενημένων ἀνδρῶν καὶ δόξας ἐνίων μεγάλας ἐχόντων, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἁπάντων οἱ μέν τινες περὶ αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸ διανοηθῆναι καὶ πρᾶξαι δεινοὶ γεγόνασιν, οἱ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ βίου σώφρονες καὶ χαρίεντες, πρὸς δὲ τὰς ἄλλας χρήσεις καὶ διαγωγὰς ἀφυεῖς παντάπασιν·
I wish that if possible I might have been the means of his introduction to you; since, however, he has already met you through the kindness of others, it remains for me to give my testimony concerning him and to strengthen the acquaintance which he already has with you. For although many men of various countries have been my pupils and some of these are of great repute, and while of all the others some have proved to be distinguished for eloquence alone, and others in intellect and in practical affairs, and still others have indeed been men of sobriety of life and cultivated tastes, but for general usefulness in the practical affairs of life utterly devoid of natural ability,
§ 3
οὗτος δ’ οὕτως εὐάρμοστον τὴν φύσιν ἔσχηκεν ὥστ’ ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς εἰρημένοις τελειότατος εἶναι. καὶ ταῦτ’ οὐκ ἂν ἐτόλμων λέγειν, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην πεῖραν αὐτός τ’ εἶχον αὐτοῦ καὶ σὲ λήψεσθαι προσεδόκων, τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν χρώμενον αὐτῷ,
yet Diodotus has been endowed with a nature so well balanced that in all the attributes I have named he is quite perfect. All this I should not dare to say of him if I did not possess the most precise knowledge of him gained by experience, and if I were not anticipating that you would gain the same,
§ 4
τὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐμπείρων αὐτοῦ πυνθανόμενον, ὧν οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειεν, εἰ μὴ λίαν εἴη φθονερός, καὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ βουλεύσασθαι μηδενὸς ἧττον αὐτὸν δύνασθαι καὶ δικαιότατον καὶ σωφρονέστατον εἶναι καὶ χρημάτων ἐγκρατέστατον, ἔτι δὲ συνημερεῦσαι καὶ συμβιῶναι πάντων ἥδιστον καὶ λιγυρώτατον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις πλείστην ἔχειν παρρησίαν, οὐχ ἣν οὐ προσῆκεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν εἰκότως ἂν μέγιστον γιγνομένην σημεῖον τῆς εὐνοίας τῆς πρὸς τοὺς φίλους·
partly through your own association with him and partly from the testimony of his acquaintances, of whom there is no one who would not agree, unless he be exceedingly envious, that Diodotus is inferior to none in eloquence and counsel, and that he is very honest, temperate, and self-controlled in respect to money; nay more, to spend the day with and to live with he is a most charming and agreeable companion. In addition to these good qualities he possesses frankness in the highest degree, not that outspokenness which is objectionable, but that which would rightly be regarded as the surest indication of devotion to his friends.
§ 5
ἣν τῶν δυναστῶν οἱ μὲν ἀξιόχρεων τὸν ὄγκον τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχοντες τιμῶσιν ὡς χρησίμην οὖσαν, οἱ δ’ ἀσθενέστεροι τὰς φύσεις ὄντες ἢ κατὰ τὰς ὑπαρχούσας ἐξουσίας δυσχεραίνουσιν, ὡς ὧν οὐ προαιροῦνταί τι ποιεῖν βιαζομένην αὑτούς, οὐκ εἰδότες ὡς οἱ μάλιστα περὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἀντιλέγειν τολμῶντες, οὗτοι πλείστην ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῖς τοῦ πράττειν ἃ βούλονται παρασκευάζουσιν.
This is the sort of frankness which princes, if they have worthy and fitting greatness of soul, honor as being useful, while those whose natural gifts are weaker than the powers they possess take such frankness ill, as if it forced them to act in some degree contrary to their desires—ignorant as they are that those who dare to speak out most fearlessly in opposition to measures in which expediency is the issue are the very persons who can provide them with more power than others to accomplish what they wish.
§ 6
εἰκὸς γὰρ διὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀεὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν λέγειν προαιρουμένους οὐχ ὅπως τὰς μοναρχίας δύνασθαι διαμένειν, αἳ πολλοὺς τοὺς ἀναγκαίους ἐφέλκονται κινδύνους, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὰς πολιτείας, αἳ μετὰ πλείονος ἀσφαλείας εἰσί, διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ βελτίστῳ παρρησιαζομένους πολλὰ σῴζεσθαι καὶ τῶν ἐπιδόξων διαφθαρήσεσθαι πραγμάτων. ὧν ἕνεκα προσῆκε μὲν παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς μονάρχοις πλέον φέρεσθαι τοὺς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀποφαινομένους τῶν ἅπαντα μὲν πρὸς χάριν, μηδὲν δὲ χάριτος ἄξιον λεγόντων· συμβαίνει δ’ ἔλαττον ἔχειν αὐτοὺς παρ’ ἐνίοις αὐτῶν.
For it stands to reason that it is because of those who always and by choice speak to please that not only monarchies cannot endure—since monarchies are liable to numerous inevitable dangers—but even constitutional governments as well, though they enjoy greater security: whereas it is owing to those who speak with absolute frankness in favor of what is best that many things are preserved even of those which seemed doomed to destruction. For these reasons it is indeed fitting that in the courts of all monarches those who declare the truth should be held in greater esteem than those who, though they aim to gratify in all they say, yet say naught that merits gratitude; in fact, however, the former find less favor with some princes.
§ 7
ὃ καὶ Διοδότῳ παθεῖν συνέπεσε παρά τισι τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυναστῶν, οἷς περὶ πολλὰ χρήσιμος γενόμενος οὐ μόνον τῷ συμβουλεύειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πράττειν καὶ κινδυνεύειν, διὰ τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς περὶ ὧν ἐκείνοις συνέφερε, καὶ τῶν οἴκοι τιμῶν ἀπεστέρηται καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων ἐλπίδων, καὶ μεῖζον ἴσχυσαν αἱ τῶν τυχόντων ἀνθρώπων κολακεῖαι τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν τούτου.
This experience Diodotus has met with in his relations with some of the potentates of Asia, to whom he had often been of service, not only in offering counsel, but also in venturing upon dangerous deeds; because of his frankness of speech in matters involving their best interests he has been both deprived of honors he had at home and cheated of many hopes elsewhere, and the flattery of men of no consequence had greater weight than his own good services.
§ 8
διὸ δὴ καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀεὶ προσιέναι διανοούμενος ὀκνηρῶς εἶχεν, οὐχ ὡς ἅπαντας ὁμοίους εἶναι νομίζων τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτὸν ὄντας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς πρὸς ἐκείνους γεγενημένας δυσχερείας καὶ πρὸς τὰς παρ’ ὑμῶν ἐλπίδας ἀθυμότερος ἦν, παραπλήσιον, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, πεπονθὼς τῶν πεπλευκότων τισίν, οἳ τὸ πρῶτον, ὅταν χρήσωνται χειμῶσιν, οὐκέτι θαρροῦντες εἰσβαίνουσιν εἰς θάλατταν, καίπερ εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ καλοῦ πλοῦ πολλάκις ἐπιτυχεῖν ἔστιν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ συνέστηκέ σοι, καλῶς ποιεῖ. λογίζομαι γὰρ αὐτῷ συνοίσειν,
That, then, is the reason why Diodotus, although from time to time he entertained the thought of presenting himself to you, hesitated to do so, not because he believed that all his superiors were alike, but because the difficulties which he had experienced with these rulers caused him to be rather faint-hearted with reference also to the hopes he placed in you. That feeling was, I fancy, like that of some persons who have been at sea, who when they have once experienced a tempest, no longer with confidence embark upon a voyage, even though they know that one may often meet with a fair sailing. Nevertheless, now that he has met you, he is taking the right course.
§ 9
μάλιστα μὲν τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τῇ σῇ στοχαζόμενος, ἣν ἔχειν ὑπείληψαι παρὰ τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἀνθρώποις, ἔπειτα νομίζων οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὑμᾶς ὅτι πάντων ἥδιστόν ἐστι καὶ λυσιτελέστατον πιστοὺς ἅμα καὶ χρησίμους φίλους κτᾶσθαι ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους εὖ ποιεῖν, ὑπὲρ ὧν πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὑμῖν χάριν ἕξουσιν. ἅπαντες γὰρ οἱ χαρίεντες τοὺς τοῖς σπουδαίοις τῶν ἀνδρῶν καλῶς ὁμιλοῦντας ὁμοίως ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ τιμῶσιν ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ τῶν ὠφελειῶν ἀπολαύοντες.
For I reason that this will be to his advantage, chiefly conjecturing so on the strength of that kindliness which you have been supposed among foreigners to possess; and partly believing you are not unaware that the most agreeable and profitable of all things is to win by one’s kind deeds friends who are at the same time both loyal and useful, and to befriend men of such character that on their account many others also will be grateful to you. For all men of discrimination praise and honor those who are on intimate terms with superior men just as much as if they themselves were deriving profit from the services rendered.
§ 10
ἀλλὰ γὰρ Διόδοτον αὐτὸν οἶμαι μάλιστά σε προτρέψεσθαι πρὸς τὸ φροντίζειν αὑτοῦ. συνέπειθον δὲ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀντέχεσθαι πραγμάτων καὶ παραδόνθ’ ὑμῖν αὑτὸν ὥσπερ μαθητὴν εἰς τοὔμπροσθε πειραθῆναι προελθεῖν. ὁ δὲ ταῦτά μου λέγοντος ἐπιθυμεῖν μὲν ἔφασκε τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παραπλήσιόν τι πεπονθέναι πρὸς αὐτὴν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς στεφανίτας ἀγῶνας.
But I think that Diodotus himself will best induce you to take an interest in him. His son also I have advised to espouse your cause and by putting himself in your hands as a pupil, to try to advance himself. When I gave him this advice he declared that while he craved your friendship, yet he felt toward that very much as he does toward the athletic contests in which crowns are awarded to the victors;
§ 11
ἐκείνους τε γὰρ νικᾶν μὲν ἂν βούλεσθαι, καταβῆναι δ’ εἰς αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἂν τολμῆσαι διὰ τὸ μὴ μετεσχηκέναι ῥώμης ἀξίας τῶν στεφάνων, τῶν τε παρ’ ὑμῶν τιμῶν εὔξασθαι μὲν ἂν τυχεῖν, ἐφίξεσθαι δ’ αὐτῶν οὐ προσδοκᾶν· τήν τε γὰρ ἀπειρίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ καταπεπλῆχθαι καὶ τὴν λαμπρότητα τὴν ὑμετέραν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ σωμάτιον οὐκ εὐκρινὲς ὂν ἀλλ’ ἔχον ἄττα σίνη νομίζειν ἐμποδιεῖν αὑτὸν πρὸς πολλὰ τῶν πραγμάτων.
victory in them he would gladly win, but to enter the lists to gain them he would not dare, because he had not acquired the strength that would deserve the crowns. Similarly, while he longed to obtain the honors it is yours to bestow, yet he did not expect to attain them; for he is appalled not only by his own inexperience but also by the splendor of your position; furthermore, he believes that his poor body, not being sound but somewhat defective, will impede him in many activities.
§ 12
οὗτος μὲν οὖν, ὅ τι ἂν αὐτῷ δοκῇ συμφέρειν, τοῦτο πράξει· σὺ δ’ ἄν τε περὶ ὑμᾶς ἄν θ’ ἡσυχίαν ἔχων διατρίβῃ περὶ τούτους τοὺς τόπους, ἐπιμελοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μὲν ἁπάντων ὧν ἂν τυγχάνῃ δεόμενος, μάλιστα δὲ τῆς ἀσφαλείας καὶ τῆς τούτου καὶ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, νομίσας ὥσπερ παρακαταθήκην ἔχειν τούτους παρά τε τοῦ γήρως ἡμῶν, ὃ προσηκόντως ἂν πολλῆς τυγχάνοι προνοίας, καὶ τῆς δόξης τῆς ὑπαρχούσης, εἴ τινος ἄρα σπουδῆς ἐστὶν ἀξία, καὶ τῆς εὐνοίας τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἣν ἔχων ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διατετέλεκα.
He will do, however, whatever he thinks expedient; and do you, I beg, whether he resides with you or remains inactive in that region, have a care for everything else which he may chance to need and especially for the personal safety of himself and of his father, considering them to be, as it were, a sacred trust committed to you by my old age, which might fittingly receive much consideration, and by the reputation I possess (if this, to be sure, is worthy of any interest) and by the goodwill which I have never ceased to have for you.
§ 13
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, μήτ’ εἰ μακροτέραν γέγραφα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν μήτ’ εἴ τι περιεργότερον καὶ πρεσβυτικώτερον εἰρήκαμεν ἐν αὐτῇ· πάντων γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσας ἑνὸς μόνον ἐφρόντισα, τοῦ φανῆναι σπουδάζων ὑπὲρ ἀνδρῶν φίλων καὶ προσφιλεστάτων μοι γεγενημένων.
And do not be surprised either if the letter I have written is too long, or if in it I have expressed myself in a somewhat too officious way and after the fashion of an old man; for everything else I have neglected and have had thought for this one thing alone—to show my zeal on behalf of men who are my friends and who have become very dear to me.
Letter 3. To Philip, II · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0010.tlg030 · Greek: Ἐπιστολαὶ γʹ Φιλίππῳ β΄ — tlg0010.tlg030.perseus-grc2 · English: Letter 3. To Philip, II — trans. Larue Van Hook — tlg0010.tlg030.perseus-eng2
§ 1
ἐγὼ διελέχθην μὲν καὶ πρὸς Ἀντίπατρον περί τε τῶν τῇ πόλει καὶ τῶν σοὶ συμφερόντων ἐξαρκούντως, ὡς ἐμαυτὸν ἔπειθον, ἠβουλήθην δὲ καὶ πρὸς σὲ γράψαι περὶ ὧν μοι δοκεῖ πρακτέον εἶναι μετὰ τὴν εἰρήνην, παραπλήσια μὲν τοῖς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ γεγραμμένοις, πολὺ δ’ ἐκείνων συντομώτερα.
I have discussed with Antipater the course which is expedient for our city and for you, at sufficient length, I am convinced; but I wished to write to you also regarding the action which I think should be taken after the conclusion of peace, and while this advice is similar to that in my discourse, it is, however, expressed much more concisely.
§ 2
κατ’ ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ τὸν χρόνον συνεβούλευον ὡς χρὴ διαλλάξαντά σε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ τὴν Θηβαίων καὶ τὴν Ἀργείων εἰς ὁμόνοιαν καταστῆσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἡγούμενος, ἂν τὰς προεστώσας πόλεις πείσῃς οὕτω φρονεῖν, ταχέως καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐπακολουθήσειν. τότε μὲν οὖν ἄλλος ἦν καιρός, νῦν δὲ συμβέβηκε μηκέτι δεῖν πείθειν· διὰ γὰρ τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν γεγενημένον ἠναγκασμένοι πάντες εἰσὶν εὖ φρονεῖν καὶ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖν ὧν ὑπονοοῦσί σε βούλεσθαι πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, ὡς δεῖ παυσαμένους τῆς μανίας καὶ τῆς πλεονεξίας, ἣν ἐποιοῦντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους, εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν τὸν πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν.
At that time, you recall, I counselled you that, after you had reconciled our city with Sparta, Thebes, and Argos, you should bring all the Greeks into concord, as I was of opinion that if you should persuade the principal cities to be favorably inclined to such a course, the others also would quickly follow. At that time, however, the state of affairs was different, and now it has come to pass that the need of persuasion no longer exists; for on account of the battle which has taken place, all are compelled to be prudent and to desire that which they surmise you wish to do and to say, namely, that they must desist from the madness and the spirit of aggrandizement, which they were wont to display in their relations with each other, and must carry the war into Asia.
§ 3
καὶ πολλοὶ πυνθάνονται παρ’ ἐμοῦ πότερον ἐγώ σοι παρῄνεσα ποιεῖσθαι τὴν στρατείαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἢ σοῦ διανοηθέντος συνεῖπον· ἐγὼ δ’ οὐκ εἰδέναι μέν φημι τὸ σαφές, οὐ γὰρ συγγεγενῆσθαί σοι πρότερον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ οἴεσθαι σὲ μὲν ἐγνωκέναι περὶ τούτων, ἐμὲ δὲ συνειρηκέναι ταῖς σαῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. ταῦτα δ’ ἀκούοντες ἐδέοντό μου πάντες παρακελεύεσθαί σοι καὶ προτρέπειν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων μένειν, ὡς οὐδέποτ’ ἂν γενομένων οὔτε καλλιόνων ἔργων οὔτ’ ὠφελιμωτέρων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὔτ’ ἐν καιρῷ μᾶλλον πραχθησομένων.
Many inquire of me whether I advised you to make the expedition against the barbarians or whether it was your idea and I concurred. I reply that I do not know for certain, since before then I had not been acquainted with you, but that I supposed that you had reached a decision in this matter and that I in my speech had fallen, with your desires. On hearing this, all entreated me to encourage you and to exhort you to hold fast to this same resolution, since they believe that no achievement could be more glorious, more useful to the Greeks, or more timely than this will be.
§ 4
εἰ μὲν οὖν εἶχον τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἥνπερ πρότερον, καὶ μὴ παντάπασιν ἦν ἀπειρηκώς, οὐκ ἂν δι’ ἐπιστολῆς διελεγόμην, ἀλλὰ παρὼν αὐτὸς παρώξυνον ἄν σε καὶ παρεκάλουν ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις ταύτας. νῦν δ’ ὡς δύναμαι παρακελεύομαί σοι μὴ καταμελῆσαι τούτων, πρὶν ἂν τέλος ἐπιθῇς αὐτοῖς. ἔστι δὲ πρὸς μὲν ἄλλο τι τῶν ὄντων ἀπλήστως ἔχειν οὐ καλόν, αἱ γὰρ μετριότητες παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐδοκιμοῦσι, δόξης δὲ μεγάλης καὶ καλῆς ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ μηδέποτ’ ἐμπίπλασθαι προσήκει τοῖς πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διενεγκοῦσιν· ὅπερ σοὶ συμβέβηκεν.
If I possessed the same vigor which I formerly had and were not utterly spent with years, I should not be speaking with you by letter, but in your presence should myself be spurring and summoning you to undertake these tasks. But even as it is, I do exhort you, as best I can, not to put these matters aside until you bring them to a successful conclusion. To have an insatiate desire for anything else in the world is ignoble—for moderation is generally esteemed—but to set the heart upon a glory that is great and honorable, and never to be satiated with it, befits those men who have far excelled all others. And that is true of you.
§ 5
ἡγοῦ δὲ τόθ’ ἕξειν ἀνυπέρβλητον αὐτὴν καὶ τῶν σοὶ πεπραγμένων ἀξίαν, ὅταν τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους ἀναγκάσῃς εἱλωτεύειν τοῖς Ἕλλησι πλὴν τῶν σοὶ συναγωνισαμένων, τὸν δὲ βασιλέα τὸν νῦν μέγαν προσαγορευόμενον ποιήσῃς τοῦτο πράττειν ὅ τι ἂν σὺ προστάττῃς. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔσται λοιπὸν ἔτι πλὴν θεὸν γενέσθαι. ταῦτα δὲ κατεργάσασθαι πολὺ ῥᾷόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἢ προελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἣν νῦν ἔχεις, ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑμῖν ὑπαρξάσης.
Be assured that a glory unsurpassable and worthy of the deeds you have done in the past will be yours when you shall compel the barbarians—all but those who have fought on your side—to be serfs of the Greeks, and when you shall force the king who is now called Great to do whatever you command. For then will naught be left for you except to become a god. And to accomplish all this from your present status is much easier for you than it was for you to advance to the power and renown you now possess from the kingship which you had in the beginning.
§ 6
χάριν δ’ ἔχω τῷ γήρᾳ ταύτην μόνην, ὅτι προήγαγεν εἰς τοῦτό μου τὸν βίον, ὥσθ’ ἃ νέος ὢν διενοούμην καὶ γράφειν ἐπεχείρουν ἔν τε τῷ πανηγυρικῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ πρὸς σὲ πεμφθέντι, ταῦτα νῦν τὰ μὲν ἤδη γιγνόμενα διὰ τῶν σῶν ἐφορῶ πράξεων, τὰ δ’ ἐλπίζω γενήσεσθαι.
I am grateful to my old age for this reason alone, because it has prolonged my life to this moment, so that the dreams of my youth, which I attempted to commit to writing both in my Panegyricus and in the discourse which was sent to you, I am now seeing in part already coming to fulfillment through your achievements and in part I have hopes of their future realization.
© 2026 Wu Ching-Yuan 吴靖远 · magalia.wiki (籬廬). Generated 2026-06-14 from isocrates-orations.html. Greek text & public-domain translations from their stated Perseus editions; metadata CC BY 4.0.